Rune Factory Frontier Walkthrough 71w19

Rune Factory: Frontier - 1st Year Walkthrough Rune Factory Frontier 1st Year Walkthrough By Freyashawk Email: castleenchanted · aol Created on 20 March 2009 Last updated on 10 September with information about glitch on 6th floor of Lava Ruins as well as details about Circle Portals Table of Contents Introduction Initial Walkthrough The Spirit of Whale Island Whale Island and the Green Ruins Timetable for unlocking Options Protecting your Health Early to Bed, Early to Rise Restoring Energy E. Drink S. Resources at the Whale's Fin Initial Weapons and Equipment Choices Obtaining all Basic Tools Upgrading your Tools Using Scrap Iron in Upgrades 1st Week Rewards from Characters 2nd Week Rewards from Characters Initial Income and Equipment Choices Initial Sources of Income Farming Strategies in Spring Season Changes Planting on the last day of a Season Buying a Kitchen Initial Cooking Strategies A Small Kitchen and Cooking Skills Cooking in Rune Factory Frontier Cooking for Beginners Increasing Item Levels in Cooking A Guide to Cooking Expanding your Cooking Range How to Cook Tip for Raising Item Levels in Cooking Single Ingredient Recipes No Tool/No Utensil Single Ingredient Recipes Frying Pan Single Ingredient Recipes Pot Single Ingredient Recipes Blender Single Ingredient Recipes Oven Single Ingredient Recipes Early Cooking Investments Cooking Schedule

Cooking for Combat Effects of Cooked Dishes in Combat Protection from Status Ailments Cooking without a Recipe Book Obtaining all Recipe Books Advanced Recipes and their Effects The Value of a Sandwich Relax Tea, an old Favourite Creating a Source of Rune Points Growing Fodder Producing your own Seeds Tame Monsters and Seeds Storage in Rune Factory Frontier The Nature of Rune Power Runeys The Harvester Runey Distribution Prosperity Status Runey Food Chain Tips for Organising your Tasks Weather in Rune Factory Frontier Walkthrough: 2nd Week of Spring Kanno, Harvester and Fishing Rod Kanno and the Clock Tower Kanno's Tutorials The Fire Rod and Kanno's Requests Meeting Uzuki and Tsubute Exploring Other Areas of Whale Island Unlocking the Green Ruins Monsters in Rune Factory Frontier Introduction to Monsters Farm Monster Schedule Farm Monster Efficiency Monster Allies Monster Ally Effects Taking Monsters for Walks Transport Monsters Setting Monsters Free Rules of Taming Monsters Monsters who give Ores, Gems and Seeds Monsters in the Green Ruins Monsters who Produce all Ranch Products Monsters who Water Crops Unlocking New Paths in Dungeons Link between the Green Ruins and the Lava Ruins Defeating the Giant Clucky Circle Portals Rematches with Boss Monsters Equipment and Battle Tips Choosing your Weapon Kanno's Letters Unlocking the Lava Ruins Bombs in the Lava Ruins Unlocking Doors in the Lava Ruins Silver in the Lava Ruins Catapults in the Lava Ruins Sand and Round Boulders in the Lava Ruins

Walkthrough: 3rd Week of Spring The Materia Store and Flower Seeds Moondrop Seeds The Whale's Fin The Little Lost Monster Monsters at the Whale's Fin Transport Monsters Growing Moondrop Flowers 1st Event with Iris Cinnamon and Stargazing Constellations Spring Constellations Summer Constellations Autumn Constellations Placing Constellations in the Sky Searching the Skies Constellations and Eligible Girls Walkthrough: 4th Week of Spring The Tower at the Whale's Fin The Power of Moondrop Flowers Rosetta and the Moondrop Flower Legend Exploring the Whale's Fin Treasure Chests Walkthrough: 5th Week of Spring 29 Spring: Eunice's Flowers Toy Herb from Stella Last Day of Spring Swimsuit Letter from Rosetta Eunice's Sorrow Tasks on 30 Spring Snake Soup Walkthrough: 1st Week of Summer Beach Festival Bathhouse Events Changing Room at the Beach Melon Pinata Mini Game Other Events on 1 Summer Sainte-Coquille Mansion Meeting Bianca and Tabatha Introduction to Iris The Pumpkin Man The Pumpkin Head at the Materia Shop Walkthrough: 1st and 2nd Week of Summer New Path to Whale Island Holiday Beanstalk Trick Bianca and Francoise Exploring the Lava Ruins Breeding Monsters Monster Barn Expansions Sources of Fodder for Monsters Mist's Flower Ganesha's Cup Boat Race Walkthrough: Last Week of Summer Last Tasks of Summer Ghosts in Rune Factory Frontier Tame Ghost Monsters and Fodder Iris and the Ghost of the Public Square

A Devout Young Lady Stella Past and Present Stella's Birthday Other Characters from the Past The Mysteries of Kross Kross on the Roof Kross and Anette A Business Rivalry Event between Danny and Rosetta Appearance of Gelwein Gelwein and the Locked Gates Unlocking the Whale's Flank The Whale Spirit asks a Favour Creating a Shortcut from the Whale's Flank to the Cave Anette and the Monsters Preparing for Autumn The Pumpkin Festival Pumpkin Heads and Turnip Head Walkthrough: 1st Week of Autumn Brodik Birthdays of Eligible Girls in 1st Week Better Equipment Choices Anette and the Monsters Autumn Crop Harvests in the 1st Week Cooking Lesson from Eunice Selphy's novel The Rune Tree Another Plea for Help from the Whale Another Desperate Message Fish for Eunice Bianca and Tabatha in Autumn Walkthrough: 2nd Week of Autumn Harvest Festival Defeating the Boss Monster and Minions of Lava Ruins Unlocking the Snow Ruins Tip for Obtaining Gold Preparing for the Snow Ruins Destroying Barriers and Devices in the Snow Ruins Upgrades that use Gold The Effects of a Wristwatch Elemental Capes Finding Quality Fur Little Crystals The Duck in Mist's Pond Walkthrough: 2nd Half of Autumn Ganesha's Request for Iron Letters from Kanno about Snow Ruins Brodik's Malice and Revenge Rosetta's Birthday Coming of Age Festival Walkthrough: 1st Week of Winter Strategies for Winter Dried Fish at the Beach Dark Iris and the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins Defeat of Iris Noire Gelwein's Next Move Conversation between the Rune Experts

The Disappearance of Mist Reunion of two Divided Souls Visit to the Whale Spirit Visit to Iris Blanche and Iris Noir Melody's Wish is Granted The Neo-Laga Springs Bathhouse Walkthrough: 2nd Week of Winter Rivals no Longer Kanno's Research on Gelwein Rescuing Marco and Candy's Doll Another Confrontation with Gelwein The Grimoire of Time Kanno and the Grimoire 'Little Doll' and Candy's Gratitude Eunice's New Resolution More Requests for Items Rope Shortcut to Tower Little Crystals Forging the Ultimate Blade Overkill and Suicide in Combat Lumber in Winter Kanno Deciphers the Grimoire Delivering 12 Crystal Flower Seeds A Troubled Voice 12 Flowers for 12 Maidens Effects of the Gemini Flowers The Flower of the 12th Maiden Melody of the Spirits Candy's Song A Portal to Another World To Go or Not to Go Your Timing and the Storyline The Hotpot Convention Stella's Gift Winter Constellations The Era of Disconnect Creature of the Runes Gelwein's Mutation Late Winter Birthdays Walkthrough: Last Week in Winter Hairpin Constellation Sparring Session with Uzuki Fish Constellation Fishing Tutorial with Cinnamon Wishes in Snow Marco's Treasure Hunt Year End Festival New Mochi New Year Festival Pounding Mochi Uzuki's New Year Fortunes Friendship and Courtship Comprehensive Calendar of Birthdays, Festivals, Crops and Constellations Letters and Requests Birthdays in Rune Factory Frontier Social Gathering Spots Courtship Accessories

Happy Toys and Swimsuits Introduction Originally, I created a single Guide that was both a General Guide and a Walkthrough. As Rune Factory Frontier is a very detailed, complex game with a multitude of Events and options, however, the size of the file became totally impractical. The General Guide therefore now is a separate guide, to be found at: Rune Factory Frontier General Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/984/984569p1.html This guide now is simply a detailed Walkthrough for the 1st Year. It focuses on Events and strategies in of each week and each Season. A separate 2nd Year Walkthrough Guide has been created and can be found at: Rune Factory Frontier 2nd Year Walkthrough: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/986/986092p1.html Events that require a lower level of Friendship or Love are included in the 1st Year Walkthrough. Those that have high level Friendship or Heart Level requirements will be found in the 2nd Year Walkthrough Guide. In many respects, the 2nd Year Walkthrough serves the function of a Courtship and Marriage Guide at this stage, as it contains all the information in of Requirements for Marriage. Details about the Wedding Bouquet, for example, will be found in the 2nd Year Walkthrough. That is not to say that early marriage is impossible in Rune Factory Frontier. You can boost an Eligible Girl's Level to 10 hearts in a single day if you wish to give multiple 'Most Favourite Gifts' but because there are so many Events and so many other aspects to the game and because my guides are predicated on experiencing the maximum number of Events, my Walkthrough for this game does not opt for an early Marriage. It is far better to increase Heart Levels for all Eligible Girls and experience ALL their Events before you choose to marry one of them. For the sake of logic and ease of access, you will find some of the same general information at the start of this Walkthrough that will be found in the General Guide. Beyond that, however, you will find a fundamental difference in the focus between the General Guide and this detailed Walkthrough. Rune Factory Frontier is the first Rune Factory game for the Wii platform and as such, is generating considerable excitement both among Harvest Moon and Rune Factory fans. Each Rune Factory game is unique, although all share some common elements in both of history, characters and gameplay. Many characters from the original Rune Factory are included in Rune Factory Frontier although the location is different. In fact, the very premise of the game is introduced by Mist. She has come from her own village of Kardia in response to a plea for help experienced in repeated dreams. Some one or something with great power has summoned her. Your own character is Raguna, the main character from the original Rune Factory game for the DS system. He is searching for Mist, in fact and when he finds

her in Trampoli, is persuaded to settle there in a farm that is next to hers. You can discover the nature of the threat that faces your new home in Rune Factory Frontier as early as the first day that you move into your farm provided you water the plant that provides access to Whale Island in the sky. It is important to note that Whale Island is the only dungeon where Crops from all three growing seasons can be grown. Early access to Whale Island means that you can begin to plant Crops from Spring, Summer and Autumn as early as the 1st Spring. This is a General Walkthrough for Rune Factory Frontier and contains detailed information about all aspects of the game. What it does not contain, in the interests of brevity, is the Complete Cookbook or the actual text of all Books. These now can be found in my Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide and my Rune Factory Frontier Calendar and Books Guide respectively. Links to all Rune Factory Frontier Guides are included at the end of this Guide. Initial Walkthrough In any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, social interactions and farming always must be two of your priorities. It is through interactions with other characters that you will gain necessary knowledge as well as obtaining unique items. If you wish to marry, you must interact frequently with eligible girls in order to increase their Heart Levels. From the first day in your new home, you will be able to accomplish a great deal, but only if you speak to every character. The two characters whom you first meet are Stella and Mist. Stella is a vital character in Trampoli. She will initiate a Request that will allow you to meet other characters. Until you obtain her Request, you will be unable to make significant progress in meeting other individuals in Trampoli. Stella will ask you to deliver a Bamboo Shoot to Turner, the owner of the Sunshine Inn. This sets in motion a chain of Requests by each new character that will allow you to meet the owners of almost every business in Trampoli. Stella will give you a hint as to the means by which you can unlock the Caves/Dungeons when she speaks of a 'weird plant' that grows near the Clock Tower. By speaking to Stella as soon as possible, therefore, you will find yourself in a position to unlock most of the Shops in Trampoli as well as gaining access to Whale Island. You may find that the Inn remains shut on the very 1st day of gameplay, however, making it impossible to deliver the Bamboo Shoot until the next morning. There is no impediment if you wish to unlock Whale Island immediately, however. Simply take the path to the Clock Tower to water the plant there once. As all of your Tools are gifts from characters in Rune Factory Frontier, it is only through social interaction that you will obtain the necessary tools to succeed. Your first two Recipe books will be gifts from merchants as well. Initial Calendar Dates There are four season in a year and they follow the traditional wheel with

Spring as the first, Summer the second, Autumn the third and Winter the fourth season. Crops can be grown in all seasons except Winter on your Farm. As in other Rune Factory games, the week has only six days rather than seven. The first day of any week is a Holiday, followed by the traditional Monday through Friday order.of the days. There is a Calendar beside your Diary Table in your farmhouse, but very few items will appear on it at the start of the game. Only a few Festivals will be marked by stars. It is by experiencing Events and speaking to individuals that new Festivals will be added to the Calendar. It is only if and when you give a character a gift on his/her birthday or the individual confides the date of his/her birthday that it will appear on the Calendar. This is one of the major benefits of ing a character's birthday with a gift as you then will be reminded each year of the date when you look at the Calendar. Saving your Game Although there are three separate Save Files in Rune Factory Frontier, each is designated for a separate game, so you cannot save the same game at different points using more than one file. The current game loaded always will be the one that is saved whenever you access your 'Diary' at the bedside table in your farmhouse. This is the only way to Save the game. There is a 'Return' option, however, that can be exercised almost anywhere on the Map, taking you instantly without any use or loss of Energy to the entrance to your Farmhouse. If you are inside a Cave/Dungeon, the use of 'Return' will take you to the entrance to the Cave/Dungeon. From there, you need to descend to the land in order ot use 'Return' once more to reach the entrance to your own house. It is the '2' Button that controls the 'Return' option. The other option that can be accessed when you press the '2' Button is a Map Display. Unlocking Whale Island It is on Whale Island that the first Cave/Dungeon areas that you can access in Rune Factory Frontier are located. When you speak to Stella, she will tell you of a 'weird plant' that grows next to the Clock Tower that could grow if only it were given water. She laughs then, claiming that she is jesting but if you find the plant and water it only once, it will grow instantly into a giant beanstalk that will take you into the heavens to the whale-shaped island that is known fittingly as Whale Island. As previously stated, Whale Island is a dungeon that s Crops from all three growing seasons. As you can purchase Seeds from every season from Erik from the start of the game and from Rosetta at the Materia Shop after 15 Spring, you can begin to grow Summer and Autumn Crops as early as the 1st Spring once you have unlocked Whale Island. The Spirit of Whale Island

When you arrive on the Island in the sky, the spirit of the Island will speak to you. Whale: I am the awareness of the very whale on which you stand. I was a mere cluster of rocks when I was gifted with awareness … by the influence of the Runes and began swimming through the skies. The Whale Spirit then will explain the nature of Runes: 'Runes are collections of spirits. Although Runes are formed by the earth, there are times when Runes affect the earth instead.' He then will ask a favour, declaring that: Whale Spirit: Although my awareness and body are sustained by Runes, I feel as though the Rune within me grows weak. If the Rune were to ever disappear, my awareness would fade and my journey through the sky would end. This would be of grave danger to those who reside below… You now have a vital Quest, pledging: 'I'll search for the answer to your failing Rune. You have my Word. Even if you do not enter the Cave on your first visit to Whale Island, make certain that you study the Stone Tablet in the centre of the field to initiate a magical sequence. You will obtain a prompt as follows: 'The Melody of trust grows within 12 maidens.' The first time you read the message, twelve sparks of light will emerge to revolve in a circle above the Stone Tablet before they scatter. Note that Melody names her Bathhouse 'Laga Springs', declaring that she gave the Whale the name of Laga and named her Bathhouse in his honour. At this point in the game, you will have access only to a small area of Whale Island in the form of two underground Cave floors filled with ages, tillable fields, water sources and monsters. Whale Island is the only Dungeon/Cave that is not ruled by a specific season, so you can begin to grow Crops for every season in this dungeon immediately. You can unlock the Whale's Fin area simply by walking through a age in the southeast of the lower floor of the Cave, but you may wish to explore the two initial Cave areas first in order to raise your combat Skills. The Monsters in the Whale's Fin have higher Levels and Attack Skills than those in the two floors of the initial Cave area. Despite the fact that there are only a few varieties of Monsters, it represents a perfect opportunity to increase your combat Skills as well as tilling a few fields for Rune Points. Monsters in the Whale's Fin can be tamed to provide Ranch Products but until you own a Monster Barn, you will be unable to take advantage of this. Note: If you wish, however, you can explore the two levels of the Cave at Whale Island and move through the Cave along the path in the southeast section of the lower floor in order to unlock the 'Whale's Fin' even on the first day. If you do this and enter the Whale's Fin after 6.00 p.m., you will be able to experience your first sighting of Iris. Note that you will not be able to meet Iris until the third or fourth week of Spring, depending on how quickly you grow Moondrop Flowers purchased from Rosetta after she opens the Materia Shop on 15 Spring. You will find the information about the Whale's Fin as well as the introduction with Iris in the Walkthrough for the latter half of

Spring. An interesting aspect of Whale Island, as previously stated, is that it will Crops from every season. The Whale's Fin is not the only other location that ultimately can be explored on Whale Island, but the remainder will be barred to you at this point by means of a locked gate. Whale Island and Green Ruins There are two separate dungeons that are accessible almost immediately in Rune Factory Frontier. Whale Island, as explained previously, can be unlocked immediately by watering the plant next to the Church Tower. In order to unlock the Green Ruins, you need to speak to Mist, raising her Heart Level to the point where she asks you to cut the Weeds in front of her house. This does not require high Heart Levels. In fact, you need not be at 1 Heart either in Love or Friendship to trigger the dialogue. You do have to speak to her regularly, however. The Green Ruins is ruled by the Spring Season. On Whale Island, Crops for Spring, Summer and Autumn can be grown. The second major area on Whale Island is known as the 'Whale's Fin' and can be unlocked simply by walking down a age in the southeast part of the lower level of the Cave. You will not be able to experience the Event with the 'Lost Monster', however, until you have a Monster Barn as the Lost Elephant Monster requires housing. Both the Green Ruins and the Whale's Fin contain Monsters who provide Ranch Products but only the Green Ruins has every variety of Monster who produces them. The Whale's Fin, on the other hand, is the location of the first Transport Monster, in the form of the Silver Wolf known to players of Rune Factory 2. (A similar transport Monster exists in Rune Factory as well but has a different name.) There usually is no 'right' or 'wrong' way to play Harvest Moon and you can take your time where unlocking new options is concerned. This Walkthrough allows players to unlock Whale Island immediately but then moves forward to the Green Ruins, where you can unlock ages and chambers in all four floors by going through them once, granting you a direct access in future by stairways from the 1st through the 4th Floor where the Boss Monster awaits. From that point, the Walkthrough turns back to Whale Island in the 3rd Week, to unlock the Whale's Fin and initiate the first Event with Iris. To me, this is a logical order to take, as even if you explore the Whale's Fin earlier, you will not be able to plant the required Moondrop Flowers there until Rosetta opens the Materia Store. Furthermore, as Whale Island is a 'floating' island in the Sky, you will not find access to it via the Beanstalk in the Church District on any Holiday until Summer. In the 2nd Holiday of Summer, you can experience a dialogue with Lute that will allow you to create a new Beanstalk to Whale Island that will allow access only on the Holiday. The existence of two separate Beanstalks in different areas will allow you access to Whale Island every day of the week. As this Event will not occur in Spring, however, it is useful to unlock the Green Ruins in order to be able to grow Crops there for Runes in Spring.

There is an aspect of Whale Island that is extremely useful in of farming in that Crops from any season can be grown here successfully. In fact, when you have met Iris, she may tell you: Iris: Flowers can grow here regardless of the season. Because of that, you can mix and match spring and summer flowers in any way you like. Whale Island and the Lava Ruins Although you must defeat the Boss of the Green Ruins in the form of the Giant Clucky before you can unlock the Lava Ruins where you finally will be able to mine Silver to upgrade your Tools, there are other requirements that must be completed as well. The main 'Story' involves Iris, Gelwein and Mist and although there is no direct connection between these characters and the Green Ruins or Lava Ruins, there IS a connection with the Snow Ruins as you will be forced to confront Gelwein for the first time on the 3rd Floor of that dungeon. Players who have defeated the Giant Clucky but who have not met Iris yet have not been able to unlock the Lava Ruins. My Walkthrough, by taking you through the natural progression of Events, including the introduction to Iris before the end of the first Spring, if followed will allow you to unlock the Lava Ruins without any trouble. An impatient player who is obsessed with the idea of obtaining Silver at the earliest possible moment but who fails to explore the Whale Fin and does not plant Moondrop Flowers in the plot in front of the Tower of Rest in order to meet Iris will find his/her game grinding to a virtual halt after the defeat of the Giant Clucky until these tasks are performed. Energy in Rune Factory Your character's Energy is displayed as HP (Health Points) and RP (Rune Points) in two gauges. HP is life force, and if reaches zero, your character will out. RP is the Stamina or Energy used to perform any action, whether it is the use of a tool or weapon or casting a magic spell. When the RP gauge is empty, your character can continue to use ordinary tools or weapons but without any remaining RP, HP will be depleted gradually each time he performs an action. Magical Spells, however, cannot be performed when the RP gauge is empty. It is best not to allow the RP gauge to reach zero if possible. RP can be restored by various means. The Rune Points that appear over fully-ripened Crops restore RP, but in Rune Factory Frontier, it is only Crops that are grown in the Caves/Dungeons that produce RP. Another source of RP is food, but not all food has potential to restore RP and each food item has different energy values both in of HP and RP. In Rune Factory Frontier, fortunately, the Energy Values of any item in of HP, RP and any temporary special Effects are included in its description. In the Shop Menus, you will find Energy Values for all food items as well as their cost. Protecting your Health

Early to Bed, Early to Rise As in other Rune Factory games, going to bed too late can have more of an effect than simply causing your to oversleep. Go to bed one minute after 1.00 a.m. and you will awaken late and probably have a cold as well. Your RP gauge will be reduced when this occurs. The number of hours by which you will oversleep is based on the amount of RP that you retain when you go to bed late. Catching a Cold is almost guaranteed when your RP is totally depleted and you will awaken only at 10.00 a.m. If you retain some RP and your HP is over half filled, you may oversleep only by two hours, waking at 8.00 a.m. rather than 6.00 a.m. In these circumstances, you may awaken with full HP and RP and find that you did not catch a Cold. Restoring Energy With both money and energy in low supply in the early stages of the game, you need to know how best to restore your Energy while spending the least amount of money to do so. Weeds actually restore energy in Rune Factory Frontier as well as having a shipping value of 10G. They may restore only 1 HP point, but a stack of 10 Weeds restores 10 HP, as much as Pickled Turnips would. As far as RP is concerned, however, they have absolutely no restorative value, so it is only when HP is in danger of reaching zero that you should reach for the stack of Weeds that you have stored for emergeny use. Pickled Turnips, requiring only a single Turnip and a Handy Kitchen purchased from Lute will restore both HP and RP. HP value is 10 points. RP is 75. If you can eat something BEFORE your RP reaches zero, you will find it to be beneficial in the long run as many items that are available early are better at restoring RP than HP. All Recipes for Cooked Dishes as well as items created at the Forge, Crafts Bench and Laboratory are included in my Rune Factory Frontier Recipes Cookbook Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Recipe Cookbook Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html Buying a Handy Pot from Lute will allow you to make some easy Recipes that restore both HP and RP, provided that you purchase the first Cooking Manual for Pot Cooking from Selphy at the Rune Archive Library. Even if you do not have Monsters who can provide Milk and Eggs, you can purchase both from Rita at the Tavern. Level 1 Hot Milk restores 20 HP and 75 RP as well as providing a 90 second Attack boost of 25 points in any hostile situation. Note that, if you cook and manage to hit the green area in the cooking gauge, you will increase many of its values and you will have: Hot Milk, Lv 2: 168G, HP 20, RP 100, FX 120 sec, +25 Attack. As you can see, although the HP will not increase, RP is boosted by 25 points and the special effect will last two minutes instead of a minute and a half. A Boiled Egg restores 10 HP and 75 RP as well as providing a 120 sec. Attack boost of 20 points and Water Resistance of 10 points in any hostile environment. Here you may find some simple mathematical equations useful in determining

choice of menu. Ice Cream is a No Tool Dish, requiring one Egg and one portion of Milk. It has a shipping value of 260G and restores 10 HP and 125 RP, with an FX Time of 120 sec, boosting Water Attack by 10 points and giving Water Resistance of 20 points in any dungeon. Although its RP is superior to that of Hot Milk or a Boiled Egg, you may wish to split your ingredients instead of making a single Ice Cream. Making one Boiled Egg and one Hot Milk will give you a combined HP of 20 and RP of 150. It is better to use ingredients that do not cost any money but in a pinch, you may wish to purchase an Egg and some Milk as well as Rice and other cooking ingredients at the Tavern. Unlike Eggs, Milk and Honey, all items that can be produced by tame Monsters, Rice, Curry Powder, Chocolate, Cooking Oil, Flour and Wine must be purchased from the Tavern. You do not need to spend money on these ingredients until you can afford to do so, however, and for Energy Restoration purposes early in Spring, it is better to prepare Pickled Turnips from your own Turnip harvests. Needless to say, it is best to purchase only items that you cannot prepare yourself at the Tavern, making raw ingredients preferable to Cooked Dishes as purchases. For example, another excellent Cooked Dish that can be prepared easily in Spring is Bamboo Rice. You do need to purchase the Rice from Rita but you should have ample supplies of Bamboo Shoots in your Rucksack or Refrigerator. One portion of Rice with one Bamboo Shoot creates Bamboo Rice with a shipping value of 290G and a restorative value of 60 HP and 150 RP. In any hostile situation, it has a temporary effect of boosting Maximum HP by 50 points and protecting 100% against Paralysis for 120 seconds. It is a powerhouse, therefore, in of energy restoration. Although Rice is expensive to a poor novice farmer at a cost of 260G, it is worth the cost of buying one Rice to make and carry one Bamboo Rice in your Rucksack for emergency use. After all, an Energy Drink from the Clinic costs 260G as well and only gives 35 HP and 0 RP, with no temporary effects at all. By doing the maths, you can minimise your financial cost to maximise both Energy Restoration and Cooking Skills! E. Drink S The initial 'Energy Drink' that can be purchased from the Clinic, found randomly in Treasure Chests and Crates or made in your own Laboratory restores only 35 HP. It is a good resource to have, but will be far more effective if you can use it to create the 'E. Drink S' or Small Energy Drink. Two 'Energy Drinks' mixed in your Laboratory create one 'E Drink S', with the capacity to restore 105 HP. You will find that Energy Drinks are a common item and if you can increase your Laboratory Skills to the point where the next level of restorative potion can be made successfully, it will be well worth your effort. One drink in combat situations that can restore 105 HP is far more efficient than being forced to consume three separate Energy Drinks for the same result. An E. Drink S has a Level 30 Skill Level Requirement. There is an even more powerful potion than the E Drink S in the form of the E Drink X but the E. Drink S. requires only the smallest Laboratory to prepare. Resources at the Whale's Fin

When you are able to visit the Whale's Fin, you will find many resources there in of food items. Mushrooms grow in the fields wild here and Treasure Chests often contain items that otherwise can be obtained only when purchased at the Tavern. Rice, Chocolate and Flour are among the items that can be found randomly at the Whale's Fin by opening one of the five Treasure Chests in the area near the Tower. Initial Weapons and Equipment Choices In any RPG and Rune Factory most definitely is an RPG in this respect, your character's choices of Weapons and Equipment can mean the difference between victory and defeat. There are many players who approach Rune Factory with experience in Harvest Moon but little knowledge of combat games and RPGs. They will obtain a weapon to fight monsters without bothering with equipment that can protect them from damage. They then wonder why their character is defeated again and again when attempting to confront Monsters either for the purpose of sending them back to the Forest or taming them for the Monster Barn. Defence is as vital as Attack in any RPG. By equipping your character with items that protect, you can confront more powerful enemies in the dungeon and still remain undefeated. Furthermore, you can boost your total HP with equipment, giving you more energy in any given situation where you need to use tools, weapons or sustain damage of any kind. There is one very fundamental difference between Rune Factory Frontier and previous Rune Factory games in of Weapons and Equipments. Shields are not an equipment choice in Rune Factory Frontier, making your choice of weapon less complex. In previous Rune Factory games, only a one-handed sword offered the option of equipping a Shield for defensive purposes. This made twohanded blades as well as other types of Weapons less attractive as your character would be unable to equip any Shield with any Weapon apart from swords that could be wielded with one hand. In Rune Factory Frontier, without any option to equip a shield, a two-handed blade, spear, hammer, axe or wand offers no less defence than a single-handed sword. Each weapon can be judged by its own merits. It is fun to reach advanced stages in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game and some of my happiest moments in Rune Factory 2 were those where I finally 'arrived' in of Weapons and Equipment. With Gravios in hand, a Rune Shield, Knight Boots and a Happy Ring, I knew I could win any Battle readily. Of course, having earned the necessary experience was an essential step as well. You can transfer your high-level Weapons and Equipment to another character through trade in Rune Factory or Rune Factory 2, but you cannot transfer your Skills! Note that Skills and Experience are 'inherited' by your own Child in Rune Factory 2, but that is quite a different matter. All the advanced options and secrets are part of the fun in any Harvest Moon, Rune Factory or other traditional RPG, but it is the beginner who most NEEDS some information or help sometimes in of taking the first steps on the road to success. The following are 'initial' choices but they do require a small Forge and Workbench as well as a Yarn Maker. Without a Forge of your own, you will be restricted to the Broadsword and Cheap Band until Rosetta opens the Materia

Store. You then can purchase a Neck Towel from her. Purchasing any Weapon or Equipment is far more expensive than making it yourself. Furthermore, you need to increase your own Skill Levels at the Kitchen, Forge, Workbench and Pharmacy by practicing again and again. I therefore would urge every player to obtain a Handy Kitchen and Forge at the earliest possible opportunity and to buy the requisite Recipe Books from Selphy. My character had the following Weapon and Equipment in the 3rd Week of Spring: Weapon: Windsword: ATK 13, SP ATK 1, RP USE 6, FX Wind Attack +5, Wind Resistance +10, made from a Broadsword and a Wind Crystal. A Broadsword can be purchased from Ganesha or made from a Knife Piece and a piece of Iron, both found in the Whale Island Cave. A Wind Crystal can be purchased from Ganesha for an exorbitant price of 2500G or obtained as a War Trophy in the Whale Island Cave early in the game. I saved mine until I had the Forge, then transformed my original Broadsword into a Windsword, earning Forge Experience and a better blade in the process. I'm afraid I always prefer a one-handed blade to any two-handed weapon. I like them because, in many games, including Rune Factory and Rune Factory 2, they allow a defensive Shield to be equipped in the other hand. Even if you do not have a Shield, a single-handed blade is fast, light and has more movement choices than heavier, two-handed swords. They may have less power but they are easier to wield and use less energy. If you do not have a Forge, a Broadsword will give you the following: Broadsword: ATK 5,SP ATK 0, RP USE 6 Equipment: Hand-knit Hat: Head EQ, ATK 0 DEF 20, MAG 25, made at the Workbench using a Wool and a Yarn. Wool can be obtained from a tame Wooly or purchased from Erik. Yarn must be made from Wool using a Yarn Maker. You can buy that from Lute. Neck Towel: Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 10, MAG 5, MAX HP +15, made a tthe Workbench using a Cheap Cloth and Wool. Cheap Cloth can be found both at the Whale Island Cave or at Green Ruins. Wool can be obtained from a tame Wooly or purchased from Erik. Leather Belt: Torso EQ, ATK 1, DEF 5, MAG 1, FX MAX HP +15, made at the Workbench using a Monster Hide and Iron, both of which can be found in Green Ruins Fe Bracelet: Arms EQ, ATK, 0, DEF 18, MAG 0, made at the Workbench using Iron and a Warrior Medal, both of which are easily found in Whale Island Cave or in the Green Ruins When I did not have a Workbench yet, at the very start of the game, I bought a Cheap Band and Pendant from Danny and equipped those. Cheap Band, ARMS EQ. ATK 1, DEF 6, MAG 6 Pendant, ATK 0, DEF 8, MAG 7 Both can be purchased from Danny and when Rosetta opens the Materia Store, she will sell them there as well as other items of equipment that include the Neck Towel and Wappen. By the time she opens the Materia Store in the middle of Spring, however, you should have your own Kitchen, Forge, Workbench and Pharmacy and the necessary books and experience levels to make your own Food, Weapons and Equipment.

The Hand-Knit Hat may not be the most dashing choice in of fashion, but it offers a lot of protection and may be the first piece of Head Equipment that you can create. Increasing all Skills and Obtaining all Items Experienced players may understand the way all aspects of any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game are connected but often a beginner is overwhelmed by the variety of activities and options that are available in any single game. Farming is the core activity of Harvest Moon and Rune Factory, of course, but it affects far more than income and, in Rune Factory Frontier, Runey Distribution. You need to grow Crops in order to be able to cook specific Dishes. Beyond that, however, you must grow advanced Crops in order to be able to forge advanced Weapons and Accessories. If you enjoy combat more than farming, you will discover that the best Weapons and Equipment cannot be made if you lack an essential ingredient in the form of a slow-growing and rare Crop such as a Four-leaf Clover or Lamp Grass. Some Crops require a full year to mature. The Emery Flower that is Mist's Most Favourite Gift is a required ingredient in some of the best Equipment, including the Corsage. Even if you attain the maximum Skill Level of 99 at the Crafts Bench, the Skill Level Requirement for the Corsage, you will be unable to create one if you did not grow both Emery Flower and Cherry Grass. The Diamond Ring likewise requires an Emery Flower. Generally speaking, the best Weapons do not require advanced Crops as ingredients, but the best Tools certainly do. The best Weapons tend to include a Little Crystal as an ingredient. This is an item that, like Ores and Gems, can be found in Treasure Chests or Rocks that are smashed with a Hammer. It is extremely rare, however, and you may not find one until you begin to explore the upper reaches of Whale Island. Harvest Moon and Rune Factory both are complex in their design. Everything is designed to work together in achieving progress. As your experience Levels in combat increase, the dungeons you unlock become more difficult. Enemies become more powerful but if you neglect no aspects of the game, you will find that the items you need to forge better Weapons, Equipment and Medicines are available as well. Friendship is an essential component of any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game as much as Farming, Ranching, Fishing and Mining. As the Friendship/Love levels of characters increase, new options will be unlocked. Some are essential to the plot but others simply will allow you to learn secrets or obtain rare and valuable items. There are players who rush through any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, playing through the years rapidly in order to accelerate the growth of their crops or cause Events to occur. Although there is no 'right' or 'wrong' way to play these games, players who pursue this strategy often will miss Events and will find themselves in a situation where a necessary item or piece of data is missing because they moved forward too quickly. Harvest Moon and Rune Factory are intended to imitate nature. What this means is that time should be viewed as having the same value and rhythm as it does

in reality. Do not move through days too quickly. In Rune Factory Frontier, the main loss that will occur if you do is in the area of Runey Distribution. Each day that es will allow Runeys to become inbalanced. If you move through even a fortnight too quickly, you risk the creation of a 'dead' area where one type of Runey has disappeared entirely. Other sections of this Guide deal with Runey Distribution and every other aspect of Rune Factory Frontier in detail. Obtaining Basic Tools Your Basic Tools in Rune Factory Frontier are gifts from other characters and you can obtain a full set of Tools almost immediately. The Fishing Rod and Harvester are the only Tools that cannot be obtained before the second week in Spring. Cheap Watering Can This, with a Cheap Hoe and a bag of Turnip Seeds, will be given to you by Mist as soon as you agree to live and work on the farm. Cheap Hoe The Cheap Hoe, with the Cheap Watering Can and a bag of Turnip Seeds, will be provided by Mist as soon as you take possession of your new home. Axe Speak to Stella repeatedly until she asks you about your progress in farming. When you tell her that you cannot clear the field properly as you do not have an Axe, she will give you her old Cheap Axe. You can obtain the Axe in the first day or two if you have established a relationship with Stella. Hammer You must descend to the second floor of the Cave/Dungeon on Whale Island for an introduction to Melody, another character from Kardia. Melody has detected the presence of a Hot Spring in the Cave but a Rock blocks access to it. She will give you a Hammer and ask you to smash the Rock for her, allowing you to keep the Tool afterwards. You can obtain the Hammer as early as 2 Spring simply by entering the 2nd Floor of the Cave/Dungeon on Whale Island to experience the Event. There are no other requirements. Sickle Speak to Erik to obtain a Cheap Sickle. You will not be able to acquire it in your first meeting, but once you establish a relationship with Erik, you should be able to initiate the dialogue that will end in your acquisition of a Cheap Sickle. You need to have used a Hammer or Axe at least once on your

Field even if to till only a single square before Erik will offer you the Sickle. In your first meeting with Erik, you can obtain a free bag of Turnip Seeds, by asking him about Farming. Pet Glove Introduce yourself to Kross, then speak to him a couple of times in order to obtain the 'Pet Glove'. You do need to have explored your first Cave/Dungeon a little before you will be able to initiate the dialogue that allows you to obtain the Pet Glove, but if you unlock Whale Island on the first day, you will be able to obtain the Pet Glove in your first meeting with Kross. All dialogue is somewhat random so you must continue to speak to him until he offers it to you. The Pet Glove can be used both to tame Monsters initially and to raise their Friendship Levels. There is no Brush in Rune Factory Frontier, but the Pet Glove serves the same function. You can obtain the Pet Glove as early as the 2nd Day of Spring provided that you unlocked Whale Island and visited the Cave/Dungeon at least once. Fishing Rod You will obtain your Fishing Rod from Cinnamon. Note that both Cinnamon and Candy are granddaughters of Kanno, who will not arrive at the Clock Tower until 7 Spring. Note that you must interact with Kanno regularly in order to meet the two young girls. It only takes a day or two to initiate the conversation where he will confess that he needs some one to cook for him and therefore has invited his two granddaughters to live with him. When you leave the Clock Tower after this conversation, you will experience the Introduction Event with Cinnamon and Candy. To obtain the Fishing Rod, you must find Cinnamon next to the little bridge that leads from your Homestead to the Church District. She can be found there in the early afternoon before 3.00 p.m. as well as later in the evening, after 5.00 p.m. or so. Simply look for her, then speak to her there until she initiates the dialogue that results in her gift of her old Fishing Pole. Harvester The Harvester serves the functions of all Ranch Tools in other games. You can use it to 'harvest' Runeys, Milk, Eggs, Honey and Wool. Candy will give you the Harvester. . Note that both Cinnamon and Candy are granddaughters of Kanno, who will not arrive at the Clock Tower until 7 Spring. Note that you must interact with Kanno regularly for a day or two and initiate the conversation about cooking in order to meet the two young girls. You can obtain the Harvester on the same day that you first meet Candy, provided you speak to her again a couple of times. Upgrading your Tools Another priority should be the acquisition of a Handy Forge from Lute. a small Forge, you will be able to upgrade your Farm Tools easily. Your

With

original 'Used' Tools do not accept a charge. This means that you can use them only on a single square in the case of the Watering Can, Hoe and Sickle. In the case of Hammer and Axe, they can be used only on the smallest stones and branches. What this means in practical is that you will not be able to clear the large rocks and stumps from any Field until you have upgraded them. Once upgraded, your farm Tools will require less energy to wield and will be far more efficient. The Watering Can will hold 15 uses rather than 12 but, when you charge it, each use will water 3 squares instead of 1, increasing the capacity to 45! Note that, where Weapons are concerned, a superior Weapon will consume more RP than its inferior counterpart. You therefore need to make certain that your character's experience level in combat increases regularly to match your Weapons. With an increase in experience Level, your character will use less RP when any tool or weapon is used. Your Hoe and Sickle likewise will affect 3 squares rather than 1 when charged. To charge any Tool, hold down the B Button first, then press the A Button. In the case of Watering Can, Hoe and Sickle, when the B Button is pressed, the area of effect will be highlighted. Further upgrades will increase the area of the tool's range or extend its ability to act upon more powerful objects. Note that Ganesha will give you the Recipe Book for Farm Tool upgrades when you speak to her about tool maintenance. Your only expense when you wish to begin upgrades is the Handy Forge from Lute. As in any Rune Factory game, upgrading your Tools will increase your level of Skill in forging items and allow you to begin to forge better Weapons once you purchase the initial volume of Recipes for Weapons from Selphy. Strategies in Upgrading Tools Upgraded Tools will take a charge in Rune Factory Frontier in the form of a 'Special Attack' that allows them to cover more ground in the case of the Watering Can, Hoe and Sickle or destroy more powerful objects, in the case of the Axe and Hammer. With respect to the Fishing Rod, an upgraded Rod will allow you to catch better fish when you charge it. To charge any tool or weapon, hold down the B Button first, then press 'A'. Using Scrap Iron for Upgrades When you study your Recipe Book at the Forge, you should note that, in many cases, there are two separate Recipes for any Tool Upgrade. The first, at a lower Skill Level, will require a number of varied ingredients. The second, at a higher Skill Level, will require only two pieces of Scrap Iron. You must follow the first Recipe in order to create the upgraded Tool but you then can follow the second in order to upgrade it further. There are two benefits when you use the second Recipe. The first, sometimes the most useful, is the fact that it will increase your character's experience in forging and through that, his Skill Level.

The second is the fact that a higher level of Scrap Iron, combined with a higher level of the Tool in question, should allow you to forge 'with expertise' and thereby raise the level of the Tool. in this context that any upgrade will be set by the level of the ingredient at the LOWEST level. If you use a Level 1 Scrap Iron with a Level 2 Scrap Iron on a Level 3 Silver Hammer, the best you will achieve, even if you forge 'with expertise' by hitting the gauge in the green, is a Level 2 Silver Hammer. If you do not hit the gauge in the green, you will find yourself with a Level 1 Silver Hammer! Scrap Iron is very plentiful in Rune Factory Frontier. You should be able to find sufficient high level Scrap Iron to raise your Tool Levels to high levels gradually. If you wish to avoid any downgrades, you always can run to your diary to save your game BEFORE you perform the next upgrade! Tool Upgrades and Recipes All Recipes for Upgrading Tools as well as their descriptions are included in my Rune Factory Frontier Recipes Cookbook Guide, which you can find at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html Note that the amount of ground that any watering can will be able to cover varies not only with the actual Watering Can but with the number of charges used. In other words, the Tin Can that can be used 15 times either can be used to water 15 single squares or 15 groups of 3 squares each with a charge. In like fashion, the Lion Can, which accepts two charges, can water 18 single squares or 18 groups of 9 squares each. The number of squares tilled by the Hoe or cut by the Sickle will depend on the actual upgrade as well as the Charge. In of other upgraded Farm Tools such as the Hammer and Axe, the number of strokes required to smash a rock or cut a stump when charged will depend on the actual upgrade. Upgraded Fishing Rods tend to catch better fish at higher levels. 1st Week Rewards: Rewards are given in Rune Factory Frontier for various actions. All of your Tools will be gifts from villagers. The method by which each Tool is obtained is discussed in a separate section of this guide. In the first week, you can obtain the following Rewards, apart from the Farming/Ranch Tools that you acquire: Quick-Step Cook: Cookbook for 'No Tools' Recipes from Rita Speak to her until you have a dialogue about cooking. She then will give the book to you. Farm Companion: Recipes for Farm Tool Upgrades from Ganesha Simply speak to Ganesha at the Forge until you initiate a conversation about maintenance of farm tools. She then will give you the book. Tomato Juice: Gift from Nolen Simply speak to Nolen at the Bathhouse when you first see him there to receive this gift.

Tomato Juice: 290G HP 0, RP 75, Fx Time 90 sec. Attack +20, Defence +30 Mixed Ole: Gift from Rita Simply speak to Rita when she is serving at the Tavern after ordering your Monster Barn from Kross Mixed Ole: 4180G HP 10, RP 300, FX Time: 90 sec. Attack +55, Defence +90 Formula C: Gift from Erik Simply give the requested Turnip to Anette to deliver to Erik after receiving his Request by letter Formula C: 480G From seed to leaf to fruit. This will speed up the process three days. Works only after you go to sleep. 2nd Week Rewards: As early as the 9th, you should be able to receive your first Magical Staff if you complete a Request from Kanno by giving him a piece of Cheap Cloth. Cheap Cloth is a War Trophy. You should have at least one in your Storage by the beginning of the 2nd Week. Incidentally, it is a good idea to keep one of each type of War Trophy as well as Ores in storage either for Requests or for use in Recipes. Fire Rod: Gift from Kanno in return for Request for 'Cheap Cloth' Fire Rod: 560G ATK 14 (+14), REQ SKL 1, SP ATK 1, RP USE: 14, FX Magic +65, Fire Attack +9 Initial Income and Equipment Choices As always in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, your character will have very little money in the first week and many potential expenses. You should have obtained two free bags of Turnip Seeds, one from Mist and the other from Erik. The Turnip Seeds from Erik will be given only if you listen to his farming tutorial. Turnip Seeds are marvelously inexpensive at 10G per bag, however, so even if you pay for them, you will find them affordable. Be aware that any Crops produced in your own Field will not generate Rune Points in this game. They produce Runeys instead. Runeys are vital to the success and ultimate survival of your community but they will not restore your character's Energy. Only Crops grown in Caves/Dungeons will produce Rune Points when ready for harvest. You therefore need to create the Beanstalk to the Sky as quickly as possible in order to plant some Turnips in the Cave at Whale Island. You can race through any hostile territory, avoiding Monsters rather than confronting them, but it is best if you enter the Cave at Whale Island with a Weapon and at least one Defensive Accessory. I would recommend the following: Broadsword Cheap Band I always prefer one-handed weapons myself but even if you are a player who prefers a heavy powerful two-handed weapon, the cost for each use in of RP is too expensive at this early stage. The Broadsword can be purchased from Ganesha for 500G. The Cheap Band is one of four items available at Danny's Grocery Store. Having obtained some basic equipment for combat, the Hammer and Axe should be next on your list of acquisitions. All you need to do in order to obtain an Axe from Stella is to till at least 40 squares in your Field. You need not

plant Crops in every square. Simply speak to her afterwards and you will be given an opportunity to inform her of your lack of an Axe. She then will give you her old Axe. With respect to the Hammer, you must descend to the 2nd level of the Cave/Mine at Whale Island in order to experience the Event that will end in your acquisition of the tool. Melody will be there, searching for the source of a new Hot Spring. She will give you the Hammer, asking that you smash a large boulder for her. Experiencing this Event has two immediate positive results. You will have a Hammer and Melody will open her Bathhouse in Trampoli the next day. At the Bathhouse, you will be able to restore all HP and RP once each day for the very modest sum of 10G. Initial Sources of Income You can ship wild items, crops, ores, fish, gems, Cooked Dishes, Accessories and War Trophies. One type of item that can be shipped as well is Weapons. You cannot ship your Tools but any Weapon that you buy or forge CAN be placed in the shipping container. This is one aspect of the game that differs from previous Rune Factory games. A Broadsword can be forged with one piece of Iron and a Knife Piece. It ships for 100G. Although 100G does not represent substantial income, the increase in your Forging Skills is invaluable. You need higher forging skills if you wish to make weapons that will allow you to defeat the Boss of the Green Ruins early in the game. Other Weapons such as the basic Two-Handed Sword offer good increase in Forging Skill as well without using valuable ingredients better saved for the future. Farming Strategies in Spring Your farming strategies in your first Spring season need to take of a number of variable factors that will change as your skills and tool levels increase. Your first priority must be to grow some Turnips as they will produce either Runeys or Rune Points in 4 days as well as providing a decent source of income. Each Turnip ships for 235G. That means that a plot of 9 provides 2115G in 4 days. As Mist will take every possible opportunity to remind you, Turnips are one of her Most Favourite Gifts. If you wish to boost her affection, give her a Turnip whenever you speak to her. If you can afford some Fodder Seeds, buy those immediately and plant them as well. The price of Fodder at Erik's shop is prohibitive. If you plant Fodder Seeds immediately, you should have mature Grass by the time you have been able to afford a Monster Barn, thereby obviating the necessity to purchase Fodder. If you can attain Prosperity in your Homestead, you will be able to grow every Crop more quickly but you will not be able to adjust Runey Distribution until you obtain the Harvester from Candy. You cannot obtain her Introduction Event

earlier than 7 Spring. Season Changes With respect to all seasonal crops grown on your own Homestead, any that are left on the Field when the Season changes will become Withered Grass. Make certain that you harvest all Crops on the 30th Day of the Season. You can prepare for the season change by planting Crops for the next Season on the 30th Day of the old Season, however. If you purchase Summer Crops from Erik on 30th Spring, you can plant them on the last day of Spring, giving you a headstart. Buying a Kitchen You will have many expenses in the first fortnight of Spring. One of your first goals must be to purchase a Handy Kitchen at least from Lute on the Holiday. Even if you do not have sufficient funds to purchase any Utensils, Pickled Turnips is a 'No Tool/Utensil' Dish that will allow you to use your precious Turnips for sustenance rather than profit, if need demands. Crops generally are wasted if consumed raw. You will receive a meagre amount of HP from them but nothing compared to the amounts of HP and RP received from most Cooked Dishes. As energy restoration must be another priority throughout the game, the sooner you can cook your own food, the better. Cooking Skill Levels Whether in the Kitchen or at the Forge or Workbench, there are a number of different levels of Cooking and each requires the right environment and equipment. With a small Kitchen and the Utensils that fit on its counter, you will be able to prepare dishes that require a maximum of two ingredients. With a Great Kitchen or Forge, you will be able to prepare or make items that require a maximum of four ingredients. It is only at the next level that you will be able to prepare or make items that require a maximum of six ingredients. In each case, you will need an expansion from Kross as well as any furniture or environmental upgrades before you will be able to make items at the next level. In fact, as usual, you will not even be able to purchase the upgraded items from Lute until you have the proper house expansion for them. Even when you have the required equipment and ingredients, however, you will be unable to cook or make an item if your own skill levels are inadequate. You need some chance, however slim, of actually being able to make the item successfully before the game will allow you to make the attempt. Fortunately, increasing your Skill Levels in the Kitchen, at the Forge, Workbench or Pharmacy are far easier in Rune Factory 2 than it was in previous Rune Factory games. You should have no trouble whatsoever with this aspect of the game. Cooking in Rune Factory Frontier

Cooking is a vital aspect of life and as such, usually is included in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game. In Rune Factory, you have added options of creating Weapons and Accessories as well as cooking food items, provided you have the necessary equipment and skills. Your first Recipe Book for cooking food will be given to you in your first meeting with Rita, provided you speak to her and initiate a dialogue about cooking. The book will consist of a few simple Recipes for No Utensil/No Tool Dishes. You may not need to purchase any Utensils to make these, but you will need ot purchase the small Handy Kitchen from Lute. Lute is the source of all Kitchen, Forge and Pharmacy purchases, among others. He sells the Big Bed you need in order to marry as well as his own Paintings and other useful or aesthetically pleasing items. The most important purchase may be the Kitchen, Forge and Pharmacy, however. Note that, in a Handy Kitchen, you cannot have more than three different Cooking Utensils and you will not be able to cook Dishes that require more than two ingredients. In the case where any Recipe you own requires more than two ingredients, the additional items will be not be highlighted. Until you have purchased the Great Kitchen, you will not be able to make any Recipes that require more than two ingredients. The Great Kitchen requires a Kitchen house extension from Kross. The final level of Kitchen is the Chef's Kitchen which can be purchased from Lute and allows you to cook Dishes with a maximum of 6 ingredients. No further house expansion is required to purchase the Chef's Kitchen or its counterparts in Forge and Laboratory. Cooking for Beginners When you first begin to cook, you will be at a disadvantage in of your store of ingredients as well as your Cooking Skill. You therefore need to cook whatever Dishes CAN be cooked successfully, irrespective of their shipping values or energy values. Once your Cooking Skills have improved, however, you will find that your choice of Dish can determine victory or defeat in combat situations. One of the most useful aspects of any Recipe Book in Rune Factory Frontier is the inclusion of all information related to energy values and special effects. You only need to own the Recipe Book and have a Kitchen in order to be able to see the effects that any Cooked Dish will have in of Energy and temporary special effects in battle. You need to make and ship each Dish once in order to complete your Shipping List, but you need not do so simply in order to discover its energy value, shipping value and any special effects. Increasing Item Levels in Cooking The same item often can be cooked in a couple of different ways. Very useful Recipes are those that use a single ingredient. As at the Forge, Crafts Bench or Laboratory, a Recipe that requires only a single ingredient or a maximum of 2 ingredients is one that can offer high level results more easily than Recipes requiring many ingredients. In any project, the level of the result is based on the LOWEST level of any of its ingredients. Although you can raise the Level of the resulting item by hitting the green section of the

gauge, you can achieve more using a high level item in a Recipe that calls for only one ingredient. In other words, if you have Level 9 Rice, you can create a Level 10 Rice Ball simply by hitting the green when you prepare the dish. If you wish to create Level 10 Bamboo Rice, however, the Bamboo Shoot and the Rice both must be Level 9. In a Recipe with six ingredients, all six must be at Level 9 if you are to have any chance of creating a Level 10 item. All Recipes for Kitchen, Forge, Crafts Bench and Laboratory are included in another section of this Guide. This section deals solely with some of the easiest Recipes for beginners. A Guide to Cooking As in most other Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, you cannot cook until you have a Kitchen. There are two sizes of Kitchen, and both are sold by Lute, a traveling peddler who visits Trampoli only on the Holiday. You must purchase the small Kitchen in order to be able to purchase the Large Kitchen. As soon as the small or 'Handy' Kitchen is purchased, the Great Kitchen will appear in his Menu. However, the larger size requires a Kitchen Expansion to your House. The small Kitchen requires no expansion whatsoever. Money may be an issue in the first week of the game as well. It is unlikely that you would be able to afford both the necessary Kitchen Expansion and the price of the Great Kitchen on 7 Spring, the first day when Lute appears. Buy the Small Kitchen, then spend any remaining funds on Cooking Utensils from Lute, Cookbooks from Selphy and other improvements. Your small Kitchen will be delivered to your home immediately with any Cooking Utensils you have purchased. A small Forge and Pharmacy can be purchased likewise without any prior House Expansions but I would advise that players opt for the Kitchen first, as Cooked Dishes ship for higher values than raw ingredients and can be used to restore significant amounts of HP and RP. The Cooking Utensils that fit into a Small Kitchen are the Frying Pan, the Pot and the Steamer. When you first meet Rita at the Inn/Tavern, she will give you an elementary Cookbook entitled 'Quick-Step Cook'. This is the 'No Utensils' Recipe Book and will be the most useful of any of the Cookbooks at this stage. All other cookbooks are sold by Selphy at the Rune Archives. The simple Cookbooks for Frying Pan, Pot and Steamer cost 500G each. Expanding your Cooking Range The Small Kitchen and some of the Handy Kitchen Utensils can be purchased from Lute and used without ever expanding your House, but if you wish to have a full range of Kitchen Utensils, even in the 'Handy' smallest form, you must order a Kitchen expansion from Kross. He will give you a choice of three different styles whenever he makes any House upgrade, whether it is your Kitchen, your Forge or your Laboratory. As he will inform you himself, these styles do not have any effect on the actual size or potential of the expansion. They only offer cosmetic options in of changing the appearance of the upgrade. When you have an expanded Kitchen from Kross, you will be able to buy the Great

Kitchen from Lute. This will enable you not only to purchase the full set of 'Handy' Utensils but will allow you to purchase a full set of 'Great' Utensils as well. A full list of Lute's items and prices is given in the Shop and Business section of this Guide. Every Handy Utensil costs 400G each. The Great Kitchen costs 2000G and each of the 'Great' Utensils that can be purchased for it cost 1000G. Handy Utensils allow you to use a maximum of 2 ingredients to cook any Dish. Great Utensils allow you to use a maximum of 4 ingredients. Any Recipe Books that you purchase from Selphy may include Dishes that require from 1 to 6 ingredients. The Dishes that you are able to make at any given point in time depend on three factors: 1. Having all required ingredients in your Rucksack; 2. Having the proper Kitchen and required Kitchen Utensil in of one that allows the necessary quantity of ingredients; 3. Having the required Cooking Skill to be able to attempt the Dish in question. The next upgrade in Utensil requires a 'spankin' new kitchen' as Lute will inform you. The next kitchen upgrade is the Chef's Kitchen costing 8000G. The Chef's Kitchen by itself will allow you to cook any 'No Tools/No Utensils' Dishes that require up to 6 ingredients to prepare. You need to purchase the next upgrade of each Cooking Utensil if you wish to cook other types of Dishes that require 5 or 6 ingredients. At this stage of upgrade, each of the new Utensils has its own unique adjective to describe it but each is offered at the same price of 2400G. You will not be able to purchase any of the Utensils at this level unless you purchase the Chef's Kitchen first for 8000G. The situation with respect to the Forge and the Laboratory is identical. You can buy the smallest Forge and Laboratory without expanding your house but the Great Forge and Great Laboratory require a Forge expansion from Kross. With the smallest Forge and Laboratory, you will be limited to creation of items that require no more than two ingredients. With the Great Forge and Great Laboratory, you will be able to make items that require a maximum of four ingredients. If you wish to make the most advanced Weapons, Accessories and Medicines, you will need the Maestro Forge and its Laboratory equivalent. The Maestro Forge costs 28000G, but it offers both an expanded Forge and expanded Crafting Bench for Accessories. With the Maestro Forge, you will be able to make items that require 5 or 6 ingredients, provided always that you have the necessary Skill Levels to do so. How to Cook Cooking is more interactive in Rune Factory Frontier than in any other Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game. First stand in front of the Utensil or Counter to select a specific type of Cooking method. If you are cooking without Utensils, stand in front of the

Counter space. Press A to initiate the Cooking sequence. If you have a Recipe Book, it will appear on the left. Each Recipe with its Skill Level Requirement will be displayed to the left. To the right, whenever a Recipe is highlighted, the required ingredients will appear. Press A again to fill the Ingredient slots with the required ingredients for the highlighted Recipe. If you do not have the ingredients in your Rucksack, you will not be able to make the Cooked Dish. You need to fetch any required ingredients from storage if you wish to use them. When the ingredients have been placed in the Cooking Box to the right of the Recipe List, press the + Button to begin Cooking. A gauge will appear at the bottom of the screen. You will see that the gauge has different colours. The centre of the gague will appear in blue. To the left and right of the central blue area will be a very small area that is green. To the left of that, on either side, the remainder of the gauge will be red. When you press the + Button, the cursor will begin to swing across the gauge. You need to press the 'A' Button to complete the Cooking process. If you press it while the cursor is on any red section, the Dish will be a Flop or Failed Dish. If you press it while the cursor is in the blue area, it will be a success. If you manage to press the + Button when the gauge is in the small green area on either side of the blue, you will see a prompt to the effect that your Dish has been perfectly prepared, raising it by a Level. For example, if you take a Level 1 Strawberry and make Berry Jam from it in a Pot, you will see the following prompt if you manage to stop the cursor while it is in the green area: 'Lv: 2: Berry Jam was synthesized with expertise!' Having a Recipe Book increases your chances of success as it widens the blue area on the gauge. Without a Recipe Book, you may have a very small chance of success. An increase in your own Skill Level will widen the success areas of the gauge as well. A Recipe with a small success margin when your character remains at Level 1 Cooking Experience will have a large success margin when he reaches Level 5, for example. The margin of red at the end of either side of the gauge will become smaller and smaller, making it almost impossible to create a Flop. In Rune Factory Frontier, a higher Level of item not only has a higher shipping value but higher Energy restoration values. Any temporary special effect values in combat situations will increase as well, adding both a longer time span for the special effect and more power to whatever effect is given. It therefore is to your advantage in this game to use the highest quality of ingredients when Cooking, Forging or making Medicines and to try to hit the green 'perfect' area in the gauge if possible. Hint: Save your game BEFORE you attempt any Recipe in Cooking. Ingredients used in Cooking cannot be recovered if you fail as they will be made into a

Flop. On the other hand, ingredients used in Forging Weapons or Accoutrements will not be used if you fail. You simply will lose energy but will gain experience from any attempt at the Forge and Workbench. Note that a situation that AUTOMATICALLY creates a Flop is any attempt to create a Dish when your Skill Level in Cooking is inadequate for the task. Your ingredients WILL be taken but a Flop is all that will result from the attempt. Incidentally, a Flop can be shipped and you should ship one in order to complete your Shipping List. Tip for Raising Item Levels in Cooking There are a number of Recipes that require a single Ingredient. Bread is one of these, requiring nothing more than a bag of Flour and an Oven. When you make Bread, you can stop the gauge in the green to create Level 2 Bread from a Level 1 bag of Flour. You then can increase the Level again by making Toast. Toast requires nothing more than Bread to create. Place the Bread in the Oven and stop the gauge again in the green to make the Level 2 Bread into Level 3 Toast. Level 1 Toast has the following stats: Toast, Lv 1: 190G; HP 50, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec, Max HP +40, Earth Resistance +20 Level 3 Toast has these stats: Toast, Lv 3: 266G; HP 50, RP 150, FX Time 180 sec, Max HP +40, Earth Resistance +20 It is only in combat situations that the difference can become critical. Having an item that raises your Maximum HP by 40 points for 3 minutes instead of 2 minutes can mean the difference between victory and defeat. Even having an item that boosts your Maximum HP by 40 points for 2 minutes may bring critical aid at a point when your character is approaching zero HP! Food supplies can be critical during battle. that any food items your character consumes will benefit both your own character and that of any Monster Ally who accompanies you. There are a number of Dishes that can be boosted in Level twice in the same way that a Level 1 bag of Flour can become Level 3 Toast. Rice can be made into a Rice Ball using no utensils at all. Hit the gauge in the green and make it into a Level 2 Rice Ball. Place it in the oven and hit the gauge in the green again to create a Level 3 Hot Rice Ball. Rice Ball, Level 1 has the following stats: Rice Ball, Lv. 1: 160G; HP 45, RP 75; FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +45 Hot Rice Ball, Level 3 has the following stats: Hot Rice Ball, Lv. 3: 266G; HP 55, RP 150; FX Time 180 sec. Max HP +50, Earth Resistance +10 Both Rice and Flour can be found inside Caves/Dungeons in Treasure Chests, Crates and Urns. If you use the 2nd Beanstalk on any Holiday to access the Whale's Fin, you can obtain a fine quantity of Rice, Chocolate, Flour and other items, including Crystals, Gems, Energy Drinks and Ores, simply by climbing the Beanstalk again and again… If you prefer to use your time in a

different manner, you can purchase both Flour and Rice always at the Tavern at night. Single Ingredient Recipes A list of some basic Recipes that require only a single ingredient, can be made with fairly low Cooking Skills and are extremely useful in the first Spring and Summer of the game follows. Note that none of the Dishes listed here use ingredients that are not available in the 1st Spring or Summer season. The highest Cooking Skill Level requirement for any of these Dishes is less than 25 and in many cases, less than 10. Eggs and Milk are Ranch Products obtained from tame Monsters but a player without a Monster Barn can obtain them from Rita at the Tavern. Rice and Flour often can be found in Caves/Dungeons in Treasure Chests but can be purchased from Rita as well. All Recipes can be found in the Complete Cookbook section at the end of this Guide. No Tool/No Utensil Single Ingredient Recipes: Rice Ball: 160G Ingredients: Rice HP 45, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +45 Pickled Turnip: 235G Ingredients: Turnip HP 10, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +20, Stun Attack 30% Pickles: 370G Ingredients: Cucumber HP 10, RP 100, FX Time: 120 sec. Defence +25, Stun Attack 40% Char Sashimi: 85G Ingredients: Char HP 7, RP 57, FX Time: 120 sec. Defence +14, Water Resistance +10 Needle Sashimi: 70G Ingredients: Needlefish HP 7, RP 54, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +14, Magic +10 Frying Pan Single Ingredient Recipes: Smoked Salmon: 150G Ingredients: Salmon HP 8, RP 65, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +21, Wind Attack +10 Red Grill: 45G Ingredients: Red Salmon HP 6, RP 44, FX Time 120 sec, Defence +17, Magic +10 Grilled Chub: 60G Ingredients: Chub HP 7, RP 47, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +17, Magic +10 Popcorn: 180G Ingredients: Corn HP 10, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Fire Attack +10, Seal Defence Grilled Trout: 80G Ingredients: Trout HP 7, RP 51, FX 120 sec. Defence +18, Magic +10 Roasted Carp: 95G Ingredients: Carp

HP 7, RP 54, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +19, Fire Resistance +10 Grilled Char: 85G Ingredients: Char HP 7, RP 52, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +18, Magic +10 Grilled Squid: 55G Ingredients: Squid HP 7, RP 46, FX 120 sec. Attack +17, Magic +10 Pot Single Ingredient Recipes: Hot Milk: 140G Ingredients: Milk HP 20, RP 75, FX Time 90 sec. Attack +25 Boiled Egg: 130G Ingredients: Egg HP 10, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Attack +20, Water Resistance +10 Berry Jam: 130G Ingredients: Strawberry HP 10, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Magic +30 Porridge: 160G Ingredients: Rice HP 45, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +40, Water Resistance +10 Orange Jam: 180G Ingredients: Orange HP 10, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Magic +25, Wind Attack +10 Udon: 160G Ingredients: Flour HP 45, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +45, Water Attack +10 Blender Single Ingredient Recipes: Orange Juice: 180G Ingredients: Orange HP 0, RP 75, FX Time 90 Tomato Juice: 290G Ingredients: Tomato HP 0, RP 75, FX Time 90 Tropic Punch: 430G Ingredients: Pineapple HP 0, RP 75, FX Time 90 Cherry Juice: 180G HP 0, RP 75, FX Time 90

sec.

Attack +25, Defence +20

sec.

Attack +20, Defence +30

sec.

Attack +35, Defence +20

sec.

Attack +30, Defence +10

Oven Single Ingredient Recipes: Hot Rice Ball: 190G Ingredients: Rice HP 55, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +50, Earth Resistance +10 Turnip Roast: 240G Ingredients: Turnip HP 10, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Fire Resistance +20, Paralysis Defence Bread: 160G Ingredients: Flour HP 45, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +40, Earth Resistance +15 En Papillote: 140G Ingredients: Bamboo Shoot HP 10, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Paralysis Attack 100%, Seal Attack 100%

Toast: 190G Ingredients: Bread HP 50, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec.

Max HP +40, Earth Resistance +20

Steamer Single Ingredient Recipes: There are no Steamer Recipes that require only one ingredient and a Cooking Skill Level that is less than 25. Early Cooking Investments You may wish to study the list of Single Ingredient Dishes before making a decision in of the Cooking Utensils that you purchase initially from Lute or before purchasing Cookbooks from Selphy. There is no point in spending all of your money early in Spring on a Utensil or Recipe Book if there are few or even no Dishes that you will be to make. Choose Utensils and Recipe Books initially that will allow you to make the greatest number of easy Dishes. Cooking Schedule This is discussed in another section of this Guide as well. Cooking requires Energy and it is rather foolish to use all of your HP and RP in the Kitchen, Forge or Laboratory early in the day when you have other tasks to perform. It is wisest to base your Cooking Schedule both on your Bath Schedule and the point at which you enter the house in order to end your day by going to sleep. If, in the middle of the day, you find that your RP is depleted and you have no access to Rune Points to replenish it, you should go to the Bathhouse to pay 10G to Melody for a Bath that will restore all HP and all RP. Before doing so, however, enter your House to use your remaining HP in Cooking. Obviously, you should not deplete your HP to the point where you out, but you can use almost all of it in Cooking before going to the Bathhouse. By doing this, you waste neither time nor energy. It is better to take a Bath when both the HP and RP gauges are close to zero than to take one when you still have a fair amount of HP or RP. In combat situations, you may find that HP is depleted faster than your RP unless you are using Magic. If you do not wish to use an Energy Potion, go home and use the remaining RP and then whatever HP remains to Cook. Before you go to sleep at night, you should use whatever HP and/or RP remains to Cook, Forge or create items in your Laboratory. Provided that you enter your house before 1.00 a.m. and have no Status Ailments, you can reduce the HP gauge almost to zero and still awaken at 6.00 a.m. with full HP and RP. Cooking for Combat: Almost every Dungeon/Cave is ruled by a specific Season and specific Element. When you choose your Weapons and Equipment, you should base your choices on the Element that rules the enemies you will face. In like fashion, the Dishes

that you choose to cook or take to any Dungeon should be those with the greatest effect against the Enemies specific to that Dungeon. In other words, if you intend to visit the Lava Ruins, a Dungeon ruled by Fire, take items that offer protection against Fire or offer Water Attack power. If you intend to visit the Whale's Flank, take items that offer protection against Earth or have Air/Wind Attack power. Note that the Luck Blade offers protection both against Poison and Seal. Earth Elementals tend to be equipped with a Poison Attack. The Luck Blade, although less powerful than some of the other weapons you can forge, can be an excellent choice when dealing with enemies who have Poison attack power. These are only two examples among many. If your own experience Level in combat is high enough to disregard these considerations, you may focus simply on the necessity of replenishing HP and RP as required, but in the early stages of the game, the specific temporary effects of any item you eat can be critical. Effects of Cooked Dishes in Combat Raw items, when consumed have no temporary effects. They usually act to increase your HP and/or RP by a small amount. The same item when cooked, however, will have both a 'permanent' and a temporary effect. For example, eating unprepared Rice will increase your HP by 8 points. Fruit such as a Cherry or Orange when consumed raw will increase RP by 60 points. These effects are 'permanent' in the sense that, provided you perform no action that will use your energy, the HP or RP gained will remain. Temporary Effects are designated by the abbreviation FX. With respect to any raw item or ingredient, the FX is 0. With respect to Cooked Items, you will find that there are two FX factors. One is a time limit and the other are the effects themselves. If you throw the Orange into a Blender to make Orange Juice, you obtain the following benefits when you drink it. The 'permanent' effect is that your RP will be increased by 75 points. With that, however, you will experience a temporary effect that will last 90 seconds in the form of a boost to your Attack of 25 points and an increase of 20 points in your Defence. Obviously, a temporary effect such as this is of significant benefit only in a combat situation. If you are confronting a powerful enemy, such as a Boss Monster, a 90 second boost in both your Attack and Defence may mean the difference between victory or defeat. If it does not bring victory, at least it may prevent you from being defeated. The same Orange can be cooked in a Pot to create Orange Jam. The permanent effect of consuming Orange Jam or marmalade is a gain of 10 points of HP and 100 points of RP. The temporary effects last 120 seconds, during which time your Magic will be boosted by 25 points and Wind Attack by 10 points. If, therefore, you need both HP and RP, you would do better to make Orange Jam than Orange Juice with your Orange. If you intend to use a Magic Wand and especially one with Air/Wind Elemental Power such as the Storm Rod, you definitely would benefit more from Orange Jam than Orange Juice. There are many diverse special temporary effects connected with Cooked Dishes. Some will boost your Maximum HP by a specific number of points, making it more

difficult for an Enemy to defeat your character. Others boost Attack and Defence or a specific Elemental power. Increasing the Level of any Cooked Dish will not increase its effect on HP but it can increase any RP given and it will increase its temporary effects as well. Orange Jam at Level 1 increases HP by 10 points, RP by 100, and its temporary effects last 120 seconds. Orange Jam at Level 2 increases HP by 10 points still, but gives 125 RP and its temporary effects last for 150 seconds. At Level 5, the RP gain is 200 and the duration of its temporary effects is 240 seconds. The shipping value of any Cooked Dishes may be a consideration early in the game as well. Where two items have similar effects, it is better to ship the more valuable Cooked Dish and keep the less valuable for its Energy uses. If you compare Orange Juice with Tomato Juice, you will see that both restore 75 poitns of RP. Both have a temporary effect on Attack and Defence that lasts 90 seconds at Level 1. In the case of Orange Juice, it provides 25 points of Attack and 20 points of Defence for a minute and a half. In the case of Tomato Juice, you will gain 20 Attack points and 30 Defence points for the same amount of time. The difference between the two in of energy value is fairly insignificant. They differ more in their shipping value as Orange Juice ships for 180G and Tomato Juice ships for 290G. As your income increases, such a difference becomes less important but in the early stages of the game, the added 110G you would receive by shipping the Tomato Juice instead of the Orange Juice may make a big difference. Protection from Status Ailments Most Status Ailments are temporary and if you can survive their effect, they will be lifted automatically after a specific length of time. Even so, Seal may be the most annoying status ailment in any Rune Factory game, as it prevents your character from using either Magic or any Special Attack. In other words, your Weapons and Tools will not take a charge while your character is 'sealed'. Any tame Monster who is inflicted with Seal status cannot use his/her Special Attack either. Although you cannot buy any medication that will negate the effects of Seal in the early stages of the game, there are Cooked Dishes that provide protection against Seal Attack. A list of Cooked Dishes organized by special effects is included in this guide. Cooking without a Recipe Book You actually can cook without having a Recipe Book, although your chances of success will diminish greatly. When cooking with a Recipe Book, when all ingredients are in your Rucksack, you simply need to press the 'A' Button to fill all the ingredient slots on the right side of the Cookbook page. You then press the (+) Button to begin the process of preparing or cooking the dish. Without a Recipe Book, you need to press the (-) Button. This will display the contents of your Rucksack on the left side of the Cooking page in place of the list of Recipes that you own. You then can use your cursor to transfer

ingredients from your bag to the right side of the Cooking Page. When all ingredients are in place, press (+) to begin the process of preparing the dish. Completing the Recipe page of your Farm Menu is one of the goals in Rune Factory Frontier. You cannot do this if you fail to acquire every book that can be purchased or otherwise obtained. Using a Recipe Book in any situation prevents loss of ingredients in cooking as well as giving you a better chance of hitting the green to raise the level of any Cooked Dish that you prepare. Obtaining all Recipe Books Your Farm Menu has a Recipe page where every Cookbook that you have acquired is displayed. Two of your Recipe Books are gifts. The initial 'Farm Companion' Cookbook that provides simple Recipes for upgrading your Farm Tools is a gift from Ganesha. The initial No Tools/No Utensils Recipe Book for the Kitchen in the form of 'Quick-step Cooking' is a gift from Rita. All other Recipe Books must be purchased from Selphy. The beginner's Recipe Cooks will be available early in the game. The intermediate and advanced Recipe Books must be unlocked but by the first Autumn season, you should have all Recipe Books. The list of Cookbooks is as follows: Cookbooks for the Kitchen: No Tools/No Utensils Recipe Books: Quick-step Cooking: A beginner's guide to the culinary arts. It has a lot of dishes that can be made quickly and easily. (Gift from Rita) Chef's Road: Recipe book with lots of info on sushi and many other dishes. Mainly for advanced cooks. Gourmet Cooking: An advanced recipe book for exotic dishes. Most of the recipes are for light meals. Frying Pan Recipe Books: Fly! Frying Pan! 1: Beginner's recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. Fly! Frying Pan! 2: Intermediate recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. Fly! Frying Pan 3: Advanced recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. Pot Recipe Books: It's Hot!: Newbie's guide to hot pot dishes. It even shows you the trick to how much heat you should use. Cont'd: It's Hot!: Intermediate guide to hot pot dishes. It introduces many more cooking methods and ingredients. Final: It's Hot!: Advanced guide to hot pot dishes. This book will make you a hot pot cooking master! Oven Recipe Books: Fine Dining: Beginner's guide to baking. A single successful dish can change your outlook on life! More Fine Dining: Intermediate guide to baking. Your cooking can improve your position in the household.

Super Fine Dining: Advanced guide to baking. Use your cooking skills for good and change the world for the better! Blender/Mixer Recipe Books: Blender Mastery: Beginner guide on using the mixer. True Blender Mastery: Advanced guide on using the mixer. Steamer Recipe Books: Skilled Steaming: A beginner's guide to steamed cuisine. Expert Steaming: An advanced guide to steamed cuisine. Recipe Books for the Forge The Recipe Books for the Forge include the beginner's guide for upgrading Tools given by Rita as well as a beginner's guide for weapons of all types. Advanced Guides then can be purchased that specialise in each weapon type. An advanced guide for upgrading tools can be purchased as well. Tool Upgrade Recipe Books: Farm Companion: A newbie's guide on farming tools. It even tells you what you need to know about farm life. Farm Master: Advanced guide on making farming tools. It seems the author was perfectionist when writing this. Weapon Upgrade Recipe Books: Let's Make Weapons! A beginner's guide on how to make 1-handed swords, 2-handed swords, spears, axes and hammers. Forge 1-handed Swords: An advanced guide on how to make 1-handed swords. Make 2-handed Swords: Guide for making 2-handed swords. For the intermediate blacksmith. Spear Studio: An advanced guide book for making spears. It says it was written by a famous blacksmith on the cover. Hammer Lab: An advanced guide book on hammers. It gives you some tips and trips* on (*XSeed typo and XSeed incomplete description here) Axe Fan Weekly: A guide that shows you how to make various axes. This is the only* (*XSeed incomplete description) Make a Magic Cane: A guide to making staffs. You can make magic staffs, but you can't use magic to make them. N.B. I believe there may be one final Recipe Book for Swords. Recipe Books for the Crafts Bench Jewelry Workshop: A beginner's guide on making head, neck and arm accessories. Time to get trendy. Head Coordination: An advanced guide on making accessories for the head. Pretty heady stuff… Neck Accentuation: An advanced guide to making neck accessories. Why not just say necklaces…? Stylish Wear: Advanced guide for making accessories that all the cool kids are talking about.

At Your Fingertips: An advanced guide for making accessories for your arms and hands. Courtship Recipe Books: Happy Toys: Beach Style!: A book of swimsuit patterns that boys are too embarrassed to buy at stores. Recipe Books for the Laboratory Lab Book: A book of medicinal recipes. It's a sizable tome that goes into even the most minute detail. Ultimate Lab Book: A book of medicinal recipes. It's a difficult book that has a lot of specific medical terminology. Advanced Recipes and their Effects You will note that Dishes that require the maximum number of ingredients tend to be far more powerful in their effects than any single ingredient Dish. Creating these Dishes successfully usually will require a fair Skill Level as well as access to all necessary ingredients. It is unlikely, therefore, that you will be able to make many Advanced Recipes before Summer of the 1st Year, as the funds required to purchase all Crop Seeds, Kitchen expansions and Kitchen Utensils probably will not be available until then. that you can grow Crops from all three growing seasons on Whale Island, which means that the most ambitious players can have access to Autumn vegetables before the 1st Autumn season. Some of the 'Most Favourite Gifts' of Eligible Girls in Rune Factory Frontier are Advanced Dishes. The Sandwich beloved of Selphy is one of these, although you can give her a single ingredient item in the form of a Rice Ball to raise her Affection Level without much Skill and without a large Kitchen. The Sandwich, on the other hand, has a Skill Level requirement of 70 and contains the maximum number of ingredients, which means that you can prepare it only when you have purchased the Chef's Kitchen. Sandwich: 1820G Skill Level 70 HP 280, RP 425, FX 120 sec. Max HP +85, Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Cucumber, Tomato, Carrot, Boiled Egg, Bread, Mayonnaise As you can see, the ingredients for a Sandwich in Rune Factory Frontier include Crops from all three growing Seasons as well as Cooked Dishes made with a Pot, an Oven and a Mixer. It therefore definitely qualifies as an 'Advanced Recipe' even though a child can make a Sandwich in our world! Breaking down the ingredients, you will find: Cucumber: Spring Crop grown in your Field, a Spring Dungeon or Whale Island Tomato: Summer Crop grown in your Field, a Summer Dungeon or Whale Island Carrot: Autumn Crop, grown in your Field, an Autumn Dungeon or Whale Island Boiled Egg: cooked in a Pot with a single ingredient in the form of an Egg; an Egg is a Ranch Product from a Clucky or one of her 'cousins' Bread: cooked in an Oven with a single ingredient in the form of Flour, an item that can be purchased from Rita at the Tavern or found in a Treasure

Chest or Crate in a Dungeon Mayonnaise: prepared in a Mixer/Blender with two ingredients in the form of an Egg, a Ranch Product obtained from a Clucky (or cousin) and Cooking Oil, an item purchased at the Tavern or found in a Treasure Chest or Crate in a Dungeon As previously stated, even if you have all 6 ingredients, you must own a Chef's Kitchen, the highest upgrade of Kitchen, the Advanced Recipe Book from Selphy and the necessary Skill Level to prepare a simple Sandwich successfully. Once prepared, however, you will be able to benefit enormously from a Sandwich if you take it into combat with you. With the recovery power of 280 HP and 425 RP, it will restore both life and Rune energy greatly in the heat of battle. You will have noticed that, although you can search your inventory and equip any item at your leisure during any battle, actually consuming an item requires time and leaves your character unprotected for the duration of that action. An item that restores large quantities both of HP and RP and has a temporary special effect of boosting your Maximum HP by 85 points as well as offering Paralysis Defence may be the only item you would need to consume in the course of a difficult battle with a Monster Boss. Another Advanced Dish known to players of any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game is Relax Tea, Melody's Most Favourite Gift. Relax Tea is more Advanced in nature than a Sandwich in one sense, as it is a two-part Dish that requires high Skill Levels for each part. In the first stage, you must create the actual Tea Leaves. Tea Leaves, like the Sandwich are a No Tools/ No Utensils Recipe, but one with a higher Skill Level Requirement than a Sandwich at Skill Level 80. Unlike a Sandwich, however, the six ingredients required to create Tea Leaves are items found in the Wilds, either on your own Field or on fields in any Dungeon/Cave. Collecting the ingredients will be the least of your problems in creating Relax Tea. Like the Sandwich, Tea Leaves require a Chef's Kitchen. Note, however, that Tea Leaves are considered a 'raw ingredient' with very little potential to restore energy and no special effects. Until they are made into Relax Tea, they have little value. Tea Leaves: 240G Skill Level 80 HP 5, RP 0, FX 0 Ingredients: Blue Grass, Purple Grass, Red Grass, Yellow Grass, Orange Grass, Purple Grass Once you have made the Tea Leaves, you can create Relax Tea by boiling them in a Pot. The Recipe for Relax Tea is included in the most Advanced Pot Recipe Cookbook purchased from Selphy and has a Skill Level requirement of 95. Relax Tea: 330G Skill Level 95 HP 0, RP 175, FX 90 sec. Status Defence Ingredients: Tea Leaves Note that Relax Tea, like most beverages, will not restore any HP but does restore RP. It is in the matter of Status Defence, however, that the Dish is most useful. Drink some Relax Tea if you are involved in a battle against a powerful Monster who can use Status Attacks against you or your Monster Ally. Creating a Source of Rune Points

Your next priority in of energy must be to unlock Whale Island, where you can grow Crops that will produce Rune Points instead of Runeys. Turnips grown in plots in the Cave at Whale Island should not be shipped if possible. It is better to use them for daily Rune Point Production. Furthermore, it is possible that mature Crops in Caves/Dungeons do contribute to the Runey 'health' in Trampoli. Once you have a decent regular source of Energy Restoration and money to spare, you can grow the slow-maturing valuable Crops in Dungeons instead, but at this initial stage, it is best to grow Crops that mature very quickly and are worth little in of shipping, to make them more valuable as a source of RP in the Dungeons. Strawberries are another excellent choice as they mature fairly quickly and, even if you do need to harvest them, they will produce a new Harvest and new Rune Point in 2 days. It takes longer to reach Whale Island than to reach the Green Ruins, however, and Whale Island disappears from the sky above the Clock Tower on Holidays, so you should unlock the Green Ruins as well as soon as possible. In Summer, Lute will give you a hint as to the location of another possible path to Whale Island, and you then will be able to create a second Beanstalk that provides access to the Whale's Fin on any Holiday. Until then, however, you will not be able to visit Whale Island on any Holiday. Once you have unlocked the Green Ruins, you should clear and till the two fields at the entrance immediately, then plant Crops there as well. If it is early enough in the Spring season to allow you to grow Potatoes and Cabbages in your own Field, you may wish to plant Strawberries and Turnips again at the entrance of the Dungeon. Other fields deeper in the Dungeon may be a better choice for other Spring Crops. Growing Fodder Although Fodder can grow in your own Field throughout Spring, Summer and Autumn and therefore, once planted will continue to produce throughout three seasons, you can plant some Fodder somewhere in each Dungeon for use not only to produce Rune Points but for harvest in Winter when Fodder cannot be grown in your Field. Looking to the future always is a good strategy in Harvest Moon and where farming is concerned, Rune Factory is based on the same fundamental principles as any Harvest Moon game. Producing your own Seeds Makers are sold by Lute and the Seed Maker will allow you to produce your own Seeds from Crops. You should purchase a Mini Fridge as soon as possible from him in any case in order to have space to store all your edible items. Even if you cannot afford a Seed Maker, you then can store a couple of Crops of

each variety for future use in making Seeds. Crops serve a number of different purposes. They can be shipped for income, left in a field for Runey or Rune Point production, used as ingredients in Cooked Dishes, given as gifts to other characters, transformed into bags of Seeds or stored for future use. Tame Monsters and Seeds Rune Factory Frontier offers a new farming option in the form of Monsters who actually give Seeds as 'Ranch Products' when tamed. Each Dungeon is ruled by a specific Season and you will find a Monster type in each that resembles Plant Monsters from previous Rune Factory games. These Monster types in Rune Factory Frontier are named for the Season that rules each. For example, the Monsters who resemble the Flower Lions of Blessia Island in Rune Factory 2 bear the name of 'Summer'. When you use the Harvester on any of these Monsters, they will yield Crop Seeds. The Seeds that are given are random and are NOT Season-specific until the Tame Monster reaches a high Friendship Level. In other words, the Monster named 'Summer' may give Turnip Seeds…. Each time you obtain Seeds, the type of Seed will be generated randomly. The value of the Seeds given as well as their nature in of being Season-specific is determined by Friendship Level. You only will obtain the rare and expensive Seeds randomly when the Tame Monster reaches a high Friendship Level and as higher Friendship Levels are attained, the Seeds yielded will become those that are ruled by the Monster's own Season. As with any tame Monster, you must raise the Friendship Level of the Monster before you can ask it to perform any farming tasks or provide Ranch Products for you. Storage in Rune Factory Frontier Your original Storage Box will accommodate only inedible items such as War Trophies and Ores. It contains 30 Slots, each of which can be used to stack 99 items at a time. Different Levels of items exist in Rune Factory Frontier which means that even the same item, if it is of a different level, requires its own storage slot. This eventually can make your original Storage Box inadequate. Fortunately, you can purchase both Refrigerators for edible items and additional Storage Boxes from Lute. The Mini-Fridge is the smallest Refrigerator and has 30 slots, each of which can take a stack of 99 items. The Giant Fridge has 60 slots, each of which can store 99 items. A larger Box can be purchased as well from Lute, extending your Storage space for inedible items from 30 slots to 60. There are separate Storage items that can be purchased for your Forge and Pharmacy as well, but they require a Forge Expansion from Kross. The Forge Storage Box has 30 Slots and allows you to store any non-edible item. Another storage item is the Lab Storage Box. This, like the Forge Storage Box, will require a house expansion. In the case of the Forge Storage Box, you will need the Forge expansion from Kross. In the case of the Lab Storage Box, you will require a Laboratory expansion from Kross.

The Lab Storage Box is rather interesting in that it allows both the storage of edible items and those non-edible items that constitute War Trophies, such as 'Glittering Edge' or 'Thin Stick'. Unlike the regular Storage Box, you will not be able to store Tools or Weapons here, but you can use it for Crops, other edible items and War Trophies. You should try to look to the future even at the start of Spring, storing at least one or two of each edible and inedible item you obtain for future use in Recipes. If you have Iron and Scrap Iron in your Storage Box when you buy the Forge from Lute, you will be able to upgrade your Used Tools instantly without being required to make a special trip to a dungeon for Ores. Medicines use Wild Grasses. Store a few of each colour for future use in making potions. Likewise, some Crops should be stored for future use in Recipes and for Seeds. Do not live 'hand to mouth' if you can avoid it! You do not need to expand your House to obtain a larger Storage Box from Lute. The larger Storage Box costs 10,000G and will double your storage as it has a total of 60 slots. The Nature of Rune Power Players of other Rune Factory games will be aware of the nature of RP and of the Rune Points that appear daily over any plot of 9 ripened Crops. Those Rune Points can be used to replenish the RP that is the player's source of Energy. Rune Points exist in Rune Factory Frontier as well, but Crops grown in your own field will not produce them when ripe. They produce 'Runeys' instead. It is only by growing Crops in the Dungeon that you will be able to produce Rune Points. Runeys Runeys do not replenish RP but they are equally vital in the general scheme of existence. The appearance of Runeys contributes to Prosperity for the land. There are four distinct varieties of Runeys and a state of 'Prosperity' for the land is attained only when all four types co-exist and multiply in harmony. 35 Runeys of each type on any district results in a state of 'Prosperity'. The four types of Runeys are as follows: Grass Runeys: They prefer open areas and do not eat other Runeys. When they grow too great in numbers, they sometimes suddenly decrease on their own. Rock Runeys: They prefer to live near buildings. They eat Tree Runeys but do not reproduce in large numbers. Tree Runeys: They prefer forests and unspoiled nature. They eat Grass Runeys and can easily multiply in numbers. Water Runeys: They prefer to be near water, like the lake and beach. They eat Rock Runeys but do not reproduce in large numbers. Some Runeys will eat Runeys of another variety. The secret of attaining

Prosperity is placement and balance. Even at the very start of the game, you will be able to see the Runeys that exist in Trampoli, hovering like colourful ghosts in the air. You need to be able to gather them before you will be able to make proper use of them, however, and this requires a Harvester. Another section of this Guide deals extensively with strategies for balancing and increasing Runey populations. The Harvester The Harvester is a Ranch Tool that will be given to you by Candy, an expert in Runeys and an individual who can create both Miracles and Rune Stones from them. The Harvester can be used to perform ordinary collection of Ranch products from tame Monsters as well, including Milk, Eggs, Honey and Wool. Runeys that are sucked in with the Harvester will be stacked as items in your Inventory. You either can release them again in a place where they will achieve the greatest balance and harmony for the land or you can give them to Candy to be used for Miracles and Rune Stones. Runey Distribution Runey Distribution is one of the most vital components of the game in of success in farming. Although Rune Stones are needed to unlock some areas and forge some items, the creation of any Rune Stone cannot take priority over a balanced Runey Distribution on the Map. You can view the Runey Distribution at any point in time either by accessing the Runey Distribution Map on the 2nd Floor of the Clock Tower or by speaking to Candy to ask her directly if you can see her Runey Distribution Map. Note that the presence of all four types of Runeys in fairly balanced numbers on every area of the Map is a necessity if you wish to find success in farming or fruit on the fruit trees. If any one of the four types of Runeys disappears entirely from an area, it will become 'dead' and you will be required to restock the area with the Runey type that is missing. Gathering Runeys is a time-consuming task, but you should be aware always of the Runey Distribution on the Map and take steps quickly if any area is in danger of becoming radically unbalanced. The best way to create a regular source of each type of Runey is by having 50 of each type on the Homestead at the start of any week. By the end of the week, provided no 'dead' areas exist elsewhere on the Map, you should find that you have 60 of every type on the Field. Remove 10 of each type and repeat this procedure each week. Rune Wonders are a method by which you can boost the number of items found on any given day, change the weather or increase the heart levels of your Tame Monsters but do not abuse the option as you may find that all your Crops wither if Rune Distribution becomes too unbalanced. As your own Homestead does not favour one type of Runey over another, you can use it as a 'farm' for breeding Runeys. Make certain that your Homestead contains 35 of each type of Runey in equal numbers, then allow them to interact naturally. Provided you grow Crops in your Field, you should find that overall numbers of every type of Runey will increase gradually, granting you a surplus of each type to redistribute as needed in other districts that lack balance. If you have a significant inbalance in any District, it may be best to reduce

the entire Runey population in that district temporarily but try not to go below 12 of each type. It is better to have 12 Runeys of all four varieties in a district than a large unbalanced population. Runeys in perfect harmony will grow and increase and you will find that small numbers will gain in a short period. If you restored harmony by cutting down the entire population, you will have the excess Runeys in hand for use in other districts or to give to Candy. You really do need to spend a little time collecting Runeys for redistribution in order to avoid disaster. A dead zone is not desirable at any point. If you are finding it impossible to adjust a District, strip it down to a very small number, make certain it is perfectly balanced and then allow the numbers to grow gradually. It is better to have a small number of Runeys in a district in perfect balance than to have heavily unbalanced large numbers. that Runeys grow at different speeds. Water and Trees will increase first at the start of any week but the Rock and Grass Runeys should increase as well, even if it takes a few days longer. You will notice that, on the Runey Distribution Maps, there are icons next to most of the districts showing the type of Runey that is favoured naturally by the terrain. This needs to be taken into consideration when balancing distribution. Prosperity Status When you look at the Runey Distribution Map, districts that have attained a state of Prosperity will be displayed in brown. Prosperity is achieved when you have all four Runey types in equal numbers equal to or greater than 35. Once Prosperity is achieved, it is fairly easy to maintain on your own Homestead. You do need to access the Runey Distribution Map regularly, however, to make certain that one type of Runey has not outstripped another at the end of any week. 60 Runeys is the maximum of any type in a single district, but if you have 60 of each type of Runey in any district apart from the Homestead, 2 Grass Runeys may die each day as Grass often dies when it is found in large quantities in any district. This does not occur on the Homestead, however. You can maintain 60 of every type of Runey on the Homestead indefinitely, even in Winter. In Winter, however, any Runeys taken from the Homestead will not be replenished naturally until Spring. The Runey system in Rune Factory Frontier adds another challenge to the game, but even veteran players both of Harvest Moon and of Rune Factory have problems with it. It may have been created to remind players of the very real problems that confront us in our own world, problems created partly by human beings who do not have any thought of how their own actions may affect the entire globe. As we face the problems of global warming and destruction of the ozone layer, the Runeys may represent an attempt to alert gamers to the reality of how actions in one area may affect the situation in others. The Runeys represent four elements: Water, Rocks, Trees and Grass. One type will 'feed' off the other. The Water Runeys are at the top of the food chain. Establishing balance is a matter of establishing equal numbers of each type of Runey in a district. As previously stated, Prosperity is achieved when

there are 35 or more of each type of Runey in a district. The maximum number of Runeys that can exist in any district is 60 of each type. The best way to deal with Runey distribution is to start as early as possible in the game by planting Turnips and Grass in your Field. Grass is a necessity for fodder for tame Monsters. If you keep at least a quarter of your field planted with Grass, you can keep it unharvested until you actually begin to need Fodder for the Monsters you have tamed. The ripe Grass will generate Runeys on the Homestead. Turnips are good because they mature quickly, allowing you to boost Runey production very early in the game. The biggest problem in the first Spring, however, will be income. You will need the income that the Turnips produce and, as they are single harvest crops, once they have been harvested, you will be forced to replant. Strawberries may be a better choice than Turnips in of maintaining Runey production as, with a state of Prosperity on your Homestead, you may be able to harvest Strawberries daily, making certain that there are fully ripened Crops always on your Field while allowing you to skim off the ripened Crops for shipment. Grass will ripen almost as quickly when you have achieved Maximum Prosperity and Balance on your Homestead, allowing you to set a Necro or Ghost to the task of cutting your Grass for Fodder daily. Whatever you do, try not to allow ANY District to become a 'dead' one, as this will affect productivity everywhere, including your own homestead. To recapitulate the ecological principle at the foundation of Rune Factory Frontier, the situation in other areas will affect your own home. Ignore the world at your peril. If you care only about your own Homestead, you will find that your own life will suffer if other areas are in a state of inbalance or attrition. No man is an island and no island is immune to a negative situation in another part of the world. Store Runeys whenever possible for possible use in other districts rather than shipping them or converting all of them into Rune Stones. Be sparing with your use of Rune Stones. It is better to REDUCE the number of Runeys to create good balance between them than to allow an enormous excess of one type for more than a week. When Runeys are not balanced, the food chain will not work properly and you will find one type in danger of dying out completely. A player who is not that concerned with perfection can maintain a state of Maximum Prosperity and Balance in his/her own field and allow all other districts to remain chaotic PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT NO TYPE OF RUNEY DIES OUT COMPLETELY IN ANY DISTRICT. Your Crops will continue to grow at a faster speed even when other districts are not in perfect balance, nor in a state of Prosperity, provided that you maintain a presence for every type of Runey in every district. As stated previously, it is better to bleed off excess Runeys if you do not have a store of Runeys to boost the smaller numbers to balance the larger than to allow one type to become too dominant in any district. Simply make certain that you have at least 12 of every type of Runey on every district on the Map other than your own Homestead. Keep your own Homestead at 50 across the board at the start of each week, so that you will have it at the maximum state of Prosperity at the end of each week. If your Crops wither and die or take far longer than they should to mature, it is because you have neglected Runey Distribution. Period. Full stop. The

Runeys are vital to farming in Rune Factory Frontier. peril.

Ignore them at your

Runey Food Chain Every type of Runey apart from Water has a natural 'predator' in the form of another Runey. Even when Runey distribution is balanced perfectly, there is a greater chance that Water Runeys will increase, especially in weather conditions that favour them. Furthermore, Water and Trees grow more quickly than the other two types. Water Runeys therefore represent potential danger to harmony where Runeys are concerned. You may find them to be your most plentiful supply of material for Rune Stones. The Runey that is 'weakest', however, is Grass. In any district apart from your own Homestead where Maximum Prosperity has been established with 60 Runeys across the board, 2 Grass Runeys still may die each day or each week. Grass Runeys do not thrive in maximum quantity, except on your own Homestead. The official description states as much. Runey Distribution in Winter In Rune Factory Frontier, you cannot grow Crops on your own field in Winter but do not assume therefore that Runey Distribution does not matter during this season. In order to grow Crops effectively in ANY Dungeon, you must maintain healthy Runey Distribution throughout the Map. At the beginning of Winter, I make certain that there are 60 of each type of Runey on my own Homestead but do not remove any afterwards until Spring as Runeys will not grow on the Homestead when there are no Crops. As in other seasons, you should have at LEAST 12 of every type of Runey on each District apart from the Homestead. 20 – 30 of each type is a safer total. Whenever the total of any type of Runey is below 12, you run the risk of that type of Runey dying out even in a week's time. Recovering from a 'Dead' Map Too many players fail to understand the importance of Runey Distribution in the first year and find themselves in a position where they are surrounded by 'dead' zones devoid of Runeys and are unable therefore to grow any Crops. This is an unfortunate state of affairs but it is not fatal by any means. The game will 'drop' about 20 Runeys of a random nature on the Map each week. They may not be the type of Runey that you need most, but the game will continue to replenish the system on a weekly basis. If you are in a situation where you have more than one dead zone, it is better to restore one district at a time, starting with your Homestead. For example, if you have only two dozen Runeys of each type and four dead zones, it is better to divide the Runeys between two districts to populate each with 12 Runeys of every type than to populate 4 Districts with only 6 Runeys of each type. Any total under 12 runs the risk of extinction and it can occur very quickly! Build up your districts one by one. It may take a

few seasons to restore healthy Runey Distribution to your Map but it can be done. During any period when Crops will not grow because of poor Runey Distribution, concentrate of other activities such as fishing, ranching and mining but NEVER neglect the Runey Distribution Map. Tips for Organising your Tasks Using the Harvester to collect Runeys requires no energy whatsoever so if you find your character with low energy and no way to restore it efficiently at any point, set him to adjusting Runeys as this takes time but not energy. Instead of having an early night simply because your character is almost at the point of ing out, make him travel throughout the Map, restoring balance in of Runey Distribution. If, however, your character has full Energy but it grow close to 1.00 a.m., you can practice your Skills in the Kitchen, Forge, Workbench and Pharmacy. When you are inside any building, time will not . Instead of going to bed with a full HP and RP gauge, use the Energy to cook provisions, forge new weapons and accessories and make potions. Weapons and Magic Training In any building in Rune Factory Frontier, time stops while your character is inside. If you find that you are ready to go to bed and still have maximum HP and RP, you may wish to practice with a Weapon or Magical Rod in order to increase your Skill Level. You can do this indefinitely provided you restore the energy used in 'training'. Weather in Rune Factory Frontier In Rune Factory Frontier, weather can affect Runey Distribution as rain or snow may result in an inbalance in favour of Water Runeys. It therefore is a good idea to look at a Runey Distribution Map after any rainy day or series of rainy days. The effects of inclement Weather differ from game to game, but in most Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, there are severe storms in the form of hurricanes, typhoons and snowstorms that can have damaging effects. In some Harvest Moon games, chiefly Tree of Tranquility, a severe storm does not prevent your character from leaving his house. In Rune Factory Frontier, however, you will be forced to remain inside your farmhouse for the duration of any severe storm. When you emerge the next day, you will find a random number of Crops destroyed and more stumps and rocks on your field. The only positive effect of a severe storm is the appearance of a large number of Black and White Grass on your field. Candy does have the power to affect the Weather somewhat. If you order a Rune

Wonder in the form of a Weather Miracle, you may be able to avert a severe storm. Wish for a 'Sunny Week' Rune Wonder by giving Candy the following: 1 Rock Runey, 1 Tree Runey, 1 Grass Runey If your wish is granted, a severe storm set to occur the next day will be averted. There is a way to guarantee that you do not experience any severe storm and that is by saving your game before midnight, then going to bed without saving again. If no severe storm occurs, you basically can reload and complete all tasks, then go to bed again without making a trip to the Clock Tower late at night to order a Weather Miracle from Candy. The result you obtain when you go to bed before midnight may differ each time you reload, however. You may find that one result is sun and the next is rain. With a 'Sunny Week' Miracle in place, though, you should be fairly well-protected from any severe storms. Note that both White Grass and Black Grass appear in quantity on your Field only after a Severe Storm, except in Winter, so you may wish to allow one to occur in some season when no valuable Crops will be threatened. In Winter, both White Grass and Black Grass will appear randomly on your Field each morning. Collect and save these for use in Recipes. White and Black Grass can be found in the Snow Ruins as well. Weather appears to be loaded at midnight. If you do not save your game AFTER midnight, you can awaken the next morning to view the current weather conditions, then reload back to the last save before midnight if you wish to change the result. After midnight, however, the weather at dawn on that day will be set. As in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, however, there are specific Events that can be triggered only in bad weather. If you make certain that every day is sunny, you will not experience these Events! Walkthrough: 2nd Week of Spring Kanno, Harvester and Fishing Rod Although you can unlock Whale Island and obtain most of your Basic Tools in the 1st Week of Spring, it is only in the 2nd Week that you will be able to obtain the last two Tools in the form of the Fishing Rod and Harvester. Kanno will take possession of the old Clock Tower on 7 Spring. Introduce yourself to him immediately and speak to him more than once in the days that follow. Within two or three days, you should be able to initiate a dialogue where he will confess that he cannot cook for himself and announce that he has sent for his two granddaughters to cook for him. He will dispatch you to fetch them. When you exit the Clock Tower, you will experience the Introduction Event for both Cinnamon and Candy. Candy is in charge of the creation of Rune Stones and Rune Wonders. Speak to her a couple of times to obtain the Harvester. This tool allows you to harvest Runeys from the land and all Ranch products from tame Monsters. Cinnamon has two ions: observing the heavens and fishing. You can find her to the right of the little bridge that leads from your Homestead to the Church District. Speak to her there and initiate a dialogue that will result in a

gift of her old Fishing Pole. When you have spoken to her a few times, she may begin to tell you about the Constellations in the night sky. You can find her fishing to the right of the bridge that leads from your Homestead to the Church District or on the Holiday, on the Mountain Path near the old Ruins. The Fire Rod and Kanno's Requests It is from Kanno that you can obtain your first Magic Weapon/Tool in the form of a Fire Rod within a day or two of meeting him provided you speak to him regularly. He will declare you to be his 1000th student and set you a task of bringing him a 'Cheap Cloth'. A 'Cheap Cloth' is a War Trophy dropped randomly in Whale Island Cave when you defeat Orcs there. You can find it in other dungeons as well but as Whale Island is the first Cave to which you will have access, you should be able to complete his Request easily. Actually, you should have some 'Cheap Cloth' in storage by the time Kanno moves into the Clock Tower. Whether you are obliged to visit Whale Island again or simply to access your own Storage Shelf, give Kanno the 'Cheap Cloth' he requested and he will give you a Fire Rod in return. The Fire Rod is a Magic Wand/Staff that will allow you to execute Magic Attacks by pressing the B Button, then the A Button in the same manner as any Special Attack. Magic of any kind uses RP, so if you are low on supplies to restore your Energy, you may wish to wait until you have full RP and ample means of restoring it before you begin to use Magic. Almost immediately, after obtaining the Cheap Cloth from you, Kanno will request a new item in the form of a 'Sharp Talon'. This is one of two War Trophies dropped by the adorable little Chitter Monster who frequents the Green Ruins and who, when tamed, will bring his little nut with him, munching on it contentedly at all times. When you take the 'Sharp Talon' to Kanno, he immediately will demand a 'Hard Horn'. If you speak to him after the initial demand, he may remark unhappily: Kanno (with cross hurt): Where is the 'Hard Horn'? I'm getting tired of waiting. The 'Hard Horn' can be found both in the Green Ruins and the Whale's Fin. It is usually dropped as a War Trophy by a Buffamoo. When you give the Hard Horn to Kanno, he will announce that he has all the materials he needs for his project. There will be no immediate reward. In fact, when you speak to him again, he may tell you, with his usual rudeness: Kanno: Did you want something from me? But I have no business with you! His next 'test' for you will be that of obtaining an Emerald for him. Emeralds, like any Gems in Rune Factory Frontier, can be found randomly in Treasure Chests or when Rocks are smashed with your Hammer. The little chamber in the Whale Island Depths on the path that leads to the Whale's Fin contains three Treasure Chests. One of these usually yields a random Elemental Crystal. The second usually yields a Gem. The third most often yields Cheap Band, Pendant or Pickled Turnips. Any Rune Stone can be used to unlock the door to the chamber and the type of Rune Stone used has no effect on the items obtained from the Chests. A Gem usually is obtained as one of the War Trophies when you defeat the Giant Clucky as well. Give the Emerald to Kanno and he then will request a 'Thick Stick'. The Thick Stick is dropped randomly by the Little Emperors (Mages) on the 3rd

Floor of the Lava Ruins. When you have obtained a Thick Stick, give it to Kanno to receive the gift of a Hell Branch Wand. Kanno then will ask for a 'Cheap Cloth'. You may recall that this was the first item he requested from you. When you bring him a 'Cheap Cloth', he will give you a 'Fire Rod'… at least, he will offer the Fire Rod to you until you protest that he gave one to you previously. Kanno will retreat into his usual coughing spell to conceal his embarrassment, then will announce that further tests can be expected. You will not receive the additional Fire Rod from him… Next Kanno may request 'Magic Powder' but this is not a proper Request. It is simply a statement providing a hint as to a 'Most Favourite' item. Giving him Magic Powder will increase his Friendship Level in the same way as a gift of Cake. Kanno: Freyr, you came at the right time. I need some things for my experiment. They aren't sold in stores so I didn't know what to do. I need 'Magic Powder'. If you find it, would you please give it to me…? Kanno: This is 'Magic Powder!'. I needed it for the experiment! Thank you! Kanno and the Clock Tower An old man who studies the effects of Spirits and Runes will move into the old Clock Tower on 7 Spring. The Clock Tower is a pivotal aspect of Rune Factory Frontier, much like the Clock Tower in Tree of Tranquility, although the story and actions connected to it are very different. In any case where an individual offers to dispense advice or information, it is important that you allow the character to do so. It is a courtesy, but it also can provide vital information about the game. Kanno's Tutorials all concern Spirits and Runes. Some of the information is available in a book in the Rune Archives but Kanno enjoys teaching. In fact, he will tell you: Kanno: I like people who want to learn. So what do you want to know? It is by speaking to Kanno regularly that you will 'unlock' the arrival of his two granddaughters, Candy and Cinnamon. Each of the girls will give you an important Tool. It therefore is essential that you visit Kanno daily in order to advance his Friendship to the point where he will tell you about his granddaughters. Kanno's Tutorials What are Spirits? In short, Spirits are 'things that form the world.' They exist anywhere in the world and give energy to the earth, plants and animals. Of course, humans feel them, too. That's why land with a lot of Spirits is fertile and has kind people. With no Spirits, there is the opposite effect. When Spirits gather, they either become 'Rune Crystals' or 'Runeys'. What are Runes?

Runes, well, Rune Crystals to be exact, are collections of Spirits large enough to be seen with the naked eye. You know about the fields on Whale Island? When crops have ripened there, a white orb appears. That is a 'Rune Crystal'. Spirits are a source of energy for humans. Health can be regained when one touches one of those Runes Crystals. Runes gather at fertile land, so when you till those fields and make it more arable, even more Runes will come. What are Monsters? These are the troubling things found inside the dungeons. Not much is known about them. What we do know is that they come from a 'gate' that is opened through some sort of trigger. That's why, if the gate is destroyed, monsters will not appear for a while. But, regarding what to do about the monsters that are already here… Weapons and farming tools around here all have the 'Retornen' spell cast on them. Freyr, the ones you have are no exception. Weapons with Retornen cast on them can return the Monsters to the 'First Forest' when attacked with it. This is thanks to our ancestors, who wanted to take care of things peacefully without hurting the Monsters. What are 'Runeys'? Runeys are the things that are born when you grow crops in the fields of the village. Runes and Runeys are both things that ed Spirits become. But, their properties are completely different. 'Runeys' have elements of 'Grass', 'Wood', 'Stone' and 'Water'. Each have their own strengths and weaknesses. Under certain favourable conditions, a corresponding Runey type will multiply. The reverse is also true. Unlike Runes, Runeys can be caught, so you can move Runeys around the village to proliferate. You'll have to do trial and error to see how you can increase them in number. By the way, Runeys can only grow in certain environments. You have to watch out for the Whale Island and dungeons. Meeting Uzuki and Tsubute On 11 Spring or afterwards, you can meet two new characters in the form of Uzuki and Tsubute. Tsubute actually is not considered a proper character for the purposes of social interactions as he does not have a place on the Relations page of your farm menu. Simple enter the Inn on or after 11 Spring to experience Uzuki's Introduction Event. Rune Factory always has at least one character who represents traditional Japanese culture in some respects. Uzuki in Rune Factory Frontier fulfills this role. In fact, she has her guest room at the Inn redecorated in traditional Japanese style and when your character visits, he can 'study' many of the items there. In another sense, Uzuki and her 'guardian' Tsubute have a relationship similar to that of Mist and Douglas in Rune Factory 2. Tsubute never loses an opportunity to warn you NOT to become interested romantically in Uzuki. Exploring Other Areas of Whale Island You can unlock more than the Surface Cave Area and the 2nd floor's Depths at

Whale Island. There is a path on the 2nd Floor in the south that leads to the Whale's Fin area. Two Monster types who provide Ranch Products in the form of the Wooly and the Buffamoo frequent the Whale's Fin. The Silver Wolf, who can be used for transport, will be in this area as well. You may wish, however, to unlock the Green Ruins first as it is closer to your Homestead and includes all of the Monsters who provide Ranch Products. Furthermore, it is a little easier to tame the Monsters in the Green Ruins as they are not always in the 'gangs' that inhaibit the Whale's Fin. A pivotal Event at the entrance to the path in the Cave that leads to the Whale's Fin cannot be experienced until you have a Monster Barn. When you have a Monster Barn, you will experience an Event with a lost Monster who then will take up residence in the antechamber of your Monster Barn. Finally, an Introduction to Iris, who lives in the Tower in the Whale's Fin, cannot occur until you have grown Moondrop Flowers in the 3 x 3 plot in front of the tower. As Rosetta sells all flowers and will not open her shop until the third week of Spring on the 15th, it may be more practical to unlock and explore the Green Ruins before you spend much time in the Whale's Fin area. A Comparison of Dungeons There are three basic seasonal Dungeons in Rune Factory Frontier in the form of the Green Ruins, the Lava Ruins and the Snow Ruins. These all follow the same 'system' in of layout. With respect to all three of the classical 'seasonal' Dungeons, you will find locked doors that are 'broken' and must be opened from the other side before you can through them freely. Once you have gone through one of these doors, they will remain open throughout the game. In each of the classical seasonal Dungeons, there is one stairway that offers access to each of the Floors. This constitutes a shortcut to all Floors in the Dungeon once the door has been unlocked from the other side. Your first goal, therefore, in any seasonal Dungeon should be that of finding the stairway and opening the door for each floor from the other side. Once all doors have been unlocked, you will have easy access to every Floor in that Dungeon. In each of the seasonal Dungeons, you will find a 'Boss' Enemy. Once defeated, a Portal of Light will appear that gives you instant access in future to the door to the chamber where the Boss awaits. The best fish can be caught in the pool or water source in this area as well. The Snow Ruins doubles as an Autumn/Winter Dungeon. Autumn Crops can be grown here as well as the rare Crops, such as Noel Grass, that were associated with Winter in other Rune Factory games. The fundamental difference between Rune Factory Frontier and previous games in of Dungeons is in the form of Whale Island.

Whale Island is not season-specific. You therefore can grow Crops from any and every season on the Island. Furthermore, although it is a vital part of the 'story', defeating the Boss Monster here is 'optional', much like the Ice Snake Boss Monster on the 7th Floor of the Snow Ruins. In the Snow Ruins, only Iris Noire/Gelwein must be defeated on the 3rd Floor. The three Seasonal dungeons are progressive as well, in the sense that defeating the Boss of the Green Ruins unlocks the Lava Ruins. Defeating that of the Lava Ruins provides the item that unlocks the Snow Ruins. Whale Island is an entirely different matter. There are areas on Whale Island that must be unlocked but once unlocked by your actions with respect to Iris, all areas will be open to you and your exploration of these areas are optional. Monsters in the seasonal dungeons are progressively more powerful. You will find more powerful Monsters in each seasonal Dungeon as you explore deeper floors. Furthermore, the Monsters of the Lava Ruins are more powerful than those who inhabit the Green Ruins and the Monsters in the Snow Ruins are more powerful than those in the Summer dungeon. With respect to Whale Island in the sense that the Monsters who inhabit the highest areas are the most powerful. Unlocking The Green Ruins Mist is the key to the second Cave/Dungeon area. You need to speak to her regularly in order to initiate a little event that will show your character performing a Request for her by cutting down the Weeds in front of her house. This is a hint rather than an actual Event and if you do not take the hint, the sequence will be repeated randomly until you do. Once you have experienced the dream sequence, you can go to the field across the path from Mist's house with Sickle equipped to mow the Weeds there. By doing so, you will uncover the entrance to the Green Ruins. You do not need to mow every Weed in order to uncover the entrance. Each time you use the Sickle, walk a little in each direction. You should find the Entrance after cutting only a few Weeds. The Green Ruins is quite different from Whale Island and resembles the Palermo Shrine in Rune Factory 2 in the sense that different paths must be unlocked before you can move through many areas. There are no actual switches, unlike Palermo Shrine. Instead, you will find sliding doors that have broken and which now will open only from the other side. (Actually, there was one door like this in Palermo Shrine as well.) As with any Cave/Dungeon, you may be thoroughly confused at the start. It may be a good idea to explore first without saving your game. A screen-by-screen walkthrough of all Caves/Dungeons will be added when time permits. Once you have 'unlocked' any sliding door by going through it once, it will remain unlocked, widening your access to the Green Ruins. Another aspect of the Green Ruins that differs from your initial Whale Island Dungeon experience is the presence of wooden crates in certain areas. These when smashed with any Weapon or Tool can contain anything from a Wild Grass to a Spring Crop. They may contain nothing whatsoever. The contents are totally random and the crates will respawn.

In the initial sections of the Whale Island Dungeon, there are no barriers between chambers and the only obstacles on paths are rocks containing ores that can be smashed with your original Cheap Hammer. In the Green Ruins, there are barriers made of smooth stones that cannot be smashed either with a Cheap Hammer or the Iron Hammer, its first upgrade. Between most chambers in the Green Ruins, you will find a barrier made of jungle vines at the doorway. This must be torn using a tool or hammer before you will be able to through the doorway between chambers. Unlike Rune Factory 2, Generators once destroyed will not respawn in the course of a single visit to the Cave/Dungeon. They will respawn, however, if you exit the Cave/Dungeon completely and then re-enter. There are Treasure Chests to be found in various locations in the Green Ruins as well. Press 'A' to open any Treasure Chest. The contents are somewhat random but can vary from useful Crops to elemental Crystals and Gems. Monsters in Rune Factory Frontier: Essentially, the first use that Monsters serve in any Rune Factory game is to increase your Levels and to provide special items in the form of War Trophies. War Trophies in Rune Factory Frontier operate a little differently from previous games in the series. In Rune Factory Frontier, you can obtain the same item from many different monsters, and the Monsters may be from very different species, such as the 'Sharp Talon' obtained both from the Cluck and the Chitter. What you will find with respect to Monsters of the same generic type is that the level of the item they 'drop' will depend on their location. Furthermore, where a Monster has the ability to drop three different items, each of those items may be at a different level. If you are searching for high level ingredients for forging or creating accessories, you should engage Monsters in different areas to discover which will drop War Trophies of the highest levels. My Bestiary and Caves Guide now includes the Level of each War Trophy at every dungeon location. Tame Monsters provide aid in combat as well as all Ranch Products in any Rune Factory game. In Rune Factory Frontier, you can obtain all types of Monsters that produce Ranch Products in the first Spring, provided you have unlocked the Green Ruins and asked Kross to build a Monster Barn. Ranch Products are obtained with a single tool in the form of the Harvester that harvests Runeys as well. There has to be some Friendship with the Monster before he/she will allow you to obtain the product. Brush the Monsters daily to raise Friendship levels. If you order a Friendship Day from Candy, you will be able to obtain Ranch Products as early as two days after first capturing a Monster, but otherwise it may take three or four days at the most in your first Spring. There are Monsters who will help on the Farm as well, and different varieties break rocks, remove lumber or gather wild items or Crops. They need to be set to the task for awhile before they will become efficient in their work. Monsters who help on the farm operate according to a set schedule that can be found on a sign to the right of your Monster Barn entrance. Only one Monster can be set to any specific task at any given time and a Monster will not

'listen' to your commands to work until it has at least a level of 1 Friendship. The schedule is as follows: Farm Monster Schedule Farm Work Schedule 7 a.m. Gather edible plants 11 a.m. Harvest crops 3 p.m. Water plants 7 p.m. Gather lumber 10 p.m. Clear out rocks 1 a.m. Mow grass Note that you can brush your Monsters at any time of the day or night. If you see a Monster performing his/her appointed task in your Field when you make your daily visit to the Monster Barn to care for your Monsters, do not fret. The Monster working in the field will appear magically in the Barn when you enter and you will be able to brush him/her there! Farm Monster Efficiency In my own first game, I was startled when watering my Crops late at night by a sudden presence on my field. It was my Slime, who was attempting to clear rocks from a plot sown with fodder! Obviously, there were no rocks to be cleared from that plot, but the Monsters operate according to location rather than intelligent sense of items or objects. Be patient and perhaps sooner or later, your Monsters actually will accomplish something! Monster Allies Monster Allies will follow you not only throughout a dungeon but throughout the village as well in Rune Factory Frontier, unlike previous games. An ally will await you patiently outside the door of any building until you emerge. The only exception is the Monster Barn itself. If you go into the Monster Barn for any reason with your Ally, your 'buddy' will be returned to the Barn and you will be obliged to fetch him out again. A Monster Ally will benefit from any food or medicine that your character consumes so if you wish to cure him of Poison effects, you need to consume an Antidote yourself. You will gain from any effects that your Monster experiences such as points towards level increases. Note that Poison alone cannot reduce your HP to zero in Rune Factory Frontier and, moreover, is a temporary effect. If you do not use the 1 remaining point of HP in another fashion, such as taking a hit from an enemy or using a Tool or Weapon, you can return to your home or use items to boost your Energy until the Poison effect is gone. An Ally whose HP reaches zero as in other Rune Factory games will be returned automatically to the Monster Barn. In the same way that Monsters working on your farm do not exhibit great intelligence, any Monster Ally may need to be protected from his own actions. A Monster Ally, unless you are riding him for transport, will move neither quickly nor with your character. You may find that he is lost somewhere in

another area of the screen if you do not move slowly, making certain that he stays with you at all times. If your Monster Ally becomes 'lost', all you need to do is move to another screen to have him returned to your side. Monster Allies can follow you into a Boss Chamber in Rune Factory Frontier, unlike previous games in the series. Monster Ally Effects A Monster Ally who accompanies you will share in the effects of any Energy Recovery items, making this different from Rune Factory 2. Furthermore, Monster no longer need to be sent back to the barn if you wish to enter your Farmhouse while you have one with you. The Tame Monster will wait outside the door docilely until you complete any business in the house! It is interesting to note that an invitation to a Monster to accompany you on any given day will result in a Friendship increase. You may have noticed a prompt to the effect that your Monster 'seems happy' whenever you enter another district on the Map with a Monster. This occurs only once in any given day. You therefore can take more than one monster abroad with you at different times on any day to obtain the increase for another Monster. The Silver Wolf is the Companion of Choice for most players early in the game as he provides Transport as well as a good fighting style and power. If you use the same Monster all the time as a Companion, you will notice that his/her Friendship will increase much faster than that of other Monsters in your Barn. If you do not wish to use any other Monster as a Companion in Battle, simply take the other Monsters for a quick walk in Trampoli to increase their Friendship slightly. A higher level of Friendship with respect to any Monster who gives Ranch Products will raise the level of the Product. It therefore makes sense to take your Monster for walks regularly even if you do not wish to use them in combat situations! Transport Monsters The Silver Wolf is the first type of Transport Monster you will encounter. He can be found on the Whale's Fin. Whenever you take him outside, you will have the option to ride him. While riding him, you actually can control his Attacks. There are a couple of different attacks that a Silver Wolf can make, depending on the Button that you use. If you wish to use a Weapon, you will be forced to dismount. You then can fight alongside him. The Silver Wolf becomes the best Monster to take into a Dungeon as an Ally before you have the capacity to expand your barn. With only 10 spaces in your initial Barn, you may wish to restrict tenancy to Monsters who produce Ranch Products and the Silver Wolf. Monsters who clear Rocks and Wood are not necessary once you have upgraded your Tools. You may wish to use them after your Barn has been expanded but in the initial stages, it is better to keep Monsters who provide Ranch Products.

Setting Monsters Free Whenever you defeat any Monster, he/she will be dispatched to the First Forest or the 'Forest of Beginnings' which is the original home of all Monsters. When you have tamed a Monster with the Pet Glove and given it a place in your Monster Barn, you will have an option each time you speak to him/her to return it to the First Forest. If you choose to exercise this option for any reason, you are, in effect, setting the Monster free to return to his/her original home. When this option is chosen, the departing Monster may leave you a gift in thanks. The gift is randomly chosen and will be one of the War Trophy items that the specific Monster would give if defeated in a Dungeon. Such a gift is not given always. It is chance that dictates both the item you will receive and whether or not you will receive one at all. Any Gift left will be the same Level it would be had you obtained it in a combat situation from that Monster. Rules of Taming Monsters Monsters are not equal in of your ability to tame them and bring them into your Barn in Rune Factory Frontier. It is not simply a matter of the amount of damage any Monster can cause while you are petting it in a Dungeon in order to attempt to tame it. That obviously varies according to the Attack power of the Monster in question. In Rune Factory Frontier, you may discover that you cannot tame certain Monsters at all when you first encounter them in a Dungeon. It is your own character's Level, in fact, that will determine your ability even to tame any specific Monster type. Each Monster type has a specific Level when you encounter it. Taming that Monster and raising its Friendship Level will increase its Level but the initial Level never varies. Your character's experience Level must be at least 10 Levels ABOVE that of the Monster you seek to tame before you will have any chance of success when using the Pet Glove on it. In the case of any Monster whose level exceeds your own by more than 10 levels, the Pet Glove simply will 'Miss' whenever used. You will not see the little explosion of hearts that indicates a direct hit. If you wish to tame the Monster, you will be required to increase your own experience Level to a point where it is within 10 levels of that of the Monster you wish to target. Once tamed, the amount of time required to raise a Monster's Friendship level to the point where it will provide Ranch Products or work for you on the farm depends on the Monster's initial Level as well and your own character's experience Level. That is why some Monsters take longer to 'listen' to you than others. Monsters who Give Ores, Gems and Seeds In Rune Factory Frontier, the Harvester can be used on some varieties of Tame Monsters to obtain Crop Seeds, Ores and Gems. The type of Monster who will give Crop Seeds is a Plant Monster familiar to players of other Rune Factory games. In Rune Factory Frontier, these Monsters appear in the seasonal dungeons and have the names of Spring, Summer, Autumn and Winter. Although

the Monster will give seeds appropriate to its season at high Friendship levels, at very low levels, it may give items such as Turnip Seeds, Strawberry Seeds and Corn Seeds, irrespective of its seasonal affiliation. As their Friendship Level increases, however, the NUMBER of items given at each 'harvest' will increase. At 2 Friendship, for example, you will receive 2 bags of Seeds instead of 1. Monsters who give Ores and Gems in the same fashion are those who resemble the 'Mimic'. The Monster Box and its cousins resemble Treasure Chests. You may find the first of these at the Lava Ruins. If you are unable to tame it initially through use of the Pet Glove, you will need to raise your own Experience Level before you attempt the task again. Monsters in the Green Ruins If you explored the Whale's Fin before you unlocked the Green Ruins, you will have encountered Monsters who provide Milk and Wool in the form of the Buffamoo and the Wooly. The Silver Wolf, your first Transport Monster, is to be found in the Whale's Fin area as well. You will not be able to find a Monster who lays Eggs or one who provides Honey until you access the Green Ruins, however. It is in the Green Ruins that you will find Cluckys that lay eggs and Hornests who yield Honey. Another new option that will be provided by the Monsters of the Green Ruins is the first Monster type who can be set to the task of clearing Lumber from your field. This is the Little Mage, found on B3F of the Green Ruins. When you unlock the Lava Ruins, you will find a Monster who waters Crops in the form of the Elefun. The Little Emperor of the Lava Ruins waters Crops as well. Unlocking New Paths in Dungeons In the Green Ruins, you will see prompts to the effect that the locks of many doors have been broken, making them accessible only from the other side. Once these doors are opened from the other side, however, they remain open. Your first explorations of the Green Ruins therefore should be an attempt to open all doors. Once you have explored every possible pathway, you will find that you can take a shortcut via a stairway from the ground floor down to the 4th floor where the Boss Monster awaits. You will not have access to every path and chamber in the Green Ruins, however, even after you have opened all the 'broken' doors. You will find there are places where smooth square boulders act as barriers on the pathway to prevent you from moving forward. These boulders cannot be smashed with your original Hammer nor even with the first upgrade in the form of the Iron Hammer. They require a Silver Hammer. There is Silver to be found in the Green Ruins but it is in an area beyond one of these stone barriers. You therefore must unlock the Lava Ruins in order to obtain your first Silver. If you purchase the Great Forge from Lute, you

then will be able to make a Silver Hammer. The link between Green Ruins and Lava Ruins As in the first Rune Factory, one of the keys to unlocking a new Cave/Dungeon may be the defeat of the 'Boss' Monster in an existing Dungeon. If you wish to unlock the Lava Ruins, you must defeat the giant Clucky who dwells at the lowest level of the Green Ruins. Once you have unlocked all the doors/gates in the Green Ruins, you will find that there is a very direct route from the ground floor to the floor where the Boss Monster dwells. Simply go through the sliding doors to the right of the first Chipsqueek generator, then continue downward to the bottom. Incidentally, you will find hints about the Lava Ruins in John Arthur's memoirs at the Rune Archives Library. Note that even after defeating the Boss of the Green Ruins for the first time, it will take two full days for the Lava Ruins to become accessible. The Tree will not have grown to the point where the hole is visible until the next morning. You then need to place a Tree Rune Stone in the hole and wait until the following day to be able to access the entrance to the Ruins. Defeating the Boss of the Green Ruins Players of previous Rune Factory games may be delighted to discover that you CAN take a Monster Ally into the battle with the Boss Monster of the Green Ruins. The difference is the difference between night and day. With a Silver Wolf as your Ally, you should have no difficulty whatsoever in defeating the Monster who has grown to unnatural size in the dark depths of the Ruins. In fact, letters from Kanno provide hints about various aspects of the Green Ruins. One letter deals with the actual Boss of the dungeon, as follows: How goes exploring the Green Ruins? How goes exploring the Green Ruins? Apparently, monsters have begun living in the ruins because of its pleasantly mild climate. Having lived there so long, there may be monsters that grew to towering heights, so be careful. Kanno The Monster who has grown to 'towering heights' is a Clucky who evidently wandered into a special area of the Green Ruins on the lowest floor. The location of this Giant Clucky is on the 4th floor of the Green Ruins, behind a locked door with a prompt allowing you to choose to enter the Battlefield by entering the chamber where the Monster awaits or to turn back without confrontation. When you press the 'A' Button, you will access the following choice: I should turn back. Let's Go! Although you must dismount any Transport Monster such as a Silver Wolf in order to enable the prompt, when you find yourself in the chamber with the Boss Monster, your Monster Ally will be at your side. If you have chosen to enter the Green Ruins with a Silver Wolf, you then can choose either to remount or to have him fight independently. In the early stages of Rune Factory Frontier, you may find it difficult to defeat the Giant Clucky if you confront her alone. With a Monster Ally such

as a Silver Wolf, you will win an easy victory. The Giant Clucky uses a variety of attacks, including Wind Attacks. She will fly at you and stomp you if you do not avoid her. At a certain point in the battle, she will lay little eggs that hatch into small fierce Clucky Monsters who will attack independently of their giant Mother. If you choose to confront her mounted, you may find that the only danger is in the depletion of your Monster's HP. You may be forced to dismount in order to eat an item to replenish your Monster's energy. If you and your Monster both fight independently, you can defeat the Giant Clucky with greater speed than if you fight mounted. In any event, it is not a difficult battle if you have an Ally. If you choose to enter the battlefield alone, however, it will be a far more challenging affair, especially if you are attempting it in your first Spring. The defeat of the Giant Clucky actually is rather sad, as she is nothing more than a larger version of the Monsters who provide you with Eggs regularly. When she falls, she will leave a variety of War Trophies that may include Copper, food items, gems, Bird Feathers and a Giant Cockscomb. In my first game, I obtained the following: 1 Giant Cockscomb 2 Bird Feathers 2 Copper 1 Sapphire 1 Sharp Talon 1 Rice The War Trophies that are guaranteed are the Bird Feathers and the Giant Cockscomb. All others are chosen randomly. Your HP and RP will be restored completely after victory and your experience Level will increase as well obviously. Note that you can return to fight the Giant Clucky again in order to gain experience and more items. The Monster will be far more difficult to defeat in subsequent engagements, however, having far higher Attack, Defence and total HP! Note: The easiest way to defeat the Giant Clucky, even in her augmented more powerful form, is through use of Magic and an Earth Wand. The Giant Clucky has Wind Elemental Power. Thus, her opposing Element is Earth. As Kross will inform you with respect to the Lava Ruins: Kross: So you went to the Lava Ruins. Heh… The monsters there are resistant to fire and weak against ice. It's a good strategy to aim for the enemies' weaknesses. Each Monster has its own strength and weakness. Some Monsters are not ruled by ANY Element. Others, like the Giant Clucky, have a specific Elemental Power. Use any Earth Power against the Giant Clucky to increase the Damage of your attacks. In the case of the Giant Clucky, use of an Earth Wand will allow you to keep a safe distance from her as well when you attack. In this situation, if you take a Silver Wolf with you, you need to dismount so that you can fight independently. Her attacks will cause some damage and may tip the scales in your favour if your own Levels still are low when you engage the Giant Clucky for the second or third time. Incidentally, paying attention to the temporary effects of food items can make victory a breeze. If you intend to use Magic to fight the Giant Clucky, for

example, eat a couple of Berry Jams before you walk through the entrance to engage her. Even a Level 1 Berry Jam (made in a Pot with a single Strawberry) will increase your Magic by 30 points! In Rune Factory Frontier, you can make a return engagement with any Boss Monster after defeating it the first time. A 'portal' in the form of a circle of light will open at the entrance to the Green Ruins, for example, allowing you to descend instantly to the lair of the Giant Clucky. You then can go through the door to meet her again in battle. Players have noticed, somewhat to their consternation, that the power and maximum HP of the Giant Clucky increases enormously after her first defeat. She is not particularly difficult to defeat in the first engagement. In subsequent battles, however, you may require a different strategy to experience victory. This is where a player may wish to use Magic instead of an ordinary Weapon and Attack. In Rune Factory 2, the only Magic Spell available to a player in the 1st Generation is Fireball. In Rune Factory Frontier, although Kanno will give you your first magic wand in the form of the Fire Rod, you can forge Wands for the other Elements as soon as you purchase an elementary Forge from Lute. Having the Wand gives you the power to use it without need for a separate Spellbook as in other Rune Factory games. Note however, the difference in RP Use between the two. The Earth Wand uses only 17 RP as opposed to the 67 RP required for use of the Gaia Wand. If your character has not attained high levels, you may wish to opt for the lesser Earth Wand so as not to deplete RP too quickly. Both Wands have 1 Special Attack and the Earth Wand actually boosts Magic higher by 55 points as opposed to 40. In my guides for Rune Factory 2, I urged players to use Magic as often as possible in the 1st Generation simply in order to increase their Skill Levels in Magic in anticipation of the 2nd Generation. Talents and Skill Levels are inherited by your child in Rune Factory 2 and, at the very start of the 2nd Generation, your child can obtain all the recovery Spells such as Cure and Medication. In my view, having high Magic Skill Levels in Rune Factory 2 was worth more for the ability to use Cure and Medication effectively than any of the Elemental Spells. In Rune Factory Frontier, however, being able to forge Wands for all the Elements early in the game means that Magic is a resource in combat that should not be ignored even in the early stages of gameplay. When you unlock the Lava Ruins, Kross will tell you: Kross: So you went to the Lava Ruins. Heh… The monsters there are resistant to fire and weak against ice. It's a good strategy to aim for the enemies' weaknesses.' Each Monster has its own strength and weakness. Some Monsters are not ruled by ANY Element. Others, like the Giant Clucky, have a specific Elemental Power. Use any Earth Power against the Giant Clucky to increase the Damage of your attacks. In the case of the Giant Clucky, use of an Earth Wand will allow you to keep a safe distance from her as well when you attack.

In this situation, if you take a Silver Wolf with you, you need to dismount so that you can fight independently. Her attacks will cause some damage and may tip the scales in your favour if your own Levels still are low when you engage the Giant Clucky for the second or third time. Incidentally, paying attention to the temporary effects of food items can make victory a breeze. If you intend to use Magic to fight the Giant Clucky, for example, eat a couple of Berry Jams before you walk through the entrance to engage her. Even a Level 1 Berry Jam (made in a Pot with a single Strawberry) will increase your Magic by 30 points! If you have only an elementary Forge, you will not be able to make very sophisticated Elemental Swords. The best you will have probably are the Aquasword, the Windsword and the two-handed Flame Sabre and Earth Shade. You can use the Earth Shade fairly effectively against the Giant Clucky but a magic Rod with Earth power is far better as it keeps you out of range of her counterattacks. that any combat will serve to raise your own character's Experience Levels. Fighting the Giant Clucky again has other positive side-effects in of allowing you to obtain a number of War Trophies, including another Giant Cockscomb and at least two Bird Feathers. The rest of the War Trophies obtained in any Victory against her are randomly chosen. Incidentally, another vital consideration in ANY combat situation in ANY Rune Factory game is the defensive equipment that you equip. In Rune Factory Frontier, two of the items obtained as War Trophies from the Giant Clucky can be made into an excellent accessory in the form of Head Equipment. A Feathered Hat has the following stats: Feathered Hat, Lv. 2: 804G. ATK 0, DEF 34, MAG 35, FX Wind Attack +5, Wind Resistance +5. Wind Attack is of no use against a Wind Elemental Creature such as the Giant Clucky but the Defensive Wind Resistance will help. Apart from that, the Feathered Hat is one of the best Head Equipment items that can be created with only a small Forge, as it requires only 2 ingredients: Giant Cockscomb and Bird Feather. (There are two different Recipes for the Feathered Hat, actually. The other one requires 3 ingredients. Both create the same item.) Furry Belt: 1240G (Torso EQ): ATK 0, DEF 60, MAG 30, FX Max HP +20, Fire Resistance -10 To create the Elemental Pendants, you will need a Great Forge, as they require 4 ingredients rather than 2. In fact, in any battle with the Giant Clucky, if you want Elemental Attack boosted, the Earth Pendant may be the best choice of Neck Equipment: Earth Pendant: 740G; ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 30, Earth Attack +8, Earth Resistance +15. You may prefer to have protection AGAINST the Giant Clucky's Wind power, however, by equipping the Storm Pendant. Storm Pendant: 790G; (Neck EQ): ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 30, FX: Wind Attack +8, Wind Resistance +15. Note that, in the context of the Lava Ruins, the Furry Belt actually is weak to Fire, as it gives minus 10 Fire Resistance, but even so, its DEF and MAG power is very good. If you want to have special power against Fire, you can equip the Aqua Brooch instead.

Aqua Brooch: 320G (Torso EQ): ATK 0, DEF 12, MAG 20, Max HP +40, Water Attack +12. Obviously, its defensive power is far less than the Furry Belt, but it actually boosts Water Attack by 12 points, making it a weapon in a sense when confronting Fire Elementals. A good defensive choice in the Lava Ruins would be: Dew Pendant, Lv. 2: 948G, (Neck EQ) ATK 0, DEF 44, MAG 30, FX Water Attack +8, Water Resistance +15 As you can see, a player who spends time at the Workbench forging accessories can 'stack the deck' against any specific type of Enemy. Personally, I always believe that Experience is both the best form of Weapon and Protection in any Rune Factory game or indeed, any RPG. Weapons and Accessories can maximise your strength and minimise your weaknesses, but high Skill and Experience levels can make victory much more likely in ANY situation. Choosing your Weapon Some players opt for speed and others for power. A Hammer, Battle Axe or two-handed Sword always will have more Attack power than any one-handed sword at a comparable level but they are far slower in any combat situation. The fastest weapon will be a one-handed Sword or any Magic Wand because they are lightweight weapons. As far as Elemental Weapons are concerned, Wind/Air offers speed but will not have the strength of the other elements. Each element has its own strengths and weaknesses. You can choose an Elemental Weapon that acts effectively against specific Enemies in dungeons. Each Dungeon has a general Elemental affiliation although the Enemies that inhabit it can have different Elemental powers as many Enemy Monsters are not dungeon-specific. The Lava Ruins is ruled by Fire and many Enemy Monsters in that dungeon, such as the Ignis, are ruled by that element as well. By choosing a Water/Ice Weapon, you will lend the opposing Elemental Power to any attack. If you would prefer to use a single Weapon against any Enemy you attack, an excellent choice would be the Luck Blade. A Level 1 Luck Blade has the following stats: Luck Blade: 710G ATK 35, REQ SKL 35, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6, FX Poison Defence, Seal Defence Note the power of the Luck Blade to offer some protection against both Poison and Seal, making it particularly useful in the Lava Ruins and on the Whale's Flank. Its Attack Power is decent as well, offering double the attack power of the Aquasword, the Water/Ice Elemental Sword available initially against the Fire-ruled Monsters in the Lava Ruins. As a one-handed sword, it is fast and supple. Creating it requires only ingredients that you should have early in the game. Make a Scimitar with a Broadsword and 1 piece of Copper, then use the Scimitar with 1 Silver, 1 Ruby and 1 Amethyst to create the Luck Blade. Once you have a Glittering Edge, a War Trophy that is dropped (inter alia) by the Minotaurs and Minotaur Kings found on the 4th floor of the Lava Ruins, you can forge your Aquasword into a Sakura. Sakura: 890G ATK 41, REQ SKL 38, SP ATK 2, RP Use 8, FX HP Absorption, Poison Attack 50%

The Sakura is another one-handed blade, and one that is slightly more powerful than the Luck Blade. Although the Aquasword, a Water Sword is used to create it, the Sakura is ruled by the Darkness Element rather than the Water/Ice Element. Weapons ruled by Darkness can be useful, however. Note that it offers a chance to absorbs Enemy HP in successful attacks. It does require more RP to wield, however, so you must make certain that you have Recovery Items that restore RP if you opt to use Sakura in battle. In the Lava Ruins, many players opt instead to use an Ice Hammer, especially against the Boss Monster of that Dungeon. An Ice Hammer is made with a Battle Hammer and a Water Crystal. Its values are: Ice Hammer: 620G ATK 56, REQ SKL 26, SP ATK 1, RP Use 13, FX Stun Attack 24%, Water Attack +10 Although heavier and therefore slower than either the Luck Blade or the Sakura, it is more powerful. It uses twice the RP of the Luck Blade, however and has only 1 Special Attack as opposed to 2. Do not forget that food items offer both Elemental protection and Elemental Attack. If you choose a weapon such as the Luck Blade or the Sakura, you nonetheless can add Water Attack or Fire Protection to it in the Lava Ruins by consuming food items that give temporary Elemental effects. The best strategy would be to take a selection of different weapons into combat, using the one that best suits each Enemy type. Kanno's Letters In the previous section about the Boss of the Green Ruins, Kanno's Letter about giant monsters was included. He actually will send another letter to you with a different hint about the Green Ruins. Kanno's Letter: I hear you found the Green Ruins I hear you have entered the Green Ruins. That place once was a Norad research facility, studying how to utlise Runes more effectively by using Rune Stones. It may be a good idea to try taking some Rune Stones down there with you. Unlocking the Lava Ruins The first step in unlocking the Lava Ruins is to defeat the Boss Monster of the Green Ruins in the form of a Giant Clucky. Until you have accomplished this, you only can gaze at the entrance to the Lava Ruins, situated on the Mountain Road between South District and the little paths that lead to the Cornucopia Trees and Stargazing Conservatory area. When you look at the ruins of the entrance, you may notice a small sapling on the right side beneath a fallen pillar. It may grow a little as time es, but you never will be able to interact with it until you have defeated the boss of the Green Ruins. Nothing will change on the day that you defeat the Giant Clucky. You must wait until the next day to return to the Mountain Road to find the entrance to the Lava Ruins. You then will find that the sapling has become a Tree with a hole

in its centre. Press 'A' for a prompt: Freyr: I've seen this hole before… I think it was inside Whale Island… If you equip a Tree Rune Stone in your hands, you will see a prompt: Put In Put Away Choose 'Put In'. Your character then will remark: Hm… I can't get it out anymore. Nothing will change immediately apart from the fact that you will see the Tree Rune Stone firmly lodge in the hole in the trunk of the Tree. Although you will be able to see the entrance to the dungeon, you will not be able to set your feet on the path that leads inside. Return the next day to obtain access to a new Dungeon in the form of the Lava Ruins. When you first arrive at the entrance, your character will remark: Freyr: Whoa! Was this tree this big? Wow… I think I can go inside from here… To make it quite clear, you will see a prompt on the bottom of the screen: The Lava Ruins are now open! Bombs in the Lava Ruins The first chamber in the Lava Ruins contains a new item in the form of a bomb. If you have studied the books available in your local Library, you will have read John Arthur's Memoirs describing the bomb he found in the Ruins and its effects. There are two exits from the initial chamber. The one leading north is blocked by debris. The bomb is to the left of this entrance to the next chamber. Slash at the bomb to detonate it or use your Monster ally to attack it. You can use almost any Tool or Weapon to detonate the bomb. Move out of range quickly. Afterwards, you will be able to move further into the dungeon. There are bombs elsewhere in the Lava Ruins. Some will begin to tick, prior to detonation but others are dummies that may or may not contain useful items in the same way as Chests and Crates contain items As its name suggests, lava flows freely here. The dungeon is ruled by the Summer Season so you can plant Summer Crops in the fields. There is a multitude of new Monster types in the Lava Ruins, including a more powerful form of Chipsqueek, Scorpions, Spiders, Necros, Golems, Flower Lions, Little Wizards and Ignis Monsters. Although their names may differ from those in previous Rune Factory games, players of the series will recognize each type easily. The Lava Ruins is a good source of Silver as well as Wild Grasses associated generally with the Summer Season such as Blue Grass and Purple Grass. Unlocking Doors in the Lava Ruins As in the Green Ruins, you will find sliding doors that are locked until you have gone through them once from the other side. The locked doors tend to be those closest to the entrance in the southeast section of the Ruins. As in the Green Ruins, a stairway leads down to the lowest floor in this location but until you have unlocked the door on each successive floor from the other side, the stairway essentially will lead nowhere. Once unlocked, sliding doors then remain accessible in later visits. Those

doorways that must be blasted by bombs in order to become accessible, on the other hand, must be opened in the same fashion each time you visit the Lava Ruins. Any barriers in doorways as well as the bombs used to clear the path will be respawned each time you re-enter the Lava Ruins. Silver in the Lava Ruins Although Copper is the Ore associated most with Heat and therefore with Summer, you will find your first Silver in the Lava Ruins. The level of your Hammer as well as the type of Hammer you use will affect the Ores and Gems that you find when it is used. to use Scrap Iron to increase the Level of ANY and EVERY farm tool. Silver generally can be found earliest in this game by smashing rocks on the third floor of the Lava Ruins. Find the wide stairway in the eastern side of the floor and ascend it, then walk as far north as possible. Here you will find some Rocks guarded by Scorpions. Smash these Rocks to find Silver. The Ores/Gems you find in ANY Rock at any time are randomly chosen, but Silver usually can be found in one of the Rocks here. When you have unlocked the shortcut stairway to the third floor, you will find yourself on the southern end of the platform inhabited by the Scorpions. Simply walk north along the platform to find the Rocks that contain Silver. Catapults in the Lava Ruins You will find a different sort of man-made device on the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins and on floors below that as well. These resemble the bombs on higher floors somewhat but are found on little round platforms. If you look closely, you will see a lever on one side of the platform. Hit it with your hammer to launch a cannonball that will blast through a nearby pile of debris or other obstacle in your path. Sand and Round Boulders in the Lava Ruins On the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins, you will begin to find giant boulders that are perfectly round. It is obvious that they should be used to clear debris and other obstacles from your path, but the method here is slightly different from that used to launch the Catapults. Once again, however, it is your trusty farming equipment that solves the puzzle. Look for a pile of sand and use your hoe to remove it. The Round Boulder having been held in place only by the pile of sand now will roll freely, crushing everything in its path. Make certain that your character and any Monster Ally are NOT in the path of destruction! Walkthrough: 3rd Week of Spring On 15 Spring, Rosetta will open a new shop next to Danny's Grocery Store. She is a competitor and her shop is the Materia Grocery Store, where you will find

all Flower Seeds as well as a few accessories. The only duplication of items is in the form of the Cheap Band and Pendant sold by Danny as well. Most of the seeds sold by Rosetta take more than a full season to mature. You therefore should grow most of these Flowers in the Caves/Dungeons where the seasons remain constant. Ordinary flowers such as Moondrop, Toy Herb, Pink Cat and Charm Blue can be grown in season on your Field. You may wish to purchase Moondrop Seeds first as these will lead to an introduction to a new character in the form of Iris. Planting Moondrop Seeds on the 3 x 3 plot and allowing them to remain on the land even after they bloom is the key to an introduction to Iris. The Whale's Fin If you wish to move forward to the Whale's Fin, you need to go to the 2nd floor of the Whale Island Cave and find the path in the southeast that will lead you further southeast and ultimately take you back to the surface at the position of the 'Fin' of the Whale. Along the way, you will find an Altar in the North that will accept any Rune Stone. Choose the option to 'Drop' the Rune Stone in order to use it in the Altar. It will open the locked door temporarily, allowing you access to three treasure chests. Press 'A' to open any Treasure Chest. You will find them in hostile territory. The contents usually are random. Initially, I believed that the contents of the Chests were influenced somewhat by the specific Rune Stone used to open the door to the chamber. It may be true that specific Rune Stones are more likely to yield certain gems and Elemental Crystals, but the results actually are fairly random. not to squander Runeys in creating Rune Stones if their presence in any section of Trampoli is nearly exhausted. The plot is not served at this point by collecting a large number of gems. Gems can be found randomly in the five Treasure Chests on the Whale's Fin as well, and there are Chests on the surface that are not hidden behind any locked doors. The Little Lost Monster When you first find the path that leads to the Whale's Fin, you will experience an Event. A little pink and purple Elephant Monster will confront you at the very start of the path. This Monster is not hostile in the least but is lost. The Monster will circle your character a few times before he wanders off. When you enter your Monster Barn again, you will find the little Monster ensconced in the antechamber. The Lost Monster will not consume any of your Feed, nor will she respond to the Brush. She is an integral part of the plot, but at this point, you need not perform any actions with respect to her. The little Lost Monster cannot find her next true home until you reach the Summer season. You may not have unlocked the Lava Ruins at this point, but when you do, you will discover that the Little Lost Monster greatly resembles the Elefuns in that dungeon, although she is much smaller and may be the only

'child' Elefun in Rune Factory Frontier. Monsters at the Whale's Fin The Whale's Fin would be an idyllic place were it not for the nests of Monsters that inhabit it. The Monsters on the Whale's Fin tend to spawn in multiples, so you will find it difficult to tame one unless you can separate it from its fellows or defeat all of the others in the group before you even attempt to equip the Pet Glove. You will find Woolys, Buffamoo and Silver Wolf Monsters along the many staircases and plateau of the Whale's Fin. If you explored the Green Ruins to unlock all the paths there, you may have tamed at least one Wooly and one Buffamoo there before you ever began to explore the Whale's Fin. The Monster you should tame here is the Silver Wolf. Although the Silver Wolf will spawn in a pack, you can induce the one closest to the first generator to follow you down the staircase where you will have a chance to tame him without interference from his packmates. If your Skills Levels are sufficiently high, you can defeat all his Packmates instead, but tricking him into following you down the path is an easier method early in the game. The Silver Wolf is a transport Monster and when you speak to him outside the Barn, you will have the option to ride him. Unlike Rune Factory and Rune Factory 2, Monster companions can follow you anywhere on the Map and if you wish to enter buildings for any purpose, your attending Monster simply will wait for you outside the door until you emerge. You will find five Treasure Chests tucked into the landscape of the Whale's Fin at different locations. The contents always are somewhat random, but you may obtain precious Gems as well as Chocolate, Rice, Flour and other ingredients ordinarily available only at the Tavern. Energy Drinks and Antidotes sometimes can be found in these Chests as well. that each time you exit and re-enter any area, all Treasure Chests and Crates respawn. Like the rest of Whale Island, the area of the Whale's Fin is not season-specific in of farming. You can grow Crops from any season here. There are two locked areas at the Whale's Fin when you first explore it. The first is the Tower in the very centre of the area. The other is a locked gate at the top of the highest hill, northeast of the Monster Generator that spawns Silver Wolves. The first to be unlocked will be the Tower of Rest. Growing Moondrop Flowers Moondrop Flowers are fast-growing. You need to plant them in the 3 x 3 plot in front of the Tower on the Whale's Fin but do not harvest them once they have bloomed until they have triggered a special Event. 1st Event with Iris When you find the Tower, you will see a sign to the left that indicates that visits should be made in the Evening. This is a hint, among other things, as

to the time when you should make a trip to the Whale's Fin to advance the plot further. If you begin to descend the stairs that lead to the Tower at 6.00 p.m. or a little later on any evening, you will experience an Event. In the Event, your character will see an Elven Character named Iris watering the ground. After she is finished, she goes into the Tower and the Event ends. If you are a player who likes to unlock all options as quickly as possible, you may have spent considerable time in the Whale's Fin even in the 1st or 2nd Week of Spring. If so, you can till the plot prior to Rosetta's arrival and even experience your first sighting of Iris, but you will be able to do nothing further until the 3rd week as you will have no access to the Moondrop Seeds until the Materia Shop opens. As soon as the Materia Shop opens, buy a bag of Moondrop Seeds and plant them in the special plot in front of the Tower on the Whale's Fin. Cinnamon and Star-Gazing When you speak to Cinnamon, she will tell you that she has two ions in life. One is Fishing and the other is Constellations. There is a special Observatory platform on the Mountain Path to the left of the Cornucopia Trees. On any Holiday when the weather is fine, you will find Cinnamon standing near the entrance to the Lava Ruins. If you speak to her there, she may tell you about Constellations. Her 'tutorials' can occur at other locations as well, and you may learn about a new Constellation if you speak to her when she is fishing next to the bridge north of your Homestead or even late at night in the Clock Tower. The dialogues with Cinnamon with respect to Constellations only begin when you have raised her Friendship a little. It does not require a full Friendship point, but you must interact with her a little before she will begin to teach you about this aspect of Rune Factory Frontier. Constellations Constellations appear in the night sky at different times of night and, as in our world, are based on the season as well. You must walk to the Conservatory in order to view them. Each Constellation is associated with one of the Eligible Girls. After finding any Constellation, a specific increase for your character can result usually by experiencing a special event with the Girl. Spring Constellations: The first Constellations that appear in Spring are the following: Turnip Constellation: Appears in early evening before 8.00 p.m. in Spring. Associated with Mist and will result in Turnip Seed. Crown Constellation: Appears after 1.00 a.m. in Spring. In order to 'find' it, you must stay awake after midnight. This may cause you to awaken late the next morning and probably catch a Cold as well. Make certain you have some Cold Medicine on hand in order to discover this particular Constellation. Associated with Selphy and will result in the Constellation Library being added to the Rune Archives Collection. Actually, if you are very quick, you can 'find' any 'late night' constellation by 12.50 a.m. Use Return instantly

to return to your Farmhouse and enter before 1.00 a.m. to avoid oversleeping and any loss of Energy the next day. Serpent Constellation: Appears a 'bit late at night' in Spring. You can see it after 9.00 p.m. Associated with Rosetta. Visit her afterwards for the offer of Snake Soup to increase Intelligence. Each Season has its own constellations. If you miss a lesson about any Constellation and the season changes, you will have to wait until the following year to 'find' it. Summer Constellations: As early as 1 Summer, Cinnamon will begin to teach you about the Constellations of Summer. The first of these is: Buffamoo Constellation: The Buffamoo Constellation can be seen only 'past midnight'. Associated with Anette and will result in the appearance of the 'anonymous' letters written by Anette in the past. Two more Summer Constellations are the 'Elephant Constellation' and the 'Wooly Constellation'. Cinnamon: In this season, you can see the 'Wooly Constellation.' Freyr: That sounds like a very cute constellation. Cinnamon: … I guess. The Wooly Constellation is a bit weird because it can only be seen late at night if you have a monster with you. Cinnamon: You can see the 'Elephant Constellation' now. Freyr: The Elephant Constellation seems to have a lot of syllables. Cinnamon: Elephants are animals that have numerous legends all around the world. You can see the Elephant Constellation relatively early. Look… Then: Cinnamon: Did you find the Wooly Constellation? Freyr: Yes. It looked really cute. Cinnamon: Oh… A Wooly is a monster that has lived with people for a long time. Because of that, there are lots of legends about Woolies. The most famous one is where a Wooly comes back to thank the person who helped it when it was injured. We have to take care of the monsters. Freyr: Haha. I guess so. Note that you can 'find' the Wooly Constellation only if you have a Tame Monster with you. After you find it, you will see a prompt to the effect that the Friendship of your Monster has increased. At 9.50 p.m. Freyr came out of the Lava Ruins, looked up at the sky by accident and: Found Wooly Constellation! Freyr: I get it! It has the same face as a Wooly! Prompt: Friendship with Monster went up! Wooly Constellation: Can be seen after 9.00 p.m. Associated with Tabatha. If accompanied by any Tame Monster when you find it, Friendship boost with Monster will result. Elephant Constellation: Can be seen before 8.00 p.m. on a fine summer night. Associated with Bianca and will set the Treasure Hunt in motion that results in a Level 10 Diamond for your character. As early as 1 Autumn, Cinnamon will tell you of the Broom Constellation and the book then will appear in the Rune Archives Library. Broom Constellation: View at 1.00 a.m. on a fine autumn night. Associated with Eunice. Speak to her the next day for an increase in Cooking Skill.

Hat Constellation: View at 8.00 p.m. on a fine autumn night. Associated with Melody. Speak to her for an increase in Magic Skill Level. Winter Constellations: Cross Constellation: Can be seen at 8.00 p.m. on a fine winter night. Speak to Lara the next morning for HP increase. Hairpin Constellation: Can be seen after 6.00 p.m. on a fine winter night. Associated with Uzuki. Speak to her for an increase in Combat Skill Level. Fish Constellation: Can be viewed at 2.00 a.m. on a fine winter night. Associated with Cinnamon. Speak to her for an increase in Fishing Skill Level. The other Constellations cannot be 'found' until the storyline is completed and are associated with phases of the Moon rather than Seasons: Whale Constellation: Can be viewed at the Full Moon, occurring on the 15th and 16th of any season. Associated with Blanche Iris. Increase of +1 in Attributes. Scorpion Constellation. Can be viewed at the Crescent Hilal Moon, occurring on the 1st and 30th of any Season. Associated with Noire Iris. Increase of +2 Strength and +2 Agility. Placing Constellations in the Sky You will not be able to see any Constellation until you actually 'find' it by gazing at the night sky at the required time. Press the 1 Button to gaze upwards and, if a Constellation has appeared, your character will 'find' it and remark upon it. The Constellation then will be traced in the heavens. The best place to view the night sky is the little clearing to the left of the Cornucopia Trees designated for stargazing. Completing the Constellation Map is yet another goal in Rune Factory Frontier. Speak to Cinnamon regularly to learn about new Constellations in every season of the year. Once Cinnamon has 'taught' you the position of any Constellation, a book about that Constellation will be unlocked on the western side of the 2nd floor of the Rune Archives. The first time you speak to Selphy in the Rune Archives Library after learning about Constellations from Cinnamon, she will announce the acquisition of new books about astronomy. You are not required to 'find' the specific Constellation in order to unlock the book about it. You simply must learn about the Constellation from Cinnamon. Searching the Skies Whenever you press the 'A' Button when your character is outside in Trampoli, you will have a view of the heavens. You can see Constellations and other stars as well as the Moon at night. During the day, depending on your location, you can see Whale Island floating overhead. Weather can be predicted by a search of the sky during the day. On any fine day after a rainy day, you may find a Rainbow in the sky! Constellations and Eligible Girls

Each of the Eligible Girls in Rune Factory Frontier is associated with one of the celestial seasonal constellations and 'finding' the Constellation in the sky will have an effect, either unlocking a new option in the game, resulting in a point increase in a specific stat or triggering an Event. The correspondences are: Turnip Constellation: Mist Crown Constellation: Selphy Serpent Constellation: Rosetta Buffamoo Constellation: Anette Wooly Constellation: Tabatha Elephant Constellation: Bianca Broom Constellation: Eunice Hat Constellation: Melody Hairpin Constellation: Uzuki Fish Constellation: Cinnamon Cross Constellation: Lara Walkthrough: 4th Week of Spring By the fourth week, you should have a regular source of income in the Crops that your fields produce, the Ranch Products obtained from Monsters in your Barn and the items made by Cooking, Forging and Mixing Potions. You should be familiar with the Runey Distribution system and allot a little time for adjustments each week. The Tower at the Whale's Fin You may experience the first sighting of a new character in front of the Tower at the Whale's Fin. This will occur only when you enter the Whale's Fin after 6.00 p.m. and descend the stairway that leads to the Tower. It therefore is not associated with any particular week but may occur earlier or later, depending on your own movements. If you enter the Whale's Fiin screen prior to 6.00 p.m., the Event will not occur. You must descend the stairway that leads to the Tower then to initiate the Event. The actual introduction to the Elven Maiden is predicated upon the opening of the Materia Store by Rosetta so will not occur earlier than the second half of Spring but you may experience your first sighting of her prior to this. The

Power of Moondrop Flowers

When you enter the Whale's Fiin after 6.00 p.m. and descend the stairway that leads to the Tower, you will experience a little Event. You will see a new character in the form of an Elf Maiden watering the land. When she has completed her task, she will go into the Tower and the doors will shut behind her. Your character will watch this and move closer to the entrance to the Tower. When you regain control, you will be in front of the Tower. You will find a 3 x 3 plot there that can be tilled. You need to buy Moondrop Seeds from Rosetta to plant there. Do not harvest the flowers once they bloom but wait to experience the next Event in a sequence that results in an introduction to Iris.

Rosetta and the Moondrop Flower Legend When you have experienced the Event in front of the Tower, speak to Rosetta at the Materia Store. She will tell you there is an old legend with respect to the Moondrop Flower. Rosetta: Oh, yeah! You know those Moondrop Flowers? I heard that they become very beautiful when they're grown in a place with a lot of moonlight. Why don't you try growing some if you find a place like that? Of course, the seeds are available at this very store. This is the hint that you need to plant Moondrop Flowers in the tillable plot in front of the Tower at the Whale's Fin. In a second dialogue, she will be even more specific: Rosetta: I hear that Moondrops grow to be real pretty when you grow them in a place where the moonlight is very strong. But I wonder where that place is… Does it mean that it's a very high place since it's closer to the moon? If you find it, try growing it. You can buy the seeds at my store, of course. The entire sequence of events that leads to the first meeting with Iris is given in the Walkthrough section for the first week of Summer, even though you can experience the Event sooner. As the Moondrop Flowers you plant at the Tower must mature and you cannot visit Whale Island on any Holiday to water them until the discovery of a new Beanstalk in Summer, it may take longer than five days to complete the entire sequence that introduces Iris properly to your character. Exploring the Whale's Fin The Whale's Fin is a beautiful area filled with ruins. It consists mainly of hills connected by staircases. There are platforms where Monsters congregate, tillable fields and water sources. At the very top of the highest hill in the northeast corner above a Monster Generator that spawns a pack of Silver Wolves is a locked gate. You can find five Treasure Chests amid the ruins in the Whale's Fin. They often contain cooking ingredients such as Flour, Rice and Chocolate that otherwise can only be purchased at the Tavern from Rita. It appears that items contained in Treasure Chests change a little according to the dungeons you have unlocked. Before your character unlocks the Lava Ruins, he may not find Copper anywhere in a Treasure Chest. Once the Lava Ruins are unlocked, however, Copper begins to appear randomly in the Treasure Chests on the Whale's Fin. The main feature of the Whale's Fin, however, is a Tower with a sign in front of it that declares: Please stop by in the evening for business. It is named the Tower of Rest and is the abode of Iris. Until you have met Iris, the only Crop you should grow in the little field in front of the Tower is Moondrop Flowers. Do NOT harvest them!

You can plant whatever you wish in the other two tillable fields at the entrance to the Whale's Fin. Two more fields to the left of the locked gate at the top of the hill in the northeast can be tilled as well. As previously indicated, Whale Island is not season-specific, unlike most other Dungeons and you therefore can plant Crops from any season on its fields, allowing your character to gain access to Autumn Crops and Flowers in earlier seasons. Walkthrough: 5th Week of Spring On the 29th of Spring, characters will speak to you of a flower sent or given to them by Eunice that day. When you speak to Stella, she will give you a Toy Herb. She then will muse that perhaps this should become a tradition, paving the way for a possible rite involving the gift of flowers to each character each year on 29 Spring. The Last Day of Spring On 30 Spring, you will receive a letter from Rosetta announcing the impeding Beach Festival on the 1st day of Summer. Swimsuits are the topic of conversation throughout the village today. Eunice's Sorrow If you speak to Eunice today, she will tell you that she made a swimsuit for Uzuki, the new guest at the Inn, but that she could not bear to sew one for herself. You will have obtained hints in previous conversations with Eunice and any exploration of her bedroom to the effect that her love of food and especially sweets has caused her to gain more weight than she would like. She will not be able to participate in the Beach Festival on 1 Summer because of this. Tasks on the Last Day of Spring It is vital that all Spring Crops in your Field be harvested today for the last time before they become Withered Grass when the Season changes. Buy Summer Crop Seeds from Erik today and plant them immediately and water them. Seeds for the next season can be planted on the last day of the current season. If you water them as well, you will be able to harvest them one day earlier than would be possible otherwise. If you wish to have a supply of Cherries for use during the next three seasons, collect a last harvest from the Cornucopia Trees and/or Orchard of Plenty at Lake Poli. As Cherries are a Spring fruit, today will be your last chance to gather them from the Trees. You can continue to find them randomly in Crates in Dungeons ruled by Spring. Tonight will be the last opportunity to 'find' any Spring Constellations in the night sky. Snake Soup

When Cinnamon teaches you the legend and location of the Serpent Constellation, she will tell you that snakes by tradition are associated with good health, good weather and intelligence. When you visit Rosetta at the Materia Store, speak to her until you can initiate a dialogue about snake soup. She received this from a merchant, but is dubious about it. She therefore asks if you would be willing to test it for her. If you agree, your Intelligence will be boosted permanently by a couple of points by the consumption of the Snake Soup! It may boost your character's Intelligence by as much as 3 points. The soup has no negative effects on your character. Walkthrough: 1st Week of Summer

Beach Festival The first day of any season is a Holiday, but it usually is a Festival Day as well. 1 Summer is the day when the Beach opens officially, and a Beach Festival is celebrated. In practical , this means that you will not find Lute in the Public Square, nor will shops be open. You will be able to find Lute near the Church, however and you will be able to purchase his wares from him there as usual. The Church is his location on any Festival Day. On all other Holidays, you will find him in the Public Square. Many of the Eligible Girls will be found at the Beach dressed in their swimsuits. The girls who participate in the Festival are selected randomly, so each game may vary. Eunice will not attend the Beach Festival in any circumstances in the first year, but Mist and Cinnamon may take the place of Selphy and Uzuki. If you find Cinnamon in the morning near the stairs that lead up to the Business District Square from the South Trampoli District, you can speak to her to find out about the first Constellation of Summer, the 'Buffamoo Constellation'. You may be able to find Eunice on the stairs that lead down from the two Grocery Shops towards the Public Square. When you speak to her, you will find out more about the unhappiness her weight causes her. As previously stated, Cinnamon may or may not be at the Beach Festival instead, but Eunice will not attend in the first year as she is too conscious of her weight to wear a bathing costume in public. Bathhouse Events There are many Events in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game. Some are essential to the plot or to your successful courtship of any Eligible girl or bachelor. Others are optional events that are included simply for their entertainment value. If you frequent the Bathhouse regularly, you may experience a number of random Events while taking your bath. These involve flashbacks for many of the Eligible Girls, and consist of their experiences in the Women's side of the

Bathhouse. Some are slightly risqu� . If your character experiences one of these random events, he will emerge light-headed and a little of the RP that he would have recovered ordinarily will be spent! Changing Room at the Beach The Changing Room at the Beach is open only during the Summer season. On the first day of Autumn, you no longer will be able to enter or change into your own Bathiing Costume. On any day in Summer, however, your character can enter to change into a Bathing Costume. A very entertaining optional Event will occur on Beach Day only if you visit the Beach before 10.00 a.m. and attempt to enter the changing room building. Each time you make the attempt, you will interrupt a different Eligible Girl as she changes into her bathing costume. The Events follow a specific order, but the girls chose participate in the Festival are chosen randomly and may differ from game to game and year to year. In the 1st year in my first game, the order of the changing room Event began with Anette and ended with Uzuki. Mist was not one of the girls included in this. In this situation, the encounters were as follows: Anette, Lara, Rosetta, Melody, Selphy and finally Uzuki. In other games, Cinnamon and Selphy may be substituted for Selphy and Uzuki. If you attempt to continue to 'Look' inside the changing room after the Event with the last girl, in this case Uzuki, you will be subjected to the righteous fury of every girl who gave you the benefit of the doubt on the first occasion! Actually, a similar Event can be experienced on any fine day at the Beach during the Summer season if your character attempts to enter the Changing Room between noon and 1.00 p.m. There may be a different group of girls on any given day but the total number who can be 'surprised' usually is three. Although Candy will exit the Changing Room a little after 1.00 p.m. with the other girls in their bathing costumes, she will not be involved in any Event you experience, possibly because she is considered a child still. A possible reference to this Event may occur when you speak to Candy at the Beach when she is wearing her bathing costume. Quite randomly, she may astound you by crying out: 'Pervert!'. Beach Festival Melon Pinata Mini-Game A Rune Factory and Harvest Moon tradition is to include a mini-game in many of the Festival celebrations. The Beach Festival in Rune Factory Frontier has a 'Melon Pinata' game. The same girls that your character surprised in the changing room if you opted to experience those events will 'guide' you with verbal directions as you endeavour, while blindfolded, to smash a Watermelon open with a Hammer. There is one 'liar' who will give you false directions and two girls who guide you truly. You are given only one chance to smash the Watermelon. If you fail, it will be cut instead with a knife for every one to enjoy. There may be a slight boost in Heart levels if you manage to smash open the Watermelon, but more important than the result is the act of participating in the Contest and making certain that you speak to every girl on the beach.

Other Events on 1 Summer Saint-Coquille Family Mansion On the 1st day of Summer, if you enter the South District, you will experience a brief event wherein you will see a new mansion on the hill opposite Kross' house. You will not be able to enter, but you will see by the prompt that it is the house of the Sainte-Coquille Family. Bianca and Tabatha, two more Eligible Girls now have arrived in Trampoli. At 9.00 a.m. on 2 Summer, you can enter the Mansion to experience your first meeting with your two old friends from Kardia. Tabatha will explain that she and her mistress have come to Trampoli for the summer season. Bianca is the only member of her influential family who is living in the mansion. In fact, Bianca herself will inform you that she had it built strictly as a summer home for herself. Speak to Bianca after exchanging introductory dialogue and until she says: Bianca: You've been going to that strange island, haven't you? If you find anything interesting, bring it to me. I'll gladly take it off your hands. If you have visited the Whale's Fin, you will have a very strange and interesting Monster living in the foyer of your Monster Barn. Perhaps she will interest Bianca… Note that, if you have not found the Lost Monster in the Caves at Whale Island before the end of Summer, Bianca and Tabatha will leave Trampoli at the end of Summer. If, however, the Lost Monster moves into your Monster Barn antechamber and you experience the subsequent Event with Bianca at the Mansion, both Bianca and Tabatha will stay in Trampoli. Introduction to Iris You can experience your actual introduction to Iris prior to Summer but it requires that you experience a sequence of dialogues as well as planting Moondrop Flowers on the plot in front of the Tower at the Whale's Fin. You then need to visit the Whale's Fin daily to water the plants until all 9 Moondrop Flowers bloom, creating a Rune Point. The dialogues that you must experience are initiated with Rosetta. When she first speaks of Moondrop Flowers, she will tell you: Rosetta: Oh, yeah! You know those Moondrop Flowers? I heard that they become very beautiful when they're grown in a place with a lot of moonlight. Why don't you try growing some if you find a place like that? Of course, the seeds are available at this very store. She will speak again of this: Again Rosetta: I hear that Moondrops grow to be real pretty when you grow them in a place where the moonlight is very strong. But I wonder where that place is… Does it mean that it's a very high place since it's closer to the moon? If you find it, try growing it. You can buy the seeds at my store, of course. Growing the Moondrop Flowers in the plot at the Tower is not sufficient to trigger the Introduction to Iris. First, you must experience an Event after 6.00 p.m. at the Whale's Fin wherein your character will see an Elven Maiden watering the land. She then will retreat into her Tower and the door will

lock behind her. Any day that you visit the Whale's Fin after 6.00 p.m. and descend the stairway that leads to the Tower, you will experience this Event. Like the vision of Weeding the Field for Mist, it is a hint that will be repeated until you perform all the necessary actions to unlock the next point in the story. In the case of Iris, you actually need to walk into the plot where the Moondrop Flowers are blooming and the Rune Point is glowing after 7.00 p.m. You then will experience a new Event with Iris. You now will see her gazing at the Full Moon in a field of beautiful white flowers. When the Event ends, she will stand before you and you will be able to introduce yourself to her. You will be able to enter the Tower of Rest where Iris lives now. When you speak to Iris, you can initiate a dialogue that will provide a hint as to the unlocking of the next area of the Whale Island. Freyr: Speaking of which, what's behind that locked gate, Iris? How do I open it? Iris: I don't know. I haven't gone very far so I'm not sure. Me: I thought so… Iris; Oh, but there could be a chance that it could just open. That's why you should just check up on it from time to time. Me: I guess. I'll go check it out whenever I come to visit you. Iris: Oh, you. So you're saying that I'm the main purpose of your visit? Note that you must experience the Introduction Event with Iris as well as defeating the Giant Clucky before you will be able to unlock the Lava Ruins. The Pumpkin Man Many of the shops in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game offer a few items that will vary with the Season. In Rune Factory Frontier, you will find that at least one different item is offered each season. You will not be able to shop on the 1st Day of Summer as it is a Festival Day, but if you go to the Materia Store on 2 Summer, you will find a new item on display: Pumpkin Head: 4050G Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 25, MAG 35 A costume for a certain festival. You have to eat everything inside before using it. The Pumpkin Head, in other words is Headgear that can be worn in combat, giving far more Defence than either the Straw Hat or the Hand-Knit Hat, the only two items that can be made to protect the head with a small Forge. It is rather hilarious to watch your character as he meets and greets the townspeople wearing the Pumpkin Head. Despite its comical appearance, however, it is very effective as a piece of Equipment! Walkthrough: 1st and 2nd Week of Spring New Path to Whale Island

Speak to Lute on any Holiday until he mentions a plant that grows on one of the small Islands in the centre of Lake Poli. It is possible that the earliest the dialogue can occur is the 2nd Holiday in Summer. Lute: The other day, I was sketching on the small island in the lake and I found this little sprout. I was touched to see how even that tiny island is filled with life. Freyr, weren't you good at caring for plants? Would you please care for it once in a while? Like watering it and stuff. He may give the information in a slightly different fashion. Lute: Lute: The other day, I was sketching on the little island in the lake when suddenly a small sprout popped up. I guess even that tiny island is breathing with life. I got really emotional about it. Freyr, weren't you good at caring for plants? Would you please care for it once in awhile? Like watering it and stuff. After experiencing this dialogue, go to Lake Poli and take the gondola to the little island in the centre of Lake Poli. There are two small islands. The one you seek is the furthest west of the two. Dock the gondola and walk to the centre of the little island. You will see a plant sparkling there. Water it once with your Watering Can and it will grow into another magical Beanstalk, identical to the one that took you to Whale Island initially. The destination in this case, however, is the Whale's Fin. You will find yourself near the Tower of Rest when you reach the top of the Beanstalk. You may have noticed that Whale Island travels through the sky slowly. That is why you cannot climb the Beanstalk in the Church District to reach it on any Holiday. Once you have discovered the second Beanstalk, you will have access to Whale Island every day of the week. Holiday Beanstalk Trick Cllimbing any Beanstalk to Whale Island takes only two minutes. Whenever you leave a dungeon and re-enter, any Chests or Crates will have re-spawned. This is true with respect to the 5 Treasure Chests on the Whale's Fin as well. All you need to do is climb down the Beanstalk, then climb up it again in order to find 5 new Treasure Chests. Items contained in these Chests are random but can be as valuable as Gems and Elemental Crystals, or as useful as Flour or Rice. You can climb and descend as many times as you like on any Holiday, reaping the benefits as often as you wish. If you only access the Treasure Chest next to the Beanstalk, you may find the process more efficient. It is a little Trick that can help players who either need the income or the energy that the items may provide. Bianca and 'Francoise' Bianca and Tabatha under certain circumstances will be seasonal characters in Rune Factory Frontier, so you need to focus on them a little during the Summer season. If you wish to court Bianca, you will have a more difficult time than with other girls in one respect as she is not impressed with gifts for the most part. In another sense, the task is easy as simple dialogue with her

will suffice . There is one gift, however, that may determine her future in Trampoli and that is the gift of the 'lost Monster' who followed you back from Whale Island to live in the antechamber of your Monster Barn. Enter the Mansion between 9.00 a.m. and 9.30 a.m. to experience an Event with Bianca. When you enter, the Lost Monster will be in the grand foyer as well. You will attempt to stop it, but it will run ahead of you, straight to Bianca. You will find them both at the foot of the grand staircase. Here, Bianca will ask you if the monster belongs to you. How you respond actually is irrelevant as the event will develop in the same fashion no matter what reply you choose. She then will ask you to give the monster to her. Again, how you respond is irrelevant ultimately. If you tell her not to ask you to make that choice, she simply will remark that the Monster appears to wish to stay with her and you will experience the same dialogue again and again until you finally surrender to the inevitable. If you noticed the little chamber in the back of the Mansion prepared as a Monster habitation even from the start, you will have guessed the Monster's ultimate destination. When the Event ends, the Monster will be ensconced happily in its room complete with Monster Feed and you will stand alone before Bianca at the foot of the stairway. The Lost Monster now will bear the name of 'Francoise'. Sad to say, this Event does not raise Bianca's Love or Friendship significantly but it may have an effect on her future plans. If you did not experience the Event in the Caves at Whale Island that brings the Lost Monster to your Monster Barn before the end of Summer, Bianca and Tabatha will leave Trampoli at the end of Summer. If 'Francoise' becomes Bianca's pet, however, the two girls will stay in Trampoli. Exploring the Lava Ruins The Lava Ruins introduce a new element into Rune Factory Frontier in the form of Bombs. As described in John Arthur's Memoirs of the dungeon, bombs serve to unblock paths. You will find Bombs usually to the left or right of a doorway. Simply slash at a bomb or allow a Monster Ally to strike it to detonate it. Some bombs are 'live' but others are dummies. When a bomb is 'live', a timer will begin to tick audibly and the bomb will flash red. Move away from it to allow it to explode without damaging you. Debris will fly everywhere and afterwards, the pathway will be cleared for your age. Many bombs contain items in the same fashion as Crates and Treasure Chests contain them. Items found in the Lava Ruins include those found in previous dungeons but will introduce new Cooked Dishes and ores. Silver will be found first in the Lava Ruins, for example. Once you are able to use the Silver to forge a superior Hammer, you will be able to smash the remaining barriers in the Green Ruins to access areas where Silver can be discovered as well. The Elefun, a Monster resembling an Elephant, can be set to water your Crops and will act as a Transport Monster as well. You will find your first Elefuns very close to the Entrance to the Lava Ruins by taking the first stairway that takes you upwards to a little platform.

Breeding Monsters Although many previous Harvest Moon games allowed players to breed ranch animals, Rune Factory Frontier is the first game in the Rune Factory series that provides the option to breed your Monsters. The basic rules are the same as in other Harvest Moon games: you must have an empty slot in your Monster Barn to house the little Monster before you will be allowed to breed the Mother. If you have an empty slot in your Barn, the next step is very easy. Simply approach the Mother with a Rune Stone of any type and press 'A'. You will see a prompt as follows: 'I hope you'll lay some great eggs.' If you choose to proceed, you will be required to give the baby a name. An egg will appear instantly in the bed of hay in the northeast section of the Monster Barn. You can interact with the Egg by speaking to it. Oddly enough, whenever you speak to the Egg, it will turn towards you as though paying close attention to your words! Any Rune Stone can be used to create an Egg. Eggs of all types appear to be Blue in colour, irrespective of the Rune Stones used. As soon as the Egg appears, it will be added to the Monster page in the Monster Barn Book. The Friendship Level of any Egg is higher than that of the Mother Monster. If you look at its Friendship Level, you will see that the Baby Monster even as an Egg may have a Friendship Level of 2. It all depends on the total number of Friendship Points that the Mother has at the time of laying the Egg. The precise point total cannot be seen by the player, however. It does make it worthwhile to breed Monsters, as even a Mother with 1 Heart can give birth to a Monster Baby with 2. A Monster with higher Heart Level will give birth to a Monster with a higher Friendship Level. In other words, if your 'Mother' has a heart level of 3, the Egg will have a heart level at least of 3 but closer to 4, with a point total that is greater than that of the Mother, even if it cannot be seen by the player. Furthermore, the actual Level of the Baby can be affected by the circumstances in which the Mother laid the Egg. Length of time that the Mother has been tamed affects this, apparently. The Buffamoo at 2 Hearts that I had tamed myself first 'laid' an Egg of Level 26, but a week later, laid a second Egg at Level 28 (with the aid of a Rune Stone). When her 'child' was born, she laid an Egg on the same day with Level 29. Level affects Maximum HP as well as ATK, DEF and MAG. Although the benefits of breeding any Monster who gives Ranch Product may be obvious, as the level and therefore value of the Ranch Product given by Monsters of higher level will be greater than those of lower levels, there are equal benefits to be obtained from breeding your Combat Monsters. My first Silver Wolf at Level 39 and three hearts laid an Egg at Level 42 and three hearts. At Level 29, my Silver Wolf's Maximum HP was 639. ATK was 129, DEF 142 and MAG 110. The Egg at Level 42 had a maximum HP of 684, ATK 138, DEF 154, MAG 135. The difference may not be that significant in a '1st generation' breeding result but when breeding next generation will become more

important. An Egg takes about a week to hatch. At 6.00 a.m., you simply will see a prompt to the effect that the Monster has been born. Monsters evidently are fully grown when born as any Monster who can produce a Ranch Product will be able to do so the day she is born. With 2 Hearts at birth, any Ranch Product will be Level 2 rather than Level 1. Furthermore, any Monster who has 'hatched' from an Egg can be bred immediately. You can 'breed and release' in Rune Factory Frontier. A tame Monster who is returned to the First Forest, as previously stated, may leave a War Trophy for you. This is a random result, much like any War Trophy earned in combat. As you must feed all Monsters housed in your Monster Barn and as successive generations breed higher levels of Monsters, it may be of benefit to release many of the Monsters you have used strictly for breeding purposes. Heart Level is inherited and actual Level does increase by generation. Although Monster Breeding has been given in this Walkthrough as an option in the Summer season, obviously a player can begin to breed his/her Monsters as early in the game as he/she may wish. Until you have planted enough grass to create a significant and regular source of Fodder, however, you may wish to abstain from breeding Monsters. An Egg evidently consumes one portion of Fodder per day, taking it from the ripened grass in your Field. Without having set any Monster to the task of cutting Grass for Fodder, I nonetheless noticed that squares of Grass had been cut or eaten by some one. It was the Eggs in my Monster Barn who were consuming the Grass in the field! Make certain, therefore, that your supply of Fodder is sufficient to feed all the adult Monsters in your Barn as well as every Egg on a daily basis. Note that the Clucky 'Eggs' that are collected with the Harvester are quite different from the Eggs that any Monster will lay when presented with a Rune Stone. Only Monsters of the same basic type as the Clucky can produce Eggs for the Kitchen, but Monsters of all varieties will lay Eggs for hatching when presented with any Rune Stone. In this sense, no Monster is a proper Mammal! Monster Barn Expansions Kross can create expansions for your Monster Barn. His first expansion costs 18000G and requires 300 Lumber. It will increase the capacity of your Barn from 10 Monsters to 30 Monsters, adding two chambers to the original Barn. When breeding any Monster, you must have an empty slot in the same chamber as the Mother for her Egg. Monsters can be moved from one chamber to another simply by accessing the 'book' in the foyer of the Monster Barn. You can transfer any Monster from one chamber to another simply by using the cursor to move her portrait from one 'page' to another. The second Monster Barn expansion costs 50000G and requires 800 Lumber. Sources of Fodder for Monsters As in other Rune Factory games, you will notice that any Fodder that must be purchased from a merchant is exorbitantly expensive. If you intend to keep Tame Monsters, therefore, you need to begin to grow Grass for Fodder in your Field immediately. With a state of 'Prosperity' in your Field from a large quantity of perfectly

balanced Runeys, your Grass will grow faster than it otherwise would, even without any farm aids. Crops grown in your own Field do not produce Runes. There is no virtue therefore, in leaving ripened Crops, including ripened Grass in your Field. You should cut it, or set a tame Monster to the task of cutting it as soon as it ripens. It will regrow if it is watered. In fact, if your field is in a state of Prosperity, you may be able to cut it every day. Note that there are Monsters in Rune Factory Frontier who can be set the task of cutting your Grass for Fodder. Any Monster type who resembles the 'Grim Reaper' of legend can use his scythe for the living by cutting the Grass in your field. As always, you must have a Friendship level of 1 with the Monster before he will 'listen' to you. No Crops can grow in your Field in Rune Factory Frontier in Winter. You therefore need to plan ahead, planting at least a couple of plots in dungeons with Grass for Fodder. These need not be cut until needed, providing you with a daily supply of Runes until you need extra Fodder in Winter. Grass planted in dungeons therefore serves more than one useful purpose, providing Runes throughout the year and Fodder in Winter. Mist's Flower When you speak to Mist, she may mention a strange seed that she has discovered. Mist (with copious tears): Freyr, Freyr… I found a strange seed the other day. I'm growing it in the pot at home. I also water it every morning. Please come see it once. When you visit her, look for her in front of her house where you will see her using a Watering Can on a little plant. Speak to her then to experience a conversation that is vital to the future. She will be watering. Me: Are you growing these, Mist? Mist: Yeah. Watching you work on the farm made me want to try it myself… Me: I've never seen leaves like these before. What are these flowers called? Mist: I wonder… I just found the seeds by chance, so I don't know. Well, it's more exciting when it'll be a surprise, I guess. Me: That's true. When you go to bed after this conversation occurs, you will have a 'visitation' in the form of a Voice. Voice: Oh-ho! My thanks. So you can lend a hand now. How remarkable… This time, I want you to bring that to me. Ganesha's Cup Boat Race Ganesha's Cup Boat Race is the second of three Summer Festivals. It occurs on the Holiday on 25 Summer at Lake Poli. Although it has potential to be a Romantic Festival if the heart level of any of the Eligible Girls is high enough to persuade her to become your Partner on the gondola, in the first year you probably will be forced to participate in

the Contest alone. Three hearts is insufficient to persuade any Girl to ride with you on the Lake and unless you have courted a girl aggressively from the very start, it is unlikely that you will have the requisite heart level with any Eligible Girl by 25 Summer. The Contest begins at 9.00 a.m. You need to speak to Stella on the wharf at Lake Poli to enter as a contestant. Danny and Erik definitely will compete against you. Anette may enter as well. Ganesha will explain the rules as follows: Ganesha now steps in. Ganesha: I'll explain the rules. It's simple. Row the boat around to gather balloons. Blue ones are worth 1 point, yellow are 5 points, and hearts are 10 points! If you gather a heart while a girl is with you, you'll get a speed boost! Oh, the power of love… Of course, if you're alone, hearts won't do you any good other than as points. Time limit is 60 secs. The one with the most points wins. The winner will receive a prize that will make his girl very happy. By this time, you should have some experience in rowing a gondola on Lake Poli as you only can reach the Orchard of Plenty and the little island with the 2nd Beanstalk to Whale Island by boat. For those players without any experience on the water, you need to press 'B' to row and use the Nunchuk to steer. You have one full minute to steer the gondola over as many balloons and hearts as possible. You may win 1st prize only if you have over 240 points. Anything under 240 randomly will place you as 2nd or 3rd. The prize both for 2nd and 3rd place in the 1st year appears to be identical: a Level 1 Masque. Unlike some Harvest Moon games, you can enter Lake Poli at any time during the day without fearing that the Festival will occupy your entire day. The Contest takes very little time at all, and after the prizes are awarded at the Public Square, you can resume control almost at the same time as when Stella announced the start of the Contest. (After all, the duration of the Contest itself is no longer than 60 seconds.) Walkthrough: Last Week of Summer Make certain that you do not plant any Crops that cannot be harvested before the end of the Season. You need to view all four Summer Constellations before the end of the season or wait until next year. Each Constellation is visible at a different time of the night. As always, there is one constellation that requires you to stay up past 1.00 a.m. if you wish to view it. Equipping the Masque may help you avoid catching a Cold in these circumstances. You will sleep late the next morning, however, even if you do not catch a Cold by staying up past 1.00 a.m. Note that if you go to bed after 1.00 a.m. with some RP, you may only sleep until 8.00 a.m. and still awaken with full HP and RP. It is only if your RP is fully depleted that you probably will catch a Cold and awaken as late as 10.00 a.m.

Ghosts in Rune Factory Frontier Tamed Ghost Monsters In any Rune Factory, the Monsters you battle in dungeons and caves will include 'Ghosts' of various types. They usually resemble the 'Grim Reaper' of legend and in Rune Factory Frontier, any 'Ghost' Monster who is tamed will use his scythe to mow your Grass for you if set to the task! If you grow Grass for Fodder in your field, the Ghost will make certain that a steady supply of Fodder reaches your Barn, making Rune Factory Frontier far easier than other Rune Factory games where Monster supplies are concerned. Ghosts as Characters Other Ghosts who are not Monsters are a topic of conversation in all Rune Factory games as well and often, an actual character who is a ghost will become part of the fabric of village life. In the original Rune Factory, your character could court and marry the resident Ghost in the person of Sharron. In Rune Factory Frontier, the Eligible Girls will begin to gossip about Ghosts prior to your encounter with a 'new' character in front of Mist's house. Their attitudes about Ghosts vary. Anette: Ghosts are the prime topic among the girls in the village right now. I always wake up early in the morning so I never get to see the 'haunting hour'. I feel I'm missing out on something. Bianca: There have been a lot of rumours about a ghost recently. I always keep a light on. The ghosts won't come. The ghosts won't come… Melody: Did you hear, Freyr? There are ghosts recently. I wonder if ghosts take baths, too. If so, it should visit! Tabatha: I hear that there is a ghost that appears somewhere in Trampoli. I would like to talk to it once. Freyr: You're not scared, Tabatha? Tabatha: Oh? Why would I be scared? If it's a ghost, I'm sure we can get along just fine. Me: Recently , there's been some rumour about a ghost. Don't you like that sort of thing, Selphy? Selphy: I like stories that have ghosts in them… But I hate the real thing! The Ghost at the Public Square Even at the start of the game, your character will hear singing whenever he visits the Public Square. The lovely melody appears to emanate from a place beneath the Square itself in its very centre. Mist will remark upon a connection between this voice and a possible 'Ghost': Mist: Freyr! Freyr! We have a huge problem! I walked to the square because I couldn't sleep last night. I saw it slide thorugh without making a sound. That has to be a ghost! Iris and the Ghost of the Public Square You will not be able to solve the mystery of the Voice singing beneath the

Public Square until you have met Iris. When Gelwein appears outside the Tower and makes his way through the gates at the top of the Whale's Fin to the Whale's Flank, a piece of the puzzle will be revealed. Your character must unlock the Snow Ruins and find a door on the 3rd Floor in order to solve the mystery, aiding the Whale Spirit as well in the process. As the defeat of the Enemy who awaits you behind the door of the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins requires a fair amount of combat experience, you will find details about this encounter in the Walkthrough for the first week of Winter. A Devout Young Lady You may find a new visitor to Trampoli outside Mist's house before noon, standing next to the postbox. Speak to her to discover that she dreams of building a new Church in Trampoli. Girl: Oh…? Are you from around here? Freyr: Yes. Girl: Oh, really? I thought that no one lived in this area… I was thinking of building a church here. Freyr: Oh? Girl: I feel a special charm about this place. Then: Nice to meet you. You may find her a couple of times after this. Each time, she will speak to you, but continue to withhold her name. In case you have not noted the uncanny resemblance between this Girl's history and that of Stella, speak to Stella herself. Freyr: Stella, who used to live in the house that Mist is in? Stella: That's a strange question. I used to live there. It's been rebuilt numerous times so it was smaller than it is now. Come to think of it, your house was here even before I came to this village. There used to be a boy that I became good friends with who lived there. Could that boy be Kross? Stella's Birthday Stella's Birthday is on the 27th of Summer in the last week of the season. She will accept many items happily, among them Pickled Turnips, and will be very glad that you ed her on her special day, although her Most Favourite Gift is a Four-Leaf Clover. The gift of Toy Herb is another Favourite. Giving her a gift on her birthday will result in the entry of the date on your Calendar. Other Characters from

the Past

The Mysteries of Kross Even in your initial encounter with Kross, a mystery of sorts was presented. Soft Spoken Guy: Heh… … Are you new here? Me: Nice to meet you. I just moved here and my name is Freyr. And you are …? Man: You … don't need to now what my name is. The villagers always forget it anyway.

Me: Um… Are you Kross? Hello. Kross: …?! How do you know my name?! Me (sweating profusely): Huh? It's written on your mailbox. You really write your name with really cute letters, Kross. Kross: That isn't my writing. I'm sure the mailman just wrote it herself out of consideration. You should take a look inside your mailbox some time. It should be in front of your house. Heh… In subsequent encounters, Kross often sings sad songs about the past. Freyr: That sounds like a very sad song. Kross: Yes… There used to be monsters in the village and we all lived in harmony. Kross: Heh… Yes. When I was young, a man I knew very well the man who wrote this song… The sunlight is so cruel. It shines upon all the beautiful things as well as the dirty things. Don't you think so? Kross: Are the vegetables that make me wan tto place them on the wagon and run under the blue sky gone? Where, oh where, have you gone…? Me: That's a sad song… Kross: Heh… Yes. These lands used to be dry and growing crops was very difficult. It's summer… I don't have a lot of good memories when it comes to summer. The sticky humidity, attacking monsters… That year was certainly hell for me… Kross: I'm not scared. I'm actually fond of the monsters. They never lie to humans. Heh… I would like to live a free life like a monster. What do monsters have that humans don't…? … Tails. If only I had the 'Cat Tail', would I become like a monster? Kross: The Boat Race… The boat I used to ride is a bit different from the one in the village. Kross: During this season, I sometimes come back to my senses. Every time I step on the fallen leaves, I hear the voices of the persecuted around me… I suppose this has nothing to do with you… Sorry… Kross on the Roof You will find Kross often on his roof repairing it a little before noon. At noon, he resumes work in his field. One day as you approach him while he is working on the roof, you should experience a little Event: Kross: Freyr... Freyr: Yes? Kross: I'm sorry, but could you get that nail by your feet? Freyr: Sure. I look round in vain. Freyr: Um… Where is it? Kross; Oh? I thought I put it there… He leaps off the roof like a frog. Kross: That's strange… Oh, it was in my pocket. Sorry for calling out to you. Kross in fact demonstrates superhuman abilities whenever you order an extension by completing it while you wait! He is a man with knowledge of the past that includes the defeat of the enemies

of Kardia by Raguna. Kross: Did you know? There is a rumour of a farmer that destroyed an iron tank of the Zzyzx Empire with only a watering can. The farming tools that can create the future defeated the weapons made to kill people. That's wonderful, but… Hmph! … that's only a fairytale. Mystery of Kross and Anette If you encounter Anette while she is performing her rounds in front of any one else's post box, you will experience a little Event involving the individual who lives there. In the process, she will tell you if you have any post and offer it to you as well. In most cases, the dialogues that concern other characters are not significant. Where Kross is concerned, however, another mystery is revealed. Anette in front of Kross's house: Anette: Oh? Was the address written wrong? Who lives here again? Let's see… Um… I got it! It's 'Kross'! Silly me! I even wrote his name on the mailbox so I wouldn't forget! Whoops… that was close. Why do I always forget about this house when I do deliveries? I wonder why. Kross: Hello, Ms. Mailman. Anette: Did some one call me? Kross: Good morning. Anette: There's no one here but I hear voices… Is it a monster? Kross: Heh… … (Tears in his eyes, literally!) Anette, pursued always by Woolies, is unable to see Kross! A Business Rivalry You may experience an Event between Danny and Rosetta when you enter the Materia Store. He has become increasingly furious with the competition her business offers to his livelihood, even though he makes no effort whatsoever to stock items that the public needs. He will accuse her of being a 'cheater' and vow to rid Trampoli of her presence. Rosetta will shrug off his threats, declaring that this is simply a normal part of the business world. Appearance of Gelwein Gelwein and the Locked Gates When you visit Iris one evening, you now may experience an Event with another stranger. A man will appear at her door, then walk towards the top of the hill. He will go through the gates that you always found locked on previous occasions. At the end of this Event, enter the Tower to speak to Iris. She will tell you

that the man is Gelwein, a 'dear friend' of hers. You now will find the gates at the top of the hill unlocked. The next time you climb the Beanstalk to Whale Island, the Whale will speak to you again, telling you of a Monster who has become too violent and therefore must be punished. Whale: Do you know about the ancient castle built on my back? That is the castle of the ones known to be 'the closest to the Spirits'. I have told you that the power of the Runes from the castle gave rise to my consciousness. There is one monster that lives in the water tower of the castle. It said that it wanted to live there because it was comfortable so I let it. But recently, it must have forgotten that it is on my back and has been getting very violent within that area… Freyr… Would you please go and punish it? You agree to do the Whale's bidding in this matter. You now can travel freely through the length and breadth of Whale Island, up the hill past the gates to the Whale's Flank and up the winding pathway to the Whale's Drain. The Whale's Flank is riddled with poisonous swamps so you may wish to have Neutraliser on hand to cleanse the land itself or at least have an ample supply of Antidote Herb to restore health. Note that if you are riding a Transport Monster through any poisonous area, he/she will be afflicted with poison but you will remain untouched. Use Antidote Herb on yourself, however, to restore the Monster's health. In Rune Factory Frontier, Neutraliser is equipped as a Tool. Simply use it once on any Poison swamp to cleanse the land. Creating a Shortcut from the Whale's Flank to the Cave When you begin to explore the area of the Whale's Flank, you will see a group of sparkles in front of a natural wall of rock in the northwest corner of the area, at the northwestern end of the path. Charge your Hammer and use it once to open the entrance to a tunnel that leads back to the initial Cave on Whale Island. Once you have uncovered the tunnel, it will remain open, giving you a shortcut between the Cave and the Whale's Flank. This is most useful as it will decrease your travel time enormously during the five days of the week when your entrance to Whale Island is the Beanstalk near the Clock Tower. Anette and the Monsters If you go to meet Anette at 6.45 a.m. at your postbox, you may find her at the side of the path, bent over double. When you ask what is wrong, she will tell you that she has been chased by monsters again but managed to escape. Now she must rest to recover her strength. This will occur again and again periodically until the problem is solved. Preparing for Autumn As the Pumpkin Festival falls on Friday, if you wish to prepare for the Autumn season by purchasing Autumn seeds in advance, the last day to do so before

Autumn will be 29 Summer. Purchase Crop Seeds from Erik and Flower Seeds such as Charm Blue from Rosetta. You can plant them on the day of the Pumpkin Festival, on 30 Summer, after clearing your Field of all the remnants of your Summer Crops. Pumpkin Festival The Pumpkin Festival is a traditional Harvest Moon Festival. Pumpkins are a Summer Crop in Harvest Moon/Rune Factory. In most Harvest Moon games, the Pumpkin Festival is a day when you receive visits from children demanding sweets. Sometimes an adult like Popuri who really adores sweets will make a visit as well to demand her share. In Rune Factory Frontier, the Pumpkin Festival assumes another element of the Western Hallowe'en tradition, albeit on the 30th day of Summer rather than the last day of Autumn. Every one is required to wear a 'Pumpkin Head' in honour of the Festival. The Pumpkin Head is a piece of Head Equipment that appears in the Materia Shop at the beginning of Summer. If you do not have a Forge at that point, it is the best item of Head Equipment available for defence in combat. If you do have a Forge, you may be able to make better Head Equipment, but it nonetheless outmatches many of the Head Equipment items that you can make without a Maestro Forge. A Level 1 Pumpkin Head gives 25 Defence and 35 MAG. If you have your own Forge, you can boost a Level 1 Pumpkin and Level 1 Insect Skin into a Level 2 Pumpkin Head by hitting the gauge in the green. A Level 2 Pumpkin Head provides 29 Defence, although the MAG remains at 35. On the last day of Summer, whether purchased or homemade, you must don your Pumpkin Head and sally forth to greet other characters who will be wearing THEIR Pumpkin Heads. There are differences in opinion where this festival tradition is concerned. Some of the Eligible Girls consider it to be great fun but others are embarrassed by the idea of wearing a Pumpkin on their heads all day. As is usually the case with respect to any Festival in Harvest Moon or Rune Factory, individuals will speak of the festival on the preceding day. Go through the village of Trampoli to meet and greet all the villagers wearing your Pumpkin Head. They will be wearing theirs. Even Bianca will sport a Pumpkin Head as she stands with Tabatha near the pathway in front of the Mansion, declaring that: 'I'm only wearing it because Tabatha made it!' Eunice will explain the history of this Festival in Trampoli as follows: Eunice: Well? Are you enjoying the Pumpkin Festival? This festival originated in the town where my father used to work. When he moved here, he wore the pumpkin by himself but Stella grew to really like it. That's how it became an official festival. There is only one character who will not be wearing a Pumpkin Head and that is Mist, who sports a Turnip Head instead. Mist: Why are you acting so surprised, Freyr? Today is the… Pumpkin Festival, right? Yes. And? Me: But Mist, you're wearing a…

Mist: A… turnip. Me: Why a turnip? Mist: Because I love them. I'm joking. This festival originally started with turnips. It gradually shifted over to pumpkins, but I'm more of a traditionalist, so I'll be wearing a turnip. The Turnip Head actually is another piece of Head Gear that you can make at your Forge, provided you have the ingredients and the Skill Levels. The Skill Level requirements are higher than those for the Pumpkin Head and the resulting item gives more protection than its vegetable cousin. Speaking to any individual on the day of a Festival definitely raises Friendship Levels. It may raise Love Levels a little with respect to any Eligible Girl, but it is in of Friendship Levels that you will see a significant increase. On the day of the Pumpkin Festival, you will find that even Lute has donned a Pumpkin Head and stands in front of the Church as he would on a Holiday Festival day, but as the Pumpkin Festival falls on a Friday instead, he will not be selling any items, Possibly the most amusing sight of all on the day of the Pumpkin Festival is that of Tsubute, who sports his own Pumpkin Head as he flits beside his mistress Uzuki, herself wearing the obligatory head gear. In fact, their dialogue on the day of the Festival will make it clear that it is considered a measure of respect towards Trampoli to participate in all local customs, however queer they may find them. Walkthrough: 1st Week of Autumn Meeting Brodik You may find a new building in the South District on the first day of Autumn in the form of a small shack. When you go to the door, you will see a message as follows: Brodik If you have no business, go away. If you have business, go away. It is only on the 2nd day of Autumn that you actually will be able to meet Brodik. You will find him standing outside his house near the path in the morning. His portrait initially will be that of 'Irritating Guy', who then becomes 'Loud Guy' and finally 'Brodik' as he unleashes an incomprehensible stream of hostility upon you. Irritating Guy: That hair… Those eyes… So this is where you were… And you're living here as if nothing ever happened! My choices now: Um, who are you? Long time no see. If you choose : Long time no see! Irritating Guy (with thunder and cross hurt): … What do you mean long time?! I have never met you before! Hey, Weber… Wait, you must be going by another name now… Brodik: You! What is your name? Me: My name is Freyr. Nice to meet you.

Brodik: I see. So that is what you call yourself here. Heh heh heh… Very well. I, Brodik, will be the one to chase you out of this village! I'm going to kick you out of this town by doing whatever it takes! You got that?! Hahaha! After: Brodik: Hey. Going to go torture monster again? I hear that, during a mission in the past, you said that you wanted to hide out in the countryside and run a farm. And it's called the Asgard Farm? I never thought that you would really start one up… Heh heh heh… Are you sure you want to keep it as Asgard Farm? That name of your farm isn't witty at all! At least do something about it to make it harder for people to find out! Hahaha! If you choose: Um, who are you? You will not experience the initial 'thunder and cross hurt' response but the Event will continue nonetheless in the same way, beginning with the following: Loud Guy: Hey, Weber… Wait, you must be going by another name now. Brodik: I see. So that is what you call yourself here. Heh heh heh… Very well. I, Brodik, will be the one to chase you out of this village! I'm going to kick you out of this town by doing whatever it takes! You got that?! Hahaha! His Portrait and description now will be added to the Relations page of your Farm Menu. On the night of 3 Autumn, when you prepare to crawl into bed, you will hear a series of heavy knocks on your farmhouse door. If you go outside, you will see a man running across the bridge towards the South District. Could it be your new enemy? On the Holiday, Brodik stands across the path to the left of your house. You can challenge him about his late night visitation. Freyr: Brodik, did you want something? Brodik: Heh heh heh… What are you talking about? I have business with you! Freyr: But weren't you knocking on my door? Brodik: I did no such thing! You won't be able to chase me out like that! Hahaha! When you speak to him, he may give a hint of his plans: Brodik: Heh heh heh! How long are you going to stay here…? Just get out! Listen. I will definitely chase you out of here before the snow starts falling! Be prepared for that! Incidentally, it is not a bad idea to give Brodik gifts whenever you find him. He will give you 1G in return, a paltry sum, but it will raise his Friendship Level, despite his nasty remarks. Birthdays of Eligible Girls in 1st Week of Autumn Mist's Birthday is the 1st day of Autumn and Selphy's Birthday follows on the 3rd. In the first year, you are unlikely to have an Emery Flower to give to Mist, but as always, she will be thrilled with the gift of one of her beloved Turnips. A Rice Ball will be well-received by Selphy on 3 Autumn. Better Equipment Choices The greatest success in Rune Factory is based on being able to keep different

options in mind at all times. Whenever you forge a weapon, be aware of the materials you will need in the future to forge a better weapon. Whenever you forge an Accessory, be aware of the materials needed to forge an Accessory that offers even better protection than the one you are making. There are a number of Accessories in Rune Factory Frontier that are designed to give your character the appearance of a Monster. There are both Cats Ears and a Cat Tail. There are Rabbit Ears, an Elephant Mask and a Whale Hat. In fact, the Cat Tail is a favourite of Kross who will speak of it with longing. Freyr: Aren't you scared of monsters? Kross: I'm not scared. I'm actually fond of the monsters. They never lie to humans. Heh… I would like to live a free life like a monster. What do monsters have that humans don't…? … Tails. If only I had the 'Cat Tail', would I become like a monster? Some of the materials required for the Cat Tail will not be available at the start, but all the ingredients for the Cats Ears are available early in the game. The only special requirement is that of having a Maestro Forge as there are five ingredients in this Accessory. The Cats Ears at Level 1 will give you 40 DEF and 50 MAG, making it more effective than the Feathered Hat. If you can hit the green as you create it, you can create a Level 2 Cats Ears that will provide 44 DEF and 50 MAG. that the Level of the final product ordinarily will be equal to that of the ingredient with the lowest Level. If you manage to hit the gauge in the green, the final product will be one Level higher than the ingredient with the lowest Level. It is a good idea to store the War Trophies and items with the highest levels in anticipation of being able to use them one day to create an item with a high Level. In this context, you may find that items requiring only two ingredients when made with high Level ingredients will be more powerful than 'superior' items at Level 1. For example, although a Level 1 Silver Ring provides ATK 10, DEF 20 and MAG 30 at Level 1, at Level 9, the Silver Ring provides ATK 10, DEF 52 and MAG 30. The fact that the Silver Ring gives both Attack and Defence power makes it a rather good choice for Arms EQ, especially at Level 8! As you need only a piece of Silver and 1 Insect Hide to create a Silver Ring, it is not that difficult to find high level ingredients for it. that you need only two Level 8 ingredients to create a Level 9 item if you can hit the gauge in the green. Anette and the Monsters in Autumn One day this week, if you look for Anette at 6.45 a.m. as usual, you may find her again at the side of the road struggling to recover from an ordeal. Freyr: You were being chased around again, Anette? Anette: yeah… It's so annoying. The other mailmen don't get chased. Why only me? After this, she will ask you to allow her to rest and recover as on the previous occasion. Note that these Events will not occur if you do not speak to Anette regularly at 6.45 a.m. when she comes to your house to deliver the post. These events will continue to occur periodically until you solve the problem.

Autumn Harvests in the 1st Week If you planted Autumn Crop seeds on 30 Summer, with your Homestead in a state of Prosperity due to balanced Runeys in large numbers, you should have your first harvests of Yams, Spinach and Carrots by 6 Autumn. Green Peppers and Eggplants should follow in another day or so. Cooking Lesson from

Eunice

There are a number of little Events in Rune Factory Frontier that will increase your Character's Skill Levels or even his Friendship Level with Monsters. These are associated with the Constellations that you can 'find' in the sky. Each Constellation is connected to a specific Eligible Girl. The Cooking Lesson from Eunice is a little Event that increases your character's Cooking Skill and can be experienced after you find the Broom Constellation in Autumn . Simply speak to her to initiate the dialogue. Eunice: Heehee! Me: Eunice, you sound happy. Eunice: Can you tell? I received some fresh carrots from Rosetta this morning. Me: Oh…? That's rare for this season. Eunice: I'll make some stew with this today. Carrots taste great when they have their edges removed and are cut into bite-size pieces before being stewed. Try it the next time you cook. Me: So I have to remove the edges? All right. Freyr's cooking skill went up! Selphy's Novel After Selphy speaks of her intention to write a book herself, she will announce that her book has been completed. Selphy: Do you how I said I'd start writing a book? Freyr: Yes, I . Selphy: I finally finished the other day. I'm having Lara read it since she ed by. I can't wait to hear what she thinks of it. A week or fortnight later, Individuals will begin to speak of a mystery novel they have read recently. Lara: Recently, a certain mystery novel is very popular. The little sister of the detective in the book is adorable… Cinnamon: I borrowed a mystery novel from Candy. Me: Was it good? Cinnamon: … It was okay. Uzuki: I am engrossed with this novel of crime right now… I have never read about these sorts of stories so it seems most interesting… Eunice: A certain mystery novel is popular among the girls in the village. It's so good that I end up going to bed really late. Mist: A mystery novel is very popular among the girls in the village right now. I tried to read it, but it put me to sleep… You know, just talking about books makes me … Zzz… Anette: I read that mystery novel, too. But I'm only reading it bit by bit so I can't make good progress. I can't wait to see what happens! Speak to Selphy to initiate a confession.

Freyr: There's been some mystery novel that's very popular recently. Selphy: Oh, that… I'm actually surprised that something I did is so popular. Freyr: So that means… Selphy: Yup. I'm the one that wrote it. Freyr: That's amazing, Selphy! Selphy: I'm not that good! The Rune Tree The gates at the northeast end of the Whale's Fin lead to more than one area. When you have gone through the Whale's Flank, you will find a steep mountain that winds round a giant Tree. At the top of the Tree, you will see a Rune that resembles a miniature Sun. Your character will comment upon it. You must climb the mountain in order to reach the Whale's Drain and the castle beyond it. Large 'fruits' will drop from the Tree periodically to roll like balls in a slot down the narrow paths to the foot of the Tree. They can cause great damage both to you and any Monster Ally if you remain in their path. Another Plea for Help from the Whale After you view the Tree and its Rune, the next time you climb the Beanstalk from the Church District to Whale Island, the Whale will speak to you again. Whale: Freyr… Freyr: Mr. Whale…? Whale: Yes… Freyr, hurry… The Rune within me is dissipating at an alarming rate. If this continues, I will no longer be able to swim through the skies… Freyr: Okay, I'll be as quick as I can! Whale: I'm counting on you, Freyr… Freyr: (First I'll go check out how that gigantic Rune is doing.) You now need to travel through the Whale's Fin and Flank to the area with the Rune Tree in order to view it. When you arrive there, you will experience a little Event. Freyr: …!! What In the…! You will notice that the size of the Rune at the top of the Great Tree has diminished. Freyr: It's so much smaller than when I saw it last time… Note that although the Whale behaves in a desperate fashion, impreson your character the need for great haste in vanquishing the power that is responsible for these changes, you actually can take whatever time you need in the game to perform the task. You do not have any specific deadline as, despite all evidence to the contrary, Whale Island will not crash into the land to destroy Trampoli… You now need to speak to Kanno to relate these matters to him and ask for guidance. Freyr: Kanno, the Rune in the whale Island's tail shrunk. Kanno: What?! Are you certain about that? Whale Island stays afloat by the power of that Rune. If the Rune continues to decay, the island will fall and crush the village! Freyr: Is there anything we can do? Anything at all?! Kanno: Hm… The big Rune is made up of gathered Spirit energy, just like the smaller ones. Perhaps the Rune is shrinking in size because those Spirits have gone somewhere. We must first find out where exactly the Spirits have gone. Then we can come up with a plan. Do you know of any other places where

Runes have gathered like in Whale Island? Freyr: No… I can't say that I do… Kanno: Is that so… In that case, let me know if you find a place like that. I will also look into this on my side. I'll ask Candy to help as well. Freyr: Okay! I'll start looking for a place where a lot of Runes gather! In case you are disposed to ignore the signs of impending doom, you will experience an Event in the middle of the night after you have spoken to Kanno. Another Desperate Message After speaking to Kanno about the Rune at the top of the Great Tree and its diminishment, you will overhear a 'conversation' between three Voices after going to bed as follows: In the night: Voice 1: This isn't good! Even the readings of the Basic Experimental Facility are dropping fast! The readings of the Cryogenic Facility are below critical! Release the Runes from the backup units! Voice 2: We already are! The readings are still dropping! At this rate… Voice 3: …?! Don't look at me like that. There is nothing to worry about. Just be the innocent self you always have been. If you don't… Why in the world are the Runes diminishing for no apparent reason?! At this rate, this plot of land will die, and people will no longer be able to live here… No, this is bigger than that. If this phenomenon spreads, Runes will completely disappear from the world… When that happens… Fish for Eunice After the Event with Eunice that raises your Cooking Skills, you should receive a letter from Eunice requesting a favour: A favour… I am writing to you because I have a favour to ask of you. I want to serve fresh fish to the customers for dinner tonight, and I was hoping perhaps you could provide me with some fish? Eunice Do not make the mistake of giving a Fish directly to Eunice as she will tell you that she really does not like Fish at all. Instead, you need to give the Fish to Anette when she is performing her rounds as mail carrier. She will recognise it instantly as a Request Item and perform the delivery to Eunice on your behalf. You then will receive a letter of thanks from Eunice. Bianca and Tabatha in Autumn If the Lost Monster became Bianca's Pet 'Francoise' before the end of Summer, you can experience an Event with Bianca in her Monster Chamber in the Mansion. Go there to find her brushing Francoise. She will announce that she and Tabatha both will stay in Trampoli as Francoise cannot survive anywhere else. You will receive a letter from Tabatha afterwards announcing their transition to permanent 'official residents' of Trampoli. Walkthrough: 2nd Week of Autumn

Harvest Festival The Harvest Festival occurs on 13 Autumn, but in the first year, it will not be an established Festival for the entire village of Trampoli yet. The Eligible Girls nonetheless will expect the gift of a Vegetable from you. Yams usually are the most plentiful and least valuable autumn crop for this purpose. When you give Tabatha a Crop, she will give you Spinach in return but in most cases, you will receive nothing more than an expression of thanks and boost in Friendship/Love. In some cases, the Eligible Girl will respond with a slightly negative reply, but will accept the gift nonetheless. Do not let any negative responses deter you… Friendship Levels will increase with the gift. After all, on a day like this, it really is 'the thought that counts'. Yams or other Crops given to ordinary villagers do not appear to be recognised as Harvest Festival gifts in Rune Factory Frontier in the first year. You can give them if you like, but they will elicit the same response as if given on any ordinary day. In the 2nd Year, things will be very different and you actually will receive some gifts in return from ordinary villagers. In the 1st Year, your crop gifts only will be recognized by Eligible Girls. Some girls receive a higher boost in Friendship and/or Love than others. Defeating the Boss Monster of the Lava Ruins By the middle of Autumn, your experience Level should be high enough to defeat the Boss Monster of the Lava Ruins. In fact, the most difficult aspect of the Lava Ruins is solving the maze, especially with respect to the 4th and 5th floors. Finding the door that you need to open from the other side in order to create a shortcut via the stairway in the southeast corner is particularly difficult in of the 4th and 5th Floors. You actually need to unlock only the door on the 6th floor in order to be able to access the Boss instantly without being obliged to use Catapults and Round Giant Boulders each time to clear your path. When you have unlocked the door on the 6th floor, make certain that you forge an Ice Hammer before you return to enter the Boss Monster's Lair. Ice Hammer: 620G ATK 56, REQ SKL 26, SP ATK 1, RP Use 13, FX Stun Attack 24%, Water Attack +10 Other items that will be of great use are: Sakura: 890G ATK 41, REQ SKL 38, SP ATK 2, RP Use 8, FX HP Absorption, Poison Attack 50% As you can see, the Sakura offers a chance for you to drain Enemy HP, giving you an HP boost each time it does. E. Drink S: 280G HP 105, RP 0, FX 0 Ice Cream: 260G HP 10, RP 125, FX 120 sec. Water Attack +10, Water Resistance +20 As you can see, Ice Cream offers 10 points of Water Attack, very useful against Fire Elementals.

The Boss Monster of the Lava Ruins actually is accompanied by a number of minions who will attack you before he ever appears. Defeating each 'wave' of Enemies will not deplete the Boss Monster's HP at all. You must defeat each wave, however, if you ever wish to MEET the Boss! The first wave consists of a number of Fire Hornets. They will sting you with darts. Stay mounted on your Silver Wolf Monster Ally for these attacks. They will harm your Monster Ally very little and you will be able to defeat them without using either HP or RP. As each Enemy is defeated, it will be transformed into fire. The fire will remain on the ground until the next wave appears. If you choose to fight at your Monster's side instead, I would recommend that you equip Sakura or the Luck Blade instead of the Ice Hammer. The Ice Hammer is slow and uses too much RP to be of use against multiple weak enemies such as these. With Sakura, you can absorb your Enemies' HP in your Attacks although it will cost a great deal in RP as well. The Luck Blade uses the least amoung of RP. The next wave consists of 4 Fire Panthers. Again, the easiest way to defeat them is by remaining mounted and using your Silver Wolf's Special Attack but if you choose to fight unmounted, use the Luck Blade or Sakura again. The 3rd wave consists of two Fire Trolls. They are monstrous creatures but, like all Trolls, rather slow. Make certain that you do not get caught between them. You can remain mounted for this as well. When the two Fire Trolls are defeated, you will encounter the 4th wave of Monsters in the form of a number of Fire Slimes. Like all of the Slime family, they have the power to inflict Poison so make certain that you use Antidotes when necessary to heal yourself and your Monster Ally. It is during this wave that your Monster Ally will be at risk finally. You may lose him in fact. With all of these waves of lesser enemies, it is best NOT to use the Ice Hammer. Use Sakura or your Luck Blade. As previously stated, the Ice Hammer is slow and uses too much RP to be wasted on lesser Enemies. Furthermore, you will have two Special Attacks with the Luck Blade or Sakura as opposed to a single Special Attack with the Ice Hammer. Once you have defeated all the Fire Slimes, the fire remnants will morph into the true Boss Enemy, a Giant Fire Slime. At this point in the battle, you should equip your Ice Hammer. This Monster has a number of Fire Attacks, not surprisingly. You may need to restore your HP with E. Drinks S. Now is the time to consume Ice Cream as well in order to augment your Attacks. Use the Ice Hammer. The most dangerous attack of the Giant Fire Slime is his third mode of Attack, when he will rise above the ground, then attempt to crush you beneath him. If you can avoid this, you should be able to remain standing. You can weather his first and second modes of attack and indeed, if you have sufficient energy, can counterattack during those attacks. Make certain that you watch your Energy gauges and replenish HP and RP as necessary, using items that increase total HP, boost Attack and Defence and finally, offer Water Attack. When the Giant Fire Slime is defeated, he will drop a number of War Trophies. Two are guaranteed: a Relic and a Red Core.

The Relic is the 'key' to unlock the Snow Ruins. The Red Core can be used in forging. Other items that the Giant Fire Slime will drop include Gold, a Gem and Cooking Items such as Curry Powder and Cooking Oil. The latter are items that are associated with heat and fire! Unlocking the Snow Ruins With the Relic won from the Giant Fire Slime in your Rucksack, go to the Churchyard to the right of the Rune Archives to study the stone Altar there. Your character as always will remark: This stone tablet looks… suspicious. If you attempted to use any Rune Stone here previously, your character would say to himself: I think something can fit inside this dent… If you now equip the Relic in your hands and press 'A' in front of the Altar, you will have a new choice: Jam in 'Relic' Do nothing. Choose 'Jam in Relic'. When you do, you will see a prompt to the effect that you: Jammed in Relic! Now the Stone Altar will slide to the left, uncovering a square entrance to an underground age. Freyr: There's an entrance to the ruins here! You will see a declaration now: The Snow Ruins are now open! Descend and as soon as you begin to walk deeper into the Ruins, you will experience an Event. Freyr: …! What is that?! You will see what resembles a dark star, a pulsing black ball in the centre of a stone chamber. Freyr: A Dark Rune? Something's not right here. I should be careful hereon out. The Snow Ruins is ruled by Winter, as its name suggests. Autumn Crops can be grown here, however. You will find Mushrooms in the tillable plots as well as Coloured Wild Grasses. Tip for Obtaining Gold You will find Gold in the Snow Ruins but there is a very easy source of Gold in the Lava Ruins on the 6th floor. In the antechamber in front of the door that leads to the Boss Monster and his minions, you will find three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores. You usually will find at least one Gold here and sometimes even two. Once you have defeated the Giant Fire Slime in the Lava Ruins, you will find a circle portal that leads from the entrance of the dungeon directly to the 6th floor, much like the one that appeared in the Green Ruins after the 1st encounter with the Giant Clucky. Two urns to the right of the door that leads to the Boss Monster and Minions can be smashed for items. One usually contains Ketchup, an item that ships for over 700 Gold. that each time you leave a dungeon and re-enter it, all Crates and Rocks will respawn. With either the 'circle portal' shortcut or access to the 6th floor via the stairway in the southeast, you will have an almost infinite supply of Gold… and Ketchup!

There may be a glitch that will not allow the White Urns or cluster of Rocks on the 6th Floor to appear until you have created the Circle Portal here by confronting the Boss for the first time. Note that the results ALWAYS are RANDOM, however, when you smash any Rock or Crate or open any Treasure Chest anywhere. There appears to be a 'short list' of items that are loaded randomly into any Rock, Crate or Treasure Chest, however. The configuration of the three Rocks as well as the items inside them change each time you re-enter the Dungeon. You may be unfortunate enough to obtain Scrap Iron in all three Rocks but it is as likely that one or more will contain Gold. Gems can be obtained here as well in lieu of the Gold. In of the two Urns, the 'short list' of possible items includes the following: Ketchup, Thick Stick, Mushroom, Energy Drink and the ubiquitous Copper. Preparing for the Snow Ruins Rune Factory is Harvest Moon plus traditional RPG which means that Cooking and Forging are important not only where Energy Recovery is concerned but in order to increase your Attack and Defence powers in the various Caves/Dungeons. In any Rune Factory game, including Rune Factory Frontier, each Cave/Dungeon is ruled by a specific season. Each season is associated with a specific element. Spring is Wind, Summer is Fire, Autumn is Earth and Winter is Water/Ice. If there is any doubt in a player's mind as to the veracity of this, he/she need only confront the Boss Monster of the Cave/Dungeon to see how much Elemental Power affects the nature of that Monster. Following the Seasons in natural order, you will find that each Cave/Dungeon tends to produce more powerful Monsters. In other words, the Monsters in the Snow Ruins are far more powerful than those in the Green Ruins. Fortunately, there is a logic in this that affects other components in the game. The more powerful Monsters tend to supply War Trophies that can be used to create better weapons. The Lava Ruins, unlocked after the Green Ruins, is a place where one can find Gold instead of the Silver found in the Green Ruins. In general, Gold is required in Recipes for Tools, Weapons and Equipment that is superior to those in which you will find Silver as an ingredient. Knowing your Dungeons/Caves and how to deal with Elemental power is the key to success in any RPG and therefore in Rune Factory as well. Ganesha will inform you that: 'The Snow Ruins, as the name suggests, has monsters that are resistant to cold. But they're also weak towards heat, so adjust your equipment that way to prevent needless damage to yourself.' In other words, equip items that either offer Ice/Water Resistance or Fire Attack. Destroying Barriers and Devices in the Snow Ruins An important consideration when choosing a Weapon for the Snow Ruins are a number of inanimate barriers and devices that you will find throughout the dungeon. The first of these is a barrier in the form of ice crystals. A simple Hammer

will destroy this. It need not be an elemental Hammer or any type of combat Hammer. Your farm tool will suffice. The reason why a farm tool may be preferable to any combat Hammer or other weapon is RP Use required to wield it. Any farm tool requires far less RP ordinarily than any Weapon. The second device found throughout the Snow Ruins consists of an 'eye' generator that sends out puffs of damaging ice. If you move close to the 'eye', you can smash it or destroy it with any weapon, tool or even Monster Ally attack but you will suffer damage in the process. Look for a low metal arch on the same screen as the 'Eye Generator. It may be next to it or it may be in a different location entirely. Destroying the metal arch will destroy the 'Eye' Generator and you will suffer no damage from proximity with the arch. An elemental Fire Weapon is best for this task. Using an ordinary Hammer will prove inadequate for this. The third device found in the lower levels of the Snow Ruins is a cannon. The heart of this device is a metal arch similar to those connected to the 'eye' generators. As with the 'eye' generators, the best strategy is that of destroying the arch as you will suffer no damage. You can attack the cannon directly and it is easier to do so without suffering damage than to attack any 'eye' generator, as the cannon faces only in one direction at any given moment, but it will swing to face you quickly. One more device in the Snow Ruins requires a simple farm tool in the form of a Hoe. Like the huge round boulders in the Lava Ruins, you will find similar boulders in the Snow Ruins that act both as barriers and a means of smashing debris to allow you to . Be careful not to stand in the path of these boulders once you have liberated them! Upgrades that use Gold Gold will be an incredible aid in preparing for the Snow Ruins and the higher areas of Whale Island beyond the Whale's Fin. Once you have a regular supply of Gold, you should study your Recipe Books to find Weapons and Equipment that use Gold as an ingredient. You will discover that many of the best Weapons you had can be used as ingredients, with Gold, to create a better Weapon of the same time. For example, your Windsword can be upgraded to an Aerial Blade. Your Aquasword can be transformed into an Icifier. Aerial Blade: 1570G ATK 63, REQ SKL 52, SP ATK 3, RP Use 21, FX Wind Attack +10, Seal Attack 100% Icifier: 1570G ATK 71, REQ SKL 54, SP ATK 3, RP Use 24, FX Water Attrack +10, Paralysis Attack 100% The Icifier will be a liability rather than an asset in the Snow Ruins but you can use it to advantage in the Lava Ruins. With Gold in your inventory, you can make a Gold Ring to supercede your old Silver Ring. A Gold Ring can be used as an ingredient to create other Rings as well as being worn. Better even than a Gold Ring, however, is an Au Bracelet. This requires 3 Gold and a Cheap Band but gives the following: Au Bracelet: 560G Arms EQ, ATK 15, DEF 60, MAG 50 Ingredients: Cheap Band, Gold x 3 Note that the Level of the Au Bracelet you create determines the number of

Defence points you will gain. A Level 5 Au Bracelet has a value of DEF 76 as opposed to DEF 60. The level of the Gold found in the rocks on the sixth floor of the Lava Ruins is random. You can continue to re-enter the dungeon and smash rocks until you obtain 3 Level 5 or Level 6 Gold. You then need to make a Level 5 or Level 6 Cheap Band in order to have all ingredients for the Au Bracelet at Level 5 or Level 6 to create the same level of Au Bracelet. Unless your Skill Levels at the Craft Bench are very high, it is unlikely that you will be able to boost the level of the final product with a 'perfect' crafting. In any situation at the Forge or Craft Bench, you need to be no more than 20 levels below the required skill Level in order to be able to create the item. For example, the Headdress has a Skill Level Requirement of 70. Until you reach Skill Level 50, you will be unable to even attempt the project. Other upgrades that can be performed once you have access to Gold are upgrades to all your Farm Tools. Possibly the most important of these is the your Watering Can from Lion Can to Rainbow Can. The Rainbow Can allows you to water 25 squares at a time and holds a total of 21 uses. Depending on the amount of exploration and fighting that your character previously accomplished in the higher areas of Whale Island, you may have items such as the 'Fair Hide' and the 'Magic Talon' in your inventory. If not, however, the Snow Ruins offers easy access to monsters who drop these War Trophies. A Fair Hide can be used to create a Stylish Hat, an item of Head Gear offering better protection than the Cats Ears. Stylish Hat: 1890G ATK 0, DEF 55, MAG 60 Ingredients: Feathered Hat, Toy Herb, Fair Hide, Quality Cloth When you obtain a Magic Talon, you can create the Headdress. Headdress: 1580G ATK 0, DEF 85, MAG 80, FX Element Attack +10, Element Defence +10 Ingredients: Katusha, Quality Cloth, Charm Blue, Moondrop, Yarn Ball, Magic Talon Note that the Headdress requires a Charm Blue, an Autumn flower. By the middle of Autumn, you should have both Charm Blue and the necessary Skill Level to create a Headdress. Skill Level Requirement for this piece of Head Gear is 70. If you lack necessary experience for advanced Accessories, you can make Hand-Knit Hats from your Wool and Yarn until you raise your levels. You should have ample supplies of these in your Storage from your Woolies and their cousins by the middle of Autumn. Make as many upgrades as possible to Weapons and Equipment as well as preparing Cooked Dishes that either give protection from Ice/Water Attacks or contain Fire Attack power before you begin to explore the Snow Ruins in earnest. If you have unlocked the Snow Ruins in Autumn, you should have a large supply of Eggplants on hand. An Eggplant Grill offers Fire Attack as well as boosting general Defence as follows: Eggplant Grill: 310G HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Defence +30, Fire Attack +10

Effects of wearing a Wristwatch In Rune Factory Frontier, a Wristwatch is an item of Arms Equipment. In a game with a plot that is centred on a Clock Tower, it is apt that the Wristwatch should be an excellent Accessory. It has a Level 70 Skill Level Requirement and requires Platinum, but if you have both the necessary Skill and the ingredients, you should create and equip one as quickly as possible. It may offer a higher Critical Attack rate as well according to its description. Wristwatch; 590G Skill Level 70 ATK 25, DEF 80, MAG 60, FX Stun Defence, Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Platinum, Gold, Silver, Monster Hide, Solid Point An item that keeps time. People who are punctual are also accurate with attacks! Elemental Capes Another upgrade in equipment can occur only when you have obtained Quality Fur. There are Monsters in the higher areas of Whale Island that drop this item, but easier access to this ingredient may exist at the Snow Ruins. The 'Mamoo', a cousin of the Elefun, gives Quality Fur as a War Trophy. With this item, you will be able to create the Elemental Capes. Wind Cape: 1050G Skill Level 54 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Wind Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Wind Crystal, Moondrop Fire Cape: 1050G Skill Level 59 Torso EQ. ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Fire Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Rue, Fire Crystal, Pink Cat Water Cape: 1570G Skill Level 64 ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, Max HP +25, Water Resistance +30 There are two separate Recipes for the Water Cape. Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Water Crystal, Charm Blue Or: Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Bright Tentacle Earth Cape: 1770G Skill Level 69 ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Earth Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Earth Crystal, Toy Herb Note that, unless you have been able to grow and harvest Flowers of a higher level than the initial Level 1 flowers available from seeds purchased at the Materia Shop, you will not be able to create an Elemental Cape with a higher level than Level 2 by crafting it 'with expertise'. In the first year of the game, it is of little consequence as even a Level 2 Elemental Cape will be far

superior to any Torso Equipment available previously to you. At Level 70, you will be able to create the fabled 'Cat's Tail' beloved of Kross. Its Defensive properties are far less than that of any Elemental Cape, but its Magic is 35 points higher. It furthermore increases your Critical Hit rate. It requires Quality Fur as well. Cat's Tail: 1220G Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 55, MAG 90, FX Max HP +10 An accessory for your posterior. It increases your critical hit rate. *Meow* Ingredients: Wool, Yarn Ball, Quality Fur, Magic Crystal, Pink Cat Little Crystals A Little Crystal is an ingredient in many of the very best Weapons in Rune Factory Frontier but you will not obtain it as a War Trophy from a Monster. In fact, the Little Crystal is found randomly by smashing Rocks or opening Treasure Chests. It is more likely that you will find one using The Hammer, the highest upgrade for your Hammer, than with any lower grade of Hammer. The irony here is that creation of The Hammer requires a Little Crystal! Little Crystals are rare items and you must have patience in order to obtain one. Once you have forged The Hammer, you will be able to find them by smashing rocks in dungeons that previously never gave Little Crystals to you. The best place to search for a Little Crystal perhaps is in the twin chambers in the Tower of Life on Whale Island. Each of these opens only with a Grass Rune Stone and you should create the shortcut by rope before you search these chambers in order to save Rune Stones. When the rope shortcut is in place, you can save your game at home before you journey to the Tower of Life. If you fail to find a Little Crystal in any of the four Treasure Chests in the two chambers, you can reload without saving to try again. The other items that generally are found in these specific Treasure Chests tend to be E. Drink X,, Gold and Elemental Crystals. There are other twin chambers opened by Rune Stones of various types in the other Towers that can yield Little Crystals but this one is the easiest to access once you have the Rope Shortcut in place. Level 8 Little Crystals can be found in the twin chambers in the Tower of Glory but it is a longer journey. The Duck in Mist's Pond The arrival of Ducks at the local Pond is a feature common to many classical Harvest Moon games, including A Wonderful Life. You will find fierce Duck Monsters in the Lava Ruins but there is a Duck who will appear in the Pond next to Mist's house. The first evidence of this creature's presence is a rustling noise. Mist will comment upon it frequently. You may notice the sound yourself. Mist: Recently, I hear a lot of rustling around my house. Maybe some monster I saved by the beach came back to repay my good deed? But I've never saved any kind of monster at the beach before… When you speak to Mist one day after this, she will tell you: Mist: Did I mention the rustling around my house? It turns out a duck has moved into the lake near my garden.

Freyr: Duck? Aren't Ducks monsters? It's dangerous! Mist: It seems pretty tame so it should be all right. It waddles around with its short feet and looks so cute. It became even more friendly when I started feeding it. When next you visit the Pond, you will see a Duck disporting in the water. Speak to Candy when she and Marco are standing next to the Pond to discover the Duck's name. Candy: Grimore is so cute. Freyr: Grimore?! Candy: Yup. That's the duck's name. Marco named it. Marco: Doesn't that sound cool? It'll eventually grow into a huge monster and tear apart the town! Candy (with thunder and cross hurt): Grimore would never do that! It's a good monster! Could this be an oblique reference to the Grimoire in previous Rune Factory games? Later the Duck will gain a companion and even have a child. Walkthrough: 2nd Half of Autumn

Ganesha's Request for Iron You should receive a letter from Ganesha on or near the 17th of Autumn requesting a piece of Iron. Give the Iron to Anette to complete the Request. As your forging Skills increase and you defeat the Bosses of the Dungeons you have unlocked, more items will become available at the Damascus Forge. The Weapons will be those that can be made easily at your own Forge. A Battle Axe and Battle Hammer will be offered as well as a Scimitar. More important than these by far are the Elemental Crystals of higher levels that she will sell. She first will sell Level 3 Elemental Crystals as well as her initial Level 1 selection. She then will add Level 5 Elemental Crystals to her Menu. Letters from Kanno about the Snow Ruins Each time you unlock a new Dungeon, Kanno will write a letter to you about it. The text of all Letters is included in my Characters Guide. Brodik's Malice and Revenge A week or so after Brodik's appearance in Trampoli, speak to Rosetta to discover a very odd occurrence. Evidently, one day without your knowledge, some one filled your Shipping Container with Rocks instead. This incident should occur before the day of the Harvest Festival. Rosetta: Freyr! What's going on? Freyr: W-what? Rosetta: The other day, I looked inside your shipping box and it was filled with nothing but rocks! You know how much trouble it was to get it all out?

Freyr: What?! I don't know anything about that! Rosetta: Don't ever do it again! When you speak to Brodik after this conversation, he will mock you as follows: Brodik: You stuffed your shipping box full of rocks! What a jerk! The other day, I looked inside your shipping box and it was filled with nothing but rocks! Then: Brodik: How can you put rocks in the shipping box? Even I would never think of that! You're a horrible, horrible guy! N.B. Although I did not notice any loss of income, I am not certain whether or not the actual items that you placed in your Shipping Container will be lost or not. You have about a week now until Brodik unleashes a more substantial form of malice against you. On or near the next Holiday, on 19 Autumn, when you step outside after awakening, your carefully-tended Field will be in ruins. Freyr: Whoa! This is… You will be treated to a full view of your Field now in a horrid state. My own Field had been fully tilled and each square was planted with Autumn Crops or Grass for Fodder. On the morning when Brodik wrecked the Field, at least a dozen large Boulders and Stumps had appeared with many other smaller rocks, branches and weeds. It took two days to repair all the damage he had caused. When you encounter Brodik again, he will mock you further: Brodik: What is this? You can't even take care of your own fields? You don't deserve to be in this village! Get out of here! Get out of here now! Then: Brodik: If you can't even keep your fields clean, there's no point in you staying in the village! Get out! Get out now! This by no means marks the end of Brodik's campaign of abuse. Rosetta's Birthday Rosetta's Birthday is on the 21st Day of Autumn. Roasted Yam is her Most Favourite gift, but Hot Milk will do quite well. Make certain that you do not give her cold Milk, however. She dislikes that! Rosetta: (Thank you!) Thanks! You're really considerate for getting me Roasted Yam for my birthday. Coming of Age Festival The Coming of Age Festival is marked by a Treasure Hunt. Participants gather at the Public Square at 9.00 a.m. Stella is in charge of the Event. Danny is one of the participants but the others may vary. The object of the Treasure Hunt is a Golden Turnip. Stella will warn you both against cheating and against the 'false' items that are placed in various locations. Stella: We have a customary event on the Coming of Age Day, where we go treasure hunting. Wanna ? Your options: Of course. I'll .

Stella: I see. Wanna hear the rules then? Your options: Yes, please. I'm all right. The rules are simple. Find Item Golden Turnip from somewhere in town, and bring it to me. I've also placed some wrong items, so be sure not to bring those to me. The first person to bring it to the Public Square wins. Also… listen. Today is the Coming of Age Day. Which means I won't allow any childish behaviour such as cheating, all right? If you've found Golden Turnip, bring it here to me before the sun sets. Don't be late. You got that? Shall I explain the rules one more time? Then begin your search for the treasure of the coming of Age Day! Danny is one of the participants but the others may vary. The object of the Treasure Hunt is a Golden Turnip. There is one item in each District. The locations of the items include the following: 1. The little trail behind the Inn; 2. The Conservatory area on the Mountain Road; 3. A spot behind the sign that is next to Mist's Pond; 4. A spot to the right of Kross' house; 5. A spot to the right of the Changing Room. 6. A spot behind your Farmhouse on the western side of the Homestead. 7. Lake Poli, to the right of the main dock. 'False' items are other Crops that may include ordinary Turnips and Carrots. There usually is one character who either cheats or believes he/she has won. In some cases, it is Danny who will offer a genuine Golden Turnip, but one that he ordered to be delivered to his shop. In another situation, it may be Uzuki who will offer Stella a Golden Pumpkin believing it to be the Golden Turnip. In any case, if you search all seven locations, you will find two ordinary Crops, usually Carrot, 4 ordinary Turnips and one Golden Turnip. As soon as you find the Golden Turnip, you should take it to Stella if you wish to win the contest. The ordinary Crops will remain in place throughout the evening and you can collect them later at your own leisure. If you choose to give the Golden Turnip to Stella, you should win 1st Prize in the form of an Accessory. It is randomly selected, and may be Cats Ears or a Straw Hat or something else of a comparable value. By the end of Autumn, you should be able to forge better Accessories than any of those won in the Contest. You therefore may wish to take the Golden Turnip home instead, to convert it into seeds in order to be able to plant, ship and use Golden Turnips in Recipes. In the 2nd Year, you should have sufficient Gold Turnips in storage and in the dungeons to give the Golden Turnip you find to Stella for the prize. If you choose to give the Golden Turnip to Stella, you should win 1st Prize in the form of an Accessory. It is randomly selected, and may be Cats Ears or a Straw Hat or something else of a comparable value. By the end of Autumn, you should be able to forge better Accessories than any of those won in the Contest. You therefore may wish to take the Golden Turnip home instead, to convert it into seeds in order to be able to plant, ship and use Golden Turnips in Recipes. In the 2nd and subsequent years, you will have an option to cheat that can result in a prize in the form of a Toy Sword. Mysterious Squatter

On or near the day of the Coming of Age Festival, if you spoke to her on all previous occasions, you may see the mysterious Girl standing next to Mist's postbox again. This time, when you speak to her, although she still will not introduce herself properly by name, she will point out her temporary home, which in fact is Mist's house. Girl: This served as temporary housing until the church was built. I can't always use the Sleeping Bag. Freyr: Oh… So where is it? Girl: Oh, Freyr. It's right in front of you. Me: Huh…? This? Girl: It's only a makeshift place, but this is my home. I will pray here every day while preparing to build the church. You should come visit sometimes, Freyr. Where is your home, Freyr? Freyr: My home? It's right over there. Girl: Oh, so you were my neighbour! I had always wondered who was there. I didn't notice at all! Oddly enough, Mist, who is standing in her usual Festival location, across the path with Rosetta, appears to be oblivious of the presence of the mysterious squatter. By now, you may have realized that this is the 'ghost' from the past of a pivotal character who still lives in Trampoli. These sightings may be based on your Friendship level with Stella. Exploring the Snow Ruins The barriers in the Snow Ruins consist mainly of large clumps of ice crystals and frozen ice that prevents sliding doors from opening. You can break any of the ice crystal formations with a Silver Hammer or Heat Axe as well as some other Tools and Weapons. You don't even need to charge a Silver Hammer to smash the ice. Where the ice that holds a sliding door in place is concerned, however, the situation is slightly different. The dungeon is filled with round metal generators that appear to have an 'eye' in the centre. They generate puffs of cold air that can cause damage. In fact, there is a little arch near each of the 'eye' Generators that can be smashed without suffering risk of damage. When you destroy the arch, it acts as a detonator, causing the 'eye' Generator to explode. If possible, hit the arch instead of the actual Generator to minimise your own damage. When the 'eye' generator is smashed, the ice in front of any sliding door nearby will vanish, allowing you to use the door. As with Monster Generators, these 'eye' Generators will respawn whenever you re-enter the Dungeon. Platinum can be found randomly in the Snow Ruins on the 2nd floor or anywhere lower. White Grass is found here as well. Monsters who drop the Magic Talon and Fair Hide can be found in the Snow Ruins fairly close to the entrance. Although you can obtain these items from Monsters in areas of Whale Island past the Whale's Flank, it may be easier to obtain them from the Death Stalkers in the Snow Ruins. Another useful new Monster in of items is the Mamoo. The Mamoo is a Monster on the 3rd Floor who resembles the Elefun and who will drop 'Quality Fur' randomly as a War Trophy. 'Quality Fur' is an ingredient in many of the better Accessories. In particular, it is an ingredient in the four Elemental

Capes, Torso Equipment that sures any available previously. Last Week of Autumn As you approach the end of your first Autumn, you should be in a position to begin to purchase the more expensive, rare and slow-growing Crops sold by Rosetta. You should have the Skill Levels necessary to make almost any Weapon or item of Equipment. At this point, however, you will be unable to make the best Equipment simply because an essential ingredient in the form of a rare Crop is unobtainable. There are Crops such as the Emery Flower that require 120 days to mature. 120 days translates to four seasons in Rune Factory. The sooner you can afford to plant these Crops, the better. It is with respect to the slowest-growing Crops that Formulae A, B and C will be valuable assets. In your own Field, a state of Prosperity will speed Crop growth far beyond the advantage any Crop aid could provide, but in the dungeons, Runes take the place of Runeys. Use Formulae A, B or C to speed the growth of the rare Crops to enable you to harvest them earlier. At this point, you should have been able to unlock all the Dungeons and your combat Skills should be high enough to guarantee the acquisition of fairly high level War Trophy items. Although the Level of any item that you obtain by defeating an Enemy, smashing a Crate or Urn or smashing Rocks in Dungeons always is random, you are more likely to obtain a high level item when your own Skill Levels are high. Try to store high level items now rather than shipping them. An item created with high level ingredients can be more effective than a 'superior' item at Level 1. In another section, I used the Silver Ring as an example to demonstrate this. At Level 1, the Silver Ring has ATK 10, DEF 20, MAG 30. At Level 9, the Silver Ring has ATK 10, DEF 52, MAG 30. This means that, at Level 9, the Silver Ring has higher Defence than a Level 1 Gold Ring! Regrettably, the ATK and MAG do not increase, giving a Level 1 Gold Ring the advantage in these areas, but at a point in the game where you either do not have the Crafting Skill or the ingredients necessary to create a Gold Ring, it is to your benefit to create a Level 9 Silver Ring. As described in another section of this Guide, all you need to create a high level Silver Ring is one high level piece of Silver and 1 high level Insect Hide. A Dark Day on 30 Autumn On the last day of Autumn, characters will remark on the darkness that occurs every year on this day. The sun will be hidden from view. It is only when you have completed your appointed task in Rune Factory Frontier in of Mist and the Whale Spirit that the darkness will be lifted. After this occurs, the 30th of Autumn will become a Festival Day entitled Sea Surf Day. Walkthrough: 1st Week of Winter

Strategies for Winter After the 'dark day' of 30 Autumn, you will awaken on 1 Winter to find that your Field is encased in ice. All evidence of tillable land will have disappeared beneath the ice. Your field will be covered by random items, including branches, stumps, rocks, boulders, White Grass and Black Grass. It is the same selection of items that appears after any Severe Storm. Now is the time to collect as much Black Grass and White Grass as possible for use in Recipes. Although White Grass can be found inside urns in the Snow Ruins, you will obtain more from your Fields if you collect these Wild Grasses daily. You cannot farm your Field in Winter but you can continue to plant and harvest Crops in the Dungeons. Fields on Whale Island can be used to plant crops from every season. Spring Crops can be planted in the Green Ruins. Summer Crops can be planted in the Lava Ruins and Autumn Crops can be planted in the Snow Ruins. You should have planted Crops regularly in all Caves even prior to Winter for Rune Points but by Winter, you should have sufficient funds to purchase expensive rare seeds from Iris to plant in each of the Dungeons. Many of the rare Seeds require at least 100 days to mature. The sooner you can plant them, the better, particularly in view of the fact that the most expensive rare Crops are ingredients in Recipes for the very best Weapons you can forge. In many cases, this means that you will not be able to forge the best weapons in Rune Factory Frontier until the middle of the 2nd year at the very earliest. If you do not plant the rare crops until the 1st Winter season, you will be forced to wait until the Winter of the 2nd year or even Spring of the 3rd year to harvest these Crops for use in Recipes. Farming, therefore, is one of the activities for Winter, even though you will be restricted to Fields in Dungeons. Fishing is another important activity in Winter. Erik in fact, concentrates his energy on the creation of Dried Fish in Winter and can be found at the Beach in this season. A section with details about this sideline of his follows. You will find one new fishing location in the form of a hole in the ice in the centre of Lake Poli. Pond Smelt as well as Taimen can be caught here during Winter. Finally, Winter is a season when you will have more free time to explore all the Dungeons. Raise your experience Level in order to be able to confront Dark Iris on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins. Dried Fish at the Beach In Winter, you will find that Erik has a new profession. the Beach after 9.00 a.m. in the morning. He will stand next there. If you give him any variety of Fish, he will make Note that you must initiate the following dialogue before item for you. If you give him a Fish before he offers to will simply view it as a gift!

Look for him

at

to the drying racks Dried Fish for you. he will make the make Dried Fish, he

Erik: Winter is the best time to make Dried Fish! Just bring me some Fish and I'll dry them for you! Give him any Fish and he will say: Erik: You want some Dried Fish? All right. I'll be sure to make some. Come back tomorrow! You can give him only one Fish per day. If you try to give him another, he will say: Hm? I already got the fish from you. If you want Dried Fish, come back tomorrow. Find him at the Beach the next morning and he will say: Erik: There you are, young man! I have already made the Dried Fish! Here! Dark Iris and the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins Ordinarily, when your character reaches the door of the Chamber where a Boss Monster awaits in any dungeon, he will be given an option either to proceed or to turn back. In the case of the door on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins, however, once your character reaches it, the Event will proceed inexorably, forcing him into combat with Dark Iris at the behest of Gelwein. You therefore should make certain that your Skill Levels are adequate, that you have full HP and RP and that your Weapons and Equipment are equal to the task of defeating Dark Iris before you smash the ice enclosing the huge Guardian Monster in front of the 3rd Floor door. Actually, you must press 'A' in front of the door to initiate the Even that leads to your battle with the darker side of Iris. You first will encounter both Mist and Candy after you press 'A' at the door. Freyr: Mist! Candy, too! What are you doing here? It's dangerous! Mist: Sorry… It's just that I hear a voice from in here asking for help. Candy: A lot of Spirits are inside here. I think the Spirits from Whale Island are in here, too. Freyr: The Spirits…? And the voice that Mist heard is coming from in here, too…? Does that mean there's really something inside? Your character tries to open the door. Freyr: Darn, it won't open. Mist: It won't open? Mist and I both walk towards the door and it suddenly opens. Mist: It opened… Freyr: Ahaha… Looks like it did… Canday now runs to us. Candy: There are so many spirits in here… They sound so… sad… You will see an enormous black orb in the centre of this chamber. It resembles the vision you saw when you entered the Snow Ruins for the first time, but is far larger as now you are closer to it. Freyr: …!! Whoa… Mist: Oh my… Candy: Wow… Now you hear the singing voice from the Public Square. Mist: Do you… hear something…? Candy: I hear something… A melody… A Spirit Melody?! Some one who resembles Iris now appears in the centre of the pentacle on the floor. The pentacle glows softly. Freyr: Iris…? No, the atmosphere is slightly different… Mist, is the voice

you heard Iris'? Mist: No… I don't think so. The voice I heard was… Freyr: Runes are… gathering… They gathered here and became this giant Rune… Candy: Just like how I sing to talk to the Spirits, that girl's singing must be calling out to them. You have to stop that girl! If all the Spirits gather here, Whale Island will lose its Rune and fall to the ground! You run forward. You now can see that the girl who resembles Iris is dressed in brown rather than white. Freyr: Iris, stop! Why are you doing this?! Iris Noire: I have nothing else… This is all I have… Freyr: What are you talking about?! You're the one that told me you're not lonely anymore! You told me that you'd sing for me someday! A sad melody like that doesn't suit you, Iris! Iris Noire: Who… are you? My melody is… Freyr: It's me! We used to talk on Whale Island, ?! Did you forget?! Iris: I… don't know you… I have nothing… Freyr: Iris! Another voice now heard over the wind… Male Voice: What are you doing?! I never told you to stop singing! Gelwein walks forward. Gelwein: There's no one in this world that would ever befriend a worthless fool like you other than me! You want me to cast you out?! You can't live without me! So do as I say and sing, fool! Freyr: Iris, stop it! Please! Gelwein: Who in the world are you…? You dare enter into this facility without my permission? This is why trash like you… Freyr: You… I saw you before in front of Iris's house… Iris had nothing but good things to say about you. She called you her 'friend'… How could you?! Gelwein: I knew I ed your face from somewhere… You're the one that visits 'Blanche'. Freyr: Blanche…? Gelwein: Haha… Hahahaha! I see! You can't tell apart 'Noire' here and 'Blanche' up on that floating island! Let me tell you something. Noire' here and 'Blanche' up on that floating island are two separate entities. Well… I guess it'd be more accurate to say that they're 'separate entities right now'. Freyr: Wha-What do you… Gelwein: That Iris you met on the floating island is not really Iris. There once was a girl that lived here, who split into two because she wanted some one to talk to. Freyr: You're telling me… Iris… One girl split… into two?! Gelwein: That's right! Iris is the last of a vampire tribe legendary for being those closest to the Spirits in this world. She alone knows the secret art that controls the Spriitis through song. That art is what gripped me! The two Irises continued to sing from above and below the earth. Their powers are the same, since they wre one person to begin with. By going back and forth between the two Irises, the Spirits brought balance upon this world. This is where I devised a plan. I kep the Iris underground singing while stopping the Iris above. Of course, as a result, the spirits began gathering underground around the Iris that continued to sing.

And behold! The fruits of my labour! This giant Dark Rune! Freyr: Stop! If you keep doing this, Whale Island will lose all of its Rune power and fall to the ground! Gelwein: Why should I care?! I will have my revenge on the fools that envied my genius and banished me! Freyr: I can't let you do that! Gelwein: Hmph! You seem to have some skill with a sword, but that won't be enough to defeat me! Freyr: We'll see about that… Gelwein: What a fool! Then why don't you give it a try! Let's see how you stand up to this! Go. Iris! Wipe out these fools that dare interrupt my plan! Freyr: Stand back, both of you!! Mist, I'll leave Candy to your care!! Mist: Okay… Be careful! Defeat of Iris Noire You now will engage in combat with Iris Noire, ed by a series of crystal orbs that ring her along the wall of the chamber. You must destroy each of these Orbs before you will have any hope of defeating her. Her own Energy bar will decrease with each Orb that you destroy. You need not confront the Dark Iris personally at all. Simply race from one Orb generator to the next, avoiding the various Attacks that she unleashes upon you. Once she is bested, Mist and Candy will greet you. Mist: Are you all right? Freyr: I'm fine. How's Iris…? You look towards the pentacle. Freyr: Don't worry. She just fainted. Mist: *phew* That's good… Gelwein's Next Move Gelwein now walks forward to confront you. Gelwein: Freyr, was it…? You worthless piece of… Freyr (sternly): This is the end. Leave this place. If not… Gelwein: …?! Ha… I get it… It's no wonder my awareness-control was broken so easily. Freyr: …? What are you…?! Gelwein: I never imagined there would be some one with a more powerful song than Iris, here, in a place like this! No matter! I still have the upper hand. Iin fact, this is the perfect chance to solidify my plan! Freyr… I must thanks the likes of you! I'll let Iris go, as you wish. She is of no use to me, now that I have the final ingredient in my hands! Hahahaha!! Dialogue by the Rune Experts As previously on another occasion, you will be privy to a conversation that occurs between two different individuals. As before, you will not see the speakers but simply overhear the dialogue. 1st Voice (red): … The diagnostic results are in. As we thought, the reason behind the Rune dissipations was… 2nd Voice (green): I see. A body that endlessly absorbs Runes since birth…

Why did it fail…? Is it sinful for man to create life by his own hands…? But the child has not sinned… I should have been the one to be punished… If we do nothing, all the Runes of the world will be absorbed by this child… … and the world will perish. I must do something. Something… You should be aware by now of the fact that Candy and Cinnamon's parents continue to perform research at the Imperial Magic Academy, the institute where Cinnamon herself studied in the past. Kanno will inform you: Cinnamon and Candy's parents are still doing research at the Imperial Magic Academy. Who are these disembodied Voices? Could the 'child' be Candy herself or is it some one quite different? The Disappearance of Mist You now will find yourself in your bed at your farmhouse. Kanno, Lara, Candy and Iris 'Noire' are near the bed. Freyr: Where am I? Lara: You're in your room, Freyr. Do you hurt anywhere? Freyr. No… I'm fine… You now stand. Freyr: What am I doing here…? Then: Freyr: Oh, no! Iris was being controlled and I… Iris Noire: If you're worried about me, I'm fine… Freyr: Iris! You're back to normal! I'm glad… What were you doing in a place like that? Besides that Gelwein guy… Iris Noire: I'm not the Iris from Whale Island… Freyr: Huh…?! Iris Noire: A long time ago, the Iris that lived in this land became so lonely that she split into the Iris on Whale Island and me. Kanno: Hm… So both Miss Iris of Whale Island and Miss Iris of the underground were singing the Spirit Melody. That is why Runes were in equilibrium, and Whale Island could soar in the sky. However, Miss iris of Whale Island stopped singing while the other Miss Iris continued on due to Gelwein's plots. As a result, all the Runes began gathering underground while the Rune within Whale Island shrunk. Iris Noire: That's my hypothesis anyway. Freyr: Then the danger has ed? Whale Island is safe? I mean, you're here with us and you're not singing. Candy: It's … not that simple… Freyr: What? Why not? Candy: The Spirits are now called below by an even stronger force than before. My song won't reach them… Freyr: How can that be…? Iris isn't singing any more, so… Kanno: There must be a great power we don't know about that is drawing the Spirits to it. Freyr: A great power…? Kanno: I daresay that this has something to do with Miss Mist going missing. Freyr: Mist is… missing?

Lara: She disappeared when that whole fiasco ended, and we can't find her… Freyr: What?! She might still be in that room! We have to go save… Kanno: That room has been sealed by magic and cannot be breached. Freyr: No way… Then Mist is… Iris Noire: I'm so sorry… It's all my fault… Freyr: No, Iris. You were being controlled. You didn't do anything wrong. Besides, I'm sure that Mist is totally fine. So… don't blame yourself like that. Iris Noire: Freyr… Freyr, I want you to take me to where the other Iris is. If both of us work together, we may be able to bring the Spirits back to Whale Island. Magic cannot be used without Runes, so if we bring back the Runes, we may be able to weaken the magic seal on that room. Kanno: Then I'll look into this Gelwein fellow. Lara: Freyr, just don't do anything rash, okay? Reunion of Two Divided Souls You now automatically will journey with Iris Noire to the Tower of Rest at the Whale's Fin and witness the reunion of 'Blanche' and 'Noire'. 1st Iris: I understand what you're trying to do. I never dreamed that Gelwein would do something so… … I'll believe in you. 2nd Iris: We will sing together. If we can bring back the Spirits that went underground, Whale Island won't fall. Freyr: We'll all be counting on you. You now find yourself on your Homestead, walking towards your Farmhouse. It is 10.00 a.m. on the morning after you confronted Iris Noire in the Snow Ruins. If, therefore, you have unfinished business, make certain to complete it BEFORE you initiate the confrontation with Iris Noire. Melody's Wish is Granted Meanwhile, despite the possible upheaval of your entire world, life continues in Trampoli. If you have spoken to all characters regularly, you will be aware of Melody's burning ambition to become a Wizard. Dialogues about it began with her envy of a parlour magician who could pull a bird from a hat, but then progressed to the point where, realising that a real expert lived in Trampoli, Melody could learn true magic from Cinnamon. Cinnamon cannot perform magic at this point in time, but Melody is undeterred. She will announce her determination to ask Cinnamon to teach her magic one last time… Go to the 2nd floor of the Clock Tower before noon one morning to experience a little Event. It is Melody's first Magic Lesson from Cinnamon. She is teaching her magic at last! Cinnamon: I'm teaching Melody some magic right now. Me: Melody, you got Cinnamon to teach you? Melody: That's right! I'm so glad I convinced her! It doesn't matter if she can use magic or not. I live for moments like this! Now I'm really getting into it! Let's do this, Master!

Cinnamon: … Master? Melody: Yeah. I'm your student. And you're my master! Cinnamon: … … Oh. Melody: Looks like Master loves that! Me: Are you sure…? Melody: Of course! Right, Master? Cinnamon (blushing): … Sure. Rescue of Mist Although the discovery of Melody's happiness is important, the rescue of Mist must be at the centre of your thoughts now. Speak to Kanno while you are at the Clock Tower if you did not engage him in dialogue elsewhere. Kanno: We'll be getting very busy! First, we have to find out about Gelwein. When you return to the Snow Ruins, you now will find the usual 'circle portal' that indicates a shortcut to the Boss Chamber. Take the shortcut to find yourself behind the huge frozen Monster at the door that led to the Dark Rune Chamber. You will experience an Event wherein your character walks back and forth searching for a way to open the door. Freyr: Man, this is shut tight. It'd be nice if I could find some other way in. Hints by Villagers If you speak to Ganesha now, she will ask: Ganesha: Did you find Mist? Freyr: No… Ganesha: Oh… Don't feel down just yet. There are other things you have to do first. Visiting the Spirit of Whale Island After defeating Iris Noire, you should visit the Spirit of Whale Island for more information. Simply climb the beanstalk as usual to initiate a little Event with him. Whale Spirit: A Spirit Song… I have not heard it in some time… Me: Whale! Iris' Spirit Song is calling to the Spirits. Now… Whale: Unfortunately, it will be difficult… The power summoning the Spirits to the underground is too strong. At this rate… Unless the source of that power is stopped, I will continue to fail… Freyr, please discover what's causing the Spirits to gather under the ground. Please… Visiting Blanche and Noire When you visit the Tower of Rest next, you will find both Blanche Iris and Iris Noire standing side by side on the upper floor. The music will have changed as well, and the singing once heard at the Public Square now will be heard in the Tower. Iris: We're both singing, but it's not doing much. This just shows how strong of a power is calling the Spirits below. We'll keep singing, although this may do nothing more than ease our minds…

Freyr: Okay. I'll keep looking for a way to get into that room in the ruins. Don't push yourselves too hard, okay? Iris: Thank you. Freyr, you be careful out there, too. Iris Noire: It's because of me that Mist… I don't know what to say… Freyr: It's not your fault, Iris. I'll be sure to find Mist. Iris, please don't say that. It's not your fault. Iris Noire: Thank you, Freyr. The Creation of Neo Laga Springs Bathhouse In previous seasons, when you spoke to Melody, she will have mentioned that the water for her Hot Spring appears to be diminishing. Her anxiety will continue to increase until she finally asks a favour from you outright. Melody: Can you go take a look at the water source of the spring? It's where you broke the rock with the hammer, Freyr. Thanks! Tip: If you wish to make a single journey, take Ice Cream with you when you visit the Cave Depths. When you go to the source of the spring, you will find an enormous Red Troll-like Creature squatting near the entrance to the Cave Depths in the former location of the underground waterfall and river. There is no water to be seen whatsoever there now. Troll: Huh? Who are you and what do you want with me? Freyr: If you sit there, it'll stop the flow of the hot spring. The bathhouse owner is getting really mad. Would you please move? Troll: Why should I move for you people? I like this place. Freyr: Please… Troll: Fine, fine… He performs a series of movements but stays in place. Troll: Then how about this? You bring me some ice cream. Then I'll move. Man, I'm too nice. Freyr: 'Ice cream', right? I'll bring it right away! Bring the Troll some Ice Cream, a Level 20 No Tool Dish that requires only that you mix Milk with Egg. Troll: Ice cream! You kept your promise! You're a nice guy. Now for my end of the bargain. There wasn't much water left in this spring so I added some more. See ya. Return to Trampoli to speak to Melody. Melody: Hey, Freyr! You did this, didn't you? That sure surprised me. I didn't expect the roof to be blown off to make it an outdoor bath! Freyr: The roof was blown off?! Melody: Yeah. But it's fine. I opened it up as an outdoor bathhouse now. It shall now be called… 'Neo Laga Springs'! Today's bath is on the house, so come on in! I'm burning some of the incense Rosetta gave me as a gift for the grand opening. It smells really nice, so enjoy! As on a previous occasion when a free Bath was promised, you will find yourself unable to use the Bath until you have paid 10G as usual. The bath has been expanded slightly and has a more lovely appearance.

Restoring Energy in Winter As described in an earlier section of the Walkthrough, E Drink S is far more effective than the simple Energy Drink Lara sells at the Clinic in the early seasons of Rune Factory Frontier. E. Drink S has a Skill Level requirement of Level 30 and uses two Energy Drinks as ingredients. You therefore can make it even with the smallest Laboratory. The E. Drink X, far more powerful, requires a Laboratory expansion and larger Laboratory from Lute as it uses three ingredients. It has a Skill Level requirement of Level 70. The ingredients are two E. Drink S. and one White Grass. A Level 1 E Drink X gives an HP boost of 300 HP as opposed to the 105 HP boost of one E. Drink S. If you lack the necessary Skill Level to make it, create higher levels of E. Drink S. until you do achieve the necessary Skill. Even a Level 2 E Drink S. has an HP boost of 115. At Level 3, it provides 125 HP. This is by no means equal to the value of the E Drink X but every point helps a little! As White Grass can be found daily on your Field in Winter, you will have ample supplies of the necessary ingredients to create the best Energy Drink once you attain the requisite Skill in the Laboratory. 2nd Floor House Expansion By the start of the first Winter season, you may have completed all possible House expansions apart from the 2nd Floor expansion. Although this Expansion is a requirement for marriage in the sense that you will not be able to purchase the marital Double Bed until it is completed, you probably will not be in any position to marry any one in the 1st year. You will have ample funds to afford the expansion prior to the onslaught of Winter. It is the Lumber required for the project that may be an issue here, as Kross needs over 800 pieces of Lumber to build a 2nd Floor. It is better to use your Lumber for Monster Barn expansions in the first few seasons of the game. Even in Winter, you may wish to order the final Monster Barn expansion before you contemplate the last house expansion. Lumber is more plentiful than usual in Winter as you cannot till your own Field, and Branches, Stumps, rocks, boulders, White Grass and Black Grass will appear randomly on a daily basis. You always can find Lumber in untilled fields in any dungeon, but you may wish to begin to till Dungeon fields to plant the slow-growing rare and expensive Crops in your first Winter. If you reserve a little time each day to clear your own field of Stumps and Branches, it will allow new items to be 'dropped' in those squares as well as increasing your total Lumber. Always look to the future in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game. Temporary Storage

This was a trick that I found extremely useful in Tree of Tranquility and it is equally useful in Rune Factory Frontier. In any game where items can be found in different levels and each requires its own storage slot, you may find storage space a regular problem. If you create Cooked Dishes of different levels to take into a dungeon, each requires a separate slot in your Rucksack. Ores, Gems and Crystals found in Rocks, Treasure Chests or Crates as well as War Trophies dropped by Monsters can be different levels, filling your Rucksack quickly on any expedition. If you own all possible Storage items and they are filled at all times, use the Shipping Container as a temporary storage space for items not required during an expedition. If you place the items in the Shipping Container after 6.00 p.m. or remove them before 5.00 p.m., they can be retrieved at any point in time. Place the items you do not need in the Shipping Container before you leave on an expedition and make certain to retrieve them before Rosetta arrives to clear out the container. Bianca's Treasure Hunt You can initiate this series of Events by speaking to Bianca after she has adopted Francoise. I experienced it the first time when I spoke to Bianca at the beginning of the first Autumn while she was brushing Francoise in her Monster Barn. Bianca: Oh, good morning. Me: Hey, I thought that you were only here during the summer, Bianca. Bianca: That was my initial plan but Francoise can only live in these lands. I can't just leave it here so Tabatha and I decided to stay. Freyr: I see. Well, you're always welcome in the village. After Freyr: Bianca, you dropped something. Bianca: Oh, thank you. … What is this? Paper? This dirty piece of paper isn't mine. Freyr: O-oh, really? But I thought I saw you drop it… Bianca: I said it's not mine! Freyr: There's something written on it. Let's see… Letter: 'When the elephant gazes at the stars, water shall erupt from the trunk.' Freyr: What is this? Is this some kind of code for a secret treasure? Bianca: I don't know… If you're that interested, why don't you go check it out yourself? There's no way you can find it though. But, even if you do, half of it is mine. Freyr: Huh? Bianca: Of course it is. That paper is mine. Freyr: O-oh, really? All right. But don't expect too much. When the elephant gazes at the stars… The observatory comes to mine when you think of stars. You were correct to surmise that the next piece of the puzzle will be found at the Conservatory. When you go to the Conservatory, you should experience a little Event: Freyr: Huh? There's something buried here.

My choices: Dig it up. Don't do anything. It's a letter… Let's see… Letter: 'From a solitary teardrop from the eye, erupts a spring, leaving behind a speck of light.' Freyr: A spring… Was there one in this village? I know that there's a lake… The next destination in this Treasure Hunt is a small island in the middle of Lake Poli. It is the small island southeast of the tiny island with the 2nd Beanstalk. When you explore this island, you will discover a rare item and a letter in another little Event: Freyr: Hey… Something's buried here. As on previous occasions, you will be given a choice: Dig it up. Don't do anything. A Diamond pops out of the ground. Freyr: What is this? Pick it up and you will exclaim: Freyr: This is… Diamond! And it's another letter. Letter: 'The light always returns. It cycles over and over and arrives back to where it originates.' 'The things precious to you are where they are supposed to be. At your feet.' Freyr: Wow, it's Diamond. I should take this to Bianca. When you reach the wall outside Bianca's mansion, your character will note: Freyr: Hey, there's another thing buried here. Dig it up. Don't do anything. A ring pops out of the ground. Freyr: What is this? Pick it up and: Freyr: This is… Bianca now walks up the path towards you from the road. Bianca: It looks like an old wedding ring. Freyr: Oh, Bianca… Out of the treasures, half of it was supposed to be yours, right? So… should I give you the ring? Bianca: That's a wedding ring! Freyr: But we had that promise. What should we do? Bianca: I don't know! Oh, but I have heard about two lovers who were separated but swore to meet again… and buried something precious to them. This ring must be that. They must have buried it for the day when they will meet again. Freyr: Then we should put this ring back where I found it. But what do I do about our previous promise…? I know. Here. Take this Diamond. Bianca: I don't want it! I mean, Diamond is something that's too ordinary for me… so I'm saying you can have it! Freyr: Thank you. Bianca: You better be thankful! Diamond: Lv. 10: 840G Considered the 'King of Jewels'. It's very hard and is difficult to crush! This entire sequence of Events can be completed at any time once you have

initiated it by finding the first piece of paper. If you wait until the beginning of Winter, however, you will be able to walk across the frozen lake to the Island. Furthermore, your Skill Levels at the Forge and Crafting Bench should be high enough to make the items that require a Diamond as an ingredient. As with any of the Events that are not time-based or do not depend on other requirements such as Heart Level, their placement in this Walkthrough may be based on nothing more than a desire to make each season interesting to the player. As previously stated, this particular sequence of Events can be completed in any season or any point in the game once initiated. Cinnamon's Quest Some Requests are made through Letters. As with respect to her grandfather Kanno, Cinnamon's item request is made through direct conversation. Speak to Cinnamon to discover the item she needs for magical purposes. Cinnamon: I'm gathering magic items, but they're hard to find. Tell me if you find any 'Magic Crystal'. Melody's Request for Green Grass In a Letter delivered by Anette, Melody will request Green Grass from you. Simply give the Green Grass to Anette as with any Item Request that is made by letter. Note that you can give Anette a Delivery Item even on a Festival Day when she stands near the sign in the Business District, and she will recognise it as a special Delivery Item rather than mistaking it for a gift for herself. Melody will continue to make Requests successively for every type of coloured Grass. Quiz Contest The Quiz Contest is the centre of a Festival that occurs on the 7th of Winter, a Holiday. It combines humour with general and specific knowledge of Rune Factory and Harvest Moon. The questions and participants may vary. In the first year, the participants in my 1st game were Lara, Tabatha, Erik and myself. The Quiz consists of 10 questions with a 'commercial break' in the middle. Ganesha was the r, accompanied by Marco. What follows is nothing more than a single Event, as one result in the 1st year. The participants were announced as follows: Kanno: Oh, this is getting me excited! And this person here got really serious about it! She is good with numbers, especially when multiplying by 7. Prompt: Tabatha: Maid Kanno: Wrapped in the armour of maids, our most valiant elf, Tabatha! Tabatha: Quizzes are merely one of the duties of maids. I shall win for Little Miss! Kanno: Next is the person you've all been waiting for! The mushroom hunter, Erik! Prompt: Erik (Bachelor)

Anette: Erik, you're so hot! … There, I said it. Just like you asked. Dinner's on you. Kanno: And last, but not least… Prompt: Lara (Nurse) Kanno: Our guest consultant today is Nurse Lara. Lara: Thank you for having me here today. Kanho: And your hosts are your personal, walking encyclopedia Kanno… … and the lovely assistant, Candy! Let's get the contest started! Tabatha and I look at one another now. The 10 Questions were sent by various individuals throughout the Rune Factory world, from 'Miss Lynette all the way from the Zzyzx Empire' 'Cecilia of Kardia', the 'self-proclaimed adventurer, Zavier', 'Jean, who runs the general store in Kardia' and finally, 'Erik's mother'. It is a 'multiple choice' test, but instead of choosing a response with your cursor or any other button, you will find three squares on the ground in front of you. They are numbered 1, 2 and 3. When asked any question, your character must run to stand on the square that represents the correct response. It is possible to eject another participant from a square simply by pushing him/her but this will affect your own prize should you win. Each participant is represented by a fruit type and for each correct response he/she makes, 1 piece of that fruit is dropped on the ground. If you win, you will be given ALL the fruit on the ground earned by every participant in the Quiz. If, therefore, you limit the number of correct responses for any other participant, you will obtain less fruit if you win. Please see my Calendar and Books Guide for the text of all Festivals as well as correct responses to the questions in the Quiz Contest. Rune Factory Frontier Calendar and Books Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976501p1.html Before the last question is given, Kanno will assign a point value to it that may upset the entire contest by allowing the individual with the fewest points to win if he/she chooses the correct response. The winner will receive all the fruit that represented correct responses for each of the Participants and therefore will obtain a quantity of Cherries, Oranges, Chestnuts and Apples. The prize for participation is 'Int. Vitamin'. The Int. Vitamin could be as good a prize as all the Fruit. The Quiz Contest is one of the most entertaining Festivals in Rune Factory Frontier, whether you win or lose. Walkthrough: 2nd Week of Winter Rivals no Longer If Danny has confessed his sense of defeat to you previously, it will come as little surprise when you receive a letter from him announcing the closure of his Market. Do not feel too upset by this sad news. Visit Rosetta at the Materia Shop and you will find Danny there as her new employee. Both are pleased by the cessation of hostilities and their new partnership.

Kanno's Research of Gelwein Speak to Kanno until he is able to inform you that he has been able to complete some research of Gelwein's history. Kanno: I've found out some things about Gelwein. Freyr: Really?! Kanno: Yes. Apparently he worked for the Imperial Magic Research Centre in the Kingdom of Norad. Freyr: Imperial Magic…? That's where you and Cinnamon used to work, right? Kanno: No! We were at the Imperial Magic Academy! Don't you ever compare our Majesty's personal facility to thos bumpkins! Freyr: S-sorry… Kanno: Anyway, they were researching for a way to utilise Runes effectively. Gelwein's reputation there was most terrible, but apparently his skill was top-notch. Of course, his skill is nowhere near mine or Cinnamon's. Hohoho. Freyr: Okay… Kanno: it seems as time went on, Gelwein began to devote himself to a particular area of research. Freyr: What was he researching? Kanno: Military use of Runes. In other words, immoral experimentation that sought to use Runes for war. Freyr: That can't be right… Using Runes for warfare is supposed to be forbidden in the Kingdom of Norad. Kanno: Yes, it still is. That's why the monarchy cut off funding the research and the facility fired him. Now Gelwein is here, in Trampoli. Freyr: Do you think he's trying to continue his research? Kanno: I doubt it's that simple. According to his past co-workers from the facility, Gelwein apparently swore revenge on the monarchy and the research centre that kicked him out. He's most likely trying to use his research to use Runes as weapons against the Kingdom of Norad. Freyr: We need to stop him, now! Kanno: We don't have much time. Hurry, Freyr! Rescuing Marco and Candy's Doll After speaking to Kanno about Gelwein's past and plans, you should experience an Event the next time you walk towards the Church in the Church District. As you walk upwards along the path that leads both to Church and graveyard, you will find Candy standing there distressed as she gazes at a hole in the ground near the tombstones. Freyr: What's wrong? Candy: Oh, Freyr! Marco, he… He went in there! I found a hole while I was chasing after Spirits, … and I dropped the doll I got from my sister in it by accident. So Marco said he'd get it for me and went inside… He hasn't come out for a long time… Could you please help Marco? Freyr: Okay. I'll bring Marco back, so you just sit tight, all right? Don't worry. I'll bring him back safe and sound, so trust me. Trust Marco. Candy; Okay… Thank you so much! Walk towards the hole and you will find yourself automatically in the Snow Ruins as your character descends by means of a rope that some one conveniently

left there. Simply walk a step or two to experience an event with Marco. Marco: Hey! Hey, Freyr! Help me! The ceiling suddenly collapsed on me, and now I can't get out! I would have been able to break through it if I had a hammer, but my mom said I'm too young and wouldn't let me take one… Simply smash the ice now with your Hammer. Marco drops something as he moves towards your character. It is Candy's doll. Marco: Thanks. I was getting kinda scared thinking maybe I'd never get out… Oh, yeah, You can't tell my mom about this, okay…? It's a secret, okay? He rushes off, oblivious of the Doll. Pick up the 'Little Doll' now. Its description: Little Doll: 0G Candy's treasure. She received it from her sister in the past and she still takes good care of it. Another Confrontation with Gelwein If you walk forward, you will find yourself in the circular Rune Storage chamber with the pentacle. Freyr: It's… gotten bigger than before… Gelwein walks forward out of the darkness to greet your character. Gelwein: I guess I should say, 'Welcome.' I don't particularly like you, but I must it, it's a bit lonely welcoming the beginning of a new era without an audience. Freyr: Stop what you're doing! The island will fall and cause a terrible disaster! Gelwein: and your point is? Freyr: What… did you say? Gelwein: A town or two disappearing is none of my concern. In fact, it's like the cornerstone of my plan. You should be thanking me. Behold! This giant and ominous cluster of Runes! Freyr: …! That's …!!! Mist! Gelwein: I have never before seen some one so in touch with the Spirits. Even the powers of the vampire tribe pale in comparison to this one. Her inner voice is practically screaming for the help of the Spirits. They respond in droves, making this Rune swell with Spirits. Its power is enormous. It's enough to completely control the beign that could end the world… Freyr: What have you done to Mist?! Gelwein: Nothing, really. Just causing a little pain so she'll subconsciously call out for help. A little… unbearable pain… Freyr: Why you… I own't let you continue! You move forward but are thrown backward as Mist's scream is heard. Freyr: Ugh…! Gelwein: Too bad. You're a bit too late. My plan is progressing flawlessly. With this girl, this giant Rune and magical creatures, I can destroy the world! The world that rejected me! Freyr: Wa-wait… Mist is in the centre of the pentacle, swept upward and she and Gelwein vanish.

Freyr:

Mist… I'm… sory I … couldn't … do… anything…

The Grimoire of Time Go to the centre of the pentacle and collect the book there entitled the 'Grimoire of Time'. Freyr: Is this… a book…? The letters… they're floating…! The book opens, allowing you to read: Pray to heaven with a song as the winds caress me. Send a prayer up to the light so that it might help me see. Searching thorugh my memories, memories, my memories for you. Freyr: I wonder what this means… What's this on the back…? I can't read it. Maybe Kanno can. The book's description: Grimoire of Time: 0G A book found in the Rune Storage. It is comprised of poems written in an unintelligible script. Kanno and the Grimoire Take the Grimoire of Timeand to Kanno, handing it to him. Freyr: Kanno, I… Kanno: You weren't able to stop Gelwein. I can tell. It's written on your face. Freyr: Yeah… He disappeared right in front of me. Again: Yeah… He disappeared right in front of me. Kanno: Hm… This book is quite old… Freyr: Can you read it? Kanno: It's written in an ancient incantation language. This will take some time to decipher. Freyr, will you lend me this book for awhile? My choices: Sure. I don't know… Freyr: Of course. Take as much time as you need. The 'Little Doll' and Candy's Gratitude Candy should be in her usual location after your encounter with Gelwein. Candy: Thank you for saving Marco. The spirits are being drawn underground. What should I do…? Give her the doll now… She will not ask for it herself. Candy: Thank you! This is a precious doll I got from Sis. Now an event occurs with special music. Candy; Let me tell you a secret. I… love… you! Marco (overhearing): What?! Candy: Just because I can sing the Spirit Song, the Spirits don't always listen. Sometimes the Spirits are friends with some one and they will only listen to that person. I've never met any one else that could be friends with the Spirits so I feel like I'm all alone… Marco: It's okay. I'll always be with you, Candy! Candy: Thanks, Marco… Dream Vision, Voices from Afar When you go to bed the same night, you will hear Voices again. I really wish I didn't have to do this… But if I don't quarantine you in a

different world, in time you'll absorb all the Runes… making this World uninhabitable for any creature. Although this was your idea, making you take responsibility for everything is just… We are terribly sorry… We as scientists… No. We have failed you as your parents. Please, wait for us. Even if it takes a lifetime. … we'll come to get you. Until then… 2nd Voice: *sniffle* (Sound of thunder) I don't wanna be alone… But if I don't bear this pain, every one else will die. I want that even less than being alone, so I need to stay strong… Every one else will be happy as long as I alone stay strong. As long as I alone… A Mother's Lecture After rescuing Marco from the Snow Ruins, visit the Damascus Forge to experience an Event between Ganesha and her son. Ganesha: I told you not to play in the ruins, didn't I? Why won't you listen to your mother?! Marco: It's 'cause Candy… Ganesha: I don't want to hear it! How could you blame a girl like that? Marco: I'm not trying to blame Candy… Ganesha: Listen, Marco. You're still a child. Thank goodness Freyr was around this time to help you. … but please think about how your mother would feel if anything were to happen to you. Marco: … I'm… I'm sorry, Mom… Ganesha: Don't do it again, okay? And don't forget to thank Freyr for his help. Marco: Okay. The event ends, and I see Marco standing with Ganesha behind the counter. Marco: Bro! Thanks for what you did earlier! I don't know what would have happened to me if you didn't come! I'll get stronger so I can get through this ruins without any problems. Eunice's New Resolution When Eunice reaches 4 Hearts (in Love), you have a choice to influence her future habits. The following Event will occur when you speak to her: Eunice: Freyr! Umm… Do you have a minute? Freyr: W-What's wrong, Eunice? What happened? Eunice: Freyr… Do you… ve… ne… like? Freyr: I'm sorry. I couldn't hear you. Eunice: Freyr, do you prefer thinner girls?! Freyr: Um, I guess so. Your choices now: Yeah, I prefer the slimmer type… Well, not exactly. Note that Eunice herself appeared to be unhappy with her weight when Summer came and all the other girls paraded in their bathing costumes. It was this attitude that persuaded Freyr to respond as he did now… Freyr chose: Yeah, I prefer the slimmer type… Freyr: Well, personally, I do prefer slimmer girls. Eunice: I thought so… Freyr (with tear) N-no, this is just a personal preference and I know there are plenty of people who will disagree with me. Eunice (smiling): It's okay! I'll try my best at it!

Freyr: O-oh… (I feel like I just made a very important choice…) After: Eunice: No sweets! They're the enemy! I have to eat lots of vegetables to get thinner! Eunice (with tear glistening in her eye): I guess you would prefer thinner girls… Me: Um, Eunice? She's not listening… Having stated a preference for 'thinner girls', Eunice now will go on a slimming programme and by next Summer, will be able to the other girls at the Beach. Despite Freyr's decision, he (and I) believe that Eunice is a pretty girl even at the start of Rune Factory Frontier. More Item Requests from Melody, Ganesha and Bianca When you have given Melody the Green Grass she requested by letter, you should receive another Request from her for Red Grass. Ganesha meanwhile, having received the Iron she requested now will request a Wind Crystal. Bianca, having heard evidently of your willingness to complete Item Requests, asks for a piece of Iron as a 'test'. Anette will find herself quite busy now delivering the items requested by all these individuals. Melody's Request for Red Grass then is followed by Requests both for White and Black Grass. When you have completed all these Requests, she will send a letter of thanks to you. Rope

Shortcut at Whale Island

You can unlock this shortcut at any point in time simply by reaching the upper levels of the Tower of Life at the top of Whale Island. At the point where you can find the entrance doors that lead to the Tower of Life Garden, look for a curled golden rope on a broken stairway to the left of the double doors. Click on the rope and you will see a prompt: Maybe I should climb down the rope… Maybe later. Climb down the rope to find yourself near the very entrance to the Cave on Whale Island on a platform with two tillable fields. Now you will have almost instant access to the Tower of Glory at Whale Island. In the Tower itself, you will find two Rune Stone Altars, one on either side of the chamber, guarded by a single Monster generator at the centre of the northern wall. Unlike some of the other Rune Stone Altars on Whale Island, these are Rune Stone specific, and each of the two requires a Grass Rune Stone. When a Grass Rune Stone is placed on either Altar, the door will open, revealing a small chamber containing two Treasure Chests. Gold most often is discovered inside these Chests, although E. Drink X and Elemental Crystals, as well as the elusive Little Crystal can be found here as well. If you are very careful, you can creep along the southern wall from one Rune Stone Altar to the other without triggering the Monster Generator.

Forging the Ultimate Blade In the 1st year of your life in Trampoli in Rune Factory Frontier, obtaining the best weapons by creating them at your own Forge offers its own challenges. Some aspects of this are the practice needed to raise your Skills to the required Levels and the necessity of having the ultimate expansions of the Forge so that you can forge weapons that require the maximum of six ingredients. If you have sufficient funds to purchase rare, slow-growing Seeds from Rosetta as well as Greenifier and Formula C from Lara at the Clinic, you can speed the process of obtaining some of the ingredients required for the best weapons, such as Emery Flower or Fireflower. Another ingredient used in many of the best weapons and tools is Little Crystal. This is not a Crop or Flower but rather is found in Rocks and Treasure Chests in Dungeons. With respect to Little Crystal, you will be presented with another problem, which is the fact that the odds are against you. If you are one of those favoured by heaven, you may find it early in the game by smashing a Rock somewhere or by opening a Treasure Chest in one of the small chambers guarded by a Rune Stone Altar as described in previous sections of this Guide. If you are simply one of those players, like myself, who is not very lucky, you will be forced to endure many fruitless quests until you finally have one. The best Hammer, The Hammer, can improve the odds of finding a Little Crystal inside a Rock but it requires both a Little Crystal and a Fireflower to forge. Even if you find a Little Crystal, you need to be able to harvest a Fireflower before you will be able to make one... As you labour at the Forge to increase your experience and improve your Weapons, you may find other sources of frustration early in the game... In Rune Factory Frontier, the level of any item created at Kitchen, Forge, Crafts Bench or Pharmacy can, at best, be only one level higher than the level of the ingredient with the LOWEST level. It can be forged one level higher if it is forged 'with expertise' by hitting the green in the gauge. The level of a War Trophy tends to depend somewhat on the Level of the Enemy who drops it. You are more likely, therefore, to obtain a Level 10 item from a powerful enemy than a weak one. Glue is an item in all Rune Factory games. In Rune Factory Frontier, you can obtain it as a War Trophy from an Orc Archer or you may find it by smashing a Crate or Urn or by opening a Treasure Chest in a Dungeon. The problem here is not one of finding Glue itself but of obtaining high level Glue. The Orc Archer is one of the first hostile Monsters you will encounter and has a very low level. The Glue it drops tends to be Level 1 Glue. Early in the game, even if you have a decent level of experience, such as Level 50, you still will knock out Level 1 Glue from the Orc Archers you defeat (along with the two other items they drop in RFF). Most of the Glue found in Treasure Chests, Crates and Urns, likewise will be Level 1 Glue. Poised to create a Level 8 or Level 9 Defender to use in conjunction with a Durandel and some other fairly high level ingredients to create the Dragonslayer Sword, I was bedevilled by the fact that I could not obtain any Glue above Level 1. All the other ingredients for the Defender were at least

Level 8, including the Gladius I had forged... One therefore had a choice: create a Defender that is at Level 2 at best, essentially wasting the high level of the other ingredients or wait until one can obtain higher level Glue. The Dragonslayer has a Skill Level of 75 and is the best one-handed Sword one can forge without a Little Crystal. It is an ingredient in the Rune Blade, one of the very best one-handed Swords and one that possesses Rune Power. In the circumstances, as the other ingredients are not difficult to obtain, it is best to 'waste' the high level of the ingredients and use the Level 1 Glue to create a Level 2 Defender. After all, even a Level 2 Dragonslayer is better than most of the other one-handed blades one can forge without a Little Crystal, and any high level project at the Forge raises Skill Levels faster than low level projects would. The Skill Level Requirement for a Smash Blade, the upgrade of the Luck Blade (one of my personal favourites) is Level 80 and that of the Rune Blade is Level 95. The Dragonslayer therefore is nothing more than a stepping stone on the path to perfection. The effect of creating a higher level Weapon is not that of boosting ATK but rather of reducing RP Use. Here are the stats for a Level 1 Gladius and a Level 7 Gladius. Gladius, Lv 1: 270G Skill Level 18 ATK 23, REQ SKL 18, SP ATK 1, RP Use 6, FX Seal Defence Gladius, Lv 7: 594G ATK 23, SP ATK 1, RP Use 4, FX Seal Defence Note that ATK does not change but that RP Use decreases with Level increase. The Gladius is an ingredient in the Defender. To create the Dragonslayer, you must forge both a Defender and a Durandel Sword. Defender: 660G Skill Level 45 ATK 47, REQ SKL 45, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6, FX Defence +20 Ingredients: Gladius, Gold, Turtle Shell, Insect Hide, Glue Durandel: 730G Skill Level 48 ATK 55, REQ SKL 48, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6 Ingredients: Cutlass, Gold, Glittering Edge, Knife Piece, Warrior Medal Dragonslayer: 1870G Skill Level 75 ATK 99, REQ SKL 75 Ingredients: Defender, Durandel, Platinum, Magic Talon, Sharp Fang, Wet Scale Ultimately, when you have one or two Little Crystals, you should upgrade your trusty Luck Blade to a Smash Blade and your Dragonslayer to a Rune Blade: Smash Blade: 2400G Skill Level 80 ATK 109, REQ SKL 80, SP ATK 4, RP Use 54, FX Poison Defence, Seal Defence Ingredients: Luck Blade, Platinum, Magic Talon, Sharp Talon, Glittering Edge, Little Crystal Rune Blade: 3210G Skill Level 95 ATK 121, REQ SKL 95, SP ATK 4, RP Use 81, FX Rune Power Ingredients: Dragonslayer, Little Crystal, Water Rune Stone, Rock Rune Stone, Tree Rune Stone, Grass Rune Stone

In of obtaining high level Glue, the best way to obtain it may be to tame an Orc Archer, raising its level to 10 hearts before releasing it to the First Forest, hoping it will leave high level Glue behind as a parting gift. If you are fortunate and have sufficient combat levels to defeat the Monsters at the higher levels of Whale Island, you may be able to obtain higher levels of Glue from one of the Orc Archer's more powerful cousins. N.B. You will find all Recipes now in my Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipe Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html Overkill and Suicide in Battle In Rune Factory 2, a player had the ability to obtain high level Weapons and items through trade with another player. This option does not exist in Rune Factory Frontier, but the effects of using high level weapons can be the same in both games. A higher level Weapon usually requires more RP than any low level Weapon. When your character has a low level of Experience, he may discover that a high level Weapon is too powerful for him to wield easily. In Rune Factory Frontier, your character may have sufficient Skills at Forging to create high level Weapons before he has sufficient Experience Level to use them. The Shine Blade, for example, is an excellent Weapon to use in the Snow Ruins, where enemies are weak to Fire. The Shine Blade requires a Flame Sabre as an ingredient. Both are two-handed Swords. Flame Sabre: 690G ATK 26, REQ SKL 20, SP ATK 1, RP Use 7, FX Fire Attack +5, Fire Resistance +10 Ingredients: Two-Handed Sword, Fire Crystal Shine Blade: 1740G Skill Level 61 ATK 70, REQ SKL 61, SP ATK 3, RP Use 27, FX Fire Attack +10, Fatigue Attack 100% Ingredients: Flame Sabre, Gold, Fire Crystal, Ruby, Magic Talon When your character unlocks the Snow Ruins, he will find that the Monsters he confronts are more powerful than those in the Summer Fire Dungeon of the Lava Ruins. A Shine Blade is the obvious choice of blade to use against powerful Monsters who are weak to Fire. If your character has a low Experience Level, use of the Shine Blade, especially if he opts for its Special Attacks, can wipe HIM out almost instantly. In the heat of combat, you may not pay close attention to your RP and when RP is exhausted, HP then will be used to wield any Weapon or Tool. I am ashamed to it that my own character once committed suicide virtually in one confrontation by continuing to wield his Shine Blade while oblivious to the dangerously low level of his HP. If only he had halted his attack briefly to consume some food or medicine, he would have emerged victorious. Instead, his own attack would have placed him in the Clinic had I not chosen to reload

rather than allowing my shame to become part of history. In most traditional RPGs, there is no penalty attached to use of a Weapon in combat. You can swing a sword all you wish without worrying about the consequences to your own character. Rune Factory is different in this respect and, like any Harvest Moon game, attaches energy use to Tools and Weapons. In any Harvest Moon game, Stamina and Fatigue are the twin components of Energy. When Stamina reaches zero, Fatigue sets in. In Rune Factory, Health and Rune Power are the twin components of Energy. When Rune Points are exhausted, your Health will be affected by further use of any Tool or Weapon. When using a powerful Weapon at a fairly low level of Experience, you are as much in danger of being defeated by your own character's actions as by the attacks of any Monster. Kanno Deciphers the Grimoire After you give the Grimoire of Time to Kanno, you will be forced to wait for him to decipher it. This will take a couple of days. When you speak to him during this period, he will tell you: Kanno: Deciphering this book will take some time. Don't rush me! After about three days, he will have some vital information for you. Kanno: Ah! Freyr! I've been looking for you! Freyr: What's the matter? … Don't tell me you…! Kanno: That's right! I have finished decoding the book. This is huge! Even more so than I had imagined! Listen closely. This book is written about another world called the 'Era of Disconnect' Freyr: Another world…? Kanno: Yes. A world that exists together with ours but that could never cross over. That's what they call the 'Era of disconnect'. The fact that this book was found where you were means that Miss Mist has been taken to this other world. Me: Is there a way to go to this other world?! Kanno: Now just hang on a sec. Freyr: What is this…? Kanno: You must first grow this Crystal Flower. This flower will be what guides you to the 'Era of disconnect.' However! This flower can only be grown by maidens. There are 12 seeds, so you should get help from 12 maidens. Kanno: Candy is probably a bit too young to be considered a maiden. Freyr: 12 young ladies, right? I'll give it a shot. Thank you! Prompt: You got Crystal Flower! Delivering 12 Crystal Flower Seeds Crystal Flower Seed: The essence of the soul. They are unique as the form of their blooms depends on the soul of the grower. The Crystal Flowers resemble pink Sapphires somewhat. Give one to each of the 'Eligible Girls' in Trampoli as well as the two aspects of Iris on Whale Island. Most of the girls in accepting the Crystal, will declare that they would be happy to do anything that might help Mist. Cinnamon rather rudely will say nothing more than 'Fine', however, but she is a girl who dislikes

idle chit-chat. It is when you give the Crystal Flowers to each aspect of Iris that you will obtain the most interesting responses. Iris Blanche: A magical creature that endlessly absorbs Runes is sealed in the 'Era of Disconnect'. If it were to ever cross into this world, all th Runes would disappear into it, and this world would eventually die. Even so… I want to save Mist. I'll take good care of the seed you gave me. Iris Noire: My ancestors gathered in this land to bring back the Runes that were lost because of a magical creature. What I'm about to do seems to contradict the reason I'm here for in the first place… Even so… I will trust in your heart, Freyr, and mine. I'll take good care of the seed you gave me. A Troubled Voice When you go to bed at night after receiving the 12 Crystal Seeds from Kanno, you will experience a plea for help from a disembodied voice: Voice: Help. Help me. A great power is flowing into me. I don't know how much longer I can fight this power… If this power were to run rampant, nothing could stop it… Help me, please… By now, you may have some suspicions of your own, based on previous dialogues by unseen voices as well as the responses made by both Blanche and Noire when you gave them each a Seed. Selphy Contemplates a Change Meanwhile, when Selphy reaches 4 Hearts, you will experience a little Event with her: Selphy: I got buried under the books when they fell the other day and Lara had to save me. Freyr: Didn't the books fall before? Selphy: Haha, you got me there! Lara told me that it's dangerous so I have to clean up the library. Your choices now: I think you should, too. I think it's fine the way it is. Freyr: Well, I think you should, too. It's dangerous if the books fall again. Selphy (with thunder and cross hurt): Ugh… You're saying that, too? This sets the stage for a reorganisation of the Rune Archives Library that will give you access to new books. 12 Flowers for 12 Maidens Kanno will warn that: Kanno: The 'Crystal Flower Seed' must be given to 12 maidens of the village. We have no extras. Be careful with how you handle them. You will have no options to give the flowers to any one but the Eligible Girls, including both aspects of Iris, even though technically they represent a single maiden. Mist, who is the 12th Eligible Girl, obviously is absent… Give the Crystal Flower seeds to each of the Eligible Girls, even if you suspect that Iris will not count as two separate maidens, then visit them to

collect one from each three days later. Each girl will have produced a different flower resembling traditional birthstones and astrological signs. For example, the flower associated with Tabatha is an 'emerald' flower and named 'Leo Flower', despite the fact that it is the peridot that actually is associated with the sign of Leo in Western astrology. That grown by Eunice fits the traditional associations more as a garnet flower named the 'Capricorn Flower'. The flowers and their astrological associations appear to have nothing whatsoever to do with the birthdays of the Eligible Girls who produce them. Capricorn is the sign for January and yet it is produced by Eunice whose birthday falls in Autumn. In any case, in a land with four months, each of which represents a full season, there could be no traditional correspondence with the 12 astrological houses. If you speak to the girls before the flowers are grown fully, they may make a comment about the flower. For example, Melody will say: Melody: I wonder if that flower will grow faster if I give it water form the hot spring… As you collect each Crystal Flower, you can take it immediately to the pedestal on the 1st Floor of the Clock Tower. Place it in the very centre of the pedestal rather than attempting to fill the individual settings along the circular edge. As each is placed, you will see a prompt telling you how many more are needed. The order in which you take the flowers to the pedestal is irrelevant. When the twelfth and final Crystal Flower is placed there, you will experience an Event. Effects of the Gemini Flowers When you place the final Crystal Flower on the pedestal, your character will remark: Freyr: This is all of them… Nothing's happening… Kanno: What?! He walks forward. Kanno: There are only 11 Crystals presented ot the pedestal. Freyr, are you sure you received the Crystals from 12 maidens? Freyr: Yes. Positive. Kanno: Hm… That would mean, of the 12 maidens, you were only able to get 11 varieties of Crystals. Does this mean two of the maidens grew the same Crystals…? How is that possible…? Freyr: What do you mean? Kanno: A Crystal Flower is in the shape of the caretaker's soul. Meaning, no two people can grow the same type of Crystal. The fact that you got 11 varieties from 12 people would mean… either one person grew two, or something else I can't explain… Freyr: Oh! Kanno: What is it, Freyr?! Freyr: So you're saying that if the same person grows more than one, they'll all be the same, right? Kanno: Right. Freyr: It's Iris! The two Irises were originally one and the same! Kanno: Ah! Of course!

Freyr: Well, then the solution is simple. I'll just have one more person grow one… like Candy. Kanno: That… is not possible… Freyr: What? Why not?! Kanno: There aren't any seeds left. Even if we were to look for more, I don't know how long that would take… Freyr: That can't be… Man…! He then begins to race down the steps. Kanno: Where are you going, Freyr?! Freyr: I can't just give up like this! There has to be something, some way to figure this out! Kanno: Freyr… The Crystal Flower of the 12th Maiden If you go to Mist's house now, you will see a white flower growing in the pot that she tended so lovingly. Walk towards it to experience an event. Freyr: Hey, it's the flower Mist was growing… Huh…? Th-this is… You got Aries Flower! Aries Flower: Crystal Flower grown by Mist after finding a seed. It has a diamond flower. Melody of the Spirits Place the flower on the pedestal to initiate an Event. Kanno will be standing there watching. Candy then will enter and walk towards you. Candy: Grandpa! The Spirits are restless! Did something happen? Kanno: Oh, Candy… We tried placing Crystal Flowers on this pedestal, but nothing is happening except this melody. Candy: This kinda sounds like the Spirit Melody… Hold on a sec! The Spirits are trying to say something! Uh-huh… Oh… Candy: Grandpa! Let me see that book Freyr found! She begins to sing. Kanno: Ah…! So this was the poem the book was talking about! Candy's Song Candy will sing a lovely song and as she does, a rainbow orb will appear in the centre of the pedestal. 'Pray to heaven with our song, as the winds caress me; Send a prayer up to the light so that it may help me see. Searching through my memories: Memories, my memories for you… For you. I have come this far having lost everything, Hope of finding you; But I swear no matter what I've had to face, You've never left my heart: There are sweet memories, They live all around us.

How can you not believe in our love? My full heart belongs to you, My life your love leads. I've always stood next to you in your time of need. Embraced by the warmth of your gentle gaze I've given you my love. I look for you now in my memories: Heart never mending, love never ending: Pray to heaven with our song…' A Portal to Another World Kanno: But I've never heard of any poem that was sung with the Spirit Melody… Candy: I guess the Spirits oringally had words they sang to the Spirit Melody. They were just forgotten over time until no one ed… Freyr: I wonder why it suddenly resurfaced now. Candy: It's to help Mist… I think… The Spirits want to help save Mist! Kanno: Well then, we must not keep the Spirits waiting. Touch the pedestal. You should be able to travel to the other world where Mist is. Be sure to there is a fearful magical creature that awaits you there. It's not too late even after you've made preparations. To Go or Not to Go Kanno's warning should be heeded now. If you have created the Portal before the end of the first year, your experience level may not be high enough to defeat the dire Enemy who awaits you in the Era of Disconnect. If you touch the pedestal: Freyr: I may not be able to return for awhile once I cross over… Your choices now: I need more time. I'm ready. Let's do this! As you can see, you will not be sent automatically to the other world. Like the doors that lead to Boss Monster chambers in any of the Dungeons in Rune Factory Frontier, you always are given the opportunity to turn back. Your Timing and the Storyline in Rune Factory Frontier The events with respect to Gelwein, Iris and Mist that I have placed near the end of the 1st year can be experienced in any year and any season. The unique flowers that are grown by each of the Eligible Girls ultimately will bring you to the most difficult hostile confrontation in the game. You therefore may wish to postpone this confrontation until your character reaches higher levels of experience. In Winter of the 1st year, even if you have trained daily in the dungeons, you may not have reached the levels that would make victory easy in the ultimate battle. Even so, there is no reason to postpone the opening of the Portal that leads to the 'Era of Disconnect'. You therefore can follow this Walkthrough and simply refrain from moving through the gates to the other world where confrontation is inevitable. Hotpot Convention

The Hotpot Convention is traditional in all Harvest Moon games. It occurs in Trampoli on the Holiday of 19 Winter in the Public Square. When you go there, you will see a sign to the effect that fishing is not allowed on the Day of the Festival. This apparently applies only to fishing at the Public Square. A banner has been placed across the Waterfall area, preventing any access with your Fishing Rod. When you speak to individuals on the day prior to the Festival, they will refer to the Convention. Some, like Candy, will tell you what ingredient they intend to add to the hotpot. Speak to Brodik for a truly hilarious comment: Brodik: Did you see that huge pot that got brought into the square? Looks like they're going to boil you now… Although he will make this remark on the day before the Festival, the great pot will not appear in the Square until the actual Festival day. You can fish anywhere else freely, however, and bring the best fish that you catch to the Festival. Only a few of the Eligible Girls will be at the Public Square, standing near the huge pot. Rita and Turner will stand to one side near the entrance to the Square. You will be asked to '' for the Convention and to offer your item to the person in charge. Tabatha was in charge of the Festival in my 1st Year. Whether this varies from year to year or game to game, I do not know yet. The Hotpot then is given the name of the item that you brought. As I brought Level 7 Trout, it was announced as : 'Tabatha's Trout-flavoured Hotpot. Tabatha sang a song as she cooked. When the Hotpot was complete, she asked me to try it. My character was thrilled with it. Sad to say, the Hotpot did not have any effect on energy, however! All the villagers will speak of the Hotpot whether or not they actually were present at the Public Square. The Festival takes no time whatsoever and will be finished when you have eaten your portion. Many ingredients that otherwise would be considered 'good' will create a 'failure' if added to the Hotpot. Examples of ingredients that will result in a bad Hotpot are Yam, Carrot and Chub. Another ingredient that will result in a good Hotpot is Taimen. If your ingredient results in a failure, the entire village will speak of it afterwards, whether or not they actually were present at the Square. Stella's Gift Another special Event may occur on the day of the Hotpot Convention. Today, once again, you may find the beautiful young Girl who stands in front of Mist's house on Festival Days. If you interacted with her a couple of times on previous occasions, you may experience the following Event: The Girl is in front of Mist's house after noon. Girl: Hello, Freyr. Freyr: What are you doing? Girl: I was picking flowers. I wanted to place some on the altar. I really

like flowers. Especially the cute ones like Toy Herbs. Oh! Freyr: What's wrong? Girl: A four leaf clover… Did you know? A 'Four Leaf Clover' is a talisman for good luck. Let me give this to you. Freyr: …Are you sure? Girl: Yes. You are a dear friend of mine. Prompt: You got Four Leaf Clover! Girl: Please take care of that 'Four Leaf Clover'. Four-Leaf Clover: 6500G HP 3, RP 0, FX 0 Believed to bring good luck, this rare breed of clovers is much sought after. If you attempt to give the Girl a Toy Herb, she will tell you: If you leave the screen and return again, the Girl no longer will be found. Stella, however, will stand in front of the entrance to the Mountain Path all afternoon as usual on any Festival Day. When you speak to her after giving her a gift, whether a Toy Herb or the Four-Leaf Clover you received from her younger counterpart, she will tell you: Stella: The Four-Leaf Clover' is said to be the talisman that brings you happiness. But, in the end, it is up to the person if they really want to be happy. But it serves well as a talisman to give confidence to those holding onto it or by giving it to others. If you give her the Four-Leaf Clover: Stella: A 'Four Leaf Clover'… This brings back a lot of memories. Thanks. If there was any doubt in your mind previously as to the identity of the lovely young Girl, this should put it to rest forever. The beautiful young Girl definitely is Stella's younger self. Using the Four-leaf Clover Even if you have planted Four-leaf Clovers, they probably will not be ready for harvest before the end of the 1st year. If you wish to use the Four-leaf Clover given to you by the 'ghost' of Stella, you can make one of the best items of Torso Equipment with it as follows: Black Robe: 12440G Skill Level 95 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 105, MAG 85, FX Max HP +40, Element Defence +12 Ingrtedients: Fire Cape, Water Cape, Earth Cape, Wind Cape, Four-leaf Clover, Demon Blood Another high level item in the form of Head EQ uses a Four-Leaf Clover: Elephant Mask: 6950G Skill Level 80, ATK 15, DEF 100, MAG 95, FX Ingredients: Four-leaf Clover, Quality Fur, Sharp Fang, Sapphire Winter Constellations As always, it is Cinnamon who must give information about the Constellations that can be discovered in the sky during any season. The first of the Winter Constellations is the 'Cross'. Cinnamon: In this season, it's all about the Cross. Out of all the constellations, it's thought to be the most mystical. Freyr:: Oh, there must be a lot of stories behind it, then. Cinnamon: I'll tell you about it when you find it. You can see the Cross a

bit late at night. Go find it. The Cross Constellation is associated with Lara and can be viewed after 8.00 p.m. The other two Winter Constellations are discussed in another section of this guide in the Walkthrough for the last few days of Winter. 'The Cross' and Kanpumasatsu Each Constellation is associated with one of the Eligible Girls and visiting her after viewing the Constellation will result in an increase in a specific area. Visit Lara the morning after you find the Cross and your constitution will increase. Lara: Do you know about this thing called 'kanpumasatsu'? Freyr: What's that? Lara: You use a dry cloth to rub your bare skin to boost your health. Uzuki told me the other day that it's supposed to bolster the nervous system and warms you up to prevent illness. Well? Would you like to try? Freyr: W-wait… We have to rub our bare skin? So… you have to take your clothes off? Won't that be really cold? Lara: It's supposed to be effective because it's cold. Freyr: I'll . Just hearing about that made me feel healthier already. Freyr's constitution went up! The Era of Disconnect If you touch the Portal and choose to move forward, your character will declare: Freyr: I should be fine. Let's do this! You now will find yourself on the landing outside the Clock Tower. Climb the ladder to the roof. Fire will surround the Clock Tower on all sides in this other World. A dreadful monster framed in fire will stand on the roof of the infernal Clock Tower. It will plead with you to run away. Monster: Don't come near me. I can't do this anymore. Please. Run away… Freyr: You're … from my dream… Gelwin now will appear. Gelwein: Welcome, Freyr. I knew you'd be able to make it here. Freyr (turning): …!! Gelwein: Behold, this hideous monster! This here is a magical creature created by amateurish researchers with the power of Spirits. On top of their incompetence, it had an uncontrollable trait of endlessly absorbing Runes, so it was abandoned here. For such inept fools, this was the only thing they could do. That's where I come in. At first I used Iris, then Mist, to continuously feed him with Runes filled with negative emotions over the years. It was so exciting watching this creature turn into a hidous monster while so loyally waiting for his masters! He's at his limit now though. He will soon lose control of his mind. Once that happens, he'll absorb all the Runes around him and become a complete embodiment of destruction! This is how I will destroy the world, the very fools that dared reject my genius! Freyr: I won't let that happen! Gelwein; Why don't you speak such nonsense after you've defeated that! Freyr: ..!!! Incoming! Creature of the Runes

The creature rears and then attacks… If the creature represented the most powerful enemy you would face in the Era of Disconnect, it would represent no true challenge. A good blade such as Dragonslayer and a few Recovery items, such as E. Drink X or even E. Drink S and some Relax Tea would be more than adequate to take you to victory. Sad to say, this is only the beginning of the conflict… Gelwein in Mutation When you defeat the Creature created from the Runes, Gelwein simply will laugh. Freyr: Your maniacal plots… END HERE! Gelwein simply laughs: MUAHAHAHAH! Gelwein: This is it… This is what I've been waiting for! Freyr: Mist! Release Mist! Gelwein: Why don't you make me! Freyr: No need to tell me twice…!! Balls of white fire surround him, then he mutates into a centaur-like creature that resembles the Dog you defeated with Gelwein upon it. It is a most ungodly creature created of a symbiosis between Gelwein and the negative Rune Energy. Gelwein, however, apparently finds his monstrous persona exquisite. The creature bears his head but has a griffin-like body. Gelwein: Such magnificence… I never imagined it would amount to this much… Freyr: What… is this? This monstrosity…? Gelwein: it's a combination of a giant Rune and the awareness-control I used to manipulate Iris… In order to place this rebellious magical creature completely under my sway, I had to first get rid of his own will, but thanks to you, that became much easier. If it weren't for you, I wouldn't be able to destroy the world! Freyr: What… Gelwein: For your great service to my dream… You'll have the honour of dying first! Freyr: Gelwein!! You've caused enough suffering with your selfish games… You, I will never… EVER forgive! Now the battle will begin in earnest. You will be forced to face more than Gelwein's mutation. There are four lesser insect Monsters who will surround and attack as well. Here you definitely will need more than a couple of E. Drink X and Relax Teas as well as items that boost Defence if you wish to complete the storybook in the first year. Unless your Experience Level has reached at least 65 or 70, however, you will find it a struggle. Note that you need only SURVIVE at this point, however, long enough for your allies to arrive on the scene. Gelwein: With this rune I …AM A GOD! You will never win!!! Freyr: I … hear something… A song?! You now see Candy standing atop the giant Dark Rune that encloses Mist. Candy: Freyr! Freyr: Candy?! What are you… Why are you here?! Candy: We asked the Spirits to bring our forms and song voice here. Cinnamon: You can't win without first releasing the Dark Rune from under Gelwein's control.

Iris Noire: If we all sing together, our thoughts should be able to reach the Dark Rune Gelwein took by force. Eunice: That's why we're all going to sing the Spirit Melody together! Freyr: You guys… Selphy: Hey! I'm here to help, too! Although, to be honest, singing isn't my forte! Melody: I'll be helping too, so we should be able to take care of a guy like him. No sweat! Uzuki: Well, this is the one time I can't ask for Tsubute's aid… Because he's … tone-deaf. Bianca: I came all the way here to sing for you. You'd better make it worth my while and take care of that low life. Tabatha: If at all possible, please save that monster along with the Spirits. Anette: I'll deliver a song instead of mail, today. It's a mailman's job to deliver anything if necessary!! Lara: I'll take care of your injuries, but please, be safe…! Rosetta (with thunder and cross hurt): Hey Mist! It's not like you to be captured like this! Every one's … um… worried! Iris: May our songs be carried. Oh, Spirits! Awaken from your sorrows! As the girls sing, the Dark Rune that surrounds Mist is transformed to Light and she awakens. Mist: Oh… Hello, every one… Is there a festival today? Freyr: What are you talking about?! Every one's here because of you! Mist (with floating hearts): Oh, is that so. Then I guess that makes today 'Mist Festival.' Freyr: … Mist… Mist: Haha. I'm kidding… Freyr: … Mist: The Spirits told me about what's going on. Don't worry about me. Give 'em all you got! I'll you. Gelwein in mutation still raises a hand. Gelwein: Fools! Even without the Rune, you're no match for this body of mine! Freyr: Every one, help me out! You now will be obliged to defeat Gelwein completely. He should be near extinction when the Girls with their Spirit Melody. Stay on your feet, be watchful of your HP and RP and he should be defeated quickly. When you defeat Gelwein, he and the Dog will split once again and Gelwein, in his former human form, will be on the ground. The Dog will stand next to him, freed now from his influence. Defeated, Gelwein cries: No… Impossible! My plan… My plan…! Freyr: I couldn't have beaten you alone… You despised every one around you and wanted revenge. I, on the other hand, fought together with every one around me... Gelwein: You're telling me that's why I lost…? A miscalculation… on my part…? Not …possibl… Ugh…!! Dog: I've caused all of you such trouble. I'm sorry. Freyr: You weren't yourself. You don't need to apologise. Dog: Thank you.

Freyr now turns to Mist. Freyr: … Mist… We should get going. Every one's waiting. Mist: Right. Oh yeah! She walks towards the Dog, then goes down on one knee to speak to him. Mist: Mr. Dog, why don't you come with us? It'll be fun. Dog: Thank you, but I'd be more trouble than fun if I were to cross over. Mist: You're talking about the power that absorbs all Runes, right? I'll just tell the Spirits to be careful next time in my dream, so don't worry. Dog: Um… is such a thing really possible? Mist: I'm pretty sure it'll be okay. Dog: Th-thank you. But… I'll stay here. Because I… Even I have a family… Freyr: Oh yeah. The people in this world see you as… A flurry of white flower petals now rise from the ground of the Tower in the Era of Disconnect. Mist turns to face Freyr. Mist: Let's get going. I'm sure every one's waiting. Freyr: Ah, right. He turns to face the Dog. Freyr: Well, we're gonna get going now. Take care… Dog: You too… The Credits now roll, after which: The End. Of course, it is not the end of the game by any means. After the End is declared, you see your character returning from the Church District. He walks slowly to the door of his farmhouse, weapon still in hand. You now regain control. No time has elapsed since you first entered the portal to the Era of Disconnect. Note: If your levels remain low, you may wish to refrain from entering the Portal to the Era of Disconnect at this point in time. If you wait until the 2nd year, you will be able to harvest all the slow-growing, rare Flowers needed to create the very best Weapons and Accessories as well as being able to raise your experience levels further. A Monster Ally can accompany you into the Era of Disconnect, by the way. Before the end of the 1st year, however, it is unlikely that you will have an Ally of sufficient experience level to survive the encounter. Again, waiting until you and your Monster Ally have higher Experience Levels may be the wisest choice. Walkthrough: Late Winter Birthdays After the Hotpot Convention, there will be three Birthdays to . Rita's Birthday falls on 22 Winter and Iris' Birthday is on the 23rd. As both Blanche and Noire accept gifts separately, that can be considered two birthdays. Give Rita Wine for her birthday. Iris loves Tomato Juice both in her light and dark personae. 29 Winter is Marco's Birthday and he loves Curry Powder as much as he loves Curry Rice. As his birthday is associated with a special Event, it has been given a section of its own. Kross and the Boulder At 4 Hearts, when you enter the South District any day, you will experience a little event wherein you will witness Kross pushing a huge boulder across a field. Enter your house afterwards. When you attempt to leave again, the

boulder will be in front of your own door, preventing you from exiting. Kross then will arrive: Me: Whoa! Kross walks up to it. Kross: I'm sorry, Freyr… Me: Why are you apologising, Kross? Kross: … I'm sorry. He then pushes it out of the way. He makes no reference to the incident whatsoever afterwards, apart from saying: Kross: I'm sorry, Freyr… Brodik, however, will make reference to the Event and now Kross will speak of Brodik as well. Brodik: How did you move that rock? Uh, I mean… Heh heh heh… What kind of weirdo puts rocks in front of their house? Well, it's not like you have friends anyway so it's perfect! Hahaha! Then: Brodik: Freyr's rock. That's perfect! Hahahaha! Kross now will make reference to Brodik: Kross: I'm sorry. My neighbour seems to be bothering you. He looks very much like me when I was young. Me: So you were a lively child. You really don't look it now. Haha. Kross: Heh… I wasn't lively at all… At 4 Hearts, Kross will tell you his birthday as well. Walkthrough: The Last Week in Winter As is the case in many Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, both the last day of Winter and the first day of Spring are Festival Days. Shops will be shut on both days. If you have been following this Walkthrough, you should have had the Seed Maker before the end of Spring but if you do not have a Seed Maker yet, you need to buy Spring Seeds during the last week of Winter in order to be able to plant them on the 1st day of Spring. Incidentally, Erik spends all day Thursday at the Beach so even the 29th will be too late if you wish to purchase Seeds for Spring. If you have a Seed Maker and have saved Spring Crops and Flowers in your Refrigerator and Lab Storage, you can use those to create seeds for planting instead. There is one Seed that you ought to buy even if you have a Seed Maker. Buy whatever Fodder Seeds you intend to plant on the Homestead in Spring both for Runey production and for Fodder. You may wish to set a Monster to water the Fields on the last day of Winter as Monsters usually only begin to work at their appointed tasks the day after they have been given the command. Monsters who clear the Field of Lumber and Rocks can work throughout the Winter season. Continue to keep them at their tasks until all plots are tilled in Spring. There are three Winter Constellations that can be 'found' in the 1st Year provided always that Cinnamon tells you about each. If you have not 'found' them earlier in the season, make certain that you do so before New Year's Day. The Cross Constellation, associated with Lara, is discussed in an earlier section of this Walkthrough. The other two are the Hairpin Constellation, associated with Uzuki and the Fish Constellation associated with Cinnamon. Hairpin Constellation

The Hairpin Constellation appears in the early evening and can be found even before 7.00 p.m. View the heavens from the vantage point of the Conservatory to discover it. Speak to Uzuki the next day for your reward. Sparring Session with Uzuki After you have found the Hairpin Constellation, speak both to Cinnamon in order to learn about the legend, then speak to Uzuki to initiate a little Event. Uzuki: I know! Freyr, would you please have a match with me? Freyr: What?! But… Uzuki: Do not cower, Freyr! En garde! Darkness and the sound of weapons clashing, then: Freyr's Sword Skill went up! Uzuki: That was a good match. Daily training makes all the difference, Freyr. Freyr: Haha… Fish Constellation The last Constellation that can be found in your first Winter is the Fish Constellation. You will be able to view it only after midnight. In fact, if you are quick, you can 'find' it by 12.57 a.m., use 'Return' and slip through your door by 12.59 a.m. to avoid oversleeping and the risk of catching a cold. The 'Fish Constellation' actually resembles the Whale of Whale Island. It is associated with Cinnamon. Speak to her as usual to tell her that you have found it and you will receive a little reward from her in the form of increased Fishing Skill. Cinnamon's Fishing Tutorial When you speak to Cinnamon after finding the Fish Constellation in the sky, you will experience a little Event as follows: Cinnamon: Did you find the Fish Constellation? Freyr: Yes. It was hard staying up so late, but I got to see it. Cin: That's good… Then let me tell you something since you found the Fish Constellation. Freyr: What is it? Cinnamon: When fishing, thinking about what the fish are doing will help you catch them better. Oh… But does that have something to do with the Fish Constellation? Cinnamon: … Yes. There is a legend that says that your fishing skill will get better when you find the Fish Constellation. Freyr: Really…? That sounds a bit too convenient… Despite his cynical attitude here: Freyr's Fishing Skill went up! Note that you can 'find' the Fish Constellation as late as the early morning of 1 Spring. This constitutes the last opportunity to find the Constellation until the following Winter. Wishes in Snow

Before the year ends, the Eligible Girls will begin to speak of a custom of writing a wish in snow. According to the tradition, if the snow does not melt before spring, the wish will come true. Speak to each of the Eligible Girls to discover her wish. Thursday, 29 Winter Before Winter ends, fish a little from the hole in the middle of Lake Poli for Pond Smelt, if you have not done so previously. Collect one last harvest of Apples, one of the most energy-rich fruits in Rune Factory Frontier. If you have not done so by now, make an effort to 'find' the Winter Constellations: the Cross, the Hairpin and the Fish, then speak to the Eligible Girl connected with each afterwards. The Cross is connected to Lara, the Hairpin to Uzuki and the Fish to Cinnamon. Marco's Treasure Hunt Marco's Birthday is on 29 Winter, and you can give him Curry Rice or Curry Powder to obtain an enthusiastic response. Apart from this, however, it is a good idea to speak to Marco in order to initiate a series of Treasure Hunt events. Marco: Hey! Look! I found a treasure map! Freyr: Wow, where did you find it? Marco: Keep it a secret, okay? When I was washing my face this morning, it was on the ground near the basin! Freyr: Oh… Marco: So I wanted to ask you for help because I wasn't sure where the treasure is. You'll help me, right? Freyr: Huh? Sure, I'll help. Marco: Awesome! The treasure is supposed to be 'Below the streetlight of the building with lots of steam.' Thanks! Walk towards the postbox and street lamp to the left of the Bathhouse to experience the event. Freyr: Something's on the ground… It's a letter. Is this the treasure that Marco was looking for…? Something's on the ground… You got Treasure Map! Treasure Map: 10G The treasure map that Marco found. There might be some treasure somewhere. Give it to Marco now. Marco: What is this? Freyr: it was on the spot that the treasure map pointed to. Marco: Oh… Let's see… 'In front of the ice hole'… What is this? Freyr: The next map must be there. Marco: I get it! You're so smart! Then I'll be counting on you for the next map too! At the big hole in the ice at the centre of Lake Poli: Freyr: Something's on the ground… It's a letter. I wonder if it's another treasure map. I should give this to Marco. Marco: Another 'Treasure Map'?! I'm getting tired of this! Let's see… 'In the well of the sword wielder.' I don't get it… It's at your own Homestead of course. Walk towards your Well and:

Freyr: Something's on the ground… It's a letter. I wonder if it's another treasure map. I should give this to Marco. Marco: Did you find the next 'Treasure Map'? (with cross hurt and thunder): Oh, man. I might as well go all the way then! Let's see… 'In the garden of the girl who lives alone.' I'm counting on you! Go to the back of Mist's garden on the left side of the house. Freyr: Huh? But this is… Is this the treasure that Marco was looking for? I should give this to Marco. Treasure Box: 10G The box that was found by solving the riddle of the treasure map. Is their treasure inside?! Give the Treasure Box now to Marco. Make certain that you complete this Treasure Hunt ON the 29th and give the Box on the same day. Marco: Huh? Is this…? Freyr: This was at the spot the treasure map pointed to. Marco: Wow! Can I open it? Freyr: Go ahead. Marco; It's a wooden sword! It's totally new! My old one was getting tattered so I wanted a new one! All right! Freyr: There's something inside the box… It says 'Happy Birthday'… Marco: Mom… Marco (with tears) Now I have to get Mom another birthday present… Then: Marco: Thanks! Going treasure hunting with you was fun! After it is all over, speak to him and he will tell you: Marco: Hey! It's my birthday today. It's on the same day as the Year End Festival so my gifts and the stuff for that day always get jumbled up. I wonder if Candy will give me a birthday present… If you give the Treasure Box to Marco on the 30th or any later day, all he will say is: Marco: That for me? Hm. Do speak to Marco on the 30th and he will tell you about Candy's gift: Marco: Check it out! Candy gave me a birthday present! I'll wear this bandanna for the rest of my life! Year-End Festival In Rune Factory Frontier, the New Year Festival traditions require your participation both on the 30th and on the 1st of Spring. Unlike Harvest Moon games, where Buckwheat is given on the 30th and Rice Cakes on the 1st, in Rune Factory Frontier, you will obtain New Mochi on the 30th from Rita and pound it yourself into Rice Cakes in the Square on the 1st Day of Spring. Speak to Rita in the Public Square on 30 Winter after 9.00 a.m. Rita: I hope we'll get along next year too. By the way, let me give you this. You got New Mochi! Rita: This is called a 'New Mochi'. It's a symbol of the New Year's Festival. Just crush it and it along. Incidentally, you only can obtain one 'New Mochi' from Rita. If you speak to her again at any point during the day, her dialogue will indicate that she is giving you 'New Mochi' but it is simply a repetition of dialogue, giving no

new item. Take the New Mochi to the Square on 1 Spring to 'split' it with a Hammer. On the last day of Winter, when you speak to characters, many of them will mention the tradition of viewing the first sunrise of the year. In many Harvest Moon games, including FoMT/MFoMT and Tree of Tranquility, your character actually can go to a location to view the New Year sunrise with other villagers and/or loved ones. In Rune Factory Frontier, there is no point whatsoever in attempting to do this when single as you will find yourself alone on a deserted map. If you continue to stay out until 5.00 a.m., you will find yourself awakening late and may even have caught cold without having experienced any reward whatsoever. On the night of 30 Winter, collect whatever Apples you wish, fish from the hole in the ice at the Lake and/or 'find' any remaining Winter Constellations in the night heavens. At midnight, the fruit on the Cornucopia Trees will change from Apples to Cherries if you re-enter the district but Winter Constellations such as the Fish Constellation will remain in the Sky. New Year Festival The New Year Festival is conducted in the Public Square but only Rita, Turner and Uzuki actually are present. You can participate at any time after 9.00 a.m. If you go to the Square before 9.00 a.m., the platform where the New Mochi is smashed will be in place but you will be unable to use it. After 9.00 a.m., go to the Public Square with the New Mochi that Rita gave you on the previous day. Pounding Mochi Turner will inform you: Turner: Happy New Years. Turner: Happy New Years. I hope we'll get along in the nbext year, too. By the way, there's a 'Split Cake' at the square. Freyr: Split Cake…? Turner: It's where you split the New Mochi to celebrate the new year. Turner: You place it on top of a stand and smash it with a hammer to wish for a peaceful next year. Freyr: Oh… That sounds interesting. Go to the centre of the display and press A. Freyr: I'm guessing you place a New Mochi in here and pound it with a hammer. Place a New Mochi in it. Forget it. Let's see… Take a New Mochi out of the bag… and voila! Turner: All right, Freyr. Let's see you kick some butt! Rita: Keep at it! You now need to use your Hammer on the New Mochi. If you press A again instead: There's already a New Mochi placed in it. I just need to smash it with a hammer! You hit it with a special attack and it simply makes Mochi. Each time I hit the New Mochi with my Hammer, it made 5 Mochi. You can bring your own New Mochi to the Public Square as well if you wish to make more Mochi using your Hammer. Mochi is a Dish that can be made in your

own Kitchen using a Steamer. Mochi: 310G Skill Level 17 HP 60, RP 125, FX 180 sec. Max HP +50, Wind Resistance +10 Made by pulverizing rice after it has been steamed. Roasting it makes it softer and more chewy. Ingredients: Rice x 2 New Mochi: 1080G Skill Level 34 HP 170, RP 150, FX 180 sec. MAX HP +75, Wind Attack +10 Rice cake that is eaten during the New Years Festival. It looks like a snowman. Ingredients: Mochi x 2, Orange, Quality Cloth, Thick Stick, Green Grass If you wish to make extra Mochi at the Square using your own New Mochi, do not bother to use high level ingredients in the dish. No matter what the level of your own New Mochi, the result will be Level 1 Mochi. Whether or not it is worth the effort to make extra Mochi at the Public Square is another matter. 1 Mochi made in the Steamer requires 2 Rice. 1 New Mochi requires 2 Mochi which means 4 Rice but when smashed back to Mochi, creates 5 Mochi. You now can give the Mochi as New Year Gifts to any individual. They are not appreciated equally by every character, however. You will find the individual responses to Mochi in my Characters Guide. A gift of Mochi at the New Year does appear to boost both Friendship and Love a little. The increases in most cases are not significant but there are a couple of exceptions. Uzuki's New Year Fortunes Rice Cakes or Mochi is one New Year Tradition. Fortune-telling is another. Uzuki stands in the centre of the Public Square and when you speak to her, will offer to tell your fortune for the coming year. This Rune Factory Frontier ritual reminded me a little of Tortimer's New Year's Fortunes in Animal Crossing. Uzuki: Happy New Years. In my country, the new year is the most important festival of the year. We have a saying of, 'The plans of the year are set on New Year's Day.' We then have our fortune told for the year. Would you like me to tell your fortune, Freyr? Your choices now: Yes, please. Maybe later. If you choose to have your fortune told: Uzuki: All right then. Here I go. Ha! Ha! Kieeeeeeeeee! She waves her staff a bit, then: Uzuki: … There it is. Let's see… The results are random. 'Best Luck.' You will have a great year. Your harvests, adventures, and love life will be splendid. Aren't you glad, Freyr? Or: 'Ill Fortune'. Nothing will go as planned. You will especially have trouble with women. Beware.

Calendar of Birthdays and Festivals In any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, a Calendar is almost indispensible. Knowing when Festivals are due to occur and the birthdays of every individual in your village can increase the strength of relationships and bring you closer to marriage with the girl or bachelor of your dreams. Calendar Dates There are four season in a year and they follow the traditional wheel with Spring as the first, Summer the second, Autumn the third and Winter the fourth season. Crops can be grown in all seasons except Winter on your Farm. As in other Rune Factory games, the week has only six days rather than seven. The first day of any week is a Holiday, followed by the traditional Monday through Friday order.of the days. There is a Calendar beside your Diary Table in your farmhouse, but very few items will appear on it at the start of the game. The following is a complete Calendar of Festivals and Birthdays with a Most Favourite Gift as well as an Easy Favourite Gift listed in brackets for each individual. Crops and Constellations for each Season are listed as well for easy reference. It is only if and when you give a character a gift on his/her birthday that the birthday will appear on the Calendar. This is one of the major benefits of ing a character's birthday with a gift as you then will be reminded each year of the date when you look at the Calendar. Complete Calendar of Festivals, Birthdays, Crops and Constellations Spring: Spring Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Turnip, Cabbage, Potato Multiple Harvest Crops: Strawberry, Cucumber Spring Flowers: Moondrop Flower, Toy Herb, Emery Flower, Cherry Grass, Lamp Grass, Blue Crystal Spring Fruits: Cherry Spring Constellations: Turnip Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Mist) Serpent Constellation: between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m. (Rosetta, Intelligence Increase) Crown Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Selphy, Constellation Books) 1 Spring: New Year's Festival (after 1st year) Celebrate the New year. Rice Cakes are the present of choice. 'Rice Cakes' are termed 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. New Mochi is smashed with a Hammer on a special platform at the Square after 9.00 a.m. You can obtain a 'New Mochi' from Rita after 9.00 a.m. at the Public Square on 30 Winter. Smash it at the Square on 1 Spring to create 5 Mochi. Give these as New Year Gifts to individuals. (Responses and value in of LP/FP will vary by individual). You can bring your own New Mochi if you wish as well to make more Mochi or you can make the Mochi in your Kitchen using a Steamer. 2 Spring: Kross' Birthday (Cat's Tail, Warrior's Medal)

8 Spring: Nolan's Birthday (Wine) 11 Spring: Melody's Birthday (Relax Tea, Wild Coloured Grasses) 17 Spring: Brodik's Birthday (Apple Pie) 19 Spring: Sainte-Coquille Festival Hosted by Bianca. She orders, I cook. Occurs only after Bianca becomes a permanent resident in Trampoli. 22 Spring: Turner's Birthday (All Ores except Scrap Iron) 26 Spring: Cinnamon's Birthday (Magic Crystal, any raw Fish) 27 Spring: Candy's Birthday (All Fruit Juices, Apple Pie) 29 Spring: Foliage Festival (after 1st year) Give flowers to those you're indebted to. Found out when Eunice was distributing flowers. Give Flowers to Eligible Girls Summer: Summer Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Onion, Pumpkin Multiple Harvest Crops: Tomato, Corn, Pineapple Summer Flowers: Pink Cat, Fireflower, Ironleaf, Clover, Green Crystal Summer Fruit: Orange Summer Constellations: Elephant Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Bianca, Diamond) Wooly Constellation* between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m.(Tabatha, Monster FP) *You must have a Monster with you when you 'find' it. Buffamoo Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Anette, 'anonymous' Letters written by Anette) 1 Summer: Beach Opening Start your summer at the beach. Don't forget your bathing suit! Festival begins at 10.00 a.m. at the Beach with Melon Pinata. Before 10.00 a.m., you can experience Events in the Changing Room with the Eligible Girls. The Eligible Girls who attend the Festival and who are found in the Changing Room on 1 Summer varies from year to year and game to game. Eunice will not participate unless she has lost weight pursuant to your own character's encouragement. 6 Summer: Danny's Birthday (Silver, Quality Cloth) 8 Summer: Bianca's Birthday (Jewelry such as Pendants, Rings) Note that Bianca is not impressed with specific items but will accept certain'decent' Accessories. She will scorn knitted Accessories, however and will respond to the gift of a Fan in the same fashion. 13 Summer: Lute's Birthday (Chocolate) 15 Summer: Uzuki's Birthday (Golden Hairpin, Char Sashimi, Black Sashimi) 23 Summer: Erik's Birthday (Garlic, Dried Fish) 25 Summer: Ganesha Cup Boat Race May the best sailor in town win. The Boat Race is held at Lake Poli. You can ask any girl at high heart level to accompany you. Steer your gondola over items in the water for various effects. Hearts result in an increase of affection if and only if an Eligible Boat is with you. 27 Summer: Stella's Birthday (Four-Leaf Clover, Toy Herb, Pickled Turnip) 30 Summer: Pumpkin Festival Every one put on a pumpkin masque. Started by some one saved by a pumpkin-headed monster. You will be able to buy a 'Pumpkin-Head' yourself from Rosetta in Summer to wear as headgear in combat. You may be able to forge your own Pumpkin Head once your Pumpkins mature.

Autumn: Autumn Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Spinach, Carrot Multiple Harvest Crops: Yam, Eggplant, Bell Pepper Autumn Flowers: Charm Blue, Pom-Pom, Noel Grass, Red Crystal Autumn Fruit: Chestnut Autumn Constellations: Hat Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Melody, Magic Skill) Broom Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Eunice, Cooking Skill) 1 Autumn: Mist's Birthday (Emery Flower, Turnip) 3 Autumn: Selphy's Birthday (Sandwich, Rice Ball) 8 Autumn: Kanno's Birthday (Cake, Magic Powder) 12 Autumn: Tabatha's Birthday (Oatmeal, Rice, Flour, Porridge) 13 Autumn: Harvest Festival A time of thanks. Give veggies to people you're indebted to. Give Vegetables to Eligible Girls for boost in heart level. 17 Autumn: Eunice's Birthday (Mont Blanc, any Flower) * *Do not give any Sweets, including her favourite Mont Blanc, if she is trying to lose weight! 21 Autumn: Rosetta's Birthday (Roasted Yam, Strawberry, Hot Milk, Cherry Pie) 25 Autumn: Coming of Age Day There is an annual treasure hunt to commemorate the day. Many 'false' items will be located throughout Trampoli. See the Festivals section of this guide for details. Continue to look for the real item even if another individual pronounces himself/herself the winner. In the first year, you may wish to keep the Golden Turnip yourself to convert it into Seeds instead of taking 1st Place. 30 Autumn: Sea Surf Day Official Holiday to celebrate the end of the Darkness on the last day of Autumn Winter: Winter Crops: Single Harvest Crops: None Multiple Harvest Crops: None Winter Flowers: None Winter Fruit: Apple Other Seasonal Items: Dried Fish Winter Constellations: Hairpin Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Uzuki, Weapons Skill) Cross Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Lara, HP Increase) Fish Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Cinnamon, Fishing Skill) 1 Winter: Lara's Birthday (Chocolate Cake, Strawberry Jam, any Jam) 4 Winter: Anette's Birthday (Pumpkin Tart, Strawberry, any Fruit, Boiled Egg) 7 Winter: Quiz Contest Test your knowledge against others and come out on top! There are ten questions, with a 'commercial break' in the middle of the Contest. It can be quite hilarious. There will be four contestants, including your character and each is represented by a different fruit. For

each correct response, a piece of fruit will be placed on the ground. The winner ultimately will obtain all the fruit from each character's correct responses. 8 Winter: Ganesha's Birthday (Demon's Blood, Any Ore) 19 Winter: Hotpot Convention Every one in town brings an ingredient for one giant hotpot! Some ingredients will result in a 'good' hotpot but others in a 'bad' one. Most Fish will have a good result. Many vegetables, however, will result in a 'bad' hotpot, including Carrots and Yams. 15 Winter: Minerva's Birthday (Flop) 22 Winter: Rita's Birthday (Wine) 23 Winter: Iris' Birthday (both of them!) (Tomato Juice) 29 Winter: Marco's Birthday (Curry, Curry Powder) 30 Winter: Year End Festival Reflect on the past year and prepare for the next. Go to the Public Square after 9.00 a.m. to speak to Rita. She will give you a 'New Mochi'. This is the item that you will need on the 1st of Spring if you wish to pound Rice Cakes at the Square. Rice Cakes are 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. They, like New Mochi can be made in your own kitchen or at the Public Square only on New Year's Day. Friendship and Courtship As always in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, relationships with other people are as important as farming. Characters are divided between those eligible for marriage and those who can become no more than friends. For any character who is eligible for marriage, there will be two separate gauges of your relationship: Love and Friendship. Love is designated by hearts and Friendship is designated by yellow 'smiley faces'. Each individual responds differently to the same actions or gifts. In many cases, you can raise Friendship and/or Love through specific actions as well as conversation and gifts of 'Most Favourite' items. An item which is liked by an individual and given specifically on his/her birthday as a birthday gift will raise Friendship/Love levels as well. Actions that can raise Love and Friendship include patronising a character's business if he/she is a merchant, exploration of dungeons, increase in Skills and in the case of Tabatha, friendship with Monsters. The most important act always is regular dialogue with the individual. If you meet and greet every one daily, you will find that Friendship and Love levels increase at a decent pace, even if you seldom or never are able to give a 'Most Favourite' item as a gift early in the game. Many of the Eligible Girls have a shop or business. You can buy items from Selphy, Lara and Rosetta to boost their heart levels. Use the bath daily to increase Melody's heart level. Actions that can raise Love and Friendship include patronising a character's business if he/she is a merchant, exploration of dungeons, increase in Skills and in the case of Tabatha, friendship with Monsters. There are three values for items as gifts in of Love. There are the classical 'Most Favourite Gifts' worth +9 LP. There are ordinary preferred items worth +3 LP and there are the detested items that will reduce LP by 3 points, worth -3 LP. If so, this is a somewhat simpler system than some Harvest Moon games where there are ordinary disliked items and one Most Detested Item that will cause a significant drop in affection.

There are three main categories of items in of their Friendship values. There are items that are worth +9 FP, +3 FP and items, disliked, that will lower Friendship, worth -3 FP. It is possible as well that there may be one Most Detested Item, an Item of Horror that will lower Friendship by 9 points. Certainly in Erik's case, the Detested Turnip elicits a far more violent response than the Disliked Chocolate or Jam. Each of the Constellations in the night sky is connected to a specific Eligible Girl. See the section relating to Constellations and Eligible Girls for more details. Gift Totals Rune Factory Frontier appears to resemble Tree of Tranquility in the Gifts System. In other words, there is a maximum number of Love and/or Friendship Points that can be gained each day by speaking to the individual and/or giving him/her favourite Gifts. Once that maximum has been reached, the individual will refuse further Gifts verbally, although the item you have offered will disappear from your Rucksack! There is no point in wasting items by giving them to individuals after the daily point total allotment has been reached. Speaking to the individual and giving him/her a Most Favourite Item instantly will result in the maximum point total for the day. Speaking to the individual and giving an item he/she particularly likes will do the same. If, however, you give an item to which the individual is indifferent or actively dislikes, you will be able to give an additional gift afterwards. This, as well as the verbal response should help you gauge the Friendship/Love value of items to any individual. Letters and Requests Rune Factory Frontier, like Magical Melody, Island of Happiness and Tree of Tranquility, is a game where Characters arrive and sometimes depart either according to predetermined schedules or based on your character's actions. You therefore will not meet even all Eligible Girls at the start of Spring when the game begins in Trampoli. The earliest possible arrival date for each Character will be included in the Characters section of this Guide. Although Requests are not as numerous as in Rune Factory 2 and do not occupy a central position in RF Frontier, accepting them is vital in many circumstances as fulfillment of the Request will unlock a new option. It is the delivery of the Bamboo Shoot that Stella gives to you almost immediately after you move into your Farmhouse that will allow you to meet most of the owners of shops and businesses in the space of a single day. If you do not speak to Stella in order to experience the Request, you will find the doors of all shops locked. Another Request that occurs in the first week is Stella's request that you visit Mist, who has become ill. Only if you visit Mist and become susceptible to her cold will you collapse the next morning, bringing Lara to your rescue and cause her to decide to live in the village. These are but two examples of Requests that need to be completed. All Requests and Letters will be included in my Characters Guide for Rune Factory Frontier at:

Rune Factory Characters Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/977/977486p1.html Other Requests will be made through Letters. Both Mist and Erik will request a Turnip in a Letter that will be delivered to your house. Make certain that you read your letters on a regular basis. You will not be able to respond to them by writing freelance letters as you would in a game like Animal Crossing. There are specific Responses that can be made depending on the nature of the Letter you yourself receive. For example, when a Letter Requests an item, such as the Turnip requested in both Mist's and Erik's letters, you will respond simply by giving a Turnip to Anette, the postal carrier. Speak to Erik and Mist afterwards in order to experience the effect of your gifts. Erik will give you Formula C! N.B. Do not assume that an Item that is the subject of an individual's Request is one that he/she actually would like to receive as a gift. In more than one case, the item requested actually is a Most Detested Gift! For example, Eunice makes a Request for a Fish and Erik makes a Request for a Turnip. These are Most Detested Items for the individuals in question. Always give the Requested Item to Anette for Delivery rather than attempting to make the delivery yourself. Birthdays in Rune Factory Frontier In Rune Factory 2, there was a special unique designated Birthday Gift for each individual. This is not the case in Rune Factory Frontier, making it easy to acknowledge every character's birthday with a simple gift of an item he/she likes. Characters who lived in Kardia originally have the same birthdays and likes and dislikes as they had in the original Rune Factory. With respect to any character who is new to Rune Factory, you can discover his/her birthday through conversation or a gift. As Friendship/Love levels increase, characters will confide in you, telling you of their likes and dislikes and will disclose their birthdays as well. If you give a character an item on the day of his/her birthday, the character will recognise it as a birthday gift. The date then will appear on your Calendar with a portrait of the individual. When the character reaches approximately 4 Hearts/Friendship, he/she will confide the date of his/her birthday. The Birthday then will be added to the Calendar with the portrait even if you have not 'celebrated' it yet with a gift. Gossip is rife in the small village of Trampoli and you may discover interesting or important details about specific characters from other characters in the game. At 4 Friendship, Candy will tell you her birthday and that of her sister. On 29 Winter, she will tell you that it is Marco's Birthday. Heart Levels and Events As in most Harvest Moon and Rune Factory games, many significant Events are

triggered when an individual reaches a specific Heart Level whether in Friendship or in Love. As in other games, Eligible Girls are the only characters with both Love and Friendship Levels. All other individuals have only Friendship Levels. Note, however, that the 'heart' and 'smiley face' icons really do not represent the significant turning points in relationships precisely. The actual triggers occur when specific LP or specific FP in of point totals are reached. As there is no equivalent of the 'Love Bangle' in Rune Factory Frontier to allow you to see point totals, you must rely on the heart and smiley face icons instead. It is at 4 Hearts approximately that a significant Event will occur in Rune Factory Frontier. In the case of an Eligible Girl, it is 4 Hearts in Love. In the case of other Characters, Events will be triggered at 4 Friendship. There are Events that can be triggered at lower Heart Levels but the most significant personal Event tends to occur at 4 Hearts. For example, Eunice's plan to lose weight will be possible only at 4 Hearts. There are events with higher Heart Level requirements. Minerva will arrive in Trampoli when Tabatha attains 6 Hearts. The Event wherein Kross moves a Boulder in front of your door occurs at 4 Friendship. Even in the case of your Enemy Brodik, the most critical Event will be triggered when he reaches 4 Friendship. Vital personal information usually is given at specific heart levels as well. A character will confide his/her birthday ordinarily at 4 Friendship. Courtship and Family

Accessories

On Tuesdays, Selphy will sell special books containing Recipes for items that are related specifically to courtship, marriage and family life. The books consist solely of Recipes for Gifts or 'Presents' for girls and for children: Happy Toys: 30000G A book with instructions for accessories meant to be presents! Isn't that just awesome? Beach Style!: 10000G A book of swimsuit patterns that boys are too embarrassed to buy at stores. The actual Recipes are included in my Cookbook Recipe Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html The bathing costumes are items for 'advanced' Courtship. If you attempt to give a Cute Bathiing Suit to any Eligible Girl who is not at a high heart level, she will refuse it. You therefore may wish to refrain from spending your money on these books until you have purchased necessary Recipe Books and home improvements. Social Gathering Spots As in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, there are specific locations that are popular for social gatherings. If you wish to meet and greet the largest number of characters daily, you should plan your route in order to make a brief stop at the most popular locations. For meeting and greeting eligible girls as well as Candy, the Laga Springs Bathhouse is a good choice. At some point during the day or night, most of the characters will appear at the Bathhouse, especially if the weather is fine. Candy as well as some of the Eligible Girls can be found in the

antechamber to the Women's Bath from 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m.. Candy will conduct business as usual here. On the men's side, you will find various individuals as well at different hours. Nolen will be there early in the evening. Late at night, both Danny and Erik tend to stand in the men's antechamber. A full schedule of the appearance of all characters can be found in my Rune Factory Frontier Characters Guide. Note, however, that the schedules of characters in Rune Factory Frontier often will vary significantly according to the progress you have made in the game and the Friendship Level you have reached with an individual. It therefore is impossible to provide a quick schedule that will be consistent throughout the game. Another popular gathering spot is the Public Square. For the older adults, the Tavern after 6.00 p.m. is a regular haunt. As in other games, you will find a number of individuals at the Church at different times of the day. It always is worth the effort to visit all public locations when you have a free moment to meet and greet Eligible Girls and other characters. Nature's Bounty The fundamental basis of any Harvest Moon game is the need to exist in harmony with the land. In Rune Factory, this philosophy is embodied in the 'Runey's and the rules for Runey Distribution. In the second week of Spring, when Cinnamon and Candy can be brought to Trampoli, you will have the opportunity to obtain the 'Harvester' and a 'Fishing Pole' from them, two tools that allow you to obtain the gifts of Nature. The Harvester is a multi-purpose tool in Rune Factory Frontier. Its unique use is that of harvesting Runeys from the environment. You can see Runeys with the naked eye as floating translucent creatures of various hues that hover above the land. There are four different types of Runeys: Grass, Tree, Rock and Water. Another section of this guide deals with the Runeys and their characteristics in detail. A Harvester is used to obtain all Ranch products from tame Monsters as well. Instead of using a Milker, Clipper and Harvest Basket in Rune Factory Frontier, all you need is the multi-purpose Harvester. Items from the Wilds From the very first day of gameplay, you will have collected wild items from your own Field. All items can be shipped. Even Weeds have a shipping value of 10G each, although Rosetta will be rather disparaging about any Weed shipments. At the start of the game, however, you should not allow false pride to dictate your actions and shipping one weed will give you enough money to purchase a bag of Turnip Seeds! Three Weeds shipped give the cost of one bag of Grass/Fodder Seeds. Bamboo Shoots are the most valuable item that is found in the Wilds, and once Candy arrives, she will prove her ability to create miracles by causing a 'Bamboo Day' Miracle for you. The next morning, you will find more Bamboo Shoots on your field than usual. Each will be crowned with a little glowing

red spark to indicate their connection with the 'Miracle'. As soon as you can afford to store Wild Grasses instead of shipping them, do so, as they are necessary ingredients in many Recipes in the Laboratory. Bamboo Shoots can be eaten raw, but are best used to make Cooked Dishes. Fruit Trees: If you are a natural adventurer and explorer, you will have explored the Mountains before you ever have the tools to take advantage of their riches, but if not, make certain that you make a trip to the Mountains as soon as you obtain a Hammer from Melody. You can obtain the Hammer on the first day of gameplay simply by going to the Spring Source in the Cave Depths of Whale Island. This will trigger the Event with Melody, who will give you a Hammer. There are Fruit Trees in the Mountains and in the Orchard of Plenty at Lake Poli. You will not be able to harvest any Fruit, however, unless you have a Hammer. Hit a Fruit Tree bearing ripe fruit once with your Hammer to cause fruit to fall to the ground. Cherries are available in Spring both from the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Path and in the Orchard of Plenty on the shore of Lake Poli. The book about 'Cornucopia Trees' in the Library gives you the information you need to harvest fruit if you did not discover the method by yourself. Stella will mention both the Trees and the method by which fruit is obtained, even though she will name the trees in the Orchard of Plenty as the 'Cornucopia Trees', and not speak at all of those on the Mountain Road. Stella: The other day, the 'Cornucopia Trees' at the lake bore fruit. It tasted really good. Freyr: Oh, really? That sounds great. Stella: Anybody in the village is allowed to take some so you should go try it out. But don't take too many. Freyr: Haha… I know. So where are these 'Cornucopia Trees'? Stella: The 'Cornucopia Trees' are east of the lake so you have to go by boat. Hit a tree with a hammer and fruit will fall. Freyr: I see. Thank you. I'll go check it out later. Stella: Yes. You go do that. This dialogue will occur even if you have discovered the secret of the Trees previously. They bear the fruit that is associated with the season. In Spring, they bear Cherries. In Summer, you will be able to harvest Oranges and in Autumn, you will find Chestnuts on the same trees. In Winter, the Cornucopia Trees produce the sole Winter 'Crop' in the form of Apples. Fishing As always, the Fish you will be able to catch depend partly on the Fishing Location but in Rune Factory Frontier, there appears to be far more 'roaming' where varieties of Fish are concerned. Your results will depend partly on your own Skill Levels and the quality of your Fishing Rod as well. Fishing is as interactive as cooking and forging in Rune Factory Frontier. When you cast your line, you will see a gauge similar to the Cooking/Forging gauge, except that in the case of fishing, success is entirely on the right side of the gauge rather than being located in the centre between two 'failure' margins. Tip: The first 'bite' or 'nibble' of any fish tends to send the gauge entirely to the right, almost to the 'perfect' end but the second pull will be minimal

and if you respond to it, the fish most likely will escape. Wait until the third 'pull' of the line at least and reel in the fish when the gauge is moving all the way towards the right. Whenever you catch a fish 'perfectly', it will be a better fish than otherwise would have been caught in the same attempt. As always in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, it is worth the effort to cast your Fishing Rod into unlikely locations in order to find rare Fish. In Rune Factory Frontier, you may wish to explore the small watering holes and ponds in Dungeons near the entry to the chamber in which the Boss Monster dwells. In the Green Ruins, you can find Lover Snapper, Taimen and Dye Trout, among other Fish, next to the chamber of the Giant Clucky. In the Lava Ruins, in the lovely Pool in front of the chamber where you can find the Giant Fire Slime and his Minions, you will be able to catch Lobster, Dye Trout, Fall Fish and Lamp Squid, among other Fish. Even on the 5th Floor of the Snow Ruins, you can find the elusive Sunsquid as well as Lobster and Fall Fish. Use the circle Portals of light that appears in each dungeon after confronting the Boss for quick access to the best fishing locations. Note that the Circle Portal is created when you confront the Boss Monster of any dungeon for the first time, whether or not you emerge victorious. Some players therefore confront the Boss as early as possible in the game in order to create the Circle Portal shortcut, even if they are doomed to defeat. Whenever your character ends up in the Clinic, Lara's Love/Friendship will decrease. Any Love/Friendship points lost, however, can be restored with gifts of her Most Favourite Chocolate Cake or even any type of Jam. Drying Racks for Fish At the beach, you will find Drying Racks to create Dried Fish. Any sort of Fish can be used to create Dried Fish but you must give the Fish to Erik on a Winter morning between 9.00 a.m. and noon in order to obtain this item. He will take the Fish from you and give you 'Dried Fish' the next day. Only one Fish can be given to him each day for this purpose and only during the Winter season. Dried Fish: Level 4: 96G HP 5, RP 120, FX 210 sec. Defence +14, Magic +10 Preserved fish. It tastes even better when roasted. During the Winter, Erik sells both Apples and Dried Fish at his Supplies Shop: Dried Fish: 120G HP 5, RP 45, FX 120 sec. Defence +14, Magic +10 Apple: 300G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 The Nature of War Trophies In Rune Factory Frontier, you often will be able to obtain the same item using one of three different methods. The primary methods by which items are obtained are by defeating Monsters, by smashing Rocks in Dungeons, by opening Treasure Chests or by smashing Crates. Ores are obtained primarily by smashing Rocks with a Hammer in any dungeon but Ores can be dropped by Monsters as War Trophies, or found either in a Treasure

Chest or a Crate. The same is true with respect to all Elemental Crystals. You can find them inside Rocks you have smashed, Treasure Chests you have opened or a defeated Monster may drop one. This makes Rune Factory Frontier rather different from previous games. Furthermore, War Trophies are not as monster-specific as in other games. The following is a list of all War Trophies with every Monster type who may 'drop it. The chance of the Monster dropping it is given in brackets after the Monster's name. As previously explained, you may be able to obtain the same item as a War Trophy from a number of different monsters. Letters in Rune Factory Frontier Letters are an important form of communication in Rune Factory Frontier, so much so that there is an official postal carrier named Anette. She delivers and fetches the post every morning. Any letters that you receive are placed afterwards on your table where you can read them at any time. In any case where a letter requires a response, there is an RSVP option in the Letters Menu. Your first letter is from Anette. An official Welcome Letter then will be sent by Stella on behalf of the Village. Third is a Letter from Mist. After the letter system has been established, you will be required to send a Turnip to Mist and then one to Erik through the postal system. In time, you will receive letters that offer you a choice of two responses. Make your Reply by choosing one of the two. Your first letter of this type is sent by Danny after Rosetta opens her Materia Store. The second will be a letter from Uzuki on 2 Summer, asking you what you thought of her bathing costume at the Beach Festival. There are three different methods by which a letter first is accessed. The first is by pressing 'A' in front of your postbox at any time of the day or night. The second is 'direct delivery' from Anette, by speaking to her when she is in the act of delivering your post and choosing the option to receive your letters from her. The third is by accessing your letters from their 'storage' place on your own Table. Sometimes, when more than one Letter is delivered on any given day, you may miss a new letter. It is a good idea to access your Letters from your Table in order to discover any unopened post. The text of all Letters is included in the Characters Guide. Secret Letters You will begin to receive letters signed only with four symbols after you 'find' the Buffamoo Constellation. After receiving three such letters, speak to Anette and she will confess that the letters were written by her long ago. Letters from Tart Early in the game, you will begin to receive letters from Tart. require a reply from you.

Some will

Crop Growth In many of the more recent Harvest Moon and Rune Factory games, Crop Growth has

a basic required time but various factors including Sunlight and Water as well as farm aids in the form of products such as Formulae A,B and C as well as Greenifier can affect this. In Tree of Tranquility, one can grow Crops out of season but their growth will slow immensely. In Island of Happiness, Sunlight and Water Requirements determine not only the length of time for maturity but actually may cause a Crop to wither or vanish in its own proper season. In the Rune Factory universe, one can purchase farm aids in the form of Formulae A, B and C, each of which will speed the growth of crops by a specified number of days. Formula C is the most potent of the three. Greenifier when used on Crops will increase their Level... Runey Distribution and Crop Growth An entire bookcase in the Rune Archives Library is devoted to books about Runes and Runeys. Runes are fundamental to your character in of the RP they provide as well as having the power in specific instances to unlock new options. As in other Rune Factory games, there are situations where you must grow and maintain a specific type of Crop in a tillable plot(s) in order to experience an Event. In Rune Factory Frontier, the first instance of this is the 3 x 3 plot in front of the Tower of Rest where you must grow Moondrop Flowers in order to experience a proper Introduction to Iris. Whenever a stipulation of this sort exists, you must allow the Crop to remain on the field even when it is fully matured. It is the power contained in the Rune that is generated that 'unlocks' any new option in the game. Runeys, however, are as vital in Rune Factory Frontier as Runes and indeed, will determine your success or failure in farming. The first consideration with respect to the presence of Runeys in any District is Balance. There is a natural 'food chain' where Runeys are concerned, as one Element dominates another. Without an equal number of each type of Runey, you may find that one type of Runey will consume others, exhausting the supply completely. When this occurs, the District will become a 'dead' area. You can use your own Homestead as a breeding District for Runeys. By stocking your Homestead with a large number of each type of Runey in perfect Balance, you will achieve a state known as 'Prosperity'. When your Homestead is in a state of Prosperity, crop growth will be accelerated. This can be extremely useful in of slow-growing Crops, allowing you to obtain more multiple harvests in any season. For example, in the Summer Season, if you have achieved a state of Prosperity, you may be able to obtain more than two harvests from your Pineapple Crop. If there is significant inbalance with respect to your Runey Population, you actually may discover that your Crops will wither and die or will take far longer to mature than they should. Ignore the Runey Distribution in Rune Factory Frontier at your own peril. The number of days by which Crop growth is accelerated when your Homestead achieves Prosperity may vary from Crop to Crop. 45 or 50 Runeys of each type

definitely will have a dramatic effect, however. The maximum number of any Runey type in a single district is 60. With 60 of each type of Rune on your Homestead, you will have perfect balance without any fear of inbalance in the future. Another detail with respect to the Runeys themselves should be noted. Even when in balance, if they are in small numbers, such as 10 to 20 of each variety in any particular area, the icons are small and the 'feet' or bottom of each Runey icon type is flat, as though forced to the ground. When there are large quantities of each type in any district, the Runey icons are large and the 'feet' or bottom of each appears to fly or float upward... This is a general description, of course, as each Runey type is different. In the case of the Water Runeys, their 'arms' are raise high when in high numbers. When in small numbers, the Water Runeys' 'arms' hang down. As for the Rock Runeys, when in high numbers, their 'feet' are lifted high, as though leaping into the air. When in small numbers, they have a flat platform instead, as though their feet are glued to the ground. The Tree Runeys when in large quantities appear to be leaping or on tiptoe as well, light as feathers. When in small numbers, their feet are flat on the ground. Finally, where the Grass Runeys are concerned, in large quantities, their 'feet' are turned up as though floating. In small quantities, their 'feet' are small and pointed towards the ground. Note that these descriptions pertain to the Runey icons displayed on the bottom of the Runey Distribution Map when you access any District. Their faces change as well. It is clear that Runey Distribution can accelerate Crop growth significantly, making it possible to harvest Crops on your field before the official 'required' number of days has ed. This is important information especially where slow-growing crops are concerned . Furthermore, if you have Fodder growing in your field, you will find that you can cut it daily and still expect it to mature by the next morning with 50 to 60 of every type of Runey on the Homestead. It is not only in a positive fashion that Runey Distribution can affect your Crops, however. Players who find that their Crops do not grow or actually wither or vanish in their Field must take notice of the Runey Distribution Map. If the Map is in a state of serious inbalance, it can result in the death of all Crops. As Farming is at the centre of any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, it is vital to understand the principles that determine success or failure in any specific game. In Rune Factory Frontier, it is Runey Distribution that governs Crops. Note that the game periodically will distribute Runeys randomly in districts on the map. Even if you try to keep all districts in perfect balance, therefore, you will find that one type of Runey suddenly may dominate a district. Keep a sharp eye on the Runey Distribution Map and suction off excessive Runeys at least once each week in order to avoid attrition. Each type of Runey does grow at a different pace, however. If you have 50 of each type of Runey on the Homestead at the start of the week, Water will increase fastest, to the point where you may have 59 the very next day. Tree Runeys grow quickly as well, so that there may be 57 Tree Runeys the next morning. Grass and Rock Runeys are slow-growing, but rather than pulling the excess Water and Tree Runeys from the Homestead, simply wait until the end of

the week when you should find 60 of each type in perfect maximum Prosperity again. You therefore should be able to skim at least 10 of each type of Runey from the Homestead at the end of each week with 60 of each type present, and be assured that the total will reach 60 for each again at the end of the week. What is critical in Rune Factory Frontier is the maintenance of at least 12 Runeys of every type in EVERY district. It is only when numbers drop below 12 that you will be at risk of creating a 'dead' district. Educational Resources In the previous section, the effects of Runey Distribution was explored. All vital details about Runeys and their uses can be found in books in the Rune Archives Library. Characters in Rune Factory Frontier will provide 'tutorials' about Rune Power and other aspects of life. The text of all Books will be found in my Books and Calendar Guide. Secrets Disclosed in Dialogue As always, there is a wealth of information available in-game to players who have the interest in searching for it. Dialogue with other characters always is a rich resource where Harvest Moon and Rune Factory are concerned and many hints about secrets are provided only in dialogue. You sometimes need to speak to the same character more than once to obtain a new dialogue. It is worth the effort, however, and another benefit of speaking to any one regularly is that social interaction raises heart levels. Rune Factory Frontier differs from other Rune Factory and Harvest Moon games in of new dialogue. At each heart level increase, new dialogue will be generated, but the character will continue to give the old dialogues as well. This means that you need not miss any dialogue by moving too quickly through heart levels but it means that you may be required to listen to quite a lot of old dialogue before you hear anything new even at a new Friendship or Heart Level. Tutorials in Dialogue Both Stella and Erik offer counsel and information in dialogue. In particular, Erik provides tutorials in the various aspects of farming and farm tool use. Books as Resources You will find a wealth of information in Rune Factory Frontier in books that can be found both in your own Bookcase in your Farmhouse and at the Rune Archives Library. The contents of these books initially were included in this Walkthrough but file size issues forced me to create a separate Calendar and Books Guide. You will find it at: Rune Factory Frontier Calendar and Books Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976501p1.html

Every Rune Factory and Harvest Moon game produced has contained a wealth of tutorials and other vital information within the games themselves. The answer to any question that a player usually can be found somewhere in the game, making the role of an outside guide writer superfluous to some extent. The problem, and the reason why writers like myself continue to create guides, is that players tend to ignore the resources that are available in the actual game. Most players prefer action to ive learning. Few are like Selphy, who is more excited by a book than she is by any real adventure. You will find a Farming Book at the very start of the game in the bookcase in your Farmhouse. Although it deals specifically with Turnips, the information provided is applicable to all Crops. When Selphy takes charge of the Rune Archives Library, you will be able to access books in the bookcases there as well as purchasing Recipe Books needed in the Kitchen, Forge, Crafts Bench and Laboratory. New books are unlocked by your progress in the game. Always attempt to access new books both upstairs and downstairs until every bookshelf contains books that your character has read. Income and Equipment Choices As always in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, your character will have very little money in the first week and many potential expenses. You should have obtained two free bags of Turnip Seeds, one from Mist and the other from Erik. The Turnip Seeds from Erik will be given only if you listen to his farming tutorial. Turnip Seeds are marvelously inexpensive at 10G per bag, however, so even if you pay for them, you will find them affordable. Be aware that any Crops produced in your own Field will not generate Rune Points in this game. They produce Runeys instead. Runeys are vital to the success and ultimate survival of your community but they will not restore your character's Energy. Only Crops grown in Caves/Dungeons will produce Rune Points when ready for harvest. You therefore need to create the Beanstalk to the Sky as quickly as possible in order to plant some Turnips in the Cave at Whale Island. You can race through any hostile territory, avoiding Monsters rather than confronting them, but it is best if you enter the Cave at Whale Island with a Weapon and at least one Defensive Accessory. I would recommend the following: Broadsword Cheap Band I always prefer one-handed weapons myself but even if you are a player who prefers a heavy powerful two-handed weapon, the cost for each use in of RP is too expensive at this early stage. The Broadsword can be purchased from Ganesha for 500G. The Cheap Band is one of four items available at Danny's Grocery Store. Having obtained some basic equipment for combat, the Hammer and Axe should be next on your list of acquisitions. All you need to do in order to obtain an Axe from Stella is to speak to her until you are given an opportunity to inform her of your lack of an Axe. She then will give you her old Axe. With respect to the Hammer, you must descend to the 2nd level of the Cave/Mine at Whale Island in order to experience the Event that will end in your

acquisition of the tool. Melody will be there, searching for the source of a new Hot Spring. She will give you the Hammer, asking that you smash a large boulder for her. Experiencing this Event has two immediate positive results. You will have a Hammer and Melody will open her Bathhouse in Trampoli the next day. You can experience this Event as early as 2 Spring, the first day in the game. At the Bathhouse, you will be able to restore all HP and RP once each day for the very modest sum of 10G.

Rune Factory: Frontier - 2nd Year Walkthrough Rune Factory Frontier 2nd

Year Walkthrough

By Freyashawk Email: castleenchanted · aol Created on 22 May 2009 Last updated on 10 August 2009 with Cinnamon's Shooting Star Event and Bianca's Farewell to Francoise Note on 10 June: This Walkthrough has been reorganised to consolidate all Events by character rather than timing Table of Contents Table of Contents Introduction Events and Heart Levels 2nd Year Calendar of Birthdays, Festivals, Crops and Constellations 2nd Year Walkthrough for Spring New Year's Festival Pounding Mochi Uzuki's New Year Fortunes Spring Birthdays Visiting Hours Acknowledgement of your Skills Gossip about Monsters Uzuki's Phobia Bianca's Events Uzuki and Francoise Farewell to Francoise Lara's Events Lara s the Magic Class Lara's Penpal Lara's Prophetic Dreams A Cure for Insomnia The Big Tree's Wish Kanno's Requests

Uzuki and Tsubute Trouble between Uzuki and Tsubute Tzubute Disappears Reunion between Uzuki and Tsubute Uzuki and Fishing Uzuki and Cinnamon Uzuki's Story Uzuki's Nocturnal Habits Searching for Her Elder Brother Uzuki's Hairpin Letter from the Mentor At the End of the Rainbow Rosetta's Events Rosetta's Father Lara's Contribution Energy Drink X and Rosetta's Father Rosetta's Return A Gift for Danny A Quest for Materials Danny's House Remodeled Selphy's Events Selphy's Debt A Parcel for Selphy Selphy Cleans the Library Selphy and the Tapir Cinnamon's Events The Shooting Star Event Erik's Events Anette's Friendship with Erik Erik's Role in your Life Brodik's Events Brodik's Golem and your Field Brodik's Correspondence Brodik's Challenge Brodik's 2nd Challenge Kross' Secrets Revealed Brodik's House Revealed Ganesha's Requests and Gifts Gift of a White Rose Gift of Tyrfing Lute's Events Lute's Paintings Lute and the Elven Maidens Lute's Ambition A Young Girl and her Dream Young Girl on a Rainy Holiday Confession of a Dream A Carpenter is Enlisted Invitation to a Ceremony Progress Report Setback for the Young Girl A Young Girl's Decision A Village is Named Stella's Scriptures Actually Finding the Scriptures Your Reward Introduction to Minerva

A New Bathhouse Event Minerva's Mission Anette Takes a Break Anette Rests at Mist's House Anette's Soul Searching A New Vocation Teaching Marco and Candy Anette's Final Realisation Anette's Letters: Past or Future? Marco's Ingratitude Ganesha's Collapse Brodik's Correspondence Marriage Requirements in Rune Factory Frontier An Eligible Girl at 8 Hearts The First Step in Creating a Wedding Bouquet A Whale's Longing for the Sea Tide Clusters Unlocking the Date Option An Eligible Girl at 10 Hearts Melody at 10 Hearts An Orphan's Tale Making a Date with Melody Rita's Gifts Happiness 101 Wedding Bouquet Recipe Obtaining the Baleen The Gift of a White Rose Creating a Blue Rose Kross and the Blue Rose Shipping a Wedding Bouquet St. Coquille Family Traditions Sainte-Coquille Festival Bianca's Ongoing Requests Foliage Festival Defeat of Gelwein and Return of Mist Whale's Gratitude Summer in the 2nd Year Walkthrough for 2nd Summer Beach Festival in the 2nd Year Girls at the Beach Eunice at the Beach Victory for Eunice Eunice's Events Eunice and the Materia Shop Promotion A Winning Ticket Eunice Proves Herself Asking a Favour from the Whale Stella Creates a New Festival Sea Surf Day Iris Moves to Trampoli Two New Constellations A Summer Date 19 Summer at Lake Poli Offering the Wedding Bouquet Wedding Events Returning Home Single Ganesha Cup Boat Race, 2nd Year

Walkthrough for Autumn Autumn Birthdays Autumn Date at Lake Poli 2nd Year Autumn Festivals Harvest Festival Coming of Age Day A Toy Sword Sea Surf Day Hot Milk Changes in Shop Menus Final Shortcut to Whale Island Links to all other Rune Factory Frontier Guides Introduction Rune Factory Frontier is one of the most detailed games both in the Harvest Moon or Rune Factory series. It is impossible to cover this game comprehensively in a single Walkthrough or General Guide. I therefore created a General Guide for all general aspects of the game as well as a 1st Year Walkthrough for the initial Events and Festivals of the 1st Year. You will find these guides at: Rune Factory Frontier 1st Year Walkthrough: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/965/965041p1.html Rune Factory Frontier General Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/984/984569p1.html Players who are familiar with my guides for Harvest Moon may recall the Events Guides that I created for the first five years of many of the Harvest Moon games, including Friends of Mineral Town/More Friends of Mineral Town and Harvest Moon DS/Cute DS. With respect to those guides, events always were listed at the 'earliest possible opportunity'. With respect to Rune Factory Frontier, however, this is not the case. Many of the Events given in the Walkthroughs both for the 1st and 2nd Years CAN be experienced earlier. There are so many Events and so much to be done in the game that I did not boost Heart Levels artificially by giving more than one Most Favourite Gift again and again on a single occasion in order to experience and list Events at the 'earliest possible opportunity'. You therefore may wish to consult the Table of Contents for both 1st and 2nd Year Walkthroughs if you are looking for a specific Event sequence for any Character. Events and Friendship Levels A number of Events involving Stella will occur as her Friendship Level increases. One of these is the Quest for missing 'Scriptures'. Events will unfold with respect to some of the Eligible Girls as their Heart Levels increase. Selphy will begin to speak of the possibility of tidying the Rune Archives when she reaches 4 Hearts. When the Friendship Levels both of Selphy and Lara increase, another Event will be initiated that results in Selphy paying off a debt by working part-time at the Church. You will not be able to find the missing 'Scriptures' until Selphy almost attains 6 Hearts.

Two pivotal Events actually require Rain. One is the next sighting of the young aspect of Stella and the other is the retrieval of the missing 'Scriptures'. A new character in the form of Tabatha's younger sister Minerva will appear in Trampoli when Tabatha reaches 6 Hearts. I have placed all these Events in the 2nd Year but if you boost heart levels quickly, you can experience many of them in the 1st Year instead. Rather than separating Events involving specific Characters, I have attempted to group all Events that deal with a specific character together even though you may experience them in different seasons. This Walkthrough therefore has been given an arbitrary order that may differ from game to game depending on your own character's Love and Friendship Levels with other characters. 2nd

Year Calendar of Festivals, Birthdays, Crops and Constellations

New Festivals will be celebrated in the 2nd Year, expanding your Calendar. Among these are the Sainte-Coquille Festival and Foliage Festivals in Spring and the Sea Surf Festival at the end of Autumn. Spring: Spring Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Turnip, Cabbage, Potato Multiple Harvest Crops: Strawberry, Cucumber Spring Flowers: Moondrop Flower, Toy Herb, Emery Flower, Cherry Grass, Lamp Grass, Blue Crystal Spring Fruits: Cherry Spring Constellations: Turnip Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Mist's Wish for Turnips granted by falling star) Serpent Constellation: between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m. (Rosetta, Intelligence Increase) Crown Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Selphy, Constellation Books) 1 Spring: New Year's Festival (after 1st year) Celebrate the New year. Rice Cakes are the present of choice. 'Rice Cakes' are termed 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. New Mochi is smashed with a Hammer on a special platform at the Square after 9.00 a.m. You can obtain a 'New Mochi' from Rita after 9.00 a.m. at the Public Square on 30 Winter. Smash it at the Square on 1 Spring to create 5 Mochi. Give these as New Year Gifts to individuals. (Responses and value in of LP/FP will vary by individual). You can bring your own New Mochi if you wish as well to make more Mochi or you can make the Mochi in your Kitchen using a Steamer. 2 Spring: Kross' Birthday (Cat's Tail, Warrior's Medal) 8 Spring: Nolan's Birthday (Wine, Strawberry) 11 Spring: Melody's Birthday (Relax Tea, Wild Coloured Grasses) 17 Spring: Brodik's Birthday (Apple Pie) 19 Spring: Sainte-Coquille Festival Hosted by Bianca. She orders, I cook. 22 Spring: Turner's Birthday (All Ores except Scrap Iron) 26 Spring: Cinnamon's Birthday (Magic Crystal, any raw Fish) 27 Spring: Candy's Birthday (All Fruit Juices, Apple Pie) 29 Spring: Foliage Festival Festival

Give flowers to those you're indebted to. distributing flowers. Give Flowers to Eligible Girls

Found out when Eunice was

Summer: Summer Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Onion, Pumpkin Multiple Harvest Crops: Tomato, Corn, Pineapple Summer Flowers: Pink Cat, Fireflower, Ironleaf, Clover, Green Crystal Summer Fruit: Orange Summer Constellations: Elephant Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Bianca, Diamond) Wooly Constellation* between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m.(Tabatha, Monster FP) *You must have a Monster with you when you 'find' it. Buffamoo Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Anette, Tart Letters) 1 Summer: Beach Opening Start your summer at the beach. Don't forget your bathing suit! Festival begins at 10.00 a.m. at the Beach with Melon Pinata. Before 10.00 a.m., you can experience Events in the Changing Room with the Eligible Girls. The Eligible Girls who attend the Festival and who are found in the Changing Room on 1 Summer varies from year to year and game to game. Eunice will not participate unless she has lost weight pursuant to your own character's encouragement. 6 Summer: Danny's Birthday (Silver, Quality Cloth) 8 Summer: Bianca's Birthday (Jewelry such as Pendants, Rings) Note that Bianca is not impressed with specific items but will accept certain'decent' Accessories. She will scorn knitted Accessories, however and will respond to the gift of a Fan in the same fashion. 13 Summer: Lute's Birthday (Chocolate) 15 Summer: Uzuki's Birthday (Golden Hairpin, most Sashimi) 23 Summer: Erik's Birthday (Garlic, Dried Fish) 25 Summer: Ganesha Cup Boat Race May the best sailor in town win. The Boat Race is held at Lake Poli. You can ask any girl at high heart level to accompany you. Steer your gondola over items in the water for various effects. Hearts result in an increase of affection if and only if an Eligible Boat is with you. 27 Summer: Stella's Birthday (Four-Leaf Clover, Toy Herb, Pickled Turnip) 30 Summer: Pumpkin Festival Every one put on a pumpkin masque. Started by some one saved by a pumpkin-headed monster. You will be able to buy a 'Pumpkin-Head' yourself from Rosetta in Summer to wear as headgear in combat. You may be able to forge your own Pumpkin Head once your Pumpkins mature. Autumn: Autumn Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Spinach, Carrot Multiple Harvest Crops: Yam, Eggplant, Bell Pepper Autumn Flowers: Charm Blue, Pom-Pom, Noel Grass, Red Crystal Autumn Fruit: Chestnut Autumn Constellations: Hat Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Melody, Magic Skill) Broom Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Eunice, Cooking Skill)

1 Autumn: Mist's Birthday (Emery Flower, Turnip) 3 Autumn: Selphy's Birthday (Sandwich, Rice Ball) 8 Autumn: Kanno's Birthday (Cake, Magic Powder) 12 Autumn: Tabatha's Birthday (Oatmeal, Rice, Flour) 13 Autumn: Harvest Festival A time of thanks. Give veggies to people you're indebted to. Give Vegetables to Eligible Girls for boost in heart level. 17 Autumn: Eunice's Birthday (Mont Blanc, any Flower) * *Do not give any Sweets, including her favourite Mont Blanc, if she is trying to lose weight! 21 Autumn: Rosetta's Birthday (Roasted Yam, Strawberry, Hot Milk, Cherry Pie) 25 Autumn: Coming of Age Day There is an annual treasure hunt to commemorate the day. Many 'false' items will be located throughout Trampoli. See the Festivals section of this guide for details. Continue to look for the real item even if another individual pronounces himself/herself the winner. In the first year, you may wish to keep the Golden Turnip yourself to convert it into Seeds instead of taking 1st Place. 30 Autumn: Sea Surf Day The day the Spirits prepare for hibernation. If Whale Island eclipses the sun, bear it. Make Hot Milk and give it to every character in Trampoli After your victory in the Era of Disconnect, speak to the Whale to discover why the sky is dark on the last day of Autumn. When you inform Stella of the reason, she will announce a new Festival in honour of the Spirits who give their blessings to Trampoli. Winter: Winter Crops: Single Harvest Crops: None Multiple Harvest Crops: None Winter Flowers: None Winter Fruit: Apple Other Seasonal Items: Dried Fish Winter Constellations: Hairpin Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Uzuki, Weapons Skill) Cross Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Lara, HP Increase) Fish Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Cinnamon, Fishing Skill) 1 Winter: Lara's Birthday (Chocolate Cake, Strawberry, any Jam) 4 Winter: Anette's Birthday (Pumpkin Tart, Strawberry, any Fruit, Boiled Egg, Milk) 7 Winter: Quiz Contest Test your knowledge against others and come out on top! There are ten questions, with a 'commercial break' in the middle of the Contest. It can be quite hilarious. There will be four contestants, including your character and each is represented by a different fruit. For each correct response, a piece of fruit will be placed on the ground. The winner ultimately will obtain all the fruit from each character's correct responses. 8 Winter: Ganesha's Birthday (Demon's Blood, Any Ore)

19 Winter: Hotpot Convention Every one in town brings an ingredient for one giant hotpot! Some ingredients will result in a 'good' hotpot but others in a 'bad' one. Most Fish will have a good result. Many vegetables, however, will result in a 'bad' hotpot, including Carrots and Yams. 15 Winter: Minerva's Birthday (Flop, Chestnut) 22 Winter: Rita's Birthday (Wine, Female Accessories) 23 Winter: Iris' Birthday (both of them!) (Tomato Juice, Flowers) 24 Winter: Night of Holies (aka Starry Night Festival in Harvest Moon) This is the night designated for the formal Winter Date in Rune Factory Frontier. Meet the Eligible Girl at 9.00 p.m. 29 Winter: Marco's Birthday (Curry, Curry Powder) 30 Winter: Year End Festival Reflect on the past year and prepare for the next. Go to the Public Square after 9.00 a.m. to speak to Rita. She will give you a 'New Mochi'. This is the item that you will need on the 1st of Spring if you wish to pound Rice Cakes at the Square. Rice Cakes are 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. They, like New Mochi can be made in your own kitchen or at the Public Square only on New Year's Day. 2nd Year Walkthrough:

Spring

New Year Festival The New Year Festival is conducted in the Public Square but only Rita, Turner and Uzuki actually are present. You can participate at any time after 9.00 a.m. If you go to the Square before 9.00 a.m., the platform where the New Mochi is smashed will be in place but you will be unable to use it. After 9.00 a.m., go to the Public Square with the New Mochi that Rita gave you on the previous day. Pounding Mochi Turner will inform you: Turner: Happy New Years. Turner: Happy New Years. I hope we'll get along in the nbext year, too. By the way, there's a 'Split Cake' at the square. Freyr: Split Cake…? Turner: It's where you split the New Mochi to celebrate the new year. Turner: You place it on top of a stand and smash it with a hammer to wish for a peaceful next year. Freyr: Oh… That sounds interesting. Go to the centre of the display and press A. Freyr: I'm guessing you place a New Mochi in here and pound it with a hammer. Place a New Mochi in it. Forget it. Let's see… Take a New Mochi out of the bag… and voila! Turner: All right, Freyr. Let's see you kick some butt! Rita: Keep at it! You now need to use your Hammer on the New Mochi. If you press A again instead: There's already a New Mochi placed in it. I

just need to smash it with a hammer! You hit it with a special attack and it simply makes Mochi. Each time I hit the New Mochi with my Hammer, it made 5 Mochi. You can bring your own New Mochi to the Public Square as well if you wish to make more Mochi using your Hammer. Mochi is a Dish that can be made in your own Kitchen using a Steamer. Mochi: 310G Skill Level 17 HP 60, RP 125, FX 180 sec. Max HP +50, Wind Resistance +10 Made by pulverizing rice after it has been steamed. Roasting it makes it softer and more chewy. Ingredients: Rice x 2 New Mochi: 1080G Skill Level 34 HP 170, RP 150, FX 180 sec. MAX HP +75, Wind Attack +10 Rice cake that is eaten during the New Years Festival. It looks like a snowman. Ingredients: Mochi x 2, Orange, Quality Cloth, Thick Stick, Green Grass If you wish to make extra Mochi at the Square using your own New Mochi, do not bother to use high level ingredients in the dish. No matter what the level of your own New Mochi, the result will be Level 1 Mochi. Whether or not it is worth the effort to make extra Mochi at the Public Square is another matter. 1 Mochi made in the Steamer requires 2 Rice. 1 New Mochi requires 2 Mochi which means 4 Rice but when smashed back to Mochi, creates 5 Mochi. You now can give the Mochi as New Year Gifts to any individual. They are not appreciated equally by every character, however. You will find the individual responses to Mochi in my Characters Guide. A gift of Mochi at the New Year does appear to boost both Friendship and Love a little. The increases in most cases are not significant but there are a couple of exceptions. Uzuki's New Year Fortunes Rice Cakes or Mochi is one New Year Tradition. Fortune-telling is another. Uzuki stands in the centre of the Public Square and when you speak to her, will offer to tell your fortune for the coming year. This Rune Factory Frontier ritual reminded me a little of Tortimer's New Year's Fortunes in Animal Crossing. Uzuki: Happy New Years. In my country, the new year is the most important festival of the year. We have a saying of, 'The plans of the year are set on New Year's Day.' We then have our fortune told for the year. Would you like me to tell your fortune, Freyr? Your choices now: Yes, please. Maybe later. If you choose to have your fortune told: Uzuki: All right then. Here I go. Ha! Ha! Kieeeeeeeeee! She waves her staff a bit, then: Uzuki: … There it is. Let's see… The results are random.

'Best Luck.' You will have a great year. Your harvests, adventures, and love life will be splendid. Aren't you glad, Freyr? Or: 'Ill Fortune'. Nothing will go as planned. You will especially have trouble with women. Beware. Spring Birthdays Kross' Birthday is 2 Spring and his Most Favourite Gift is a Cat's Tail. A Warrior's Medal is another favourite, however, and he will give a special response for either gift. It is only in the 2nd Spring that you will be able to give Nolan a gift on his birthday. His birthday is 8 Spring and his Most Favourite Gift is Wine. If you cannot give him Wine, however, give him a Strawberry. For Wine: Wine! Thank you! Today is my birthday, and to receive this gift on my birthday… I do not know how to thank you. Melody's Birthday is on 11 Spring. You may have been able to give her a gift in the first year, but if not, make certain not to forget the date in the 2nd Spring. Her Most Favourite is Relax Tea but she will appreciate any Medicinal Herb or coloured wild grass. Brodik's Birthday falls on 17 Spring. He will appreciate most cooked dishes, although his Most Favourite Gift is Apple Pie. Why should you give your avowed enemy gifts? Well, as with any character, dialogue will change with heart/friendship level. You will discover many interesting facts as Brodik's friendship level increases! 22 Spring is Turner's Birthday. His Most Favourite Gift is the Amazing Bathing Suit, but the Skill Level requirement for that is 99. You may have sufficient skills at the Craft Bench to make it in the second Spring but if not, give him any Ore apart from Scrap Iron to make him very happy. After all, unless you give him Ore, Ganesha will not restore his favourite Kitchen Knife to superior condition! Kanno's two grandchildren celebrate their birthdays near the end of Spring. Cinnamon's birthday is on 26 Spring and Candy's birthday is the next day on the 27th. Cinnamon's Most Favourite Gift is Magic Crystal, but that is a very rare item. She will be more than satisfied with the gift of any Fish as long as it is one that she can 'release' back into the water. Do not give her a Fish Dish instead! Give Candy Fruit Juice of any type on her birthday. Visiting Hours By the beginning of the 2nd Year if not much earlier, you should be able to ignore the signs on the doors of houses and businesses with respect to official visiting hours. Simply shake your Nunchuk to knock on the door. At 4 Hearts/Friendship, you should receive a verbal invitation to enter after doing so. For example, Bianca will declare: Who is it? The door's open. Why don't you come me?

In any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, there are so many daily tasks and goals to accomplish that any player who does not create a basic schedule for himself/herself will be at risk of forgetting an important element of the game. At the very start, your character will be restricted in almost everything, whether it is a matter of energy, money, tools, weapons, expansions or access to other characters. Ordinary 'visiting hours' with respect to most buildings, whether a residence or business, tend to be from 9.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. The bathhouse and Tavern are open until midnight for the most part. The Church never closes, although the Clinic does. When your friendship levels with characters increase, you will have the option of visiting them outside of ordinary visiting hours. Stella will advise you: Stella: I have every one lock their doors when it's early morning or at night just in case. But if it's some one they trust, they should unlock their doors. Why don't you try knocking on the doors? Just shake the Nunchuk when you're in front of their door. But don't do it when it's too late or you'll just bother them. 'Too late' translates to 'after midnight' in most cases. If you attempt to knock on a locked door after midnight, your character will muse to himself: Freyr: 'It's kinda late… I'll come back tomorrow.' that pressing 'A' accesses the door for information but will not allow you to knock on the door. Use the Nunchuk instead, as advised by Stella, to knock. You will hear the sound of a knock on the door and if a character is inside, he/she will invite you to enter. You can enter any house or bedroom as early as 6.00 a.m. to meet and greet a character and to give daily gifts. In fact, 6.00 a.m. may be the best time to 'make the rounds' in a village in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game in order to give out gifts daily as most individuals tend to be at home at that hour. In Rune Factory Frontier, almost every character can be found inside his/her house or guest room at 6.00 a.m. Uzuki is the exception, as she begins to train with her naginata outside the Inn at 6.00 a.m. Early morning is a good time to care for all your Monsters as well. If you perform all your Monster Care activities as well as your gift-giving between 6.00 a.m. – 8.00 a.m., your day will be free for other activities. That having been said, although daily routines make it easier to perform all necessary actions without forgetting anything essential, it is important to change your routine once in awhile. In the same way that you ought to allow a rainy day periodically in order to experience a special Event that requires rain, you need to enter and exit screens at different hours in order to trigger Events. An example from my own game of the danger of never varying from a routine was the routine I had developed to spend time with Bianca, Tabatha and Minerva each day. Meeting them at the bathhouse each night from 10.00 p.m. to 10.59 p.m. was very convenient after Minerva arrived in Trampoli. I did this on a nightly basis, quickly raising her Friendship Level to 10. When I entered the Mansion at 1.00 p.m. one afternoon, I triggered an entire series of Events! If I had visited the girls at the Mansion regularly during the early afternoon, those events would have occurred at different points as Friendship levels increased. It really did not make any difference to the final result. I experienced ALL the Events in a single afternoon. It would have been more logical, however, had I experienced them in the fashion in which they had been

intended to occur. Acknowledgement of your Skills By now, you should be experiencing dialogues with various characters that refer to your increased Skill Levels in various activities. These dialogues appear to occur at different stages. There may be a total of three acknowledgements for each type of Skill. For example: Melody: I heard that you're working hard making medicines. I better try to keep up! Uzuki: I heard this from Ganesha but it seems that you have improved upon your skills in smithery again, Freyr. Well done, Freyr. Uzuki: Hm… It seems that you are becoming very skilled with the sword. I would like to spar with you once.. What do you think, Freyr? Selphy: I think you're looking a bit smarter now. Intelligence can open so many doors for people! Bianca: Tabatha was complimenting your cooking the other day. But don't misunderstand! No matter how good you get, you'll never be as good as Tabatha! Increase in your Friendship Levels with other characters will result in recognition from Eunice: Eunice: I hear a lot of things about you recently, Freyr. Every one is saying what a great friend you are. Lara's Events Lara s the Magic Class After you find Melody at the Clock Tower studying magic with Cinnamon, you will experience dialogues with Melody and with Lara that hint at Lara's interest in studying as well. Simply visit the Clock Tower in the morning after 9.00 a.m. when Melody's class is scheduled to find Lara seated with Melody and Cinnamon. Melody: It's better to boil the red plant there! Lara: Oh really? If you add in the red plant here, you'll make something that can be hazardous to your health. Melody: That's what makes it good! Homemade stuff should always have some kinda weird side effect to it! Lara: We can't give those to sick patients then… Cinnamon: … Then… just add this herb in. Melody: Ah… Now we can get that side effect while still making it an energy drink! Lara: it smells a bit odd, but it sure looks like it is good for your health. Good job, Cinnamon. Cinnamon: … Done. Freyr, try it out. Freyr: What? Why me?! Your choice now:

Bottoms up! No, thanks… Freyr: Here I go then… … Lara: How … is it? Freyr: I feel… Much better! This drug is really good! Cinnamon: … As expected. No problem. Freyr: But it tastes terrible. Yech… Cinnamon: The taste was not considered. Still has room for improvement. Freyr: Please do so… Event ends. In future, you can speak to any of the three girls during the classes at the Clock Tower and experience a few little dialogues about their work. Lara's Penpal At 4 Hearts, Lara will tell you about her penpal. Lara: My pen pal has recently begun school in a large town. She said that she plans to take over her father's work. I have to keep working hard, too. As her heart level increases, you will experience more dialogues: Lara: My pen pal lives somewhere that's much colder than the Kingdom of Norad. I hope that she doesn't become ill… When her Heart Level increases again: Lara: I haven't received a response from my pen pal recently. I wonder what happened… I was thinking of going over there if I still don't receive a response after a while. Freyr: Oh really? I guess you're pretty worried. Lara: Yes… At 8 Hearts: Lara: (with music) I finally got a reply from her! Freyr: From your pen pal? That's great. Lara: Yes, thank you. It just seems that she was bedridden for a while and her friend was there to look after her. She used to be very sickly when she was young so I was very worried… At 10 Hearts: Lara: My pen pal was near the area so I went to pay her a visit. I'm glad to see that she hasn't change much. She also said the same for me. We're going to continue exchanging mail with each other. Lara's Prophetic Dreams When Lara reached 6 Hearts, Freyr experienced a series of Events with her. In the first, she related a dream about Stella: Lara: Teehee… Freyr: What's going on? You seem to be really happy. Lara: I'm sorry… I was just ing something. I dreamed about Sister Stella tripping inside the church. It just looked so funny… When Freyr next spoke to Stella, she declared: Stella: Ow.. Freyr; What's wrong, Stella? Stella: Oh, it's you, Freyr… Looks like you caught me at a bad time. It's nothing. I slipped while I was working and fell on my backside pretty hard. Thanks to that, I ruined one of the vases.

Freyr:

Oh no… That sounds terrible.

2nd Prophetic Dream Freyr then visited Lara again at the Clinic: Freyr: Do you still your dream from the other day? Lara: Yes. You mean the one with Sister Stella falling? Freyr: Yeah. After you told me, I spoke with Stella and she really tripped and broke a vase. Lara: Looks like the dream came true. Last night, I dreamt that Turner came to get some medicine for his hangover. Freyr: Wouldn't that be interesting if that came true, too? Lara: Haha. I guess so. Suddenly, Turner enters and walks to the counter. Freyr: Oh? Turner! Lara: What's wrong, Turner? Turner: I drank way too much and now I have a headache. Can I have something for it? Lara: Oh?! … Sure, just a moment. Here, take this. Please be careful not to drink so much in the future. Turner: Yeah. Thank you. Lara: … Looks like that dream came true, too. Freyr: Strange things sure keep happening. Later: Lara: Is it possible for two consecutive dreams to come true? 3rd Prophetic Dream Later: Lara: Freyr, I had another dream. Freyr; What kind of dream? Lara: There was something shining that falls down in front of the mail box at the church. Just thinking about how that will come true scares me… Freyr: It's just a coincidence. It's not possible for so many dreams to come true consecutively. Lara: I hope so.. After: Lara: I don't know what I would do if the next dream comes true… Anette's Wallet A clue to the dream will occur when you stand in front of the Church at the postbox when Anette delivers the post shortly after 7.00 a.m. Anette: Stella! You got mail! Whoops. I almost dropped my wallet. When she leaves, you will see a little golden arrow above the postbox, indicating the ability to 'search' it. Do so, and you will experience a little Event: Freyr: Hey… Something's on the ground… It's a wallet. It's just like the dream. I better keep this a secret from Lara. The next morning, when Anette delivers the post, speak to her. Freyr: What's wrong, Anette? You look down. Anette: Well, I lost my wallet… I've beenlooking, but no luck. I wonder if

some one picked it up. Your choice now: Is this what you lost? That's too bad. Freyr: Is this what you lost, Anette? Anette: That's it! Thanks, Freyr. Hey, that's my wallet! I love you! If you choose: That's too bad. Freyr: That's too bad. Anette: I know! I'm low on money this month already and now I lost my wallet. When it rains, it pours. You will not have another opportunity to give her the wallet if you did not do so immediately. It will not appear in your inventory as an item, so you gain nothing by withholding it. Furthermore, Lara's Events will proceed irrespective of your decision. You simply will feel like a cad afterwards, as Anette is forced to go through the remainder of the season penniless. Lara's Weather Prophecies Either way, speak to Lara next. Note that you need to find the Wallet at the postbox but you need not return it to Anette to experience the next Event with Lara. Lara: Freyr… Freyr: What is it? Is something bothering you? Lara: Yes. I dream a lot about sunny days recently. And all those dreams always come true, so it's starting to get a little creepy… Freyr: Is that so…? I wish I could do something for you. Lara: It's all right. I feel much better just getting that off my chest. Sorry for getting you all worked up. Freyr: It's all right. Please tell me if there's anything I can do. After: Lara: I'm becoming afraid of… dreaming.. Lara's Insomnia Visit her the next day and speak to her. Freyr: Are you still having those strange dreams? Lara: Not recently. Freyr: That's great! Lara: Well… It's not that I don't dream… I just can't sleep. Freyr: Do you have any medicine for that? Lara: I tried a myriad of herbs and medicines, but none of them work… Freyr: I'm sure you'll find one that works. Please let me know if I can get you anything to help. Lara: Thank you. After: Lara: I think the insomnia is temporary so there should be no need to worry about it. Melody's Cure for Insomnia Speak to Melody now as the resident expert in herbal medicine. Freyr: Melody…

Melody: What's with that serious look on your face, Freyr? Freyr: Lara hasn't been sleeping recently. Lara: Really? That's awful. Every one needs their beauty sleep. Prompt: You got 'Pleasant Sleep'! Melody: Take this with you. Follow the recipe and get her to drink the 'Sleepy Grass'. With this, even the dead will fall asleep. Freyr: Thank you, Melody! Melody: What're friends for? Making 'Sleepy Grass' Go home now with your new Recipe Book to create Sleepy Grass in your Laboratory. You will find the Recipe beneath that for Formuade. Sleepy Grass: 320G Skill Level 40 HP 90, RP 0, FX Fatigue Recovery, Cold Recovery Ingredients: Black Grass, Mushroom, Magic Powder, Milk Note that Black Grass is most often found on your own field either after a severe storm or during the Winter season. If you are a careful player, you will have husbanded some and be able to take it from your Storage as well as the other ingredients for Sleepy Grass. Like Elli Leaves in other Harvest Moon games, 'Sleepy Grass' resembles a Wild Coloured Grass. It can be used both for Fatigue and Cold Recovery. Take it to Lara and give it to her. Freyr: Lara, here's the 'Sleepy Grass' that I learned from Melody. Try this out… Lara: Thank you so much. I'll try it out tonight. The Big Tree's Wish After going to bed that night, you will be awakened abruptly to find yourself outside on the path that leads to the Big Tree. Walk north a little and you will encounter Lara. Freyr: Lara? Lara: Freyr… Where am I? What am I doing here? Freyr: I don't know… I was already here when I came to my senses. Lara: I wonder what it is. So eerie… Oh…?! Freyr: What's wrong? Lara: Do you… Do you hear that? Freyr: I don't hear anything. Lara: I do. It's over here. Lara will move away and the event will end. You will be on the path alone. Go now to the foot of the Tree where you will find Lara and initiate the most important Event, which then will become a 'Memory' in Rune Factory Frontier. Freyr: This is… Lara: Were you calling me? Big Tree: Yes, I called out to you for help. Lara: Were all of my strange dreams your doing? Big Tree: Yes. I had you dream those things to adapt you to the dream world. I'm sorry for any trouble I have caused you. Lara: The dream world? This is the dream world? Big Tree: Yes. Ancient trees like myself can speak to humans… But only in your dreams… I had you come here to fulfill a wish of mine. Lara: A wish? Big Tree: Yes. I want you to care for my child. I cannot move by my own

will. As you can see, the forest is filled with trees, and there… is no room for a seedling to grow. Please, plant it elsewhere. Please, raise my child and transplant it after it matures. Take it somewhere far away. Lara: All right. I will accept your wish. I will take responsibility for your child. Big Tree: Thank you…! I am so glad I have asked you… Thank you… Thank you… The Event ends. You will awaken at 6.00 a.m. in your own bed. Note that you must complete this Sequence if you wish to marry Lara as it is her 'Story'. Even if you do not wish to marry her, experiencing the sequence of Events allows you to add another Recipe Book and Recipe to your Collection. Without 'Pleasant Sleep', your Recipe Collection will remain incomplete. Without shipping at least one 'Sleepy Grass', your shipping list will remain incomplete. When you visit Lara at the Clinic, you will experience the final Event: Freyr: Lara, I had a strange dream. When I came to my senses, I was in the middle of the forest and a huge tree told you… Lara: … to take care of its child. Freyr: Yes! Huh…? Lara: Come over here. You now follow her as she walks to her room. A small sapling is in the corner in a pot. Lara: I will care for its child the best I can. Until the day it has grown enough so that I can transplant it. Afterwards, Eunice will speak of this: Eunice: Lara has been growing something in small pots recently. I'm so glad to know there are more people who like flowers. Lara will speak of the dream world to you: Lara: That was a strange dream. Thinking back, those strange dreams were all due to it seeking help. But why were you called to the dream with me, Freyr? Lara Plays for You This is a little random event that can occur when Lara is seated at the organ in the Church after 6.00 a.m.: Lara; I'm practicing playing the organ for when we pray. Would you like to hear it? Sure. Maybe another time. Choose: 'Sure'. Lara: Thank you, but I'm embarrassed because I'm terrible at it. She then will play a few bars. Lara: How was it? Your choices now: You were very good. Maybe you're feeling a little off today. If you say: Freyr: You were very good. Lara: Thank you. I'll continue to practice so I can play better. Kanno's Quests As you raise Kanno's Friendship Level, you will experience a series of Requests for specific items. The first group of Requests will lead to the gift of a Fire Rod.

It is from Kanno that you can obtain your first Magic Weapon/Tool in the form of a Fire Rod within a day or two of meeting him provided you speak to him regularly. He will declare you to be his 1000th student and set you a task of bringing him a 'Cheap Cloth'. A 'Cheap Cloth' is a War Trophy dropped randomly in Whale Island Cave when you defeat Orcs there. You can find it in other dungeons as well but as Whale Island is the first Cave to which you will have access, you should be able to complete his Request easily. Actually, you should have some 'Cheap Cloth' in storage by the time Kanno moves into the Clock Tower. Whether you are obliged to visit Whale Island again or simply to access your own Storage Shelf, give Kanno the 'Cheap Cloth' he requested and he will give you a Fire Rod in return. The Fire Rod is a Magic Wand/Staff that will allow you to execute Magic Attacks by pressing the B Button, then the A Button in the same manner as any Special Attack. Magic of any kind uses RP, so if you are low on supplies to restore your Energy, you may wish to wait until you have full RP and ample means of restoring it before you begin to use Magic. Almost immediately, after obtaining the Cheap Cloth from you, Kanno will request a new item in the form of a 'Sharp Talon'. This is one of two War Trophies dropped by the adorable little Chitter Monster who frequents the Green Ruins and who, when tamed, will bring his little nut with him, munching on it contentedly at all times. When you take the 'Sharp Talon' to Kanno, he immediately will demand a 'Hard Horn'. If you speak to him after the initial demand, he may remark unhappily: Kanno (with cross hurt): Where is the 'Hard Horn'? I'm getting tired of waiting. The 'Hard Horn' can be found both in the Green Ruins and the Whale's Fin. It is usually dropped as a War Trophy by a Buffamoo. When you give the Hard Horn to Kanno, he will announce that he has all the materials he needs for his project. There will be no immediate reward. In fact, when you speak to him again, he may tell you, with his usual rudeness: Kanno: Did you want something from me? But I have no business with you! His next 'test' for you will be that of obtaining an Emerald for him. Emeralds, like any Gems in Rune Factory Frontier, can be found randomly in Treasure Chests or when Rocks are smashed with your Hammer. The little chamber in the Whale Island Depths on the path that leads to the Whale's Fin contains three Treasure Chests. One of these usually yields a random Elemental Crystal. The second usually yields a Gem. The third most often yields Cheap Band, Pendant or Pickled Turnips. Any Rune Stone can be used to unlock the door to the chamber and the type of Rune Stone used has no effect on the items obtained from the Chests. A Gem usually is obtained as one of the War Trophies when you defeat the Giant Clucky as well. Give the Emerald to Kanno and he then will request a 'Thick Stick'. The Thick Stick is dropped randomly by the Little Emperors (Mages) on the 3rd Floor of the Lava Ruins. When you have obtained a Thick Stick, give it to Kanno to receive the gift of a Hell Branch Wand. Kanno then will ask for a 'Cheap Cloth'. You may recall that this was the first item he requested from you. When you bring him a 'Cheap Cloth', he will give you a 'Fire Rod'… at least, he will offer the Fire Rod to you until you protest that he gave one to you previously. Kanno will retreat into his usual

coughing spell to conceal his embarrassment, then will announce that further tests can be expected. You will not receive the additional Fire Rod from him… Next Kanno may request 'Magic Powder' but this is not a proper Request. It is simply a statement providing a hint as to a 'Most Favourite' item. Giving him Magic Powder will increase his Friendship Level in the same way as a gift of Cake. Kanno: Freyr, you came at the right time. I need some things for my experiment. They aren't sold in stores so I didn't know what to do. I need 'Magic Powder'. If you find it, would you please give it to me…? Kanno: This is 'Magic Powder!'. I needed it for the experiment! Thank you! He will make another proper Request, however, when his Friendship Level increases and then will give you a 'Hell Branch.' His last two Requests occur at 6 Hearts. He will request first a 'Magic Crystal' and then a 'Warrior Medal'. Kanno: I was waiting for you. For today, I would like you to… … Oh? I forgot what I was talking about… Freyr: … Kanno: Now I ! It's the 'Magic Crystal'! Bring me a 'Magic Crystal'! After: Where is my 'Magic Crystal'? I'm waiting. Hurry it up. Kanno: Good job. Next, find me a 'Warrior Medal.! Kanno: This is, in fact, a 'Warrior Medal'! Good job! That's my student! You may have this as a reward. You got: Crimson Stick! When you give him the 'Warrior Medal', he will give you a Crimson Stick, the most powerful Fire elemental Wand. After which: Kanno: Freyr, you certainly have matured. I have taught you everything I know. Freyr: R-really? Kanno: By the way, Freyr, did you know? Besides the ones I gave you, there are many other magical staffs in the world. If you want an even more powerful staff, you will have to make it yourself. Note that the Crimson Stick is the most powerful Fire Wand. There is only one Wand more powerful in of Attack and that it a Wind Elemental Wand named the Cyclone Rod. Uzuki and Tsubute You will experience many diverse dialogues between Uzuki and Tsubute before events take a dramatic turn. Trouble between Uzuki and Tsubute After giving Uzuki some Sashimi: Tsubute: Milady! You mustn't blindly receive gifts from gentlemen! Uzuki: Why is that? It would be rude to rebuff them. Tsubute: That is the way for commoners. Milday, you must be more discreet. Uzuki: Very well. Then I shall require your help when Tsubute is not around, Freyr.

Tsubute: M-milady…? Uzuki: I was joking. You are much too serious-minded. When speaking to Uzuki, you should experience another exchange hinting at trouble between Uzuki and her faithful family retainer. Uzuki: I can care for myself! My training with the naginata is for precisely that! Tsubute: B-but! If anything were to happen where you were to receive some injury… I will commit seppuki if anything were to happen to you! Uzuki: Freyr, you must convince Tsubute that he cannot protect me from the monsters. Well, I am flattered… After: Tsubute (with cricket sound and thunder and cross hurt): Graaagh! Freyr: W-what's wrong?! Uzuki (with tear): It seems that you have caught me at a terrible time, Freyr. Right now, I am having an argument with Tsubute. He always becomes overexcited and cannot do anything. Freyr: Huh?! What happened? Uzuki: I said that you are too noisy so we cannot even talk! Freyr: What was that?! Uzuki (with thunder and cross hurt): Keep your mouth shut a little, Tsubute! Tsubute Disappears After a number of little events and dialogues that indicated increasing conflict between Tsubute and his young Mistress, at 3 Hearts and 5 Friendship, Freyr walked into Uzuki's guest room at the Inn one afternoon to experience the following row between the two: After Tsubute disappears, Uzuki no longer will accept gifts from you for a couple of days. Whenever you speak to her, she will ask about her elder brother or make comments about how quiet it is or that: Uzuki: Trampoli is such a vast place… Uzuki: It's so quiet… Uzuki: Oh? Oh! It's you, Freyr. Would you please leave me alone for a little while? If you attempt to give her a gift during this period: Uzuki: I'm sorry but I cannot accept this. She is in mourning… Other characters may remark upon his disappearance as well: Eunice: I haven't seen Tsubute recently. Where could he have gone…? Turner: I haven't heard Uzuki and Tsubute arguing recently. With that missing, it feels a bit too quiet. Reunion of Uzuki and Tsubute About three days after Tsubute's departure, Uzuki will recognise his value and when you speak to her, an Event will be initiated. Note that, on any sunny weekday, Uzuki begins her training outside the Inn at 6.00 a.m. This Event therefore can be triggered as early as 6.00 a.m. Uzuki: Freyr… Tsubute… has not returned. I can hear him so I know he is nearby, but… What shall I do, Freyr? Freyr: That's easy. If you think you were wrong or if you said horrible

things, you just need to say you're sorry. Uzuki: Say that I'm sorry…? But even if I did, Tsubute will never… I don't know what to do… After: Uzuki: Tsubute… You must realise that Uzuki is too proud to go further in this… so take matters into your own hands by investigating. As you walk towards the path that leads behind the Inn, you will hear the characteristic sound of the Cricket. An Event will be initiated now. Freyr: That voice… Tsubute? Tsubute: Freyr, did you come to laugh at my pitiful self? Freyr: Of course not! Tsubute: It's all right. I am not needed by milady, and her brother, milord, is still nowhere to be found. All I can do is rot here alone… Uzuki now will walk up the pathway, naginata in hand. Tsubute: Milady… Uzuki: Tsubute… It is all your fault… You were the one to say we should return… No. I misspoke. That is not what I want to say! I'm … sorry, Tsubute. I am sorry for saying those things to you… I know I may be pushing my luck… but would you please come back…? I need you. Tsubute: Milady… Those words are enough for me. I am unworthy, but I shall work to adi you the best I can, milady! And it seems that you still cannot live without me! Uzuki: What say you?! I am an adult now! You can stop treating me like a child! Tsubute: Graaaagh! What was that?! Now the Cricket noise increases and Tsubute has cross hurt and thunder. Tsubute: You are still a child if you cannot it your mistakes and apologise with all of your heart. Uzuki: But I did apologise! Stop digging up what is past! You are an elder but you still act as a child! Tsubute: I am still better than some one who cannot even wake up on her own every morning! Uzuki: (with thunder and cross hurt): Th-that only happened once! How dare you, you stubborn old coot! Tsubute: Stubborn, you say?! Well, that is all because… Freyr: (… They're back to how they were before. That's a relief.) The event ends. After: Uzuki: Freyr. It seems that I have caused you much worry. But there is no need for that anymore. After Tsubute's Return: Eunice: I heard Uzuki and Tsubute having an argument yesterday. I guess you can say that people who don't care about each can't have fights. This is a recurring theme in Rune Factory Frontier, especially with Eunice. She is conscious of the arguments between her parents and perceives them as a sign of deep affection rather than being threatened by their relationship with one another. Uzuki and Fishing Uzuki mentions fishing for the first time shortly after her arrival in

Trampoli: Uzuki: Recently, I started fishing because some one recommended it to me. However, it is much more difficult than I thought. As Uzuki's Heart Levels increase, she will begin to speak more often about her fishing experiences. You will find her on the pier at the beach as well as other fishing locations. Uzuki: Recently, I am finally learning the trick of fishing. I will have to challenge Cinnamon later. Uzuki: There's really not much to do when you go fishing. I swung my naginata to kill time and the fish got away. Uzuki: Ugh… Freyr: What's wrong? Uzuki: Right when I was about to pull the hook off the fish I caught, it got away! A Friendly Fishing Rivalry A friendly rivalry in of Fishing develops between Uzuki and Cinnamon. When you speak to Uzuki, you will be given progress reports on this. Uzuki: Recently, I am finally learning the trick of fishing. I will have to challenge Cinnamon later. Freyr: What happened with your fishing contest with Cinnamon? Uzuki: It was a complete defeat on my end. I just cannot understand how she can stay motionless like that. Uzuki: Fishing is a competition of the mind! I am practicing my meditation so that I may win against Cinnamon one day! Evidently, Uzuki's skills improve, as Eunice one day will confide that: Eunice: I received a fish Uzuki caught, and had it for dinner. Every one liked it, too. There is only one problem with this statement. Eunice absolutely DETESTS Fish of every kind. Many characters in Rune Factory Frontier dislike Fish. Rita is another: Rita: I'm the hostess of this bar, but I just can't eat fish. I even made Turner promise me that he would never make me gut a fish when we got married. Evidently, whoever thought it would be a good idea to demonstrate Uzuki's improved Skills by having her give a Fish to her host family forgot that BOTH Eunice and Rita would be equally unhappy with such a gift. The dialogue in question should have been assigned to Turner. Uzuki Takes Matters into her own Hands From the Introduction to Uzuki onward, she will fret about her missing brother. At a certain point, however, after the row with Tsubute over plans to find her brother, other characters will remark upon Uzuki's nocturnal habits. Kanno: The other day, I was doing some fieldwork on a mountain path. Right when I decided to head back, because it was getting dark, I met Uzuki on the way. Though the mountain path is lit by the moonlight, it's still dangerous. Freyr, if you see Uzuki on the mountain path at night, would you please tell her that? Eunice: Uzuki has been going outside at night recently. I get worried because she returns so late…

Take the hint and explore the Mountain Path at night after 9.00 p.m. When you enter the Conservatory area near the Cornucopia Trees, an Event with Uzuki will occur. Uzuki stands with her back to you, gazing at the heavens. Freyr: Uzuki? She turns to face you. Freyr: What are you doing out so late at night? It's dangerous out here. Uzuki: Hm? Oh, it is you, Freyr. In my country, we have a legend that says the moon can grant your wish… Freyr: A wish… Oh, to find your brother? Uzuki: Yes. My brother was a master swordsman… My skill cannot even compare to his. That is why Father had such high expectations of him. One day, Brother spoke to Father about wanting to go into training. Father tried to stop him, but Brother's mind was resolute. Brother was very kind to me. Even after he embarked on his journey, he sent letters only to me. But one day, those letters stopped coming. Freyr: So that's why you're looking. Uzuki: Yes. The last letter he sent was about a village with a flying island above it. Freyr: A village with a flying island…! Uzuki: That is correct. I believe that Trampoli holds the clues as to where Brother has gone. I am tired from speaking so much. I will return to the inn now. Freyr, be sure to take care. Uzuki then bows and strides away, leaving Freyr alone beneath the stars. Uzuki's Hairpin In order to trigger the next dialogue in Uzuki's Story, you must speak to her when she is inside her guest room at the Inn. Freyr: What are you doing, Uzuki? Uzuki: Hm? I was fixing my ornamental hairpin. Freyr: It's very beautiful. Uzuki: It was a gift from Brother. This was sent with his last letter to me. It is the last token from Brother so I am taking great care of it. Freyr: Oh…? Uzuki: What's wrong, Freyr? Freyr: I think I've seen that hairpin from somewhere… Uzuki: That cannot be. This hairpin is not made by Ganesha. Freyr: I know… But… Now I ! There was a locked door in the Vine Ruins and the keyhole is identical to it! Uzuki: Is that so…?! Freyr: There might be some clues about your brother in that room! Uzuki: There must be! Freyr, take this with you! Freyr: Sure…! You got Uzuki's Hairpin! Uzuki's Hairpin: 0G ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 55, FX Element Defence The hairpin that Uzuki always wears. There seems to a keyhole with the same shape as it. Uzuki's Hairpin actually is the 'key' that unlocks the previously locked door

on the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins. Incidentally, it is a 'gift' and not a loan. You cannot return the Hairpin to Uzuki after using it. For those who cannot find the Locked Door again easily, here are two sets of directions. The first presupposes that you have unlocked the Shortcut Stairway and leads from the 4th Floor shortcut stairway to the Locked Door. The second set of directions is for those who must take the isolated stairway from the 3rd Floor still to reach the 4th Floor. From the Shortcut Stairway to the Locked Door From the shortcut stairway, you first will encounter a catapult platform. Go west from the catapult to encounter two Buffaloo spawned by a single Generator that can be reached only with a long range weapon such as a spear. West of this is another Monster Generator that spawns two Summers. Continue West and you will find the Locked Door on the southern wall before you reach the southwestern corner of the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins. Path to Uzuki's Locked Door from the Isolated Stairway When you descend from the 3rd Floor, you will see a long wide staircase that descends to the west. It leads to a peaceful chamber containing a single large tillable field containing four plots, a water source, one real Treasure Chest and one Monster Box. An exit in the southwest is blocked by a huge round stone boulder. This is a new device first found on the 4th floor of the Lava Ruins. There is no way to move it from this side, however, so retrace your steps to the isolated stairway. Now go east to find a stationary catapult. Hit the lever with a Hammer and it will destroy fallen masonry to the south that barred the entrance to a narrow staircase leading downward. Do not explore the stairway yet. Instead, move east of the catapult to find three smooth small square boulders that act as a barrier to the east. You need a Silver Hammer or better to destroy boulders of this sort. Do so and move east to find a Treasure Chest that usually contains Copper. From here, you will enter an area with two narrow twin staircases to the south and a large round boulder in the north held in place by sand. A Monster Generator in the northeast corner spawns two Trolls. Against the eastern wall are two white urns. This is the northeast limit of the 4th floor. Use your hoe on the pile of sand to release the large round boulder. As the boulder rolls, it will clear the pathway to the isolated stairway that leads to the 5th floor. Path to the Shortcut Stairway Note that, if you used the catapult initially, you now have three separate narrow staircases side by side that lead south. The one farthest east leads to the isolated stairway to the 5th floor. The other narrow stairway west of the one leading to the isolated stairway will take you down a narrow path to a Monster Generator that spawns two Summers. If you continue south, you will find a pile of fallen masonry blocking your accesso to a large chamber that contains tillable fields and a Monster

Generator spawning two Trolls. Ignore this path for now, therefore, as you must destroy the fallen masonry from the other side. Return to the first stairway that was unblocked by the action of the catapult. This stairway is the one furthest to the west and closest to the isolated stairway leading from the 3rd floor. At the foot of the stairs, you will encounter two Trolls immediately. The monster generator that spawns them is to the west. This effectively constitutes a crossroads, with exits in all directions. You can go west into a large chamber containing tillable fields or east to a large almost empty chamber that contains a single Monster Geneartor that spawns two little Fluffys. If you are looking for the Locked Door, you need to go west past the Monster Generator that spawns the two Trolls that guard the crossroads. You will find yourself in a very large peaceful chamber with four tillable fields, each of which consists of two plots. There is a single crate in the northwest with a water source next to it. The exit from this chamber is in the southwest down a narrow causeway that leads south to a platform guarded by two Summers spawned by a Monster Generator. The position of this Monster Generator marks a crossroads as well. There is a wide stairway that ascends to the east. To the west, another parallel causeway leads north and south. Go down the wide staircase in the west and continue west to the causeway that runs parallel to it. This is the western limit of the 4th floor. To the north is a Monster Generator that spawns a Buffaloo. Continue south along the causeway, you will find three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems barring your path. Smash them and continue south to a Monster Generator that spawns two Trolls. Go south from the catapult, then east to find a locked door in the south. If you attempted to access this door before Uzuki gave you her Hairpin, your character would muse: Freyr: It won't open… Huh? There's a hole in the door. Is it a keyhole? But it has such a strange shape… I can't go in now anyway. I'll try again later. With Uzuki's Hairpin in your Rucksack, however, you now can return to the Locked Door to open it. Freyr: There's a hole in the door. Is it a keyhole? But it has such a strange shape… I know! I'll use the Hairpin from Uzuki! A Letter from the Mentor When the sliding door opens, you will be able to move south into a small chamber with a crate at the southern end. In the centre of the floor, you will see three shining drops of light indicating the presence of a 'secret'. Go to the spot and press 'A' to search there. A Letter will pop out. Freyr: There's a letter, and it's still new. Letter from the Mentor: A letter to Uzuki from Uzuki's brother. Don't open it without permission. Although you are told not to open it without permission, the text of the Letter

will be displayed automatically: Text: 'Stardust will summon the Rainbow'. Freyr: What does that mean? Maybe Uzuki will know… 7 Pieces of Stardust Take the Letter to Uzuki and offer it to her. Uzuki: What is this…? Freyr: It was inside the room that can be opened with the hairpin. Uzuki: What was inside?! … 'Stardust will summon the rainbow.' There is no doubt! This is definitely Brother's writing! Freyr: But what does 'Stardust will summon the rainbow' mean? Uzuki: In my country, rainbows are said to have 7 colours. So if 7 of this 'stardust' can be gathered… Freyr: But what is 'stardust'…? Uzuki: I do not know either. If you go to the Rune Archives now to search the shelves, you will find a new book on the upper floor at the northern end of the eastern side. The four volumes now will be: Mystic Country Stardust Almanac The Elves The Beginning of Man Only the 'Stardust Almanac' is new. Stardust Almanac Stardusts that fall on clear nighttime skies are very weak against sunlight, so look for them in early morning. Collecting Stardust for Uzuki This is the only information you require to find the Stardust for Uzuki. Simply go to the Public Square each morning at 6.00 a.m., provided the weather is fine. On the western side of the pavement near the entrance, you will see the characteristic three sparkles of light that indicate a secret. Press 'A' and Stardust will pop out of the ground. 'Stardust' has the shape of a golden star similar to those given to children on their essays to indicate a job well done. The Stardust you gather each day appears to be identical, but each occupies a separate slot in yoru Rucksack or Storage. This is a bit of a nuisance actually as you can collect only one piece of Stardust per day and only if the weather is fine. In rain or snow, it will not appear. Moreover, by the afternoon, it will disappear if not collected earlier. The Treasure at the End of the Rainbow When you collect the seventh and final piece of Stardust, an Event will occur. Uzuki will appear next to you in the Public Square. Uzuki: Have you gathered 7 pieces of 'Stardust'…? Tsubute: Good job, Freyr. I didn't think you could do it. Freyr: According to the letter, something should happen.

The screen darkens for a moment, then a blazing rainbow appears behind Uzuki for an instant Freyr: What's this…? Tsubute: What are you doing? Hurry up! Uzuki: Go to the end of the rainbow! Freyr: Y-yes! She races off and you follow as the screen darkens again. You now approach the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Path. Tsubute: Look! Something is shining! At the foot of one of the Cornucopia Trees, there are three shining points of light. Freyr: You're right! Let's try digging there! Your character automatically follows his own suggestion, then scoops an item from the ground. Freyr: This is… Tsubute: It is… a letter. Uzuki: Would you please read it, Freyr? I feel to anxious to do so myself. Freyr: All right. He now reads from the letter: It has been awhile, Uzuki. How long has it been since I left our country? I have no intention of returning to that place. I had enough of being cramped up in that small house. You as well, I'm sure. That is why I'm goine and have left only clues. Uzuki, you have come this far after leaving that place. Life in a foreign country may be difficult, but you were able to do it because of a trusted friend. You might be angry after I have dragged you out here this far. But Uzuki, you are now an adult. You need not rely on your brother anymore. I will always be thinking of you. Uzuki: … Freyr: Uzuki…? Tsubute: After causing so much trouble for milady, all he left behind is a single letter?! He can be so very inconsiderate sometimes. If only he would think of milady a little more… Milady…? Uzuki: Brother is always like this… Right when it seems that he had hidden something important, he leaves me something much more precious. He is certainly a great man… Freyr: Uzuki…? Something more precious than Brother…? Uzuki: Let's go home! Tsubute: (Will you be returning to our home country?) Let us go home! Uzuki: What are you talking about? My home is… Trampoli. Right, Freyr? Tsubute (with thunder and cross hurt): What? When did milady…? Milady!!! The Event now ends. You stand alone beneath the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road. As Uzuki now is a permanent resident of Trampoli, you now will be able to propose to her successfully, provided all ordinary marriage requirements have been met. Rosetta's Events Rosetta's early Events involve the rivalry between the Materia Shop and Danny's Grocery Shop. These are given in detail in the 1st Year Walkthrough. Ultimately, after a rather acrimonious series of dialogues and a confrontation between Danny and Rosetta, Danny will shut down his Grocery Shop completely. He then will be offered a job at the Materia Shop by Rosetta and will accept.

The next pivotal Event for Rosetta involves her father. As her heart levels increase further, she will speak of her father and of the fact that she was the guiding light at his shop in Kardia in of business sense. Freyr: Rosetta, How is your store recently? Rosetta: It's going really well. I guess I have some talent in running a business. Maybe I should give a lecture to my dad while I'm at it. After: Rosetta: Decorating the store with a vase is probably overdoing it. We're a general store after all. Rosetta: Maybe I should start selling the stuff I cooked at the store? At 6 Hearts: Freyr: Rosetta, are you good at cooking? Rosetta: What, I don't look it? I'm actually pretty good at it, you know. When I was living with Dad, I was the one that did all the cooking. Freyr: Oh, really? Then I hope you'll treat me to some later. Rosetta: W-what?! I-it's not free! I-I-It's not cheap either, you know! At 8 Hearts: Rosetta: My dad walks around completely naked after he takes a bath, and never separates the laundry. He's completely hopeless. But I do respect him for taking his job seriously every day. I have to do just as well. When she is almost at 9 Hearts: Rosetta: I want to take a vacation and just relax once in a while. But since I run a store, that's never going to happen. Rosetta's Departure To experience Rosetta's Departure Event, enter the Business District and walk towards the Materia Shop. You will witness Rosetta's exit from the shop, bowed down with heavy bags. Rosetta: Oh, Freyr. Freyr: What happened? Why are you carrying so much luggage? Rosetta: My father collapsed. He may be worthless, but he's still my father. I'm going to be gone for awhile. I left Danny in charge of the store, so it's business as usual. She then continues down the staircase and disappears. Speak to Danny now: Danny: I wonder what happened to Rosetta's dad's illness… All I can do is to stay here and keep the shop open. Danny: Because Rosetta's not here, I have to work hard. The general store will be open as usual so you can come shop like you always do. Other villagers will remark upon the situation as well: Lara: it seems that Rosetta's father is sick. That worries me. Anette: Rosetta's home is really far from here. It must be hard for her… Mist: I heard that Rosetta's father isn't well. I'm really worried for him. Two seconds later: Mist: I heard that Rosetta's father is doing much better. That's a relief… Stella this morning: Rosetta is back in her hometown to look after her sick father. Just give her some kind words when you get the chance to talk to her. I'm sure she's feeling very tired. Danny: I wonder what happened to Rosetta's dad's illness… All I can do is

stay here and keep the shop open. Eunice: I was thinking of giving some flowers when I go see Rosetta next time. You will not find Rosetta in Trampoli again until the next Festival or Holiday. Make certain that you speak to her then. Freyr: Rosetta, how was your father? Rosetta: He just caught a cold, but it's taking longer than normal for him to recover. He must have been overworked. That's why I decided to help out over there for a while. I can't leave my store without tending to it for too long so I'm back for today… But the best I can do is to come back only once a week. Freyr: I see… Please don't overwork yourself, too. Rosetta: Thanks… You're really kind. Look for Rosetta now each Holiday and Festival Day and keep raising her Affection and Friendship with Gifts as well. On the next regular Holiday, Freyr found Rosetta in the Square in the afternoon: Freyr: How is your father? Rosetta: Not much progress. Maybe I should just let Danny run the store over here and focus on tending to my father… When he spoke to Anette shortly after that: Anette: I heard that Rosetta's father is fine now. That's great to hear! On the next Holiday, he spoke to Rosetta when she was at home at night: Rosetta: Freyr, you make the vegetables which I buy. I sell seeds, and then you make vegetables again. Don't we make a good team? Rosetta: So Eunice gave her parents that getaway trip… Maybe I should give something to my dad, too… Once Rosetta goes to Kardia to take care of her father, you only will see her on Holidays and Festival Days. After you speak to her on the first Festival Day, she will decide to return once each week to oversee her Shop. She then will return each Holiday and actually take delivery of your items as usual. The next morning, however, she will be in Kardia again. If you wish to make progress in this sequence of Events, you need to speak to her each time you see her and raise her Heart Level as high as possible. With her Heart Level at 9: Freyr: How is your father? Is he getting better? Rosetta: Not much change. I got Lara to take a look at him. I hope she can find out something. Freyr: I see… Lara's Contribution Now you need to speak to Lara: Lara: I went to go see Rosetta's father just now. Freyr: How was he? Will he get better? Lara: Yes. He'll be good as new. Just follow the recipe I'll be giving you and hand the finished product to Rosetta. Freyr: I-I'm making it…?! Lara: I won't be able to. You have to care deeply for Rosetta while you make it or it won't be effective. Freyr: Oh… Lara: Let me teach you the recipe now. Take 2 of 'Healing Drink S' and a

'White Grass' and mix them. You'll be able to make a Healing Drink X with it. You may fail a couple of times, but keep trying. Freyr: All right. You should have the Recipe in your Laboratory Cook Book before this and have made it many times. You should have White Grass in storage but if you do not have it, you will not be able to buy it from Lara. The Clinic menu does not change and simply offers the usual grasses. Actually, it does not matter whether you make the Energy Drink X yourself or find it in a Dungeon. Simply give any Energy Drink X to Rosetta when you see her on the next Holiday or Festival. Rosetta's Father and Energy Drink X If you speak to Rosetta before you give her the Energy Drink X, she will declare: Rosetta: I can only come back here once a week until my father is all better. Danny is doing really well. I guess that's the only thing I'm happy for. Freyr then gave her E. Drink X Rosetta: Oh, what's this? Freyr: Please give it to your father. Lara told me about it. Rosetta: Really?! I'll get him to drink it right away! Thanks, Freyr! Rosetta's Return Rosetta may not return immediately after she accepts the Energy Drink X from you, but she should return within a week. Simply enter the Materia Shop to experience the Event. As you enter: Rosetta: Hey, Freyr! Now, you will be treated to a future 'Memory' clip: Rosetta: After getting my father to drink that medicine you gave me… he's been recovering fast! It's like a miracle. Freyr: Really? That's great to hear! Rosetta: This is all thanks to you! Freyr: What are you going to do now? Rosetta: My father is going to hire some people so this won't happen again. But I'm still worried, so I'll check in on him from time to time. I'm going to continue running the store here. It is mine, after all. That is the extent of the 'Memory' film. Now the Event resumes: Rosetta: Besides… She hesitates a moment, then: Rosetta: No, never mind. Freyr: ? Rosetta: Be sure to come to 'Materia' often, Freyr. A Way to Thank Danny If her heart level is high enough, you should be able to speak to her immediately after her 'Return' Event to initiate the next sequence. You came at just the right time. Can I ask a favour from you? Your choices now: Sure. Maybe next time. Rosetta: it's about Danny. He's been working really hard recently. So I thought I should reward him. Do you have any good ideas?

Well… How about giving a present to him? A present… That sounds like a great idea! But what should I give him? If you want to thank him, I think it's better to do something for him rather just giving him a thing. Rosetta: It's not that I want to thank him or anything! But I guess you're right. What should I do…? His house is a bit run down, so maybe if I gave his home a remodeling, he might like it. Freyr: That sounds good. Rosetta: Then I should get started right away. Thanks, Freyr. Helping Rosetta Remodel Danny's House Wait until the next day to speak to Rosetta to initiate the next event in the sequence. A Quest for Materials Many characters make Requests for items by Letter. Melody's Requests for every type of Wild Coloured Grass are conveyed by letter as are Bianca's Requests for various Cooked Dishes. In Rosetta's case, however, the Requests are conveyed personally. You can 'cheat' a little by having the following items in your Rucksack BEFORE you visit her the next morning: Materials Requested: Quality Cloth, Thick Stick, Quality Fur, Wool These are obtained as follows: Quality Cloth: War Trophy dropped randomly by Ghost, Necro, Faust, Little Emperor, Little Wizard, Hammer Troll and Gigantes Thick Stick: Item dropped as War Trophy by Necro, Little Emperor, Little Wizard, High Orc, Minotaur and Minotaur King or from Urns, Crates or Treasure Chests Quality Fur: War Trophy dropped randomly by Blood Panther, Shadow Panther, Hunter Wolf, Mamoo and Buffazoo Wool: Ranch Product obtained by using Harvester on tame Wooly or Fluffy Otherwise, you will be forced to run back and forth fetching and carrying for her. Freyr: How did it go? Are the preparations for the remodeling done? Rosetta: Well I ran into a little problem. I was thinking of giving him some curtains and a sofa bed but I don't have enough materials. Freyr! Can you please find me some 'Good Cloth'?! After: Rosetta: it's 'Good Cloth'. Thanks. N.B. There is no 'Good Cloth' in Rune Factory Frontier. It is 'Quality Cloth'. Give her Quality Cloth. Rosetta: Thank you! Next up… Freyr: What? There's more…?! Rosetta: Of course there is. Next up is 'Thick Stick.' Thanks. Freyr: *sigh*… After: Rosetta: It's a Thick Stick. Thanks. Give her a Thick Stick. Rosetta: (Thank you!) Thanks! Freyr: Is that it? Rosetta: There's more. Next up is 'Quality Fur.' Thanks. Freyr: You're so demanding… Rosetta: What was that? Freyr: N-nothing!

After: Rosetta: It's 'Quality Fur'. Thanks. Give her the Quality Fur: Rosetta: (Thank you!) Thank you so much. Freyr: Since I know how this is going to go… What should I bring next? Rosetta: How considerate of you. Next up is 'Wool'. This is the last one. Thanks. After: Rosetta: It's Wool. Thanks. Give her Wool. Rosetta: Thank you. Now I have everything I need. I'll get right to the remodeling. You keep watch so Danny won't come inside. Be sure to keep it a secret from Danny until the remodling is donoe! Okay! The screen darkens. When it lightens again, you are outside Danny's house and he is walking towards you. Danny: Oh, hey, Freyr. What are you doing in front of my house? Your choices: Oh, right… Is this really your house? If you choose, 'Oh, right…' Danny: So, what are you doing here? If you choose: Is this really your house? Danny: Huh? What's wrong with you? So, what are you doing here? Your choices now: I'm just waiting for some one… I'm just bored… If you choose: I'm just waiting for some one… Danny: Whyu are you meeting up in front of some one else's house?! If you choose: I'm just bored… Danny: Bored…? So you're standing in front of my house just because you're bored? Then, in either case: Danny: I want to go home! I can't go inside unless you get out of the way, Freyr! Get out of my way! Now your choices are: 'M-my chronic illness…! 'Graaagh!' Whether you choose Kanno's trademark response or that of Tsubute: Danny (with thunder and cross hurt): Are you teasing me? I know you are. Cut it out! If you won't get out of the way, I'll make you! Rosetta now flings open the doors and walks out of his house. Rosetta: I'm done. Oh… You were here, Danny? Danny; What's that supposed to mean? I live here! And what were you doing, Rosetta? Rosetta: (with music) You saved me the trouble of looking for you. Come on in. Danny: But I live here… Now you all walk up the stairs, Danny preceding you. Danny: What's going on? Why are you two acting so sneaky? He gazes in wonder at the transformation. He now has a 'Big Bed', a very fine table set for two and, in place of the half-consumed wine bottle on the stand, a pitcher of fresh Milk.

Danny: This is… Rosetta: Do you like it? It's to thank you for all your hard work. Freyr said that it's better to do something for you rather than just give you something. Danny: Th-thank you. I-I'll continue to work hard at the general store! Rosetta: I'm so glad Danny liked it. Freyr: Yeah. Rosetta: Let me give you this for your trouble. You said it's better when people do something for you, right? I personally made it. You got Sunny-side-up! Rosetta: I'll see you later! The Event ends with both Rosetta and Danny standing near you. Neither will make any further reference to the Event when you speak to them now. Ironically, when Freyr spoke to Danny, the first words out of his mouth were: Danny: I'm so depressed. (Ingrate!!!) Village Monster Gossip Monsters are central to any Rune Factory game. It is Kanno who will give you a definition of Monsters if you ask him for information: What are Monsters? Kanno: These are the troubling things found inside the dungeons. Not much is known about them. What we do know is that they come from a 'gate' that is opened through some sort of trigger. That's why, if the gate is destroyed, monsters will not appear for a while. But, regarding what to do about the monsters that are already here… Weapons and farming tools around here all have the 'Retornen' spell cast on them. Frery, the ones you have are no exception. Weapons with Retornen cast on them can return the monsters to the 'First Forest' when attacked with it. This is thanks to our ancestors, who wanted to take care of things peacefully without hurting the monsters. Eligible Girls will speak about your use of Monsters on the farm. Uzuki: I heard this through the grapevine, but you seem to be getting monsters to help you with your farm work. Freyr: Yes. They work very hard, so they're a big help. Uzuki: I see… All right, Tsubute! You are going to help with the farm work, too! Tsubute: What was that?! Cinnamon: That monster that's always with Uzuki… Freyr: Oh, you mean Tsubute? Cinnamon: Yes. I'm interested in it… Freyr: (What does she mean by interested…?) Uzuki will speak of her general fear of Monsters, oddly enough: Uzuki: I just do not like monsters… Freyr: Then what about Tsubute? Uzuki: Tsubute is… different. I'm not afraid of him.. Tsubute: What was that?! Eunice makes a rather peculiar comment about Monsters: Eunice: You know about the monster 'Wooly'? Their fur is like cotton candy and so fluffy. Oh! I don't mean I want to eat fur or anything! Tabatha: It's so lively with all the monsters at your home, Freyr. Tabatha: Your monsters all trust you very much, Freyr. That's why you have to hold up your end of the bargain.

Melody, inspired by your ability to tame Monsters, will attempt to enlist a Monster in her service: Melody: I saw you getting a monster to help you with your farm work, Freyr. So I decided to try it out, too, but the monster was so strong that it broke the flooring. I messed up. Freyr: Which monster did you get to do it? Melody: I don't … The Golem, I think? Freyr: Hahaha… You know there are jobs that each monster has their own strengths and weaknesses in. How about the Wooly? I think it'll be good. Melody: Nah… I'm done with getting the monsters to help out. Mist: I think it's pretty dashing to be doing farm work inside the dungeon. The monsters will look after you. Other Characters will speak of Monsters as well; Erik: I hear you went to the Snow Ruins. Are you sure you can manage all those fields? Well, you could just let the monsters take care of the fields in the village. The reason I don't use monsters to help out is because I decided to do everything myself. It's not because I'm scared of the monsters I tell you! Uzuki's Phobia Uzuki actually will respond rather hysterically when she believes that a Monster has crossed her path. Uzuki: Ah-ahhhhhh!! Freyr: W-what happened?! Uzuki: Something black and quick scuffled by my feet… Ahhhhh! Tsubute: Milday! Please get a hold of yourself! Uzuki: I-I hate black things that are quick and small! This incident, which may occur more than once, paves the way for a 'close encounter' with Bianca's Little Monster. Bianca's Events Bianca's Events for the most part are Francoise's Events as well. Many of Francoise's Events are relayed through conversation rather than being experienced directly by your character. Bianca's Dialogues about Francoise After you give Francoise to Bianca: Tabatha: I have never seen Miss Bianca so happy. for gifting me with Francoise.

Freyr, thank you very much

If you speak to Bianca in the little Monster Barn in the Mansion while she is brushing Francoise, you can access the food bin to initiate a little bit of dialogue. Freyr: There's Monster Food inside. Bianca: Francoise only gets the best food there is. As Bianca's Heart Levels increase, you will be able to experience more dialogues about Francoise. Bianca: The other day, Francoise ate what I gave it instead of Tabatha's food. It feels kind of nice. Bianca: Francoise lets me pet it recently. I think it's finally used to me. Bianca: Francoise eats from my hand directly now. I'm the only one that can do it. Bianca: … Just because you keep talking to me doesn't mean I'll grow to like you. No matter what you do, you'll never be more important to me than

Francoise. (4 � Hearts) Bianca: Francoise used to sleep in the same bed with me, but it's getting harder and harder. I wonder if they sell beds for monsters somewhere… Bianca: You just don't get tired of coming here, do you? I'm impressed. Oh, you've come to see Francoise. I know that feeling. At 6 Hearts: Bianca: Father keeps telling me to come home. And I keep telling him that I can't because Francoise is here… Francoise Runs Amok At 5 or 6 Hearts, you may experience the following dialogue with respect to the increasing amount of mischief caused by Francoise: Bianca: Francoise wrecked a vase. The vase isn't worth much, but it's getting so rambunctious lately. I guess it's at a very active age. Tabatha will mention the incident as well: Tabatha: Francoise has been breaking a lot of things at home recently. Francoise only listens to Miss Bianca and yet she doesn't say anything to it. I am at a loss… Shortly after this, you will discover that other villagers have experienced incidents with Francoise. Danny: Can't we do something about Bianca's monster? (with thunder and cross hurt now): You gave that monster to her so you should take responsibility! Turner: The other day, Bianca's monster ran into the store entrance at full speed. Luckily, it didn't break, but I wish she would calm that thing down a bit more. Kross: I got attacked by Bianca's monster… Did I do something bad…? Finally, speak to Stella to discover the extent of the hostility that Francoise's recent behaviour has engendered: Stella: Freyr, I don't know how to say this… Freyr: What is it? Stella: About Bianca's Monster… I have received a lot of complaints about it. I don't want to meddle in people's affairs, so I'll leave it be for now… But if it goes on as is, I can't protect her any longer. I'll tell Bianca, but you should be careful, too. Freyr: Sure thing. This sounds rather ominous, as though a lynch mob may be lurking round a corner somewhere… It is more likely, however, that Stella hopes very stern words may have results in moderating the unruly Monster's behaviour. Francoise and Uzuki It is when you speak to Uzuki in the Public Square that you will experience a real Event with Francoise. Uzuki: Freyr, are you out for a walk? The town square is a nice place. It certainly is a pleasant place for every one. It's so peaceful… Ahhhh! Enemy music: Freyr: !! Uzuki: This bloodcurdling scream! We have an emergency!

Tsubute: Let us go, milady! Now suddenly, Bianca and Tabatha, Cinnamon, Candy, Eunice, and Marco surround little Francoise in the square. Eunice: It's so cute! Uzuki and I arrive on the scene. Uzuki: What's going on?! I shall defend the peace of Trampoli! Every one turns to face us. Cin: … What's wrong? Uzuki: I thought I just heard Eunice scream… Candy: We were just looking at Bianca's Francoise together. Bianca: I normally won't allow it, but I'll let every one pet it today. Marco: It's so fluffy. Try it out, Uzuki! Uzuki: I-I am fine… Tabatha: Ypu don't need to act so modest. Francoise loves being petted. Uzuki: I-I … But… Bianca: … What? Are you saying you can't pet Francoise? Uzuki: No, it's not that… After a moment of hesitation: Uzuki: Very well. I come from a family of samurais. I shall harden my resolve to do this. Cinnamon: it's not supposed to be that serious of a matter… Uzuki goes forward to pet Francoise. Uzuki: Oh! It is much more tame than I imagined. And it is warm. Bianca: My Francoise is the best in the world. Uzuki: Well well. This was a wonderful experience. I thank you, Bianca. Tab: I hope Uzuki's hatred of monsters will be eased a little bit with this. Uzuki: That is a difficult thing to follow through with. Francoise Returns to the First Forest When Bianca reached 8 Hearts, Freyr entered the Mansion one afternoon and experienced an Event: Bianca: Eeeek! He hears a thump, then the cry of Francoise. He finds Bianca kneeling on the floor near the Grand Staircase. Bianca stands behind her docilely. Tabatha, hearing the commotion now descends the staircase and calls out to her Mistress. Tabatha: Miss! Freyr runs forward as well. Freyr: Are you okay, Bianca? Bianca: It's nothing. I was just playing with Francoise. Miss, let me tend to your leg. She kneels by Bianca and begins to clean the wound. Bianca: Ow! I knew it… Francoise did this, didn't it? No. I just tripped and fell on my own. Miss! Tell me the truth! Did Francoise do this? No! I have overlooked much, but not this time! Tell me the truth! Why? Why do you speak ill of Francoise, Tabatha? You love monsters and dream about a world where humans and monsters can coexist! That is precisely why! Rules are needed if humans are to live with monsters. Now that monsters live in the human world, they will lose their place if they end up hurting those humans. Francoise must return to the 'First Forest'.

Both of the girls now have tears in their eyes. Tabatha… Are you cruying…? Tab: I'm not… I know it pains you much more… Tabatha… Bianca takes out the Brush to brush Francoise one last time. Now the Event shifts to a future 'Memory'. Bianca: All right. We'll release Francoise back to the First Forest. Goodbye, Francoise… The Memory ends and the Event resumes. Freyr: Bianca… Bianca: Do it! I'm sick and tired… of monsters… Tab: I'm sorry for forcing you to do this. But please… This is for the sake of Miss Bianca. Freyr: …All right. One final scream of the Elefun as she is sent back… Bianca: Goodbye, Francoise. I'll always love you… A shining point of light whirls and vanishes. Bianca: That was terrible. If you find something more interesting, bring it to me. But don't ever bring me monsters again. The only monster for me is Francoise after all. The Event ends now. Freyr ran back to Francoise's old room to see if it had changed. Oddly enough, he found Bianca in there brushing the air as though pretending that Francoise had not been sent away… what a sad sight! Selphy's Events As Selphy's Heart Level increases, you will experience a number of Events with respect to her writing career as well as her personal life. One of these involves money borrowed from Lara. Selphy's Debt to Lara Speak to Lara when she is in the Church to initiate a little Event: Lara: Freyr, would you please do me a favour? Freyr: What is it? Lara: Well, I had lent Selphy some money… It's past the due date but she still hasn't returned it. Would you please collect it from her? Freyr: All right. Now the option will appear if I speak to Selphy at her desk at the Rune Archives. Freyr: Selphy, Lara wants you to repay the money she lent you. Selphy: Whoa! I didn't think she'd send a collector to come get it! Not bad, Lara! Freyr: Setting that aside, would you please pay back the money? Selphy: Well, about that. I want to pay it back, but I just don't have the funds. Freyr: So, you don't have the money to repay it? Selphy: Well, if you put it like that, I don't know how to respond! That's why I need a favour from you. Can you pay it back for me? Freyr: … Return to speak to Lara now. Lara: How was it? Will Selphy pay it back? Your choice now: Yes, I have the money. No. She said didn't have any money.

If you choose: Yes, I have the money. Lara: Freyr, you shouldn't lie. I suppose that Selphy just had you pay in her place? Freyr: How did you know? Lara: It's because you're a terrible liar. All right. I will speak with Selphy directly later. Thank you for your help. If you choose: No. She said didn't have any money. Lara: I see… That is a problem… All right. I will speak with Selphy directly later. Thank you for your help. When you look for Selphy in the Ruins Archives and fail to find her there, look for her in the Church and speak to her there. Freyr: What are you doing in a place like this, Selphy? Selphy: You sound like this is a terrible place. But I guess I don't really fit here. Well, I couldn't pay back the money I borrowed from Lara… So I ended up having to work here for it. I'm pathetic, aren't I? Freyr: I don't think so at all. Working to repay your debts is a wonderful thing. Selphy: Really? Haha… Thanks. Afterwards: Selphy: I'm part-timing as a sister here today. That's why the library is closed. Speak to Stella and she will say: Stella: She may be clumsy but she has a good heart. I will always welcome Selphy working here. Speak to Lara now in the Clinic and she will tell you: Lara: Selphy ended up working at the church. I just hope this will straighten out her crooked personality a bit… Freyr: Hahahahahahahaha… I found Selphy on Monday, 4.00 p.m. at the Church when she was repaying her debt. She now will work part-time at the Church in the morning on specific days. Selphy's Novels As you continue to speak to individuals and increase Friendship and Heart Levels, more dialogues about Selphy's novels will emerge. She in fact will send you a letter asking you to suggest the protagonist for her next work. You then will receive a response according to the suggestion you made. Hm… A princess…? I guess a princess with super strength could be fun… All right! I'll go with that! Thanks, you're a life saver! Selphy Despite this Letter, you will experience the same little chain of dialogue each year from all the Eligible Girls with respect to Selphy's first mystery novel. A Parcel for Selphy

By being in the Church district when Anette is delivering parcels, you should experience an Event involving Selphy. You need not be at the Runes Archive but can be at the Clock Tower…: Selphy! There's a parcel for you! Selphy: Yeah… She walks outside, then: Selphy: Whoa! She becomes faint… Anette: Are you all right? Selphy: I'm fine, I'm fine. I was just surprised to see the sun. So… what was it again? Anette: Oh, right. It's a parcel for you. Selphy: Nice! A book that I ordered is finally here! Time to read! Anette: But before that, please sign right here… Selphy: A signature, right? Let's see… Anette: No, not there… Yes, there. Selphy: Okay… Anette: See you later! Anette waves farewell to Selphy, then runs up to your character. Freyr: Selphy looked like she was about to faint. Is she all right? Anette: She said the sunlight made her feel dizzy because she hasn't gone out in a while. I really think she should go out more. It's not good to stay indoors all day, you know? My choices now: I guess so. It depends on the person. I guess so. Anette: Anyway, I have other deliveries to make, so see you later! She leaves and you find yourself in front of the Church, irrespective of your former position. Visit Selphy now for news. Selphy: It's so warm every day. I get so… so… sleepy… *yawn*… Wow, I'm tired. Freyr: What happened? Selphy: I was just learning how to clean up from Eunice… But it's so tiring… Freyr: Is cleaning always this tiring? Wait.. You had to learn how to clean things up? Then: Selphy, weren't you dizzy just now? Selphy: When I received the parcel from Anette? You caught me at a bad time. Freyr: it's bad for your health if you don't go outside once in awhile, Selphy. Selphy: I know, I know. But it just feels like such a pain. Haha. I'll do that when I feel like it. Selphy Organises the Library At about 6 Hearts, you should experience an Event when you enter the Rune Archives. You will discover it to be spotless without a single book on the floor. Freyr entered the Rune Archives on Tuesday morning after 9.00 a.m. to experience an Event with Selphy. A view of a completely tidy Library, then: Selphy: Tadaa! What do you think?! I knew I could do it!

Freyr: It's much better now! That's amazing, Selphy! Selphy: Pfft. This is nothing for me. Now that it's all cleaned up, time to get some reading done. Another Event in a Tidy Library When Freyr walked into the Rune Archives a few days after experiencing the first Event in the tidy Library, he experienced another brief Event with Selphy. Selphy: Isn't it all nice and clean now? I can get lots of reading done when it's so clean. Freyr: If you really think that, you should clean more often… You will have access to new books now, among them books about various Monster types. Each time you enter the Rune Archives while it remains tidy, you may experience this Event again. As her heart levels continue to increase, Selphy again will allow untidiness to reign and the Rune Archives will look as though it had been hit by a hurricane. She then once again will tidy the Rune Archives and when you enter, you will experience the little Event where she delightedly tells you: Selphy: Isn't it all nice and clean now? I can get lots of reading done when it's so clean. Freyr: If you really think that, you should clean more often… Selphy will vacillate endlessly back and forth between tidiness and untidiness. Selphy's Amnesia When Selphy reaches 8 Hearts, you will obtain the option to ask her for a Date. You will not be able to propose to her successfully until you have completed her Story. Selphy's Story involves a case of temporary amnesia. This is demonstrated by, among other things, two Letters that she will send to you. Selphy's Bizarre Letters At 8 Hearts, you should receive a rather inexplicably hostile letter from Selphy: Like I said…! I've had enough of this! I told you I don't care! I have nothing to do with this, and I'm totally fine by myself, so just stop! Don't write me anymore! Selphy The next Letter that arrives from Selphy will offer a partial explanation: Sorry! I'm so sorry! That last letter supposed to be for some one else. Just forget what you read. Okay? Selphy In fact, these two letters offer a clue as to the pivotal Event in Selphy's Story. The Forgotten Book

A little Event that may appear entirely trivial actually may be the trigger that ultimately leads to Selphy's dramatic denouement a couple of weeks later. Selphy: Hey, Freyr! Look! I bought a new book! I can't wait to see what it's about! Freyr: Didn't you just read that book the other day? Selphy: Of course not! I never forget about which books I read. (with thunder and cross hurt now): There are plenty of books with similar titles so maybe you mistook it for that? Freyr: Oh… You will experience this exchange only once and your character may forget about it completely… but one day, when he enters the Rune Archives, a very dramatic Event will occur. Selphy and the Tapir Your character can experience this Event during the day or at night. All that is required is that he enter the Rune Archives once he has received the two odd Letters from Selphy and has experienced her forgetfulness with respect to the Book she had read in the past. As is often the case in Rune Factory Frontier where special Events are concerned, a certain amount of time must elapsed between the 'trigger' and the actual Event. When Freyr entered the Rune Archives one morning before 7.00 a.m., Selphy was seated behind the desk and as he watched, a Dark Rune formed above her. She then vanished. Freyr: Where is Selphy?! Walk into the Dark Rune and you will find yourself standing on the pages of an enormous book. As you stand there, a number of Buffamoo will appear at every corner and converge upon you in the centre of the book. One special attack with a decent Sword will defeat the lot. Your character now will find Selphy standing motionlessly, apparently without any consciousness of the drama that has occurred. Freyr: Selphy! Snap out of it! Selphy: Ugh… Then: Selphy: Where am I?! Freyr: Don't know. Maybe we're inside the book that you were reading. Selphy: In the book? Awesome! It was my childhood dream to go inside a book! Freyr: Oh, really? So how do you feel about it now that came true? Selphy: Hmm… There's nothing here and it's not a lot of fun. I guess I prefer to just read books. Let's go home. Freyr: Yeah, we should. Now you will find yourself with Selphy in the Clock Tower chatting to Kanno. Kanno: Hmm, this was caused by the monster 'Tapir'. Freyr: Tapir? Kanno: A monster that feeds on memories. It transforms itself in order to capture prey then consumes their memories when their guard is down.

Selphy: So that's how I completely forgot about a book I read! What a waste of time! I could've read another book by then… Kanno: The monster isn't that dangerous, but who knows what kind of damage it could cause. Let's burn it. Freyr: I agree. It would be for the best. Selphy: W-wait! You can't burn such a rare book! The god of books will be mad at you! Kanno: But we can't leave it as it is. Let's see… The scene will shift to a little 'Memory' film now. Selphy arranges the book in a picture frame. Selphy: How about that? Well? Is it crooked? Freyr: It's fine. Your idea to put the monster to sleep by stopping time… worked out really well. Selphy: Yeah, and we ended up not having to burn it. Personally, I want to read that book a bit more. Now, what should I read next… Both Kanno and Cinnamon will refer to this Event later. Kanno's dialogue in particular is hilarious. The book will be displayed on the wall of Selphy's room at the back of the Rune Archives. Kanno: The magic that sealed the Tapir works in increments of centuries. You should be fine for now. After about 100 years, I'll come back to seal it again! Hahaha. Cinnamon: Selphy was bragging about how she went inside the book… I feel… envious… Cinnamon's Events Kanno's Dialogues As Cinnamon's Heart Levels increase, it is Kanno who will speak of how his granddaughter is happier and that he is glad he brought the girls to Trampoli. Shooting Star Event Giving Cinnamon any raw Fish on a daily basis will raise her Heart Levels steadily. As one may have expected, her 'Story' is connected to the night sky. As soon as she reaches 10 Hearts, you will be able to initiate the Dialogue that leads to her 'Memory' Event: Cinnamon: … Freyr. Freyr: What is it? Cinnamon: … On a night with clear skies, I go with Melody and Lara for some astronomical observation. Freyr: Oh, really? That sounds kind of romantic. Cinnamon: Freyr… You should… come… Freyr: Really? Cinnamon: … Come. Freyr: So it's on the nights with clear skies, right? Okay! Cinnamon: I'll be waiting … on the veranda of the clock tower. After: Cinnamon: Come on nights… when there are no clouds. If you receive the invitation on a day when the weather is fine, you can go to the parapet of the Clock Tower on the same evening at any point after 6.00

p.m. to experience the Event. Simply walk towards the stairs that lead to the ladder and the Event will be initiated. As you walk towards the ladder, the event will be initated. You will see a panoramic view of the landscape on the other side of the Clock Tower, followed by the sight of Lara, Melody and Cinnamon at the foot of the ladder. Melody: Hey, it's Freyr! Lara: Freyr, over here! You're late, Freyr. (Lara will declare this even if you initiate the Event promptly after 6.00 p.m.) Cinnamon: We can see some shooting stars tonight. You have great timing. Melody: I can't wait anymore. Let's go to the roof! Then: Melody: … Freyr, climb up first. Freyr: Huh? Why? Melody (with thunder and cross hurt): Because I said so, dummy! Freyr: ??? Your character obligingly climbs the ladder to the top, followed by Cinnamon and then Lara. Lara: Melody, every one's up here now. Melody: I'm coming! The winds are strong today. She begins to climb the ladder. The winds cause her first to cry out, then she suddenly is blown off by the winds and falls.... Freyr: Melody!! Lara: Noooooo!! Now the Event shifts to a Memory film clip as Melody's fall is prevented by Cinnamon's magical intervention. Melody; Huh…? I… What's happening to me? Freyr: Cinnamon, I thought you couldn't use magic anymore! Cinnamon: I don't know. I was… frantic… The 'Memory' ends and Melody gently floats to the ground. Cinnamon: But I'm glad Melody is all right… Lara: I guess your wishes reached the heavens, Cinnamon. Cinnamon: Maybe… Now a view of the heavens, as shooting stars are seen across the sky. Melody: Look! A shooting star! Lara: I hear that if you say your wish 3 times before the shooting star disappears, it'll come true. Melody: Really? Let's try it on the next one! Another shooting star across the sky… Melody: There! I wish there were more kinds of baths… Darn it! It's gone! Freyr: But still, I don't know what would have happened if Cinnamon hadn't used her magic there. Melody; I thought I was finished for sure! I still have lots of hot springs I haven't gone to yet! And all the hot springs I visited before flashed before my eyes… Freyr: But how were you able to use magic all of a sudden? Cinnamon: Grandpa said that I became unable to use it because I lost the ion inside me. Lara: So you thought you had to do something when you saw melody fallig? Cinnamon: … I think so. But, it seems I'm fine now. I can use magic again… I think. Melody: I guess my clumsiness was able to help out. Thank you, Cinnamon.

Cinnamon: … It's okay. … We are friends. Melody: Cinnamon… Another star shoots across the sky. Cinnamon: Look, another shooting star. There are so many today. Now a series of shooting stars… four in all, trace a path across the heavens. Down from the ladder, on the parapet again… Melody: Thanks for today! I had a lot of fun! Lara: Please invite me again. Lara, Melody and Freyr turn to leave. Cinnamon: Thank you, Freyr… Freyr turns back to face her. Freyr: But I didn't do anything… Cinnamon: You did… Thank you… The Event ends with Freyr back in his farmhouse. It now is 10.05 p.m., precisely four hours after the moment when the Event was initiated. Erik's Events Anette's Friendship with Erik On Wednesday, you can find Anette at Erik's house having a late breakfast. At 4 Hearts, she will make reference to this: Anette: The other day, I was making my deliveries half asleep, and I crashed into Erik's mailbox… I can't believe I did that. He always treats me to meals, too… I mean, I fixed it, but still. If you speak to her while she is sitting at the table at Erik's house, you can experience a couple of different dialogues: Anette: Seconds!! Oh, you were here, Freyr… Looks like you caught me at a bad time. Freyr: Oh… What brings you here, Anette? Anette: Ahaha, I guess you caught me at a bad time. I was a bit hungry so Erik was treating me to a meal. Oh, but that's all there is to it! There's nothing between us! Erik: Hahaha… She's right, but it still hurts to hear that… Anette: Huh? Why? Another conversation: Anette; Erik's cooking is great. Would you like some, too? Erik's Role in your Life At 5 Friendship, Erik will ask the following question: Erik: I would like to ask you, young man. What do you think of me? You choices now: Hot blooded.... Like a big brother… Nothing, really… If you choose: Hot-blooded: Erik: H-hot… R-really…? Maybe I should rethink it a bit… If you choose: Like a big brother… Erik: Hahaha! Really?! Young man! Go ahead and think of me like your true big brother! This is an example of the questions that are posed by characters, including Eligible Girls, when they attain specific Heart/Friendship levels. The response you give to ANY of these questions will not affect the Heart or

Friendship Level, but there usually is one reply that pleases the individual more than others. In Erik's case, it is the 'big brother' response. Brodik's Golem and your Field The first acts of hostility from Brodik have been placed in the 1st Year Walkthrough. These Events may be predicated on Kross' Friendship Level. You may experience the next act of hostility from Brodik when you leave your house at 6.00 a.m. one morning if you have increased Kross' Friendship Level steadily. As soon as you go outside, you will see a Golem in the middle of your Field. Once again, your field will be in shambles, with boulders, stumps, empty spaces and wild plants, including Weeds where you had crops growing only the night before… Freyr: Whoa! Oh, no! I can't wave weapons around in the field… What should I do? The Golem begins to explode into fragments, burning until it is gone. My field is wrecked once again. Freyr runs to the field. Freyr: Huh? What was that? Your own actions after this Event can affect the timing of the remainder of the Events that involve Brodik. If you accost Brodik after the Golem self-destructs, you will set future events in motion provided always that Kross' Friendship Level is at the required levels to complete the Brodik sequence. If, however, you do NOT accost Brodik after the Golem self-destructs, you can delay any further Events, raising both Kross' and Brodik's Friendship Levels until you wish to experience the culminating Events with respect to Brodik. Note that you can continue to give Brodik gifts, provided that you do not speak to him at all afterwards. To initiate future events: Freyr then would accost Brodik after the Golem Event: Freyr: Brodik! Did you release monsters into my fields?! Brodik: What are you talking about?! Why would I … do… such a thing? Freyr: Oh… I'm sorry I doubted you. Brodik: W-why…? How … can you just trust me like that…? Freyr: But you said it wasn't you, right? I'll believe you. I'll believe you because you're a member of our village. You're a friend of ours. Brodik: A friend…? I… If you realise that Kross actually is Weber, the man Brodik seeks, some of his dialogues will make more sense. For example, his original dialogue is: Brodik: I hear that during a mission in the past, you said that you wanted to hide out in the countryside and run a farm. And it's called the Asgard Farm? I never thought that you would really start one up… Heh heh heh… Are you sure you want to keep it as Asgard Farm? That name of your farm isn't witty at all! At least do something about it to make it harder for people to find out! Hahaha!

It is Kross who fulfilled the ambition of 'hiding out' from the Empire to run a farm. It is your character who suffers from amnesia and Brodik assumes it to be a ploy on your part: Brodik: I hear that you're blabbering to the villagers about not having any memory of the past. Hahaha! You can't lie your way into getting more sympathy! Kross when he speaks to you of your amnesia will declare: Kross: Rumour says that you have no memory of your past. Heh… Being able to forget your past is a good thing. It's always about how you view things. One remark in particular points to the fact that Kross is Weber: Brodik: Why are the villagers so nice to outsiders like you and me?! You better not be taking advantage of them! It's better for every one if you just left before you become attached to them. But that's only if you can still act friendly to people! Hahaha! It is the last statement that holds the clue: 'But that's only if you can stil act friendly to people!' There is no doubt that Kross suffered extreme trauma in the past. In summer, he will muse about a summer in the past in of 'the sticky humidity, attacking monsters… That year was certainly hell for me.' Kross does not interact much at all with his neighbours to the point where most of them appear to be almost unaware of his existence. People do not notice him. Even Anette, delivering the post, does not see him when he speaks to her. At high Friendship Levels, Brodik's dialogues are: Brodik: It'd be easy to run you out of here by force… But if I did that, it would cause trouble for the other people here so I won't do it! Hahaha! You know… I am fond of the people in this village! Brodik: Get out of the village already… If you don't, I'll… Brodik: Stop hanging around in front of me and just get out of this village! I've never seen such an idiot that would just show up right in front of me! Brodik: Why are you always talking to me… What are you?! If you ever manage to speak to Brodik at 6.00 p.m. before he disappears into his house, you will experience new dialogue: Brodik: What are you doing up?! It's sleepy time for babies like you! Brodik will ask you about a Letter that you never received: Brodik: Did you read the letter? Freyr: What are you talking about? Brodik: It didn't get to you?! But I always put it in your mailbox! The clue here is the fact that Brodik claims to have placed the letter directly in your postbox. In Rune Factory Frontier, all letters must be given to Anette for delivery. Brodik's Correspondence Deliveries are made by Anette to Brodik's postbox at 6.15 a.m. In order to create a little 'window' into his secret life, simply stand near the postbox at 6.15 a.m. each day when Anette delivers his letters. Some of his deliveries are not surprising but those concerning other residents of Trampoli offer a glimpse of a very different Brodik from the one who

accosted you! Anette: Brodik, You've got mail! That was heavy… I wonder what kind of things Brodik gets shipped to him. This is a hint as to his interest in creating DIY Golems. Another delivery is even more obvious: Anette: Again? It's the newest issue of 'Golem Assembly Weekly.' I can't believe it… It's already on issue 6636. A few days later: Anette: Again? It's the newest issue of 'Golem Assembler Weekly'. I can't believe it… It's already on issue 7219. Other Letters that Brodik receives are hints that he actually is a well-respected, even well-loved character and a role model to the younger generation. Letter from Marco Brodik, you've got mail. Oh, this letter is from Marco. That's rare… Text of Letter: To Brodik, Thank you for cleaning up the rocks every night. I want to do something for the sake of others, too. Anette: Oh… That's nice. Here then is evidence that, although Brodik trashed your Field, he actually beautifies Trampoli at night. Letter from Candy A letter from Candy indicates that Brodik clears both stones and weeds… Anette: So is this cute letter from Candy? That's rare… Text of Letter: 'To Brodik, Thank you for pulling out the weeds all the time. I will work on the weeding the best I can, too.' Anette: ugh… I hate weeding. Candy sure is a hard worker. Brodik's Love Letter Anette: Hm? Is this a letter from Brodik? There's no send address… Text of Letter: 'That hair, those eyes, they belong to me! No one else can have them!' Anette: Huh? Is this… a love letter?! Who could he be sending such a ionate letter to?! A Challenge from Brodik As soon as you speak to Brodik about the Golem in your field, he will disappear from his usual haunts. During the month that follows, you should meet Anette at 6.15 a.m. outside Brodik's house to learn about his correspondence. Some of it is enlightening. About a month after your question to Brodik about the Golem, Anette will make a remark to you about Brodik: Anette: The weather is so nice. Speaking of which, I saw Brodik the other day thinking long and hard about something in front of his house. He looked

really depressed so I asked how he was. He went inside right after that. How weird… If you knock on Brodik's door, you will obtain the same message as always, that he does not appear to be in. The day after Anette's comment, she no longer will deliver any post to Brodik's house at 6.15 a.m. but you will receive a letter from Brodik, who obviously discovered the proper mode of sending correspondence in Trampoli: A Challenge! I shall be waiting at Green Ruins, B1F. Brodik The place where Brodik awaits you is the largest of the circular platforms in the centre of the 1st Floor of the Green Ruins. Simply go through the first hanging vine, then go west to the next chamber. Go to the north end of that chamber, then go up the stairs to the next, and immediately go through the hanging vine there. Go down the little stairway and the Event will begin as soon as you reach the edge of the round platform. When you enter, a set of metal barriers will shut behind you, making this a 'Boss Battle'. Brodik: Glad you could make it. Freyr: What's wrong? And what's with this letter of challenge…? Brodik: I… I will defeat you and chase you out of the village! Freyr: Why? How do you benefit from chagins me out of the village? Brodik: I will answer nothing! Golem! I choose you! Freyr: A monster?! But that machine is… Brodik: Go, Golem! Beat him down! The Golem's first act, interestingly enough, is to punch his maker Brodik, knocking him out! Among other things, this shows the dangers of 'DIY' Monster-making using the Golem Assembler Weekly instructions. Freyr: Brodik?! Then: Freyr: W-What should I do?! …?! Kross: He's ed out. Leave him to me! You go take care of the monster! Freyr: All right! Please take care of Brodik! Freyr now fights the Golem, who has a fairly low HP. If you bring a Monster into the Ruins with you, he will remain to aid you in the battle. Afterwards, you will be at the Clinic, where Kross, Lara and Stella stand next to the bed where Brodik has been placed. Freyr: How is Brodik? Lara: He's asleep. Fortunately, his injuries aren't too bad. He should be able to recover after reasing a little. Freyr: That's good to hear. Stella: What happened? Kross: I'm sorry. It's all my fault. Freyr: Kross…? Why are you apologising? Kross: He… Brodik is probably a special agent from the Zzyzx Empire. Freyr: The Zzyzx Empire… The one next to the Kingdom of Norad? Stella: What's a special agenf from Zzyzx doing here? Kross: … A few years ago, a soldier defected from the army. He was an officer in the special agent unit, but he was sick of his work. Sick of deceiving and hurting… He drifted to a small vialllge in the frontier lands and wanted to live in peace on a farm. But the Zzyzx Empire would not let him off so

easily. They believed it would be bad if sensitive information were to be leaked so they sent some one after him. Freyr: And that's … Brodik? Kross: Yes. But, he made one crucial mistake. He thinks that you, Freyr, are that escaped soldier. The real one is elsewhere… Brodik now speaks out. Brodik: It can't be…! Lara: Brodik! You'll reopen your wounds if you shoult like that! Brodik: If the real AWOL isn't him, then what are you, Freyr?! Kross: Freyr is just a civilian. Brodik: But the search bulletin said that man had dark hair, blue eyes, and is skilled with the sword… Kross: Yes. There is another person in this village that fits that description. Brodik: Then… Kross: Yes. Former Zzyzx Empire Special Agent, Weber… That is MY previous name, Brodki. Brodik: But… Then what have I been doing all this time…? Kross: If only I had told you sooner… I really must apologise to you, Freyr… Brodik: (…) But that… I'm sorry… Please leave me alone for now. You now are cast forth summarily from the Church and find yourself outside, weapon still in hand. If I try to speak to Brodik in the Clinic: Brodik: … Kross will not be forthcoming either in any respect. Next morning, however, another letter arrives from Brodik: A Challenge! You are my only worthy opponent. This time, I shall defeat you without the help of monsters. I shall be waiting at Green Ruins, B1F. Although Brodik declares that he will fight without monsters, you are at liberty once again to take your own Monster to the confrontation. Do not be deceived by the ease with which the Golem was defeated. Brodik has a far higher total HP and is quite agile. Again, when you arrive at the edge of the round platform, the Event will begin: Freyr:: Brodik… Brodik: I'm glad you could make it. Freyr: Why do we have to fight? There is no reason that we should… Brodik: I can't move on until we finish things between us! That's why… Freyr: Brodik… Kross; Freyr, would you please grant his wish? There are times when people cannot turn back. For him, this is that time. Please understand… Your choice now: All right. I can't fight him. If you say: I can't fight him. Brodik: All right… But I won't give up. I will wait right here until you accept my challenge. Although he will remain on the platform with Kross, both now would respond with ordinary dialogue were you to speak to them. You actually must leave the Green Ruins entirely, then re-enter if you wish to be able to fight Brodik. Choose: All right. Freyr: All right.

Brodki: Thank you! I will fight you with everything I have! That is why you must, too…! Freyr: Yes…! Brodik: Heh he heh… Hahaha! I lost! I it that I completely lost! But why do I feel so refreshed?! I fought with all my strength. I have no regrets. Hahaha! As previously indicated, Brodik is much stronger than the Golem he assembled at home and it will be a decent battle.. After his defeat: Brodik: Sorry to have caused you so much trouble till now. I'll just report to my superiors that our target wasn't here. Kross: Are you sure? If another person comes and finds me, it will be bad for you. Brodik: Heh heh heh… I lived next to you all this time and didn't notice. I doubt others will find it any easier. Hahaha! Kross: … Brodik: See ya, Freyr. I'll write to you when things settle down. He begins to walk away. Freyr: Brodik! Brodik turns. Freyr: Take care. Brodik: Heh heh heh… You, too. He leaves. Kross: Freyr, I really caused you so much trouble. I don't know how to apologise to you. Freyr: It's nothing! I'm just glad the misunderstanding is cleared up. Besides… I feel like I got to know you a little better, Kross. Let's go back to the village. Kross' Secret Cache Revealed Freyr then found himself outside the entrance to the Green Ruins. He immediately ran to Kross' house to try to persuade him to let me look in his cabinet. Freyr: Huh…? This bookcase moves… Kross: Freyr, you shouldn't pry into people's secrets like that. There are times when knowing what you shouldn't brings tremendous pain. Do you still want to know? Kross: Heh…I see… Sometimes curiosity can make a person strong. I guess you have the right to know. The door slides open, revealing a small chamber. There are shields on the walls and a rack of weapons as well as one shield on a rack on the floor. Freyr: What is this…? Kross: Odd, huh? I came here to escape the constant fighting, but I've hidden these here. I… I'm a coward… Freyr: No, you're not! All these weapons have Retornen cast on them, right? I've heard that Retornen is a magic created with the firm conviction not to hurt any one. I don't consider some one who only has such weapons a coward. Kross: Freyr… heh… You are a strange young man. You're managed to melt even my hardened heart… I think I finally understand why every one in town speaks

so highly of you. Thank you, Freyr… I won't hide anything anymore. I'll also leave this room open at all times. This is a sign of the trust I have in you… Brodik's House Revealed From Kross' House, Freyr went directly to Brodik's house. The door, always locked previously, swung open instantly. The interior was quite barren. A single plate had been left on the table. Another broken plate lay on the floor below it. While looking at Brodik's bed, Freyr thought to himself: Freyr: I wonder how Brodik's doing… !! Hm? What are all these books doing under the bed? They all look the same. Let's see… 'Golem Assembler Weekly'… This is not quite the end of Brodik, however. He will return on an annual basis for a friendly rematch. A Young Girl and her Dream The first series of Events between your character and the Young Girl who represents Stella in her youth are included in the 1st Year Walkthrough. After receiving a Four-Leaf Clover from the Young Girl, you will not be able to encounter her again until it rains. Young Stella on a Rainy Holiday If you received the Four-Leaf Clover from the Ghost of Stella previously, you will not see the lovely young girl again until it rains on a Holiday. You then will find her sheltering beneath the eaves of Mist's house on the eastern wall. Girl: Why, hello. It sure is pouring. I was doing some weeding earlier but now I'm drenched. Freyr, you have to be careful not to catch a cold. Then: Girl: I hope it will stop raining soon. If you speak to Stella now: Stella: You'll catch a cold if you wander out in the rain. Confession of a Dream On the next Festival Day, you should be able to encounter the young Stella again at her usual position to the right of the postbox at Mist's house. Girl: Oh, Freyr. Freyr: What's wrong? Why do you look so down? Girl: I have run into a bit of a problem… Because of the rain, there was a landslide on a nearby mountain. And because of that, the carpenter couldn't come. I really can't do anything alone. I've said that I would build a church, but I always end up relying on others. It really makes me realise how powerless I am. Freyr: It's not like that at all! Every one is helping because you said you wanted to build a church here. Moving people to action is a talent that few people have. You really shouldn't blame yourself like this. Girl: R-really? Thank you so much! I feel much better now! After: Girl So you'll come after the mountain is fixed… No, that'll take too long. How about another path…?

Whenever you speak to Kross on a Festival Day to ask for an expansion, he will tell you: Kross: Sorry… I have a previous engagement. Can you come back another day? Is that 'previous engagement' connected to the past and the younger aspect of Stella perhaps? Speak to Stella afterwards for the history of the landslide: Stella: A long time ago, we had heavy rain and a landslide ruined the mountain . It took five years for that to be cleared. A Carpenter is Enlisted Freyr found the Young Girl again outside Mist's house a few days later even before noon. Young Girl: I spoke with a carpenter from another town that is willing to come. I have finally taken the first step to building the church! Freyr: I see. Congratulations. Young Girl: Thank you. This is all thanks to your advice, Freyr. Thank you so much. After: Young Girl: That carpenter is scheduled to come tomorrow. I feel very excited! When you speak to the older Stella after this Event: Stella: Do you about that landslide in the mountains I told you about? Freyr: Yes. Stella: Because of that, all ties were cut off to the town that I had connections with. I really panicked then and moved around from town to town. It was then that I got to know Kanno, Ganesha's teacher, and Lara's father. If it weren't for that heavy rain, the Trampoli as we know it wouldn't have existed. Invitation to a Ceremony With Stella at 6 Friendship, Freyr saw the Young Girl once again in front of Mist's house: Young Girl: Once the church is finished being built, I will hold a ceremony. I hope you will also participate, Freyr. Freyr: When will it be finished? Young Girl: … It will be a while… A long while… Freyr: …? After: Young Girl: … Progress Report from the Young Girl When Freyr next encountered the Young Girl, her appearance was slightly different. She seemed a bit 'worn' or 'grey' outside Mist's house, although her Portrait when she spoke had not changed. Young Girl: Hello… Freyr: What's wrong? You seem down. Young Girl: I am not! The church is almost complete. There's no way that I'm feeling down when I'm this close to achieving my dream… Afterwards: Young Girl: I'm sorry… Would you please leave me alone for awhile?

A Setback for the Young Girl On the next Holiday (with Stella at 7 � Hearts) Freyr found the Young Girl again at Mist's postbox. Young Girl: Freyr, I may have to give up on my dream. Freyr: Your dream of building the church? Young Girl: Yes… Freyr: Why?! You worked so hard for it! Young Girl: There's no purpose in building a church where no one lives… They said it was a waste of mney and had the carpenters all go home… I was even told to return to the abbey… Freyr: And you're all right with this? Young Girl: I have no choice. I can't do anything alone. And this time, there is no one I can rely on… Freyr: But it will all be over the moment you give up! You were so happy when you talked about how you wanted to build the church! Young Girl: Then what am I supposed to do?! Freyr: I… Young Girl: I'm sorry I raised my voice. People can't live on their dreams alone. Afterwards: Young Girl: But I… If it is a Holiday, Stella will be at her favourite spot at Lake Poli. Speak to her there. Stella: I have a meeting with other sisters that are old acquaintances. I'll be out of the church for awhile, but I left Lara in charge. Freyr: Old acquaintances? Stella: When I lived at the abbey, we had training together. We meet once in awhile to exchange information. A Young Girl's Decision On Stella's Birthday on 27 Summer, Freyr gave her a Four-Leaf Clover. The next morning, the Young Girl stood once again outside Mist's house next to the postbox. Young Girl: Oh, Freyr! I've made up my mind! I won't be returning to the abbey. I will build the church by myself! This is a wonderful place. Once the church is built, I just know that people will gather here. Building a church and village is my dream after all! Freyr: People WILL gather here. I'm sure of it. Young Girl: Thank you very much. I feel like it can really happen when you say that. Freyr: But how are you going to build the church? Young Girl: Most of the church is already finished. The only things left are the stained glass windows, pipe organ and pews. I can ask a blacksmith I know to make the windows and I will build the pews myself. For the organ, I can save money and just buy it in the future. Now I am getting even more excited!

Freyr: I'm glad you're feeling much better. Young Girl: This is all thanks to you, Freyr. The church will take longer to finish than expected, but please come to the ceremony! After: Young Girl: It'll be all over the moment you give up. But it will never end as long as you don't give up. A Village is Named On the very next afternoon, Freyr found the Young Girl in her usual location, despite her assertion on the previous day that completion of the church would take 'longer to finish than expected'. The Young Girl is outside of Mist's house in the afternoon today. Young Girl: Fryer. Freyr: Yes! Young Girl: I was looking for you! Where were you?! Freyr: What happened? Young Girl: You said you would come to the completion ceremony for the church. Freyr: Oh… So… the church is finished?! Young Girl: Yes, and it's all thanks to you. But, the ceremony ended yesterday… A couple of people said that they wanted to move here, too… I htiknk this place will become a good village. I know! Can I ask you for a favour, Freyr? Freyr: What is it? Young Girl: I would like you to name this village. Freyr: Are you sure you want me to do it? Young Girl: Of course. You also had a hand in the creation of this village. Freyr: All right… Then how about 'Trampoli'? Young Girl: Trampoli… That's a nice name. Trampoli! This is the village of Trampoli! And this is the church of Trampoli! Thank you very much. I think I can work even harder at the church now! Freyr: Oh… That's good. Young Girl: I will see you tomorrow… Freyr: Um… Young Girl: Yes…? Your choices now: See you tomorrow. Nothing. If you choose: Nothing. Young Girl: …? You're strange. Heehee. After: Girl: …? What happened? Is there something on my face? When Freyr spoke to Stella afterwards: Stella: …? What happened? Is there something on my face? Stella: I built this village from the ground up. It's like my very own hometown. Note that the Young Girl's assertion that he missed the Ceremony somehow is a little 'cheat' typical of Harvest Moon and Rune Factory. If Freyr had not experienced the preceding event on the previous day, he might have believed he somehow had 'missed' the ceremony. As it is, there is no doubt that you CANNOT attend the Ceremony… Stella's Scriptures

To initiate this series of Events Stella must have attained 4 Friendship. You can experience the first Event therefore as easily in the 1st year as the 2nd but I have staggered the Events that occur with respect to different characters at 4 Friendship so as not to overload the 1st Year. Furthermore, the completion of the search for the Scriptures has Friendship requirements with respect to the Eligible Girls involved. Speak to Stella and she will tell you: Stella: you came at just the right time. Can I ask a favour from you? My choices now: What is it? Maybe next time. Freyr: What is it? Stella: A priest that I know wants me to send him 'Scriptures.' I think Lara has it so can you go fetch it for me? Freryr: All right. 'Scriptures', was it? Stella: Thanks. I run to the Clinic. Freyr: Lara, I'm looking for the 'Scriptures' for Stella. Lara: 'Scriptures…'? I think I lent it to Selphy… You came at the right time then. Since it's on the way, can you ask Selphy to return it? Freyr: Oh… All right… Go to Selphy now. Freyr: Selphy, Lara wants you to return the 'Scriptures' she lent you. Selphy: 'Scriptures', right? I already finished reading it so I was about to return it anyway. Just wait a sec… Hm… Looks like it went missing. Freyr: What? Come on… Selphy: it's not like I lost it or spilled something on it. Let me think… Freyr: *sigh*… Selphy will not speak any further of the missing Scriptures. If you return to Stella to speak to her instead, she will ask: Stella: Did you find the 'Scriptures', Freyr? It is Melody who will provide the next clue in this quest: Melody: The other day, Selphy went in for a bath and didn't come out for a long time. I got worried so I went in to check on her. Just like I thought, she was reading in the bath and she'd fainted! (now with thunder and cross hurt): That's why you're not allowed to read in the bath! Selphy's Confession Until Selphy is almost at 6 Hearts, she will speak no further of the Scriptures. When she has attained almost 6 Hearts, you can initiate another dialogue about the missing book. Freyr: Did you find the Scriptures? Selphy: Scriptures? What are you talking about? I'm kidding! Don't look at me like that. Scriptures… I last read it while I was in the bath… I know! I left it at the bathhouse! Razor sharp detective work by me. I'm sure it's still there so why don't you go get it? Freyr: Uh… Isn't it in the women's bath? Selphy: Don't worry about that! Be a man about it! Freyr: That's the problem here… (I guess I should talk to Melody about it.)

Melody's Offer for the Scriptures Freyr: Melody, it seems that Selphy forgot and left behind the 'Scriptures' here… Melody: So you came back for it? … Isn't it in the women's bath, then? Me: Yes. Melody: I told her that you're not allowed to read in the bath! That girl is so… Melody: Oh, fine… No one comes when it rains or on holidays so just come in then. Freyr: Rainy days or holidays, right? Thank you! If you take Melody at her word and visit during any rainy day, you will be disappointed by the turn of events. If you have a high Level with Melody, you can knock on the door before 9.00 a.m. on any rainy day. Melody: It's open. Come on in. The event will not trigger, however, whatever the time of day but she will give you another hint: Melody: If you want to get the 'Scriptures' in the women's bath, come during a holiday when it rains. If you try to go in when it's not that day, I'll put you in a world of pain! Obviously, she forgot that she offered to allow you to search on an ordinary rainy day as well initially! Actually Finding the Scriptures Visit Melody on a rainy Holiday that is not a Festival Day. You can ask Candy to work a 'Rainy Week' Miracle on Friday so that you will have the earliest rainy Holiday possible. Speak to Melody to initiate the offer: Melody: Morning! The weather doesn't look very good… No one is here so you can go into the women's bath. But if you pull anything funny, you'll be banned from here! Freyr: What are you referring to? Melody: Tha… Just hurry it up! Go to the Women's Side and you will see: Freyr: (I'm going to… cross the limit!) As with the location of the tunnel on the Whale's Flank, you will see three glimmers of light, indicating a secret. Press A and: Freyr: Hey… There's a small crack here… … … There are so many books inside the crack! Let's see, where's the 'Scriptures'… A book flies out of the crack to hit the floor in front of you. Freyr: There it is! Let me go take it to Stella right away. Scriptures: The scriptures of the church. The more pious the person, the faster it wears out. Find Stella, take the Scriptures from your Rucksack and hand the book to her. Stella: Thank you for finding the Scriptures. Let me give you this to thank you for your troubles. If you expected another Four-Leaf Clover, you will be disappointed now as: You got: Fodder Seed! As if conscious of my ungracious thoughts, Stella then asked:

Stella: Are you expressing thanks for your life and the people around you? Act with humility and it will all come back to you. Introduction to Minerva When Tabatha reaches 6 Hearts, her sister will arrive in Trampoli. Simply enter the upper floor of the Inn to experience Minerva's Introduction Event. Minerva's Introduction Event She will walk into you, colliding heavily with you before she sees you. Elf Girl: Oh, I'm sorry. But you're getting in the way by standing there. Freyr: I'm sorry! Your character, always anxious to please, literally runs out of the way. The girl walks past you, then turns. Elf Girl: Are you from the village? Freyr: Yes. Elf Girl: Hmm… Say, I know there's a maid called Tabatha in this village. Do you know where she is? Freyr: Yes, she lives in a large mansion nearby. Elf Girl: Oh. Thanks. She walks on for a moment, then turns back once more. Minerva: I'm Minerva. I'll be staying in this village for awhile. Freyr: I'm Freyr. Minerva: I see. Well, bye, Freyr. The Event ends. The girl has vanished into one of the guest rooms. Minerva's portrait will not be added to the Relations Page until you encounter her again. An easy way to do this is by visiting the bathhouse between 10.00 p.m. and 11.00 p.m. when you will find Bianca, Tabatha and now Minerva as well in the antechamber on the women's side. Minerva: Your name was Freyr, right? What are you to Sister, Freyr? Freyr: I don't know how to answer you… Minerva: Oh… Fine, we'll set that aside. It'll only be for a little bit but I hope we'll get along. Freyr: I feel the same way. Minerva loves 'Flops' or 'Failed Dishes'. They actually are her 'Most Favourite Gift'. You can make a Flop from any Runey. For Flop: Hey! Is this really edible?! Oh, whatever. *gulp* …?! *gulp gulp gulp gulp gulp* … *phew* Wow… This kind of dish doesn't exist in the nation of elves! Please tell me the next time you make it!! Another favourite for Minerva is a Chestnut: Minerva; Don't you think Anette's necklace is unusual? It's not sold in stores. You know… It's actually made with a fruit that grows only in the forest of the elves. Maybe I should make one, too. I'll go request it after I finish my job with Sister. Freyr: You're not going to make it? Minerva: Well… the only fruit or nuts you can get here are chestnuts… The chestnuts here taste really good, so I always end up eating them when I'm trying to dry them… Minerva: I'm actually really hard to please when it comes to food. It's because I ate a lot of Sister's cooking. Freyr, do you know what kind of dish

I like best? Hint: The first dish that Sister made for me. Treat me to your cooking if you think it turned out well. I'll tell you what I think… I also like chestnuts a lot. I can't wait for autumn to come back in the forest of the elves. I get a bit excited when I talk to you, Freyr. I wonder why. New Bathhouse Event After you meet Minerva, a new Bathhouse Event will occur whenever you take a bath between 10.00 p.m. and 10.59 p.m. while the three Girls from the Mansion are in the women's side of the Bath. Bianca's voice: Tabatha… did your… grow bigger again? I thought elves were all really slender, but you're unbelievable… Minerva's voice: Sister is special. She was like that even back in the nation of elves. We all ate the same thing but why is there such a huge difference? It'll always be a mystery to me. Tabatha's voice: Miss Bianca… Please don't stare at me so much… Minerva, what are you doing with those hands?! Why are you looking at me like that…? Miss Bianca, you, too?! Minerva's Mission As Minerva's Friendship Level with your character increases, she will begin to hint at her reason for visiting Trampoli. An amusing side-effect of increased Friendship is more flirtatious behaviour on her part. Minerva: Did you know? Some nation in the north had a princess that was first in line for the throne but suddenly vanished. Because of that, the royal family had a huge scuffle. But a similar thing is happening in the nation of elves, and yet Sister… (Note that this is a hint with respect to ANOTHER character in Rune Factory Frontier as well.) When you speak to her at the dinner table: Minerva: Sister! Just quit this job! You're coming back with me! Come on! Tabatha: Yes, yes, Minerva. I just made this Relax Tea. Minerva (with thunder and cross hurt); Are you even listening, Sister? *gulp*… Darkness now for a moment, then: Minerva: … The tea was great. I love the tea that you make, Sister! … That was great. Now what were we talking about? (with thunder and cross hurt) Oh, right! It's your fault, Freyr! It's because you keep being so wishy-washy! The Abdication of a Queen Tabatha's 'Story' is completed through a chain of Events at the Mansion. You can experience these in a couple of different ways. One is by visiting the Mansion during the afternoon each time you increase Tabatha's Heart Level to experience the Events separately as they were intended to be experienced. The other method is to increase Tabatha's Heart Level to 9 or 10, then enter the Mansion after 1.00 p.m. to experience an entire chain of Events. The following Events can be experienced in a single visit in this fashion.

On Thursday at 1.00 p.m. Freyr entered the Mansion and experienced a number of events in quick succession: A Proper Introduction Although Minerva's 'Introduction Event' occurs on the upper Floor of the Inn, you will experience a 'proper' introduction from her sister when you enter the Mansion in the afternoon. Minerva: Sure… I already checked in at the inn here so I'll be staying for a while. Tabatha: What am I supposed to do with you… Freyr: Hello. Tabatha: Welcome, Freyr. How are you doing, sir? Minerva: 'Sir'? 'Sir…?' Why are you talking to him like that?! Tabatha: You must be more polite in front of a guest, Minerva. Minerva: But I'm a guest, too… Tabatha: (with thunder and cross hurt): Stop splitting hairs! Freyr: Excuse me, but… Do you two know each other? Tabatha: Ah! I'm terribly sorry. This is Minerva and she is my little sister. Come and greet him! Minerva (…): … Hi. Freyr: Haha… Hi. The Event ended. Two Sisters in Conflict The screen darkened for a moment, then the next Event began: Minerva: Why?! You only care about that mansion and Bianca! You don't care about me or the nation of elves! Tabatha: I never said that. I just said that I can't go back yet. Minerva: Then when are you coming back? We don't have a queen in the nation of elves right now! We can't leave everything to the elders forever! Come back home! Tabatha: I said I can't go back yet. Minerva (with thunder and cross hurt): You're just trying to weasel out of it! Do you know how long it's been since I came to this village? Tabatha: Well… Freyr now walks towards the two sisters from the entrance. Minerva: I haven't given up yet! Minerva marches off in a fury. Freyr: Tabatha, are you going to return to your country? Tabatha: I cannot return just yet. I am Miss Bianca's maid. Freyr: But… Tabatha: Freyr… Please do not speak of this matter to Miss Bianca. Please… Miss Bianca, however, unbeknownst to Tabatha was listening from a position at the top of the staircase. Bianca: Tabatha… Tabatha and Freyr were shown at the foot of the stairs briefly as the Event ended. Tabatha's Identity Revealed The next Event begins, showing Bianca skulking at the foot of the great staircase as Freyr entered the antechamber and walked towards her.

Freyr: Bianca, what are you doing here? Bianca: Shh! Be quiet! She'll see us! Freyr: S-sure… Sorry… At the top of the staircase, Minerva confronts her sister. Minerva: Why?! Didn't you come to the human world so that you could… bridge the gap between humans, dwarves and monsters? Tabatha: I did, but… Minerva: Then why don't you come back to the nation of elves? Elves, monsters and humans are all getting along just fine. Tabatha: I can't. I can't go back yet. There's Miss Bianca and… Minerva: Him…? What about him? He's just a mere human… (with thunder and cross hurt now) It's the same with Bianca. They're nothing but humans. What makes them think they're so great? Bianca now discloses her presence by ascending the staircase to confront her maid. Bianca (with thunder and cross hurt): Well, SORRY for living! Tabatha: Miss Bianca! Bianca: You be quiet, Tabatha. I'm your master. I don't just think I'm great. I AM great! Freyr now raced up the stairs to stand near Bianca. Minerva: (with thunder and cross hurt) Do you even know what you're saying, human? Bianca: Stop calling me that! Tabatha: Minerva! Apologise to Miss Bianca! Minerva: Never! (with black cloud now) My big sister is so far out of your class you shouldn't even be able to talk to her! Tabatha: Minerva! Minerva: My sister… My sister is really the queen of the nation of elves! Freyr and Bianca both: (!) Bianca: What? Tabatha is a queen? Is that some kind of sick joke? Don't you think so? Tabatha, you're my maid, right? There's no way you're a queen. She faces Tabatha directly now. Bianca: Well, say something, Tabatha. Tell me that it's a joke! Tabatha: It's as she said, Miss Bianca… I am the queen of elves. But, I am your maid before I am queen. Tabatha now turns to face Freyr. Tabatha: Freyr, this may be sudden, but would you please come to the summer house … at 9 in the morning tomorrow? Freyr: Huh…? Why? Tabatha: …Please. Freyr: … Tomorrow at 9, right? Sure, I'll be there. The last Event ends with his summary eviction from the Mansion. He finds himself outside, walking away from the door. No time whatsoever has elapsed. It remains 1.04 p.m. on the same Thursday afternoon. The Legend of the Elven Queen The next Event in the sequence will occur whenever your character enters the Mansion at 9.00 a.m. either on the next day or on any subsequent day. It appears that once you initiate this event, it is best to allow fate to take its course. She will tell you to meet her the next morning at 9 at the 'summer house' but you can enter the Mansion ANY day afterwards at 9.00 a.m. to experience the

next event. As the Event begins, Bianca, Minerva, Tabatha and Freyr stand together in the foyer. Bianca: Freyr… What do you want? Why did you call Minerva, too? We will now conduct the ceremony. The ceremony will follow the legend where the elven hero gathered all of the goddess' lost jewels. Freyr… Freyr: Y-yes! Tabatha: Freyr, you'll play the role of the hero and find the 5 jewels of 'Friendship, Harmony, Love, Nature and Life'. I've hidden them in the village. Find them and bring them to me. Freyr: Right. So I just have to find those 5 stones that you've hidden somewhere… Afterwards: Tabatha: These are the 5 jewels which the goddess had lost and were rediscovered by the hero. When these jewels come together, they are presented to the new owner that will become the new queen. This is the ceremony of the ascension to the elven throne. Bianca: Tabatha… You did this… for me…? Minerva: She chose this herself, so I'll you. If this is what makes her happy, Freyr, please find those jewels. A Treasure Hunt for Elven Gems The five Gems for the Tiara, despite the names given in Tabatha's speech, are as follows: Life Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents life. (white) Harmony Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents Harmony. (blue) Charity Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents charity. (red) Nature Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents nature. (green) Kindness Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents love. (purple) Search that day for the 5 Jewels. You will be able to find only 4 of them. The one that you will not be able to find anywhere is the Kindness Gem. Where a Gem is hidden, you will see the characteristic three white sparkles that represents a concealed Treasure. Press A to uncover the item. A Gem will pop out. The locations of the four other Gems are as follows: The Life Gem will be found in Erik's kitchen. The Charity Gem is in the northwest corner of the Tavern. The Life Gem is in Mist's Bedroom. The Harmony Gem is on the upper floor of the Clock Tower near the Bookcase. Give them to Tabatha one by one. Each time you give her a Gem, she will declare: Tabatha: Thank you. There is only 1 left now. No matter how often you speak to her or where you search, you will not be able to progress any further until the next morning.

The Location of the Kindness Gem You then can speak to Tabatha as early as 6.00 a.m. to initiate the next Event: Tabatha: Have you found the 5th jewel? Freyr: Well… I can't seem to find it anywhere. Tabatha: That's odd. I don't hiding it in such a difficult to find place. Would you please wait a moment? She walks away, then after a moment, returns. Tabatha: I knew it… Freyr: What is it? Tabatha: The jewel that I had hid is gone. Freyr: What?! Did some one take it? Tabatha: No. She turns towards the stairway. Tabatha: Miss Bianca! I know it's you! Please come out here! Bianca walks slowly downs the stairway on the right. Tabatha: I know you have the last jewel! Bianca: How did you know I took it? Tabatha: I am your maid. I know everything about you. Bianca: Hmph… Fine. I knew I couldn't outsmart you. She hands Freyr a purple gem. You got Kindness Gem! Tabatha: Freyr, now bring the last jewel to me. The Event ends, allowing you to resume control of your character. When you give the Kindness Gem to Tabatha, the Coronation Event will proceed, completing Minerva's Mission to Trampoli, albeit not in the way she had hoped or expected. Minerva then will return to the Kingdom of the Elves. If you try to delay Minerva's departure by not giving Tabatha the last jewel, you will be unable to find Minerva in her usual locations after this. It is best, therefore to complete the sequence immediately. The Coronation of an Elven Queen Give the Kindness Gem to Tabatha. Tabatha: I will now begin the last part of the ceremony. This follows the legend where the goddess used those gathered jewels to create a Tiara and gave it to the new elven Queen. I will attach those 5 jewels that Freyr found to the tiara and hand it over to Minerva. Minerva, are you ready? Minerva: Yes, Sister. Tabatha: I, Tabatha, shall relinquish my throne as the elven queen, my powers as the guardian of the forest and my knowledge… as the bridge to all races … and thus relinquished, I shall consign it all to Minerva. Minerva: I, Minerva, shall gather all my strength to fulfill my duty … and defend the knowledge and dignity of the elves until it is ed on to the next queen. Minerva now kneels and Tabatha places the Tiara on her head. The 'Memory' now begins: Tabatha: The throne now belongs to Minerva. Minerva: It's just temporary. An official one should be chosen soon. Tabatha: I'm sorry for making you do this, Minerva. Minerva: I don't mind. Bianca: Are you sure about this, Tabatha?

Tabatha: Yes. I am your maid, Bianca. Nothing more, nothing less. Bianca: All right… The film ends and the music changes: Minerva: Then I'll head back tomorrow. Tabatha: Already? You should stay a little longer. Minerva: I already stayed long enough. Grandma will get annoyed if I don't get back soon. Tabatha: All right… Thank you, Minerva. Minerva: How many times are you going to thank me?! I only did it because I wanted to! Tabatha: I suppose so. Thank you. The Event ends now with every one standing in the foyer of the Mansion. Although Minerva declared that she would leave Trampoli 'tomorrow', it may be two days before you receive a letter from Eunice announcing her departure. Minerva Minerva has returned home. I loved her like my own sister, so I am a bit saddened by this. But she promised to come by from time to time, so I am looking forward to that. Eunice Sadly, you will have no opportunity to bid Minerva farewell, even if she had reached 10 Friendship with you. She will not speak of her impending departure to you at all. You may experience a little dialogue with her, hinting at her impending departure. Minerva: Staying here is no fun at all. Hey, Freyr. Tell me something interesting. Freyr: Huh? I can't come up with something so suddenly… Minerva (with thunder and cross hurt): Jeez! Don't you even know how to enteratin a girl with a story or two? Freyr: Sorry… Minerva (with thunder and cross hurt): I love and hate this village. It feels so comfortable so it makes me want to stay. I'm sure Sister also felt like she didn't want to go back to the nation of the elves. It took my sister away from me. After her departure, various characters will mention Minerva with nostalgia. Eunice: Minerva went home… It'll get a bit lonely, but she promised she'll visit again. We're pen pals now. Rita: It feels a bit more lonely now that Minerva is gone. Turner; With Minerva gone, our inn will get a bit more lonely. Finally, it is after Minerva's departure that you will discover the true object of Lute's desire, even if you had a suspicion as to her identity previously: Lute: Is it true that Tabatha will go back with Minerva? Freyr: It's not true. Tabatha will stay as Bianca's maid. Lute: I see. I'm glad it was just a misunderstanding… Anette's Events Anette and the Monsters In Anette's Introduction Event, you will see her being chased by Woolies as she delivers the post. After this, periodically when you go to meet Anette at 6.45 a.m. at your

postbox, you may find her at the side of the path, bent over double. When you ask what is wrong, she will tell you that she has been chased by monsters again but managed to escape. Now she must rest to recover her strength. This will occur again and again until the problem is solved. Freyr: You were being chased around again, Anette? Anette: Yeah… It's so annoying. The other mailmen don't get chased. Why only me? A Magical Necklace Visit Tabatha one night in her bedchamber now to experience a little Event: Freyr: Tabatha, what are you doing? Tabatha: I'm drying some fruit. Elves have an old custom of giving good friends of the same gender a necklace of dried fruit. I was preparing to give one to all the villagers that have welcomed me so warmly. … Finished. The preparations will be complete once I cast a spell on them. Freyr: You mean, like a magic spell? Tabatha: Yes. I cast it while wishing that we'll always be friends. I'll cast a spell so that you can become friends with monsters. It'll be done once it finishes drying. This is the first time I've made one, so I hope it'll be okay. Freyr: I'm sure it'll be great. Tabatha: Thank you. Minerva will mention the necklace in more than one context: Minrva: I had Sister make me a necklace. Isn't it great? You want it? But it's mine! This necklace is the kind you give to a friend of the same gender. I'm sorry, Freyr, you look really cute but you're still a boy. I wonder who Anette got it from. Anette Takes a Break When Anette was at 7 � Hearts and 10 Friendship, Freyr left the Farmhouse at 6.00 a.m. one morning to experience an Event. Anette walked towards the House but suddenly collapsed on the ground. Freyr: Anette! The scene shifted then to the clinic where Anette was in bed. Freyr: Anette… Are you okay? Anette: Huh…? Hey… What am I doing here? Lara: You collapsed in front of Freyr's house. I know your job is important to you, but please don't overwork yourself Anette: Oh… I'm sorry. After: Lara: You must have been very tired. Anette, I'm going to have you rest for the rest of the day. Anette: Sorry… For the rest of the day, she remained in bed at the Clinic. Anette Rests at Mist's House The morning after her collapse, Freyr found Anette seated at Mist's table at 6.00 a.m.

Freyr: Are you doing better, Anette? Anette: Yeah, I was just a bit tired so I'll be fine after resting a little! I'll just take a break and stay at Mist's place. Freyr: Is that so? Then you'll be a member of our village now, Anette. Anette: Hey! You're right! I am! Anette's Soul Searching Now, when you encounter Anette, you will experience dialogues filled with self-doubt as she undergoes a sort of crisis of the soul. On the following morning at Mist's house: Anette: *phew…* Freyr: What's wrong? Anette: Hm? I was just thinking about how pitiful I am for collapsing so easily. Freyr: Well, you do run around every single day. It's not pathetic at all. I really think you should rest more. Anette: Haha. Thanks, Freyr. You're so nice… Anette: *sigh* I-It's nothing! Don't worry about me. At 8 Hearts, a day later: Anette: *sigh…* Freyr: what's wrong? Anette: Maybe I'm not fit to do postal work… Freyr: Don't say that! You're only feeling down because you had to take a little break. It's okay to rest! Anette: Haha… Thanks. But, to tell you the truth, I wanted to do a different job. Every single member of my family is a mailman. That's why I also became one. It's like a tradition. But, where did I go wrong? Freyr: Do you hate your job as a mailman, Anette? Anette: No, I love it. Letters are like sending emotions. I love bringing them from person to person. The ones who send out letters and the ones who receive them… I like seeing their smiles. Freyr: Then why…? Anette: I don't know… Like you said, I think I'm just feeling down right now. But don't misunderstand me. I love this village. Mist is really nice, too, even if she's a little weird… … Thanks for hearing me out. I think I feel better now. Freyr: Anette… Anette: What? Freyr, don't give me that face! I'm fine! I'm back to how I always am! (At 8 Hearts, 10 Friendship, Friendship gauge full) Anette's New Vocation When Marco reached 5 Friendship, Freyr entered the Road to the Beach screen after 9.00 a.m. on Tuesday to experience an Event. It was during the period when Anette was taking a break from her job as postal worker. (It is possible that only Anette's Levels are significant in triggering this Event.) Marco and Candy stood at the right of Mist's house. Candy: Hey, Marco! Read it! Marco: … is… …at… Marco: I can't. It's too hard.

Candy: Maybe I shouldn't have asked Selphy for recommendations on which books to read. Anette now arrived to walk towards the two children. Anette: What are you two doing together? Candy: Anette! Marco: I borrowed a book from the library, but it's too hard! Anette: Oh, really? :Let me take a look. Let's see. Anette now read from the book: 'Eternity was in our lips and eyes, Bliss in our brows' bent; none our parts so poor; but was a race of heaven…'* *Note from Freyashawk: This quote is from Act I of the play 'Antony and Cleopatra' by William Shakespeare. Anette: What is this? You borrowed this? Candy: Yeah… Selphy gave me this when I asked her to lend me an interesting book. Anette: She only gave you what she liked… Fine. I'll lend you one of mine. Marco: Really? I want to become a hero that casts magic spells! Candy: I want to be a magical scholar like my big sister! Anette: That's great! All right. I'll help you out! Come with me! Simply enter Mist's house now to experience the next Event: The children sit at table while Anette instructs them using a blackboard: Anette: Not like that! You have to do it just like I tell you. Marco: Oh, so you use that here! I never knew! Candy: Teach me this, too, Anette! Anette: For that… Freyr: What are you doing, Anette? Marco and Candy, too… Marco: Anette was teaching me stuff! Candy: She explains everything so nicely! Anette: Haha, thanks! I actually wanted to become a teacher. Freyr: Oh, really? Anette: That's why I'm not bad at teaching things. Hey! You probably just thought that I don't look the part! Freyr: Of course not! Anette: Really? Whatever. I'll believe you this time. When you speak to Marco or Candy afterwards, you can experience more dialogue about their studies: Marco: (Come on, Candy! This is so easy!) Come on, Candy! Don't you get it? Anette: (Good, good! Yeah, you got it right!) That's right! Marco: Uh-huh. I see… Anette: (Hm, let's see… There you go.) Well… Hm…. This is… Anette's Ultimate Realisation When you speak to Anette again at Mist's House: Freyr: Anette, are you still doing those group studies? Anette: Of course! I love kids and I love teaching them stuff, too! Freyr: You really do look happy when you're teaching them. Anette: Oh, stop. You're embarrassing me. They always give back such sweet smiles when I smile at them. That itself makes me so happy. But, I did notice one thing. Those smiles are really similar to the kind I see when people receive their mail from me. I love to see children smile so I wanted to become a teacher. But maybe I already attained my dream when I became a mailman. Say, Freyr, I think I can get out there and do the job again. Your choices now: Of course you can!

I don't know about that. If you choose: Freyr: Of course you can, Anette! As long as you have your ion, you can always go back, and be better than before! I'm sure of it! Anette: Haha… Just because you're sure of it doesn't mean anything thought… But, thanks. If you choose: Freyr: I don't now about that. But you won't know unless you actually try. It's better to give it your all and regret it, rather than regret it without even doing anything. I know it sounds like I'm lecturing you, but… Anette: I understand… I'll do my best! Thanks, Freyr! Neither response has any effect on her Heart Level, but whichever you choose, you will be awakened the next morning at 6.00 a.m. by a knock at the door: Freyr: Who could it be this early in the morning? Go to the door to experience an Event: Freyr: Who is it? Anette: Morning! Freyr: Oh, Anette… What are you doing up so early? Anette: Early? What are you talking about?! I always deliver mail at this time! Freyr: Mail…? Hey! Anette, you went back to being a mailman again? Anette: Yup. My vacation ended yesterday. Starting today, I do mail in the morning and teach during the day. I want to do everything I want to do. Oh, I almost forgot. She reaches into her mail pouch. Anette: You have a letter. See you later. She races off. Freyr: Anette seems like she's back to her cheerful self. Oh right, I got some mail. Let's see… Message: Thanks for cheering me up. I'll be staying at Mist's place from now on. I hope we'll get along, neighbour. Freyr: … Time to get back to work. Note that the completion of this entire sequence of Events is one of the Marriage Requirements for Anette. Anette's Letters:

Past or Future?

Each of the Eligible Girls in Rune Factory Frontier is associated with a Constellation. In Anette's case, it is the Buffamoo Constellation. After 'finding' it, the first of three secret letters will arrive. You should receive these letters in the 1st Year, but what is interesting about them is the way they correspond with Anette's Story. When you have experienced all her Events and she becomes a permanent resident of Trampoli, her childhood letters will take on new significance for you. Stars Oh, stars in the heavens. I wish to become a snack shop owner, so that I may eat snacks all day! $@%& The second letter that arrives will be as follows: I knew it! Oh, stars in the heavens. I decided that what I really want to be is a teacher, after all. If I become a teacher, I can stay in school forever! $@%& When you receive the third and final letter, you will obtain a confession by speaking to Anette after reading it: Actually…

Oh, stars in the heavens, what I really want to be is a mailman. I just love how ever one smiles when they get their mail. $@%& Freyr: Anette, this was sent to me by mistake… He hands it back to her. Anette: Really?! It can't be… Let me see that… What the…? Huh?! What is this doing at your place, Freyr?! This is… This is really embarrassing. Freyr: What's wrong? Is this your… Anette: I guess I can't avoid it any further. (The music now changes to the 'Heart Music') Anette: This is, well, a letter I wrote to the stars when I was small. How on earth did it show up now? Freyr: Oh, really… Then I guess I should give it back to you. Anette: Hmm… Wait. You already saw it anyway. Besides… I became the way I am because I wanted someone to see it. It all rests on your shoulders now! Here Rune Factory Frontier once again demonstrates the flexibility of time itself. As with the events that occur with the Young aspect of Stella, Anette's Letters from the past predict her Future. Marco's Ingratitude Although Ganesha demonstrates a touching degree of consideration for her son in organising a very special Treasure Hunt for his birthday, Marco demonstrates his ingratitude by threatening to run away from home on more than one occasion. You will experience these Event only if you enter the Damascus Forge between 6.00 a.m. and 7.59 a.m. It will occur more than once, however. There are two versions of the initial Event, but only in of Marco's first utterance. Marco: I'm out of here! Or: Marco: I'm not coming back! Don't even try to find me! He will leave and Ganesha then will walk towards you. Ganesha: You caught us at a bad time. Freyr: Is Marco going to be all right? Ganesha: It happens all the time. Don't worry about it. Freyr: … Is it going to be okay? Ganesha: Now I have to get ready for work. After: If you find Maro, just tell him to come home by dinner. And/or: Ganesha: I just hope Marco isn't causing any trouble for anybody. There are two locations where you will find both Marco and Candy after one of these Events at the Forge: the kitchen of the Church and Erik's shop. Whenever you find the two children, Marco's dialogue will begin with: Marco (with thunder and cross hurt): … It's fine. Just be sure that you're sorry. You need to speak to Candy instead if you wish to hear the entire story. There are three different versions and you can speak to Candy again and again on the same day to obtain all three, oddly enough: Version 1: Candy: Marco ran away from home because his mother overslept.

Marco: It was Mom's turn to make breakfast today! Thanks to her, I didn't get any breakfast! Candy: She's always tired from work. Why can't you be a little nicer to her? Version 2: I heard that Marco ran away from home because there were bell peppers in his breakfast. Marco: She knew I hated bell peppers and tried to feed them to me! It's a conspiracy! Candy: She did it so you would grow out of being picky with your food. Version 3: Candy; Marco ran away from home because he was made to do the dishes. Marco: It was Mom's turn to do it today! And she still made me do it! This is so unfair! Candy: You know she has to get ready to open up shop. When you speak to marco again after any of these exchanges, he will say two things: Marco: I don't care what Mom told you, but I'm not going back! Marco: I don't consider her to be my mom anymore! After 6.00 p.m., you will find Marco as usual at home and neither he nor Ganesha will make ANY reference to his behaviour until the next Event occurs. Ganesha's Collapse When Marco reached 7 Friendship and Ganesha was at maximum Friendship, Freyr entered the Forge once morning before 9.00 a.m. to experience a new event that began in the same fashion as previous Events with Marco. Marco: I'm out of here. So declaring, Marco strode out of the Forge. Ganesha: Sorry for making your worry every single time. *phew* Freyr: What's wrong? You look pale. Ganesha: I'm fine… I'm just… tired… Ganesha then fainted on the floor. Freyr: Ganesha?! Ganesha!! Next, Ganesha was tucked into her own bed, with Lara and Freyr at her bedside. Freyr: How is she, Lara? Lara: She has a cold… I guess she had a lot of pent up fatigue so she needs to get some rest. Make sure she takes this cold medicine. I think she will recover by tomorrow. You got: Cold Medicine Lara: Fatigue can cause all sorts of illnesses, so you have to be careful too, Freyr. I think Ganesha will be better by tomorrow. If Freyr then tried to speak to Ganesha: Freyr: She's asleep. I don't think I should wake her up… Obviously, he needed to find Marco. He found both children on the ground floor of the Clock Tower. He spoke to Marco. Freyr: Marco! Ganesha collapsed! Marco: What?! Candy: You have to go to her right away! Marco: O-okay!

Go now to the Damascus Forge and return to Ganesha's bedside upstairs. You wil find Marco and Candy there. Speak to Marco: Marco: What should I do? Freyr: Lara said it's just a cold and she'll get better if she gets some rest. Just leave her be. Candy: I think you should just stay by her side, Marco. Marco: I guess… Freyr: (I just ed that Lara gave me the 'Cold Medicine'. I better give it to Marco.) Freyr then gave Cold Medicine to Marco. Marco: What…? Freyr: This is the Cold Medicine from Lara. Be sure to get Ganesha to take it when she wakes up.; Marco: All right! Thanks! After: Marco: Mom… Candy: It's okay! She'll get better as long you're there for her. Marco: I –I guess so! You need to get well soon, Mom! Next day, Freyr spoke to Ganesha: Freyr: Are you all right now, Ganesha? Ganesha: Yeah, I'm good as new! Sorry if I made you worry about me. I guess it's all thanks to the 'Cold Medicine' that Marco had. You're the one that brought it over, right? Let me give you this to thank you. You got: Iron! Freyr: No, that was from Lara… Ganesha: Don't sweat the details! You worried about me, too, so I want to thank you! Freyr: All right… Thank you. You got 9 Level 10 Iron. Oddly enough, you still can experience same the initial sequence of Events where Marco runs away from home on future mornings. Marriage Requirements in Rune Factory Frontier Although Rune Factory resembles Harvest Moon in many of its aspects, including courtship in general , it is characteristic of all three Rune Factory games, including Rune Factory Frontier to make the Marriage Requirements for each Eligible Girl somewhat different. There are some universal requirements that include a bedroom expansion, a Double Bed, 10 Hearts in Love Level and a Wedding Bouquet that serves the function of the Blue Feather in Harvest Moon. You must experience all the 'Heart Events' or 'Story Events' for the Eligible Girl you intend to marry and you must invite her on a set Date in order to be able to propose to her. These 'Story Events' or 'Heart Events' have been included in this Guide. Beyond that, however, each Girl is unique. Some have more Events than others. In some cases, completion of the 'main story' is a requirement as well. For example, although you need not rescue Mist in order to marry some of the Eligible Girls, others, including Mist herself and the two Iris characters, will not accept a marriage proposal until you have defeated Gelwein. One of

the Marriage Requirements is that the Eligible Girl has become a permanent Resident of Trampoli. It is only when Anette resumes her postal work and decides to live with Mist that you even will have the option to ask her for a Date. Finally, every girl may be unique where the value of gifts and conversation are concerned. Bianca's Heart Level is raised by conversation rather than the gift of any item, but it is possible that the value of a Most Favourite Gift with respect to any Eligible Girl varies. For example, although in most cases, only the first Gift of the day will affect Heart or Love Levels, you can boost Iris' Heart Level by repeated Gifts of Tomato Juice in a single day. Where other Eligible Girls are concerned, subsequent Gifts usually affect only Friendship and not Love Levels. First Step in Creating a Wedding Bouquet The Rune Factory Frontier equivalent of the Blue Feather in Harvest Moon is a Wedding Bouquet that must be created at the Crafts Bench by your character. In order to create the Wedding Bouquet, you must have the Recipe as well as all the necessary ingredients. In the case of two of the ingredients in the Wedding Bouquet, your character actually must complete two steps in order to obtain them. The 'Tide Cluster' is a special item that leads to one of the ingredients in the Wedding Bouquet. A Whale's Longing for the Sea When you climb the Beanstalk next to the Clock Tower, you may experience an Event with the Whale of Whale Island when you have raised any Eligible Girl's Love level to 8 Hearts. Whale: Freyr… Freyr: Whale… What happened? Whale: There is something I would like you to do, Freyr. Freyr: What is it? I'll do anything I can. Whale: Thank you… I have swam these skies for a long time. But since I am a whale, I would like to swim the ocean just once. But that is a dream that cannot be achieved. Freyr, is there a way to be one with the ocean even while being adrift in the sky? Freyr: All right… It may be difficult, but I'll try to find a way so you can feel like you're swimming in the ocean. Whale: Thank you… When you visit the Beach afterwards, you should find a curious object on the sand. It is a 'Tide Cluster'. Tide Cluster Tide Cluster: 10G A stone that smells like the ocean. Hold this in your hand to remind you of memories of the sea. Take this with you when you climb the Beanstalk near the Church next.

The Whale's Gratitude When you take the Tide Cluster with you to Whale Island, you will experience another Event with the Whale. The nature of the Event will depend on your possession of the Recipe Book, 'Happiness 101' or the lack thereof. If you do not have the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet, you will experience the following Event: Whale: Oh… Freyr: Whale? Whale: Can you give me that 'Tide Cluster'? Your choices now: Sure. No. Whale: Thank you so much… Freyr, I want to thank you. Is there anything you want? Freyr: Nothing in particular right now. Whale: Then tell me what you would like… Note that giving the Tide Cluster to the Whale at this stage will result in no future rewards. Doing so only gives your character a hint as to the possibility of a reward in the future should he give the Whale ANOTHER Tide Cluster when he has obtained the Wedding Bouquet Recipe. An Eligible Girl at 8 Hearts 10 Friendship with an Eligible Girl will not change anything in Rune Factory Frontier but at 8 to 10 Hearts (Love), you will have a new option whenever you speak to her. In doing so, you now will see a prompt: I just came to talk. I came to ask you out. Furthermore, the 'story' of any Eligible Girl will be completed only if you raise her heart level to the required Level. In Melody's case, at 10 Hearts, you can enter the Laga Bathhouse in the morning before it opens for business to experience an Event. Melody at 10 Hearts Tale of an Orphan At a lower heart level, Melody will speak to you of her childhood, of being an orphan and how she was rescued when lost by a wizard. At 10 Hearts, enter the Bathhouse in the morning and you will find Nolan there in argument with Melody. Melody with cross hurt and thunder, puffing smoke. Melody: I said I don't want it! Nolen: But it can be of great assistance to you. Melody; And I'm saying I don't need it! I run this bathhouse because I love this bath!

Nolan: Then let us take the entire bathhouse to the castle. Doing that can be very simple… Melody: Wha… Wha… G-get out of here!! If you really like baths then think about their feelings!! She races off. Freyr: What happened? Nolan: You caught me at a terrible time. I came to Melody to ask her if she would like to be adopted by myself. I heard that she has no other family so I did it out of good will. However, it appears that I have offended her in the process… Freyr: I see… I'm going to find Melody. We have to talk it over. Nolan: I suppose so… Please do so. As I suspected, Melody is at the Cave Depths, where she has slipped and fallen to the ground. She is being threatened by four gleeful Goblins wielding swords! I have to defeat them, a very simple task at this point. Are you okay, Melody? Melody: I'm fine. I was just a little suprised. Freyr: Let's go back. Nolan is worried about you. Melody: No! He wants to take away the bathhouse and tells me to become a princess! Can you believe it?! Freyr: A princess…? Melody: He used to be a king of a small kingdom up north. He said that he's retired now and is just a regular bath lover. Freyr: But Melody, isn't that a good thing? Melody: No, it's not! I love Laga Springs! I have no intention of leaving this place! Freyr: That's all the more reason you have ot talk it over with Nolan. Melody: I know… But still… Freyr: You already made up your mind, right? Then there's nothing to worry about. Let's go back. Didn't you say people who love baths can't be all that bad? Melody: That's a cheap shot, Freyr… Not I HAVE to go back. … Fine. Nolan: Melody! I was worried sick! If anything happened to you, I would have… Melody: … I'm sorry. But I don't intend to be adopted by you. Nolan: I see… Since we both have no family, I thought we could get along… Freyr: But I thought you had a son that ascended to your throne…? Nolan: Yes, well… That son is quite power-hungry… Though retired, I still have some power and he views me as a rival. My wife also ed away and… my youngest daughter as well when she was about your age, Melody. I do not have any one that I can call family anymore. Melody: Then I'll be your family! Nolan: What?! But… Melody; No, not in that way. Any one who takes baths is my family! That's why you're also family, Nolan! Nolan: I see… True happiness can be found in things tthat we take for granted. I guess I forgot that simple truth… Thank you, Melody. Melody: I'm sorry for saying all those terrible things to you, too. I also forgot that people who love baths can't be bad people. Nolan: May I come again to take a bath here? May I be able to stay as your family?

Melody: Of course! Immediately after this Event, you once again will have the option to ask her out. Asking a Girl for a Date There are a number of reasons why you should ask a Girl to go out on a date with you, apart from the usual romantic reasons. Even if you have no intention of asking the girl ultimately to marry you, it is by asking her for a date that you will be able to obtain the Recipe for a Wedding Bouquet from Stella. Melody: Ask me out…? You mean on a date? Freyr: Yeah. It's almost summer, so I was wondering if you'd like to go to the lake. Melody: The lake sounds nice. Sure, let's go! Freyr: Then let's meet up on the 19th of Summer, at noon by the docks. Melody: Sounds good. Don't be late! Rita's Gifts Whenever you complete a significant life goal, you will receive an acknowledgement and a gift from Rita. Each house expansion will be acknowledged and she will give you a randomly generated item as a reward. When you ask a Girl for a Date for the first time, Rita will say: Rita: Freyr… I heard you asked a girl out on a date. You got Tropic Punch! (random item) Happiness 101: Recipe for a Wedding Bouquet Whenever any Eligible Girl reaches Maximum Heart level, you can speak to Stella to initiate a dialogue that will result in the acquisition of the final Recipe Book: Happiness 101. Note that the Eligible Girl must have maximum Heart Level in the form of 10 Hearts with the Love bar completely filled before this dialogue will occur. Stella: Isn't it time for you to think about settling down and getting married? Huh?! I… Uh… Stella: This is a good time for you so let me give you this. Freyr: A… recipe? Stella; That's right. This will tell you how to make a 'Wedding Bouquet'. You take the person you like to a romantic place. Then you give the bouquet when things are getting exciting. This is how we propose marriage in this village. Freyr: Propose?! I think it's a bit too early… Stella: It doesn't do you any harm to hold onto it. Just give it when you made up your mind. You got: Happiness 101! Stella: This is something you just can't do alone. You have to think carefully about who you give it to. Freyr: All right… Happiness 101: 0G Contains the instructions for making the bouquet necessary for any wedding ceremony.

Wedding Bouquet Recipe If you go home and access your Crafts Bench, you will see the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet: Wedding Bouquet: 2780G Bouquet that will go well with a wedding dress. Be sure to have one on hand when proposing. Ingredients: Baleen, Blue Rose, Green Grass, Moondrop, Toy Herb, Pink Cat You should have regular supplies of Green Grass, Moondrop, Toy Herb and Pink Cat in Storage by now. The only special ingredients that you will lack are the 'Baleen' and the 'Blue Rose'. Obtaining the Baleen The Baleen is an item that can be supplied only by a Whale. If you gave the 'Tide Cluster' you found at the Beach to the Whale before you received the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet, he owes you a favour, but unfortunately will not acknowledge this unless you bring him ANOTHER Tide Cluster. Fortunately, a Tide Cluster will wash up on the shore each day. You can ship them or store them, although they will not stack in an item slot. You can give them as gifts to villagers, although they will not generate much excitement as a rule. Take another Tide Cluster to the Whale once you have 'Happiness 101' and you will experience a different Event: Freyr: Whale…? What is it, Freyr? I need a favour from you. Can I have some of your 'Baleen'? Whale: I owe you one for the 'Tide Cluster'. That can be easily arranged. Every time you bring me a 'Tide Cluster', I will exchange it for some more of my 'Baleen'. Baleen: 20G Vital part of a wedding bouquet. Baleen is very tough, perfect for the core of the bouquet. The Whale has offered to exchange any Tide Cluster for Baleen. This will give you a regular source of Baleen to make as many Wedding Bouquests as you wish once you have Blue Roses. The Gift of a White Rose To create Blue Roses, you first must find a White Rose. This will be obtained by speaking to Ganesha once you have the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet. Ganesha: Hello, Freyr. I put a rose pattern on a shield the other day because a customer wanted it that way. I have some extra roses I used to design it with so you can have them. Freyr: Thank you so much. Ganesha: Put that into the 'Seed Maker' to grow 'White Roses'. Good luck! Freyr: ? You got: White Rose! White Rose: 810G Lv. 1, HP 2, RP 0, FX 0 An elegant white rose. There is a way to turn it blue, but the method has

been long lost. Toss the White Rose in the Seed Maker at home to create White Rose Seed: White Rose Seed: 810G Grows in any season except winter. Blooms in 13 Days. As the queen of flowers, it is adored by many. The description indicates that it can be grown in any season except Winter, signifying the ability to plant it in any dungeon as well as your own Field. What connection, however, does a White Rose have with the fabled Blue Rose? To discover the answer, look to the site of all educational resources, the Ruins Archive. Note that, when Ganesha reaches 8 Hearts, she will give you another White Rose, irrespective of your character's progress with any Eligible Girl. Creating a Blue Rose After obtaining 'Happiness 101', you will find a new book on the upper floor on the eastern side of the Archives. The Phantom Blue Rose Moonlight has the power to create something that does not exist in nature. One of those creations is the 'Blue Rose'. Grow a white rose, and once it has taken root, leave it out in the moonlight for a few days. The exposure to moonlight will turn the rose a lustrous blue. Iris Blanche will speak of Blue Roses, giving another clue as to the means by which they are created. Iris: Do you know about Blue Roses? Blue roses don't usually grow in nature. But if you let moonlight shine on white roses for a few days, they will turn blue. I'd like to see it at least once. Now all you need to do is plant the White Rose Seeds, water them daily and wait… Make certain that, once they have reached maturity, you do NOT harvest them. They need some time beneath the 'moonlight' after they bloom to achieve their transformation. Note that you can plant White Rose Seeds in any dungeon. You do not have to plant them in the field on the Whale's Fin where you grew the Moondrop Flowers for Iris. Furthermore, you do not need a full plot of 9 blossoming White Roses to create a Blue Rose. You can use Formulae A,B or C on one and it will be transformed into a Blue Rose after a few days even if the other Roses have not bloomed yet. Blue Rose: 1040G HP 2, RP 0, FX 0 A blue rose. Leave a bloomed white rose for 3 days to turn it blue. A must have in a bouquet. Kross and the Blue Rose Another mystery with respect to Kross now will achieve an added dimension. Even before you increased his friendship level, Kross sang a song about a 'Blue Rose': Kross: Oh please tell me, monsters. Where, oh where, have the lovely monsters

gone? Aren't there any monsters that I can relate to… where I want to stick a blue rose into their fluffy fur…? Freyr: That sounds like a very sad song… Kross: Heh… Yes… There used to be monsters in the village and we all lived in harmony. Now that you know the significance of a 'Blue Rose' as an item that has romantic connotations similar to that of the 'Blue Feather' in Harvest Moon, Kross' lament takes on new dimensions. His longing for a 'Cat's Tail' is another piece of the puzzle. Did Kross have an unfulfilled romantic yearning towards a Monster at one time in his life? In a world where 'Monster' can signify a wide variety of magical creatures, including those who resemble humans, who knows…? St. Coquille Family Traditions Tabatha: The Sainte-Coquille family is a family of epicures. They are all dainty eaters. Freyr: Really? Bianca doesn't seem that way… Tabatha: Well, Miss Bianca may eat fewer times, but she eats enough for 3 or 4 people each time. She's the kind that just does not gain weight no matter how much she eats. That's why among her relations, they think that she is the only small eater in the family. Freyr: Th-that's amazing… In the 2nd Year, provided you persuaded Bianca to remain in Trampoli with the gift of Francoise in the first summer, there will be a new Festival in Spring centred on fine cuisine. The new Sainte-Coquille Festival On 18 Spring, you will receive an announcement letter from Bianca. Participate in my festival Tomorrow is the Sainte-Coquille Festival, sponsored by me. Every one, participate. I'll be waiting at the Public Square. Bianca If you speak to Kross today, he will tell you: Kross: The girl next door prepared so much cooking. I wonder what kind of event is going on? Sainte-Coquille Festival The actual Sainte-Coquille Festival is held on 19 Spring at the Public Square after 9.00 a.m. It is a Cooking Festival but one that is unique among Harvest Moon/Rune Factory Festivals. Instead of participating with your own entry in a given Category, you will be asked to identify successive Dishes in various categories and to give the required Dish in each instance to Bianca to eat. The difficulty here is two-fold. You must identify each Dish visually, then collect it from its position on the ground and give it to Bianca within a very strict time-frame. As a matter of fact, as the contest is time-based, you may gain a higher score simply by guessing quickly even if you are wrong, than to take your time to

name a few dishes correctly before the time runs out. It certainly is fun to watch Bianca consume dish after dish until you give her the correct item. The sequence is as follows: Appetiser, Soup, Fish, 'Sorbet', Vegetable, Dessert, Fruit, Drink The 'Sorbet' course is not really Sorbets at all incidentally. If you manage to complete the identification of a dish for every course before the time runs out, Bianca will insist on beginning the entire sequence again! First-place appears to be a matter of identifying at least 16 dishes correctly, which would mean that you would go through the entire sequence twice. The time limit is 60 minutes and at each 10 minute interval, there will be comments by two of the villagers. It really does not matter whether you win or lose. As Lara will declare: Lara: I believe you shouldn't be particular about winning or losing and just enjoy it. In the case of this particular Festival, she is absolutely correct. First of all, the points allotted to other contestants are random and can be very high. What you will gain simply by participating in the Contest is a total of 5 randomly chosen Dishes that will be thrown to the ground after your position in the Contest has been announced. They will be termed 'Sorbets' but can consist of items as diverse as Popcorn and Pumpkin Cream. Bianca's Ongoing Requests There are a number of characters in Rune Factory Frontier who make Requests for items by letter. The items tend to be appropriate to the individual requesting them. In Melody's case, the Requests are for Wild Coloured Grasses. Ganesha's Requests are for ingredients used to forge Weapons. Although Bianca's first Request is for Iron, she makes it clear that is only a 'test' and soon begins to Request Cooked Dishes, Requests that are most appropriate for any member of the Sainte-Coquille Gourmet clan. Test Letter from Bianca: A Test Letter I heard that you take requests for items bpeople want by mail. I don't really want anything in particular, but hm… Send me an Iron. Bianca Letter from Bianca: Hm… I received your Iron in the mail. Next, send me a Strawberry. Bianca After you send Bianca the Strawberry she requested, she will send a letter requesting a Vegetable Stir-Fry from you. This should occur after 3 � Heart Level. Letter from Bianca It's more fun than I thought. I received your Strawberry. I guess exchanging letter is not too boring. It feels a bit different from talking in person. Anyway, send me a Veg. Stir-fry next. Bianca When you have sent her a Vegetable Stir-Fry, you will receive another Request by Letter:

Next… I received your Veg. Stir-Fry. Did you make this? Well, not that I care or anything. Hm… as for the next item… Something harder to make… Perhaps a Steam Pumpkin. Yes, send me a Steam Pumpkin. Bianca Steam Pumpkin actually is made in the Pot, not the Steamer and requires only a Pumpkin. Send her the Steam Pumpkin to receive another Request, accompanied by a small reward in the form of a Level 2 Amethyst. You're a harder worker than I thought. I received the Steam Pumpkin. Actually, I'm quite surprised you would keep sending items that I request. You're unexpectedly diligent. Anyway, take this token of thanks. I don't need it anymore. Next, I would like a Roasted Carp. Bianca With the Letter, a Level 2 Amethyst popped out of the letter and hit the ground. Carp is caught most easily when fishing at Lake Poli. 'Roasted' in this case is a poor translation as most 'Roasted' Fish Dishes in Rune Factory Frontier, including Roasted Carp, are made in Frying Pan. The next letter you receive will be: Next… I received the Roasted Carp. I guess commoner food is not always bad. Here, take this token of thanks. I don't need it anymore. Next, I would like something even more lowly. How about a PB&J. Bianca With this Letter, a Level 2 Aquamarine pops out onto the ground. Send her the PB&J. There are three different recipes for this and it does not matter which you use. She then will respond: Must be nice. I received the PB&J. It was actually not too bad, and also unexpected. I've included another token of thanks with the letter, so take it. By the way, I heard from Tabatha about a food called Steam Turnip. Could you send me that? Bianca N.B. It may be worth noting here that the Steam Turnip is a Dish that requires Snapper, a Fish that is somewhat rare. Fish such as Snapper, Pike and Blowfish can be caught only from the ocean during specific seasons and in that sense, are more difficult to obtain sometimes than the truly 'rare' fish such as Lover Snapper and Fall Fish in Rune Factory Frontier as the latter can be caught in dungeons year-round. Not even knowing that Bianca would request Steam Turnip, I tried to store at least one Snapper, Blowfish and Pike in my Refrigerator in anticipation of possible need. I then was able to complete her Request instantly. If I had not stored a Snapper, I might have been forced to wait almost a year to catch another! The next letter you receive will be: Steam Turnip I received the Steam Turnip. What a curious food. It was not all bad, however. I've included another token of thanks this time, so take it. Next, I would like a Fruit Ole. I'll be waiting.

Bianca Level 2 Sapphire attached. Fruit Ole: Pineapple, Tomato, Apple, Orange, Milk Foliage Festival In the first Spring, if you spoke to villagers on the 29th day of Spring, you would have experienced a wealth of dialogue concerning Eunice who sent a flower to every one on that day. When you speak to Stella she will muse that perhaps Eunice's act will create a new tradition. In the second year, on 28 Spring, you will receive a letter from Stella to the effect that 29 Spring is the day of the Foliage Festival, although she will call it the 'Fresh Green Festival'. Fresh Green Festival Around the Corner Tomorrow is the Fresh Green Festival. Let's present flowers to those we are indebted to! Stella As always, speaking to individuals on the day prior to any Festival will elicit a variety of responses. Kanno: Candy bought flowers. Is something up? Freyr: Well, tomorrow is the Foliage Festival. It's when you give flowers to people that you feel thankful to. Kanno: Hm, but I'd prefer some sweets over those flowers. Melody: Tomorrow is the Foliage Festival. You're supposed to give flowers to people. Can't I give herbs? Uzuki: I wanted to send flowers back to my country fro the Foliage Festival but even Rosetta has never heard of it. It is very unfortunate. Eunice: Tomorrow is the Foliage Festival. It's where we give flowers or grass to people that we are indebted to. Freyr, why don't you try participating in it? Rita will give you a clue as to the romantic implications of the Festival: Rita: Tomorrow is the day when you send flowers to the people close to you. Did you prepare anything? Your choices now: Yes. No. If you respond 'Yes': Rita; Oh. That's good then. If you say 'No' Rita: I know there's at least one or two girls that you like! Just give it to them! It is not only a romantic Festival, however. Ganesha will make that clear: Ganesha: Tomorrow is the Foliage Festival. Maybe I should give a flower to Marco. Danny's dialogue may be the most amusing, however: Danny: Is tomorrow the Foliage Festival? I didn't get a flower or anything! Crap! I think Lara was selling them… Is she closed already? Will I make it on time? Crap! In fact, you should be able to buy all four of the ordinary 'garden-variety' flowers at the Clinic at this point in the game but if you have been diligent in farming, you should have every type of flower in storage by now.

No distinction is made between the different types of flowers when you give them, so you may wish to give Moondrops to every one as they are by far the least valuable flower. Gifts of Flowers for the Foliage Festival On any Festival Day, it is a good idea to speak to every one but on the day of the Foliage Festival, speaking to a character may result in the gift of a flower. Heart Levels appear to have nothing whatsoever to do with the responses of characters. Some Eligible Girls give flowers while others do not. They all expect you to give them Flowers, however! In of other characters, it is the same: some give Flowers while others will give you nothing. You can give Flowers to every one in Trampoli, apart from Brodik. He will not accept flowers from you. In fact, he will tell you: Brodik for Toy Herb: What's the meaning of this? I would never accept a flower from you! He didn't, either, so Freyr gave it to Stella instead. As far as the Eligible Girls are concerned, Tabatha, Eunice, Anette, Lara, Rosetta and Melody will give your character a Flower or in Melody's case, Wild Grass. Bianca, Cinnamon, Selphy and the two Irises will not give your character a gift. In fact, it is difficult to know whether or not the two Irises even recognise the Festival in Trampoli. Where other characters are concerned, Stella, Ganesha, Lute and Candy give Flowers. Danny, Erik, Kanno, Marco, Minerva and the two Irises give nothing. Gifts of Flowers from Eligible Girls These are the dialogues of the Eliglble Girls who gave Flowers as well as the type of flower given by each. The type may or may not be randomly selected. Anette: The Foliage Festival started when Eunice started giving flowers to every one on this date. That's why I'm going to give one, too. Here you go. You got Toy Herb! Freyr gave her Moondrop in return. Anette: Thanks! I don't often get flowers from people so I'll be sure to take care of it! Eunice: Oh, Freyr. Here you go. You got Moondrop! Freyr: It's very pretty. Thank you. Eunice: I love flowers. Just looking at them makes me feel very happy. Freyr: I really think so too… He gave her Moondrop. Eunice: Oh, than you! I always just do it on my own, but every one has started to, too. It's wonderful! Lara: I heard the Foliage Festival started from Eunice giving out flowers to every one. This is something from me. You got Moondrop! Lara: Flowers are nice. They make me feel warm inside. Freyr took the hint and gave her a Moondrop. Lara: Thank you. Grass and flowers have the power to calm people. Melody: Freyr, you can have this. Now go concoct some strange medicine. You got Red Grass!

Freyr gave her Moondrop in return. Melody: Thanks! I'll put it up in my room. Rosetta: Today is the Foliage Festival. Here, you can have this. It's for always coming to my store. You got Toy Herb! Freyr gave her Moondrop in return. Rosetta: Thanks! Do you mind if I put it up at my store?* *This is the same response that Danny gives. It appears that they both are asking if you mind if they resell the gift! Tabatha: Today is the Foliage Festival. It is a festival where we give out flowers. Please accept this gift. You got Moondrop! Freyr gave her Toy Herb: Tabatha: Thank you very much. It's very nice to receive flowers. A Special Flower from Uzuki Even if you are the sort of player who ignores social interactions, you really ought to speak to Uzuki on the day of the Flower Festival as she will give you a very valuable item. Uzuki: I would like to give this to you, Freyr. You got Cherry Grass! Uzuki: This is called 'Cherry Grasss' and it is very similar to the 'Sakura' of my country. Please accept it! Freyr gave her Moondrop in return. Uzuki: Thank you. Spring is most wonderful. Flowers blossom and the scenery becomes colourful. Eligible Girls who gave No Gift Here are the dialogues of the girls who gave no gift whatsoever. Their actions appear to have nothing whatsoever to do with their heart levels. Selphy was at a very high heart level, for example and gave nothing while Uzuki was at a far lower heart level and gave the most valuable Flower of all. Bianca: Today is the Foliage Festival. Tabatha has been giving out flowers to a lot of people since the morning. … What's with that face? There's no way I'll give you a flower! Although Bianca would give him nothing, Freyr gave her a Moondrop Flower: Bianca: Bring me a flower a bit more fitting for me. But, I'll still accept this. Cinnamon: I got a flower from Candy. This is supposed to be a day when people give flowers. But, I don't have any to give. Despite the lack of a gift, Freyr offered her a Moondrop: Cinnamon: Thank you… It's beautiful… When Freyr spoke to Selphy: Selphy (blushing) Thanks. Freyr: Huh? Why? Selphy: Well, today's the Foliage Festival. You're going to give me a flower, aren't you? I'm just saying thanks beforehand.

When he gave her a Moondrop: Selphy: Wow, thanks! Maybe I can make bookmarks with this. At the Tower of Rest: Iris Blanche: I would like to see your flower patch some day, Freyr. Freyr gave her a Moondrop: Iris Blanche: Thank you! I love flowers! Iris Noire: I really like flowers. When you grow them with love, they become especially lovelyl. But, I guess that's a given for you since you work in the fields. Freyr gave Noire Moondrop: Iris Noire: It's beautiful! Thank you! I'll be sure to cherish it. Other Characters who Gave Gifts Stella: Today is the Foliage Festival. It's the day where you give flowers to people you feel thankful to. Freyr, take this. Me: …Are you sure? Your'e the one that's doing so much for me… Stella: Giving flowers to those you feel thankful for can be pretty nice. You got Toy Herb! Freyr gave her one in return. Stella: Thanks. I love receiving flowers no matter how old I get. Lute outside church: So today is a day when people give each other flowers. Would you like one, Freyr? I used this to practice painting. You can have it if you like. You got Moondrop! Freyr gave him one in return. Lute: Thanks. I'll be sure to use it with great care. I could use it when I practice drawing. Other Characters who Gave No Gifts Freyr gave Danny Moondrop Danny: Is that for me? Thanks. Maybe I should put it up at the shop.* *As previously indicated, this is the same response that Rosetta made. Are they asking for permission to sell the flower to some one else? Minerva: There's a flower I do want. I don't know its name though… I want the flower that Sister wears in her hair. She never takes it off even during a bath. Freyr gave Minerva Toy Herb. Minerva; T-thanks… Just because you gave me this doesn't change my opinion of you! Kanno: I received a flower from Candy! I suppose I am much too charming despite my age. Freyr gave him Moondrop. Kanno: Is this for me? Getting it from you really doesn't mean anything for me. *cough cough* My chronic illness… I mean, thank you. Romantic Hopes at the Foliage Festival By speaking to other characters, you may discover that romance lurks in the heart of children and adults alike.

If you speak to Danny, you will discover why he was so agitated on the previous day at the thought of not having a flower for any one… Danny: I couldn't prepare a flower for the Foliage Festival… I was thinking of giving it to Anette… It is the interaction between Candy and Marco that offers the most drama, however. On the previous day, Marco will express his hopes: Marco: Did you know? Tomorrow is the Foliage Festival where you give flowers to people you feel thankful for. I wonder if Candy will give me one… On the day of the Festival, speak to Candy first: Candy: Today is the Foliage Festival so let me give this to you. You got Moondrop! Marco: Candy! Why did you give a present to HIM for the Foliage Festival?! Candy: Because he's always helping me with lots of stuff. Marco: Then give one to me, too! Candy: Should I? Maybe later! Heehee. Marco: Come on! Give it to me now! After: Candy: Well, he's always helping me with lots of stuff. Freyr gave her Moondrop: Candy: T-thank you… I didn't think I would get it from you so I feel so happy… When you speak to Marco: Marco: Who did you get a flower from? I haven't got one from Candy yet. I wonder if I just won't get it… Freyr then gave him a Moondrop: Marco: Thanks! Things are looking up! Freyr: Huh…? Marco: N-nothing! I wasn't thinking about what if Candy gave me a flower, too! Despite Marco's desire to receive a Flower, he exhibits no concern for his mother's feelings, evidently. When you first speak to Ganesha: Ganesha: Hey, Freyr. Here, take this. It's just some leftovers of the flowers I was going to give to Marco. You got Moondrop! Freyr gave her a Moondrop in return: Ganesha: Thanks. If only my son was as considerate as you… As usual, romantic pride is in evidence from Erik: Erik: Did you know, young man? Today is the day we receive flowers from girls. Did you get one already? Me? Never mind me! Hahaha! Freyr gave him Moondrop: Erik: Thank you! Did you grow this yourself? Produce is always better than flowers! Men who grow stuff get all the girls! How to Avoid Problems in Romance When any Eligible Girl reaches 8 Hearts, you should have the option to ask her on a date when you speak to her. Even in a business situation, the option will appear. In Rune Factory Frontier, however, there is only one set 'Date' per season. What this means, in effect, is that you only can ask one Girl on a Date each season, even if more than one Eligible Girl has attained 8 – 10 Hearts. Defeat of Gelwein and Return of Mist

All of the Events that lead to the creation of the Portal to the Era of Disconnect are in my 1st Year Walkthrough. Whether or not you defeat Gelwein in the 1st Year, the 2nd Year or even later in the game is your choice. You should be aware that his defeat is one of the Marriage Requirements for some but not all of the Eligible Girls, including Mist and both Iris characters. Until you enter the Era of Disconnect, Kanno will stand guard outside the chamber with the portal. If you touch the pedestal: Freyr: I may not be able to return for awhile once I cross over… Your choices now: I need more time. I'm ready. Let's do this! I should be fine. Let's do this! You will find yourself on the parapet outside the Clock Tower but it will be a very different world that you now face. Flames like lava are on all sides. If you had a monster with you when you entered the Clock Tower initially, your Monster Ally will appear on the parapet. Climb the stairs to find yourself on the roof of the Clock Tower but not in Trampoli. You have entered the Era of Disconnect. A large white glowing pentagram is on the floor and a monstrous Dog with long ears framed in red confronts you now. Dog: Don't come near me. I can't do this anmymore. Please. Run away… Freyr: You're … from my dream… Gelwein now s you. Gelwein: welcome, Freyr. I knew you'd be able to make it here. Freyr turning: …!! Gelwein: Behold, this hideous monster! This here is a magical creature created by amateurish researchers with the power of Spirits. On top of their incompetence, it had an uncontrollable trait of endlessly absorbing Runes, so it was abandoned here. For such inept fools, this was the only thing they could do. That's where I come in. At first I used Iris, then Mist, to continuously feed him with Runes filled with negative emotions over the years. It was so exciting watching this creature turn into a hidous monster while so loyally waiting for his masters! He's at his limit now though. He will soon lose control of his mind. Once that happens, he'll absorb all the Runes around him and become a complete embodiment of destruction! This is how I will destroy the world, the very fools that dared reject my genius! Freyr: I won't let that happen! Gelwein; Why don't you speak such nonsense after you've defeated that! Freyr: ..!!! Incoming! The creature rears and then attacks… Your maniacal plots… END HERE! Gelwein simply laughs: MUAHAHAHAH! Gelwein: This is it… This is what I've been waiting for! He raises his hand and Mist appears above him in the heavens, encased in a Dark Rune. Freyr: Mist! Release Mist! Gelwein, still holding Mist aloft with his magical power: Why don't you make me!

Freyr: No need to tell me twice…!! Balls of white fire surround him, then he mutates into a centaur-like creature that resembles the Dog you defeated with Gelwein upon it. Gelwein: Such magnificence… I never imaghined it would amount to this much… Freyr: What… is this? This monstrosity…? Gelwein: it's a combination of a giant Rune and the awareness-control I used to manipulate Iris… In order to place this rebellious magical creature completely under my sway, I had to first get rid of his own will, but thanks to you, that became much easier. If it weren't for you, I wouldn't be able to destroy the world! Freyr: What… Gelwein: For your great service to my dream… You'll have the honour of dying first! Freyr: Gelwein!! You've caused enough suffering with your selfish games… You, I will never… EVER forgive! Gelwein: With this rune I …AM A GOD! You will never win!!! Freyr: I … hear something… A song?! You now see Candy standing atop the giant Dark Rune that encloses Mist. Candy: Freyr! Freyr: Candy?! What are you… Why are you here?! Candy: We asked the Spirits to bring our forms and song voice here. Cinnamon: You can't win without first releasing the Dark Rune from under Gelwein's control. Iris Noire: If we all sing together, our thoughts should be able to reach the Dark Rune Gelwein took by force. Eunice: That's why we're all going to sing the Spirit Melody together! Freyr: You guys… Selphy: Hey! I'm here to help, too! Although, to be honest, singing isn't my forte! Melody: I'll be helping too, so we should be able to take care of a guy like him. No sweat! Uzuki: Well, this is the one time I can't ask for Tsubute's aid… Because he's … tone-deaf. Bianca: I came all the way here to sing for you. You'd better make it worth my while and take care of that low life. Tabatha: If at all possible, please save that monster along with the Spirits. Anette: I'll deliver a song instead of mail, today. It's a mailman's job to deliver anything if necessary!! Lara: I'll take care of your injuries, but please, be safe…! Rosetta (with thunder and cross hurt): Hey Mist! It's not like you to be captured like this! Every one's … um… worried! Iris: May our songs be carried. Oh, Spirits! Awaken from your sorrows! As the girls sing, the Dark Rune that surrounds Mist is transformed to Light and she awakens. Mist: Oh… Hello, every one… Is there a festival today? Freyr: What are you talking about?! Every one's here because of you! Mist (with floating hearts): Oh, is that so. Then I guess that makes today 'Mist Festival.' Freyr: … Mist… Mist: Haha. I'm kidding… Freyr: …

Mist: The Spirits told me about what's going on. Don't worry about me. Give 'em all you got! I'll you. Gelwein in mutation still raises a hand. Gelwein: Fools! Even without the Rune, you're no match for this body of mine! Freyr: Every one, help me out! You now will be obliged to defeat Gelwein completely. He should be near extinction when the Girls with their Spirit Melody. Stay on your feet, be watchful of your HP and RP and he should be defeated quickly. When you defeat Gelwein, he and the Dog will split once again and Gelwein, in his former human form, will be on the ground. The Dog will stand next to him, freed now from his influence. Defeated, Gelwein cries: No… Impossible! My plan… My plan…! Freyr: I couldn't have beaten you alone… You despised every one around you and wanted revenge. I, on the other hand, fought together with every one around me... Gelwein: You're telling me that's why I lost…? A miscalculation… on my part…? Not …possibl… Ugh…!! Dog: I've caused all of you such trouble. I'm sorry. Freyr: You weren't yourself. You don't need to apologise. Dog: Thank you. Freyr now turns to Mist. Freyr: … Mist… We should get going. Every one's waiting. Mist: Right. Oh yeah! She walks towards the Dog, then goes down on one knee to speak to him. Mist: Mr. Dog, why don't you come with us? It'll be fun. Dog: Thank you, but I'd be more trouble than fun if I were to cross over. Mist: You're talking about the power that absorbs all Runes, right? I'll just tell the Spirits to be careful next time in my dream, so don't worry. Dog: Um… is such a thing really possible? Mist: I'm pretty sure it'll be okay. Dog: Th-thank you. But… I'll stay here. Because I… Even I have a family… Freyr: Oh yeah. The people in this world see you as… A flurry of white flower petals now rise from the ground of the Tower in the Era of Disconnect. Mist turns to face Freyr. Mist: Let's get going. I'm sure every one's waiting. Freyr: Ah, right. He turns to face the Dog. Freyr: Well, we're gonna get going now. Take care… Dog: You too… When you have defeated Gelwein, the credits will roll and you will see 'The End' on the screen but as in most Harvest Moon and Rune Factory games, it decidedly is NOT the end of the game. You will regain control of your character after the End screen. You will witness his return from the Church district, as he walks to the front door of the Farmhouse. You then regain control and can take him inside or elsewhere as you will. No time es from the moment you enter the portal to the Era of Disconnect. Any energy lost in the struggle will not be recovered automatically in victory. Unlike Monster Bosses, Gelwein leaves no War Trophies apart from Mist herself. When you have defeated Gelwein, visit the Whale to experience a little Event:

Restoring Rune Power to the Whale Whale: Freyr… Freyr: Whale…! Whale: My body feels much lighter now… I can feel the Spirits returning to me… I don't know what is happening but I suppose the problem has been solved. Now I can swim in the skies without any more worries… I would like to thank you from the bottom of my being… Note that your defeat of Gelwein and the return of Mist to Trampoli as well as Rune power to Whale Island has no impact on the Giant Squid in the Water Tower on Whale Island. You still can confront him whenever you wish. Walkthrough for 2nd Summer Summer Birthdays By the Summer of the 2nd Year, you definitely should have raised the Friendship and/or Heart Levels of ALL residents to the point where you can knock on the door of their houses or bedrooms to speak to them as early as 6.00 a.m. each day. The requirements for this are very low, in fact. At 4 Hearts and/or 4 Friendship, you should receive an invitation to enter when you knock. Note that it is the Nunchuk and not the Wand that is shaken to 'knock' on any door. As in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, it is easiest to give gifts to all characters if you 'make the rounds' of the village at 6.00 a.m. As most characters tend to be in their homes or bedrooms at that point, you can speak to every one and deliver gifts without being forced to search for people. The most important and effective gift always is a birthday gift. Summer birthdays that should be ed with a gift are as follows: Danny's Birthday is 6 Summer and he will be happiest with a piece of Silver Ore, although Quality Cloth pleases him as well. Bianca's Birthday is next on 8 Summer. Ordinarily, it is dialogue rather than any gift that raises her Heart Level but you can give her a Diamond or a Cooked Dish to obtain acknowledgement of the fact that it IS her birthday. Lute's Birthday is on 13 Summer, conveniently falling on a Holiday when he visits Trampoli. Give him a bar of Chocolate to thrill him. Two days later, on 15 Summer, Uzuki has her Birthday. If you ever wished to give her Most Favourite Gift, a Gold Hairpin, her birthday would be the day to do this. Uzuki's Heart/Love Levels increase slowly with gifts of Sashimi, so an opportunity to give a Most Favourite and have it count far more than usual in of point value should not be missed. On 23 Summer, Erik celebrates his Birthday. His Most Favourite Gift is Garlic but if you have any Dried Fish stashed away from Winter, he will be very pleased with that as well. The last Birthday of Summer is Stella's Birthday on 27 Summer. Although her Most Favourite Gift is a Four-Leaf Clover, a Toy Herb always pleases her enormously. As previously stated, a character usually confides the date of his/her birthday

at 4 Hearts or 4 Friendship and the date then will appear on your Calendar. If you give a Birthday Gift even before the character has told you the Date, it then will be added to the Calendar afterwards. Eunice at the Beach If you wish to see Eunice in a bathing costume, you must motivate her to go on a slimming programme when she reaches 4 Hearts. At 4 Hearts, she will ask if you prefer 'slimmer girls'. If you tell her that you do, she will be inspired to lose weight. If you tell her that you have no preference in that direction, she will remain as she is. If you are disposed not to interfere in her life, you should be aware of the fact that she herself has a dream of becoming slim and being able to sport a bathing costume without embarrassment. After embarking upon her diet, at 5 Hearts she will confide: Eunice: I'm going to wear a swimsuit after getting thinner! Freyr: You sound really eager. Eunice: Yes! It's always been a dream of mine! I can do it! Although the initial dialogue that allows her to begin a slimming programme is based on her heart level, occurring only when she reaches 4 Hearts, the actual progress of the diet is time-based and takes two full seasons. In the interim, you will discover that Eunice's profile on the Relations Page of your Farm Menu changes to reflect her new motivation. The profile will declare: It seems the diet is working. She looks slimmer than before. If you search the bookcase in her bedroom, you will find that she has replaced all of her cooking books with new books: '10 Secrets to Happiness' 'Serendipity: The Glorious You' '3 Habits of Successful People' After perusing the titles, your character will comment to himself: Freyr: … Eunice must be very motivated… If Eunice did not attain 4 Hearts by the 1st day of Winter in the first year, she will not participate in the Beach Festival on 1 Summer, but provided that she reached 4 Hearts before the end of the first Winter, she WILL appear at the Beach in a bathing costume in the second Summer once a full two seasons of slimming has been completed. If you enter the 2nd Summer while Eunice still struggles to lose weight, at 6 Hearts she may tell you: Eunice: I feel like my dieting will fail during this season… But I'll keep working for a thinner body! Eunice: I'm going to wear a swimsuit after getting thinner! Freyr: You sound really eager. Eunice: Yes! It's always been a dream of mine! I can do it! Victory for Eunice Enter the Inn after 60 days of slimming to experience an Event: Eunice: Hello! Freyr: Eunice, you sure have gotten much thinner recently.

Eunice: Really? Thank you for noticing! It really makes the effort worth it! But, I rebound the moment I relax. I have to stay strong to keep it going. Freyr: I'll be sure to watch my health just like you, Eunice. After the Event, she will have a new Profile: Eunice: The diet was a success! Now is her chance to get the man of her dreams! Her portrait will change as well, displaying a slim figure. Eunice to the Rescue Eunice periodically will confide that she is an excellent seamstress and urge you to come to her if ever your clothing needs to be mended. At 6 Hearts, you may experience a little Event with her: Eunice: Freyr! Your clothes are torn! Freyr: You're right… Mabye they got torn when I was working in the fields. Eunice: Wait just a second. I'll sew it up for you. A moment of silence, then: Eunice: Done! Freyr: Wow! It's good as new. Eunice: I'm good at sewing. You can ask me if it gets torn again. (At 6, 6) Note that this Event can be experienced more than once but appears to begin at 6 Hearts. Eunice and the Materia Shop Promotion This sequence of Events will be initiated by Eunice's desire to do something special for her parents. Eunice as a character offers a perfect example of filial devotion. She loves her parents despite their flaws and respects them for their accomplishments. Although the world might perceive the pair as two alcoholics, Eunice ennobles both Turner and Rita with the purity of her love. In fact, it is through Eunice's dialogue as her heart levels increase that your character is given greater insights into the history and life of Turner and Rita. Some disclosures are very touching. Eunice: This is when we moved here, but there was a time when I collapsed because of a fever. I don't usually get sick, so every one was frantic… Mom and Dad looked after me the entire time… They were busy with work but they did it anyway. I'm still very grateful for that. The sequence actually is initiated when Eunice asks for your advice: Eunice: I want to express my thanks to my mother and father. What should I do? Freyr: Let's see… How about giving them a present? Eunice: That sounds good! But now I don't know what present to give… A Gift from a Grateful Daughter It is only when you next purchase an item from the Materia Shop that the next event in the sequence will occur: Danny: Thank you, we're drawing lots as part of a promotion. Draw one. Freyr: Sure, thanks. My choices now: Blue Lot

Red lot Green Lot If your character chooses 'Blue Lot' or 'Green Lot': Freyr: … There! Danny: Let's see… Too bad. You drew a blank. Try again. It is only when you choose the 'Red Lot' that, after Danny tells you that you have lost again, you will experience a new Event: Eunice enters: Danny: Welcome! Eunice walks to the counter. Eunice: Excuse me, we're out of salt… Can you spare me some? Danny: Salt, right? Sure, just wait a second. He rummages about in the shelves, measures some salt into a container, then returns to the counter with it. Danny: Here you go. Eunice: Thank you very much. You're a lifesaver. Danny: By the way, we're drawing lots as part of a promotion. Go ahead and draw one. Eunice (with music): Sounds like fun. There! Danny: Let's see… Eunice: How was it? Danny: T-this is… Eunice: Huh?! Danny: Win! 1st place prize! A getaway to a resort hotel for two! Congratulations! Eunice: What? You're kidding! Freyr now walks towards her. Freyr: Congratulations, Eunice. I tried so many times but didn't get anything. Eunice: Freyr… I know! W-would you like to go to the resort hotel to… toget… … I'll give this to my parents! Rosetta, thank you so much. I'll give this to my parents since they haven't taken a vacation since they got married because they're always so busy at work! She turns to leave. Danny: Thank you, come again! Note that Freyr experienced this Event after 5.00 p.m. when Rosetta was out on her rounds collecting shipments. It is possible that the Event can be experienced either with Danny or Rosetta. Eunice Proves Herself Visit the Sunshine Inn as early as 6.00 a.m. the next morning to find Eunice behind the front desk with Turner. If you do not speak to her here, the sequence of Events cannot be completed. Eunice: Welcome! Freyr: You're in charge of the front desk today, Eunice? Eunice: Yes, I gave them the tickets… But Mom and Dad refused to accdept it because they're so busy at work. That's why I'm going to prove to them that I can work the Inn alone. Turner: It's not that I don't trust Eunice. I'm just worried about making her do all of this by herself so suddenly… Eunice (with thunder and cross hurt): I'll be fine, Dad! I'm not a kid anymore!

Freyr: Haha, good luck, Eunice. If you go to the Tavern that night, you will find Eunice behind the counter with Rita, 'learning the ropes' as it were. The very next morning, you should receive a letter from Turner: I'll be gone for a while. We are going on a vacation. My daughter Eunice will take care of the inn and tavern, so please feel free to visit as always. Turner Return of Eunice's Parents When Rita and Turner are due to return, enter the Inn as early as 6.00 a.m. to experience an Event: Eunice: Freyr! Eunice races down the stairs towards you. Freyr: What's wrong? Eunice: Mom and Dad were supposed to come back yesterday. But they're still not… They're still not back! What if they got in an accident?! What should I do…? Freyr: Please calm down. Maybe they're just late. Let's wait a little longer. Eunice: They were supposed to be back yesterday at around noon. They're much too late! If anything happened to them… I'm going to look for them! She takes a step, but you interrupt her. Freyr: Wait! Just calm down! Do you even know where Turner and Rita are? Eunice: Oh… Freyr: I'll go ask Rosetta. Just stay right here, Eunice. The screen darkens as the event ends. You now must speak to Rosetta or Danny if Rosetta is on the visit to see her father.. Freyr: Rosetta, about the lot drawing the other day… Rosetta: W-what's with you all of a sudden? Freyr: About that grand resort hotel for the prize. Do you know where it is? Rosetta: Oh that… It's about a half a day distance by carriage. What, you want to go, too? But it's a bit too far to walk to. Freyr: Thank you, Rosetta! The Event with Rosetta ends and she will not refer to the dialogue again if you speak to her afterwards. Return now to the Inn to speak to Eunice. When you speak to Eunice, another Event will be initiated. Eunice: Did you find out where the hotel is? Freyr: Yes. It takes about half a day to get there by carriage. Eunice: That's pretty far… And I don't have money to ride a carriage. What should I do? Freyr: I'll go. I don't know how long it'll take, but I'll get there eventually. Eunice: Thank you so much. Sorry about this. (Freyr probably now contemplates the possibility of asking Nolan for a lift in HIS carriage. After all, Nolan has declared countless times that he comes by carriage to the Bathhouse daily, driven by a 'vassal'.) As you turn to leave the Inn, however, another Event will occur, beginning with the entrance of Rita and Turner.

They will be involved completely in their own conversation as they enter, paying absolutely no attention either to you or their daughter. Turner: They're known for their wines, right? Then… Rita (with thunder and cross hurt: You just want to drink… Turner: You can read me like a book.. Huh? He now appears to notice you for the first time as he and his wife reach the counter. Turner: Eunice… And Freyr. Rita: What are you two doing here with eyes as wide as dinner plates? Eunice: Don't give me that! You didn't come back on the scheduled date so I was worried sick… If anything happened to you two, I'd… Rita: I'm sorry for making you so worried. Turner: It was just such a nice hotel that we decided to extend our stay another day to look around. Well, we are innkeepers, you know. About not ing you… I apologise. Sorry, Eunice. Rita: Looks like we caused you a lot of trouble, huh? Freyr: That's okay. I'm just glad you two are all right. Rita: Eunice really seems to have worked really hard while we were gone. Thank you. Eunice: It's fine. I just wanted to thank you, Mom, Dad. Thank you Mom, Dad. Note that experiencing this entire sequence of Events culminating in her parents' holiday is one of the Marriage Requirements for Eunice. During the 'week' when Turner and Rita are absent, Eunice will officiate behind the counter of the Tavern at night, but no items will be sold. After their return, there will be a couple of mentions of the trip. Uzuki: I heard that Turner and Rita came back from their trip. I received a souvenir but it was a poorly made wooden sword. I inadvertently laughed. Of course, I still received it graciously. Rita: Hey! Freyr: What's wrong? Rita: I completely forgot about getting a sourvenir for you. I'll be sure to bring you back an amazing one the next time I go on a vacation. Turner: I'm sorry I made you worry about me the other day, Freyr. I'll be sure to keep in touch when I go somewhere. Freyr: Please do. I think Eunice won't be as worried if you do. Beach Festival As in the first year, on the last day of Spring, all the Eligible Girls will speak of the Beach Festival: Uzuki: I have never swam in the sea. I am eagerly awaiting to go as Eunice is making a swimsuit for myself. Even if Eunice is in the process of losing weight, if a full 60 days has not ed, she will tell you as she did in the 1st year: Eunice: *sigh* Me: What's wrong? Eunice: This season has come again… Freyr: This season…? Oh, right. It's almost summer. Eunice: Yes. All the girls in the village are talking about swimsuits… I made Uzuki's swimsuit this year, but I just can't bring myself to make my own. We shouldn't talk about depressing things like this! Let's just get to work! On the 1st day of Summer, you can experience a series of changing room events

as in the first year by attempting to enter the changing room between 9.30 a.m. and 9.59 a.m. In fact, you can go to the Beach before 9.30 a.m. to watch the Eligible Girls file into the changing room, then go to the door to trigger the first Event. The girls who go to the Beach on the 1st Day of Summer for the Beach Festival are chosen randomly before midnight on 30 Spring. If you save your game BEFORE midnight, you can reload to create a different group the next day. Otherwise, it appears that the list is fixed at midnight. The 2nd Year is the first Summer in which Tabatha and Bianca can participate in the Beach Festival. You can experience changing room events on other days in Summer, however, by attempting to enter the changing room after you see any Eligible Girl enter to change into her bathing costume, so do not feel cheated if you fail to trigger these amusing Events on Beach Day! If you wish to surprise Eunice in the changing room, attempt to enter it between 9.30 a.m. and 9.59 a.m. on Tuesdays, Thursdays or any Holiday. The event will begin with the sound of a girl humming the Song of Trust. When the girl appears at the door, it will be Eunice in a bathing costume: Eunice: I'm sorry… I must have surprised you… Freyr: I should be the one apologising… Eunice: But I'm glad it was you, Freyr… If it had been some one else… Freyr: Huh? Eunice: Nothing! Please forget what I said…! The Beach in Summer The Beach becomes the most popular gathering spot for the Eligible Girls during the Summer season. When Eunice has completed her diet successfully, even she will be found at the Beach on Tuesdays, Thursdays and Holidays from 10.00 a.m. to noon. You can surprise her in the changing room from 9.30 a.m. to 9.59 a.m. as described in the previous section. Summer Gossip about Ghosts There are a number of 'gossip' chains that occur each season. When you speak to any Eligible Girls on 10 Summer, they will mention the rumour of a ghost in Trampoli. If you do not speak to a girl on the 10th, she will mention the rumour when you speak to her on the next day. These dialogues occurred in the 1st Year as well and will not be terminated even if you solved the mystery of the music emanating from the Public Square or completed all interactions with the younger spirit of Stella. When Lara reaches a high Heart Level, she alone will tell you something different where the ghost is concerned when she declares: Lara: I hear some rumours about a ghost recently… It's not a ghost. It's Kross. He has lived here for so long. Every one needs to be more caring and learn his name. Rita's Dilemma

You first must rescue Mist before any of the Events that result in the move of Iris Blanche and Iris Noire from Whale Island to Trampoli can be initiated. Once this has occurred, speak to Rita and she will tell you about her problem with the Tavern. Rita: Only regulars come to our bar and it's never that busy. But working at it alone can be really hard. I wonder if some one could help me out… Freyr: What about Eunice? Rita: I have Eunice clean the bar in the morning. I can't have her work at night, too. Freyr: I see… Rita: Sorry for complaining in front of you. Don't mind me. It is only when you next visit Iris Blanche and Noire in the Tower of Rest that you will find a way to help every one. A Move from the Tower of Rest When you visit the Tower of Rest after rescuing Mist, you will find Iris Blanche painting at her easel. The two girls no longer must stand in the centre of the chamber to sing their Song. Iris: We can get to tknow the villagers better, too. Iris Noire: Yes, but there will be problems… Iris Blanche: Where to live… Freyr: What's wrong? Noire: Oh, Freyr… The Runes of Whale Island are much more stable now. Blanche: … so we were talking about moving to Trampoli. Staying ehre by ourselves would be meaningless and we want to get to know the villagers better. Freyr: That sounds great! Every one will welcome you! Noire: But there is a problem… Freyr: What is it? I'll be glad to help out any way I can. Blanche: We don't have a place ot stay so we can't move. Noire: And, we can only come out at night so we can't stay at some one's house either. Blanche: But building a new house would be too much trouble. Noire: That is why we were at a loss. Freyr: Rita, over at Snowstyle, was looking for some one to help out at the bar. If you ask her, maybe she'll let you live there, too. The bar is in business only at night, after all. Blanche: Really?! Noire: Would you please ask her about it? Freyr: I'll try. After: Noire: Please tell Rita that I would love to work at the bar. Thank you. Iris Blanche: Please tell Rita that I would love to work at the bar. Thank you. Rita Gives her Permission You now need to gain official permission from Rita. All you have to do here is speak to Rita again. Freyr: Rita, I'd like to ask you for a favour. Rita; What is it? Just come right out and say it. Freyr: Well, Iris is looking for a place to move to…

Rita: Then they can use our inn. Freyr: Really?! Rita; We've got plenty of open rooms anyway. If they'll work at the bar, they won't need ot pay for the rooms. As for my husband, he probably won't object to it. Freyr: Really?! Thank you very much! I'll bring Iris right away! After: Rita: We're already preparing for Iris to come. Hurry up and bring her here. Iris Blanche and Noire Move to Trampoli If Freyr returned again to the Whale Island Fin on the same night, he would not be able to find either Iris anywhere. He had to wait until the following evening to return to the Fin of Whale Island. He then found both Iris Blanche and Iris Noire awaiting him outside the Tower of Rest near the special little field where Moondrops had been planted originally for Iris. Iris Blanche: Good evening, Freyr. Freyr: Iris, Rita said that you can stay at the Inn! Blanche: Really?! Thank you so much! Noire: We really can't thank you enough, Freyr. Freyr: I haven't done anything. Now let's go! Now the screen darkens and when it lightens again, an Event occurs at the Inn. Rita: Welcome, girls! This will be your room! But are you sure you only want one room? Isn't it a bit cramped? You needn't worry about money if you're working at the bar. Iris Noire: We want to be together. Iris Blanche: We've been separated for so long and finally, after so much time, we were able to come together again… Rita: Fine… I won't say another word about it. All right. I'm going to have you two working starting tonight. Noire: Yes, ma'am! The event ends with both girls standing side by side on the upper floor of the Inn where they face Rita. It is only when Iris moves to the Inn that you have the option to ask her out either in her light or dark manifestations. Alarming Tarot Reading The tarot readings of Iris Noire appear to be based on Heart Level. From 5-6 Hearts and 8 Friendship, she told the following alarming fortune: Iris Noire: It seems you will suffer a water-related disaster. I wonder if this includes the bath or fishing, too? Of course, fortune-telling is always a hit or miss affair. When her Heart Level changed to 7 Hearts, 9 Friendship, the reading changed. It was negative as well, but not as apocalyptic as the 'water-based disaster'. Iris Noire: I don't know how to say it, but you will have problems. Just be careful so that you don't get eaten by monsters… At 8 Hearts:

Iris Noire: You are bound to get lucky. Now go hit on some one that you are interested in.' What?! So, who is that person you're interested in, Freyr?! At 8 Hearts, she tells many different fortunes: 'It says that you will have trouble with women. You have to watch out for women… Wait, does that include me? Two new Constellations As soon as Iris & Co. moved to the Inn in Trampoli, Cinnamon advised Freyr of the existence of two more Constellations. These were the 'Whale' and 'Scorpion' Constellations respectively. She told him of the 'Whale Constellation' when Freyr found her one sunny afternoon fishing at Lake Poli. She mentioned the 'Scorpion Constellation' at the Clock Tower at night on the very same day, before he had found the 'Whale Constellation' yet. Her description of both: Today at Lake Poli, Cinnamon mentioned a new Constellation: Cinnamon: The Whale Constellation is a strange one. You can only see it during nights with a full moon. Freyr: That is strange. Cinnamon: The full moon comes out every month on the 15th and 16th. Look for it around midnight. When Freyr knocked on Cinnamon's door at 10.00 p.m. at the Clock Tower on the same day, she told him: Cinnamon: The Scorpion Constellation can only be seen on nights with the new moon. Freyr: The new moon? Cinnamon: The new moon refers to days when there is no moon showing. The new moon comes ever month on the 1st and 30th. Look up at the sky when it's near midnight. Incidentally, the two books in the Rune Archives that deal with these Constellations are on the ground floor in the western side of the library in a bookcase that is accessible only when the library is clean and tidy. Finding the Whale Constellation In fact, 'near midnight' translated to 'by 11.30 p.m.'. When Freyr reached the Observatory after 11.30 p.m., he was unable to find either the Full Moon or the Whale Constellation. As it was after 11.00 p.m. when he began the journey from the Homestead, he finally had to resort to a little trick he had employed successfully on another occasion with respect to a Constellation that proved stubbornly unfindable. He dismounted his Silver Wolf as soon as he reached the entrance ot the Lava Ruins and searched the heavens there. Doing so, he first saw the glorious full moon soaring across the heavens and, a moment later: Freyr: Is that…? So that's the Whale Constellation… It's so much bigger than the real Whale Island. Iris Blanche Constellation Event:

Immediately after his discovery of the Whale constellation on the night of the 16th of Summer, Freyr paid a visit to the Inn to speak to Iris Blanche. Iris: Freyr, you're still fighting monsters on Whale Island…? Freyr: Yes. Iris: I'm worried you'll be hurt. May I pray for you? Freyr: Go ahead. Iris: Thank you. The screen darkened for a moment, then: Iris: May the Spirits bless you with safety, Freyr. Fery: Thank you. I feel like something is protecting me now! Freyr's Elemental Manipulation went up! Note that this demonstrates the fact that, despite her avoidance of the Church, worrying to Lara, but natural for a vampyre maiden, Iris is deeply religious in her own way. The 'Elemental Manipulation' refers to the points of affinity for each of the four elements. There was a 1 point increase for each after Iris Blanche's prayer. Scorpion Constellation The earliest that Freyr was able to 'find' the Scorpion Constellation was after 10.30 p.m. at 10.40 p.m. on the night of the 30th. Freyr: That's… Prompt: Found Scorpion Constellation! Freyr: It really does look like a scorpion. That's really strange. The Scorpion Constellation is associated with Noire. Speak to her afterwards. Iris Noire: Freyr, you're still fighting monsters on Whale Island…? Freyr: Yes. Noire: I'm worried that you'll be hurt. Please run away whenever it gets too dangerous. Freyr: Thank you. I will. Just hearing you say that makes me feel like I can run away even faster now. Prompt: Freyr's strength went up! Prompt: Freyr's agility went up! Iris Noire: Oh, you… He then spoke to Cinnamon: Cinnamon: Did you find the Scorpion Constellation? Freyr: Yes. I was surprised at how much it looked like a scorpion. Cinnamon: That scorpion played tricks on others and was punished by a wizard. It guards the moon so you can only see it when there is no moon. Freyr: I see… Now that you mention it, it does seem like that. Iris' Bathhouse Event If you wish to bathe undisturbed and gain full restoration of HP and RP, never take a bath when any one is in the women's side of the Bathhouse. Doing so will cause you to 'overhear' their dialogues. When Iris Blanche and Iris Noire move to Trampoli, they will frequent the bathhouse between 5.00 p.m. –

6.00 p.m. except during the Summer season. will experience their bathhouse event.

If you take a bath then, you

Iris becomes 'Ill' When Iris Blanche and Iris Noire both reach 10 Hearts, you will experience a sequence of Events that involve an illness. A clue to the future is the statement that both Blanche and Noire will make at 10 Hearts. Iris: People change, but one should never be afraid of it. The series of Events that results in this 'change' is initiated when you speak to Eunice afterwards: Freyr: Eunice, I haven't seen Iris recently. Do you know what happened? Eunice: It seems that she isn't feeling well so she's taking some time off her work at the bar. Really?! Did you get Lara to take a look at her? Eunice: My mother wanted to take her but Iris said that she didn't want to go inside a church. Freyr: Is that so… All right. I'll try to get Lara to go to the Inn. Eunice: Please do so. Note that, once this illness is announced, there can be no quick resolution to it. Even if you had spoken to Iris earlier on the same day, once Eunice remarks upon the illness, the guest room door will be locked. A word to the wise here: If you wish to experience any Date Events with one aspect of Iris, whether it is Iris Blanche or Iris Noire, it is advised that you do this BEFORE both manifestations of Iris reach 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship. You will be able to ask either for a Date when they have moved to Trampoli and reach 8 Hearts. Do this BEFORE you raise both to 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship. Speak to Lara now: Freyr: Lara, Iris is bedridden because she's ill. Lara: That's terrible! I'll go see her right now! When you return next to the upper floor of the Inn, you will find Lara at the door to the Guest Room in which Iris Blanche and Iris Noire rest. When you speak to Lara, another Event will initiate. Lara: Oh, Freyr. I was just about to do the examination. Please wait right here. Freyr: Sure thing. She now will enter the Guest Room. The screen will darken. When it lightens again, Lara will re-emerge to speak to you. Lara: It seems that both of them were sick. Freyr: So… how was it? Lara: There are still some things I don't understand so can you come back tomorrow? Freyr: All right. The Event ends. After this Event, the door to the guest room will be open temporarily. When you speak to either Iris: Iris: I'm so sorry for making you worry about me like this. I'll be better in

no time… Freyr: You should just relax for now. On the next day, find Lara at the Church or Clinic to speak to her. Lara: Freyr, about Iris… Freyr: Did you find out anything? Lara: Both of them are sick. And, it seems the reason for that is because Iris is separated into two people. I also asked Kanno, Rita and Sister Stella about it… It seems the two of them had separated to avoid being lonely. Freyr: That's what I heard, too. Lara: But now that they are surrounded by many friends, their lives have become much happier. Freyr: I guess so. She even said that her work at the bar was really fun. Lara: Yes. But that's the problem. Freyr: Why is that? Lara: Because, in their happiness, they are trying to return to one body, but yet remain separated. That puts stress upon their existence, causing the illness. Separating into two must have put a lot of strain on Iris. Freyr: So for Iris to get better… Lara: … she has to return to being one person. But I don't know how to do it. Even Kanno and Sister Stella said they didn't know how. Freyr: All right. I'll try to find out how. Lara: Please do so. I'll try to search for the method from my end as well. If you attempt to visit Iris, your character will reconsider at the door: Freyr; … I may be bothering them. Maybe some other time. When you next speak to Kanno, badger him until he tells you: Kanno: About how to return Iris to normal… Freyr: Did you find something on it? Kanno: Well… This will be difficult. It's already amazing enough that one person can split into two. But now we need to return them to one. It makes it all the more difficult… Freyr: Oh… Kanno: Of course, I haven't given up. If you find any clues, come to me. When you speak to Stella: Stella: I'm worried for Iris… If there's anything I can do, don't hesitate to ask. Turner will mention the illness: Turner: Iris isn't feeling well right now. I should bring her something good to eat later. Lara: I will try to look for a way to return Iris to normal. Selphy's Contribution to the Solution Who but a Librarian ultimately would have access to information about a creature of Legends? It is Selphy who will provide a solution by obtaining two new Books for the Rune Archives. You may have to wait a few days after speaking to Kanno before she will be able to offer you the information you need. Selphy: Oh, right… Iris is supposed to be one of the race of 'those closest to the Spritis', right? Well, I found a book about them, so I put it on the bookshelf Really?! Thank you! Don't mention it. Thank Lara since she's the one who asked me to look for it.

You now will be able to find two new volumes on a bookshelf on the upper level on the eastern side of the Rune Archives. The Bookshelf now will have the following tomes: New Species Discovery! The Vampire Tribe The Vampire Tribe: Part 2 Magic s of the World The Vampire Tribe You will find the first new volume on the 2nd Shelf: The Vampire Tribe Those closest to the Spirits once inhabited the Trampoli area. They were able to converse with the Spirits through their Spirit Song. Even with special traits such as an inability to enter holy places, the ability to share minds with the person they drank blood from and being nocturnal, they still could have a child with a normal person. Most of their descendants are of mixed blood now, and only a few special ones have inherited the Spirit Song. The next volume will cover rituals. The Vampire Tribe, Part 2 On the 3rd Shelf, you will find: The Vampire Tribe: Part 2 Among the rituals is one called 'The Blessings from Around' that is particularly interesting. In it, the leader of the ritual brings a personal item, and those around bless it. In the case of two or more leaders, each leader brings an item of equal value and then trades after the blessings finish. It is said that the purpose of this ritual was to demonstrate the leaders' connection to the Spirits to the people around. After trading the blessed items, they offer a prayer to the Spirits. If the Spirits respond, their wish will come true. At least, that is the belief. Kanno's Instructions for the Healing Ritual After you have read both Vampire Books, return to Kanno to inform him of the results of your research. Kanno, about how we can get Iris back to normal… Kano: Did you find out something?! Yes. The screen darkens, then to allow Freyr to impart the information to Kanno privately. After: Kanno: All right. Freyr! Do exactly what I tell you. First, take a certain object from each Iris. Freyr: Sure. Kanno: Then take thos things around to each villager and have them bless it. Freyr: Bless…? Kanno: Yes. Simply put, they just need to pray for it. Come back to me when you're done. I'll take care of the rest.

Freyr:

All right.

Then let me go gest something from each of them.

The Tokens of Iris Blanche and Iris Noire If you visit the guest room during the day, you may be unable to enter. Wait until the next day and then visit Iris after 6.00 p.m. Although you will find both girls in bed still, you will be able to communicate with each. Note that the aspect of Iris to whom you speak first will be given the first dialogue in this sequence. Dialogue is interchangeable and simply depends on the Iris to whom you speak first. Iris, do you have a pair of something? If I take that and get every one in the village to bless it, you might go back to normal. Noire: Really? But I'm worried about how much of a blessing we can receive since we haven't been here long… Freyr: It's all right. Every one is worried about you. Noire: Thank you… Then take this. You got Silver Ring! Blanche: Take this with you. This is the first item that we exchanged when we separated. I believe these will be the most fitting. You got Gold Ring! The two Rings will appear in your Rucksack now. Their descriptions are as follows: Gold Ring: A golden ring that one Iris gave to the other Iris. Let's get every one to bless it. Silver Ring: A silver ring that one Iris gave to the other Iris. Let's get every one to bless it. Note that you must choose one of the two to offer to each individual in Trampoli. It does not matter which one you ask an individual to bless but once he/she has blessed one Ring, the other will not be accepted. You can alternate the Rings or simply offer the same one to every villager. What signifies here is that you obtain a Blessing from EVERY Villager. If any villager is absent, you must wait until his/her return in order to be able to complete the Event sequence that completes Iris' Story. For example, if Rosetta has gone to Kardia to care for her father, you will be unable to complete the Ritual until she has returned to give her Blessing to one of the two Rings. Even if she has gone to Kardia, she will return on the occasion of any Festival and you will be able to find her on that day outside the entrance to the Green Ruins. She then will return to Kardia after the Festival to continue her care of her father. Some of the Blessing dialogues are as follows: Uzyuki: In my country, tools that are used wholeheartedly can embody souls. It seems that the emotions in this ring are so powerful that it has gained a soul as well. There. I put my prayers into it. Eunice: It's for iris? I'll gladly help. Iris is part of our family now. Stella: I have to bless this? Sure thing. Iris is part of our village after all. Now take it with you. I've finished blessing it. Turner: I have to pray for it? Is that good enough? I hope Iris will get batter soon.

Ganesha: That's a pretty ring. I can feel the emotions of the owner just by looking at it. I'll hammer in a lot of emotion so I can work even harder from now on. Here you go. Rita: We';ll have one less person to work at the bar, but I have to respect what Iris wants. I put all of my heart into it. Danny: I just have to pray for it? Fine, I'll do it… Here you go. I'm just not good when it colmes to these things. Melody: Oh, so Iris is going back to being one person? I really liked it when they would come to my bathhouse together. Would you tell her to keep coming back to my bathhouse even after she returns to normal? Selphy: I'll be glad to , too! I've never even read about how two people can become one before! 'Fact is stranger than fiction' can be so true sometimes. Lara: I may be inexperienced as a sister, but I will bless it with all my heart…. There you go. Stella: I have to bless this? Sure thing. Iris is part of our village after all. Now take it with you. I've finished blessing it. Cinnamon: Emotions can amplify the effects of magic. If people cast their emotions into the spell, then its power is more potent. … Good luck. Candy: I hope Iris will get better soon. Here. Now the ring is full of my emotions. Marco; So Iris will get better if I pray for it? … Iris, get well soon so you can yell at my mom for drinking too much… Bianca: is it true that Iris will become one person now? That sounds interesting. I'll be glad to cooperate. There, I put all of my heart into it. If you want a more expensive ring, I'll prepare one for you. Tabatha: So I just have to put my prayers in this ring? All right. May the forest and trees and the blessings of the elves be heard… Here you go. I hope Iris will get better soon. Anette: You sure you want me to do it? I'm not exactly part of the village, you know… But I'm glad that you came to me. Here you go. I put my heart and soul into it. Erik: You need my help? Man, I'm just too popular! … Done! Now take it away! Kross: If there is anything I can do, I would do it gladly… I hope Iris gets better. As usual, Mist's dialogue was unique: Mist: So I just have to pray for it? I wish for a good harvest of turnips this year. Freyr: No, not like that… Mist; I know, I know. Here you go. Lute: This is to help Iris return to being one person? I'll gladly help. I hope Iris will get better soon. I will pray for that from the bottom of my heart. Rosetta: So I just have to pray for it? That sounds simple enough. … It's not like I would refuse even if it cost money. Really! Freyr obtained Blessings both from Nolan and from Lute, but that may be unnecessary.

Nolan: Oh… So though I am an outsider, I am allowed to help? I will gladly do so. When he had obtained the last Blessing, he spoke to Kanno, but it was only on the day following the last Blessing that the dialogue was initiated. Kanno: It seems that you gathered every one's blessings. I will do the rest so please take Iris to the public square. It was only when Freyr visited the Inn after 6.00 p.m. that he was able to enter the guest room to speak to Iris Blanche and Iris Noire. Although they remained in their bed, he was able to communicate with them to initiate the final Event. Freyr: Iris! We have finished the preparations for you to get back to normal. Every one helped out! Noire: Thank you very much… Freyr and every one else, too. Freyr: Kanno is getting ready at the public square! Let's go! Blanche: Yes, let's! You now will find yourself in the Public Square. Iris Blanche and Iris Noire stand side by side near the central stone. Kanno, Stella, Eunice and Lara are present as well. Kanno: We will now begin the ceremony which will bring the two Irises back to one again! Iris, are you ready? Blanche: Yes! Noire: I have long awaited this day! Kanno turns then to face Freyr. Kanno: let's finish this off by having you exchange the rings that have been blessed by the villagers. Freyr. Exchange the rings that you have kept for Iris. In other words, the 'Silver Ring goes to the White Iris, and the Gold Ring to the Black Iris. When Freyr gave Blanche Iris the Silver Ring: Blanche: Thank you. I can feel it… I can feel every one's warm feelings. Freyr then took the Gold Ring from his Rucksack and offered it to Iris Noire: Noire: Thank you. We were originally the same person. With every one's blessings, we can finally be whole again. This is the most joyous day of my life. Their Whale Island song now began as they approached one another to touch palms. Iris Blanche and Noire: The happy memories on Whale Island… The memory of being released from loneliness in the dungeon… You now will be asked: Which of those memories reflect stronger for you? It now is for your character to choose which 'aspect' Iris will assume in her united self. Your choices: The Whale Island, I think. The Dungeon, I think. Freyr chose 'Whale Island' first as he was eager to see if Iris ever would paint the entire wall of the castle there. Iris Noire then disappeared in a column of stardust. Iris (with Blanche's clothing and hair): My self of Whale Island… The lonely memories linger… Fryer: Iris! Did the other Iris disappear? Iris: No… Our bodies and minds have become one, but our memories remain separate. Those joyous days when we spoke on Whale Island… and the memories of when you saved me in the dungeon… They are all inside me.

Iris: I am Iris. The last of the vampire tribe. The last of 'those closest to the Spirits'. I am now but another citizen of Trampoli. Every one files out of the Public Square afterwards, leaving you alone under the night sky. Cinnamon's History and Events Cinnamon's Introduction Event When you speak to Cinnamon directly after her Introduction Event, you will be given a hint as to her grasp of magic: Freyr: You fell from the sky, right? What was that all about? Cinnamon: … Candy can sing the spirit Melody. She can communicate with the spirits with her song. We were running late so Candy asked the Spirits to carry us on their winds. Freyr: Spirits…? Spirit Melody…? Cinnamon: Normal humans can't see the spirits. But they become visible when they group together in large numbers. … You must have seen them somewhere. Freyr: The Spiritis…? Maybe I did… Cinnamon: Grouped Spirits that become visible are called Runes or Runeys. Freyr: Oh… So Runeys are just grouped Spirits… I didn't know that. You're really knowledgeable, Cinnamon! Cinnamon: … I just know about this a bit more than others. When Kanno gives you the Fire Rod, he will speak of Cinnamon as his equal in magical knowledge and power: Kanno: It's a magical staff. With this, even those who have no talent in the ways of magic can cast spells. Of course, you will never compare to real wizards like myself and Cinnamon. On another occasion: Kanno: Cinnamon and Candy's parents are still doing research at the imperial Magic Academy. I would die if I didn't have any one to make food for me. That's why I called those two over. And: Kanno: Cinnamon and Candy's parents are still doing research at the Imperial Magic Academy. When Kanno imparts the results of his research on Gelwein, he will mention his own history and that of Cinnamon as well: Kanno: I've found out some things about Gelwein. Me: Really?! Kanno: Yes. Apparently he worked for the Imperial Magic Research Centre in the Kingdom of Norad. Me: Imperial Magic…? That's where you and Cinnamon used to work, right? Kanno: No! We were at the Imperial Magic Academy! Don't you ever compare our Majesty's personal facility to thos bumpkins! Freyr: S-sorry… Kanno: Anyway, they were researching for a way to utilise Runes effectively. Gelwein's reputation there was most terrible, but apparently his skill was top-notch. Of course, his skill is nowhere near mine or Cinnamon's. Hohoho. Periodically, as Friendship Levels increase, Kanno will tell you about Cinnamon's history as a young wizard prodigy. Each of his confidences will begin in the same way: Kanno: Do you have some time to listen to me?

Your choice: Yes. Not now. Kanno: Thanks… Cinnamon's parents and I are all magic scholars. Being surrounded by magic scholars, Cinnamon naturally got involved with magic. Cinnamon had an innate talent so she mastered magic very early on. She was so good that she surprised every one. Freyr: Really? But I've never seen Cinnamon use magic before. Kanno: Well… A lot has happened. I'll tell you about that at a later date 2nd Installment: Kanno: Thanks… Cinnamon just loves magic. She helped her parents out with their research many times. But every one became frantic when Cinnamon made her own original magic. She was considered a prodigy. That's it for today. I'll continue some other time. 3rd Installment: Kanno: Being pampered as a prodigy, Cinnamon lost her ion for magic little by little. Freyr: Why is that? Kanno: She might have started to doubt why the adults around her pampered her for what she thought was ordinary. But only Cinnamon knows the real reason why. One thing I can say is that Cinnamon has completely lost interest in magic. And Cinnamon stopped using magic. Or rather, she could not use it anyumore. This happened 10 years ago. Freyr: … Cinnamon herself will tell you a little about her own history: Cinnamon: I used to do research at a magic laboratory in a large city. I got called here by Grandpa so I came with Candy. When you speak to her while she is fishing: Cinnamon: I'm sad I can't fish crabs here. Freyr: (You can fish crabs with a fishing pole…?) Cinnamon: I like this place better than where I came from because it's quiet. Freyr: What was that place like? Cinnamon: A very large city. I was researching magic there. In another dialogue: Freyr: What do your parents do, Cinnamon? Cinnamon: They're both scholars. Grandpa and I are the same. They're still doing research at the lab. Cinnamon's Knowledge of Constellations Cinnamon: Do you know about constellaitons? Freyr: Constellations? You mean that thing where you draw lines between stars to make pictures? Cinnamon: Yes… You can see many constellations when you look up at the night sky in this village… You can look up at the night sky by pressing the 1 button. I recommend going to the observatory to do it. Me: I guess so. I'll try it out later. Ah… but I don't know anything about constellations. Cinnamon: Depending on the season and hour, the constellations will change. I'll tell you which is what when the season comes. Freyr: Thank you very much. I can't wait.

Melody and Cinnamon Melody with her lifelong ion for wizards will hear rumours of Cinnamon's powers and will become determined to persuade her to teach her how to become a wizard. Melody: Say, Freyr! I heard! Cinnamon at the Clock Tower is a wizard? Freyr: Seems like it. I heard that she was at the Imperial Magic something or other studying some kind of magic. Melody: Wow, that sounds nice! I just look like one, but I wish she would teach me how to use magic! You think she will? Freyr: Haha… I don't know about that… Melody: I've decided! I'm going to see Cinnamon and get her to teach me some magic! Wizard… I love the way that sounds! After this dialogue, when you speak to Melody later, she will recount her failure to gain Cinnamon's agreement: Melody: Cinnamon turned me down when I asked her to teach me magic the other day. Know what she said? Freyr: No… Melody: She said that she can't use magic now, so she can't teach me… Freyr: Seems like it. I hear that Cinnamon hasn't used any magic for years. Melody: I don't care about that! I just wanna to use magic, not become a student fo a wizard! Freyr: There's a difference? Melody: (with thunder and cross hurt) A huge one! If that person can teach about magic, it doesn't matter if she can use it or not! Freyr: is that how it is…? Melody: That's how it is! Jeez! Now I feel even more like learning magic after talking to you, Freyr! I'm gonna go one more time! After this, however, you will enter the Clock Tower one morning at any hour from 9.00 a.m. to noon to find Melody and Cinnamon seated together at the dining table on the upper floor.. Cinnamon: I'm teaching Melody some magic right now. Freyr: Melody, you got Cinnamon to teach you? Melody: That's right! I'm so glad I convinced her! It doesn't matter if she can use magic or not. I live for moments like this! Now I'm really getting into it! Let's do this, Master! Cinnamon: … Master? Melody: Yeah. I'm your student. And you're my master! Cinnamon: … … Oh. Melody: Looks like Master loves that! Freyr: Are you sure…? Melody: Of course! Right, Master? Cinnamon (blushing): … Sure. Cinnamon: The Kingdom of Norad has a lot of magic laboratories, but researching magic that hurts people should never be done. Cinnamon: There are magic items for people who have no talent for magic. If you have one, any one can use magic. But, you'll never compare to real wizards. Lara: about

A nurse always has to prepare medicinal herbs.

Melody knows a lot

medicinal herbs so I always ask her for advice. But I've been talking to Cinnamon about it a lot more recently. She knows about these herbs that I've never even heard of before. Cin: It's fun when the three of us talk about magic… I think. Lara: Doing research on herbs while speaking with Cinnamon and Melody… can be more fun than simply reading medical books alone. Freyr, would you like to ? Me: No, thanks… Cinnamon: Lara has been pointing out a lot of things about magic recently. I have to stay on my toes. Cin: That monster called the Sky Fish… I want to catch it someday. That's my greatest goal. Cinnamon: Time flies when I gaze at the stars. Frye: You really like to look at stars, don't you? Cin: … Not really. Cin: I'm reviewing magic right now. I can't use it, but I can still teach. But I forgot a lot. That's why I'm reviewing to relearn it. Cin: The other day, Candy asked me to get some spices at the bar. I made a mistake and bought alcohol and she got mad at me. Reflect o my mistakes… and try again. Melody: I know that I don't have the talent for magic. It's just fun to learn it. I think Cinnamon is really good at teaching magic. Cin: … I'm only okay. Mel: You don't have to be so modest! Kanno: Recently, it seems that Cinnamon looks a bit happier than before. I was right to bring her here. Ganesha's Requests and Gifts Like many characters in Rune Factory Frontier, Ganesha will make a number of Requests for items by letter. If you complete all her Requests, a very special Gift will be the result. At 8 Hearts, Ganesha will give you a White Rose when you speak to her. Although she will give you a White Rose when you visit her after obtaining 'Happiness 101', the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet, another White Rose is a Gift simply for being her Friend. The ultimate Letter from Ganesha will arrive after you have completed all her Requests for ingredients and after some dialogue where she will muse as to how to thank you properly for your aid. I have a favour to ask. I'm sorry to bother you, but could you come by to see me? I'll be waiting. Ganesha After receiving this Letter, simply speak to Ganesha to initiate the Gift Event: Ganesha: I'm glad you could make it. I had you come today to thank you for sharing your smithing materials with me. Here. You got: Tyrfing! Freyr: This is a really nice sword. Ganesha: Yeah, I know. You're improving everyday so I thought to myself that

I had to also. I went to my dwarven teacher on a holiday to get some training again. After all the training, I was able to steal some techniques from my teacher. This is my greatest weapon, 'Tyrfing'. It's a legendary weapon and also my masterpiece. Freyr: That looks amazing. Ganesha: You don't need to give it back. I forged it so I can give it to you. Freyr: What? But it must be really precious to you… Ganesha; I told you already. I wanted to thank you. This is the only way I know how to thank you. Because you started forging too, it really got me riled up to hone my skills. So pleas, accept it. Freyr: All right. Thank you. Tyrfing: 1600G Type: 2-sword, ATK 99, REQ SKL 65, SP ATK 2, RP Use 7, FX Seal Attack 100%, Element Defence +10 A sword said to only exist in legend. Wait a second… What's that in your hand? Interactions with Lute Lute's Paintings You must purchase Lute's paintings if you wish to initiate a final special Event with him that will result in the gift of his masterpiece to you. You will not have the ability to purchase any of them until you have expanded your Farmhouse by adding a 2nd Floor to it. You then will be able to buy the first, which is the 'Summer Ocean' painting. Lute: By the way, are you interested in oil paintings at all, Freyr? If you are, take a look at these for me. Buy the Summer Ocean for 5000G. Lute: Wow, you're the first one to buy my paintings, Freyr. Freyr: Oh, really? Lute: I told you I'm a fledgling painter, didn't I? But I still really want to thank you. I'll bring it to you when I paint a new one. I hope you'll take an interest in it then. From this point onward, a new Seasonal painting will be offered each season. Buy each of them and continue to increase Lute's Friendship Levels with gifts of Chocolate… The next Painting to be offered will be 'House in a Forest'. The third will be 'Small Lake'.. Lute and the Elven Maidens Every one likes and ires Lute, but as Heart Levels increase, you will discover that he himself is in love with one of the Elven Maidens. Certainly Minerva is infatuated with him, but it appears that the object of HIS affection may be her older sister Tabatha. At first, he simply will behave defensively when you find him outside the Mansion at 6.00 a.m. on a Holiday or Festival. Lute: What is it? I'm not doing anything suspicious. S-see? N-nothing… If you purchase Lute's Spring Painting, 'House in a Forest', you will recognise

the subject as the Sainte-Coquille Mansion. This is yet another hint as to his interest in one of the girls who lives there. Lute's Dialogues about Love Lute: Love is great! I don't know how to explain it, but it makes you feel all warm inside. If I could be with some one I love and also paint a picture of that person, it would be heaven for me. You should fall in love with some one too, Freyr. Lute: I love elves! I mean… I'm not talking about any one in particular… It is only after Minerva's departure that Lute clearly will demonstrate the true object of his yearnings: Lute: Is it true that Tabatha will go back with Minerva? Freyr: It's not true. Tabatha will stay as Bianca's maid. Lute: I see. I'm glad it was just a misunderstanding… Lute's Ultimate Ambition Freyr: Lute, why do you paint? Lute: That's a difficult question…. Welll… This probably sounds weird, but one day, I want to paint the ultimate sky that can engulf everything onto canvas. That's why I picked up the paintbrush. I have to keep a grand goal so I always at least this. Lute and Erik Erik: Danny and Lute are close to me in age so we often go out together to eat. Having buddies like that is priceless. (blushing) It's not because we don't have any girls to eat with us! Lute: A long time ago, Erik called out to me from behind and tried to hit on me. But when he found out that I was a man, he ran away at the speed of light. Don't you think that's rude? Well, we got to be really good friends after that so all is well.. A Summer Date at the Lake If you arranged for a Date with an Eligible Maiden at Lake Poli on 19 Summer, you need to go to the Lake at noon. The Girl, however, always reserves the right to be late. In Freyr's case, he had made a Date with Melody and Melody was at 10 Hearts. He arrived before noon but was forced to wait until 12.45 p.m. when he finally spied her sauntering slowly east across the bridge towards him. Melody: You're late! Well, I was late, too, so I guess it's okay. She then seated herself in the gondola, then told Freyr: Melody: It sure is hot today. We should go somewhere breezy… How about the island in the lake? Freyr then had to row to the closest of the two islands, the one without the beanstalk to Whale Island. Melody raced ahead of him to stand beneath the large tree. Melody: Wow! I had no idea it'd be so cool here! This feels nice… Freyr: Going to the beach is nice, but I must say cooling off by the lake feels great. At this point, if Melody had been at 8 or 9 Hearts, the Date would have ended. As she was at 10 Hearts, the Date continued with a picnic lunch. Melody and Freyr gazed at the view for a moment, then:

Melody: Oh, I almost forgot! I tried making some lunch (snacks) for us today. Wanna try some? She offered a bowl to him. Freyr: Really?! This looks great. The actual dish may change from Date to Date: Today's Box Lunch is Cheese Fondue! Today's Box Lunch is Curry Udon! Melody: How is it? I tried my best, but… Your choices now: It's delicious! This is… um… Freyr, being a gentleman, duly assured her it was delicious. Melody (with music): Really?! Hearing you say that makes me so happy! They stand together, gazing at all the beauties of the Lake, then: Melody: Thank you for today. It's always hot in the springs, so the breeze was such a relief. Freyr: It's gonna be hot for a while, so I hope we can do this again soon. Suddenly, Freyr's vision turns red, as though he were about to suffer a major heart attack or an attack of the vapours. His thoughts: Oh, Melody … I can no longer control my feelings for you… The terrible red slowly changes to a cooler green: His thoughts now: If I want to confess, I must do it now! You now will have the opportunity to take a Wedding Bouquet from your rucksack, provided that you came prepared to propose marriage to the Girl in question and give it to her. If the Girl is not at 10 Hearts, you will not even experience this part of the Date Event. It is possible to do so, however, before all other requirements for marriage to the specific girl have been met. It is only if ALL requirements, both general and specific have been met that she will accept your proposal. Each Eligible Girl differs in her specific requirements. In Melody's case, you must have experienced all of her Events, including the one with the red Troll at the spring and the Event with Nolan. General Marriage Requirements include a house expansion for a bedroom on the upper floor and a Double Bed for marital bliss. As Freyr wished to go on many more Dates with many other Girls, he opted not to confess anything. Melody therefore only declared: Melody: It's kinda nice going on dates like this. He is forced to take the boat back to the dock alone, as Melody does not appear to understand that he gladly would take her home as well. He therefore was forced to leave her stranded without any transport on the little island. Rather to his surprise, she cheerfully waved farewell then. Melody: Freyr, thanks for inviting me out. I hope we can do this again sometime. Freyr: Of course! The event ended at the entrance to Lake Poli. Wedding Event If Freyr had offered Melody a Wedding Bouquet at the end of the Summer Date, at 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship, with all conditions met, Melody would accept his proposal. The wedding would occur immediately afterwards. He then would

regain control in the farmhouse facing his new bride on 6.00 a.m. the next morning. Here is the Event that occurred when he offered her the Wedding Bouquet: Melody: …! Um… this is… So you mean… Freyr: That's right. I love you. Will you marry me? Melody; But… um… Really? Me? Freyr: Absolutely. You are the only one for me. Well… What do you say? Melody: Oh, I'm so happy! I never thought my feelings would be returned… Freyr: I'll make you the happiest woman alive. I swear it… Wedding Congratulations After the blessing at the Church, most of the residents would offer their Congratulations. Wedding Events both with Melody and with Anette have been included to show how the dialogue varies with respect to certain characters. In Melody's Event, the only characters who did not congratulate Freyr and Melody were Cinnamon, Iris Blanche and Iris Noire. In Anette's Event, the missing characters were Iris Blanche and Noire and Minerva. Given the antipathy of vampires towards Churches, the absence of both aspects of Iris can be forgiven, but Cinnamon should have been at Melody's Wedding. It is possible that the number of characters who congratulate the Bride is set and that the inclusion of Minerva in Melody's Event resulted in the exclusion of Cinnamon. As you will see, each Wedding has dialogue specific to the Bride in of some of the most important characters in her life. In Melody's case, those individuals were Lara and Nolan. In Anette's case, the special dialogues involved Erik and Danny, the two other eligible bachelors of Trampoli. At the Altar: Stella: You may kiss the bride. The Bride and Groom kiss. Turner: Congratulations to the both of you. I hope you'll make a happy family. Rita: Freyr, Melody, congratulations. You should come to the bar together later. Eunice: Freyr, Melody, congratulations. Melody, you look beautiful! I wish you the best. Erik: Congratulations, young man! I never thought you'd actually manage to get married! Kanno: You two make a great couple. Congratulations! Candy; Congratulations on your marriage with melody! You look beautiful, Malody… wish I could be some one's bride. Lara: Congratulations, Melody. You look beautiful. Melody: Thank you, Lara. Let's still be friends. Lara: Of course. Ganesha: Congratulations on your marriage. Next up is a baby! I'll be waiting for a cute baby from the two of you. Marco: Congratulations on you marrying. You'll still have those adventures even after you marry though, right? You have to take me with you on an adventure someday. Rosetta: Congratulations to the both of you. You make a great couple. Danny: Congratulations. Have a nice life. Bianca: So you married Melody. And here I always thought you had a thing for me… Oh well. Congratulations, I guess. Tabatha: Congratulations, Freyr, Melody. I wish you well. Minerva: Congratulations. Being a bride, huh… I wish I could be one soon. Selphy: It's always nice to see two people in love get married.

Anette: Congratulations. Take care. I better change the delivery address. Lute: Congratulations to the both of you. Take care. Uzuki: It surely is a joyous occasion. Melody looks beautiful in that dress. A foreign wedding ceremony can be nice. Someday, I too shall… Tsubute: Congratulations on your marriage, Freyr. Now I am assured that Milady will never be seduced by some ruffian anymore. This is truly a joyous occasion. Kross: Congratulations. Take care. Nolan: Congratulations, Melody. I'm so glad I am able to see you in a wedding dress. I hope you and Freyr will take care. Melody: Thank you very much. I'll still run the bathhouse myself after I get married so come visit me like you always do. Nolan: Gladly… Mist: Freyr, Melody, congratulations. You look great together. Take care. Wedding with Anette If you marry Anette instead of Melody, the only differences in the Ceremony and Congratulations at the Church will be as follows: Erik: Congratulations on your marriage, Anette. Anette: Thank you, Erik. Um... about that... Can I still come to your house to eat with you, Erik? Freyr: You'll still come? Isn't that going to cause some trouble? Anette: So...I can't? Erik: That's so like you Anette. Fine, fine. But be sure you don't end up fighting with your husband about it. Anette: Thanks! Cinnamon:...Congratulations. You make a good couple. Lara: Freyr, Anette, congratulations. I hope you'll build a happy family. Danny: I really like Anette... Anette: Really? I couldn't tell... Danny: Come on... Melody: Oh, marriage can be so nice! I wish I could do it! Nolan: Freyr, Anette, congratulations. Beginning Married Life After his Wedding to Melody, Freyr then would find himself at his Farmhouse with his new bride. It would be 6.00 a.m. on the day after the Summer Date. A little Event then would occur: Melody: We're married now. It still feels a bit like a dream. Freyr: It's the start of our new life together. It'll be quite a ride. Melody: I'm sure the ride will be exciting! I've always considered every one that comes to the bathhouse family. But creating my own family with a man I love has always been my dream. It's finally come true… Freyr: I'll do my best to be a husband you can be proud of. I love you. Afterwards, if he spoke to Melody again: Melody: here's your lunch! Have a nice day. You got: Cheese Fondue! Freyr: Thanks. It looks great. Melody: I put a lot of work into it. I hope you'll enjoy it later!

She then hums the Spirit Melody. Other dialogue after Marriage: Melody: Good morning, sweetie. Let's make today a great day! Don't stare at me like that… Melody: Oh, you're already home? Melody: Did you forget something? Or did you just want to see me? In the circumstances, however, as Freyr wished to experience Dates and Weddings with ALL the Eligible Girls, he replayed the Date and left the Lake single. Marriage Proposal to Anette: Anette: What...Are you...um... Freyr: That's right. I love you. Will you marry me? Anette: What...? Me? Really? Are you sure...? Freyr: Absolutely. You are the only one for me. Well... what do you say? Anette: Yeah...I-I mean, yes! ...Yes, I will... Freyr: I'll make you the happiest woman alive. I swear it... Anette after Marriage Anette: So now we're married. Husband and wife... It still feels so unreal. Freyr: It's the start of our new life together. It'll be quite a ride. Anette: *giggle* I'm looking forward to all of it. I have lots of stuff to do, like mail delivery and studying, but... I'll try... no. I'll do my best to be a good wife! I mean, I'm married to this wonderful man, and my number one joy is to see you smile! Freyr: I'll also do my best to be a husband you can be proud of. I love you. Ganesha Cup Boat Race In the first year, your character probably raced alone after Turner's unsuccessful attempt to crawl into the gondola with you as part of your team. In the 2nd Summer, however, you may experience a different outcome. If you have taken any Girls on Dates prior to this, the Girl who last accompanied you on a Date will appear after Turner to you in the race. You have no option to choose a companion, nor even to reject the Girl's offer. She will arrive upon the scene and become part of your team. The difference between a race undertaken solo and one in which an Eligible Girl accompanies you really has little to do with a potential increase in Heart Levels. Instead, the presence of an Eligible Girl in your gondola has an effect on your speed as each time you hit a Heart in the water, your boat's speed will increase greatly. The role of the Eligible Girl essentially is that of a cheerleader. This feminine role is a very ancient one in many cultures and is very much a part of Rune Factory Frontier, even in the battle with Gelwein. When the Girls sing for you, 'cheering' for you, it gives you strength to succeed. Historically, among ancient Arab tribes, when they went to war, there are tales of the women standing behind the armies to cheer for their men, exhorting them to courage. One of the most famous of these was Hind of the Quraiysh who,

with the other women of her tribe, declaimed poetry, sang amatory songs and exhorted the men to reckless courage while describing the fate the women would suffer should their men behave as cowards: 'Daughters of the Shining Morning Star, Watching you from silken beds are we; If you thrash them, in our arms we'll enfold you! Run and nevermore will we hold you!' Certainly the Song of Trust of the maidens of Trampoli inspired Freyr to tremendous acts of courage and brought tears to his eyes… 2nd Year Pumpkin Festival In the 2nd Year, the only difference in the Pumpkin Festival may be in additional residents of Trampoli in the form of the two Iris characters, Brodik and Minerva. It is only if Iris has moved to Trampoli that the two manifestations of her personality will celebrate the Festival. All of these individuals will wear the mandatory Pumpkin Heads. If you visit Iris in her room at 6.00 a.m., you will find both girls standing in their Pumpkin Heads, but if you visit them later, you will find Iris Blanche and Noire asleep in their double bed at the Inn. It is quite an amusing sight to see the two Pumpkin Heads, side by side, on their pillows in the guest room at the Inn. Brodik has his own little twisted dialogue to add to the occasion: Brodik: Who are you? Heh heh heh… I'm… ahem… Me walky-walky traveler! I am not called Brodik! Hahahaha! On the day prior to the Pumpkin Festival, Minerva will tell you that her sister gave her a gift. Minerva: Good morning. I got a present from Sister. It's a pumpkin mask. It's so cute. I'm going to put this pumpkin up in my room! Freyr: Minerva, that's a mask you have to wear for the Pumpkin gFestival tomorrow. Minerva: I have to wear this pumpkin? (with cross hurt and thunder now): Oh, come on, Freyr! Stop teasing me! On the actual day of the Festival, however, she will be wearing her Pumpkin Head. Mist will wear her Turnip Head again but her dialogue will be a little different to that in the first year: Freyr: So you're wearing a turnip head again this year, Mist. Mist: Of course. This is sort of a policy of mine. Walkthrough for Autumn Autumn Birthdays The first Birthday in Autumn is Mist's Birthday on the 1st. Her Most Favourite Item is Emery Flower and you should have harvested at least a few of these by autumn of the 2nd Year. A Turnip will do very well for Mist, however, as a Birthday Gift. Selphy's Birthday follows quickly on the 3rd day of Autumn. Her Most Favourite is a Sandwich but a Rice Ball will please her greatly. The next Birthday is Kanno's Birthday on the 8th. Magic Powder or Cake are well received by the old man.

The 12th is Tabatha's Birthday. Her Most Favourite is Oatmeal but she will be happy with Flour or Rice as well. Eunice's Birthday is two days later on the 17th. If she has succeeded in her programme to lose weight or if you never encouraged her to embark upon a slimming programme, you can give her Mont Blanc, her Most Favourite Item. Otherwise, she will be very happy to receive ANY Flower from you. In fact, even if she has completed her slimming programme, she will be thrilled to receive any Flower. Rosetta is the last Eligible Girl with a Birthday in Autumn. Her Birthday is 21 Autumn and Roasted Yam is her Most Favourite Gift. A Strawberry will be accepted graciously as well. Harvest Festival The Harvest Festival occurs on 13 Autumn. The Eligible Girls will expect the gift of a Vegetable from you. Yams usually are the most plentiful and least valuable autumn crop for this purpose. In the first year, however, the Festival has not been established yet. That is why only the Eligible Girls will recognise a gift. In the second year, however, the Festival has been established and EVERY character will recognise it. Give a gift of a Crop to every individual in Trampoli. Some will give a gift in return but others simply expect a gift! When you give Tabatha a Crop, she will give you Spinach in return but in most cases, you will receive nothing more than an expression of thanks and boost in Friendship/Love. In some cases, the Eligible Girl will respond with a slightly negative reply, but will accept the gift nonetheless. Do not let any negative responses deter you… Friendship Levels will increase with the gift. After all, on a day like this, it really is 'the thought that counts'. In the 1st Year, as previously stated, Yams or other Crops given to ordinary villagers do not appear to be recognised as Harvest Festival gifts in Rune Factory Frontier. You can give them if you like, but they will elicit the same response as if given on any ordinary day. It appears to be a Festival that is designed to raise the Friendship/Love Levels of the Eligible Girls… and indeed, appears to have different point values for each girl. Some girls receive a higher boost in Friendship and/or Love than others. From the 2nd Year onward, the Harvest Festival is one that merits the gift of a Crop to every character in Trampoli. Some responses from Eligible Girls and other characters were: Anette: Here you go. You got: Yam! Freyr gave her a Yam: Anette: Thanks! What should I make with this?! I can't wait! Candy for Yam: Thank you! So this is from your fields? I'll be sure to use it all! Speaking to Mist this morning raised her stats and the gift of a Yam had little effect beyond that initial boost. Cinnamon: Freyr, this is for you. It's the Harvest Festival. You got Pike! Freyr: Huh? But this is… a Pike, isn't it? I thought you're supposed to give

vegetables for the Harvest Festival. Cinnamon: I can't grow any so I expressed thanks for the ocean, river and lake and caught this fish. Freyr: T-thank you. Cinnamon for Yam: … Thank you. I'll try making some stew tonight. For Yam, Kanno: I see. So you give vegetables during the Harvest Festival as well. I should thank the Spirits this year again. Lara: Oh, Freyr. I guess it's strange for me to give you vwegetables since you grow them every day… Here you go. You got Carrot! After: We must express thanks for the blessings of the land. For Yam: Thank you. Today is the harvest Festival after all. We must be thankful for the blessings of the earth. Stella: I didn't know there was a custom of giving vegetables on the Harvest Fstival… But we have a festival so I may as well enjoy it. You got: Spinach! After: Don't ever forget to thank the earth and sun. For Yam: Thank you. We had a good harvest this year so it's all thanks to the blessings of the earth. Lute: Morning! So the Harvest Festival in Trampoli started with the giving of vegetables, too. For Yam: Thanks. Looks like the harvest is good again this year. That Harvest Festival is the festival where we get vegetables. Personally, I prefer food like salads or pot0au-feu. For Yam: Thanks! But it's not edible as is… Melody: Today is the Harvest Festival but it won't seem very fun if you just give vegetables, don't you think? Here you go. You got: Purple Grass! Melody: Tell me when you've made a new medicine from that grass! For Yam: Thanks for the vegetables! It might be really nice if I float them in the bath. Bianca: Today is the Harvest Festival. If you brought a vegetable, give it to me. I'll accept it specially just for today. For Yam: What is this? Even though it's the Harvest Festival, can't you bring me something better? But, I'll still accept this. Tab: I will have to express thanks to the sun, rain and earth. I would like to have a very proper meai today. But I suppose that Miss Bianca would not like that. I would like to give this to you, Freyr. I am merely sharing the blessings of the earth. Here you go. You got: Spinach! After: Tabatha: Let us be thankful for the blessings of the earth. Tabatha for Yam: Thank you very much. The Harvest Festival is such a nice festival. When you knock on Erik's door: Erik: Ah, if it isn't the budding horticulturist! Do come in! Erik: Young man… I hear you grow some really nice vegetables… I guess I have to keep up with you. He nonetheless gave Freyr nothing! Erik for Yam: Thank you. Did you grow this vegetable yourself? This colour and lustre… It's quite something!

Kross: The girl at the general store is buying up vegetables. Even the ones I needed to eat are gone. This is a nice vegetable. I can feel your kindness emanating from it, Freyr. Please don't ever forget that kindness. Uzuki: I hate vegetables, so even if it is for Harvest Festival, I do not like receiving them. I know it is the Harvest Fstival, but I cannot accept it. But, I may reconsider if you insist. Uzuki for Yam: I do not like vegetables… But, I will still thank you for it, Freyr. Marco: Yay! I got a 'Bamboo Shoot' from Candy. I'm not sharing! For Yam: Oh, so today's the Harvest Festival. Maybe I should grow some veggies, too. In the dungeon, of course. Ganesha; Happy Harvest Festival. Here you go. You got: Yam! Ganesha: I got this from a regular client in another town. There's too many, so I'll share it with you. After: Ganesha: I'll make some great farming tools while expressing thanks to the blessings of the earth. Ganesha for Yam: Thanks. I'll have to thank the blessings of the earth this year again. Eunice: Here, Freyr. This is yours. You got: Bell Pepper! Freyr: Why, thank you. Eunice: Well, you're always helping me out. Eunice for Yam: Thank you. Did you get this from your fields, Freyr? I'll be sure to enjoy it. Turner: Well, you've always helped us out so here you go. You got: Veg. Stir-Fry! Freyr: Oh? I thought you're supposed to give vegetables during the Harvest Festival. Turner: I'm better with these so why not just take it? Turner for Yam: I have to thank you for your great vegetables every single time, Freyr. Rita: I'll have to thank you all the time for your great vegetables. This is a token of my gratitude. I assumed that this would be better for you than vegetables. You got: Stew! Rita afterwards: I'll have to thank you all the time for your great vegetables. Rita for Yam: Why, thank you. I would be Danny: How is it? Enjoying the Harvest Festival? He gave nothing. Danny for Yam: If you're going to give it to me, why not just ship it out? But thanks anyway. Rosetta: Today is the Harvest Festival. We express thanks to the the earth and we give vegetales to the people around us. Here you are. You got Yam! After: It's not like you're the only one I gave one to! I'm giving one to every one! Rosetta for Yam: Thanks! The vegetables are what make the Harvest Festival special!

An Autumn Date By now, you should be able to ask any of the Eligible Girls for a Date, whether the option depends upon reaching 8 Hearts alone or on completion of the specific Girl's Story. The Autumn Date, like the Summer Date, occurs at the Lake but it differs from the Summer Date in that you will meet the Eligible Girl near the entrance to the bridge. You then will walk with her to the centre of the bridge and remain there for the duration of the encounter, rather than rowing her out to the little Island in the centre of the Lake. In most cases, your character will arrange to meet the Eligible Girl at noon near the bridge at Lake Poli. If you ask either manifestation of Iris, or the ultimate Iris manifestation for an Autumn Date, it will occur at 9.00 p.m. instead. The leaves must be beautiful right now. I'd love to go.' Freyr: Then let's meet up on the 19th of Autumn at noon by the Lake. Okay. I'll see you then. As early as 11.30 a.m., the Eligible Girl will enter the Lake screen. If you meet her at the western end of the bridge near the entrance to the screen BEFORE noon, she will remark that you are early. If you meet her after 12.30 p.m., she will remark that you are late and have kept her waiting. As always, if you have a Wedding Bouquet in your rucksack, you will be able to propose marriage at the conclusion of the Date provided the Eligible Girl is at maximum 10 Hearts. Whether or not she will accept depends on whether you have met her personal marriage requirements in of completing her 'Story' and gaining her 'Memory' for your collection. If you do not propose marriage or if you are rejected when you do, the Date will end with a farewell and an offer to meet again on another Date. If you make a proposal of marriage and are accepted, after your first kiss, the Wedding will occur immediately. The text of all Wedding Events will be included in my Courtship and Marriage Guide. There is no variation in your character's dialogue with any Eligible Girl he meets for a date but obviously the responses of each Girl vary a little according to her personality. It is only when an Eligible Girl is at 10 Hearts that she will bring food to the Date and offer it to you. If the Girl is at 8 or 9 Hearts, the Date simply will end with a declaration that she had a good time and would like to experience another Date with you in the future. If the Eligible Girl is at 10 Hearts, however, she will tell you that she has brought some food and will give it to you. Your character will consume it promptly. The Girl then will ask if the dish met with your approval. If you tell her it was delicious, she will be thrilled. Tell her it was less than perfect and she will weep but her heart level will not change. The Cooked Dish that the Eligible Girl brings will vary from one character to another. There are a couple of possible Dishes for each Girl loaded randomly into the Event. Some of these are as follows: Lara: Stew Anette: Tabatha: Steam Veggies After eating, you will have an opportunity to propose marriage to your Date if

you have a Wedding Bouquet in your Rucksack. If she accepts, the Date itself will end with your first kiss and the Wedding Event will follow immediately. After making a Date in advance with any Eligible Girl, she will remind you of it randomly: Eunice: It's the 19th of Autumn! I can't wait! W-what should I do? Freyr: I don't know… Haha… Anette: You haven't forgotten the 19th of autumn, right? I can't wait. Lara: I'm looking forward to the date with you, Freyr. It's on the 19th of autumn. Please don't forget. Tabatha: I cannot wait for the 19th of autumn. Our date together surely will be fun, Freyr. Coming of Age Festival You will receive a Letter from Stella on the day prior to the Coming of Age Day to announce it: Coming of Age Day Tomorrow is the Coming of Age Day. We'll be having a big treasure hunt to celebrate the day, so if you're interested, come by the Public Square. Stella Lara: Tomorrow is the Coming of Age Day. It's to celebrate people growing up. Eunice: Tomorrow is the coming of age Day. It's when children become adults. Turner: There's an Adventure Contest where you go treasure hunting during tomorrow's Coming of Age Day. Freyr, are you going to ? Good luck. Rosetta: Tomorrow is the coming of age day, but I still don't know what we're supposed to do. Melody: Tomorrow is the Coming of Age Day. Stella seems to be preparing something. I wonder what she's going to do. Kross: Tomorrow is the Coming of Age Day. It will be a depressing day… On the actual Day of the Festival: Mist: Today is the Coming of Age Day. We'll all go out and hunt for treasure. Freyr: This is the Coming of Age Day, isn't it? What does it have to do with treasure hunting? Mist: Beats me. Anette: Today is Coming of Age Day. This used to be the day when they held ceremonies for the rites of age. As the mailman, I guess this is like the exam date for me. Ganesha: Today, on Coming of Age Day, children and adults are treated alike. Marco's getting carried away, saying that he'll win the treasure hunt so that he won't be treated like a kid anymore. But I'll be ing too, so he's not going to win that easily. Uzuki: Today is the Coming of Age Day. There is supposed to be some sort of ceremony so I will definitely ! Danny (with tears): Listen, Freyr~! Do NOT lose to Erik! Melody: I hear they'll be doing a treasure hunt on Coming of Age Day. You can wash away the sweat from it all at my bath. … Whoops. I forgot that the bathhouse is closed today. Sorry. Rita: An old lady like me shouldn't be here at the Adventure Festival. Rosetta: Today is Coming of Age Day. So why do you go treasure hunting for it?

Eunice: There is a treasure hunt during the Coming of Age Day and we do it at the square. Did you go yet? Lara: Today is Coming of Age Day. This comes from an old custom where people go out on Adventures. Freyr, will you be ing? Bianca: Today is Coming of Age Day. I'm not that interested in it though. Tabatha: Today is Coming of Age Day. When will it begin? Cinnamon asks one of her standard questions where the response you give is irrelevant, as her final word on the subject will be nothing more than '…Oh.' Cinnamon: Today is Coming of Age Day. Looks like they're going to do something. Are you ing, Freyr? Your choices: I will. I don't know. No matter which you choose: Cinnamon: …Oh. Kanno: Apparently you go treasure hunting during the Coming of Age Day. Supposedly, this started in the past when people were sent to go look for treasure as their rite of age. Candy: Today's the Coming of Age Day, where all kids get treated like grownups. But nothing seems different. I wonder why… Me: Candy, you act really mature so maybe nobody really considered you to be a kid. Candy: Really? I act mature? Heehee. Marco: Are you going to in the Adventure Contest? I won't go easy on you today! The most interesting dialogue, however, belongs to Kross: Kross: I just can't learn to like the Adventure Contest… Heh… You should never let children carry weapons. You will ruin them if you do. Freyr: The Advanture Contest is where they go treasure hunting. Kross: … As many characters will inform you, the Coming of Age Festival is marked by a Treasure Hunt. Participants gather at the Public Square at 9.00 a.m. Stella is in charge of the Event. Stella: We have a customary event on the Coming of Age Day, where we go treasure hunting. Wanna ? Your options: Of course. I'll . Stella: I see. Wanna hear the rules then? Your options: Yes, please. I'm all right. The rules are simple. Find Item Golden Turnip from somewhere in town, and bring it to me. I've also placed some wrong items, so be sure not to bring those to me. The first person to bring it to the Public Square wins. Also… listen. Today is the Coming of Age Day. Which means I won't allow any childish behaviour such as cheating, all right? If you've found Golden Turnip, bring it here to me before the sun sets. Don't be late. You got that? Shall I explain the rules one more time? Then begin your search for the treasure of the coming of Age Day! Danny is one of the participants but the others may vary. The object of the Treasure Hunt is a Golden Turnip. Stella will warn you both against cheating

and against the 'false' items that are placed in various locations. There is one item in each District. The locations of the items include the following: 1. The little trail behind the Inn; 2. The Conservatory area on the Mountain Road; 3. A spot behind the sign that is next to Mist's Pond; 4. A spot to the right of Kross' house; 5. A spot to the right of the Changing Room. 6. A spot behind your Farmhouse on the western side of the Homestead. 7. Lake Poli, to the right of the main dock. 'False' items are other Crops that usually include ordinary Turnips and Carrots. The Carrots were chosen no doubt for their colour, being the one Crop that in nature is closest to being 'Golden'. There always is one character who either cheats or believes he/she has won. This individual will accost your character as soon as he collects the first item from the ground, whether it is an ordinary item or the Golden Turnip itself. When the 'cheater' is Danny, he will offer a genuine Golden Turnip, but one that he ordered to be delivered to his shop. In another situation, it may be Uzuki who will offer Stella a Golden Pumpkin believing it to be the Golden Turnip. The other 'cheaters' are Melody, Marco and finally Ganesha, who should know better at HER age! In any case, if you search all seven locations, you will find ordinary Crops, usually Carrots, Turnips and one Golden Turnip. As soon as you find the Golden Turnip, you should take it to Stella if you wish to win the contest. The ordinary Crops will remain in place throughout the evening and you can collect them later at your own leisure. What is interesting about this Contest is that, despite Stella's warnings, 'childish behaviour' ALWAYS is an integral part of the Event. If you do not cheat by taking Stella a Golden Turnip you grew yourself instead of the one she hid, another character will 'cheat', claiming to have found the Golden Turnip when you find the first item. Enter the Public Square with a Golden Turnip to complete the Contest Event. If you collected the Golden Turnip hidden by Stella, you first will experience a claim by the cheater to have won. That individual then is exposed and scolded by Stella, after which your character has the opportunity to present his Golden Turnip to Stella. If you choose to give the Golden Turnip to Stella, you should win 1st Prize in the form of an Accessory. It is randomly selected, and may be Cats Ears or a Straw Hat or something else of a comparable value. By the end of the 1st Autumn, you should be able to forge better Accessories than any of those won in the Contest. You therefore may wish to take the Golden Turnip home instead, to convert it into seeds in order to be able to plant, ship and use Golden Turnips in Recipes. In the 2nd Year, you should have sufficient Gold Turnips in storage and in the dungeons to give the Golden Turnip you find to Stella for the prize if you wish to win the Contest honestly. There is a way to cheat in the 2nd Year in order to win a different prize, one that is a little more difficult to create than the usual 1st Place Prizes. To

do this, you must give Stella a Golden Turnip from your own storage rather than collecting the one she placed on the Map. If you take your own Golden Turnip to her immediately after she announces the beginning of the Contest, she will accept it as a winning entry. It is only after she announces all Winners that a little Event will occur that differs from the usual Contest Event. After she has pronounced you the winner of 1st Place, Stella will say: Stella: Freyr… I have something to ask you. Do you have time? Something hits you in the back and you buckle to your knees, much like your experience in the Bathhouse if you overstay and eavesdrop on conversations in the Women's Side. Stella: This Golden Turnip isn't the one I hid, is it? It's missing my mark, so I know. You cheated, so I'll give you a special prize, Freyr. You got Toy Sword as your prize! Stella: How is it? It's perfect for the immature Freyr, right? The Coming of Age Festival then ends and you can collect your Toy Sword from the ground. If you intend to cheat but wish to be able to collect all the items on the map, you must perform the action of collecting all but the Golden Turnip BEFORE you take your Golden Turnip to Stella. Make certain you only collect the 'wrong items'. If you collect Stella's Golden Turnip, an exchange of that with your own will not be recognised and she will assume an honest win. As a matter of fact, if you give Stella a Golden Turnip from your storage, all items on the map will vanish including the real Golden Turnip she placed on the ground. Only one Cheater is allowed in any Contest Event. If you substitute your Golden Turnip after experiencing the little Event with the character who claims to have found it first, that character's scolding by Stella will not occur. There is at least one Recipe that uses a Golden Turnip and you need to ship a Golden Turnip in order to complete your Shipping List. My instinct would be to keep the Golden Turnip in the first year when money is scarce to use for seed and to win the Contest honestly or by cheating in the 2nd… The Contest will occur each Autumn, however, and you can do as you wish. Sea Surf Day Sea Surf Day is one of the most spiritual aspects of Rune Factory Frontier. After defeating Gelwein, you will experience a dialogue with the Whale with respect to the darkness on the last day of Autumn: Asking the Whale to Restore the Light When Freyr climbed the Beanstalk about a week after Mist's return: Freyr: Whale… Whale: … Freyr. What is it? Freyr: I would like to ask a favour from you. Whale: I will try to help you the best I can. What is it? Freyr: well, there is a day when Whale Island gets hidden from the sun at the end of autumn. People are very troubled with how they don't get any sun for that one day. If you don't have any special reason for it, would you please stop blocking out the sun?

Whale: I see… That does sound troubling. But on that day, I am preparing the Spirits that have gathered on me to get through the winter. Most of the Spirits live a harsh life on my back during winter. In order to get through that lifeless season, they need to bask in strong sunlight at the end of autumn. Unless they absorb the sunlight at the end of autumn, they will not have the power to bear new fruit in spring. Freyr: I see… So the Spirits need the sun to get through winter and to return in spring… Whale: Correct… Please understand, Freyr. Freyr: If that's the case, then it can't be helped. I'm sure the villagers will understand. Whale: Thank you! I am grateful for your understanding… Freyr: I should be apologizing for not understanding your circumstances. Whale: This is not enough to change our friendship. Stella creates a new Festival Speak now to Stella to initiate a dialogue concerning the darkness at the end of autumn. Freyr: Stella, about how Whale Island hides the sun at the end of autumn… Stella: Did you find out something? Freyr: Yes. On that day, the Spirits need to store the sun's energy so that they can survive winter. That's why Whale has asked for your understanding for that one day. Stella: I see. I never knew that. Freyr: Yes. He also said that it's to prepare for them to return next spring. Stella: I guess the Spirits have it hard, too. I never knew that. I know! Then why don't we make that a day where we express gratitude for the Spirits. We'll call it 'Sea Surf Day'. From now on, every 30th of Autumn will be 'Sea Surf Day'. We'll have to express gratitude to the sun and Spirits on that day! You now will find the date included on the Autumn page of your Calendar with the following description: Sea Surf Day The day the Spirits prepare for hibernation. If Whale Island eclipses the sun, bear it. Preparing for the Sea Surf Day Festival On 29th Autumn, you should receive two letters about the new Festival: Surf Day Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day, the day Spirits prepare for hibernation and Whale Island eclipses the sun. We must thank the sun and the Spirits for their providence. Let's wish for another year of prosperity! Stella Recommendations for Tomorrow Hot Milk is perfect for Sea Surf Day. Drink up and warm yourself as winter rolls in. Rosetta You now know the significance of the new Festival as well as the method by which it should be celebrated. When you speak to villagers on the 29th, they will talk about the Festival.

Whenever the Sun or Moon is covered by shadow, it is known as an eclipse. Eclipses have been feared and considered sacred throughout history. The responses of the various characters in Rune Factory Frontier to the annual Eclipse display these attitudes. Uzuki: So tomorrow is the one day of the year that has an eclipse. It is called Sea Surf Day. That is a nice name. Candy: The Spirits are moving frantically to prepare for Sea Surf Day tomorrow. Cinnamon: Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day. The Spirits will gather at Whale Island. Kanno: Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day, the day when Whale Island hides the sun. I am looking so forward to it that I may not be able to sleep tonight. Selphy: Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day and we're supposed to give thanks to Whale Island by giving each other Hot Milk. That's what Stella was saying anyway… Marco: Tomorrow's the Sea Surf Day. I probably won't be able to sleep tonight! I can't wait! Freyr: Huh? Why? It's the day that Whale Island covers the sun, right? Don't you get excited because some bad dragon might come to attack?! Freyr: R-really? Melody: Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day. It'll get cold so I hear that you're supposed to make and give out Hot Milk. I don't know who started that tradition… Tabatha, on the day prior to the Festival, actually will demonstrate the proper manner of celebrating it: Tabatha: Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day. The sun cannot be seen because Whale Island needs to store up some sunlight to winter. I didn't know that at all. Please drink this because it's cold. You got: Hot Milk! Prepare Hot Milk for every one on the morning of the 30th and present it to each individual in recognition of the Festival. Depending on the number of individuals that are in Trampoli on 30 Autumn, you will need 23 to 26 portions of Hot Milk if you wish to give it to every one, Their responses will be quite different from those they would make on any other day. Uzuki: After I got used to it, this Sea Surf Day seems all right. Seeing how this mere thing reduced myself so, it seems that I still have much to work on. Uzuki for Hot Milk: Thank you… Hot drinks really warm you deep inside. Turner: Well, the Spirits need the sun for today so I can live without it once a year. Turner for Hot Milk: Why, thank you. Hard liquor is great on cold days like this… I mean, Hot Milk can be good, too… Rita: The blessings of the earth are given to us by the sun and Spirits. It's important to have days like this where we express gratitude. Rita for Hot Milk: Thank you. I think a lot of orders for Hot Milk will come at the bar today so I stocked up a lot from Rosetta. Danny: So they're preparing for winter… I guess the Spirits have it hard in their own way.

Danny for Hot Milk: Oh, thanks. It's been cold recently so it'll be a big help. Candy: Today, the Spirits will be preparing for winter by gathering at Whale Island. I didn't know what was happening when I first saw it so I was so scared. Candy for Hot Milk: Thank you! Hot Milk is so good! Cinnamon: Whale Island moved on its own to go under the sun. Mysterious. Cinnamon for Hot Milk: … Thank you. I think I can make this myself. Kanno: Today is the day Spiritis gather at Whale Island to sunbathe and prepare for winter. Well, I won't mind letting them have the sun to themselves just for today. Kanno for Hot Milk: Hot Milk? I much rather prefer wine… *cough cough* My chronic illness… (Excuse me, but this conversation is over.) I mean, thank you. Kross: I will be having a toast of 'Hot Milk' for the sake of the Spirits too, today. Kross for Hot Milk: Is that for me? Thank you. Bianca: I don't mind this Sea Surf Day. It's quite fgun. Bianca for Hot Milk: How considerate of you. It was cold so I was just about to ask Tabatha to get me some Hot Milk. Tabatha: The sun does not come out today yet again. I know it will happen but it still terrifies me. Tabatha for Hot Milk: Thank you very much. Hot Milk during this season can be very nice. Stella: So the Spirits gather at Whale Island to prepare for winter. So that's why Whale Island blocks out the sun… I've lived here for a long time, but I didn't know that was the reason behind it. There sure are a lot of mysterious things in this world. Stella for Hot Milk: Thank you. But, when did this custom of giving Hot Milk on Sea Surf Day come to this village? Lute: Wow, the sun really is shut out. This is amazing. Lute for Hot Milk: Thanks. Is this a festival where you out Hot Milk? I already got it from Tabatha earlier. This is a day to . Ganesha is the only villager who makes no reference whatsoever to the Festival. When you give her Hot Milk, she simply says: Ganesha: Thanks. Drinking Hot Milk during my breaks feels very relaxing. Winter in the 2nd Year Farming Strategies By now, you should have more than enough Fodder in storage to sustain your Monsters throughout Winter from Grass grown in the other three seasons. The number of tillable fields in the Dungeons in Rune Factory Frontier is enormous, however, and it does not hurt to keep a field or two in each Dungeon planted with Grass. Runey Distribution on the Map in Winter DOES effect the Crops grown in the Dungeons. If you place all the Runeys into storage for the season, your

Dungeon crops either will not grow or actually will wither. You therefore do need to pay attention to all Districts throughout the Winter. In the Winter season, the number of Runeys on the Homestead will not change at all. As far as the other districts on the Map are concerned, if all districts are in perfect balance at the start of Winter, you may find that one Runey of each type is added each week or each day to every district, building your supplies of each type of Runey equally. As always, Winter is the season when the Homestead will be filled with stumps, boulders and wild plants. If you have not completed all possible upgrades to your Home and Monster Barn, this is the season when it is easy to obtain the total amount of Lumber needed. Quiz Contest This will be the second year for the Quiz Contest sponsored by Kanno. If you won the Contest in the 1st Year, you will be described as the 'returning champion' when your participation is announced. Questions as well as participants are chosen randomly and may change if you reload your game. Although 'Intelligence Vitamins' are announced as the consolation prize for other participants when YOUR character wins the Contest, whenever your character loses, he may receive only Fried Pike instead. Changes in Shop Menus Clinic Menu New items appear at the Clinic as you raise Lara's Heart Level. Formula B and C will Formula A on the shelf. At 2 Hearts, Pink Cat is added. At 3 Hearts, Charm Blue is added. Finally, Toy Herb is added to the menu. Pink Cat: 1040G Charm Blue: 1420G Toy Herb: 1800G Menu Change Announcements from Shops As you increase the Heart/Friendship Levels of business owners in Trampoli, you will receive a couple of letters announcing an expanded line of products at their respective shops. Unfortunately, unless you receive the Letters early in the 1st Year when season changes result in initial changes in the products offered, there will be no further changes or additions. The Letters offering illusory new offers are as follows: New Shipments have arrived! Hello! Grocery Store Materia has received new shipments today! Come today to check out an even better selection than before! Rosetta Note that, should this Letter arrive at the start of a new Season, one

Accessory item DOES change on the first shelf each Season but beyond that, there will be no additions. New shipments! New items now available at Erik's Farm! They are all high quality items from my personal field, so feel free to come by and take a look! Erik Note here that one Crop item changes each season but this Letter plays no part in initiating that change. You will find the item on the shelf even if you have not received this announcement. Revised Menu We have expanded our menu at Snowstyle Tavern with extremely tasty items! You'll love them all! We guarantee it! Rita Note that, as in the case of Erik's Grocery and the Material Shop, one item is seasonal in nature but this item is established in the 1st year and is not affected by any Letter. Perhaps these Letters simply are intended as reminders to players to pay close attention to the Menus of any business after any change in season. Another Letter sent each season by a business owner is mysterious in a different way. Melody periodically will send out a letter announcing new soap at the Bathhouse. This Letter never appears in your Letter Collection, however: New Soap We have new soap at the bathhouse. Enjoy its new, refreshing fragrance! Melody Final Whale Island Shortcut The Monster in the Water Tower I am placing this in the 2nd Year Walkthrough as it requires a fair level of Skill and Experience although you can undertake the defeat of the Boss of Whale Island whenever you wish. His defeat provides you with your last shortcut to the upper area of Whale Island at the Floating Chamber. At the point when the Whale speaks to you of the Monster in the Water Tower in the 1st year, you probably will not have sufficient skill in combat to defeat it. Simply file away the dialogue in your mind for the future. Most players, including myself, feel that one cannot engage the Giant Squid comfortably until your character reaches Level 80. You need to have superior Weapons and Accessories as well as decent Recovery Items. It is an 'optional' Boss in the sense that the plot does not depend on its defeat. The Water Tower is located on the western side of the Floating Chamber between the Tower of Plenty and the Tower of Glory. When you go north from the Tower of Plenty, you will see a staircase to the right that leads upwards to a Tower that is higher than the others. It is surrounded by tillable fields. If you attempt to enter the Tower, you will be unable to through the

portcullis at the entrance. You must go first to the Tower of Glory to find a lever that will unlock the gate of the Water Tower. Once the lever has been pulled, you can enter the Water Tower. You then will find a single door that leads to the Boss Monster's chamber. As usual, you will have the option to turn back or go forward into combat. The main consideration in battle with the Giant Squid is to have sufficient powerful Recovery items with you as the conflict tends to take time and one slap with a powerful frontal tentacle can reduce your HP considerably. Some players use the Gae Bolg, which offers Water Resistance and like any spear is a long range weapon. I have used Gungnir as well as my favourite Smash Blade. Micro Dragons as allies can be useful against this Boss. When the Giant Squid is defeated, he will shrink and become a tiny squid in a little pool in the centre of the chamber. The War Trophies that he drops may include: Bright Tentacle, Flour, Rice, Cooking Oil, Aquamarine, Platinum Of these, it is the Bright Tentacle that you can expect always to obtain. Once you have defeated the Giant Squid, mount the Beanstalk to experience a little Event with the Whale: Whale: It seems that you have punished the monster in the water tower. Thank you. It will now act somewhat more tame. Well, this is a little something for your troubles… With that, rather like tipping a waiter, he will give you a Level 1 Little Crystal as a reward. On your next visit to Whale Island, you will find a Circle Portal installed that leads directly to the Water Tower. This is most convenient as another shortcut to an area that contains many tillable fields as well as being the closest entry point to the Tower of Glory where the Level 8 Little Crystals can be found. Growing Advanced Crops in Dungeons As Whale Island is the only dungeon that is not season-specific, the Circle Portal at the entrance to Whale Island will be extremely useful if you wish to grow high level Crops in any Dungeon. It can be very time-consuming to travel from one dungeon to another in order to water Crops that take two seasons to mature. If you can consolidate all your rare and slow-growing Crops in the fields surrounding the Water Tower, you will be able to water them all in a single visit that takes only a few moments to complete.

Rune Factory: Frontier - FAQ/guide Rune Factory Frontier General Guide By Freyashawk Email: castleenchanted · aol Created on 20 March 2009

Last updated on 10 September with information about creation of Circle Portals in dungeons as well as glitch on 6th floor of Lava Ruins. Note: Specific Events are found in the 1st and 2nd Year Walkthroughs. This is a General Guide that gives information about all general aspects of Rune Factory Frontier. Table of Contents Introduction Initial Strategies Saving your Game Unlocking Whale Island Whale Island and the Green Ruins Timetable for unlocking Options Energy in Rune Factory HP and RP Protecting your Health Early to Bed, Early to Rise Restoring Energy E. Drink S. Resources at the Whale's Fin Initial Weapons and Equipment Choices Obtaining all Basic Tools Upgrading your Tools Using Scrap Iron in Upgrades 1st Week Rewards from Characters 2nd Week Rewards from Characters Initial Income and Equipment Choices Initial Sources of Income Farming Strategies in Spring Looking Ahead: Farming Upgrade Strategies Season Changes Planting on the last day of a Season Dungeon Farming Strategies Circle Portal at Water Tower Buying a Kitchen Initial Cooking Strategies A Small Kitchen and Cooking Skills Cooking in Rune Factory Frontier Cooking for Beginners Increasing Item Levels in Cooking A Guide to Cooking Expanding your Cooking Range How to Cook Tip for Raising Item Levels in Cooking Single Ingredient Recipes No Tool/No Utensil Single Ingredient Recipes Frying Pan Single Ingredient Recipes Pot Single Ingredient Recipes Blender Single Ingredient Recipes Oven Single Ingredient Recipes Early Cooking Investments Cooking Schedule Cooking for Combat Effects of Cooked Dishes in Combat

Protection from Status Ailments Cooking without a Recipe Book Obtaining all Recipe Books Advanced Recipes and their Effects The Value of a Sandwich Relax Tea, an old Favourite Creating a Source of Rune Points Growing Fodder Producing your own Seeds Tame Monsters and Seeds Storage in Rune Factory Frontier The Nature of Rune Power Runeys The Harvester Runey Distribution Prosperity Status Runey Food Chain Tips for Organising your Tasks Weather in Rune Factory Frontier Kanno, Harvester and Fishing Rod Kanno and the Clock Tower The Fire Rod and Kanno's Requests Exploring Other Areas of Whale Island Unlocking the Green Ruins Monsters in Rune Factory Frontier Introduction to Monsters Farm Monster Schedule Farm Monster Efficiency Monster Allies Monster Ally Effects Taking Monsters for Walks Transport Monsters Setting Monsters Free Rules of Taming Monsters Monsters who give Ores, Gems and Seeds Monsters in the Green Ruins Monsters who Produce all Ranch Products Monsters who Water Crops Unlocking New Paths in Dungeons Link between the Green Ruins and the Lava Ruins Defeating the Giant Clucky Circle Portals Rematches with Boss Monsters Equipment and Battle Tips Choosing your Weapon Unlocking the Lava Ruins Bombs in the Lava Ruins Unlocking Doors in the Lava Ruins Silver in the Lava Ruins Catapults in the Lava Ruins Sand and Round Boulders in the Lava Ruins The Materia Store and Flower Seeds Moondrop Seeds The Whale's Fin The Little Lost Monster Monsters at the Whale's Fin Transport Monsters

Growing Moondrop Flowers 1st Event with Iris Cinnamon and Stargazing Constellations Spring Constellations Summer Constellations Autumn Constellations Placing Constellations in the Sky Searching the Skies Constellations and Eligible Girls Meeting Uzuki The Tower at the Whale's Fin The Power of Moondrop Flowers Exploring the Whale's Fin Treasure Chests 29 Spring and the Foliage Festival Last Day of Spring Bathhouse Events Changing Room at the Beach Melon Pinata Mini Game Meeting Bianca and Tabatha Introduction to Iris The Pumpkin Man The Pumpkin Head at the Materia Shop New Path to Whale Island Holiday Beanstalk Trick Bianca and Francoise Exploring the Lava Ruins Breeding Monsters Monster Barn Expansions Sources of Fodder for Monsters Mist's Flower Last Tasks of Summer Ghosts in Rune Factory Frontier Tame Ghost Monsters and Fodder Iris and the Ghost of the Public Square A Business Rivalry Event between Danny and Rosetta Appearance of Gelwein Gelwein and the Locked Gates Unlocking the Whale's Flank The Whale Spirit asks a Favour Creating a Shortcut from the Whale's Flank to the Cave Preparing for Autumn The Pumpkin Festival Pumpkin Heads and Turnip Head Brodik Better Equipment Choices Autumn Crop Harvests in the 1st Week The Rune Tree Bianca and Tabatha in Autumn Defeating the Boss Monster and Minions of Lava Ruins Unlocking the Snow Ruins Tip for Obtaining Gold Preparing for the Snow Ruins Destroying Barriers and Devices in the Snow Ruins

Upgrades that use Gold The Effects of a Wristwatch Elemental Capes Finding Quality Fur Exploring the Snow Ruins A Source of Platinum Little Crystals Brodik's Malice and Revenge Strategies for Winter Dried Fish at the Beach Dark Iris and the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins Defeat of Iris Noire Gelwein's Next Move The Disappearance of Mist Reunion of two Divided Souls Rivals no Longer Gelwein and the Grimoire of Time Rope Shortcut to Tower Little Crystals Forging the Ultimate Blade Overkill and Suicide in Combat Lumber in Winter A Portal to the Era of Disconnect To Go or Not to Go Your Timing and the Storyline The Era of Disconnect Creature of the Runes Gelwein's Mutation Friendship and Courtship Advanced Farming Tips Greenifier and Formulae A, B and C Comprehensive Calendar of Birthdays, Festivals, Crops and Constellations Letters and Requests Unique Request Rewards Tyrfing Birthdays in Rune Factory Frontier Social Gathering Spots Courtship Accessories Happy Toys and Swimsuits Characters List Guide Eligible Girls Other Characters Farming and Ranching Guide Complete List of Crops and Seeds Spring Crops and Seeds Summer Crops and Seeds Autumn Crops and Seeds Flowers and Flower Seeds Fruits from Trees Items from the Wilds List of all Ranch Products Ingredients from Merchants Nature's Bounty Fruit Trees Fishing Complete Fish List Shops and Businesses of Trampoli

Danny's Grocery Damascus Forge Initial Menu Expanded Menu Sunshine Inn Snowstyle Tavern Tavern Menu Seasonal Changes Erik's Farm Supplies Erik's Menu Seasonal Changes Laga Springs Bathhouse The Clinic Initial Menu Expanded Menu Kross' Building Expansions Kross' Menu Rune Archives Bookshop Selphy's Initial Menu Selphy's Advanced Collection Tuesday Bargains Lute the Traveling Merchant Lute's Menu Furniture Facilities Cooking Tools Makers Candy's Rune Work Candy's Menu Rune Stones Rune Wonders and Miracles Runey Distribution Rosetta's Materia Shop Initial Menu Seasonal Changes The Nature of War Trophies Comprehensive List of War Trophies and Monsters Ores and War Trophies List of Ores and Descriptions List of all War Trophies and Descriptions All Monster Lists by Tasks Watering Harvesting Crops Cutting Fodder Transport Ranch Products Seeds, Ores, Gems and Rare Items Collecting Wild Plants Clearing Lumber Clearing Rocks Letters in Rune Factory Frontier Secret Letters Letters from Tar Crop Growth in Rune Factory Frontier Runey Distribution and Crop Growth Educational Resources Secrets disclosed in Dialogue

Tutorials from Characters Rune Archives Permanent Collection Text of All Books in the Rune Archives Farmhouse Bookcase Income and Equipment Choices Temporary Special Effects of Cooked Dishes Max HP Boost HP Absorption Defence Boost Magic Boost Status Attacks Status Defence Elemental Attacks Elemental Defences Individual Status Effect Boosts Introduction Rune Factory Frontier is a very detailed, complex game with a multitude of Events and options. Although I would have liked to have combined both the 1st Year Walkthrough and this General Guide, there was far too much information to make it practical in the end. This therefore now is a General Guide that gives information about all aspects of the game, including farming, ranching, mining, combat, fishing, forging weapons and accessories, Runey distribution, Cooking and Friendship. You will find information about Shops as well as lists of War Trophies, Ores, Gems, Fish and other items at the end of this Guide with a Calendar. Detailed information about Events and Festivals, however, now will be found in the 1st Year Walkthrough and 2nd Year Walkthroughs instead. Some information has been included both in this Guide and in the 1st Year Walkthrough for the sake of logic and ease of access. Rune Factory Frontier 1st Year Walkthrough: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/965/965041p1.html Rune Factory Frontier 2nd Year Walkthrough: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/986/986092p1.html Note that the 2nd Year Walkthrough contains most of the Courtship information, including the Wedding Bouquet and Date information. Rune Factory Frontier is the first Rune Factory game for the Wii platform and as such, is generating considerable excitement both among Harvest Moon and Rune Factory fans. Each Rune Factory game is unique, although all share some common elements in both of history, characters and gameplay. Many characters from the original Rune Factory are included in Rune Factory Frontier although the location is different. In fact, the very premise of the game is introduced by Mist. She has come from her own village of Kardia in response to a plea for help experienced in repeated dreams. Some one or

something with great power has summoned her. Your own character is Raguna, the main character from the original Rune Factory game for the DS system. He is searching for Mist, in fact and when he finds her in Trampoli, is persuaded to settle there in a farm that is next to hers. You can discover the nature of the threat that faces your new home in Rune Factory Frontier as early as the first day that you move into your farm provided you water the plant that provides access to Whale Island in the sky. It is important to note that Whale Island is the only dungeon where Crops from all three growing seasons can be grown. Early access to Whale Island means that you can begin to plant Crops from Spring, Summer and Autumn as early as the 1st Spring. For other specific information about Rune Factory Frontier, please access my Calendar and Books Guide, Characters Guide, Bestiary and Caves Guide, Items List Shipping Guide and Recipe Cookbook Guide. You will find links to all my Rune Factory Frontier Guides at the end of this Guide. Initial Strategies In any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, social interactions and farming always must be two of your priorities. It is through interactions with other characters that you will gain necessary knowledge as well as obtaining unique items. If you wish to marry, you must interact frequently with eligible girls in order to increase their Heart Levels. From the first day in your new home, you will be able to accomplish a great deal, but only if you speak to every character. Note that most Events involving other characters rather than the main storyline are linked to Friendship or Heart Levels. My Walkthrough is based on increase in heart levels through ordinary conversation and regular interactions rather than flooding a character with gifts. Depending on your own character's behaviour, therefore, you either can trigger events far earlier or far later than the timeline in the Walkthroughs. The two characters whom you first meet are Stella and Mist. Stella is a vital character in Trampoli. She will initiate a Request that will allow you to meet other characters. Until you obtain her Request, you will be unable to make significant progress in meeting other individuals in Trampoli. Stella will ask you to deliver a Bamboo Shoot to Turner, the owner of the Sunshine Inn. This sets in motion a chain of Requests by each new character that will allow you to meet the owners of almost every business in Trampoli. Stella will give you a hint as to the means by which you can unlock the Caves/Dungeons when she speaks of a 'weird plant' that grows near the Clock Tower. By speaking to Stella as soon as possible, therefore, you will find yourself in a position to unlock most of the Shops in Trampoli as well as gaining access to Whale Island. You may find that the Inn remains shut on the very 1st day of gameplay, however, making it impossible to deliver the Bamboo Shoot until the next morning. There is no impediment if you wish to unlock Whale Island immediately, however. Simply take the path to the Clock Tower to water the plant there once.

As all of your Tools are gifts from characters in Rune Factory Frontier, it is only through social interaction that you will obtain the necessary tools to succeed. Your first two Recipe books will be gifts from merchants as well. Initial Calendar Dates There are four season in a year and they follow the traditional wheel with Spring as the first, Summer the second, Autumn the third and Winter the fourth season. Crops can be grown in all seasons except Winter on your Farm. As in other Rune Factory games, the week has only six days rather than seven. The first day of any week is a Holiday, followed by the traditional Monday through Friday order.of the days. There is a Calendar beside your Diary Table in your farmhouse, but very few items will appear on it at the start of the game. A Calendar that includes both Festivals and Birthdays is included at the end of this Guide. It is only if and when you give a character a gift on his/her birthday or the character confides his/her birthday at 4 Hearts/Friendship that the birthday will appear on the Calendar. This is one of the major benefits of ing a character's birthday with a gift as you then will be reminded each year of the date when you look at the Calendar. Saving your Game Although there are three separate Save Files in Rune Factory Frontier, each is designated for a separate game, so you cannot save the same game at different points using more than one file. The current game loaded always will be the one that is saved whenever you access your 'Diary' at the bedside table in your farmhouse. This is the only way to Save the game. There is a 'Return' option, however, that can be exercised almost anywhere on the Map, taking you instantly without any use or loss of Energy to the entrance to your Farmhouse. If you are inside a Cave/Dungeon, the use of 'Return' will take you to the entrance to the Cave/Dungeon. From there, you need to descend to the land in order ot use 'Return' once more to reach the entrance to your own house. It is the '2' Button that controls the 'Return' option. The other option that can be accessed when you press the '2' Button is a Map Display. Unlocking Whale Island It is on Whale Island that the first Cave/Dungeon areas that you can access in Rune Factory Frontier are located. When you speak to Stella, she will tell you of a 'weird plant' that grows next to the Clock Tower that could grow if only it were given water. She laughs then, claiming that she is jesting but if you find the plant and water it only once, it will grow instantly into a giant beanstalk that will take you into the heavens to the whale-shaped island that is known fittingly as Whale

Island. As previously stated, Whale Island is a dungeon that s Crops from all three growing seasons. As you can purchase Seeds from every season from Erik from the start of the game and from Rosetta at the Materia Shop after 15 Spring, you can begin to grow Summer and Autumn Crops as early as the 1st Spring once you have unlocked Whale Island. The Spirit of Whale Island When you arrive on the Island in the sky, the spirit of the Island will speak to you. Whale: I am the awareness of the very whale on which you stand. I was a mere cluster of rocks when I was gifted with awareness … by the influence of the Runes and began swimming through the skies. The Whale Spirit then will explain the nature of Runes: 'Runes are collections of spirits. Although Runes are formed by the earth, there are times when Runes affect the earth instead.' He then will ask a favour, declaring that his awareness and body are sustained by Runes but that the Rune within him grows weak. If it fails, Whale Island will plunge to the Earth. You now have a vital Quest, pledging: 'I'll search for the answer to your failing Rune. You have my Word. Even if you do not enter the Cave on your first visit to Whale Island, make certain that you study the Stone Tablet in the centre of the field to initiate a magical sequence. You will obtain a prompt as follows: 'The Melody of trust grows within 12 maidens.' The first time you read the message, twelve sparks of light will emerge to revolve in a circle above the Stone Tablet before they scatter. This is the key to winning the final confrontation with Gelwein, an enemy who wishes to destroy everything dear to you. Note that Melody names her Bathhouse 'Laga Springs', declaring that she gave the Whale the name of Laga and named her Bathhouse in his honour. At this point in the game, you will have access only to a small area of Whale Island in the form of two underground Cave floors filled with ages, tillable fields, water sources and monsters. Whale Island is the only Dungeon/Cave that is not ruled by a specific season, so you can begin to grow Crops for every season in this dungeon immediately. You can unlock the Whale's Fin area simply by walking through a age in the southeast of the lower floor of the Cave, but you may wish to explore the two initial Cave areas first in order to raise your combat Skills. The Monsters in the Whale's Fin have higher Levels and Attack Skills than those in the two floors of the initial Cave area. Despite the fact that there are only a few varieties of Monsters, it represents a perfect opportunity to increase your combat Skills as well as tilling a few fields for Rune Points. Monsters in the Whale's Fin can be tamed to provide Ranch Products but until you own a Monster Barn, you will be unable to take advantage of this. Note: If you wish, however, you can explore the two levels of the Cave at Whale Island and move through the Cave along the path in the southeast section

of the lower floor in order to unlock the 'Whale's Fin' even on the first day. If you do this and enter the Whale's Fin after 6.00 p.m., you will be able to experience your first sighting of Iris. Note that you will not be able to meet Iris until the third or fourth week of Spring, depending on how quickly you grow Moondrop Flowers purchased from Rosetta after she opens the Materia Shop on 15 Spring. You will find the information about the Whale's Fin as well as the introduction with Iris in the Walkthrough for the latter half of Spring. An interesting aspect of Whale Island, as previously stated, is that it will Crops from every season. The Whale's Fin is not the only other location that ultimately can be explored on Whale Island, but the remainder will be barred to you at this point by means of a locked gate. Whale Island and Green Ruins There are two separate dungeons that are accessible almost immediately in Rune Factory Frontier. Whale Island, as explained previously, can be unlocked immediately by watering the plant next to the Church Tower. In order to unlock the Green Ruins, you need to speak to Mist, raising her Heart Level to the point where she asks you to cut the Weeds in front of her house. This does not require high Heart Levels. In fact, you need not be at 1 Heart either in Love or Friendship to trigger the dialogue. You do have to speak to her regularly, however. The Green Ruins is ruled by the Spring Season. On Whale Island, Crops for Spring, Summer and Autumn can be grown. The second major area on Whale Island is known as the 'Whale's Fin' and can be unlocked simply by walking down a age in the southeast part of the lower level of the Cave. You will not be able to experience the Event with the 'Lost Monster' properly, however, until you have a Monster Barn as the Lost Elephant Monster requires housing. Both the Green Ruins and the Whale's Fin contain Monsters who provide Ranch Products but only the Green Ruins has every variety of Monster who produces them. The Whale's Fin, on the other hand, is the location of the first Transport Monster, in the form of the Silver Wolf known to players of Rune Factory 2. (A similar transport Monster exists in Rune Factory as well but has a different name.) There usually is no 'right' or 'wrong' way to play Harvest Moon and you can take your time where unlocking new options is concerned. You can unlock Whale Island immediately, then moves forward to the Green Ruins, where you can unlock ages and chambers in all four floors by going through them once, granting you a direct access in future by stairways from the 1st through the 4th Floor where the Boss Monster awaits. It is suggested that you then return to the Whale's Fin to initiate the first Event with Iris in the middle of Spring. To me, this is a logical order to take, as even if you explore the Whale's Fin earlier, you will not be able to plant the required Moondrop Flowers there until Rosetta opens the Materia Store. Furthermore, as Whale Island is a 'floating' island in the Sky, you will not find access to it via the Beanstalk in the Church District on any Holiday until Summer. In the 2nd Holiday of Summer, you can experience a dialogue with Lute that will allow you to create a new Beanstalk to Whale Island that

will allow access only on the Holiday. The existence of two separate Beanstalks in different areas will allow you access to Whale Island every day of the week. As this Event will not occur in Spring, however, it is useful to unlock the Green Ruins in order to be able to grow Crops there for Runes in Spring. Note that meeting Iris actually may be a hidden requirement in unlocking the Lava Ruins, the third dungeon in Rune Factory Frontier. The basic requirement is the defeat of the Giant Clucky, the Boss of the Green Ruins but if you have not experienced Iris' Introduction as well, you may not be able to enter the Lava Ruins until you do. There is an aspect of Whale Island that is extremely useful in of farming in that Crops from any season can be grown here successfully. In fact, when you have met Iris, she may tell you: Iris: Flowers can grow here regardless of the season. Because of that, you can mix and match spring and summer flowers in any way you like. Energy in Rune Factory Your character's Energy is displayed as HP (Health Points) and RP (Rune Points) in two gauges. HP is life force, and if reaches zero, your character will out. RP is the Stamina or Energy used to perform any action, whether it is the use of a tool or weapon or casting a magic spell. When the RP gauge is empty, your character can continue to use ordinary tools or weapons but without any remaining RP, HP will be depleted gradually each time he performs an action. Magical Spells, however, cannot be performed when the RP gauge is empty. It is best not to allow the RP gauge to reach zero if possible. RP can be restored by various means. The Rune Points that appear over fully-ripened Crops restore RP, but in Rune Factory Frontier, it is only Crops that are grown in the Caves/Dungeons that produce RP. Another source of RP is food, but not all food has potential to restore RP and each food item has different energy values both in of HP and RP. In Rune Factory Frontier, fortunately, the Energy Values of any item in of HP, RP and any temporary special Effects are included in its description. In the Shop Menus, you will find Energy Values for all food items as well as their cost. Protecting your Health Early to Bed, Early to Rise As in other Rune Factory games, going to bed too late can have more of an effect than simply causing your to oversleep. Go to bed one minute after 1.00 a.m. and you will awaken late and probably have a cold as well. Your RP gauge will be reduced when this occurs.

The number of hours by which you will oversleep is based on the amount of RP that you retain when you go to bed late. Catching a Cold is almost guaranteed when your RP is totally depleted and you will awaken only at 10.00 a.m. If you retain some RP and your HP is over half filled, you may oversleep only by two hours, waking at 8.00 a.m. rather than 6.00 a.m. In these circumstances, you may awaken with full HP and RP and find that you did not catch a Cold. Restoring Energy With both money and energy in low supply in the early stages of the game, you need to know how best to restore your Energy while spending the least amount of money to do so. Weeds actually restore energy in Rune Factory Frontier as well as having a shipping value of 10G. They may restore only 1 HP point, but a stack of 10 Weeds restores 10 HP, as much as Pickled Turnips would. As far as RP is concerned, however, they have absolutely no restorative value, so it is only when HP is in danger of reaching zero that you should reach for the stack of Weeds that you have stored for emergeny use. Pickled Turnips, requiring only a single Turnip and a Handy Kitchen purchased from Lute will restore both HP and RP. HP value is 10 points. RP is 75. If you can eat something BEFORE your RP reaches zero, you will find it to be beneficial in the long run as many items that are available early are better at restoring RP than HP. All Recipes for Cooked Dishes as well as items created at the Forge, Crafts Bench and Laboratory are included in my Rune Factory Frontier Recipes Cookbook Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Recipe Cookbook Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html Buying a Handy Pot from Lute will allow you to make some easy Recipes that restore both HP and RP, provided that you purchase the first Cooking Manual for Pot Cooking from Selphy at the Rune Archive Library. Even if you do not have Monsters who can provide Milk and Eggs, you can purchase both from Rita at the Tavern. Level 1 Hot Milk restores 20 HP and 75 RP as well as providing a 90 second Attack boost of 25 points in any hostile situation. Note that, if you cook and manage to hit the green area in the cooking gauge, you will increase many of its values and you will have: Hot Milk, Lv 2: 168G, HP 20, RP 100, FX 120 sec, +25 Attack. As you can see, although the HP will not increase, RP is boosted by 25 points and the special effect will last two minutes instead of a minute and a half. A Boiled Egg restores 10 HP and 75 RP as well as providing a 120 sec. Attack boost of 20 points and Water Resistance of 10 points in any hostile environment. Here you may find some simple mathematical equations useful in determining choice of menu. Ice Cream is a No Tool Dish, requiring one Egg and one portion of Milk. It has a shipping value of 260G and restores 10 HP and 125 RP, with an FX Time of 120 sec, boosting Water Attack by 10 points and giving Water Resistance of 20 points in any dungeon. Although its RP is superior to that of Hot Milk or a Boiled Egg, you may wish to split your ingredients instead of making a single Ice Cream. Making one Boiled Egg and one Hot Milk will give you a combined HP of 20 and RP of 150. It is better to use ingredients that do not cost any money but in a pinch, you

may wish to purchase an Egg and some Milk as well as Rice and other cooking ingredients at the Tavern. Unlike Eggs, Milk and Honey, all items that can be produced by tame Monsters, Rice, Curry Powder, Chocolate, Cooking Oil, Flour and Wine must be purchased from the Tavern. You do not need to spend money on these ingredients until you can afford to do so, however, and for Energy Restoration purposes early in Spring, it is better to prepare Pickled Turnips from your own Turnip harvests. Needless to say, it is best to purchase only items that you cannot prepare yourself at the Tavern, making raw ingredients preferable to Cooked Dishes as purchases. For example, another excellent Cooked Dish that can be prepared easily in Spring is Bamboo Rice. You do need to purchase the Rice from Rita but you should have ample supplies of Bamboo Shoots in your Rucksack or Refrigerator. One portion of Rice with one Bamboo Shoot creates Bamboo Rice with a shipping value of 290G and a restorative value of 60 HP and 150 RP. In any hostile situation, it has a temporary effect of boosting Maximum HP by 50 points and protecting 100% against Paralysis for 120 seconds. It is a powerhouse, therefore, in of energy restoration. Although Rice is expensive to a poor novice farmer at a cost of 260G, it is worth the cost of buying one Rice to make and carry one Bamboo Rice in your Rucksack for emergency use. After all, an Energy Drink from the Clinic costs 260G as well and only gives 35 HP and 0 RP, with no temporary effects at all. By doing the maths, you can minimise your financial cost to maximise both Energy Restoration and Cooking Skills! E. Drink S The initial 'Energy Drink' that can be purchased from the Clinic, found randomly in Treasure Chests and Crates or made in your own Laboratory restores only 35 HP. It is a good resource to have, but will be far more effective if you can use it to create the 'E. Drink S' or Small Energy Drink. Two 'Energy Drinks' mixed in your Laboratory create one 'E Drink S', with the capacity to restore 105 HP. You will find that Energy Drinks are a common item and if you can increase your Laboratory Skills to the point where the next level of restorative potion can be made successfully, it will be well worth your effort. One drink in combat situations that can restore 105 HP is far more efficient than being forced to consume three separate Energy Drinks for the same result. An E. Drink S has a Level 30 Skill Level Requirement. There is an even more powerful potion than the E Drink S in the form of the E Drink X but the E. Drink S. requires only the smallest Laboratory to prepare. Resources at the Whale's Fin When you are able to visit the Whale's Fin, you will find many resources there in of food items. Mushrooms grow in the fields wild here and Treasure Chests often contain items that otherwise can be obtained only when purchased at the Tavern. Rice, Chocolate and Flour are among the items that can be found randomly at the Whale's Fin by opening one of the five Treasure Chests in the area near the Tower. Initial Weapons and Equipment Choices

In any RPG and Rune Factory most definitely is an RPG in this respect, your character's choices of Weapons and Equipment can mean the difference between victory and defeat. There are many players who approach Rune Factory with experience in Harvest Moon but little knowledge of combat games and RPGs. They will obtain a weapon to fight monsters without bothering with equipment that can protect them from damage. They then wonder why their character is defeated again and again when attempting to confront Monsters either for the purpose of sending them back to the Forest or taming them for the Monster Barn. Defence is as vital as Attack in any RPG. By equipping your character with items that protect, you can confront more powerful enemies in the dungeon and still remain undefeated. Furthermore, you can boost your total HP with equipment, giving you more energy in any given situation where you need to use tools, weapons or sustain damage of any kind. There is one very fundamental difference between Rune Factory Frontier and previous Rune Factory games in of Weapons and Equipments. Shields are not an equipment choice in Rune Factory Frontier, making your choice of weapon less complex. In previous Rune Factory games, only a one-handed sword offered the option of equipping a Shield for defensive purposes. This made twohanded blades as well as other types of Weapons less attractive as your character would be unable to equip any Shield with any Weapon apart from swords that could be wielded with one hand. In Rune Factory Frontier, without any option to equip a shield, a two-handed blade, spear, hammer, axe or wand offers no less defence than a single-handed sword. Each weapon can be judged by its own merits. It is fun to reach advanced stages in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game and some of my happiest moments in Rune Factory 2 were those where I finally 'arrived' in of Weapons and Equipment. With Gravios in hand, a Rune Shield, Knight Boots and a Happy Ring, I knew I could win any Battle readily. Of course, having earned the necessary experience was an essential step as well. You can transfer your high-level Weapons and Equipment to another character through trade in Rune Factory or Rune Factory 2, but you cannot transfer your Skills! Note that Skills and Experience are 'inherited' by your own Child in Rune Factory 2, but that is quite a different matter. All the advanced options and secrets are part of the fun in any Harvest Moon, Rune Factory or other traditional RPG, but it is the beginner who most NEEDS some information or help sometimes in of taking the first steps on the road to success. The following are 'initial' choices but they do require a small Forge and Workbench as well as a Yarn Maker. Without a Forge of your own, you will be restricted to the Broadsword and Cheap Band until Rosetta opens the Materia Store. You then can purchase a Neck Towel from her. Purchasing any Weapon or Equipment is far more expensive than making it yourself. Furthermore, you need to increase your own Skill Levels at the Kitchen, Forge, Workbench and Pharmacy by practicing again and again. I therefore would urge every player to obtain a Handy Kitchen and Forge at the earliest possible opportunity and to buy the requisite Recipe Books from Selphy. My character had the following Weapon and Equipment in the 3rd Week of Spring:

Weapon: Windsword: ATK 13, SP ATK 1, RP USE 6, FX Wind Attack +5, Wind Resistance +10, made from a Broadsword and a Wind Crystal. A Broadsword can be purchased from Ganesha or made from a Knife Piece and a piece of Iron, both found in the Whale Island Cave. A Wind Crystal can be purchased from Ganesha for an exorbitant price of 2500G or obtained as a War Trophy in the Whale Island Cave early in the game. I saved mine until I had the Forge, then transformed my original Broadsword into a Windsword, earning Forge Experience and a better blade in the process. I'm afraid I always prefer a one-handed blade to any two-handed weapon. I like them because, in many games, including Rune Factory and Rune Factory 2, they allow a defensive Shield to be equipped in the other hand. Even if you do not have a Shield, a single-handed blade is fast, light and has more movement choices than heavier, two-handed swords. They may have less power but they are easier to wield and use less energy. If you do not have a Forge, a Broadsword will give you the following: Broadsword: ATK 5,SP ATK 0, RP USE 6 Equipment: Hand-knit Hat: Head EQ, ATK 0 DEF 20, MAG 25, made at the Workbench using a Wool and a Yarn. Wool can be obtained from a tame Wooly or purchased from Erik. Yarn must be made from Wool using a Yarn Maker. You can buy that from Lute. Neck Towel: Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 10, MAG 5, MAX HP +15, made a tthe Workbench using a Cheap Cloth and Wool. Cheap Cloth can be found both at the Whale Island Cave or at Green Ruins. Wool can be obtained from a tame Wooly or purchased from Erik. Leather Belt: Torso EQ, ATK 1, DEF 5, MAG 1, FX MAX HP +15, made at the Workbench using a Monster Hide and Iron, both of which can be found in Green Ruins Fe Bracelet: Arms EQ, ATK, 0, DEF 18, MAG 0, made at the Workbench using Iron and a Warrior Medal, both of which are easily found in Whale Island Cave or in the Green Ruins When I did not have a Workbench yet, at the very start of the game, I bought a Cheap Band and Pendant from Danny and equipped those. Cheap Band, ARMS EQ. ATK 1, DEF 6, MAG 6 Pendant, ATK 0, DEF 8, MAG 7 Both can be purchased from Danny and when Rosetta opens the Materia Store, she will sell them there as well as other items of equipment that include the Neck Towel and Wappen. By the time she opens the Materia Store in the middle of Spring, however, you should have your own Kitchen, Forge, Workbench and Pharmacy and the necessary books and experience levels to make your own Food, Weapons and Equipment. The Hand-Knit Hat may not be the most dashing choice in of fashion, but it offers a lot of protection and may be the first piece of Head Equipment that you can create. Increasing all Skills and Obtaining all Items Experienced players may understand the way all aspects of any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game are connected but often a beginner is overwhelmed by the variety

of activities and options that are available in any single game. Farming is the core activity of Harvest Moon and Rune Factory, of course, but it affects far more than income and, in Rune Factory Frontier, Runey Distribution. You need to grow Crops in order to be able to cook specific Dishes. Beyond that, however, you must grow advanced Crops in order to be able to forge advanced Weapons and Accessories. If you enjoy combat more than farming, you will discover that the best Weapons and Equipment cannot be made if you lack an essential ingredient in the form of a slow-growing and rare Crop such as a Four-leaf Clover or Lamp Grass. Some Crops require a full year to mature. The Emery Flower that is Mist's Most Favourite Gift is a required ingredient in some of the best Equipment, including the Corsage. Even if you attain the maximum Skill Level of 99 at the Crafts Bench, the Skill Level Requirement for the Corsage, you will be unable to create one if you did not grow both Emery Flower and Cherry Grass. The Diamond Ring likewise requires an Emery Flower. Generally speaking, the best Weapons do not require advanced Crops as ingredients, but the best Tools certainly do. The best Weapons tend to include a Little Crystal as an ingredient. This is an item that, like Ores and Gems, can be found in Treasure Chests or Rocks that are smashed with a Hammer. It is extremely rare, however, and you may not find one until you begin to explore the upper reaches of Whale Island. Harvest Moon and Rune Factory both are complex in their design. Everything is designed to work together in achieving progress. As your experience Levels in combat increase, the dungeons you unlock become more difficult. Enemies become more powerful but if you neglect no aspects of the game, you will find that the items you need to forge better Weapons, Equipment and Medicines are available as well. Friendship is an essential component of any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game as much as Farming, Ranching, Fishing and Mining. As the Friendship/Love levels of characters increase, new options will be unlocked. Some are essential to the plot but others simply will allow you to learn secrets or obtain rare and valuable items. There are players who rush through any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, playing through the years rapidly in order to accelerate the growth of their crops or cause Events to occur. Although there is no 'right' or 'wrong' way to play these games, players who pursue this strategy often will miss Events and will find themselves in a situation where a necessary item or piece of data is missing because they moved forward too quickly. Harvest Moon and Rune Factory are intended to imitate nature. What this means is that time should be viewed as having the same value and rhythm as it does in reality. Do not move through days too quickly. In Rune Factory Frontier, the main loss that will occur if you do is in the area of Runey Distribution. Each day that es will allow Runeys to become inbalanced. If you move through even a fortnight too quickly, you risk the creation of a 'dead' area where one type of Runey has disappeared entirely. Other sections of this Guide deal with Runey Distribution and every other aspect of Rune Factory Frontier in detail. Obtaining Basic Tools

Your Basic Tools in Rune Factory Frontier are gifts from other characters and you can obtain a full set of Tools almost immediately. The Fishing Rod and Harvester are the only Tools that cannot be obtained before the second week in Spring. Cheap Watering Can This, with a Cheap Hoe and a bag of Turnip Seeds, will be given to you by Mist as soon as you agree to live and work on the farm. Cheap Hoe The Cheap Hoe, with the Cheap Watering Can and a bag of Turnip Seeds, will be provided by Mist as soon as you take possession of your new home. Axe Speak to Stella repeatedly until she asks you about your progress in farming. When you tell her that you cannot clear the field properly as you do not have an Axe, she will give you her old Cheap Axe. You can obtain the Axe in the first day or two if you have established a relationship with Stella.and have used a tool on at least one square of your field. Hammer You must descend to the second floor of the Cave/Dungeon on Whale Island for an introduction to Melody, another character from Kardia. Melody has detected the presence of a Hot Spring in the Cave but a Rock blocks access to it. She will give you a Hammer and ask you to smash the Rock for her, allowing you to keep the Tool afterwards. You can obtain the Hammer as early as 2 Spring simply by entering the 2nd Floor of the Cave/Dungeon on Whale Island to experience the Event. There are no other requirements. Sickle Speak to Erik to obtain a Cheap Sickle. You will not be able to acquire it in your first meeting, but once you establish a relationship with Erik, you should be able to initiate the dialogue that will end in your acquisition of a Cheap Sickle. You need to till only one square on your Field before Erik will offer you the Sickle. In your first meeting with Erik, you can obtain a free bag of Turnip Seeds, by asking him about Farming. Pet Glove

Introduce yourself to Kross, then speak to him a couple of times in order to obtain the 'Pet Glove'. You do need to have explored your first Cave/Dungeon a little before you will be able to initiate the dialogue that allows you to obtain the Pet Glove, but if you unlock Whale Island on the first day, you will be able to obtain the Pet Glove in your first meeting with Kross. All dialogue is somewhat random so you must continue to speak to him until he offers it to you. The Pet Glove can be used both to tame Monsters initially and to raise their Friendship Levels. There is no Brush in Rune Factory Frontier, but the Pet Glove serves the same function. You can obtain the Pet Glove as early as the 2nd Day of Spring provided that you unlocked Whale Island and visited the Cave/Dungeon at least once. Fishing Rod You will obtain your Fishing Rod from Cinnamon. Note that both Cinnamon and Candy are granddaughters of Kanno, who will not arrive at the Clock Tower until 7 Spring. Note that you must interact with Kanno regularly in order to meet the two young girls. It only takes a day or two to initiate the conversation where he will confess that he needs some one to cook for him and therefore has invited his two granddaughters to live with him. When you leave the Clock Tower after this conversation, you will experience the Introduction Event with Cinnamon and Candy. To obtain the Fishing Rod, you must find Cinnamon next to the little bridge that leads from your Homestead to the Church District. She can be found there in the early afternoon before 3.00 p.m. as well as later in the evening, after 5.00 p.m. or so. Simply look for her, then speak to her there until she initiates the dialogue that results in her gift of her old Fishing Pole. Harvester The Harvester serves the functions of all Ranch Tools in other games. You can use it to 'harvest' Runeys, Milk, Eggs, Honey and Wool. Candy will give you the Harvester. . Note that both Cinnamon and Candy are granddaughters of Kanno, who will not arrive at the Clock Tower until 7 Spring. Note that you must interact with Kanno regularly for a day or two and initiate the conversation about cooking in order to meet the two young girls. You can obtain the Harvester on the same day that you first meet Candy, provided you speak to her again a couple of times. Upgrading your Tools Another priority should be the acquisition of a Handy Forge from Lute. With a small Forge, you will be able to upgrade your Farm Tools easily. Your original 'Used' Tools do not accept a charge. This means that you can use them only on a single square in the case of the Watering Can, Hoe and Sickle. In the case of Hammer and Axe, they can be used only on the smallest stones and branches. What this means in practical is that you will not be able to clear the large rocks and stumps from any Field until you have upgraded them. Once upgraded, your farm Tools will require less energy to wield and will be

far more efficient. The Watering Can will hold 15 uses rather than 12 but, when you charge it, each use will water 3 squares instead of 1, increasing the capacity to 45! Note that, where Weapons are concerned, a superior Weapon will consume more RP than its inferior counterpart. You therefore need to make certain that your character's experience level in combat increases regularly to match your Weapons. With an increase in experience Level, your character will use less RP when any tool or weapon is used. Your Hoe and Sickle likewise will affect 3 squares rather than 1 when charged. To charge any Tool, hold down the B Button first, then press the A Button. In the case of Watering Can, Hoe and Sickle, when the B Button is pressed, the area of effect will be highlighted. Further upgrades will increase the area of the tool's range or extend its ability to act upon more powerful objects. Note that Ganesha will give you the Recipe Book for Farm Tool upgrades when you speak to her about tool maintenance. Your only expense when you wish to begin upgrades is the Handy Forge from Lute. As in any Rune Factory game, upgrading your Tools will increase your level of Skill in forging items and allow you to begin to forge better Weapons once you purchase the initial volume of Recipes for Weapons from Selphy. Strategies in Upgrading Tools Upgraded Tools will take a charge in Rune Factory Frontier in the form of a 'Special Attack' that allows them to cover more ground in the case of the Watering Can, Hoe and Sickle or destroy more powerful objects, in the case of the Axe and Hammer. With respect to the Fishing Rod, an upgraded Rod will allow you to catch better fish when you charge it. To charge any tool or weapon, hold down the B Button first, then press 'A'. Using Scrap Iron for Upgrades When you study your Recipe Book at the Forge, you should note that, in many cases, there are two separate Recipes for any Tool Upgrade. The first, at a lower Skill Level, will require a number of varied ingredients. The second, at a higher Skill Level, will require only two pieces of Scrap Iron. You must follow the first Recipe in order to create the upgraded Tool but you then can follow the second in order to upgrade it further. There are two benefits when you use the second Recipe. The first, sometimes the most useful, is the fact that it will increase your character's experience in forging and through that, his Skill Level. The second is the fact that a higher level of Scrap Iron, combined with a higher level of the Tool in question, should allow you to forge 'with expertise' and thereby raise the level of the Tool. in this context that any upgrade will be set by the level of the ingredient at the LOWEST level. If you use a Level 1 Scrap Iron with a Level 2 Scrap Iron on a Level 3 Silver Hammer, the best you will achieve, even if you forge 'with expertise' by hitting the gauge in the green, is a Level 2 Silver Hammer. If you do not hit the gauge in the green, you will find

yourself with a Level 1 Silver Hammer! Scrap Iron is very plentiful in Rune Factory Frontier. You should be able to find sufficient high level Scrap Iron to raise your Tool Levels to high levels gradually. If you wish to avoid any downgrades, you always can run to your diary to save your game BEFORE you perform the next upgrade! Tool Upgrades and Recipes All Recipes for Upgrading Tools as well as their descriptions are included in my Rune Factory Frontier Recipes Cookbook Guide, which you can find at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html Note that the amount of ground that any watering can will be able to cover varies not only with the actual Watering Can but with the number of charges used. In other words, the Tin Can that can be used 15 times either can be used to water 15 single squares or 15 groups of 3 squares each with a charge. In like fashion, the Lion Can, which accepts two charges, can water 18 single squares or 18 groups of 9 squares each. The number of squares tilled by the Hoe or cut by the Sickle will depend on the actual upgrade as well as the Charge. In of other upgraded Farm Tools such as the Hammer and Axe, the number of strokes required to smash a rock or cut a stump when charged will depend on the actual upgrade. Upgraded Fishing Rods tend to catch better fish at higher levels. 1st Week Rewards: Rewards are given in Rune Factory Frontier for various actions. All of your Tools will be gifts from villagers. The method by which each Tool is obtained is discussed in a separate section of this guide. In the first week, you can obtain the following Rewards, apart from the Farming/Ranch Tools that you acquire: Quick-Step Cook: Cookbook for 'No Tools' Recipes from Rita Speak to her until you have a dialogue about cooking. She then will give the book to you. Farm Companion: Recipes for Farm Tool Upgrades from Ganesha Simply speak to Ganesha at the Forge until you initiate a conversation about maintenance of farm tools. She then will give you the book. Tomato Juice: Gift from Nolen Simply speak to Nolen at the Bathhouse when you first see him there to receive this gift. Tomato Juice: 290G HP 0, RP 75, Fx Time 90 sec. Attack +20, Defence +30 Mixed Ole: Gift from Rita Simply speak to Rita when she is serving at the Tavern after ordering your Monster Barn from Kross Mixed Ole: 4180G HP 10, RP 300, FX Time: 90 sec. Attack +55, Defence +90 Formula C: Gift from Erik

Simply give the requested Turnip to Anette to deliver to Erik after receiving his Request by letter Formula C: 480G From seed to leaf to fruit. This will speed up the process three days. Works only after you go to sleep. 2nd Week Rewards: As early as the 9th, you should be able to receive your first Magical Staff if you complete a Request from Kanno by giving him a piece of Cheap Cloth. Cheap Cloth is a War Trophy. You should have at least one in your Storage by the beginning of the 2nd Week. Incidentally, it is a good idea to keep one of each type of War Trophy as well as Ores in storage either for Requests or for use in Recipes. Fire Rod: Gift from Kanno in return for Request for 'Cheap Cloth' Fire Rod: 560G ATK 14 (+14), REQ SKL 1, SP ATK 1, RP USE: 14, FX Magic +65, Fire Attack +9 Initial Income and Equipment Choices As always in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, your character will have very little money in the first week and many potential expenses. You should have obtained two free bags of Turnip Seeds, one from Mist and the other from Erik. The Turnip Seeds from Erik will be given only if you listen to his farming tutorial. Turnip Seeds are marvelously inexpensive at 10G per bag, however, so even if you pay for them, you will find them affordable. Be aware that any Crops produced in your own Field will not generate Rune Points in this game. They produce Runeys instead. Runeys are vital to the success and ultimate survival of your community but they will not restore your character's Energy. Only Crops grown in Caves/Dungeons will produce Rune Points when ready for harvest. You therefore need to create the Beanstalk to the Sky as quickly as possible in order to plant some Turnips in the Cave at Whale Island. You can race through any hostile territory, avoiding Monsters rather than confronting them, but it is best if you enter the Cave at Whale Island with a Weapon and at least one Defensive Accessory. I would recommend a Broadsword and a Cheap Band. Note that Farm Tools CAN be used as Weapons in a pinch, but using them will not increase your Weapons Skills. I always prefer one-handed weapons myself but even if you are a player who prefers a heavy powerful two-handed weapon, the cost for each use in of RP is too expensive at this early stage. The Broadsword can be purchased from Ganesha for 500G. The Cheap Band is one of four items available at Danny's Grocery Store. Having obtained some basic equipment for combat, the Hammer and Axe should be next on your list of acquisitions. All you need to do in order to obtain an Axe from Stella is to till at least one square in your field. Simply speak to her afterwards and you will be given an opportunity to inform her of your lack of an Axe. She then will give you her old Axe. With respect to the Hammer, you must descend to the 2nd level of the Cave/Mine at Whale Island in order to experience the Event that will end in your acquisition of the tool. Melody will be there, searching for the source of a new Hot Spring. She will give you the Hammer, asking that you smash a large

boulder for her. Experiencing this Event has two immediate positive results. You will have a Hammer and Melody will open her Bathhouse in Trampoli the next day. At the Bathhouse, you will be able to restore all HP and RP once each day for the very modest sum of 10G. Initial Sources of Income You can ship wild items, crops, ores, fish, gems, Cooked Dishes, Accessories and War Trophies. One type of item that can be shipped as well is Weapons. You cannot ship your Tools but any Weapon that you buy or forge CAN be placed in the shipping container. This is one aspect of the game that differs from previous Rune Factory games. A Broadsword can be forged with one piece of Iron and a Knife Piece. It ships for 100G. Although 100G does not represent substantial income, the increase in your Forging Skills is invaluable. You need higher forging skills if you wish to make weapons that will allow you to defeat the Boss of the Green Ruins early in the game. Other Weapons such as the basic Two-Handed Sword offer good increase in Forging Skill as well without using valuable ingredients better saved for the future. A fabulous method of increasing forging skills is by upgrading Farm Tools with two pieces of Scrap Iron. Farming Strategies in Spring Your farming strategies in your first Spring season need to take of a number of variable factors that will change as your skills and tool levels increase. Your first priority must be to grow some Turnips as they will produce either Runeys or Rune Points in 4 days as well as providing a decent source of income. Each Turnip ships for 235G. That means that a plot of 9 provides 2115G in 4 days. As Mist will take every possible opportunity to remind you, Turnips are one of her Most Favourite Gifts. If you wish to boost her affection, give her a Turnip whenever you speak to her. If you can afford some Fodder Seeds, buy those immediately and plant them as well. The price of Fodder at Erik's shop is prohibitive. If you plant Fodder Seeds immediately, you should have mature Grass by the time you have been able to afford a Monster Barn, thereby obviating the necessity to purchase Fodder. If you can attain Prosperity in your Homestead, you will be able to grow every Crop more quickly but you will not be able to adjust Runey Distribution until you obtain the Harvester from Candy. You cannot obtain her Introduction Event earlier than 7 Spring. Season Changes With respect to all seasonal crops grown on your own Homestead, any that are left on the Field when the Season changes will become Withered Grass. Make certain that you harvest all Crops on the 30th Day of the Season.

You can prepare for the season change by planting Crops for the next Season on the 30th Day of the old Season, however. If you purchase Summer Crops from Erik on 30th Spring, you can plant them on the last day of Spring, giving you a headstart. Once you have a Seed Maker, you will be able to produce your own Seeds from stored Crops and Flowers. Looking Ahead: Farming Upgrade Strategies When you first begin to play any Rune Factory game, you probably will be a little overwhelmed with the necessity of making money. You will buy seeds that are inexpensive and grow them simply for shipping as well as those crops that may be 'Most Favourite Gifts' for an Eligible Girl or Bachelor (RF2, 2nd Generation allows you to play a girl). It is only when you have all upgrades and have made some significant progress in the game that you can spare funds for rare seeds and farm aids that will boost the level of Crops. In Rune Factory Frontier, you can buy both Greenifier and Formula C from the Clinic. Formula C speeds the growth of a crop by 3 days. Greenifier boosts the Crop by a single level. There are less potent Formulae in the form of Formulae A and B that speed growth by 1 and 2 days respectively, but by the time you can afford to buy rare seeds, you probably will have the option of buying Formula C as well as the skill level necessary to make it in your own Laboratory. 1. Greenifier can be used only once on any given Crop, and only when it is still seed. Once it sprouts, it will have NO effect. 2. Formula C can be used daily on any Crop at ANY stage of growth. You cannot use two Farm Aids in a single day, however. You should use Greenifier the day you plant the seed and then begin to use Formula C the next day. Incidentally, the game description of Greenifier is misleading if not outright erroneous. Whether this was an editing error or deliberate is unknown. The description is: Greenifier: 1840G Makes your crops grow faster. Only good for once a harvest and you'll need seed, too, of course. This description would imply that Greenifier has effects similar to the three Formulae. In fact, what it does is boost the level of your seed by a single level. In other words, plant Level 1 Cherry Grass, dump Greenifier on it and you will be able to harvest Level 2 Cherry Grass. You can use only one 'dose' of Greenifier on any given Crop. This means that a Crop's quality can be boosted only by a single level. Formulae A, B and C, on the other hand, can be used daily on any crop. Note that both the three Formulae and Greenifier work on a single square. You will not obtain 9 upgraded plants from a 3 x 3 plot. You only will obtain an upgraded plant from the square on which the Greenifier was placed. It is not worth the effort nor the expense to upgrade 9 squares in any case. It is far better to upgrade one, harvest it, then convert it into seed to plant again. It is a long process to upgrade any Crop from Level 1 to Level 10 but with the aid of Greenifier and Formula C, it can be done much more quickly than Nature

intended. Rune Factory 2 and Rune Factory Frontier are the same in this respect, except for one additional aid in Rune Factory 2. There is a Magnifying Glass in RF2 that allows you to scrutinise any square where seed has been planted. The Magnifying Glass is found on the upper floor of your Farmhouse and is used as a Tool. Unfortunately, it will show only the CURRENT use of any Farm Aid on a Crop. In other words, it will identify the farm aid used on the square on THAT DAY. You will not be able to use it to discover the level of the Crop or to discover whether or not Greenifier or any Formulae were used on the previous day... In both games, a square on which any farm aid has been used will turn green for the day. The next day, however, it will look like every other square where seed has been planted. You therefore need to where you have planted specific seeds and which square you are upgrading. I always choose the centre square in any 3 x 3 plot for my upgrades. Having described the process in some detail, it now only remains to identify priorities in of upgrades. Your first priority should be an all ordinary Flowers: Moondrop, Toy Herb, Pink Cat and Charm Blue. These are ingredients in some of the best Accessories. Flowers rather than Crops are more of a priority where upgrading levels is concerned. Your first priority in of 'rare' Crops should be the Four-Leaf Clover. You will receive one from the 'Young Girl', Stella's younger aspect, when you experience her sequence of Events. You may wish to purchase one bag of seeds from the Materia Shop as well. The reason I would consider it the first priority is because it is used in so many Accessories. I now believe this is the reason both Tabatha and Stella speak of it as bringing 'good luck'. Carrying it in my Rucksack does not appear to change the probabilities in of obtaining rare items in the Dungeons, but there is no doubt that the Four-Leaf Clover is one of the most vital ingredients at the Crafts Bench. The other is the Emery Flower which is an ingredient in THREE of the very best Accessories. Ordinary Flowers as Ingredients: Moondrop: Headdress, Wind Cape Toy Herb: Stylish Hat, Fluffy Hat, Furry Belt, Earth Cape, Poison Ring Pink Cat: Fire Cape, Cat's Tail, Silence Ring Charm Blue: Headdress, Water Cape, Corsage, Para Ring Rare Flowers as Ingredients: Four-Leaf Clover: Elephant Mask, Critical 7, Black Robe Emery Flower: Tiara, Corsage, Diamond Ring Lamp Grass: Whale Hat, Rosario Cherry Grass: Corsage Fireflower: Magic Ring Ironleaf: Gold Hairpin N.B. There are two separate Recipes for the Corsage, but the more difficult uses the three 'Crystal' Flowers and a Moondrop. The easier one uses Charm Blue, Cherry Grass and Emery Flower There are 'Toys' that use various FLowers as well, such as the Turnip Lamp and Pumpkin Lamp that require Lamp Grass... but these are not priorities. There is one other priority if you intend to marry. The Wedding Bouquet requires Blue Rose, Moon Drop, Toy Herb and Pink Cat.

It is in making Accessories that the bulk of the Flowers will be used but there are a few Weapons that require a Flower as well: Moondrop: Lunar Eclipse, Crescent Axe Pink Cat: Heaven's Tear Charm Blue: Heaven's Tear Ironleaf: Steel Sushir In my opinion, these particular Weapons are NOT a priority to create, although you will wish to ship one of each to complete your Shipping List ultimately. A couple of Farm Tools require 'rare' Flowers: Fireflower: The Hammer Noel Grass: Miracle Axe, Sacred Pole Ironleaf: Legend Sickle Four-Leaf Clover: Joy Can Cherry Grass: Blessed Hoe Where your Farm Tool upgrades are concerned, however, there is absolutely NO POINT WHATSOEVER in creating anything above Level 1 initially. Your Level 1 Little Crystals and Level 1 rare Flowers should be used here to create the initial Tool upgrade. The reason why you should not waste your higher level ingredients on any Tool upgrade is because you can use Scrap Iron instead to upgrade any Level 1 Tool to Level 10! In conclusion, it is important to put some Four-Leaf Clover Seeds as well as some Emery Seeds in the ground of a Dungeon plot as early in the game as possible in order to be able to craft some vital Accessories. You would not benefit even if you could harvest these two Crops in the first season, however, as the creation of the Accessories in question require very high Skill Levels... By the time you obtain your first Harvest, you should be able to create them. If you can upgrade TWO flowers of that first harvest, so much the better. One upgraded Crop ALWAYS needs to be converted into seed instantly and planted. That is why I suggest upgrading two. One final note beyond the conclusion: Irony is active in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game. By the time you have been able to harvest upgraded Crops, their usefulness will have decreased somewhat as your character's levels of experience and Skill should be high enough to make any upgrade in Weapons or Accessories less significant than it would have been earlier in the game! that the best Weapons require more RP to wield. It is only when your character's Skill and Experience Levels are high that the RP needed decreases. In a way, this is logical but it means that patience and work are required in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game as all of the best items take time and energy to obtain... In Rune Factory 2, there is a trading option that allows a player to obtain items from another player. If you have two DS systems and two cartridges, in theory you could the best items from a character with maximum experience and skill levels to one who was just beginning his game. The problem here initially is that those weapons may destroy the character who attempts to wield them! The RP requirements are too stiff for a character at Level 1 Experience. Dungeon Farming Strategies

Whenever you confront the 'Boss' of any Dungeon, a Circle Portal will be created to allow instant access to that area, presumably for a 'rematch'. There is a far more practical use for the Circle Portal, however, which is quick access to a chamber that often has the best fishing location in the Dungeon as well as tillable fields. Any Circle Portal destination should be used to grow rare Crops. Some players confront the Boss Monster of any dungeon as early as possible, even if defeat is certain, simply for the chance to create the Circle Portal shortcut. Ending up in the Clinic will lower Lara's Love/Friendship but that can be restored easily with a gift of Jam or Chocolate Cake. The best location of all in of farming is the area outside the Water Tower on Whale Island. After defeating the Giant Squid, described as a 'Jellyfish' by Marco, you will have instant access to some of the largest tillable fields in the game. As Whale Island is the only location that is not season-specific, you can grow ALL rare Flower Crops in these fields and use them to grow upgraded Flower Crops. For me, this is the most compelling reason to defeat the Giant Squid. Buying a Kitchen You will have many expenses in the first fortnight of Spring. One of your first goals must be to purchase a Handy Kitchen at least from Lute on the Holiday. Even if you do not have sufficient funds to purchase any Utensils, Pickled Turnips is a 'No Tool/Utensil' Dish that will allow you to use your precious Turnips for sustenance rather than profit, if need demands. Crops generally are wasted if consumed raw. You will receive a meagre amount of HP from them but nothing compared to the amounts of HP and RP received from most Cooked Dishes. As energy restoration must be another priority throughout the game, the sooner you can cook your own food, the better. Note that higher levels of items have more HP and/or RP and wherever an item has a temporary FX, the duration will increase with its level. Cooking Skill Levels Whether in the Kitchen or at the Forge or Workbench, there are a number of different levels of Cooking and each requires the right environment and equipment. With a small Kitchen and the Utensils that fit on its counter, you will be able to prepare dishes that require a maximum of two ingredients. With a Great Kitchen or Forge, you will be able to prepare or make items that require a maximum of four ingredients. It is only at the next level that you will be able to prepare or make items that require a maximum of six ingredients. In each case, you will need an expansion from Kross as well as any furniture or environmental upgrades before you will be able to make items at the next level. In fact, as usual, you will not even be able to purchase the upgraded items from Lute until you have the proper house expansion for them. Even when you have the required equipment and ingredients, however, you will be unable to cook or make an item if your own skill levels are inadequate. You need some chance, however slim, of actually being able to make the item successfully before the game will allow you to make the attempt.

Fortunately, increasing your Skill Levels in the Kitchen, at the Forge, Workbench or Pharmacy are far easier in Rune Factory 2 than it was in previous Rune Factory games. You should have no trouble whatsoever with this aspect of the game. Cooking in Rune Factory Frontier Cooking is a vital aspect of life and as such, usually is included in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game. In Rune Factory, you have added options of creating Weapons and Accessories as well as cooking food items, provided you have the necessary equipment and skills. Your first Recipe Book for cooking food will be given to you in your first meeting with Rita, provided you speak to her and initiate a dialogue about cooking. The book will consist of a few simple Recipes for No Utensil/No Tool Dishes. You may not need to purchase any Utensils to make these, but you will need ot purchase the small Handy Kitchen from Lute. Lute is the source of all Kitchen, Forge and Pharmacy purchases, among others. He sells the Big Bed you need in order to marry as well as his own Paintings and other useful or aesthetically pleasing items. The most important purchase may be the Kitchen, Forge and Pharmacy, however. Note that, in a Handy Kitchen, you cannot have more than three different Cooking Utensils and you will not be able to cook Dishes that require more than two ingredients. In the case where any Recipe you own requires more than two ingredients, the additional items will be not be highlighted. Until you have purchased the Great Kitchen, you will not be able to make any Recipes that require more than two ingredients. The Great Kitchen requires a Kitchen house extension from Kross. The final level of Kitchen is the Chef's Kitchen which can be purchased from Lute and allows you to cook Dishes with a maximum of 6 ingredients. No further house expansion is required to purchase the Chef's Kitchen or its counterparts in Forge and Laboratory. Cooking for Beginners When you first begin to cook, you will be at a disadvantage in of your store of ingredients as well as your Cooking Skill. You therefore need to cook whatever Dishes CAN be cooked successfully, irrespective of their shipping values or energy values. Once your Cooking Skills have improved, however, you will find that your choice of Dish can determine victory or defeat in combat situations. One of the most useful aspects of any Recipe Book in Rune Factory Frontier is the inclusion of all information related to energy values and special effects. You only need to own the Recipe Book and have a Kitchen in order to be able to see the effects that any Cooked Dish will have in of Energy and temporary special effects in battle. You need to make and ship each Dish once in order to complete your Shipping List, but you need not do so simply in order to discover its energy value, shipping value and any special effects.

Increasing Item Levels in Cooking The same item often can be cooked in a couple of different ways. Very useful Recipes are those that use a single ingredient. As at the Forge, Crafts Bench or Laboratory, a Recipe that requires only a single ingredient or a maximum of 2 ingredients is one that can offer high level results more easily than Recipes requiring many ingredients. In any project, the level of the result is based on the LOWEST level of any of its ingredients. Although you can raise the Level of the resulting item by hitting the green section of the gauge, you can achieve more using a high level item in a Recipe that calls for only one ingredient. In other words, if you have Level 9 Rice, you can create a Level 10 Rice Ball simply by hitting the green when you prepare the dish. If you wish to create Level 10 Bamboo Rice, however, the Bamboo Shoot and the Rice both must be Level 9. In a Recipe with six ingredients, all six must be at Level 9 if you are to have any chance of creating a Level 10 item. All Recipes for Kitchen, Forge, Crafts Bench and Laboratory are included in another section of this Guide. This section deals solely with some of the easiest Recipes for beginners. A Guide to Cooking As in most other Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, you cannot cook until you have a Kitchen. There are two sizes of Kitchen, and both are sold by Lute, a traveling peddler who visits Trampoli only on the Holiday. You must purchase the small Kitchen in order to be able to purchase the Large Kitchen. As soon as the small or 'Handy' Kitchen is purchased, the Great Kitchen will appear in his Menu. However, the larger size requires a Kitchen Expansion to your House. The small Kitchen requires no expansion whatsoever. Money may be an issue in the first week of the game as well. It is unlikely that you would be able to afford both the necessary Kitchen Expansion and the price of the Great Kitchen on 7 Spring, the first day when Lute appears. Buy the Small Kitchen, then spend any remaining funds on Cooking Utensils from Lute, Cookbooks from Selphy and other improvements. Your small Kitchen will be delivered to your home immediately with any Cooking Utensils you have purchased. A small Forge and Pharmacy can be purchased likewise without any prior House Expansions but I would advise that players opt for the Kitchen first, as Cooked Dishes ship for higher values than raw ingredients and can be used to restore significant amounts of HP and RP. The Cooking Utensils that fit into a Small Kitchen are the Frying Pan, the Pot and the Steamer. When you first meet Rita at the Inn/Tavern, she will give you an elementary Cookbook entitled 'Quick-Step Cook'. This is the 'No Utensils' Recipe Book and will be the most useful of any of the Cookbooks at this stage. All other cookbooks are sold by Selphy at the Rune Archives. The simple Cookbooks for Frying Pan, Pot and Steamer cost 500G each. Expanding your Cooking Range The Small Kitchen and some of the Handy Kitchen Utensils can be purchased from Lute and used without ever expanding your House, but if you wish to have a full range of Kitchen Utensils, even in the 'Handy' smallest form, you must order a Kitchen expansion from Kross.

He will give you a choice of three different styles whenever he makes any House upgrade, whether it is your Kitchen, your Forge or your Laboratory. As he will inform you himself, these styles do not have any effect on the actual size or potential of the expansion. They only offer cosmetic options in of changing the appearance of the upgrade. When you have an expanded Kitchen from Kross, you will be able to buy the Great Kitchen from Lute. This will enable you not only to purchase the full set of 'Handy' Utensils but will allow you to purchase a full set of 'Great' Utensils as well. A full list of Lute's items and prices is given in the Shop and Business section of this Guide. Every Handy Utensil costs 400G each. The Great Kitchen costs 2000G and each of the 'Great' Utensils that can be purchased for it cost 1000G. Handy Utensils allow you to use a maximum of 2 ingredients to cook any Dish. Great Utensils allow you to use a maximum of 4 ingredients. Any Recipe Books that you purchase from Selphy may include Dishes that require from 1 to 6 ingredients. The Dishes that you are able to make at any given point in time depend on three factors: 1. Having all required ingredients in your Rucksack; 2. Having the proper Kitchen and required Kitchen Utensil in of one that allows the necessary quantity of ingredients; 3. Having the required Cooking Skill to be able to attempt the Dish in question. The next upgrade in Utensil requires a 'spankin' new kitchen' as Lute will inform you. The next kitchen upgrade is the Chef's Kitchen costing 8000G. The Chef's Kitchen by itself will allow you to cook any 'No Tools/No Utensils' Dishes that require up to 6 ingredients to prepare. You need to purchase the next upgrade of each Cooking Utensil if you wish to cook other types of Dishes that require 5 or 6 ingredients. At this stage of upgrade, each of the new Utensils has its own unique adjective to describe it but each is offered at the same price of 2400G. You will not be able to purchase any of the Utensils at this level unless you purchase the Chef's Kitchen first for 8000G. The situation with respect to the Forge and the Laboratory is identical. You can buy the smallest Forge and Laboratory without expanding your house but the Great Forge and Great Laboratory require a Forge expansion from Kross. With the smallest Forge and Laboratory, you will be limited to creation of items that require no more than two ingredients. With the Great Forge and Great Laboratory, you will be able to make items that require a maximum of four ingredients. If you wish to make the most advanced Weapons, Accessories and Medicines, you will need the Maestro Forge and its Laboratory equivalent. The Maestro Forge costs 28000G, but it offers both an expanded Forge and expanded Crafting Bench for Accessories. With the Maestro Forge, you will be able to make items that require 5 or 6 ingredients, provided always that you

have the necessary Skill Levels to do so. How to Cook Cooking is more interactive in Rune Factory Frontier than in any other Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game. First stand in front of the Utensil or Counter to select a specific type of Cooking method. If you are cooking without Utensils, stand in front of the Counter space. Press A to initiate the Cooking sequence. If you have a Recipe Book, it will appear on the left. Each Recipe with its Skill Level Requirement will be displayed to the left. To the right, whenever a Recipe is highlighted, the required ingredients will appear. Press A again to fill the Ingredient slots with the required ingredients for the highlighted Recipe. If you do not have the ingredients in your Rucksack, you will not be able to make the Cooked Dish. You need to fetch any required ingredients from storage if you wish to use them. When the ingredients have been placed in the Cooking Box to the right of the Recipe List, press the + Button to begin Cooking. A gauge will appear at the bottom of the screen. You will see that the gauge has different colours. The centre of the gague will appear in blue. To the left and right of the central blue area will be a very small area that is green. To the left of that, on either side, the remainder of the gauge will be red. When you press the + Button, the cursor will begin to swing across the gauge. You need to press the 'A' Button to complete the Cooking process. If you press it while the cursor is on any red section, the Dish will be a Flop or Failed Dish. If you press it while the cursor is in the blue area, it will be a success. If you manage to press the + Button when the gauge is in the small green area on either side of the blue, you will see a prompt to the effect that your Dish has been perfectly prepared, raising it by a Level. For example, if you take a Level 1 Strawberry and make Berry Jam from it in a Pot, you will see the following prompt if you manage to stop the cursor while it is in the green area: 'Lv: 2: Berry Jam was synthesized with expertise!' Having a Recipe Book increases your chances of success as it widens the blue area on the gauge. Without a Recipe Book, you may have a very small chance of success. An increase in your own Skill Level will widen the success areas of the gauge as well. A Recipe with a small success margin when your character remains at Level 1 Cooking Experience will have a large success margin when he reaches Level 5, for example. The margin of red at the end of either side of the gauge will become smaller and smaller, making it almost impossible to create a Flop. In Rune Factory Frontier, a higher Level of item not only has a higher shipping

value but higher Energy restoration values. Any temporary special effect values in combat situations will increase as well, adding both a longer time span for the special effect and more power to whatever effect is given. It therefore is to your advantage in this game to use the highest quality of ingredients when Cooking, Forging or making Medicines and to try to hit the green 'perfect' area in the gauge if possible. Hint: Save your game BEFORE you attempt any Recipe in Cooking. Ingredients used in Cooking cannot be recovered if you fail as they will be made into a Flop. On the other hand, ingredients used in Forging Weapons or Accoutrements will not be used if you fail. You simply will lose energy but will gain experience from any attempt at the Forge and Workbench. Note that a situation that AUTOMATICALLY creates a Flop is any attempt to create a Dish when your Skill Level in Cooking is inadequate for the task. Your ingredients WILL be taken but a Flop is all that will result from the attempt. Incidentally, a Flop can be shipped and you should ship one in order to complete your Shipping List. Tip for Raising Item Levels in Cooking There are a number of Recipes that require a single Ingredient. Bread is one of these, requiring nothing more than a bag of Flour and an Oven. When you make Bread, you can stop the gauge in the green to create Level 2 Bread from a Level 1 bag of Flour. You then can increase the Level again by making Toast. Toast requires nothing more than Bread to create. Place the Bread in the Oven and stop the gauge again in the green to make the Level 2 Bread into Level 3 Toast. Level 1 Toast has the following stats: Toast, Lv 1: 190G; HP 50, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec, Max HP +40, Earth Resistance +20 Level 3 Toast has these stats: Toast, Lv 3: 266G; HP 50, RP 150, FX Time 180 sec, Max HP +40, Earth Resistance +20 It is only in combat situations that the difference can become critical. Having an item that raises your Maximum HP by 40 points for 3 minutes instead of 2 minutes can mean the difference between victory and defeat. Even having an item that boosts your Maximum HP by 40 points for 2 minutes may bring critical aid at a point when your character is approaching zero HP! Food supplies can be critical during battle. that any food items your character consumes will benefit both your own character and that of any Monster Ally who accompanies you. There are a number of Dishes that can be boosted in Level twice in the same way that a Level 1 bag of Flour can become Level 3 Toast. Rice can be made into a Rice Ball using no utensils at all. Hit the gauge in the green and make it into a Level 2 Rice Ball. Place it in the oven and hit the gauge in the green again to create a Level 3 Hot Rice Ball. Rice Ball, Level 1 has the following stats: Rice Ball, Lv. 1: 160G; HP 45, RP 75; FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +45

Hot Rice Ball, Level 3 has the following stats: Hot Rice Ball, Lv. 3: 266G; HP 55, RP 150; FX Time 180 sec. Max HP +50, Earth Resistance +10 Both Rice and Flour can be found inside Caves/Dungeons in Treasure Chests, Crates and Urns. If you use the 2nd Beanstalk on any Holiday to access the Whale's Fin, you can obtain a fine quantity of Rice, Chocolate, Flour and other items, including Crystals, Gems, Energy Drinks and Ores, simply by climbing the Beanstalk again and again… If you prefer to use your time in a different manner, you can purchase both Flour and Rice always at the Tavern at night. Single Ingredient Recipes A list of some basic Recipes that require only a single ingredient, can be made with fairly low Cooking Skills and are extremely useful in the first Spring and Summer of the game follows. Note that none of the Dishes listed here use ingredients that are not available in the 1st Spring or Summer season. The highest Cooking Skill Level requirement for any of these Dishes is less than 25 and in many cases, less than 10. Eggs and Milk are Ranch Products obtained from tame Monsters but a player without a Monster Barn can obtain them from Rita at the Tavern. Rice and Flour often can be found in Caves/Dungeons in Treasure Chests but can be purchased from Rita as well. All Recipes can be found in my Cookbook Recipe Guide. No Tool/No Utensil Single Ingredient Recipes: Rice Ball: 160G Ingredients: Rice HP 45, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +45 Pickled Turnip: 235G Ingredients: Turnip HP 10, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +20, Stun Attack 30% Pickles: 370G Ingredients: Cucumber HP 10, RP 100, FX Time: 120 sec. Defence +25, Stun Attack 40% Char Sashimi: 85G Ingredients: Char HP 7, RP 57, FX Time: 120 sec. Defence +14, Water Resistance +10 Needle Sashimi: 70G Ingredients: Needlefish HP 7, RP 54, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +14, Magic +10 Frying Pan Single Ingredient Recipes: Smoked Salmon: Ingredients: HP 8, RP 65, Red Grill: 45G Ingredients: HP 6, RP 44, Grilled Chub: Ingredients: HP 7, RP 47, Popcorn: 180G

150G Salmon FX Time 120 sec.

Defence +21, Wind Attack +10

Red Salmon FX Time 120 sec, Defence +17, Magic +10 60G Chub FX Time 120 sec. Defence +17, Magic +10

Ingredients: Corn HP 10, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Fire Attack +10, Seal Defence Grilled Trout: 80G Ingredients: Trout HP 7, RP 51, FX 120 sec. Defence +18, Magic +10 Roasted Carp: 95G Ingredients: Carp HP 7, RP 54, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +19, Fire Resistance +10 Grilled Char: 85G Ingredients: Char HP 7, RP 52, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +18, Magic +10 Grilled Squid: 55G Ingredients: Squid HP 7, RP 46, FX 120 sec. Attack +17, Magic +10 Pot Single Ingredient Recipes: Hot Milk: 140G Ingredients: Milk HP 20, RP 75, FX Time 90 sec. Attack +25 Boiled Egg: 130G Ingredients: Egg HP 10, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Attack +20, Water Resistance +10 Berry Jam: 130G Ingredients: Strawberry HP 10, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Magic +30 Porridge: 160G Ingredients: Rice HP 45, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +40, Water Resistance +10 Orange Jam: 180G Ingredients: Orange HP 10, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Magic +25, Wind Attack +10 Udon: 160G Ingredients: Flour HP 45, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +45, Water Attack +10 Blender Single Ingredient Recipes: Orange Juice: 180G Ingredients: Orange HP 0, RP 75, FX Time 90 Tomato Juice: 290G Ingredients: Tomato HP 0, RP 75, FX Time 90 Tropic Punch: 430G Ingredients: Pineapple HP 0, RP 75, FX Time 90 Cherry Juice: 180G HP 0, RP 75, FX Time 90

sec.

Attack +25, Defence +20

sec.

Attack +20, Defence +30

sec.

Attack +35, Defence +20

sec.

Attack +30, Defence +10

Oven Single Ingredient Recipes: Hot Rice Ball: 190G Ingredients: Rice HP 55, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Turnip Roast: 240G Ingredients: Turnip

Max HP +50, Earth Resistance +10

HP 10, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Fire Resistance +20, Paralysis Defence Bread: 160G Ingredients: Flour HP 45, RP 75, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +40, Earth Resistance +15 En Papillote: 140G Ingredients: Bamboo Shoot HP 10, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Paralysis Attack 100%, Seal Attack 100% Toast: 190G Ingredients: Bread HP 50, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +40, Earth Resistance +20 Steamer Single Ingredient Recipes: There are no Steamer Recipes that require only one ingredient and a Cooking Skill Level that is less than 25. Early Cooking Investments You may wish to study the list of Single Ingredient Dishes before making a decision in of the Cooking Utensils that you purchase initially from Lute or before purchasing Cookbooks from Selphy. There is no point in spending all of your money early in Spring on a Utensil or Recipe Book if there are few or even no Dishes that you will be to make. Choose Utensils and Recipe Books initially that will allow you to make the greatest number of easy Dishes. Cooking Schedule This is discussed in another section of this Guide as well. Cooking requires Energy and it is rather foolish to use all of your HP and RP in the Kitchen, Forge or Laboratory early in the day when you have other tasks to perform. It is wisest to base your Cooking Schedule both on your Bath Schedule and the point at which you enter the house in order to end your day by going to sleep. If, in the middle of the day, you find that your RP is depleted and you have no access to Rune Points to replenish it, you should go to the Bathhouse to pay 10G to Melody for a Bath that will restore all HP and all RP. Before doing so, however, enter your House to use your remaining HP in Cooking. Obviously, you should not deplete your HP to the point where you out, but you can use almost all of it in Cooking before going to the Bathhouse. By doing this, you waste neither time nor energy. It is better to take a Bath when both the HP and RP gauges are close to zero than to take one when you still have a fair amount of HP or RP. In combat situations, you may find that HP is depleted faster than your RP unless you are using Magic. If you do not wish to use an Energy Potion, go home and use the remaining RP and then whatever HP remains to Cook. Before you go to sleep at night, you should use whatever HP and/or RP remains to Cook, Forge or create items in your Laboratory. Provided that you enter your house before 1.00 a.m. and have no Status Ailments, you can reduce the HP gauge almost to zero and still awaken at 6.00 a.m. with full HP and RP.

Cooking for Combat: Almost every Dungeon/Cave is ruled by a specific Season and specific Element. When you choose your Weapons and Equipment, you should base your choices on the Element that rules the enemies you will face. In like fashion, the Dishes that you choose to cook or take to any Dungeon should be those with the greatest effect against the Enemies specific to that Dungeon. In other words, if you intend to visit the Lava Ruins, a Dungeon ruled by Fire, take items that offer protection against Fire or offer Water Attack power. If you intend to visit the Whale's Flank, take items that offer protection against Earth or have Air/Wind Attack power. Note that the Luck Blade offers protection both against Poison and Seal. Earth Elementals tend to be equipped with a Poison Attack. The Luck Blade, although less powerful than some of the other weapons you can forge, can be an excellent choice when dealing with enemies who have Poison attack power. These are only two examples among many. If your own experience Level in combat is high enough to disregard these considerations, you may focus simply on the necessity of replenishing HP and RP as required, but in the early stages of the game, the specific temporary effects of any item you eat can be critical. Effects of Cooked Dishes in Combat Raw items, when consumed have no temporary effects. They usually act to increase your HP and/or RP by a small amount. The same item when cooked, however, will have both a 'permanent' and a temporary effect. For example, eating unprepared Rice will increase your HP by 8 points. Fruit such as a Cherry or Orange when consumed raw will increase RP by 60 points. These effects are 'permanent' in the sense that, provided you perform no action that will use your energy, the HP or RP gained will remain. Temporary Effects are designated by the abbreviation FX. With respect to any raw item or ingredient, the FX is 0. With respect to Cooked Items, you will find that there are two FX factors. One is a time limit and the other are the effects themselves. If you throw the Orange into a Blender to make Orange Juice, you obtain the following benefits when you drink it. The 'permanent' effect is that your RP will be increased by 75 points. With that, however, you will experience a temporary effect that will last 90 seconds in the form of a boost to your Attack of 25 points and an increase of 20 points in your Defence. Obviously, a temporary effect such as this is of significant benefit only in a combat situation. If you are confronting a powerful enemy, such as a Boss Monster, a 90 second boost in both your Attack and Defence may mean the difference between victory or defeat. If it does not bring victory, at least it may prevent you from being defeated. The same Orange can be cooked in a Pot to create Orange Jam. The permanent effect of consuming Orange Jam or marmalade is a gain of 10 points of HP and 100 points of RP. The temporary effects last 120 seconds, during which time your Magic will be boosted by 25 points and Wind Attack by 10 points. If, therefore, you need both HP and RP, you would do better to make Orange Jam

than Orange Juice with your Orange. If you intend to use a Magic Wand and especially one with Air/Wind Elemental Power such as the Storm Rod, you definitely would benefit more from Orange Jam than Orange Juice. There are many diverse special temporary effects connected with Cooked Dishes. Some will boost your Maximum HP by a specific number of points, making it more difficult for an Enemy to defeat your character. Others boost Attack and Defence or a specific Elemental power. Increasing the Level of any Cooked Dish will not increase its effect on HP but it can increase any RP given and it will increase its temporary effects as well. Orange Jam at Level 1 increases HP by 10 points, RP by 100, and its temporary effects last 120 seconds. Orange Jam at Level 2 increases HP by 10 points still, but gives 125 RP and its temporary effects last for 150 seconds. At Level 5, the RP gain is 200 and the duration of its temporary effects is 240 seconds. The shipping value of any Cooked Dishes may be a consideration early in the game as well. Where two items have similar effects, it is better to ship the more valuable Cooked Dish and keep the less valuable for its Energy uses. If you compare Orange Juice with Tomato Juice, you will see that both restore 75 poitns of RP. Both have a temporary effect on Attack and Defence that lasts 90 seconds at Level 1. In the case of Orange Juice, it provides 25 points of Attack and 20 points of Defence for a minute and a half. In the case of Tomato Juice, you will gain 20 Attack points and 30 Defence points for the same amount of time. The difference between the two in of energy value is fairly insignificant. They differ more in their shipping value as Orange Juice ships for 180G and Tomato Juice ships for 290G. As your income increases, such a difference becomes less important but in the early stages of the game, the added 110G you would receive by shipping the Tomato Juice instead of the Orange Juice may make a big difference. Protection from Status Ailments Most Status Ailments are temporary and if you can survive their effect, they will be lifted automatically after a specific length of time. Even so, Seal may be the most annoying status ailment in any Rune Factory game, as it prevents your character from using either Magic or any Special Attack. In other words, your Weapons and Tools will not take a charge while your character is 'sealed'. Any tame Monster who is inflicted with Seal status cannot use his/her Special Attack either. Although you cannot buy any medication that will negate the effects of Seal in the early stages of the game, there are Cooked Dishes that provide protection against Seal Attack. A list of Cooked Dishes organized by special effects is included in this guide. Formuade is the medication that can cure all Status ailments. Cooking without a Recipe Book You actually can cook without having a Recipe Book, although your chances of success will diminish greatly. When cooking with a Recipe Book, when all ingredients are in your Rucksack, you simply need to press the 'A' Button to

fill all the ingredient slots on the right side of the Cookbook page. You then press the (+) Button to begin the process of preparing or cooking the dish. Without a Recipe Book, you need to press the (-) Button. This will display the contents of your Rucksack on the left side of the Cooking page in place of the list of Recipes that you own. You then can use your cursor to transfer ingredients from your bag to the right side of the Cooking Page. When all ingredients are in place, press (+) to begin the process of preparing the dish. Completing the Recipe page of your Farm Menu is one of the goals in Rune Factory Frontier. You cannot do this if you fail to acquire every book that can be purchased or otherwise obtained. Using a Recipe Book in any situation prevents loss of ingredients in cooking as well as giving you a better chance of hitting the green to raise the level of any Cooked Dish that you prepare. Obtaining all Recipe Books Your Farm Menu has a Recipe page where every Cookbook that you have acquired is displayed. Two of your Recipe Books are gifts. The initial 'Farm Companion' Cookbook that provides simple Recipes for upgrading your Farm Tools is a gift from Ganesha. The initial No Tools/No Utensils Recipe Book for the Kitchen in the form of 'Quick-step Cooking' is a gift from Rita. There are a couple of special Cookbook involved with Courtship. One is 'Pleasant Sleep', obtained from Melody when you are in the process of completing Lara's 'Story', one of the requirements for marriage to Lara. The other is 'Happiness 101', a Recipe Book for the 'Wedding Bouquet' which is the Rune Factory Frontier equivalent of the Blue Feather in Harvest Moon. It is a gift from Stella when any Eligible Girl has reached a full 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship. All other Recipe Books must be purchased from Selphy. The beginner's Recipe Cooks will be available early in the game. The intermediate and advanced Recipe Books must be unlocked but by the first Autumn season, you should have all Recipe Books. The list of Cookbooks is as follows: Cookbooks for the Kitchen: No Tools/No Utensils Recipe Books: Quick-step Cooking: A beginner's guide to the culinary arts. It has a lot of dishes that can be made quickly and easily. (Gift from Rita) Chef's Road: Recipe book with lots of info on sushi and many other dishes. Mainly for advanced cooks. Gourmet Cooking: An advanced recipe book for exotic dishes. Most of the recipes are for light meals. Frying Pan Recipe Books: Fly! Frying Pan! 1: Beginner's recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. Fly! Frying Pan! 2: Intermediate recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. Fly! Frying Pan 3: Advanced recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan.

Pot Recipe Books: It's Hot!: Newbie's guide to hot pot dishes. It even shows you the trick to how much heat you should use. Cont'd: It's Hot!: Intermediate guide to hot pot dishes. It introduces many more cooking methods and ingredients. Final: It's Hot!: Advanced guide to hot pot dishes. This book will make you a hot pot cooking master! Oven Recipe Books: Fine Dining: Beginner's guide to baking. A single successful dish can change your outlook on life! More Fine Dining: Intermediate guide to baking. Your cooking can improve your position in the household. Super Fine Dining: Advanced guide to baking. Use your cooking skills for good and change the world for the better! Blender/Mixer Recipe Books: Blender Mastery: Beginner guide on using the mixer. True Blender Mastery: Advanced guide on using the mixer. Steamer Recipe Books: Skilled Steaming: A beginner's guide to steamed cuisine. Expert Steaming: An advanced guide to steamed cuisine. Recipe Books for the Forge The Recipe Books for the Forge include the beginner's guide for upgrading Tools given by Rita as well as a beginner's guide for weapons of all types. Advanced Guides then can be purchased that specialise in each weapon type. An advanced guide for upgrading tools can be purchased as well. Tool Upgrade Recipe Books: Farm Companion: A newbie's guide on farming tools. It even tells you what you need to know about farm life. Farm Master: Advanced guide on making farming tools. It seems the author was perfectionist when writing this. Weapon Upgrade Recipe Books: Let's Make Weapons! A beginner's guide on how to make 1-handed swords, 2-handed swords, spears, axes and hammers. Forge 1-handed Swords: An advanced guide on how to make 1-handed swords. Make 2-handed Swords: Guide for making 2-handed swords. For the intermediate blacksmith. Spear Studio: An advanced guide book for making spears. It says it was written by a famous blacksmith on the cover. Hammer Lab: An advanced guide book on hammers. It gives you some tips and trips* on (*XSeed typo and XSeed incomplete description here) Axe Fan Weekly: A guide that shows you how to make various axes. This is the only* (*XSeed incomplete description) Make a Magic Cane: A guide to making staffs. You can make magic staffs, but you can't use magic to make them.

N.B.

I believe there may be one final Recipe Book for Swords.

Recipe Books for the Crafts Bench Jewelry Workshop: A beginner's guide on making head, neck and arm accessories. Time to get trendy. Head Coordination: An advanced guide on making accessories for the head. Pretty heady stuff… Neck Accentuation: An advanced guide to making neck accessories. Why not just say necklaces…? Stylish Wear: Advanced guide for making accessories that all the cool kids are talking about. At Your Fingertips: An advanced guide for making accessories for your arms and hands. Courtship Recipe Books: Happy Toys: Beach Style!: A book of swimsuit patterns that boys are too embarrassed to buy at stores. Happiness 101: Contains the instructions for making the bouquet necessary for any wedding ceremony. Pleasant Sleep: This is book that has the recipe for Sleepy Grass. Just reading it makes you sleepy. Recipe Books for the Laboratory Lab Book: A book of medicinal recipes. It's a sizable tome that goes into even the most minute detail. Ultimate Lab Book: A book of medicinal recipes. It's a difficult book that has a lot of specific medical terminology. Advanced Recipes and their Effects You will note that Dishes that require the maximum number of ingredients tend to be far more powerful in their effects than any single ingredient Dish. Creating these Dishes successfully usually will require a fair Skill Level as well as access to all necessary ingredients. It is unlikely, therefore, that you will be able to make many Advanced Recipes before Summer of the 1st Year, as the funds required to purchase all Crop Seeds, Kitchen expansions and Kitchen Utensils probably will not be available until then. that you can grow Crops from all three growing seasons on Whale Island, which means that the most ambitious players can have access to Autumn vegetables before the 1st Autumn season. Some of the 'Most Favourite Gifts' of Eligible Girls in Rune Factory Frontier are Advanced Dishes. The Sandwich beloved of Selphy is one of these, although you can give her a single ingredient item in the form of a Rice Ball to raise her Affection Level without much Skill and without a large Kitchen.

The Sandwich, on the other hand, has a Skill Level requirement of 70 and contains the maximum number of ingredients, which means that you can prepare it only when you have purchased the Chef's Kitchen. Sandwich: 1820G Skill Level 70 HP 280, RP 425, FX 120 sec. Max HP +85, Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Cucumber, Tomato, Carrot, Boiled Egg, Bread, Mayonnaise As you can see, the ingredients for a Sandwich in Rune Factory Frontier include Crops from all three growing Seasons as well as Cooked Dishes made with a Pot, an Oven and a Mixer. It therefore definitely qualifies as an 'Advanced Recipe' even though a child can make a Sandwich in our world! Breaking down the ingredients, you will find: Cucumber: Spring Crop grown in your Field, a Spring Dungeon or Whale Island Tomato: Summer Crop grown in your Field, a Summer Dungeon or Whale Island Carrot: Autumn Crop, grown in your Field, an Autumn Dungeon or Whale Island Boiled Egg: cooked in a Pot with a single ingredient in the form of an Egg; an Egg is a Ranch Product from a Clucky or one of her 'cousins' Bread: cooked in an Oven with a single ingredient in the form of Flour, an item that can be purchased from Rita at the Tavern or found in a Treasure Chest or Crate in a Dungeon Mayonnaise: prepared in a Mixer/Blender with two ingredients in the form of an Egg, a Ranch Product obtained from a Clucky (or cousin) and Cooking Oil, an item purchased at the Tavern or found in a Treasure Chest or Crate in a Dungeon As previously stated, even if you have all 6 ingredients, you must own a Chef's Kitchen, the highest upgrade of Kitchen, the Advanced Recipe Book from Selphy and the necessary Skill Level to prepare a simple Sandwich successfully. Once prepared, however, you will be able to benefit enormously from a Sandwich if you take it into combat with you. With the recovery power of 280 HP and 425 RP, it will restore both life and Rune energy greatly in the heat of battle. You will have noticed that, although you can search your inventory and equip any item at your leisure during any battle, actually consuming an item requires time and leaves your character unprotected for the duration of that action. An item that restores large quantities both of HP and RP and has a temporary special effect of boosting your Maximum HP by 85 points as well as offering Paralysis Defence may be the only item you would need to consume in the course of a difficult battle with a Monster Boss. Another Advanced Dish known to players of any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game is Relax Tea, Melody's Most Favourite Gift. Relax Tea is more Advanced in nature than a Sandwich in one sense, as it is a two-part Dish that requires high Skill Levels for each part. In the first stage, you must create the actual Tea Leaves. Tea Leaves, like the Sandwich are a No Tools/ No Utensils Recipe, but one with a higher Skill Level Requirement than a Sandwich at Skill Level 80. Unlike a Sandwich, however, the six ingredients required to create Tea Leaves are items found in the Wilds, either on your own Field or on fields in any Dungeon/Cave. Collecting the ingredients will be the least of your problems in creating Relax Tea. Like the Sandwich, Tea Leaves require a Chef's Kitchen.

Note, however, that Tea Leaves are considered a 'raw ingredient' with very little potential to restore energy and no special effects. Until they are made into Relax Tea, they have little value. Tea Leaves: 240G Skill Level 80 HP 5, RP 0, FX 0 Ingredients: Blue Grass, Purple Grass, Red Grass, Yellow Grass, Orange Grass, Purple Grass Once you have made the Tea Leaves, you can create Relax Tea by boiling them in a Pot. The Recipe for Relax Tea is included in the most Advanced Pot Recipe Cookbook purchased from Selphy and has a Skill Level requirement of 95. Relax Tea: 330G Skill Level 95 HP 0, RP 175, FX 90 sec. Status Defence Ingredients: Tea Leaves Note that Relax Tea, like most beverages, will not restore any HP but does restore RP. It is in the matter of Status Defence, however, that the Dish is most useful. Drink some Relax Tea if you are involved in a battle against a powerful Monster who can use Status Attacks against you or your Monster Ally. Creating a Source of Rune Points Your next priority in of energy must be to unlock Whale Island, where you can grow Crops that will produce Rune Points instead of Runeys. Turnips grown in plots in the Cave at Whale Island should not be shipped if possible. It is better to use them for daily Rune Point Production. Once you have a decent regular source of Energy Restoration and money to spare, you can grow the slow-maturing valuable Crops in Dungeons instead, but at this initial stage, it is best to grow Crops that mature very quickly and are worth little in of shipping, to make them more valuable as a source of RP in the Dungeons. Strawberries are another excellent choice as they mature fairly quickly and, even if you do need to harvest them, they will produce a new Harvest and new Rune Point in 2 days. It takes longer to reach Whale Island than to reach the Green Ruins, however, and Whale Island disappears from the sky above the Clock Tower on Holidays, so you should unlock the Green Ruins as well as soon as possible. In Summer, Lute will give you a hint as to the location of another possible path to Whale Island, and you then will be able to create a second Beanstalk that provides access to the Whale's Fin on any Holiday. Until then, however, you will not be able to visit Whale Island on any Holiday. Once you have unlocked the Green Ruins, you should clear and till the two fields at the entrance immediately, then plant Crops there as well. If it is early enough in the Spring season to allow you to grow Potatoes and Cabbages in your own Field, you may wish to plant Strawberries and Turnips again at the entrance of the Dungeon. Other fields deeper in the Dungeon may be a better choice for other Spring Crops. Note that healthy Runey Distribution is necessary for Crops grown both in

Trampoli and in any Dungeon, including Whale Island. If you have any 'dead' zones on the Map, that will retard the growth of all Crops whether in your field or in any Dungeon. Although Crops cannot be grown on your own Homestead in Winter, make certain that Runey Distribution remains balanced and healthy throughout the map for the sake of the Crops grown in the Dungeons. Growing Fodder Although Fodder can grow in your own Field throughout Spring, Summer and Autumn and therefore, once planted will continue to produce throughout three seasons, you can plant some Fodder somewhere in each Dungeon for use not only to produce Rune Points but for harvest in Winter when Fodder cannot be grown in your Field. Looking to the future always is a good strategy in Harvest Moon and where farming is concerned, Rune Factory is based on the same fundamental principles as any Harvest Moon game. Producing your own Seeds Makers are sold by Lute and the Seed Maker will allow you to produce your own Seeds from Crops. You should purchase a Mini Fridge as soon as possible from him in any case in order to have space to store all your edible items. Even if you cannot afford a Seed Maker, you then can store a couple of Crops of each variety for future use in making Seeds. Crops serve a number of different purposes. They can be shipped for income, left in a field for Runey or Rune Point production, used as ingredients in Cooked Dishes, given as gifts to other characters, transformed into bags of Seeds or stored for future use. Tame Monsters and Seeds Rune Factory Frontier offers a new farming option in the form of Monsters who actually give Seeds as 'Ranch Products' when tamed. Each Dungeon is ruled by a specific Season and you will find a Monster type in each that resembles Plant Monsters from previous Rune Factory games. These Monster types in Rune Factory Frontier are named for the Season that rules each. For example, the Monsters who resemble the Flower Lions of Blessia Island in Rune Factory 2 bear the name of 'Summer'. When you use the Harvester on any of these Monsters, they will yield Crop Seeds. The Seeds that are given are random and are NOT Season-specific until the Tame Monster reaches a high Friendship Level. In other words, the Monster named 'Summer' may give Turnip Seeds…. Each time you obtain Seeds, the type of Seed will be generated randomly. The value of the Seeds given as well as their nature in of being Season-specific is determined by Friendship Level. You only will obtain the rare and expensive Seeds randomly when the Tame Monster reaches a high Friendship Level and as higher Friendship Levels are attained, the Seeds yielded will become those that are ruled by the Monster's own Season. As with any tame Monster, you must raise the Friendship Level of the Monster before you can ask it to perform any farming tasks or provide Ranch Products for you. The number of bags of Seeds received rather than the Level of the Seed itself is based on Friendship Level. In other words, when the plant Monster reaches

Level 3, you will receive 3 bags of Seed rather than a single bag of Level 3 Seeds. Storage in Rune Factory Frontier Your original Storage Box will accommodate only inedible items such as War Trophies and Ores. It contains 30 Slots, each of which can be used to stack 99 items at a time. Different Levels of items exist in Rune Factory Frontier which means that even the same item, if it is of a different level, requires its own storage slot. This eventually can make your original Storage Box inadequate. Fortunately, you can purchase both Refrigerators for edible items and additional Storage Boxes from Lute. The Mini-Fridge is the smallest Refrigerator and has 30 slots, each of which can take a stack of 99 items. The Giant Fridge has 60 slots, each of which can store 99 items. A larger Box can be purchased as well from Lute, extending your Storage space for inedible items from 30 slots to 60. There are separate Storage items that can be purchased for your Forge and Pharmacy as well, but they require a Forge Expansion from Kross. The Forge Storage Box has 30 Slots and allows you to store any non-edible item. Another storage item is the Lab Storage Box. This, like the Forge Storage Box, will require a house expansion. In the case of the Forge Storage Box, you will need the Forge expansion from Kross. In the case of the Lab Storage Box, you will require a Laboratory expansion from Kross. The Lab Storage Box is rather interesting in that it allows both the storage of edible items and those non-edible items that constitute War Trophies, such as 'Glittering Edge' or 'Thin Stick'. Unlike the regular Storage Box, you will not be able to store Tools or Weapons here, but you can use it for Crops, other edible items and War Trophies. You should try to look to the future even at the start of Spring, storing at least one or two of each edible and inedible item you obtain for future use in Recipes. If you have Iron and Scrap Iron in your Storage Box when you buy the Forge from Lute, you will be able to upgrade your Used Tools instantly without being required to make a special trip to a dungeon for Ores. Medicines use Wild Grasses. Store a few of each colour for future use in making potions. Likewise, some Crops should be stored for future use in Recipes and for Seeds. Do not live 'hand to mouth' if you can avoid it! You do not need to expand your House to obtain a larger Storage Box from Lute. The larger Storage Box costs 10,000G and will double your storage as it has a total of 60 slots. The Nature of Rune Power Players of other Rune Factory games will be aware of the nature of RP and of the Rune Points that appear daily over any plot of 9 ripened Crops. Those Rune Points can be used to replenish the RP that is the player's source of

Energy. Rune Points exist in Rune Factory Frontier as well, but Crops grown in your own field will not produce them when ripe. They produce 'Runeys' instead. It is only by growing Crops in the Dungeon that you will be able to produce Rune Points. Runeys Runeys do not replenish RP but they are equally vital in the general scheme of existence. The appearance of Runeys contributes to Prosperity for the land. There are four distinct varieties of Runeys and a state of 'Prosperity' for the land is attained only when all four types co-exist and multiply in harmony. 35 Runeys of each type on any district results in a state of 'Prosperity'. The four types of Runeys are as follows: Grass Runeys: They prefer open areas and do not eat other Runeys. When they grow too great in numbers, they sometimes suddenly decrease on their own. Rock Runeys: They prefer to live near buildings. They eat Tree Runeys but do not reproduce in large numbers. Tree Runeys: They prefer forests and unspoiled nature. They eat Grass Runeys and can easily multiply in numbers. Water Runeys: They prefer to be near water, like the lake and beach. They eat Rock Runeys but do not reproduce in large numbers. Some Runeys will eat Runeys of another variety. The secret of attaining Prosperity is placement and balance. Even at the very start of the game, you will be able to see the Runeys that exist in Trampoli, hovering like colourful ghosts in the air. You need to be able to gather them before you will be able to make proper use of them, however, and this requires a Harvester. Another section of this Guide deals extensively with strategies for balancing and increasing Runey populations. The Harvester The Harvester is a Ranch Tool that will be given to you by Candy, an expert in Runeys and an individual who can create both Miracles and Rune Stones from them. The Harvester can be used to perform ordinary collection of Ranch products from tame Monsters as well, including Milk, Eggs, Honey and Wool. Runeys that are sucked in with the Harvester will be stacked as items in your Inventory. You either can release them again in a place where they will achieve the greatest balance and harmony for the land or you can give them to Candy to be used for Miracles and Rune Stones. Runey Distribution Runey Distribution is one of the most vital components of the game in of success in farming. Although Rune Stones are needed to unlock some areas and forge some items, the creation of any Rune Stone cannot take priority over a

balanced Runey Distribution on the Map. You can view the Runey Distribution at any point in time either by accessing the Runey Distribution Map on the 2nd Floor of the Clock Tower or by speaking to Candy to ask her directly if you can see her Runey Distribution Map. Note that the presence of all four types of Runeys in fairly balanced numbers on every area of the Map is a necessity if you wish to find success in farming or fruit on the fruit trees. If any one of the four types of Runeys disappears entirely from an area, it will become 'dead' and you will be required to restock the area with the Runey type that is missing. This is as vital in Winter as in any other season as Crops grown in the dungeons are affected by the Runey Distribution Map. Gathering Runeys is a time-consuming task, but you should be aware always of the Runey Distribution on the Map and take steps quickly if any area is in danger of becoming radically unbalanced. The best way to create a regular source of each type of Runey is by having 50 of each type on the Homestead at the start of any week. By the end of the week, provided no 'dead' areas exist elsewhere on the Map, you should find that you have 60 of every type on the Field. Remove 10 of each type and repeat this procedure each week. Rune Wonders are a method by which you can boost the number of items found on any given day, change the weather or increase the heart levels of your Tame Monsters but do not abuse the option as you may find that all your Crops wither if Rune Distribution becomes too unbalanced. As your own Homestead does not favour one type of Runey over another, you can use it as a 'farm' for breeding Runeys. Make certain that your Homestead contains 35 of each type of Runey in equal numbers, then allow them to interact naturally. Provided you grow Crops in your Field, you should find that overall numbers of every type of Runey will increase gradually, granting you a surplus of each type to redistribute as needed in other districts that lack balance. If you have a significant inbalance in any District, it may be best to reduce the entire Runey population in that district temporarily but try not to go below 12 of each type. It is better to have 12 Runeys of all four varieties in a district than a large unbalanced population. Runeys in perfect harmony will grow and increase and you will find that small numbers will gain in a short period. If you restored harmony by cutting down the entire population, you will have the excess Runeys in hand for use in other districts or to give to Candy. You really do need to spend a little time collecting Runeys for redistribution in order to avoid disaster. A dead zone is not desirable at any point. If you are finding it impossible to adjust a District, strip it down to a very small number, make certain it is perfectly balanced and then allow the numbers to grow gradually. It is better to have a small number of Runeys in a district in perfect balance than to have heavily unbalanced large numbers. that Runeys grow at different speeds. Water and Trees will increase first at the start of any week but the Rock and Grass Runeys should increase as well, even if it takes a few days longer. You will notice that, on the Runey Distribution Maps, there are icons next to most of the districts showing the type of Runey that is favoured naturally by the terrain. This needs to be taken into consideration when balancing distribution. Prosperity Status

When you look at the Runey Distribution Map, districts that have attained a state of Prosperity will be displayed in brown. Prosperity is achieved when you have all four Runey types in equal numbers equal to or greater than 35. 60 Runeys is the maximum of any type in a single district, but if you have 60 of each type of Runey in any district apart from the Homestead, 2 Grass Runeys may die each day as Grass often dies when it is found in large quantities in any district. This does not occur on the Homestead, however. You can maintain 60 of every type of Runey on the Homestead indefinitely, even in Winter. In Winter, however, any Runeys taken from the Homestead will not be replenished naturally until Spring. The Runey system in Rune Factory Frontier adds another challenge to the game, but even veteran players both of Harvest Moon and of Rune Factory have problems with it. It may have been created to remind players of the very real problems that confront us in our own world, problems created partly by human beings who do not have any thought of how their own actions may affect the entire globe. As we face the problems of global warming and destruction of the ozone layer, the Runeys may represent an attempt to alert gamers to the reality of how actions in one area may affect the situation in others. The Runeys represent four elements: Water, Rocks, Trees and Grass. One type will 'feed' off the other. The Water Runeys are at the top of the food chain. Establishing balance is a matter of establishing equal numbers of each type of Runey in a district. The best way to deal with Runey distribution is to start as early as possible in the game by planting Turnips and Grass in your Field. Grass is a necessity for fodder for tame Monsters. If you keep at least a quarter of your field planted with Grass, you can keep it unharvested until you actually begin to need Fodder for the Monsters you have tamed. The ripe Grass will generate Runeys on the Homestead. Turnips are good because they mature quickly, allowing you to boost Runey production very early in the game. The biggest problem in the first Spring, however, will be income. You will need the income that the Turnips produce and, as they are single harvest crops, once they have been harvested, you will be forced to replant. Strawberries may be a better choice than Turnips in of maintaining Runey production as, with a state of Prosperity on your Homestead, you may be able to harvest Strawberries daily, making certain that there are fully ripened Crops always on your Field while allowing you to skim off the ripened Crops for shipment. Grass will ripen almost as quickly when you have achieved Maximum Prosperity and Balance on your Homestead, allowing you to set a Necro or Ghost to the task of cutting your Grass for Fodder daily. Whatever you do, try not to allow ANY District to become a 'dead' one, as this will affect productivity everywhere, including your own homestead. To recapitulate the ecological principle at the foundation of Rune Factory Frontier, the situation in other areas will affect your own home. Ignore the world at your peril. If you care only about your own Homestead, you will find that your own life will suffer if other areas are in a state of inbalance or attrition. No man is an island and no island is immune to a negative situation in another part of the world.

Store Runeys whenever possible for possible use in other districts rather than shipping them or converting all of them into Rune Stones. Be sparing with your use of Rune Stones. It is better to REDUCE the number of Runeys to create good balance between them than to allow an enormous excess of one type for more than a week. When Runeys are not balanced, the food chain will not work properly and you will find one type in danger of dying out completely. A player who is not that concerned with perfection can maintain a state of Maximum Prosperity and Balance in his/her own field and allow all other districts to remain chaotic PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT NO TYPE OF RUNEY DIES OUT COMPLETELY IN ANY DISTRICT. Your Crops will continue to grow at a faster speed even when other districts are not in perfect balance, nor in a state of Prosperity, provided that you maintain a presence for every type of Runey in every district. As stated previously, it is better to bleed off excess Runeys if you do not have a store of Runeys to boost the smaller numbers to balance the larger than to allow one type to become too dominant in any district. Simply make certain that you have at least 12 of every type of Runey on every district on the Map other than your own Homestead. Keep your own Homestead at 50 across the board at the start of each week, so that you will have it at the maximum state of Prosperity at the end of each week. If your Crops wither and die or take far longer than they should to mature, it is because you have neglected Runey Distribution. Period. Full stop. The Runeys are vital to farming in Rune Factory Frontier. Ignore them at your peril. Runey Food Chain Every type of Runey apart from Water has a natural 'predator' in the form of another Runey. Even when Runey distribution is balanced perfectly, there is a greater chance that Water Runeys will increase, especially in weather conditions that favour them. Furthermore, Water and Trees grow more quickly than the other two types. Water Runeys therefore represent potential danger to harmony where Runeys are concerned. You may find them to be your most plentiful supply of material for Rune Stones. The Runey that is 'weakest', however, is Grass. In any district apart from your own Homestead where Maximum Prosperity has been established with 60 Runeys across the board, 2 Grass Runeys still may die each day or each week. Grass Runeys do not thrive in maximum quantity, except on your own Homestead. The official description states as much. Tips for Organising your Tasks Using the Harvester to collect Runeys requires no energy whatsoever so if you find your character with low energy and no way to restore it efficiently at any point, set him to adjusting Runeys as this takes time but not energy. Instead of having an early night simply because your character is almost at the point of ing out, make him travel throughout the Map, restoring balance in of Runey Distribution. If, however, your character has full Energy but it grow close to 1.00 a.m., you

can practice your Skills in the Kitchen, Forge, Workbench and Pharmacy. When you are inside any building, time will not . Instead of going to bed with a full HP and RP gauge, use the Energy to cook provisions, forge new weapons and accessories and make potions. Weapons and Magic Training In any building in Rune Factory Frontier, time stops while your character is inside. If you find that you are ready to go to bed and still have maximum HP and RP, you may wish to practice with a Weapon or Magical Rod in order to increase your Skill Level. You can do this indefinitely provided you restore the energy used in 'training'. Weather in Rune Factory Frontier In Rune Factory Frontier, weather can affect Runey Distribution as rain or snow may result in an inbalance in favour of Water Runeys. It therefore is a good idea to look at a Runey Distribution Map after any rainy day or series of rainy days. The effects of inclement Weather differ from game to game, but in most Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, there are severe storms in the form of hurricanes, typhoons and snowstorms that can have damaging effects. In some Harvest Moon games, chiefly Tree of Tranquility, a severe storm does not prevent your character from leaving his house. In Rune Factory Frontier, however, you will be forced to remain inside your farmhouse for the duration of any severe storm. When you emerge the next day, you will find a random number of Crops destroyed and more stumps and rocks on your field. The only positive effect of a severe storm is the appearance of a large number of Black and White Grass on your field. Candy does have the power to affect the Weather somewhat. If you order a Rune Wonder in the form of a Weather Miracle, you may be able to avert a severe storm. Wish for a 'Sunny Week' Rune Wonder by giving Candy the following: 1 Rock Runey, 1 Tree Runey, 1 Grass Runey If your wish is granted, a severe storm set to occur the next day will be averted. There is a way to guarantee that you do not experience any severe storm and that is by saving your game before midnight, then going to bed without saving again. If no severe storm occurs, you basically can reload and complete all tasks, then go to bed again without making a trip to the Clock Tower late at night to order a Weather Miracle from Candy. The result you obtain when you go to bed before midnight may differ each time you reload, however. You may find that one result is sun and the next is rain. With a 'Sunny Week' Miracle in place, though, you should be fairly well-protected from any severe storms. Note that both White Grass and Black Grass appear in quantity on your Field only after a Severe Storm, except in Winter, so you may wish to allow one to occur in some season when no valuable Crops will be threatened. In Winter,

both White Grass and Black Grass will appear randomly on your Field each morning. Collect and save these for use in Recipes. White and Black Grass can be found in the Snow Ruins as well. Weather appears to be loaded at midnight. If you do not save your game AFTER midnight, you can awaken the next morning to view the current weather conditions, then reload back to the last save before midnight if you wish to change the result. After midnight, however, the weather at dawn on that day will be set. As in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, however, there are specific Events that can be triggered only in bad weather. If you make certain that every day is sunny, you will not experience these Events! Kanno, Harvester and Fishing Rod Although you can unlock Whale Island and obtain most of your Basic Tools in the 1st Week of Spring, it is only in the 2nd Week that you will be able to obtain the last two Tools in the form of the Fishing Rod and Harvester. Kanno will take possession of the old Clock Tower on 7 Spring. Introduce yourself to him immediately and speak to him more than once in the days that follow. Within two or three days, you should be able to initiate a dialogue where he will confess that he cannot cook for himself and announce that he has sent for his two granddaughters to cook for him. He will dispatch you to fetch them. When you exit the Clock Tower, you will experience the Introduction Event for both Cinnamon and Candy. Candy is in charge of the creation of Rune Stones and Rune Wonders. Speak to her a couple of times to obtain the Harvester. This tool allows you to harvest Runeys from the land and all Ranch products from tame Monsters. Cinnamon has two ions: observing the heavens and fishing. You can find her to the right of the little bridge that leads from your Homestead to the Church District. Speak to her there and initiate a dialogue that will result in a gift of her old Fishing Pole. When you have spoken to her a few times, she may begin to tell you about the Constellations in the night sky. You can find her fishing to the right of the bridge that leads from your Homestead to the Church District or on the Holiday, on the Mountain Path near the old Ruins. The Fire Rod and Kanno's Requests It is from Kanno that you can obtain your first Magic Weapon/Tool in the form of a Fire Rod within a day or two of meeting him provided you speak to him regularly. He will declare you to be his 1000th student and set you a task of bringing him a 'Cheap Cloth'. A 'Cheap Cloth' is a War Trophy dropped randomly in Whale Island Cave when you defeat Orcs there. You can find it in other dungeons as well but as Whale Island is the first Cave to which you will have access, you should be able to complete his Request easily. Actually, you should have some 'Cheap Cloth' in storage by the time Kanno moves into the Clock Tower. Whether you are obliged to visit Whale Island again or simply to access your own Storage Shelf, give Kanno the 'Cheap Cloth' he

requested and he will give you a Fire Rod in return. The Fire Rod is a Magic Wand/Staff that will allow you to execute Magic Attacks by pressing the B Button, then the A Button in the same manner as any Special Attack. Magic of any kind uses RP, so if you are low on supplies to restore your Energy, you may wish to wait until you have full RP and ample means of restoring it before you begin to use Magic. Kanno will continue to make Requests for items as his Friendship level increases and reward you with more powerful Fire Wands until he finally gives you the ultimate Fire Elemental Wand in the form of the Crimson Stick. You will find all of his Requests and Rewards both in my 1st and 2nd Year Walkthroughs and in my Characters Guide. Kanno and the Clock Tower An old man who studies the effects of Spirits and Runes will move into the old Clock Tower on 7 Spring. The Clock Tower is a pivotal aspect of Rune Factory Frontier, much like the Clock Tower in Tree of Tranquility, although the story and actions connected to it are very different. In any case where an individual offers to dispense advice or information, it is important that you allow the character to do so. It is a courtesy, but it also can provide vital information about the game. Kanno's Tutorials all concern Spirits and Runes. Some of the information is available in a book in the Rune Archives but Kanno enjoys teaching. In fact, he will tell you: Kanno: I like people who want to learn. So what do you want to know? It is by speaking to Kanno regularly that you will 'unlock' the arrival of his two granddaughters, Candy and Cinnamon. Each of the girls will give you an important Tool. It therefore is essential that you visit Kanno daily in order to advance his Friendship to the point where he will tell you about his granddaughters. Kanno's Tutorials What are Spirits? In short, Spirits are 'things that form the world.' They exist anywhere in the world and give energy to the earth, plants and animals. Of course, humans feel them, too. That's why land with a lot of Spirits is fertile and has kind people. With no Spirits, there is the opposite effect. When Spirits gather, they either become 'Rune Crystals' or 'Runeys'. What are Runes? Runes, well, Rune Crystals to be exact, are collections of Spirits large enough to be seen with the naked eye. You know about the fields on Whale Island? When crops have ripened there, a white orb appears. That is a 'Rune Crystal'. Spirits are a source of energy for humans. Health can be regained when one touches one of those Runes Crystals. Runes gather at fertile land, so when you till those fields and make it more arable, even more Runes will come. What are Monsters?

These are the troubling things found inside the dungeons. Not much is known about them. What we do know is that they come from a 'gate' that is opened through some sort of trigger. That's why, if the gate is destroyed, monsters will not appear for a while. But, regarding what to do about the monsters that are already here… Weapons and farming tools around here all have the 'Retornen' spell cast on them. Freyr, the ones you have are no exception. Weapons with Retornen cast on them can return the Monsters to the 'First Forest' when attacked with it. This is thanks to our ancestors, who wanted to take care of things peacefully without hurting the Monsters. What are 'Runeys'? Runeys are the things that are born when you grow crops in the fields of the village. Runes and Runeys are both things that ed Spirits become. But, their properties are completely different. 'Runeys' have elements of 'Grass', 'Wood', 'Stone' and 'Water'. Each have their own strengths and weaknesses. Under certain favourable conditions, a corresponding Runey type will multiply. The reverse is also true. Unlike Runes, Runeys can be caught, so you can move Runeys around the village to proliferate. You'll have to do trial and error to see how you can increase them in number. By the way, Runeys can only grow in certain environments. You have to watch out for the Whale Island and dungeons. Exploring Other Areas of Whale Island You can unlock more than the Surface Cave Area and the 2nd floor's Depths at Whale Island. There is a path on the 2nd Floor in the south that leads to the Whale's Fin area. Two Monster types who provide Ranch Products in the form of the Wooly and the Buffamoo frequent the Whale's Fin. The Silver Wolf, who can be used for transport, will be in this area as well. You may wish, however, to unlock the Green Ruins first as it is closer to your Homestead and includes all of the Monsters who provide Ranch Products. Furthermore, it is a little easier to tame the Monsters in the Green Ruins as they are not always in the 'gangs' that inhaibit the Whale's Fin. A pivotal Event at the entrance to the path in the Cave that leads to the Whale's Fin cannot be experienced until you have a Monster Barn. When you have a Monster Barn, you will experience an Event with a lost Monster who then will take up residence in the antechamber of your Monster Barn. Finally, an Introduction to Iris, who lives in the Tower in the Whale's Fin, cannot occur until you have grown Moondrop Flowers in the 3 x 3 plot in front of the tower. As Rosetta sells all flowers and will not open her shop until the third week of Spring on the 15th, it may be more practical to unlock and explore the Green Ruins before you spend much time in the Whale's Fin area. A Comparison of Dungeons

There are three basic seasonal Dungeons in Rune Factory Frontier in the form of the Green Ruins, the Lava Ruins and the Snow Ruins. These all follow the same 'system' in of layout. With respect to all three of the classical 'seasonal' Dungeons, you will find locked doors that are 'broken' and must be opened from the other side before you can through them freely. Once you have gone through one of these doors, they will remain open throughout the game. In each of the classical seasonal Dungeons, there is one stairway that offers access to each of the Floors. This constitutes a shortcut to all Floors in the Dungeon once the door has been unlocked from the other side. Your first goal, therefore, in any seasonal Dungeon should be that of finding the stairway and opening the door for each floor from the other side. Once all doors have been unlocked, you will have easy access to every Floor in that Dungeon. In each of the seasonal Dungeons, you will find a 'Boss' Enemy. Once defeated, a Portal of Light will appear that gives you instant access in future to the door to the chamber where the Boss awaits. The best fish can be caught in the pool or water source in this area as well. The Snow Ruins doubles as an Autumn/Winter Dungeon. Autumn Crops can be grown here as well as the rare Crops, such as Noel Grass, that were associated with Winter in other Rune Factory games. The fundamental difference between Rune Factory Frontier and previous games in of Dungeons is in the form of Whale Island. Whale Island is not season-specific. You therefore can grow Crops from any and every season on the Island. Furthermore, although it is a vital part of the 'story', defeating the Boss Monster here is 'optional', much like the Ice Snake Boss Monster on the 7th Floor of the Snow Ruins. In the Snow Ruins, only Iris Noire/Gelwein must be defeated on the 3rd Floor. The three Seasonal dungeons are progressive as well, in the sense that defeating the Boss of the Green Ruins unlocks the Lava Ruins. Defeating that of the Lava Ruins provides the item that unlocks the Snow Ruins. Whale Island is an entirely different matter. There are areas on Whale Island that must be unlocked but once unlocked by your actions with respect to Iris, all areas will be open to you and your exploration of these areas are optional. Monsters in the seasonal dungeons are progressively more powerful. You will find more powerful Monsters in each seasonal Dungeon as you explore deeper floors. Furthermore, the Monsters of the Lava Ruins are more powerful than those who inhabit the Green Ruins and the Monsters in the Snow Ruins are more powerful than those in the Summer dungeon. With respect to Whale Island in the sense that the Monsters who inhabit the highest areas are the most powerful. Unlocking The Green Ruins Mist is the key to the second Cave/Dungeon area. You need to speak to her regularly in order to initiate a little event that will show your character performing a Request for her by cutting down the Weeds in front of her house. This is a hint rather than an actual Event and if you do not take the hint,

the sequence will be repeated randomly until you do. Once you have experienced the dream sequence, you can go to the field across the path from Mist's house with Sickle equipped to mow the Weeds there. By doing so, you will uncover the entrance to the Green Ruins. You do not need to mow every Weed in order to uncover the entrance. Each time you use the Sickle, walk a little in each direction. You should find the Entrance after cutting only a few Weeds. The Green Ruins is quite different from Whale Island and resembles the Palermo Shrine in Rune Factory 2 in the sense that different paths must be unlocked before you can move through many areas. There are no actual switches, unlike Palermo Shrine. Instead, you will find sliding doors that have broken and which now will open only from the other side. (Actually, there was one door like this in Palermo Shrine as well.) As with any Cave/Dungeon, you may be thoroughly confused at the start. It may be a good idea to explore first without saving your game. A screen-by-screen walkthrough of all Caves/Dungeons will be added when time permits. Once you have 'unlocked' any sliding door by going through it once, it will remain unlocked, widening your access to the Green Ruins. Another aspect of the Green Ruins that differs from your initial Whale Island Dungeon experience is the presence of wooden crates in certain areas. These when smashed with any Weapon or Tool can contain anything from a Wild Grass to a Spring Crop. They may contain nothing whatsoever. The contents are totally random and the crates will respawn. In the initial sections of the Whale Island Dungeon, there are no barriers between chambers and the only obstacles on paths are rocks containing ores that can be smashed with your original Cheap Hammer. In the Green Ruins, there are barriers made of smooth stones that cannot be smashed either with a Cheap Hammer or the Iron Hammer, its first upgrade. Between most chambers in the Green Ruins, you will find a barrier made of jungle vines at the doorway. This must be torn using a tool or hammer before you will be able to through the doorway between chambers. Unlike Rune Factory 2, Generators once destroyed will not respawn in the course of a single visit to the Cave/Dungeon. They will respawn, however, if you exit the Cave/Dungeon completely and then re-enter. There are Treasure Chests to be found in various locations in the Green Ruins as well. Press 'A' to open any Treasure Chest. The contents are somewhat random but can vary from useful Crops to elemental Crystals and Gems. Monsters in Rune Factory Frontier: Essentially, the first use that Monsters serve in any Rune Factory game is to increase your Levels and to provide special items in the form of War Trophies. War Trophies in Rune Factory Frontier operate a little differently from previous games in the series. In Rune Factory Frontier, you can obtain the same item from many different monsters, and the Monsters may be from very different species, such as the 'Sharp Talon' obtained both from the Cluck and the Chitter. What you will find with respect to Monsters of the same generic type is that the level of the item they 'drop' may depend on their location. Furthermore, where a Monster has the ability to drop three different items, each of those

items may be at a different level. If you are searching for high level ingredients for forging or creating accessories, you should engage Monsters in different areas to discover which will drop War Trophies of the highest levels. Tame Monsters provide aid in combat as well as all Ranch Products in any Rune Factory game. In Rune Factory Frontier, you can obtain all types of Monsters that produce Ranch Products in the first Spring, provided you have unlocked the Green Ruins and asked Kross to build a Monster Barn. Ranch Products are obtained with a single tool in the form of the Harvester that harvests Runeys as well. There has to be some Friendship with the Monster before he/she will allow you to obtain the product. Brush the Monsters daily to raise Friendship levels. If you order a Friendship Day from Candy, you will be able to obtain Ranch Products as early as two days after first capturing a Monster, but otherwise it may take three or four days at the most in your first Spring. There are Monsters who will help on the Farm as well, and different varieties break rocks, remove lumber or gather wild items or Crops. They need to be set to the task for awhile before they will become efficient in their work. Monsters who help on the farm operate according to a set schedule that can be found on a sign to the right of your Monster Barn entrance. Only one Monster can be set to any specific task at any given time and a Monster will not 'listen' to your commands to work until it has at least a level of 1 Friendship. The schedule is as follows: Farm Monster Schedule Farm Work Schedule 7 a.m. Gather edible plants 11 a.m. Harvest crops 3 p.m. Water plants 7 p.m. Gather lumber 10 p.m. Clear out rocks 1 a.m. Mow grass Note that you can brush your Monsters at any time of the day or night. If you see a Monster performing his/her appointed task in your Field when you make your daily visit to the Monster Barn to care for your Monsters, do not fret. The Monster working in the field will appear magically in the Barn when you enter and you will be able to brush him/her there! Farm Monster Efficiency In my own first game, I was startled when watering my Crops late at night by a sudden presence on my field. It was my Slime, who was attempting to clear rocks from a plot sown with fodder! Obviously, there were no rocks to be cleared from that plot, but the Monsters operate according to location rather than intelligent sense of items or objects. Be patient and perhaps sooner or later, your Monsters actually will accomplish something! Monster Allies

Monster Allies will follow you not only throughout a dungeon but throughout the village as well in Rune Factory Frontier, unlike previous games. An ally will await you patiently outside the door of any building until you emerge. The only exception is the Monster Barn itself. If you go into the Monster Barn for any reason with your Ally, your 'buddy' will be returned to the Barn and you will be obliged to fetch him out again. A Monster Ally will benefit from any food or medicine that your character consumes so if you wish to cure him of Poison effects, you need to consume an Antidote yourself. You will gain from any effects that your Monster experiences such as points towards level increases. Note that Poison alone cannot reduce your HP to zero in Rune Factory Frontier and, moreover, is a temporary effect. If you do not use the 1 remaining point of HP in another fashion, such as taking a hit from an enemy or using a Tool or Weapon, you can return to your home or use items to boost your Energy until the Poison effect is gone. An Ally whose HP reaches zero as in other Rune Factory games will be returned automatically to the Monster Barn. In the same way that Monsters working on your farm do not exhibit great intelligence, any Monster Ally may need to be protected from his own actions. A Monster Ally, unless you are riding him for transport, will move neither quickly nor with your character. You may find that he is lost somewhere in another area of the screen if you do not move slowly, making certain that he stays with you at all times. If your Monster Ally becomes 'lost', all you need to do is move to another screen to have him returned to your side. Monster Allies can follow you into a Boss Chamber in Rune Factory Frontier, unlike previous games in the series. Monster Ally Effects A Monster Ally who accompanies you will share in the effects of any Energy Recovery items, making this different from Rune Factory 2. Furthermore, Monster no longer need to be sent back to the barn if you wish to enter your Farmhouse while you have one with you. The Tame Monster will wait outside the door docilely until you complete any business in the house! It is interesting to note that an invitation to a Monster to accompany you on any given day will result in a Friendship increase. You may have noticed a prompt to the effect that your Monster 'seems happy' whenever you enter another district on the Map with a Monster. This occurs only once in any given day. You therefore can take more than one monster abroad with you at different times on any day to obtain the increase for another Monster. The Silver Wolf is the Companion of Choice for most players early in the game as he provides Transport as well as a good fighting style and power. If you use the same Monster all the time as a Companion, you will notice that his/her Friendship will increase much faster than that of other Monsters in your Barn. If you do not wish to use any other Monster as a Companion in Battle, simply take the other Monsters for a quick walk in Trampoli to increase their Friendship slightly. A higher level of Friendship with respect to any Monster

who gives Ranch Products will raise the level of the Product. It therefore makes sense to take your Monster for walks regularly even if you do not wish to use them in combat situations! Transport Monsters The Silver Wolf is the first type of Transport Monster you will encounter. He can be found on the Whale's Fin. Whenever you take him outside, you will have the option to ride him. While riding him, you actually can control his Attacks. There are a couple of different attacks that a Silver Wolf can make, depending on the Button that you use. If you wish to use a Weapon, you will be forced to dismount. You then can fight alongside him. The Silver Wolf becomes the best Monster to take into a Dungeon as an Ally before you have the capacity to expand your barn. With only 10 spaces in your initial Barn, you may wish to restrict tenancy to Monsters who produce Ranch Products and the Silver Wolf. Monsters who clear Rocks and Wood are not necessary once you have upgraded your Tools. You may wish to use them after your Barn has been expanded but in the initial stages, it is better to keep Monsters who provide Ranch Products. The speed of any Transport Monster incidentally is based upon Friendship Level. A Transport Monster with only 1 Friendship will be rather slow but one at a high level of Friendship will move very quickly. Setting Monsters Free Whenever you defeat any Monster, he/she will be dispatched to the First Forest or the 'Forest of Beginnings' which is the original home of all Monsters. When you have tamed a Monster with the Pet Glove and given it a place in your Monster Barn, you will have an option each time you speak to him/her to return it to the First Forest. If you choose to exercise this option for any reason, you are, in effect, setting the Monster free to return to his/her original home. When this option is chosen, the departing Monster may leave you a gift in thanks. The gift is randomly chosen and will be one of the War Trophies that the Monster would give when defeated in combat. Such a gift is not given always. It is chance that dictates both the nature of the gift and whether or not you will receive one at all. Note that the Level of the War Trophy given as a parting gift will be the same as that given in defeat in the dungeons. An increase in Friendship only affects the Ranch Products obtained with the Harvester. Any gift left by a Monster returned to the First Forest will be the same as that obtained in battle. Rules of Taming Monsters Monsters are not equal in of your ability to tame them and bring them

into your Barn in Rune Factory Frontier. It is not simply a matter of the amount of damage any Monster can cause while you are petting it in a Dungeon in order to attempt to tame it. That obviously varies according to the Attack power of the Monster in question. In Rune Factory Frontier, you may discover that you cannot tame certain Monsters at all when you first encounter them in a Dungeon. It is your own character's Level, in fact, that will determine your ability even to tame any specific Monster type. Each Monster type has a specific Level when you encounter it. Taming that Monster and raising its Friendship Level will increase its Level but the initial Level never varies. Your character's experience Level must be at least 10 Levels ABOVE that of the Monster you seek to tame before you will have any chance of success when using the Pet Glove on it. In the case of any Monster whose level exceeds your own by more than 10 levels, the Pet Glove simply will 'Miss' whenever used. You will not see the little explosion of hearts that indicates a direct hit. If you wish to tame the Monster, you will be required to increase your own experience Level to a point where it is within 10 levels of that of the Monster you wish to target. Once tamed, the amount of time required to raise a Monster's Friendship level to the point where it will provide Ranch Products or work for you on the farm depends on the Monster's initial Level as well and your own character's experience Level. That is why some Monsters take longer to 'listen' to you than others. A Monster may accompany you into battle before you will be able to obtain product from it or ask it to work on your farm. Some Monsters who have zero Friendship Rating still will accompany you if you request it, but until they reach at least 1 Friendship, you will not be able to harvest anything from them, nor ask them to perform any farm task. Finally, you will not be able to offer a fertility egg in the form of a Rune Stone to any tame Monster who has not reached 1 Friendship at least. Monsters who Give Ores, Gems and Seeds In Rune Factory Frontier, the Harvester can be used on some varieties of Tame Monsters to obtain Crop Seeds, Ores and Gems. The type of Monster who will give Crop Seeds is a Plant Monster familiar to players of other Rune Factory games. In Rune Factory Frontier, these Monsters appear in the seasonal dungeons and have the names of Spring, Summer and Autumn. Although the Monster will give seeds appropriate to its season at high Friendship levels, at very low levels, it may give items such as Turnip Seeds, Strawberry Seeds and Corn Seeds, irrespective of its seasonal affiliation. As their Friendship Level increases, however, the NUMBER of items given at each 'harvest' will increase. At 2 Friendship, for example, you will receive 2 bags of Seeds instead of 1. Monsters who give Ores and Gems in the same fashion are those who resemble the 'Mimic'. The Monster Box and its cousins resemble Treasure Chests. You may find the first of these at the Lava Ruins. If you are unable to tame it initially through use of the Pet Glove, you will need to raise your own Experience Level before you attempt the task again. As with the plant Monsters, however, it is the quantity rather than quality of the Seed that increases with higher Friendship levels.

Monsters in the Green Ruins If you explored the Whale's Fin before you unlocked the Green Ruins, you will have encountered Monsters who provide Milk and Wool in the form of the Buffamoo and the Wooly. The Silver Wolf, your first Transport Monster, is to be found in the Whale's Fin area as well. You will not be able to find a Monster who lays Eggs or one who provides Honey until you access the Green Ruins, however. It is in the Green Ruins that you will find Cluckys that lay eggs and Hornets who yield Honey. Another new option that will be provided by the Monsters of the Green Ruins is the first Monster type who can be set to the task of clearing Lumber from your field. This is the Little Mage, found on B3F of the Green Ruins. When you unlock the Lava Ruins, you will find a Monster who waters Crops in the form of the Elefun. The Little Emperor of the Lava Ruins waters Crops as well. Unlocking New Paths in Dungeons In the Green Ruins, you will see prompts to the effect that the locks of many doors have been broken, making them accessible only from the other side. Once these doors are opened from the other side, however, they remain open. Your first explorations of the Green Ruins therefore should be an attempt to open all doors. Once you have explored every possible pathway, you will find that you can take a shortcut via a stairway from the ground floor down to the 4th floor where the Boss Monster awaits. You will not have access to every path and chamber in the Green Ruins, however, even after you have opened all the 'broken' doors. You will find there are places where smooth square boulders act as barriers on the pathway to prevent you from moving forward. These boulders cannot be smashed with your original Hammer nor even with the first upgrade in the form of the Iron Hammer. They require a Silver Hammer. There is Silver to be found in the Green Ruins but it is in an area beyond one of these stone barriers. You therefore must unlock the Lava Ruins in order to obtain your first Silver. If you purchase the Great Forge from Lute, you then will be able to make a Silver Hammer. The link between Green Ruins and Lava Ruins As in the first Rune Factory, one of the keys to unlocking a new Cave/Dungeon may be the defeat of the 'Boss' Monster in an existing Dungeon. If you wish to unlock the Lava Ruins, you must defeat the giant Clucky who dwells at the lowest level of the Green Ruins. The other requirement to unlocking the Lava Ruins is that you must have experienced Iris' Introduction Event at the Whale's Fin. Once you have unlocked all the doors/gates in the Green Ruins, you will find that there is a very direct route from the ground floor to the floor where the

Boss Monster dwells. Simply go through the sliding doors to the right of the first Chipsqueek generator, then continue downward to the bottom. Incidentally, you will find hints about the Lava Ruins in John Arthur's memoirs at the Rune Archives Library. Note that even after defeating the Boss of the Green Ruins for the first time, it will take two full days for the Lava Ruins to become accessible. The Tree will not have grown to the point where the hole is visible until the next morning. You then need to place a Tree Rune Stone in the hole and wait until the following day to be able to access the entrance to the Ruins. If you have not met Iris on Whale Island, the tree will not grow until you have. Defeating the Boss of the Green Ruins Players of previous Rune Factory games may be delighted to discover that you CAN take a Monster Ally into the battle with the Boss Monster of the Green Ruins. The difference is the difference between night and day. With a Silver Wolf as your Ally, you should have no difficulty whatsoever in defeating the Monster who has grown to unnatural size in the dark depths of the Ruins. The location of this Giant Clucky is on the 4th floor of the Green Ruins, behind a locked door with a prompt allowing you to choose to enter the Battlefield by entering the chamber where the Monster awaits or to turn back without confrontation. When you press the 'A' Button, you will access the following choice: I should turn back. Let's Go! Although you must dismount any Transport Monster such as a Silver Wolf in order to enable the prompt, when you find yourself in the chamber with the Boss Monster, your Monster Ally will be at your side. If you have chosen to enter the Green Ruins with a Silver Wolf, you then can choose either to remount or to have him fight independently. In the early stages of Rune Factory Frontier, you may find it difficult to defeat the Giant Clucky if you confront her alone. With a Monster Ally such as a Silver Wolf, you will win an easy victory. The Giant Clucky uses a variety of attacks, including Wind Attacks. She will fly at you and stomp you if you do not avoid her. At a certain point in the battle, she will lay little eggs that hatch into small fierce Clucky Monsters who will attack independently of their giant Mother. If you choose to confront her mounted, you may find that the only danger is in the depletion of your Monster's HP. You may be forced to dismount in order to eat an item to replenish your Monster's energy. If you and your Monster both fight independently, you can defeat the Giant Clucky with greater speed than if you fight mounted. In any event, it is not a difficult battle if you have an Ally. If you choose to enter the battlefield alone, however, it will be a far more challenging affair, especially if you are attempting it in your first Spring. The defeat of the Giant Clucky actually is rather sad, as she is nothing more than a larger version of the Monsters who provide you with Eggs regularly. When she falls, she will leave a variety of War Trophies that may include Copper, food items, gems, Bird Feathers and a Giant Cockscomb. The War Trophies that are guaranteed are the Bird Feathers and the Giant Cockscomb. All others are chosen randomly.

The first time that you defeat any Boss Monster, your HP and RP will be restored completely after victory and your experience Level will increase as well obviously. Note that you can return to fight the Giant Clucky again in order to gain experience and more items. The Monster will be far more difficult to defeat in subsequent engagements, however, having far higher Attack, Defence and total HP! Note: The easiest way to defeat the Giant Clucky, even in her augmented more powerful form, is through use of Magic and an Earth Wand. The Giant Clucky has Wind Elemental Power. Thus, her opposing Element is Earth. Each Monster has its own strength and weakness. Some Monsters are not ruled by ANY Element. Others, like the Giant Clucky, have a specific Elemental Power. Use any Earth Power against the Giant Clucky to increase the Damage of your attacks. In the case of the Giant Clucky, use of an Earth Wand will allow you to keep a safe distance from her as well when you attack. In this situation, if you take a Silver Wolf with you, you need to dismount so that you can fight independently. Her attacks will cause some damage and may tip the scales in your favour if your own Levels still are low when you engage the Giant Clucky for the second or third time. Incidentally, paying attention to the temporary effects of food items can make victory a breeze. If you intend to use Magic to fight the Giant Clucky, for example, eat a couple of Berry Jams before you walk through the entrance to engage her. Even a Level 1 Berry Jam (made in a Pot with a single Strawberry) will increase your Magic by 30 points! In Rune Factory Frontier, you can make a return engagement with any Boss Monster after defeating it the first time. A 'portal' in the form of a circle of light will open at the entrance to the Green Ruins, for example, allowing you to descend instantly to the lair of the Giant Clucky. You then can go through the door to meet her again in battle. Players have noticed, somewhat to their consternation, that the power and maximum HP of the Giant Clucky increases enormously after her first defeat. She is not particularly difficult to defeat in the first engagement. In subsequent battles, however, you may require a different strategy to experience victory. This is where a player may wish to use Magic instead of an ordinary Weapon and Attack. In Rune Factory 2, the only Magic Spell available to a player in the 1st Generation is Fireball. In Rune Factory Frontier, although Kanno will give you your first magic wand in the form of the Fire Rod, you can forge Wands for the other Elements as soon as you purchase an elementary Forge from Lute. Having the Wand gives you the power to use it without need for a separate Spellbook as in other Rune Factory games. Note however, the difference in RP Use between the two. The Earth Wand uses only 17 RP as opposed to the 67 RP required for use of the Gaia Wand. If your character has not attained high levels, you may wish to opt for the lesser Earth Wand so as not to deplete RP too quickly. Both Wands have 1 Special

Attack and the Earth Wand actually boosts Magic higher by 55 points as opposed to 40. In my guides for Rune Factory 2, I urged players to use Magic as often as possible in the 1st Generation simply in order to increase their Skill Levels in Magic in anticipation of the 2nd Generation. Talents and Skill Levels are inherited by your child in Rune Factory 2 and, at the very start of the 2nd Generation, your child can obtain all the recovery Spells such as Cure and Medication. In my view, having high Magic Skill Levels in Rune Factory 2 was worth more for the ability to use Cure and Medication effectively than any of the Elemental Spells. In Rune Factory Frontier, however, being able to forge Wands for all the Elements early in the game means that Magic is a resource in combat that should not be ignored even in the early stages of gameplay. When you unlock the Lava Ruins, Kross will tell you: Kross: So you went to the Lava Ruins. Heh… The monsters there are resistant to fire and weak against ice. It's a good strategy to aim for the enemies' weaknesses.' If you have only an elementary Forge, you will not be able to make very sophisticated Elemental Swords. The best you will have probably are the Aquasword, the Windsword and the two-handed Flame Sabre and Earth Shade. You can use the Earth Shade fairly effectively against the Giant Clucky but a magic Rod with Earth power is far better as it keeps you out of range of her counterattacks. that any combat will serve to raise your own character's Experience Levels. Fighting the Giant Clucky again has other positive side-effects in of allowing you to obtain a number of War Trophies, including another Giant Cockscomb and at least two Bird Feathers. The rest of the War Trophies obtained in any Victory against her are randomly chosen. Incidentally, another vital consideration in ANY combat situation in ANY Rune Factory game is the defensive equipment that you equip. In Rune Factory Frontier, two of the items obtained as War Trophies from the Giant Clucky can be made into an excellent accessory in the form of Head Equipment. A Feathered Hat has the following stats: Feathered Hat, Lv. 2: 804G. ATK 0, DEF 34, MAG 35, FX Wind Attack +5, Wind Resistance +5. Wind Attack is of no use against a Wind Elemental Creature such as the Giant Clucky but the Defensive Wind Resistance will help. Apart from that, the Feathered Hat is one of the best Head Equipment items that can be created with only a small Forge, as it requires only 2 ingredients: Giant Cockscomb and Bird Feather. (There are two different Recipes for the Feathered Hat, actually. The other one requires 3 ingredients. Both create the same item.) Furry Belt: 1240G (Torso EQ): ATK 0, DEF 60, MAG 30, FX Max HP +20, Fire Resistance -10 To create the Elemental Pendants, you will need a Great Forge, as they require 4 ingredients rather than 2. In fact, in any battle with the Giant Clucky, if you want Elemental Attack boosted, the Earth Pendant may be the best choice of Neck Equipment: Earth Pendant: 740G; ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 30, Earth Attack +8, Earth Resistance +15. You may prefer to have protection AGAINST the Giant Clucky's Wind power, however, by equipping the Storm Pendant. Storm Pendant: 790G; (Neck EQ): ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 30, FX: Wind Attack +8, Wind Resistance +15. Note that, in the context of the Lava Ruins, the Furry Belt actually is weak

to Fire, as it gives minus 10 Fire Resistance, but even so, its DEF and MAG power is very good. If you want to have special power against Fire, you can equip the Aqua Brooch instead. Aqua Brooch: 320G (Torso EQ): ATK 0, DEF 12, MAG 20, Max HP +40, Water Attack +12. Obviously, its defensive power is far less than the Furry Belt, but it actually boosts Water Attack by 12 points, making it a weapon in a sense when confronting Fire Elementals. A good defensive choice in the Lava Ruins would be: Dew Pendant, Lv. 2: 948G, (Neck EQ) ATK 0, DEF 44, MAG 30, FX Water Attack +8, Water Resistance +15 As you can see, a player who spends time at the Workbench forging accessories can 'stack the deck' against any specific type of Enemy. Personally, I always believe that Experience is both the best form of Weapon and Protection in any Rune Factory game or indeed, any RPG. Weapons and Accessories can maximise your strength and minimise your weaknesses, but high Skill and Experience levels can make victory much more likely in ANY situation. Choosing your Weapon Some players opt for speed and others for power. A Hammer, Battle Axe or two-handed Sword always will have more Attack power than any one-handed sword at a comparable level but they are far slower in any combat situation. The fastest weapon will be a one-handed Sword or any Magic Wand because they are lightweight weapons. As far as Elemental Weapons are concerned, Wind/Air offers speed but will not have the strength of the other elements. Each element has its own strengths and weaknesses. You can choose an Elemental Weapon that acts effectively against specific Enemies in dungeons. Each Dungeon has a general Elemental affiliation although the Enemies that inhabit it can have different Elemental powers as many Enemy Monsters are not dungeon-specific. The Lava Ruins is ruled by Fire and many Enemy Monsters in that dungeon, such as the Ignis, are ruled by that element as well. By choosing a Water/Ice Weapon, you will lend the opposing Elemental Power to any attack. If you would prefer to use a single Weapon against any Enemy you attack, an excellent choice would be the Luck Blade. A Level 1 Luck Blade has the following stats: Luck Blade: 710G ATK 35, REQ SKL 35, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6, FX Poison Defence, Seal Defence Note the power of the Luck Blade to offer some protection against both Poison and Seal, making it particularly useful in the Lava Ruins and on the Whale's Flank. Its Attack Power is decent as well, offering double the attack power of the Aquasword, the Water/Ice Elemental Sword available initially against the Fire-ruled Monsters in the Lava Ruins. As a one-handed sword, it is fast and supple. Creating it requires only ingredients that you should have early in the game. Make a Scimitar with a Broadsword and 1 piece of Copper, then use the Scimitar with 1 Silver, 1 Ruby and 1 Amethyst to create the Luck Blade. Once you have a Glittering Edge, a War Trophy that is dropped (inter alia) by

the Minotaurs and Minotaur Kings found on the 4th floor of the Lava Ruins, you can forge your Aquasword into a Sakura. Sakura: 890G ATK 41, REQ SKL 38, SP ATK 2, RP Use 8, FX HP Absorption, Poison Attack 50% The Sakura is another one-handed blade, and one that is slightly more powerful than the Luck Blade. Although the Aquasword, a Water Sword is used to create it, the Sakura is ruled by the Darkness Element rather than the Water/Ice Element. Weapons ruled by Darkness can be useful, however. Note that it offers a chance to absorbs Enemy HP in successful attacks. It does require more RP to wield, however, so you must make certain that you have Recovery Items that restore RP if you opt to use Sakura in battle. In the Lava Ruins, many players opt instead to use an Ice Hammer, especially against the Boss Monster of that Dungeon. An Ice Hammer is made with a Battle Hammer and a Water Crystal. Its values are: Ice Hammer: 620G ATK 56, REQ SKL 26, SP ATK 1, RP Use 13, FX Stun Attack 24%, Water Attack +10 Although heavier and therefore slower than either the Luck Blade or the Sakura, it is more powerful. It uses twice the RP of the Luck Blade, however and has only 1 Special Attack as opposed to 2. Do not forget that food items offer both Elemental protection and Elemental Attack. If you choose a weapon such as the Luck Blade or the Sakura, you nonetheless can add Water Attack or Fire Protection to it in the Lava Ruins by consuming food items that give temporary Elemental effects. The best strategy would be to take a selection of different weapons into combat, using the one that best suits each Enemy type. Unlocking the Lava Ruins The first step in unlocking the Lava Ruins is to defeat the Boss Monster of the Green Ruins in the form of a Giant Clucky. Until you have accomplished this, you only can gaze at the entrance to the Lava Ruins, situated on the Mountain Road between South District and the little paths that lead to the Cornucopia Trees and Stargazing Conservatory area. When you look at the ruins of the entrance, you may notice a small sapling on the right side beneath a fallen pillar. It may grow a little as time es, but you never will be able to interact with it until you have defeated the boss of the Green Ruins and met Iris on Whale Island. Nothing will change on the day that you defeat the Giant Clucky. You must wait until the next day to return to the Mountain Road to find the entrance to the Lava Ruins. You then will find that the sapling has become a Tree with a hole in its centre. Press 'A' for a prompt: Freyr: I've seen this hole before… I think it was inside Whale Island… If you equip a Tree Rune Stone in your hands, you will see a prompt: Put In Put Away Choose 'Put In'. Your character then will remark: Hm… I can't get it out anymore.

Nothing will change immediately apart from the fact that you will see the Tree Rune Stone firmly lodge in the hole in the trunk of the Tree. Although you will be able to see the entrance to the dungeon, you will not be able to set your feet on the path that leads inside. Return the next day to obtain access to a new Dungeon in the form of the Lava Ruins. When you first arrive at the entrance, your character will remark: Freyr: Whoa! Was this tree this big? Wow… I think I can go inside from here… To make it quite clear, you will see a prompt on the bottom of the screen: The Lava Ruins are now open! Bombs in the Lava Ruins The first chamber in the Lava Ruins contains a new item in the form of a bomb. If you have studied the books available in your local Library, you will have read John Arthur's Memoirs describing the bomb he found in the Ruins and its effects. There are two exits from the initial chamber. The one leading north is blocked by debris. The bomb is to the left of this entrance to the next chamber. Slash at the bomb to detonate it or use your Monster ally to attack it. You can use almost any Tool or Weapon to detonate the bomb. Move out of range quickly. Afterwards, you will be able to move further into the dungeon. There are bombs elsewhere in the Lava Ruins. Some will begin to tick, prior to detonation but others are dummies that may or may not contain useful items in the same way as Chests and Crates contain items As its name suggests, lava flows freely here. The dungeon is ruled by the Summer Season so you can plant Summer Crops in the fields. There is a multitude of new Monster types in the Lava Ruins, including a more powerful form of Chipsqueek, Scorpions, Spiders, Necros, Golems, Flower Lions, Little Wizards and Ignis Monsters. Although their names may differ from those in previous Rune Factory games, players of the series will recognize each type easily. The Lava Ruins is a good source of Silver as well as Wild Grasses associated generally with the Summer Season such as Blue Grass and Purple Grass. Unlocking Doors in the Lava Ruins As in the Green Ruins, you will find sliding doors that are locked until you have gone through them once from the other side. The locked doors tend to be those closest to the entrance in the southeast section of the Ruins. As in the Green Ruins, a stairway leads down to the lowest floor in this location but until you have unlocked the door on each successive floor from the other side, the stairway essentially will lead nowhere. Once unlocked, sliding doors then remain accessible in later visits. Those doorways that must be blasted by bombs in order to become accessible, on the other hand, must be opened in the same fashion each time you visit the Lava Ruins. Any barriers in doorways as well as the bombs used to clear the path will be respawned each time you re-enter the Lava Ruins. Silver in the Lava Ruins

Although Copper is the Ore associated most with Heat and therefore with Summer, you will find your first Silver in the Lava Ruins. The level of your Hammer as well as the type of Hammer you use will affect the Ores and Gems that you find when it is used. to use Scrap Iron to increase the Level of ANY and EVERY farm tool. Silver generally can be found earliest in this game by smashing rocks on the third floor of the Lava Ruins. Find the wide stairway in the eastern side of the floor and ascend it, then walk as far north as possible. Here you will find some Rocks guarded by Scorpions. Smash these Rocks to find Silver. The Ores/Gems you find in ANY Rock at any time are randomly chosen, but Silver usually can be found in one of the Rocks here. When you have unlocked the shortcut stairway to the third floor, you will find yourself on the southern end of the platform inhabited by the Scorpions. Simply walk north along the platform to find the Rocks that contain Silver. Catapults in the Lava Ruins You will find a different sort of man-made device on the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins and on floors below that as well. These resemble the bombs on higher floors somewhat but are found on little round platforms. If you look closely, you will see a lever on one side of the platform. Hit it with your hammer to launch a cannonball that will blast through a nearby pile of debris or other obstacle in your path. Sand and Round Boulders in the Lava Ruins On the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins, you will begin to find giant boulders that are perfectly round. It is obvious that they should be used to clear debris and other obstacles from your path, but the method here is slightly different from that used to launch the Catapults. Once again, however, it is your trusty farming equipment that solves the puzzle. Look for a pile of sand and use your hoe to remove it. The Round Boulder having been held in place only by the pile of sand now will roll freely, crushing everything in its path. Make certain that your character and any Monster Ally are NOT in the path of destruction! Materia Shop On 15 Spring, Rosetta will open a new shop next to Danny's Grocery Store. She is a competitor and her shop is the Materia Grocery Store, where you will find all Flower Seeds as well as a few accessories. The only duplication of items is in the form of the Cheap Band and Pendant sold by Danny as well. Most of the seeds sold by Rosetta take more than a full season to mature. You therefore should grow most of these Flowers in the Caves/Dungeons where the seasons remain constant. Ordinary flowers such as Moondrop, Toy Herb, Pink Cat and Charm Blue can be grown in season on your Field.

You may wish introduction on the 3 x 3 bloom is the

to purchase Moondrop Seeds first as these will lead to an to a new character in the form of Iris. Planting Moondrop Seeds plot and allowing them to remain on the land even after they key to an introduction to Iris.

The Whale's Fin If you wish to move forward to the Whale's Fin, you need to go to the 2nd floor of the Whale Island Cave and find the path in the southeast that will lead you further southeast and ultimately take you back to the surface at the position of the 'Fin' of the Whale. Along the way, you will find an Altar in the North that will accept any Rune Stone. Choose the option to 'Drop' the Rune Stone in order to use it in the Altar. It will open the locked door temporarily, allowing you access to three treasure chests. Press 'A' to open any Treasure Chest. You will find them in hostile territory. The contents usually are random. Initially, I believed that the contents of the Chests were influenced somewhat by the specific Rune Stone used to open the door to the chamber. It may be true that specific Rune Stones are more likely to yield certain gems and Elemental Crystals, but the results actually are fairly random. not to squander Runeys in creating Rune Stones if their presence in any section of Trampoli is nearly exhausted. The plot is not served at this point by collecting a large number of gems. Gems can be found randomly in the five Treasure Chests on the Whale's Fin as well, and there are Chests on the surface that are not hidden behind any locked doors. The Little Lost Monster When you first find the path that leads to the Whale's Fin, you will experience an Event. A little pink and purple Elephant Monster will confront you at the very start of the path. This Monster is not hostile in the least but is lost. The Monster will circle your character a few times before he wanders off. When you enter your Monster Barn again, you will find the little Monster ensconced in the antechamber. The Lost Monster will not consume any of your Feed, nor will she respond to the Brush. She is an integral part of the plot, but at this point, you need not perform any actions with respect to her. The little Lost Monster cannot find her next true home until you reach the Summer season. You may not have unlocked the Lava Ruins at this point, but when you do, you will discover that the Little Lost Monster greatly resembles the Elefuns in that dungeon, although she is much smaller and may be the only 'child' Elefun in Rune Factory Frontier. Monsters at the Whale's Fin The Whale's Fin would be an idyllic place were it not for the nests of Monsters that inhabit it. The Monsters on the Whale's Fin tend to spawn in multiples,

so you will find it difficult to tame one unless you can separate it from its fellows or defeat all of the others in the group before you even attempt to equip the Pet Glove. You will find Woolys, Buffamoo and Silver Wolf Monsters along the many staircases and plateau of the Whale's Fin. If you explored the Green Ruins to unlock all the paths there, you may have tamed at least one Wooly and one Buffamoo there before you ever began to explore the Whale's Fin. The Monster you should tame here is the Silver Wolf. Although the Silver Wolf will spawn in a pack, you can induce the one closest to the first generator to follow you down the staircase where you will have a chance to tame him without interference from his packmates. If your Skills Levels are sufficiently high, you can defeat all his Packmates instead, but tricking him into following you down the path is an easier method early in the game. The Silver Wolf is a transport Monster and when you speak to him outside the Barn, you will have the option to ride him. Unlike Rune Factory and Rune Factory 2, Monster companions can follow you anywhere on the Map and if you wish to enter buildings for any purpose, your attending Monster simply will wait for you outside the door until you emerge. You will find five Treasure Chests tucked into the landscape of the Whale's Fin at different locations. The contents always are somewhat random, but you may obtain precious Gems as well as Chocolate, Rice, Flour and other ingredients ordinarily available only at the Tavern. Energy Drinks and Antidotes sometimes can be found in these Chests as well. that each time you exit and re-enter any area, all Treasure Chests and Crates respawn. Like the rest of Whale Island, the area of the Whale's Fin is not season-specific in of farming. You can grow Crops from any season here. There are two locked areas at the Whale's Fin when you first explore it. The first is the Tower in the very centre of the area. The other is a locked gate at the top of the highest hill, northeast of the Monster Generator that spawns Silver Wolves. The first to be unlocked will be the Tower of Rest. Growing Moondrop Flowers Moondrop Flowers are fast-growing. You need to plant them in the 3 x 3 plot in front of the Tower on the Whale's Fin but do not harvest them once they have bloomed until they have triggered a special Event. 1st Event with Iris When you find the Tower, you will see a sign to the left that indicates that visits should be made in the Evening. This is a hint, among other things, as to the time when you should make a trip to the Whale's Fin to advance the plot further. If you begin to descend the stairs that lead to the Tower at 6.00 p.m. or a little later on any evening, you will experience an Event. In the Event, your character will see an Elven Character named Iris watering the ground. After

she is finished, she goes into the Tower and the Event ends. If you are a player who likes to unlock all options as quickly as possible, you may have spent considerable time in the Whale's Fin even in the 1st or 2nd Week of Spring. If so, you can till the plot prior to Rosetta's arrival and even experience your first sighting of Iris, but you will be able to do nothing further until the 3rd week as you will have no access to the Moondrop Seeds until the Materia Shop opens. As soon as the Materia Shop opens, buy a bag of Moondrop Seeds and plant them in the special plot in front of the Tower on the Whale's Fin. Cinnamon and Star-Gazing When you speak to Cinnamon, she will tell you that she has two ions in life. One is Fishing and the other is Constellations. There is a special Observatory platform on the Mountain Path to the left of the Cornucopia Trees. On any Holiday when the weather is fine, you will find Cinnamon standing near the entrance to the Lava Ruins. If you speak to her there, she may tell you about Constellations. Her 'tutorials' can occur at other locations as well, and you may learn about a new Constellation if you speak to her when she is fishing next to the bridge north of your Homestead or even late at night in the Clock Tower. The dialogues with Cinnamon with respect to Constellations only begin when you have raised her Friendship a little. It does not require a full Friendship point, but you must interact with her a little before she will begin to teach you about this aspect of Rune Factory Frontier. Constellations Constellations appear in the night sky at different times of night and, as in our world, are based on the season as well. You must walk to the Conservatory in order to view them. Each Constellation is associated with one of the Eligible Girls. After finding any Constellation, a specific increase for your character can result usually by experiencing a special event with the Girl. Spring Constellations: The first Constellations that appear in Spring are the following: Turnip Constellation: Appears in early evening before 8.00 p.m. in Spring. Associated with Mist and will result in Turnip Seed. Crown Constellation: Appears after 12.30 a.m. in Spring. In order to see it, you must stay awake after 1.00 a.m.., causing you to awaken late the next morning and probably catch a Cold as well or you must attempt to 'find' it at 12.50 a.m., then use Escape for a quick return home before 1.00 a.m. Make certain you have some Cold Medicine on hand if you stay awake past 1.00 a.m. to find this particular Constellation. Associated with Selphy and will result in the Constellation Library being added to the Rune Archives Collection. Serpent Constellation: Appears a 'bit late at night' in Spring. You can see it after 9.00 p.m. Associated with Rosetta. Visit her afterwards for the offer of Snake Soup to increase Intelligence. Each Season has its own constellations. If you miss a lesson about any Constellation and the season changes, you will have to wait until the following year to 'find' it.

Summer Constellations: As early as 1 Summer, Cinnamon will begin to teach you about the Constellations of Summer. The first of these is: Buffamoo Constellation: The Buffamoo Constellation can be seen only 'past midnight'. Associated with Anette. When you have found the Buffamoo Constellation, the 'anonymous' letters written long ago by Anette will begin to arrive. Two more Summer Constellations are the 'Elephant Constellation' and the 'Wooly Constellation'. Note that you can 'find' the Wooly Constellation only if you have a Tame Monster with you. After you find it, you will see a prompt to the effect that the Friendship of your Monster has increased. At 9.50 p.m. Freyr came out of the Lava Ruins, looked up at the sky by accident and: Found Wooly Constellation! Prompt: Friendship with Monster went up! Wooly Constellation: Can be seen after 9.00 p.m. Associated with Tabatha. If accompanied by any Tame Monster when you find it, Friendship boost with Monster will result. Elephant Constellation: Can be seen before 8.00 p.m. on a fine summer night. Associated with Bianca and will set the Treasure Hunt in motion that results in a Level 10 Diamond for your character. As early as 1 Autumn, Cinnamon will tell you of the Broom Constellation and the book then will appear in the Rune Archives Library. Broom Constellation: View at 1.00 a.m. on a fine autumn night. Associated with Eunice. Speak to her the next day for an increase in Cooking Skill. Hat Constellation: View at 8.00 p.m. on a fine autumn night. Associated with Melody. Speak to her for an increase in Magic Skill Level. Winter Constellations: Cross Constellation: Can be seen at 8.00 p.m. on a fine winter night. Speak to Lara the next morning for HP increase. Hairpin Constellation: Can be seen after 6.00 p.m. on a fine winter night. Associated with uzuki. Speak to her for an increase in Combat Skill Level. Fish Constellation: Can be viewed at 2.00 a.m. on a fine winter night. Associated with Cinnamon. Speak to her for an increase in Fishing Skill Level. The other Constellations cannot be 'found' until Iris moves to Trampoli after Mist's rescue and Iris' move to Trampoli. These are associated with phases of the Moon rather than Seasons: Whale Constellation: Can be viewed before 11.30 p.m. on the night of the Full Moon, occurring on the 15th and 16th of any season. Associated with Blanche Iris. Increase of +1 in Elemental Affinities. Scorpion Constellation. Can be viewed before 11.30 p.m. on the night of the the New Moon, occurring on the 1st and 30th of any Season. Associated with Noire Iris. Increase of +2 Strength and +2 Agility. Placing Constellations in the Sky You will not be able to see any Constellation until you actually 'find' it by

gazing at the night sky at the required time. Press the 1 Button to gaze upwards and, if a Constellation has appeared, your character will 'find' it and remark upon it. The Constellation then will be traced in the heavens. The best place to view the night sky is the little clearing to the left of the Cornucopia Trees designated for stargazing. If you cannot 'find' the Constellation at that location, there is another location that often will allow you to see it. Stand a little to the right of the entrance to the Lava Ruins and press the '1' button there. Completing the Constellation Map is yet another goal in Rune Factory Frontier. Speak to Cinnamon regularly to learn about new Constellations in every season of the year. Once Cinnamon has 'taught' you the position of any Constellation, a book about that Constellation will be unlocked on the western side of the 2nd floor of the Rune Archives. The first time you speak to Selphy in the Rune Archives Library after learning about Constellations from Cinnamon, she will announce the acquisition of new books about astronomy. You are not required to 'find' the specific Constellation in order to unlock the book about it. You simply must learn about the Constellation from Cinnamon. Searching the Skies Whenever you press the 'A' Button when your character is outside in Trampoli, you will have a view of the heavens. You can see Constellations and other stars as well as the Moon at night. During the day, depending on your location, you can see Whale Island floating overhead. Weather can be predicted by a search of the sky during the day. On any fine day after a rainy day, you may find a Rainbow in the sky! Constellations and Eligible Girls Each of the Eligible Girls in Rune Factory Frontier is associated with one of the celestial seasonal constellations and 'finding' the Constellation in the sky will have an effect, either unlocking a new option in the game, resulting in a point increase in a specific stat or triggering an Event. The correspondences are: Turnip Constellation: Mist Crown Constellation: Selphy Serpent Constellation: Rosetta Buffamoo Constellation: Anette Wooly Constellation: Tabatha Elephant Constellation: Bianca Broom Constellation: Eunice Hat Constellation: Melody Hairpin Constellation: Uzuki Fish Constellation: Cinnamon Cross Constellation: Lara Uzuki and Tsubute By the fourth week, you should have a regular source of income in the Crops that your fields produce, the Ranch Products obtained from Monsters in your Barn and the items made by Cooking, Forging and Mixing Potions. You should be

familiar with the Runey Distribution system and allot a little time for adjustments each week. You can meet two new characters in the form of Uzuki and Tsubute by entering the Inn. Tsubute actually is not considered a proper character for the purposes of social interactions as he does not have a place on the Relations page of your farm menu. Simply enter the Inn to experience the Introduction Event for Uzuki. The first day you can meet her is 11 Spring. Rune Factory always has at least one character who represents traditional Japanese culture in some respects. Uzuki in Rune Factory Frontier fulfills this role. In fact, she has her guest room at the Inn redecorated in traditional Japanese style and when your character visits, he can 'study' many of the items there. In another sense, Uzuki and her 'guardian' Tsubute have a relationship similar to that of Mist and Douglas in Rune Factory 2. Tsubute never loses an opportunity to warn you NOT to become interested romantically in Uzuki. The Tower at the Whale's Fin You may experience the first sighting of a new character in front of the Tower at the Whale's Fin. This will occur only when you enter the Whale's Fin after 6.00 p.m. and descend the stairway that leads to the Tower. It therefore is not associated with any particular week but may occur earlier or later, depending on your own movements. If you enter the Whale's Fiin screen prior to 6.00 p.m., the Event will not occur. You must descend the stairway that leads to the Tower then to initiate the Event. The actual introduction to the Elven Maiden is predicated upon the opening of the Materia Store by Rosetta so will not occur earlier than the second half of Spring but you may experience your first sighting of her prior to this. The

Power of Moondrop Flowers

When you enter the Whale's Fiin after 6.00 p.m. and descend the stairway that leads to the Tower, you will experience a little Event. You will see a new character in the form of an Elf Maiden watering the land. When she has completed her task, she will go into the Tower and the doors will shut behind her. Your character will watch this and move closer to the entrance to the Tower. When you regain control, you will be in front of the Tower. You will find a 3 x 3 plot there that can be tilled. You need to buy Moondrop Seeds from Rosetta to plant there. Do not harvest the flowers once they bloom but wait to experience the next Event in a sequence that results in an introduction to Iris. Rosetta and the Moondrop Flower Legend When you have experienced the Event in front of the Tower, speak to Rosetta at the Materia Store. She will tell you there is an old legend with respect to the Moondrop Flower and their association with moonlight. This is the hint that you need to plant Moondrop Flowers in the tillable plot

in front of the Tower at the Whale's Fin. The entire sequence of events that leads to the first meeting with Iris is given in my 1st Year Walkthrough in the section that deals with the first week of Summer, even though you can experience that Event sooner. As the Moondrop Flowers you plant at the Tower must mature and you cannot visit Whale Island on any Holiday to water them until the discovery of a new Beanstalk in Summer, it may take longer than five days to complete the entire sequence that introduces Iris properly to your character. Exploring the Whale's Fin The Whale's Fin is a beautiful area filled with ruins. It consists mainly of hills connected by staircases. There are platforms where Monsters congregate, tillable fields and water sources. At the very top of the highest hill in the northeast corner above a Monster Generator that spawns a pack of Silver Wolves is a locked gate. You can find five Treasure Chests amid the ruins in the Whale's Fin. They often contain cooking ingredients such as Flour, Rice and Chocolate that otherwise can only be purchased at the Tavern from Rita. It appears that items contained in Treasure Chests change a little according to the dungeons you have unlocked. Before your character unlocks the Lava Ruins, he may not find Copper anywhere in a Treasure Chest. Once the Lava Ruins are unlocked, however, Copper begins to appear randomly in the Treasure Chests on the Whale's Fin. The main feature of the Whale's Fin, however, is a Tower with a sign in front of it that declares: Please stop by in the evening for business. It is named the Tower of Rest and is the abode of Iris. Until you have met Iris, the only Crop you should grow in the little field in front of the Tower is Moondrop Flowers. Do NOT harvest them! You can plant whatever you wish in the other two tillable fields at the entrance to the Whale's Fin. Two more fields to the left of the locked gate at the top of the hill in the northeast can be tilled as well. As previously indicated, Whale Island is not season-specific, unlike most other Dungeons and you therefore can plant Crops from any season on its fields, allowing your character to gain access to Autumn Crops and Flowers in earlier seasons. Foliage Festival On the 29th of Spring flower sent or given to them give you a Toy Herb. tradition, paving the years.

in the 1st year, characters will speak to you of a by Eunice that day. When you speak to Stella, she will She then will muse that perhaps this should become a way for the Foliage Festival on 29 Spring in subsequent

Tasks on the Last Day of Spring

It is vital that all Spring Crops in your Field be harvested today for the last time before they become Withered Grass when the Season changes. Buy Summer Crop Seeds from Erik today and plant them immediately and water them. Seeds for the next season can be planted on the last day of the current season. If you water them as well, you will be able to harvest them one day earlier than would be possible otherwise. If you wish to have a supply of Cherries for use during the next three seasons, collect a last harvest from the Cornucopia Trees and/or Orchard of Plenty at Lake Poli. As Cherries are a Spring fruit, today will be your last chance to gather them from the Trees. You can continue to find them randomly in Crates in Dungeons ruled by Spring. Tonight will be the last opportunity to 'find' any Spring Constellations in the night sky. Bathhouse Events There are many Events in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game. Some are essential to the plot or to your successful courtship of any Eligible girl or bachelor. Others are optional events that are included simply for their entertainment value. If you frequent the Bathhouse regularly, you may experience a number of Events while taking your bath. These involve flashbacks for many of the Eligible Girls as well as Marco, and consist of their experiences in the Women's side of the Bathhouse. Some are slightly risqu� . These Events occur only if your character takes a bath when some one is in the women's side of the Bathhouse and always involve the individual(s) on the women's side. If your character experiences one of these events, he will emerge light-headed and a little of the RP that he would have recovered ordinarily will be spent! A new bathhouse Event will be added to the list when Minerva arrives in Trampoli. Changing Room at the Beach The Changing Room at the Beach is open only during the Summer season. On the first day of Autumn, you no longer will be able to enter or change into your own Bathiing Costume. On any day in Summer, however, your character can enter to change into a Bathing Costume. A very entertaining optional Event will occur on Beach Day if you visit the Beach before 10.00 a.m. and attempt to enter the changing room building. Each time you make the attempt, you will interrupt a different Eligible Girl as she changes into her bathing costume. The Events follow a specific order, but the girls chose participate in the Festival are chosen randomly and may differ from game to game and year to year. If you attempt to continue to 'Look' inside the changing room after the Event with the last girl, you will be subjected to the righteous fury of every girl who gave you the benefit of the

doubt on the first occasion! Actually, a similar Event can be experienced on any fine day at the Beach during the Summer season if your character attempts to enter the Changing Room between noon and 1.00 p.m. There may be a different group of girls on any given day but the total number who can be 'surprised' usually is three. Although Candy will exit the Changing Room a little after 1.00 p.m. with the other girls in their bathing costumes, she will not be involved in any Event you experience, possibly because she is considered a child still. A possible reference to this Event may occur when you speak to Candy at the Beach when she is wearing her bathing costume. Quite randomly, she may astound you by crying out: 'Pervert!'. Beach Festival Melon Pinata Mini-Game A Rune Factory and Harvest Moon tradition is to include a mini-game in many of the Festival celebrations. The Beach Festival in Rune Factory Frontier has a 'Melon Pinata' game. The same girls that your character surprised in the changing room if you opted to experience those events will 'guide' you with verbal directions as you endeavour, while blindfolded, to smash a Watermelon open with a Hammer. There is one 'liar' who will give you false directions and two girls who guide you truly. In fact, if you stand perfectly still and then simply swing the Hammer when told to do so without turning in any other direction, you should be able to smash the Melon. You are given only one chance to smash the Watermelon. If you fail, it will be cut instead with a knife for every one to enjoy. There may be a slight boost in Heart levels if you manage to smash open the Watermelon, but more important than the result is the act of participating in the Contest and making certain that you speak to every girl on the beach. Bianca and Tabatha On the 1st day of Summer, if you enter the South District, you will experience a brief event wherein you will see a new mansion on the hill opposite Kross' house. You will not be able to enter, but you will see by the prompt that it is the house of the Sainte-Coquille Family. Bianca and Tabatha, two more Eligible Girls now have arrived in Trampoli. At 9.00 a.m. on 2 Summer, you can enter the Mansion to experience your first meeting with your two old friends from Kardia. Tabatha will explain that she and her mistress have come to Trampoli for the summer season. Bianca is the only member of her influential family who is living in the mansion. In fact, Bianca herself will inform you that she had it built strictly as a summer home for herself. Speak to Bianca after exchanging introductory dialogue and until she says: Bianca: You've been going to that strange island, haven't you? If you find anything interesting, bring it to me. I'll gladly take it off your hands. If you have visited the Whale's Fin, you will have a very strange and interesting Monster living in the foyer of your Monster Barn. Perhaps she will interest Bianca… Note that, if you have not found the Lost Monster in the Caves at Whale Island before the end of Summer, Bianca and Tabatha will leave Trampoli at the end of

Summer. If, however, the Lost Monster moves into your Monster Barn antechamber and you experience the subsequent Event with Bianca at the Mansion, both Bianca and Tabatha will stay in Trampoli. Introduction to Iris Growing the Moondrop Flowers in the plot at the Tower is not sufficient to trigger the Introduction to Iris. First, you must experience an Event after 6.00 p.m. at the Whale's Fin wherein your character will see an Elven Maiden watering the land. She then will retreat into her Tower and the door will lock behind her. Any day that you visit the Whale's Fin after 6.00 p.m. and descend the stairway that leads to the Tower, you will experience this Event. Like the vision of Weeding the Field for Mist, it is a hint that will be repeated until you perform all the necessary actions to unlock the next point in the story. In the case of Iris, you actually need to walk into the plot where the Moondrop Flowers are blooming and the Rune Point is glowing after 7.00 p.m. You then will experience a new Event with Iris. You now will see her gazing at the Full Moon in a field of beautiful white flowers. When the Event ends, she will stand before you and you will be able to introduce yourself to her. You will be able to enter the Tower of Rest where Iris lives now. When you speak to Iris, you can initiate a dialogue that will provide a hint as to the unlocking of the next area of the Whale Island when you speak of the locked gate at the top of the hill. The Pumpkin Man Many of the shops in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game offer a few items that will vary with the Season. In Rune Factory Frontier, you will find that at least one different item is offered each season. You will not be able to shop on the 1st Day of Summer as it is a Festival Day, but if you go to the Materia Store on 2 Summer, you will find a new item on display: Pumpkin Head: 4050G Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 25, MAG 35 A costume for a certain festival. You have to eat everything inside before using it. Although the Pumpkin Head is the mandatory headgear to celebrate the Pumpkin Festival at the end of Summer, it can be worn in combat, giving far more Defence than either the Straw Hat or the Hand-Knit Hat, the only two items that can be made to protect the head with a small Forge. It is rather hilarious to watch your character as he meets and greets the townspeople wearing the Pumpkin Head. Despite its comical appearance, however, it is very effective as a piece of Equipment! 2nd Beanstalk to Whale Island Speak to Lute on any Holiday until he mentions a plant that grows on one of the small Islands in the centre of Lake Poli. It is possible that the earliest the dialogue can occur is the 2nd Holiday in Summer.

Lute: The other day, I was sketching on the small island in the lake and I found this little sprout. I was touched to see how even that tiny island is filled with life. Freyr, weren't you good at caring for plants? Would you please care for it once in a while? Like watering it and stuff. After experiencing this dialogue, go to Lake Poli and take the gondola to the little island in the centre of Lake Poli. There are two small islands. The one you seek is the furthest west of the two. Dock the gondola and walk to the centre of the little island. You will see a plant sparkling there. Water it once with your Watering Can and it will grow into another magical Beanstalk, identical to the one that took you to Whale Island initially. The destination in this case, however, is the Whale's Fin. You will find yourself near the Tower of Rest when you reach the top of the Beanstalk. You may have noticed that Whale Island travels through the sky slowly. That is why you cannot climb the Beanstalk in the Church District to reach it on any Holiday. Once you have discovered the second Beanstalk, you will have access to Whale Island every day of the week. Holiday Beanstalk Trick Cllimbing any Beanstalk to Whale Island takes only two minutes. Whenever you leave a dungeon and re-enter, any Chests or Crates will have re-spawned. This is true with respect to the 5 Treasure Chests on the Whale's Fin as well. All you need to do is climb down the Beanstalk, then climb up it again in order to find 5 new Treasure Chests. Items contained in these Chests are random but can be as valuable as Gems and Elemental Crystals, or as useful as Flour or Rice. You can climb and descend as many times as you like on any Holiday, reaping the benefits as often as you wish. If you only access the Treasure Chest next to the Beanstalk, you may find the process more efficient. It is a little Trick that can help players who either need the income or the energy that the items may provide. Bianca and 'Francoise' Bianca and Tabatha will be seasonal characters in Rune Factory Frontier unless you experience the Event with the little Elefun in the Cave at Whale Island. If you wish to court Bianca, you will have a more difficult time than with other girls in one respect as she is not impressed with gifts for the most part. In another sense, the task is easy as simple dialogue with her will suffice . There is one gift that does determine her future in Trampoli and that is the gift of the 'lost Monster' who followed you back from Whale Island to live in the antechamber of your Monster Barn. If you wish to persuade Bianca not to leave Trampoli at the end of Summer, you therefore must 'find' the Lost Monster by taking the path in the Cave Depths that leads to the Whale's Fin BEFORE the end of the 1st Summer. Enter the Mansion between 9.00 a.m. and 9.30 a.m. to experience an Event with Bianca. When you enter, the Lost Monster will be in the grand foyer as well. You will attempt to stop it, but it will run ahead of you, straight to Bianca.

You will find them both at the foot of the grand staircase. Here, Bianca will ask you if the monster belongs to you. How you respond actually is irrelevant as the event will develop in the same fashion no matter what reply you choose. She then will ask you to give the monster to her. Again, how you respond is irrelevant ultimately. If you tell her not to ask you to make that choice, she simply will remark that the Monster appears to wish to stay with her and you will experience the same dialogue again and again until you finally surrender to the inevitable. If you noticed the little chamber in the back of the Mansion prepared as a Monster habitation even from the start, you will have guessed the Monster's ultimate destination. When the Event ends, the Monster will be ensconced happily in its room complete with Monster Feed and you will stand alone before Bianca at the foot of the stairway. The Lost Monster now will bear the name of 'Francoise'. Sad to say, this Event does not raise Bianca's Love or Friendship significantly but it may have an effect on her future plans. If you did not experience the Event in the Caves at Whale Island that brings the Lost Monster to your Monster Barn before the end of Summer, Bianca and Tabatha will leave Trampoli at the end of Summer. If 'Francoise' becomes Bianca's pet, however, the two girls will stay in Trampoli. Exploring the Lava Ruins The Lava Ruins introduce a new element into Rune Factory Frontier in the form of Bombs. As described in John Arthur's Memoirs of the dungeon, bombs serve to unblock paths. You will find Bombs usually to the left or right of a doorway. Simply slash at a bomb or allow a Monster Ally to strike it to detonate it. Some bombs are 'live' but others are dummies. When a bomb is 'live', a timer will begin to tick audibly and the bomb will flash red. Move away from it to allow it to explode without damaging you. Debris will fly everywhere and afterwards, the pathway will be cleared for your age. Many bombs contain items in the same fashion as Crates and Treasure Chests contain them. Items found in the Lava Ruins include those found in previous dungeons but will introduce new Cooked Dishes and ores. Silver will be found first in the Lava Ruins, for example. Once you are able to use the Silver to forge a superior Hammer, you will be able to smash the remaining barriers in the Green Ruins to access areas where Silver can be discovered as well. The Elefun, a Monster resembling an Elephant, can be set to water your Crops and will act as a Transport Monster as well. You will find your first Elefuns very close to the Entrance to the Lava Ruins by taking the first stairway that takes you upwards to a little platform. Breeding Monsters Although many previous Harvest Moon games allowed players to breed ranch animals, Rune Factory Frontier is the first game in the Rune Factory series that provides the option to breed your Monsters. The basic rules are the same as in other Harvest Moon games: you must have an empty slot in your Monster Barn to house the little Monster before you will be

allowed to breed the Mother. If you have an empty slot in your Barn, the next step is very easy. Simply approach the Mother with a Rune Stone of any type and press 'A'. You will see a prompt as follows: 'I hope you'll lay some great eggs.' If you choose to proceed, you will be required to give the baby a name. An egg will appear instantly in the bed of hay in the northeast section of the Monster Barn. You can interact with the Egg by speaking to it. Oddly enough, whenever you speak to the Egg, it will turn towards you as though paying close attention to your words! Any Rune Stone can be used to create an Egg. Eggs of all types appear to be Blue in colour, irrespective of the Rune Stones used. As soon as the Egg appears, it will be added to the Monster page in the Monster Barn Book. The Friendship Level of any Egg is higher than that of the Mother Monster. It all depends on the total number of Friendship Points that the Mother has at the time of laying the Egg. The precise point total cannot be seen by the player, however. It does make it worthwhile to breed Monsters, as even a Mother with 1 Heart can give birth to a Monster Baby with 2. A Monster with higher Heart Level will give birth to a Monster with a higher Friendship Level and higher stats than the Mother. Furthermore, the actual Level of the Baby can be affected by the circumstances in which the Mother laid the Egg. The length of time that the Mother has been tamed affects this, apparently. Level affects Maximum HP as well as ATK, DEF and MAG. Although the benefits of breeding any Monster who gives Ranch Product may be obvious, as the level and therefore value of the Ranch Product given by Monsters of higher level will be greater than those of lower levels, there are equal benefits to be obtained from breeding your Combat Monsters. An Egg takes about a week to hatch, although Runey Distribution will affect gestation time.. At 6.00 a.m., you simply will see a prompt to the effect that the Monster has been born. Monsters evidently are fully grown when born as any Monster who can produce a Ranch Product will be able to do so the day she is born. With 2 Hearts at birth, any Ranch Product will be Level 2 rather than Level 1. Furthermore, any Monster who has 'hatched' from an Egg can be bred immediately. You can 'breed and release' in Rune Factory Frontier. A tame Monster who is returned to the First Forest, as previously stated, may leave a War Trophy for you. This is a random result, much like any War Trophy earned in combat and indeed will be one of the items the specific Monster could yield in defeat and at the same levels. As you must feed all Monsters housed in your Monster Barn and as successive generations breed higher levels of Monsters, it may be of benefit to release many of the Monsters you have used strictly for breeding purposes. Heart Level is inherited and actual Level does increase by generation. A player can begin to breed his/her Monsters as early in the game as he/she may

wish. Until you have planted enough grass to create a significant and regular source of Fodder, however, you may wish to abstain from breeding Monsters. An Egg evidently consumes one portion of Fodder per day, taking it from the ripened grass in your Field. Without having set any Monster to the task of cutting Grass for Fodder, I nonetheless noticed that squares of Grass had been cut or eaten by some one. It was the Eggs in my Monster Barn who were consuming the Grass in the field! Make certain, therefore, that your supply of Fodder is sufficient to feed all the adult Monsters in your Barn as well as every Egg on a daily basis. Note that the Clucky 'Eggs' that are collected with the Harvester are quite different from the Eggs that any Monster will lay when presented with a Rune Stone. Only Monsters of the same basic type as the Clucky can produce Eggs for the Kitchen, but Monsters of all varieties will lay Eggs for hatching when presented with any Rune Stone. In this sense, no Monster is a proper Mammal! Monster Barn Expansions Kross can create expansions for your Monster Barn. His first expansion costs 18000G and requires 300 Lumber. It will increase the capacity of your Barn from 10 Monsters to 30 Monsters, adding two chambers to the original Barn. When breeding any Monster, you must have an empty slot in the same chamber as the Mother for her Egg. Monsters can be moved from one chamber to another simply by accessing the 'book' in the foyer of the Monster Barn. You can transfer any Monster from one chamber to another simply by using the cursor to move her portrait from one 'page' to another. The second Monster Barn expansion costs 50000G and requires 800 Lumber. Sources of Fodder for Monsters As in other Rune Factory games, you will notice that any Fodder that must be purchased from a merchant is exorbitantly expensive. If you intend to keep Tame Monsters, therefore, you need to begin to grow Grass for Fodder in your Field immediately. With a state of 'Prosperity' in your Field from a large quantity of perfectly balanced Runeys, your Grass will grow faster than it otherwise would, even without any farm aids. Crops grown in your own Field do not produce Runes but they do produce Runeys. Note that there are Monsters in Rune Factory Frontier who can be set the task of cutting your Grass for Fodder. Any Monster type who resembles the 'Grim Reaper' of legend can use his scythe for the living by cutting the Grass in your field. As always, you must have a Friendship level of 1 with the Monster before he will 'listen' to you, although a Monster at zero Friendship may be willing to accompany you into the Dungeons. No Crops can grow in your Field in Rune Factory Frontier in Winter. You therefore need to plan ahead, planting at least a couple of plots in dungeons with Grass for Fodder. These need not be cut until needed, providing you with a daily supply of Runes until you need extra Fodder in Winter. Grass planted in dungeons therefore serves more than one useful purpose, providing Runes throughout the year and Fodder in Winter.

Mist's Flower When you speak to Mist, she may mention a strange seed that she has discovered. This is critical to the plot later. See my 1st Year Walkthrough for detailed s of the story. Viewing Late Night Constellations Make certain that you do not plant any Crops that cannot be harvested before the end of the Season. You need to view all four Summer Constellations before the end of the season or wait until next year. Each Constellation is visible at a different time of the night. As always, there is one constellation that requires you to stay up past midnight if you wish to view it. Equipping the Masque may help you avoid catching a Cold in these circumstances if you stay up until 1.00 a.m.. You will sleep late the next morning, however, even if you do not catch a Cold by staying up past 1.00 a.m. Note that if you go to bed after 1.00 a.m. with some RP, you may only sleep until 8.00 a.m. and still awaken with full HP and RP. It is only if your RP is fully depleted that you probably will catch a Cold and awaken as late as 10.00 a.m. If you are quick, however, you should be able to view ANY late night constellation by 12.50 a.m., use Return and slip into your Farmhouse before 1.00 a.m. Ghosts in Rune Factory Frontier Tamed Ghost Monsters In any Rune Factory, the Monsters you battle in dungeons and caves will include 'Ghosts' of various types. They usually resemble the 'Grim Reaper' of legend and in Rune Factory Frontier, any 'Ghost' Monster who is tamed will use his scythe to mow your Grass for you if set to the task! If you grow Grass for Fodder in your field, the Ghost will make certain that a steady supply of Fodder reaches your Barn, making Rune Factory Frontier far easier than other Rune Factory games where Monster supplies are concerned. Ghosts as Characters Other Ghosts who are not Monsters are a topic of conversation in all Rune Factory games as well and often, an actual character who is a ghost will become part of the fabric of village life. In the original Rune Factory, your character could court and marry the resident Ghost in the person of Sharron. In Rune Factory Frontier, the Eligible Girls will begin to gossip about Ghosts prior to your encounter with a 'new' character in front of Mist's house. Their attitudes about Ghosts vary. Even at the start of the game, your character will hear singing whenever he visits the Public Square. The lovely melody appears to emanate from a place beneath the Square itself in its very centre.

Iris and the Ghost of the Public Square You will not be able to solve the mystery of the Voice singing beneath the Public Square until you have met Iris. When Gelwein appears outside the Tower and makes his way through the gates at the top of the Whale's Fin to the Whale's Flank, a piece of the puzzle will be revealed. Your character must unlock the Snow Ruins and find a door on the 3rd Floor in order to solve the mystery, aiding the Whale Spirit as well in the process. As the defeat of the Enemy who awaits you behind the door of the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins requires a fair amount of combat experience, you will find details about this encounter in the Walkthrough for the first week of Winter. Other 'ghosts' or characters who span both past and present that you will encounter include a young version of Stella and possibly the local carpenter Kross. A Business Rivalry You may experience an Event between Danny and Rosetta when you enter the Materia Store. He has become increasingly furious with the competition her business offers to his livelihood, even though he makes no effort whatsoever to stock items that the public needs. He will accuse her of being a 'cheater' and vow to rid Trampoli of her presence. Rosetta will shrug off his threats, declaring that this is simply a normal part of the business world. Gelwein and the Locked Gates When you visit Iris one evening, you now may experience an Event with another stranger. A man will appear at her door, then walk towards the top of the hill. He will go through the gates that you always found locked on previous occasions. At the end of this Event, enter the Tower to speak to Iris. She will tell you that the man is Gelwein, a 'dear friend' of hers. You now will find the gates at the top of the hill unlocked. Note that you MUST encounter Gelwein at the Tower if you wish to be able to initiate the confrontation on the 3rd floor of the Snow Ruins later. The next time you climb the Beanstalk to Whale Island, the Whale will speak to you again, telling you of a Monster who has become too violent and therefore must be punished. You now can travel freely through the length and breadth of Whale Island, up the hill past the gates to the Whale's Flank and up the winding pathway to the Whale's Drain. The Whale's Flank is riddled with poisonous swamps so you may wish to have Neutraliser on hand to cleanse the land itself or at least have an ample supply of Antidote Herb to restore health. Note that if you are riding a Transport Monster through any poisonous area, he/she will be afflicted with poison but you will remain untouched. Use Antidote Herb on yourself, however, to restore the Monster's health. In Rune Factory Frontier, Neutraliser is equipped as a Tool. Simply use it

once on any Poison swamp to cleanse the land. Unfortunately, the results will last only for the duration of your visit to the area! Creating a Shortcut from the Whale's Flank to the Cave When you begin to explore the area of the Whale's Flank, you will see a group of sparkles in front of a natural wall of rock in the northwest corner of the area, at the northwestern end of the path. Charge your Hammer and use it once to open the entrance to a tunnel that leads back to the initial Cave on Whale Island. Once you have uncovered the tunnel, it will remain open, giving you a shortcut between the Cave and the Whale's Flank. This is most useful as it will decrease your travel time enormously during the five days of the week when your entrance to Whale Island is the Beanstalk near the Clock Tower. Preparing for Autumn As the Pumpkin Festival falls on Friday, if you wish to prepare for the Autumn season by purchasing Autumn seeds in advance, the last day to do so before Autumn will be 29 Summer. Purchase Crop Seeds from Erik and Flower Seeds such as Charm Blue from Rosetta. You can plant them on the day of the Pumpkin Festival, on 30 Summer, after clearing your Field of all the remnants of your Summer Crops. Pumpkin Festival The Pumpkin Festival is a traditional Harvest Moon Festival. Pumpkins are a Summer Crop in Harvest Moon/Rune Factory. In most Harvest Moon games, the Pumpkin Festival is a day when you receive visits from children demanding sweets. Sometimes an adult like Popuri who really adores sweets will make a visit as well to demand her share. In Rune Factory Frontier, the Pumpkin Festival assumes another element of the Western Hallowe'en tradition, albeit on the 30th day of Summer rather than the last day of Autumn. Every one is required to wear a 'Pumpkin Head' in honour of the Festival. The Pumpkin Head is a piece of Head Equipment that appears in the Materia Shop at the beginning of Summer. If you do not have a Forge at that point, it is the best item of Head Equipment available for defence in combat. If you do have a Forge, you may be able to make better Head Equipment, but it nonetheless outmatches many of the Head Equipment items that you can make without a Maestro Forge. A Level 1 Pumpkin Head gives 25 Defence and 35 MAG. If you have your own Forge, you can boost a Level 1 Pumpkin and Level 1 Insect Skin into a Level 2 Pumpkin Head by hitting the gauge in the green. A Level 2 Pumpkin Head provides 29 Defence, although the MAG remains at 35. On the last day of Summer, whether purchased or homemade, you must don your Pumpkin Head and sally forth to greet other characters who will be wearing THEIR Pumpkin Heads. There are differences in opinion where this festival tradition is concerned. Some of the Eligible Girls consider it to be great fun but others are embarrassed by the idea of wearing a Pumpkin on their heads

all day. As is usually the case with respect to any Festival in Harvest Moon or Rune Factory, individuals will speak of the festival on the preceding day. Go through the village of Trampoli to meet and greet all the villagers wearing your Pumpkin Head. They will be wearing theirs. There is only one character who will not be wearing a Pumpkin Head and that is Mist, who sports a Turnip Head instead. The Turnip Head actually is another piece of Head Gear that you can make at your Forge, provided you have the ingredients and the Skill Levels. The Skill Level requirements are higher than those for the Pumpkin Head and the resulting item gives more protection than its vegetable cousin. Speaking to any individual on the day of a Festival definitely raises Friendship Levels. It may raise Love Levels a little with respect to any Eligible Girl, but it is in of Friendship Levels that you will see a significant increase. On the day of the Pumpkin Festival, you will find that even Lute has donned a Pumpkin Head and stands in front of the Church as he would on a Holiday Festival day, but as the Pumpkin Festival falls on a Friday instead, he will not be selling any items, Possibly the most amusing sight of all on the day of the Pumpkin Festival is that of Tsubute, who sports his own Pumpkin Head as he flits beside his mistress Uzuki, herself wearing the obligatory head gear. In fact, their dialogue on the day of the Festival will make it clear that it is considered a measure of respect towards Trampoli to participate in all local customs, however queer they may find them. Meeting Brodik You may find a new building in the South District on the first day of Autumn in the form of a small shack. It is only on the 2nd day of Autumn that you actually will be able to meet Brodik. You will find him standing outside his house near the path in the morning. His portrait initially will be that of 'Irritating Guy', who then becomes 'Loud Guy' and finally 'Brodik' as he unleashes an incomprehensible stream of hostility upon you. He evidently believes that you are a character named Weber masquerading under another identity. His Portrait and description now will be added to the Relations page of your Farm Menu. Better Equipment Choices The greatest success in Rune Factory is based on being able to keep different options in mind at all times. Whenever you forge a weapon, be aware of the materials you will need in the future to forge a better weapon. Whenever you forge an Accessory, be aware of the materials needed to forge an Accessory that offers even better protection than the one you are making. There are a number of Accessories in Rune Factory Frontier that are designed to give your character the appearance of a Monster. There are both Cats Ears and a Cat Tail. There are Rabbit Ears, an Elephant Mask and a Whale Hat.

In fact, the Cat Tail is a favourite of Kross who will speak of it with longing. Some of the materials required for the Cat Tail will not be available at the start, but all the ingredients for the Cats Ears are available early in the game. The only special requirement is that of having a Maestro Forge as there are five ingredients in this Accessory. The Cats Ears at Level 1 will give you 40 DEF and 50 MAG, making it more effective than the Feathered Hat. If you can hit the green as you create it, you can create a Level 2 Cats Ears that will provide 44 DEF and 50 MAG. that the Level of the final product ordinarily will be equal to that of the ingredient with the lowest Level. If you manage to hit the gauge in the green, the final product will be one Level higher than the ingredient with the lowest Level. It is a good idea to store the War Trophies and items with the highest levels in anticipation of being able to use them one day to create an item with a high Level. In this context, you may find that items requiring only two ingredients when made with high Level ingredients will be more powerful than 'superior' items at Level 1. For example, although a Level 1 Silver Ring provides ATK 10, DEF 20 and MAG 30 at Level 1, at Level 9, the Silver Ring provides ATK 10, DEF 52 and MAG 30. The fact that the Silver Ring gives both Attack and Defence power makes it a rather good choice for Arms EQ, especially at Level 8! As you need only a piece of Silver and 1 Insect Hide to create a Silver Ring, it is not that difficult to find high level ingredients for it. that you need only two Level 8 ingredients to create a Level 9 item if you can hit the gauge in the green. Autumn Harvests in the 1st Week If you planted Autumn Crop seeds on 30 Summer, with your Homestead in a state of Prosperity due to balanced Runeys in large numbers, you should have your first harvests of Yams, Spinach and Carrots by 6 Autumn. Green Peppers and Eggplants should follow in another day or so. The Rune Tree The gates at the northeast end of the Whale's Fin lead to more than one area. When you have gone through the Whale's Flank, you will find a steep mountain that winds round a giant Tree. At the top of the Tree, you will see a Rune that resembles a miniature Sun. Your character will comment upon it. You must climb the mountain in order to reach the Whale's Drain and the castle beyond it. Large 'fruits' will drop from the Tree periodically to roll like balls in a slot down the narrow paths to the foot of the Tree. They can cause great damage both to you and any Monster Ally if you remain in their path. Another Plea for Help from the Whale After you view the Tree and its Rune, the next time you climb the Beanstalk from the Church District to Whale Island, the Whale will speak to you again. Energy is dissipating at an alarming rate. You now need to travel through the Whale's Fin and Flank to the area with the Rune Tree in order to view it. When you arrive there, you will experience a little Event.

Freyr: …!! What In the…! You will notice that the size of the Rune at the top of the Great Tree has diminished. Freyr: It's so much smaller than when I saw it last time… Note that although the Whale behaves in a desperate fashion, impreson your character the need for great haste in vanquishing the power that is responsible for these changes, you actually can take whatever time you need in the game to perform the task. You do not have any specific deadline as, despite all evidence to the contrary, Whale Island will not crash into the land to destroy Trampoli… You now need to speak to Kanno to relate these matters to him and ask for guidance. Bianca and Tabatha in Autumn If the Lost Monster became Bianca's Pet 'Francoise' before the end of Summer, you can experience an Event with Bianca in her Monster Chamber in the Mansion. Go there to find her brushing Francoise. She will announce that she and Tabatha both will stay in Trampoli as Francoise cannot survive anywhere else. You will receive a letter from Tabatha afterwards announcing their transition to permanent 'official residents' of Trampoli. Defeating the Boss Monster of the Lava Ruins By the middle of Autumn, your experience Level should be high enough to defeat the Boss Monster of the Lava Ruins. In fact, the most difficult aspect of the Lava Ruins is solving the maze, especially with respect to the 4th and 5th floors. Finding the door that you need to open from the other side in order to create a shortcut via the stairway in the southeast corner is particularly difficult in of the 4th and 5th Floors. You actually need to unlock only the door on the 6th floor in order to be able to access the Boss instantly without being obliged to use Catapults and Round Giant Boulders each time to clear your path. When you have unlocked the door on the 6th floor, make certain that you forge an Ice Hammer before you return to enter the Boss Monster's Lair. Ice Hammer: 620G ATK 56, REQ SKL 26, SP ATK 1, RP Use 13, FX Stun Attack 24%, Water Attack +10 Other items that will be of great use are: Sakura: 890G ATK 41, REQ SKL 38, SP ATK 2, RP Use 8, FX HP Absorption, Poison Attack 50% As you can see, the Sakura offers a chance for you to drain Enemy HP, giving you an HP boost each time it does. E. Drink S: 280G HP 105, RP 0, FX 0 Ice Cream: 260G HP 10, RP 125, FX 120 sec. Water Attack +10, Water Resistance +20 As you can see, Ice Cream offers 10 points of Water Attack, very useful against Fire Elementals. The Boss Monster of the Lava Ruins actually is accompanied by a number of minions who will attack you before he ever appears. Defeating each 'wave' of

Enemies will not deplete the Boss Monster's HP at all. You must defeat each wave, however, if you ever wish to MEET the Boss! The first wave consists of a number of Fire Hornets. They will sting you with darts. Stay mounted on your Silver Wolf Monster Ally for these attacks. They will harm your Monster Ally very little and you will be able to defeat them without using either HP or RP. As each Enemy is defeated, it will be transformed into fire. The fire will remain on the ground until the next wave appears. If you choose to fight at your Monster's side instead, I would recommend that you equip Sakura or the Luck Blade instead of the Ice Hammer. The Ice Hammer is slow and uses too much RP to be of use against multiple weak enemies such as these. With Sakura, you can absorb your Enemies' HP in your Attacks although it will cost a great deal in RP as well. The Luck Blade uses the least amoung of RP. The next wave consists of 4 Fire Panthers. Again, the easiest way to defeat them is by remaining mounted and using your Silver Wolf's Special Attack but if you choose to fight unmounted, use the Luck Blade or Sakura again. The 3rd wave consists of two Fire Trolls. They are monstrous creatures but, like all Trolls, rather slow. Make certain that you do not get caught between them. You can remain mounted for this as well. When the two Fire Trolls are defeated, you will encounter the 4th wave of Monsters in the form of a number of Fire Slimes. Like all of the Slime family, they have the power to inflict Poison so make certain that you use Antidotes when necessary to heal yourself and your Monster Ally. It is during this wave that your Monster Ally will be at risk finally. You may lose him in fact. With all of these waves of lesser enemies, it is best NOT to use the Ice Hammer. Use Sakura or your Luck Blade. As previously stated, the Ice Hammer is slow and uses too much RP to be wasted on lesser Enemies. Furthermore, you will have two Special Attacks with the Luck Blade or Sakura as opposed to a single Special Attack with the Ice Hammer. Once you have defeated all the Fire Slimes, the fire remnants will morph into the true Boss Enemy, a Giant Fire Slime. At this point in the battle, you should equip your Ice Hammer. This Monster has a number of Fire Attacks, not surprisingly. You may need to restore your HP with E. Drinks S. Now is the time to consume Ice Cream as well in order to augment your Attacks. Use the Ice Hammer. The most dangerous attack of the Giant Fire Slime is his third mode of Attack, when he will rise above the ground, then attempt to crush you beneath him. If you can avoid this, you should be able to remain standing. You can weather his first and second modes of attack and indeed, if you have sufficient energy, can counterattack during those attacks. Make certain that you watch your Energy gauges and replenish HP and RP as necessary, using items that increase total HP, boost Attack and Defence and finally, offer Water Attack. When the Giant Fire Slime is defeated, he will drop a number of War Trophies. Two are guaranteed: a Relic and a Red Core. The Relic is the 'key' to unlock the Snow Ruins. The Red Core can be used in forging. Other items that the Giant Fire Slime will drop include Gold, a Gem

and Cooking Items such as Curry Powder and Cooking Oil. that are associated with heat and fire!

The latter are items

Unlocking the Snow Ruins With the Relic won from the Giant Fire Slime in your Rucksack, go to the Churchyard to the right of the Rune Archives to study the stone Altar there. Your character as always will remark: This stone tablet looks… suspicious. If you attempted to use any Rune Stone here previously, your character would say to himself: I think something can fit inside this dent… If you now equip the Relic in your hands and press 'A' in front of the Altar, you will have a new choice: Jam in 'Relic' Do nothing. Choose 'Jam in Relic'. When you do, you will see a prompt to the effect that you: Jammed in Relic! Now the Stone Altar will slide to the left, uncovering a square entrance to an underground age. Freyr: There's an entrance to the ruins here! You will see a declaration now: The Snow Ruins are now open! Descend and as soon as you begin to walk deeper into the Ruins, you will experience an Event. Freyr: …! What is that?! You will see what resembles a dark star, a pulsing black ball in the centre of a stone chamber. Freyr: A Dark Rune? Something's not right here. I should be careful hereon out. The Snow Ruins is ruled by Winter, as its name suggests. Autumn Crops can be grown here, however. You will find Mushrooms in the tillable plots as well as Coloured Wild Grasses. Tip for Obtaining Gold You will find Gold in the Snow Ruins but there is a very easy source of Gold in the Lava Ruins on the 6th floor. In the antechamber in front of the door that leads to the Boss Monster and his minions, you will find three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores. You usually will find at least one Gold here and sometimes even two. Once you have confronted the Giant Fire Slime in the Lava Ruins, you will find a circle portal that leads from the entrance of the dungeon directly to the 6th floor, much like the one that appeared in the Green Ruins after you confronted the Giant Clucky. Two urns to the right of the door that leads to the Boss Monster and Minions can be smashed for items. One usually contains Ketchup, an item that ships for over 700 Gold. that each time you leave a dungeon and re-enter it, all Crates and Rocks will respawn. With either the 'circle portal' shortcut or access to the 6th floor via the stairway in the southeast, you will have an almost infinite supply of Gold… and Ketchup! There may be a glitch that prevents the Rock Cluster and White Urns on this floor from being generated again until the Circle Portal is created.

Note that the results ALWAYS are RANDOM, however, when you smash any Rock or Crate or open any Treasure Chest anywhere. There appears to be a 'short list' of items that are loaded randomly into any Rock, Crate or Treasure Chest, however. The configuration of the three Rocks as well as the items inside them change each time you re-enter the Dungeon. You may be unfortunate enough to obtain Scrap Iron in all three Rocks but it is as likely that one or more will contain Gold. Gems can be obtained here as well in lieu of the Gold. In of the two Urns, the 'short list' of possible items includes the following: Ketchup, Thick Stick, Mushroom, Energy Drink and the ubiquitous Copper. Preparing for the Snow Ruins Rune Factory is Harvest Moon plus traditional RPG which means that Cooking and Forging are important not only where Energy Recovery is concerned but in order to increase your Attack and Defence powers in the various Caves/Dungeons. In any Rune Factory game, including Rune Factory Frontier, each Cave/Dungeon is ruled by a specific season. Each season is associated with a specific element. Spring is Wind, Summer is Fire, Autumn is Earth and Winter is Water/Ice. If there is any doubt in a player's mind as to the veracity of this, he/she need only confront the Boss Monster of the Cave/Dungeon to see how much Elemental Power affects the nature of that Monster. Following the Seasons in natural order, you will find that each Cave/Dungeon tends to produce more powerful Monsters. In other words, the Monsters in the Snow Ruins are far more powerful than those in the Green Ruins. Fortunately, there is a logic in this that affects other components in the game. The more powerful Monsters tend to supply War Trophies that can be used to create better weapons. The Lava Ruins, unlocked after the Green Ruins, is a place where one can find Gold instead of the Silver found in the Green Ruins. In general, Gold is required in Recipes for Tools, Weapons and Equipment that is superior to those in which you will find Silver as an ingredient. Knowing your Dungeons/Caves and how to deal with Elemental power is the key to success in any RPG and therefore in Rune Factory as well. Ganesha will inform you that: 'The Snow Ruins, as the name suggests, has monsters that are resistant to cold. But they're also weak towards heat, so adjust your equipment that way to prevent needless damage to yourself.' In other words, equip items that either offer Ice/Water Resistance or Fire Attack. Destroying Barriers and Devices in the Snow Ruins An important consideration when choosing a Weapon for the Snow Ruins are a number of inanimate barriers and devices that you will find throughout the dungeon. The first of these is a barrier in the form of ice crystals. A simple Hammer will destroy this. It need not be an elemental Hammer or any type of combat Hammer. Your farm tool will suffice. The reason why a farm tool may be preferable to any combat Hammer or other weapon is RP Use required to wield it. Any farm tool requires far less RP ordinarily than any Weapon.

The second device found throughout the Snow Ruins consists of an 'eye' generator that sends out puffs of damaging ice. If you move close to the 'eye', you can smash it or destroy it with any weapon, tool or even Monster Ally attack but you will suffer damage in the process. Look for a low metal arch on the same screen as the 'Eye Generator. It may be next to it or it may be in a different location entirely. Destroying the metal arch will destroy the 'Eye' Generator and you will suffer no damage from proximity with the arch. An elemental Fire Weapon is best for this task. Using an ordinary Hammer will prove inadequate for this. The third device found in the lower levels of the Snow Ruins is a cannon. The heart of this device is a metal arch similar to those connected to the 'eye' generators. As with the 'eye' generators, the best strategy is that of destroying the arch as you will suffer no damage. You can attack the cannon directly and it is easier to do so without suffering damage than to attack any 'eye' generator, as the cannon faces only in one direction at any given moment, but it will swing to face you quickly. One more device in the Snow Ruins requires a simple farm tool in the form of a Hoe. Like the huge round boulders in the Lava Ruins, you will find similar boulders in the Snow Ruins that act both as barriers and a means of smashing debris to allow you to . Be careful not to stand in the path of these boulders once you have liberated them! Upgrades that use Gold Gold will be an incredible aid in preparing for the Snow Ruins and the higher areas of Whale Island beyond the Whale's Fin. Once you have a regular supply of Gold, you should study your Recipe Books to find Weapons and Equipment that use Gold as an ingredient. You will discover that many of the best Weapons you had can be used as ingredients, with Gold, to create a better Weapon of the same time. For example, your Windsword can be upgraded to an Aerial Blade. Your Aquasword can be transformed into an Icifier. Aerial Blade: 1570G ATK 63, REQ SKL 52, SP ATK 3, RP Use 21, FX Wind Attack +10, Seal Attack 100% Icifier: 1570G ATK 71, REQ SKL 54, SP ATK 3, RP Use 24, FX Water Attrack +10, Paralysis Attack 100% The Icifier will be a liability rather than an asset in the Snow Ruins but you can use it to advantage in the Lava Ruins. With Gold in your inventory, you can make a Gold Ring to supercede your old Silver Ring. A Gold Ring can be used as an ingredient to create other Rings as well as being worn. Better even than a Gold Ring, however, is an Au Bracelet. This requires 3 Gold and a Cheap Band but gives the following: Au Bracelet: 560G Arms EQ, ATK 15, DEF 60, MAG 50 Ingredients: Cheap Band, Gold x 3 Note that the Level of the Au Bracelet you create determines the number of Defence points you will gain. A Level 5 Au Bracelet has a value of DEF 76 as opposed to DEF 60. The level of the Gold found in the rocks on the sixth floor of the Lava Ruins is random. You can continue to re-enter the dungeon and smash rocks until you obtain 3 Level 5 or Level 6 Gold. You then need to

make a Level 5 or Level 6 Cheap Band in order to have all ingredients for the Au Bracelet at Level 5 or Level 6 to create the same level of Au Bracelet. Unless your Skill Levels at the Craft Bench are very high, it is unlikely that you will be able to boost the level of the final product with a 'perfect' crafting. In any situation at the Forge or Craft Bench, you need to be no more than 20 levels below the required skill Level in order to be able to create the item. For example, the Headdress has a Skill Level Requirement of 70. Until you reach Skill Level 50, you will be unable to even attempt the project. Other upgrades that can be performed once you have access to Gold are upgrades to all your Farm Tools. Possibly the most important of these is the your Watering Can from Lion Can to Rainbow Can. The Rainbow Can allows you to water 25 squares at a time and holds a total of 21 uses. Depending on the amount of exploration and fighting that your character previously accomplished in the higher areas of Whale Island, you may have items such as the 'Fair Hide' and the 'Magic Talon' in your inventory. If not, however, the Snow Ruins offers easy access to monsters who drop these War Trophies. A Fair Hide can be used to create a Stylish Hat, an item of Head Gear offering better protection than the Cats Ears. Stylish Hat: 1890G ATK 0, DEF 55, MAG 60 Ingredients: Feathered Hat, Toy Herb, Fair Hide, Quality Cloth When you obtain a Magic Talon, you can create the Headdress. Headdress: 1580G ATK 0, DEF 85, MAG 80, FX Element Attack +10, Element Defence +10 Ingredients: Katusha, Quality Cloth, Charm Blue, Moondrop, Yarn Ball, Magic Talon Note that the Headdress requires a Charm Blue, an Autumn flower. By the middle of Autumn, you should have both Charm Blue and the necessary Skill Level to create a Headdress. Skill Level Requirement for this piece of Head Gear is 70. If you lack necessary experience for advanced Accessories, you can make Hand-Knit Hats from your Wool and Yarn until you raise your levels. You should have ample supplies of these in your Storage from your Woolies and their cousins by the middle of Autumn. Make as many upgrades as possible to Weapons and Equipment as well as preparing Cooked Dishes that either give protection from Ice/Water Attacks or contain Fire Attack power before you begin to explore the Snow Ruins in earnest. If you have unlocked the Snow Ruins in Autumn, you should have a large supply of Eggplants on hand. An Eggplant Grill offers Fire Attack as well as boosting general Defence as follows: Eggplant Grill: 310G HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Defence +30, Fire Attack +10 Effects of wearing a Wristwatch

In Rune Factory Frontier, a Wristwatch is an item of Arms Equipment. In a game with a plot that is centred on a Clock Tower, it is apt that the Wristwatch should be an excellent Accessory. It has a Level 70 Skill Level Requirement and requires Platinum, but if you have both the necessary Skill and the ingredients, you should create and equip one as quickly as possible. It may offer a higher Critical Attack rate as well according to its description. Wristwatch; 590G Skill Level 70 ATK 25, DEF 80, MAG 60, FX Stun Defence, Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Platinum, Gold, Silver, Monster Hide, Solid Point An item that keeps time. People who are punctual are also accurate with attacks! Elemental Capes Another upgrade in equipment can occur only when you have obtained Quality Fur. There are Monsters in the higher areas of Whale Island that drop this item, but easier access to this ingredient may exist at the Snow Ruins. The 'Mamoo', a cousin of the Elefun, gives Quality Fur as a War Trophy. With this item, you will be able to create the Elemental Capes. Wind Cape: 1050G Skill Level 54 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Wind Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Wind Crystal, Moondrop Fire Cape: 1050G Skill Level 59 Torso EQ. ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Fire Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Rue, Fire Crystal, Pink Cat Water Cape: 1570G Skill Level 64 ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, Max HP +25, Water Resistance +30 There are two separate Recipes for the Water Cape. Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Water Crystal, Charm Blue Or: Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Bright Tentacle Earth Cape: 1770G Skill Level 69 ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Earth Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Earth Crystal, Toy Herb Note that, unless you have been able to grow and harvest Flowers of a higher level than the initial Level 1 flowers available from seeds purchased at the Materia Shop, you will not be able to create an Elemental Cape with a higher level than Level 2 by crafting it 'with expertise'. In the first year of the game, it is of little consequence as even a Level 2 Elemental Cape will be far superior to any Torso Equipment available previously to you. At Level 70, you will be able to create the fabled 'Cat's Tail' beloved of

Kross. Its Defensive properties are far less than that of any Elemental Cape, but its Magic is 35 points higher. It furthermore increases your Critical Hit rate. It requires Quality Fur as well. Cat's Tail: 1220G Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 55, MAG 90, FX Max HP +10 An accessory for your posterior. It increases your critical hit rate. *Meow* Ingredients: Wool, Yarn Ball, Quality Fur, Magic Crystal, Pink Cat Little Crystals A Little Crystal is an ingredient in many of the very best Weapons in Rune Factory Frontier but you will not obtain it as a War Trophy from a Monster. In fact, the Little Crystal is found randomly by smashing Rocks or opening Treasure Chests. It is more likely that you will find one using The Hammer, the highest upgrade for your Hammer, than with any lower grade of Hammer. The irony here is that creation of The Hammer requires a Little Crystal! Little Crystals are rare items and you must have patience in order to obtain one. Once you have forged The Hammer, you will be able to find them by smashing rocks in dungeons that previously never gave Little Crystals to you. The best place to search for a Little Crystal initially may be in the twin chambers in the Tower of Life on Whale Island. Each of these opens only with a Grass Rune Stone and you should create the shortcut by rope before you search these chambers in order to save Rune Stones. When the rope shortcut is in place, you can save your game at home before you journey to the Tower of Life. If you fail to find a Little Crystal in any of the four Treasure Chests in the two chambers, you can reload without saving to try again. The other items that generally are found in these specific Treasure Chests tend to be E. Drink X,, Gold and Elemental Crystals. There are other twin chambers opened by Rune Stones of various types in the other Towers that can yield Little Crystals but this one is the easiest to access once you have the Rope Shortcut in place. More Weapons for Sale As your forging Skills increase and you defeat the Bosses of the Dungeons you have unlocked, more items will become available at the Damascus Forge. It is possible that Ganesha's Friendship Level influences this. The Weapons will be those that can be made easily at your own Forge. A Battle Axe and Battle Hammer will be offered as well as a Scimitar. More important than these by far are the Elemental Crystals of higher levels that she will sell. She first will sell Level 3 Elemental Crystals as well as her initial Level 1 selection. She then will add Level 5 Elemental Crystals to her Menu. Brodik's Malice and Revenge The character of Brodik will pursue a programme of revenge against the man he

perceives erroneously to be 'Weber'. He will destroy your Field and make threats on a regular basis. Kross, meanwhile, will attempt to protect you by placing an enormous boulder in front of your door but will realise that this action will have no better effect than that of making you a prisoner in your own home. He then will remove it. The plot progression with respect to Brodik actually is linked to Kross' Friendship Level. See the 1st Year Walkthrough for details. Exploring the Snow Ruins The barriers in the Snow Ruins consist mainly of large clumps of ice crystals and frozen ice that prevents sliding doors from opening. You can break any of the ice crystal formations with a Silver Hammer or Heat Axe as well as some other Tools and Weapons. You don't even need to charge a Silver Hammer to smash the ice. Where the ice that holds a sliding door in place is concerned, however, the situation is slightly different. The dungeon is filled with round metal generators that appear to have an 'eye' in the centre. They generate puffs of cold air that can cause damage. In fact, there is a little arch near each of the 'eye' Generators that can be smashed without suffering risk of damage. When you destroy the arch, it acts as a detonator, causing the 'eye' Generator to explode. If possible, hit the arch instead of the actual Generator to minimise your own damage. When the 'eye' generator is smashed, the ice in front of any sliding door nearby will vanish, allowing you to use the door. As with Monster Generators, these 'eye' Generators will respawn whenever you re-enter the Dungeon. Platinum can be found randomly in the Snow Ruins on the 2nd floor or anywhere lower. White Grass is found here as well. Monsters who drop the Magic Talon and Fair Hide can be found in the Snow Ruins fairly close to the entrance. Although you can obtain these items from Monsters in areas of Whale Island past the Whale's Flank, it may be easier to obtain them from the Death Stalkers in the Snow Ruins. Another useful new Monster in of items is the Mamoo. The Mamoo is a Monster on the 3rd Floor who resembles the Elefun and who will drop 'Quality Fur' randomly as a War Trophy. 'Quality Fur' is an ingredient in many of the better Accessories. In particular, it is an ingredient in the four Elemental Capes, Torso Equipment that sures any available previously. A Source of Platinum in the Snow Ruins Although Platinum can be found randomly in rocks in many areas of the Snow Ruins, the first cluster of Rocks that usually contains at least one nugget of Platinum is found on the 2nd Floor. Here are the directions from the Shortcut Stairway: From the Shortcut Stairway on the 2nd Floor: Go north from the entrance to find an ice barrier. Smash it and move north into a chamber with four Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems and a single tillable field with four plots. To the west is an ice ramp leading upward. To the east is another ramp that leads upward. To the north is a narrow corridor leading to a dead end with ice ramps that lead upward both to the east and to the west.

The ice ramp that leads upward to the west at the end of this narrow corridor leads to a chamber with three rocks that can be smashed for ores/Gems and a single Monster Generator that spawns Shadow Panthers. One or more of these rocks often contains Platinum. In fact, this may be your first opportunity to obtain Platinum. Last Week of Autumn As you approach the end of your first Autumn, you should be in a position to begin to purchase the more expensive, rare and slow-growing Crops sold by Rosetta. You should have the Skill Levels necessary to make almost any Weapon or item of Equipment. At this point, however, you will be unable to make the best Equipment simply because an essential ingredient in the form of a rare Crop is unobtainable. There are Crops such as the Emery Flower that require 120 days to mature. 120 days translates to four seasons in Rune Factory. The sooner you can afford to plant these Crops, the better. It is with respect to the slowest-growing Crops that Formulae A, B and C will be valuable assets. In your own Field, a state of Prosperity will speed Crop growth far beyond the advantage any Crop aid could provide, but in the dungeons, Runes take the place of Runeys. Use Formulae A, B or C to speed the growth of the rare Crops to enable you to harvest them earlier. At this point, you should have been able to unlock all the Dungeons and your combat Skills should be high enough to guarantee the acquisition of fairly high level War Trophy items. Although the Level of any item that you obtain by defeating an Enemy, smashing a Crate or Urn or smashing Rocks in Dungeons always is random, you are more likely to obtain a high level item when your own Skill Levels are high. Try to store high level items now rather than shipping them. An item created with high level ingredients can be more effective than a 'superior' item at Level 1. In another section, I used the Silver Ring as an example to demonstrate this. At Level 1, the Silver Ring has ATK 10, DEF 20, MAG 30. At Level 9, the Silver Ring has ATK 10, DEF 52, MAG 30. This means that, at Level 9, the Silver Ring has higher Defence than a Level 1 Gold Ring! Regrettably, the ATK and MAG do not increase, giving a Level 1 Gold Ring the advantage in these areas, but at a point in the game where you either do not have the Crafting Skill or the ingredients necessary to create a Gold Ring, it is to your benefit to create a Level 9 Silver Ring. As described in another section of this Guide, all you need to create a high level Silver Ring is one high level piece of Silver and 1 high level Insect Hide. A Dark Day on 30 Autumn On the last day of Autumn, characters every year on this day. The sun will completed your appointed task in Rune the Whale Spirit, Stella will declare

will remark on the darkness that occurs be hidden from view. When you have Factory Frontier in of Mist and a Festival in honour of the Spirits.

The 30th of Autumn then will become a Festival Day entitled Sea Surf Day. Strategies for Winter After the 'dark day' of 30 Autumn, you will awaken on 1 Winter to find that your Field is encased in ice. All evidence of tillable land will have disappeared beneath the ice. Your field will be covered by random items, including branches, stumps, rocks, boulders, White Grass and Black Grass. It is the same selection of items that appears after any Severe Storm. Now is the time to collect as much Black Grass and White Grass as possible for use in Recipes. Although White Grass can be found inside urns in the Snow Ruins, you will obtain more from your Fields if you collect these Wild Grasses daily. You cannot farm your Field in Winter but you can continue to plant and harvest Crops in the Dungeons. Fields on Whale Island can be used to plant crops from every season. Spring Crops can be planted in the Green Ruins. Summer Crops can be planted in the Lava Ruins and Autumn Crops can be planted in the Snow Ruins. You should have planted Crops regularly in all Caves even prior to Winter for Rune Points but by Winter, you should have sufficient funds to purchase expensive rare seeds from Iris to plant in each of the Dungeons. Many of the rare Seeds require at least 100 days to mature. The sooner you can plant them, the better, particularly in view of the fact that the most expensive rare Crops are ingredients in Recipes for the very best Weapons you can forge. In many cases, this means that you will not be able to forge the best weapons in Rune Factory Frontier until the middle of the 2nd year at the very earliest. If you do not plant the rare crops until the 1st Winter season, you will be forced to wait until the Winter of the 2nd year or even Spring of the 3rd year to harvest these Crops for use in Recipes. Farming, therefore, is one of the activities for Winter, even though you will be restricted to Fields in Dungeons. Fishing is another important activity in Winter. Erik in fact, concentrates his energy on the creation of Dried Fish in Winter and can be found at the Beach in this season. A section with details about this sideline of his follows. You will find one new fishing location in the form of a hole in the ice in the centre of Lake Poli. Pond Smelt as well as Taimen can be caught here during Winter. Finally, Winter is a season when you will have more free time to explore all the Dungeons. Raise your experience Level in order to be able to confront Dark Iris on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins. Dried Fish at the Beach In Winter, you will find that Erik has a new profession. the Beach after 9.00 a.m. in the morning. He will stand next there. If you give him any variety of Fish, he will make Note that you must initiate the following dialogue before

Look for him

at

to the drying racks Dried Fish for you. he will make the

item for you. If you give him a Fish before he offers to make Dried Fish, he will simply view it as a gift! Erik: Winter is the best time to make Dried Fish! Just bring me some Fish and I'll dry them for you! Give him any Fish and he will say: Erik: You want some Dried Fish? All right. I'll be sure to make some. Come back tomorrow! You can give him only one Fish per day. If you try to give him another, he will say: Hm? I already got the fish from you. If you want Dried Fish, come back tomorrow. Find him at the Beach the next morning and he will say: Erik: There you are, young man! I have already made the Dried Fish! Here! Dark Iris and the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins Ordinarily, when your character reaches the door of the Chamber where a Boss Monster awaits in any dungeon, he will be given an option either to proceed or to turn back. In the case of the door on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins, however, once your character reaches it, the Event will proceed inexorably, forcing him into combat with Dark Iris at the behest of Gelwein. You therefore should make certain that your Skill Levels are adequate, that you have full HP and RP and that your Weapons and Equipment are equal to the task of defeating Dark Iris before you smash the ice enclosing the huge Guardian Monster in front of the 3rd Floor door. Actually, you must press 'A' in front of the door to initiate the Even that leads to your battle with the darker side of Iris. You first will encounter both Mist and Candy after you press 'A' at the door. Freyr: Mist! Candy, too! What are you doing here? It's dangerous! Mist: Sorry… It's just that I hear a voice from in here asking for help. Candy: A lot of Spirits are inside here. I think the Spirits from Whale Island are in here, too. Freyr: The Spirits…? And the voice that Mist heard is coming from in here, too…? Does that mean there's really something inside? Your character tries to open the door. Freyr: Darn, it won't open. Mist: It won't open? Mist and I both walk towards the door and it suddenly opens. Mist: It opened… Freyr: Ahaha… Looks like it did… Canday now runs to us. Candy: There are so many spirits in here… They sound so… sad… You will see an enormous black orb in the centre of this chamber. It resembles the vision you saw when you entered the Snow Ruins for the first time, but is far larger as now you are closer to it. Freyr: …!! Whoa… Mist: Oh my… Candy: Wow… Now you hear the singing voice from the Public Square. Mist: Do you… hear something…? Candy: I hear something… A melody… A Spirit Melody?! Some one who resembles Iris now appears in the centre of the pentacle on the

floor. The pentacle glows softly. Freyr: Iris…? No, the atmosphere is slightly different… Mist, is the voice you heard Iris'? Mist: No… I don't think so. The voice I heard was… Freyr: Runes are… gathering… They gathered here and became this giant Rune… Candy: Just like how I sing to talk to the Spirits, that girl's singing must be calling out to them. You have to stop that girl! If all the Spirits gather here, Whale Island will lose its Rune and fall to the ground! You run forward. You now can see that the girl who resembles Iris is dressed in brown rather than white. Freyr: Iris, stop! Why are you doing this?! Iris Noire: I have nothing else… This is all I have… Freyr: What are you talking about?! You're the one that told me you're not lonely anymore! You told me that you'd sing for me someday! A sad melody like that doesn't suit you, Iris! Iris Noire: Who… are you? My melody is… Freyr: It's me! We used to talk on Whale Island, ?! Did you forget?! Iris: I… don't know you… I have nothing… Freyr: Iris! Another voice now heard over the wind… Male Voice: What are you doing?! I never told you to stop singing! Gelwein walks forward. Gelwein: There's no one in this world that would ever befriend a worthless fool like you other than me! You want me to cast you out?! You can't live without me! So do as I say and sing, fool! Freyr: Iris, stop it! Please! Gelwein: Who in the world are you…? You dare enter into this facility without my permission? This is why trash like you… Freyr: You… I saw you before in front of Iris's house… Iris had nothing but good things to say about you. She called you her 'friend'… How could you?! Gelwein: I knew I ed your face from somewhere… You're the one that visits 'Blanche'. Freyr: Blanche…? Gelwein: Haha… Hahahaha! I see! You can't tell apart 'Noire' here and 'Blanche' up on that floating island! Let me tell you something. Noire' here and 'Blanche' up on that floating island are two separate entities. Well… I guess it'd be more accurate to say that they're 'separate entities right now'. Freyr: Wha-What do you… Gelwein: That Iris you met on the floating island is not really Iris. There once was a girl that lived here, who split into two because she wanted some one to talk to. Freyr: You're telling me… Iris… One girl split… into two?! Gelwein: That's right! Iris is the last of a vampire tribe legendary for being those closest to the Spirits in this world. She alone knows the secret art that controls the Spriitis through song. That art is what gripped me! The two Irises continued to sing from above and below the earth. Their powers are the same, since they wre one person to begin with. By going back and forth between the two Irises, the Spirits brought balance upon this world. This is where I devised a plan. I kep the Iris underground singing while stopping the Iris above.

Of course, as a result, the spirits began gathering underground around the Iris that continued to sing. And behold! The fruits of my labour! This giant Dark Rune! Freyr: Stop! If you keep doing this, Whale Island will lose all of its Rune power and fall to the ground! Gelwein: Why should I care?! I will have my revenge on the fools that envied my genius and banished me! Freyr: I can't let you do that! Gelwein: Hmph! You seem to have some skill with a sword, but that won't be enough to defeat me! Freyr: We'll see about that… Gelwein: What a fool! Then why don't you give it a try! Let's see how you stand up to this! Go. Iris! Wipe out these fools that dare interrupt my plan! Freyr: Stand back, both of you!! Mist, I'll leave Candy to your care!! Mist: Okay… Be careful! Defeat of Iris Noire You now will engage in combat with Iris Noire, ed by a series of crystal orbs that ring her along the wall of the chamber. You must destroy each of these Orbs before you will have any hope of defeating her. Her own Energy bar will decrease with each Orb that you destroy. You need not confront the Dark Iris personally at all. Simply race from one Orb generator to the next, avoiding the various Attacks that she unleashes upon you. Note that, if you increased Iris Blanche's Heart Level significantly prior to this Event, she will intervene and you will NOT be forced to fight Noire. The Event will end in the same way, no matter what. Once Nore is bested, Mist and Candy will greet you. Mist: Are you all right? Freyr: I'm fine. How's Iris…? You look towards the pentacle. Freyr: Don't worry. She just fainted. Mist: *phew* That's good… Gelwein's Next Move Gelwein now walks forward to confront you. Gelwein: Freyr, was it…? You worthless piece of… Freyr (sternly): This is the end. Leave this place. If not… Gelwein: …?! Ha… I get it… It's no wonder my awareness-control was broken so easily. Freyr: …? What are you…?! Gelwein: I never imagined there would be some one with a more powerful song than Iris, here, in a place like this! No matter! I still have the upper hand. Iin fact, this is the perfect chance to solidify my plan! Freyr… I must thanks the likes of you! I'll let Iris go, as you wish. She is of no use to me, now that I have the final ingredient in my hands! Hahahaha!! Dialogue by the Rune Experts

As previously on another occasion, you will be privy to a conversation that occurs between two different individuals. As before, you will not see the speakers but simply overhear the dialogue. 1st Voice (red): … The diagnostic results are in. As we thought, the reason behind the Rune dissipations was… 2nd Voice (green): I see. A body that endlessly absorbs Runes since birth… Why did it fail…? Is it sinful for man to create life by his own hands…? But the child has not sinned… I should have been the one to be punished… If we do nothing, all the Runes of the world will be absorbed by this child… … and the world will perish. I must do something. Something… You should be aware by now of the fact that Candy and Cinnamon's parents continue to perform research at the Imperial Magic Academy, the institute where Cinnamon herself studied in the past. Kanno will inform you: Cinnamon and Candy's parents are still doing research at the Imperial Magic Academy. Who are these disembodied Voices? Could the 'child' be Candy herself or is it some one quite different? The Disappearance of Mist You now will find yourself in your bed at your farmhouse. Kanno, Lara, Candy and Iris 'Noire' are near the bed. Freyr: Where am I? Lara: You're in your room, Freyr. Do you hurt anywhere? Freyr. No… I'm fine… You now stand. Freyr: What am I doing here…? Then: Freyr: Oh, no! Iris was being controlled and I… Iris Noire: If you're worried about me, I'm fine… Freyr: Iris! You're back to normal! I'm glad… What were you doing in a place like that? Besides that Gelwein guy… Iris Noire: I'm not the Iris from Whale Island… Freyr: Huh…?! Iris Noire: A long time ago, the Iris that lived in this land became so lonely that she split into the Iris on Whale Island and me. Kanno: Hm… So both Miss Iris of Whale Island and Miss Iris of the underground were singing the Spirit Melody. That is why Runes were in equilibrium, and Whale Island could soar in the sky. However, Miss iris of Whale Island stopped singing while the other Miss Iris continued on due to Gelwein's plots. As a result, all the Runes began gathering underground while the Rune within Whale Island shrunk. Iris Noire: That's my hypothesis anyway. Freyr: Then the danger has ed? Whale Island is safe? I mean, you're here with us and you're not singing. Candy: It's … not that simple… Freyr: What? Why not? Candy: The Spirits are now called below by an even stronger force than before. My song won't reach them…

Freyr: How can that be…? Iris isn't singing any more, so… Kanno: There must be a great power we don't know about that is drawing the Spirits to it. Freyr: A great power…? Kanno: I daresay that this has something to do with Miss Mist going missing. Freyr: Mist is… missing? Lara: She disappeared when that whole fiasco ended, and we can't find her… Freyr: What?! She might still be in that room! We have to go save… Kanno: That room has been sealed by magic and cannot be breached. Freyr: No way… Then Mist is… Iris Noire: I'm so sorry… It's all my fault… Freyr: No, Iris. You were being controlled. You didn't do anything wrong. Besides, I'm sure that Mist is totally fine. So… don't blame yourself like that. Iris Noire: Freyr… Freyr, I want you to take me to where the other Iris is. If both of us work together, we may be able to bring the Spirits back to Whale Island. Magic cannot be used without Runes, so if we bring back the Runes, we may be able to weaken the magic seal on that room. Kanno: Then I'll look into this Gelwein fellow. Lara: Freyr, just don't do anything rash, okay? Reunion of Two Divided Souls You now automatically will journey with Iris Noire to the Tower of Rest at the Whale's Fin and witness the reunion of 'Blanche' and 'Noire'. 1st Iris: I understand what you're trying to do. I never dreamed that Gelwein would do something so… … I'll believe in you. 2nd Iris: We will sing together. If we can bring back the Spirits that went underground, Whale Island won't fall. Freyr: We'll all be counting on you. You now find yourself on your Homestead, walking towards your Farmhouse. It is 10.00 a.m. on the morning after you confronted Iris Noire in the Snow Ruins. If, therefore, you have unfinished business, make certain to complete it BEFORE you initiate the confrontation with Iris Noire. Rescue of Mist The rescue of Mist must be at the centre of your thoughts now. Speak to Kanno while you are at the Clock Tower if you did not engage him in dialogue elsewhere. Kanno: We'll be getting very busy! First, we have to find out about Gelwein. When you return to the Snow Ruins, you now will find the usual 'circle portal' that indicates a shortcut to the Boss Chamber. Take the shortcut to find yourself behind the huge frozen Monster at the door that led to the Dark Rune Chamber. You will experience an Event wherein your character walks back and forth searching for a way to open the door. Freyr: Man, this is shut tight. It'd be nice if I could find some other way

in. Visiting the Spirit of Whale Island After defeating Iris Noire, you should visit the Spirit of Whale Island for more information. Simply climb the beanstalk as usual to initiate a little Event with him. Whale Spirit: A Spirit Song… I have not heard it in some time… Me: Whale! Iris' Spirit Song is calling to the Spirits. Now… Whale: Unfortunately, it will be difficult… The power summoning the Spirits to the underground is too strong. At this rate… Unless the source of that power is stopped, I will continue to fail… Freyr, please discover what's causing the Spirits to gather under the ground. Please… Visit Blanche and Noire at the Tower of Rest. They will assure you that they will continue to sing for the Spirits. You now can give both of them gifts. They both adore Tomato Juice. The Creation of Neo Laga Springs Bathhouse In previous seasons, when you spoke to Melody, she will have mentioned that the water for her Hot Spring appears to be diminishing. Her anxiety will continue to increase until she finally asks a favour from you outright. Melody: Can you go take a look at the water source of the spring? It's where you broke the rock with the hammer, Freyr. Thanks! Tip: If you wish to make a single journey, take Ice Cream with you when you visit the Cave Depths. When you go to the source of the spring, you will find an enormous Red Troll-like Creature squatting near the entrance to the Cave Depths in the former location of the underground waterfall and river. There is no water to be seen whatsoever there now. Bring the Troll the Ice Cream he requests, a Level 20 No Tool Dish that requires only that you mix Milk with Egg. After this sequence of Events, the Bathhouse will be expanded physically, although nothing changes in of your experience in bathing or the price. The bath has been expanded slightly and has a more lovely appearance. Restoring Energy in Winter As described in an earlier section of the Walkthrough, E Drink S is far more effective than the simple Energy Drink Lara sells at the Clinic in the early seasons of Rune Factory Frontier. E. Drink S has a Skill Level requirement of Level 30 and uses two Energy Drinks as ingredients. You therefore can make it even with the smallest Laboratory. The E. Drink X, far more powerful, requires a Laboratory expansion and larger Laboratory from Lute as it uses three ingredients. It has a Skill Level requirement of Level 70. The ingredients are two E. Drink S. and one White Grass. A Level 1 E Drink X gives an HP boost of 300 HP as opposed to the 105 HP boost of one E. Drink S. If you lack the necessary Skill Level to make it, create higher levels of E. Drink S. until you do achieve the necessary Skill. Even a Level 2 E Drink S. has an HP boost of 115. At Level 3, it provides 125

HP. This is by no means equal to the value of the E Drink X but every point helps a little! As White Grass can be found daily on your Field in Winter, you will have ample supplies of the necessary ingredients to create the best Energy Drink once you attain the requisite Skill in the Laboratory. 2nd Floor House Expansion By the start of the first Winter season, you may have completed all possible House expansions apart from the 2nd Floor expansion. Although this Expansion is a requirement for marriage in the sense that you will not be able to purchase the marital Double Bed until it is completed, you probably will not be in any position to marry any one in the 1st year. You will have ample funds to afford the expansion prior to the onslaught of Winter. It is the Lumber required for the project that may be an issue here, as Kross needs over 800 pieces of Lumber to build a 2nd Floor. It is better to use your Lumber for Monster Barn expansions in the first few seasons of the game. Even in Winter, you may wish to order the final Monster Barn expansion before you contemplate the last house expansion. Lumber is more plentiful than usual in Winter as you cannot till your own Field, and Branches, Stumps, rocks, boulders, White Grass and Black Grass will appear randomly on a daily basis. You always can find Lumber in untilled fields in any dungeon, but you may wish to begin to till Dungeon fields to plant the slow-growing rare and expensive Crops in your first Winter. If you reserve a little time each day to clear your own field of Stumps and Branches, it will allow new items to be 'dropped' in those squares as well as increasing your total Lumber. Always look to the future in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game. Temporary Storage This was a trick that I found extremely useful in Tree of Tranquility and it is equally useful in Rune Factory Frontier. In any game where items can be found in different levels and each requires its own storage slot, you may find storage space a regular problem. If you create Cooked Dishes of different levels to take into a dungeon, each requires a separate slot in your Rucksack. Ores, Gems and Crystals found in Rocks, Treasure Chests or Crates as well as War Trophies dropped by Monsters can be different levels, filling your Rucksack quickly on any expedition. If you own all possible Storage items and they are filled at all times, use the Shipping Container as a temporary storage space for items not required during an expedition. If you place the items in the Shipping Container after 6.00 p.m. or remove them before 5.00 p.m., they can be retrieved at any point in time. Place the items you do not need in the Shipping Container before you leave on an expedition and make certain to retrieve them before Rosetta arrives to

clear out the container. Bianca's Treasure Hunt You can initiate this series of Events by speaking to Bianca after you discover the Elephant Constellation.. It begins when Bianca drops a piece of paper with a verse written on it and ends when you dig up treasure in the form of a Wedding Ring and a Diamond in front of the Mansion. Bianca will tell you to keep the Diamond, which is a Level 10 gem. Diamond: Lv. 10: 840G Considered the 'King of Jewels'. It's very hard and is difficult to crush! This entire sequence of Events can be completed at any time once you have initiated it by finding the first piece of paper. If you wait until the beginning of Winter, however, you will be able to walk across the frozen lake to the Island. Furthermore, your Skill Levels at the Forge and Crafting Bench should be high enough to make the items that require a Diamond as an ingredient. As with any of the Events that are not time-based or do not depend on other requirements such as Heart Level, their placement in this Walkthrough may be based on nothing more than a desire to make each season interesting to the player. As previously stated, this particular sequence of Events can be completed in any season or any point in the game once initiated. The complete sequence of Events is given in my 1st Year Walkthrough as well as my Characters Guide. Cinnamon's Quest Some Requests are made through Letters. Some dialogue may appear to be a Request but in fact will be nothing more than a hint as to a 'Most Favourite Gift'. Cinnamon's 'Request' for Magic Crystal is nothing more than a declaration of 'Most Favourite' Gift. Cinnamon: I'm gathering magic items, but they're hard to find. Tell me if you find any 'Magic Crystal'. Rivals no Longer If Danny has confessed his sense of defeat to you previously, it will come as little surprise when you receive a letter from him announcing the closure of his Market. Do not feel too upset by this sad news. Visit Rosetta at the Materia Shop and you will find Danny there as her new employee. Both are pleased by the cessation of hostilities and their new partnership. Rescuing Marco and Candy's Doll After speaking to Kanno about Gelwein's past and plans, you should experience an Event the next time you walk towards the Church in the Church District. You will find a hole in the ground with a rope that leads underground, creating a new entrance to the Snow Ruins. Marco apparently fell through the ground and you will be obliged to rescue him as well as Candy's doll. Rescue Marco, collect the little doll then walk forward into the Rune Storage circular chamber where you will find Gelwein. He is controlling Mist as he once controlled Iris Noire. While you watch helplessly, he will vanish,

taking her with him. You then will find a book on the ground entitled 'The Grimoire of Time'. Take the book to Kanno, who will begin the task of deciphering it. . Rope

Shortcut at Whale Island

You can unlock this shortcut at any point in time simply by reaching the upper levels of the Towers at the top of Whale Island. In the Tower of Life, at the point where you can find the entrance doors that lead to the Tower of Life Garden, look for a curled golden rope on a broken stairway to the left of the double doors. Click on the rope and you will see a prompt: Maybe I should climb down the rope… Maybe later. Climb down the rope to find yourself near the very entrance to the Cave on Whale Island on a platform with two tillable fields. Now you will have almost instant access to the Tower of Life at Whale Island. In the Tower itself, you will find two Rune Stone Altars, one on either side of the chamber, guarded by a single Monster generator at the centre of the northern wall. Unlike some of the other Rune Stone Altars on Whale Island, these are Rune Stone specific, and each of the two requires a Grass Rune Stone. When a Grass Rune Stone is placed on either Altar, the door will open, revealing a small chamber containing two Treasure Chests. Gold most often is discovered inside these Chests, although E. Drink X and Elemental Crystals, as well as the elusive Little Crystal can be found here as well. If you are very careful, you can creep along the southern wall from one Rune Stone Altar to the other without triggering the Monster Generator. There are other twin chambers like this in other Towers on Whale Island. Some require specific Rune Stones but one will accept all sorts of Rune Stones. In each of these twin Towers, you can find Little Crystals randomly as follows: Tower of Birth: Level 1 Little Crystals Tower of Life: Level 2 Little Crystals Tower of Rebirth: Level 4 Little Crystals Tower of Glory: Level 8 Little Crystals Forging the Ultimate Blade In the 1st year of your life in Trampoli in Rune Factory Frontier, obtaining the best weapons by creating them at your own Forge offers its own challenges. Some aspects of this are the practice needed to raise your Skills to the required Levels and the necessity of having the ultimate expansions of the Forge so that you can forge weapons that require the maximum of six ingredients. If you have sufficient funds to purchase rare, slow-growing Seeds from Rosetta as well as Greenifier and Formula C from Lara at the Clinic, you can speed the

process of obtaining some of the ingredients required for the best weapons, such as Emery Flower or Fireflower. Another ingredient used in many of the best weapons and tools is Little Crystal. This is not a Crop or Flower but rather is found in Rocks and Treasure Chests in Dungeons. With respect to Little Crystal, you will be presented with another problem, which is the fact that the odds are against you. If you are one of those favoured by heaven, you may find it early in the game by smashing a Rock somewhere or by opening a Treasure Chest in one of the small chambers guarded by a Rune Stone Altar as described in previous sections of this Guide. If you are simply one of those players, like myself, who is not very lucky, you will be forced to endure many fruitless quests until you finally have one. The best Hammer, The Hammer, can improve the odds of finding a Little Crystal inside a Rock but it requires both a Little Crystal and a Fireflower to forge. Even if you find a Little Crystal, you need to be able to harvest a Fireflower before you will be able to make one... As you labour at the Forge to increase your experience and improve your Weapons, you may find other sources of frustration early in the game... In Rune Factory Frontier, the level of any item created at Kitchen, Forge, Crafts Bench or Pharmacy can, at best, be only one level higher than the level of the ingredient with the LOWEST level. It can be forged one level higher if it is forged 'with expertise' by hitting the green in the gauge. The level of a War Trophy tends to depend somewhat on the Level of the Enemy who drops it. You are more likely, therefore, to obtain a Level 10 item from a powerful enemy than a weak one. Glue is an item in all Rune Factory games. In Rune Factory Frontier, you can obtain it as a War Trophy from an Orc Archer or you may find it by smashing a Crate or Urn or by opening a Treasure Chest in a Dungeon. The problem here is not one of finding Glue itself but of obtaining high level Glue. The Orc Archer is one of the first hostile Monsters you will encounter and has a very low level. The Glue it drops tends to be Level 1 Glue. Early in the game, even if you have a decent level of experience, such as Level 50, you still will knock out Level 1 Glue from the Orc Archers you defeat (along with the two other items they drop in RFF). Most of the Glue found in Treasure Chests, Crates and Urns, likewise will be Level 1 Glue. Poised to create a Level 8 or Level 9 Defender to use in conjunction with a Durandel and some other fairly high level ingredients to create the Dragonslayer Sword, I was bedevilled by the fact that I could not obtain any Glue above Level 1. All the other ingredients for the Defender were at least Level 8, including the Gladius I had forged... One therefore had a choice: create a Defender that is at Level 2 at best, essentially wasting the high level of the other ingredients or wait until one can obtain higher level Glue. In fact, Level 10 Glue is a War Trophy dropped occasionally by the Orc Hunters in the higher areas of Whale Island, including the Floating Chamber. The Dragonslayer has a Skill Level of 75 and is the best one-handed Sword one can forge without a Little Crystal. It is an ingredient in the Rune Blade, one of the very best one-handed Swords and one that possesses Rune Power. If your strength is insufficient to defeat Monsters in the Floating Chamber, it may be best to 'waste' the high level of the ingredients and use the Level 1 Glue to create a Level 2 Defender Initially. After all, even a Level 2 Dragonslayer is better than most of the other one-handed blades one can forge

without a Little Crystal, and any high level project at the Forge raises Skill Levels faster than low level projects would. The Skill Level Requirement for a Smash Blade, the upgrade of the Luck Blade (one of my personal favourites) is Level 80 and that of the Rune Blade is Level 95. The Dragonslayer therefore is nothing more than a stepping stone on the path to perfection. The effect of creating a higher level Weapon is not that of boosting ATK but rather of reducing RP Use. Here are the stats for a Level 1 Gladius and a Level 7 Gladius. Gladius, Lv 1: 270G Skill Level 18 ATK 23, REQ SKL 18, SP ATK 1, RP Use 6, FX Seal Defence Gladius, Lv 7: 594G ATK 23, SP ATK 1, RP Use 4, FX Seal Defence Note that ATK does not change but that RP Use decreases with Level increase. The Gladius is an ingredient in the Defender. To create the Dragonslayer, you must forge both a Defender and a Durandel Sword. Defender: 660G Skill Level 45 ATK 47, REQ SKL 45, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6, FX Defence +20 Ingredients: Gladius, Gold, Turtle Shell, Insect Hide, Glue Durandel: 730G Skill Level 48 ATK 55, REQ SKL 48, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6 Ingredients: Cutlass, Gold, Glittering Edge, Knife Piece, Warrior Medal Dragonslayer: 1870G Skill Level 75 ATK 99, REQ SKL 75 Ingredients: Defender, Durandel, Platinum, Magic Talon, Sharp Fang, Wet Scale Ultimately, when you have one or two Little Crystals, you should upgrade your trusty Luck Blade to a Smash Blade and your Dragonslayer to a Rune Blade: Smash Blade: 2400G Skill Level 80 ATK 109, REQ SKL 80, SP ATK 4, RP Use 54, FX Poison Defence, Seal Defence Ingredients: Luck Blade, Platinum, Magic Talon, Sharp Talon, Glittering Edge, Little Crystal Rune Blade: 3210G Skill Level 95 ATK 121, REQ SKL 95, SP ATK 4, RP Use 81, FX Rune Power Ingredients: Dragonslayer, Little Crystal, Water Rune Stone, Rock Rune Stone, Tree Rune Stone, Grass Rune Stone N.B. You will find all Recipes now in my Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipe Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html Overkill and Suicide in Battle In Rune Factory 2, a player had the ability to obtain high level Weapons and items through trade with another player. This option does not exist in Rune Factory Frontier, but the effects of using high level weapons can be the same

in both games. A higher level Weapon usually requires more RP than any low level Weapon. When your character has a low level of Experience, he may discover that a high level Weapon is too powerful for him to wield easily. In Rune Factory Frontier, your character may have sufficient Skills at Forging to create high level Weapons before he has sufficient Experience Level to use them. The Shine Blade, for example, is an excellent Weapon to use in the Snow Ruins, where enemies are weak to Fire. The Shine Blade requires a Flame Sabre as an ingredient. Both are two-handed Swords. Flame Sabre: 690G ATK 26, REQ SKL 20, SP ATK 1, RP Use 7, FX Fire Attack +5, Fire Resistance +10 Ingredients: Two-Handed Sword, Fire Crystal Shine Blade: 1740G Skill Level 61 ATK 70, REQ SKL 61, SP ATK 3, RP Use 27, FX Fire Attack +10, Fatigue Attack 100% Ingredients: Flame Sabre, Gold, Fire Crystal, Ruby, Magic Talon When your character unlocks the Snow Ruins, he will find that the Monsters he confronts are more powerful than those in the Summer Fire Dungeon of the Lava Ruins. A Shine Blade is the obvious choice of blade to use against powerful Monsters who are weak to Fire. If your character has a low Experience Level, use of the Shine Blade, especially if he opts for its Special Attacks, can wipe HIM out almost instantly. In the heat of combat, you may not pay close attention to your RP and when RP is exhausted, HP then will be used to wield any Weapon or Tool. I am ashamed to it that my own character once committed suicide virtually in one confrontation by continuing to wield his Shine Blade while oblivious to the dangerously low level of his HP. If only he had halted his attack briefly to consume some food or medicine, he would have emerged victorious. Instead, his own attack would have placed him in the Clinic had I not chosen to reload rather than allowing my shame to become part of history. In most traditional RPGs, there is no penalty attached to use of a Weapon in combat. You can swing a sword all you wish without worrying about the consequences to your own character. Rune Factory is different in this respect and, like any Harvest Moon game, attaches energy use to Tools and Weapons. In any Harvest Moon game, Stamina and Fatigue are the twin components of Energy. When Stamina reaches zero, Fatigue sets in. In Rune Factory, Health and Rune Power are the twin components of Energy. When Rune Points are exhausted, your Health will be affected by further use of any Tool or Weapon. When using a powerful Weapon at a fairly low level of Experience, you are as much in danger of being defeated by your own character's actions as by the attacks of any Monster. Kanno Deciphers the Grimoire After you give the Grimoire of Time to Kanno, you will be forced to wait for him to decipher it. This will take a couple of days. After three days, he

will tell you about the 'Era of Disconnect' and give you 12 Crystal Seeds that must be given to the 12 maidens of Trampoli (and Whale Island). Delivering 12 Crystal Flower Seeds Crystal Flower Seed: The essence of the soul. They are unique as the form of their blooms depends on the soul of the grower. The Crystal Flowers resemble pink Sapphires somewhat. Give one to each of the 'Eligible Girls' in Trampoli as well as the two aspects of Iris on Whale Island. Most of the girls in accepting the Crystal, will declare that they would be happy to do anything that might help Mist. Cinnamon rather rudely will say nothing more than 'Fine', however, but she is a girl who dislikes idle chit-chat. You will have no options to give the flowers to any one but the Eligible Girls, including both aspects of Iris, even though technically they represent a single maiden. Mist, who is the 12th Eligible Girl, obviously is absent… Give the Crystal Flower seeds to each of the Eligible Girls, even if you suspect that Iris will not count as two separate maidens, then visit them to collect one from each three days later. Each girl will have produced a different flower resembling traditional birthstones and astrological sign. As you collect each Crystal Flower, you can take it immediately to the pedestal on the 1st Floor of the Clock Tower. Place it in the very centre of the pedestal rather than attempting to fill the individual settings along the circular edge. As each is placed, you will see a prompt telling you how many more are needed. The order in which you take the flowers to the pedestal is irrelevant. When the twelfth and final Crystal Flower is placed there, you will experience a 'non-Event' as the desired portal to the Era of Disconnect will not be generated. As Iris really represents a single maiden, both flowers are one and the same. You therefore need to find the flower of the 12th maiden. It is now that you should recall the flower planted by Mist outside her house. Go there to retrieve it. Take it to the Pedestal and, in an Event that includes both Kanno and Candy, the portal to the Era of Disconnect will be generated. To Go or Not to Go Kanno now will warn you that, despite the fact that the portal to the Era of Disconnect is open, you need to make adequate preparations or you will be defeated by the enemy that awaits you there.. If you have created the Portal before the end of the first year, your experience level may not be high enough to defeat the dire Enemy who awaits you in the Era of Disconnect. You will not be sent automatically to the other world when you access the Portal. Like the doors that lead to Boss Monster chambers in any of the Dungeons in Rune Factory Frontier, you always are given the opportunity to turn back. Your Timing and the Storyline in Rune Factory Frontier The events with respect to Gelwein, Iris and Mist that I have placed near the end of the 1st year can be experienced in any year and any season. The

unique flowers that are grown by each of the Eligible Girls ultimately will bring you to the most difficult hostile confrontation in the game. You therefore may wish to postpone this confrontation until your character reaches higher levels of experience. In Winter of the 1st year, even if you have trained daily in the dungeons, you may not have reached the levels that would make victory easy in the ultimate battle. Even so, there is no reason to postpone the opening of the Portal that leads to the 'Era of Disconnect'. You therefore can follow this Walkthrough and simply refrain from moving through the gates to the other world where confrontation is inevitable. Using the Four-leaf Clover Even if you have planted Four-leaf Clovers, they probably will not be ready for harvest before the end of the 1st year. If you wish to use the Four-leaf Clover given to you by the 'ghost' of Stella, you can make one of the best items of Torso Equipment with it as follows: Black Robe: 12440G Skill Level 95 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 105, MAG 85, FX Max HP +40, Element Defence +12 Ingrtedients: Fire Cape, Water Cape, Earth Cape, Wind Cape, Four-leaf Clover, Demon Blood Another high level item in the form of Head EQ uses a Four-Leaf Clover: Elephant Mask: 6950G Skill Level 80, ATK 15, DEF 100, MAG 95, FX Ingredients: Four-leaf Clover, Quality Fur, Sharp Fang, Sapphire A third choice is an excellent piece of Neck Equipment in the form of the Critical 7. Critical 7: 7060G Skill Level 70 ATK 17, DEF 77, MAG 77 Incredients: Platinum, Four-leaf Clover, Magic Talon, Hard Horn, Sharp Fang, Sharp Talon Creature of the Runes When you are ready to enter the Era of Disconnet, you will discover that Gelwein has created a special Monster from the energy of the Runes. The creature rears and then attacks… If the creature represented the most powerful enemy you would face in the Era of Disconnect, it would represent no true challenge. A good blade such as Dragonslayer and a few Recovery items, such as E. Drink X or even E. Drink S and some Relax Tea would be more than adequate to take you to victory. Sad to say, this is only the beginning of the conflict… Gelwein in Mutation When you have defeated the Creature, you will see a most ungodly creature created of a symbiosis between Gelwein and the negative Rune Energy. Gelwein,

however, apparently finds his monstrous persona exquisite. The creature bears his head but has a griffin-like body. Now the battle will begin in earnest. You will be forced to face more than Gelwein's mutation. There are four lesser insect Monsters who will surround and attack as well. Note that you need only SURVIVE at this point, however, long enough for your allies to arrive on the scene. Gelwein: With this rune I …AM A GOD! You will never win!!! Freyr: I … hear something… A song?! You now see Candy standing atop the giant Dark Rune that encloses Mist. Candy: Freyr! Freyr: Candy?! What are you… Why are you here?! Candy: We asked the Spirits to bring our forms and song voice here. Cinnamon: You can't win without first releasing the Dark Rune from under Gelwein's control. Iris Noire: If we all sing together, our thoughts should be able to reach the Dark Rune Gelwein took by force. Eunice: That's why we're all going to sing the Spirit Melody together! Freyr: You guys… Selphy: Hey! I'm here to help, too! Although, to be honest, singing isn't my forte! Melody: I'll be helping too, so we should be able to take care of a guy like him. No sweat! Uzuki: Well, this is the one time I can't ask for Tsubute's aid… Because he's … tone-deaf. Bianca: I came all the way here to sing for you. You'd better make it worth my while and take care of that low life. Tabatha: If at all possible, please save that monster along with the Spirits. Anette: I'll deliver a song instead of mail, today. It's a mailman's job to deliver anything if necessary!! Lara: I'll take care of your injuries, but please, be safe…! Rosetta (with thunder and cross hurt): Hey Mist! It's not like you to be captured like this! Every one's … um… worried! Iris: May our songs be carried. Oh, Spirits! Awaken from your sorrows! As the girls sing, the Dark Rune that surrounds Mist is transformed to Light and she awakens. Mist: Oh… Hello, every one… Is there a festival today? Freyr: What are you talking about?! Every one's here because of you! Mist (with floating hearts): Oh, is that so. Then I guess that makes today 'Mist Festival.' Freyr: … Mist… Mist: Haha. I'm kidding… Freyr: … Mist: The Spirits told me about what's going on. Don't worry about me. Give 'em all you got! I'll you. Gelwein in mutation still raises a hand. Gelwein: Fools! Even without the Rune, you're no match for this body of mine! Freyr: Every one, help me out! You now will be obliged to defeat Gelwein completely. He should be near extinction when the Girls with their Spirit Melody. Stay on your feet,

be watchful of your HP and RP and he should be defeated quickly. When you defeat Gelwein, he and the Dog will split once again and Gelwein, in his former human form, will be on the ground. The Dog will stand next to him, freed now from his influence. Defeated, Gelwein cries: No… Impossible! My plan… My plan…! Freyr: I couldn't have beaten you alone… You despised every one around you and wanted revenge. I, on the other hand, fought together with every one around me... Gelwein: You're telling me that's why I lost…? A miscalculation… on my part…? Not …possibl… Ugh…!! Dog: I've caused all of you such trouble. I'm sorry. Freyr: You weren't yourself. You don't need to apologise. Dog: Thank you. Freyr now turns to Mist. Freyr: … Mist… We should get going. Every one's waiting. Mist: Right. Oh yeah! She walks towards the Dog, then goes down on one knee to speak to him. Mist: Mr. Dog, why don't you come with us? It'll be fun. Dog: Thank you, but I'd be more trouble than fun if I were to cross over. Mist: You're talking about the power that absorbs all Runes, right? I'll just tell the Spirits to be careful next time in my dream, so don't worry. Dog: Um… is such a thing really possible? Mist: I'm pretty sure it'll be okay. Dog: Th-thank you. But… I'll stay here. Because I… Even I have a family… Freyr: Oh yeah. The people in this world see you as… A flurry of white flower petals now rise from the ground of the Tower in the Era of Disconnect. Mist turns to face Freyr. Mist: Let's get going. I'm sure every one's waiting. Freyr: Ah, right. He turns to face the Dog. Freyr: Well, we're gonna get going now. Take care… Dog: You too… The Credits now roll, after which: The End. Of course, it is not the end of the game by any means. After the End is declared, you see your character returning from the Church District. He walks slowly to the door of his farmhouse, weapon still in hand. You now regain control. No time has elapsed since you first entered the portal to the Era of Disconnect. Note: If your levels remain low, you may wish to refrain from entering the Portal to the Era of Disconnect at this point in time. If you wait until the 2nd year, you will be able to harvest all the slow-growing, rare Flowers needed to create the very best Weapons and Accessories as well as being able to raise your experience levels further. A Monster Ally can accompany you into the Era of Disconnect, by the way. Before the end of the 1st year, however, it is unlikely that you will have an Ally of sufficient experience level to survive the encounter. Again, waiting until you and your Monster Ally have higher Experience Levels may be the wisest choice. Preparing for a New Year

As is the case in many Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, both the last day of Winter and the first day of Spring are Festival Days. Shops will be shut on both days. If you have been following this Walkthrough, you should have had the Seed Maker before the end of Spring but if you do not have a Seed Maker yet, you need to buy Spring Seeds during the last week of Winter in order to be able to plant them on the 1st day of Spring. Incidentally, Erik spends all day Thursday at the Beach so even the 29th will be too late if you wish to purchase Seeds for Spring. If you have a Seed Maker and have saved Spring Crops and Flowers in your Refrigerator and Lab Storage, you can use those to create seeds for planting instead. There is one Seed that you ought to buy even if you have a Seed Maker. Buy whatever Fodder Seeds you intend to plant on the Homestead in Spring both for Runey production and for Fodder. You may wish to set a Monster to water the Fields on the last day of Winter as Monsters usually only begin to work at their appointed tasks the day after they have been given the command. Monsters who clear the Field of Lumber and Rocks can work throughout the Winter season. Continue to keep them at their tasks until all plots are tilled in Spring. There are three Winter Constellations that can be 'found' in the 1st Year provided always that Cinnamon tells you about each. If you have not 'found' them earlier in the season, make certain that you do so before New Year's Day. The Cross Constellation, associated with Lara, is discussed in an earlier section of this Walkthrough. The other two are the Hairpin Constellation, associated with Uzuki and the Fish Constellation associated with Cinnamon. Advanced Farming Tips As in previous Rune Factory games, you can purchase Farm Aids at the Clinic or make them in your Laboratory. There are two basic forms of farm aid: Formulae that speed the growth of Crops to varying degrees and Greenifier, an item that increases the quality of a Crop. Of the three Formulae, A, B and C, it is C that is the most useful as it will speed crop growth by three days. Unfortunately, one bottle of Formula acts only on a single square. Greenifier likewise only acts on a single square when used. Greenifier will increase the quality of the Crop or Flower growing in a single square by one Level. It can be used only when the Crop remains in seed form. Once it sprouts, Greenifier no longer will have any effect. Formulae A, B and C can be used at any stage of a Crop's growth. You therefore can apply a bottle of Formula daily in order to speed the growth of a crop to which Greenifier has been applied initially. Any Crop grown with Greenifier should be used to create a bag of Seeds and planted again if possible. The reason for increasing levels of any Crop in Rune Factory Frontier primarily is for use in creating a high level ingredient for a Weapon or Accessory. that the Weapon or Accessory can be only 1 level higher than the level of the LOWEST ingredient. It is Flowers rather than Crops that are used most often as ingredients in

Weapons and Accessories. You therefore may wish to concentrate your efforts on growing high level Flowers. Even the common 'garden-variety' flowers such as Moondrop, Toy Herb, Pink Cat and Charm Blue are ingredients in a number of Weapons and Accessories. As they grow fairly quickly, you should be able to obtain fairly high levels of all of these in the first year. Greenifier is rather expensive, however. It therefore should be used first on the Crops that are needed as ingredients in the Weapon/Accessory that interests you most. In of ordinary Crops, a higher level signifies a higher shipping value but whether or not it is worth the price of the Greenifier is another question. Until you are able to make your own Greenifier, you may wish to choose carefully. Where the rare, slow-growing Crops are concerned, it is worth the effort to use Greenifier on one square before the Crop sprouts. Emery Flower in particular is used in a variety of Recipes and Level 1 Emery Flower will restrict the final level of any Weapon or Accessory to Level 2 at best if you create the item with expertise. Calendar of Birthdays and Festivals In any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, a Calendar is almost indispensible. Knowing when Festivals are due to occur and the birthdays of every individual in your village can increase the strength of relationships and bring you closer to marriage with the girl or bachelor of your dreams. Calendar Dates There are four season in a year and they follow the traditional wheel with Spring as the first, Summer the second, Autumn the third and Winter the fourth season. Crops can be grown in all seasons except Winter on your Farm. As in other Rune Factory games, the week has only six days rather than seven. The first day of any week is a Holiday, followed by the traditional Monday through Friday order.of the days. There is a Calendar beside your Diary Table in your farmhouse, but very few items will appear on it at the start of the game. The following is a complete Calendar of Festivals and Birthdays with a Most Favourite Gift as well as an Easy Favourite Gift listed in brackets for each individual. Crops and Constellations for each Season are listed as well for easy reference. It is only if and when you give a character a gift on his/her birthday that the birthday will appear on the Calendar. This is one of the major benefits of ing a character's birthday with a gift as you then will be reminded each year of the date when you look at the Calendar. Complete Calendar of Festivals, Birthdays, Crops and Constellations Spring: Spring Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Turnip, Cabbage, Potato Multiple Harvest Crops: Strawberry, Cucumber

Spring Flowers: Moondrop Flower, Toy Herb, Emery Flower, Cherry Grass, Lamp Grass, Blue Crystal Spring Fruits: Cherry Spring Constellations: Turnip Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Mist) Serpent Constellation: between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m. (Rosetta, Intelligence Increase) Crown Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Selphy, Constellation Books) 1 Spring: New Year's Festival (after 1st year) Celebrate the New year. Rice Cakes are the present of choice. 'Rice Cakes' are termed 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. New Mochi is smashed with a Hammer on a special platform at the Square after 9.00 a.m. You can obtain a 'New Mochi' from Rita after 9.00 a.m. at the Public Square on 30 Winter. Smash it at the Square on 1 Spring to create 5 Mochi. Give these as New Year Gifts to individuals. (Responses and value in of LP/FP will vary by individual). You can bring your own New Mochi if you wish as well to make more Mochi or you can make the Mochi in your Kitchen using a Steamer. 2 Spring: Kross' Birthday (Cat's Tail, Warrior's Medal) 8 Spring: Nolan's Birthday (Wine) 11 Spring: Melody's Birthday (Relax Tea, Wild Coloured Grasses) 17 Spring: Brodik's Birthday (Apple Pie) 19 Spring: Sainte-Coquille Festival Hosted by Bianca. She orders, I cook. Occurs only after Bianca becomes a permanent resident in Trampoli. 22 Spring: Turner's Birthday (All Ores except Scrap Iron) 26 Spring: Cinnamon's Birthday (Magic Crystal, any raw Fish) 27 Spring: Candy's Birthday (All Fruit Juices, Apple Pie) 29 Spring: Foliage Festival (after 1st year) Give flowers to those you're indebted to. Found out when Eunice was distributing flowers. Give Flowers to Eligible Girls Summer: Summer Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Onion, Pumpkin Multiple Harvest Crops: Tomato, Corn, Pineapple Summer Flowers: Pink Cat, Fireflower, Ironleaf, Clover, Green Crystal Summer Fruit: Orange Summer Constellations: Elephant Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Bianca, Diamond) Wooly Constellation* between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m.(Tabatha, Monster FP) *You must have a Monster with you when you 'find' it. Buffamoo Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Anette, 'Anonymous' Letters from Anette) 1 Summer: Beach Opening Start your summer at the beach. Don't forget your bathing suit! Festival begins at 10.00 a.m. at the Beach with Melon Pinata. Before 10.00 a.m., you can experience Events in the Changing Room with the Eligible Girls. The Eligible Girls who attend the Festival and who are found in the Changing Room on 1 Summer varies from year to year and game to game. Eunice will not participate unless she has lost weight pursuant to your own character's encouragement. 6 Summer: Danny's Birthday (Silver, Quality Cloth) 8 Summer: Bianca's Birthday (Jewelry such as Pendants, Rings) Note that Bianca is not impressed with specific items but will accept

certain'decent' Accessories. She will scorn knitted Accessories, however and will respond to the gift of a Fan in the same fashion. 13 Summer: Lute's Birthday (Chocolate) 15 Summer: Uzuki's Birthday (Golden Hairpin, Char Sashimi, Black Sashimi) 23 Summer: Erik's Birthday (Garlic, Dried Fish) 25 Summer: Ganesha Cup Boat Race May the best sailor in town win. The Boat Race is held at Lake Poli. You can ask any girl at high heart level to accompany you. Steer your gondola over items in the water for various effects. Hearts result in an increase of affection if and only if an Eligible Boat is with you. 27 Summer: Stella's Birthday (Four-Leaf Clover, Toy Herb, Pickled Turnip) 30 Summer: Pumpkin Festival Every one put on a pumpkin masque. Started by some one saved by a pumpkin-headed monster. You will be able to buy a 'Pumpkin-Head' yourself from Rosetta in Summer to wear as headgear in combat. You may be able to forge your own Pumpkin Head once your Pumpkins mature. Autumn: Autumn Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Spinach, Carrot Multiple Harvest Crops: Yam, Eggplant, Bell Pepper Autumn Flowers: Charm Blue, Pom-Pom, Noel Grass, Red Crystal Autumn Fruit: Chestnut Autumn Constellations: Hat Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Melody, Magic Skill) Broom Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Eunice, Cooking Skill) 1 Autumn: Mist's Birthday (Emery Flower, Turnip) 3 Autumn: Selphy's Birthday (Sandwich, Rice Ball) 8 Autumn: Kanno's Birthday (Cake, Magic Powder) 12 Autumn: Tabatha's Birthday (Oatmeal, Rice, Flour, Porridge) 13 Autumn: Harvest Festival A time of thanks. Give veggies to people you're indebted to. Give Vegetables to Eligible Girls for boost in heart level. 17 Autumn: Eunice's Birthday (Mont Blanc, any Flower) * *Do not give any Sweets, including her favourite Mont Blanc, if she is trying to lose weight! 21 Autumn: Rosetta's Birthday (Roasted Yam, Strawberry, Hot Milk, Cherry Pie) 25 Autumn: Coming of Age Day There is an annual treasure hunt to commemorate the day. Many 'false' items will be located throughout Trampoli. See the Festivals section of this guide for details. Continue to look for the real item even if another individual pronounces himself/herself the winner. In the first year, you may wish to keep the Golden Turnip yourself to convert it into Seeds instead of taking 1st Place. 30 Autumn: Sea Surf Day Official Holiday to thank the Spirits on the last day of Autumn Winter: Winter Crops:

Single Harvest Crops: None Multiple Harvest Crops: None Winter Flowers: None Winter Fruit: Apple Other Seasonal Items: Dried Fish Winter Constellations: Hairpin Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Uzuki, Weapons Skill) Cross Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Lara, HP Increase) Fish Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Cinnamon, Fishing Skill) 1 Winter: Lara's Birthday (Chocolate Cake, Strawberry Jam, any Jam) 4 Winter: Anette's Birthday (Pumpkin Tart, Boiled Egg, Strawberry, any Fruit) 7 Winter: Quiz Contest Test your knowledge against others and come out on top! There are ten questions, with a 'commercial break' in the middle of the Contest. It can be quite hilarious. There will be four contestants, including your character and each is represented by a different fruit. For each correct response, a piece of fruit will be placed on the ground. The winner ultimately will obtain all the fruit from each character's correct responses. 8 Winter: Ganesha's Birthday (Demon's Blood, Any Ore) 19 Winter: Hotpot Convention Every one in town brings an ingredient for one giant hotpot! Some ingredients will result in a 'good' hotpot but others in a 'bad' one. Most Fish will have a good result. Many vegetables, however, will result in a 'bad' hotpot, including Carrots and Yams. 15 Winter: Minerva's Birthday (Flop) 22 Winter: Rita's Birthday (Wine) 23 Winter: Iris' Birthday (both of them!) (Tomato Juice) 29 Winter: Marco's Birthday (Curry, Curry Powder) 30 Winter: Year End Festival Reflect on the past year and prepare for the next. Go to the Public Square after 9.00 a.m. to speak to Rita. She will give you a 'New Mochi'. This is the item that you will need on the 1st of Spring if you wish to pound Rice Cakes at the Square. Rice Cakes are 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. They, like New Mochi can be made in your own kitchen or at the Public Square only on New Year's Day. Friendship and Courtship As always in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, relationships with other people are as important as farming. Characters are divided between those eligible for marriage and those who can become no more than friends. For any character who is eligible for marriage, there will be two separate gauges of your relationship: Love and Friendship. Love is designated by hearts and Friendship is designated by yellow 'smiley faces'. Each individual responds differently to the same actions or gifts. In many cases, you can raise Friendship and/or Love through specific actions as well as conversation and gifts of 'Most Favourite' items. An item which is liked by an individual and given specifically on his/her birthday as a birthday gift will raise Friendship/Love levels as well. Actions that can raise Love and Friendship include patronising a character's business if he/she is a merchant, exploration of dungeons, increase in Skills

and in the case of Tabatha, friendship with Monsters. The most important act always is regular dialogue with the individual. If you meet and greet every one daily, you will find that Friendship and Love levels increase at a decent pace, even if you seldom or never are able to give a 'Most Favourite' item as a gift early in the game. In fact, there is one Eligible Girl who is more impressed with regular conversation than any Gift you can present to her. Bianca, who has enough money to buy the planet if she pleased only is impressed by regular social interactions. In typical Bianca fashion, she will attempt to persuade you that nothing will impress her: Bianca: Just because you keep talking to me doesn't mean I'll grow to like you. No matter what you do, you'll never be more important to me than Francoise. Although one cannot gauge the true measure of Francoise's value in Bianca's universe, regular dialogue with her most definitely DOES raise both her Love and Friendship Levels. Mist, your guide to basic life in Trampoli , at Four Hearts will tell you: Mist: When you give things that the villagers like, they will be thrilled. That is the quickest way to make friends with them. By the way, I like Turnips and Emery Flowers. Does it seem like I'm hinting too strongly for you to give me some? At 3 Hearts, she will give you sound advice about negative gifts: Mist: Oh, right. Even if you give a gift, if it's something they hate, it'll have the reverse effect, so be careful. By the way, I hate Pickled Turnips. Vinegar is just too sour for me. There are point values for items as gifts in of Love, even if you cannot see the point totals. There are the classical 'Most Favourite Gifts' worth +9 LP. There are ordinary preferred items worth +3 LP and there are the detested items that will reduce LP by 3 points, worth -3 LP. The Most Detested Item reduces LP by 9 points. There are similar categories of items in of their Friendship values. There are items that are worth +9 FP, +3 FP and items, disliked, that will lower Friendship, worth -3 FP. The Most Detested Item has a value of -9 points. A second gift of the same item, as in HM DS/Cute DS and other Harvest Moon games, has a small point value compared to the first gift. A second 'Most Favourite Item' is worth 3 points. A regular Favourite or preferred gift is worth only 1 point as a second or subsequent gift. An item, neither particularly loved nor hated, worth 1 point as a first gift has 0 value when given as a subsequent gift. There is one Most Detested Item, an Item of Horror that will lower Friendship by 9 points. Certainly in Erik's case, the Detested Turnip elicits a far more violent response than the Disliked Chocolate or Jam. Each of the Eligible Girls will confide an item that she particularly detests. That item, when given, can lower her Friendship and Love almost by a full level! As a second or subsequent gift, that 'Most Detested Item' is worth -3 Points. Many of the Eligible Girls have a shop or business. You can buy items from Selphy, Lara and Rosetta to boost their heart levels. Use the bath daily to increase Melody's heart level. Generally speaking, the first gift of the day has the greatest effect whether

to increase or decrease Love and Friendship levels. Subsequent gifts, in the case of an Eligible Girl, only affect Friendship, with the exception of Iris. Players have been able to boost Iris' Heart Level in a single day with multiple gifts of Tomato Juice but repeated Most Favourites ordinarily will not increase the Heart Levels of the other Eligible Girls beyond the first gift. Each of the Constellations in the night sky is connected to a specific Eligible Girl. See the section relating to Constellations and Eligible Girls for more details. Gift-Giving in Rune Factory Frontier Only one Birthday Gift will be accepted happily by any individual on the day of his/her birthday. If you attempt to give an additional item on that day, he/she will refuse it verbally, although the item itself will disappear from your inventory. On any other day, however, you can give as many items as you wish. A Most Favourite Item can be given again and again on the same day in order to boost Friendship Levels quickly. Although any second or subsequent gift will have a smaller point value than the first gift of the day, it still can boost Friendship Levels significantly, especially when it is a Most Favourite Gift. Note that an item that is worth only 3 points when given as a first gift will have no appreciable effect whatsoever when given as a second gift. It is only the true 'Most Favourite Item' that will have enough value as a second or subsequent gift to actually change Friendship Levels. The exception to this is in the cases of Iris Blanche and Iris Noire. Subsequent gifts of their Most Favourite Tomato Juice CAN boost their Heart Levels as well as Friendship Levels. Courtship in Rune Factory Frontier Courtship in Rune Factory Frontier is centred on the ritual of a 'Date' similar to the Dates in Tree of Tranquility with one essential difference. A Date can be organised only when an Eligible Girl reaches 8 Hearts. In the case of Anette and both manifestations of Iris, there is the additional requirement that you must have completed the sequence of Events that causes the Girl to become a permanent resident of Trampoli. Ordinarily, however, at 8 Hearts, you will have the option of asking an Eligible Girl for a Date on one of the following: 13 Spring, 19 Summer, 19 Autumn or 24 Winter. As there is only one 'Date' per season, your rendezvous can be set a season in advance, depending on the day when you ask. When you speak to a girl at work, you may have to speak to her twice to obtain the Date option. It is a separate option menu and your choices are: I just came to talk. I came to ask you out. This is the first step in serious Courtship in of actual Events. When you have any Eligible Girl at maximum heart level, Stella will give you a

Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet. Note that having an Eligible Girl at 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship is not sufficient. The Hearts (Love) gauge must be completely filled before Stella will speak of marriage and offer the Recipe Book, even though you may have the option to ask a Girl on a Date as soon as her Heart Level reaches 8. As in many Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, all characters have a Friendship Level but only Eligible Girls have both a Friendship and a Heart/Love Level. It is the Heart Level/Love Level that determines the progress of your Courtship with any Eligible Girl. You can court more than one of the Girls and indeed, it is desirable to raise the Heart Levels of all Eligible Girls before you actually marry one, as you then will experience more Events. In Rune Factory Frontier, each Eligible Girl has a 'story' and the story occurs or is disclosed by the means of special Events determined by Heart Level. You will find the 'Story' for each Eligible Girl in my 1st and 2nd Year Walkthroughs. At 4 Hearts, there usually is a significant Event or change in the Girl's life such as the option to encourage Eunice to lose weight. There are four set 'Dates' in the course of the year, one per season. The dates are: 13 Spring, 19 Summer, 19 Autumn or 24 Winter. Meeting an Eligible Girl for a Date is the first step in serious Courtship in of actual Events. When you have any Eligible Girl at maximum heart level, Stella will give you a Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet, telling you that it is time for you to think in of marriage. Note that having an Eligible Girl at 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship is not sufficient for the purpose of gaining Happiness 101, the Recipe Book for the Wedding Bouquet.. The Hearts (Love) gauge must be completely filled before Stella will speak of marriage and offer the Recipe Book, even though you will have the option to ask a Girl on a Date as soon as her Heart Level reaches 10. The Wedding Bouquet requires two special ingredients that will not be available until you have the actual Recipe Book in your possession. The first of these is a 'Baleen'. This is an artifact given to you by the Whale in exchange for a 'Tide Cluster'. When you climb the Beanstalk to Whale Island, the Whale will ask you to help him become closer to the sea again. It is then that a white object called a 'Tide Cluster' will wash up on the shore of the Beach. You may experience the Whale's Request before you have the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet. If this occurs and you give the Whale the Tide Cluster, your character automatically will respond that there is nothing in particular that he needs when the Whale asks how he can reward you. As a new Tide Cluster will appear on the Beach each day, however, there is no reason why you should save the initial item until you have the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet. Simply give the Whale another Tide Cluster once you have 'Happiness 101'. With the Recipe Book in your collection, speak to Ganesha for another special item that is the first step in creating a rather unique flower. Ganesha will give you a single White Rose.

Place the White Rose in your Seed Maker to create White Rose Seeds, then plant them. You can plant the White Rose Seeds in any dungeon or on your own Field in any season other than Winter. When the White Roses bloom, however, you must not harvest them. Leave them in the ground until they are transformed into 'Blue Roses'. You actually can experience the White Rose Event with Ganesha more than once but it will not occur more than once in a season. With Ganesha at 10 Friendship, my character obtained a White Rose from her every season. The instructions on creating a Blue Rose from an ordinary Rose are provided in a new book entitled 'The Phantom Blue Rose' that will appear on the upper floor of the Rune Archives once you have 'Happiness 101': You now should be able to create a Wedding Bouquet. The list of Ingredients is: Baleen, Blue Rose, Green Grass, Moondrop, Toy Herb, Pink Cat You will find the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet when you access your Crafts Bench. When you have made the Wedding Bouquet, provided all other marriage requirements have been met, you will be able to propose successfully to the Eligible Girl in the course of a Date. The Wedding Bouquet is the equivalent of the 'Blue Feather' in Harvest Moon, although it is a little more complex in acquisition as it involves the cooperation of a number of third parties. The necessity of being able to make the Wedding Bouquet yourself is an additional aspect, although the Skill Level Requirement is fairly low for this. The usual Harvest Moon Marriage Requirements of having an expanded Farmhouse, a Double Bed and a Girl at maximum Heart Level apply as well. The specific Requirements for marriage to any Eligible Girl usually involve completion of her 'Story'. Residence in Trampoli appears to be another marriage requirement. Until Anette has resumed her delivery service as a permanent Resident of Trampoli, you will not obtain the Date option from her. With respect to Iris Blanche and Iris Noire, it is only when they move to the Inn that the Date option will appear. Organising your Love Life Only one Date is permitted each season. When you have asked any Eligible Girl for a Date and she has accepted the offer, the Date Option still will appear when you speak to another Eligible Girl, but you will not be allowed to 'two-time' the Girl who accepted the first offer. Although another Eligible Girl initially will appear to accept the offer, she will scold you ultimately for asking her for a Date when you had a previous engagement! You will lose almost a full Heart Level with the second Girl, although the Eligible Girl to whom you originally promised the Date will remain ignorant of your disloyal actions. It is worth noting that the Date Option will not appear on the actual day set for a Date. This means that your 'last chance' to arrange a Date each season is the day prior to the actual day set for a Date. If you wish to experience the Date with more than one Eligible Girl, do not arrange a Date with any one until the day prior to the Date. Save your game BEFORE you ask any Girl for a

Date, go through the Date Event and then reload to the point where you remained unpromised to any one. This will allow you to experience a Date each season with every Eligible Girl, should you wish to do so. There are two forms to any Date, a 'short form' and a 'long form'. If the Girl is at 8-9 Hearts, you will experience the 'short form'. You simply will ire the view with her and the Date will end with a promise to ask her for another Date in the future. It is only when the Girl is at 10 Hearts that you can experience the 'long form' of the Date Event. In this Event, after you have ired the views sufficiently, the Girl will tell you that she prepared food for you. You then will be asked to judge the quality of her food. Telling her that it is not very good will cause her to weep, although you will not lose any affection with her by doing so. After you have consumed your picnic meal, you will experience a clouding of your senses due to strong emotion and realise that your opportunity to propose marriage has arrived at last. You then will have the option to take a Wedding Bouquet from your inventory to offer it in a Marriage Proposal Event. If all general and specific Marriage Requirements have been met, the Girl will accept your proposal. The Wedding will follow immediately and you will regain control of your character on the morning after the Date at 6.00 a.m. in your own Farmhouse with your new Bride. If, however, any Marriage Requirement, including the completion of the Girl's Story, has not been met, the Eligible Girl will refuse your Marriage Proposal, while taking the Wedding Bouquet. In other words, you will have wasted your Wedding Bouquet valued at a little over 2000G. Note that a Wedding Bouquet offered to an Eligible Girl at any location or time outside of a formal Date will be refused even if ALL Marriage Requirements have been met. She will scold you, moreover, for not choosing a more romantic and appropriate venue for your Proposal! Again, your Wedding Bouquet WILL be taken, which means that you will have wasted it. As with the Blue Feather in Harvest Moon, you can offer a Wedding Bouquet to any character and their responses can be highly entertaining. Unlike the Blue Feather, however, which disappears from your inventory in most Harvest Moon games only when accepted, the Wedding Bouquet will disappear WHENEVER it is offered to any character in Rune Factory Frontier. There were some exceptions even in Harvest Moon. In Island of Happiness, for example, you could purchase more than one Blue Feather from the Market before any Marriage Proposal was accepted. You therefore could ship one before using the next for a Marriage Proposal. Letters and Requests Rune Factory Frontier, like Magical Melody, Island of Happiness and Tree of Tranquility, is a game where Characters arrive and sometimes depart either according to predetermined schedules or based on your character's actions.

You therefore will not meet even all Eligible Girls at the start of Spring when the game begins in Trampoli. The earliest possible arrival date for each Character will be included in the Characters section of this Guide. Although Requests are not as numerous as in Rune Factory 2 and do not occupy a central position in RF Frontier, accepting them is vital in many circumstances as fulfillment of the Request will unlock a new option. It is the delivery of the Bamboo Shoot that Stella gives to you almost immediately after you move into your Farmhouse that will allow you to meet most of the owners of shops and businesses in the space of a single day. If you do not speak to Stella in order to experience the Request, you will find the doors of all shops locked. Another Request that occurs in the first week is Stella's request that you visit Mist, who has become ill. Only if you visit Mist and become susceptible to her cold will you collapse the next morning, bringing Lara to your rescue and cause her to decide to live in the village. These are but two examples of Requests that need to be completed. All Requests and Letters will be included in my Characters Guide for Rune Factory Frontier at: Rune Factory Characters Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/977/977486p1.html Other Requests will be made through Letters. Both Mist and Erik will request a Turnip in a Letter that will be delivered to your house. Make certain that you read your letters on a regular basis. You will not be able to respond to them by writing freelance letters as you would in a game like Animal Crossing. There are specific Responses that can be made depending on the nature of the Letter you yourself receive. For example, when a Letter Requests an item, such as the Turnip requested in both Mist's and Erik's letters, you will respond simply by giving a Turnip to Anette, the postal carrier. Speak to Erik and Mist afterwards in order to experience the effect of your gifts. Erik will give you Formula C! N.B. Do not assume that an Item that is the subject of an individual's Request is one that he/she actually would like to receive as a gift. In more than one case, the item requested actually is a Most Detested Gift! For example, Eunice makes a Request for a Fish and Erik makes a Request for a Turnip. These are Most Detested Items for the individuals in question. Always give the Requested Item to Anette for Delivery rather than attempting to make the delivery yourself. Unique Rewards for Requests Although most items received as rewards for completing an individual's Requests are not unique, there is one that cannot be obtained by any other means. Ganesha's reward to you for completing all her Requests is the sword Tyrfing: Tyrfing: 1600G Type: 2-sword, ATK 99, REQ SKL 65, SP ATK 2, RP Use 7, FX Seal Attack 100%, Element Defence +10

Birthdays in Rune Factory Frontier In Rune Factory 2, there was a special unique designated Birthday Gift for each individual. This is not the case in Rune Factory Frontier, making it easy to acknowledge every character's birthday with a simple gift of an item he/she likes. Characters who lived in Kardia originally have the same birthdays and likes and dislikes as they had in the original Rune Factory. With respect to any character who is new to Rune Factory, you can discover his/her birthday through conversation or a gift. As Friendship/Love levels increase, characters will confide in you, telling you of their likes and dislikes and will disclose their birthdays as well. If you give a character an item on the day of his/her birthday, the character will recognise it as a birthday gift. The date then will appear on your Calendar with a portrait of the individual. When the character reaches approximately 4 Hearts/Friendship, he/she will confide the date of his/her birthday. The Birthday then will be added to the Calendar with the portrait even if you have not 'celebrated' it yet with a gift. Gossip is rife in the small village of Trampoli and you may discover interesting or important details about specific characters from other characters in the game. At 4 Friendship, Candy will tell you her birthday and that of her sister. On 29 Winter, she will tell you that it is Marco's Birthday. Heart Levels and Events As in most Harvest Moon and Rune Factory games, many significant Events are triggered when an individual reaches a specific Heart Level whether in Friendship or in Love. As in other games, Eligible Girls are the only characters with both Love and Friendship Levels. All other individuals have only Friendship Levels. Note, however, that the 'heart' and 'smiley face' icons really do not represent the significant turning points in relationships precisely. The actual triggers occur when specific LP or specific FP in of point totals are reached. As there is no equivalent of the 'Love Bangle' in Rune Factory Frontier to allow you to see point totals, you must rely on the heart and smiley face icons instead. Significant Events are triggered usually when a specific Heart Level is reached in the case of an Eligible Girl or a specific Friendship Level is reached for other characters. For example, Eunice's plan to lose weight will be possible only at 4 Hearts. Minerva will arrive in Trampoli when Tabatha attains 6 Hearts. The Event wherein Kross moves a Boulder in front of your door occurs at 4 Friendship. The events involving Brodik are triggered when Kross reaches specific Friendship Levels. Vital personal information usually is given at specific heart levels as well. A character will confide his/her birthday ordinarily at 4 Friendship. Courtship and Family

Accessories

On Tuesdays, Selphy will sell special books containing Recipes for items that are related specifically to courtship, marriage and family life. The books consist solely of Recipes for Gifts or 'Presents' for girls and for children: Happy Toys: 30000G A book with instructions for accessories meant to be presents! Isn't that just awesome? Beach Style!: 10000G A book of swimsuit patterns that boys are too embarrassed to buy at stores. The actual Recipes are included in my Cookbook Recipe Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html The bathing costumes are items for 'advanced' Courtship. If you attempt to give a Cute Bathiing Suit or an Amazing Bathing Suit to any Eligible Girl who is at less than 8 Hearts, she will refuse it. If accepted, a Cute Bathing Suit will be worn at the Beach but the Amazing Bathing Suit is a 'tease' and never will be worn. You may wish to refrain from spending your money on these books until you have purchased necessary Recipe Books and home improvements. Social Gathering Spots As in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, there are specific locations that are popular for social gatherings. If you wish to meet and greet the largest number of characters daily, you should plan your route in order to make a brief stop at the most popular locations. For meeting and greeting eligible girls as well as Candy, the Laga Springs Bathhouse is a good choice. At some point during the day or night, most of the characters will appear at the Bathhouse, especially if the weather is fine. Candy as well as some of the Eligible Girls can be found in the antechamber to the Women's Bath from 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m.. Candy will conduct business as usual here. On the men's side, you will find various individuals as well at different hours. Nolen will be there early in the evening. Late at night, both Danny and Erik tend to stand in the men's antechamber. A full schedule of the appearance of all characters can be found in my Rune Factory Frontier Characters Guide. Note, however, that the schedules of characters in Rune Factory Frontier often will vary significantly according to the progress you have made in the game and the Friendship Level you have reached with an individual. It therefore is impossible to provide a quick schedule that will be consistent throughout the game. Another popular gathering spot is the Public Square. For the older adults, the Tavern after 6.00 p.m. is a regular haunt. As in other games, you will find a number of individuals at the Church at different times of the day. It always is worth the effort to visit all public locations when you have a free moment to meet and greet Eligible Girls and other characters. Characters List Guide Characters in Rune Factory Frontier are divided into two basic categories

between Eligible Girls and all individuals who are not eligible for marriage. The Relations Page in your Farm Menu will display a full-length Portrait of every character you have met, with a brief description and current love and friendship levels. As is the case in most Harvest Moon games, only those individuals who are eligible for courtship have both a Love Level and a Friendship Level. All others have only a Friendship Level. Friendship is designated by a 'smiley face' icon. Love is denoted by a Heart. Hence the term 'Heart level' in Harvest Moon for any individual who is eligible for courtship. Only Characters you actually have met will appear in the Relations Page. Rune Factory Characters Guide: Rune Factory Frontier Characters Guide My Courtship and Marriage Guide can be found at: Rune Factory Frontier Courtship and Marriage Guide The Characters Guide contains the schedules of each of the Characters in Rune Factory Frontier as well as actual dialogue, likes and dislikes, Events, letters and requests from each. There are a couple of Characters who are 'temporary' in that they will depart when certain conditions have been fulfilled. Brodik and Minerva both are temporary characters. Mist: Birthday: 1 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Emery Flower Easiest Favourite Gift: Turnips Other Favourite Items: Turnips, Radish, 4 leaf Clover, Croquette, Baked Apple, Fried Udon, Seafood Gratin, Sweet Potato, Cake, Steamed Bread, Cheese Bread, Pound Cake Most Detested Gift: Pickled Turnip Note: Mist does not really care for Golden Turnips. Actual Dialogue: Mist: I'll be looking forward to those turnips. Me: … Does this mean I have to give her some turnips later…? Mist: When you give things that the villagers like, they will be thrilled. That is the quickest way to make friends with them. By the way, I like Turnips and Emery Flowers. Does it seem like I'm hinting too strongly for you to give me some? Mist: Oh, right. Even if you give a gift, if it's something they hate, it'll have the reverse effect, so be careful. By the way, I hate Pickled Turnips. Vinegar is just too sour for me. Mist: Let me tell you some of the most up to date information today. Do you have a notepad ready? My birthday is on the 1st of autumn. It's very auspicious to be born on the 1st. For Emery Flower: An Emery Flower? Thank you. It's beautiful. For Turnip on her Birthday: Why, thank you. I love it. For Turnip on ordinary day: Thank you! I love this Turnip!

Official Description: very nice. Likes Turnips.

The girl next door.

A bit aloof and random but is

Rosetta Birthday: 21 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Roasted Yam Easiest Favourite Gifts: Strawberry, Hot Milk Other Favourite Items: Cherry Pie, Strawberry, Corn, Cherry Grass, Hot Milk, Hot Chocolate, French Fries, Ear of Corn, Hot Chocolate, Omelet Most Detested Gift: Milk Rosetta: Let me tell you a little secret, Freyr. Freyr: What is it? Rosetta: My birthday is on the 21st of Autumn. I'll be waiting for a present. For Roasted Yam on her birthday: Rosetta: (Thank you!) Thanks! You're really considerate for getting me Roasted Yam for my birthday. For Roasted Yam: Thank you! I love Roasted Yam! I love the texture and how sweet it is! Rosetta: One of the things I like is 'Roasted Yam' (Baked Sweet Potato). I love how sweet it is. I also like strawberries and Hot Milk. I guess I really like sweets. For Hot Chocolate or Strawberry: Thank you! But how did you know what I liked? Don't tell me you like me. … No way. But thanks anyway. Rosetta: Oh, by the way, I never liked drinking milk. I know I shouldn't be picky about food, but I just can't drink it. Official Description: The girl at the grocery store. Her words may sting at times, but she is always hard at work. Lara Birthday: 1 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Chocolate Cake Other Favourite Items: Strawberry, Berry Jam, Grape Jam, Orange Jam, Apple Jam, Lamp Squid Sashimi, French Toast, Donut, Pancake Most Detested Gift: Vegetable Juice Actual Responses: For Chocolate Cake: Chocolate cake? I love this! Thank you! For Strawberry or Berry Jam(with music): Why, thank you. How did you know what I liked? Lara: I actually like sweets. Like chocolate cake and jam… I know it's bad for my health to eat too much of it, but I just can't help myself… Lara: I dislike 'Vegetable Juice'. Don't you think we should all eat vegetables just the way they are? Official Description: The nurse/sister at the church. Nice to every one but tends to worry a bit too much. Lara is associated with the Cross Constellation. Speak to her after 'finding' it to obtain an increase in your Total HP. Melody Birthday: 11 Spring Most Favourite Gift: Relax Tea Easiest Favourite Gifts: Wild Grasses (any colour)

Other Favourites: Charm Blue, Medicinal Herb, Black Grass, Orange Grass, Yellow Grass, Red Grass Most Detested Gift: Mayonnaise Melody: I love Relax Tea. I drink it while I'm in the bath to relax even more. For Relax Tea: This is Relax Tea! It's for me?! Thanks! I love you! For Medicinal Herb: For me? Thanks! I'll take anything you want to give me. Melody: My birthday is on the 11th of spring. I'll be waiting for a present! Melody: Is there anything you don't like to eat, Freyr? I hate mayonnaise. Just looking at it sends a shiver down my spine, so don't ever give it to me! Official Description: The always lively bathhouse owner. Always in search for the perfect bath. It is Melody who will give you a Hammer when you reach the source of the Spring in the Cave Depths at Whale Island. When she declares that the source of water for the Spring has diminished, go back to the Cave Depths to experience a special series of Events with a Red Troll. Give him Ice Cream at his request to restore the Water flow for the Laga Springs. The bathhouse then will be expanded. She will make a number of Requests for different wild Coloured Grasses by letter. As always when completing a letter Request, give the required item to Anette to deliver to Melody. Melody is associated with the Hat Constellation. Speak to her after 'finding' it for an increase in Magic Skill Level. Bianca Birthday: 8 Summer Most Favourite Gift: She has none but will accept some items with less rudeness than others Most Detested Item: Rice Ball Note that in of advancing your Courtship, Bianca will be affected more by conversation than gifts of any ordinary items. Your best strategy is simply to speak to her daily during the Summer season and make certain that she obtains Francoise before the end of the 1st Summer by exploring the Cave Depths at Whale Island. Actual Dialogue: Bianca: I received a wooden horse for a birthday when I was small, but I ended up not even riding it once and threw it away. By the way, my birthday is on the 8th of Summer. You better that. Response to ordinary Gifts: For Amethyst, Aquamarine (Lv. 7), Orange Marmalade, Energy Drink, Berry Juice, Udon, etc: What is this? Is it for me? I suppose I'll take it off your hands. For any accessory that qualifies as 'jewelry', even if it is a simple Pendant or Wing Ring, she will tell you: Bianca: Your tastes haven't changed it seems… I guess I'll put it on, since you tried… Response to accessory items she scorns:

For Hand-Knit Hat or Fan: You should be ashamed by your lack of taste. Is there anything you don't like, Bianca? Bianca: Let's see… I hate things that are unnecessarily frugal. Like… rice balls. For edible items she detests: For Hot Rice Ball: (with cross hurt and thunder): You've got some nerve. Official Description: The young miss of the opulent Viviash household. Seems selfish but has a tender heart. A 'Treasure Hunt' is connected with Bianca. It will be initiated when you speak to her after finding the Elephant Constellation. You will experience an Event with her wherein you find the beginning of a poem on a piece of paper. Go to the Conservatory to find the next hint, then to the little island to the right of the Beanstalk Island at Lake Poli to find the final verse with a Diamond. When you next visit Bianca, you will find a Wedding Ring in front of her house, triggering the last Event in this series with Bianca. Tabatha Birthday: 12 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Oatmeal Easiest Favourite Gifts: Flour, Porridge Other Favoured Gifts: Apple, Mixed Juice, Mixed Ole Most Detested Gift: Sashimi Actual Dialogue: Tabatha: I really like rice porridges. Am I strange for liking it? I think the cooking method of porridge is actually one of the most elaborate. (with hearts) You can feed it to the sick so I think it is a very gentle food. For Oatmeal: Thank you very much. I really love rice porridge. It's good for your health, too.* *Despite the fact that she uses the term 'Porridge' in English, the Oatmeal results in a higher increase in Heart Level. For Porridge or Flour: Thank you very much. I can see that you purposely selected something I liked. Tabatha: My birthday is on the 12th of autumn. It is the day right before the Harvest Festival. I hope you will it. Tabatha: I just cannot eat sashimi. Just thinking that they are slices of fish… Official Description: The elven maid under Bianca. Gentle and perfect in all her work. Tabatha is associated with the Wooly Constellation. You need to 'find' it when accompanied by a Monster. Friendship with all tame Monsters then will increase. When Tabatha attains 6 Hearts, Minerva will arrive in Trampoli. Eunice Birthday: 17 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Mont Blanc* (*except when slimming) Easiest Favourite Gifts: Moondrop Flower, Toy Herb, Pink Cat, Charm Blue

Other Favoured Gifts: Cake, Chocolate Cake, Cheese Cake, Emery Flower Most Detested Gift: Any Fish For Moondrop or Toy Herb: (with music): Wow, thank you! I'll be sure to cherish this flower! Actual Dialogue: Eunice: Did I tell you my birthday, Freyr? My birthday is on the 17th of Autumn. It's the season when everything tastes good. Eunice: I love sweets! Note that any gift of sweets is against her own interests. As she herself will tell you: Eunice: I love sweet stuff. But because of that, I have a little problem… I mean, nothing. I was just talking to myself. For any gift of Fish: I'm sorry… I don't like… fish… Eunice: I just don't like fish. I know it's bad to be picky about food, but I just can't eat it. Official Description: The innkeeper's daughter. Loves housework but suffers from her father's genes. N.B. Although Eunice personally hates fish, she will Request a Fish in a Letter. Give the Fish to Anette to deliver rather than giving it to Eunice herself! Note that, at 4 Hearts, you will experience an Event with Eunice that gives you the option to persuade her to go on a slimming programme. If you tell her that you like slim girls, she will vow to become slim herself. From this point forward, she will declare that: 'Sweets are the enemy!' She even will reject her former Most Favourite gift, Mont Blanc, declaring that: For Mont Blanc: N-no! I can't eat cake while I'm on a diet! Give her flowers instead! When you have 'found' the Broom Constellation, speak to Eunice to initiate an Event wherein you will receive an increase in your Cooking Skills. Cinnamon Birthday: 26 Spring Most Favourite Gift: Magic Crystal Easiest Favourite Gifts: Chub, Sardine, and other Fish Most Detested Gift: Any Dish made from a dead creature, such as prepared Fish Actual Dialogue: It is Candy who will confide in you with respect to Cinnamon's birthday as well as her own at 4 Hearts: Candy: My birthday is on the 27th of spring. It's on the day after Sis' birthday! For Chub or Sardine: … Thank you. I like this. For any 'prepared' or 'cooked' Fish, she will tell you: …Thank you, but I'm not very happy. On her birthday for Needlefish: Thank you… Birthday present? I like Needlefish. Cinnamon: I got a stuffed animal from Candy for my birthday last year. It's my treasure. … My birthday is on the 26th of Spring. Official Description: Magician girl living in the Clock Tower. Does not like talking. Likes fishing.

Cinnamon will give you her used Fishing Pole and will teach you about seasonal Constellations in the night skies. She believes in 'catch and release' where fishing is concerned, and therefore will prefer the gift of a whole Fish to one that has been prepared in your Kitchen. You can obtain a boost in Heart Level by finding the Constellations she describes to you. The Fish Constellation is the one associated with her personally. After you 'find' it, speak to Cinnamon for an increase in your Fishing Skill. Anette Birthday: 4 Winter Most Favourite Gifts: Pumpkin Tart Easiest Favoured Gifts: any Fruit; Strawberry, Croquette, Boiled Egg Detests: Eggplants Actual Dialogue: Anette: Freyr, I'll let you in one a huge secret! My birthday is on the 4th of Winter, so I'll be waiting for your present, okay? Hahaha. Anette: There! Now I'm done with the deliveries for today. I'm feeling a bit hungry now. Today is a great day for 'Pumpkin Tart!' Anette: I just love to have some Croquette after a hard day's work! Anette: I love fruit! You don't even need to add sugar because it's already sweet. For Strawberry, Croquette, Boiled Egg (with music): Huh? It's for me? Thanks! Anette: It's kind of embarrassing to it, but I hate eggplants. What's with that creepy colour? Official Description: The ever-energetic mail delivery girl. Has a problem of being chased by monsters. Anette is associated with the Buffamoo Constellation. Speak to her after finding it in order to begin receiving the letters she wrote anonymously about her ambitions in the past. Selphy Birthday: 3 Autumn Most Favourite Gifts: Sandwich Other Favourites: Rice Ball Most Detested Items: Gems Actual Dialogue: Selphy: Oh! I like sandwiches and rice balls. Things that I can eat with only one hand. Selphy: The heroine in the book I'm reading right now was born on the 3rd of Autumn. Apparently it has some deep meaning. I'm feeling a really strong affinity towards her. That's because my birthday is also on the 3rd of Autumn.' For Sandwich: Hey, a sandwich! Did you get it just for me? Thanks! I'm touched! I love you! Just kidding. Haha. For Rice Ball: Wow, thanks! I love rice balls! For Ruby: Sorry! You might think I'm weird but I just don't like jewels. I'm really sorry! Selphy: You know what? I really hate jewels.

Freyr: What?! That's really rare. I thought most women like jewels. Selphy: Probably. But just don't ask me why, okay? It's elementary, my dear Watson! Freyr (with tear): (Who's Watson?) Official Descriptions: Loves books. So much so that she often forgets to eat, which worries Lara. Uzuki Birthday: 15 Summer Most Favourite Gift: Golden Hairpin Easiest Favourite Gifts: Black Sashimi, Char Sashimi Acceptable Gifts: Gold, Magic Crystal, Turtle Shell Most Detested Gifts: any Vegetables Actual Responses: For Char Sashimi or Black Sashimi: Is that for me?! You knew that I am partial to fish… I must thank you. For Char Sashimi on her birthday: Char Sashimi! This makes me doubly happy because today is my birthday. Thank you, Freyr. For Gold Hairpin on her birthday: So you purposely gave Gold Hairpin to me on my birthday. I must thank you. Polite response to ordinary gifts: For Red Grill Sashimi, Hot Milk, Gold: For me? Why, you have my thanks. Note that, although she will tell you she is 'partial to fish', it is only certain varieties that truly please her and it is Sashimi that she prefers. Official Description: Comes from a distant land of the East. Loves to learn about cultures. Uzuki is associated with the Hairpin Constellation. Speak to her after 'finding' it for an increase in Weapons Skills. The first date on which you can experience her Introduction Event is 11 Spring. Simply enter the Inn then to meet her. You will experience a series of Events between Uzuki and Tsubute when Uzuki is at 2-3 Hearts that culminate in Tsubute's departure. When bidden to do so, search for him on the little path behind the Inn to reunite him with his Mistress. Iris Birthday: 23 Winter Most Favourite Gifts: Tomato Juice Easiest Favoured Gifts: Moondrop Flower or any other Flower Most Detested Gift: Garlic Official Description: A wondrous girl. Sleeps during the day to stay out of the sun. Loves flowers. Iris is an artist who seeks to capture the atmosphere of the floating island in her pen and ink drawings. She actually is an ancient member of a Vampyre Tribe and thus will recoil from Garlic. Experience a special Event by attempting to give her Garlic. Note that, should you increase her Heart Level to maximum BEFORE you unlock the Snow Ruins, you will not be forced to defeat Iris Noire. Iris Blanche will intervene…

You will not be able to ask Iris for a Date until both girls move to the Inn in Trampoli. Both Iris Blanche and Iris Noire will move to Trampoli after you rescue Mist. Actual Dialogue: Iris: Don't you just feel like drinking tomato juice impulsively sometimes? You don't? I guess it's just me… Iris: I'm enjoying the flower patch that you grew. I really love flowers. For Tomato Juice: Is this for me? Thank you! I love tomato juice! For Moondrop Flower: Thank you! It's a very pretty flower… I'll be sure to cherish it! About Garlic: Iris: I've never eaten any garlic before, but for some reason, I don't even want to try. For Garlic: Iris: Thank you. But… what is this? Is this… garlic…? My vision is turning… dark… Darkness, then the sound of a heavy thump. Freyr: Iris! Iris! Iris: (What happened?) What happened to me? I thought I saw you come to me and… Lose both Love and Friendship Points for playing a trick like this on a member of an ancient Vampyre Tribe! Iris (Noire) Birthday: 23 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Tomato Juice For Tomato Juice: Is this for me? Thank you! I love Tomato Juice! It is Iris Noire who will confide their birthday: Me and my other self were both born on the 23rd of Winter. Official Description: The other half of Iris. A liveliness returned to her upon meeting Freyr. Iris Noire is the other half of Iris, who split in two because of her intense loneliness centuries ago. Her portrait will not appear in the Relations page until you have defeated her on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins. When she has been reunited with Blanche, she will offer to tell your fortune when you visit her. Note that although her likes and dislikes are the same as Blanche, she has her own Love and Friendship levels, unlike the 'twins' in the 2nd Generation of Rune Factory 2 who were not identical twins but who were treated as a single individual for the purposes of Heart Levels and Events. Make certain to give both girls a gift when you see them. You only can marry ONE of the two Iris characters, however… one proposal will not result in marriage to both girls! You will not be able to ask either Iris for a Date until they move to the Inn in Trampoli after you rescue Mist. Other Characters: Turner Birthday: 22 Spring Most Favourite Gift: Amazing Bathing Suit

Other Favourites: Iron, Copper, Silver Most Detested Item: Scrap Iron Turner is fairly enthusiastic about almost any gift of a Cooked Dish. Actual Dialogue: For Copper: (I don't know what you want me to do with this.) Oh, wow. That's for me? (with music) Now I can get Ganesha to make me the best kind of kitchen knife. Turner for Char Sashimi : *gulp* Sorry if it seemed like I was being shameless in expressing my fondness for this. Turner: Ganesha is a really good at what she does. But she won't even sharpen your kitchen knife if you don't take the materials to her. That's why if you have any extra, can you give them to me? Like Iron, Copper and Silver… Thanks. Turner: My birthday is on the 22nd of Spring. Drinks taste wonderful during this season when you have them while iring the cherry flowers. N-no pressure. *gulp*… Official Description: The owner of the Sunshine Inn. Warm and gentle like the name of his inn. Rita Birthday: 22 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Wine Other Favourites: Cheap Band and any other decent female Accessories such as Pendants Most Detested Item: Fish Actual Dialogue: For Wine on her Birthday: What is this? Wine for a birthday present? I think I'm falling for you! Rita: Freyr, do you have any 'Wine'? Don't show me any 'Wine' while I'm working. I'll confiscate it. For Wine: Hey! No alcohol for you! Hand it over! For Cheap Band or Earth Pendant: A tip? How nice of you. Rita: My birthday is on the 22nd of Winter. I'll be looking forward to your present. Rita: I'm the hostesss of this bar, but I just can't eat fish. I even made Turner promise me that he would never make me gut a fish when we got married. Official Description: Tavern master. Rumoured to be the biggest drinker in town. Rita will give you your first Cookbook for No Tool Dishes, entitled 'QuickStep Cooking'. Whenever you complete any house expansion, she will give you a gift if you speak to her the same day. The item is random and may change if you reload to experience the event again. She will give you a gift when you make progress in your romantic life as well, including your first Date. Rita: Freyr, I heard you're having an extension built. You're doing so much despite your young age… To a man, your home is like your own castle! Now let me treat you to something! You got: Yogurt Drink! (Can be Milk instead or a Juice…)

Erik Birthday: 23 Summer Most Favourite Gift: Garlic Other Favourites: Dried Fish Most Detested Gift: Turnips Other Disliked Items: Chocolate, Jam Actual Dialogue: For Garlic: Young man! Is this really for me? I love it. About his Birthday: Erik: It's the 23rd of Summer. Freyr: What is? Erik (with musical fanfare of horns): My birthday, of course! that, young man! About Jam and Chocolate: Erik: That Danny… I told him never to… What should I do with this…? Freyr: What happened? Um, Erik? Erik: Oh, sorry. That Danny made a mistake and delivered a huge stock of turnips to me. I want to return them but I'm afraid of touching them… What should I do…?!! (there are tears in his eyes!) Me: Sounds like a problem… I also have to return a huge stock of jam and chocolate… Why does everything I hate come to me… For Chocolate: I'm sorry, but I just don't like Chocolate. Erik: Do you like vegetables? I love them, excluding some particular white, chunky ones that we shall not speak of! For Turnip(with thunder and cross hurt): T-turnip? Where did you get that?! Get it away!!! Erik has an almost pathological fear of turnips. Even at the start of the game, he will speak of Monster Turnips… Erik: Young, man, do you know what this village's specialty is? Me: I don't. What is it? Erik: It would be the 'Dried Fish' that I make during the winter! That's the village specialty! Me: Really…? Erik: Probably! Me: … Erik: By the way, I love it, too! If you give him the Dried Fish he made for you, he will be thrilled, saying: Erik: Young man! You sure know what to give. I'll take great care of it. Note that he sells Dried Fish at his Supplies Shop in Winter, so you simply can purchase it from him, then give it to him in order to raise his Friendship Level. Official Description: A farmer in Trampoli. Always calls Freyr a young man, but he is, too. Erik will give you a free bag of Turnip Seeds if you ask him about 'Sowing Seeds'. He will give you a Used Sickle when you have tilled about 45 squares in your field. He will give you Formula C when you have responded to his Letter Request for a Turnip. There is supreme irony in the fact that he requests the one Crop he truly detests. On Winter mornings after 9.00 a.m., you will find Erik at the Beach near the

drying racks. He will tell you then: Erik: Winter is the best time to make Dried Fish! Just bring me some Fish and I'll dry them for you! Give him any Fish in Winter and he will say: Erik: You want some Dried Fish? All right. I'll be sure to make some. Come back tomorrow! You can give him only one Fish per day. If you try to give him another, he will say: Hm? I already got the fish from you. If you want Dried Fish, come back tomorrow. Find him at the Beach the next morning and he will say: Erik: There you are, young man! I have already made the Dried Fish! Here! Kanno Birthday: 8 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Cake Other Favourites: Magic Powder Most Detested Item: Scrap Iron Kanno will arrive to take possession of the Clock Tower on 7 Spring. Kanno will give you a Fire Rod when you bring him the Cheap Cloth he requests. He will continue to request War Trophies from you afterwards. Later, he will give you a Hell Branch, another Fire Wand. Actual Dialogue: For Cake: For me?! I actually have a penchant for Cake. I'll gladly accept. Seasonal dialogue about Sweets: Kanno: It's so warm. I'm sure strawberry shortcakes will taste great during this season. (Spring) Kanno: It's cool and comfortable. Yam Mont Blanc should be really good in this season. (Autumn) Another Most Favourite is 'Magic Powder': Kanno: Freyr, you came at the right time. I need some things for my experiment. They aren't sold in stores so I didn't know what to do. I need 'Magic Powder'. If you find it, would you please give it to me… For Magic Powder: This is 'Magic Powder!'. I needed it for the experiment! Thank you! Kanno: Do you know what day the 8th of autumn is? Freyr: The 8th of Autumn? I don't know. Kanno: Then let me tell you. It's my birthday. Don't you forget that. Kanno: Tomorrow is the Hotpot Convention, where each person brings their own ingredient to make hotpot. I wonder what I should bring? How about… cake? What?! Cake? Kanno: it's my favourite food. It tastes delicious so it should still be good even in the hotpot! Kanno: Everything in this world has its own uses. Even failed dishes from cooking may have their own uses that we don't know about. But the one exception is 'Scrap Metal'. That's completely useless.* *Note that this is not true, as Scrap Iron can be used to upgrade your Tools at the Forge. It therefore must be construed as an example of Kanno's detestation of the item.

For Scrap Iron: (with thunder and cross hurt): Why are you giving me garbage? Official Description: The old man of the Clock Tower. Very knowledgeable but only when he wants to. Kanno appears to be happy with gifts of Cooked Dishes of most varieties. After all, he brought Candy and Cinnamon to Trampoli because he cannot or will not cook. Kannor will give you every type of Fire Wand in succession when you bring the ingredients he requests. The first is the Fire Rod and the last is the Crimson Stick. Candy Birthday: 27 Spring Most Favourite Gifts: Fruit Juices, Apple Juice, Other Favourites: Apple Pie Dislikes: Fish Most Detested Item: Insect Hide Actual Responses: For Apple Juice: Wow! I love juice! Thanks! Candy: Recently, I grew to liking drinking juice while eating apple pie. Is there anything you like to eat? Official Description: Cinnamon's younger sister. Cannot use magic, but can speak to the spirits. Candy can create Rune Stones and Rune Miracles if you give her Runeys. She will give you the Harvester to allow you to collect Runeys as well as Ranch products from your tame Monsters. Cinnamon's Dialogue about Candy: Cinnamon: Candy hates fish. That's why she never cooks the fish I catch. … She shouldn't be picky with food. Stella Birthday: 27 Summer Most Favourite Gift: Four-Leaf Clover Other Favourites: Toy Herb Most Detested Item; Warrior Medal Official Description: The very person that made Trampoli what it is today. Considered the town's mother. Stella will give you a Used Axe when you have spoken to her a few times. There actually is no special farming requirement involved apart from using any farm tool on a single square in your field. You will encounter Stella's younger self outside Mist's house on a Festival day. Speak to her only each occasion when she appears on Festival Days until you obtain a Four-Leaf Clover. The next time you encounter the young Stella will be on a rainy day. Speak to her now on each occasion you meet her until her dream is fulfilled. At 4 Friendship, you will experience a special series of Events with Stella involving a book of 'Scriptures' and some of the Eligible Girls. When any Eligible Girl is at maximum Heart Level, Stella will give you 'Happiness 101', a Recipe for a Wedding Bouquet. The Wedding Bouquet is the Rune Factory Frontier equivalent of the 'Blue Feather'. See the Characters Guide for details about all of these Events. Actual Dialogue:

For Pickled Turnips on her birthday: Oh, it's my birthday today. You shouldn't have. About her Birthday: Me: Do you prefer the heat or cold, Stella? Stella: I was born on the 27th of summer, so I prefer the hot weather. For Pickled Turnips on her birthday; Oh, it's my birthday today. You shouldn't have. Stella: Do you know about the 'Four Leaf Clover'? They're supposed to bring you good luck. I have some good memories about 'Four Leaf Clovers'. It's all when I was young. For Warrior Medal: That mask looks very sinister… I don't like things like this. Stella: There are some monsters that are skilled and they sometimes make some strange things. I'm sure there are people that like those things, but I just don't like holding on to the possessions of monsters. That 'Warrior Medal' just seems really ominous. Ganesha Birthday: 8 Winter Most Favourite Gifts: Demon Blood Other Favourites: Ores (apart from Scrap Iron) Most Detested Item: Wool Actual Dialogue: Ganesha: I never have enough ore. If… just IF you have any extra, do you mind giving some to me? If you also have any extra 'Demon Blood', I'd appreciate it if you shared it with me. For Demon Blood: 'Demon Blood!' This is a rare one! Is that really for me? Thanks! For Copper: Nice! I was just out of this! I love considerate men! Just kidding. Ganesha: There was a person that was called the 'God of the Forge'. We were both born no the 8th of Winter. I'm proud of that. Ganesha: I just hate 'Wool.' Me: Why is that? Ganesha: I just hate how soft and bouncy it is. I just want to tell it to 'Toughen up!' Don't you agree? Me: Uh… Ganesha: That's why you better not show me any of that Wool! Official Description: The owner of Damascus Forge. A rare but skilled elven smithy, with many fans. Ganesha will give you your first book on upgrading farm Tools, entitled 'Farm Companion'. Marco Birthday: 29 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Curry Other Favourites: Curry Powder Most Detested Item: Bell Pepper Actual Dialogue: Marco: Curry is great. You like it, too, don't you? Marco: Mom includes bell peppers in dinner sometimes. to

She keeps telling me

stop being picky about food, but that's just child abuse! On the day of the Hotpot Convention: Marco (upset): Hey! Who put bell peppers in the hotpot? I ate it! Official Description: Ganesha's son. Still a child but trains hard to become a great fighter. As early as the 1st year, you can experience a Treasure Hunt series of events with Marco on the actual day of his birthday. Danny Birthday: 6 Summer Most Favourite Gift: Silver Other Favourites: Quality Cloth Most Detested Gift: Tomatoes, Bell Peppers For Silver (with music): Hey, Silver. Thanks, Freyr. For Quality Cloth: I'll take it! Danny: You know about tomatoes, Freyr? They taste disgusting. I can't believe people eat them. Danny: You know about Bell Peppers, Freyr? They taste disgusting. I can't believe people eat them. Danny: You know about Carrots, Freyr? They taste disgusting. I can't believe people eat them. Danny: I'm actually quite good at sewing. I made these clothes myself. Surprised? So if you have any extra 'Good Cloth' laying around, share some with me. You can spare some right, Freyr? N.B. There is no 'Good Cloth' in RFF. He is referring to Quality Cloth. Danny: My little brother and sister sent me a painting for my birthday the other day. They're really annoying, but I feel kinda touched because I know they relaly tried. By the way, my birthday is the 6th of summer. If you're willing to give me a present, I'm willing to accept. Official Description: Runs a grocery store. There seems to be a deep reason why he came to this town. Danny's Grocery sells very few items and ultimately he will shut down the business. At that point, Rosetta will invite him to her at the Materia Shop. Lute Birthday: 13 Summer Most Favourite Gift: Chocolate Most Detested Item: Fish Actual Responses: For Chocolate: (Really?! I love this!) Really?! I love Chocolate. On his birthday: For Chocolate: Thanks! Is it right for me to receive something this good on my birthday? Lute: Freyr, do you like fish? I just can't eat fish. Those eyes! Those beady eyes give me the shivers. Official Description: A painter and a peddler. Dreams to one day become a renowned painter. Lute visits Trampoli only on the Holiday and on Festival Days in the early seasons of the game. On regular Holidays, he will be found in the Public Square after 9.00 a.m. and on Holiday Festival Days, you will find him instead in front of the Church but he still will be selling his wares from that

location. At 6.00 a.m. on those days, he can be found outside Bianca's Mansion. On Thursday afternoons, you may find him painting at Lake Poli. Lute has a ion for painting and art. Raise his Friendship Level and purchase all the paintings he offers to obtain a special artwork. Note that you will not be able to buy artworks until you have expanded your Farmhouse to include an upper level. In fact, the primary reason to expand to a second floor early in the game is the option to purchase Lute's paintings as only one will be sold per season. Kross Birthday: 2 Spring Most Favourite Gifts: Cat's Tail Other Favourites: Warrior's Medal Likes: Wool, most Cooked Dishes and Crops Most Detested Gifts: Curry Powder, Flour Actual Dialogue: Kross: My birthday? I don't have one because I don't . Me: I didn't think you knew how to joke, Kross. Kross; When did you come to this village? Me: The 2nd of Spring. Kross: I see. What a coincidence. My birthday is also on the 2nd of Spring. On that day, one man went away and I came here. Freyr: Aren't you scared of monsters? Kross: I'm not scared. I'm actually fond of the monsters. They never lie to humans. Heh… I would like to live a free life like a monster. What do monsters have that humans don't…? … Tails. If only I had the 'Cat Tail', would I become like a monster? For Cat's Tail (blushing): W-won't it be weird if I wear this…? … I was joking. Don't mind what I just said. For Wool: Thank you… I will gladly accept it. (but there is a tear in his eye) For Warrior Medal, (blushing): You seem to have gotten much stronger. Be careful not to get injured severely. For Roasted Yam and most Crops or Cooked Dishes: This tastes good. Kross: I really don't like 'Curry Powder' and 'Flour. I can't make that myself so some one might find out. Freyr: Isn't it bad if some one finds out? Kross: Heh. A man's cooking should be a private matter. Official Description: You may not have noticed him, but he lives next door to Erik. A skilled carpenter. Note that Kross, like many Carpenters in Harvest Moon/Rune Factory is not difficult to find but is not available for orders at every hour of the ordinary 'working day'. In the mornings, Kross may be found on the roof of his own house, performing repairs. He will come down from the Roof at noon, however, and you can order from him then. Brodik Birthday: 17 Spring Most Favourite Gifts: Apple Pie Likes: Most Cooked Dishes and Crops Most Detested Items: Scrap Iron, Weed, Headdress, Pendant

Actual Responses: Brodik: How long do you plan on staying in the village? Don't you want to taste the food of your hometown? I want to hurry home to eat that 'Apple Pie'… Because of him, I…! Freyr: Haha… I guess you really like Apple Pies. For a gift of Apple Pie: Brodik: Why you little… If you go back with me, you'll get to eat things that are so much better. You were given 1 Gold. Brodik: There's a little something for your troubles! Can you see how generous I am?! Hahahaha! For Gift of Apple Pie on his Birthday: I didn't think you would bring me this on my birthday. Now I really feel like going home. Brodik: I'm sure you're tired of playing the good guy. Why don't you act like who you really are? Just don't do anything on the '17th of spring'. You'll completely ruin my awesome birthday. For most edible items, including Bamboo Rice, Baked Yam: Did you put something in this? I'm going to get your neighbour to test it first. Prompt: You were given one Gold! There's a little something for your troubles! Can you see how generous I am?! Hahaha! For Pumpkin Head, Iron, other inedible items: I haven't sunk so low as to receive charity from you. (He then will give you 1G as usual and make the remark about his generosity.) For Scrap Iron: What is this? Are you trying to piss me off? I'm not going to fall for that trap! Hahahaha! Prompt: You were given one Gold! Brodik: There's a little something for your troubles! Can you see how generous I am?! Hahahaha! (Despite the payment, his affection will decrease with a Scrap Iron or Weed gift.) For Headdress (with tears in his eyes): Are you trying to spite me? I-I have a girlfriend or three that I can give presents to… Hahaha… Haha… ha… … (Friendship decreases) Official Description: Appeared out of nowhere only to harass Freyr. Why? Brodik will accept most items happily and give you 1G in return. His Friendship Level will increase with each gift. Brodik is an undercover officer from a foreign land who is convinced that you are a man named Weber and is determined to thwart your efforts to live in peace in Trampoli. As you increase his Friendship, he will tell you about himself and his suspicions of you. As with any character in Rune Factory Frontier, an increase in Friendship Level triggers new dialogue in addition to all previous dialogue. In this respect, it is different from any other Rune Factory or Harvest Moon game where dialogue for lower heart levels no longer is experienced. Note that Brodik's actual Events are controlled by Kross' Friendship Levels. At 3 hearts, Brodik tells you: A dragon was found at a place called Kardia not far from here. I wanted to go there instead of wasting my time here…

Nolan Birthday: 8 Spring Most Favourite Gift: Wine Other Favourites: Strawberry Most Detested Item: Squid For Wine: Thank you. I really wanted this. For Wine on his birthday: Wine! Thank you! Today is my birthday, and to receive this gift on my birthday… I do not know how to thank you. For Strawberry on his birthday: The Strawberry…. Today is actually my birthday. Did you know that? Though it is a coincidence, I am very thankful to receive this. About his birthday: Nolan: My birthday? Hm… I wonder when it was. We tend to get forgetful when we age. Official Description: A frequent patron of the bathhouse. Loves bathhouses and cats. At your first meeting, he will give you Tomato Juice but do not infer that he will appreciate Tomato Juice as a gift from this. He really appears to crave only Wine in of drinks. He later will give you Grass Juice as a gift. Background Dialogue: Nolan: Yes. I love hot springs. Now that my son has ascended the throne, I am traveling to the hot springs around the world. Going into baths at this time is great. Taking it easy here in the morning is priceless. Minerva Birthday: 15 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Flop (Failed Dish)* Loves: Chestnuts Most Detested Items: Any Accessory that resembles a Monster, such as Cat Tail and Whale Hat Minerva will arrive in Trampoli only when Tabatha attains 6 Hearts. Simply walk up the stairway to the upper floor of the Inn to experience her Introduction Event. When you have spoken to her at any point after this Event, her portrait and description will be added to the Relations Page. Official Description: Tabatha's younger sister. Independent and unyielding, unlike Tabatha. *Note that you can make a 'Flop' from any Runey, probably the least valuable ingredient for a Failed Dish. In fact, a Flop increases the value of a Runey in of shipping, as any Flop will ship for 30G while a Runey ships for 2G. Actual Dialogue: For Flop: Hey! Is this really edible?! Oh, whatever. *gulp* …?! *gulp gulp gulp gulp gulp* … *phew* Wow… This kind of dish doesn't exist in the nation of elves! Please tell me the next time you make it!! Minerva; Don't you think Anette's necklace is unusual? It's not sold in stores. You know… It's actually made with a fruit that grows only in the forest of the elves. Maybe I should make one, too. I'll go request it after I finish my job with Sister. Freyr: You're not going to make it? Minerva: Well… the only fruit or nuts you can get here are chestnuts… The chestnuts here taste really good, so I always end up eating them when I'm trying to dry them…

Freyr: What do you like, Minerva? Minerva: Sister, of course! Freyr: No… I meant what kind of food do you like… Minerva: What? You're going to give something to me? Hm… I love chestnuts! Also… Since I'm in the nation of humans, I want to eat something I haven't before. Freyr: I see… Minerva; So when are you giving it to me? Today? Tomorrow? I can't wait! Minerva: Sister and Bianca are terrible! They both treat me like a kid! They tried to make me wear the 'Whale Hat' and 'Cat Tail'. I'm not their dress up doll. We're only 2 years apart! Freyr, you better treat me like a lady! Farming and Ranching Guide Rune Factory, like Harvest Moon is first and foremost a farming and ranching simulation game. If you do not restore your farm to prosperity, you will have failed in your primary goal. The farm is given to you on trust, with the understanding that you will make every effort to restore the land to fertility. In Rune Factory Frontier, taming Monsters is another fundamental goal. Obtaining Ranch products from them is only one function that they will serve. Farming and Ranching Items List The following offers a list of all Crops with their values as well as the value and price of the Seeds that produce them. Fruits from Trees and other items obtained in the Wilds is included. Finally, a List of Ranch products with their descriptions and values follows. War Trophies and other items are listed in a separate section of this Guide. Complete List of Crops and Seeds Crops and Seeds: The following gives all information about Crops and their Seeds, with shipping values, seed prices of local merchants as well as the Energy values for each Crop. Spring Crops Cabbage Cabbage: 680G HP 11, RP 0 FX 0 A nice vegetable that puts your stomach in order. like a brother. Cabbage Seeds Cabbage Seed: 510G

Large in size and in heart

Spring crop. Harvest in 8 days. Sold by Erik for 1020G.

One of the easier crops to grow.

Cucumber Cucumber: 340G HP 8 RP 0 FX 0 This crunchy, watery, green vegetable naturally attracts attention. Cucumber Seeds Cucumber Seed: 340G Spring crop. Harvest in 10 days. re-harvested every 6 days. Sold by Erik for 680G

Requires some care to grow.

Can be

Potato: 400G HP 8, RP 0, FX 0 A strong need in every springtime farm. an ingredient.

Delicious both alone or as

Potato Seeds Potato Seeds: 300G Spring crop. Harvest in 7 days. Sold by Erik for 600G.

One of the easier crops to grow.

Strawberry Strawberry: 100G HP 5, RP 0, FX 0 I am strawberry, the sweet taste of romance. find true love.

May all those who partake me

Strawberry Seeds Strawberry Seed: 100G Spring crop. Harvest in 8 days. re-harvested every 2 days. Sold by Erik for 200G.

One of the easier crops to grow.

Can be

Turnip Turnip: 210G A beautiful, white vegetable. specific girl.

This smooth veggie is super popular with one

Turnip Seeds: Turnip Seed: 5G Spring crop. Harvest in 4 days. The easiest crop to grow. Sold by Erik for 10G. If you look at the shipping value of a Turnip and the price of Turnip Seeds when purchased either from Erik or Danny, you will see that this is one variety of Seed that should be purchased rather than created in your Seed

Maker! Furthermore, if you buy them from Danny, you will raise his Friendship Levels. Special Spring Crop: Golden Turnip Golden Turnip: 500G HP 14, RP 70, FX 0 A vegetable that shines golden. about why it is golden.

You'll stay up all night just thinking

Golden Turnip Seed Golden Turnip Seed: 375G Spring crop. Harvest in 8 days.

Magically bears golden fruit.

Summer Crops: Corn Corn: 150G HP 6 RP 0 FX 0 The yellow kernels line up and give a shout of sweetness in your mouth. 100 kernels = 100 sweet! Corn Seeds Corn Seed: 150G Summer crop. Harvest in 14 days. re-harvested every 3 days. Sold by Erik for 300G.

Requires some care to grow.

Can be

Onion: Onion: 450G HP 9, RP 0, FX 0 A mean vegetable that made many people cry. worth the tears.

However, its deliciousness is

Onion Seeds Onion Seed: 330G Summer crop. Harvest in 8 days. Sold by Erik for 660G

One of the easier crops to grow.

Pineapple Pineapple: 400G HP 8 RP 0 FX 0 A sweet fruit of the South. and a punch of sweet!

It's a party in your mouth with a kick of sour

Pineapple Seeds Pineapple Seed: 400G Summer crop. Harvest in 18 days. re-harbvested in 7 days. Sold by Erik for 800G.

Takes patience to grow.

Can be

Pumpkin Pumpkin: 750G HP 12 RP 0 FX 0 A trademark shape and colour. head to be Pumpkin Head.

Empty out the inside and wear it on your

Pumpkin Seeds Pumpkin Seed: 562G Summer crop. Harvest in 12 days. Sold by Erik for 1125G.

Requires some care to grow.

Tomato: Tomato: 210G HP 7 RP 0 FX 0 Deeply red vegetable. and red!

Always basking in the sun, it is high in nutrition

Tomato Seeds Tomato Seeds: 210G Summer crop. Harvest in 10 days. re-harvested every 4 days. Sold by Erik for 420G

Requires some care to grow.

Can be

Autumn Crops

Bell Pepper/Green Pepper Bell Pepper: 200G HP 6, RP 0, FX 0 A bitter veggie that turns many away. for you.

However, it looks pretty and is good

Bell Pepper Seeds Bell Pepper Seed: 200G Autumn crop. Harvest in 9 days. re-harvested in 4 days. Sold by Erik for 400G Carrot

Requires some care to grow.

Can be

Carrot: 540G HP 10, RP 0, FX 0 Its bright orange colour motivates many to run when it hung from a string in front of them. How odd. Carrot Seed Carrot Seed: 405G Autumn Crop. Harvest in 9 days. Sold by Erik for 810G.

One of the easier crops to grow.

Eggplant Eggplant: 280G Purple veggie topped with a cute stem. stands out on the field.

Unique from any other crop, it

Eggplant Seeds Eggplant Seed: 280G Autumn crop. Harvest in 9 days. re-harvested in 5 days. Sold by Erik for 560G

One of the easier crops to grow.

Can be

Spinach Spinach: 270G HP 7, RP 0, FX 0 Deep green with deep nutrition, it is believed that eating spinach will bulk you up. Spinach Seeds Spinach Seed: 195G Autumn crop. Harvest in 5 days. Sold by Erik for 390G

One of the easier crops to grow.

Yam Yam: 140G HP 6, RP 0, FX 0 With lots of dietary fibre, it is good for your body and your taste buds. Yam Seeds Yam Seed: 140G Autumn crop. Harvest in 6 days. re-harvested in 3 days. Sold by Erik for 280G Flowers Spring Flowers

One of the eaiser crops to grow.

Can be

Moondrop Flower Moondrop: 217G Level 1, HP 2, RP 0 FX 0 A flower, yellow like moonlight. in these flowers.

Many believe the moon is actually covered

Moondrop Flower Seeds Moondrop Flower Seeds: 230G Spring flower. Blooms in 4 days. Sold by Rosetta for 460G

The easiest flower to grow.

Toy Herb: Toy Herb: 900G Level 1, HP 2, RP 0, FX 0 A quiet flower that keeps to itself, it is as independent as it is beautiful. Toy Herb Seeds: Toy Herb Seed: 950G Spring flower. Blooms in 15 days. Sold by Rosetta for 1900G

Requires some care to grow.

Cherry Grass Cherry Grass: 6500G HP 3, RP 0, FX 0 The most prominent springtime flower. happiness.

Its pink petals are said to bring

Cherry Grass Seed Cherry Grass Seed: 6000G Spring flower. Blooms in 60 days. grow these professionally.

A faintly pink beautiful flower.

Some

Lamp Grass: 11000G Lamp Grass: 11000G HP 3, RP 0, FX 0 A flower that looks like a lampshade, where Spirits are said to have dwelt long ago. Lamp Grass Seeds Lamp Grass Seeds: 9500G Spring flower. Blooms in 90 days. Emery Flower Emery Flower: 16000G HP 5, RP 0, FX 0

Treasured for its medicinal uses.

A noble golden flower. beauty.

Neither flashy nor tasteless, it is the epitome of

Summer Flowers Pink Cat Pink Cat: 520G Level 1, HP 2, RP 0, FX 0 A delicate pink flower a master thief named Pink Cat used as his calling card. Pink Cat Seeds: Pink Cat Seeds: 550G Summer flower. Blooms in 9 days. Sold by Rosetta for 1100G

One of the easiest flowers to grow.

Four-Leaf Clover Four-Leaf Clover: 6500G HP 3, RP 0, FX 0 Believed to be good luck, this rare breed of clovers is much sought after. Four-Leaf Clover Seeds (Clover Seeds) Clover Seed: 6000G Summer grass. Grows in 60 days. days of old.

Considered to be a lucky charm since the

Ironleaf Ironleaf: 3500G HP 2, RP 0, FX 0 As daunting in appearance as its name, this thorny flower can be rather uninviting at times. Ironleaf Seeds Ironleaf Seeds: 3500G Summer flower. Blooms in 40 days. places like mines.

Attracts iron and thrives in unusual

Autumn Flowers: Charm Blue Charm Blue: 710G HP 2, RP 0, FX Time 0 Only grown-ups can truly appreciate the deep and rich blue of this flower. Charm Blue Seeds Charm Blue Seeds: 750G Autumn flower. Blooms in 12 days.

A fairly easy flower to grow.

Sold by Rosetta for 1500G Fruits from Trees: In Rune Factory Frontier, Fruit Trees are known as 'Cornucopia Trees' as they produce different fruits according to the Season. You therefore will find Cherries, Oranges, Chestnuts and Apples on the same Trees but in different Seasons. Cornucopia Trees can be found in a little clearing on the Mountain Road and in the Orchard of Plenty on the shores of Lake Poli. Spring Fruits: Cherry: Cherry: 150G Level 1, HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 Level 2, HP 0, RP 85, FX 0 It has two red fruits: 'Cher' on the left and 'Ry' on the right. Together, you get 'Cherry'. Found both on the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road and the Orchard of Plenty in Spring. Summer Fruits: Orange: Orange: 150G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 A fruit that's both sweet and sour. Eat too much of it and your skin will turn orange. Found both on Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road and at the Orchard of Plenty in Summer. Autumn 'Fruits': Chestnut: Chestnut: 150G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 Chestnut: (Lv.2) 180G HP 0, RP 85, FX 0 One of the flavours of autumn. Spiky on the outside but sweet inside, like some one we know. Found both on the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road and in the Orchard of Plenty in Autumn. Winter Fruits: Apple Apple: 150G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 Crunchy, sweet, and wrapped in a red skin. Thy name is apple. Found both on the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road and in the Orchard of Plenty in Winter. Items from the Wilds

Weeds: Weeds: 10G HP 1, RP 0, FX 0 Grows anywhere and everywhere. will only make it stronger.

Hat it, mow it.

Do what you will.

You

Withered Grass Withered Grass: 10G HP 1, RP 0, FX 0 Crops that withered in despair. Everything means nothing if the Season is not right! N.B. Any Crops left in the field when the season changes will become Withered Grass. Any multiple harvest Crop that is not mowed down with your Sickle on the 30th day of the season will be Withered Grass the next day. Withered Grass can be collected in the same manner as a Weed, without using any tools. Bamboo Shoot Bamboo Shoot: 110G HP 7 RP 0 FX 0 Can be found growing in fields. starting out.

They can be a big help for farmers just

Mushrooms Mushroom: 120G. HP 7, RP 0, FX 0 Shaped like an umbrella, some are poisonous, while others can make you grow bigger. Yellow Grass Yellow Grass: 10G HP 1 RP 0 FX 0 A grass that is said to raise your luck when it comes to money, but no one knows if this is true. Red Grass Red Grass: 10G HP 1 RP 0 FX 0 It grows much faster than other grass. with the white grass.

For some reason, it always competes

Orange Grass Orange Grass: 10G HP 1 RP 0 FX 0 A grass that cheers you up. her and regain cheer. Purple Grass

Her source of happiness is those that look at

Purple Grass: 10G HP 1, RP 0, FX 0 An elegant grass. start to sulk.

It has a lot of pride so pull it out gently, or it'll

Green Grass Green Grass: 10G HP 1 RP 1, FX 0 People say it lacks originality, but we all think that green is the best colour. Blue Grass Blue Grass: 10G HP 1, RP 0, FX 0 A cool grass that likes to show off. growing in the field.

It thinks that it's cool to be

White Grass White Grass: 10G HP 0, RP 20, FX 0 A beautiful snow white grass. people don't notice it.

It's hard to see in the snow, so a lot of

Black Grass HP:0, RP 20, FX 0 A black grass that seems like it can suck you in. at night.

It gets stepped on a lot

Sleepy Grass Sleepy Grass: 320G HP 90, RP 0, FX Fatigue Recovery, Cold Recovery Sleep medicine that will make you sleep like the dead. Perfect for the insomniac in your life. N.B. Sleepy Grass, like Elli's Leaves is a 'grass' that is created, not found. It is classified as medicine and is made in the Laboratory. The Recipe Book for it is 'Pleasant Sleep', obtained from Melody. Ranch Products Honey Honey: 110G, HP 7, RP 0, FX 0 Honey from bees. Very nutritious and very sweet. Milk Milk: 60G HP 7, RP 0, FX 0 Milk from a Buffamoo.

It has lots of nutrients and can be relaxing to drink,

too. Egg Egg: 100G HP 6, RP 0, FX 0 Egg from a Cock-a-doodle.

It's wrapped in a white soft shell.

Wool Wool: 90G Wooly hair. They can be turned into a ball of yarn. it's very wooly.

As its name suggests,

Processed Ranch Products The following items must be created in a 'Maker' purchased from Lute. All Makers will be placed on the mantel in the centre of the northern wall of your Farmhouse. Cheese Cheese: 110G HP 8, RP 0, FX 0 A food made from milk. It's known to have a lot of kinds to it. Note that processed Milk in the form of Cheese or Yogurt does have an RP value at Level 2 or higher. Cheese: 132G (Lv. 2) HP 8, RP 25, FX 0 Ingredients: Milk in Cheese Maker Yogurt Yogurt: 120G HP 8, RP 0, FX 0 A food made from milk. It is supposed to help with your digestion. 144G (Lv.2) HP 8, RP 25, FX 0 Ingredients; Milk in Yogurt Maker Yarn Yarn: 120G A small ball of yarn. pain to clean up.

Hold onto one end and throw it around.

Fun, but a

Ingredients from Merchants Some ingredients cannot be made at home but must be purchased from a local Merchant. In some cases, you will be able to find the same items when exploring Dungeons by smashing Crates or Urns or opening Treasure Chests. The values given below are shipping values as opposed to the price paid when

purchasing the item from a shop. Items of this nature are: Rice: 130G HP 8, RP 0, FX 0 The staple food of many. In fact, it might as well be called the king of foods. Flour: 130G HP 5, RP 0, FX 0 Powder made by grinding wheat. Necessary to make dough so it is used in a variety of dishes. Chocolate: 130G HP 0, RP 40, FX 0 A sweet and brown candy that every one can't resist eating. Wine: 1000G HP 0, RP 150, FX 90 sec. Guts Adults say this drink is mild and makes you feel euphoric. Whatever that means… Cooking Oil: 130G HP 5, RP 0, FX 0 Lv. 10: 364G (found in Dungeon) A must have ingredient for stir fries. It is used to prevent charring and to give a deeper flavour. Curry Powder: 130G HP 5, RP 0; FX Time: 0 sec This is used to make curry. It is made from various spices. Garlic: 130G HP 9, RP 0; FX Time: 0 sec A food that has a powerful flavour to it. You can attack people with your breath after eating it. Dried Fish: 60G HP 5, RP 45, FX 120 sec. Defence +14, Magic +10 Preserved fish. It tastes even better when roasted. N.B. Erik makes Dried Fish and sells it in his shop in Winter. If you give him any Fish you have caught, he will make Dried Fish for you and give it to you on the following day. Nature's Bounty The fundamental basis of any Harvest Moon game is the need to exist in harmony with the land. In Rune Factory, this philosophy is embodied in the 'Runey's and the rules for Runey Distribution. In the second week of Spring, when Cinnamon and Candy can be brought to Trampoli, you will have the opportunity to obtain the 'Harvester' and a 'Fishing Pole' from them, two tools that allow you to obtain the gifts of Nature. The Harvester is a multi-purpose tool in Rune Factory Frontier. Its unique use is that of harvesting Runeys from the environment. You can see Runeys with the naked eye as floating translucent creatures of various hues that hover above the land. There are four different types of Runeys: Grass, Tree, Rock and Water. Another section of this guide deals with the Runeys and their characteristics in detail. A Harvester is used to obtain all Ranch products from tame Monsters as well. Instead of using a Milker, Clipper and Harvest Basket in Rune Factory

Frontier, all you need is the multi-purpose Harvester. Items from the Wilds From the very first day of gameplay, you will have collected wild items from your own Field. All items can be shipped. Even Weeds have a shipping value of 10G each, although Rosetta will be rather disparaging about any Weed shipments. At the start of the game, however, you should not allow false pride to dictate your actions and shipping one weed will give you enough money to purchase a bag of Turnip Seeds! Three Weeds shipped give the cost of one bag of Grass/Fodder Seeds. Bamboo Shoots are the most valuable item that is found in the Wilds, and once Candy arrives, she will prove her ability to create miracles by causing a 'Bamboo Day' Miracle for you. The next morning, you will find more Bamboo Shoots on your field than usual. Each will be crowned with a little glowing red spark to indicate their connection with the 'Miracle'. As soon as you can afford to store Wild Grasses instead of shipping them, do so, as they are necessary ingredients in many Recipes in the Laboratory. Bamboo Shoots can be eaten raw, but are best used to make Cooked Dishes. Fruit Trees: If you are a natural adventurer and explorer, you will have explored the Mountains before you ever have the tools to take advantage of their riches, but if not, make certain that you make a trip to the Mountains as soon as you obtain a Hammer from Melody. You can obtain the Hammer on the first day of gameplay simply by going to the Spring Source in the Cave Depths of Whale Island. This will trigger the Event with Melody, who will give you a Hammer. There are Fruit Trees in the Mountains and in the Orchard of Plenty at Lake Poli. You will not be able to harvest any Fruit, however, unless you have a Hammer. Hit a Fruit Tree bearing ripe fruit once with your Hammer to cause fruit to fall to the ground. Cherries are available in Spring both from the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Path and in the Orchard of Plenty on the shore of Lake Poli. The book about 'Cornucopia Trees' in the Library gives you the information you need to harvest fruit if you did not discover the method by yourself. Stella will mention both the Trees and the method by which fruit is obtained, even though she will name the trees in the Orchard of Plenty as the 'Cornucopia Trees', and not speak at all of those on the Mountain Road. Stella: The other day, the 'Cornucopia Trees' at the lake bore fruit. It tasted really good. Freyr: Oh, really? That sounds great. Stella: Anybody in the village is allowed to take some so you should go try it out. But don't take too many. Freyr: Haha… I know. So where are these 'Cornucopia Trees'? Stella: The 'Cornucopia Trees' are east of the lake so you have to go by boat. Hit a tree with a hammer and fruit will fall. Freyr: I see. Thank you. I'll go check it out later. Stella: Yes. You go do that. This dialogue will occur even if you have discovered the secret of the Trees previously. They bear the fruit that is associated with the season. In Spring, they bear Cherries. In Summer, you will be able to harvest Oranges and in Autumn, you will find Chestnuts on the same trees. In Winter, the Cornucopia Trees produce the sole Winter 'Crop' in the form of Apples.

Fishing As always, the Fish you will be able to catch depend partly on the Fishing Location but in Rune Factory Frontier, there appears to be far more 'roaming' where varieties of Fish are concerned. Your results will depend partly on your own Skill Levels and the quality of your Fishing Rod as well. Fishing is as interactive as cooking and forging in Rune Factory Frontier. When you cast your line, you will see a gauge similar to the Cooking/Forging gauge, except that in the case of fishing, success is entirely on the right side of the gauge rather than being located in the centre between two 'failure' margins. Tip: The first 'bite' or 'nibble' of any fish tends to send the gauge entirely to the right, almost to the 'perfect' end but the second pull will be minimal and if you respond to it, the fish most likely will escape. Wait until the third 'pull' of the line at least and reel in the fish when the gauge is moving all the way towards the right. Whenever you catch a fish 'perfectly', it will be a better fish than otherwise would have been caught in the same attempt. As always in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, it is worth the effort to cast your Fishing Rod into unlikely locations in order to find rare Fish. In Rune Factory Frontier, you may wish to explore the small watering holes and ponds in Dungeons near the entry to the chamber in which the Boss Monster dwells. In the Green Ruins, you can find Lover Snapper, Taimen and Dye Trout, among other Fish, next to the chamber of the Giant Clucky. In the Lava Ruins, in the lovely Pool in front of the chamber where you can find the Giant Fire Slime and his Minions, you will be able to catch Lobster, Dye Trout, Fall Fish and Lamp Squid, among other Fish. Even on the 5th Floor of the Snow Ruins, you can find the elusive Sunsquid as well as Lobster and Fall Fish. Use the circle Portals of light that appears in each dungeon after confronting any Boss for quick access to the best fishing locations. Drying Racks for Fish At the beach, you will find Drying Racks to create Dried Fish. Any sort of Fish can be used to create Dried Fish but you must give the Fish to Erik on a Winter morning between 9.00 a.m. and noon in order to obtain this item. He will take the Fish from you and give you 'Dried Fish' the next day. Only one Fish can be given to him each day for this purpose and only during the Winter season. Dried Fish: Level 4: 96G HP 5, RP 120, FX 210 sec. Defence +14, Magic +10 Preserved fish. It tastes even better when roasted. During the Winter, Erik sells both Apples and Dried Fish at his Supplies Shop: Dried Fish: 120G HP 5, RP 45, FX 120 sec. Defence +14, Magic +10 Apple: 300G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 Fish List

Black Fish: 60G A saltwater fish that's in season during winter. Since they fight hard, it is popular among anglers. Blowfish: (Lv. 5: 1080G) A fish famous for its price. Most of it is poisonous, so it should be handled with care. N.B. Note how valuable the Blowfish is in of shipping value. By making it into Fugu Sashimi, you increase its shipping value even more. Level 5 Fugu Sashimi ships for 1224G. Bonito: 240G (Lv.4) A fish in season in autumn. For some reason, you want to call out its name when you catch it. N.B. I was able to catch a Bonito from the pier as early as the first week in Summer. Carp: 65G It grows quickly and has a long lifespan. Since it eats plankton, good luck catching it with a bait. Char: 77G (Level 3) A very popular fish to catch. It has a tendency to live in Cold water. Chub: 42G (Level 2) 48G (Level 4) It has a dark stripe on its side. During spawning season, it gets 3 stripes. Dye Trout: 216G (Level 4) A mid-sized fished that lives in rivers. Males hava a rainbow glint during spawning season. Fall Fish: 880G (Level 4) A fish that thinks it's a leaf. It also swims in a unique way, like a falling leaf. Flounder: 280G (Lv. 3) A strange fish that has its eyes bunched up on its left side. It should partner up with a flounder! Lamp Squid: 640G (Level 4) A squid shaped like a lamp. There is a legend of these squids guiding a lost ship to safety. Lobster: 600G (Level 6) A large walking crustacean. It has a fierce temperament so some people call it kamikaze Lob. Lover Snapper: 900G (Level 5) It has a really cute pink colour. FABULOUS! Mackerel: 98G (Lv. 3) It loses its freshness quickly. You know what they say: HOLY MACKEREL! Needlefish: 49G (Level 5) Small, thin and swims near the ocean surface. Has a bluish green back and a silvery white belly. Pale Carp: 80G A fish with a unique way ot spawning as males are very rare. Lives in calm waters. Pike: 40G (Lv. 6) Its name is rooted in how it looks like a weapon. But you can't equip it. It's a fish after all.

Pond Smelt: 112G (Lv. 10) Small and thin but quick to adapt. People usually dig hole on top of ice to fish it. Catch this at Lake Poli in Winter. Red Salmon: 18G (Level 2) A small freshwater fish. They are bountiful in waters everywhere so they can be found with ease. Salmon: (Lv. 4: 192G) It spends most of its life in the ocean but swims upstream to spawn. N.B. Caught one from the ocean pier in Summer. Sardine: 63G (Lv.3) An easily caught fish that moves about in schools. Seeing them swim in unison can be quite the sight. Shrimp: 180G (Level 5) 23 cm A crustacean with a hard, red exoskeleton and 13 pairs of legs. Snapper: 630G (Lv. 3) It is said to be auspicious and is eaten during celebrations. Squid: 35G A nocturnal mollusk. It glides through the sea with its 10 feet. A very strange creature indeed. Sunsquid: 1500G (Lv.6) A squid that swam all the way here from the tropics. It's a squid, but it's tanned! Taimen: 224G (Level 4) A relative of the salmon and one of the largest freshwater fish. Also very rare. Trout: 50G A regular fish all anglers catch. It lives in rivers but sometimes goes to the ocean. Tuna: Turbot: 150G (Lv. 5) A strange fish that has its eyes bunched on its right side. A bit more tame than the olive flounder. Yellowtail: 250G It's big and fat so it takes a lot of strength to catch. But don't get a hernia from trying too hard. Shops and Businesses of Trampoli Although most shops will be found in the designated Business District of the village, there are merchants and artisans outside this area who provide essential goods and services as well. There are merchants and artisans who provide services while 'roaming' through the village. Candy, for example, will be found in various locations but you may be able to order Rune Stones and other Rune Wonders from her wherever you find her, depending on the time of day. Kross will be found usually outside his house but there are times, particularly between 11.00 a.m. and noon, when he will be on his roof, unavailable for . At noon, however, he will return to his fields where you can order expansions from him.

Note that Rosetta collects your shipping at 5.30 p.m. If you wish to gain the benefit of the income earned on that same day, go immediately to the merchant or shop where you wish to spend your newly acquired income before 6.00 p.m. Kross is one of those who will take orders after 5.30 p.m., allowing you to make an expansion on the same day on which you earned the necessary amount of money. Changes will occur to some of the businesses in Trampoli as you raise the Heart Levels of various characters or proceed in the story. Danny's Grocery will shut and he will go to work for Rosetta at the Materia Shop. The items that appear on the shelves of merchants will change according to season and plot progress. The main shops and businesses in Rune Factory Frontier are: Danny's Grocery Danny's Grocery is located in the Business District of Trampoli, to the right of the Forge. Danny is a rather careless shopkeeper who has little enthusiasm for sales. He therefore stocks few items at the start of the game. The items he sells are: GOODS: Turnip Seed: 10G Cooking Oil: 260G HP 5 RP 0 Cheap Band: 500G ATK 1 (+1); DEF (+6); MAG 6 (+6) Pendant: 550G ATK 0; DEF 8; MAG 7 Note that Danny's Grocery will shut and Rosetta will hire him to work for her. The Damascus Forge Ganesha is the half-elven blacksmith at the game, she sells a few basic weapons Broadsword: 500G ATK 5 (+5); SP ATK 0; RP USE: 9 REQ SKL 3 Two-handed Sword: 800G ATK 7 (+7); SP ATK 0; RP USE 13 REQ SKL 5 Spear: 500G ATK 13 (+13); SP ATK 0; RP USE 16 REQ SKL 7 Fire Crystal: 2500G A crystal with condensed fire magic. Water Crystal: 2500G A crystal with condensed water magic. Earth crystal: 2500G A crystal with condensed earth magic. Wind Crystal: 2500G A crystal with condensed wind magic. cause a tornado.

the Damascus Forge. and Items:

At the start of

Makes a great hand warmer in winter. It's always wet.

Dripping wet.

Because of that, it's very hard. If you drop and break it, you might

Additional Weapons The first new items to appear will be: Battle Hammer: 500G ATK 17, REQ SKL 8, SP ATK 0, RP Use 13, FX Stun Attack 20% A hammer made for battle. Powerful enough to stun your enemies. Battle Axe: 500G ATK 19, REQ SKL 9, SP ATK 0 RP Use 13 An axe made for battle. You can cleave through anything with this. Fire Crystal, Lv 3: 3500G Water Crystal, Lv. 3: 3500G Earth Crystal, Lv. 3: 3500G Wind Crystal, Lv. 3: 3500G In Autumn, she added: Scimitar: 900G ATK 9, REQ SKL: 10, SP ATK 1, RP Use 6 Katana: 800G ATK 15, REQ SKL: 16, SP ATK 0, RP Use 9, FX Paralysis Defence Fire Crystal, Lv. 5: 4500G Water Crystal, Lv. 5: 4500G Earth Crystal, Lv. 5: 4500G Wind Crystal, Lv. 5: 4500G N.B. I do not know if this is a seasonal change or is based on the fact that I unlocked the Snow Ruins. Sunshine Inn The Sunshine Inn is run by Turner and is the place where visitors to Trampoli, such as Uzuki, will stay. Turner can be found behind the counter there during the day. On rainy days, Mist may sit in the foyer near him, although she usually can be found at your house in the afternoon on any rainy day. Rita, Turner's wife and his daughter Eunice can be found upstairs at certain hours during the day. At night, Rita runs the Snowstyle Tavern, to the left of the Inn in the same building. Her husband then will be found there drinking copiously. Often you can find other older residents, including Ganesha, Stella and Kanno, in the Tavern at night. The

Snowstyle Tavern

The Tavern serves food and beverages at night. Rita presides behind the bar and her menu is as follows: Tavern Menu Orange Juice: 450G HP 0 RP 75; FX Time: 90 sec. Attack +25, Defence +20 Rice Ball: 400G HP 45 RP 75; FX Time: 120 sec. Max HP +45 Pickled Turnip: 580G HP 10, RP 75; FX Time: 120 sec. Defence +20, Stun Attack 30% Grilled Pike: 150G HP 7, RP 47; FX Time: 120 sec , Defence +17, Wind Attack +10 Squid Sashimi: 150G HP 7, RP 52; FX Time: 120 sec, Attack +13, Magic +10

Rice: 260G HP 8, RP 0; FX Time: 0 sec Flour: 260G HP 5, RP 0; FX Time: 0 sec Wine: 2000G HP 0, RP 150; FX Time: 90 sec, Guts Chocolate: 260G HP 0, RP 40; FX Time: 0 sec Curry Powder: 260G HP 5, RP 0; FX Time: 0 sec Cooking Oil: 260G HP 5, RP 0; Fx Time: 0 sec Garlic: 260G HP 9, RP 0; FX Time: 0 sec Milk: 120G HP 7, RP 0; FX time: 0 sec Eggs: 200G HP 6, RP 0; FX Time: 0 sec Honey: 220G HP 7, RP 0; FX Time: 0 sec Seasonal Changes: Rita always sells the Fruit from the preceding season. In Spring: Apple: 300G HP 0, RP 60; FX Time: 0 sec. In Summer: Cherry: 300G In Autumn: Orange: 300G In Winter: Chestnut: 300G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 Erik's Farm Supplies Erik's Farm is west of your own farm, in the southwestern area of the Map. It is Erik, rather than Danny, who sells all the basic seeds that you will need to become a successful farmer. He offers the following selection: SUPPLIES: Feed: 300G Becomes food for monsters. Mowing the pasture will turn it into fodder. Fodder Seed: 30G Grows in any season except Winter. First harvest in 5 days, then 2. Cut with sickle to use as feed. Wooly Hair: 180G They can be turned into a ball of yarn. As its name suggests, it's very wooly. Spring Crop Seeds: Turnip Seed: 10G Spring crop. Harvest in 4 days. The easiest crop to grow. Potato Seeds: 590G? Spring crop. Harvest in 7 days. One of the easier crops to grow. Cucumber Seed: 680G Spring crop. Harvest in 10 days. Requires some care to grow. Can be re-harvested every 6 days. Cabbage Seed: 1020G

Spring crop. Harvest in 8 days. One of the easier crops to grow. Strawberry Seed: 200G Spring crop. Harvest in 8 days. One of the easier crops to grow. Can be re-harvested every 2 days. Summer Crop Seeds: Onion Seed: 660G Summer crop. Harvest in 8 days. One of the easier crops to grow. Tomato Seed: 420G Summer crop. Harvest in 10 days. Requires some care to grow. Can be re-harvested every 4 days. Corn Seed: 300G Summer crop. Harvest in 14 days. Requires some care to grow. Can be re-harvested every 3 days. Pumpkin Seed: 1125G Summer crop. Harvest in 12 days. Requires some care to grow. Pineapple Seed: 800G Summer crop. Harvest in 18 days. Takes patience to grow. Can be re-harbvested in 7 days. Autumn Crop Seeds Bell Pepper Seed: 400G Autumn crop. Harvest in 9 days. Requires some care to grow. Can be re-harvested in 4 days. Spinach Seed; 390G Autumn crop. Harvest in 5 days. One of the easier crops to grow. Eggplant Seed: 560G Autumn crop. Harvest in 9 days. One of the easier crops to grow. Can be re-harvested in 5 days. Yam Seed: 280G Autumn crop. Harvest in 6 days. One of the eaiser crops to grow. Can be re-harvested in 3 days. Carrot Seed: 810G Autumn crop. Harvest in 9 days. One of the easier crops to grow. Apart from the Seeds and Wool, sold throughout the year, Erik sells two seasonal Crops per season. In effect, this means that only the items offered on the top shelf in his 'shop' will change from season to season, although the first three in the form of Feed, Fodder Seed and Wool remain constant. In the Spring, you will find: Cabbage: 1360G HP 11, RP 0 FX 0 A nice vegetable that puts your stomach in order. Large in size and in heart like a brother. Cherry: 300G HP 0, RP 60 It has two red fruits: 'Cher' on the left and 'Ry' on the right. Together, you get 'Cherry'. In the Summer, he will sell: Pumpkin: 1500G HP 12, RP 0, FX 0 A trademark shape and colour. Empty out the inside and wear it on your head to be Pumpkin Man! Orange: 300G HP 0 RP 60, FX 0 A fruit that's both sweet and sour. Eat too much of it and your skin will

turn orange. In Autumn, you will find: Carrot: 1080G HP 10, RP 0, FX 0 It's bright orange colour motivates many to run when it hung from a string in front of them. How odd. Chestnut: 300G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 One of the flavours of autumn. Spiky on the outside but sweet inside, like some one we know. During the Winter, Erik sells both Apples and Dried Fish at his Supplies Shop: Dried Fish: 120G HP 5, RP 45, FX 120 sec. Defence +14, Magic +10 Apple: 300G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 As Dried Fish is Erik's Most Favourite Gift, you simply can buy one from him, then gift it to him in order to raise his Friendship Level. Laga Springs The 'Laga Springs' is the Bathhouse in Trampoli. Melody, with her experience in Kardia, has expanded her operation to Trampoli. The Bathhouse will not open until you have explored the 2nd Floor of the Cave on Whale Island to experience the initial Event with Melody. By smashing the large boulder there with the Hammer she provides for you, a Hot Spring is made accessible for a Bathhouse in the village. You can experience this Event as early as 2 Spring on the first day of the game. She will tell you that the name she has given to the Whale Spirit is 'Laga' and that the Bathhouse therefore is named in its honour. The Bathhouse is open for baths from 3.00 in the afternoon until midnight. The cost of a bath is only 10G. There is a limit as usual in Rune Factory of one bath per day. When you go into the men's side for your first bath, you will encounter Nolan. Speak to him to obtain Tomato Juice as a gift. You will find different male characters in the men's side of the Bathhouse depending on the time of day. Nolen is there in the afternoon and early evening. Near closing time, you will find both Erik and Danny there. The Clinic The Clinic is situated to the left of the Church in the same building complex. Lara from Kardia presides there as nurse. Here you can buy both Medicines and Soil Care products similar if not identical to those sold in other Rune Factory games. She also will cure status ailments if you are afflicted. Your options: I came to talk. I don't feel very good. I came to shop.

Nothing. Medicines: Antidote Herb: 140G HP 15 0 RP; FX: Poison Recovery Para-gone: 80G HP 10, RP 0, FX: Paralysis Recovery Energy Drink: 260G HP 35, RP 0 Cold Medicine: 80G HP 10, RP 0; FX: Cold Recovery Soil Care: Neutraliser: 80G Used to clean up poisonous swamp. Great for the land, but useless if you yourself are poisoned. Formula A: 80G From seed to leaf to frut. This will speed up the process 1 day. Works only after you go to sleep. Greenifier: 9200G Makes your crops grow faster. Only good for once a harvest and you'll need seed, too, of course. Lara will sell a few wild herbs as well in the summer season: Medicinal Herb: 20G HP 4, RP 0, FX 0 Yellow Grass: 20G HP 1, RP 0, FX 0 Orange Grass: 20G HP 1, RP 0, FX 0 All of these are readily available in the Caves/Dungeons so you should not be obliged to buy any of these items that are found in the wilds. Yellow and Orange Grasses traditionally are Spring plants so you may find more of them in the Green Ruins than in the Lava Ruins, for example. As Lara's Heart levels increase, she first will add more Wild Grasses to the menu and then add Flowers: Purple Grass: 20G Blue Grass: 20G Red Grass: 20G Green Grass: 20G Moondrop Flower: 434G Toy Herb: 1800G Pink Cat: 1040G Charm Blue: 1420G To the Farm Aids, she will add: Formula B: Formula C: 960G From seed to leave* to fruit. This will speed up the process 3 days. Works only after you go to sleep. *XSeed typo! Kross' Building Expansions Kross is in charge of all building projects. It is he who will perform all House expansions, from kitchen, forge and pharmacy expansions to the 2nd floor expansion needed to be able to marry. He conducts the actual expansions but it is Lute who sells the Kitchen, Forge, Lab and Big Bed.

You need to be able to speak to Kross personally to order any expansions. Although he can be found outside his house usually during the day, and indeed, you can order an expansion as late as 5.40 p.m. after obtaining your income from shipping for the day from Rosetta, you may find him inaccessible on his roof between 11.00 a.m. and noon. If he is up on the roof, however, he usually will descend at noon to resume work in his field. Expansion Menu: To obtain access to the Expansion Menu, choose: 'I want to expand my house.' Kross: … Let's hear it. What do you want to build? Your choices now: I want to build a kitchen. I want to build a laboratory. I want to build a forge. I want to build a barn. I want a bedroom. Never mind. Costs of each expansion are as follows: Kitchen Expansion: 120 Lumber and 10000G. Styles: Bulging Kitchen Area, Ba-Bump Kitchen Area, Pointy Kitchen Area Laboratory Expansion: 180 Lumber and 15000G. Styles: Apothecary Lab Area, Alchemy Lab Area, Magic Lab Area Forge Expansion: 240 Lumber and 20000G. Styles: Cozy Forge, Cool Forge, Creepy Forge Barn: 10 Lumber and 1000G. Bedroom Expansion: 900 Lumber and 75000G. When you have an existing Monster Barn, you can order an expansion for it for the following price: Monster Barn Expansion: 300 Lumber and 18000G. If you wish to order a second Barn expansion, the cost will be: Monster Barn 2nd Expansion: 800 Lumber and 50000G. Monster Barn Expansion The first Monster Barn Expansion costs 18000G and requires 300 Lumber. As with any of Kross' expansion projects, it will be completed as you wait. When you return to your Monster Barn, you will find that two new chambers have been added, each of which houses 10 more Monsters. Unlike Rune Factory 2, where each expansion created another floor deeper into the ground, the first expansion of the Monster Barn actually expands the size of the building, creating three chambers that are side by side, each of which can be accessed directly from the foyer. You now can house a total of 30 Monsters, including any Eggs that are incubating. If you wish to order a 2nd Monster Barn expansion, the cost will be 50000G and 800 Lumber. Changes to existing Expansions If, after ordering a Kitchen, Forge or Laboratory expansion from Kross, you wish to change the style, you can do so by ordering the expansion again in a different style. The result will be no larger but will change the cosmetic appearance of your house. Rune Archives Bookshop

Once Selphy arrives, she will live and work at the Rune Archives and will sell books about forging and other topics, much like the books sold in the original Rune Factory. Let's Make Weapons: 1000G A beginner's guide on how to make 1-handed swords, 2-handed sword, spears, axes and hammers. Make a Magic Cane: 2000G A guide to making staffs. You can make magic staffs, but you can't use magic to make them. Jewelry Workshop: 1000G A beginner's guide on making head, neck and arm accessories. Time to get trendy. Lab Book: 500G A book of medicinal recipes. It's a sizable tome that goes into even the most minute details. Chef's Road: 2000G Recipe books with lots of info on sushi and many other dishes. Mainly for advanced cooks. Fly! Frying Pan! 1: 500G Beginner's recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. It's Hot: 500G Newbie's guide to hot pot dishes. It even shows you the trick to how much heat you should use. Fine Dining: 500G Beginner's Guide to baking. A single successful dish can change your outlook on life! Skilled Steaming: 500G A beginner's guide to steamed cuisine. Blender Mastery: 500G Beginner guide on using the mixer. Note that your first cookbook is given to you by Rita in your first introduction. Selphy's Advanced Collection The next level of instruction manual in any subject does not appear automatically when you purchase the preceding level of Manual. Even after buying every book on the shelf, you may be forced to wait a few weeks before a new selection appears. When the new selection does appear, however, it should include all or most of the following: Forge 1-Handed Swords: 10000G An advanced guide on how to make 1-handed swords. Make 2-Handed Swords: 10000G Guide for making 2-handed swords. For the intermediate blacksmith. Spear Studio: 10,000G An advanced guide book for making spears. It says it was written by a famous blacksmith on the cover. Hammer Lab: 8000G An advanced guide book on hammers. It gives you some tips and trips on

Axe Fan Weekly: 8000G A guide that shows you how to make various axes. This is the only (book of its kind) Farm Master: 12000G Advanced guide on making farming tools. It seems the author was perfectionist when writing this. Head Coordination: 5000G An advanced guide on making accessories for the head. Pretty heady stuff. Neck Accentuation: 5000G An advanced guide to making neck accessories. Why not just say necklaces…? Stylish Wear: 5000G Advanced guide for making accessories that all the cool kids are talking about. At your Fingertips: 5000G An advanced guide for making accessories for your arms and hands. Ultimate Lab Book: 5000G A book of medicinal recipes. It's a difficult book that has a lot of specific medical terminology. Gourmet Cooking: 5000G An advanced recipe book for exotic dishes. Most of the recipes are for light meals. Fly! Frying Pan 2: 2500G Intermediate recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. Cont'd: It's Hot!: 2500G Intermediate guide to hot pot dishes. It introduces many more cooking methods and ingredients. More Fine Dining: 2500G Intermediate guide to baking. Your cooking can improve your position in the household! Expert Steaming: 5000G An advanced guide to steamed cuisine. True Blender Mastery: 5000G Advanced guide on using the mixer. N.B. 'Axe Fan Weekly' is mentioned in Rune Factory 2 in connection with ratings of specific Axes but you only will have a chance to access the book in Rune Factory Frontier. Final Advance Volumes The following are the last set of Cooking volumes to appear: Fly! Frying Pan! 3: 5000G Advanced recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. Final: It's Hot!: 5000G Advanced guide to hot pot dishes. This book will make you a hot pot cooking master! Super Fine Dining: 5000G Advanced guide to baking. Use your cooking skills for good and change the world for the better! Selphy's Tuesday 'Bargains' Selphy's hours behind the desk selling books will vary from day to day. Mondays you may find her selling books at 9.00 a.m. but on Tuesday, you

On

usually will find her at the counter at noon. Here, she will make an announcement as follows: Selphy: Every Tuesday I will have a clearance on the stock! But, it's still not going to be that cheap… You will not find the 'advanced' selection available on other days. On Tuesday, when she makes this announcement, you will find two new books in addition to the original 'Beginner's Manuals' that you probably purchased long ago. Happy Toys: 30000G A book with instructions for accessories meant to be presents! Isn't that just awesome? Beach Style!: 10000G A book of swimsuit patterns that boys are too embarrassed to buy at stores. Lute the Traveling Merchant Lute is a painter and traveling merchant who appears in the Square only on Holidays. On any ordinary Holiday, he will be found after 9.00 a.m. in the Public Square. Before 9.00 a.m., you may find him outside Bianca's Mansion and he will offer to sell his goods there as well. On any Festival Day Holiday, he will be found instead in front of the Church where you will be able to purchase his items in most cases. His initial menu is as follows: I'd like some furniture. I'd like facilities for my house. I'd like some cooking tools. I'd like a maker. I'm all right for now. Note that larger items will be offered when you purchase the 'Handy' or smaller version of any item. You will not be able to buy any of the 'Great' items until you have expanded your House, however. Furthermore, although more Utensils will become available as you purchase the Handy version, you will not be able to purchase them until you have a Large Kitchen. Furniture: Relaxation Curtain: 10,000G Large Table: 10,000G Mini Fridge: 5,000G Summer Ocean (Painting): 5000G When you have purchased a Handy Kitchen, the following will be added: Full-sized Bed: 20,000G Other items added as you make expansions and purchases: Relaxation Curtain: 10,000G Large Box: 10,000G Giant Fridge: 10,000G Summer Ocean (Painting): 5000G When you have purchased the 'Relaxation Curtain': Smart Curtain: 10,000G When you have purchased the 'Smart Curtain': Elegant Curtain: 10,000G You must purchase the Curtains in order if you wish to be offered the next style. Note that you need to purchase his Paintings in order to encourage him

ultimately to paint a special masterpiece which he will give to you. Buy each of the Paintings he offers and raise his Friendship Level in order to experience this special Event. Facilities: Handy Kitchen: 800G Handy Forge: 2000G Handy Laboratory: 1000G Forge Storage: 10000G Lab Storage: 10000G Other items added as you make purchases and expansions: Great Kitchen: 2000G Great Forge: 8000G Great Laboratory: 2500G Forge Storage: 10.000G Lab Storage: 10000G Note that all the above require House expansions. The third level of Kitchen, Forge and Laboratory is as follows and requires no further House expansion: Chef's Kitchen: 8000G Maestro Forge: 28000G Cooking Tools: Handy Frying Pan: 400G Handy Pot: 400G Handy Steamer: 400G Handy Mixer: 400G Handy Oven: 400G The 'Handy' Utensils allow you to cook Dishes that require a maximum of 2 ingredients. As soon as you purchase a 'Handy' Utensil, the 'Great' Utensil will appear in Lute's Menu. If Kross has not built the Kitchen extension, however, you will be unable to purchase any 'Great' items. 'Great' Utensils allow you to cook Dishes that require a maximum of 4 ingredients. Other items added as you make purchases and expansions: Great Frying Pan: 1000G Great Steamer: 1000G Great Oven: 1000G Great Pot: 1000G Great Mixer: 1000G When you have purchased the 'Great' variety of any Utensil, you may find the next level of Cooking Utensil will appear in the Menu. You will not be able to purchase it, however, with only the initial your Kitchen in the form of a 'Great Kitchen'. You must buy the Chef's Kitchen for 8000G first. For example, after purchasing the Great Frying Pan, the next upgrade appeared as: Legendary Frying Pan: 2400G When I attempted to purchase it, however, Lute declared: Freyr, it's gotta be a brand spankin' new kitchen. The 'spankin' new kitchen' is the Chef's Kitchen, which when purchased without any other third level Utensils, will allow you to prepare 'No Tools/No Utensils' Dishes with a maximum of 6 ingredients. Each of the actual Utensils in the next level have a different adjective, unlike the first and second levels which are described as 'Handy' and 'Great'

respectively. The third level of Utensils cost 2400G each and are as follows: Legendary Frying Pan: 2400G Super Pot: 2400G Mystical Blender: 2400G Master Steamer: 2400G Royal Oven: 2400G This is the final upgrade, allowing you to prepare dishes that use a maximum of 6 ingredients each. As previously stated, in order to be able to purchase ANY of these, you first must purchase the Chef's Kitchen for 8000G. Note that Cooking Utensils may be somewhat based on week as well, as the 'Handy Oven' was not available in the Menu on the 2nd Holiday in Summer even though I had purchased all other 'Handy' Utensils and had the first Kitchen Upgrade. Makers: Seed Maker: 5000G Yogurt Maker: 2000G Yarn Maker: 2000G Cheese Maker: 1000G Yarn Maker: 5000G Whenever you purchase any Maker, Lute will give you instructions as to its use: For example, when you purchase the Yarn Maker: The Yarn Maker is a tool used to make Yarn from Wool. Place some Wool into the Yarn maker by pressing the A Button. This should be obvious, but it only takes Wool. Make good use of it. In Rune Factory Frontier, all Makers are placed in your own House. You will find them in the centre of the northern wall on the mantelpiece there. Relaxation Curtain The Relaxation Curtain sold by Lute is nothing more than a set of curtains for your windows. Candy's Rune Work Provided all conditions are met, you should have access to Candy's Menu in the 2nd Week of Spring. You need not be inside the Clock Tower to order Rune Stones and Miracles from Candy. If you cannot find her, an order can be left in the form of a note on the 2nd Floor of the Clock Tower near the Rune Distribution Chart. Any orders made using this method will be completed on the following day. If you speak to Candy personally either in the Clock Tower or somewhere on the map, you can obtain Rune Stones immediately rather than waiting a day. She tends to frequent both the Beach and the Pond next to Mist's house and often can be found there with Marco. When you speak to her, you will have the following options: How may I help you today?

I came to talk. I brought some Runeys. What's a Rune Wonder? Where can Runeys be found? Never mind. I brought you some Runeys. If you choose this option: Candy: You came to start a Rune Wonder? What do you want to wish for? Your choices now are: Create Rune Stone Fruit Day Wood Day Bamboo Day Grass Day Fish Day Sunny Week Rainy Week Friendship Day Quit

Okay!

Rune Stone: If you choose the option to create a Rune Stone: Candy: Rune stones can be used for smithery or opening locked doors in the ruins. To make Rune Stones, you need 10 Runeys corresponding to each stone. Which Rune Stone do you want to make? You options now: Make Water Rune Stone Make Rock Rune Stone Make Tree Rune Stone Make Grass Rune Stone Can I change my mind? Rune Wonders Each Rune Wonder has its own 'cost' in of Runeys that must be provided. Whenever you choose an option from Candy, the total for each type of Runey in your Rucksack will appear in the lower right corner of your screen. Runey 'Prices' for Rune Wonders Fruit Day: 3 Tree Runeys Wood Day: 6 Tree Runeys Bamboo Day: 3 Grass Runeys and 4 Rock Runeys Grass Day: 6 Grass Runeys and 4 Rock Runeys Fish Day: 6 Water Runeys Sunny Week: 1 Rock, 1 Tree and 1 Grass Runey Rainy Week: 12 Water Runeys Friendship Day (closer to Monsters): 2 Water, 2 Rock, 2 Tree and 2 Grass Runeys Weather Rune Wonders

You can wish for either a Sunny Week or a Rainy Week. The Sunny Week tends to overwrite any planned severe storms, where a Rainy Week will make them a little more likely. Furthermore, rain or snow creates an excess of Water Runeys throughout the Map. It therefore may not be worth your while to avoid watering crops by commanding a Rainy Week! There are a few Events that actually require Rain. For example, to complete Stella's Wish, you must have a rainy day and finding Stella's Scriptures ultimately requires rain as well. Friendship Day Rune Wonder This is a Rune Wonder that is of benefit when you have tamed a Monster but have not reached 1 Friendship with it, as this can boost Friendship Level to the point where you will be able to set the Monster a task or obtain product from it. Rosetta's Materia Store Although you will meet Rosetta on the first day, provided you are on your Field at 5.00 p.m., she will not open her shop in competition with Danny's Groceries until 15 Spring. You then will find the Materia Grocery Store to the left of Danny's Groceries, a new business that makes Danny extremely uneasy. It is Rosetta who sells all the Flower Seeds, including the rare, slowgrowing and valuable Flowers common to all Rune Factory games. She sells a couple of accessories as well, but you should be able to make them yourself by the time her business opens. The Neck Towel is a good Accessory at this stage if you need to buy one. You can make it yourself either if you have a tame Wooly or if you purchase Wool from Erik. Materials: Cheap Band: 500G ATK 1 DEF 6 MAG 6 Pendant: 550G ATK 0 DEF 8 MAG 7 Earring: 550G ATK 0 DEF 6 MAG 10 Head EQ Wappen: 500G Torso EQ ATK 0 DEF 4 MAG 5 Moondrop Seed: 460G Spring flower. Blooms in 4 days. The easiest flower to grow. Toy Herb Seed: 1900G Spring flower. Blooms in 15 days. Requires some care to grow. Emery Flower Seed: 26000G Spring flower. Takes 120 days to bloom, and thus can be sold for more than even gold. Cherry Grass Seed: 12000G Spring flower. Blooms in 60 days. A faintly pink beautiful flower. Some grow these professionally. Lamp Grass Seed: 19000G

Spring flower. Blooms in 90 days. Treasured for its medicinal uses. Blue Crystal Seed: 22000G Spring flower. Takes 100 days to bloom and mesmerizes all with its crystal blue petals. Pink Cat Seed: 1100G Summer flower. Blooms in 9 days. One of the easiest flowers to grow. Green Crystal Seed: 22000G Summer flower. Takes 100 days to bloom and mesmerizes all with its crystal green petals. Fireflower Seed: 19000G Summer flower. Blooms in 90 days. Its gunpowder0like seeds are considered lucky by pyros. Ironleaf Seed: 7000G Summer flower. Blooms in 40 days. Attracts iron and thrives in unusual places like mines. Clover Seed: 12000G Summer grass. Grows in 60 days. Considered to be a lucky charm since the days of old. Charm Blue Seed: 1500G Autumn flower. Blooms in 12 days. A fairly easy flower to grow. Red Crystal Seed: 22000G Autumn flower. Takes 100 days to bloom. Legends tell of this red beauty destroying nations. Pom-Pom Seed: 19000G Autumn flower. Blooms in 90 days. Blooms a cute wool-like flower. Noel Grass Seed: 7000G Autumn flower. Blooms in 40 days. A must-have flower fo the Night of Holies. In Spring, she will sell one other item: Neck Towel: 850G Neck EQ ATK 0 DEF 10, MAG 5 In Summer, a new Accessory is offered instead: Pumpkin Head: 4050G ATK 0, DEF 25, MAG 35 A costume for a certain festival. You have to eat everything inside before using it. As you can see, the Pumpkin Head offers more Defensive protection than any other Headgear available if you have only a small Forge area. In Autumn, she will offer the Silver Ring instead of the Pumpkin Head: Silver Ring: 800G Arms EQ. ATK 10, DEF 20, MAG 30 A popular ring with a simple design. It's very affordable. In Winter, the following item will take the place of the Silver Ring: Leather Belt: 500G ATK 1, DEF 5, MAG 1, FX Max HP +15 Note that Danny's Grocery will shut and Danny will be hired by Rosetta to work for her at the Materia Shop. The Nature of War Trophies In Rune Factory Frontier, you often will be able to obtain the same item using

one of three different methods. The primary methods by which items are obtained are by defeating Monsters, by smashing Rocks in Dungeons, by opening Treasure Chests or by smashing Crates. Ores are obtained primarily by smashing Rocks with a Hammer in any dungeon but Ores can be dropped by Monsters as War Trophies, or found either in a Treasure Chest or a Crate. The same is true with respect to all Elemental Crystals. You can find them inside Rocks you have smashed, Treasure Chests you have opened or a defeated Monster may drop one. This makes Rune Factory Frontier rather different from previous games. Furthermore, War Trophies are not as monster-specific as in other games. The following is a list of all War Trophies with every Monster type who may 'drop it. The chance of the Monster dropping it is given in brackets after the Monster's name. As previously explained, you may be able to obtain the same item as a War Trophy from a number of different monsters. Comprehensive List of War Trophies and Monsters Here is a Quick List of all items that can be obtained in Dungeons. Amethyst: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Aquamarine: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Bird Feather: Blackbird (25%), Clucky (20%), Cone (10%), Duck (20%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Unico (10%), Weagle (25%) Black Grass: Fields; Crates; Dark Slime (1%), Slime (1%) Bright Tentacle: Giant Squid (100%) Cheap Cloth: Fairy (15%), Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hardes (15%), High Orc (10%), Hobgoblin (15%), Little Mage (15%), Necro (10%) Copper: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (15%) Demon Blood: Arch Demon (10%), Demon (10%) Diamond: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (5%), Monster Box (6%) Earth Crystal: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Little Emperor (5%), Mini Golem (5%), Slime (1%) Egg (Ranch Product): Clucky, Duck Emerald: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Fair Hide: Death Stalker (10%), Hercules (5%), Hornet Queen (10%), Samurai (15%), Unico (10%) Fairy Dust: Fairy (10%), Hardes (10%) Fire Crystal: Crates, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Ignis (5%), Slime (1%) Fish Fossil: Sealy (10%), Sky Fish (10%) Giant Cockscomb: Giant Clucky (100%) Glittering Edge: Faust (10%), Mantict (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Samurai (10%) Glue: Crates; Orc Archer (15%), Orc Hunter Hard Horn: Arch Demon (20%), Beetle (20%), Buffalo (15%), Buffamoo (15%), Buffazoo (15%), Cone (10%), Demon (10%), Fluffy (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Hercules (20%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Mage (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%)

Ice Snake Tongue: Ice Snake (100%) Insect Hide: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Scorpion (10%) Insect Jaw: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Hornet Queen (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Samurai (15%) Iron: Rocks in Dungeons, Mini Golem (15%) Knife Piece: Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hobgoblin (15%), Necro (10%) Magic Crystal: Glace (5%), Ignis (5%), Soul (5%) Magic Powder: Autumn (20%), Big Muck (10%), Fairy (15%), Glace (30%), Hardes (15%), Ignis (30%), Soul (30%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Magic Talon: Blood Panther (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Shadow Panther (10%) Monster Hide: Buffalo (25%), Buffamoo (25%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (15%), Fluffy (20%), Furpy (15%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Silver Wolf (10%), Wooly (20%) Mushroom: Wilds; Big Muck (20%), Tricky Muck (20%) Quality Cloth: Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Little Emperor (15%), Little Wizard (15%), Necro (10%) Quality Fur: Buffazoo (25%), Blood Panther (10%), Cone (10%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Mamoo (15%), Shadow Panther (10%) Red Core: Giant Lava Slime (100%) Relic: Giant Lava Slime (100%, but only in first encounter) Root: Crates; Autumn (20%) , Big Muck (10%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Ruby: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Sapphire: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Scrap Iron: Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (6%), Mini Golem (15%), Slime (6%) Sharp Fang: Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (10%), Furpy (15%), Gobble Box (45%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Mamoo (15%), Micro Dragon (20%), Mini Dragon (20%), Monster Box (67%), Sealy (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Sky Fish (10%), Tortas (10%) Sharp Talon: Blackbird (10%), Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (10%), Clucky (20%), Duck (10%), Furpy (10%), Hunter Wolf (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Scorpion (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Weagle (10%) Silver: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (10%) Solid Point: Arch Demon (20%), Demon (20%), Death Stalker (10%), Orc Archer (15%), Orc Hunter, Scorpion (10%) Teardrop: Cone (10%), Dark Slime (18%), Duck (10%), Elefun (10%), Fluffy (10%), Mamoo (10%), Slime (18%), Tortas (15%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Thick Stick: Faust (10%), High Orc (15%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Necro (10%) Thin Stick: Treasure Chests, Crates; Ghost (10%), Little Mage (10%), Orc Archer (10%) Toxin: Dark Slime (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Hornet (20%), Hornet Queen (20%), Scorpion (10%), Slime (10%)

Turtle Shell: Tortas (10%) Warrior Medal: Gigantes (10%), Goblin (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), High Orc (15%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%) Water Crystal: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Glace (5%), Sealy (5%), Sky Fish (5%), Slime (1%), Tortas (5%) Wet Scale: Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Sealy (15%), Sky Fish (15%) White Grass: Fields, Crates; Dark Slime (1%), Slime (1%) Wind Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Blackbird (5%), Dark Slime (1%), Little Wizard (5%), Slime (1%), Soul (5%), Weagle (5%) Ores, Gems and War Trophies The following is a list of all Ores, Gems and War Trophies from Monsters that can be obtained in Rune Factory Frontier. In some cases, a Crate or Treasure Chest may contain an item ordinarily classified as a 'War Trophy' dropped by a Monster. In Rune Factory Frontier, you will find that Monster of very different types may drop the same War Trophy on occasion. With each item is a list of the Monsters who may drop it with the percentage chance of this result. Ores Scrap Iron Scrap Iron: 10G Lv 1: 10G; Lv 4: 16G A shredded, rusted piece of metal. still kinda stuck with it.

Pretty useless, actually.

But you're

Iron Iron: 40G Lv 1: 40G; Lv 4: 64G; Level 5: 72G The fundamental material of metallurgy. It can be made into weapons or accessories. Iron: Rocks in Dungeons, Crates, Treasure Chests, Mini Golem (15%) Copper Copper: 60G Another fundamental material of metallurgy. Blacksmiths really love this stuff. Copper: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (15%) Silver Silver: 90G A silver-coloured mineral. Valuable because of its many different uses. Takes real skill to forge. Silver: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (10%) Gold Gold: 135G A shiny metal that has been used since ancient times.

Gold:

Rocks in Dungeons

Platinum Platinum: 360G (Level 5) It gives off a bright shine. Those who see Platinum are said to become obsessed with it. Platinum: Rocks in Dungeons You can find it randomly on the 2nd Floor of the Snow Ruins or lower. Little Crystal Little Crystal Little Crystal: 720G (Lv. 2) Crystallised material made from various substances and runes. Very rare and very fragile. Little Crystals can be found randomly inside a Treasure Chest or by smashing rocks in Dungeons. Lv. 2 Little Crystals are most quickly found in the two twin chambers in the Tower of Life on Whale Island unlocked by Grass Rune Stones which can be reached via the rope shortcut. Once you have created 'The Hammer' (using a Little Crystal), you will improve your chances of finding Little Crystals by smashing rocks in dungeons. The Levels of Little Crystals found (randomly) in the twin chambers in the upper Towers on Whale Island are determined by location as follows: Lv. 1, Tower of Birth; Lv. 2, Tower of Life; Lv. 4,Tower of Rebirth and Lv. 8, Tower of Glory. Gems Amethyst Amethyst: 200G It is said that it is imbued with special powers. Represents peace of mind. Amethyst: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Aquamarine Aquamarine: 200G It has a rich blue colour like the deep sea. Represnets calmness. Aquamarine: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Diamond Diamond: 720G (Level 8) Considered the 'King of Jewels'. It's very hard and is difficult to crush! Diamond: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (5%), Monster Box (6%) Emerald

Emerald: 200G The beautiful green colour draws attention. Flawless once are more valuable. Represents happiness. Emerald: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Ruby Ruby: 200G Crimson jewel where the reflected light of its surface look like stars. Represents ion. Ruby: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Sapphire Sapphire: 200G It can be pink, blue, yellow, or green. Represents love. Sapphire: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) War Trophies For the most part, War Trophies are not monster-specific in Rune Factory Frontier, making this game very different from previous Rune Factory games in this respect. There may be a greater likelihood of receiving a specific item from a particular Monster type but you can obtain many of the War Trophies from a wide selection of Monsters. There are a few exceptions, among them some of the items that are connected solely to a Boss Monster, such as the Giant Cockscomb and Red Core. Bird Feather Bird Feather: 70G (Lv. 3) The feather of a white bird. Don't you wish you could glue a bunch of them on your back and fly away? Bird Feather: Blackbird (25%), Clucky (20%), Cone (10%), Duck (20%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Unico (10%), Weagle (25%) Bright Tentacle Bright Tentacle: 900G (Lv. 6) A giant squid tentacle. Emits electric shocks that you can use to give yourself a massage. N.B. This is the one unique War Trophy dropped by the Giant Squid in the Water Tower on Whale Island when he is defeated. Bright Tentacle: Giant Squid (100%) Cheap Cloth

Cheap Cloth: 40G A rag of obviously low quality. Tears easily with a slight pull. Cheap Cloth: Fairy (15%), Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hardes (15%), High Orc (10%), Hobgoblin (15%), Little Mage (15%), Necro (10%) Demon Blood Demon Blood: 216G (Lv. 5) Lifeblood of a demon. It took a long time to gather this much. demons are afraid of needles. Demon Blood: Arch Demon (10%), Demon (10%)

Even

Earth Crystal Earth Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed earth magic. Because of that, it's very hard. Earth Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Little Emperor (5%), Mini Golem (5%), Slime (1%) Fair Hide Fair Hide: 180G (Level 2) Insect exoskeleton with a beautiful pattern. Light, hard and really rather pretty. Fair Hide: Death Stalker (10%), Hercules (5%), Hornet Queen (10%), Samurai (15%), Unico (10%) Fairy Dust Fairy Dust: 100G Wing scale of a fairy. It's silky smooth and pretty. for some reason. Fairy Dust: Fairy (10%), Hardes (10%)

And it smells good

Fire Crystal Fire Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed fire magic. Makes a great hand warmer in winter. Fire Crystal: Damascus Forge, Crates, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Ignis (5%), Slime (1%) Fish Fossil Fish Fossil: 100G Fossil of a prehistoric fish. It was supposed to be the find of the year, but I just saw a live one. Fish Fossil: Sealy (10%), Sky Fish (10%) Giant Cockscomb Giant Cockscomb: 420G (Lv. 2) A large red comb. Place it on other people's heads just for fun. Obtained from defeat of Giant Clucky in Green Ruins.

Giant Cockscomb: Giant Clucky (100%) Glittering Edge Glittering Edge: 80G A really sharp blade. It has a bright metallic gleam and it'll cut through anything it touches. Glittering Edge: Faust (10%), Mantict (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Samurai (10%) Glue Glue: 50G Used as glue. You can give it as a present, but it won't strengthen your bond of friendship! Glue: Crates; Orc Archer (15%), Orc Hunter Hard Horn Hard Horn: 60G A hard and pointed horn. It's very tough and the tip is sharp so be careful when handling it. Hard Horn: Arch Demon (20%), Beetle (20%), Buffalo (15%), Buffamoo (15%), Buffazoo (15%), Cone (10%), Demon (10%), Fluffy (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Hercules (20%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Mage (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Ice Snake Tongue Ice Snake Tongue: 1200G (Lv. 8) A tongue that's cool to the touch. It still moves at times. Even inside your knapsack. N.B. This is the one unique War Trophy that you earn when you defeat the 'Boss' of the Snow Ruins on the 7th Floor. Ice Snake Tongue: Ice Snake (100%) Insect Hide Insect Hide: 40G The exoskeleton of a giant insect. Some people find it creepy, but it's light and strong. Insect Hide: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Scorpion (10%) Insect Jaw Insect Jaw: 50G A jaw that can crush anything. A slight exaggeration, but it can still bite through a lot of stuff. Insect Jaw: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Hornet Queen (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Samurai (15%) Knife Piece

Knife Piece: 40G A chipped blade. The actual material doesn't look too bad. Knife Piece: Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hobgoblin (15%), Necro (10%) Magic Crystal: 336G (Level 3) A crystal made from magic. Time is needed to make it big. Magic Crystal: Glace (5%), Ignis (5%), Soul (5%) N.B. It is possible that the Level of the Magic Crystals will increase with the number of years your character spends in Trampoli. In the first Year, Freyr received Level 1 from the three types of Monsters who 'drop' them, but in the second Year, the Level had increased to Level 3. This would correspond with the actual description of the item, that it needs time to grow. Magic Powder Magic Powder: 60G A magical powder that dissolves in water. You can sprinkle it on people but, they won't transform. Magic Powder: Autumn (20%), Big Muck (10%), Fairy (15%), Glace (30%), Hardes (15%), Ignis (30%), Soul (30%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Magic Talon Magic Talon: 210G (Level 3) Claws that can slice through iron like butter. Don't eat the sliced iron. Magic Talon: Blood Panther (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Shadow Panther (10%) Monster Hide Monster Hide: 40G Warm animal fur. This is all you need to get through winter. But it is kind of stinky though. Monster Hide: Buffalo (25%), Buffamoo (25%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (15%), Fluffy (20%), Furpy (15%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Silver Wolf (10%), Wooly (20%) Quality Cloth Quality Cloth: (Lv. 10: 224G) A good quality cloth. Soft to the touch so you may see some people using it to wipe their faces. Quality Cloth: Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Little Emperor (15%), Little Wizard (15%), Necro (10%) Quality Fur Quality Fur: (Lv. 4): 240G A fur with a bluish-white hue.

Looks like it's quite expensive.

Quality Fur: Buffazoo (25%), Blood Panther (10%), Cone (10%), (15%), Mamoo (15%), Shadow Panther (10%)

Hunter Wolf

Red Core Red Core: 640G (Level 4) The core of a special slime. It looks kind of sweet. Want to take a bite? War Trophy from the Giant Fire Slime in the Lava Ruins. Giant Fire Slime in Lava Ruins: 100% Relic Relic: 0G A chipped stone tablet of some kind. There may be a place where it can be used… War Trophy from Giant Fire Slime in Lava Ruins. Use to unlock Snow Ruins. Relic: Giant Fire Slime in Lava Ruins (100%, but only the first time) Root Root: 60G The root of a plant that is very strong. It still twitches even after being cut off. Root: Crates; Autumn (20%) , Big Muck (10%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Sharp Fang Sharp Fang: 50G A sharp fang that's pointed at the tip. You can kill almost anything in one hit with this. Sharp Fang: Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (10%), Furpy (15%), Gobble Box (45%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Mamoo (15%), Micro Dragon (20%), Mini Dragon (20%), Monster Box (67%), Sealy (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Sky Fish (10%), Tortas (10%) Sharp Talon Sharp Talon: 40G Sharp claw. Sharp enough to seriously hurt yourself. Sharp Talon: Blackbird (10%), Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (10%), Clucky (20%), Duck (10%), Furpy (10%), Hunter Wolf (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Scorpion (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Weagle (10%) Solid Point Solid Point: 60G A very tough and durable blade. So tough, in fact, that it's close to impossible to work on. Solid Point: Arch Demon (20%), Demon (20%), Death Stalker (10%), Orc Archer (15%), Scorpion (10%) Teardrop

Teardrop: Level 2: 60G A drop of monster tears. You have to beat it out of the monsters on occasion. Teardrop: Cone (10%), Dark Slime (18%), Duck (10%), Elefun (10%), Fluffy (10%), Mamoo (10%), Slime (18%), Tortas (15%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Thick Stick Thick Stick: 80G Thick Stick: Faust (10%), High Orc (15%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Necro (10%)

Thin Stick Thin Stick: 40G A handy stick. You can use it for staffs or fishing rods. Thin Stick: Treasure Chests, Crates; Ghost (10%), Little Mage (10%), Orc Archer (10%), Orc Hunter Toxin Toxin: Level 2: 60G A very dangerous poison. Be careful when handling it. Toxin: Dark Slime (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Hornet (20%), Hornet Queen (20%), Scorpion (10%), Slime (10%) Turtle Shell Turtle Shell: 280G (Level 10) A very heavy turtle shell. Put it on your back, hide inside, or put it on some one and ride them. Turtle Shell: Tortas (10%) Warrior Medal Warrior Medal: 50G Round stone with a fierce face engraved on it. Line up 48 of them and they start dancing. Warrior Medal: Gigantes (10%), Goblin (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), High Orc (15%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%) Water Crystal Water Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed water magic. It's always wet. Dripping wet. Water Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Glace (5%), Sealy (5%), Sky Fish (5%), Slime (1%), Tortas (5%) Wet Scale

Wet Scale: 80G Wet scale. It's really slimy to the touch. Wet Scale: Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Sealy (15%), Sky Fish (15%) Wind Crystal Wind Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed wind magic. If you do drop and break it, you might cause a tornado. Wind Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Blackbird (5%), Dark Slime (1%), Little Wizard (5%), Slime (1%), Soul (5%), Weagle (5%) Monsters by Tasks Watering Crops Glace at Snow Ruins B1F, B2F Little Emperor at Lava Ruins B3F and Whale Island, Tower of Rebirth and Tower of Life Garden Little Wizard at Snow Ruins B5F and Whale Island, Tower of Rebirth and Tower of Life Garden Mamoo , Snow Ruins at B2F and B3F Sealy, Whale Island Drain Sky Fish, Whale Island Flank Tortas, Whale Island Drain Harvesting Crops Ant at Whale Island on Cave Surface, Green Ruins at B14, Lava Ruins at B1F Blood Panther, Tower of Plenty at Whale Island, Snow Ruins at B4F Goblin at Whale Island Cave Surface High Orc at Whale Island Tower of Rebirth Orc Hunter at Whale Island Floating Chamber and Tower Hobgoblin at Whale Island Flank Killer Ant, Lava Ruins at B1F Orc, Whale Island, Cave Depths Orc Archer, Whale Island, Cave Depths Shadow Panther, Snow Ruins B1F and B2F Cutting Grass for Fodder Death Stalker at Snow Ruins B1F and B2F Faust at Whale Island, Tower of Birth, Floating Chamber Ghost at Lava Ruins B1F Mantict, Tree at Whale Island Tail Necro at Whale Island, Tower of Birth Samurai, Tower of Plenty Garden at Whale Island Scorpion, Whale Island Flank and Lava Ruins B3F Transport Buffaloo at Lava Ruins B4F Elefun at Lava Ruins B1F

Hunter Wolf at Whale Island Tower of Glory, Snow Ruins, B4F and B5F Silver Wolf, Whale Island Fin Unico, Snow Ruins B3F and Whale Island Drain Providing Ranch Products Milk Buffamoo at Whale Island Fin and Green Ruins B3F Buffazoo at Whale Island Floating Chamber and Snow Ruins B4F Eggs Clucky at Green Ruins B3F Duck at Lava Ruins B2F Honey Hornet at Green Ruins B3F Hornet Queen at Snow Ruins B1F Wool Fluffy at Lava Ruins B4F Wooly at Green Ruins B2F and Whale Island Fin Seeds Autumn, Snow Ruins at B1F Spring, Green Ruins B1F and B2F Summer, Lava Ruins, B3F and B4F Ores/Gems Gobble Box at Whale Island Floating Chamber, Tower of Plenty and at Snow Ruins B6F Monster Box at Lava Ruins B1F, B4F and B5F Rare Items Big Muck at Green Ruins B2F Tricky Muck, Snow Ruins B6F, Tower of Rebirth Garden Micro Dragon at Snow Ruins B6F Mini Dragon at Snow Ruins B4F and B6F and Tower of Glory on Whale Island Harvesting Wild Plants Chitter, Green Ruins B1F Fairy, Tree at Whale Island Tail and Drain Furpy, Lava Ruins B2F Hardes at Whale Island, Tower of Glory, Tower of Rebirth Clearing Lumber from Field

Blackbird, Floating Chamber at Whale Island Ignis, Lava Ruins at B2F and B3F Minotaur, Lava Ruins, B4F and B5F Minotaur King, Snow Ruins B3F, B4F and B5F and Whale Island, Floating Chamber and Tower of Life Garden Soul, Snow Ruins B5F and B6F Weagle, Lava Ruins B5F Clearing Rocks from Field Beetle at Tree at Whale Island Tail Dark Slime at Lava Ruins B5F Gigantes at Whale Island Tower of Life, Tower of Life Garden Hammer Troll at Lava Ruins B3F and B4F Heracles at Whale Island Tower of Plenty Garden Mini-Golem, Whale Island Flank and Lava Ruins, B2F and B3F Slime, Whale Island Cave Depths Letters in Rune Factory Frontier Letters are an important form of communication in Rune Factory Frontier, so much so that there is an official postal carrier named Anette. She delivers and fetches the post every morning. Any letters that you receive are placed afterwards on your table where you can read them at any time. In any case where a letter requires a response, there is an RSVP option in the Letters Menu. Your first letter is from Anette. An official Welcome Letter then will be sent by Stella on behalf of the Village. Third is a Letter from Mist. After the letter system has been established, you will be required to send a Turnip to Mist and then one to Erik through the postal system. In time, you will receive letters that offer you a choice of two responses. Make your Reply by choosing one of the two. Your first letter of this type is sent by Danny after Rosetta opens her Materia Store. The second will be a letter from Uzuki on 2 Summer, asking you what you thought of her bathing costume at the Beach Festival. There are three different methods by which a letter first is accessed. The first is by pressing 'A' in front of your postbox at any time of the day or night. The second is 'direct delivery' from Anette, by speaking to her when she is in the act of delivering your post and choosing the option to receive your letters from her. The third is by accessing your letters from their 'storage' place on your own Table. Sometimes, when more than one Letter is delivered on any given day, you may miss a new letter. It is a good idea to access your Letters from your Table in order to discover any unopened post. The text of all Letters is included in the Characters Guide. Secret Letters You will begin to receive letters signed only with four symbols after finding the Buffamoo Constellation. After receiving three such letters, speak to Anette and she will confess that the letters were written by her long ago. Letters from Tart Early in the game,

you will begin to receive letters from Tart.

Some will

require a reply from you. Crop Growth In many of the more recent Harvest Moon and Rune Factory games, Crop Growth has a basic required time but various factors including Sunlight and Water as well as farm aids in the form of products such as Formulae A,B and C as well as Greenifier can affect this. In Tree of Tranquility, one can grow Crops out of season but their growth will slow immensely. In Island of Happiness, Sunlight and Water Requirements determine not only the length of time for maturity but actually may cause a Crop to wither or vanish in its own proper season. In the Rune Factory universe, one can purchase farm aids in the form of Formulae A, B and C, each of which will speed the growth of crops by a specified number of days. Formula C is the most potent of the three. Greenifier when used on Crops will increase their Level... Runey Distribution and Crop Growth An entire bookcase in the Rune Archives Library is devoted to books about Runes and Runeys. Runes are fundamental to your character in of the RP they provide as well as having the power in specific instances to unlock new options. As in other Rune Factory games, there are situations where you must grow and maintain a specific type of Crop in a tillable plot(s) in order to experience an Event. In Rune Factory Frontier, the first instance of this is the 3 x 3 plot in front of the Tower of Rest where you must grow Moondrop Flowers in order to experience a proper Introduction to Iris. Whenever a stipulation of this sort exists, you must allow the Crop to remain on the field even when it is fully matured. It is the power contained in the Rune that is generated that 'unlocks' any new option in the game. Runeys, however, are as vital in Rune Factory Frontier as Runes and indeed, will determine your success or failure in farming. The first consideration with respect to the presence of Runeys in any District is Balance. There is a natural 'food chain' where Runeys are concerned, as one Element dominates another. Without an equal number of each type of Runey, you may find that one type of Runey will consume others, exhausting the supply completely. When this occurs, the District will become a 'dead' area. You can use your own Homestead as a breeding District for Runeys. By stocking your Homestead with a large number of each type of Runey in perfect Balance, you will achieve a state known as 'Prosperity'. When your Homestead is in a state of Prosperity, crop growth will be accelerated. This can be extremely useful in of slow-growing Crops, allowing you to obtain more multiple harvests in any season. For example, in the Summer Season, if you have achieved a state of Prosperity, you may be able to obtain more than two harvests from your Pineapple Crop.

If there is significant inbalance with respect to your Runey Population, you actually may discover that your Crops will wither and die or will take far longer to mature than they should. Ignore the Runey Distribution in Rune Factory Frontier at your own peril. The number of days by which Crop growth is accelerated when your Homestead achieves Prosperity may vary from Crop to Crop. 45 or 50 Runeys of each type definitely will have a dramatic effect, however. The maximum number of any Runey type in a single district is 60. With 60 of each type of Rune on your Homestead, you will have perfect balance without any fear of inbalance in the future. Another detail with respect to the Runeys themselves should be noted. Even when in balance, if they are in small numbers, such as 10 to 20 of each variety in any particular area, the icons are small and the 'feet' or bottom of each Runey icon type is flat, as though forced to the ground. When there are large quantities of each type in any district, the Runey icons are large and the 'feet' or bottom of each appears to fly or float upward... This is a general description, of course, as each Runey type is different. In the case of the Water Runeys, their 'arms' are raise high when in high numbers. When in small numbers, the Water Runeys' 'arms' hang down. As for the Rock Runeys, when in high numbers, their 'feet' are lifted high, as though leaping into the air. When in small numbers, they have a flat platform instead, as though their feet are glued to the ground. The Tree Runeys when in large quantities appear to be leaping or on tiptoe as well, light as feathers. When in small numbers, their feet are flat on the ground. Finally, where the Grass Runeys are concerned, in large quantities, their 'feet' are turned up as though floating. In small quantities, their 'feet' are small and pointed towards the ground. Note that these descriptions pertain to the Runey icons displayed on the bottom of the Runey Distribution Map when you access any District. Their faces change as well. It is clear that Runey Distribution can accelerate Crop growth significantly, making it possible to harvest Crops on your field before the official 'required' number of days has ed. This is important information especially where slow-growing crops are concerned . Furthermore, if you have Fodder growing in your field, you will find that you can cut it daily and still expect it to mature by the next morning with 50 to 60 of every type of Runey on the Homestead. It is not only in a positive fashion that Runey Distribution can affect your Crops, however. Players who find that their Crops do not grow or actually wither or vanish in their Field must take notice of the Runey Distribution Map. If the Map is in a state of serious inbalance, it can result in the death of all Crops. As Farming is at the centre of any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, it is vital to understand the principles that determine success or failure in any specific game. In Rune Factory Frontier, it is Runey Distribution that governs Crops. Note that the game periodically will distribute Runeys randomly in districts on the map. Even if you try to keep all districts in perfect balance, therefore, you will find that one type of Runey suddenly may dominate a district. Keep a sharp eye on the Runey Distribution Map and suction off excessive Runeys at least once each week in order to avoid attrition.

Each type of Runey does grow at a different pace, however. If you have 50 of each type of Runey on the Homestead at the start of the week, Water will increase fastest, to the point where you may have 59 the very next day. Tree Runeys grow quickly as well, so that there may be 57 Tree Runeys the next morning. Grass and Rock Runeys are slow-growing, but rather than pulling the excess Water and Tree Runeys from the Homestead, simply wait until the end of the week when you should find 60 of each type in perfect maximum Prosperity again. You therefore should be able to skim at least 10 of each type of Runey from the Homestead at the end of each week with 60 of each type present, and be assured that the total will reach 60 for each again at the end of the week. What is critical in Rune Factory Frontier is the maintenance of at least 12 Runeys of every type in EVERY district. It is only when numbers drop below 12 that you will be at risk of creating a 'dead' district. Educational Resources In the previous section, the effects of Runey Distribution was explored. All vital details about Runeys and their uses can be found in books in the Rune Archives Library. Characters in Rune Factory Frontier will provide 'tutorials' about Rune Power and other aspects of life. The text of all Books will be found in my Books and Calendar Guide. Secrets Disclosed in Dialogue As always, there is a wealth of information available in-game to players who have the interest in searching for it. Dialogue with other characters always is a rich resource where Harvest Moon and Rune Factory are concerned and many hints about secrets are provided only in dialogue. You sometimes need to speak to the same character more than once to obtain a new dialogue. It is worth the effort, however, and another benefit of speaking to any one regularly is that social interaction raises heart levels. Rune Factory Frontier differs from other Rune Factory and Harvest Moon games in of new dialogue. At each heart level increase, new dialogue will be generated, but the character will continue to give the old dialogues as well. This means that you need not miss any dialogue by moving too quickly through heart levels but it means that you may be required to listen to quite a lot of old dialogue before you hear anything new even at a new Friendship or Heart Level. Tutorials in Dialogue Both Stella and Erik offer counsel and information in dialogue. In particular, Erik provides tutorials in the various aspects of farming and farm tool use. Books as Resources You will find a wealth of information in Rune Factory Frontier in books that can be found both in your own Bookcase in your Farmhouse and at the Rune

Archives Library. The contents of these books initially were included in this Guide but file size issues forced me to create a separate Calendar and Books Guide. You will find it at: Rune Factory Frontier Calendar and Books Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976501p1.html Every Rune Factory and Harvest Moon game produced has contained a wealth of tutorials and other vital information within the games themselves. The answer to any question that a player usually can be found somewhere in the game, making the role of an outside guide writer superfluous to some extent. The problem, and the reason why writers like myself continue to create guides, is that players tend to ignore the resources that are available in the actual game. Most players prefer action to ive learning. Few are like Selphy, who is more excited by a book than she is by any real adventure. You will find a Farming Book at the very start of the game in the bookcase in your Farmhouse. Although it deals specifically with Turnips, the information provided is applicable to all Crops. When Selphy takes charge of the Rune Archives Library, you will be able to access books in the bookcases there as well as purchasing Recipe Books needed in the Kitchen, Forge, Crafts Bench and Laboratory. New books are unlocked by your progress in the game. Always attempt to access new books both upstairs and downstairs until every bookshelf contains books that your character has read. Income and Equipment Choices As always in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, your character will have very little money in the first week and many potential expenses. You should have obtained two free bags of Turnip Seeds, one from Mist and the other from Erik. The Turnip Seeds from Erik will be given only if you listen to his farming tutorial. Turnip Seeds are marvelously inexpensive at 10G per bag, however, so even if you pay for them, you will find them affordable. Be aware that any Crops produced in your own Field will not generate Rune Points in this game. They produce Runeys instead. Runeys are vital to the success and ultimate survival of your community but they will not restore your character's Energy. Only Crops grown in Caves/Dungeons will produce Rune Points when ready for harvest. You therefore need to create the Beanstalk to the Sky as quickly as possible in order to plant some Turnips in the Cave at Whale Island. You can race through any hostile territory, avoiding Monsters rather than confronting them, but it is best if you enter the Cave at Whale Island with a Weapon and at least one Defensive Accessory. I would recommend the following: Broadsword Cheap Band I always prefer one-handed weapons myself but even if you are a player who prefers a heavy powerful two-handed weapon, the cost for each use in of RP is too expensive at this early stage. The Broadsword can be purchased from Ganesha for 500G. The Cheap Band is one of four items available at Danny's Grocery Store.

Having obtained some basic equipment for combat, the Hammer and Axe should be next on your list of acquisitions. All you need to do in order to obtain an Axe from Stella is to speak to her until you are given an opportunity to inform her of your lack of an Axe. She then will give you her old Axe. With respect to the Hammer, you must descend to the 2nd level of the Cave/Mine at Whale Island in order to experience the Event that will end in your acquisition of the tool. Melody will be there, searching for the source of a new Hot Spring. She will give you the Hammer, asking that you smash a large boulder for her. Experiencing this Event has two immediate positive results. You will have a Hammer and Melody will open her Bathhouse in Trampoli the next day. You can experience this Event as early as 2 Spring, the first day in the game. At the Bathhouse, you will be able to restore all HP and RP once each day for the very modest sum of 10G. All Cooked Dishes by Special Effects The following lists each of the temporary Special Effects that a Cooked Dish can provide with all the Cooked Dishes that are associated with the Special Effect. This should be useful to a player who wishes to augment a specific type of Elemental Attack or Protection, for example, or when he/she needs to boost maximum HP temporarily. You will note that specific ingredients tend to be associated with certain effects and that the actual method of cooking influences effects as well. Steamed Dishes tend to have Wind Power rather appropriately while those cooked in a Frying Pan are associated with Fire. You will see that Rice in general gives a temporary boost to maximum HP, while Chestnuts boost Earth Attacks. Chestnut Rice therefore both provides a temporary Max HP boost of 50 points and increases Earth Attack power by 10 points. All Recipes in Rune Factory Frontier, whether for the Kitchen, Forge, Crafts Bench or Laboratory are included in my Rune Factory Frontier Recipes Cookbook Guide. Rune Factory Frontier Recipe Cookbook Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html Maximum HP Boost Rice Ball: Max HP +45 Chestnut Rice: Max HP +50 Bamboo Rice: Max HP +50 Mushroom Rice: Max HP +50 S. Rice Ball: Max HP +50 New Mochi: Max HP +75 Fruit Sub: Max HP +60 Sandwich: Max HP +85 Sushi: Max HP +75 French Toast: Max HP +40 Corn Flakes: Max HP +25 Pancake: Max HP +60

Fried Rice: Max HP +50 Udon Stir-Fry: Max HP +45 Boxty: Max HP +80 Donut: Max HP +55 Dried Squid: Max HP +80 Ham Omelet: Max HP +60 Curry Bread: Max HP +40 Porridge: Max HP +40 Egg Bowl: Max HP +50 Udon: Max HP +45 Curry Rice: Max HP +85 Ramen: Max HP +45 Hot Rice Ball: Max HP +50 Peperoncino: Max HP +40 Risotto: Max HP +60 Cheese Fondue: Max HP +40 Fungo Risotto: Max HP +60 Oatmeal: Max HP +40 Tempura Bowl: Max HP +60 Spinach Rice: Max HP +65 Carbonara: Max HP +50 Bread: Max HP +40 Toast: Max HP +40 Fried Mochi: Max HP +50 Butter Roll: Max HP +40 Honey Toast: Max HP +40 Doria: Max HP +85 Gratin: Max HP +50 Potato Gratin: Max HP +55 Seafood Doria: Max HP +85 Gratin de Mer: Max HP +50 Gratin de Sol: Max HP +50 Steamed Bread: Max HP +40 Mochi: Max HP +50 Sweet Rice: Max HP +55 HP Absorption Gyoza: HP Absorption Peperoncino: HP Absorption Boiled Gyoza: HP Absorption Steamed Gyoza: HP Absorption Guts Royal Curry: Guts Attack Boost Squid Sashimi: Attack +13 Sun Sashimi: Attack +48 Lamp Sashimi: Attack +32 Sunny-side-up: Attack +25 French Toast: Attack +20 Grilled Squid: Attack +17 Veggie Omelet: Attack +35 Sunsquid Fry: Attack +52

Lamp Fry: Attack +36 Ham Omelet: Attack +35 Hot Milk: Attack +25 Boiled Egg: Attack +20 Egg Bowl: Attack +10 Hot Chocolate: Attack +25 Marron Glace: Attack +10 Calamari: Attack +25 Carbonara: Attack +20 Great Curry: Attack +45 Cookie: Attack +25 Butter Roll: Attack +30 Choco Cookie: Attack +25 Cake: Attack +30 Cherry Tart: Attack +25 Sugar Yam: Attack +30 Cheesecake: Attack +25 Pumpkin Tart: Attack +45 Apple Pie: Attack +30 Choco Cake: Attack +30 Fruit Tart: Attack +35 Cherry Pie: Attack +30 Chestnut Pie: Attack +30 Mont Blanc: Attack +25 Orange Juice: Attack +25 Tomato Juice: Attack +20 Apple Juice: Attack +15 Tropical Punch: Attack +35 Cherry Juice: Attack +30 Berry Milk: Attack +30 Yogurt Drink: Attack +30 Fruit Juice: Attack +55 Cream Soda: Attack +40 Fruit Ole: Attack +55 Vegetable Juice: Attack +40 Vegetable Ole: Attack +40 Mixed Juice: Attack +55 Mixed Ole: Attack +55 Pudding: Attack +30 Milk Pudding: Attack +30 Pumpkin Cream: Attack +35 Chestnut Bun: Attack +20 Choco Pudding: Attack +35 Defence Boost: Pickled Turnip: Defence +20 Pickles: Defence +25 Cherry Sashimi: Defence +12 Pickled Eggplant: Defence +25 Trout Sashimi: Defence +14 Dye Sashimi: Defence +18 Potato Salad: Defence +45 Char Sashimi: Defence +14 Needle Sashimi: Defence +14 Sardine Sashimi: Defence +14 Pike Sashimi: Defence +13

Salmon Sashimi: Defence +18 Bonito Sashimi: Defence +19 Turbot Sashimi: Defence +16 Shrimp Sashimi: Defence +17 Salad: Defence +60 Toro Sashimi: Defence +52 Taimen Sashimi: Defence +19 Black Sashimi: Defence +16 Lobster Sashimi: Defence +27 Yellow Sashimi: Defence +25 Snap Sashimi: Defence +34 Hirame Sashimi: Defence +23 Lover Sashimi: Defence +37 Fugu Sashimi: Defence +42 Fall Sashimi: Defence +40 Glitter Sashimi: Defence +61 Smoked Salmon: Defence +21 Red Grill: Defence +17 Eggplant Grill: Defence +30 Grilled Chub: Defence +17 Grilled Trout: Defence +18 Dye Grill: Defence +22 Roasted Carp: Defence +19 Grilled Char: Defence +18 Needle Grill: Defence +18 P. Carp Roast: Defence +20 Grilled Pike: Defence +17 Grilled Mack: Defence +20 Salted Smelt: Defence +18 Fried Turbot: Defence +20 Taimen Roast: Defence +23 Fried Bonito: Defence +23 Shrimp Roast: Defence +21 Dried Sardine: Defence +25 Tuna Teriyaki: Defence +56 Black Grill: Defence +20 Lobster Roast: Defence +31 Flound Roast: Defence +27 Yellow Teri: Defence +29 Snapper Grill: Defence +39 Blowfish Fry: Defence +45 Vegetable Stir-Fry: Defence +50 Fried Glitter: Defence +64 Love Fry: Defence +41 Fried Autumn: Defence +44 Steam Veggies: Defence +25 Stew: Defence +55 Risotto: Defence +35 Ratatouille: Defence +40 Orange Juice: Defence +20 Tomato Juice: Defence +30 Apple Juice: Defence +35 Tropic Punch: Defence +20 Cherry Juice: Defence +10 Berry Milk: Defence +15 Yogurt Drink: Defence +10 Fruit Juice: Defence +25

Fruit Ole: Defence +25 Vegetable Juice: Defence +90 Vegetable Ole: Defence +90 Mixed Juice: Defence +90 Mixed Ole: Defence +90 Magic Boost: Needle Sashimi: Magic +10 Squid Sashimi: Magic +10 Salmon Rice Ball: Magic +10 Sardine Sashimi: Magic +10 Salmon Sashimi: Magic +10 Toro Sashimi: Magic +10 Black Sashimi: Magic +10 Sun Sashimi: Magic +10 Yellow Sashimi: Magic +10 Lamp Sashimi: Magic +10 Steam Turnip: Magic +40 Sushi: Magic +65 Red Grill: Magic +10 Grilled Chub: Magic +10 Grilled Trout: Magic +10 Dye Grill: Magic +10 Grilled Char: Magic +10 Grilled Squid: Magic +10 Needle Grill: Magic +10 Grilled Mack: Magic +10 Salted Smelt: Magic +10 Dried Sardine: Magic +10 Tuna Teriyaki: Magic +10 Black Grill: Magic +10 Sunsquid Fry: Magic +10 Yellow Teri: Magic +10 Lamp Fry: Magic +10 Berry Jam: Magic +30 Orange Jam: Magic +25 Apple Jam: Magic +25 Fish Soup: Magic +25 Cherry Jam: Magic +25 Candied Yam: Magic +30 Fried Smelt: Magic +20 Stew: Magic +50 Oden: Magic +35 Fried Pike: Magic +25 PB&J: Magic +30 Gratin de Mer: Magic +35 Fatigue Attack French Fries: Fatigue Attack 100% Croquette: Fatigue Attack 100% Donut: Fatigue Attack 100% Fatigue Defence Hot Chocolate: Fatigue Defence

Choco Cookie: Fatigue Defence Chocolate Cake: Fatigue Defence Choco Pudding: Fatigue Defence Knock-back Shrimp Sashimi: Knock-back Lobster Sashimi: Knock-back Spinach Saute: Knock-back Shrimp Roast: Knock-back Lobster Roast: Knock-back Tempura: Knock-back Fried Shrimp: Knock-back Tempura Udon: Knock-back Tempura Bowl: Knock-back Spinach Rice: Knock-back Seafood Doria: Knock-back Seafood Pizza: Knock-back Egg Custard: Knock-back Steam Veggies: Knock-back Stun Attack Pickled Turnip: Stun Attack 30% Pickles: Stun Attack 40% Cream Soda: Stun Attack 50% Stun Defence Cheese Fondue: Stun Defence Cheesecake: Stun Defence Pizza: Stun Defence Seafood Pizza: Stun Defence Cheesy Bread: Stun Defence Element Attack Boost Fruit Sub: Element Attack +8 Fruit Punch: Element Attack +10 Fruit Parfait: Element Attack +10 Ramen: Element Attack +4 Fruit Tart: Element Attack +5 Element Defence Boost Ratatouille: Element Defence +15 Pizza: Element Defence +20 Wind Elemental Power Wind Attack Boost New Mochi: Wind Attack +10 Smoked Salmon: Wind Attack +10 Grilled Pike: Wind Attack +10 Fried Bonito: Wind Attack +10

Snapper Grill: Wind Attack +10 Fried Glitter: Wind Attack +10 Love Fry: Wind Attack +10 Orange Jam: Wind Attack +10 Fried Pike: Wind Attack +15 Chinese Bun: Wind Attack +20 Dumpling: Wind Attack +20 Steamed Gyoza: Wind Attack +15 Curry Bun: Wind Attack +10 Wind Protection Boost Pike Sashimi: Wind Resistance +10 Bonito Sashimi: Wind Resistance +10 Snap Sashimi: Wind Resistance +10 Lover Sashimi: Wind Resistance +10 Glitter Sashimi: Wind Resistance +10 Steamed Bread: Wind Resistance +15 Steamed Tater: Wind Resistance +10 Pudding: Wind Resistance +10 Mochi: Wind Resistance +10 Dumpling: Wind Resistance +20 Cheesy Bread: Wind Resistance +15 Milk Pudding: Wind Resistance +10 Steam Turnip: Wind Resistance +15 Earth Elemental Power Earth Attack Boost Chestnut Rice: Earth Attack +10 Roasted Nuts: Earth Attack +10 French Fries: Earth Attack +15 Potato Roast: Earth Attack +10 Fried Turbot: Earth Attack +10 Flound Roast: Earth Attack +10 Fried Autumn: Earth Attack +10 Candied Yam: Earth Attack +15 Mashed Yam: Earth Attack +15 Marron Glace: Earth Attack +10 Roasted Apple: Earth Attack +10 Chestnut Pie: Earth Attack +10 Mont Blanc: Earth Attack +15 Chestnut Bun: Earth Attack +15 Earth Protection Boost Turbot Sashimi: Earth Resistance +10 Hirame Sashimi: Earth Resistance +10 Fall Sashimi: Earth Resistance +10 Steam Pumpkin: Earth Resistance +25 Mashed Yam: Earth Resistance +10 Hot Rice Ball: Earth Resistance +10 Roasted Yam: Earth Resistance +10 Bread: Earth Resistance +15 Toast: Earth Resistance +20

Fried Mochi: Earth Resistance +15 Gratin: Earth Resistance +35 Sugar Yam: Earth Resistance +10 Pumpkin Tart: Earth Resistance +40 Potato Gratin: Earth Resistance +50 Pumpkin Cream: Earth Resistance +30 Fire

Attack Boost

Sunny-side-up: Fire Attack +10 Eggplant Grill: Fire Attack +10 Popcorn: Fire Attack +10 Roasted Nuts: Fire Attack +10 Pancake: Fire Attack +10 Udon Stir-Fry: Fire Attack +15 Gyoza: Fire Attack +15 Fried Rice: Fire Attack +10 Cherry Jam: Fire Attack +10 Cherry Tart: Fire Attack +15 Cherry Pie: Fire Attack +10 Fire Protection Boost Roasted Carp: Fire Resistance +10 Spinach Saute: Fire Resistance +30 P. Carp Roast: Fire Resistance +10 Croquette: Fire Resistance +40 Potato Roast: Fire Resistance +20 Taimen Roast: Fire Resistance +10 Vegetable Stir-fry: Fire Resistance +10 Turnip Roast: Fire Resistance +20 Ear of Corn: Fire Resistance +15 Roast Yam: Fire Resistance +10 Water Attack Boost Ice Cream: Water Attack +10 Tempura: Water Attack +15 Udon: Water Attack +10 Apple Jam: Water Attack +10 Corn Soup: Water Attack +15 Curry Udon: Water Attack +10 Fried Smelt: Water Attack +10 Boiled Gyoza: Water Attack +15 Calamari: Water Attack +10 Fried Shrimp: Water Attack +15 Tempura Udon: Water Attack +15 Roasted Apple: Water Attack +10 Apple Pie: Water Attack +10 Water Protection Boost Cherry Sashimi: Water Resistance +10 Trout Sashimi: Water Resistance +10 Dye Sashimi: Water Resistance +10 Char Sashimi: Water Resistance +10 Ice Cream: Water Resistance +20

Taimen Sashimi: Water Resistance +10 Fruit Parfait: Water Resistance +25 Boiled Egg: Water Resistance +10 Porridge: Water Resistance +10 Fish Soup: Water Resistance +30 Oatmeal: Water Resistance +10 Steam Pumpkin: Water Resistance +25 Oden: Water Resistance +40 Status Attack Dried Curry Curry Curry Great Royal Grass Curry

Squid: Status Attack Bread: Status Attack Rice: Status Attack Udon: Status Attack Curry: Status Attack Curry: Status Attack Juice: Status Attack Bun: Status Attack

Status Defence Salad: Status Defence Relax Tea: Status Defence Grass Juice: Status Defence Paralysis Attack Bamboo Rice: Paralysis Attack 100% Fugu Sashimi: Paralysis Attack 100% Blowfish Fry: Paralysis Attack 100% En Papillote: Paralysis Attack 100% Chinese Bun: Paralysis Attack 100% Paralysis Protection Pickled Eggplant: Paralysis Defence Potato Salad: Paralysis Defence Sandwich: Paralysis Defence Turnip Roast: Paralysis Defence Seal Attack Veggie Omelet: Seal Attack 100% En Papillote: Seal Attack 100% PB&J: Seal Attack 100% Egg Custard: Seal Attack 100% Seal Protection Popcorn: Seal Defence Corn Flakes: Seal Defence Corn Soup: Seal Defence Ear of Corn: Seal Defence Poison Attack Boost

Mushroom Rice: Poison Attack 100% Fungo Risotto: Poison Attack 100% Gratin de Sol: Poison Attack 100% Poison Protection Boost Boxty: Poison Defence Honey Toast: Poison Defence

Rune Factory: Frontier - Caves and Bestiary FAQ Rune Factory Frontier Bestiary and Caves Guide By Freyashawk Email: castleenchanted · aol Created on 13 April 2009 Last updated on 10 September with section on creating Circle Portals in all dungeons Table of Contents Introduction List of all Ores, Gems and War Trophies Detailed Items List with all Methods of Obtaining each Monster Allies Monsters in Rune Factory Frontier Introduction to Monsters Farm Monster Schedule Farm Monster Efficiency Monster Allies Monster Ally Effects Taking Monsters for Walks Transport Monsters Tame Monsters and Seeds Setting Monsters Free Rules of Taming Monsters Monsters who give Ores, Gems and Seeds General Walkthrough of Dungeons Whale Island Caves Little Lost Monster Whale's Fin Your First Transport Monster Whale's Flank Shortcut to the Whale's Flank Shortcut to the Tower of Life The Water Tower Defeating the Giant Squid Creating a Circle Portal to the Water Tower Creating Circle Portals in Rune Factory Frontier

Green Ruins Defeating the Giant Clucky Lava Ruins Finding Silver in the Lava Ruins Most Direct Route to your First Piece of Silver Snow Ruins Ice Snake Circle Portal to the 7th Floor Gelwein and the Rune Crisis 3rd Floor of Snow Ruins and Iris Noire Defeating Iris Noire Disappearance of Mist Kanno's Research on Gelwein Rescuing Marco and the 'Little Doll' 2nd Confrontation with Gelwein The Grimoire of Time Era of Disconnect Strategies for Defeating Optional Bosses Detailed War Trophy/Items List Screen-by-Screen Walkthroughs Whale Island Green Ruins Lava Ruins Snow Ruins Micro Dragon on 6th Floor Comprehensive Bestiary Introduction This is one of my mini-guides for Rune Factory Frontier and deals exclusively with Monsters and the various Dungeons in the game. All aspects of Rune Factory Frontier are covered in my Rune Factory General Guide, which you can find at: Rune Factory Frontier General Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/984/984569p1.html A detailed 1st Year Walkthrough that covers all Events can be found at: Rune Factory Frontier 1st Year Walkthrough: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/965/965041p1.html This Guide is both a Bestiary and a Walkthrough of the Dungeons. At the beginning of the Guide, you will find a comprehensive list of all items that can be obtained in the Dungeons with the methods of obtaining each and the percentage chance of obtaining the item as a War Trophy from any given monster. A list of all Monsters organized by the Tasks they perform or item yielded when the Harvester is used is included as well. Following that is a General Walkthrough for each of the Dungeons. A Screen-by-Screen Walkthrough for each of the Dungeons follows. The next section gives a detailed description of each item with shipping values and 'official game description. At the very end of the Guide, you will find a comprehensive Bestiary list of each Monster in Rune Factory Frontier, including the Levels of the War Trophies dropped at each location. The Nature of War Trophies

In Rune Factory Frontier, you often will be able to obtain the same item using one of three different methods. The primary methods by which items are obtained are by defeating Monsters, by smashing Rocks in Dungeons, by opening Treasure Chests or by smashing Crates. Ores are obtained primarily by smashing Rocks with a Hammer in any dungeon but Ores can be dropped by Monsters as War Trophies, or found either in a Treasure Chest or a Crate. The same is true with respect to all Elemental Crystals. You can find them inside Rocks you have smashed, Treasure Chests you have opened or a defeated Monster may drop one. This makes Rune Factory Frontier rather different from previous games. Furthermore, War Trophies are not as monster-specific as in other games. The following is a list of all War Trophies with every Monster type who may 'drop' it. The chance of the Monster dropping it is given in brackets after the Monster's name. As previously explained, you may be able to obtain the same item as a War Trophy from a number of different monsters. The level of the item will depend on the location of the Monster who drops it and a Monster at any location may drop items of different levels. Under the listing for each Monster, the levels of each item that it will drop at every location are included. I have placed the following List at the beginning of this Guide for the purpose of quick and easy access. It gives each item with the various methods of obtaining it, including any and all Monster Types who may 'drop' it. In the latter part of the Guide, however, you will find a very detailed Bestiary listing each Monster, its location or locations, the tasks if any that it will perform and all the items that can be obtained from it. In the Bestiary, the actual level of the item that you can obtain at any specific location is included. Comprehensive List of War Trophies and Monsters Here is a Quick List of all items that can be obtained in Dungeons. A later section of this Guide gives a more detailed description of each of the items, including shipping value and 'official game description'. Amethyst: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Aquamarine: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Bird Feather: Blackbird (25%), Clucky (20%), Cone (10%), Duck (20%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Unico (10%), Weagle (25%) Black Grass: Fields; Crates; Dark Slime (1%), Slime (1%) Cheap Cloth: Fairy (15%), Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hardes (15%), High Orc (10%), Hobgoblin (15%), Little Mage (15%), Necro (10%) Copper: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (15%) Demon Blood: Arch Demon (10%), Demon (10%) Diamond: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (5%), Monster Box (6%) Earth Crystal: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%),

Little Emperor (5%), Mini Golem (5%), Slime (1%) Egg (Ranch Product): Clucky, Duck Emerald: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Fair Hide: Death Stalker (10%), Hercules (5%), Hornet Queen (10%), Samurai (15%), Unico (10%) Fairy Dust: Fairy (10%), Hardes (10%) Fire Crystal: Crates, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Ignis (5%), Slime (1%) Fish Fossil: Sealy (10%), Sky Fish (10%) Glittering Edge: Faust (10%), Mantict (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Samurai (10%) Glue: Crates; Orc Archer (15%), Orc Hunter Hard Horn: Arch Demon (20%), Beetle (20%), Buffalo (15%), Buffamoo (15%), Buffazoo (15%), Cone (10%), Demon (10%), Fluffy (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Hercules (20%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Mage (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Insect Hide: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Scorpion (10%) Insect Jaw: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Hornet Queen (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Samurai (15%) Iron: Rocks in Dungeons, Mini Golem (15%) Knife Piece: Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hobgoblin (15%), Necro (10%) Magic Crystal: Glace (5%), Ignis (5%), Soul (5%) Magic Powder: Autumn (20%), Big Muck (10%), Fairy (15%), Glace (30%), Hardes (15%), Ignis (30%), Soul (30%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Magic Talon: Blood Panther (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Shadow Panther (10%) Monster Hide: Buffalo (25%), Buffamoo (25%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (15%), Fluffy (20%), Furpy (15%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Silver Wolf (10%), Wooly (20%) Mushroom: Wilds; Big Muck (20%), Tricky Muck (20%) Quality Cloth: Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Little Emperor (15%), Little Wizard (15%), Necro (10%) Quality Fur: Buffazoo (25%), Blood Panther (10%), Cone (10%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Mamoo (15%), Shadow Panther (10%) Root: Crates; Autumn (20%) , Big Muck (10%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Ruby: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Sapphire: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Scrap Iron: Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (6%), Mini Golem (15%), Slime (6%) Sharp Fang: Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (10%), Furpy (15%), Gobble Box (45%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Mamoo (15%), Micro Dragon (20%), Mini Dragon (20%), Monster Box (67%), Sealy (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Sky Fish (10%), Tortas (10%) Sharp Talon: Blackbird (10%), Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (10%), Clucky (20%), Duck (10%), Furpy (10%), Hunter Wolf (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon

(10%), Scorpion (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Weagle (10%) Silver: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (10%) Solid Point: Arch Demon (20%), Demon (20%), Death Stalker (10%), Orc Archer (15%), Orc Hunter, Scorpion (10%) Teardrop: Cone (10%), Dark Slime (18%), Duck (10%), Elefun (10%), Fluffy (10%), Mamoo (10%), Slime (18%), Tortas (15%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Thick Stick: Faust (10%), High Orc (15%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Necro (10%) Thin Stick: Treasure Chests, Crates; Ghost (10%), Little Mage (10%), Orc Archer (10%) Toxin: Dark Slime (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Hornet (20%), Hornet Queen (20%), Scorpion (10%), Slime (10%) Turtle Shell: Tortas (10%) Warrior Medal: Gigantes (10%), Goblin (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), High Orc (15%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%) Water Crystal: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Glace (5%), Sealy (5%), Sky Fish (5%), Slime (1%), Tortas (5%) Wet Scale: Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Sealy (15%), Sky Fish (15%) White Grass: Fields, Crates; Dark Slime (1%), Slime (1%) Wind Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Blackbird (5%), Dark Slime (1%), Little Wizard (5%), Slime (1%), Soul (5%), Weagle (5%) Monsters in Rune Factory Frontier: Essentially, the first use that Monsters serve in any Rune Factory game is to increase your Levels and to provide special items in the form of War Trophies. War Trophies in Rune Factory Frontier operate a little differently from previous games in the series. In Rune Factory Frontier, you can obtain the same item from many different monsters, and the Monsters may be from very different species, such as the 'Sharp Talon' obtained both from the Cluck and the Chitter. Tame Monsters provide aid in combat as well as all Ranch Products in any Rune Factory game. In Rune Factory Frontier, you can obtain all types of Monsters that produce Ranch Products in the first Spring, provided you have unlocked the Green Ruins and asked Kross to build a Monster Barn. Ranch Products are obtained with a single tool in the form of the Harvester that harvests Runeys as well. There has to be some Friendship with the Monster before he/she will allow you to obtain the product. Brush the Monsters daily to raise Friendship levels. If you order a Friendship Day from Candy, you will be able to obtain Ranch Products as early as two days after first capturing a Monster, but otherwise it may take three or four days at the most in your first Spring. There are Monsters who will help on the Farm as well, and different varieties break rocks, remove lumber or gather wild items or Crops. They need to be set to the task for awhile before they will become efficient in their work. Monsters who help on the farm operate according to a set schedule that can be found on a sign to the right of your Monster Barn entrance. Only one Monster can be set to any specific task at any given time. The schedule is as follows:

Farm Monster Schedule Farm Work Schedule 7 a.m. Gather edible plants 11 a.m. Harvest crops 3 p.m. Water plants 7 p.m. Gather lumber 10 p.m. Clear out rocks 1 a.m. Mow grass Note that you can brush your Monsters at any time of the day or night. If you see a Monster performing his/her appointed task in your Field when you make your daily visit to the Monster Barn to care for your Monsters, do not fret. The Monster working in the field will appear magically in the Barn when you enter and you will be able to brush him/her there! Farm Monster Efficiency In my own first game, I was startled when watering my Crops late at night by a sudden presence on my field. It was my Slime, who was attempting to clear rocks from a plot sown with fodder! Obviously, there were no rocks to be cleared from that plot, but the Monsters operate according to location rather than intelligent sense of items or objects. Be patient and perhaps sooner or later, your Monsters actually will accomplish something! As far as Transport Monsters are concerned, their speed is affected by Friendship Level. As Friendship levels increase, so will the speed of the Monster you ride through the village or in any dungeon. Monsters and their Uses The following is a list of all Monsters that can be tamed in Rune Factory Frontier, organised by the tasks they perform or the product they provide when the Harvester is used. Monster Labour can be invaluable at different stages of the game. In the beginning, when your own experience level with your Tools and the tools themselves are inadequate to pulverize boulders or chop stumps, a Tame Monster can be set to the task of clearing your Field. They may not be terribly efficient at the start, but it does help. Ranch Products constitute vital ingredients in many Recipes in the Kitchen as well as at the Forge and Workbench. Monster Transport will allow you to move more quickly across the Map, increasing your own productivity and your ability to reach important places, such as the Bathhouse, to restore your Energy. A Monster who is used for Transport, such as the Silver Wolf, can be a powerful ally during combat as well. Monsters by Tasks Watering Crops Glace at Snow Ruins B1F, B2F Little Emperor at Lava Ruins B3F and Whale Island, Tower of Rebirth and Tower of Life Garden

Little Wizard at Snow Ruins B5F and Whale Island, Tower of Rebirth and Tower of Life Garden Mamoo , Snow Ruins at B2F and B3F Sealy, Whale Island Drain Sky Fish, Whale Island Flank Tortas, Whale Island Drain Harvesting Crops Ant at Whale Island on Cave Surface, Green Ruins at B14, Lava Ruins at B1F Blood Panther, Tower of Plenty at Whale Island, Snow Ruins at B4F Goblin at Whale Island Cave Surface High Orc at Whale Island Tower of Rebirth Hobgoblin at Whale Island Flank Killer Ant, Lava Ruins at B1F Orc, Whale Island, Cave Depths Orc Archer, Whale Island, Cave Depths Orc Hunter, Tower of Birth Shadow Panther, Snow Ruins B1F and B2F Cutting Grass for Fodder Death Stalker at Snow Ruins B1F and B2F Faust at Whale Island, Tower of Birth, Floating Chamber Ghost at Lava Ruins B1F Mantict, Tree at Whale Island Tail Necro at Whale Island, Tower of Birth Samurai, Tower of Plenty Garden at Whale Island Scorpion, Whale Island Flank and Lava Ruins B3F Transport Buffaloo at Lava Ruins B4F Elefun at Lava Ruins B1F Hunter Wolf at Whale Island Tower of Glory, Snow Ruins, B4F and B5F Silver Wolf, Whale Island Fin Unico, Snow Ruins B3F and Whale Island Drain Providing Ranch Products Milk Buffamoo at Whale Island Fin and Green Ruins B3F Buffazoo at Whale Island Floating Chamber and Snow Ruins B4F Eggs Clucky at Green Ruins B3F Duck at Lava Ruins B2F Honey Hornet at Green Ruins B3F Hornet Queen at Snow Ruins B1F

Wool Fluffy at Lava Ruins B4F Wooly at Green Ruins B2F and Whale Island Fin Seeds Autumn, Snow Ruins at B1F Spring, Green Ruins B1F and B2F Summer, Lava Ruins, B3F and B4F Ores/Gems Gobble Box at Whale Island Floating Chamber, Tower of Plenty and at Snow Ruins B6F Monster Box at Lava Ruins B1F, B4F and B5F Rare Items Big Muck at Green Ruins B2F Tricky Muck, Snow Ruins B6F, Tower of Rebirth Garden Micro Dragon at Snow Ruins B6F Mini Dragon at Snow Ruins B4F and B6F and Tower of Glory on Whale Island Harvesting Wild Plants Chitter, Green Ruins B1F Fairy, Tree at Whale Island Tail and Drain Furpy, Lava Ruins B2F Hardes at Whale Island, Tower of Glory, Tower of Rebirth Clearing Lumber from Field Blackbird, Floating Chamber at Whale Island Ignis, Lava Ruins at B2F and B3F Minotaur, Lava Ruins, B4F and B5F Minotaur King, Snow Ruins B3F, B4F and B5F and Whale Island, Floating Chamber and Tower of Life Garden Soul, Snow Ruins B5F and B6F Weagle, Lava Ruins B5F Clearing Rocks from Field Beetle at Tree at Whale Island Tail Dark Slime at Lava Ruins B5F Gigantes at Whale Island Tower of Life, Tower of Life Garden Hammer Troll at Lava Ruins B3F and B4F Heracles at Whale Island Tower of Plenty Garden Mini-Golem, Whale Island Flank and Lava Ruins, B2F and B3F Slime, Whale Island Cave Depths Monster Allies Monster Allies will follow you not only throughout a dungeon but throughout the

village as well in Rune Factory Frontier, unlike previous games. An ally will await you patiently outside the door of any building until you emerge. The only exception is the Monster Barn itself. If you go into the Monster Barn for any reason with your Ally, your 'buddy' will be returned to the Barn and you will be obliged to fetch him out again. A Monster Ally will benefit from any food or medicine that your character consumes so if you wish to cure him of Poison effects, you need to consume an Antidote yourself. You will gain from any effects that your Monster experiences such as points towards level increases. Note that Poison alone cannot reduce your HP to zero in Rune Factory Frontier and, moreover, is a temporary effect. If you do not use the 1 remaining point of HP in another fashion, such as taking a hit from an enemy or using a Tool or Weapon, you can return to your home or use items to boost your Energy until the Poison effect is gone. An Ally whose HP reaches zero as in other Rune Factory games will be returned automatically to the Monster Barn. In the same way that Monsters working on your farm do not exhibit great intelligence, any Monster Ally may need to be protected from his own actions. A Monster Ally, unless you are riding him for transport, will move neither quickly nor with your character. You may find that he is lost somewhere in another area of the screen if you do not move slowly, making certain that he stays with you at all times. If you are riding a Transport Monster, his speed will depend on Friendship Level. If your Monster Ally becomes 'lost', all you need to do is move to another screen to have him returned to your side. Monster Ally Effects A Monster Ally who accompanies you will share in the effects of any Energy Recovery items, making this different from Rune Factory 2. Furthermore, Monster no longer need to be sent back to the barn if you wish to enter your Farmhouse while you have one with you. The Tame Monster will wait outside the door docilely until you complete any business in the house! It is interesting to note that an invitation to a Monster to accompany you on any given day will result in a Friendship increase. You may have noticed a prompt to the effect that your Monster 'seems happy' whenever you enter another district on the Map with a Monster. This occurs only once in any given day. You therefore can take more than one monster abroad with you at different times on any day to obtain the increase for another Monster. The Silver Wolf is the Companion of Choice for most players early in the game as he provides Transport as well as a good fighting style and power. If you use the same Monster all the time as a Companion, you will notice that his/her Friendship will increase much faster than that of other Monsters in your Barn. If you do not wish to use any other Monster as a Companion in Battle, simply take the other Monsters for a quick walk in Trampoli to increase their Friendship. A higher level of Friendship with respect to any Monster who gives Ranch Products will raise the level of the Product. It therefore makes sense to take your Monster for walks regularly even if you do not wish to use them in combat situations!

Transport Monsters The Silver Wolf is the first type of Transport Monster you will encounter. He can be found on the Whale's Fin. Whenever you take him outside, you will have the option to ride him. While riding him, you actually can control his Attacks. There are a couple of different attacks that a Silver Wolf can make, depending on the Button that you use. If you wish to use a Weapon, you will be forced to dismount. You then can fight alongside him. The Silver Wolf becomes the best Monster to take into a Dungeon as an Ally before you have the capacity to expand your barn. With only 10 spaces in your initial Barn, you may wish to restrict tenancy to Monsters who produce Ranch Products and the Silver Wolf. Monsters who clear Rocks and Wood are not necessary once you have upgraded your Tools. You may wish to use them after your Barn has been expanded but in the initial stages, it is better to keep Monsters who provide Ranch Products. Tame Monsters and Seeds Rune Factory Frontier offers a new farming option in the form of Monsters who actually give Seeds as 'Ranch Products' when tamed. Each Dungeon is ruled by a specific Season and you will find a Monster type in each that resembles Plant Monsters from previous Rune Factory games. These Monster types in Rune Factory Frontier are named for the Season that rules each. For example, the Monsters who resemble the Flower Lions of Blessia Island in Rune Factory 2 bear the name of 'Summer'. When you use the Harvester on any of these Monsters, they will yield Crop Seeds. The Seeds that are given are random and are NOT Season-specific until the Tame Monster reaches a high Friendship Level. In other words, the Monster named 'Summer' may give Turnip Seeds…. Each time you obtain Seeds, the type of Seed will be generated randomly. The value of the Seeds given as well as their nature in of being Season-specific is determined by Friendship Level. You only will obtain the rare and expensive Seeds randomly when the Tame Monster reaches a high Friendship Level and as higher Friendship Levels are attained, the Seeds yielded will become those that are ruled by the Monster's own Season. Furthermore, the number of bags of Seed that you receive will increase as Friendship Levels increase. A Monster with a level of 2 Friendship will give 2 bags of Seeds instead of a single bag. As with any tame Monster, you must raise the Friendship Level of the Monster before you can ask it to perform any farming tasks or provide Ranch Products for you. Setting Monsters Free Whenever you defeat any Monster, he/she will be dispatched to the First Forest or the 'Forest of Beginnings' which is the original home of all Monsters. When you have tamed a Monster with the Pet Glove and given it a place in your Monster Barn, you will have an option each time you speak to him/her to return

it to the First Forest. If you choose to exercise this option for any reason, you are, in effect, setting the Monster free to return to his/her original home. When this option is chosen, the departing Monster may leave you a gift in thanks. The gift is randomly chosen and will be a War Trophy item. Such a gift is not given always. It is chance that dictates both the nature of the gift and whether or not you will receive one at all. Furthermore, irrespective of the Friendship Level of the departing Monster, the item may be Level 1. Rules of Taming Monsters Monsters are not equal in of your ability to tame them and bring them into your Barn in Rune Factory Frontier. It is not simply a matter of the amount of damage any Monster can cause while you are petting it in a Dungeon in order to attempt to tame it. That obviously varies according to the Attack power of the Monster in question. In Rune Factory Frontier, you may discover that you cannot tame certain Monsters at all when you first encounter them in a Dungeon. It is your own character's Level, in fact, that will determine your ability even to tame any specific Monster type. Each Monster type has a specific Level when you encounter it. Taming that Monster and raising its Friendship Level will increase its Level but the initial Level never varies. Your character's experience Level must be at least 10 Levels ABOVE that of the Monster you seek to tame before you will have any chance of success when using the Pet Glove on it. In the case of any Monster whose level exceeds your own by more than 10 levels, the Pet Glove simply will 'Miss' whenever used. You will not see the little explosion of hearts that indicates a direct hit. If you wish to tame the Monster, you will be required to increase your own experience Level to a point where it is within 10 levels of that of the Monster you wish to target. Once tamed, the amount of time required to raise a Monster's Friendship level to the point where it will provide Ranch Products or work for you on the farm depends on the Monster's initial Level as well and your own character's experience Level. That is why some Monsters take longer to 'listen' to you than others. Monsters in the Green Ruins If you explored the Whale's Fin before you unlocked the Green Ruins, you will have encountered Monsters who provide Milk and Wool in the form of the Buffamoo and the Wooly. The Silver Wolf, your first Transport Monster, is to be found in the Whale's Fin area as well. You will not be able to find a Monster who lays Eggs or one who provides Honey until you access the Green Ruins, however. It is in the Green Ruins that you will find Cluckys that lay eggs and Hornests who yield Honey. Another new option that will be provided by the Monsters of the Green Ruins is the first Monster type who can be set to the task of clearing Lumber form your Field. This is the Little Mage, found on B3F of the Green Ruins.

When you unlock the Lava Ruins, you will find a Monster who waters Crops in the form of the Elefun. The Little Emperor in the Lava Ruins will water Crops as well. Monsters who Give Ores, Gems and Seeds In Rune Factory Frontier, the Harvester can be used on some varieties of Tame Monsters to obtain Crop Seeds, Ores and Gems. The type of Monster who will give Crop Seeds is a Plant Monster familiar to players of other Rune Factory games. In Rune Factory Frontier, these Monsters appear in the seasonal dungeons and have the names of Spring, Summer, Autumn and Winter. Although the Monster will give seeds appropriate to its season at high Friendship levels, at very low levels, it may give Turnip Seeds and Corn Seeds, irrespective of its seasonal affiliation. As their Friendship Level increases, however, the NUMBER of items given at each 'harvest' will increase. At 2 Friendship, for example, you will receive 2 bags of Seeds instead of 1. Monsters who give Ores and Gems in the same fashion are those who resemble the 'Mimic'. The Monster Box and its cousins resemble Treasure Chests. You may find the first of these at the Lava Ruins. If you are unable to tame it initially through use of the Pet Glove, you will need to raise your own Experience Level before you attempt the task again. General Walkthrough of Dungeons Unlocking Whale Island A screen-by-screen Walkthrough of every Dungeon is provided near the end of this Guide. This is a general Walkthrough that give information about unlocking new options. It is on Whale Island that the first Cave/Dungeon areas that you can access in Rune Factory Frontier are located. When you speak to Stella, she will tell you of a 'weird plant' that grows next to the Clock Tower that could grow if only it were given water. She laughs then, claiming that she is jesting but if you find the plant and water it only once, it will grow instantly into a giant beanstalk that will take you into the heavens to the whale-shaped island that is known fittingly as Whale Island. As previously stated, Whale Island is a dungeon that s Crops from all three growing seasons. As you can purchase Seeds from every season from Erik from the start of the game and from Rosetta at the Materia Shop after 15 Spring, you can begin to grow Summer and Autumn Crops as early as the 1st Spring once you have unlocked Whale Island. The Spirit of Whale Island When you arrive on the Island in the sky, the spirit of the Island will speak to you. Whale: I am the awareness of the very whale on which you stand. I was a mere

cluster of rocks when I was gifted with awareness … by the influence of the Runes and began swimming through the skies. The Whale Spirit then will explain the nature of Runes: 'Runes are collections of spirits. Although Runes are formed by the earth, there are times when Runes affect the earth instead.' He then will ask a favour, declaring that: Whale Spirit: Although my awareness and body are sustained by Runes, I feel as though the Rune within me grows weak. If the Rune were to ever disappear, my awareness would fade and my journey through the sky would end. This would be of grave danger to those who reside below… You now have a vital Quest, pledging: 'I'll search for the answer to your failing Rune. You have my Word. Even if you do not enter the Cave on your first visit to Whale Island, make certain that you study the Stone Tablet in the centre of the field to initiate a magical sequence. You will obtain a prompt as follows: 'The Melody of trust grows within 12 maidens.' The first time you read the message, twelve sparks of light will emerge to revolve in a circle above the Stone Tablet before they scatter. Note that Melody names her Bathhouse 'Laga Springs', declaring that she gave the Whale the name of Laga and named her Bathhouse in his honour. At this point in the game, you will have access only to a small area of Whale Island in the form of two underground Cave floors filled with ages, tillable fields, water sources and monsters. Whale Island is the only Dungeon/Cave that is not ruled by a specific season, so you can begin to grow Crops for every season in this dungeon immediately. You can unlock the Whale's Fin area simply by walking through a age in the southeast of the lower floor of the Cave, but you may wish to explore the two initial Cave areas first in order to raise your combat Skills. The Monsters in the Whale's Fin have higher Levels and Attack Skills than those in the two floors of the initial Cave area. Despite the fact that there are only a few varieties of Monsters, it represents a perfect opportunity to increase your combat Skills as well as tilling a few fields for Rune Points. Monsters in the Whale's Fin can be tamed to provide Ranch Products but until you own a Monster Barn, you will be unable to take advantage of this. Note: If you wish, however, you can explore the two levels of the Cave at Whale Island and move through the Cave along the path in the southeast section of the lower floor in order to unlock the 'Whale's Fin' even on the first day. If you do this and enter the Whale's Fin after 6.00 p.m., you will be able to experience your first sighting of Iris. Note that you will not be able to meet Iris until the third or fourth week of Spring, depending on how quickly you grow Moondrop Flowers purchased from Rosetta after she opens the Materia Shop on 15 Spring. You will find the information about the Whale's Fin as well as the introduction with Iris in the Walkthrough for the latter half of Spring. An interesting aspect of Whale Island, as previously stated, is that it will Crops from every season.

The Whale's Fin is not the only other location that ultimately can be explored on Whale Island, but the remainder will be barred to you at this point by means of a locked gate. Whale Island and Green Ruins There are two separate dungeons that are accessible almost immediately in Rune Factory Frontier. Whale Island, as explained previously, can be unlocked immediately by watering the plant next to the Church Tower. In order to unlock the Green Ruins, you need to speak to Mist, raising her Heart Level to the point where she asks you to cut the Weeds in front of her house. This does not require high Heart Levels. In fact, you need not be at 1 Heart either in Love or Friendship to trigger the dialogue. You do have to speak to her regularly, however. The Green Ruins is ruled by the Spring Season. On Whale Island, Crops for Spring, Summer and Autumn can be grown. The second major area on Whale Island is known as the 'Whale's Fin' and can be unlocked simply by walking down a age in the southeast part of the lower level of the Cave. You will not be able to experience the Event with the 'Lost Monster', however, until you have a Monster Barn as the Lost Elephant Monster requires housing. Both the Green Ruins and the Whale's Fin contain Monsters who provide Ranch Products but only the Green Ruins has every variety of Monster who produces them. The Whale's Fin, on the other hand, is the location of the first Transport Monster, in the form of the Silver Wolf known to players of Rune Factory 2. (A similar transport Monster exists in Rune Factory as well but has a different name.) There usually is no 'right' or 'wrong' way to play Harvest Moon and you can take your time where unlocking new options is concerned. This Walkthrough allows players to unlock Whale Island immediately but then moves forward to the Green Ruins, where you can unlock ages and chambers in all four floors by going through them once, granting you a direct access in future by stairways from the 1st through the 4th Floor where the Boss Monster awaits. From that point, the Walkthrough turns back to Whale Island in the 3rd Week, to unlock the Whale's Fin and initiate the first Event with Iris. To me, this is a logical order to take, as even if you explore the Whale's Fin earlier, you will not be able to plant the required Moondrop Flowers there until Rosetta opens the Materia Store. Furthermore, as Whale Island is a 'floating' island in the Sky, you will not find access to it via the Beanstalk in the Church District on any Holiday until Summer. In the 2nd Holiday of Summer, you can experience a dialogue with Lute that will allow you to create a new Beanstalk to Whale Island that will allow access only on the Holiday. The existence of two separate Beanstalks in different areas will allow you access to Whale Island every day of the week. As this Event will not occur in Spring, however, it is useful to unlock the Green Ruins in order to be able to grow Crops there for Runes in Spring. There is an aspect of Whale Island that is extremely useful in of farming in that Crops from any season can be grown here successfully. In fact, when you have met Iris, she may tell you:

Iris: Flowers can grow here regardless of the season. Because of that, you can mix and match spring and summer flowers in any way you like. Other Areas of Whale Island You can unlock more than the Surface Cave Area and the 2nd floor's Depths at Whale Island. There is a path on the 2nd Floor in the south that leads to the Whale's Fin area. Two Monster types who provide Ranch Products in the form of the Wooly and the Buffamoo frequent the Whale's Fin. The Silver Wolf, who can be used for transport, will be in this area as well. You may wish, however, to unlock the Green Ruins first as it is closer to your Homestead and includes all of the Monsters who provide Ranch Products. Furthermore, it is a little easier to tame the Monsters in the Green Ruins as they are not always in the 'gangs' that inhaibit the Whale's Fin. A pivotal Event at the entrance to the path in the Cave that leads to the Whale's Fin cannot be experienced until you have a Monster Barn. When you have a Monster Barn, you will experience an Event with a lost Monster who then will take up residence in the antechamber of your Monster Barn. Finally, an Introduction to Iris, who lives in the Tower in the Whale's Fin, cannot occur until you have grown Moondrop Flowers in the 3 x 3 plot in front of the tower. As Rosetta sells all flowers and will not open her shop until the third week of Spring on the 15th, it may be more practical to unlock and explore the Green Ruins before you spend much time in the Whale's Fin area. The Tower at the Whale's Fin You may experience the first sighting of a new character in front of the Tower at the Whale's Fin. This will occur only when you enter the Whale's Fin after 6.00 p.m. and descend the stairway that leads to the Tower. It therefore is not associated with any particular week but may occur earlier or later, depending on your own movements. If you enter the Whale's Fiin screen prior to 6.00 p.m., the Event will not occur. You must descend the stairway that leads to the Tower then to initiate the Event. The actual introduction to the Elven Maiden is predicated upon the opening of the Materia Store by Rosetta so will not occur earlier than the second half of Spring but you may experience your first sighting of her prior to this. The

Power of Moondrop Flowers

When you enter the Whale's Fiin after 6.00 p.m. and descend the stairway that leads to the Tower, you will experience a little Event. You will see a new character in the form of an Elf Maiden watering the land. When she has completed her task, she will go into the Tower and the doors will shut behind her. Your character will watch this and move closer to the entrance to the Tower.

When you regain control, you will be in front of the Tower. You will find a 3 x 3 plot there that can be tilled. You need to buy Moondrop Seeds from Rosetta to plant there. Do not harvest the flowers once they bloom but wait to experience the next Event in a sequence that results in an introduction to Iris. Rosetta and the Moondrop Flower Legend When you have experienced the Event in front of the Tower, speak to Rosetta at the Materia Store. She will tell you there is an old legend with respect to the Moondrop Flower. Rosetta: Oh, yeah! You know those Moondrop Flowers? I heard that they become very beautiful when they're grown in a place with a lot of moonlight. Why don't you try growing some if you find a place like that? Of course, the seeds are available at this very store. This is the hint that you need to plant Moondrop Flowers in the tillable plot in front of the Tower at the Whale's Fin. In a second dialogue, she will be even more specific: Rosetta: I hear that Moondrops grow to be real pretty when you grow them in a place where the moonlight is very strong. But I wonder where that place is… Does it mean that it's a very high place since it's closer to the moon? If you find it, try growing it. You can buy the seeds at my store, of course. The entire sequence of events that leads to the first meeting with Iris is given in the Walkthrough section for the first week of Summer, even though you can experience the Event sooner. As the Moondrop Flowers you plant at the Tower must mature and you cannot visit Whale Island on any Holiday to water them until the discovery of a new Beanstalk in Summer, it may take longer than five days to complete the entire sequence that introduces Iris properly to your character. Exploring the Whale's Fin The Whale's Fin is a beautiful area filled with ruins. It consists mainly of hills connected by staircases. There are platforms where Monsters congregate, tillable fields and water sources. At the very top of the highest hill in the northeast corner above a Monster Generator that spawns a pack of Silver Wolves is a locked gate. You can find five Treasure Chests amid the ruins in the Whale's Fin. They often contain cooking ingredients such as Flour, Rice and Chocolate that otherwise can only be purchased at the Tavern from Rita. It appears that items contained in Treasure Chests change a little according to the dungeons you have unlocked. Before your character unlocks the Lava Ruins, he may not find Copper anywhere in a Treasure Chest. Once the Lava Ruins are unlocked, however, Copper begins to appear randomly in the Treasure Chests on the Whale's Fin.

The main feature of the Whale's Fin, however, is a Tower with a sign in front of it that declares: Please stop by in the evening for business. It is named the Tower of Rest and is the abode of Iris. Until you have met Iris, the only Crop you should grow in the little field in front of the Tower is Moondrop Flowers. Do NOT harvest them! You can plant whatever you wish in the other two tillable fields at the entrance to the Whale's Fin. Two more fields to the left of the locked gate at the top of the hill in the northeast can be tilled as well. As previously indicated, Whale Island is not season-specific, unlike most other Dungeons and you therefore can plant Crops from any season on its fields, allowing your character to gain access to Autumn Crops and Flowers in earlier seasons. Appearance of Gelwein Gelwein and the Locked Gates When you visit Iris one evening, you now may experience an Event with another stranger. A man will appear at her door, then walk towards the top of the hill. He will go through the gates that you always found locked on previous occasions. At the end of this Event, enter the Tower to speak to Iris. She will tell you that the man is Gelwein, a 'dear friend' of hers. You now will find the gates at the top of the hill unlocked. The next time you climb the Beanstalk to Whale Island, the Whale will speak to you again, telling you of a Monster who has become too violent and therefore must be punished. Whale: Do you know about the ancient castle built on my back? That is the castle of the ones known to be 'the closest to the Spirits'. I have told you that the power of the Runes from the castle gave rise to my consciousness. There is one monster that lives in the water tower of the castle. It said that it wanted to live there because it was comfortable so I let it. But recently, it must have forgotten that it is on my back and has been getting very violent within that area… Freyr… Would you please go and punish it? You agree to do the Whale's bidding in this matter. The Monster in the Water Tower At the point when the Whale speaks to you of the Monster in the Water Tower, you probably will not have sufficient skill in combat to defeat it. Simply file away the dialogue in your mind for the future. Most players, including myself, feel that one cannot engage the Giant Squid comfortably until your character reaches Level 80. You need to have superior Weapons and Accessories as well as decent Recovery Items. It is an 'optional' Boss in the sense that the plot does not depend on its defeat. The Water Tower is located on the western side of the Floating Chamber between the Tower of Plenty and the Tower of Glory. When you go north from the Tower of Plenty, you will see a staircase to the right that leads upwards to a Tower that is higher than the others. It is surrounded by tillable fields.

If you attempt to enter the Tower, you will be unable to through the portcullis at the entrance. You must go first to the Tower of Glory to find a lever that will unlock the gate of the Water Tower. Once the lever has been pulled, you can enter the Water Tower. You then will find a single door that leads to the Boss Monster's chamber. As usual, you will have the option to turn back or go forward into combat. The main consideration in battle with the Giant Squid is to have sufficient powerful Recovery items with you as the conflict tends to take time and one slap with a powerful frontal tentacle can reduce your HP considerably. Some players use the Gae Bolg, which offers Water Resistance and like any spear is a long range weapon. I have used Gungnir as well as my favourite Smash Blade. Micro Dragons as allies can be useful against this Boss. When the Giant Squid is defeated, he will shrink and become a tiny squid in a little pool in the centre of the chamber. The War Trophies that he drops may include: Bright Tentacle, Flour, Rice, Cooking Oil, Aquamarine, Platinum Of these, it is the Bright Tentacle that you can expect always to obtain. Once you have defeated the Giant Squid, mount the Beanstalk to experience a little Event with the Whale: Whale: It seems that you have punished the monster in the water tower. Thank you. It will now act somewhat more tame. Well, this is a little something for your troubles… With that, rather like tipping a waiter, he will give you a Level 1 Little Crystal as a reward. On your next visit to Whale Island, you will find a Circle Portal installed that leads directly to the Water Tower. This is most convenient as another shortcut to an area that contains many tillable fields as well as being the closest entry point to the Tower of Glory where the Level 8 Little Crystals can be found. Creating Circle Portals in Rune Factory Frontier In fact, a Circle Portal will be created in ANY dungeon once you have confronted the 'Boss' Monster, whether or not you are victorious or end up in the clinic defeated. Some players confront the Boss at the earliest possible opportunity for this reason, even if they are certain to be defeated, as the Circle Portals are extremely convenient, leading directly to the entrance to the Boss Chamber or, in the case of the Water Tower, to the highest point on Whale Island. Note that Lara's Love/Friendship for you will decrease a little each time you are so careless with your own health that you end up in the Clinic. It can be easily restored, however, with a gift of any Jam or her Most Favourite Chocolate Cake. The Path through the Whale's Flank You now can travel freely through the length and breadth of Whale Island, up the hill past the gates to the Whale's Flank and up the winding pathway to the Whale's Drain. The Whale's Flank is riddled with poisonous swamps so you may wish to have Neutraliser on hand to cleanse the land itself or at least have an ample supply of Antidote Herb to restore health. Note that if you are riding a

Transport Monster through any poisonous area, he/she will be afflicted with poison but you will remain untouched. Use Antidote Herb on yourself, however, to restore the Monster's health. In Rune Factory Frontier, Neutraliser is equipped as a Tool. Simply use it once on any Poison swamp to cleanse the land. Unfortunately, unlike other Rune Factory games, the effect of Neutraliser only lasts for the duration of your presence in the dungeon. When you re-enter again, the Poison will have re-appeared. There are Weapons, Equipment and Cooked Items that offer protection from Poison. This, and high levels, will make the Poison swamps of less consequence. If you are extremely careful, you can traverse the path without touching the Poison but the camera angles make this a more difficult task than it otherwise might be. Creating a Shortcut from the Whale's Flank to the Cave When you begin to explore the area of the Whale's Flank, you will see a group of sparkles in front of a natural wall of rock in the northwest corner of the area, at the northwestern end of the path. Charge your Hammer and use it once to open the entrance to a tunnel that leads back to the initial Cave on Whale Island. Once you have uncovered the tunnel, it will remain open, giving you a shortcut between the Cave and the Whale's Flank. This is most useful as it will decrease your travel time enormously during the five days of the week when your entrance to Whale Island is the Beanstalk near the Clock Tower. Rope

Shortcut at Whale Island

This is the second shortcut that you can create from theTower of Life on the higher levels of Whale Island back to the Cave. You can unlock this shortcut at any point in time simply by reaching the Tower of Life at the top of Whale Island. At the point where you can find the entrance doors that lead to the Tower of Life Garden, look for a curled golden rope on a broken stairway to the left of the double doors. Click on the rope and you will see a prompt: Maybe I should climb down the rope… Maybe later. Climb down the rope to find yourself near the very entrance to the Cave on Whale Island on a platform with two tillable fields. Now you will have almost instant access to the Tower of Life at Whale Island. In the Tower itself, you will find two Rune Stone Altars, one on either side of the chamber, guarded by a single Monster generator at the centre of the northern wall. Unlike some of the other Rune Stone Altars on Whale Island, these are Rune Stone specific, and each of the two requires a Grass Rune Stone. When a Grass Rune Stone is placed on either Altar, the door will open, revealing a small chamber containing two Treasure Chests. Gold most often is discovered inside these Chests, although E. Drink X and Elemental Crystals, as well as the elusive Little Crystal can be found here as well.

If you are very careful, you can creep along the southern wall from one Rune Stone Altar to the other without triggering the Monster Generator. There are other twin chambers opened by Rune Stones of various types in the other Towers that can yield Little Crystals but this one is the easiest to access once you have the Rope Shortcut in place. The Green Ruins Mist is the key to the second Cave/Dungeon area. You need to speak to her regularly in order to initiate a little event that will show your character performing a Request for her by cutting down the Weeds in front of her house. This is a hint rather than an actual Event and if you do not take the hint, the sequence will be repeated randomly until you do. Once you have experienced the dream sequence, you can go to the field across the path from Mist's house with Sickle equipped to mow the Weeds there. By doing so, you will uncover the entrance to the Green Ruins. You do not need to mow every Weed in order to uncover the entrance. Each time you use the Sickle, walk a little in each direction. You should find the Entrance after cutting only a few Weeds. The Green Ruins is quite different from Whale Island and resembles the Palermo Shrine in Rune Factory 2 in the sense that different paths must be unlocked before you can move through many areas. There are no actual switches, unlike Palermo Shrine. Instead, you will find sliding doors that have broken and which now will open only from the other side. (Actually, there was one door like this in Palermo Shrine as well.) As with any Cave/Dungeon, you may be thoroughly confused at the start. It may be a good idea to explore first without saving your game. A screen-by-screen walkthrough of all Caves/Dungeons will be added when time permits. Once you have 'unlocked' any sliding door by going through it once, it will remain unlocked, widening your access to the Green Ruins. Another aspect of the Green Ruins that differs from your initial Whale Island Dungeon experience is the presence of wooden crates in certain areas. These when smashed with any Weapon or Tool can contain anything from a Wild Grass to a Spring Crop. They may contain nothing whatsoever. The contents are totally random and the crates will respawn. In the initial sections of the Whale Island Dungeon, there are no barriers between chambers and the only obstacles on paths are rocks containing ores that can be smashed with your original Cheap Hammer. In the Green Ruins, there are barriers made of smooth stones that cannot be smashed either with a Cheap Hammer or the Iron Hammer, its first upgrade. Between most chambers in the Green Ruins, you will find a barrier made of jungle vines at the doorway. This must be torn using a tool or hammer before you will be able to through the doorway between chambers. Unlike Rune Factory 2, Generators once destroyed will not respawn in the course of a single visit to the Cave/Dungeon. They will respawn, however, if you exit the Cave/Dungeon completely and then re-enter. There are Treasure Chests to be found in various locations in the Green Ruins as well. Press 'A' to open any Treasure Chest. The contents are somewhat random but can vary from useful Crops to elemental Crystals and Gems. Monsters in the Green Ruins

If you explored the Whale's Fin before you unlocked the Green Ruins, you will have encountered Monsters who provide Milk and Wool in the form of the Buffamoo and the Wooly. The Silver Wolf, your first Transport Monster, is to be found in the Whale's Fin area as well. You will not be able to find a Monster who lays Eggs or one who provides Honey until you access the Green Ruins, however. It is in the Green Ruins that you will find Cluckys that lay eggs and Hornests who yield Honey. Another new option that will be provided by the Monsters of the Green Ruins is the first Monster type who can be set to the task of clearing Lumber from your Field.. This is the Little Mage, found on B3F of the Green Ruins. When you unlock the Lava Ruins, you will find a Monster who waters Crops in the form of the Elefun. The Little Emperor of the Lava Ruins will water Crops as well. Unlocking New Paths in Dungeons In the Green Ruins, you will see prompts to the effect that the locks of many doors have been broken, making them accessible only from the other side. Once these doors are opened from the other side, however, they remain open. Your first explorations of the Green Ruins therefore should be an attempt to open all doors. Once you have explored every possible pathway, you will find that you can take a shortcut via a stairway from the ground floor down to the 4th floor where the Boss Monster awaits. You will not have access to every path and chamber in the Green Ruins, however, even after you have opened all the 'broken' doors. You will find there are places where smooth square boulders act as barriers on the pathway to prevent you from moving forward. These boulders cannot be smashed with your original Hammer nor even with the first upgrade in the form of the Iron Hammer. They require a Silver Hammer. There is Silver to be found in the Green Ruins but it is in an area beyond one of these stone barriers. You therefore must unlock the Lava Ruins in order to obtain your first Silver. If you purchase the Great Forge from Lute, you then will be able to make a Silver Hammer. The most direct route to your first piece of Silver is given in another section of this Guide. The link between Green Ruins and Lava Ruins As in the first Rune Factory, one of the keys to unlocking a new Cave/Dungeon may be the defeat of the 'Boss' Monster in an existing Dungeon. If you wish to unlock the Lava Ruins, you must defeat the giant Clucky who dwells at the lowest level of the Green Ruins. Once you have unlocked all the doors/gates in the Green Ruins, you will find that there is a very direct route from the ground floor to the floor where the Boss Monster dwells. Simply go through the sliding doors to the right of the first Chipsqueek generator, then continue downward to the bottom.

Incidentally, you will find hints about the Lava Ruins in John Arthur's memoirs at the Rune Archives Library. Note that even after defeating the Boss of the Green Ruins for the first time, it will take two full days for the Lava Ruins to become accessible. The Tree will not have grown to the point where the hole is visible until the next morning. You then need to place a Tree Rune Stone in the hole and wait until the following day to be able to access the entrance to the Ruins. Defeating the Boss of the Green Ruins Players of previous Rune Factory games may be delighted to discover that you CAN take a Monster Ally into the battle with the Boss Monster of the Green Ruins. The difference is the difference between night and day. With a Silver Wolf as your Ally, you should have no difficulty whatsoever in defeating the Monster who has grown to unnatural size in the dark depths of the Ruins. In fact, letters from Kanno provide hints about various aspects of the Green Ruins. One letter deals with the actual Boss of the dungeon, as follows: How goes exploring the Green Ruins? How goes exploring the Green Ruins? Apparently, monsters have begun living in the ruins because of its pleasantly mild climate. Having lived there so long, there may be monsters that grew to towering heights, so be careful. Kanno The Monster who has grown to 'towering heights' is a Clucky who evidently wandered into a special area of the Green Ruins on the lowest floor. The location of this Giant Clucky is on the 4th floor of the Green Ruins, behind a locked door with a prompt allowing you to choose to enter the Battlefield by entering the chamber where the Monster awaits or to turn back without confrontation. When you press the 'A' Button, you will access the following choice: I should turn back. Let's Go! Although you must dismount any Transport Monster such as a Silver Wolf in order to enable the prompt, when you find yourself in the chamber with the Boss Monster, your Monster Ally will be at your side. If you have chosen to enter the Green Ruins with a Silver Wolf, you then can choose either to remount or to have him fight independently. In the early stages of Rune Factory Frontier, you may find it difficult to defeat the Giant Clucky if you confront her alone. With a Monster Ally such as a Silver Wolf, you will win an easy victory. The Giant Clucky uses a variety of attacks, including Wind Attacks. She will fly at you and stomp you if you do not avoid her. At a certain point in the battle, she will lay little eggs that hatch into small fierce Clucky Monsters who will attack independently of their giant Mother. If you choose to confront her mounted, you may find that the only danger is in the depletion of your Monster's HP. You may be forced to dismount in order to eat an item to replenish your Monster's energy. If you and your Monster both fight independently, you can defeat the Giant Clucky with greater speed than if you fight mounted. In any event, it is not a difficult battle if you have an Ally. If you choose to enter the

battlefield alone, however, it will be a far more challenging affair, especially if you are attempting it in your first Spring. The defeat of the Giant Clucky actually is rather sad, as she is nothing more than a larger version of the Monsters who provide you with Eggs regularly. When she falls, she will leave a variety of War Trophies that may include Copper, food items, gems, Bird Feathers and a Giant Cockscomb. In my first game, I obtained the following: 1 Giant Cockscomb 2 Bird Feathers 2 Copper 1 Sapphire 1 Sharp Talon 1 Rice The War Trophies that are guaranteed are the Bird Feathers and the Giant Cockscomb. All others are chosen randomly. Your HP and RP will be restored completely after victory and your experience Level will increase as well obviously. Note that you can return to fight the Giant Clucky again in order to gain experience and more items. The Monster will be far more difficult to defeat in subsequent engagements, however, having far higher Attack, Defence and total HP! Note: The easiest way to defeat the Giant Clucky, even in her augmented more powerful form, is through use of Magic and an Earth Wand. The Giant Clucky has Wind Elemental Power. Thus, her opposing Element is Earth. As Kross will inform you with respect to the Lava Ruins: Kross: So you went to the Lava Ruins. Heh… The monsters there are resistant to fire and weak against ice. It's a good strategy to aim for the enemies' weaknesses. Each Monster has its own strength and weakness. Some Monsters are not ruled by ANY Element. Others, like the Giant Clucky, have a specific Elemental Power. Use any Earth Power against the Giant Clucky to increase the Damage of your attacks. In the case of the Giant Clucky, use of an Earth Wand will allow you to keep a safe distance from her as well when you attack. In this situation, if you take a Silver Wolf with you, you need to dismount so that you can fight independently. Her attacks will cause some damage and may tip the scales in your favour if your own Levels still are low when you engage the Giant Clucky for the second or third time. Incidentally, paying attention to the temporary effects of food items can make victory a breeze. If you intend to use Magic to fight the Giant Clucky, for example, eat a couple of Berry Jams before you walk through the entrance to engage her. Even a Level 1 Berry Jam (made in a Pot with a single Strawberry) will increase your Magic by 30 points! In Rune Factory Frontier, you can make a return engagement with any Boss Monster after defeating it the first time. A 'portal' in the form of a circle of light will open at the entrance to the Green Ruins, for example, allowing you to descend instantly to the lair of the Giant Clucky. You then can go through the door to meet her again in battle. Players have noticed, somewhat to their consternation, that the power and maximum HP of the Giant Clucky increases enormously after her first defeat. She is not particularly difficult to defeat in the first engagement. In

subsequent battles, however, you may require a different strategy to experience victory. This is where a player may wish to use Magic instead of an ordinary Weapon and Attack. In Rune Factory 2, the only Magic Spell available to a player in the 1st Generation is Fireball. In Rune Factory Frontier, although Kanno will give you your first magic wand in the form of the Fire Rod, you can forge Wands for the other Elements as soon as you purchase an elementary Forge from Lute. Having the Wand gives you the power to use it without need for a separate Spellbook as in other Rune Factory games. Note however, the difference in RP Use between the two. The Earth Wand uses only 17 RP as opposed to the 67 RP required for use of the Gaia Wand. If your character has not attained high levels, you may wish to opt for the lesser Earth Wand so as not to deplete RP too quickly. Both Wands have 1 Special Attack and the Earth Wand actually boosts Magic higher by 55 points as opposed to 40. In my guides for Rune Factory 2, I urged players to use Magic as often as possible in the 1st Generation simply in order to increase their Skill Levels in Magic in anticipation of the 2nd Generation. Talents and Skill Levels are inherited by your child in Rune Factory 2 and, at the very start of the 2nd Generation, your child can obtain all the recovery Spells such as Cure and Medication. In my view, having high Magic Skill Levels in Rune Factory 2 was worth more for the ability to use Cure and Medication effectively than any of the Elemental Spells. In Rune Factory Frontier, however, being able to forge Wands for all the Elements early in the game means that Magic is a resource in combat that should not be ignored even in the early stages of gameplay. When you unlock the Lava Ruins, Kross will tell you: Kross: So you went to the Lava Ruins. Heh… The monsters there are resistant to fire and weak against ice. It's a good strategy to aim for the enemies' weaknesses.' Each Monster has its own strength and weakness. Some Monsters are not ruled by ANY Element. Others, like the Giant Clucky, have a specific Elemental Power. Use any Earth Power against the Giant Clucky to increase the Damage of your attacks. In the case of the Giant Clucky, use of an Earth Wand will allow you to keep a safe distance from her as well when you attack. In this situation, if you take a Silver Wolf with you, you need to dismount so that you can fight independently. Her attacks will cause some damage and may tip the scales in your favour if your own Levels still are low when you engage the Giant Clucky for the second or third time. Incidentally, paying attention to the temporary effects of food items can make victory a breeze. If you intend to use Magic to fight the Giant Clucky, for example, eat a couple of Berry Jams before you walk through the entrance to engage her. Even a Level 1 Berry Jam (made in a Pot with a single Strawberry) will increase your Magic by 30 points! If you have only an elementary Forge, you will not be able to make very sophisticated Elemental Swords. The best you will have probably are the

Aquasword, the Windsword and the two-handed Flame Sabre and Earth Shade. You can use the Earth Shade fairly effectively against the Giant Clucky but a magic Rod with Earth power is far better as it keeps you out of range of her counterattacks. that any combat will serve to raise your own character's Experience Levels. Fighting the Giant Clucky again has other positive side-effects in of allowing you to obtain a number of War Trophies, including another Giant Cockscomb and at least two Bird Feathers. The rest of the War Trophies obtained in any Victory against her are randomly chosen. Incidentally, another vital consideration in ANY combat situation in ANY Rune Factory game is the defensive equipment that you equip. In Rune Factory Frontier, two of the items obtained as War Trophies from the Giant Clucky can be made into an excellent accessory in the form of Head Equipment. A Feathered Hat has the following stats: Feathered Hat, Lv. 2: 804G. ATK 0, DEF 34, MAG 35, FX Wind Attack +5, Wind Resistance +5. Wind Attack is of no use against a Wind Elemental Creature such as the Giant Clucky but the Defensive Wind Resistance will help. Apart from that, the Feathered Hat is one of the best Head Equipment items that can be created with only a small Forge, as it requires only 2 ingredients: Giant Cockscomb and Bird Feather. (There are two different Recipes for the Feathered Hat, actually. The other one requires 3 ingredients. Both create the same item.) Furry Belt: 1240G (Torso EQ): ATK 0, DEF 60, MAG 30, FX Max HP +20, Fire Resistance -10 To create the Elemental Pendants, you will need a Great Forge, as they require 4 ingredients rather than 2. In fact, in any battle with the Giant Clucky, if you want Elemental Attack boosted, the Earth Pendant may be the best choice of Neck Equipment: Earth Pendant: 740G; ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 30, Earth Attack +8, Earth Resistance +15. You may prefer to have protection AGAINST the Giant Clucky's Wind power, however, by equipping the Storm Pendant. Storm Pendant: 790G; (Neck EQ): ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 30, FX: Wind Attack +8, Wind Resistance +15. Note that, in the context of the Lava Ruins, the Furry Belt actually is weak to Fire, as it gives minus 10 Fire Resistance, but even so, its DEF and MAG power is very good. If you want to have special power against Fire, you can equip the Aqua Brooch instead. Aqua Brooch: 320G (Torso EQ): ATK 0, DEF 12, MAG 20, Max HP +40, Water Attack +12. Obviously, its defensive power is far less than the Furry Belt, but it actually boosts Water Attack by 12 points, making it a weapon in a sense when confronting Fire Elementals. A good defensive choice in the Lava Ruins would be: Dew Pendant, Lv. 2: 948G, (Neck EQ) ATK 0, DEF 44, MAG 30, FX Water Attack +8, Water Resistance +15 As you can see, a player who spends time at the Workbench forging accessories can 'stack the deck' against any specific type of Enemy. Personally, I always believe that Experience is both the best form of Weapon and Protection in any Rune Factory game or indeed, any RPG. Weapons and Accessories can maximise your strength and minimise your weaknesses, but high

Skill and Experience levels can make victory much more likely in ANY situation. Other Battle Tips: Note that a single Bamboo Shoot baked in an Oven offers not only a gain of 10 HP and 100 RP but 100% defence against Paralysis AND Seal for two minutes! This can be extremely useful when confronting enemies with the power to inflict Seal. Choosing your Weapon Some players opt for speed and others for power. A Hammer, Battle Axe or two-handed Sword always will have more Attack power than any one-handed sword at a comparable level but they are far slower in any combat situation. The fastest weapon will be a one-handed Sword or any Magic Wand because they are lightweight weapons. As far as Elemental Weapons are concerned, Wind/Air offers speed but will not have the strength of the other elements. Each element has its own strengths and weaknesses. You can choose an Elemental Weapon that acts effectively against specific Enemies in dungeons. Each Dungeon has a general Elemental affiliation although the Enemies that inhabit it can have different Elemental powers as many Enemy Monsters are not dungeon-specific. The Lava Ruins is ruled by Fire and many Enemy Monsters in that dungeon, such as the Ignis, are ruled by that element as well. By choosing a Water/Ice Weapon, you will lend the opposing Elemental Power to any attack. If you would prefer to use a single Weapon against any Enemy you attack, an excellent choice would be the Luck Blade. A Level 1 Luck Blade has the following stats: Luck Blade: 710G ATK 35, REQ SKL 35, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6, FX Poison Defence, Seal Defence Note the power of the Luck Blade to offer some protection against both Poison and Seal, making it particularly useful in the Lava Ruins and on the Whale's Flank. Its Attack Power is decent as well, offering double the attack power of the Aquasword, the Water/Ice Elemental Sword available initially against the Fire-ruled Monsters in the Lava Ruins. As a one-handed sword, it is fast and supple. Creating it requires only ingredients that you should have early in the game. Make a Scimitar with a Broadsword and 1 piece of Copper, then use the Scimitar with 1 Silver, 1 Ruby and 1 Amethyst to create the Luck Blade. Once you have a Glittering Edge, a War Trophy that is dropped (inter alia) by the Minotaurs and Minotaur Kings found on the 4th floor of the Lava Ruins, you can forge your Aquasword into a Sakura. Sakura: 890G ATK 41, REQ SKL 38, SP ATK 2, RP Use 8, FX HP Absorption, Poison Attack 50% The Sakura is another one-handed blade, and one that is slightly more powerful than the Luck Blade. Although the Aquasword, a Water Sword is used to create it, the Sakura is ruled by the Darkness Element rather than the Water/Ice Element. Weapons ruled by Darkness can be useful, however. Note that it offers a chance to absorbs Enemy HP in successful attacks. The only problem with the Sakura in early stages of the game is the amount of RP that it requires to wield. The Luck Blade uses far less RP. In the Lava Ruins, many players opt instead to use an Ice Hammer, especially against the Boss Monster of that Dungeon. An Ice Hammer is made with a Battle Hammer and a Water Crystal.

Its values are: Ice Hammer: 620G ATK 56, REQ SKL 26, SP ATK 1, RP Use 13, FX Stun Attack 24%, Water Attack +10 Although heavier and therefore slower than either the Luck Blade or the Sakura, it is more powerful. It uses twice the RP, however and has only 1 Special Attack as opposed to 2. Do not forget that food items offer both Elemental protection and Elemental Attack. If you choose a weapon such as the Luck Blade or the Sakura, you nonetheless can add Water Attack or Fire Protection to it in the Lava Ruins by consuming food items that give temporary Elemental effects. The best strategy would be to take a selection of different weapons into combat, using the one that best suits each Enemy type. Iris and the Whale's Fin On 15 Spring, Rosetta will open a new shop next to Danny's Grocery Store. She is a competitor and her shop is the Materia Grocery Store, where you will find all Flower Seeds as well as a few accessories. The only duplication of items is in the form of the Cheap Band and Pendant sold by Danny as well. Most of the seeds sold by Rosetta take more than a full season to mature. You therefore should grow most of these Flowers in the Caves/Dungeons where the seasons remain constant. Ordinary flowers such as Moondrop, Toy Herb, Pink Cat and Charm Blue can be grown in season on your Field. You may wish to purchase Moondrop Seeds first as these will lead to an introduction to a new character in the form of Iris. Planting Moondrop Seeds on the 3 x 3 plot and allowing them to remain on the land even after they bloom is the key to an introduction to Iris. The Whale's Fin If you wish to move forward to the Whale's Fin, you need to go to the 2nd floor of the Whale Island Cave and find the path in the southeast that will lead you further southeast and ultimately take you back to the surface at the position of the 'Fin' of the Whale. Along the way, you will find an Altar in the North that will accept any Rune Stone. Choose the option to 'Drop' the Rune Stone in order to use it in the Altar. It will open the locked door temporarily, allowing you access to three treasure chests. Press 'A' to open any Treasure Chest. You will find them in hostile territo The Little Lost Monster When you first find the path that leads to the Whale's Fin, you will experience an Event. A little pink and purple Elephant Monster will confront you at the very start of the path. This Monster is not hostile in the least but is lost. The Monster will circle your character a few times before he wanders off.

When you enter your Monster Barn again, you will find the Monster ensconced in the antechamber. The Lost Monster will not consume any of your Feed, nor will she respond to the Brush. She is an integral part of the plot, but at this point, you need not perform any actions with respect to her. The little Lost Monster cannot find her next true home until you reach the Summer season. NOTE: You must experience the Event with the little Lost Monster before the end of the Summer season if you wish to persuade Bianca and Tabatha not to leave Trampoli at the end of Summer. If you do not experience this Event before the end of Summer and they do leave Trampoli, they will return at the beginning of the next Summer season. Whale Island and Green Ruins There are two separate dungeons that are accessible almost immediately in Rune Factory Frontier. Whale Island, as explained previously, can be unlocked immediately by watering the plant next to the Church Tower. In order to unlock the Green Ruins, you need to speak to Mist, raising her Heart Level to the point where she asks you to cut the Weeds in front of her house. This does not require high Heart Levels. In fact, you need not be at 1 Heart either in Love or Friendship to trigger the dialogue. You do have to speak to her regularly, however. The second major area on Whale Island is known as the 'Whale's Fin' and can be unlocked simply by walking down a age in the southeast part of the lower level of the Cave. You will not be able to experience the Event with the 'Lost Monster', however, until you have a Monster Barn as the Lost Elephant Monster requires housing. Both the Green Ruins and the Whale's Fin contain Monsters who provide Ranch Products but only the Green Ruins has every variety of Monster who produces them. The Whale's Fin, on the other hand, is the location of the first Transport Monster, in the form of the Silver Wolf known to players of Rune Factory 2. (A similar transport Monster exists in Rune Factory as well but has a different name.) There usually is no 'right' or 'wrong' way to play Harvest Moon and you can take your time where unlocking new options is concerned. This Walkthrough allows players to unlock Whale Island immediately but then moves forward to the Green Ruins, where you can unlock ages and chambers in all four floors by going through them once, granting you a direct access in future by stairways from the 1st through the 4th Floor where the Boss Monster awaits. My own instinct is to unlock the Caves on Whale Island first, then unlock the Green Ruins area before returning to explore more of Whale Island by unlocking the Whale's Fin later. This is a logical order to take, as even if you explore the Whale's Fin earlier, you will not be able to plant the required Moondrop Flowers there until Rosetta opens the Materia Store in the middle of Spring. Furthermore, as Whale Island is a 'floating' island in the Sky, you will not find access to it via the Beanstalk in the Church District on any Holiday until Summer. In the 2nd Holiday of Summer, you can experience a dialogue with Lute that will allow you to create a new Beanstalk to Whale Island that will allow access only on the Holiday. The existence of two separate

Beanstalks in different areas will allow you access to Whale Island every day of the week. As this Event will not occur in Spring, however, it is useful to unlock the Green Ruins in order to be able to grow Crops there for Runes in Spring. There is an aspect of Whale Island hat is extremely useful in of farming in that Crops from any season can be grown here successfully. In fact, when you have met Iris, she may tell you: Iris: Flowers can grow here regardless of the season. Because of that, you can mix and match spring and summer flowers in any way you like. Monsters at the Whale's Fin The Whale's Fin would be an idyllic place were it not for the nests of Monsters that inhabit it. The Monsters on the Whale's Fin tend to spawn in multiples, so you will find it difficult to tame one unless you can separate it from its fellows or defeat all of the others in the group before you even attempt to equip the Pet Glove. You will find Woolys, Buffamoo and Silver Wolf Monsters along the many staircases and plateau of the Whale's Fin. If you explored the Green Ruins to unlock all the paths there, you may have tamed at least one Wooly and one Buffamoo there before you ever began to explore the Whale's Fin. The Monster you should tame here is the Silver Wolf. Although the Silver Wolf will spawn in a pack, you can induce the one closest to the first generator to follow you down the staircase where you will have a chance to tame him without interference from his packmates. If your Skills Levels are sufficiently high, you can defeat all his Packmates instead, but tricking him into following you down the path is an easier method early in the game. The Silver Wolf is a transport Monster and when you speak to him outside the Barn, you will have the option to ride him. Unlike Rune Factory and Rune Factory 2, Monster companions can follow you anywhere on the Map and if you wish to enter buildings for any purpose, your attending Monster simply will wait for you outside the door until you emerge. You will find five Treasure Chests tucked into the landscape of the Whale's Fin at different locations. The contents always are somewhat random, but you may obtain precious Gems as well as Chocolate, Rice, Flour and other ingredients ordinarily available only at the Tavern. Energy Drinks and Antidotes sometimes can be found in these Chests as well. that each time you exit and re-enter any area, all Treasure Chests and Crates respawn. An interesting aspect of Whale Island is the fact that it is not season-specific in of farming. You can grow Crops from any season here. There are two locked areas at the Whale's Fin when you first explore it. The first is the Tower in the very centre of the area. The other is a locked gate at the top of the highest hill, northeast of the Monster Generator that spawns Silver Wolves. The first to be unlocked will be the Tower of Rest. Monsters in the Green Ruins

If you explored the Whale's Fin before you unlocked the Green Ruins, you will have encountered Monsters who provide Milk and Wool in the form of the Buffamoo and the Wooly. The Silver Wolf, your first Transport Monster, is to be found in the Whale's Fin area as well. You will not be able to find a Monster who lays Eggs or one who provides Honey until you access the Green Ruins, however. It is in the Green Ruins that you will find Cluckys that lay eggs and Hornests who yield Honey. Another new option that will be provided by the Monsters of the Green Ruins is the first Monster type who can be set to the task of watering your Crops. This is the Little Emperor, found on B3F of the Green Ruins. When you unlock the Lava Ruins, you will find another Monster who waters Crops in the form of the Elefun. Kanno's Letters In the previous section about the Boss of the Green Ruins, Kanno's Letter about giant monsters was included. He actually will send another letter to you with a different hint about the Green Ruins. Kanno's Letter: I hear you found the Green Ruins I hear you have entered the Green Ruins. That place once was a Norad research facility, studying how to utlise Runes more effectively by using Rune Stones. It may be a good idea to try taking some Rune Stones down there with you. The Lava Ruins The first step in unlocking the Lava Ruins is to defeat the Boss Monster of the Green Ruins in the form of a Giant Clucky. Until you have accomplished this, you only can gaze at the entrance to the Lava Ruins, situated on the Mountain Road between South District and the little paths that lead to the Cornucopia Trees and Stargazing Conservatory area. When you look at the ruins of the entrance, you may notice a small sapling on the right side beneath a fallen pillar. It may grow a little as time es, but you never will be able to interact with it until you have defeated the boss of the Green Ruins. Nothing will change on the day that you defeat the Giant Clucky. You must wait until the next day to return to the Mountain Road to find the entrance to the Lava Ruins. You then will find that the sapling has become a Tree with a hole in its centre. Press 'A' for a prompt: Freyr: I've seen this hole before… I think it was inside Whale Island… If you equip a Tree Rune Stone in your hands, you will see a prompt: Put In Put Away Choose 'Put In'. Your character then will remark: Hm… I can't get it out anymore. Nothing will change immediately apart from the fact that you will see the Tree Rune Stone firmly lodge in the hole in the trunk of the Tree. Although you

will be able to see the entrance to the dungeon, you will not be able to set your feet on the path that leads inside. Return the next day to obtain access to a new Dungeon in the form of the Lava Ruins. When you first arrive at the entrance, your character will remark: Freyr: Whoa! Was this tree this big? Wow… I think I can go inside from here… To make it quite clear, you will see a prompt on the bottom of the screen: The Lava Ruins are now open! Bombs in the Lava Ruins The first chamber in the Lava Ruins contains a new item in the form of a bomb. If you have studied the books available in your local Library, you will have read John Arthur's Memoirs describing the bomb he found in the Ruins and its effects. There are two exits from the initial chamber. The one leading north is blocked by debris. The bomb is to the left of this entrance to the next chamber. Slash at the bomb to detonate it or use your Monster ally to attack it. You can use almost any Tool or Weapon to detonate the bomb. Move out of range quickly. Afterwards, you will be able to move further into the dungeon. There are bombs elsewhere in the Lava Ruins. Some will begin to tick, prior to detonation but others are dummies that may or may not contain useful items in the same way as Chests and Crates contain items As its name suggests, lava flows freely here. The dungeon is ruled by the Summer Season so you can plant Summer Crops in the fields. There is a multitude of new Monster types in the Lava Ruins, including a more powerful form of Chipsqueek, Scorpions, Spiders, Necros, Golems, Flower Lions, Little Wizards and Ignis Monsters. Although their names may differ from those in previous Rune Factory games, players of the series will recognize each type easily. The Lava Ruins is a good source of Silver as well as Wild Grasses associated generally with the Summer Season such as Blue Grass and Purple Grass. Unlocking Doors in the Lava Ruins As in the Green Ruins, you will find sliding doors that are locked until you have gone through them once from the other side. The locked doors tend to be those closest to the entrance in the southeast section of the Ruins. As in the Green Ruins, a stairway leads down to the lowest floor in this location but until you have unlocked the door on each successive floor from the other side, the stairway essentially will lead nowhere. Once unlocked, sliding doors then remain accessible in later visits. Those doorways that must be blasted by bombs in order to become accessible, on the other hand, must be opened in the same fashion each time you visit the Lava Ruins. Any barriers in doorways as well as the bombs used to clear the path will be respawned each time you re-enter the Lava Ruins. Catapults in the Lava Ruins You will find a different sort of man-made device on the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins and on floors below that as well. These resemble the bombs on higher

floors somewhat but are found on little round platforms. If you look closely, you will see a lever on one side of the platform. Hit it with your hammer to launch a cannonball that will blast through a nearby pile of debris or other obstacle in your path. Large Round Boulders in the Lava Ruins On the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins, you will begin to find giant boulders that are perfectly round. It is obvious that they should be used to clear debris and other obstacles from your path, but the method here is slightly different from that used to launch the Catapults. Once again, however, it is your trusty farming equipment that solves the puzzle. Look for a pile of sand and use your hoe to remove it. The Round Boulder having been held in place only by the pile of sand now will roll freely, crushing everything in its path. Make certain that your character and any Monster Ally are NOT in the path of destruction! Silver in the Lava Ruins Although you can find Silver in the Green Ruins once you have a Hammer with sufficient power to smash the Stone Barriers that prevent access to some of the paths and chambers in the dungeon, you need to find Silver elsewhere in order to forge the Silver Hammer that can smash those barriers. The 3rd Floor the Lava Ruins may be the first location where a player finds Silver in Rune Factory Frontier. If you go to the 3rd Floor and ascend the wide stairway in the east, then walk to the far northeast corner of the long platform there, you will find some Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems guarded by Scorpion Monsters. At least one of these Rocks usually contains Silver. When you have opened the 'broken' door to the stairway shortcut to the 3rd floor, you will find yourself at the southern end of the same long platform and all you will need to do then is walk north to the end of the platform. Most Direct Path to your first Piece of Silver Silver: If you have not unlocked the Shortcut Stairway, this is your route to your first piece of Silver in the Lava Ruins. First of all, go north through the first chamber where there are both Killer Ants and Ants. Detonate the bomb and move back to allow it to clear a path for you. Proceed north throught the next chamber and continue north through the opening in the wall. Go round the lava crack in the floor and continue north through the opening in the wall in the northeast. Now you must change direction briefly in the chamber with the Ghosts and the cluster of Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. Go west through the sliding door into a small chamber filled with Ghosts. You will see another sliding door in the north. Go through it to find the isolated stairway to the 2nd Floor. Descend to the 2nd Floor, then go west from the stairway to a little area containing Furpys. You will see a little stairway to the south. Descend and you will find yourself in the northwest corner of the largest area on the 2nd

floor. This area is divided into four sections and has a large number of tillable fields. The section in which you find yourself contains two Ducks and their Generator. If you go east along the northern edge, you will find two smooth square boulders that you would need an upgraded Hammer to smash, making this route inaccessible at the start of your exploration of the Lava Ruins. You ultimately need to make your way to the southeast corner of this large area and to do so, must go through a sort of maze. First, find the stairs in the southwest corner of this section of the large area at the point where you cannot go further south because of a canal of water. Go up the little stairs through a sliding door, then take a short bridgeway south over the lava. In the next chamber, you will find a sliding door in the east that will take you to a short flight of stairs that descends east back into the original large area. Now, however, you will be on the southern side of the water canal in the southwest section of this area. You need to find your way to the southeast corner now. Skirt the water that spills out of the canal and thread your way past the fallen pillars in the centre of the area, Go to the southeast corner of the large area and you will see a short flight of stairs ascending upward to the south. Go up the stairs and you immediately will find yourself on the western end of a long causeway that goes east. Go east to the end of the causeway and through the sliding door there into a chamber containing two Mini-Golems, each with his own Generator. You will see a sliding door in the north. Take it and you will see the isolated stairway to the 3rd Floor in front of you. Descend the Isolated Stairway to the 3rd floor. You will find yourself in the middle of a long platform that extends along the eastern limits of the dungeon from north to south. Go north along this platform and you will see a cluster of Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems, a bomb and two Scorpions. This is the Cluster of Rocks that usually contains at least one piece of Silver. You actually can detonate the bomb to crush at least one of the Rocks (and possibly a Scorpion) instead of using a Hammer. If you fail to find Silver in any of these Rocks, use Escape, leave the Dungeon, then re-enter and try again! Energy Drink X

in the Lava Ruins

Energy Drink X is the most powerful Energy Drink that can be made or found in Rune Factory Frontier. You can make it in your own Laboratory with two E. Drink S and one White Grass. It is a required item in Rosetta's 'Story' as well, and you will not be able to propose successfully to her until you have obtained one Energy Drink X. You can find E. Drink X in the Treasure Chests in many of the 'Twin Towers' at the top of Whale Island as well. If you do not have sufficient Cooking Skill to make it and have not reached the Floating Chamber of Whale Island yet, you can find it on the 3rd Floor of the Lava Ruins, quite close to the location of the cluster of Rocks that often contains Silver. Here are the directions: From the Isolated Stairway, go west down the long stairway. If you take the Shortcut Stairway, go north, detonate the bomb that clears the fallen masonry

and continue north to the same long stairway, then descend. Go south past the Mini-Golems and then west through the sliding door that leads to a small chamber FILLED with Summer Monsters. (This is probably why I avoided the room for the most part in the early days of my explorations.) There are two Monster Generators in this chamber, each of which spawns two Summers. All plant monsters have the power to inflict Paralysis. If you are wearing a Wristwatch, you will be protected from both Stun and Paralysis. A Luck Blade or Smash Blade protects against Poison and Seal. The two in combination therefore protect against all common status ailments. If you are riding a Transport Monster, it probably is best to dismount and use a weapon against the pesky creatures to clear the room most quickly. Paralysis will slow down the Monster unless you have consumed food with a temporary FX of protecting against Paralysis attacks. There are two Treasure Chests in this chamber. One usually contains Fire Crystal, Lv. 6 or an Orange. The other most often contains Energy Drink X but sometimes yields Ketchup I believe. Monster Ally Effects A Monster Ally who accompanies you will share in the effects of any Energy Recovery items, making this different from Rune Factory 2. Furthermore, Monster no longer need to be sent back to the barn if you wish to enter your Farmhouse while you have one with you. The Tame Monster will wait outside the door docilely until you complete any business in the house! Defeating the Boss Monster of the Lava Ruins By the middle of Autumn, your experience Level should be high enough to defeat the Boss Monster of the Lava Ruins. In fact, the most difficult aspect of the Lava Ruins is solving the maze, especially with respect to the 4th and 5th floors. Finding the door that you need to open from the other side in order to create a shortcut via the stairway in the southeast corner is particularly difficult in of the 4th and 5th Floors. You actually need to unlock only the door on the 6th floor in order to be able to access the Boss instantly without being obliged to use Catapults and Round Giant Boulders each time to clear your path. When you have unlocked the door on the 6th floor, make certain that you forge an Ice Hammer before you return to enter the Boss Monster's Lair. Ice Hammer: 620G ATK 56, REQ SKL 26, SP ATK 1, RP Use 13, FX Stun Attack 24%, Water Attack +10 Other items that will be of great use are: Sakura: 890G ATK 41, REQ SKL 38, SP ATK 2, RP Use 8, FX HP Absorption, Poison Attack 50% As you can see, the Sakura offers a chance for you to drain Enemy HP, giving you an HP boost each time it does. E. Drink S: 280G HP 105, RP 0, FX 0 Ice Cream: 260G

HP 10, RP 125, FX 120 sec. Water Attack +10, Water Resistance +20 As you can see, Ice Cream offers 10 points of Water Attack, very useful against Fire Elementals. The Boss Monster of the Lava Ruins actually is accompanied by a number of minions who will attack you before he ever appears. Defeating each 'wave' of Enemies will not deplete the Boss Monster's HP at all. You must defeat each wave, however, if you ever wish to MEET the Boss! The first wave consists of a number of Fire Hornets. They will sting you with darts. Stay mounted on your Silver Wolf Monster Ally for these attacks. They will harm your Monster Ally very little and you will be able to defeat them without using either HP or RP. As each Enemy is defeated, it will be transformed into fire. The fire will remain on the ground until the next wave appears. If you choose to fight at your Monster's side instead, I would recommend that you equip Sakura or the Luck Blade instead of the Ice Hammer. The Ice Hammer is slow and uses too much RP to be of use against multiple weak enemies such as these. With Sakura, you can absorb your Enemies' HP in your Attacks. The next wave consists of 4 Fire Panthers. Again, the easiest way to defeat them is by remaining mounted and using your Silver Wolf's Special Attack but if you choose to fight unmounted, use the Luck Blade or Sakura again. The 3rd wave consists of two Fire Trolls. They are monstrous creatures but, like all Trolls, rather slow. Make certain that you do not get caught between them. You can remain mounted for this as well. When the two Fire Trolls are defeated, you will encounter the 4th wave of Monsters in the form of a number of Fire Slimes. Like all of the Slime family, they have the power to inflict Poison so make certain that you use Antidotes when necessary to heal yourself and your Monster Ally. It is during this wave that your Monster Ally will be at risk finally. You may lose him in fact. With all of these waves of lesser enemies, it is best NOT to use the Ice Hammer. Use Sakura or your Luck Blade. As previously stated, the Ice Hammer is slow and uses too much RP to be wasted on lesser Enemies. Furthermore, you will have two Special Attacks with the Luck Blade or Sakura as opposed to a single Special Attack with the Ice Hammer. Once you have defeated all the Fire Slimes, the fire remnants will morph into the true Boss Enemy, a Giant Fire Slime. At this point in the battle, you should equip your Ice Hammer. This Monster has a number of Fire Attacks, not surprisingly. You may need to restore your HP with E. Drinks S. Now is the time to consume Ice Cream as well in order to augment your Attacks. Use the Ice Hammer. The most dangerous attack of the Giant Fire Slime is his third mode of Attack, when he will rise above the ground, then attempt to crush you beneath him. If you can avoid this, you should be able to remain standing. You can weather his first and second modes of attack and indeed, if you have sufficient energy, can counterattack during those attacks. Make certain that you watch your Energy gauges and replenish HP and RP as necessary, using items that increase total HP, boost Attack and Defence and finally, offer Water Attack.

When the Giant Fire Slime is defeated, he will drop a number of War Trophies. Two are guaranteed: a Relic and a Red Core. The Relic is the 'key' to unlock the Snow Ruins. The Red Core can be used in forging. Other items that the Giant Fire Slime will drop include Gold, a Gem and Cooking Items such as Curry Powder and Cooking Oil. The latter are items that are associated with heat and fire! Unlocking the Snow Ruins With the Relic won from the Giant Fire Slime in your Rucksack, go to the Churchyard to the right of the Rune Archives to study the stone Altar there. Your character as always will remark: This stone tablet looks… suspicious. If you attempted to use any Rune Stone here previously, your character would say to himself: I think something can fit inside this dent… If you now equip the Relic in your hands and press 'A' in front of the Altar, you will have a new choice: Jam in 'Relic' Do nothing. Choose 'Jam in Relic'. When you do, you will see a prompt to the effect that you: Jammed in Relic! Now the Stone Altar will slide to the left, uncovering a square entrance to an underground age. Freyr: There's an entrance to the ruins here! You will see a declaration now: The Snow Ruins are now open! Descend and as soon as you begin to walk deeper into the Ruins, you will experience an Event. Freyr: …! What is that?! You will see what resembles a dark star, a pulsing black ball in the centre of a stone chamber. Freyr: A Dark Rune? Something's not right here. I should be careful hereon out. The Snow Ruins is ruled by Winter, as its name suggests. Autumn Crops can be grown here, however. You will find Mushrooms in the tillable plots as well as Coloured Wild Grasses. Ganesha will inform you that: 'The Snow Ruins, as the name suggests, has monsters that are resistant to cold. But they're also weak towards heat, so adjust your equipment that way to prevent needless damage to yourself.' In other words, equip items that either offer Ice/Water Resistance or Fire Attack. Tip for Obtaining Gold You will find Gold in the Snow Ruins but there is a very easy source of Gold in the Lava Ruins on the 6th floor. In the antechamber in front of the door that leads to the Boss Monster and his minions, you will find three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores. You usually will find at least one Gold here and sometimes even two. Once you have defeated the Giant Fire Slime in the Lava Ruins, you will find a circle portal that leads from the entrance of the dungeon directly to the 6th floor, much like the one that appeared in the Green Ruins after the 1st defeat of the Giant Clucky. In fact, as noted previously, a Circle Portal is created after the first

encounter with any Boss Monster, whether or not you emerge victorious. Two urns to the right of the door that leads to the Boss Monster and Minions can be smashed for items. One usually contains Ketchup, an item that ships for over 700 Gold. that each time you leave a dungeon and re-enter it, all Crates and Rocks will respawn. With either the 'circle portal' shortcut or access to the 6th floor via the stairway in the southeast, you will have an almost infinite supply of Gold… and Ketchup!* There may be a glitch in Rune Factory Frontier that will not allow the Urns and cluster of Rocks to appear after your first entry into the chamber on the 6th Floor until you actually have confronted the Boss Monster. Some players have not been able to find ANY Rocks or White Urns in the chamber on the 6th floor until they confronted the Giant Slime. Note that, once you have 'The Hammer', the ultimate upgrade in this farm tool, you will find Little Crystals fairly often when smashing rocks in dungeons. In fact, you often can find a Little Crystal when you smash the rocks in the chamber with the shortcut Circle Portal on the 6th floor of the Lava Ruins. * that this always is a probability rather than a guarantee. Finding specific items in any Rock, Crate or White Urn is a probability and may not occur each time you enter the Dungeon. It appears that there is a specific 'short list' of items programmed into each Rock, White Urn or Crate as well as an 'empty' result where Crates and Urns are concerned. The two Urns on the 6th Floor of the Lava Ruins appear to yield Mushroom, Ketchup and Thick Stick… The Rocks are as likely to yield Scrap Iron as Gold on any given visit, but re-enter and try again. Gold is one of the items on the 'short list' for this particular cluster of Rocks. Preparing for the Snow Ruins Rune Factory is Harvest Moon plus traditional RPG which means that Cooking and Forging are important not only where Energy Recovery is concerned but in order to increase your Attack and Defence powers in the various Caves/Dungeons. In any Rune Factory game, including Rune Factory Frontier, each Cave/Dungeon is ruled by a specific season. Each season is associated with a specific element. Spring is Wind, Summer is Fire, Autumn is Earth and Winter is Water/Ice. If there is any doubt in a player's mind as to the veracity of this, he/she need only confront the Boss Monster of the Cave/Dungeon to see how much Elemental Power affects the nature of that Monster. Following the Seasons in natural order, you will find that each Cave/Dungeon tends to produce more powerful Monsters. In other words, the Monsters in the Snow Ruins are far more powerful than those in the Green Ruins. Fortunately, there is a logic in this that affects other components in the game. The more powerful Monsters tend to supply War Trophies that can be used to create better weapons. The Lava Ruins, unlocked after the Green Ruins, is a place where one can find Gold instead of the Silver found in the Green Ruins. In general, Gold is required in Recipes for Tools, Weapons and Equipment that is superior to those in which you will find Silver as an

ingredient. Knowing your Dungeons/Caves and how to deal with Elemental power is the key to success in any RPG and therefore in Rune Factory as well. Ganesha will inform you that: 'The Snow Ruins, as the name suggests, has monsters that are resistant to cold. But they're also weak towards heat, so adjust your equipment that way to prevent needless damage to yourself.' In other words, equip items that either offer Ice/Water Resistance or Fire Attack. Destroying Barriers and Devices in the Snow Ruins An important consideration when choosing a Weapon for the Snow Ruins are a number of inanimate barriers and devices that you will find throughout the dungeon. The first of these is a barrier in the form of ice crystals. A simple Hammer will destroy this. It need not be an elemental Hammer or any type of combat Hammer. Your farm tool will suffice. The reason why a farm tool may be preferable to any combat Hammer or other weapon is RP Use required to wield it. Any farm tool requires far less RP ordinarily than any Weapon. The second device found throughout the Snow Ruins consists of an 'eye' generator that sends out puffs of damaging ice. If you move close to the 'eye', you can smash it or destroy it with any weapon, tool or even Monster Ally attack but you will suffer damage in the process. Look for a low metal arch on the same screen as the 'Eye Generator. It may be next to it or it may be in a different location entirely. Destroying the metal arch will destroy the 'Eye' Generator and you will suffer no damage from proximity with the arch. An elemental Fire Weapon is best for this task. Using an ordinary Hammer will prove inadequate for this. The third device found in the lower levels of the Snow Ruins is a cannon. The heart of this device is a metal arch similar to those connected to the 'eye' generators. As with the 'eye' generators, the best strategy is that of destroying the arch as you will suffer no damage. You can attack the cannon directly and it is easier to do so without suffering damage than to attack any 'eye' generator, as the cannon faces only in one direction at any given moment, but it will swing to face you quickly. One more device in the Snow Ruins requires a simple farm tool in the form of a Hoe. Like the huge round boulders in the Lava Ruins, you will find similar boulders in the Snow Ruins that act both as barriers and a means of smashing debris to allow you to . Be careful not to stand in the path of these boulders once you have liberated them! Upgrades that use Gold Gold will be an incredible aid in preparing for the Snow Ruins and the higher areas of Whale Island beyond the Whale's Fin. Once you have a regular supply of Gold, you should study your Recipe Books to find Weapons and Equipment that use Gold as an ingredient. You will discover that many of the best Weapons you had can be used as ingredients, with Gold, to create a better Weapon of the same time. For example, your Windsword can be upgraded to an Aerial Blade. Your Aquasword can be transformed into an Icifier. Aerial Blade: 1570G

ATK 63, REQ SKL 52, SP ATK 3, RP Use 21, FX Wind Attack +10, Seal Attack 100% Icifier: 1570G ATK 71, REQ SKL 54, SP ATK 3, RP Use 24, FX Water Attrack +10, Paralysis Attack 100% The Icifier will be a liability rather than an asset in the Snow Ruins but you can use it to advantage in the Lava Ruins. With Gold in your inventory, you can make a Gold Ring to supercede your old Silver Ring. A Gold Ring can be used as an ingredient to create other Rings as well as being worn. Better even than a Gold Ring, however, is an Au Bracelet. This requires 3 Gold and a Cheap Band but gives the following: Au Bracelet: 560G Arms EQ, ATK 15, DEF 60, MAG 50 Ingredients: Cheap Band, Gold x 3 Other upgrades that can be performed once you have access to Gold are upgrades to all your Farm Tools. Possibly the most important of these is the your Watering Can from Lion Can to Rainbow Can. The Rainbow Can allows you to water 25 squares at a time and holds a total of 21 uses. Depending on the amount of exploration and fighting that your character previously accomplished in the higher areas of Whale Island, you may have items such as the 'Fair Hide' and the 'Magic Talon' in your inventory. If not, however, the Snow Ruins offers easy access to monsters who drop these War Trophies. A Fair Hide can be used to create a Stylish Hat, an item of Head Gear offering better protection than the Cats Ears. Stylish Hat: 1890G ATK 0, DEF 55, MAG 60 Ingredients: Feathered Hat, Toy Herb, Fair Hide, Quality Cloth When you obtain a Magic Talon, you can create the Headdress. Headdress: 1580G ATK 0, DEF 85, MAG 80, FX Element Attack +10, Element Defence +10 Ingredients: Katusha, Quality Cloth, Charm Blue, Moondrop, Yarn Ball, Magic Talon Note that the Headdress requires a Charm Blue, an Autumn flower. By the middle of Autumn, you should have both Charm Blue and the necessary Skill Level to create a Headdress. Skill Level Requirement for this piece of Head Gear is 70. If you lack necessary experience for advanced Accessories, you can make Hand-Knit Hats from your Wool and Yarn until you raise your levels. You should have ample supplies of these in your Storage from your Woolies and their cousins by the middle of Autumn. Make as many upgrades as possible to Weapons and Equipment as well as preparing Cooked Dishes that either give protection from Ice/Water Attacks or contain Fire Attack power before you begin to explore the Snow Ruins in earnest. If you have unlocked the Snow Ruins in Autumn, you should have a large supply of Eggplants on hand. An Eggplant Grill offers Fire Attack as well as boosting general Defence as follows: Eggplant Grill: 310G HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Defence +30, Fire Attack +10

Letters from Kanno about the Snow Ruins Each time you unlock a new dungeon, Kanno will send you letters that give details about it. When you unlock the Snow Ruins, you will receive two letters from him almost immediately: I hear you found the Snow Ruins. I hear you have entered the Snow Ruins. The Norad Kingdom used to conduct researches on how to effectively increase the number of Runes there. Monsters of cold regions are especially strong, so be sure not to push yourself too much. Understood? Kanno How goes exploring the Snow Ruins? How goes exploring the Snow Ruins? Creatures in colder climates tend to grow much larger than those of warm climates. According to my documents, a monster used to guard the ruins. If that monster were still alive and fulfilling its duty… impossible. That would be impossible. Kanno Exploring the Snow Ruins The barriers in the Snow Ruins consist mainly of large clumps of ice crystals and frozen ice that prevents sliding doors from opening. You can break any of the ice crystal formations with a Silver Hammer or Heat Axe as well as some other Tools and Weapons. You don't even need to charge a Silver Hammer to smash the ice. Where the ice that holds a sliding door in place is concerned, however, the situation is slightly different. The dungeon is filled with round metal generators that appear to have an 'eye' in the centre. They generate puffs of cold air that can cause damage. As soon as you enter any chamber containing one or more of these generators, smash them either with a Weapon, a Tool or the special Attack of a Monster Ally. When the Eye Generator is smashed, the ice in front of any sliding door nearby will vanish, allowing you to use the door. In fact, there is a little arch near each of the 'eye' Generators that can be smashed without suffering risk of damage. When you destroy the arch, it acts as a detonator, causing the Eye Generator to explode. There are swiveling cannon on lower floors that are controlled by similar wire arches. If possible, hit the arch instead of the actual Generator to minimise your own damage. In some cases, however, the arch that controls the Eye Generator or swiveling Cannon will be found in a different area. As with Monster Generators, these Eye Generators will respawn whenever you re-enter the Dungeon. Platinum can be found randomly in the Snow Ruins on the 2nd floor or anywhere lower. White Grass is found here as well. Monsters who drop the Magic Talon and Fair Hide can be found in the Snow Ruins fairly close to the entrance. Although you can obtain these items from Monsters in areas of Whale Island past the Whale's Flank, it may be easier to

obtain them from the Death Stalkers in the Snow Ruins. Another useful new Monster in of items is the Mamoo. The Mamoo is a Monster on the 3rd Floor who resembles the Elefun and who will drop 'Quality Fur' randomly as a War Trophy. 'Quality Fur' is an ingredient in many of the better Accessories. In particular, it is an ingredient in the four Elemental Capes, constituting Torso Equipment that sures any available previously. A Source of Platinum in the Snow Ruins Although Platinum can be found randomly in rocks in many areas of the Snow Ruins, the first cluster of Rocks that usually contains at least one nugget of Platinum is found on the 2nd Floor. Here are the directions from the Shortcut Stairway: From the Shortcut Stairway on the 2nd Floor: Go north from the entrance to find an ice barrier. Smash it and move north into a chamber with four Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems and a single tillable field with four plots. To the west is an ice ramp leading upward. To the east is another ramp that leads upward. To the north is a narrow corridor leading to a dead end with ice ramps that lead upward both to the east and to the west. The ice ramp that leads upward to the west at the end of this narrow corridor leads to a chamber with three rocks that can be smashed for ores/Gems and a single Monster Generator that spawns Shadow Panthers. One or more of these rocks often contains Platinum. In fact, this may be your first opportunity to obtain Platinum. Dark Iris and the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins Ordinarily, when your character reaches the door of the Chamber where a Boss Monster awaits in any dungeon, he will be given an option either to proceed or to turn back. In the case of the door on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins, however, once your character reaches it, the Event will proceed inexorably, forcing him into combat with Dark Iris at the behest of Gelwein. You therefore should make certain that your Skill Levels are adequate, that you have full HP and RP and that your Weapons and Equipment are equal to the task of defeating Dark Iris before you smash the ice enclosing the huge Guardian Monster in front of the 3rd Floor door. Actually, you must press 'A' in front of the door to initiate the Even that leads to your battle with the darker side of Iris. You first will encounter both Mist and Candy after you press 'A' at the door. Freyr: Mist! Candy, too! What are you doing here? It's dangerous! Mist: Sorry… It's just that I hear a voice from in here asking for help. Candy: A lot of Spirits are inside here. I think the Spirits from Whale Island are in here, too. Freyr: The Spirits…? And the voice that Mist heard is coming from in here, too…? Does that mean there's really something inside? Your character tries to open the door. Freyr: Darn, it won't open. Mist: It won't open? Mist and I both walk towards the door and it suddenly opens. Mist: It opened… Freyr: Ahaha… Looks like it did…

Canday now runs to us. Candy: There are so many spirits in here… They sound so… sad… You will see an enormous black orb in the centre of this chamber. It resembles the vision you saw when you entered the Snow Ruins for the first time, but is far larger as now you are closer to it. Freyr: …!! Whoa… Mist: Oh my… Candy: Wow… Now you hear the singing voice from the Public Square. Mist: Do you… hear something…? Candy: I hear something… A melody… A Spirit Melody?! Some one who resembles Iris now appears in the centre of the pentacle on the floor. The pentacle glows softly. Freyr: Iris…? No, the atmosphere is slightly different… Mist, is the voice you heard Iris'? Mist: No… I don't think so. The voice I heard was… Freyr: Runes are… gathering… They gathered here and became this giant Rune… Candy: Just like how I sing to talk to the Spirits, that girl's singing must be calling out to them. You have to stop that girl! If all the Spirits gather here, Whale Island will lose its Rune and fall to the ground! You run forward. You now can see that the girl who resembles Iris is dressed in brown rather than white. Freyr: Iris, stop! Why are you doing this?! Iris Noire: I have nothing else… This is all I have… Freyr: What are you talking about?! You're the one that told me you're not lonely anymore! You told me that you'd sing for me someday! A sad melody like that doesn't suit you, Iris! Iris Noire: Who… are you? My melody is… Freyr: It's me! We used to talk on Whale Island, ?! Did you forget?! Iris: I… don't know you… I have nothing… Freyr: Iris! Another voice now heard over the wind… Male Voice: What are you doing?! I never told you to stop singing! Gelwein walks forward. Gelwein: There's no one in this world that would ever befriend a worthless fool like you other than me! You want me to cast you out?! You can't live without me! So do as I say and sing, fool! Freyr: Iris, stop it! Please! Gelwein: Who in the world are you…? You dare enter into this facility without my permission? This is why trash like you… Freyr: You… I saw you before in front of Iris's house… Iris had nothing but good things to say about you. She called you her 'friend'… How could you?! Gelwein: I knew I ed your face from somewhere… You're the one that visits 'Blanche'. Freyr: Blanche…? Gelwein: Haha… Hahahaha! I see! You can't tell apart 'Noire' here and 'Blanche' up on that floating island! Let me tell you something. Noire' here and 'Blanche' up on that floating island are two separate entities. Well… I guess it'd be more accurate to say that they're 'separate entities right now'. Freyr: Wha-What do you… Gelwein: That Iris you met on the floating island is not really Iris. There

once was a girl that lived here, who split into two because she wanted some one to talk to. Freyr: You're telling me… Iris… One girl split… into two?! Gelwein: That's right! Iris is the last of a vampire tribe legendary for being those closest to the Spirits in this world. She alone knows the secret art that controls the Spriitis through song. That art is what gripped me! The two Irises continued to sing from above and below the earth. Their powers are the same, since they wre one person to begin with. By going back and forth between the two Irises, the Spirits brought balance upon this world. This is where I devised a plan. I kep the Iris underground singing while stopping the Iris above. Of course, as a result, the spirits began gathering underground around the Iris that continued to sing. And behold! The fruits of my labour! This giant Dark Rune! Freyr: Stop! If you keep doing this, Whale Island will lose all of its Rune power and fall to the ground! Gelwein: Why should I care?! I will have my revenge on the fools that envied my genius and banished me! Freyr: I can't let you do that! Gelwein: Hmph! You seem to have some skill with a sword, but that won't be enough to defeat me! Freyr: We'll see about that… Gelwein: What a fool! Then why don't you give it a try! Let's see how you stand up to this! Go. Iris! Wipe out these fools that dare interrupt my plan! Freyr: Stand back, both of you!! Mist, I'll leave Candy to your care!! Mist: Okay… Be careful! Defeat of Iris Noire You now will engage in combat with Iris Noire, ed by a series of crystal orbs that ring her along the wall of the chamber. You must destroy each of these Orbs before you will have any hope of defeating her. Her own Energy bar will decrease with each Orb that you destroy. You need not confront the Dark Iris personally at all. Simply race from one Orb generator to the next, avoiding the various Attacks that she unleashes upon you. An Ally in the form of Blanche If you have a high Heart Level with Iris (Blanche) at this point, the Event will occur a little differently. When Gelwein orders the attack: Iris Blanche: Stop! A moment in the darkness, then: Iris Blanche: Please stop this. You can't do this.' Iris Noire: I have nothing else. This is all I have. Iris Blanche: That's not true. You have me. Freyr will also become your friend. I promise. If you continue down this path you can never return. You will lose everything. This'sn't you, Iris. Come back please!' Gelwein: Blanche, why are you here? Wait, you… I gave your blood to Blanche. No, this can't be! The awareness control will break. Ah aaaaah!

Iris Noire now will scream and fall to the ground. Iris Blanche will disappear. The event will continue in the same fashion whether or not you fought Noire. After Iris Noire Faints Once Iris Noire falls to the floor, Mist and Candy will greet you. Mist: Are you all right? Freyr: I'm fine. How's Iris…? You look towards the pentacle. Freyr: Don't worry. She just fainted. Mist: *phew* That's good… Gelwein's Next Move Gelwein now walks forward to confront you. Gelwein: Freyr, was it…? You worthless piece of… Freyr (sternly): This is the end. Leave this place. If not… Gelwein: …?! Ha… I get it… It's no wonder my awareness-control was broken so easily. Freyr: …? What are you…?! Gelwein: I never imagined there would be some one with a more powerful song than Iris, here, in a place like this! No matter! I still have the upper hand. Iin fact, this is the perfect chance to solidify my plan! Freyr… I must thanks the likes of you! I'll let Iris go, as you wish. She is of no use to me, now that I have the final ingredient in my hands! Hahahaha!! Dialogue by the Rune Experts As previously on another occasion, you will be privy to a conversation that occurs between two different individuals. As before, you will not see the speakers but simply overhear the dialogue. 1st Voice (red): … The diagnostic results are in. As we thought, the reason behind the Rune dissipations was… 2nd Voice (green): I see. A body that endlessly absorbs Runes since birth… Why did it fail…? Is it sinful for man to create life by his own hands…? But the child has not sinned… I should have been the one to be punished… If we do nothing, all the Runes of the world will be absorbed by this child… … and the world will perish. I must do something. Something… The Disappearance of Mist You now will find yourself in your bed at your farmhouse. Kanno, Lara, Candy and Iris 'Noire' are near the bed. Freyr: Where am I? Lara: You're in your room, Freyr. Do you hurt anywhere? Freyr. No… I'm fine… You now stand. Freyr: What am I doing here…? Then: Freyr: Oh, no! Iris was being controlled and I… Iris Noire: If you're worried about me, I'm fine… Freyr: Iris! You're back to normal! I'm glad… What were you doing in a

place like that? Besides that Gelwein guy… Iris Noire: I'm not the Iris from Whale Island… Freyr: Huh…?! Iris Noire: A long time ago, the Iris that lived in this land became so lonely that she split into the Iris on Whale Island and me. Kanno: Hm… So both Miss Iris of Whale Island and Miss Iris of the underground were singing the Spirit Melody. That is why Runes were in equilibrium, and Whale Island could soar in the sky. However, Miss iris of Whale Island stopped singing while the other Miss Iris continued on due to Gelwein's plots. As a result, all the Runes began gathering underground while the Rune within Whale Island shrunk. Iris Noire: That's my hypothesis anyway. Freyr: Then the danger has ed? Whale Island is safe? I mean, you're here with us and you're not singing. Candy: It's … not that simple… Freyr: What? Why not? Candy: The Spirits are now called below by an even stronger force than before. My song won't reach them… Freyr: How can that be…? Iris isn't singing any more, so… Kanno: There must be a great power we don't know about that is drawing the Spirits to it. Freyr: A great power…? Kanno: I daresay that this has something to do with Miss Mist going missing. Freyr: Mist is… missing? Lara: She disappeared when that whole fiasco ended, and we can't find her… Freyr: What?! She might still be in that room! We have to go save… Kanno: That room has been sealed by magic and cannot be breached. Freyr: No way… Then Mist is… Iris Noire: I'm so sorry… It's all my fault… Freyr: No, Iris. You were being controlled. You didn't do anything wrong. Besides, I'm sure that Mist is totally fine. So… don't blame yourself like that. Iris Noire: Freyr… Freyr, I want you to take me to where the other Iris is. If both of us work together, we may be able to bring the Spirits back to Whale Island. Magic cannot be used without Runes, so if we bring back the Runes, we may be able to weaken the magic seal on that room. Kanno: Then I'll look into this Gelwein fellow. Lara: Freyr, just don't do anything rash, okay? Reunion of Two Divided Souls You now automatically will journey with Iris Noire to the Tower of Rest at the Whale's Fin and witness the reunion of 'Blanche' and 'Noire'. 1st Iris: I understand what you're trying to do. I never dreamed that Gelwein would do something so… … I'll believe in you. 2nd Iris: We will sing together. If we can bring back the Spirits that went underground, Whale Island won't fall.

Freyr: We'll all be counting on you. You now find yourself on your Homestead, walking towards your Farmhouse. It is 10.00 a.m. on the morning after you confronted Iris Noire in the Snow Ruins. If, therefore, you have unfinished business, make certain to complete it BEFORE you initiate the confrontation with Iris Noire. Rescue of Mist The rescue of Mist must be at the centre of your thoughts now. Speak to Kanno while you are at the Clock Tower if you did not engage him in dialogue elsewhere. Kanno: We'll be getting very busy! First, we have to find out about Gelwein. When you return to the Snow Ruins, you now will find the usual 'circle portal' that indicates a shortcut to the Boss Chamber. Note that, even if you fail to defeat the Ice Snake, your first confrontation will create the Circle Portal. Take the shortcut to find yourself behind the huge frozen Monster at the door that led to the Dark Rune Chamber. You will experience an Event wherein your character walks back and forth searching for a way to open the door. Freyr: Man, this is shut tight. It'd be nice if I could find some other way in. Hints by Villagers If you speak to Ganesha now, she will ask: Ganesha: Did you find Mist? Freyr: No… Ganesha: Oh… Don't feel down just yet. There are other things you have to do first. Visiting the Spirit of Whale Island After defeating Iris Noire, you should visit the Spirit of Whale Island for more information. Simply climb the beanstalk as usual to initiate a little Event with him. Whale Spirit: A Spirit Song… I have not heard it in some time… Me: Whale! Iris' Spirit Song is calling to the Spirits. Now… Whale: Unfortunately, it will be difficult… The power summoning the Spirits to the underground is too strong. At this rate… Unless the source of that power is stopped, I will continue to fail… Freyr, please discover what's causing the Spirits to gather under the ground. Please… Visiting Blanche and Noire When you visit the Tower of Rest next, you will find both Blanche Iris and Iris Noire standing side by side on the upper floor. The music will have changed as well, and the singing once heard at the Public Square now will be heard in the Tower. Iris: We're both singing, but it's not doing much. This just shows how strong

of a power is calling the Spirits below. We'll keep singing, although this may do nothing more than ease our minds… Freyr: Okay. I'll keep looking for a way to get into that room in the ruins. Don't push yourselves too hard, okay? Iris: Thank you. Freyr, you be careful out there, too. Iris Noire: It's because of me that Mist… I don't know what to say… Freyr: It's not your fault, Iris. I'll be sure to find Mist. Iris, please don't say that. It's not your fault. Iris Noire: Thank you, Freyr. The Creation of Neo Laga Springs Bathhouse In previous seasons, when you spoke to Melody, she will have mentioned that the water for her Hot Spring appears to be diminishing. Her anxiety will continue to increase until she finally asks a favour from you outright. Melody: Can you go take a look at the water source of the spring? It's where you broke the rock with the hammer, Freyr. Thanks! Tip: If you wish to make a single journey, take Ice Cream with you when you visit the Cave Depths. When you go to the source of the spring, you will find an enormous Red Troll-like Creature squatting near the entrance to the Cave Depths in the former location of the underground waterfall and river. There is no water to be seen whatsoever there now. Troll: Huh? Who are you and what do you want with me? Freyr: If you sit there, it'll stop the flow of the hot spring. The bathhouse owner is getting really mad. Would you please move? Troll: Why should I move for you people? I like this place. Freyr: Please… Troll: Fine, fine… He performs a series of movements but stays in place. Troll: Then how about this? You bring me some ice cream. Then I'll move. Man, I'm too nice. Freyr: 'Ice cream', right? I'll bring it right away! Bring the Troll some Ice Cream, a Level 20 No Tool Dish that requires only that you mix Milk with Egg. Troll: Ice cream! You kept your promise! You're a nice guy. Now for my end of the bargain. There wasn't much water left in this spring so I added some more. See ya. Return to Trampoli to speak to Melody. Melody: Hey, Freyr! You did this, didn't you? That sure surprised me. I didn't expect the roof to be blown off to make it an outdoor bath! Freyr: The roof was blown off?! Melody: Yeah. But it's fine. I opened it up as an outdoor bathhouse now. It shall now be called… 'Neo Laga Springs'! Today's bath is on the house, so come on in! I'm burning some of the incense Rosetta gave me as a gift for the grand opening. It smells really nice, so enjoy! As on a previous occasion when a free Bath was promised, you will find yourself

unable to use the Bath until you have paid 10G as usual. The bath has been expanded slightly and has a more lovely appearance. Restoring Energy in Winter As described in an earlier section of the Walkthrough, E Drink S is far more effective than the simple Energy Drink Lara sells at the Clinic in the early seasons of Rune Factory Frontier. E. Drink S has a Skill Level requirement of Level 30 and uses two Energy Drinks as ingredients. You therefore can make it even with the smallest Laboratory. The E. Drink X, far more powerful, requires a Laboratory expansion and larger Laboratory from Lute as it uses three ingredients. It has a Skill Level requirement of Level 70. The ingredients are two E. Drink S. and one White Grass. A Level 1 E Drink X gives an HP boost of 300 HP as opposed to the 105 HP boost of one E. Drink S. If you lack the necessary Skill Level to make it, create higher levels of E. Drink S. until you do achieve the necessary Skill. Even a Level 2 E Drink S. has an HP boost of 115. At Level 3, it provides 125 HP. This is by no means equal to the value of the E Drink X but every point helps a little! As White Grass can be found daily on your Field in Winter, you will have ample supplies of the necessary ingredients to create the best Energy Drink once you attain the requisite Skill in the Laboratory. Kanno's Research of Gelwein Speak to Kanno until he is able to inform you that he has been able to complete some research of Gelwein's history. Kanno: I've found out some things about Gelwein. Freyr: Really?! Kanno: Yes. Apparently he worked for the Imperial Magic Research Centre in the Kingdom of Norad. Freyr: Imperial Magic…? That's where you and Cinnamon used to work, right? Kanno: No! We were at the Imperial Magic Academy! Don't you ever compare our Majesty's personal facility to thos bumpkins! Freyr: S-sorry… Kanno: Anyway, they were researching for a way to utilise Runes effectively. Gelwein's reputation there was most terrible, but apparently his skill was top-notch. Of course, his skill is nowhere near mine or Cinnamon's. Hohoho. Freyr: Okay… Kanno: it seems as time went on, Gelwein began to devote himself to a particular area of research. Freyr: What was he researching? Kanno: Military use of Runes. In other words, immoral experimentation that sought to use Runes for war. Freyr: That can't be right… Using Runes for warfare is supposed to be forbidden in the Kingdom of Norad. Kanno: Yes, it still is. That's why the monarchy cut off funding the research and the facility fired him. Now Gelwein is here, in Trampoli.

Freyr: Do you think he's trying to continue his research? Kanno: I doubt it's that simple. According to his past co-workers from the facility, Gelwein apparently swore revenge on the monarchy and the research centre that kicked him out. He's most likely trying to use his research to use Runes as weapons against the Kingdom of Norad. Freyr: We need to stop him, now! Kanno: We don't have much time. Hurry, Freyr! Rescuing Marco and Candy's Doll After speaking to Kanno about Gelwein's past and plans, you should experience an Event the next time you walk towards the Church in the Church District. As you walk upwards along the path that leads both to Church and graveyard, you will find Candy standing there distressed as she gazes at a hole in the ground near the tombstones. Freyr: What's wrong? Candy: Oh, Freyr! Marco, he… He went in there! I found a hole while I was chasing after Spirits, … and I dropped the doll I got from my sister in it by accident. So Marco said he'd get it for me and went inside… He hasn't come out for a long time… Could you please help Marco? Freyr: Okay. I'll bring Marco back, so you just sit tight, all right? Don't worry. I'll bring him back safe and sound, so trust me. Trust Marco. Candy; Okay… Thank you so much! Walk towards the hole and you will find yourself automatically in the Snow Ruins as your character descends by means of a rope that some one conveniently left there. Simply walk a step or two to experience an event with Marco. Marco: Hey! Hey, Freyr! Help me! The ceiling suddenly collapsed on me, and now I can't get out! I would have been able to break through it if I had a hammer, but my mom said I'm too young and wouldn't let me take one… Simply smash the ice now with your Hammer. Marco drops something as he moves towards your character. It is Candy's doll. Marco: Thanks. I was getting kinda scared thinking maybe I'd never get out… Oh, yeah, You can't tell my mom about this, okay…? It's a secret, okay? He rushes off, oblivious of the Doll. Pick up the 'Little Doll' now. Its description: Little Doll: 0G Candy's treasure. She received it from her sister in the past and she still takes good care of it. Another Confrontation with Gelwein If you walk forward, you will find yourself in the circular Rune Storage chamber with the pentacle. Freyr: It's… gotten bigger than before… Gelwein walks forward out of the darkness to greet your character. Gelwein: I guess I should say, 'Welcome.' I don't particularly like you, but I must it, it's a bit lonely welcoming the beginning of a new era without

an audience. Freyr: Stop what you're doing! The island will fall and cause a terrible disaster! Gelwein: and your point is? Freyr: What… did you say? Gelwein: A town or two disappearing is none of my concern. In fact, it's like the cornerstone of my plan. You should be thanking me. Behold! This giant and ominous cluster of Runes! Freyr: …! That's …!!! Mist! Gelwein: I have never before seen some one so in touch with the Spirits. Even the powers of the vampire tribe pale in comparison to this one. Her inner voice is practically screaming for the help of the Spirits. They respond in droves, making this Rune swell with Spirits. Its power is enormous. It's enough to completely control the beign that could end the world… Freyr: What have you done to Mist?! Gelwein: Nothing, really. Just causing a little pain so she'll subconsciously call out for help. A little… unbearable pain… Freyr: Why you… I own't let you continue! You move forward but are thrown backward as Mist's scream is heard. Freyr: Ugh…! Gelwein: Too bad. You're a bit too late. My plan is progressing flawlessly. With this girl, this giant Rune and magical creatures, I can destroy the world! The world that rejected me! Freyr: Wa-wait… Mist is in the centre of the pentacle, swept upward and she and Gelwein vanish. Freyr: Mist… I'm… sory I … couldn't … do… anything… The Grimoire of Time Go to the centre of the pentacle and collect the book there entitled the 'Grimoire of Time'. Freyr: Is this… a book…? The letters… they're floating…! The book opens, allowing you to read: Pray to heaven with a song as the winds caress me. Send a prayer up to the light so that it might help me see. Searching thorugh my memories, memories, my memories for you. Freyr: I wonder what this means… What's this on the back…? I can't read it. Maybe Kanno can. The book's description: Grimoire of Time: 0G A book found in the Rune Storage. It is comprised of poems written in an unintelligible script. Kanno and the Grimoire Take the Grimoire of Timeand to Kanno, handing it to him. Freyr: Kanno, I… Kanno: You weren't able to stop Gelwein. I can tell. It's written on your face. Freyr: Yeah… He disappeared right in front of me. Again: Yeah… He disappeared right in front of me.

Kanno: Hm… This book is quite old… Freyr: Can you read it? Kanno: It's written in an ancient incantation language. This will take some time to decipher. Freyr, will you lend me this book for awhile? My choices: Sure. I don't know… Freyr: Of course. Take as much time as you need. Dream Vision, Voices from Afar When you go to bed the same night, you will hear Voices again. I really wish I didn't have to do this… But if I don't quarantine you in a different world, in time you'll absorb all the Runes… making this World uninhabitable for any creature. Although this was your idea, making you take responsibility for everything is just… We are terribly sorry… We as scientists… No. We have failed you as your parents. Please, wait for us. Even if it takes a lifetime. … we'll come to get you. Until then… 2nd Voice: *sniffle* (Sound of thunder) I don't wanna be alone… But if I don't bear this pain, every one else will die. I want that even less than being alone, so I need to stay strong… Every one else will be happy as long as I alone stay strong. As long as I alone… A Mother's Lecture After rescuing Marco from the Snow Ruins, visit the Damascus Forge to experience an Event between Ganesha and her son. Ganesha: I told you not to play in the ruins, didn't I? Why won't you listen to your mother?! Marco: It's 'cause Candy… Ganesha: I don't want to hear it! How could you blame a girl like that? Marco: I'm not trying to blame Candy… Ganesha: Listen, Marco. You're still a child. Thank goodness Freyr was around this time to help you. … but please think about how your mother would feel if anything were to happen to you. Marco: … I'm… I'm sorry, Mom… Ganesha: Don't do it again, okay? And don't forget to thank Freyr for his help. Marco: Okay. The event ends, and I see Marco standing with Ganesha behind the counter. Marco: Bro! Thanks for what you did earlier! I don't know what would have happened to me if you didn't come! I'll get stronger so I can get through this ruins without any problems. Rope

Shortcut at Whale Island

You can unlock this shortcut at any point in time simply by reaching the upper levels of the Tower at the top of Whale Island. At the point where you can find the entrance doors that lead to the Tower of Life Garden, look for a curled golden rope on a broken stairway to the left of the double doors. Click on the rope and you will see a prompt: Maybe I should climb down the rope…

Maybe later. Climb down the rope to find yourself near the very entrance to the Cave on Whale Island on a platform with two tillable fields. Now you will have almost instant access to the Tower of Glory at Whale Island. In the Tower itself, you will find two Rune Stone Altars, one on either side of the chamber, guarded by a single Monster generator at the centre of the northern wall. Unlike some of the other Rune Stone Altars on Whale Island, these are Rune Stone specific, and each of the two requires a Grass Rune Stone. When a Grass Rune Stone is placed on either Altar, the door will open, revealing a small chamber containing two Treasure Chests. Gold most often is discovered inside these Chests, although E. Drink X and Elemental Crystals, as well as the elusive Little Crystal can be found here as well. If you are very careful, you can creep along the southern wall from one Rune Stone Altar to the other without triggering the Monster Generator. Forging the Ultimate Blade In the 1st year of your life in Trampoli in Rune Factory Frontier, obtaining the best weapons by creating them at your own Forge offers its own challenges. Some aspects of this are the practice needed to raise your Skills to the required Levels and the necessity of having the ultimate expansions of the Forge so that you can forge weapons that require the maximum of six ingredients. If you have sufficient funds to purchase rare, slow-growing Seeds from Rosetta as well as Greenifier and Formula C from Lara at the Clinic, you can speed the process of obtaining some of the ingredients required for the best weapons, such as Emery Flower or Fireflower. Another ingredient used in many of the best weapons and tools is Little Crystal. This is not a Crop or Flower but rather is found in Rocks and Treasure Chests in Dungeons. With respect to Little Crystal, you will be presented with another problem, which is the fact that the odds are against you. If you are one of those favoured by heaven, you may find it early in the game by smashing a Rock somewhere or by opening a Treasure Chest in one of the small chambers guarded by a Rune Stone Altar as described in previous sections of this Guide. If you are simply one of those players, like myself, who is not very lucky, you will be forced to endure many fruitless quests until you finally have one. The best Hammer, The Hammer, can improve the odds of finding a Little Crystal inside a Rock but it requires both a Little Crystal and a Fireflower to forge. Even if you find a Little Crystal, you need to be able to harvest a Fireflower before you will be able to make one... As you labour at the Forge to increase your experience and improve your Weapons, you may find other sources of frustration early in the game... In Rune Factory Frontier, the level of any item created at Kitchen, Forge, Crafts Bench or Pharmacy can, at best, be only one level higher than the level of the ingredient with the LOWEST level. It can be forged one level higher if it is forged 'with expertise' by hitting the green in the gauge. The level of a War Trophy depends on the specific Enemy who drops it and the

location of that Monster. You will find this information in the Bestiary section of this Guide. The same type of Monster may drop different levels of the same item at different locations. Furthermore, if this Monster drops more than one item, each item may be assigned a different level. Glue is an item in all Rune Factory games. In Rune Factory Frontier, you can obtain it as a War Trophy from an Orc Archer or you may find it by smashing a Crate or Urn or by opening a Treasure Chest in a Dungeon. The problem here is not one of finding Glue itself but of obtaining high level Glue. The Orc Archer is one of the first hostile Monsters you will encounter and has a very low level. The Glue it drops tends to be Level 1 Glue. Early in the game, even if you have a decent level of experience, such as Level 50, you still will knock out Level 1 Glue from the Orc Archers you defeat (along with the two other items they drop in RFF). Most of the Glue found in Treasure Chests, Crates and Urns, likewise will be Level 1 Glue. Poised to create a Level 8 or Level 9 Defender to use in conjunction with a Durandel and some other fairly high level ingredients to create the Dragonslayer Sword, I was bedevilled by the fact that I could not obtain any Glue above Level 1. All the other ingredients for the Defender were at least Level 8, including the Gladius I had forged... One therefore had a choice: create a Defender that is at Level 2 at best, essentially wasting the high level of the other ingredients or wait until one can obtain higher level Glue. Level 10 Glue can be obtained from one of the Orc Hunters in the Tower of Birth randomly. that the actual Attack power of a Weapon will not change according to its Level but the amount of RP needed to wield it will decrease at higher levels. The Dragonslayer has a Skill Level of 75 and is the best one-handed Sword one can forge without a Little Crystal. It is an ingredient in the Rune Blade, one of the very best one-handed Swords and one that possesses Rune Power. In the circumstances, as the other ingredients are not difficult to obtain, it is best to 'waste' the high level of the ingredients and use the Level 1 Glue to create a Level 2 Defender. After all, even a Level 2 Dragonslayer is better than most of the other one-handed blades one can forge without a Little Crystal, and any high level project at the Forge raises Skill Levels faster than low level projects would. The Skill Level Requirement for a Smash Blade, the upgrade of the Luck Blade (one of my personal favourites) is Level 80 and that of the Rune Blade is Level 95. The Dragonslayer therefore is nothing more than a stepping stone on the path to perfection. The effect of creating a higher level Weapon is not that of boosting ATK but rather of reducing RP Use. Here are the stats for a Level 1 Gladius and a Level 7 Gladius. Gladius, Lv 1: 270G Skill Level 18 ATK 23, REQ SKL 18, SP ATK 1, RP Use 6, FX Seal Defence Gladius, Lv 7: 594G ATK 23, SP ATK 1, RP Use 4, FX Seal Defence Note that ATK does not change but that RP Use decreases with Level increase.

The Gladius is an ingredient in the Defender. To create the Dragonslayer, you must forge both a Defender and a Durandel Sword. Defender: 660G Skill Level 45 ATK 47, REQ SKL 45, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6, FX Defence +20 Ingredients: Gladius, Gold, Turtle Shell, Insect Hide, Glue Durandel: 730G Skill Level 48 ATK 55, REQ SKL 48, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6 Ingredients: Cutlass, Gold, Glittering Edge, Knife Piece, Warrior Medal Dragonslayer: 1870G Skill Level 75 ATK 99, REQ SKL 75 Ingredients: Defender, Durandel, Platinum, Magic Talon, Sharp Fang, Wet Scale Ultimately, when you have one or two Little Crystals, you should upgrade your trusty Luck Blade to a Smash Blade and your Dragonslayer to a Rune Blade: Smash Blade: 2400G Skill Level 80 ATK 109, REQ SKL 80, SP ATK 4, RP Use 54, FX Poison Defence, Seal Defence Ingredients: Luck Blade, Platinum, Magic Talon, Sharp Talon, Glittering Edge, Little Crystal Rune Blade: 3210G Skill Level 95 ATK 121, REQ SKL 95, SP ATK 4, RP Use 81, FX Rune Power Ingredients: Dragonslayer, Little Crystal, Water Rune Stone, Rock Rune Stone, Tree Rune Stone, Grass Rune Stone If you are fortunate, however, and have high levels of combat experience, you may be able to obtain Lv. 10 Glue as a War Trophy from one of the Orc Archer's more powerful cousin, an Orc Hunter, at the higher levels of Whale Island. Even if you manage THIS, however, you are left with the problem of obtaining a high level Little Crystal. The Little Crystals found in the Towers in the Floating Chamber area are location-specific: Tower of Birth: Little Crystal, Lv. 1 Tower of Life: Little Crystal, Lv. 2 Tower of Rebirth: Little Crystal, Lv. 4 Tower of Glory, Little Crystal, Lv. 8 To obtain a Little Crystal at Level 10, you probably need to forge The Hammer, upgrade it with Scrap Iron to Level 10, then increase your levels of Experience with THAT as you smash rocks in various dungeons, hoping that one will contain a Little Crystal. With a Level 8 Little Crystal from the Tower of Glory, you can forge a Level 9 Weapon or Accessory if you do so 'with expertise'. Rune Factory Frontier is logical and fair to some extent. You start with low level ingredients to create low level weapons and accessories. As your experience and skills increase in every activity, you can collect ingredients at higher levels to create high level Weapons and Accessories. N.B. You will find all Recipes now in my Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipe Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide

Overkill and Suicide in Battle In Rune Factory 2, a player had the ability to obtain high level Weapons and items through trade with another player. This option does not exist in Rune Factory Frontier, but the effects of using high level weapons can be the same in both games. A higher level Weapon usually requires more RP than any low level Weapon. When your character has a low level of Experience, he may discover that a high level Weapon is too powerful for him to wield easily. In Rune Factory Frontier, your character may have sufficient Skills at Forging to create high level Weapons before he has sufficient Experience Level to use them. The Shine Blade, for example, is an excellent Weapon to use in the Snow Ruins, where enemies are weak to Fire. The Shine Blade requires a Flame Sabre as an ingredient. Both are two-handed Swords. Flame Sabre: 690G ATK 26, REQ SKL 20, SP ATK 1, RP Use 7, FX Fire Attack +5, Fire Resistance +10 Ingredients: Two-Handed Sword, Fire Crystal Shine Blade: 1740G Skill Level 61 ATK 70, REQ SKL 61, SP ATK 3, RP Use 27, FX Fire Attack +10, Fatigue Attack 100% Ingredients: Flame Sabre, Gold, Fire Crystal, Ruby, Magic Talon When your character unlocks the Snow Ruins, he will find that the Monsters he confronts are more powerful than those in the Summer Fire Dungeon of the Lava Ruins. A Shine Blade is the obvious choice of blade to use against powerful Monsters who are weak to Fire. If your character has a low Experience Level, use of the Shine Blade, especially if he opts for its Special Attacks, can wipe HIM out almost instantly. In the heat of combat, you may not pay close attention to your RP and when RP is exhausted, HP then will be used to wield any Weapon or Tool. I am ashamed to it that my own character once committed suicide virtually in one confrontation by continuing to wield his Shine Blade while oblivious to the dangerously low level of his HP. If only he had halted his attack briefly to consume some food or medicine, he would have emerged victorious. Instead, his own attack would have placed him in the Clinic had I not chosen to reload rather than allowing my shame to become part of history. In most traditional RPGs, there is no penalty attached to use of a Weapon in combat. You can swing a sword all you wish without worrying about the consequences to your own character. Rune Factory is different in this respect and, like any Harvest Moon game, attaches energy use to Tools and Weapons. In any Harvest Moon game, Stamina and Fatigue are the twin components of Energy. When Stamina reaches zero, Fatigue sets in. In Rune Factory, Health and Rune Power are the twin components of Energy. When Rune Points are exhausted, your Health will be affected by further use of any Tool or Weapon. When using a powerful Weapon at a fairly low level of Experience, you are as much in danger of being defeated by your own character's actions as by the

attacks of any Monster. Restoring Energy in Winter As described in an earlier section of the Walkthrough, E Drink S is far more effective than the simple Energy Drink Lara sells at the Clinic in the early seasons of Rune Factory Frontier. E. Drink S has a Skill Level requirement of Level 30 and uses two Energy Drinks as ingredients. You therefore can make it even with the smallest Laboratory. The E. Drink X, far more powerful, requires a Laboratory expansion and larger Laboratory from Lute as it uses three ingredients. It has a Skill Level requirement of Level 70. The ingredients are two E. Drink S. and one White Grass. A Level 1 E Drink X gives an HP boost of 300 HP as opposed to the 105 HP boost of one E. Drink S. If you lack the necessary Skill Level to make it, create higher levels of E. Drink S. until you do achieve the necessary Skill. Even a Level 2 E Drink S. has an HP boost of 115. At Level 3, it provides 125 HP. This is by no means equal to the value of the E Drink X but every point helps a little! As White Grass can be found daily on your Field in Winter, you will have ample supplies of the necessary ingredients to create the best Energy Drink once you attain the requisite Skill in the Laboratory. Kanno Deciphers the Grimoire After you give the Grimoire of Time to Kanno, you will be forced to wait for him to decipher it. This will take a couple of days. When you speak to him during this period, he will tell you: Kanno: Deciphering this book will take some time. Don't rush me! After about three days, he will have some vital information for you. Kanno: Ah! Freyr! I've been looking for you! Freyr: What's the matter? … Don't tell me you…! Kanno: That's right! I have finished decoding the book. This is huge! Even more so than I had imagined! Listen closely. This book is written about another world called the 'Era of Disconnect' Freyr: Another world…? Kanno: Yes. A world that exists together with ours but that could never cross over. That's what they call the 'Era of disconnect'. The fact that this book was found where you were means that Miss Mist has been taken to this other world. Me: Is there a way to go to this other world?! Kanno: Now just hang on a sec. Freyr: What is this…? Kanno: You must first grow this Crystal Flower. This flower will be what guides you to the 'Era of disconnect.' However! This flower can only be grown by maidens. There are 12 seeds, so you should get help from 12 maidens. Kanno: Candy is probably a bit too young to be considered a maiden.

Freyr: 12 young ladies, right? I'll give it a shot. Prompt: You got Crystal Flower!

Thank you!

Delivering 12 Crystal Flower Seeds Crystal Flower Seed: The essence of the soul. They are unique as the form of their blooms depends on the soul of the grower. The Crystal Flowers resemble pink Sapphires somewhat. Give one to each of the 'Eligible Girls' in Trampoli as well as the two aspects of Iris on Whale Island. Most of the girls in accepting the Crystal, will declare that they would be happy to do anything that might help Mist. Cinnamon rather rudely will say nothing more than 'Fine', however, but she is a girl who dislikes idle chit-chat. It is when you give the Crystal Flowers to each aspect of Iris that you will obtain the most interesting responses. Iris Blanche: A magical creature that endlessly absorbs Runes is sealed in the 'Era of Disconnect'. If it were to ever cross into this world, all th Runes would disappear into it, and this world would eventually die. Even so… I want to save Mist. I'll take good care of the seed you gave me. Iris Noire: My ancestors gathered in this land to bring back the Runes that were lost because of a magical creature. What I'm about to do seems to contradict the reason I'm here for in the first place… Even so… I will trust in your heart, Freyr, and mine. I'll take good care of the seed you gave me. A Troubled Voice When you go to bed at night after receiving the 12 Crystal Seeds from Kanno, you will experience a plea for help from a disembodied voice: Voice: Help. Help me. A great power is flowing into me. I don't know how much longer I can fight this power… If this power were to run rampant, nothing could stop it… Help me, please… By now, you may have some suspicions of your own, based on previous dialogues by unseen voices as well as the responses made by both Blanche and Noire when you gave them each a Seed. 12 Flowers for 12 Maidens Kanno will warn that: Kanno: The 'Crystal Flower Seed' must be given to 12 maidens of the village. We have no extras. Be careful with how you handle them. You will have no options to give the flowers to any one but the Eligible Girls, including both aspects of Iris, even though technically they represent a single maiden. Mist, who is the 12th Eligible Girl, obviously is absent… Give the Crystal Flower seeds to each of the Eligible Girls, even if you suspect that Iris will not count as two separate maidens, then visit them to collect one from each three days later. Each girl will have produced a different flower resembling traditional birthstones and astrological signs. For example, the flower associated with Tabatha is an 'emerald' flower and named 'Leo Flower', despite the fact that it is the peridot that actually is associated with the sign of Leo in Western astrology. That grown by Eunice fits the traditional associations more as a garnet flower named the 'Capricorn Flower'. The flowers and their astrological associations appear to have

nothing whatsoever to do with the birthdays of the Eligible Girls who produce them. Capricorn is the sign for January and yet it is produced by Eunice whose birthday falls in Autumn. In any case, in a land with four months, each of which represents a full season, there could be no traditional correspondence with the 12 astrological houses. If you speak to the girls before the flowers are grown fully, they may make a comment about the flower. For example, Melody will say: Melody: I wonder if that flower will grow faster if I give it water form the hot spring… As you collect each Crystal Flower, you can take it immediately to the pedestal on the 1st Floor of the Clock Tower. Place it in the very centre of the pedestal rather than attempting to fill the individual settings along the circular edge. As each is placed, you will see a prompt telling you how many more are needed. The order in which you take the flowers to the pedestal is irrelevant. When the twelfth and final Crystal Flower is placed there, you will experience an Event. Effects of the Gemini Flowers When you place the final Crystal Flower on the pedestal, your character will remark: Freyr: This is all of them… Nothing's happening… Kanno: What?! He walks forward. Kanno: There are only 11 Crystals presented ot the pedestal. Freyr, are you sure you received the Crystals from 12 maidens? Freyr: Yes. Positive. Kanno: Hm… That would mean, of the 12 maidens, you were only able to get 11 varieties of Crystals. Does this mean two of the maidens grew the same Crystals…? How is that possible…? Freyr: What do you mean? Kanno: A Crystal Flower is in the shape of the caretaker's soul. Meaning, no two people can grow the same type of Crystal. The fact that you got 11 varieties from 12 people would mean… either one person grew two, or something else I can't explain… Freyr: Oh! Kanno: What is it, Freyr?! Freyr: So you're saying that if the same person grows more than one, they'll all be the same, right? Kanno: Right. Freyr: It's Iris! The two Irises were originally one and the same! Kanno: Ah! Of course! Freyr: Well, then the solution is simple. I'll just have one more person grow one… like Candy. Kanno: That… is not possible… Freyr: What? Why not?! Kanno: There aren't any seeds left. Even if we were to look for more, I don't know how long that would take…

Freyr: That can't be… Man…! He then begins to race down the steps. Kanno: Where are you going, Freyr?! Freyr: I can't just give up like this! to figure this out! Kanno: Freyr…

There has to be something, some way

The Crystal Flower of the 12th Maiden If you go to Mist's house now, you will see a white flower growing in the pot that she tended so lovingly. Walk towards it to experience an event. Freyr: Hey, it's the flower Mist was growing… Huh…? Th-this is… You got Aries Flower! Aries Flower: Crystal Flower grown by Mist after finding a seed. It has a diamond flower. Melody of the Spirits Place the flower on the pedestal to initiate an Event. Kanno will be standing there watching. Candy then will enter and walk towards you. Candy: Grandpa! The Spirits are restless! Did something happen? Kanno: Oh, Candy… We tried placing Crystal Flowers on this pedestal, but nothing is happening except this melody. Candy: This kinda sounds like the Spirit Melody… Hold on a sec! The Spirits are trying to say something! Uh-huh… Oh… Candy: Grandpa! Let me see that book Freyr found! She begins to sing. Kanno: Ah…! So this was the poem the book was talking about! Candy's Song Candy will sing a lovely song and as she does, a rainbow orb will appear in the centre of the pedestal. 'Pray to heaven with our song, as the winds caress me; Send a prayer up to the light so that it may help me see. Searching through my memories: Memories, my memories for you… For you. I have come this far having lost everything, Hope of finding you; But I swear no matter what I've had to face, You've never left my heart: There are sweet memories, They live all around us. How can you not believe in our love? My full heart belongs to you, My life your love leads. I've always stood next to you in your time of need. Embraced by the warmth of your gentle gaze I've given you my love. I look for you now in my memories: Heart never mending, love never ending:

Pray to heaven with our song…' A Portal to Another World Kanno: But I've never heard of any poem that was sung with the Spirit Melody… Candy: I guess the Spirits oringally had words they sang to the Spirit Melody. They were just forgotten over time until no one ed… Freyr: I wonder why it suddenly resurfaced now. Candy: It's to help Mist… I think… The Spirits want to help save Mist! Kanno: Well then, we must not keep the Spirits waiting. Touch the pedestal. You should be able to travel to the other world where Mist is. Be sure to there is a fearful magical creature that awaits you there. It's not too late even after you've made preparations. To Go or Not to Go Kanno's warning should be heeded now. If you have created the Portal before the end of the first year, your experience level may not be high enough to defeat the dire Enemy who awaits you in the Era of Disconnect. If you touch the pedestal: Freyr: I may not be able to return for awhile once I cross over… Your choices now: I need more time. I'm ready. Let's do this! As you can see, you will not be sent automatically to the other world. Like the doors that lead to Boss Monster chambers in any of the Dungeons in Rune Factory Frontier, you always are given the opportunity to turn back. Your Timing and the Storyline in Rune Factory Frontier The events with respect to Gelwein, Iris and Mist that I have placed near the end of the 1st year can be experienced in any year and any season. The unique flowers that are grown by each of the Eligible Girls ultimately will bring you to the most difficult hostile confrontation in the game. You therefore may wish to postpone this confrontation until your character reaches higher levels of experience. In Winter of the 1st year, even if you have trained daily in the dungeons, you may not have reached the levels that would make victory easy in the ultimate battle. Even so, there is no reason to postpone the opening of the Portal that leads to the 'Era of Disconnect'. You therefore can open the Portal and simply refrain from moving through the gates to the other world where confrontation is inevitable. The Era of Disconnect If you touch the Portal and choose to move forward, your character will declare: Freyr: I should be fine. Let's do this! You now will find yourself on the landing outside the Clock Tower. Climb the ladder to the roof. Fire will surround the Clock Tower on all sides in this other World.

A dreadful monster framed in fire will stand on the roof of the infernal Clock Tower. It will plead with you to run away. Monster: Don't come near me. I can't do this anymore. Please. Run away… Freyr: You're … from my dream… Gelwin now will appear. Gelwein: Welcome, Freyr. I knew you'd be able to make it here. Freyr (turning): …!! Gelwein: Behold, this hideous monster! This here is a magical creature created by amateurish researchers with the power of Spirits. On top of their incompetence, it had an uncontrollable trait of endlessly absorbing Runes, so it was abandoned here. For such inept fools, this was the only thing they could do. That's where I come in. At first I used Iris, then Mist, to continuously feed him with Runes filled with negative emotions over the years. It was so exciting watching this creature turn into a hidous monster while so loyally waiting for his masters! He's at his limit now though. He will soon lose control of his mind. Once that happens, he'll absorb all the Runes around him and become a complete embodiment of destruction! This is how I will destroy the world, the very fools that dared reject my genius! Freyr: I won't let that happen! Gelwein; Why don't you speak such nonsense after you've defeated that! Freyr: ..!!! Incoming! Creature of the Runes The creature rears and then attacks… If the creature represented the most powerful enemy you would face in the Era of Disconnect, it would represent no true challenge. A good blade such as Dragonslayer and a few Recovery items, such as E. Drink X or even E. Drink S and some Relax Tea would be more than adequate to take you to victory. Sad to say, this is only the beginning of the conflict… Gelwein in Mutation When you defeat the Creature created from the Runes, Gelwein simply will laugh. Freyr: Your maniacal plots… END HERE! Gelwein simply laughs: MUAHAHAHAH! Gelwein: This is it… This is what I've been waiting for! Freyr: Mist! Release Mist! Gelwein: Why don't you make me! Freyr: No need to tell me twice…!! Now you will see a most ungodly creature created of a symbiosis between Gelwein and the negative Rune Energy. Gelwein, however, apparently finds his monstrous persona exquisite. The creature bears his head but has a griffin-like body. Gelwein: Such magnificence… I never imagined it would amount to this much… Freyr: What… is this? This monstrosity…? Gelwein: It's a combination of a giant Rune and the awareness-control I used to manipulate Iris… In order to place this rebellious magical creature completely under my sway, I had to first get rid of his own will, but thanks to you, that became much easier. If it weren't for you, I wouldn't be able to destroy the world!

Freyr: What… Gelwein: For your great service to my dream… You'll have the honour of dying first! Freyr: Gelwein!! You've caused enough suffering with your selfish games… You, I will never… EVER forgive! Now the battle will begin in earnest. You will be forced to face more than Gelwein's mutation. There are four lesser insect Monsters who will surround and attack as well. Here you definitely will need more than a couple of E. Drink X and Relax Teas as well as items that boost Defence if you wish to complete the storybook in the first year. Unless your Experience Level has reached at least 65 or 70, however, you will find it a struggle. The focus here must be on survival. You do not need to defeat Gelwein completely at this point. You simply must prevent yourself from being defeated before the next Event in this sequence can occur. Gelwein: With this rune I …AM A GOD! You will never win!!! Freyr: I … hear something… A song?! You now see Candy standing atop the giant Dark Rune that encloses Mist. Candy: Freyr! Freyr: Candy?! What are you… Why are you here?! Candy: We asked the Spirits to bring our forms and song voice here. Cinnamon: You can't win without first releasing the Dark Rune from under Gelwein's control. Iris Noire: If we all sing together, our thoughts should be able to reach the Dark Rune Gelwein took by force. Eunice: That's why we're all going to sing the Spirit Melody together! Freyr: You guys… Selphy: Hey! I'm here to help, too! Although, to be honest, singing isn't my forte! Melody: I'll be helping too, so we should be able to take care of a guy like him. No sweat! Uzuki: Well, this is the one time I can't ask for Tsubute's aid… Because he's … tone-deaf. Bianca: I came all the way here to sing for you. You'd better make it worth my while and take care of that low life. Tabatha: If at all possible, please save that monster along with the Spirits. Anette: I'll deliver a song instead of mail, today. It's a mailman's job to deliver anything if necessary!! Lara: I'll take care of your injuries, but please, be safe…! Rosetta (with thunder and cross hurt): Hey Mist! It's not like you to be captured like this! Every one's … um… worried! Iris: May our songs be carried. Oh, Spirits! Awaken from your sorrows! As the girls sing, the Dark Rune that surrounds Mist is transformed to Light and she awakens. Mist: Oh… Hello, every one… Is there a festival today? Freyr: What are you talking about?! Every one's here because of you! Mist (with floating hearts): Oh, is that so. Then I guess that makes today 'Mist Festival.' Freyr: … Mist… Mist: Haha. I'm kidding… Freyr: …

Mist: The Spirits told me about what's going on. Don't worry about me. Give 'em all you got! I'll you. Gelwein in mutation still raises a hand. Gelwein: Fools! Even without the Rune, you're no match for this body of mine! Freyr: Every one, help me out! You now will be obliged to defeat Gelwein completely. He should be near extinction when the Girls with their Spirit Melody. Stay on your feet, be watchful of your HP and RP and he should be defeated quickly. When you defeat Gelwein, he and the Dog will split once again and Gelwein, in his former human form, will be on the ground. The Dog will stand next to him, freed now from his influence. Defeated, Gelwein cries: No… Impossible! My plan… My plan…! Freyr: I couldn't have beaten you alone… You despised every one around you and wanted revenge. I, on the other hand, fought together with every one around me... Gelwein: You're telling me that's why I lost…? A miscalculation… on my part…? Not …possibl… Ugh…!! Dog: I've caused all of you such trouble. I'm sorry. Freyr: You weren't yourself. You don't need to apologise. Dog: Thank you. Freyr now turns to Mist. Freyr: … Mist… We should get going. Every one's waiting. Mist: Right. Oh yeah! She walks towards the Dog, then goes down on one knee to speak to him. Mist: Mr. Dog, why don't you come with us? It'll be fun. Dog: Thank you, but I'd be more trouble than fun if I were to cross over. Mist: You're talking about the power that absorbs all Runes, right? I'll just tell the Spirits to be careful next time in my dream, so don't worry. Dog: Um… is such a thing really possible? Mist: I'm pretty sure it'll be okay. Dog: Th-thank you. But… I'll stay here. Because I… Even I have a family… Freyr: Oh yeah. The people in this world see you as… A flurry of white flower petals now rise from the ground of the Tower in the Era of Disconnect. Mist turns to face Freyr. Mist: Let's get going. I'm sure every one's waiting. Freyr: Ah, right. He turns to face the Dog. Freyr: Well, we're gonna get going now. Take care… Dog: You too… The Credits now roll, after which: The End. Of course, it is not the end of the game by any means. After the End is declared, you see your character returning from the Church District. He walks slowly to the door of his farmhouse, weapon still in hand. You now regain control. No time has elapsed since you first entered the portal to the Era of Disconnect. You may wish to refrain from entering the Portal to the Era of Disconnect in the first year. If you wait until the 2nd year, you will be able to harvest all the slow-growing, rare Flowers needed to create the very best Weapons and

Accessories as well as being able to raise your experience levels further. A Monster Ally can accompany you into the Era of Disconnect, by the way. Before the end of the 1st year, however, it is unlikely that you will have an Ally of sufficient experience level to survive the encounter. Again, waiting until you and your Monster Ally have higher Experience Levels may be the wisest choice. Other Boss Monsters Each Dungeon has its own Boss Monster and the Snow Ruins and Whale Island are not exceptions. The Ice Snake Although Gelwein uses the Rune Storage Chamber on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins temporarily, the true Boss Monster of this dungeon is located on the 7th floor. In fact, there is nothing but the Ice Snake and a Water Source to be found on the 7th floor. The Ice Snake delivers a powerful ice breath that will push your character back and inflict 1 point of damage each time it touches him. The trick to doing battle is to run to one side of the creature, forcing it then to move from its hole. It can move to two other locations. It is while it is moving that it is vulnerable, as it moves headfirst into another hole, leaving its long body vulnerable to damage while it is in motion. As it is a creature of Ice, it is vulnerable to Fire. You must take care to avoid the sweeping attack of the creature's head which will cause tremendous damage simply by sweeping your character beneath it. It is possible to move out of range, however, and you can force the Snake to move to another hole by baiting it. There is another secondary method of fighting this Boss Monster although it is extremely tedious and takes forever and a day. Some players prefer to cower behind the barriers while the Ice Snake uses its frozen air attack. When the Serpent pauses, they then attack quickly with a magical Fire Wand, returning immediately afterwards to the safety of the barrier. When standing behind a barrier, the damage that one takes from the frozen air attack is no greater than 1 point. When you defeat the Ice Snake, you will obtain the Ice Tongue, an item that is unique to this Boss. Some of the items Freyr obtained as well: Lv. 1 Aquamarine, Lv. 1 Platinum x 2, Furmuade, Lv. 1; Garlic, Lv. 10, Rice, Lv. 10, Flour, Lv. 10 Screen-by-Screen Walkthroughs Screen-by-Screen Walkthrough of Whale Island Cave Surface to Whale's Flank

The entrance to the Cave is located in the southeast corner of Whale Island. At the entrance, you will find a single Monster Generator that spawns Goblins. If you take the path south from the entrance to the Cave, you will find three tillable fields, each containing two plots. As Whale Island is the only dungeon that is not season-specific, you can plant crops from any season in these fields. Return to the initial entrance chamber and you will see that, to the east, there are paths that go in three separate directions. The main path is the one leading east, but you should explore the other two as well. A monster Generator spawning two Goblins is in the centre of this junction. Go north first to a little platform for a tillable field with two plots and the location of the end of the rope that leads from the Tower of Birth. (You must unlock this shortcut from the Tower of Birth before the rope will be available for your use.) If you go south from the position of the Generator, you will find a fork in the path. Another Monster Generator that spawns two Goblins is at this junction. If you go west, you will find three rocks that can be smashed for ores/gems. If you go east, you will see that you are at the hub of a wheel, with two successive paths that lead southeast. If you take the first, you will go south to two tillable fields, each containing two plots, a Monster Generator with 2 Goblins and at the eastern wall, the end of the tunnel created at the Whale's Flank. The second path is a continuation of the main path that leads east into the Cave Depths. Before you go further east, however, there is a path that leads northwest to a platform with a Monster Generator that spawns two Goblins and a Killer Ant. A cluster of Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems is behind them. When you continue east along the main path, you will encounter a Monster Generator that spawns two Killer Ants in the north. A little area in the south holds three rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. Continue east to find a red arrow that points to the entrance to the lower floor of the Cave, also known as the Cave Depths. Cave Depths Continue East to find the area that is the source of the Hot Springs. In your first visit to the Cave Depths, you will encounter Melody. She will give you a Hammer and ask you to use it to uncover an underground river that provides water for Hot Springs. She then will allow you to keep the Hammer and will open the Laga Bathhouse in Trampoli. The underground river represents the eastern end of the Cave Depths. From here, take the path that leads southwest past two poison pools. A Monster Generator in the north spawns a Slime and an Orc. When you continue West, you will come to a fork in the road, with paths leading both north and southwest. Go north first to find a Monster Generator that spawns a single Orc and two Slimes. North of the Generator is a tillable field containing two plots. It is a dead end so you must go south afterwards. Go southwest now to find another junction where the path leads both north and

southeast. Go north first to find a Monster Generator that spawns two Orc Archers. To the left of the generator are three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. It is another dead end, however, so take the path to the southeast now. The path leads to a dim area that splits in two. At the north of this dim area is a Generator that spawns two Orc Archers. It is easy to miss one of the paths in the darkness. If you go directly south, you will find three rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. When you go to the position of the Monster Generator and then take the path that leads southeast for the first time, you will experience an Event involving a little Lost Monster. This Monster is crucial to Bianca's future. It will follow you back to Trampoli and, if you have a Monster Barn, will stay in the little antechamber. You will not be able to interact with it in any way. Be patient and events will unfold… Meanwhile, if you continue along the path that leads southeast, it will split in two. You will see a river separating the path from two tillable fields. Take the path that leads southeast past a Mosnter Generator that spawns Orc Archers and it will curve back to the tillable fields. There are two tillable fields here, each consisting of two plots, surrounded by water. It is a dead end, so you must retrace your steps, then take the path that leads northeast beneath a waterfall. In the north, you will see a locked door with a pedestal in front of it. This door can be unlocked by placing any sort of Rune Stone in the pedestal. The chamber beyond contains three Treasure Chests. Go directly south from the door down the path and you will emerge in the open air at a new area named the Whale's Fin. Whale's Fin Walkthrough The Whale's Fin is a fairly small area that consists of ruins. Take a staircase that leads southwest past a tillable field with two plots. You will find Monster Generators both to the left and to the right. The one on the left spawns a single Wooly and the one on the right spawns two. The Wooly is a Monster who will yield Wool when it reaches 1 Friendship. Continue southeast down the long staircase, past a circular alcove that contains a Monster Generator that spawns a single Wooly. Below the circular alcove, the staircase continues to descend. Here you will encounter a Buffamoo, one of three spawned by a Generator in the southwest. On a grassy knoll to the west is another Generator that spawns three Woolies. In the northwest corner of the knoll is a Treasure Chest. The Buffamoo when tamed will yield Milk as a Ranch product. Below the Buffamoos, the long staircase goes east now, past some ruins where two Treasure Chests are half-concealed. There will be a junction where the staircase continues to descend to the south but where a ramp continues moving upward now towards the northeast. Go down the staircase to find another Treasure Chest in the far west near the

edge of the land. Below that is a little pool. To the right of the pool is a beautiful Tower named the Tower of Rest, home to Iris. In front of the Tower, you will see a tillable field that consists of a single plot. See the plot Walkthrough for details. From the eastern side of the Tower, you will see a Treasure Chest at the very edge of the land. This will be the position of the 2nd Beanstalk that is created from the little Island in Lake Poli. Return to the path and take the ramp that leads northeast. At the top of the hill is a Monster Generator that spawns a single Silver Wolf. Continue north up the mountain to find another Monster Generator that spawns three Silver Wolves. North of this Generator is a tillable field containing two plots. The path ends at the far north at a locked gate. The gate will be unlocked when you encounter Gelwein and leads to the Whale's Flank. Whale's Flank to Tail Tree Coming out onto the Whale's Flank, you will find yourself on a straight paved road that goes from west to east. The paved road itself leads to a chasm that cannot be crossed. In the middle of the western half of the upper paved road is a single Generator that generates Hobgoblins. There are two grassy paths that slope downward leading south. The first is guarded by Scorpions who have a single Generator in the midst of a poison swamp. You have to go into the poison swamp, then northwest up the slope, then west to reach a tillable field that contains two plots. A little grassy path in the southeast corner leads southeast down to another paved road that crosses from west to east. If you go west on the paved road, you will reach the Gates that stand between the Whale's Flank and the Whale's Fin. If you go east, you will come to a chasm that bisects the paved road and cannot be crossed here. Two grassy paths lead northwest and northeast respectively from a single point. If you go northwest, you will find yourself back at the tillable field. If you go northeast, you will come to a poison swamp and platform with Scorpions and a single Monster Generator. Two grassy paths lead northwest from the little platform. The first leads back to the tillable field. The second leads to the upper paved road.. Go east along the upper paved road and you will see a grassy path that leads southeast. It leads to another poison swamp platform. Here you will find a Sky Fish and a Scorpion with a single Monster Generator. There is a grassy path south of the platform that leads southwest to the lower paved road. This time, however, you will find yourself on the eastern side of the chasm. Next to the chasm is a single Monster Generator that spawns two Sky Fish. If you continue east along the paved road, you will find it is a dead end, a square stone platform guarded by a Mini-Golem. There are two treasure chests on the platform at the end of the road. Before the eastern platform guarded by the mini-Golem is a grassy path that leads northwest to another poison swamp with a single Generator that spawns a Hobgoblin and two Scorpions. At the top of this poison swamp is a grassy path that leads northwest to the

eastern end of the upper paved road. If you go west along the paved road towards the chasm that bisects it from its western half, you will see a little grassy path that leads northwest to a little area containing a tillable field with two plots and a water source. Here you will find three rocks that can be smashed for ores/gems. Return to the upper paved road and go all the way east now. Here you will find a square stone platform similar to the one on the eastern end of the lower road. This one, however, is NOT a dead end. You will encounter four Sky Fish spawned by a single Monster Generator. In the northeast, you will find a stairway that leads upward. Ascend the stairway to reach the Tail Tree. If you were to trace the path from the Whale's Fin to the Tail Tree, you would create a sort of zig zag pattern. It is not a straightforward path at all, and there are three poison swamps that must be crossed. Neutraliser in Rune Factory Frontier does not have a permanent cleansing effect as it does in other Rune Factory games. It lasts only for the duration of your stay in the Dungeon. As your levels increase, you will be affected less by poison, and you can equip Weapons and Equipment that offer protection against Poison. Even so, you need to take Antidote with you whenever you journey through the Whale's Flank. Tail Tree to Drain As soon as you enter the Tail Tree area, you will hear a resounding thud as a giant nut/fruit falls from the top of the Rune Tree. You will be in a large grassy meadow with a tillable field containing two plots and a small water source to the northwest. To the northeast is a grassy ramp that leads upwards, twisting round the trunk of the Rune Tree. It is guarded by two Manticts (Mantis insects). You must be careful when you first mount the path that leads upwards not to be crushed by an oncoming fruit/nut. Shortly after ascending, the path that leads upwards counterclockwise or widdershins will split into two. The shorter path hugs the trunk of the tree. The longer path runs along the outer edge of the shorter path. In fact, the paths are not entirely separate. They meet again on the western side of the tree, where you will see another path leading downward clockwise to a platform where you will find a Treasure Chest and three rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. At the point where the lower path branches off initially is a little area where you can stand out of the way of the rolling giant nuts/fruits. Unfortunately, it is frequented by both Beetles and Manticts. A Monster Generator here will bar further access to this lower path until destroyed. Further down, another Monster Generator must be destroyed likewise before you will be able to continue to the platform. The platform is guarded by two Fairies spawned by a single Monster Generator. If you return to the path that leads to the top of the Rune Tree, you will find the shorter and longer path at a place where there is a Monster Generator that spawns two Beetles. Continue upwards and you will find yourself near the top of the Rune Tree. A

wide stone bridge leads west to the Drain area. A Monster Generator that spawns two Beetles guards the eastern end of this Bridge. You can continue along the twisting path a little further east past the bridge to find a Treasure Chest, but beware of a falling Chestnut. When the Chestnut first falls from the Tree, it will land directly in front of the Treasure Chest to crush any unwitting traveler. If your levels are fairly high, with excellent equipment, you will be able to tolerate being crushed by one of the giant Chestnuts, but if you explore this area early in the game, you had best keep out of the way entirely as one blow from a Chestnut can place you in the Clinic. Whale Island Drain Cross the bridge to the west. There is one tillable field containing two plots on the east end of the bridge near a Monster Generator that spawns two Fairies. At the western end of the Bridge is another Monster Generator that spawns 1 Tortas and 1 Fairy. To the north is a broken bridge span where you will find three crates that can be smashed before you continue to the western end of the Bridge. Here you will find a set of stairs that lead north down into the Moat. Another stairway will take you into the water. Now you must wade through the moat, going east again while avoiding the water cannons that fire from the walls. They are easily avoided if you exercise patience. There are two water cannons west of the broken bridge. East of the broken bridge, however, you will find water cannons that blast from the wall of the bridge as well as those firing from the northern wall. Four Sealys are generated by a Monster Generator tucked into the southern corner of the broken bridge. Continue east past another broken bridge avoiding more water cannons blasting in two directions and more Sealys as well as a single Tortas. Access to the stairway that will take you out of the moat is in the far northeastern corner. Ascend two stairways and you will find yourself in an area of peace where no monsters threaten. Go all the way south first to find a Treasure Chest. When you go north again, you will find a tillable field containing two plots. Go west past the stairway that you previously ascended. You now will have access to the northern end of the broken bridges. The first one has three crates that can be smashed. Retrace your steps back to the main path that leads west. You will encounter a Sealy and a Tortas spawned by a single Generator. At the next broken bridge is another Generator that spawns two Sealys and a Tortas. The next bridge that goes from north to south is not broken and is your means of exit. Take the bridge south past one Monster Generator that spawns Sealys and Tortas and another at the southern end that spawns a multitude of the same

Monsters. The bridges here form a square and you need to go west, then north again to complete the Square. At the northern end, you will find a single Treasure Chest that often contains cold medicine. Now take the wide grassy path west past a single Generator that spawns a single Unico. South of the Unico is a tillable field comprised of four plots in a circular alcove.. Go west along the curved path. Two more Unicos will guard the door to the Tower. Their generator is further west. South of their generator, in another circular alcove is another tillable field of four plots. Tower of Birth Run between the two Unico who guard the double doors to find yourself inside the Tower of Birth. Here you will find two pairs of Necros, each pair spawned by its own generator. A door on either side of the chamber can be opened with a Rune Stone. If you press A in front of the pedestal, you will see a prompt to the effect that any type of Rune Stone can be used to open the Door. You can find Level 1 Little Crystals randomly inside these Treasure Chests. Climb the stairway at the northern end of the chamber to find two abandoned gondolas and two Necros spawned by a single Generator. As you go north towards another stairway, you will encounter two more Necros and a Faust in a red cloak spawned by a single Generator. When you ascend the stairs, you will see a stack of crates in the southwest corner. Continue to ascend by taking the next stairway. Floating Chamber Now you will find yourself outside again in the Floating Chamber. You have many choices of path now, to go north or south. If you go north, you will two tillable fields, each with two plots and come to another trapdoor that is guarded by two Fausts and a single Generator. Tower of Life If you descend through the Trapdoor, you will find yourself in the Tower of Life. On the top floor of the Tower of Life is a Troll and two Orc Hunters with bows. (The Orc Hunters drop Level 10 Glue, inter alia.) On the next floor, you will find another Troll with two High Orcs. Descend to the lowest level where you will find two Trolls and two secret chambers, each with a Rune Stone Pedestal that requires a Grass Rune Stone to open. You can find Level 2 Little Crystals randomly inside the Treasure Chests in these twin chambers. To the left in the southwest corner of the chamber, there is a rope on an abandoned stairway. Use it to create a shortcut that will lead directly to the Whale Isand Cave near the entrance. If you choose to go south past the rope, you will find a pair of double doors that leads to the Tower of Life Garden.

The Tower of Life Garden can be a dangerous place if you are caught between pairs of Trolls and pieces of rubble in the south. To the east are axe-wielding Minotaur Kings. In the southeast are Little Wizards. If in the Floating Chamber, after leaving the Tower of Birth, you choose to move south instead of north to the Tower of Life, you will encounter another trapdoor guarded by a Orc Hunter and a red coated Faust. Another Generator in the same 'round' spawns the same. Tower of Rebirth This is the Tower of Rebirth and it contains a multitude of Wizards in different cloaks on each floor. You will find Little Wizards, Little Mages and Little Emperors. On the ground floor are two twin chambers, each with a Rune Stone Pedestal. These chambers each require a Tree Rune Stone to unlock. You can find Level 4 Little Crystals in the Treasure Chests in the twin chambers. If you go south from the twin chambers through the double doors, you will find yourself in the Tower of Rebirth Garden. On the eastern side, you will find a multitude of Hardes, the Fairy's more powerful cousin. On the western side of this circular garden, you will find Tricky Mucks. To the west of this round area are two tillable fields that each contain two plots. If you go west from here, you will find another trapdoor that is blocked by vines. Two generators here spawn Blackbirds and Buffazoos. If you continue south here, you will find a trapdoor that leads downward to the Tower of Plenty. Two Rocks to the left of the trapdoor can be smashed for ores/gems. Tower of Plenty On the top floor of the Tower of Plenty are Blood Panthers spawned by a single Generator as well as three crates that can be smashed. On the floor below are two false Treasure Boxes that actually are Gobble Box Monsters. In a little corner in the southeast is a real Treasure Chest that often contains Garlic. The three crates in front of it often contain Garlic as well or Wine. On the ground floor are two Twin chambers that each require Rock Rune Stones. If you go south through the double doors, you will find yourself in the Tower of Plenty Garden where you will find Heracles and Samurai on both sides. If, instead of going south from the trapdoor barricaded by vines, you choose to go north instead, you will find a trapdoor blocked with slabs of stone. Continue north past two tillable fields, each containing two plots to a final Trapdoor guarded by Minotaur Kings spawned by a single Generator. To the north of this trapdoor are two real Treasure Chests that often contain Squid Sashimi and Cheese respectively and a fake chest that is a Gobble Box Monster. Tower of Glory

If you descend through the Trapdoor, you will find yourself in the Tower of Glory. On the top floor, which has a nice rug, there is a single Generator that spawns a Hunter Wolf and a Hardes. On the floor below, a single Generator spawns three Hunter Wolves and a single Hardes. Towards the final stairway leading downward, a generator in an alcove spawns two more Hunter Wolves. Behind it is a lever. Pull the lever. On the lowest floor, there are the two requisite twin chambers with Rune Stone Pedestals. Each pedestal in the Tower of Glory requires a Water Rune Stone. Each is guarded by a Monster Generator that spawns two Hardes and three Hunter Wolves. It is inside the Treasure Chests in these twin Chambers that you can find Level 8 Little Crystals randomly. If you go outside through the Double Doors, you will find yourself, not surprisingly in the Tower of Glory Garden. Here be green Mini Dragons on both sides as well as the Cone, the dark variety of Unicorn. Return to the Floating Chamber from the Tower of Glory, go south from the trapdoor and climb the stairway to the east of the trapdoor barred with stones. You will find two large tillable fields, each consisting of four plots. In the centre of this elevated platform is the Water Tower, with an entrance in the south. To the right of the Water Tower are two large tillable fields of four plots each to match those on the western side. Note that, if you do not pull the lever first, the grated portcullis that allows entrance to the Water Tower will remain locked. Each time you enter Whale Island, you must pull the lever again if you wish to confront the Giant Squid. Enter the Water Tower to find a door beyond which the creature who abused the Whale's generosity now awaits. 'There might be something beyond this door.' I should turn back… Let's go! A monstrous Squid of many hues is behind the door. It will use its tentacles to lash you and spray strong water at you periodically. If you wish to use a hefty weapon that is slow but powerful, the Gae Bolg is a good choice. The unique War Trophy you will obtain each time you defeat the Giant Squid is the Bright Tentacle. Other items you may receive include: Rice, Lv. 10, Chocolate, Lv. 10, Cooking Oil, Lv. 10, Flour, Lv. 10, Platinum, Lv. 1 x 2, Aquamarine, Lv. 1 * *Note that the actual Levels of the items received vary each time you defeat any Boss Monster. Screen-by-Screen Walkthrough of the Green Ruins The Green Ruins contains the first Boss Monster you can encounter in Rune Factory Frontier and requires no further events to unlock once you have cleared the weeds from Mist's field. In this respect, it differs from Whale Island where, although you can explore the Caves and even the Whale's Fin immediately, the gates at the Whale's Fin that lead to other areas will remained locked until you have triggered specific Events in the main plot.

The 'classical' dungeons in Rune Factory Frontier are the Green Ruins, the Lava Ruins and the Snow Ruins. Each has two stairway systems. The first is an isolated staircase that leads to the next floor. The second is a 'shortcut stairway' that leads to each of the floors in the dungeon. The 'shortcut stairway', however, must be unlocked on each floor from the other side, which means that first access always occurs by means of the isolated stairs. Whenever you descend to a new floor, therefore, you need to find the sliding door to the shortcut staircase and go through it once to 'unlock' it. In the Green Ruins, you will find two tillable fields, each consisting of a single plot, a water source and a crate that can be smashed. The Green Ruins has two types of 'doors'. One is a sliding metal door and the other is a hanging curtain vine. You must 'cut' or break through the hanging vine in order to move through it each time you enter the dungeon. From the entrance, go up the flight of stairs through the vine hanging to be greeted by a Chitter who throws nuts. To your right, you will find a sliding door that leads to a shortcut stairway that goes all the way to the 4th Floor where the Boss Monster resides. It only can be unlocked initially from the other side, however, soo you must find another stairway to the 2nd Floor. Go west or left therefore from the Chitter and her Generator and you will find a stairway in the southwest that leads up then down to a large chamber with one large tillable field consisting of 6 plots. There are two Monster Generators here that spawn Killer Ants. Northwest of the tillable field you will see three square smooth rocks. Beyond them is a sliding door that leads to a chamber with a Treasure Chest that always contains Level 10 Rice and four Rocks that can be smashed for ores/Gems. Silver usually will be found in one of these Rocks but you will not be able to break any of the smooth square rocks unless you have a Silver Hammer. You need to be able to unlock the Lava Ruins before you will find your first piece of Silver THERE. You then can fashion a Silver Hammer and return to the Green Ruins for a regular supply of the precious ore in this little chamber. Go north from the two Monster Generators to find another chamber that contains no Monsters, 1 Crate and 5 rocks that can be smashed for ores/gems. A stairway in the north leads to a very large chamber containing more tillable fields. A narrow corridor with a hanging vine in the southeast leads to an elevated long circular pathway that leads round the Green Ruins on the 1st floor. This pathway is not an unbroken circle, however, which means that you will be obliged to enter it from different points if you wish to explore the entire area. If you wish to make a complete exploration of this floor, go through the hanging vine to the circular walkway first. Outside, youw ill find a Spring Monsters spawned by a single Generator, a crate and two Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. Spring Monsters, like all Plant Monsters, can cause Paralysis if you are not protected from this status ailment. Formuade will cure all Status Ailments. Note that Spring Monsters, when tamed, will yield a variety of Seeds as Ranch Products, so you may wish to tame one as early as possible in order to cut Seed costs! From the position of the Spring Monsters, a ramp leads downward to a large circular platform. Note the position of this empty platform as it may be important later in the game. This is a dead end, however, so return to the

previous chamber. Now, ascend the long stairway in the north to explore the large chamber. It contains three tillable fields, each consisting of 2 plots, and three monster Generators. One spawns a Chitter, another spawns a single Killer Ant and the third spawns two Killer Ants. There are two exits in the east. One, in the northeast, leads to a peaceful chamber that contains two tillable fields, each consisting of two plots, two crates and four Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. The exit in the southeast leads to one end of the long circular pathway that encircles the Green Ruins. If you enter the circular walkway here, you only can go east. As you explore the circular pathway to the east, you will two Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems before you reach a Monster Generator that spawns a Chitter. Next, you will find the entrance to a peaceful chamber that contains two tillable fields consisting of one square each as well as a crate. Note the stairs against the eastern wall as they will be your first means of access to the 2nd Floor. Before you descend to the 2nd Floor, you should explore the remainder of the 1st floor by returnong to the circular path. If you continue south along the circular walkway, you will come to a place where there are two choices: you can go west to a circular platform or east through a hanging vine to a peaceful chamber containing at least six Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. There is a Treasure Chest in the little chamber as well. If you explore the circular platform to the west, you will find Spring Monsters spawned by a single Generator as well as two Treasure Chests. The circular walkway is a dead end at this point, so return to the little chamber with the stairway that descends to the 2nd Floor. Go now to the 2nd Floor. When you emerge from the stairway, you will find yourself in a peaceful chamber with a tillable field that contains two plots and two crates. A hanging vine to the west leads to an elevated circular pathway much like the one on the 1st floor. 2nd Floor of the Green Ruins From the Isolated Stairway that descends from the 1st Floor, you will be in a peaceful little antechamber with a tillable field containing two plots and two Crates. The only path is through a hanging vine in the west that leads to a circular platform pathway. When you break through the vine, you will see that there is a Monster Generator in the north that spawns a single Spring Monster. that any Plant Monster has Paralysis power. Beyond the Generator are two square small boulders. You cannot use an ordinary Hammer to destroy these so you probably will not be able to continue north when you first begin to explore the Green Ruins. Go south instead and the pathway will begin to curve west as well. You will encounter a Monster Generator that spawns two Slimes. Next to this Generator is the sliding door that leads to the shortcut stairway. Make certain that you go through it to unlock it, then return to the circular pathway to explore the rest of the 2nd floor. To the west of the Monster Generator that spawned the Slimes is a cluster of Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. Beyond these Rocks, the pathway ends

with another Monster Generator spawning a single Slime. South of this Generator, however, is a hanging vine. through it to enter a long chamber with a tillable field containing two plots. There are two Monster Generators here. The one in the north spawns a Spring Monster. The one in the south spawns two Mushrooms. At the south end of this long chamber is a water source and two Crates. In the south, you will find an exit in the west and one in the east. The one in the east leads to a dead end, so you should explore that first. It leads to a peaceful chamber. In this chamber, you will find a large cluster of Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems, two tillable fields, each consisting of two plots, a water source and a Treasure Chest. It is a dead end, however. Return therefore to the long chamber that held the two Monster Generators and take the exit in the west. You will find yourself in a long green grassy chamber with vines decorating the walls and five decorative green urns that cannot be smashed. At the northern end of this chamber is a single Crate that can be smashed. The exit is in the northeast and leads to a hanging vine. Break through it to find yourself once again on the open circular platform. You now are on the eastern end of another section of the circular pathway you explored initially. A single Monster Generator here spawns a Mushroom. As you proceed west, you will encounter a cluster of Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. The path now curves to the northwest. Next you will encounter a Spring Monster. The Generator that spawns it is behind a hanging vine, however, so you must break through the vine in order to destroy it. You have a choice now to continue along the circular pathway or to enter the chamber west of the hanging vine. Beyond the Monster Generator is a long narrow corridor that runs parallel to the outer circular platform. You can go either south or north along this corridor. If you go north, you will reach a dead end where you will find a small pile of sand that prevents access to a Treasure Chest. To destroy the sand, you need an upgraded Hoe. At the start of your explorations of the Green Ruins, you may not have an upgraded Hoe. Path to the Isolated Stairway to the 3rd Floor If you go south, you must go through a sliding door. Beyond it are two Monster Generators. Each spawns a single Slime. Beware of the Slime's ability to inflict Poison. The corridor now curves towards the west. Go southwest through another sliding door to find yourself in a peaceful chamber containing a very small tillable field with a single plot as well as the isolated stairway that descends to the 3rd floor. Exploring the outer Circular Platform

If, instead of exploring the chamber beyond the hanging vine with the Generator for the Spring Monster on the circular pathway, you decided to explore the remainder of this outer circular pathway, it would curve to the northeast as it continued. You then will encounter a Monster Generator that spawns a Mushroom. Continue beyond it and you will be forced to take a detour to a large round platform where you will find a Wooly spawned by a single Generator, a cluster of Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems and two Treasure Chests. When you take the exit in the northeast, you will find yourself on the circular pathway again and will be on the western side of the two small square boulders that barred your progress from the other side. As you can see, all roads DO lead to Rome ultimately. If, initially in your journey from the isolated stairway that descended from the 1st floor, you had an upgraded hammer capable of destroying the two small square boulders, you could proceed north then as the circular pathway began to curve west. You then would take a little detour to a round platform containing a cluster of Rocks that could be smashed for Ores/Gems, a Monster Generator that spawns a Wooly and two Treasure Chests. Take the exit to the northwest to return to the circular pathway and continue west to a Monster Generator that spawns a single Mushroom. The path now begins to curve to the south. You next will encounter a Spring Monster. The Generator that spawns it is to the west, behind a hanging vine. Destroy the vine in order to be able to reach the Monster Generator. From the chamber containing the Monster Generator, follow the directions given above to reach the isolated stairway to the 3rd Floor. 3rd Floor of the Green Ruins When you descend the Isolated Stairway from the 2nd Floor, you will find yourself in a little antechamber with two Crates. Go northwest to find yourself in a small chamber guarded by a Little Mage spawned by a single Generator. A Little Mage will chop Wood when tamed. From here, continue north to find yourself in a peaceful chamber with a cluster of Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems, two tillable fields each containing two plots, a water source and two Crates. The exit from this peaceful chamber is in the east through a hanging vine and will lead to the outside circular pathway. Here you will have a choice to go either south or north. If you go south, however, your path will be barred by three small square boulders similar to the pair that barred your pathway on the second floor. At the start of your explorations of the Green Ruins, therefore, you will be obliged to go north. As you go north, the pathway will curve gradually to the east. Beyond a cluster of Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems, you will find a Monster Generator that spawns two Hornets. West of the Monster Generator is a hanging vine but the circular pathway continues north as well. Continue north first along the circular pathway to encounter your first egg-laying Monsters in the form of two Cluckys spawned by a single Monster Generator. Untamed Cluckys lay eggs that actually are bombs. It is only when

tamed that they will lay edible Eggs for you! Beware their bombs and continue north along the circular pathway as it continues to bear to the east. You next will encounter a Little Mage spawned by a single Generator. Beyond him, the path now will bear southeast until it reaches an end. At the end of the path is a Monster Generator that spawns two Hornets. Hornets when tamed yield Honey. East of the Hornets is a hanging vine, beyond which are stairs that lead to a small chamber. Ascend the stairs to a small platform and then descend another short stairway to find yourself in a small chamber with two Monster Generators. One spawns a Little Mage and a Buffamoo and the other spawns a Hornet. A sliding door to the north leads to a small chamber, but your path will be barred by three small square smooth boulders. Beyond these boulders are two Treasure Chests but the room is a dead end. Go south instead to find yourself in a peaceful chamber containing two tillable fields that each contain two plots, 4 Crates and a water source. A narrow corridor leads northwest to a hanging vine. Break through the vine to find yourself back on the open circular pathway at the northeastern end of another section of it. A Monster Generator in the southwest spawns three hornets. Continue south past the Monster Generator to find a sliding door that leads to the shortcut stairway. Go through the sliding door to unlock it, then return to the circular pathway. The outside circular pathway now gradually bears northwest. You first will encounter a Monster Generator that spawns two Cluckys. North of this Generator, on the same pathway is another Monster Generator that spawns a single Hornet. To the west of the first Generator is a hanging vine. When you break thorugh it, you will find yourself in a small chamber containing two Crates and the Isolated Stairway to the 4th and lowest Floor of the Green Ruins. If you attempt to continue north past the Monster Generator that spawned the Hornet, your path north will be barred by the three small square boulders that initially barred your path south. 4th Floor of the Green Ruins The 4th Floor of the Green Ruins probably will be your first experience of a 'Boss' Monster's floor. Here there will be no Monster Generators. You will find instead a single chamber that contains two tillable fields, each with two plots, a water source and two Crates. In the northern wall, you will see a door. The Boss Monster inhabits the chamber beyond it. When you attempt to open the door, you will see a prompt giving you a choice either to continue or to turn back. Good fishing always is to be found in any water source on the lowest floor of a dungeon and the Green Ruins is no exception. If you choose not to confront the Boss on your first visit, make certain that you go east through the peaceful chamber to the shortcut stairway in order to unlock the door there for future visits. Screen-by-Screen Walkthrough of the Lava Ruins

1st

Floor

From the entrance, you must go north into a large rectangular chamber. There is an exit at the northern end that is blocked with rubble. In the southeast, there are steps leading downward to the east. Note the white urn to the left of the rubble at the far north first. This is your first bomb. Hit it with any weapon or charge towards it with a Monster Ally to trigger a detonator. You will have a few seconds to move out of the way. When it explodes, the rubble will be gone. Each time you re-enter the Ruins, you will be forced to clear rubble again. Like any Monster Generators, blockages will re-appear at each new visit. A single Monster Generator in the northeast corner spawns three Killer Ants and one Ant. If you continue north after the bomb explodes, you will find yourself in a smaller area containing a single Monster Generator that spawns two Ants and two Killer Ants. If you walk to the northwest corner, past the Monster Generator, you will see a stairway that ascends back towards the south. Take it to find yourself on a narrow corridor that leads south to a small chamber containing two Elefuns spawned by a single Monster Generator. This is your first encounter with the Elefun, a Monster who can be used for Transport and/or to water your Crops. In the southwest corner of this little area is a sliding door. Go west through the sliding door into a small peaceful area with two crates and a tillable field containing two plots and a water source. You can grow any Summer Crops in the Lava Ruins. This area is bisected by a crack in the floor through which lava can be seen. On the other side of the crack, you will see two Treasure Chests, but you will not be able to reach them here. Retrace your steps thorugh the chamber with the Elefuns and north along the narrow corridor, then down the stairway. You will find yourself once again in the area that held 2 Killer Ants and 2 Ants initially. Now go through the open exit in the northern wall. As soon as you go through the exit, you will find a crate on the right that often contains Curry Powder. A crack in the floor to the north must be circumvented. The only Monster Generator is in the east and spawns two Ghosts. Go as far west as possible, then north to another ascending staircase that leads south again. At the top of these stairs, you will find a bomb. Detonate it, then go west through the gap to another peaceful chamber. Here you will find another single tillable field with two plots and a water source as well as two white urns against the northern wall. White urns, like crates, can be smashed for items. Look for a sliding door in the southwest and go through it. You will find yourself in a long rectangular chamber containing two Elefuns spawned by a single Generator. In the southwest is a sliding door. Go west through it to find a small chamber with three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores and a bomb. Incidentally, the most plentiful ore in the Lava Ruins, apart from the usual Scrap Iron, is Copper.

Activate the bomb, then go through the gap created in the southern wall. You now will find yourself on the northern end of the area you explored earlier that was bisected by a crack in the floor. Find and open the two Treasure Chests, then retrace your steps, as this is nothing more than a dead end. (Cooking Oil often is found in one of these Chests.) When you return down the stairs, you will be in the area that had two Ghosts spawned by a single Generator. There is a gap that acts as an exit in the northern wall. Behind the Generator in the southeast corner of this chamber is a bomb. When detonated, it will blast a hole in the wall. Go east through the gap to a small dead end chamber containing two real Treasure Chests and a Monster Box that resembles a Treasure Chest. Retrace your steps to the chamber that had the Ghosts in it and go through the gap in the northern wall. You will find yourself in a small chamber with a single Generator that spawns two Ants and a Ghost. The chamber contains three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. There are two sliding door exits, one in the northeast and one in the southwest. Go northeast first into a long narrow peaceful chamber with two tillable fields, each with two plots. There is a water source here and two white urns as well but it is a dead end so return to the previous chamber and go through the other sliding door in the southwest. You will find yourself in a very small room crowded with four Ghosts waving scythes, spawned by a single Generator. There is a sliding door in the north with a bomb next to it. Detonating the bomb may clear the room of a couple of Ghosts. Go through the sliding door in the northern wall to find the isolated stairway to the second floor. Path to the Shortcut Stairway: From the entrance, instead of going north to detonate the first bomb, descend the stairs in the east to a narrow L-shaped corridor guarded by two Ants spawned by a single Generator. A sliding door in the south leads directly to the shortcut stairway but you will be obliged to unlock the door on the 2nd floor from the other side before it can be used. From here, you can go north as well past the Monster Generator to another sliding door that leads to a chamber with two Ghosts spawned by a single Generator. A short stairway in the southwest leads upward to a small peaceful area with two tillable fields and a water source. Each field contains two plots. Another stairway in the southwest leads upward to the chamber with two Ants and two Killer Ants that you would reach if you detonated the first bomb and went north through the gap. In other words, both paths ultimately lead to this destination. From here, you can go north to the isolated stairway to the 2nd Floor. 2nd

Floor

When you go down the isolated stairway to the 2nd floor, you will find that

lava bars your path to the east. You must go west across a little causeway to a chamber tenanted by two Furpys, cousins of the Chitter, spawned by a single Generator. The single exit from this area is a short stairway in the south. When you descend the stairway, you will find yourself in a huge open area. Two Ducks spawned by a single Generator will confront you immediately. To the east is a tillable field consisting of 4 plots. Beyond that is a short causeway over a river, blocked by two boulders. Smash them with a special attack by a Hammer to move further east where you will see a tillable field containing 2 plots. South of this field is a cluster of 4 rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. Moving further south, you will find a small tillable field consisting of 2 plots and beyond that, in the far south, a large tillable field containing 4 plots. There are no Monsters in this eastern half of the large area. In fact, the entire southern half of the large area is a peaceful area, but you will see that a pile of fallen masonry blocks you from the southern half that lies to the west. Detonate the bomb near the fallen masonry and move west to find two tillable fields, each consisting of two plots as well as two white urns. A river divides this half of the area from the northwest section that held the Monster Generator and Ducks. There are many exits in this large area of the dungeon. In the eastern half, you will find a short stairway that leads upwards in the northeast as well as another short stairway leading upwards in the southeast corner. Path to the Shortcut Stairway Explore the stairway in the southeast corner first to find the shortcut stairway. When you reach the top of the little stairway, you will have a choice of paths. You can go east or south along a narrow path above flowing lava. Go east and almost immediately, you will find that you have to choose again either to go east or south. Go south here to find a sliding door that leads directly to the shortcut stairway. Go through the sliding door to unlock it, then retrace your steps to the narrow path. If you go east now, you will come to a sliding door that leads to a chamber containing two Monster Generators, each of which spawns an Ignis and a Mini-Golem. The Ignis is the first creature who may drop a Magic Crystal for you. To the east of this chamber is lava. The only exit is a sliding door in the north. Go through the sliding door to find yourself in a fairly large antechamber with the isolated stairway to the 3rd floor in the northeast corner. To the left of the stairway are two crates that sometimes contain Orange Juice and Curry Powder. There is a bomb in the southwest corner. If you detonate the bomb, you will be able to move west through the gap to the southern half of a chamber bisected by a crack in the floor. Two Mini-Golems spawned by a single Generator are in the northern half of this chamber, but you will not be able to reach them from here. Go west instead through the sliding door to find yourself on a short stairway that descends to a little island containing a single Treasure Chest. To the

west, you will see the huge open area with all the fields but you will not be able to cross the little stream that borders the 'island' in the west. This is a virtual dead end. Retrace your steps to the foyer with the stairs to the 3rd floor, then go south thorugh the sliding door and west through the sliding door on the western wall to return to the original narrow path that had access to the shortcut stairway. This Walkthrough has taken you as directly as possible from the isolated stairway from the 2nd floor to the shortcut stairway and the isolated stairway to the 3rd floor. To explore the remainder of the 2nd Floor, you can continue west along the narrow pathway past the sliding door that leads to the shortcut stairway to the end of the narrow path. From here, turn south to find yourself in a little alcove with two Ignis spawned by a single Generator. West of the Ignis are three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems and west of the Rocks, you will find another Monster Generator that spawns two Furpys. From here, you either can go north to a short stairway that descends back into the huge area that occupies the centre of the 2nd floor or you can detonate a bomb to clear a pile of fallen masonry, allowing you to move further west along the southern edge of the 2nd floor. Detonate the bomb first and move west to find yourself in a peaceful area with two Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems in the far west and two boulders that create a barrier on a little causeway leading north. If you smash the boulders and proceed north, you will find a sliding door that leads to a rectangular chamber. A crack in the floor cuts this chamber in half. You will be on the southern half, where you will find two Treasure Chests. They often contain Flour and Garlic respectively. The southern half of the chamber is a dead end, however and you will be forced to retrace your steps south. Cross the little causeway and move east again across the causeway there then descend the little stairway in the north to find yourself in the southwest section of the huge central area of the 2nd floor. The only unexplored path is the little ascending stairway in the west. Go up the stairs to find yourself in a small chamber occupied by two Mini-Golems spawned by a single Generator. From here you must go north along a causeway into an area with a number of exits. If you go down the little stairway in the southeast, you will find yourself in the initial northwest corner of the huge central area. (This is where you encountered the 2 Ducks spawned by a single Generator.) Instead, skirt the large hole in the floor to move west, then south across a little causeway to enter the northern half of the chamber where you found the two Treasure Chests. Here you will find two crates and a veritable nest of Furpys. There are four Furpys here spawned by a single Generator. This is a dead end. Retrace your steps to go north across the causeway and then north again into a chamber dominated by four Ignis spawned by two Monster Generators and a Treasure Chest that often contains Cooking Oil. This is a dead end as well but it represents the northwestern limit of the 2nd Floor.

Retrace your steps south to the chamber with the big hole in the floor, then go through the sliding door in the east to descend the short stairway back to the huge central area. There is only one more area to explore on the 2nd floor. To do so, go all the way east past the large tillable field, across the little causeway and past the small tillable field to the short stairway in the northeast that leads upwards. You will find yourself in a rectangular chamber with two Mini-Golems spawned by a single Generator. Cross the little causeway to the north to find yourself on an open platform. Three rocks here can be smashed for Ores/Gems. (One sometimes contains Silver.) The single Generator in the northeast corner spawns one Ignis and one Duck. There is a bomb near the Rocks that can be detonated to damage some Monsters and/or Rocks. This is a dead end as well but you now have explored the entire 2nd Floor. 3rd Floor Walkthrough From the Isolated Stairway from the 2nd Floor: You will find yourself on a long large platform. Directly to the west is a crate and a white urn, where you sometimes will find Orange Juice and Copper. You have two choices of direction. You can go either north along the platform or west down a long flight of stairs. There is a causeway as well that leads south but from here it is blocked with fallen masonry. Go north first to the northern end of the platform. In the northeast corner is a single Monster Generator that spawns two Scorpions, a cluster of three/four Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems and a Bomb. One of the three Rocks here usually contains Silver Ore. Now go down the long stairway that leads west. At the bottom of the stairs is a single Monster Generator that spawns a Mini-Golem and an Ignis as well as two Crates that often contain a Hot Rice Ball and Orange Juice. (Note that you will find much Orange Juice throughout the Lava Ruins.) Behind the Generator, to the north, fallen masonry blocks your path, so you must go south instead. You need to veer a little southwest to another platform. Here you will find a sliding door to the west and a bomb in the southeast. If you go west through the sliding door, you will find yourself in a contained chamber with four Summers spawned by two Monster Generators and two Treasure Chests. The Treasure Chests may contain an Orange or Fire Crystal, Lv. 6 and E.Drink X. Detonate the bomb to create a gap in a low wall that will allow you to go east again. Here you will find a Monster Generator that spawns two Mini-Golems. East of their position is a sliding door that leads to a peaceful chamber containing two tillable fields, each with two plots and a water source in the northeast corner. This chamber is a dead end. South of the Golems are two White Urns. East of the Urns is a long stairway

that leads upwards. Go east up the stairs and you will be forced to a Monster Generator at the top of the stairs that spawns a Mini-Golem and two Ignis. Above the stairway is a long platform. To the north, separated by fallen masonry, you will be able to see the isolated stairway from the 2nd floor. A Monster Generator in the northeast corner of this part of the platform spawns a Little Emperor. Next to the Generator is a bomb. If you detonate it, you can clear the masonry from the path, allowing access to the stairway that leads back to the 2nd floor if you wish to use it. At the moment, however, you wish to go south instead. Near the southern end of this platform is a Monster Generator that spawns an Ignis and a Little Emperor and a bomb. If you detonate the bomb, you will create a gap in the western wall that will allow you to descend antoher long stairway. If you continue south, you will see two staircases, one leading back up to the 2nd floor and one leading down to the 4th floor. This is the shortcut stairway in fact. It is open here, rather than enclosed in a little chamber as you usually have found it previously. You now can use it to return to the 2nd or 1st floor but you cannot use it to descend to the 4th floor yet, as the sliding door there remains locked. Simply note its position for future reference. Instead, detonate the bomb and descend the long stairway. At the bottom of the stairway is a chamber containing 2 Mini-Golems and 2 Scorpions spawned by two Generators. There is a bomb in the centre of the chamber that can be detonated for Monster damage. Use the sliding door to go west. You will find yourself in a chamber divided by a partial wall. Go round the little wall to find a Little Emperor and a Mini-Golem spawned by a single Generator. A sliding door in the west leads to a large peaceful chamber where you will find two tillable fields, one containing 4 plots and the other containing 2 plots. A water source is in the southwest corner and a Bomb is in the northeast corner of this chamber. Detonate the Bomb to create a new exit in the northeast then go through it. Here you will find a Bomb in the centre of the path, a pile of fallen masonry in the east and a stairway in the northwest. Detonate the bomb to clear the fallen masonry from the east. Do not go east now, however, as the path simply leads to one of the long stairways that leads back to the platform where you will find the shortcut stairway in the south. Instead, ascend the long stairway that leads upwards to the west. At the top of the stairs is a single Monster Generator that spawns to Little Emperors. Now you will find yourself on a wide platform that runs along the western wall of the 3rd floor of the Lava Ruins. If you go south here, you will find a single Generator that spawns two Mini-Golems and a Little Wizard. In the southwest corner of this platform is a single Treasure Chest that often contains an Orange. There are two Bombs nearby that can be used for Monster Damage. North of the Generator is a cluster of three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. You can detonate one of the bombs to smash the Rocks as well. One

of these Rocks often contains Silver. When you continue north along the platform, you will encounter another Monster Generator that spawns two Little Emperors. A little to the north of this is a new device consisting of a catapult. Some of these swivel but this one points only in one direction. Hit the lever with a hammer and a rock will be thrown towards another Rock cluster in the north. A little northeast of the catapult is a long stairway that leads downward to the central area of the 3rd floor. At the top of this stairway is a single Monster Genearator that spawns a single Troll. First, however, continue north to the end of the platform where you will find a single Monster Generator that spawns two Mini-Golems and a Little Wizard. To the east is a sliding door that leads to a peaceful chamber where you will find two tillable fields, a water source and a Treasure Chest. One field contains four plots and the other contains two. The Treasure Chest often contains Cooking Oil. Return to the platform and descend the long stairway that leads east past the Monster Generator spawning a single Troll. From the foot of the stairs, the only path leads north past a Monster Generator that spawns a single Troll. A bomb near the Generator can be detonated to destroy the fallen masonry that bars your access to a path in the south. Go there only if you wish to return to the initial long platform in the east with the shortcut stairway. Instead, if you wish to find the isolated stairway to the south, continue to the northern end of this platform. Before you reach it, however, you will encounter another stationary Catapult. Hit the lever and it will create a gap in the wall to the east, allowing you access to a dead-end chamber that contains a single Generator spawning two Trolls and two Treasure Chests. Having explored the entire third floor, you now can descend to the 4th. 4th Floor Note that this Walkthrough describes the position of the Locked Door that is an integral part of Uzuki's 'Story'. From the Isolated Stairway from the 3rd Floor Path to the 5th Floor When you descend from the 3rd Floor, you will see a long wide staircase that descends to the west. It leads to a peaceful chamber containing a single large tillable field containing four plots, a water source, one real Treasure Chest and one Monster Box. An exit in the southwest is blocked by a huge round stone boulder. This is a new device first found on the 4th floor of the Lava Ruins. There is no way to move it from this side, however, so retrace your steps to the isolated stairway.

Now go east to find a stationary catapult. Hit the lever with a Hammer and it will destroy fallen masonry to the south that barred the entrance to a narrow staircase leading downward. Do not explore the stairway yet. Instead, move east of the catapult to find three smooth small square boulders that act as a barrier to the east. You need a Silver Hammer or better to destroy boulders of this sort. Do so and move east to find a Treasure Chest that usually contains Copper. From here, you will enter an area with two narrow twin staircases to the south and a large round boulder in the north held in place by sand. A Monster Generator in the northeast corner spawns two Trolls. Against the eastern wall are two white urns. This is the northeast limit of the 4th floor. Use your hoe on the pile of sand to release the large round boulder. Follow it as it rolls down the narrow stairway and then down a narrow path to destroy a pile of fallen masonry. You will find a Monster Generator that spawns three Buffaloo as well as the isolated stairs that lead to the 5th floor. Path to the Shortcut Stairway Note that, if you used the catapult initially, you now have three separate narrow staircases side by side that lead south. The one farthest east leads to the isolated stairway to the 5th floor. The other narrow stairway west of the one leading to the isolated stairway will take you down a narrow path to a Monster Generator that spawns two Summers. If you continue south, you will find a pile of fallen masonry blocking your access to a large chamber that contains tillable fields and a Monster Generator spawning two Trolls. Ignore this path for now, therefore, as you must destroy the fallen masonry from the other side. Return to the first stairway that was unblocked by the action of the catapult. This stairway is the one furthest to the west and closest to the isolated stairway leading from the 3rd floor. At the foot of the stairs, you will encounter two Trolls immediately. The monster generator that spawns them is to the west. This effectively constitutes a crossroads, with exits in all directions. You can go west into a large chamber containing tillable fields or east to a large almost empty chamber that contains a single Monster Geneartor that spawns two little Fluffys. You can go south up another flight of stairs as well. Go east first, into the chamber with a single Monster Generator that spawns two Fluffys. You will see an exit in the southwest. If you take it, you will find yourself in a large area with two tillable fields, a water source and two crates. Each of the fields contains two plots. In the northeast corner, fallen masonry effectively imprisons two Trolls who are spawned by a single Generator. To the north of the trolls is the middle narrow pathway patrolled by the two Summers. At the moment, this large chamber is a dead end, although there is a wide stairway to the west, as your access is blocked by fallen masonry. Return then to the crossroads and take the stairway that ascends to the south.

You will find that this is a dead end to you at the moment as well, as fallen masonry at the top blocks your age. Your only real path, therefore is to the west past the Monster Generator that spawns the two Trolls that guard the crossroads. You will find yourself in a very large peaceful chamber with four tillable fields, each of which consists of two plots. There is a single crate in the northwest with a water source next to it. The exit from this chamber is in the southwest down a narrow causeway that leads south to a platform guarded by two Summers spawned by a Monster Generator. The position of this Monster Generator marks a crossroads as well. There is a wide stairway that ascends to the east. To the west, another parallel causeway leads north and south and directly south, the causeway on which you travel continues. If you continue south along the causeway, you will find your age barred by fallen masonry. Ascend the wide stairway east first, therefore, to a large platform with a single Monster Generator that spawns two Trolls and two Minotaurs. A cluster of two rocks can be smashed for Ores/Gems. In the southeast, you will find a swiveling catapult. This can be turned in any direction. Turn it to destroy the fallen masonry at the foot of the wide stairway in the east. There is a pile of fallen masonry in the south as well but the catapult will not serve for this. You will be forced to detonate a bomb from the other side instead. Return to the crossroads now, going back down the wide staircase in the west and continue west to the causeway that runs parallel to it. This is the western limit of the 4th floor. To the north is a Monster Generator that spawns a Buffaloo. If you continue north, you will find a large round boulder held in place by sand at the end of the path. Use your hoe on the sand and run south quickly to avoid being crushed. This is the round boulder that blocked the exit from the first chamber you explored on the 4th floor. If you wished now, you could continue north back to that chamber. If you continue south along the causeway, you will find three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems barring your path. Smash them and continue south to a Monster Generator that spawns two Trolls. To the left of the Generator is a catapult. Hit the lever to destroy the fallen masonry on the causeway to your right. You now can return to the eastern causeway and go all the way south to gain access to two white Urns and a Treasure Chest. It is a dead end, however. Go south from the catapult, then east to find a locked door in the south. If you attempt to access this door, you will see: Freyr: It won't open… Huh? There's a hole in the door. Is it a keyhole? But it has such a strange shape… I can't go in now anyway. I'll try again later. Continue east and you will see a narrow stairway leading north. If you ascend it, you will find a bomb at the top and beyond that, fallen masonry. Beyond

that is the large platform where you encountered two Trolls and two Minotaurs. If you wish to return to that platform, detonate the Bomb to clear the path. Otherwise, continue east instead. You will encounter two Buffaloo that are spawned by a single Generator. The Generator is on a little island and therefore can be destroyed only by a long distance weapon such as a spear or a magical rod. Continue east and you will find a Catapult at the end of the path. If you hit the lever, it will destroy the rubble that imprisoned the two Trolls in the chamber to the north. From the position of the catapult, a narrow path leads south. Go through a sliding door to unlock it, gaining access to the shortcut stairway. You will not be able to use this stairway yet to go to the 5th floor as that door has not been unlocked. Instead, return to the isolated stairway that leads to the 5th floor. From the Shortcut Stairway to the Locked Door… and beyond From the shortcut stairway, you first will encounter a catapult platform. Hit the lever with a hammer to send the missile flying north to destroy a pile of fallen masonry. It will not affect the path you are on at the moment, however. Go west from the catapult to encounter two Buffaloo spawned by a single Generator that can be reached only with a long range weapon such as a spear. West of this is another Monster Generator that spawns two Summers. You have a choice of destination here. You can climb a stairway to the north or continue west. Continue West first to find a monster Generator that spawns two Trolls. Past the Monster Generator that spawned the Trolls is the western end of the dungeon. To the north, you will find a stationary catapult. If you hit it with a Hammer, it will destroy a pile of masonry that blocks access to two white urns and a treasure chest on the parallel path to the east. North of the catapult are three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. They act as a barrier so you must destroy them before you can go north. One of the rocks often contains Silver. If you continue north along the narrow path with the Rocks, you will encounter a Monster Generator that spawns two Buffaloo. Continue north along a narrow pathway that skirts a lava river and you will come to a huge round Boulder held in place by sand. It will not destroy anything when it rolls but with it out of the way, you will have access to a huge peaceful chamber with a large tillable field containing six plots. There is a single treasure chest here and a Monster Box as well as a stairway to the east. If you climb the wide staircase to the East of the tillable field, you will find yourself at the entrance to the isolated stairway that leads back to the 3rd floor. Use the Walkthrough from the Isolated Stairway from the 4th Floor if you wish to find the Isolated Stairway to the 5th floor. Directions to the Locked Door for Uzuki's Story

For those who cannot find the Locked Door again easily, here are two sets of directions. The first presupposes that you have unlocked the Shortcut Stairway and leads from the 4th Floor shortcut stairway to the Locked Door. The second set of directions is for those who must take the isolated stairway from the 3rd Floor still to reach the 4th Floor. From the Shortcut Stairway to the Locked Door From the shortcut stairway, you first will encounter a catapult platform. Go west from the catapult to encounter two Buffaloo spawned by a single Generator that can be reached only with a long range weapon such as a spear. West of this is another Monster Generator that spawns two Summers. Continue West and you will find the Locked Door on the southern wall before you reach the southwestern corner of the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins. Path to Uzuki's Locked Door from the Isolated Stairway When you descend from the 3rd Floor, you will see a long wide staircase that descends to the west. It leads to a peaceful chamber containing a single large tillable field containing four plots, a water source, one real Treasure Chest and one Monster Box. An exit in the southwest is blocked by a huge round stone boulder. This is a new device first found on the 4th floor of the Lava Ruins. There is no way to move it from this side, however, so retrace your steps to the isolated stairway. Now go east to find a stationary catapult. Hit the lever with a Hammer and it will destroy fallen masonry to the south that barred the entrance to a narrow staircase leading downward. Do not explore the stairway yet. Instead, move east of the catapult to find three smooth small square boulders that act as a barrier to the east. You need a Silver Hammer or better to destroy boulders of this sort. Do so and move east to find a Treasure Chest that usually contains Copper. From here, you will enter an area with two narrow twin staircases to the south and a large round boulder in the north held in place by sand. A Monster Generator in the northeast corner spawns two Trolls. Against the eastern wall are two white urns. This is the northeast limit of the 4th floor. Use your hoe on the pile of sand to release the large round boulder. As the boulder rolls, it will clear the pathway to the isolated stairway that leads to the 5th floor. Path to the Locked Door from the Isolated Stairway Note that, if you used the catapult initially, you now have three separate narrow staircases side by side that lead south. The one farthest east leads to the isolated stairway to the 5th floor. The other narrow stairway west of the one leading to the isolated stairway will take you down a narrow path to a Monster Generator that spawns two Summers. If you continue south, you will find a pile of fallen masonry blocking your accesso to a large chamber that contains tillable fields and a Monster Generator spawning two Trolls. Ignore this path for now, therefore, as you must destroy the fallen masonry from the other side.

Return to the first stairway that was unblocked by the action of the catapult. This stairway is the one furthest to the west and closest to the isolated stairway leading from the 3rd floor. At the foot of the stairs, you will encounter two Trolls immediately. The monster generator that spawns them is to the west. This effectively constitutes a crossroads, with exits in all directions. You can go west into a large chamber containing tillable fields or east to a large almost empty chamber that contains a single Monster Geneartor that spawns two little Fluffys. If you are looking for the Locked Door, you need to go west past the Monster Generator that spawns the two Trolls that guard the crossroads. You will find yourself in a very large peaceful chamber with four tillable fields, each of which consists of two plots. There is a single crate in the northwest with a water source next to it. The exit from this chamber is in the southwest down a narrow causeway that leads south to a platform guarded by two Summers spawned by a Monster Generator. The position of this Monster Generator marks a crossroads as well. There is a wide stairway that ascends to the east. To the west, another parallel causeway leads north and south. Go down the wide staircase in the west and continue west to the causeway that runs parallel to it. This is the western limit of the 4th floor. To the north is a Monster Generator that spawns a Buffaloo. Continue south along the causeway, you will find three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems barring your path. Smash them and continue south to a Monster Generator that spawns two Trolls. Go south from the catapult, then east to find a locked door in the south. If you attempted to access this door before Uzuki gave you her Hairpin, your character would muse: Freyr: It won't open… Huh? There's a hole in the door. Is it a keyhole? But it has such a strange shape… I can't go in now anyway. I'll try again later. With Uzuki's Hairpin in your Rucksack, however, you now can return to the Locked Door to open it. When the sliding door opens, you will be able to move south into a small chamber with a crate at the southern end. In the centre of the floor, you will see three shining drops of light indicating the presence of a 'secret'. Go to the spot and press 'A' to search there. A Letter will pop out. Letter from the Mentor: A letter to Uzuki from Uzuki's brother. Don't open it without permission. 5th Floor Walkthrough Path to the Shortcut Stairway When you first arrive at the 5th floor from the isolated stairway, you will be in a large chamber with a huge round boulder held in place by sand at its northern end. No Monsters threaten you at this point and it should be an easy

matter to use your Hoe on the sand to send the giant ball rolling. You need not even move out of the way if you are careful. As you follow the rolling boulder west down the stairs, you will encounter two Weagles spawned by a single Generator. Two white urns stand against the northern wall of the next chamber. South of the position of the urns is a narrow stairway leading south, but it is blocked by fallen rubble. Further west, two Slimes are generated by a single Generator. Near the Slimes is a swiveling catapult. You may believe at first glance that you need not use it to clear the stairway directly to the south as it will be open to you initially. Unfortunately, a pile of fallen masonry at the bottom of this stairway will prevent you from moving further south at this point, so aim the swiveling catapult towards the south and hit the lever to destroy the rubble at the bottom of these stairs. In many situations in dungeons in Rune Factory Frontier, it is possible to race through an area by simply avoiding the Monsters who inhabit it. Where you need to use a swiveling catapult, however, it is best to clear the area of all Monsters first. To turn a swiveling catapult, simply press the 'A' Button. Before you move down the stairway here, aim the swiveling catapult towards the west so that it creates a gap in the western wall, allowing you access to another stairway that descends to the west. The catapult's aim is insufficient to destroy the rubble at the top of the first stairway that is farthest east, so do not bother to try. First go through the gap you created in the western wall and descend the stairway there to a small peaceful chamber containing two tillable fields, a water source and a Treasure Chest that often contains Garlic. Each of the tillable fields consists of two plots. The exit from this chamber is a descending stairway in the south. When you go south down the stairs, however, you will find a pile of fallen masonry at the bottom, preventing further progress. Return therefore to the chamber with the two Slimes and the swiveling catapult and descend the stairway directly to the south of the catapult. You will find yourself at a crossroads with stairways leading in ALL directions. If you attempt to continue south, you will find a huge round boulder held in place by sand at the foot of the stairs. The pile of sand is on the other side, which means that the ball bars further progress south at this point. If you take the stairway that ascends to the east, you will find yourself in a small chamber with tillable fields, but this one is far from peaceful, crowded with two Monster Generators that spawn two Weagles and a Miinotaurs and a slime. In this little chamber are two tillable fields with two plots each, a water source and a stairway that ascends to the north. If you ascend the stairway that leads north, however, you will find a pile of fallen masonry at the top. In fact, this is the first stairway that you encountered on the 5th floor…

As often is the case in the Lava Ruins, despite the wealth of apparent choices, all but one are illusory at this point. From the 'crossroads' are, you must descend the stairway that leads west. You will find yourself in a rather large chamber with a single Monster Generator and four Monsters. The Monster Generator in the north spawns two Minotaurs. The Generator that spawns the two Weagles that inhabit this chamber actually is located on an ascending stairway in the southeast. There are two white urns against the western wall. If you look along the eastern wall, you will see a Bomb. Detonating it may clear the chamber of some of its pesky Monsters. This is another chamber with a number of exits in various directions but most are illusory at this point. Access to a stairway that leads north is blocked by fallen masonry. The stairway in the southeast that leads east and is the position of the Monster Generator that spawns the Weagles has fallen masonry at the top. Your only true direction at this point is to descend a stairway in the south to find yourself on a platform with a single Monster Generator that spawns two Minotaurs. East of this chamber is an ascending stairway. At the top is a large round boulder held in place with sand. Use your hoe to remove the sand but move very quickly down the stairs and to one side as the boulder will 'chase' you down the stairway. Note that the greatest danger from these huge rolling balls may be to any Monster Ally as they tend to be rather unobservant and may stand stupidly in the path of the rolling ball or even move into its path. If you have a transport monster with you, mount it and ride out of harm's way if you can. Having removed the huge boulder from your path, you can ascend the stairway again and go east into a large chamber containing three tillable fields, a water source and a cluster of three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems. It is not a peaceful chamber, however, as there is a Monster Generator in the north that spawns two Slimes. Each of the tillable fields contains two plots. One of these Rocks, when smashed, often contains Silver. There are exits in all directions here, but the stairways both in the north and the south are blocked at this point by fallen masonry. Again, there is but one 'true' path and that lies to the east. Ascend the short stairway in the east to a long rectangular platform with a single Monster Generator that spawns two Slimes. A swiveling catapult is at the northern end of the chamber but before you use it, you need to go south to unlock the shortcut stairway. There are exits from this platform in every direction and all are viable, thanks to the swiveling catapult. To the south is a sliding door. Go through it to unlock it as this is the door to the shortcut stairway. As the door to the 6th Floor has not been unlocked yet, however, go north again up the stairway to the previous chamber. Path to the Isolated Stairway to the 6th Floor From the rectangular platform with exits in all directions, you can descend a short stairway now that leads east. At the foot of the stairs are two

boulders. Destroy them with a special attack from your Hammer to enter a small dead-end chamber containing two Treasure Chests and a Monster Box. One of the Treasure Chests often contains Silver. Return to the rectangular platform once again to use the swiveling catapult now. It will be facing north, so you needn't turn it to use it to destroy the fallen masonry at the top of the short northern stairway. Note, however, that the chamber in the north is one that you previously explored from another direction. It contains two Monster Generators that spawn a Minotaur, a slime and two Weagles, as well as two tillable fields containing two plots each. To explore new areas, therefore, you need to turn the catapult. First turn it to create a gap in the eastern wall of the chamber, as behind this wall is a little alcove that contains a single Treasure Chest that often contains Rice. After this, you simply need to take the path directly west of the catapult in the northwest corner of this rectangular platform. You will find yourself in a narrow corridor that leads west to a small chamber. Here you will see paths in all directions but the paths to the west and south are blocked by fallen masonry. In the north, a huge boulder held in place by sand blocks the path but when you use your Hoe on the sand, it will roll to the south, freeing both the entrance to the stairway in the north and one in the south formerly blocked by masonry. This huge rolling ball is the most effective of all. It will roll south all the way to the entrance to the Isolated Stairway to the 6th floor. On its way, it will destroy the rubble at the top of the first stairway, roll through a large chamber you explored earlier containing three tillable fields, each with 2 plots, destroy the fallen masonry at the top of another stairway to the south, opening access to the antechamber where you will find the Isolated stairway to the 6th and lowest floor of the Lava Ruins. 6th Floor Walkthrough When you take the isolated stairway from the 5th floor to the 6th and lowest floor of the Lava Ruins, you will find yourself on the western wall of a large chamber. To the east is a cluster of three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems as well as two tillable fields and an ornamental pond. The field closest to you consists of two plots. The other field, near the eastern wall of the chamber consists of four plots. The cluster of Rocks usually has at least one Rock that contains Gold. This may be the first Gold Ore that you find in Rune Factory Frontier. In the centre of the northern wall is a door that leads to the 'Boss' Chamber.. To the right of the door are two white urns that often contain Tomato Ketchup and Copper. At the northern end of the eastern wall is a sliding door. Go through it to unlock the entrance to the shortcut stairway, giving you easy access in future to the 6th floor. This single large chamber is the full extent of the 6th floor of the Lava Ruins. The ornamental pond here will prove an excellent fishing location, offering Lamp Squid, Fall Fish and Lobster, among others. When you access the door in the northern wall, your character will muse: Freyr: There's something behind the door… Your choices: I should turn back…

Let's go! Note that, should you enter the 6th floor in future initially from the shortcut stairway, you will have no access to the 5th floor via the isolated stairway as you will find fallen masonry at the top of the first stairway. In future, if you wish to visit the 5th floor, you either need to use the shortcut stairway or take the isolated stairway down from the 4th floor. Screen-by-Screen Walkthrough of the Snow Ruins The Snow Ruins is a maze and there are many chambers that resemble one another. One frame of reference is direction. Another is borders. Always look outside the walls. If you see darkness on any side, you will know that you are at the border of the dungeon. I will use this darkness as a frame of reference when describing various chambers. The first Walkthrough section will give the direct path from one floor to the next, explaining the path that you need to take to find the first stairway to the next floor as well as the path you need to take to open the sliding door to the 'shortcut stairway'. that you have two initial goals when you first explore a new floor in a dungeon in Rune Factory Frontier. One is to find the stairway that leads to the next floor and the other is to find the sliding door that leads to the shortcut stairway to 'unlock' it for future visits. There are some 'new' obstacles for the player in the Snow Ruins. The first is an ice crystal barrier that often blocks a path. It can be destroyed with an ordinary hammer or any Fire Weapon. The second is what I named an 'Eye Generator'. This is a device with an eye in the centre that blasts out puffs of ice air that cause damage. The 'Eye Generator' is controlled by an arch of wires. You may or may not find it next to the Generator. On lower floors, it often will be on a different platform or in a corner somewhere. Destroy the arch and the Eye Generator will explode. The arch causes no damage, but you need a fire weapon to destroy it. The third is ice that freezes a sliding door. When you see this, look for an Eye Generator nearby and destroy it. The ensuing explosion will melt the ice, allowing the door to open. Note that Eye Generators often are found in the same chambers as large Monsters encased in ice. If the explosion is close enough to the Monster, it will free it from the ice and you will be forced to deal with it. It often is best to destroy the ice-encased Monster BEFORE you cause any explosions in the chamber. The fourth is a swiveling cannon. This will react to your own movements but it is controlled by an arch of wires identical to the one that controls any Eye Generators. Destroy the arch and the cannon will explode. You can hit the cannon directly as well to destroy it. The fifth is large round boulder held in place by ice similar to those found in the Lava Ruins. As in the Lava Ruins, if you release the ball from the ice that holds it in place, it will roll, smashing everything in its path, allowing you to gain access to an area that otherwise would be inaccessible.

You will find these only on the lowest floors of the Snow Ruins. 1st Direct Path from 1st to 2nd Floor The entrance to the Snow Ruins is at the eastern limit of this dungeon. When you go north to the first chamber, you will see only darkness beyond the eastern wall. Keep this in mind. From the entrance, go north, then find the ice crystal barrier in the west that is guarded by two Hornet Queens. They are spawned by a generator in the northeast. (Beyond the generator is a pile of rubble that effectively cuts you off from any area north of it.) When you have demolished the ice crystal barrier, continue west, destroying the Eye Generator in the centre of the chamber. This will be your first encounter with a device that is seen throughout the Snow Ruins. Note the arch of wires next to it and destroy it with any fire elemental weapon or even a powerful sword or sickle. You will see two ice crystal barriers. One blocks an exit in the southwest and the other blocks the path to the west. Destroy the barrier in the southwest first, and go down the short stairway and through the sliding door afterwards as this will open the shortcut stairway to all floors. As none of the lower floors have been opened yet, return to the chamber in the north where you destroyed your first Eye Generator. Destroy the ice crystal barrier in the northwest now and go down the short stairway. Here you will be in a small antechamber with two Hornet Queens spawned by a single generator. If you go west, you will find your first tillable fields in a room free from Monster Generators. You can grow any Autumn Crops in the Snow Ruins. This chamber contains 3 tillable fields, each of which contains two plots. A water source is in the west. Ignore the farming chamber now to go instead up the short stairway to find a large ice chamber with a single Monster generator that spawns two Shadow Panthers and two Hornet Queens. If you take the exit in the north, you will find yourself in a similar large ice chamber with an Eye Generator and a Monster Generator that spawns two Death Stalkers and two Glaces. The door to the north is blocked by ice. Whenever you see a sliding door that is 'frozen' by ice at the bottom of it, you need to create an explosion to melt the ice. When you destroy any Eye Generator, whether by hitting it directly or by destroying the arch that controls it, the resulting explosion will melt all ice in the vicinity. Sometimes the only ice will be that on a sliding door. Often, however, there will be a large Monster encased in ice and the explosion simply may melt the ice to free the Monster. It is a good idea to use any Fire Weapon directly on the ice-encased Monster before you create any explosion in the chamber, as this will eliminate the Monster rather than allowing it to become free. If you search for the arch that controls the Eye Generator here, you will not find it. It is located in a small chamber to the west that is guarded by Death Stalkers spawned by a single Monster Generator. Destroy the Eye Generator in the large ice chamber to melt the ice that freezes the sliding door at the far north. When you go north through this sliding door, you will find your first stairway to the 2nd floor. Near the stairs,

you will find a single white urn. First Direct path from 2nd to 3rd Floor Go down the stairway to find a large ice chamber in the south, a real 'chamber of death' dominated by Glaces and Shadow Panthers in the north, two Eye Generators and a Mamoo encased in ice in the southeast. You will see a sliding door frozen with ice in the west of the chamber of death leading to a downward ramp. To unfreeze the sliding door, destroy the Eye Generator in the west. Now go through the sliding door and down the ramp to a narrow corridor that goes both north and south. Go south down the narrow corridor to find a large peaceful chamber with a single tillable field with four plots and 1 white urn. An exit in the southeast leads to a small chamber with a single Monster Generator that spawns three Shadow panthers in the east and three rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems in the west. You often can find Platinum in one of these rocks. In the southwest of the small chamber is an ice barrier. Smash it and when you go west, you will find yourself at the northern end of another large ice chamber with four Glaces spawned by a generator at the northern end, an Eye Generator in the centre and two scorpions and a Demon spawned by another Generator at the southern end. The only other exit from this chamber is at the southern end, guarded by an ice-encased Mamoo. Destroy the ice-encased Mamoo and go south into a small chamber with the first stairway that leads to the third floor. Do not take it yet as you first need to open the sliding door to the shortcut stairway. Go north, therefore, back into the ice chamber. You will see an exit in the east consisting of a narrow corridor that leads to a downward ice ramp. Take it and you will find yourself in a peaceful chamber with three rocks that can be smashed for ores/gems and a single tillable field that contains four plots. This peaceful chamber has many exits but it is the exit on the western side of the southern wall that leads you to the shortcut stairway. Destroy the ice barrier that prevents entry and continue south to a sliding door. Open it to find yourself at the shortcut stairway. Now return to the peaceful chamber as you will not have access to the third floor via this stairway until you have opened the sliding door to THAT floor from the other side. First Direct Path from Third Floor to Storage Rune Chamber and Shortcut Stairway The third floor is different from the first two in that you now often will find platforms along the walls of the various chambers. From the first isolated stairway that leads to the 3rd floor, you need to find your way to the doorway where the Rune Storage Chamber is located. This is the 'secret' of the Snow Ruins and is the place where you will face Gelwein for the first time. When you descend the isolated stairway to the third floor, you will find yourself in a small chamber containing two rocks that can be smashed for ores/gems. An ice barrier in the north prevents access to any other area.

Destroy the ice barrier and go north into a chamber that contains a single Generator that spawns Unicos and Demons as well as an Eye Generator. A sliding door in the east is frozen with ice. Destroy the Eye Generator in the first chamber to create an explosion that melts the ice on the sliding door in the east. Go east through a narrow corridor through another sliding door into a small chamber containing a swiveling cannon. Destroy its arch to destroy the cannon. Unlocking the Shortcut Stairway You will see two exits from this chamber. One is on the eastern wall and one is on the southern wall. Take the exit in the south first to open the sliding door to the shortcut stairway. Now return to the chamber in the north that held the cannon and take the exit in the east. Path to the Rune Storage Chamber You will find yourself in a little area with exits to the north and east. Go north into an ice chamber with a platform in the west and a swiveling cannon in the main area. The arch that controls the cannon is on the platform with a single monster generator that spawns 4 Demons. If you continue north, you will find a ramp in the east that leads upward to another platform. Directly north, however, is a huge Minotaur encased in ice. Break the ice and destroy the Minotaur at one blow with a fire Axe and you will find yourself in front of the door to the Rune Storage Chamber. If you continue north, you will find a ramp in the east that leads upward to another platform. Directly north, however, is a huge Minotaur encased in ice. Break the ice and destroy the Minotaur at one blow with a fire Axe and you will find yourself in front of the door to the Rune Storage Chamber. Provided you encountered Gelwein previously in front of the Tower of Rest at Whale Island, you will experience an Event when you attempt to access the locked door to the Rune Storage Chamber. 1st Stairway to the 4th Floor Path to the 4th Floor Stairway From the Circle Portal on the 3rd Floor and Rune Storage Chamber, go south to the little T-junction. If you are in the ice chamber that contained the ice-encased Minotaur, you will be at the 'leg' or lowest point of the T. You therefore will see a path that leads both east and west. If you go west, you will find yourself in the little chamber with the swiveling Cannon that leads to the shortcut stairway. Go east instead if you wish to access the fourth floor for the first time. You will find yourself at the southwest corner of an ice chamber with a platform to the east that is accessed by means of an ice ramp. The platform acts as a barrier to the eastern half of the ice chamber. Asccend it to find an Eye Generator and a Treasure Chest. You will not find the arch for this Generator on the platform. Another ramp in the southeast leads downward to take you to the eastern half of this ice chamber.

The only exit is in the northeast. Go through it to find yourself in a narrow chamber with two Mosnter Generators. The one in the north spawns a Mamoo and a Demon. Two rocks that can be smashed for ores/gems are in the middle of the chamber. Below it, to the south, is another Monster Generator that spawns two Demons and a Mamoo. If you go north from this chamber along a narrow corridor, you will find the isolated stairway to the 4th floor. Path to the Stairway to the 5th Floor The fourth floor introduces you to a new element in the form of elevated walkways that traverse the level. When you first enter the fourth floor via the isolated stairway, you will find yourself on one of these elevated paths. Two ramps lead downward to the main floor. One is located at the northern end of the walkway and the other is at the southern end. Take the southern ramp to the west to find yourself in a peaceful antechamber with exits to the west and south. Take the exit in the south and you will find yourself in an ice chamber with an ice ramp that leads upwards to a platform containing a swiveling Cannon, an Eye Generator, a Treasure Chest and two arches. Hunter Wolves and Buffazoos guard this area. Continue south from the platform along an elevated walkway to find another platform that is a dead end and south of it, two ice ramps descending to the east and to the west. (If you descend to the east, all you will find is the Generator that spawns the Buffazoo.) If you go west instead, you will see a Generator that spawns a Minotaur and Hunter Wolves. A Mini-Dragon encased in ice bars access to a sliding door in the west.. Destroy the Mini-Dragon in ice and go west through the sliding door to a narrow corridor with branching paths that go directly west or north. Unlocking the 4th Floor Shortcut If you go west here, you will find a sliding door. the 4th floor entrance to the shortcut stairway.

Go through it to unlock

Stairs to the 5th Floor If, after going through the sliding door west of the Mini-Dragon, you go north instead, the path will turn to the west, then take you north along a narrow corridor. (The first exit to the west leads to a peaceful chamber. You will see two white urns along the northern wall. The chamber contains three tillable fields, two with two plots and one with four as well as three rocks that can be smashed for ores/gems. It is a dead end, however.) Return to the narrow corridor and as you continue north, a swiveling cannon

will bar your path unless you destroyed its arch previously. North past the cannon's position, ice will frost the floor. You will arrive at a junction. If you go west here, you will come to an Eye Generator and its arch. You MUST destroy this Eye Generator in order to proceed through the next sliding door. Go northeast afterwards to find yourself in a small ice chamber with a swiveling cannon and its arch. An ice ramp leads upward west of the cannon to an elevated walkway covered with ice. Take the pathway where it leads, first south, then west, then north to a ramp that descends to the main floor. It is a small area with a Monster Generator that spawns two Hunter Wolves in the elbow of the walkway. In the north is a sliding door. Go through it to find a narrow corridor free from ice that leads north, west, then north again to an area guarded by Blood Panthers. You will not find the Generator that spawns them until you ascend a ramp at the north end of the path to arrive at a platform that spans the eastern side of the corridor. On this platform, you will find the Generator that spawns the Blood Panthers as well as a swiveling Cannon and its arch. Two white urns are located near a ramp that goes downward to the east. When you take the ramp downward, you will find yourself again on the main floor. The platform to your west actually cuts a chamber in half and the narrow corridor with the Blood Panthers consistuted the western half of the chamber. Go north to find a Monster Generator that spawns a Buffazoo. Near the northern wall, you will find two rocks that can be smashed for ores/gems and an exit that leads east. Go east along a narrow age to arrive at a peaceful chamber with two tillable fields, each consisting of four plots as well as 2 white urns. The only exit is in the southwest. Take it and go south along a brief narrow age to a large area free of Monsters. (An ice ramp to the right leads upward to the east.) Ignore the ramp in the east for now if you wish to find your way to the 5th floor as the stairway to the 5th floor is at the southern end of this area. 5th Floor Path to Shortcut Stairway The 5th floor is very different in appearance from any previous floor of the Snow Ruins. The ice is far thicker and the floor is cracked in many locations, making straightforward progress difficult. When you first descend the stairs, you will find yourself in a large chamber bisected by a crack in the floor that cannot be crossed. Fallen masonry constitutes the southern boundary of this area. You must go east, either by ascending an ice ramp or, further south, by taking a age along the main floor that leads to another area free from ice. If you take the ramp upwards, you will find yourself on an elevated walkway covered in ice that proceeds first north, then west past a frozen door, then west to a ramp that leads downwards to the east. The walkway is guarded by Hunter Wolves. (At the end of this frozen walkway is an Eye Generator and its arch. Destroy the Eye Generator to melt the ice on the door and proceed through it to an elevated walkway that is free from ice that is a dead end but has a single Treasure Chest.) Take the ramp downward to find yourself on the main floor in a small area that contains two white urns. Hunter Wolves guard this area as well. You now

will see that you are in the initial entry chamber to the west of the stairway from the 4th floor, on the other side of the chasm. If you walk south along the chasm, you will find a ramp that leads upward to another elevated walkway covered in ice. A treasure chest is tucked into the 'elbow' of the ramp. This walkway leads south, then east past the stairway that leads to the 4th floor and then, free from ice now, continues south, then east again to a ramp in the east leading downward back to the main floor. You will be in a small area free from ice guarded by Hunter Wolves but an ice barrier bars you from further progress. A Monster Generator south of the ice barrier spawns both the Hunter Wolves and a Minotaur. Proceed south through an exit to an ice chamber guarded by two Minotaurs spawned by a single Generator. (An ice ramp leads upward to a platform containing a swiveling cannon and its arch. The platform actually bisects the ice chamber. A ramp on the western side of the platform leads back down to the main floor on the western half of the chamber. Here you will find two Minotaurs spawned by a single Generator and a sliding door that is blocked by fallen masonry. To the north is an ice barrier guarded by a Little Wizard. North of the Little Wizard is another ice barrier. This one holds a huge round boulder in place. You must melt the ice barrier, then run quickly in order to stay out of harm's way when the boulder rolls south to smash the masonry. You will find, however, that the sliding door leads only to a tiny chamber containing a single Treasure Chest. Freeing the round boulder, however, will allow you access to the path that it formerly blocked in the north and thus is an essential task. Go north, then west into a chamber with two tillable fields, each of which consists of four plots. This is NOT a peaceful chamber, however, as a Monster Generator spawns two Souls here. Two white urns are located along the east side of the northern wall as well. Ignore them or defeat them, then go thorugh the sliding door in the southern wall to unlock the shortcut to the stairway. Path to the 6th Floor Once you have unlocked the sliding door to the shortcut stairway, return to the chamber with the Souls and tillable fields to the north. In fact, finding the stairway to the 6th floor is as simple as walking to the southeast corner of this chamber where you will find two rocks that can be smashed for ores/gems and another exit that leads south immediately to the isolated stairway to the 6th floor. Path to Stairway to 7th Floor When you descend to the 6th floor, you will find yourself in an area covered with thick ice. Two Tricky Mucks will confront you instantly as well as a swiveling cannon in the north. The arch for the cannon is next to it, but two

Arch Demons await you there. Two the north of the Arch Demons is the Generator that spawns them and east of that, another swiveling cannon. The east side of this area is dominated by two Mini-Dragons. Your own exit is in the northwest, along a narrow corridor crammed with Tricky Mucks and arch Demons. The generator that spawns them is at the northern end of this corridor where you will find a ramp that leads to an elevated walkway. Ascend and move south along the walkway, which is guarded by Tricky Mucks. At the southern end of the walkway is the Generator that spawns the Tricky Mucks. To the right is a ramp that leads downwards back to the main floor in the east. A single Treasure Chest is tucked into an 'elbow' of the walkway. To the northeast are two Mini-Dragons in an area that contains both real Treasure Chests and Gobble Boxes. The Generator that spawns the Monsters is to the east below the southern wall of a walkway in the north. From the position of the actual Monsters (Dragons and such), find a little path that skirts the northern wall of the dungeon and leads east. Here you will find a ramp that ascends to the elevated walkway. Go south along the walkway, then east to a ramp that leads downwards to an area in the east that actually is an elevated walkway at a lower level. Here the floor is covered with ice and a crack bisects it from east to west. In the north, you will be confronted by two Soul Monsters and in the south by Arch Demons. You will be able to skirt the crack in the floor to reach the southern half of this area where you will find a narrow walkway that leads first west, then north where it ends in a ramp that descends to the main floor. Here there is little space, as there are many walkways above you. Go instantly to the northern wall and journey west past Tricky Mucks. You will see that the floor here is bisected with another crack that runs from north to south. Skirt the edges of the crack at the southern tip and continue west past a Monster Generator. When you go north again to the west of the crack, you will see another Monster Generator that spawns Mini-Dragons as well as the stairway that leads to the 7th and lowest floor. If you would like to confront the elusive Micro-Dragon, you need to make your way to the southeast corner of the 6th Floor where you will find a chamber that contains tillable fields as well as two white urns with its entrance in the west. The chamber may be a 'peaceful one' when you first enter, depending upon your route. The Micro-Dragon who inhabits this chamber will be spawned only if you activate the Monster Generator at the centre of the northern outside wall. Outside the entrance to this chamber, you will find Souls as well as a swiveling Cannon so be careful! Incidentally, the entrance to the shortcut stairway on the 6th floor is a set of outside stairs in the southwest corner of the level but it is blocked by fallen masonry at the top. I have not been able to find a way to destroy the rubble nor to circumvent it. The easiest access to the 6th floor, therefore, may be the shortcut stairway to the 7th floor. (Once you have unlocked the sliding door on the 7th floor that leads to the shortcut stairway, you can return to the 6th floor if you walk down the long corridor from the 7th floor stairway, then mount the stairs at the northern end. )

The 7th Floor of the Snow Ruins The 7th Floor of the Snow Ruins is easy to navigate. From the position of the stairway in the north, simply walk south down a narrow corridor to find a peaceful chamber that contains one large tillable field with eight plots. A water source in this chamber is an excellent fishing location. To the south of the field is a sliding door that needs to be unlocked. Walk through it, then walk south down the narrow corridor to reach the very end of the shortcut stairway, giving you easy access to the 7th floor in the future. If, instead of going through the sliding door in the south, you walk east from the chamber with the tillable field, you will find yourself in a small ice chamber. There is a single door in the north. Press 'A' and you will see a prompt: Freyr: I can feel something powerful up ahead… Your choices now: I should turn back. Let's go! This is the lair of the Ice Snake, an 'optional' Boss Monster as its defeat does not affect the main story. Strategies for Defeating Optional Bosses The 'main' plot of Rune Factory Frontier requires that you defeat the Boss Monsters of the Green Ruins and the Lava Ruins as well as exploring Whale Island at least to the point of the Whale's Flank. You cannot unlock the Lava Ruins until you have defeated the 'Boss' of the Green Ruins in the form of the Giant Clucky. A War Trophy dropped only by the 'Boss' of the Lava Ruins is the key that unlocks the Snow Ruins. It is within the Rune Storage Chamber of the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins that Gelwein holds the darker aspect of Iris hostage and you therefore MUST unlock the Snow Ruins in order to be able to confront Gelwein. Whale Island is pivotal to the plot in the sense that its Spirit is one of the main characters. The Spirit of Whale Island is not hostile, however, and is not a Monster to be defeated at any point in the game. Each of the five Dungeons does have a 'Boss', however. It is in the Water Tower at the top of Whale Island that you will find the Giant Squid and on the 7th and lowest floor of the Snow Ruins that you will find the Ice Serpent. Whenever a Boss is confronted in Rune Factory Frontier, a Circle Portal is created afterwards to allow you instant access to the location. In any RPG, a higher level of skill and experience offers your character a better chance of achieving victory in any confrontation. There is no reason why you should rush through the combat aspects of Rune Factory Frontier. Most of your ordinary goals can be accomplished BEFORE you ever defeat Gelwein. There are reasons why you should confront and defeat both of the optional Boss Monsters, however, once your Levels are equal to the challenge. At Level 80, with the best weapons, equipment and Recovery Items, your character should be able to defeat either with relative ease. The benefits of doing so are not so much the War Trophies that you will obtain

but the Circle Portals that are created afterwards. The best fishing is found on the lowest floor of any of the Ruins in Rune Factory Frontier. When Gelwein is defeated on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins, a Circle Portal will be created that will lead directly to the Rune Storage Chamber. The Snow Ruins, however, has a total of seven floors. Until you confront the Ice Snake on the 7th Floor, any journey to that floor will be rather time-consuming. Fishing at the Floating Chamber or Drain of Whale Island appears to yield much the same varieties of Fish as when fishing at the Pier on the beach. The fish caught appear to follow the same seasonal restrictions as well, although these are few. For example, my character caught Pike in the moat at the Drain area in Autumn. In like fashion, the defeat of the Giant Squid in the Water Tower on Whale Island will give you instant access to the area of the Water Tower, where there are a large number of tillable fields. Furthermore, the Water Tower is in close proximity to the Tower of Glory where the Level 8 Little Crystals can be found frequently. There are Accessories that require the unique War Trophies that the Ice Serpent and Giant Squid yield when defeated, but these are 'toys' rather than battle equipment. A couple Accessories that constitute armour or protective items may be created using these unique items but these invariably have an alternate Recipe that uses only ordinary ingredients. Ores, Gems and War Trophies The following is a list of all Ores, Gems and War Trophies from Monsters that can be obtained in Rune Factory Frontier. In some cases, a Crate or Treasure Chest may contain an item ordinarily classified as a 'War Trophy' dropped by a Monster. In Rune Factory Frontier, you will find that Monster of very different types may drop the same War Trophy on occasion. With each item is a list of the Monsters who may drop it with the percentage chance of this result. Ores Scrap Iron Scrap Iron: 10G Lv 1: 10G; Lv 4: 16G A shredded, rusted piece of metal. still kinda stuck with it.

Pretty useless, actually.

But you're

Iron Iron: 40G Lv 1: 40G; Lv 4: 64G; Level 5: 72G The fundamental material of metallurgy. accessories.

It can be made into weapons or

Iron: Rocks in Dungeons, Crates, Treasure Chests, Mini Golem (15%) Copper Copper: 60G Another fundamental material of metallurgy. Blacksmiths really love this stuff. Copper: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (15%) Silver Silver: 90G A silver-coloured mineral. Valuable because of its many different uses. Takes real skill to forge. Silver: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (10%) Gold Gold: 135G A shiny metal that has been used since ancient times. Gold: Rocks in Dungeons Platinum Platinum: 360G (Level 5) It gives off a bright shine. Those who see Platinum are said to become obsessed with it. Platinum: Rocks in Dungeons You can find it randomly on the 2nd Floor of the Snow Ruins or lower. Gems Amethyst Amethyst: 200G It is said that it is imbued with special powers. Represents peace of mind. Amethyst: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Aquamarine Aquamarine: 200G It has a rich blue colour like the deep sea. Represnets calmness. Aquamarine: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Diamond Diamond: 720G (Level 8) Considered the 'King of Jewels'. It's very hard and is difficult to crush! Diamond: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (5%), Monster Box (6%) Emerald

Emerald: 200G The beautiful green colour draws attention. Flawless once are more valuable. Represents happiness. Emerald: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Ruby Ruby: 200G Crimson jewel where the reflected light of its surface look like stars. Represents ion. Ruby: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Sapphire Sapphire: 200G It can be pink, blue, yellow, or green. Represents love. Sapphire: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) War Trophies For the most part, War Trophies are not monster-specific in Rune Factory Frontier, making this game very different from previous Rune Factory games in this respect. There may be a greater likelihood of receiving a specific item from a particular Monster type but you can obtain many of the War Trophies from a wide selection of Monsters. There are a few exceptions, among them some of the items that are connected solely to a Boss Monster, such as the Giant Cockscomb and Red Core. Bird Feather Bird Feather: 70G (Lv. 3) The feather of a white bird. Don't you wish you could glue a bunch of them on your back and fly away? Bird Feather: Blackbird (25%), Clucky (20%), Cone (10%), Duck (20%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Unico (10%), Weagle (25%) Cheap Cloth Cheap Cloth: 40G A rag of obviously low quality. Tears easily with a slight pull. Cheap Cloth: Fairy (15%), Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hardes (15%), High Orc (10%), Hobgoblin (15%), Little Mage (15%), Necro (10%) Demon Blood Demon Blood: 216G (Lv. 5)

Lifeblood of a demon. It took a long time to gather this much. demons are afraid of needles. Demon Blood: Arch Demon (10%), Demon (10%)

Even

Earth Crystal Earth Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed earth magic. Because of that, it's very hard. Earth Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Little Emperor (5%), Mini Golem (5%), Slime (1%) Fair Hide Fair Hide: 180G (Level 2) Insect exoskeleton with a beautiful pattern. Light, hard and really rather pretty. Fair Hide: Death Stalker (10%), Hercules (5%), Hornet Queen (10%), Samurai (15%), Unico (10%) Fairy Dust Fairy Dust: 100G Wing scale of a fairy. It's silky smooth and pretty. for some reason. Fairy Dust: Fairy (10%), Hardes (10%)

And it smells good

Fire Crystal Fire Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed fire magic. Makes a great hand warmer in winter. Fire Crystal: Damascus Forge, Crates, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Ignis (5%), Slime (1%) Fish Fossil Fish Fossil: 100G Fossil of a prehistoric fish. It was supposed to be the find of the year, but I just saw a live one. Fish Fossil: Sealy (10%), Sky Fish (10%) Giant Cockscomb Giant Cockscomb: 420G (Lv. 2) A large red comb. Place it on other people's heads just for fun. Obtained from defeat of Giant Clucky in Green Ruins. Giant Clucky: 100% Glittering Edge Glittering Edge: 80G A really sharp blade. It has a bright metallic gleam and it'll cut through anything it touches. Glittering Edge: Faust (10%), Mantict (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Samurai (10%)

Glue Glue: 50G Used as glue. You can give it as a present, but it won't strengthen your bond of friendship! Glue: Crates; Orc Archer (15%), Orc Hunter Hard Horn Hard Horn: 60G A hard and pointed horn. It's very tough and the tip is sharp so be careful when handling it. Hard Horn: Arch Demon (20%), Beetle (20%), Buffalo (15%), Buffamoo (15%), Buffazoo (15%), Cone (10%), Demon (10%), Fluffy (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Hercules (20%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Mage (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Insect Hide Insect Hide: 40G The exoskeleton of a giant insect. Some people find it creepy, but it's light and strong. Insect Hide: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Scorpion (10%) Insect Jaw Insect Jaw: 50G A jaw that can crush anything. A slight exaggeration, but it can still bite through a lot of stuff. Insect Jaw: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Hornet Queen (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Samurai (15%) Knife Piece Knife Piece: 40G A chipped blade. The actual material doesn't look too bad. Knife Piece: Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hobgoblin (15%), Necro (10%) Magic Crystal: 336G (Level 3) A crystal made from magic. Time is needed to make it big. Magic Crystal: Glace (5%), Ignis (5%), Soul (5%) N.B. It is possible that the Level of the Magic Crystals will increase with the number of years your character spends in Trampoli. In the first Year, Freyr received Level 1 from the three types of Monsters who 'drop' them, but in the second Year, the Level had increased to Level 3. This would correspond with the actual description of the item, that it needs time to grow. Magic Powder

Magic Powder: 60G A magical powder that dissolves in water. You can sprinkle it on people but, they won't transform. Magic Powder: Autumn (20%), Big Muck (10%), Fairy (15%), Glace (30%), Hardes (15%), Ignis (30%), Soul (30%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Magic Talon Magic Talon: 210G (Level 3) Claws that can slice through iron like butter. Don't eat the sliced iron. Magic Talon: Blood Panther (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Shadow Panther (10%) Monster Hide Monster Hide: 40G Warm animal fur. This is all you need to get through winter. But it is kind of stinky though. Monster Hide: Buffalo (25%), Buffamoo (25%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (15%), Fluffy (20%), Furpy (15%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Silver Wolf (10%), Wooly (20%) Quality Cloth Quality Cloth: (Lv. 10: 224G) A good quality cloth. Soft to the touch so you may see some people using it to wipe their faces. Quality Cloth: Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Little Emperor (15%), Little Wizard (15%), Necro (10%) Quality Fur Quality Fur: A fur with Quality Fur: (15%), Mamoo

(Lv. 4): 240G a bluish-white hue. Looks like it's quite expensive. Buffazoo (25%), Blood Panther (10%), Cone (10%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Shadow Panther (10%)

Red Core Red Core: 640G (Level 4) The core of a special slime. It looks kind of sweet. Want to take a bite? War Trophy from the Giant Fire Slime in the Lava Ruins. Giant Fire Slime in Lava Ruins: 100% Relic Relic: 0G A chipped stone tablet of some kind. There may be a place where it can be used… War Trophy from Giant Fire Slime in Lava Ruins. Use to unlock Snow Ruins. Giant Fire Slime in Lava Ruins: 100%

Root Root: 60G The root of a plant that is very strong. It still twitches even after being cut off. Root: Crates; Autumn (20%) , Big Muck (10%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Sharp Fang Sharp Fang: 50G A sharp fang that's pointed at the tip. You can kill almost anything in one hit with this. Sharp Fang: Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (10%), Furpy (15%), Gobble Box (45%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Mamoo (15%), Micro Dragon (20%), Mini Dragon (20%), Monster Box (67%), Sealy (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Sky Fish (10%), Tortas (10%) Sharp Talon Sharp Talon: 40G Sharp claw. Sharp enough to seriously hurt yourself. Sharp Talon: Blackbird (10%), Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (10%), Clucky (20%), Duck (10%), Furpy (10%), Hunter Wolf (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Scorpion (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Weagle (10%) Solid Point Solid Point: 60G A very tough and durable blade. So tough, in fact, that it's close to impossible to work on. Solid Point: Arch Demon (20%), Demon (20%), Death Stalker (10%), Orc Archer (15%), Scorpion (10%) Teardrop Teardrop: Level 2: 60G A drop of monster tears. You have to beat it out of the monsters on occasion. Teardrop: Cone (10%), Dark Slime (18%), Duck (10%), Elefun (10%), Fluffy (10%), Mamoo (10%), Slime (18%), Tortas (15%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Thick Stick: Thick Stick: 80G Thick Stick: Faust (10%), High Orc (15%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Necro (10%) Thin Stick Thin Stick: 40G A handy stick.

You can use it for staffs or fishing rods.

Thin Stick: Treasure Chests, Crates; Ghost (10%), Little Mage (10%), Orc Archer (10%), Orc Hunter Toxin Toxin: Level 2: 60G A very dangerous poison. Be careful when handling it. Toxin: Dark Slime (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Hornet (20%), Hornet Queen (20%), Scorpion (10%), Slime (10%) Turtle Shell Turtle Shell: 280G (Level 10) A very heavy turtle shell. Put it on your back, hide inside, or put it on some one and ride them. Turtle Shell: Tortas (10%) Warrior Medal Warrior Medal: 50G Round stone with a fierce face engraved on it. Line up 48 of them and they start dancing. Warrior Medal: Gigantes (10%), Goblin (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), High Orc (15%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%) Water Crystal Water Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed water magic. It's always wet. Dripping wet. Water Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Glace (5%), Sealy (5%), Sky Fish (5%), Slime (1%), Tortas (5%) Wet Scale Wet Scale: 80G Wet scale. It's really slimy to the touch. Wet Scale: Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Sealy (15%), Sky Fish (15%) Wind Crystal Wind Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed wind magic. If you do drop and break it, you might cause a tornado. Wind Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Blackbird (5%), Dark Slime (1%), Little Wizard (5%), Slime (1%), Soul (5%), Weagle (5%) Comprehensive Bestiary Guide The following is a Guide to all Monsters in Rune Factory Frontier. It gives the Location of the Monster and the Work, if any, that it will perform for you, its Level, HP and other stats as well as the War Trophies that you can obtain from it.

Ant Locations: Whale Island on Cave Surface, Green Ruins at B1F, Lava Ruins at B1F Level 2, HP 120, ATK 21, DEF 11, MAG 11 Work: Will harvest Crops War Trophies: Will drop Insect Jaw and Insect Hide (both 20%) Whale Island, Cave Surface: Insect Jaw, Lv. 1; Insect Hide, Lv. 1 Green Ruins, B1F: Insect Jaw, Lv. 1; Insect Hide, Lv. 1 Lava Ruins, B1F: Insect Jaw, Lv. 1, Insect Hide, Lv. 2 Official Description: A restless fellow that can never seem to keep its mouth shut. It has a peculiar mark on its body. Arch Demon Locations: Snow Ruins at B6F Level 89, HP 1425, ATK 303, DEF 360, MAG 299 Work: None War Trophies: Will drop Solid Point (20%), Hard Horn (10%), Demon Blood (10%) Official Description: Evil. His power is incomparable to that of demons. Snow Ruins, B6F: Solid Point, Lv. 10; Demon Blood, Lv. 10, Hard Horn, Lv. 10 Autumn Locations: Snow Ruins B1F Level 46, HP 780, ATK 160, DEF 164, MAG 167 Work: Provides Seeds War Trophies: Root (20%), Magic Powder (20%) Autumn: A self-conscious plant that blooms in Autumn. strong, it often is reluctant to fight. Snow Ruins, B1F: Magic Powder, Lv. 10; Root, Lv. 10

Although it is

Beetle Locations: Whale Island at Tail Tree Level 46, HP 780, ATK 160, DEF 164, MAG 167 Work: Will clear Rocks from Field War Trophies: Hard Horn (20%), Insect Jaw (10%), Insect Hide (10%) Whale Island, Tail Tree: Insect Jaw, Lv. 5; Insect Hide, Lv. 10; Hard Horn, Lv. 6 Official Description: A mid=sized monster with a large horn that symbolises its power. Big Muck Locations: Green Ruins at B2F Level 9; HP 247, ATK 41, DEF 38, MAG 33 Work: Provides Gems and Grasses War Trophies: Mushroom (20%), Root (10%), Magic Powder (10%) Green Ruins, B2F: Mushroom, Lv. 1, Root, Lv. 2, Magic Powder, Lv. 2 Official Description: A huge mushroom. When it gets surprised it expels spores, causing us to be surprised, too.

Blackbird Locations: Whale Island at the Floating Chamber Level 74, HP 1080, ATK 272, DEF 291, MAG 241 Work: Will clear Lumber from Field War Trophies: Bird Feather (25%), Sharp Talon (10%), Wind Crystal (5%) Whale Island, Floating Chamber: Wind Crystal, Lv. 1; Bird Feather, Lv. 10; Sharp Talon, Lv. 10 Official description: With large wings and feet, it swoops down from the sky and snatches its prey in a flash. Blood Panther Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Plenty, Snow Ruins at B4F Level 69, HP 900, ATK 255, DEF 272, MAG 248 Work: Will harvest Crops from your Field War Trophies: Magic Talon (10%) Quality Fur (10%), Sharp Fang (10%), Sharp Talon (10%) Whale Island, Tower of Plenty: Magic Talon, Lv. 3; Quality Fur, Lv. 7; Sharp Fang, Lv. 10; Sharp Talon, Lv. 10 Snow Ruins, B4F: Magic Talon, Lv. 3; Quality Fur, Lv. 7; Sharp Fang, Lv. 10; Sharp Talon, Lv. 10 Official Description: A bloodthirsty monster that sucks the blood out of its prey. Uses its fangs for its kills. Buffaloo Locations: Lava Ruins at B4F Level 35, HP 738, ATK 132, DEF 146, MAG 63 Work: None but will act as a Transport Monster War Trophies: Monster Hide (25%), Hard Horn (15%) Lava Ruins, B4F: Hard Horn, Lv. 6, Monster Hide, Lv. 10 Official Description: Quick to anger but is nice enough to let friends ride on its back. Buffamoo Locations: Whale Island at Whale's Fin; Green Ruins at B3F Level 15, HP 378, ATK 64, DEF 67, MAG 37 Work: None, but provides Ranch Product in form of Milk War Trophies: Monster Hide (25%), Hard Horn (15%) Whale Island, Whale's Fin: Monster Hide, Lv. 1; Hard Horn, Lv. 2 Green Ruins, B3F: Monster Hide, Lv. 1, Hard Horn, Lv. 2 Official Description: A softhearted beast. Drink its milk everyday to get big and strong! Buffazoo Locations: Whale Island at the Floating Chamber; Snow Ruins at B4F Level 70, HP 1368, ATK 235, DEF 303, MAG 160 Work: None, but provides Ranch Product in the form of Milk War Trophies: Quality Fur (25%), Hard Horn (15%) Whale Island, Floating Chamber: Quality Fur, Lv. 7; Hard Horn, Lv. 10 Official Description: Always angry, and thus always dangerous. Befriend it,

if you dare. Chitter Location: Green Ruins at B1F Level 3, MAX HP 124 ATK 27, DEF 15, MAG 14 Work: Will harvest Wild Plants from your Field War Trophies: Sharp Fang (15%), Monster Hide (15%), Sharp Talon (10%) Green Ruins, B1F: Sharp Fang, Lv. 1; Monster Hide, Lv. 1; Sharp Talon, Lv. 1 Official Description: A cute petite monster. Just looking at it makes you feel warm and fuzzy inside. Clucky Locations: Green Ruins at B3F Work: None, but provides Ranch Product in the form of Egg War Trophies: Sharp Talon (20%), Bird Feather (20%) Green Ruins, B3F: Sharp Talon, Lv. 1; Bird Feather, Lv. 3 Official Description: Lays nutritious eggs. It may look sad when you take its eggs, but don't worry. Cone Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Glory Garden Work: None War Trophies: Quality Fur (10%), Teardrop (10%), Bird Feather (10%), Hard Horn (10%) Whale Island, Tower of Glory: Teardrop, Lv. 10; Quality Fur, Lv. 10; Bird Feather, Lv. 10 Official Description: A powerful and brave legendary monster. Its horn is said to be unbreakable. Daemon Locations: Snow Ruins at B2F and B3F Work: None War Trophies: Solid Point (20%), Demon Blood (10%), Hard Horn (10%) Snow Ruins, B2F, B3F: Demon Blood, Lv. 5, Solid Point, Lv. 6, Hard Horn, Lv. 10 Official Description: Mischievous. He would look good with a pair of Brand Name Glasses. Dark Slime Locations: Lava Ruins B5F Work: Will clear rocks from Field War Trophies: Teardrop (18%), Toxin (10%), Scrap Iron (6%), White Grass (1%), Black Grass (1%), any Elemental Crystal (1%) Teardrop, Lv. 6; Black Grass, Lv. 1; White Grass, Lv. 1; All Elemental Crystals, Lv. 1; Toxin, Lv. 2; Scrap Iron, Lv. 1 Official Description: A monster with a black lustre. Its gelatin-based body is used for propulsion. Death Stalker

Locations: Snow Ruins B1F and B2F Work: Will cut Grass for Fodder on your Field War Trophies: Fair Hide (10%), Magic Talon (10%), Solid Point (10%), Toxin (10%) Snow Ruins, B1F, B2F: Fair Hide, Lv. 2 ; Magic Talon, Lv. 3, Solid Point, Lv. 6; Toxin, Lv. 10 Official Description: An assassin that never loses its prey. Quickly corners its enemy and finishes them with its venom. Duck Locations: Lava Ruins B2F Work: None, but will provide Ranch Product in the form of an Egg War Trophies: Bird Feather (20%), Sharp Talon (10%), Teardrop (10%) Lava Ruins, B2F: Sharp Talon, Lv. 4; Teardrop, Lv. 6; Bird Feather, Lv. 7 Official Description: A round, egg-like bird. It is usually quiet most of the time. Elefun Locations: Lava Ruins at B1F Work: Will water your Crops and provide Transport War Trophies: Monster Hide (15%), Teardrop (10%), Sharp Fang (10%) Lava Ruins, B1F: Monster Hide, Lv. 6; Teardrop, Lv. 6; Sharp Fang, Lv. 6 Official Description: Has large ears and a long snout. It moves around lethargically, but it can actually run really fast. Fairy Locations: Whale Island at the Tail Tree and at the Drain Work: Will harvest Wild Plants from your field War Trophies: Magic Powder (15%), Cheap Cloth (15%), Fairy Dust (10%) Whale Island, Tail Tree and Drain: Fairy Dust, Lv. 1; Magic Powder, Lv. 6; Cheap Cloth, Lv. 10 Official Description: A beloved fairy. She has lots of fans and it is getting to her head. Faust Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Birth and at Floating Chamber Work: Will cut Grass for Fodder War Trophies: Cheap Cloth (10%), Quality Cloth (10%), Glittering Edge (10%), Thick Stick (10%) Whale Island, Tower of Birth and Floating Chamber: Quality Cloth, Lv. 5; Thick Stick, Lv. 5; Glittering Edge, Lv. 5; Cheap Cloth, Lv. 10 Official Description: Its job is to plant fear into people. Only those who perform are promoted to this status. Fluffy Locations: Lava Ruins B4F Level 33, MAX HP 585, ATK 108, DEF 144, MAG 110 Work: None, but provides Ranch Product in form of Wool

War Trophies: Monster Hide (20%), Teardrop (10%), Hard Horn (10%) Lava Ruins, B4F: Teardrop, Lv. 6; Hard Horn, Lv. 6; Monster Hide, Lv. 10 Official Description: A little hot-headed, it is a cousin of the Wooly, and its snuggliness is the same. Furpy Locations: Lava Ruins at B2F Work: Will gather Wild Plants from Field War Trophies: Sharp Fang (15%), Monster Hide (15%), Sharp Talon (10%) Lava Ruins B2F: Sharp Talon, Lv. 4; Monster Hide, Lv.6; Sharp Fang, Lv. 6 Official Description: A cute petite monsters. It knows that it's cute and does not hide it. Ghost Locations: Lava Ruins at B1F Work; Will cut Grass for Fodder War Trophies: Cheap Cloth (10%), Quality Cloth (10%), Knife Piece (10%), Thin Stick (10%) Lava Ruins, B1F: Knife Piece, Lv. 8; Cheap Cloth, Lv. 6; Quality Cloth, Lv. 1; Thin Stick, Lv. 7 Official Description: A fluffy monster that can float. It is very meek, but people always fear it. Gigantes Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Life and Tower of Life Garden Work: Will clear Rocks from Field War Trophies: Bird Feather (10%), Hard Horn (10%), Quality Cloth (10%), Warrior Medal (10%) Whale Island, Tower of Life, Tower of Life Garden: Quality Cloth, Lv. 10; Warrior Medal, Lv. 10; Bird Feather, Lv. 10; Hard Horn, Lv. 10 Official Description: As powerful as he is large, he never cowers in fear and fights face to face. Glace Locations: Snow Ruins B1F and B2F Work: Will water Crops War Trophies: Magic Powder (30%), Magic Crystal (5%), Water Crystal (5%) Snow Ruins, B1F: Magic Crystal: Lv. 3; Magic Powder, Lv. 10; Water Crystal, Lv. 1 Official Description: Its body is so cold, it chills the air around. Apparently dislikes warmth. Gobble Box Locations: Whale Island at Floating Chamber and Tower of Plenty Work: Will provide Ores/Gems War Trophies: Sharp Fang (45%), Amethyst (10%), Aquamarine (10%), Emerald (10%), Ruby (10%), Sapphire (10%), Diamond (5%) Whale Island, Floating Chamber, Tower of Plenty: Sharp Fang, Lv. 1; Amethyst,

Lv. 1; Aquamarine, Lv. 1; Emerald, Lv. 1; Sapphire, Lv. 1; Ruby, Lv. 1; Diamond, Lv. 1 Snow Ruins, B6F: Sharp Fang, Lv. 1; Amethyst, Lv. 1; Aquamarine, Lv. 1; Emerald, Lv. 1; Sapphire, Lv. 1; Ruby, Lv. 1; Diamond, Lv. 1 Official Description: A very dangerous treasure chest. It loves seeing the face of disappointment. Goblin Locations: Whale Island at Cave Surface Work: Will harvest Crops War Trophies: Cheap Cloth (15%), Knife Piece (15%), Warrior Medal (10%) Whale Island, Cave Surface: Cheap Cloth, Lv. 1; Knife Piece, Lv. 1; Warrior Medal, Lv. 1 Hammer Troll Locations: Lava Ruins B3F and B4F Work: Will clear Rocks from Field War Trophies: Bird Feather (10%), Hard Horn (10%), Quality Cloth (10%), Warrior Medal (10%) Lava Ruins, B3F and B4F: Quality Cloth, Lv. 1; Hard Horn, Lv. 2; Warrior Medal, Lv. 5; Bird Feather, Lv. 7 Official Description: This tough guy can break rocks with his bare hands! very hard worker.

A

Hardes Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Glory and Tower of Rebirth Garden Work: Will gather Wild Plants from Field War Trophies: Cheap Cloth (15%), Magic Powder (15%), Fairy Dust (10%) Whale Island, Tower of Plenty, Tower of Rebirth Garden: Cheap Cloth, Lv. 10; Magic Powder, Lv. 10; Fairy Dust, Lv. 10 Official Description: The overbearing Hardes. Orcs that fall in love with her get sucked dry as her slaves. Heracles Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Plenty Garden Work: Will clear Rocks from Field War Trophies: Hard Horn (20%), Insect Hide (10%), Insect Jaw (10%), Fair Hide (5%) Whale Island, Tower of Plenty Garden: Hard Horn, Lv. 10; Fair Hide, Lv. 10; Insect Jaw, Lv. 10; Insect Hide, Lv. 10 Official Description: A mature monster since young. It fights by flipping its opponents with its powerful horn. High Orc Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Rebirth Work: Will Harvest Crops War Trophies: Thick Stick (15%), Warrior Medal (15%), Cheap Cloth (10%)

Whale Island, Tower of Rebirth: Cheap Cloth, Lv. 10; Thick Stick, Lv. 10, Warrior Medal, Lv. 10 Official Description: These guys are often seen in dungeons walking around as if they rule the world. Hobgoblin Locations: Whale Island at Flank Work: Will Harvest Crops War Trophies: Cheap Cloth (15%), Knife Piece (15%), Warrior Medal (10%) Whale Island Flank: Warrior Medal, Lv. 5; Knife Piece, Lv. 8; Cheap Cloth, Lv. 6 Official Description: The older of the Goblin Bros. He is a nice older brother who always looks after his sibling. Hornet Locations: Green Ruins at B3F Work: None but will provide Ranch product in the form of Honey War Trophies: Toxin (20%), Insect Hide (10%), Insect Jaw (10%) Green Ruins, B3F: Toxin, Lv. 2; Insect Hide, Lv. 1; Insect Jaw, Lv. 5 Official Description: Worker hornet that works devotedly for its queen. Never runs out of stingers. Hornet Queen Locations: Snow Ruins at B1F Work: None but will provide Ranch Product in the form of Honey War Trophies: Toxin (20%), Fair Hide (10%), Insect Jaw (10%) Snow Ruins, B1F: Toxin, Lv. 10; Insect Jaw, Lv. 5; Fair Hide, Lv. 2 Official Description: The queen that controls the hornets. Its bright yellow warns of her danger. Hunter Wolf Locations: Whale Island at the Tower of Glory, Snow Ruins at B4F and B5F Work: Will act as a Transport Monster War Trophies: Quality Fur (15%), Sharp Fang (15%), Sharp Talon (10%) Whale Island, Tower of Glory: Sharp Fang, Lv. 10; Quality Fur, Lv. 7; Magic Talon, Lv. 3 Snow Ruins, B4F, B5F: Magic Talon, Lv. 3; Quality Fur, Lv. 7; Sharp Fang, Lv. 10 Official Description: A wolf that hunts in packs. Its know-how and teamwork is indeed something to behold. Ignis Locations: Lava Ruins at B2F and B3F Work: Will clear Lumber from Field War Trophies: Magic Powder (30%), Fire Crystal (5%), Magic Crystal (5%) Lava Ruins B2F and B3F: Magic Crystal: Lv. 1, Magic Powder, Lv. 6, Fire Crystal, Lv. 2

Official Description: Its body is so hot, it heats up the air around it. Apparently dislikes Glaces. N.B. Obtained Magic Crystal, Lv. 3 from Ignis in Lava Ruins when my character's level was 65 and Weapons Skill at 71. Killer Ant Locations: Lava Ruins at B1F Work: Will Harvest Crops War Trophies: Insect Hide (20%), Insect Jaw (20%) Lava Ruins, B1F: Insect Hide, Lv. 8, Insect Jaw, Lv. 5 Official Description: A destructive monster that uses its strong jaw to tear down anything and everything. Little Emperor Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Rebirth and Tower of Life Garden; Lava Ruins at B3F Work: Will Water Crops War Trophies: Quality Cloth (15%), Thick Stick (10%), Hard Horn (10%), Earth Crystal (5%) Lava Ruins, B3F: Earth Crystal, Lv. 1; Hard Horn, Lv. 2; Quality Cloth, Lv. 10; Thick Stick, Lv. 10 Whale Island, Tower of Rebirth and Tower of Life Garden: Earth Crystal, Lv. 1; Hard Horn, Lv. 2; Thick Stick, Lv. 10; Quality Cloth, Lv. 10 Official Description: I am magic. Magic is I. Having learned magic on his own, he is knowledgeable and capable. Little Mage Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Rebirth Garden; Green Ruins B3F Work: Will Clear Lumber from Field War Trophies: Cheap Cloth (15%), Hard Horn (10%), Thin Stick (10%), Fire Crystal (5%) Green Ruins, B3F: Fire Crystal, Lv. 1; Hard Horn, Lv. 2; Cheap Cloth, Lv. 6; Thin Stick, Lv. 7 Whale Island, Tower of Rebirth Garden: Fire Crystal, Lv. 1; Hard Horn, Lv. 2; Cheap Cloth, Lv. 6; Thin Stick, Lv. 7 Official Description: Diligently practices magic. His dream is to one day wield magic that can change the world. Little Wizard Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Rebirth and Tower of Life Garden; Snow Ruins at B5F Work: Will Water Crops War Trophies: Quality Cloth (15%), Hard Horn (10%), Thick Stick (10%), Wind Crystal (5%) Whale Island, Tower of Rebith, Tower of Life Garden: Wind Crystal, Lv. 1; Hard Horn, Lv. 10; Thick Stick, Lv. 10; Quality Cloth, Lv. 10 Official Description: Friends with Little Mage. Mamoo

Locations: Snow Ruins at B2F and B3F Work: Will Water Crops War Trophies: Sharp Fang (15%), Quality Fur (15%), Teardrop (10%) Snow Ruins, B2F: Quality Fur, Lv. 4; Sharp Fang, Lv. 10; Teardrop, Lv. 6 Official Description: A rare monster with large ears, long snout and strange colour. Perhaps it is a mutant? Mantict Locations: Whale Island at Tail Tree Work: Will cut Grass for Fodder War Trophies: Insect Hide (15%), Insect Jaw (15%) Glittering Edge (10%) Whale Island, Tail Tree: Glittering Edge, Lv. 1; Insect Jaw, Lv. 5; Insect Hide, Lv. 10 Official Description: Short-tempered and aggressive, everything around it is usually destroyed by the time it is tired. Micro Dragon Locations: Snow Ruins at B6F Work: Provides Ores and Gems Level 88, HP 846, ATK 288, DEF 413, MAG 341 War Trophies: Sharp Fang (20%), Magic Talon (10%), Sharp Talon (10%), Monster Hide (10%), Wet Scale (10%) Official Description: Such great power from a small body. A monstrous strength wells from deep within. N.B. This is an elusive little orange dragon who appears in the peaceful chamber with the tillable fields in the southwest corner of the 6th floor. The Generator for this Monster is on the outside northern wall of the chamber. Mini Dragon Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Glory; Snow Ruins at B4F and B6F Work: Provides Ores and Gems Level 92, HP 1470, ATK 303, DEF 361, MAG 299 War Trophies: Sharp Fang (20%), Magic Talon (10%), Sharp Talon (10%), Monster Hide (10%), Wet Scale (10%) Whale Island, Tower of Glory: Magic Talon, Lv. 10; Monster Hide, Lv. 10; Sharp Fang, Lv. 10; Wet Scale, Lv. 10 Snow Ruins, B4F, B6F: Magic Talon, Lv. 10; Monster Hide, Lv. 10; Sharp Fang, Lv. 10; Wet Scale, Lv. 10 Official Description: I am a Dragon! I am the mightiest! This little dragon has a pride big enough to swallow mountains. Mini Golem Locations: Whale Island at Flank, Lava Ruins at B2F and B3F Work: Will clear Rocks from Field War Trophies: Scrap Iron (15%), Iron (15%), Copper (15%), Silver (10%), Earth Crystal (5%) Whale Island, Flank: Copper, Lv. 1; Silver, Lv. 1; Iron, Lv. 1; Scrap Iron, Lv. 10; Earth Crystal, Lv. 1

Lava Ruins, B2F, B3F: Copper, Lv. 1; Silver, Lv. 1; Iron, Lv. 1; Scrap Iron, Lv. 10; Earth Crystal, Lv. 1 Official Description: No one knows how it moves. Some researcher just decided it must be magic. Minotaur Location: Lava Ruins at B4F and B5F Work; Will clear Lumber from Field War Trophies: Glittering Edge (10%), Thick Stick (10%), Hard Horn (10%), Warrior Medal (10%) Lava Ruins, B4F: Glittering Edge, Lv. 1; Warrior Medal, Lv. 5; Thick Stick, Lv. 1; Hard Horn, Lv. 6 Official Description: Tight pants and a giant axe. The minotaur is strong and never skips his training. Minotaur King Locations: Whale Island at Floating Chamber and Tower of Life Garden; Snow Ruins at B3F, B4F and B5F Work: Will clear Lumber from Field War Trophies: Glittering Edge (10%), Thick Stick (10%), Hard Horn (10%), Warrior Medal (10%) Whale Island, Floating Chamber, Tower of Life Garden: Hard Horn, Lv. 10; Glittering Edge, Lv. 10; Thick Stick, Lv. 10; Warrior Medal, Lv. 10 Snow Ruins, B4F, B5F: Hard Horn, Lv. 10; Glittering Edge, Lv. 10; Thick Stick, Lv. 10; Warrior Medal, Lv. 10 Official Description: The deep blue signifies royalty. He looks so scary that many find him unapproachable. Monster Box Locations: Lava Ruins at B1F, B4F and B5F Work: Will provide Ore and Gems War Trophies: Sharp Fang (67%), Amethyst (6%), Aquamarine (6%), Diamond (6%), Emerald (6%), Ruby (6%), Sapphire (6%) Lava Ruins, B1F, B4F, B5F: Sharp Fang, Lv. 1; Ruby, Lv. 1; Emerald, Lv. 1; Diamond, Lv. 1; Sapphire, Lv. 1; Aquamarine, Lv. 1; Amethyst, Lv. 1 Official Description: A monster in a box. Guess what's inside? I wish I had never opened it! Necro Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Birth Work: Will cut Grass for Fodder War Trophies: Cheap Cloth (10%), Quality Cloth (10%), Knife Piece (10%), Thick Stick (10%) Whale Island, Tower of Birth: Thick Stick, Lv. 5; Quality Cloth, Lv. 5; Cheap Cloth, Lv. 10; Knife Piece, Lv. 10

Official Description: Carries weapons and floats in the air. it sees people, doubling its scare factor.

It grins when

Orc Locations: Whale Island on 2nd Floor in Cave Depths Work: Will Harvest your Crops War Trophies: Thin Stick (15%), Warrior Medal (15%), Cheap Cloth (10%) Whale Island, Cave Depths: Cheap Cloth, Lv. 1; Thin Stick, Lv. 1; Warrior Medal, Lv. 1 Official Description: The bottom of the Orc clan. It is so forgetful that it often forgets its weapon. Orc Archer Locations: Whale Island on 2nd Floor in Cave Depths Work: Will harvest your Crops War Trophies: Glue (15%), Solid Point (15%), Thin Stick (10%) Whale Island Depths: Glue, Lv. 1; Thin Stick, Lv. 1; Solid Point, Lv. 2 Official Description: Quite diligent for an Orc. They love their weapons because they made them themselves. Orc Hunter Locations: Whale Island in Tower of Birth Work: Will harvest your Crops War Trophies: Glue, Solid Point, Thin Stick Whale Island, Tower of Birth: Glue, Lv. 10; Thin Stick, Lv. 10; Solid Point, Lv. 6 Official Description: A calm and composed Orc. Always keeps their cool and never loses their target. Peck Locations: Snow Ruins at B3F Work; None but will provide Ranch Product in the form of an Egg War Trophies: Bird Feather, Sharp Talon, Teardrop Snow Ruins, B3F: Bird Feather, Lv. 7; Sharp Talon, Lv. 10; Teardrop, Lv. 6 Official Description: Unlike ducks, these guys do not like people and are mean. However… it looks so cute! Samurai Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Plenty Garden Work: Will cut Grass for Fodder War Trophies: Fair Hide (15%), Insect Jaw (15%), Glittering Edge (10%) Whale Island, Tower of Plenty Garden: Fair Hide, Lv. 10; Insect Jaw, Lv. 10; Glittering Edge, Lv. 10 Official Description: Known to carry a sickle that can cut anything, this monster can cut cabbage into small strips. Scorpion Locations: Whale Island at Flank, Lava Ruins at B3F Work: Will cut Grass for Fodder

War Trophies: Insect Hide (10%), Sharp Talon (10%), Solid Point (10%), Toxin (10%) Whale Island Flank: Toxin, Lv. 2; Solid Point, Lv. 2; Sharp Talon, Lv. 4; Insect Hide, Lv. 8 Lava Ruins, B3F: Insect Hide, Lv. 8; Solid Point, Lv. 2; Sharp Talon, Lv. 4; Toxin Lv. 2 Official Description: This monster can creep up to you without a sound and inject you with venom like an assassin. Sealy Locations: Whale Island at Drain Work: Will Water your Crops War Trophies: Wet Scale (15%), Fish Fossil (10%), Sharp Fang (10%), Water Crystal (5%) Whale Island Drain: Water Crystal, Lv. 1; Sharp Fang, Lv. 6; Wet Scale, Lv. 7; Fish Fossil, Lv. 10 Official Description: A fish from ancient times that swims through the air. Shadow Panther Locations: Snow Ruins B1F and B2F Work: Will harvest your Crops War Trophies: Quality Fur (10%), Magic Talon (10%), Sharp Fang (10%), Sharp Talon (10%) Snow Ruins, B1F, B2F: Quality Fur, Lv. 1; Sharp Fang, Lv. 6; Magic Talon, Lv. 3; Sharp Talon, Lv. 10 Official Description: Runs at a lightning fast speed. Having excellent eyesight, it runs in darkness with no problems. Silver Wolf Location: Whale Island at Whale's Fin Work: Provides Transport War Trophies: Sharp Fang (15%), Sharp Talon (15%), Monster Hide (10%) Whale Island Fin: Sharp Fang, Lv. 1; Sharp Talon, Lv. 4; Monster hide, Lv. 1 Official Description: A self-reliant wolf with sharp fangs and claws, who rarely warms up to people. Sky Fish Location: Whale Island at Flank Work: Will Water your Crops War Trophies: Wet Scale (15%), Fish Fossil (10%), Sharp Fang (10%), Water Crystal (5%) Whale Island, Flank: Fish Fossil, Lv. 1; Sharp Fang, Lv. 1; Water Crystal, Lv. 1; Wet Scale, Lv. 4 Official Description: A strange fish that floats idly towards the sky. It is faster than it looks. Slime Locations: Whale Island at 2nd Floor Cave Depths Work: Will clear Rocks from Field

War Trophies: Teardrop (18%), Toxin (10%), Scrap Iron (6%), White Grass (1%), Black Grass (1%), any Elemental Crystal (1%) Whale Island Depths: Scrap Iron, Lv. 1; White Grass, Lv. 1; Black Grass, Lv. 1; Elemental Crystals, Lv. 1; Teardrop, Lv. 2; Toxin, Lv. 2 Official Description: A slime that's cool and soft to the touch. Its texture changes depending on its mood. Soul Location: Snow Ruins at B5F and B6F Work: Will clear Lumber from Field War Trophies: Magic Powder (30%), Magic Crystal (5%), Wind Crystal (5%), Snow Ruins, B5F, B6F: Magic Powder, Lv. 10; Magic Crystal, Lv. 3; Wind Crystal, Lv. ? Official Description: A lonely wanderer that comes and goes with the wind, and never stays in the same place for long. Spring Locations: Green Ruins at B1F and B2F Work: Will provide Seeds War Trophies: Magic Powder (20%), Root (20%) Green Ruins, B1F: Root, Lv. 2; Magic Powder, Lv. 2 Official Description: A self-conscious plant that blooms in spring. always cheerful and can calm every one around it.

It's

Summer Location: Lava Ruins at B3F and B4F Work: Will provide Seeds War Trophies: Magic Powder (20%), Root (20%) Lava Ruins, B3F, B4F: Root, Lv. 6; Magic Powder, Lv. 6 Official Description: A self-conscious plant that blooms in summer. very hot-headed and matches the lava perfectly!

It is

Tortas Location: Whale Island at Drain Work: Will water your Crops War Trophies: Teardrop (15%), Sharp Fang (10%), Turtle Shell (10%), Water Crystal (5%) Whale Island, Drain: Teardrop, Lv. 6; Sharp Fang, Lv. 6; Turtle Shell, Lv. 10; Water Crystal, Lv. 1 Official Description: As stubborn as its shell is tough. It is his way or the highway. Tricky Muck Locations: Whale Island at Tower of Rebirth; Work: Provides Gems and Grasses

Snow Ruins at B6F

Mushroom (20%), Root (10%), Magic Powder (10%) Whale Island, Tower of Rebirth: Mushroom, Lv. 1; Root, Lv. 10; Magic Powder, Lv. 10 Snow Ruins, B6F: Mushroom, Lv. 1; Root, Lv. 10; Magic Powder, Lv. 10 Official Description: A rare moving mushroom. A cook tried to cook it once but disappeared soon after. Unico Location: Whale Island at Drain, Snow Ruins at B3F Work: Can use as Transport Monster War Trophies: Bird Feather (10%), Fair Hide (10%), Hard Horn (10%), Teardrop (10%), Whale Island, Drain: Fair Hide, Lv. 4; Teardrop, Lv. 6; Bird Feather, Lv. 7; Hard Horn, Lv. 10 Snow Ruins, B3F: Fair Hide, Lv. 4; Teardrop, Lv. 6; Bird Feather, Lv. 7; Hard Horn, Lv. 10 Official Description: A legendary and really rare monster. It looks cute but it actually is really strong. Characteristics: Moves to the sound of tinkling bells and delivers a Wind Attack. Weagle Locations: Lava Ruins at B5F Work: Will clear Lumber from Field War Trophies: Bird Feather (25%), Sharp Talon (10%), Wind Crystal (5%) Lava Ruins, B5F: Wind Crystal, Lv. 1; Sharp Talon, Lv. 4; Bird Feather, Lv. 7 Official Description: A monster that flies freely. Or it used to. Now it flies low because it hates being alone. Wooly Locations: Whale Island at Whale's Fin, Green Ruins at B2F Work: None but provides Ranch Product in the form of Wool War Trophies: Monster Hide (20%), Hard Horn (10%), Teardrop (10%) Whale Island Fin: Monster Hide, Lv. 1; Teardrop, Lv. 2; Hard Horn, Lv. 2 Green Ruins, B2F: Monster Hide, Lv. 1, Teardrop, Lv. 2; Hard Horn, Lv. 2 Official Description: Famous for its snuggly fur. It's rather hot under there, so trim it every so often. List of Level 10 War Trophies When you begin to explore the various dungeons, you will be hard-pressed sometimes to find an item, irrespective of its Level. As you progress in experience, however, you will look for Level 10 ingredients for all Weapons and Accessories that you create at the Forge and Crafts Bench. In some cases, such as the Hard Horn, there are a number of different Monster types who may yield this item at Level 10. In other case, such as Glue, there is only one Monster type in the form of the Orc Hunter who yields Level 10 Glue. A list of all Level 10 War Trophies and the Monsters who 'drop' them, therefore, may be extremely useful. Here it is: Bird Feather, Lv. 10: Blackbird, Cone, Gigantes Cheap Cloth, Lv. 10: Fairy, Faust, Hardes, High Orc, Necro Demon Blood, Lv. 10: Arch Demon

Fair Hide, Lv. 10: Heracles, Samurai Fairy Dust, Lv. 10: Hardes Fish Fossil, Lv. 10: Sealy Glittering Edge, Lv. 10: Minotaur King, Samurai Glue, Lv. 10: Orc Hunter Hard Horn, Lv. 10: Arch Demon, Buffazoo, Demon, Gigantes, Heracles, Little Wizard, Minotaur King, Samurai, Unico Insect Jaw, Lv. 10: Heracles, Samurai Insect Hide, Lv. 10: Beetle, Heracles, Mantict, Samurai Knife Piece, Lv. 10: Necro Magic Powder, Lv. 10: Autumn, Glace, Hardes, Soul, Tricky Muck Magic Talon, Lv. 10: Mini Dragon Monster Hide, Lv. 10: Buffaloo, Fluffy, Mini Dragon Quality Cloth, Lv. 10: Gigantes, Little Emperor, Little Wizard Quality Fur, Lv. 10: Cone Root, Lv. 10: Autumn, Tricky Muck Scrap Iron, Lv. 10: Mini Golem Sharp Fang, Lv. 10: Blood Panther, Hunter Wolf, Mini Dragon, Sharp Talon, Lv. 10: Blackbird, Blood Panther, Mini Dragon, Peck, Shadow Panther Solid Point, Lv. 10: Arch Demon Teardrop, Lv. 10: Cone Thick Stick, Lv. 10: High Orc, Little Emperor, Little Wizard, Minotaur King Thin Stick, Lv. 10: Orc Hunter Toxin, Lv. 10: Death Stalker, Hornet Queen Turtle Shell, Lv. 10: Tortas Warrior Medal, Lv. 10: Gigantes, High Orc, Minotaur King Wet Scale, Lv. 10: Mini Dragon

Rune Factory: Frontier - Calendar & Books FAQ/guide Rune Factory Frontier Calendar, Festivals and Books Guide By Freyashawk Email: castleenchanted · aol Created on 24 April 2009 Last updated on 28 July 2009 Note that this Guide contains details descriptions of all Festivals as well as a Calendar and the text of the books in the Rune Archives. Table of Contents Introduction Calendar Guide Complete Calendar of Festivals and Birthdays Spring Crops, Birthdays and Festivals Summer Crops, Birthdays and Festivals

Autumn Crops, Birthdays and Festivals Winter Crops, Birthdays and Festivals Festivals in Rune Factory Frontier New Year Festival Pounding Mochi Uzuki's Fortunes Sainte-Coquille Festival The Foliage Festival Beach Festival The Ganesha Cup Boat Race The Pumpkin Festival Harvest Festival 1st Year 2nd and Subsequent Years The Coming of Age Festival Adventure Contest 1st Year 2nd and Subsequent Years Sea Surf Festival Hot Milk Tradition The Quiz Contest Hotpot Convention Year End Festival Books in Rune Factory Frontier Farmhouse Bookcase Rune Archives Library After Selphy Tidies the Library Introduction: Every Rune Factory and Harvest Moon game produced has contained a wealth of tutorials and other vital information within the games themselves. The answer to any question that a player usually can be found somewhere in the game, making the role of an outside guide writer superfluous to some extent. The problem, and the reason why writers like myself continue to create guides, is that players tend to ignore the resources that are available in the actual game. Most players prefer action to ive learning. Few are like Selphy, who is more excited by a book than she is by any real adventure. A player's resources in Rune Factory Frontier include the bookcase in your own Farmhouse as well as the considerable collection in the Rune Archives Library. The contents of these books originally were included in my Rune Factory Frontier Walkthrough and General Guide but file size became an issue rather quickly. This mini-guide therefore has been created both for the Calendar and for the books in Rune Factory Frontier. Any player who takes the time to peruse the books will be rewarded with vital information that covers almost every aspect of the game. In addition, some of the books are highly entertaining. This Guide therefore is divided into two main sections, with the Calendar sections in the first half and the Books in the second. For all aspects of Rune Factory Frontier, including the topics covered in all books, please refer to my Rune Factory Frontier Walkthrough and General Guide

at: Rune Factory Frontier Walkthrough and General Guide http://faqs.ign.com/articles/965/965041p1.html Calendar of Birthdays and Festivals In any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, a Calendar is almost indispensible. Knowing when Festivals are due to occur and the birthdays of every individual in your village can increase the strength of relationships and bring you closer to marriage with the girl or bachelor of your dreams. Calendar Dates There are four season in a year and they follow the traditional wheel with Spring as the first, Summer the second, Autumn the third and Winter the fourth season. Crops can be grown in all seasons except Winter on your Farm. As in other Rune Factory games, the week has only six days rather than seven. The first day of any week is a Holiday, followed by the traditional Monday through Friday order.of the days. There is a Calendar beside your Diary Table in your farmhouse, but very few items will appear on it at the start of the game. The following is a complete Calendar of Festivals and Birthdays with a Most Favourite Gift as well as an Easy Favourite Gift listed in brackets for each individual. Crops and Constellations for each Season are listed as well for easy reference. If and when you give a character a gift on his/her birthday that the birthday will appear on the Calendar. This is one of the major benefits of ing a character's birthday with a gift as you then will be reminded each year of the date when you look at the Calendar. . When the character reaches approximately 4 Hearts/Friendship, he/she will confide the date of his/her birthday. The Birthday then will be added to the Calendar with the portrait even if you have not 'celebrated' it yet with a gift. Each Constellation in Rune Factory Frontier is associated with an Eligible Girl. 'Finding' the Constellation, then speaking to her afterward will initiate a little Event in most cases that will boost a Skill or other Statistic such as HP. You must speak to Cinnamon first to discover the Constellations for each season. Once she has told you of a Constellation, you should be able to read a book about that Constellation in the Rune Archives Library. Complete Calendar of Festivals, Birthdays, Crops and Constellations Spring: Spring Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Turnip, Cabbage, Potato Multiple Harvest Crops: Strawberry, Cucumber Spring Flowers: Moondrop Flower, Toy Herb, Emery Flower, Cherry Grass, Lamp Grass, Blue Crystal Spring Fruits: Cherry Spring Constellations: Turnip Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Mist's Wish for

Turnips granted by falling star) Serpent Constellation: between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m. (Rosetta, Intelligence Increase) Crown Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Selphy, Constellation Books) 1 Spring: New Year's Festival (after 1st year) Celebrate the New year. Rice Cakes are the present of choice. 'Rice Cakes' are termed 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. New Mochi is smashed with a Hammer on a special platform at the Square after 9.00 a.m. You can obtain a 'New Mochi' from Rita after 9.00 a.m. at the Public Square on 30 Winter. Smash it at the Square on 1 Spring to create 5 Mochi. Give these as New Year Gifts to individuals. (Responses and value in of LP/FP will vary by individual). You can bring your own New Mochi if you wish as well to make more Mochi or you can make the Mochi in your Kitchen using a Steamer. 2 Spring: Kross' Birthday (Cat's Tail, Warrior's Medal) 8 Spring: Nolan's Birthday (Wine, Strawberry) 11 Spring: Melody's Birthday (Relax Tea, Wild Coloured Grasses) 17 Spring: Brodik's Birthday (Apple Pie) 19 Spring: Sainte-Coquille Festival Hosted by Bianca. She orders, I cook. Will occur only after Bianca and Tabatha become permanent residents of Trampoli This is a festival sponsored by Bianca in which you must guess the name of displayed dishes correctly. The prize is 5 Dishes of one category of Cooked Dishes. 22 Spring: Turner's Birthday (All Ores except Scrap Iron) 26 Spring: Cinnamon's Birthday (Magic Crystal, any raw Fish) 27 Spring: Candy's Birthday (All Fruit Juices, Apple Pie) 29 Spring: Foliage Festival (after 1st year) Give flowers to those you're indebted to. Found out when Eunice was distributing flowers. Give Flowers to Eligible Girls Summer: Summer Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Onion, Pumpkin Multiple Harvest Crops: Tomato, Corn, Pineapple Summer Flowers: Pink Cat, Fireflower, Ironleaf, Clover, Green Crystal Summer Fruit: Orange Summer Constellations: Elephant Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Bianca, Diamond) Wooly Constellation* between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m.(Tabatha, Monster FP) *You must have a Monster with you when you 'find' it. Buffamoo Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Anette's 'Anonymous' Letters) 1 Summer: Beach Opening Start your summer at the beach. Don't forget your bathing suit! Festival begins at 10.00 a.m. at the Beach with Melon Pinata. Before 10.00 a.m., you can experience Events in the Changing Room with the Eligible Girls. The Eligible Girls who attend the Festival and who are found in the Changing Room on 1 Summer varies from year to year and game to game. Eunice will not participate unless she has lost weight pursuant to your own character's encouragement. 6 Summer: Danny's Birthday (Silver, Quality Cloth) 8 Summer: Bianca's Birthday (Jewelry such as Pendants, Rings) Note that Bianca is not impressed with specific items but will accept certain'decent' Accessories. She will scorn knitted Accessories, however and will respond to the gift of a Fan in the same fashion.

13 15 23 25

Summer: Lute's Birthday (Chocolate) Summer: Uzuki's Birthday (Golden Hairpin, any Sashimi) Summer: Erik's Birthday (Garlic, Dried Fish) Summer: Ganesha Cup Boat Race May the best sailor in town win. The Boat Race is held at Lake Poli. You can ask any girl at high heart level to accompany you. Steer your gondola over items in the water for various effects. Hearts result in an increase of speed if and only if an Eligible Girl is with you in the boat. 27 Summer: Stella's Birthday (Four-Leaf Clover, Toy Herb) 30 Summer: Pumpkin Festival Every one put on a pumpkin masque. Started by some one saved by a pumpkinheaded monster. You will be able to buy a 'Pumpkin-Head' yourself from Rosetta in Summer to wear as headgear in combat. You may be able to forge your own Pumpkin Head once your Pumpkins mature. (You actually can give Headgear such as Pumpkins to Eligible Girls and they then will wear them but they will not change OUT of any Headgear until you give them a new item. Every one automatically wears a Pumpkin Head on the day of the Festival so there is no need to hand them out yourself…) Autumn: Autumn Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Spinach, Carrot Multiple Harvest Crops: Yam, Eggplant, Bell Pepper Autumn Flowers: Charm Blue, Pom-Pom, Noel Grass, Red Crystal Autumn Fruit: Chestnut Autumn Constellations: Hat Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Melody, Magic Skill) Broom Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Eunice, Cooking Skill) 1 Autumn: Mist's Birthday (Emery Flower, Turnip) 3 Autumn: Selphy's Birthday (Sandwich, Rice Ball) 8 Autumn: Kanno's Birthday (Cake, Magic Powder) 12 Autumn: Tabatha's Birthday (Oatmeal, Rice, Flour) 13 Autumn: Harvest Festival A time of thanks. Give veggies to people you're indebted to. Give Vegetables to Eligible Girls for boost in heart level. 17 Autumn: Eunice's Birthday (Mont Blanc, any Flower) * *Do not give any Sweets, including her favourite Mont Blanc, if she is trying to lose weight! 21 Autumn: Rosetta's Birthday (Roasted Yam, Strawberry, Hot Milk) 25 Autumn: Coming of Age Day There is an annual treasure hunt to commemorate the day. Many 'false' items will be located throughout Trampoli. See the Festivals section of this guide for details. Continue to look for the real item even if another individual pronounces himself/herself the winner. In the first year, you may wish to keep the Golden Turnip yourself to convert it into Seeds instead of taking 1st Place. 30 Autumn: Sea Surf Day The day the Spirits prepare for hibernation. If Whale Island eclipses the sun, bear it. Make Hot Milk and give it to every character in Trampoli to celebrate this Festival.

After your victory in the Era of Disconnect, speak to the Whale to discover why the sky is dark on the last day of Autumn. When you inform Stella of the reason, she will announce a new Festival in honour of the Spirits who give their blessings to Trampoli. Winter: Winter Crops: Single Harvest Crops: None Multiple Harvest Crops: None Winter Flowers: None Winter Fruit: Apple Other Seasonal Items: Dried Fish Winter Constellations: Hairpin Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Uzuki, Weapons Skill) Cross Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Lara, HP Increase) Fish Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Cinnamon, Fishing Skill) 1 Winter: Lara's Birthday (Chocolate Cake, Strawberry Jam, any Jam) 4 Winter: Anette's Birthday (Pumpkin Tart, Strawberry, any Fruit) 7 Winter: Quiz Contest Test your knowledge against others and come out on top! There are ten questions, with a 'commercial break' in the middle of the Contest. It can be quite hilarious. There will be four contestants, including your character and each is represented by a different fruit. For each correct response, a piece of fruit will be placed on the ground. The winner ultimately will obtain all the fruit from each character's correct responses. If you lose the Contest, you will obtain Intelligence Vitamins as a consolation prize. With a Skill Level Requirement of 90 and a shipping value of 1000G., losing the Contest is not a bad option! 8 Winter: Ganesha's Birthday (Demon's Blood, Any Ore) 19 Winter: Hotpot Convention Every one in town brings an ingredient for one giant hotpot! Some ingredients will result in a 'good' hotpot but others in a 'bad' one. Most Fish will have a good result. Many vegetables, however, will result in a 'bad' hotpot, including Carrots and Yams. 15 Winter: Minerva's Birthday (Flop, Chestnut) 22 Winter: Rita's Birthday (Wine) 23 Winter: Iris' Birthday (both of them!) (Tomato Juice) 24 Winter: Night of Holies (aka Starry Night Festival in Harvest Moon) This is the night designated for the formal Winter Date in Rune Factory Frontier. Meet the Eligible Girl at 9.00 p.m. 29 Winter: Marco's Birthday (Curry, Curry Powder) 30 Winter: Year End Festival Reflect on the past year and prepare for the next. Go to the Public Square after 9.00 a.m. to speak to Rita. She will give you a 'New Mochi'. This is the item that you will need on the 1st of Spring if you wish to pound Rice Cakes at the Square. Rice Cakes are 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. They, like New Mochi can be made in your own kitchen or at the Public Square only on New Year's Day. Social Gathering Spots As in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, there are specific locations that are popular for social gatherings. If you wish to meet and greet the largest number of characters daily, you should plan your route in order to make a

brief stop at the most popular locations. For meeting and greeting eligible girls as well as Candy, the Laga Springs Bathhouse is a good choice. At some point during the day or night, most of the characters will appear at the Bathhouse, especially if the weather is fine. Candy as well as some of the Eligible Girls can be found in the antechamber to the Women's Bath from 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m.. Candy will conduct business as usual here. On the men's side, you will find various individuals as well at different hours. Nolan will be there early in the evening. Late at night, both Danny and Erik tend to stand in the men's antechamber. A full schedule of the appearance of all characters follows. Note, however, that is it almost impossible to create a Schedule that will be valid from the start of the game to the finish, as Events will occur throughout that change fundamental patterns. Even a small Event, such as Selphy's unpaid debt to Bianca, will change Selphy's schedule. Laga Springs Batthouse Schedule for all characters: The schedules of appearance of characters at the Laga Bathhouse are as follows: Mornings, any weather, 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m.: Melody Weekday Mornings before she begins to study with Cinnamon: 9.00 a.m. to noon, Monday, Wednesday, Friday in fine weather: Melody Weekdays from 9.00 a.m. to 9.00 p.m. Stella Weekdays on Rainy/Snowy Days, 4.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m. Selphy Weekdays in any weather, 5.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. Iris (only after moving to Trampoli and not in Summer) Weekdays on Rainy/Snowy Days, 6.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m.: Melody Weekdays, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. in any weather: Eunice Weekdays, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Cinnamon, Candy Weekdays, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. in any weather: Lara Weekdays, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Ganesha Weekdays, 8.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Uzuki Weekdays, 9.00 p.m. to 10.00 p.m., both fine and rainy/snowy weather: Mist and Rosetta Anette (during her break from work as a postal carrier and afterwards and only in fine weather) Weekdays, 10.00 p.m. to 11.00 p.m. in any weather: Bianca and Tabatha, Minerva Weekdays, 11.00 p.m. to midnight only in fine weather: Selphy Holidays, fine Weather, 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. Melody Holidays, rainy/snowy weather: 6.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Melody Holiday, 3.00 p.m. to 4.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Eunice, Rita Holiday, 5.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Iris (only after moving to Trampoli and not in Summer) Holiday, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Lara, Cinnamon, Candy Holiday, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. only in fine weather:

Mist Anette (only during her break from work as a postal carrier and afterwards) Holiday, 8.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Uzuki Holiday, 10.00 p.m. to 11.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Bianca and Tabatha, Minerva Holiday, 11.00 p.m. to midnight only in fine weather: Selphy Holiday, 12.00 midnight to 1.00 a.m., only in fine weather: Rosetta Laga Springs, Men's Side: Weekdays, 3.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Nolan Weekdays, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. in fine weather: Marco Weekdays, 11.00 p.m. to midnight in fine weather: Erik, Danny Holiday, 3.00 p.m. to 4.00 p.m. only when raining/snowing: Kross Holiday, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. Kanno Another popular gathering spot is the Public Square. For the older adults, the Tavern after 6.00 p.m. is a regular haunt. Another popular gathering spot is the Public Square. For the older adults, the Tavern after 6.00 p.m. is a regular haunt. Festival Day Events In the first year, some of the Festivals included here will not occur. You cannot experience the very first Festival of the Year, the New Year Festival, in fact, as the game begins on 2 Spring. This is characteristic of almost all Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, by the way. As more individuals become residents of Trampoli, new Festivals will be added to the Calendar of the Year. Events involving residents will provide the inspiration for new Festivals as well. For example, when Eunice gives flowers to every one on 29 Spring in the 1st Spring, it provides inspiration for the Foliage Festival in subsequent years. If you persuade Bianca to stay in Trampoli permanently by giving her Francoise, she will initiate the Sainte-Coquille Festival on 19 Spring in the 2nd Year. When you rescue Mist and then visit the Whale afterwards, the Sea Surf Festival will be created. New Year Festival Your first opportunity to experience the New Year Festival will be at the start of the 2nd Year. The New Year Festival is conducted in the Public Square but only Rita, Turner and Uzuki actually are present. You can participate at any time after 9.00 a.m. If you go to the Square before 9.00 a.m., the platform where the New Mochi is smashed will be in place but you will be unable to use it. After 9.00 a.m., go to the Public Square with the New Mochi that Rita gave you on the previous day. Pounding Mochi

Turner will inform you: Turner: Happy New Years. Turner: Happy New Years. I hope we'll get along in the next year, too. By the way, there's a 'Split Cake' at the square. Freyr: Split Cake…? Turner: It's where you split the New Mochi to celebrate the new year. Turner: You place it on top of a stand and smash it with a hammer to wish for a peaceful next year. Freyr: Oh… That sounds interesting. Go to the centre of the display and press A. Freyr: I'm guessing you place a New Mochi in here and pound it with a hammer. Place a New Mochi in it. Forget it. Let's see… Take a New Mochi out of the bag… and voila! Turner: All right, Freyr. Let's see you kick some butt! Rita: Keep at it! You now need to use your Hammer on the New Mochi. If you press A again instead: There's already a New Mochi placed in it. I just need to smash it with a hammer! You hit it with a special attack and it simply makes Mochi. Each time I hit the New Mochi with my Hammer, it made 5 Mochi. You can bring your own New Mochi to the Public Square as well if you wish to make more Mochi using your Hammer. Mochi is a Dish that can be made in your own Kitchen using a Steamer. Mochi: 310G Skill Level 17 HP 60, RP 125, FX 180 sec. Max HP +50, Wind Resistance +10 Made by pulverizing rice after it has been steamed. Roasting it makes it softer and more chewy. Ingredients: Rice x 2 New Mochi: 1080G Skill Level 34 HP 170, RP 150, FX 180 sec. MAX HP +75, Wind Attack +10 Rice cake that is eaten during the New Years Festival. It looks like a snowman. Ingredients: Mochi x 2, Orange, Quality Cloth, Thick Stick, Green Grass If you wish to make extra Mochi at the Square using your own New Mochi, do not bother to use high level ingredients in the dish. No matter what the level of your own New Mochi, the result will be Level 1 Mochi. Whether or not it is worth the effort to make extra Mochi at the Public Square is another matter. 1 Mochi made in the Steamer requires 2 Rice. 1 New Mochi requires 2 Mochi which means 4 Rice but when smashed back to Mochi, creates 5 Mochi. You now can give the Mochi as New Year Gifts to any individual. They are not appreciated equally by every character, however. You will find the individual responses to Mochi in my Characters Guide. A gift of Mochi at the New Year does appear to boost both Friendship and Love a little. The increases in most cases are not significant but there are a couple of exceptions. Uzuki's New Year Fortunes

Rice Cakes or Mochi is one New Year Tradition. Fortune-telling is another. Uzuki stands in the centre of the Public Square and when you speak to her, will offer to tell your fortune for the coming year. This Rune Factory Frontier ritual reminded me a little of Tortimer's New Year's Fortunes in Animal Crossing. Uzuki: Happy New Years. In my country, the new year is the most important festival of the year. We have a saying of, 'The plans of the year are set on New Year's Day.' We then have our fortune told for the year. Would you like me to tell your fortune, Freyr? Your choices now: Yes, please. Maybe later. If you choose to have your fortune told: Uzuki: All right then. Here I go. Ha! Ha! Kieeeeeeeeee! She waves her staff a bit, then: Uzuki: … There it is. Let's see… The results are random. 'Best Luck.' You will have a great year. Your harvests, adventures, and love life will be splendid. Aren't you glad, Freyr? Or: 'Ill Fortune'. Nothing will go as planned. You will especially have trouble with women. Beware. Sainte-Coquille

Festival

On 18 Spring, you will receive an announcement letter from Bianca. Participate in my festival Tomorrow is the Sainte-Coquille Festival, sponsored by me. Every one, participate. I'll be waiting at the Public Square. Bianca If you speak to Kross today, he will tell you: Kross: The girl next door prepared so much cooking. I wonder what kind of event is going on? As always, when you speak to other characters on the day prior to a Festival, each will have a different comment about it. Many simply will mention its existence, but some remarks can be informative or humourous. Melody: Tomorrow is the Sa-Sai… Sainte-something or other festival. Bianca's last name is too long to pronounce. Bianca: Tomorrow is the Sainte-Coquille Festival. The festivals of this village are so uninteresting that I made my own. You better show up. Freyr: Sure… but Bianca, what kind of festival is the Sainte-Coquille Festival? Bianca: You'll find out when you come. It'll be much more exciting than the other festivals here, so you can look forward to it. Tab: Tomorrow is the Sainte-Coquille Festival. It is the Festival that Miss Bianca is hosting. I hope that you can participate, Freyr. Freyr: What do you do in the Sainte-Coquille Festival? Tab: That's a secret. I will be assisting her, so I am actually quite busy with the preparations. Tab: I noticed that Miss Bianca is fitting into Trampoli very well. Minerva is NOT pleased by the turn of events. Minerva (with thunder and cross hurt): Tomorrow's the Sainte-Coquille Festival. It's no fair that Bianca gets to keep Sister for herself like that! Minerva: I love spring! The trees, flowers and grass are all so full of

energy! I wish it was spring year round. Rita: My husband just can't wait for tomorrow's Sainte-Coquille Festival. He needs to act his age more often… On the actual day of the Festival, you should be able to experience two different dialogues with each character when you speak to him/her before and after the Festival. This is true of most Festival dialogues where any Contest is involved. Speaking to the individual BEFORE participation elicits one comment, usually a question as to whether or not you intend to . Speaking to the individual AFTER the Contest will elicit a remark about your character's performance, whether in commiseration for defeat or in celebration of your victory. On the date of the Sainte-Coquille Festival, Candy will offer a hint as to the actual type of Contest that will ensue: Candy; Are you going to the Sainte-Coquille Festival? It's a festival where you're supposed to pick out the right dishes. I can't imagine what it's like… In almost every Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, there is a Cooking Contest in the latter days of the Spring season. Although the Sainte-Coquille Festival is a Cooking Festival, it is unique among Harvest Moon/Rune Factory Festivals. Instead of participating with your own entry in a given Category, you will be asked to identify successive Dishes in various categories and to give the required Dish in each instance to Bianca to eat. Bianca will declare the rules: Bianca: The rules are simple. You just have to bring me the dish I want from the given choices. Points are added for each dish you bring, and the one with the most points wins. The difficulty here is two-fold. You must identify each Dish visually, then collect it from its position on the ground and give it to Bianca within a very strict time-frame. As a matter of fact, as the contest is time-based, you may gain a higher score simply by guessing quickly even if you are wrong, than to take your time to name a few dishes correctly before the time runs out. It certainly is fun to watch Bianca consume dish after dish until you give her the correct item. The sequence is as follows: Appetiser, Soup, Fish, 'Sorbet', Vegetable, Dessert, Fruit, Drink The 'Sorbet' course is not really Sorbets at all incidentally. If you manage to complete the identification of a dish for every course before the time runs out, Bianca will insist on beginning the entire sequence again! First-place appears to be a matter of identifying at least 16 dishes correctly, which would mean that you would go through the entire sequence twice. The time limit is 60 minutes and at each 10 minute interval, there will be comments by two of the villagers. You will compete against other residents. My character had to compete against Selphy, Marco and Stella in one situation and against Marco, Selphy and Lara

in another. Selphy: Bianca forced me to her Sainte-Coquille Festival. But if I'm going to , I might as well go all out. Marco: Today's that Sainte-Coquille Festival where you get to eat Tabatha's cooking. Maybe I should … At the end: Bianca: Next I'd like something to drink. Bring me an Orange Juice. When I gave her the Orange Juice, the Contest should have been completed. Tabatha: Miss, today's meal will end with this Orange Juice as the final course. Master Freyr, you have been excellent today. Bianca (with thunder and cross hurt): Wait, Tabatha. I have just gained some appetite. I won't allow you to let this end!! Tabatha: But, Miss. The rule states… Bianca: We still have some time, so I'm changing the rules! Tabatha, bring me seconds! Well, then, Freyr, I'd like to begin with an appetizer. It really does not matter whether you win or lose. As Lara will declare: Lara: I believe you shouldn't be particular about winning or losing and just enjoy it. In the case of this particular Festival, she is absolutely correct. First of all, the points allotted to other contestants are random and can be very high. I believe that you probably need to be able to complete the sequence of courses at least twice to have a chance of winning first place. What you will gain simply by participating in the Contest is a total of 5 randomly chosen Dishes that will be thrown to the ground after your position in the Contest has been announced. They will be termed 'Sorbets' but can consist of items as diverse as Popcorn and Pumpkin Cream. Foliage Festival On the 29th of Spring in your 1st year, characters will speak to you of a flower sent or given to them by Eunice that day. When you speak to Stella, she will give you a Toy Herb. She then will muse that perhaps this should become a tradition, paving the way for a possible rite involving the gift of flowers to each character each year on 29 Spring. Foliage Festival On the 29th of Spring in your 1st year, characters will speak to you of a flower sent or given to them by Eunice that day. When you speak to Stella, she will give you a Toy Herb. She then will muse that perhaps this should become a tradition, paving the way for a possible rite involving the gift of flowers to each character each year on 29 Spring. Foliage Festival In the first Spring, if you spoke to villagers on the 29th day of Spring, you would have experienced a wealth of dialogue concerning Eunice who sent a flower to every one on that day. When you speak to Stella she will muse that perhaps Eunice's act will create a new tradition. In the second year, on 28 Spring, you will receive a letter from Stella to the effect that 29 Spring is the day of the Foliage Festival, although she will call it the 'Fresh Green Festival'.

Fresh Green Festival Around the Corner Tomorrow is the Fresh Green Festival. Let's present flowers to those we are indebted to! Stella As always, speaking to individuals on the day prior to any Festival will elicit a variety of responses. Kanno: Candy bought flowers. Is something up? Freyr: Well, tomorrow is the Foliage Festival. It's when you give flowers to people that you feel thankful to. Kanno: Hm, but I'd prefer some sweets over those flowers. Melody: Tomorrow is the Foliage Festival. You're supposed to give flowers to people. Can't I give herbs? Uzuki: I wanted to send flowers back to my country fro the Foliage Festival but even Rosetta has never heard of it. It is very unfortunate. Eunice: Tomorrow is the Foliage Festival. It's where we give flowers or grass to people that we are indebted to. Freyr, why don't you try participating in it? Rita will give you a clue as to the romantic implications of the Festival: Rita: Tomorrow is the day when you send flowers to the people close to you. Did you prepare anything? Your choices now: Yes. No. If you respond 'Yes': Rita; Oh. That's good then. If you say 'No' Rita: I know there's at least one or two girls that you like! Just give it to them! It is not only a romantic Festival, however. Ganesha will make that clear: Ganesha: Tomorrow is the Foliage Festival. Maybe I should give a flower to Marco. Danny's dialogue may be the most amusing, however: Danny: Is tomorrow the Foliage Festival? I didn't get a flower or anything! Crap! I think Lara was selling them… Is she closed already? Will I make it on time? Crap! In fact, you should be able to buy all four of the ordinary 'garden-variety' flowers at the Clinic at this point in the game but if you have been diligent in farming, you should have every type of flower in storage by now. No distinction is made between the different types of flowers when you give them, so you may wish to give Moondrops to every one as they are by far the least valuable flower. Gifts of Flowers for the Foliage Festival On any Festival Day, it is a good idea to speak to every one but on the day of the Foliage Festival, speaking to a character may result in the gift of a flower. Heart Levels appear to have nothing whatsoever to do with the responses of characters. Some Eligible Girls give flowers while others do not. They all expect you to give them Flowers, however! In of other characters, it is the same: some give Flowers while others will give you nothing. You can give Flowers to every one in Trampoli, apart from Brodik. He will not accept flowers from you. In fact, he will tell you:

Brodik for Toy Herb: What's the meaning of this? I would never accept a flower from you! He didn't, either, so Freyr gave it to Stella instead. As far as the Eligible Girls are concerned, Tabatha, Eunice, Anette, Lara, Rosetta and Melody will give your character a Flower or in Melody's case, Wild Grass. Bianca, Cinnamon, Selphy and the two Irises will not give your character a gift. In fact, it is difficult to know whether or not the two Irises even recognise the Festival in Trampoli. Where other characters are concerned, Stella, Ganesha, Lute and Candy give Flowers. Danny, Erik, Kanno, Marco, Minerva and the two Irises give nothing. Gifts of Flowers from Eligible Girls These are the dialogues of the Eliglble Girls who gave Flowers as well as the type of flower given by each. The type may or may not be randomly selected. Anette: The Foliage Festival started when Eunice started giving flowers to every one on this date. That's why I'm going to give one, too. Here you go. You got Toy Herb! Freyr gave her Moondrop in return. Anette: Thanks! I don't often get flowers from people so I'll be sure to take care of it! Eunice: Oh, Freyr. Here you go. You got Moondrop! Freyr: It's very pretty. Thank you. Eunice: I love flowers. Just looking at them makes me feel very happy. Freyr: I really think so too… He gave her Moondrop. Eunice: Oh, than you! I always just do it on my own, but every one has started to, too. It's wonderful! Lara: I heard the Foliage Festival started from Eunice giving out flowers to every one. This is something from me. You got Moondrop! Lara: Flowers are nice. They make me feel warm inside. Freyr took the hint and gave her a Moondrop. Lara: Thank you. Grass and flowers have the power to calm people. Melody: Freyr, you can have this. Now go concoct some strange medicine. You got Red Grass! Freyr gave her Moondrop in return. Melody: Thanks! I'll put it up in my room. Rosetta: Today is the Foliage Festival. Here, you can have this. It's for always coming to my store. You got Toy Herb! Freyr gave her Moondrop in return. Rosetta: Thanks! Do you mind if I put it up at my store?* *This is the same response that Danny gives. It appears that they both are asking if you mind if they resell the gift! Tabatha: Today is the Foliage Festival. It is a festival where we give out flowers. Please accept this gift. You got Moondrop! Freyr gave her Toy Herb: Tabatha: Thank you very much. It's very nice to receive flowers. A Special Flower from Uzuki

Even if you are the sort of player who ignores social interactions, you really ought to speak to Uzuki on the day of the Flower Festival as she will give you a very valuable item. Uzuki: I would like to give this to you, Freyr. You got Cherry Grass! Uzuki: This is called 'Cherry Grasss' and it is very similar to the 'Sakura' of my country. Please accept it! Freyr gave her Moondrop in return. Uzuki: Thank you. Spring is most wonderful. Flowers blossom and the scenery becomes colourful. Eligible Girls who gave No Gift Here are the dialogues of the girls who gave no gift whatsoever. Their actions appear to have nothing whatsoever to do with their heart levels. Selphy was at a very high heart level, for example and gave nothing while Uzuki was at a far lower heart level and gave the most valuable Flower of all. Bianca: Today is the Foliage Festival. Tabatha has been giving out flowers to a lot of people since the morning. … What's with that face? There's no way I'll give you a flower! Although Bianca would give him nothing, Freyr gave her a Moondrop Flower: Bianca: Bring me a flower a bit more fitting for me. But, I'll still accept this. Cinnamon: I got a flower from Candy. This is supposed to be a day when people give flowers. But, I don't have any to give. Despite the lack of a gift, Freyr offered her a Moondrop: Cinnamon: Thank you… It's beautiful… When Freyr spoke to Selphy: Selphy (blushing) Thanks. Freyr: Huh? Why? Selphy: Well, today's the Foliage Festival. You're going to give me a flower, aren't you? I'm just saying thanks beforehand. When he gave her a Moondrop: Selphy: Wow, thanks! Maybe I can make bookmarks with this. At the Tower of Rest: Iris Blanche: I would like to see your flower patch some day, Freyr. Freyr gave her a Moondrop: Iris Blanche: Thank you! I love flowers! Iris Noire: I really like flowers. When you grow them with love, they become especially lovelyl. But, I guess that's a given for you since you work in the fields. Freyr gave Noire Moondrop: Iris Noire: It's beautiful! Thank you! I'll be sure to cherish it. Other Characters who Gave Gifts Stella: Today is the Foliage Festival. It's the day where you give flowers to people you feel thankful to. Freyr, take this. Me: …Are you sure? Your'e the one that's doing so much for me… Stella: Giving flowers to those you feel thankful for can be pretty nice. You got Toy Herb!

Freyr gave her one in return. Stella: Thanks. I love receiving flowers no matter how old I get. Lute outside church: So today is a day when people give each other flowers. Would you like one, Freyr? I used this to practice painting. You can have it if you like. You got Moondrop! Freyr gave him one in return. Lute: Thanks. I'll be sure to use it with great care. I could use it when I practice drawing. Other Characters who Gave No Gifts Freyr gave Danny Moondrop Danny: Is that for me? Thanks. Maybe I should put it up at the shop.* *As previously indicated, this is the same response that Rosetta made. Are they asking for permission to sell the flower to some one else? Minerva: There's a flower I do want. I don't know its name though… I want the flower that Sister wears in her hair. She never takes it off even during a bath. Freyr gave Minerva Toy Herb. Minerva; T-thanks… Just because you gave me this doesn't change my opinion of you! Kanno: I received a flower from Candy! I suppose I am much too charming despite my age. Freyr gave him Moondrop. Kanno: Is this for me? Getting it from you really doesn't mean anything for me. *cough cough* My chronic illness… I mean, thank you. Romantic Hopes at the Foliage Festival By speaking to other characters, you may discover that romance lurks in the heart of children and adults alike. If you speak to Danny, you will discover why he was so agitated on the previous day at the thought of not having a flower for any one… Danny: I couldn't prepare a flower for the Foliage Festival… I was thinking of giving it to Anette… It is the interaction between Candy and Marco that offers the most drama, however. On the previous day, Marco will express his hopes: Marco: Did you know? Tomorrow is the Foliage Festival where you give flowers to people you feel thankful for. I wonder if Candy will give me one… On the day of the Festival, speak to Candy first: Candy: Today is the Foliage Festival so let me give this to you. You got Moondrop! Marco: Candy! Why did you give a present to HIM for the Foliage Festival?! Candy: Because he's always helping me with lots of stuff. Marco: Then give one to me, too! Candy: Should I? Maybe later! Heehee. Marco: Come on! Give it to me now! After: Candy: Well, he's always helping me with lots of stuff. Freyr gave her Moondrop: Candy: T-thank you… I didn't think I would get it from you so I feel so happy… When you speak to Marco:

Marco: Who did you get a flower from? I haven't got one from Candy yet. I wonder if I just won't get it… Freyr then gave him a Moondrop: Marco: Thanks! Things are looking up! Freyr: Huh…? Marco: N-nothing! I wasn't thinking about what if Candy gave me a flower, too! Despite Marco's desire to receive a Flower, he exhibits no concern for his mother's feelings, evidently. When you first speak to Ganesha: Ganesha: Hey, Freyr. Here, take this. It's just some leftovers of the flowers I was going to give to Marco. You got Moondrop! Freyr gave her a Moondrop in return: Ganesha: Thanks. If only my son was as considerate as you… As usual, romantic pride is in evidence from Erik: Erik: Did you know, young man? Today is the day we receive flowers from girls. Did you get one already? Me? Never mind me! Hahaha! Freyr gave him Moondrop: Erik: Thank you! Did you grow this yourself? Produce is always better than flowers! Men who grow stuff get all the girls! Beach Festival On 30 Spring, you will receive a letter from Rosetta announcing the impeding Beach Festival on the 1st day of Summer. Swimsuits are the topic of conversation throughout the village on 30 Spring. If you speak to Eunice on the last day of Spring in your first year, she will tell you that she made a swimsuit for Uzuki, the new guest at the Inn, but that she could not bear to sew one for herself. You will have obtained hints in previous conversations with Eunice and any exploration of her bedroom to the effect that her love of food and especially sweets has caused her to gain more weight than she would like. She will not be able to participate in the Beach Festival on 1 Summer because of this. The first day of any season is a Holiday, but it usually is a Festival Day as well. 1 Summer is the day when the Beach opens officially, and a Beach Festival is celebrated. In practical , this means that you will not find Lute in the Public Square, nor will shops be open. You will be able to find Lute near the Church, however and you will be able to purchase his wares from him there as usual. The Church is his location on any Festival Day. On all other Holidays, you will find him in the Public Square. Many of the Eligible Girls will be found at the Beach dressed in their swimsuits. The girls who participate in the Festival are selected randomly, so each game may vary. Eunice will not attend the Beach Festival in any circumstances in the first year, but Mist and Cinnamon may take the place of Selphy and Uzuki. If you find Cinnamon in the morning near the stairs that lead up to the Business District Square from the South Trampoli District, you can speak to her to find out about the first Constellation of Summer, the 'Buffamoo Constellation'. You may be able to find Eunice on the stairs that lead down from the two Grocery Shops towards the Public Square. When you speak to her, you will find out more about the unhappiness her weight causes her. As previously stated, Cinnamon may or may not be at the Beach Festival

instead, but Eunice will not attend in the first year as she is too conscious of her weight to wear a bathing costume in public. Bathhouse Events There are many Events in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game. Some are essential to the plot or to your successful courtship of any Eligible girl or bachelor. Others are optional events that are included simply for their entertainment value. If you frequent the Bathhouse regularly, you may experience a number of random Events while taking your bath. These involve flashbacks for many of the Eligible Girls, and consist of their experiences in the Women's side of the Bathhouse. Some are slightly risqu� . If your character experiences one of these random events, he will emerge light-headed and a little of the RP that he would have recovered ordinarily will be spent! Changing Room at the Beach The Changing Room at the Beach is open only during the Summer season. On the first day of Autumn, you no longer will be able to enter or change into your own Bathiing Costume. On any day in Summer, however, your character can enter to change into a Bathing Costume. A very entertaining optional Event will occur on Beach Day only if you visit the Beach before 10.00 a.m. and attempt to enter the changing room building. Each time you make the attempt, you will interrupt a different Eligible Girl as she changes into her bathing costume. The Events follow a specific order, but the girls chose participate in the Festival are chosen randomly and may differ from game to game and year to year. In the 1st year in my first game, the order of the changing room Event began with Anette and ended with Uzuki. Mist was not one of the girls included in this. In this situation, the encounters were as follows: Anette, Lara, Rosetta, Melody, Selphy and finally Uzuki. In other games, Cinnamon and Selphy may be substituted for Selphy and Uzuki. If you attempt to continue to 'Look' inside the changing room after the Event with the last girl, in this case Uzuki, you will be subjected to the righteous fury of every girl who gave you the benefit of the doubt on the first occasion! Actually, a similar Event can be experienced on any fine day at the Beach during the Summer season if your character attempts to enter the Changing Room between noon and 1.00 p.m. There may be a different group of girls on any given day but the total number who can be 'surprised' usually is three. Although Candy will exit the Changing Room a little after 1.00 p.m. with the other girls in their bathing costumes, she will not be involved in any Event you experience, possibly because she is considered a child still. A possible reference to this Event may occur when you speak to Candy at the Beach when she is wearing her bathing costume. Quite randomly, she may astound you by crying out: 'Pervert!'. Beach Festival Melon Pinata Mini-Game

A Rune Factory and Harvest Moon tradition is to include a mini-game in many of the Festival celebrations. The Beach Festival in Rune Factory Frontier has a 'Melon Pinata' game. The same girls that your character surprised in the changing room if you opted to experience those events will 'guide' you with verbal directions as you endeavour, while blindfolded, to smash a Watermelon open with a Hammer. There is one 'liar' who will give you false directions and two girls who guide you truly. You are given only one chance to smash the Watermelon. If you fail, it will be cut instead with a knife for every one to enjoy. There may be a slight boost in Heart levels if you manage to smash open the Watermelon, but more important than the result is the act of participating in the Contest and making certain that you speak to every girl on the beach. Ganesha Boat Cup Race Ganesha's Cup Boat Race is the second of three Summer Festivals. It occurs on the Holiday on 25 Summer at Lake Poli. Although it has potential to be a Romantic Festival if the heart level of any of the Eligible Girls is high enough to persuade her to become your Partner on the gondola, in the first year you probably will be forced to participate in the Contest alone. Three hearts is insufficient to persuade any Girl to ride with you on the Lake and unless you have courted a girl aggressively from the very start, it is unlikely that you will have the requisite heart level with any Eligible Girl by 25 Summer. The Contest begins at 9.00 a.m. You need to speak to Stella on the wharf at Lake Poli to enter as a contestant. Danny and Erik definitely will compete against you. Anette may enter as well. Ganesha will explain the rules as follows: Ganesha now steps in. Ganesha: I'll explain the rules. It's simple. Row the boat around to gather balloons. Blue ones are worth 1 point, yellow are 5 points, and hearts are 10 points! If you gather a heart while a girl is with you, you'll get a speed boost! Oh, the power of love… Of course, if you're alone, hearts won't do you any good other than as points. Time limit is 60 secs. The one with the most points wins. The winner will receive a prize that will make his girl very happy. By this time, you should have some experience in rowing a gondola on Lake Poli as you only can reach the Orchard of Plenty and the little island with the 2nd Beanstalk to Whale Island by boat. For those players without any experience on the water, you need to press 'B' to row and use the Nunchuk to steer. You have one full minute to steer the gondola over as many balloons and hearts as possible. You may win 1st prize only if you have over 240 points. Anything under 240 randomly will place you as 2nd or 3rd. The prize both for 2nd and 3rd place in the 1st year appears to be identical: a Level 1 Masque.

Unlike some Harvest Moon games, you can enter Lake Poli at any time during the day without fearing that the Festival will occupy your entire day. The Contest takes very little time at all, and after the prizes are awarded at the Public Square, you can resume control almost at the same time as when Stella announced the start of the Contest. (After all, the duration of the Contest itself is no longer than 60 seconds.) Note that the value of having an Eligible Girl on your team is not in of raising HER affection but rather of cheering you on and increasing your speed, giving you a better chance of winning the race. When no Eligible Girl is on your team, the Hearts in the water will have no effect. When you have an Eligible Girl on your team, however, hitting any heart in the water results in a significant if temporary speed increase. Pumpkin Festival As the Pumpkin Festival falls on Friday, if you wish to prepare for the Autumn season by purchasing Autumn seeds in advance, the last day to do so before Autumn will be 29 Summer. Purchase Crop Seeds from Erik and Flower Seeds such as Charm Blue from Rosetta. You can plant them on the day of the Pumpkin Festival, on 30 Summer, after clearing your Field of all the remnants of your Summer Crops. The Pumpkin Festival is a traditional Harvest Moon Festival. Pumpkins are a Summer Crop in Harvest Moon/Rune Factory. In most Harvest Moon games, the Pumpkin Festival is a day when you receive visits from children demanding sweets. Sometimes an adult like Popuri who really adores sweets will make a visit as well to demand her share. In Rune Factory Frontier, the Pumpkin Festival assumes another element of the Western Hallowe'en tradition, albeit on the 30th day of Summer rather than the last day of Autumn. Every one is required to wear a 'Pumpkin Head' in honour of the Festival. The Pumpkin Head is a piece of Head Equipment that appears in the Materia Shop at the beginning of Summer. If you do not have a Forge at that point, it is the best item of Head Equipment available for defence in combat. If you do have a Forge, you may be able to make better Head Equipment, but it nonetheless outmatches many of the Head Equipment items that you can make without a Maestro Forge. A Level 1 Pumpkin Head gives 25 Defence and 35 MAG. If you have your own Forge, you can boost a Level 1 Pumpkin and Level 1 Insect Skin into a Level 2 Pumpkin Head by hitting the gauge in the green. A Level 2 Pumpkin Head provides 29 Defence, although the MAG remains at 35. On the last day of Summer, whether purchased or homemade, you must don your Pumpkin Head and sally forth to greet other characters who will be wearing THEIR Pumpkin Heads. There are differences in opinion where this festival tradition is concerned. Some of the Eligible Girls consider it to be great fun but others are embarrassed by the idea of wearing a Pumpkin on their heads all day. As is usually the case with respect to any Festival in Harvest Moon or Rune

Factory, individuals will speak of the festival on the preceding day. Go through the village of Trampoli to meet and greet all the villagers wearing your Pumpkin Head. They will be wearing theirs. Even Bianca will sport a Pumpkin Head as she stands with Tabatha near the pathway in front of the Mansion, declaring that: 'I'm only wearing it because Tabatha made it!' Eunice will explain the history of this Festival in Trampoli as follows: Eunice: Well? Are you enjoying the Pumpkin Festival? This festival originated in the town where my father used to work. When he moved here, he wore the pumpkin by himself but Stella grew to really like it. That's how it became an official festival. There is only one character who will not be wearing a Pumpkin Head and that is Mist, who sports a Turnip Head instead. Mist: Why are you acting so surprised, Freyr? Today is the… Pumpkin Festival, right? Yes. And? Me: But Mist, you're wearing a… Mist: A… turnip. Me: Why a turnip? Mist: Because I love them. I'm joking. This festival originally started with turnips. It gradually shifted over to pumpkins, but I'm more of a traditionalist, so I'll be wearing a turnip. The Turnip Head actually is another piece of Head Gear that you can make at your Forge, provided you have the ingredients and the Skill Levels. The Skill Level requirements are higher than those for the Pumpkin Head and the resulting item gives more protection than its vegetable cousin. Speaking to any individual on the day of a Festival definitely raises Friendship Levels. It may raise Love Levels a little with respect to any Eligible Girl, but it is in of Friendship Levels that you will see a significant increase. On the day of the Pumpkin Festival, you will find that even Lute has donned a Pumpkin Head and stands in front of the Church as he would on a Holiday Festival day, but as the Pumpkin Festival falls on a Friday instead, he will not be selling any items, Possibly the most amusing sight of all on the day of the Pumpkin Festival is that of Tsubute, who sports his own Pumpkin Head as he flits beside his mistress Uzuki, herself wearing the obligatory head gear. In fact, their dialogue on the day of the Festival will make it clear that it is considered a measure of respect towards Trampoli to participate in all local customs, however queer they may find them. Harvest Festival The Harvest Festival occurs on 13 Autumn. The Eligible Girls will expect the gift of a Vegetable from you. Yams usually are the most plentiful and least valuable autumn crop for this purpose. In the first year, however, the Festival has not been established yet. That is why only the Eligible Girls will recognise a gift. In the second year, however, the Festival has been established and EVERY character will recognise it. Give a gift of a Crop to every individual in Trampoli. Some will give a gift in return but others simply expect a gift! When you give Tabatha a Crop, she will give you Spinach in return but in most

cases, you will receive nothing more than an expression of thanks and boost in Friendship/Love. In some cases, the Eligible Girl will respond with a slightly negative reply, but will accept the gift nonetheless. Do not let any negative responses deter you… Friendship Levels will increase with the gift. After all, on a day like this, it really is 'the thought that counts'. In the 1st Year, as previously stated, Yams or other Crops given to ordinary villagers do not appear to be recognised as Harvest Festival gifts in Rune Factory Frontier. You can give them if you like, but they will elicit the same response as if given on any ordinary day. It appears to be a Festival that is designed to raise the Friendship/Love Levels of the Eligible Girls… and indeed, appears to have different point values for each girl. Some girls receive a higher boost in Friendship and/or Love than others. From the 2nd Year onward, the Harvest Festival is one that merits the gift of a Crop to every character in Trampoli. Some responses from Eligible Girls and other characters were: Anette: Here you go. You got: Yam! Freyr gave her a Yam: Anette: Thanks! What should I make with this?! I can't wait! Candy for Yam: Thank you! So this is from your fields? I'll be sure to use it all! Speaking to Mist this morning raised her stats and the gift of a Yam had little effect beyond that initial boost. Cinnamon: Freyr, this is for you. It's the Harvest Festival. You got Pike! Freyr: Huh? But this is… a Pike, isn't it? I thought you're supposed to give vegetables for the Harvest Festival. Cinnamon: I can't grow any so I expressed thanks for the ocean, river and lake and caught this fish. Freyr: T-thank you. Cinnamon for Yam: … Thank you. I'll try making some stew tonight. For Yam, Kanno: I see. So you give vegetables during the Harvest Festival as well. I should thank the Spirits this year again. Lara: Oh, Freyr. I guess it's strange for me to give you vwegetables since you grow them every day… Here you go. You got Carrot! After: We must express thanks for the blessings of the land. For Yam: Thank you. Today is the harvest Festival after all. We must be thankful for the blessings of the earth. Stella: I didn't know there was a custom of giving vegetables on the Harvest Fstival… But we have a festival so I may as well enjoy it. You got: Spinach! After: Don't ever forget to thank the earth and sun. For Yam: Thank you. We had a good harvest this year so it's all thanks to the blessings of the earth. Lute: Morning! So the Harvest Festival in Trampoli started with the giving of vegetables, too. For Yam: Thanks. Looks like the harvest is good again this year. That Harvest Festival is the festival where we get vegetables. Personally, I prefer food like salads or pot0au-feu. For Yam: Thanks! But it's not edible as is… Melody: Today is the Harvest Festival but it won't seem very fun if you just give vegetables, don't you think? Here you go. You got: Purple Grass!

Melody: Tell me when you've made a new medicine from that grass! For Yam: Thanks for the vegetables! It might be really nice if I float them in the bath. Bianca: Today is the Harvest Festival. If you brought a vegetable, give it to me. I'll accept it specially just for today. For Yam: What is this? Even though it's the Harvest Festival, can't you bring me something better? But, I'll still accept this. Tab: I will have to express thanks to the sun, rain and earth. I would like to have a very proper meai today. But I suppose that Miss Bianca would not like that. I would like to give this to you, Freyr. I am merely sharing the blessings of the earth. Here you go. You got: Spinach! After: Tabatha: Let us be thankful for the blessings of the earth. Tabatha for Yam: Thank you very much. The Harvest Festival is such a nice festival. When you knock on Erik's door: Erik: Ah, if it isn't the budding horticulturist! Do come in! Young man… I hear you grow some really nice vegetables… I guess I have to keep up with you. He nonetheless gave Freyr nothing! For Yam: Thank you. Did you grow this vegetable yourself? This colour and lustre… It's quite something! Kross: The girl at the general store is buying up vegetables. Even the ones I needed to eat are gone. This is a nice vegetable. I can feel your kindness emanating from it, Freyr. Please don't ever forget that kindness. Uzuki: I hate vegetables, so even if it is for Harvest Festival, I do not like receiving them. I know it is the Harvest Fstival, but I cannot accept it. But, I may reconsider if you insist. For Yam: I do not like vegetables… But, I will still thank you for it, Freyr. Marco: Yay! I got a 'Bamboo Shoot' from Candy. I'm not sharing! For Yam: O, so today's the Harvest Festival. Maybe I should grow some veggies, too. In the dungeon, of course. Ganesha; Happy Harvest Fstival. Here you go. You got: Yam! I got this from a regular client in another town. There's too many, so I'll share it with you. After: I'll make some great farming tools while expressing thanks to the blessings of the earth. For Yam: Thanks. I'll have to thank the blessings of the earth this year again. Eunice: Here, Freyr. This is yours. You got: Bell Pepper! Freyr: Why, thank you. Eunice: Well, you're always helping me out. Thank you. Did you get this from your fields, Freyr? I'll be sure to enjoy it. Turner: Well, you've always helped us out so here you go. You got: Veg. Stir-Fry! Freyr: Oh? I thought you're supposed to give vegetables during the Harvest Festival. Turner: I'm better with these so why not just take it? For Yam: I have to thank you for your great vegetables every single time,

Freyr. Rita: I'll have to thank you all the time for your great vegetables. This is a token of my gratitude. I assumed that this would be better for you than vegetables. You got: Stew! Rita afterwards: I'll have to thank you all the time for your great vegetables. Rita for Yam: Why, thank you. I would be Danny: How is it? Enjoying the Harvest Festival? Gave nothing. For Yam: If you're going to give it to me, why not just ship it out? But thanks anyway. Today is the Harvest Festival. We express thanks to the the earth and we give vegetales to the people around us. Here you are. You got Yam! After: It's not like you're the only one I gave one to! I'm giving one to every one! For Yam: Thanks! The vegetables are what make the Harvest Festival special! Coming of Age Festival You will receive a Letter from Stella on the day prior to the Coming of Age Day to announce it: Coming of Age Day Tomorrow is the Coming of Age Day. We'll be having a big treasure hunt to celebrate the day, so if you're interested, come by the Public Square. Stella Lara: Tomorrow is the Coming of Age Day. It's to celebrate people growing up. Eunice: Tomorrow is the coming of age Day. It's when children become adults. Turner: There's an Adventure Contest where you go treasure hunting during tomorrow's Coming of Age Day. Freyr, are you going to ? Good luck. Rosetta: Tomorrow is the coming of age day, but I still don't know what we're supposed to do. Melody: Tomorrow is the Coming of Age Day. Stella seems to be preparing something. I wonder what she's going to do. Kross: Tomorrow is the Coming of Age Day. It will be a depressing day… On the actual Day of the Festival: Mist: Today is the Coming of Age Day. We'll all go out and hunt for treasure. Freyr: This is the Coming of Age Day, isn't it? What does it have to do with treasure hunting? Mist: Beats me. Anette: Today is Coming of Age Day. This used to be the day when they held ceremonies for the rites of age. As the mailman, I guess this is like the exam date for me. Ganesha: Today, on Coming of Age Day, children and adults are treated alike. Marco's getting carried away, saying that he'll win the treasure hunt so that he won't be treated like a kid anymore. But I'll be ing too, so he's not going to win that easily. Uzuki: Today is the Coming of Age Day. There is supposed to be some sort of ceremony so I will definitely ! Danny (with tears): Listen, Freyr~! Do NOT lose to Erik! Melody: I hear they'll be doing a treasure hunt on Coming of Age Day. You

can wash away the sweat from it all at my bath. … Whoops. I forgot that the bathhouse is closed today. Sorry. Rita: An old lady like me shouldn't be here at the Adventure Festival. Rosetta: Today is Coming of Age Day. So why do you go treasure hunting for it? Eunice: There is a treasure hunt during the Coming of Age Day and we do it at the square. Did you go yet? Lara: Today is Coming of Age Day. This comes from an old custom where people go out on Adventures. Freyr, will you be ing? Bianca: Today is Coming of Age Day. I'm not that interested in it though. Tabatha: Today is Coming of Age Day. When will it begin? Cinnamon asks one of her standard questions where the response you give is irrelevant, as her final word on the subject will be nothing more than '…Oh.' Cinnamon: Today is Coming of Age Day. Looks like they're going to do something. Are you ing, Freyr? Your choices: I will. I don't know. No matter which you choose: Cinnamon: …Oh. Kanno: Apparently you go treasure hunting during the Coming of Age Day. Supposedly, this started in the past when people were sent to go look for treasure as their rite of age. Candy: Today's the Coming of Age Day, where all kids get treated like grownups. But nothing seems different. I wonder why… Me: Candy, you act really mature so maybe nobody really considered you to be a kid. Candy: Really? I act mature? Heehee. Marco: Are you going to in the Adventure Contest? I won't go easy on you today! The most interesting dialogue, however, belongs to Kross: Kross: I just can't learn to like the Adventure Contest… Heh… You should never let children carry weapons. You will ruin them if you do. Freyr: The Advanture Contest is where they go treasure hunting. Kross: … As many characters will inform you, the Coming of Age Festival is marked by a Treasure Hunt. Participants gather at the Public Square at 9.00 a.m. Stella is in charge of the Event. Stella: We have a customary event on the Coming of Age Day, where we go treasure hunting. Wanna ? Your options: Of course. I'll . Stella: I see. Wanna hear the rules then? Your options: Yes, please. I'm all right. The rules are simple. Find Item Golden Turnip from somewhere in town, and bring it to me. I've also placed some wrong items, so be sure not to bring those to me. The first person to bring it to the Public Square wins. Also… listen. Today is the Coming of Age Day. Which means I won't allow any childish behaviour such as cheating, all right? If you've found Golden Turnip, bring it here to me before the sun sets. Don't be late. You got that? Shall I explain the rules one more time? Then begin your

search for the treasure of the coming of Age Day! Danny is one of the participants but the others may vary. The object of the Treasure Hunt is a Golden Turnip. Stella will warn you both against cheating and against the 'false' items that are placed in various locations. There is one item in each District. The locations of the items include the following: 1. The little trail behind the Inn; 2. The Conservatory area on the Mountain Road; 3. A spot behind the sign that is next to Mist's Pond; 4. A spot to the right of Kross' house; 5. A spot to the right of the Changing Room. 6. A spot behind your Farmhouse on the western side of the Homestead. 7. Lake Poli, to the right of the main dock. 'False' items are other Crops that usually include ordinary Turnips and Carrots. The Carrots were chosen no doubt for their colour, being the one Crop that in nature is closest to being 'Golden'. There always is one character who either cheats or believes he/she has won. This individual will accost your character as soon as he collects the first item from the ground, whether it is an ordinary item or the Golden Turnip itself. When the 'cheater' is Danny, he will offer a genuine Golden Turnip, but one that he ordered to be delivered to his shop. In another situation, it may be Uzuki who will offer Stella a Golden Pumpkin believing it to be the Golden Turnip. The other 'cheaters' are Melody, Marco and finally Ganesha, who should know better at HER age! In any case, if you search all seven locations, you will find ordinary Crops, usually Carrots, Turnips and one Golden Turnip. As soon as you find the Golden Turnip, you should take it to Stella if you wish to win the contest. The ordinary Crops will remain in place throughout the evening and you can collect them later at your own leisure. (If you cheat, however, ALL items on the map will vanish after the end of the Contest.) What is interesting about this Contest is that, despite Stella's warnings, 'childish behaviour' ALWAYS is an integral part of the Event. If you do not cheat by taking Stella a Golden Turnip you grew yourself instead of the one she hid, another character will 'cheat', claiming to have found the Golden Turnip when you find the first item. Enter the Public Square with a Golden Turnip to complete the Contest Event. If you collected the Golden Turnip hidden by Stella, you first will experience a claim by the cheater to have won. That individual then is exposed and scolded by Stella, after which your character has the opportunity to present his Golden Turnip to Stella. If you choose to give the Golden Turnip to Stella, you should win 1st Prize in the form of an Accessory. It is randomly selected, and may be Cats Ears or a Straw Hat or something else of a comparable value. By the end of the 1st Autumn, you should be able to forge better Accessories than any of those won in the Contest. You therefore may wish to take the Golden Turnip home instead, to convert it into seeds in order to be able to plant, ship and use Golden Turnips in Recipes. In the 2nd Year, you should have sufficient Gold Turnips in storage and in the dungeons to give the Golden Turnip you find to Stella for the prize if you wish to win the Contest honestly.

There is a way to cheat in the 2nd Year in order to win a different prize, one that is a little more difficult to create than the usual 1st Place Prizes. To do this, you must give Stella a Golden Turnip from your own storage rather than collecting the one she placed on the Map. If you take your own Golden Turnip to her immediately after she announces the beginning of the Contest, she will accept it as a winning entry. It is only after she announces all Winners that a little Event will occur that differs from the usual Contest Event. After she has pronounced you the winner of 1st Place, Stella will say: Stella: Freyr… I have something to ask you. Do you have time? Something hits you in the back and you buckle to your knees, much like your experience in the Bathhouse if you overstay and eavesdrop on conversations in the Women's Side. Stella: This Golden Turnip isn't the one I hid, is it? It's missing my mark, so I know. You cheated, so I'll give you a special prize, Freyr. You got Toy Sword as your prize! Stella: How is it? It's perfect for the immature Freyr, right? The Coming of Age Festival then ends and you can collect your Toy Sword from the ground. You can go round to all the locations on the map where items were placed previously and collect them at your leisure. If you intend to cheat but wish to be able to collect all the items on the map, you must perform the action of collecting all but the Golden Turnip BEFORE you take your Golden Turnip to Stella. Make certain you only collect the 'wrong items'. If you collect Stella's Golden Turnip, an exchange of that with your own will not be recognised and she will assume an honest win. As a matter of fact, if you give Stella a Golden Turnip from your storage, all items on the map will vanish including the real Golden Turnip she placed on the ground. Only one Cheater is allowed in any Contest Event. If you substitute your Golden Turnip after experiencing the little Event with the character who claims to have found it first, that character's scolding by Stella will not occur. There is at least one Recipe that uses a Golden Turnip and you need to ship a Golden Turnip in order to complete your Shipping List. My instinct would be to keep the Golden Turnip in the first year when money is scarce to use for seed and to win the Contest honestly or by cheating in the 2nd… The Contest will occur each Autumn, however, and you can do as you wish. Sea Surf Day Festival Sea Surf Day is one of the most spiritual aspects of Rune Factory Frontier. You will experience darkness on the last day of Autumn each year, but it is only after defeating Gelwein, that the Whale will explain why the sun is eclipsed on that day. Asking the Whale to Restore the Light When Freyr climbed the Beanstalk about a week after Mist's return: Freyr: Whale… Whale: … Freyr. What is it? Freyr: I would like to ask a favour from you. Whale: I will try to help you the best I can. What is it?

Freyr: well, there is a day when Whale Island gets hidden from the sun at the end of autumn. People are very troubled with how they don't get any sun for that one day. If you don't have any special reason for it, would you please stop blocking out the sun? Whale: I see… That does sound troubling. But on that day, I am preparing the Spirits that have gathered on me to get through the winter. Most of the Spirits live a harsh life on my back during winter. In order to get through that lifeless season, they need to bask in strong sunlight at the end of autumn. Unless they absorb the sunlight at the end of autumn, they will not have the power to bear new fruit in spring. Freyr: I see… So the Spirits need the sun to get through winter and to return in spring… Whale: Correct… Please understand, Freyr. Freyr: If that's the case, then it can't be helped. I'm sure the villagers will understand. Whale: Thank you! I am grateful for your understanding… Freyr: I should be apologizing for not understanding your circumstances. Whale: This is not enough to change our friendship. Stella creates a new Festival Speak now to Stella to initiate a dialogue concerning the darkness at the end of autumn. Freyr: Stella, about how Whale Island hides the sun at the end of autumn… Stella: Did you find out something? Freyr: Yes. On that day, the Spirits need to store the sun's energy so that they can survive winter. That's why Whale has asked for your understanding for that one day. Stella: I see. I never knew that. Freyr: Yes. He also said that it's to prepare for them to return next spring. Stella: I guess the Spirits have it hard, too. I never knew that. I know! Then why don't we make that a day where we express gratitude for the Spirits. We'll call it 'Sea Surf Day'. From now on, every 30th of Autumn will be 'Sea Surf Day'. We'll have to express gratitude to the sun and Spirits on that day! You now will find the date included on the Autumn page of your Calendar with the following description: Sea Surf Day The day the Spirits prepare for hibernation. If Whale Island eclipses the sun, bear it. Preparing for the Sea Surf Day Festival On 29th Autumn, you should receive two letters about the new Festival: Surf Day Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day, the day Spirits prepare for hibernation and Whale Island eclipses the sun. We must thank the sun and the Spirits for their providence. Let's wish for another year of prosperity! Stella Recommendations for Tomorrow Hot Milk is perfect for Sea Surf Day. Drink up and warm yourself as winter rolls in. Rosetta* *When various characters wonder who started the tradition of giving Hot Milk

on the day of the Sea Surf Festival, this Letter as well as the fact that Hot Milk is a favourite Gift for Rosetta may point towards her as the instigator. On the other hand, Tabatha is the character who actually began to GIVE Hot Milk first not only to you but to Lute as well. You now know the significance of the new Festival as well as the method by which it should be celebrated. When you speak to villagers on the 29th, they will talk about the Festival. Whenever the Sun or Moon is covered by shadow, it is known as an eclipse. Eclipses have been feared and considered sacred throughout history. The responses of the various characters in Rune Factory Frontier to the annual Eclipse display these attitudes. Uzuki: So tomorrow is the one day of the year that has an eclipse. It is called Sea Surf Day. That is a nice name. Candy: The Spirits are moving frantically to prepare for Sea Surf Day tomorrow. Cinnamon: Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day. The Spirits will gather at Whale Island. Kanno: Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day, the day when Whale Island hides the sun. I am looking so forward to it that I may not be able to sleep tonight. Selphy: Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day and we're supposed to give thanks to Whale Island by giving each other Hot Milk. That's what Stella was saying anyway… Marco: Tomorrow's the Sea Surf Day. I probably won't be able to sleep tonight! I can't wait! Freyr: Huh? Why? It's the day that Whale Island covers the sun, right? Don't you get excited because some bad dragon might come to attack?! Freyr: R-really? Melody: Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day. It'll get cold so I hear that you're supposed to make and give out Hot Milk. I don't know who started that tradition… Tabatha, on the day prior to the Festival, actually will demonstrate the proper manner of celebrating it: Tabatha: Tomorrow is Sea Surf Day. The sun cannot be seen because Whale Island needs to store up some sunlight to winter. I didn't know that at all. Please drink this because it's cold. You got: Hot Milk! Prepare Hot Milk for every one on the morning of the 30th and present it to each individual in recognition of the Festival. Depending on the number of individuals that are in Trampoli on 30 Autumn, you will need 23 to 26 portions of Hot Milk if you wish to give it to every one, Their responses will be quite different from those they would make on any other day. Uzuki: After I got used to it, this Sea Surf Day seems all right. Seeing how this mere thing reduced myself so, it seems that I still have much to work on. Uzuki for Hot Milk: Thank you… Hot drinks really warm you deep inside. Turner: Well, the Spirits need the sun for today so I can live without it once a year. Turner for Hot Milk: Why, thank you. Hard liquor is great on cold days like this… I mean, Hot Milk can be good, too… Rita: The blessings of the earth are given to us by the sun and Spirits. It's important to have days like this where we express gratitude.

Rita for Hot Milk: Thank you. I think a lot of orders for Hot Milk will come at the bar today so I stocked up a lot from Rosetta. Danny: So they're preparing for winter… I guess the Spirits have it hard in their own way. Danny for Hot Milk: Oh, thanks. It's been cold recently so it'll be a big help. Candy: Today, the Spirits will be preparing for winter by gathering at Whale Island. I didn't know what was happening when I first saw it so I was so scared. Candy for Hot Milk: Thank you! Hot Milk is so good! Cinnamon: Whale Island moved on its own to go under the sun. Mysterious. Cinnamon for Hot Milk: … Thank you. I think I can make this myself. Kanno: Today is the day Spiritis gather at Whale Island to sunbathe and prepare for winter. Well, I won't mind letting them have the sun to themselves just for today. Kanno for Hot Milk: Hot Milk? I much rather prefer wine… *cough cough* My chronic illness… (Excuse me, but this conversation is over.) I mean, thank you. Kross: I will be having a toast of 'Hot Milk' for the sake of the Spirits too, today. Kross for Hot Milk: Is that for me? Thank you. Bianca: I don't mind this Sea Surf Day. It's quite fgun. Bianca for Hot Milk: How considerate of you. It was cold so I was just about to ask Tabatha to get me some Hot Milk. Tabatha: The sun does not come out today yet again. I know it will happen but it still terrifies me. Tabatha for Hot Milk: Thank you very much. Hot Milk during this season can be very nice. Stella: So the Spirits gather at Whale Island to prepare for winter. So that's why Whale Island blocks out the sun… I've lived here for a long time, but I didn't know that was the reason behind it. There sure are a lot of mysterious things in this world. Stella for Hot Milk: Thank you. But, when did this custom of giving Hot Milk on Sea Surf Day come to this village? Lute: Wow, the sun really is shut out. This is amazing. Lute for Hot Milk: Thanks. Is this a festival where you out Hot Milk? I already got it from Tabatha earlier. This is a day to . Ganesha is the only villager who makes no reference whatsoever to the Festival. When you give her Hot Milk, she simply says: Ganesha: Thanks. Drinking Hot Milk during my breaks feels very relaxing. Quiz Contest The Quiz Contest is the centre of a Festival that occurs on the 7th of Winter, a Holiday. It combines humour with general and specific knowledge of Rune Factory and Harvest Moon. The questions and participants may vary. In the first year, the participants in my 1st game were Lara, Tabatha, Erik and myself. The Quiz consists of 10 questions with a 'commercial break' in the middle. Ganesha was the r, accompanied by Marco. Announcement of Quiz Festival

As always, you will receive a letter from some one on the day prior to any Festival and villagers will speak of the occasion when you speak to them that day. For the Quiz Festival, the letter announcement always is sent by Kanno. Here are some of the comments about the Festival made on the previous day each year: Melody: I hear that there's going to be a Quiz Contest tomorrow. Are you going to go, Freyr? Cinnamon: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest. Maybe I'll . Freyr: Oh, really? Good luck. Cinnamon: Mm-hm. I'll be a good challenge to you, Freyr… Selphy: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest, I hear. I like stuff like that. Rosetta: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest. Good luck to you, I guess. Lara: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest. Anette: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest. The people of this village really love their weird festivals. Tabatha: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest. I'm actually quite informed about monsters and cleaning. Maybe I should … Eunice: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest. Kanno was the one that thought of this festival. I wonder what kind of festival it is. Uzuki: Quiz…? What is a Quiz? Freyr: It is where they give out questions for people to answer. Uzuki: Oh, like riddles. How about it, Tsubute? Why not attend? Tsubute: M-me, milady?! Mist: You will be ing the Quiz Contest, right? Turner: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest and Kanno has told me to . I'm just not good with those kinds of things so I don't know what to do… Rita: Kanno seems to be really excited about tomorrow's Quiz Contest. I won't be ing though. Candy: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest. Grandpa is going to be the host. Good luck to you! Marco: Tomorrow is the Quiz contest. Are you gonna be ing? Your choices: Yeah, I am. I haven't decided yet. No. I'm not. No matter which response you choose, the rest of the conversation will not vary: Marco: Oh… Freyr: Are you going to , Marco? Marco: Nope. I'd rather exercise than sit in front of a desk to study. But don't tell Anette that! Like Mother, like Son, as will be seen from Ganesha's response: Ganesha: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest. Are you going to ? I'm … not. I'm just not good with festivals where you have to think like the Quiz Contest… I prefer ones that are more physical in nature. Kanno: I will be hosting tomorrow's Quiz Contest. I can't refuse since Stella said I was the most knowledgeable in this village. Stella: Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest. You should participate if you can. It'll be more exciting that way. Kross: Tomorrow is supposed to be the Quiz Contest. But it has nothing to do with me… Danny:

Tomorrow is the Quiz Contest.

It's got nothing to do with me though…

Erik will beat me anyway… The strangest remarks are made by Erik: Erik: What follows is nothing more than a single Event, as one result in the 1st year. The participants were announced as follows: Kanno: Oh, this is getting me excited! And this person here got really serious about it! She is good with numbers, especially when multiplying by 7. Prompt: Tabatha: Maid Kanno: Wrapped in the armour of maids, our most valiant elf, Tabatha! Tabatha: Quizzes are merely one of the duties of maids. I shall win for Little Miss! Kanno: Next is the person you've all been waiting for! The mushroom hunter, Erik! Prompt: Erik (Bachelor) Anette: Erik, you're so hot! … There, I said it. Just like you asked. Dinner's on you. Kanno: And last, but not least… Prompt: Lara (Nurse) Kanno: Our guest consultant today is Nurse Lara. Lara: Thank you for having me here today. Kanho: And your hosts are your personal, walking encyclopedia Kanno… … and the lovely assistant, Candy! Let's get the contest started! Tabatha and I look at one another now. The 10 Questions were sent by various individuals throughout the Rune Factory world, from 'Miss Lynette all the way from the Zzyzx Empire' 'Cecilia of Kardia', the 'self-proclaimed adventurer, Zavier', 'Jean, who runs the general store in Kardia' and finally, 'Erik's mother'. It is a 'multiple choice' test, but instead of choosing a response with your cursor or any other button, you will find three squares on the ground in front of you. They are numbered 1, 2 and 3. When asked any question, your character must run to stand on the square that represents the correct response. It is possible to eject another participant from a square simply by pushing him/her but this will affect your own prize should you win. Each participant is represented by a fruit type and for each correct response he/she makes, 1 piece of that fruit is dropped on the ground. If you win, you will be given ALL the fruit on the ground earned by every participant in the Quiz. If, therefore, you limit the number of correct responses for any other participant, you will obtain less fruit if you win. Question 1: Candy: Out the following, which grows the fastest? 1. Cabbage 2. Turnip 3. Pineapple Correct response: 2, Turnip. Question 2: Candy: What country is Trampoli Village a part of? 1. Kardia Kingdom 2. Norad Kingdom 3. Trampoli Empire Correct response: 2, Norad Kingdom.

Question 3. Candy: What is needed to make medicine? 1. Lab 2. Forge 3. Pot Correct Response: 1, Lab Question 4. Candy: Where did your grandfather work in the past? 1. Imperial Magic Academy 2. Magic Laboratory 3. Clock Tower Preservation Association Correct Response: 1, Imperial Magic Academy. *The object of the question must be Kanno. Question 5. Candy: What dish uses cherries, flour and butter? 1. Cherry Tart 2. Cherry Pie 3. Soda Float Correct Response: 2, Cherry Pie In the middle of the Contest, you will experience an ment during a 'commercial break'. Ganesha: Today, we are reporting from Trampoli! Ganesha with Marco at her side: Hey, is something wrong? Why the long face? Marco: Oh, it's just that the 'Broad Sword' I bought from you the other day just isn't enough anymore. Ganesha: I see… Marco, it seems like you've grown a bit. Many people graduate from the Broad Sword as their sword-fighting skills improve. What you need now is this! The 'Spear'! Prompt: Review Danny: Using the spear helped save my business!. Prompt: *Results may vary. Stella: It's so useful when reaching for things up high. It may even be useful for trimming trees in the garden. Ganesha: Order now, and Marco's allowance will pay your interest! Marco: What? Wait! Why my allowance?! Prompt: *Please refrain from swinging away too much. Prompt: Rune Factoyr: Frontier Candy (in bathing costume!) Don't turn that dial. We'll be back after these messages! After this break, you will return to the Quiz and the answer to the last question. Kanno: The Quiz Contest is going smoothly. We now have everyone's answer to question 5. However…! Question 6. Candy: What dish uses chestnuts and strawberries? 1. Chestnut Pie 2. Cake 3. A flop Correct Response: 3, A Flop. Question 7. This question was sent in by Erik's mother. The topic is monsters. Which of the following can use magic? 1. Goblin 2. Spring 3. Ignis Correct Response: 3, Ignis Question 8.

Candy: Which is the quickest? 1. Autumn Flounder 2. Squid 3. Lovely Snapper Correct Response: 2, Squid Here, Erik fails to choose any response and a situation similar to that found in popular gaming shows arises. Kanno: We have every one's answer, right? Prompt: 10 minutes left. Erik: I won't be able to win at this rate… Some one, please. Give me a hint! Candy: Then let us ask the audience. Eunice in the stands: Huh? Me? Um… 2, Ignis … I think…? Erik: Thank you! I… oh, no! I don't have enough time to answer! Question 9. Candy: What month and what day is it today? 1. 30th of autumn 2. 5th of winter 3. 7th of winter Correct Response: 3, 7th of winter Kanno: Every one except Freyr is worng! I want every one else to still try their best. Now the Contest takes a rather bizarre and unexpected turn at the 11th hour. Question 10. Kanno: Hold your horses! It's Super Gramps Time! Here's a special question! Candy: Oh, hooray! It's Grandpa's Super Gramp's Time! Prompt: Super Gramp's Time is simply…an explosion of Kanno's favouritsm expressed in the form of a special question. Kanno: The person in last place currently has 2 points… and the leader currently has 8 points. You must not give up until the end. This is your chance to win! If you get this next question right… you'll get 4 points! A big chance to win for anyone!! Tab: Nice! That's the way to do it! Candy; (Grandpa… If last place gets 4 added to the current 2, there still isn't enough for an upset…) Whose voice is it?! Candy will mimic some one's voice. Try to guess who it is. Better listen closely! … … … What? And now the person's name is…!! 1. Tabatha 2. Lara 3. Cinnamon Correct Response: Cinnamon. Stop! That was the last question! A clear-cut victory! Freyr: Thank you. I feel greatly honoured. Congratulations! The winner gets the number of items all the players' points add up to! Freyr received all the fruit that represented correct responses for each of the Participants. He received therefore Cherries, Oranges, Chestnuts and Apples. Kanno: For all other participants, we have 'Int. Vitamins' for your efforts! Not having lost, I have not confirmed yet whether or not your character would receive Int. Vitamin for losing the Contest. The Int. Vitamin could be as good a prize as all the Fruit. Prompt: Our sponsors were Snowstyle Tavern and Sunshine Inn.

Hotpot Convention The Hotpot Convention is traditional in all Harvest Moon games. It occurs in Trampoli on the Holiday of 19 Winter in the Public Square. When you go there, you will see a sign to the effect that fishing is not allowed on the Day of the Festival. This apparently applies only to fishing at the Public Square. A banner has been placed across the Waterfall area, preventing any access with your Fishing Rod. You can fish anywhere else freely, however, and bring the best fish that you catch to the Festival. Only a few of the Eligible Girls will be at the Public Square, standing near the huge pot. Rita and Turner will stand to one side near the entrance to the Square. You will be asked to '' for the Convention and to offer your item to the person in charge. Tabatha was in charge of the Festival in my 1st Year. Whether this varies from year to year or game to game, I do not know yet. The Hotpot then is given the name of the item that you brought. As I brought Level 7 Trout, it was announced as : 'Tabatha's Trout-flavoured Hotpot. Tabatha sang a song as she cooked. When the Hotpot was complete, she asked me to try it. My character was thrilled with it. Sad to say, the Hotpot did not have any effect on energy, however! All the villagers will speak of the Hotpot whether or not they actually were present at the Public Square. The Festival takes no time whatsoever and will be finished when you have eaten your portion. As in most Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, the Hotpot can be bad as well as good. In some games, it was your ingredient that determined the quality of the Hotpot and, if you placed a Toadstool in the pot, every one would sicken and remark upon the fact. In Rune Factory Frontier, the ingredient will determine whether the hotpot is good or bad and ingredients that may be good in other circumstances may create a bad hotpot. Some Fish are good choices, but others are bad. For example, Trout and Taimen both were good but Chub was bad. A Yam or Carrot when given to Tabatha will result in a bad hotpot as well. For each specific ingredient, your character will show a visual effect, although there will be no effect on energy and he will have a thought about it. For Milk, although Tabatha ultimately declared that the Hotpot had 'turned out well', my character's thought was: 'Hm, too milky!' For every Fish ingredient, his thought was: 'Very light!' For Golden Turnip: Whoa, so bright! Incidentally, the Golden Turnip resulted in another 'failure'. For Carrot, another 'failure', it was 'Nice and crisp!' It is a very interesting Festival in this respect. When you speak to individuals before you make your entry, some will tell you the item they contributed. In many cases, this is a 'Most Favourite' Item. For example, Selphy will declare: Selphy: Did you already go to the Hotpot Convention, Freyr? I tried to put in some rice balls and they yelled at me. I don't understand why… Rice balls are good… Kanno likewise will speak of his Most Favourite item: Kanno: It's you, Freyr. Did you go to the Hotpot Convention, Freyr? I tried

to bring some cake and Candy got mad at me. What did I do wrong…? Other characters will speak of the items they donated: Candy: Did you go to the Hotpot Convention already? I put in some bamboo shoots. I had some leftover from spring. Marco: What are you gonna bring to the Hotpot Convention? I'm gonna bring boiled eggs. Lute's dialogue is interesting as it hints at a special item from Harvest Moon in the form of Ruby's Spice. Lute: I brought some hotpot ingredients, too. Freyr: What did you bring? Lute: It's a rare ingredient form another town. If you make soup stock from this, it'll taste great. Melody: Did you go to the Hotpot Convention, Freyr? I already went. I put in medicinal herbs and made every one healthier. Lara: I put in a lot of medicinal herbs, hoping that they will improve every one's health. Ganesha: Did you go to the Hot Pot Convention, Freyr? I brought some Mochi this year. Rita: I'll play it safe and put in some onions. Anette: I brought lots of vegetables. Hotpots all have to have lots of vegetables. Year-End Festival In Rune Factory Frontier, the New Year Festival traditions require your participation both on the 30th and on the 1st of Spring. Unlike Harvest Moon games, where Buckwheat is given on the 30th and Rice Cakes on the 1st, in Rune Factory Frontier, you will obtain New Mochi on the 30th from Rita and pound it yourself into Rice Cakes in the Square on the 1st Day of Spring. Speak to Rita in the Public Square on 30 Winter after 9.00 a.m. Rita: I hope we'll get along next year too. By the way, let me give you this. You got New Mochi! Rita: This is called a 'New Mochi'. It's a symbol of the New Year's Festival. Just crush it and it along. Incidentally, you only can obtain one 'New Mochi' from Rita. If you speak to her again at any point during the day, her dialogue will indicate that she is giving you 'New Mochi' but it is simply a repetition of dialogue, giving no new item. Take the New Mochi to the Square on 1 Spring to 'split' it with a Hammer. On the last day of Winter, when you speak to characters, many of them will mention the tradition of viewing the first sunrise of the year. In many Harvest Moon games, including FoMT/MFoMT and Tree of Tranquility, your character actually can go to a location to view the New Year sunrise with other villagers and/or loved ones. In Rune Factory Frontier, there is no point whatsoever in attempting to do this when single as you will find yourself alone on a deserted map. If you continue to stay out until 5.00 a.m., you will find yourself awakening late and may even have caught cold without having experienced any reward whatsoever. On the night of 30 Winter, collect whatever Apples you wish, fish from the hole in the ice at the Lake and/or 'find' any remaining Winter Constellations in the night heavens. At midnight, the fruit on the Cornucopia Trees will

change from Apples to Cherries if you re-enter the district but Winter Constellations such as the Fish Constellation will remain in the Sky. Book and Library Guide Farmhouse Bookcase You will find a Farming Book at the very start of the game in the bookcase in your Farmhouse. Although it deals specifically with Turnips, the information provided is applicable to all Crops. Diagram:

Growing Turnips…?

1. Clear the field 2. Till the field 3. Sow seeds 4. Water 5. Growth 6. Harvest crops 7. Close the book. Grass can be pulled out or cut with a sickle. Grass can also be shipped out for profit. Branches and tree stumps can be chopped with an axe. Branches can be chopped with any axe, but stumps ccan only be chopped with special attacks of level 1 or higher. It may take a while to chop stumps. Branches and tree stumps turn into lumber when chopped. Branches and tree stumps are worth 1 and 10 units of lumber respectively. Rocks can be smashed with a hammer. Stones can be smashed with any hammer. However, rocks require special attacks of Level 1 or higher, and level 2 or higher for boulders. Till your Field. Swing your hoe to till the area marked by the cursor. Press the Z Button to move about while facing the same direction for easy tilling. Keep in mind, however, that you can only till clear land with no grass, rock, etc. If you are able to use special attacks, you can till multiple spaces at one Sow seeds Seeds are sown in a 3 x 3 area with you at the centre, so it may be a good idea to till accordingly,. The areas in which your seeds will be sown are marked by blue cursors, so be careful not to sow on untilled soil. Sees sown on untilled soil will not grow. You can get seeds from the general store or a nearby farm. Water Watered soil and unwatered soil differ in colour, so use that as an indicator as to where to water next. You do not need to water your crops on a rainy day. Growth Water your seeds every day to watch them sprout and grow until harvest time. Turnips grow quickly so you will see obvious growth daily. There are, however, many crops that grow much slower. If the crop is fully grown, as in the illustration, you can harvest it. In the case of turnips, they take 4 days. Harvest Crops Once fully grown, stand next to a turnip and press the B Button to harvest

it. You can eat, cook, give or sell the turnips that To ship out your turnips, press the A Button in front open the menu, then transfer them over. You can also directly if you have one in your hand. With this, you are now an expert turnip farmer. Just grow in spring. Turnips wither in summer, so trim their wilted leaves spring.

you have harvested. of the shipping box to simply drop them in , turnips only and wait for the next

Rune Archives Permanent Collection: The Rune Archives in the Church District are another Resource, consisting of a library with two floors of bookcases. In the beginning, you will not be able to read many of the books. Most Bookcases contain four different books and you will find only one in four in most instances is accessible at this stage. After Selphy arrives, she will live and work at the Rune Archive and will sell useful books, much like the books sold in the original Rune Factory. Many books can be read immediately at the start of the game by accessing the Bookshelves. Once Selphy moves into the Rune Archive Library, she will order new books. The appearance of new books depends upon your own progress in the game, however. Happy Farm Farm work begins with tilling the field. Use your hoe to till and use a hammer to undo the tilling. Using better tools will help you work more effectively. On your field, tree branches and stumps may get in the way of tilling. If you see them, chop them with an axe to turn them into lumber. Just , you need a good axe to remove tree stumps. If you do not till your farm, things uxch as weeds and rocks will appear. If you find getting rid of them to be a pain in the neck, till your entire farm. Tilled land never reverts unless a storm blows by. There is no stopoing nature, so if this happens to youj, do not give up and till again. Happy Farm: Part 2 On the 2nd Shelf, when Selphy orders her first shipment of new books, you will find the second part of the 'Happy Farm' series. Happy Farm: Part 2 As you probably know, different crops grow during different seasons. However, do you know what happens to crops grown in the wrong season? Simple. They wither. No matter how young the crop is, it will wither once the season changes, so be careful when you sow seeds. Also, you can't farm during winter. Always to love your farm and thank the earth and Runes. As long as you do, you crops will respond to your heart! May your farm prosper! Runes and Runeys Book This book will be accessible from the start.

Runes and Runeys What do you know abnout the Runes that have become a part of our daily lives? Collectives of Earth Spirits are also known as 'Crystallised Runes' or, Runes for short. These are seen mainly on farms and rich soil, and thanks to the powers of the Spirits, touching one can restore your vigour. Runeys are yet another form of collective Spirits. They only appear in certain places but bless the land around them more assertively. However, Runeys and Runes cannot occupy the same space. Where Runeys are, Runes are not. If you want to see Runes where Runeys can be found, try growing crops in dungeons. Runey Research Series A new series on Runey Research will appear after Selphy takes possession of the Rune Archives. Intro to Runey Research Intro to Runey Research It is well-known that in some parts of the world, Runes have altered in form and exist as what are called 'Runeys'. Runeys come in 4 types and they make up a food chain in this order: water > rock> tree> grass. In other words, more grass means more trees, which means more rocks, and so forth. The more Runeys there are in an area, the faster the crops in that area will grow. Since Runeys are bound in a food cycle, it's considered ideal to have a stable balance of all 4 types. Runey Research:

Part 2

Two more books about Runeys will become available after Selphy orders new books: Runey Research: Part 2 Now then, what can one do to increase the number of runeys? Runeys are a type of Rune, which means, just as with Runes, one must enrich the land. Till the land and grow crops. Once the crops ripen, Runeys will be born. Catch the Runeys with a tool called a 'harvester' and free them in a place you want to have them settle down in. When you look up at the sky, Runeys gather around you for some reason. Use this habit to your advantage and catch them effectively. Move the Runeys this way, and add more of them into an area, while keeping a good balance of the 4 types. A Runey-rich land is just around the corner! Runey Research: Part 3 Runey Research, Part 3 So with more Runeys, what will happen? First, Runeys positiviely affect farms. Crops grow better and thus more Runeys are born. Next, people with a little talent may even learn to use powers called 'Rune Wonders'. Rune wonders, as the name suggests, are wondrous powers that utilize Runes (i.e. Runeys).

Intro to Runey Research Oddly enough, there are two books with the same name. found on the 2nd Floor after Selphy orders new books.

The second will be

Intro to Runey Research Intro to Runey Research A certain rune Wonder can create stones called 'Rune Stones'.. Rune Stones are simply a hardened cluster of Runes. It has been rumoured that the kingdom of Norad has been researching ways to move objects with these stones. There are even doors that use Rune Stones as keys, so it truly is a curious object. If you come across a door that just won't open, give a Rune Stone a try. Ask A Ninja Series Ask A Ninja The first 'Ask a Ninja' book is accessible from the start. ordered by Selphy. Ask a Ninja Know yourself before your enemy. No enemy is greater than Knowing the pros and cons of the weapon you hold is the first step book will discuss swords. One-Handed Sword One-Handed Swords allow for fast attacks but lack in power Special attacks are characterized by consecutive strikes. Two-Handed Swords: Two-Handed Swords have great power and a wide attack range Special attacks are omni-directional.

The 2nd will be ignorance. to victory.

This

and range.

but lack speed.

Ask a Ninja: Part 2 The second book in the series is ordered by Selphy. Ask a Ninja, Part 2 Know yourself before your enemy. No enemy is greater than ignorance. Knowing the pros and cons of the weapon you hold is the first step to victory. This book will discuss weapons other than swords. *Spear* Spears have a long reach but small attack range. Special attacks involve lunging forward, which also paralyses the enemy. *Hammer Hammers have tremendous raw power. However, the attack speed is very slow. Special attacks stun all enemies within a certain radius. *Axe Axes have great power and a higher chance of critical attack. However, attack speed is slow and is very limited in range. Special attacks deal heavy damage

to a single enemy. To close, it is recommended that you read this book, not only when you first acquire a weapon, but at all times. Never forget that unpreparedness is the most vicious enemy!! The Way of Magic Books When Selphy orders new books, you will be able to access two books on 'The Way of Magic'. The Way of Magic The Way of Magic 'I want to be a magic but I have no talent!' For those of you that fit the description above, the heavens have provided you with the 'Cane'. This book will discuss the basics of using canes to do magic. First get yourself a cane. Amagic cane can easily be created by any magic , so try asking one you know to make one for you. Just swinging around your magic cane like a regular stick won't do you any good. Use a special attack to first trigger magic. To perform a special attack, hold down the B Button and press the A Button. The Way of Magic, Part 2 The Way of Magic, Part 2 In Part 2 of 'The Way of Magic' series, we will cover magic use. Magic has the following 4 elemental affinities: fire, water, earth and wind. Most things in this world belong to one of these elements and are strong or weak agains the others. Use this wisely in battle. There are also weapons forged by master smiths with magic elements embedded within them. With such arms, you can strike at your enemies' elemental weaknesses simply by swinging your weapon! Topics covered up to this point are the basics of basics. Magic is very complex, and it is up to you to unlock all of its secrets. Cooking for Men Series The first book on 'Cooking for Men' will be accessible earlier than the second. When you have done some cooking, Selphy will order Part 2 in the series. They are found on the 2nd and 3rd shelf of a bookcase on the right side of the library. Cooking For Men Cooking for Men You there! Do you think 'men and kitchens don't mix'? If so, then you are condemning yourself to a life of unpopularity! You , sir, must cook1 To begin cooking, you must first enter a kitchen. …Seriously. So many people do not realize this. Now, just because you are in a kitchen does not make you a master chef. Let us first look at some tools. To start, you need a frying pan, a pot, an oven, a steamer, and a blender. Use them accordingly.

Cooking for Men: Part 2 On the 4th Shelf, you will find 'Cooking for Men, Part 2' Do you have a kitchen fully equipped with the utensils from volume Then let us move on to actual cooking. The key to cooking is practice! Get your timing down and stop the the centre to cook a delicious meal! Oh, and one more thing. The most important ingredient is 'love'. about the person you are cooking for and your dish will turn out great! gentlemen!

1?

Yes?

gauge in Think Good luck,

Book of Healthy Dieting The 'Book of Healthy Dieting' is available for reading from the start of the game. Book of Healthy Dieting The foundation of health is food! Eat healthy and stay healthy. This book will discuss the types of food you eat and the effects they have on you. Foods have various effects on the body, such as HP/RP recovery, HP absorption, and poison attacks. An apple is displayed by the HP gauge when a food is in effect. You can check the status of your affected parameters in the menu, so be sure to check what foods affect what. Also, if you have a monster with you, the monster will share your food. In doing so, both you and your Monster will be affected by the food you have eaten. However, that some monsters are immune to certain status effects and likewise foods, so be careful. Family Medicine The appearance of this book may be linked to the arrival of Lara. Family Medicine This book will discuss the sysmptons of various diseases so that the reader may accurately treat any condition at home. Poison: HP decreases by 1/16 of the total every 5 seconds. Poison cannot bring HP down to 0. Note purple bubbles by the head. Heals over time. Paralysis: Unable to run. Movement speed halves for monsters. Note electric bolt by the head. Heals over time. Seal: Unable to use special attacks. Limits monsters to one type of attack. Note the X mark by the head. Heals over time. Stun: Unable to mve for a time. Note stars by the ghead. Heals over time. Exhaustion: RP decreases at 2x the rate. Damage dealt halves for monsters. Note blue haze by the head. Heals over time. Cold: RP decreases at 3x normal rate. Can be caught when working late at night or after fainting from overwork. Does not heal over time. If you catch any of the above illnesses, take medicine or go to a nearby nurse. Fishing Pride You will find a book on 1st shelf of one of the bookcases upstairs when you

have obtained a Fishing Rod from Cinnamon. Fishing Pride If you have a fishing pole, try casting it into water. You will experience a whole new world! Using your fishing pole is easy! Just wait until a fish bites. Once it bites, pull on the pole to lift the fish out of the water! You can fish in rivers, oceans and lakes, but perhaps you can find other spots to fish too?! Let's find a personal fishing spot and brag about it to friends! Boating 101 This book will be ordered by Selphy and is found upstairs on the 3rd shelf of one of the bookcases: Boating 101 You can find boats in many lakes. Stand by the boat and press the A Button to get on. Once on the boat, press the B Button to move forward and press the A Button at a dock to get off the boat. Jane and I On the 4th shelf of a bookcase upstairs, you will find: Jane and I My partner Jane is a Chitter. She lives in a monster pen in my yard. I met Jane on a glorious day in spring. The moment I laid eyes on her, I just knew I had to have her. I took my Pet Glove and brushed her as if my life depended on it, and she understood. Thus began our life together. I fed her and brushed her everyday with my Pet Glove, and we became closer day by day. Soon, Jane began helping me with my work. She was always with me, even during my travels. Jane and I are as close as can be. So today, I have decided to give Jane this 'Rune Stone'. For the sake of a new life with her… Memoirs of John Arthur An adventurer and explorer named John Arthur wrote a series of Memoirs about his adventures. These will appear on the 2nd Floor of the rune Archives Library as you make progress in the plot. They often contain valuable hints about new options that can be unlocked. The Cornucopia Tree The Cornucopia Tree The Adventures of John Arthur Sec. 1, Ch. 9, pt. 4, P.S. 'Cornucopia Tree' At the very moment I was about to draw my last breath, I saw trees upon trees, so laden with fruit, it looked as though the branches would break.

I tried everything to get my eager hands on the fruits,f rom climbing to throwing rocks. My desperation gave me strength. However, not a single fruit would budge, not even once. Alas! If only I had a hammer with me, I could have eaten one! I would have been abel to survive long enough to see the next fruit bearing season… The Green Ruins The Green Ruins The Adventures of John Arthur, Section 1, Chapter 12, Part 3 Making my way through an overgrown field of young plants, I went ddper into the area called 'The Green Ruins'. Once a research facility for utilizing the power of Runes, it is now overrun with monsters. It's warm and spring-like. In fact, I saw springtime plants thriving in every crevice of the ruins. I finally came to a set of stairs, but it seems some one came before me and opened the door that leads inside. I continued down the stairs and move forward. When I got to the 3rd basement floor I… (to be continued) The Lava Ruins Below the book that describes John Arthur's adventures in the green Ruins is one that describes his first adventure in the next dungeon, the 'Summer Dungeon' of Rune Factory Frontier, the Lava Ruins. The Lava Ruins The Adventures of John Arthur Section 1, Chapter 13, Part 5 'The Lava Ruins' Covered in sweat, I pressed on ahead towards the ruins that once used to house a facility devoted to researching the effects of heat on Runes. As expected it's hot here like summer. I found a bomb on a seesaw on the 3rd basement floor. I slammed the opposite side of the seesaw with a hammer and successfully cast it into a pile of rubble. I'll use the bomb to remove that pile. To detonate the bomb, I slashed at it. A loud noise engulfed the entire ruins. … I don't anything after that. I have lost my memory. The Snow Ruins The Adventures of John Arthur Section 1, Chapter 14, Part 12 'The Snow Ruins' 'The Snow Ruins' As the name suggests, these ruins are covered in snow, but the climate is rather mild like autumn. I'm sure the climate was much colder when they were carrying out low temperature research on Runes, but this is much nicer for me. At the entrance of these ruins are slopes and a frozen door. I destroyed nearby fridges (just cut the cord!) to melt the ice and move forward. My adventure was going well. However, due to an accident, I had no choice but to give up my exploration. I cannot disclose the details here… but it was definitely not because I got hungry.

Beautiful Letter Books The first book in the series is accessible from the start. Beautiful Letter: A letter is what keeps distant friends in touch and connected. This book was written to aid such friends in mastering the art of communication over distance and to instruct them of its usefulness. After you have moved, place a delivery request at your new post office. If you don't, you won't be able to receive any mail. Once ed, ask some one to send you a letter. Mail is usually delivered early in the morning. You can also get mail directly from the mailman if you see them on their rounds. If you are not a morning person, check your mail box. Once you have received a letter, you can always choose to read it however many times you want, as long as you keep it somewhere safe. Beautiful Letter: Part 2 4th shelf now: Beautiful Letter: Part 2 There may come a time when you want to send the receiver of your letters a present. In such a case, hand the item to the mailman in person. Do not make the mistake of putting it in your mailbox. Up your Quality Series The 'Up your Quality' series of books will be ordered by Selphy. Up your Quality Up Your Quality Not satisfied with merely growing crops and making items? Want to raise the quality of your crops and items to sell for more? Then you need the know-how to become a first-rate designer! The quality of an item is reflected by its 'Item Level'. As the level of an item rises, not only can you sell it for more, but the item's performance level improves, too. For example: Tools: RP consumption down. Accessories: Defence up. Foods: Effect duration up. Medicine: Recovery amount up. And, etc. Up your Quality: Part 2 On the 4th Shelf of a bookcase, beneath the original 'Up Your Quality' Book, you will find: Up Your Quality: Part 2 To raise the level of your items, you can use the 'Greenifier' for crops, for example, but basically what you need is to make them with higher level ingredients. That is because the level of the final product will be the same as the lowest level ingredient. Of course, there are exceptions. If you manage to get a 'perfect' while cooking, forging, crafting or mixing, you can get items with levels higher than their ingredients. In the end, it is all about skill.

Books about Home Expansions If you go down the narrow corridor to the north wall edge on the 2nd floor at the very beginning of the game, you will find on the 4th shelf: Home Improvement Catalogue Book Home Improvement Catalogue Roomy life begins with a roomy house! Our shop has multiple plans for your home improvement needs. All designs have the same functionality so choose one that fits you best! *Forge Area Forge in your own house! -Cozy Forge Area Kind, earthen walls. -Cool Forge Area Stylish, metallic appearance. -Creepy Forge Area For that genuine creepy feel. *Kitchen Cooking with comfort! -Bulging Kitchen A slightly bulged roof. -Ba-bump Kitchen Two cute bumps on the roof. -Pointy Kitchen Pointy roof like a witch's hat. *Laboratory Area Mix and match, then create! -Apothecary Lab Area Perfect for making medicine. -Alchemy Lab Area A fun research space. -Magic Lab Area For those after the Truth! *For a more luxurious life… -Second Floor Bedroom A private space for you and that special some one. Big enough for a Full-sized Bed. -Barn Looking for a place to house your monster companions? Holds up to 10 monsters per room! Make Her Fall in Love!! In the same bookcase with the Home Improvement book, you will find: Make Her Fall in Love! To make a girl's heart yours, presents are the best way! Accessories are especially effective! After receiving it, the girl will put on the gift you gave her, and then come to see you to show you. If you think: 'That does not look good on her,' then give her a new present! However, that every girl has a different taste in things so don't give her something she absolutely hates! Get to know her to win her!

Expanding your Home In the same bookcase, you will find: Expanding your Home 1. Save up money and lumber. 2. Go to a carpenter. 3. There has to be a carpenter in town, or else who built your house? 4. You can even expand your house by adding entire rooms. 5. Customise your interior. 6. Interiors can be purchased from a traveling peddler in town. 7. You want a full-sized bed. 8. , money and lumber! The final book in the Bookcase is on the 2nd shelf and deals with the Beach and the Changing Room. It is unlocked at the beginning of Summer: To Ocean Swimmers To Ocean Swimmers Changing Room Reminder: Before entering the ocean, please to stretch. The beach is not your trash can! Let us keep it clean for others. Books about Constellations After you have learned about Spring Constellations from Cinnamon, speak to Selphy for an announcement about a shipment of new books on Constellations. Climb the little ladder to the 2nd floor on the western side of the Library to find the new Books. You will have access only to Books after learning the corresponding Constellation lesson from Cinnamon. Constellation: Turnip On the 1st shelf, you will find: Constellation: Turnip The Turnip is THE constellation of spring. night sky, so it is very easy to find.

It is quite bright in the early

Constellation: Serpent On the 2nd shelf, you will find: Constellation: Serpent The Serpent, a spring constellation, appears later in the night. Because it can be seen even agfter the sky has turned completely dark, the Serpent is one of the most radiant constellations. Constellation: Crown On the 3rd shelf: Constellation: Crown The Crown is a constellation that appears past midnight in the springtime sky. Because it appears so late, few have ever seen it, but its splendour makes it worth staying up for. The three bookcases north of this one contain the Constellation books for the other three seasons of the year and will not become accessible until Cinnamon

speaks of each Constellation. Summer Constellation Bookcase Constellation: Wooly Contellation: Wooly The Wooly is the most prominent constellation in the summer skies and can be seen just before midnight. Constellation: Buffamoo Constellation: Buffamoo The Buffamoo is a summer constellation that appears a little after midnight. It may be a good sight to see while taking a walk on a sleepless night. Constellation: Elephant Constellation: Elephant The Elephant, a summer constellation, appears a little after sunset. at the sky once it gets completely dark to spot it.

Look up

Autumn Constellations Bookcase Constellation: Hat Constellation: Hat The Hat, an autumn constellation, appears just after dusk. next to the moon makes it especially beautiful.

They way it lies

Constellation: Broom Constellation: Broom The Broom appears around midnight, and is the most well-known autumn constellation. Spending the long autumn nights under the Broom will sweep all your problems away. Winter Constellations Bookcase On the first shelf, you will find: Constellations: Cross Constellations: Cross The Cross is the most famous constellation in the winter skies. A bit after the sun has set, look up at the sky to spot this magnificent formation. Constellations: Fish Constellation: Fish The Fish is a winter constellation seen in the sky past midnight. brilliance is worth waiting for in the cold weather.

Its

Constellations: Hairpin On the 3rd Shelf, you will find: Constellations: Hairpin The Hairpin is a winter constellation that appears soon after sunset, making it very easy to spot in the sky. History Books The bookcase in the farthest northeast corner of the 2nd floor of the Rune Archives Library contains history books. Mystic Country Mystic Country Dear Reader, Do you know of Yamato? Yamato is an island country far off from our continent with a culture very different from ours. Their language, buildings, and even clothes are exotic. There are many who have heard of this mystic country from travelers. I, too, wish to visit this country some day. After your first sighting of Iris, you will find a new book on the 3rd Shelf: The Elves The Elves Elves, famous for their beauty, are a monarchical race in a forest in the Far North, ruled by a queen. Having a much longer lifespan than humans, they have preserved a culture that deeply respects nature, the vehicle of life itself. The Beginning of Man The Beginning of Man The Kingdom of Norad is small but houses the oldest royal family in the world. Because of their long history people from all around the world respect them as the wellspring of mankind. The successive kings of Norad worked to live in harmony with nature, and these philanthropic efforts are another reason for the respect that Norad receives. However, even a kingdom like Norad has enemies. The Zzyzx Empire in the south is a militant nation burning with ambitions of world domination. It has invaded Norad countless times… Uzuki's Story When you have unlocked the door on the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins and have taken the Letter from the Mentor to Uzuki, you will be able to find a new book in the form of the 'Stardust Almanac' in one of the bookshelves on the upper floor of the Rune Archives, on the eastern wall: The four volumes now will be: Mystic Country

Stardust Almanac The Elves The Beginning of Man Stardust Almanac Stardust Almanac Stardusts that fall on clear nighttime skies are very weak against sunlight, so look for them in early morning. Books about Legends After defeating the Giant Clucky, you will find a new book in a bookshelf on the upper floor, one where no books were unlocked previously: New Species Discovery! New Species Discovery! I saw it with my own eyes! A Clucky as big as a mountain flying over me! That cannot be a normal Clucky! No way! Please, believe me! I'm not crazy! Magic s of the World A book that may be linked to the first appearance of Gelwein appears on the 4th shelf of the same bookcase upstairs: Magic s of the World Vol. 12. Yui: The Mysterious Magic Perhaps the most famous magic is 'Yui', a practitioner shrouded in mystery. History gives us little record of her life, but the effects of her magic can still be felt even to this day. The coast of a certain sea is completely devoid of life, and it is said that Yui was responsible. It is also believed to be Yui who turned the moon into cheese. There is a town in the north that never sees snow even during winter. Apparently Yui is also responsible for a town in the soutyh, where Cherry Flowers bloom year-round. What's even more amazing about Yui, is that she was active for only 1 year, but according to the limited sources available, at that time she was only 5. One can only hope for further research into what happened to this genius child that could use magic of such power at such a young age. Iris' Story Two volumes will be added to the library at the Rune Archives after Iris becomes ill. Selphy will add them to the shelves after you speak to her about your efforts to find a solution to the illness that afflicts both Iris Blanche and Iris Noire. The two new volumes will be found on a bookshelf on the upper level on the eastern side of the Rune Archives. The Bookshelf now will have the following tomes: New Species Discovery! The Vampire Tribe The Vampire Tribe: Part 2

Magic s of the World The Vampire Tribe You will find the first new volume on the 2nd Shelf: The Vampire Tribe Those closest to the Spirits once inhabited the Trampoli area. They were able to converse with the Spirits through their Spirit Song. Even with special traits such as an inability to enter holy places, the ability to share minds with the person they drank blood from and being nocturnal, they still could have a child with a normal person. Most of their descendants are of mixed blood now, and only a few special ones have inherited the Spirit Song. The next volume will cover rituals. The Vampire Tribe, Part 2 On the 3rd Shelf, you will find: The Vampire Tribe: Part 2 Among the rituals is one called 'The Blessings from Around' that is particularly interesting. In it, the leader of the ritual brings a personal item, and those around bless it. In the case of two or more leaders, each leader brings an item of equal value and then trades after the blessings finish. It is said that the purpose of this ritual was to demonstrate the leaders' connection to the Spirits to the people around. After trading the blessed items, they offer a prayer to the Spirits. If the Spirits respond, their wish will come true. At least, that is the belief. Books available after Selphy Tidies the Archives At 4 Hearts, you will experience an Event with Selphy in which she has an accident with falling books. She then will begin to contemplate a reorganisation of the Rune Archives. When she is at 6 Hearts, the Rune Archives will be spotless and you will have access to books that were blocked previously by the mess. Ground Floor, East Side: The Ecology of Woolies Diet Essentials The Ecology of Woolies Woolies, popular on farms for their high quality fur, are very timid monsters. They are so shy in fact, that they can only be seen at night when other monsters are asleep. Woolies are also famous for their sensitivity to cold weather. Even in summer they shiver when their fur is shaved off. But don't worry. Their bodies are extremely strong and they won't even get sick if they're shorn in winter. Diet Essentials

When people think 'diet', most think of excruciating workouts and a constant battle with food. But those days are over! With this all-new dieting technique, eat all you want, never exercise and still lose weight! Turn the page for more details! First and foremost, M X O % 2 3 5 b 3 v q 3 Ea 4 5 4 v 5 U v j g r c 3 Y 6 4 ) v j 5 k 9 * *Note by Freyashawk: See the actual book if you wish to follow this Recipe. I have not copied it completely in order to maintain its inviolability. Yui's Diary Yui's Diary Summer, Day Circle I went to the beach today. There were many jellyfish in the wate,r and they hurt me, so I punished them. Autumn, Day Triangle I watched the moon today. My mother once told me that the moon is made of cheese, so I brought some cheese from home to compare it to the moon. Winter, Day X We had a snowball fight today. The snow made my hands cold so I tried to warm them, but the snow melted. I was sad. Spring, Day Star I went flower viewing today, but there were no flowers, so I warmed everything up, and many pretty flowers bloomed. Ground Floor, West Side: Constellaiton: Scorpion Our Homeland: Zzyzx Constellation: Whale Constellation: Scorpion Constellation: Scorpion The Scorpion is a constellation that appears in any season just before midnight. However, it can only be seen during a new moon. (1st and 30th of every month) Our Homeland Zzyzx Our Homeland: Zzyzx Zzyzx is a chosen nation, lead* by the great Emperor Eiselbard. Its people have united under his rule, raised up an army, and will one day conquer the world. *publisher's error Constellation: Whale Contellation: Whale The Whale is a constellation that appears in any season just before midnight. However, it can only be seen during a full moon.(15th and 16th of everymonth)

Rune Factory: Frontier - Character FAQ/guide Rune Factory Frontier Characters Guide By Freyashawk Email: Castleenchanted · aol Created on 28 April 2009 Last updated on 10 August 2009 Note on 28 April: This is a work in progress. Events in Rune Factory Frontier can affect the entire village. This Guide will contain all 'Requests' by individuals as well as events that occur at specific Heart/Friendship Levels. It will include a schedule of movements for each character as well as 'Most Favourites', 'Most Detested' items and Birthdays. Table of Contents Introduction Friendship and Courtship Letters and Requests Birthdays in Rune Factory Frontier Comprehensive Calendar Crops, Constellations, Festivals and Birthdays Heart Levels and Events Organising Dates with Eligible Girls Dangers of 'Two-Timing' a Girl Happiness 101: Wedding Bouquet Event and Recipe Courtship and Family Accessories Social Gathering Spots Complete Laga Springs Bathhouse Schedule Church Schedule Public Square Schedule Materia Shop Schedule Characters List Guide Eligible Girls All Other Characters Extraordinary Characters Introduction This is one of the specialised guides I create for any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game. All aspects of the game are covered in my Rune Factory Frontier General Guide, my 1st Year Walkthrough and my 2nd Year Walkthrough at: Rune Factory Frontier 1st Year Walkthrough Rune Factory Frontier 2nd Year Walkthrough Rune Factory Frontier General Guide Rune Factory Frontier General Guide

My Cookbook and Recipes Guide, containing all Recipes in the game, can be found at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide

The Characters Guide deals specifically with the personalities, letters, Events and likes and dislikes as well as the schedules of all Characters in Rune Factory Frontier. A separate Courtship and Marriage Guide now can be found at: Rune Factory Frontier Courtship and Marriage Guide Rune Factory Frontier Items Shipping List Guide You will find a complete Calendar included here that gives information about all Festivals and Birthdays with Most Favourite Gift and an Easy Gift in brackets after each Birthday. Crops and Constellations for each Season have been added for quick reference. This Guide contains sections with Schedules of Characters' appearance at public gathering spots such as the Laga Springs Bathhouse, Church, Public Square and Materia Shop. Summer is a season with rules of its own due to the popularity of the Beach. Friendship and Courtship As always in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, relationships with other people are as important as farming. Characters are divided between those eligible for marriage and those who can become no more than friends. For any character who is eligible for marriage, there will be two separate gauges of your relationship: Love and Friendship. Love is designated by hearts and Friendship is designated by yellow 'smiley faces'. Each individual responds differently to the same actions or gifts. In many cases, you can raise Friendship and/or Love through specific actions as well as conversation and gifts of 'Most Favourite' items. An item which is liked by an individual and given specifically on his/her birthday as a birthday gift will raise Friendship/Love levels as well. Actions that can raise Love and Friendship include patronising a character's business if he/she is a merchant, exploration of dungeons, increase in Skills and in the case of Tabatha, friendship with Monsters. The most important act always is regular dialogue with the individual. If you meet and greet every one daily, you will find that Friendship and Love levels increase at a decent pace, even if you seldom or never are able to give a 'Most Favourite' item as a gift early in the game. In fact, there is one Eligible Girl who is more impressed with regular conversation than any Gift you can present to her. Bianca, who has enough money to buy the planet if she pleased only is impressed by regular social interactions. In typical Bianca fashion, she will attempt to persuade you that nothing will impress her: Bianca: Just because you keep talking to me doesn't mean I'll grow to like

you. No matter what you do, you'll never be more important to me than Francoise. Although one cannot gauge the true measure of Francoise's value in Bianca's universe, regular dialogue with her most definitely DOES raise both her Love and Friendship Levels. Mist, your guide to basic life in Trampoli , at Four Hearts will tell you: Mist: When you give things that the villagers like, they will be thrilled. That is the quickest way to make friends with them. By the way, I like Turnips and Emery Flowers. Does it seem like I'm hinting too strongly for you to give me some? At 3 Hearts, she will give you sound advice about negative gifts: Mist: Oh, right. Even if you give a gift, if it's something they hate, it'll have the reverse effect, so be careful. By the way, I hate Pickled Turnips. Vinegar is just too sour for me. There are point values for items as gifts in of Love, even if you cannot see the point totals. There are the classical 'Most Favourite Gifts' worth +9 LP. There are ordinary preferred items worth +3 LP and there are the detested items that will reduce LP by 3 points, worth -3 LP. The Most Detested Item reduces LP by 9 points. There are similar categories of items in of their Friendship values. There are items that are worth +9 FP, +3 FP and items, disliked, that will lower Friendship, worth -3 FP. The Most Detested Item has a value of -9 points. A second gift of the same item, as in HM DS/Cute DS and other Harvest Moon games, has a small point value compared to the first gift. A second 'Most Favourite Item' is worth 3 points. A regular Favourite or preferred gift is worth only 1 point as a second or subsequent gift. An item, neither particularly loved nor hated, worth 1 point as a first gift has 0 value when given as a subsequent gift. There is one Most Detested Item, an Item of Horror that will lower Friendship by 9 points. Certainly in Erik's case, the Detested Turnip elicits a far more violent response than the Disliked Chocolate or Jam. Each of the Eligible Girls will confide an item that she particularly detests. That item, when given, can lower her Friendship and Love almost by a full level! As a second or subsequent gift, that 'Most Detested Item' is worth -3 Points. Many of the Eligible Girls have a shop or business. You can buy items from Selphy, Lara and Rosetta to boost their heart levels. Use the bath daily to increase Melody's heart level. Generally speaking, the first gift of the day has the greatest effect whether to increase or decrease Love and Friendship levels. Subsequent gifts, in the case of an Eligible Girl, only affect Friendship, with the exception of Iris. Players have been able to boost Iris' Heart Level in a single day with multiple gifts of Tomato Juice but repeated Most Favourites ordinarily will not increase the Heart Levels of the other Eligible Girls beyond the first gift. Each of the Constellations in the night sky is connected to a specific Eligible Girl. See the section relating to Constellations and Eligible Girls for more details. Gift Totals

There is a limit to the number of Birthday Gifts you can offer on any character's Birthday. Only one Gift will be accepted happily. If you attempt to give another, the individual will refuse it verbally although the item then will disappear from your inventory. On any other day, however, there is no limit to the number of gifts you can give and you can boost any character's Friendship level with multiple gifts of 'Most Favourite Items' on a single day. The first gift is worth far more than any subsequent gift, however. The actual response to a true Most Favourite Gift is a little different from the response to any other item. Note that Love Levels or true 'Heart Levels' are affected only by the FIRST Gift in any given day ordinarily with the exception of Iris. Subsequent gifts boost only Friendship Levels for the most part. Letters and Requests Rune Factory Frontier, like Magical Melody, Island of Happiness and Tree of Tranquility, is a game where Characters arrive and sometimes depart either according to predetermined schedules or based on your character's actions. You therefore will not meet even all Eligible Girls at the start of Spring when the game begins in Trampoli. The earliest possible arrival date for each Character will be included in the Characters section of this Guide. Although Requests are not as numerous as in Rune Factory 2 and do not occupy a central position in RF Frontier, accepting them is vital in many circumstances as fulfillment of the Request may unlock a new option. It is the delivery of the Bamboo Shoot that Stella gives to you almost immediately after you move into your Farmhouse that will allow you to meet most of the owners of shops and businesses in the space of a single day. If you do not speak to Stella in order to experience the Request, you will find the doors of all shops locked. Another Request that occurs in the first week is Stella's request that you visit Mist, who has become ill. Only if you visit Mist and become susceptible to her cold will you collapse the next morning, bringing Lara to your rescue and cause her to decide to live in the village. These are but two examples of Requests that need to be completed. All Requests and Letters will be included in this Guide in the sections that deal with each individual. Other Requests will be made through Letters. Both Mist and Erik will request a Turnip in a Letter that will be delivered to your house. Make certain that you read your letters on a regular basis. You will not be able to respond to them by writing freelance letters as you would in a game like Animal Crossing. There are specific Responses that can be made depending on the nature of the Letter you yourself receive. For example, when a Letter Requests an item, such as the Turnip requested in

both Mist's and Erik's letters, you will respond simply by giving a Turnip to Anette, the postal carrier. Speak to Erik and Mist afterwards in order to experience the effect of your gifts. Erik will give you Formula C! All Letters and other Requests will be included in the specific Character section for each individual. Some Letters are delivered according to specific Calendar dates but others follow Heart Level increases. In fact, 'Request' Letters appear to follow a natural progression, based both on fulfillment of the Request and Heart Level. When you complete a Letter Request for a character with maximum Love/Friendship, you usually will receive the next Request almost immediately. If, however, Heart Level is not at maximum, you will not receive the next Request in any series until the Heart/Friendship Level is raised. Cases in point are Melody's Requests for Grasses and Bianca's Requests for Cooked Dishes. Another case is Ganesha's series of Requests for ingredients that culminates in the gift of Tyrfing. N.B. Do not assume that an Item that is the subject of an individual's Request is one that he/she actually would like to receive as a gift. In more than one case, the item requested actually is a Most Detested Gift! For example, Eunice makes a Request for a Fish and Erik makes a Request for a Turnip. These are Most Detested Items for the individuals in question. Always give the Requested Item to Anette for Delivery rather than attempting to make the delivery yourself. Types of Letters There are three different types of Letters in Rune Factory Frontier. Each is designated by a different colour of envelope. Pink Letters are Greetings. These require no response and in fact, you cannot respond to them. Announcements from shop owners, general information by individuals such as Kanno and Festival Day Greetings fall into this Category. The largest number of Letters are Greetings. Green Letters are RSVP Letters. Each of these requires an instant Response. You will be given a choice of two or three pre-written Responses. You will not have an option to delay your Response to any RSVP Letter. Blue Letters are Requests. A specific item will be requested in these Letters. You must give the designated item to Anette to complete the Request. With any Request, you need not respond instantly with the Item, but the game will 'remind' you with a prompt about the Request each time you speak to Anette until you complete it by giving her the requested Item. Request Letters, as previously explained, usually follow Heart Level increases as well as completion of any previous Request. All Letters that are delivered will be placed on your Table. By pressing 'A', you will see all the Letters you ever received and will be able to refer to them again at any point in time. Birthdays in Rune Factory Frontier In Rune Factory 2, there was a special unique designated Birthday Gift for each individual. This is not the case in Rune Factory Frontier, making it easy to acknowledge every character's birthday with a simple gift of an item he/she

likes. Individuals tend to confess their birthdays at 4 FP. This was the case in Rune Factory 2 as well. There is a slight difference in Rune Factory Frontier from other Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games in of dialogue. In previous games, once an individual reached a new heart level, dialogue would change. In Rune Factory Frontier, although you will obtain NEW dialogue with each heart level increase, the dialogue from previous levels still will be available randomly. In other words, in Rune Factory Frontier, you will hear the same dialogue from characters randomly throughout the game but each new heart level will bring new dialogues as well. You therefore may need to speak to a character again and again when a new Friendship or Heart Level is reached before the new dialogue will surface. Characters who lived in Kardia originally have the same birthdays and generally keep the same likes and dislikes as they had in the original Rune Factory. With respect to any character who is new to Rune Factory, you can discover his/her birthday through conversation or a gift. As Friendship/Love levels increase, characters will confide in you, telling you of their likes and dislikes and will disclose their birthdays as well. If you give a character an item he/she likes on the day of his/her birthday, the character usually will recognise it as a birthday gift. The date then will appear on your Calendar with a portrait of the individual. . When the character reaches approximately 4 Hearts/Friendship, he/she will confide the date of his/her birthday. The Birthday then will be added to the Calendar with the portrait even if you have not 'celebrated' it yet with a gift. A character ordinarily will confess a disliked item at 3 FP and his/her birthday at approximately 4 FP. As you raise Friendship and Heart Levels for any Character, he/she will confide in you. You will be told an item that the character particularly likes, one that he/she particularly detests and finally, the date of his/her birthday. Gossip is rife in the small village of Trampoli and you may discover interesting or important details about specific characters from other characters in the game. At 4 Friendship, Candy will tell you her birthday and that of her sister. On 29 Winter, she will tell you that it is Marco's Birthday. Visiting Hours In any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, there are so many daily tasks and goals to accomplish that any player who does not create a basic schedule for himself/herself will be at risk of forgetting an important element of the game. At the very start, your character will be restricted in almost everything, whether it is a matter of energy, money, tools, weapons, expansions or access to other characters. Ordinary 'visiting hours' with respect to most buildings, whether a residence or business, tend to be from 9.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. The bathhouse and Tavern are open until midnight for the most part. The Church never closes, although the Clinic does. When your friendship levels with characters increase, you will have the option of visiting them outside of ordinary visiting hours. Stella will advise you:

Stella: I have every one lock their doors when it's early morning or at night just in case. But if it's some one they trust, they should unlock their doors. Why don't you try knocking on the doors? Just shake the Nunchuk when you're in front of their door. But don't do it when it's too late or you'll just bother them. 'Too late' translates to 'after midnight' in most cases. If you attempt to knock on a locked door after midnight, your character will muse to himself: Freyr: 'It's kinda late… I'll come back tomorrow.' that pressing 'A' accesses the door for information but will not allow you to knock on the door. Use the Nunchuk instead, as advised by Stella, to knock. You will hear the sound of a knock on the door and if a character is inside, he/she will invite you to enter. You can enter any house or bedroom as early as 6.00 a.m. to meet and greet a character and to give daily gifts. In fact, 6.00 a.m. may be the best time to 'make the rounds' in a village in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game in order to give out gifts daily as most individuals tend to be at home at that hour. In Rune Factory Frontier, almost every character can be found inside his/her house or guest room at 6.00 a.m. Uzuki is the exception, as she begins to train with her naginata outside the Inn at 6.00 a.m. Early morning is a good time to care for all your Monsters as well. If you perform all your Monster Care activities as well as your gift-giving between 6.00 a.m. – 8.00 a.m., your day will be free for other activities. That having been said, although daily routines make it easier to perform all necessary actions without forgetting anything essential, it is important to change your routine once in awhile. In the same way that you ought to allow a rainy day periodically in order to experience a special Event that requires rain, you need to enter and exit screens at different hours in order to trigger Events. An example from my own game of the danger of never varying from a routine was the routine I had developed to spend time with Bianca, Tabatha and Minerva each day. Meeting them at the bathhouse each night from 10.00 p.m. to 10.59 p.m. was very convenient after Minerva arrived in Trampoli. I did this on a nightly basis, quickly raising her Friendship Level to 10. When I entered the Mansion at 1.00 p.m. one afternoon, I triggered an entire series of Events! If I had visited the girls at the Mansion regularly during the early afternoon, those events would have occurred at different points as Friendship levels increased. It really did not make any difference to the final result. I experienced ALL the Events in a single afternoon. It would have been more logical, however, had I experienced them in the fashion in which they had been intended to occur. Heart Events or an Eligible Girl's Story Dedicated players of Harvest Moon will be familiar with the concept of Heart Events. In many Harvest Moon games, there is a set number of Heart Events that must be experienced for each Eligible Girl/Bachelor before you can propose marriage successfully. Experiencing all of a prospective spouse's Heart Events is one of the requirements for Marriage. The House Expansion that allows the purchase of the Double Bed required to experience connubial bliss is another. A further Requirement may be the purchase or acquisition of

the special item traditionally associated with marriage proposals. In Harvest Moon, this item is the Blue Feather. Rune Factory has its own unique rules where marriage is concerned although some of the classical requirements, such as the purchase of a Double Bed or 'Big Bed' always is included. In the original Rune Factory, each Eligible Girl had unique Requirements for marriage. In Rune Factory 2, the primary Requirement in of 'Events' was the completion of every Request Event. In fact, Requests were the triggers for almost all Events in Rune Factory 2, although the number of Requests varied from character to character. In Rune Factory Frontier, each Eligible Girl has her own 'Story' and completion of that Story is one of the requirements for marriage. In fact, in some cases, you cannot ask a Girl on a Date until you have completed her Story. In other cases, you can take a Girl on a Date while her Story remains unfinished but she will reject your Marriage Proposal. It is safe to state, therefore, that until you have completed an Eligible Girl's unique Story, you will not be able to marry her. This Guide includes the specific 'Story' Events for each of the Eligible Girls. In the case of Mist and Iris, completion of the Main Plot in the form of the defeat of Gelwein is an integral part of the personal 'Story' of each. Rites of Courtship Story Events As in many Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, all characters have a Friendship Level but only Eligible Girls have both a Friendship and a Heart/Love Level. It is the Heart Level/Love Level that determines the progress of your Courtship with any Eligible Girl. You can court more than one of the Girls and indeed, it is desirable to raise the Heart Levels of all Eligible Girls before you actually marry one, as you then will experience more Events. As described in the previous section, in Rune Factory Frontier, each Eligible Girl has a 'story' and the story occurs or is disclosed by the means of special Events determined by Heart Level. As Heart Levels increase, you will be able to initiate a dialogue that causes a significant change in the Girl's life or 'story'. Each Girl has her own unique 'story' Events that can be compared with 'Heart Events' in other Rune Factory or Harvest Moon games. Unlike other games, however, each Girl's Events are unique not only at the point in which they can be triggered but in number as well. Any generalisation in Rune Factory Frontier must be qualified to some extent. For example, at 4 Hearts, you can initiate a significant dialogue with Eunice that can change her life completely. Does this dialogue constitute a true Heart Event? It may, but your response does not determine your future ability to marry Eunice. Whether or not you encourage her to lose weight is YOUR choice. Pivotal Events can be initiated at a lower or higher Heart Level in the case of other Eligible Girls. At 2 or 3 Hearts, you can initiate Events that result

in Tsubute's departure. It is at 6 Hearts, on the other hand, that the most significant Event in Tabatha's life, in the form of the visit of her younger sister is initiated. Sometimes it may be difficult for a player to pinpoint the dialogue that triggers the next Event in an Eligible Girl's Story. Although the actual Event should be easy to recognise, the little dialogue that initiates it may not appear to be significant in the least. Furthermore, it appears that a specific time lapse usually exists between the 'trigger' and the actual Event. The creators of Rune Factory Frontier adopted a rather sophisticated method where any character's Story is concerned. There has been a serious attempt to model the game on 'real life' in the sense that Events will not occur immediately after the requirements have been met but will occur in a more natural (and often surprising) fashion. For example, in Selphy's case, the dramatic Event that constitutes the culmination of her 'Story' and her personal 'Memory' is triggered by a seemingly insignificant bit of dialogue. Your character will remark upon the book she is reading, expressing surprise that she is engaged in re-reading a book that she had read previously. Selphy will respond with some indignation that she never read this particular book before. With this little encounter, the ultimate Event is initiated but will not occur immediately. A player may be able to recognise a 'trigger' dialogue by the fact that, unlike all other character dialogues, it usually will occur only once. In Rune Factory Frontier, each Heart/Friendship Level leads to additional dialogue and at maximum Heart/Friendship Level, your character will be able to experience almost every set of dialogue ever initiated with the character in question. The sole exceptions are the sets of dialogue that triggered special Story Events for the character. Romantic Festivals There are set romantic festivals in many Harvest Moon and Rune Factory games. Although there are romantic festivals in Rune Factory Frontier that, like the 'Thanksgiving' Festivals in Harvest Moon are occasions for special gift-giving, the real Romantic Festival is the Date. In Rune Factory Frontier, there is a set Romantic 'Date' for each season. The Dates are set for the following: 13 Spring, 19 Summer, 19 Autumn or 24 Winter. In some cases, you will be able to ask an Eligible Girl for a Date as soon as she reaches 8 Hearts. In other cases, you will not be able to do so until the Eligible Girl's circumstances change according to her own unique 'story'. . In some cases, you must complete the Girl's Story before the Date option will be offered. For example, you will be able to ask Tabatha or Eunice for a Date as soon as either reaches 8 Hearts. In the case of either Iris or Anette, you will not be able to ask any of these Girls for a Date until they become permanent residents of Trampoli. Thus, there is another Requirement, apart from Heart Level, that is involved in the Date option. The Eligible Girl MUST be a permanent Resident of Trampoli. When these requirements have been met, you will be given the option as follows when you speak to the Eligible Girl: I just came to talk.

I came to ask you out. This is the first step in serious Courtship in of actual Events. When you have any Eligible Girl at maximum heart level, Stella will give you a Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet, telling you that it is time for you to think in of marriage. Note that having an Eligible Girl at 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship is not sufficient for the purpose of gaining Happiness 101, the Recipe Book for the Wedding Bouquet.. The Hearts (Love) gauge must be completely filled before Stella will speak of marriage and offer the Recipe Book, even though you will have the option to ask a Girl on a Date as soon as her Heart Level reaches 8. The Wedding Bouquet requires two special ingredients that will not be available until you have the actual Recipe Book in your possession. The first of these is a 'Baleen'. This is an artifact given to you by the Whale in exchange for a 'Tide Cluster'. When you climb the Beanstalk to Whale Island, the Whale will ask you to help him become closer to the sea again. It is then that a white object called a 'Tide Cluster' will wash up on the shore of the Beach. You may experience the Whale's Request before you have the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet. If this occurs and you give the Whale the Tide Cluster, your character automatically will respond that there is nothing in particular that he needs when the Whale asks how he can reward you. As a new Tide Cluster will appear on the Beach each day, however, there is no reason why you should save the initial item until you have the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet. Simply give the Whale another Tide Cluster once you have 'Happiness 101'. With the Recipe Book in your collection, speak to Ganesha for another special item that is the first step in creating a rather unique flower. Ganesha will give you a single White Rose. Place the White Rose in your Seed Maker to create White Rose Seeds, then plant them. The description of the White Rose Seeds is: White Rose Seed: 810G Grows in any season except winter. Blooms in 13 Days. As the queen of flowers, it is adored by many. You therefore can plant the White Rose Seeds in any dungeon or on your own Field in any season other than Winter. When the White Roses bloom, however, you must not harvest them. Leave them in the ground until they are transformed into 'Blue Roses'. The instructions on creating a Blue Rose from an ordinary Rose are provided in a new book that will appear on the upper floor of the Rune Archives once you have 'Happiness 101': The Phantom Blue Rose Moonlight has the power to create something that does not exist in nature. One of those creations is the 'Blue Rose'. Grow a white rose, and once it has taken root, leave it out in the moonlight for a few days. The exposure to moonlight will turn the rose a lustrous blue. You now should be able to create a Wedding Bouquet. Wedding Bouquet: 2780G Bouquet that will go well with a wedding dress. Be sure to have one on hand

when proposing. Ingredients: Baleen, Blue Rose, Green Grass, Moondrop, Toy Herb, Pink Cat You will find the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet when you access your Crafts Bench. When you have made the Wedding Bouquet, provided all other marriage requirements have been met, you will be able to propose successfully to the Eligible Girl in the course of a Date. The Wedding Bouquet is the equivalent of the 'Blue Feather' in Harvest Moon, although it is a little more complex in acquisition as it involves the cooperation of a number of third parties. The necessity of being able to make the Wedding Bouquet yourself is an additional aspect, although the Skill Level Requirement is fairly low for this. The usual Harvest Moon Marriage Requirements of having an expanded Farmhouse, a Double Bed and a Girl at maximum Heart Level apply as well. You must have completed all Letter 'Requests' for the Eligible Girl. A further Marriage Requirement is that the Eligible Girl be a permanent Resident of Trampoli. Completion of an Eligible Girl's 'Story' sometimes will have the result of making her a permanent Resident. In fact, it is the completion of an Eligible Girl's 'Story' that constitutes the final Marriage Requirement. In the case of Mist and Iris, the final defeat of Gelwein is an integral part of their personal 'Stories'. Romantic Ambitions of Eligible Girls Even if you did not have a Relations Page in your Farm Menu that displayed Heart Levels, you would be able to gauge an increase in a Girl's interest when she begins to speak of her own romantic ambitions. The dialogues will vary wildly depending on the personality of the individual. Hearts on the Relations Page do not determine dialogue. It is when the individual still has 4 Hearts but the Love gauge is full, signifying that the next Heart level is very near that new dialogue often appears. Cinnamon at 4 hearts simply will tell you: Cinnamon: Candy asked me the other day if there's any one I like. … I don't understand. At the same Level, Bianca will declare: Bianca: My ideal man is some one who befits me. Freyr, do you think you're right for me? Melody's declaration was similar at the same Heart Level. Melody: Melody: My type of guy is some one that can find hot springs with me! Do you want to go hot spring hunting with me, Freyr? Uzuki: In my country, there were many people who had a marriage that was arranged even before they were born. How sad for them… I-I do not have some one like that! You can rest assured. As indicated earlier, it is when the Eligible Girl remains at 4 Hearts but the Love Gauge is filled that these initial romantic dialogues occur. Even characters who are not eligible for marriage will display greater romantic interest or increase in flirtation with your character as their Friendship levels increase:

Minerva: (If only I'd met him before Sister… No, I shouldn't think about this.) Minerva: Is there any one you like, Freyr? F-forget what I said! I was just dazed by your… I mean, I just got curious! (with thunder and cross hurt now) Really! Minerva at this level will speak of another guy as well: Minerva: Do you know about that guy that stands in front of Bianca's mansion every once in a while, Freyr? That guy looks really cute. He looked really nervous so I went up to talk to him. He gets nervous so he always makes a mistake and calls me Tabatha. At higher levels, the Eligible Girls actually will speak of marriage and/or family life. Eunice: I wish I can be a bride someday. And it would be wonderful if we could run the inn together. (6 Hearts) Eunice: I want to have two children after I get married. I'm the only child so I've always felt lonely. But I really didn't mean anything by that! It's true… (9 Hearts) Tabatha: If I ever were to get married, Miss Bianca will… I am a bit worried. In other situations, as heart levels increase, a character will ask a question, giving you a choice of responses. The response you make has no influence whatsoever on heart level or conduct. This is NOT the case with respect to Eunice's question about your preference in girls. Lara: Though I am a servant of God, I am allowed to marry. But that's only if I have some one… Your choices now: I'm sure you can find some one very nice! Oh… If you respond that you are certain she can find some one: Lara: Yes. I certainly hope so. Thank you. Eunice asks a question about your own thoughts on marriage that is similar. The same dialogues will occur again and again randomly when you speak to the Eligible Girl. Note in this context that, on the day of a Festival, often an Eligible Girl will ask if you intend to participate. Your response in that case has no effect on anything. Calendar of Birthdays and Festivals In any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, a Calendar is almost indispensible. Knowing when Festivals are due to occur and the birthdays of every individual in your village can increase the strength of relationships and bring you closer to marriage with the girl or bachelor of your dreams. Calendar Dates There are four season in a year and they follow the traditional wheel with Spring as the first, Summer the second, Autumn the third and Winter the fourth season. Crops can be grown in all seasons except Winter on your Farm. As in other Rune Factory games, the week has only six days rather than seven. The first day of any week is a Holiday, followed by the traditional Monday through Friday order.of the days. There is a Calendar beside your Diary Table

in your farmhouse, but very few items will appear on it at the start of the game. The Holiday and Festival Days Players who are not familiar with the Rune Factory Calendar often become confused where the 'Holiday' is concerned. The 'Holiday' is nothing more than a day of rest for the most part, like 'Sunday' traditionally in the Western Christian world and Friday in the Islamic world. In fact, the English word 'Holiday' is a corruption of the original 'Holy Day', reflecting its significance. The Schedule of any Character on the Holiday usually is different from his/her ordinary weekday Schedule. A Holiday, however, must be distinguished from a Festival Day. Characters have a specific Schedule for any Festival. Although Festival Days tend to fall on the Holiday, they can occur during the week as well. A Festival Day always will be sunny but you can find any weather condition on a Holiday. You therefore need to 'protect' the Holiday with a Weather Miracle from Candy if you wish for a specific weather condition on that day. Asking for a Weather Miracle for a Festival Day is a waste of Runeys. The following is a complete Calendar of Festivals and Birthdays with a Most Favourite Gift as well as an Easy Favourite Gift listed in brackets for each individual. Crops and Constellations for each Season are listed as well for easy reference. If and when you give a character a gift on his/her birthday, that birthday will appear on the Calendar. This is one of the major benefits of ing a character's birthday with a gift as you then will be reminded each year of the date when you look at the Calendar. . When the character reaches approximately 4 Hearts/Friendship, he/she will confide the date of his/her birthday. The Birthday then will be added to the Calendar with the portrait even if you have not 'celebrated' it yet with a gift. Constellation Schedules Each Constellation in Rune Factory Frontier is associated with an Eligible Girl. 'Finding' the Constellation, then speaking to her afterward will initiate a little Event in most cases that will boost a Skill or other Statistic such as HP. You must speak to Cinnamon first to discover the Constellations for each season. Once she has told you of a Constellation, you should be able to read a book about that Constellation in the Rune Archives Library. 'New' Festivals in Rune Factory Frontier As time es and Events occur, new Festivals will be added to the Calendar. If Bianca obtains Francoise in the first Summer, the 'Sainte-Coquille Festival' will be added to your Calendar in the 2nd Spring. If you spoke to individuals on 29 Spring to discover Eunice's tradition of giving flowers to friends, the Foliage Festival will be added to the Calendar in the 2nd Spring as well. In fact, although the Harvest Festival is implied in the first year, it is only

in the 2nd Year that it will be established as a Festival and in the 2nd Year that all villagers will recognise it. Some characters will give gifts while others will not do so, and Friendship levels have no bearing on this. All characters will acknowledge the Festival, however, and you should give every one a gift. A Yam is traditional. Rescuing Mist and speaking to the Whale about the darkness on the last day of Autumn will create the 'Sea Surf Festival' on that day in the 2nd Year. When the Festival is established, you will discover that the appropriate action of celebration is to give Hot Milk to every character. Complete

Calendar of Festivals, Birthdays, Crops and Constellations

Spring: Spring Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Turnip, Cabbage, Potato Multiple Harvest Crops: Strawberry, Cucumber Spring Flowers: Moondrop Flower, Toy Herb, Emery Flower, Cherry Grass, Lamp Grass, Blue Crystal Spring Fruits: Cherry Spring Constellations: Turnip Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Mist) Serpent Constellation: between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m. (Rosetta, Intelligence Increase) Crown Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Selphy, Constellation Books) 1 Spring: New Year's Festival (after 1st year) Celebrate the New year. Rice Cakes are the present of choice. 'Rice Cakes' are termed 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. New Mochi is smashed with a Hammer on a special platform at the Square after 9.00 a.m. You can obtain a 'New Mochi' from Rita after 9.00 a.m. at the Public Square on 30 Winter. Smash it at the Square on 1 Spring to create 5 Mochi. Give these as New Year Gifts to individuals. (Responses and value in of LP/FP will vary by individual). You can bring your own New Mochi if you wish as well to make more Mochi or you can make the Mochi in your Kitchen using a Steamer. 2 Spring: Kross' Birthday (Cat's Tail, Warrior's Medal) 8 Spring: Nolan's Birthday (Wine) 11 Spring: Melody's Birthday (Relax Tea, Wild Coloured Grasses) 17 Spring: Brodik's Birthday (Apple Pie) 19 Spring: Sainte-Coquille Festival (after 1st year) Hosted by Bianca. She orders, I cook. Will occur only after Bianca and Tabatha become permanent residents of Trampoli 22 Spring: Turner's Birthday (All Ores except Scrap Iron) 26 Spring: Cinnamon's Birthday (Magic Crystal, any raw Fish) 27 Spring: Candy's Birthday (All Fruit Juices, Apple Pie) 29 Spring: Foliage Festival (after 1st year) Give flowers to those you're indebted to. Found out when Eunice was distributing flowers. Give Flowers to Eligible Girls Summer: Summer Crops: Single Harvest Crops:

Onion, Pumpkin

Multiple Harvest Crops: Tomato, Corn, Pineapple Summer Flowers: Pink Cat, Fireflower, Ironleaf, Clover, Green Crystal Summer Fruit: Orange Summer Constellations: Elephant Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Bianca, Diamond) Wooly Constellation* between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m.(Tabatha, Monster FP) *You must have a Monster with you when you 'find' it. Buffamoo Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Anette, the 'Star' anonymous Letters she wrote) 1 Summer: Beach Opening Start your summer at the beach. Don't forget your bathing suit! Festival begins at 10.00 a.m. at the Beach with Melon Pinata. Before 10.00 a.m., you can experience Events in the Changing Room with the Eligible Girls. The Eligible Girls who attend the Festival and who are found in the Changing Room on 1 Summer varies from year to year and game to game. Eunice will not participate unless she has lost weight pursuant to your own character's encouragement. 6 Summer: Danny's Birthday (Silver, Quality Cloth) 8 Summer: Bianca's Birthday (Diamond, Cooked Dishes, Jewelry such as Pendants, Rings) Note that Bianca is not impressed with specific items but will accept certain'decent' Accessories. She will scorn knitted Accessories, however and will respond to the gift of a Fan in the same fashion. 13 Summer: Lute's Birthday (Chocolate) 15 Summer: Uzuki's Birthday (Golden Hairpin, Char Sashimi, Black Sashimi) 23 Summer: Erik's Birthday (Garlic, Dried Fish) 25 Summer: Ganesha Cup Boat Race May the best sailor in town win. The Boat Race is held at Lake Poli. You can ask any girl at high heart level to accompany you. Steer your gondola over items in the water for various effects. Hearts result in an increase of affection if and only if an Eligible Boat is with you. 27 Summer: Stella's Birthday (Four-Leaf Clover, Toy Herb) 30 Summer: Pumpkin Festival Every one put on a pumpkin masque. Started by some one saved by a pumpkin-headed monster. You will be able to buy a 'Pumpkin-Head' yourself from Rosetta in Summer to wear as headgear in combat. You may be able to forge your own Pumpkin Head once your Pumpkins mature. Autumn: Autumn Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Spinach, Carrot Multiple Harvest Crops: Yam, Eggplant, Bell Pepper Autumn Flowers: Charm Blue, Pom-Pom, Noel Grass, Red Crystal Autumn Fruit: Chestnut Autumn Constellations: Hat Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Melody, Magic Skill) Broom Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Eunice, Cooking Skill) 1 Autumn: Mist's Birthday (Emery Flower, Turnip) 3 Autumn: Selphy's Birthday (Sandwich, Rice Ball) 8 Autumn: Kanno's Birthday (Cake, Magic Powder) 12 Autumn: Tabatha's Birthday (Oatmeal, Rice, Flour) 13 Autumn: Harvest Festival A time of thanks. Give veggies to people you're indebted to.

Give Vegetables to Eligible Girls for boost in heart level. In the 2nd Year and beyond, give a Crop (Yam is traditional) to ALL characters. 17 Autumn: Eunice's Birthday (Mont Blanc, any Flower) * *Do not give any Sweets, including her favourite Mont Blanc, if she is trying to lose weight! 19 Autumn: Autumn Date at Lake Poli When the leaves are colourful and the sky is high, Gonna go see the autumn colour by the lake. 21 Autumn: Rosetta's Birthday (Roasted Yam, Strawberry, Hot Milk, Cherry Pie) 25 Autumn: Coming of Age Day There is an annual treasure hunt to commemorate the day. Many 'false' items will be located throughout Trampoli. See the Festivals section of this guide for details. Continue to look for the real item even if another individual pronounces himself/herself the winner. In the first year, you may wish to keep the Golden Turnip yourself to convert it into Seeds instead of taking 1st Place. A special prize in the form of a Toy Sword will be given to you if you cheat by giving Stella a Golden Turnip you grew yourself instead of the one she hid. 30 Autumn: Sea Surf Day The day the Spirits prepare for hibernation. If Whale Island eclipses the sun, bear it. When the Festival is established, a gift of Hot Milk to every character is appropriate. After your victory in the Era of Disconnect, speak to the Whale to discover why the sky is dark on the last day of Autumn. When you inform Stella of the reason, she will announce a new Festival in honour of the Spirits who give their blessings to Trampoli. Winter: Winter Crops: Single Harvest Crops: None Multiple Harvest Crops: None Winter Flowers: None Winter Fruit: Apple Other Seasonal Items: Dried Fish Winter Constellations: Hairpin Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Uzuki, Weapons Skill) Cross Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Lara, HP Increase) Fish Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Cinnamon, Fishing Skill) 1 Winter: Lara's Birthday (Chocolate Cake, Strawberry, any Jam) 4 Winter: Anette's Birthday (Pumpkin Tart, Strawberry or any other Fruit) 7 Winter: Quiz Contest Test your knowledge against others and come out on top! There are ten questions, with a 'commercial break' in the middle of the Contest. It can be quite hilarious. There will be four contestants, including your character and each is represented by a different fruit. For each correct response, a piece of fruit will be placed on the ground. The winner ultimately will obtain all the fruit from each character's correct responses. 8 Winter: Ganesha's Birthday (Demon's Blood, Any Ore) 19 Winter: Hotpot Convention

Every one in town brings an ingredient for one giant hotpot! Some ingredients will result in a 'good' hotpot but others in a 'bad' one. Most Fish will have a good result. Many vegetables, however, will result in a 'bad' hotpot, including Carrots and Yams. 15 Winter: Minerva's Birthday (Flop, Chestnut) 22 Winter: Rita's Birthday (Wine, any jewelry accessory) 23 Winter: Iris' Birthday (both of them!) (Tomato Juice) 24 Winter: Night of Holies (aka Starry Night Festival in Harvest Moon) This is the night designated for the formal Winter Date in Rune Factory Frontier. Meet the Eligible Girl at 9.00 p.m. 29 Winter: Marco's Birthday (Curry, Curry Powder) 30 Winter: Year End Festival Reflect on the past year and prepare for the next. Go to the Public Square after 9.00 a.m. to speak to Rita. She will give you a 'New Mochi'. This is the item that you will need on the 1st of Spring if you wish to pound Rice Cakes at the Square. Rice Cakes are 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. They, like New Mochi can be made in your own kitchen or at the Public Square only on New Year's Day. Heart Levels and Events As in most Harvest Moon and Rune Factory games, many significant Events are triggered when an individual reaches a specific Heart Level whether in Friendship or in Love. As in other games, Eligible Girls are the only characters with both Love and Friendship Levels. All other individuals have only Friendship Levels. Note, however, that the 'heart' and 'smiley face' icons really do not represent the significant turning points in relationships precisely. The actual triggers occur when specific LP or specific FP in of point totals are reached. As there is no equivalent of the 'Love Bangle' in Rune Factory Frontier to allow you to see point totals, you must rely on the heart and smiley face icons instead. It is at 4 Hearts approximately that a significant Event will occur in Rune Factory Frontier with respect to many characters. In the case of an Eligible Girl, it is 4 Hearts in Love. In the case of other Characters, Events will be triggered at 4 Friendship. There are Events that can be triggered at lower Heart Levels but the most significant personal Event tends to occur at 4 Hearts. For example, Eunice's plan to lose weight will be possible only when she attains 4 Hearts. There are events with higher Heart Level requirements as well. Minerva will arrive in Trampoli when Tabatha attains 6 Hearts. The Event wherein Kross moves a Boulder in front of your door occurs at 4 Friendship. Vital personal information usually is given at specific heart levels as well. A character will confide his/her birthday ordinarily at 4 Friendship. The Most Detested Items will be revealed at 3 Hearts and often, Most Favourites at 4 Hearts/Friendship. Gift-Giving in Rune Factory Frontier

Only one Birthday Gift will be accepted happily by any individual on the day of his/her birthday. If you attempt to give an additional item on that day, he/she will refuse it verbally, although the item itself will disappear from your inventory. On any other day, however, there is no limit to the number of gifts you can give and you can boost any character's Friendship level with multiple gifts of 'Most Favourite Items' on a single day. The first gift is worth far more than any subsequent gift, however. The actual response to a true Most Favourite Gift is a little different from the response to any other item. Note that Love Levels or true 'Heart Levels' are affected only by the FIRST Gift in any given day except in the case of Iris Blanche and Noire. Subsequent gifts boost only Friendship Levels in most cases. In this, Rune Factory Frontier follows the general rule in Harvest Moon where gift-giving and Heart Levels are concerned. Courtship in Rune Factory Frontier Courtship in Rune Factory Frontier is centred on the ritual of a 'Date' similar to the Dates in Tree of Tranquility with one essential difference. A Date can be organised only when an Eligible Girl reaches 8 Hearts. . At 8 Hearts, you will have the option of asking an Eligible Girl for a Date on one of the following: 13 Spring, 19 Summer, 19 Autumn or 24 Winter. As there is only one 'Date' per season, your rendezvous can be set a season in advance, depending on the day when you ask. When a girl is working, you have to choose the first option to speak to her before the Date option menu will appear. Your choices are: I just came to talk. I came to ask you out. This is the first step in serious Courtship in of actual Events. When you have any Eligible Girl at maximum heart level, Stella will give you a Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet. Note that having an Eligible Girl even at 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship is not sufficient. The Hearts (Love) gauge must be completely filled before Stella will speak of marriage and offer the Recipe Book, even though you will have the option to ask a Girl on a Date as soon as her Heart Level reaches 8. When you have made the Wedding Bouquet, provided all other marriage requirements have been met, you will be able to propose successfully to the Eligible Girl in the course of another Date. Marriage Requirements are a little more complex in Rune Factory Frontier than in some of the other Harvest Moon or Rune Factory games simply because they tend to involve Events with third parties. The necessity for being able to make the Wedding Bouquet yourself is an additional aspect, although the Skill Level Requirement is fairly low for this. The Whale of Whale Island is involved in the ritual of courtship as well as you must provide him with a Tide Cluster in exchange for one of the ingredients in the Wedding Bouquet.

The usual Harvest Moon Marriage Requirements of having an expanded Farmhouse, a Double Bed and a Girl at maximum Heart Level apply as well. The Wedding Bouquet is discussed at length in another section of this Guide. Dangers in 'Two-Timing' an Eligible Girl As there is one set 'Date' each Season, you only can have a Date with one Eligible Girl each season. If more than one Eligible Girl has reached 8 Hearts, you will have the option to ask her for a Date even if you previously made an arrangement with a different Eligible Girl. The game will set only the NEXT Date when you ask a Girl for a Date. It will not allow you to organise your romantic Calendar at any given moment so that you can take one Girl out in Spring and another in Summer and so on. The only Date that is available is the next one. If, therefore, you ask another Girl on a Date when you previously set a Date with some one, you will experience an interesting and somewhat damaging little Event. The Girl first WILL accept the Date but then remind you that you are pledged to meet some one else on that day! You then will lose Love points with her. It appears to be almost a full Heart Level that is lost in this Event. Interestingly enough, you will not lose any Love or Friendship with the Eligible Girl you first arranged to meet and the original Date will remain in place. It is only the Eligible Girl that you attempted to court 'illicitly' that will be affected. The lesson here is that you should experience any outstanding Date before you set another. As there is but one Date per season, if you wish to experience a Date with more than one Eligible Girl on any specific Season, you should wait until the last possible day to ask and save your game BEFORE you set the Date with any one. You then can set and keep the Date with each Eligible Girl who has reached 8 hearts as long as you do not save the results afterwards. When you have experienced all possible Dates, you can reload once more to experience the Date with the Girl who matters most to you, then finally save your game. Courtship and Family

Accessories

On Tuesdays, Selphy will sell special books containing Recipes for items that are related specifically to courtship, marriage and family life. The books consist solely of Recipes for Gifts or 'Presents' for girls and for children: Happy Toys: 30000G A book with instructions for accessories meant to be presents! Isn't that just awesome? Beach Style!: 10000G A book of swimsuit patterns that boys are too embarrassed to buy at stores. The actual Recipes are included in my Cookbook Recipe Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html The bathing costumes are items for 'advanced' Courtship. If you attempt to give a Cute Bathing Suit to any Eligible Girl who has not reached 6 Hearts, she will refuse it. If you attempt to give an Amazing Bathing Suit to any

Girl who has not reached 8 Hearts, she will refuse it. You therefore may wish to refrain from spending your money on these books until you have purchased necessary Recipe Books and home improvements. At 8 Hearts, any Eligible Girl will accept either the Cute Bathing Suit or the Amazing Bathing Suit but although she will promise to wear either at the next opportunity, you never will see a girl model the 'Amazing Bathing Suit'. Instead, she will confess to you that it was too revealing to be worn in public. The Cute Bathing Suit, on the other hand, will be worn by the Eligible Girl at the Beach even at 6 Hearts. It is a very traditional white bathing costume that is more functional and demure than 'cute'. Other Accessories as Gifts Accessories in Rune Factory Frontier, apart from those designated specifically as Gifts, can be equipped by your character or given as gifts. If given to an ordinary character, the item will be accepted variously with pleasure, disgust or indifference, but you will not see the item again. Even in the case of Kross, whose 'Most Favourite Gift' is a Cat's Tail, he will not wear the Accessory in your presence. If given to an Eligible Girl, however, she actually will WEAR the Accessory in most cases, after expressing her verbal opinion of it. As with any Gift, each individual Eligible Girl has her own specific responses. Unlike the 'Accessories' in Harvest Moon DS/Cute DS, each Accessory is received as a specific item, so you cannot expect that, if an Eligible Girl receives one Accessory with delight, she will respond in similar fashion to another. It is in the case of Head Equipment that results will be visible on the screen, although they will not appear in the Girl's Portrait. Ordinarily, when you give an Eligible Girl a second item of Head Equipment, it will replace the previous item on the Girl's head or face. There is one exception to this rule, however, in the case of the 'Mask'. Once given, the Mask will be worn by an Eligible Girl even if you give her a different item of Head Equipment. This can be rather frustrating, as few players really wish to be confronted by an Eligible Girl in a face masque on a daily basis. Social Gathering Spots As in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, there are specific locations that are popular for social gatherings. If you wish to meet and greet the largest number of characters daily, you should plan your route in order to make a brief stop at the most popular locations. For meeting and greeting eligible girls as well as Candy, the Laga Springs Bathhouse is a good choice. At some point during the day or night, most of the characters will appear at the Bathhouse, especially if the weather is fine. Candy as well as some of the Eligible Girls can be found in the antechamber to the Women's Bath from 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m.. Candy will conduct business as usual here. At 8.00 p.m., you may find Uzuki at the Bathhouse. Between 10.00 p.m. and

11.00 p..m., Bianca and Tabatha may be found there. On the men's side, you will find various individuals as well at different hours. Nolen will be there early in the evening. Late at night, both Danny and Erik tend to stand in the men's antechamber. A full schedule of the appearance of all characters follows. Laga Springs Batthouse Schedule for all characters: The schedules of appearance of characters at the Laga Bathhouse are as follows. Note, however, that the schedules of characters in Rune Factory Frontier often will vary significantly according to the progress you have made in the game and the Friendship Level you have reached with an individual. It therefore is impossible to provide a quick schedule that will be consistent throughout the game. Mornings, any weather, 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m.: Melody Weekday Mornings before she begins to study with Cinnamon: 9.00 a.m. to noon, Monday, Wednesday, Friday in fine weather: Melody Weekdays from 9.00 a.m. to 9.00 p.m. Stella Weekdays on Rainy/Snowy Days, 4.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m. Selphy Weekdays in any weather, 5.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. Iris (only after moving to Trampoli and not in Summer) Weekdays on Rainy/Snowy Days, 6.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m.: Melody Weekdays, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. in any weather: Eunice Weekdays, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Cinnamon, Candy Weekdays, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. in any weather: Lara Weekdays, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Ganesha Weekdays, 8.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Uzuki Weekdays, 9.00 p.m. to 10.00 p.m., both fine and rainy/snowy weather: Mist and Rosetta Anette (during her break from work as a postal carrier and afterwards and only in fine weather) Weekdays, 10.00 p.m. to 11.00 p.m. in any weather: Bianca and Tabatha, Minerva Weekdays, 11.00 p.m. to midnight only in fine weather: Selphy Holidays, fine Weather, 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. Melody Holidays, rainy/snowy weather: 6.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Melody Holiday, 3.00 p.m. to 4.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Eunice, Rita Holiday, 5.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Iris (only after moving to Trampoli and not in Summer) Holiday, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Lara, Cinnamon, Candy Holiday, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Mist Anette (only during her break from work as a postal carrier and afterwards) Holiday, 8.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Uzuki Holiday, 10.00 p.m. to 11.00 p.m. only in fine weather:

Bianca and Tabatha, Minerva Holiday, 11.00 p.m. to midnight only in fine weather: Selphy Holiday, 12.00 midnight to 1.00 a.m., only in fine weather: Rosetta Laga Springs, Men's Side: Weekdays, 3.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Nolan Weekdays, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. in fine weather: Marco Weekdays, 11.00 p.m. to midnight in fine weather: Erik, Danny Holiday, 3.00 p.m. to 4.00 p.m. only when raining/snowing: Kross Holiday, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. Kanno Another popular gathering spot is the Public Square. For the older adults, the Tavern after 6.00 p.m. is a regular haunt. Church Schedule Weekdays: 6.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. Lara (fine weather) 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. Erik, Stella 8.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. Rosetta 4.00 p.m. on Monday Selphy (only while working off her debt) 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. (rainy/snowing, except Wednesday and Thursday) Lara 3.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Stella Weekdays, rainy/snowy weather 9.00 a.m. to 3.00 p.m. Kross Holidays: 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. Stella 6.00 a.m. to Noon Lara 9.00 a.m. to Noon: Mist Noon to 6.00 p.m. Kross 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. Tabatha 4.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. Eunice, Turner, Rita 6.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. Stella 7.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. Lara 3.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Stella Holiday, raining/snowing

6.00 a.m. Stella 6.00 a.m. Lara 3.00 p.m. Eunice 3.00 a.m. Stella

to 9.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m.

Public Square Schedule Weekdays, fine weather 9.00 a.m. to Noon (fine weather) Tabatha (Monday and Wednesday) Noon to 3.00 p.m. (only until Materia Shop opens) Rosetta Holiday, fine weather 9.00 a.m. to 3.00 p.m. Tabatha 9.00 a.m. to 5.00 p.m. Rosetta 12.00 noon to 6.00 p.m. Bianca Materia Shop Schedule Weekdays: 6.00 a.m. to 8.00 a.m. Rosetta 9.00 a.m. to 5.00 p.m. Rosetta 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. Eunice (all weather), Tabatha (all weather) 6.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. Rosetta 10.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. Rosetta Holiday, fine weather 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. Rosetta 6.00 p.m. to Midnight Rosetta 1.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Rosetta Holiday, raining/snowing 6.00 a.m. to noon Rosetta 6.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. Rosetta Characters List Guide Characters in Rune Factory Frontier are divided into two basic categories between Eligible Girls and all individuals who are not eligible for marriage. The Relations Page in your Farm Menu will display a full-length Portrait of every character you have met, with a brief description and current love and friendship levels. As is the case in most Harvest Moon games, only those

individuals who are eligible for courtship have both a Love Level and a Friendship Level. All others have only a Friendship Level. Friendship is designated by a 'smiley face' icon. Love is denoted by a Heart. Hence the term 'Heart level' in Harvest Moon for any individual who is eligible for courtship. Only Characters you actually have met will appear in the Relations Page. Each section below is devoted to a specific character. Events and Letters are included after the initial section giving general information, including birthday, Most Favourite and Most Detested Items, as well as a general schedule of movements. Please refer to my Courtship and Marriage Guide for more detailed information with respect to all aspects of Courtship and Marriage: Rune Factory Frontier Courtship and Marriage Guide Mist: Birthday: 1 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Emery Flower Easiest Favourite Gift: Turnips Other Favourite Items: Turnips, 4 leaf Clover, Croquette, Baked Apple, Fried Udon, Seafood Gratin, Sweet Potato, Cake, Steamed Bread, Cheese Bread Most Detested Gift: Pickled Turnip Actual Dialogue: Mist: I'll be looking forward to those turnips. Me: … Does this mean I have to give her some turnips later…? Mist: When you give things that the villagers like, they will be thrilled. That is the quickest way to make friends with them. By the way, I like Turnips and Emery Flowers. Does it seem like I'm hinting too strongly for you to give me some? Mist: Oh, right. Even if you give a gift, if it's something they hate, it'll have the reverse effect, so be careful. By the way, I hate Pickled Turnips. Vinegar is just too sour for me. Mist: Let me tell you some of the most up to date information today. Do you have a notepad ready? My birthday is on the 1st of autumn. It's very auspicious to be born on the 1st. For Emery Flower: An Emery Flower? Thank you. It's beautiful. For Turnip on her birthday: Why, thank you. I love it. For Turnip on ordinary day: Thank you! I love this Turnip! Official Description: The girl next door. A bit aloof and random but is very nice. Likes Turnips. Mist's 1st Year Schedule: Weekdays in Fine Weather: 6.00 a.m. – 9.00 a.m. : Mist's house 9.00 a.m. to Noon: at Road to Beach Noon to 6.00 p.m.: at Your Homestead 6.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m.: at Mist's House 9.00 p.m. to 10.00 p.m.: at Laga Springs Bathhouse 10.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. : at Mist's House Weekdays when Rainy/Snowy: 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. at Mist's House

9.00 a.m. to Noon: at Sunshine Inn Noon to 6.00 p.m. at Your Homestead 6.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. Mist's House 9.00 p.m. to 10.00 p.m. at Laga Springs Bathhouse 10.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at Mist's House Holiday 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. at Mist's House 9.00 a.m. to Noon: at Church Noon to 6.00 p.m. at road to Beach 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. at Mist's House 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. at Laga Springs Bathhouse 8.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at Mist's House Special Schedules: During Summer: Noon to 6.00 p.m. at the Beach on Wednesdays and Thursdays in fine weather On Festival Days: 9.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. on Road to Beach The Duck in Mist's Pond The first mention of the Monster is when Mist speaks of a rustling near her house. Mist: Recently, I hear a lot of rustling around my house. Maybe some monster I saved by the beach came back to repay my good deed? But I've never saved any kind of monster at the beach before… Next she will tell you: Mist: Did I mention the rustling around my house? It turns out a duck has moved into the lake near my garden. Me: Duck? Aren't Ducks monsters? It's dangerous! Mist: It seems pretty tame so it should be all right. It waddles around with its short feet and looks so cute. It became even more friendly when I started feeding it. Speak to Candy and Marco when they stand next to the Pond for a dialogue concerning the Duck's name. Candy: Grimore is so cute. Freyr: Grimore?! Candy: Yup. That's the duck's name. Marco named it. Marco: Doesn't that sound cool? It'll eventually grow into a huge monster and tear apart the town! Candy (with thunder and cross hurt): Grimore would never do that! It's a good monster! Mist has other ideas, however, with respect to the Duck and its name. Mist: When I walk in front of my house, Torte walks behind me. He's very sweet. Freyr: Torte? Mist: It's the duck's name. Isn't it cute? Later, she will tell you: Mist: Recently, Torte goes missing at night. Is he going to a monster meeting or something? Ultimately, the Ducks will have a child of their own…

Mist's Events and Letters 1st Event with Mist and Stella Your very first Event involves both Stella and Mist: Sister: Good evening. You're looking for a missing girl? I'm very sorry to hear that. If you don't mind this humble placed, you should rest here for the night. Freyr: Thank you so much! Sister… um… Stella: Stella. Sister Stella, thank you very much. My name is… Freyr. Freyr, huh? That's a wonderful name. (Default is Raguna.) Stella: By the way, Freyr, was this missing girl your sweetheart? Freyr: (with profusely sweating): N-no! It's nothing like that at all! … But, she is a very important person to me. Stella: I see… Well, let's just leave the matter be for now, eh? It's getting late. You should rest. Good night. New event next morning. Freyr: Thank you for last night, Sister Stella. How can I repay you? Stella: We must all help each other out in times of need. I'll be praying your search goes well. Freyr: Thank you. A girl enters. Girl: Good morning! You are… Your choices now: Have we met? Mi-Mist?! I chose Mist. Mist: Yes, I'm Mist. And you… You look just like Freyr! Freyr: That's 'cause I AM him! Mist: (with music): Oh, what a coincidence to meet at a place like this. Freyr: I came looking for you, Mist! Stella: Ahahaha! So Mist was the missing girl Freyr was looking for! Mist: Sister Stella, I didn't know you knew Freyr. Freyr: I just happened to stop here for the night while I was looking for you. More importantly, what in the world are you doing here, Mist?! Every one's worried about you because you left so suddenly. Mist: Oh, I'm sorry. Well, then could you return to town and tell every one I'm fine? Freyr: Huh…? You're not coming with me? Mist: I can't. Some one is calling for me. Freyr: Again, with the nonsense… Mist: I know! Freyr, you should stay here! Me: What?! I can't do that! Mist: If I correctly, there's an empty house next to the one I live in. Stella: Well… yes, there is, but no one has lived there for so long, it's a mess. Not to mention the farm… Mist (with music): Don't worry. Freyr is very skilled at tending to such things. I'm sure he'll clean this one right up! Freyr (sweating profusely): Um… I don't agreeing to stay here…

Mist: Come, Freyr. It's this way! Outside now, Mist tells you: Mist: Just down this path! She runs off. Freyr: Please wait! Stella: Freyr, once you finish up some work, can you come to my place? Freyr: Sure. To Mist now: Freyr: What is that? Mist: That's Whale Island. It's always in the sky above Trampoli Village. Freyr: What a strange island… Mist (with music): I heard there's a cave inside it. Piques your interest, doesn't it? Your choices: Yeah. Not really… Freyr: Yeah. How does an island float above the clouds like that? Mist: I'm sure you'll be able to find the answer to that, Freyr. I just know it. Mist: But, sometimes it's unavailable for some reason. Freyr: What?! What if that happens when I'm fighting monsters? Mist: Well there's that saying, 'Only god knows.' Freyr: Oh, come on… Then: Mist: Hello! The other day, I dreamt of climbing a giant beanstalk to get to Whale Island. It would be wonderful if such a beanstalk actually existed. Mist: Anyway, let's go. Follow me. It's this way. Screenshots of different aspects, then: Mist: This is your new home, Freyr. How do you like it? Isn't it great? Freyr: Um… Well…. I guess so… Now the view shifts to show the field covered in weeds, stumps and such. Mist: Feel free to use this house and the farm in front however you like. You know what? We should give your farm a name. Freyr chooses Asgard. Mist: That's a great name. I think it suits the place. Freyr: I hope you weren't planning on saying that no matter what I named it. Mist: It's gonna be great to have you here. See you later! She turns to leave, then suddenly re something. Mist: I almost forgot! You're going to need this. You got: Cheap Hoe You got: Cheap Can Mist: It looks good on you. Don't forget to fill the watering can with water before using it. You definitely have a knack for being an Earthmate, Freyr. I can tell just by looking at you. Oh, and another thing. I wanted to give this to you, Freyr. It's a Turnip Seed. You got: Turnip Seed! Mist: I'll be looking forward to those turnips. Freyr: … Does this mean I have to give her some turnips later…? Go into the house immediately to save your game. Journal is next to the bed. Freyr: Maybe I should write an entry in my journal… Don't save. Save. Mist and the Turnip Constellation

Every Eligible Girl is connected to a specific stellar Constellation, and it should come as no surprise to learn that the Turnip Constellation belongs to Mist. When you 'find' the Turnip Constellation, speak to Mist afterwards and then enter your House to find a 'gift' from the Heavens of a few Turnips. Rosetta Birthday: 21 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Roasted Yam Easiest Favourite Gifts: Strawberry, Hot Milk Other Favourite Items: Cherry Pie, Strawberry, Corn, Cherry Grass, Hot Milk, Hot Chocolate, French Fries, Ear of Corn, Hot Chocolate, Omelet Most Detested Gift: Milk Rosetta: Let me tell you a little secret, Freyr. Freyr: What is it? Rosetta: My birthday is on the 21st of Autumn. I'll be waiting for a present. For Roasted Yam on her birthday: Rosetta: (Thank you!) Thanks! You're really considerate for getting me Roasted Yam for my birthday. For Roasted Yam: Thank you! I love Roasted Yam! I love the texture and how sweet it is! Rosetta: One of the things I like is 'Roasted Yam' (Baked Sweet Potato). I love how sweet it is. I also like strawberries and Hot Milk. I guess I really like sweets. For Cherry Pie, Hot Chocolate or Strawberry: Thank you! But how did you know what I liked? Don't tell me you like me. … No way. But thanks anyway. Rosetta: Oh, by the way, I never liked drinking milk. I know I shouldn't be picky about food, but I just can't drink it. Official Description: The girl at the grocery store. Her words may sting at times, but she is always hard at work. Rosetta and her Father Background history: Rosetta: Did I tell you that my family runs a general store? My father does most of the work, but I used to help out. What I learned there is helping me do what I do now. N.B. This refers to her life in Kardia in the original Rune Factory. Rosetta: My dad just doesn't sweat the details. All the supplying and price setting were doine without much attention to detail. That's why at home, I did all that. That experience is really helping me now, so I should be thankful for it. Rosetta's 1st Year Schedule: Sunny Weekdays Rosetta's Events and Letters 1st Event with Rosetta Girl: I'm getting what's in the shipping box right now.

Just a second.

I

can't sell your harvested crops unless I do this. I better come to collect it everyday. Rosetta: Huh…? Oh! It's you, Freyr! It's me, Rosetta, from the general store in the town you came from. I was wondering where you disappeared off to. What are you doing here? Freyr: I live here. Rosetta: Oh, really? I came to collect the items in the shipping box because I hard some one new had moved here. So it was you, Freyr. You should have told me… So, what are you doing here? Me: Mist said she needed to do something here. She lives right next door. Rosetta (with tear): So you tagged along and now you're living together?! What is she doing here? Me: I don't know… Rosetta: *sigh* I never know what she's thinking. You have to be more independent. (sigh) Forget about it. You have to ship your har Well, I hope we'll get along. Rosetta's Dialogue about Business After the 1st event with Rosetta: Freyr: By the way, Rosetta, Rosetta: yes? Freyr: This village already has a general store. Do you have time to be collecting the things in the shipping boxes? Rosetta: It's okay. You snooze, you lose, you know? You have to keep expanding your market. You can't get back what I pick up so don't put in stuff that you don't intend to sell. On another occasion: Rosetta: I calculated the total amount for what you shipped the other day and it was huge. I'll have to thank you for shipping things out all the time. Me: I'm just doing it because I want to… Rosetta: It still helps me out a lot. I really have to thank you somehow. On another occasion: Rosetta: The fish are on sale today! Freyr: Rosetta, aren't you going to put the seeds on sale? Rosetta: Sorry, I work on a really low margin with the seeds so I can't sell them any cheaper. I get a lot so you can grow lots of vegetables. Freyr: Oh… Thank you for that. Rosetta: It's all right. We're like a team. Rosetta's Dialogue on Rivalry with Mist Rosetta: Mist and I are childhood friends, but I always feel like competing with her. I wonder why? By the way, I heard that you went exploring on that flying island. It's not bad to be a hard worker, but make sure you don't get yourself killed. Rosetta's Dialogue about Fashion Rosetta (with music): My choices now. Sure! Not really… Sure!

I bought some new clothes.

Do you want to see?

Rosetta: Maybe later. I'm working right now so I can't wear it. I guess that's the one thing I don't like about working. Rosetta: I calculated the total amount for what you shipped the other day and it was huge. I'll have to thank you for shipping things out all the time. Me: I'm just doing it because I want to… Rosetta: It still helps me out a lot. I really have to thank you somehow. Rosetta: Uzuki's clothes are really interesting. I think they look cute so I want to try wearing something like it one day. Rosetta's Confrontation with Danny On Monday, 26 Summer in the 1st year at 10.20 a.m., I walked into the Materia Store at 10.00 a.m. to experience an event between Rosetta and Danny. Rosetta (with cross hurt and thunder): Huh? What is that? Are you for real? You sure you're all right in the head? Danny (with cross hurt and thunder): That's my line! You stole my customers with dirty tricks! You think I don't know?! Fight like a man! Rosetta: Why do you always end up like this? Customers come to my store because it's better. It's all because I work hard running it! Danny: No way! I know you must be cheating! You're probably blackmailing the customers! I know it! Rosetta: How rude! I never even thought of that before! Danny: Shut your trap! I'll fight you fair and square until I expose your conspiracy, you dirty cheater! Rosetta: Get out of here! This is harassment! Now Rosetta speaks to me. Rosetta: Those kinds of people always come out when business is good. Oh, Freyr. You were here? I'm sorry for making you see that… After: Freyr: Rosetta… Rosetta: What is it, Freyr? Are you worried about the thing with Danny? Thanks, but these things will happen as long as we run businesses. Just watch! I won't let this hold me back! Rosetta and her Father's Illness The next pivotal Event for Rosetta involves her father. As her heart levels increase further, she will speak of her father and of the fact that she was the guiding light at his shop in Kardia in of business sense. Freyr: Rosetta, How is your store recently? Rosetta: It's going really well. I guess I have some talent in running a business. Maybe I should give a lecture to my dad while I'm at it. After: Rosetta: Decorating the store with a vase is probably overdoing it. We're a general store after all. Rosetta: Maybe I should start selling the stuff I cooked at the store? At 6 Hearts: Freyr: Rosetta, are you good at cooking? Rosetta: What, I don't look it? I'm actually pretty good at it, you know. When I was living with Dad, I was the one that did all the cooking. Freyr: Oh, really? Then I hope you'll treat me to some later. Rosetta: W-what?! I-it's not free! I-I-It's not cheap either, you know!

At 8 Hearts: Rosetta: My dad walks around completely naked after he takes a bath, and never separates the laundry. He's completely hopeless. But I do respect him for taking his job seriously every day. I have to do just as well. When she is almost at 9 Hearts: Rosetta: I want to take a vacation and just relax once in a while. But since I run a store, that's never going to happen. Rosetta's Departure To experience Rosetta's Departure Event, enter the Business District and walk towards the Materia Shop. You will witness Rosetta's exit from the shop, bowed down with heavy bags. Rosetta: Oh, Freyr. Freyr: What happened? Why are you carrying so much luggage? Rosetta: My father collapsed. He may be worthless, but he's still my father. I'm going to be gone for awhile. I left Danny in charge of the store, so it's business as usual. She then continues down the staircase and disappears. Speak to Danny now: Danny: I wonder what happened to Rosetta's dad's illness… All I can do is to stay here and keep the shop open. Danny: Because Rosetta's not here, I have to work hard. The general store will be open as usual so you can come shop like you always do. Other villagers will remark upon the situation as well. Lara: it seems that Rosetta's father is sick. That worries me. Anette: Rosetta's home is really far from here. It must be hard for her… Mist: I heard that Rosetta's father isn't well. I'm really worried for him. Two seconds later: Mist: I heard that Rosetta's father is doing much better. That's a relief… Stella this morning: Rosetta is back in her hometown to look after her sick father. Just give her some kind words when you get the chance to talk to her. I'm sure she's feeling very tired. Danny: I wonder what happened to Rosetta's dad's illness… All I can do is stay here and keep the shop open. Eunice: I was thinking of giving some flowers when I go see Rosetta next time. You will not find Rosetta in Trampoli again until the next Festival or Holiday. Make certain that you speak to her then. Freyr: Rosetta, how was your father? Rosetta: He just caught a cold, but it's taking longer than normal for him to recover. He must have been overworked. That's why I decided to help out over there for a while. I can't leave my store without tending to it for too long so I'm back for today… But the best I can do is to come back only once a week. Freyr: I see… Please don't overwork yourself, too.

Rosetta: Thanks… You're really kind. Look for Rosetta now each Holiday and Festival Day and keep raising her Affection and Friendship with Gifts as well. On the next regular Holiday, Freyr found Rosetta in the Square in the afternoon: Freyr: How is your father? Rosetta: Not much progress. Maybe I should just let Danny run the store over here and focus on tending to my father… When he spoke to Anette shortly after that: Anette: I heard that Rosetta's father is fine now. That's great to hear! On the next Holiday, he spoke to Rosetta when she was at home at night: Rosetta: Freyr, you make the vegetables which I buy. I sell seeds, and then you make vegetables again. Don't we make a good team? Rosetta: So Eunice gave her parents that getaway trip… Maybe I should give something to my dad, too… Once Rosetta goes to Kardia to take care of her father, you only will see her on Holidays and Festival Days. After you speak to her on the first Festival Day, she will decide to return once each week to oversee her Shop. She then will return each Holiday and actually take delivery of your items as usual. The next morning, however, she will be in Kardia again. If you wish to make progress in this sequence of Events, you need to speak to her each time you see her and raise her Heart Level as high as possible. With her Heart Level at 9: Freyr: How is your father? Is he getting better? Rosetta: Not much change. I got Lara to take a look at him. I hope she can find out something. Freyr: I see… Lara's Contribution Now you need to speak to Lara: Lara: I went to go see Rosetta's father just now. Freyr: How was he? Will he get better? Lara: Yes. He'll be good as new. Just follow the recipe I'll be giving you and hand the finished product to Rosetta. Freyr: I-I'm making it…?! Lara: I won't be able to. You have to care deeply for Rosetta while you make it or it won't be effective. Freyr: Oh… Lara: Let me teach you the recipe now. Take 2 of 'Healing Drink S' and a 'White Grass' and mix them. You'll be able to make a Healing Drink X with it. You may fail a couple of times, but keep trying. Freyr: All right. You should have the Recipe in your Laboratory Cook Book before this and have made it many times. You should have White Grass in storage but if you do not have it, you will not be able to buy it from Lara. The Clinic menu does not change and simply offers the usual grasses. Actually, it does not matter whether you make the Energy Drink X yourself or find it in a Dungeon. Simply give any Energy Drink X to Rosetta when you see her on the next Holiday or Festival. Rosetta's Father and Energy Drink X If you speak to Rosetta before you give her the Energy Drink X, she will

declare: Rosetta: I can only come back here once a week until my father is all better. Danny is doing really well. I guess that's the only thing I'm happy for. Freyr then gave her E. Drink X Rosetta: Oh, what's this? Freyr: Please give it to your father. Lara told me about it. Rosetta: Really?! I'll get him to drink it right away! Thanks, Freyr! Rosetta's Return Rosetta may not return immediately after she accepts the Energy Drink X from you, but she should return within a week. Simply enter the Materia Shop to experience the Event. As you enter: Rosetta: Hey, Freyr! Now, you will be treated to a future 'Memory' clip: Rosetta: After getting my father to drink that medicine you gave me… he's been recovering fast! It's like a miracle. Freyr: Really? That's great to hear! Rosetta: This is all thanks to you! Freyr: What are you going to do now? Rosetta: My father is going to hire some people so this won't happen again. But I'm still worried, so I'll check in on him from time to time. I'm going to continue running the store here. It is mine, after all. That is the extent of the 'Memory' film. Now the Event resumes: Rosetta: Besides… She hesitates a moment, then: Rosetta: No, never mind. Freyr: ? Rosetta: Be sure to come to 'Materia' often, Freyr. A Way to Thank Danny If her heart level is high enough, you should be able to speak to her immediately after her 'Return' Event to initiate the next sequence. You came at just the right time. Can I ask a favour from you? Your choices now: Sure. Maybe next time. Rosetta: it's about Danny. He's been working really hard recently. So I thought I should reward him. Do you have any good ideas? Well… How about giving a present to him? A present… That sounds like a great idea! But what should I give him? If you want to thank him, I think it's better to do something for him rather just giving him a thing. Rosetta: It's not that I want to thank him or anything! But I guess you're right. What should I do…? His house is a bit run down, so maybe if I gave his home a remodeling, he might like it. Freyr: That sounds good. Rosetta: Then I should get started right away. Thanks, Freyr. Helping Rosetta Remodel Danny's House Wait until the next day to speak to Rosetta to initiate the next event in the sequence.

A Quest for Materials Many characters make Requests for items by Letter. Melody's Requests for every type of Wild Coloured Grass are conveyed by letter as are Bianca's Requests for various Cooked Dishes. In Rosetta's case, however, the Requests are conveyed personally. You can 'cheat' a little by having the following items in your Rucksack BEFORE you visit her the next morning: Materials Requested: Quality Cloth, Thick Stick, Quality Fur, Wool These are obtained as follows: Quality Cloth: War Trophy dropped randomly by Ghost, Necro, Faust, Little Emperor, Little Wizard, Hammer Troll and Gigantes Thick Stick: Item dropped as War Trophy by Necro, Little Emperor, Little Wizard, High Orc, Minotaur and Minotaur King or from Urns, Crates or Treasure Chests Quality Fur: War Trophy dropped randomly by Blood Panther, Shadow Panther, Hunter Wolf, Mamoo and Buffazoo Wool: Ranch Product obtained by using Harvester on tame Wooly or Fluffy Otherwise, you will be forced to run back and forth fetching and carrying for her. Freyr: How did it go? Are the preparations for the remodeling done? Rosetta: Well I ran into a little problem. I was thinking of giving him some curtains and a sofa bed but I don't have enough materials. Freyr! Can you please find me some 'Good Cloth'?! After: Rosetta: it's 'Good Cloth'. Thanks. N.B. There is no 'Good Cloth' in Rune Factory Frontier. It is 'Quality Cloth'. Give her Quality Cloth. Rosetta: Thank you! Next up… Freyr: What? There's more…?! Rosetta: Of course there is. Next up is 'Thick Stick.' Thanks. Freyr: *sigh*… After: Rosetta: It's a Thick Stick. Thanks. Give her a Thick Stick. Rosetta: (Thank you!) Thanks! Freyr: Is that it? Rosetta: There's more. Next up is 'Quality Fur.' Thanks. Freyr: You're so demanding… Rosetta: What was that? Freyr: N-nothing! After: Rosetta: It's 'Quality Fur'. Thanks. Give her the Quality Fur: Rosetta: (Thank you!) Thank you so much. Freyr: Since I know how this is going to go… What should I bring next? Rosetta: How considerate of you. Next up is 'Wool'. This is the last one. Thanks. After: Rosetta: It's Wool. Thanks. Give her Wool. Rosetta: Thank you. Now I have everything I need. I'll get right to the remodeling. You keep watch so Danny won't come inside. Be sure to keep it a secret from Danny until the remodling is donoe! Okay!

The screen darkens. When it lightens again, you are outside Danny's house and he is walking towards you. Danny: Oh, hey, Freyr. What are you doing in front of my house? Your choices: Oh, right… Is this really your house? If you choose, 'Oh, right…' Danny: So, what are you doing here? If you choose: Is this really your house? Danny: Huh? What's wrong with you? So, what are you doing here? Your choices now: I'm just waiting for some one… I'm just bored… If you choose: I'm just waiting for some one… Danny: Whyu are you meeting up in front of some one else's house?! If you choose: I'm just bored… Danny: Bored…? So you're standing in front of my house just because you're bored? Then, in either case: Danny: I want to go home! I can't go inside unless you get out of the way, Freyr! Get out of my way! Now your choices are: 'M-my chronic illness…! 'Graaagh!' Whether you choose Kanno's trademark response or that of Tsubute: Danny (with thunder and cross hurt): Are you teasing me? I know you are. Cut it out! If you won't get out of the way, I'll make you! Rosetta now flings open the doors and walks out of his house. Rosetta: I'm done. Oh… You were here, Danny? Danny; What's that supposed to mean? I live here! And what were you doing, Rosetta? Rosetta: (with music) You saved me the trouble of looking for you. Come on in. Danny: But I live here… Now you all walk up the stairs, Danny preceding you. Danny: What's going on? Why are you two acting so sneaky? He gazes in wonder at the transformation. He now has a 'Big Bed', a very fine table set for two and, in place of the half-consumed wine bottle on the stand, a pitcher of fresh Milk. Danny: This is… Rosetta: Do you like it? It's to thank you for all your hard work. Freyr said that it's better to do something for you rather than just give you something. Danny: Th-thank you. I-I'll continue to work hard at the general store! Rosetta: I'm so glad Danny liked it. Freyr: Yeah. Rosetta: Let me give you this for your trouble. You said it's better when people do something for you, right? I personally made it. You got Sunny-side-up! Rosetta: I'll see you later! The Event ends with both Rosetta and Danny standing near you. Neither will make any further reference to the Event when you speak to them now. Ironically, when Freyr spoke to Danny, the first words out of his mouth were:

Danny: I'm so depressed. (Ingrate!!!) Lara Birthday: 1 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Chocolate Cake Other Favourite Items: Strawberry, Berry Jam, Grape Jam, Orange Jam, Apple Jam, Lamp Squid Sashimi, French Toast, Donut, Pancake Most Detested Gift: Vegetable Juice Actual Responses: For Chocolate Cake on her birthday: Oh my, Choco Cake! We will all have this for my birthday today. For Berry Jam on her Birthday: Thank you. I'll be enjoying this Berry Jam later. For Chocolate Cake: Chocolate cake? I love this! Thank you! For Strawberry or Berry Jam (with music): Why, thank you. How did you know what I liked? Lara: Birthdays are the day when you celebrate the life your parents gave you as well as express thanks to them for it. Freyr: Oh. When is your birthday, Lara? Lara: My birthday is on the 1st of Winter. Lara: I actually like sweets. Like chocolate cake and jam… I know it's bad for my health to eat too much of it, but I just can't help myself… Lara: I dislike 'Vegetable Juice'. Don't you think we should all eat vegetables just the way they are? Official Description: The nurse/sister at the church. Nice to every one but tends to worry a bit too much. Lara is a participant in the Missing Scriptures Events Chain as well as the Events involving Selphy's Debt. The Missing Scriptures Events Chain can be found in Stella's section of this Guide. At 6 Hearts, she begins to experience a series of prophetic dreams involving other characters, including Stella and Turner. Lara's Schedule Daily, 6.00 a.m. to 8.59 a.m.: Church Monday, Wednesday, Friday in Class from 9.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m. at Clock Tower Weekdays, 7.00 to 7.59 p.m. at Laga Springs Bathhouse Holidays, 9.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m.: In Dining Hall of Church Festivals: 9.00 a.m. to 5.59 p.m. Church District, south of Clock Tower on hillside Lara, 'The Cross' and Kanpumasatsu Cinnamon will tell you about the 'Cross' Constellation, associated with Lara. Cinnamon: In this season, it's all about the Cross. Out of all the constellations, it's thought to be the most mystical. Freyr:: Oh, there must be a lot of stories behind it, then. Cinnamon: I'll tell you about it when you find it. You can see the Cross a bit late at night. Go find it. The Cross Constellation is associated with Lara and can be viewed after 8.00 p.m. Each Constellation is associated with one of the Eligible Girls and visiting her after viewing the Constellation will result in an increase in a specific

area. Visit Lara the morning after you find the Cross and your constitution will increase. Lara: Do you know about this thing called 'kanpumasatsu'? Freyr: What's that? Lara: You use a dry cloth to rub your bare skin to boost your health. Uzuki told me the other day that it's supposed to bolster the nervous system and warms you up to prevent illness. Well? Would you like to try? Freyr: W-wait… We have to rub our bare skin? So… you have to take your clothes off? Won't that be really cold? Lara: It's supposed to be effective because it's cold. Freyr: I'll . Just hearing about that made me feel healthier already. Freyr's constitution went up! Lara's Prophetic Dreams When Lara reached 6 Hearts, Freyr experienced a series of Events with her. In the first, she related a dream about Stella: Lara: Teehee… Freyr: What's going on? You seem to be really happy. Lara: I'm sorry… I was just ing something. I dreamed about Sister Stella tripping inside the church. It just looked so funny… When Freyr next spoke to Stella, she declared: Stella: Ow.. Freyr; What's wrong, Stella? Stella: Oh, it's you, Freyr… Looks like you caught me at a bad time. It's nothing. I slipped while I was working and fell on my backside pretty hard. Thanks to that, I ruined one of the vases. Freyr: Oh no… That sounds terrible. 2nd Prophetic Dream Freyr then visited Lara again at the Clinic: Freyr: Do you still your dream from the other day? Lara: Yes. You mean the one with Sister Stella falling? Freyr: Yeah. After you told me, I spoke with Stella and she really tripped and broke a vase. Lara: Looks like the dream came true. Last night, I dreamt that Turner came to get some medicine for his hangover. Freyr: Wouldn't that be interesting if that came true, too? Lara: Haha. I guess so. Suddenly, Turner enters and walks to the counter. Freyr: Oh? Turner! Lara: What's wrong, Turner? Turner: I drank way too much and now I have a headache. Can I have something for it? Lara: Oh?! … Sure, just a moment. Here, take this. Please be careful not to drink so much in the future. Turner: Yeah. Thank you. Lara: … Looks like that dream came true, too. Freyr: Strange things sure keep happening. Later: Lara: Is it possible for two consecutive dreams to come true? 3rd Prophetic Dream

Later: Lara: Freyr, I had another dream. Freyr; What kind of dream? Lara: There was something shining that falls down in front of the mail box at the church. Just thinking about how that will come true scares me… Freyr: It's just a coincidence. It's not possible for so many dreams to come true consecutively. Lara: I hope so.. After: Lara: I don't know what I would do if the next dream comes true… Anette's Wallet A clue to the dream will occur when you stand in front of the Church at the postbox when Anette delivers the post shortly after 7.00 a.m. Anette: Stella! You got mail! Whoops. I almost dropped my wallet. When she leaves, you will see a little golden arrow above the postbox, indicating the ability to 'search' it. Do so, and you will experience a little Event: Freyr: Hey… Something's on the ground… It's a wallet. It's just like the dream. I better keep this a secret from Lara. The next morning, when Anette delivers the post, speak to her. Freyr: What's wrong, Anette? You look down. Anette: Well, I lost my wallet… I've beenlooking, but no luck. I wonder if some one picked it up. Your choice now: Is this what you lost? That's too bad. Freyr: Is this what you lost, Anette? Anette: That's it! Thanks, Freyr. Hey, that's my wallet! I love you! If you choose: That's too bad. Freyr: That's too bad. Anette: I know! I'm low on money this month already and now I lost my wallet. When it rains, it pours. You will not have another opportunity to give her the wallet if you did not do so immediately. It will not appear in your inventory as an item, so you gain nothing by withholding it. Furthermore, Lara's Events will proceed irrespective of your decision. You simply will feel like a cad afterwards, as Anette is forced to go through the remainder of the season penniless. Lara's Weather Prophecies Either way, speak to postbox but you need with Lara. Lara: Freyr… Freyr: What is it? Lara: Yes. I dream always come true, so

Lara next. Note that you need to find the Wallet at the not return it to Anette to experience the next Event

Is something bothering you? a lot about sunny days recently. And all those dreams it's starting to get a little creepy…

Freyr: Is that so…? I wish I could do something for you. Lara: It's all right. I feel much better just getting that off my chest. Sorry for getting you all worked up. Freyr: It's all right. Please tell me if there's anything I can do. After: Lara: I'm becoming afraid of… dreaming.. Lara's Insomnia Visit her the next day and speak to her. Freyr: Are you still having those strange dreams? Lara: Not recently. Freyr: That's great! Lara: Well… It's not that I don't dream… I just can't sleep. Freyr: Do you have any medicine for that? Lara: I tried a myriad of herbs and medicines, but none of them work… Freyr: I'm sure you'll find one that works. Please let me know if I can get you anything to help. Lara: Thank you. After: Lara: I think the insomnia is temporary so there should be no need to worry about it. Melody's Cure for Insomnia Speak to Melody now as the resident expert in herbal medicine. Freyr: Melody… Melody: What's with that serious look on your face, Freyr? Freyr: Lara hasn't been sleeping recently. Lara: Really? That's awful. Every one needs their beauty sleep. Prompt: You got 'Pleasant Sleep'! Melody: Take this with you. Follow the recipe and get her to drink the 'Sleepy Grass'. With this, even the dead will fall asleep. Freyr: Thank you, Melody! Melody: What're friends for? Making 'Sleepy Grass' Go home now with your new Recipe Book to create Sleepy Grass in your Laboratory. You will find the Recipe beneath that for Formuade. Sleepy Grass: 320G Skill Level 40 HP 90, RP 0, FX Fatigue Recovery, Cold Recovery Ingredients: Black Grass, Mushroom, Magic Powder, Milk Note that Black Grass is most often found on your own field either after a severe storm or during the Winter season. If you are a careful player, you will have husbanded some and be able to take it from your Storage as well as the other ingredients for Sleepy Grass. Like Elli Leaves in other Harvest Moon games, 'Sleepy Grass' resembles a Wild Coloured Grass. It can be used both for Fatigue and Cold Recovery. Take it to Lara and give it to her. Freyr: Lara, here's the 'Sleepy Grass' that I learned from Melody. Try this out… Lara: Thank you so much. I'll try it out tonight. The Big Tree's Wish

After going to bed that night, you will be awakened abruptly to find yourself outside on the path that leads to the Big Tree. Walk north a little and you will encounter Lara. Freyr: Lara? Lara: Freyr… Where am I? What am I doing here? Freyr: I don't know… I was already here when I came to my senses. Lara: I wonder what it is. So eerie… Oh…?! Freyr: What's wrong? Lara: Do you… Do you hear that? Freyr: I don't hear anything. Lara: I do. It's over here. Lara will move away and the event will end. You will be on the path alone. Go now to the foot of the Tree where you will find Lara and initiate the most important Event, which then will become a 'Memory' in Rune Factory Frontier. Freyr: This is… Lara: Were you calling me? Big Tree: Yes, I called out to you for help. Lara: Were all of my strange dreams your doing? Big Tree: Yes. I had you dream those things to adapt you to the dream world. I'm sorry for any trouble I have caused you. Lara: The dream world? This is the dream world? Big Tree: Yes. Ancient trees like myself can speak to humans… But only in your dreams… I had you come here to fulfill a wish of mine. Lara: A wish? Big Tree: Yes. I want you to care for my child. I cannot move by my own will. As you can see, the forest is filled with trees, and there… is no room for a seedling to grow. Please, plant it elsewhere. Please, raise my child and transplant it after it matures. Take it somewhere far away. Lara: All right. I will accept your wish. I will take responsibility for your child. Big Tree: Thank you…! I am so glad I have asked you… Thank you… Thank you… The Event ends. You will awaken at 6.00 a.m. in your own bed. Note that you must complete this Sequence if you wish to marry Lara as it is her 'Story'. Even if you do not wish to marry her, experiencing the sequence of Events allows you to add another Recipe Book and Recipe to your Collection. Without 'Pleasant Sleep', your Recipe Collection will remain incomplete. Without shipping at least one 'Sleepy Grass', your shipping list will remain incomplete. When you visit Lara at the Clinic, you will experience the final Event: Freyr: Lara, I had a strange dream. When I came to my senses, I was in the middle of the forest and a huge tree told you… Lara: … to take care of its child. Freyr: Yes! Huh…? Lara: Come over here. You now follow her as she walks to her room. A small sapling is in the corner in a pot. Lara: I will care for its child the best I can. Until the day it has grown enough so that I can transplant it. Afterwards, both Cinnamon and Eunice will speak of this separately: Eunice: Lara has been growing something in small pots recently. I'm so glad to know there are more people who like flowers. Cinnamon: Lara showed me the potted plants in her room. They were cute… Melody will speak of the item she taught you to make:

Melody: Did the 'Sleepy Grass' work? Yes, it seems that Lara is sleeping much better now. Melody: That's good to hear. Lara Plays for You This is a little random event that can occur when Lara is seated at the organ in the Church after 6.00 a.m.: Lara; I'm practicing playing the organ for when we pray. Would you like to hear it? Sure. Maybe another time. Choose: 'Sure'. Lara: Thank you, but I'm embarrassed because I'm terrible at it. She then will play a few bars. Lara: How was it? Your choices now: You were very good. Maybe you're feeling a little off today. If you say: Freyr: You were very good. Lara: Thank you. I'll continue to practice so I can play better. Lara's Penpal Lara: I have been keeping in touch with my old friends through mail after I moved here. It's quite nice to keep in touvh with friends that are far away since we can exchange information about each other. At 4 Hearts, Lara will tell you about her penpal. Lara: My pen pal has recently begun school in a large town. She said that she plans to take over her father's work. I have to keep working hard, too. As her heart level increases, you will experience more dialogues: Lara: My pen pal lives somewhere that's much colder than the Kingdom of Norad. I hope that she doesn't become ill… When her Heart Level increases again: Lara: I haven't received a response from my pen pal recently. I wonder what happened… I was thinking of going over there if I still don't receive a response after a while. Freyr: Oh really? I guess you're pretty worried. Lara: Yes… At 8 Hearts: Lara: (with music) I finally got a reply from her! Freyr: From your pen pal? That's great. Lara: Yes, thank you. It just seems that she was bedridden for a while and her friend was there to look after her. She used to be very sickly when she was young so I was very worried… At 10 Hearts: Lara: My pen pal was near the area so I went to pay her a visit. I'm glad to see that she hasn't change much. She also said the same for me. We're going to continue exchanging mail with each other. Melody

Birthday: 11 Spring Most Favourite Gift: Relax Tea Easiest Favourite Gifts: Wild Grasses (any colour) Other Favourites: Charm Blue, Medicinal Herb, Black Grass, Orange Grass, Yellow Grass, Red Grass Most Detested Gift: Mayonnaise Melody: I love Relax Tea. I drink it while I'm in the bath to relax even more. For Relax Tea: This is Relax Tea! It's for me?! Thanks! I love you! For Medicinal Herb: For me? Thanks! I'll take anything you want to give me. Melody: My birthday is on the 11th of spring. I'll be waiting for a present! Melody: Is there anything you don't like to eat, Freyr? I hate mayonnaise. Just looking at it sends a shiver down my spine, so don't ever give it to me! Official Description: The always lively bathhouse owner. Always in search for the perfect bath. It is Melody who will give you a Hammer when you reach the source of the Spring in the Cave Depths at Whale Island. When she declares that the source of water for the Spring has diminished, go back to the Cave Depths to experience a special series of Events with a Red Troll. Give him Ice Cream at his request to restore the Water flow for the Laga Springs. The bathhouse then will be expanded. She will make a number of Requests for different wild Coloured Grasses by letter. As always when completing a letter Request, give the required item to Anette to deliver to Melody. Melody is a participant in the Missing Scriptures Events Chain. See Stella's section for full details. Melody's Bathhouse Dialogue Melody: Floating seasonal vegetables in the bath can show a really refined taste, don't ya think? I'm counting on you. Freyr: Wait, I have to bring it? Melody: I'm kidding. Social Dialogue Melody: I saw you getting a monster to help you with your farm work, Freyr. So I decided to try it out, too, but the monster was so strong that it broke the flooring. I messed up. Freyr: Which monster did you get to do it? Melody: I don't … The Golem, I think? Freyr: Hahaha… You know there are jobs that each monster has their own strengths and weaknesses in. How about the Wooly? I think it'll be good. Melody: Nah… I'm done with getting the monsters to help out. Melody's History Tale of an Orphan Freyr: Not only do you like baths, you really like magic, too, don't you, Melody?

Melody: It's not that I like magic. I like wizards. Freyr: There's a difference? Melody: There's a huge difference! This might sound weird to you, but do you have a minute? Your choices: Go ahead. I have to go somewhere… Go ahead. Melody: Thanks. I didn't have parents for as long as I can . I went out searching for parents because I saw how every one else had them. But I was still really small and that was the first time I went outside the town… I got lost right away. It was getting dark and a started hearing creepy sounds all around me. I thought I was monster food for sure. It was then that a wizard that was in town came and found me. After that, I started looking up to wizards. I wanted to become a wizard, too, and help people in need, so that they can smile again. Freyr: I'm sure you can do it, Malody. Becomae a great wizard, that is. Melody: Thanks, Freyr. The Creation of Neo Laga Springs Bathhouse In previous seasons, when you spoke to Melody, she will have mentioned that the water for her Hot Spring appears to be diminishing. Her anxiety will continue to increase until she finally asks a favour from you outright. Melody: Can you go take a look at the water source of the spring? It's where you broke the rock with the hammer, Freyr. Thanks! Tip: If you wish to make a single journey, take Ice Cream with you when you visit the Cave Depths. When you go to the source of the spring, you will find an enormous Red Troll-like Creature squatting near the entrance to the Cave Depths in the former location of the underground waterfall and river. There is no water to be seen whatsoever there now. Troll: Huh? Who are you and what do you want with me? Freyr: If you sit there, it'll stop the flow of the hot spring. The bathhouse owner is getting really mad. Would you please move? Troll: Why should I move for you people? I like this place. Freyr: Please… Troll: Fine, fine… He performs a series of movements but stays in place. Troll: Then how about this? You bring me some ice cream. Then I'll move. Man, I'm too nice. Freyr: 'Ice cream', right? I'll bring it right away! Bring the Troll some Ice Cream, a Level 20 No Tool Dish that requires only that you mix Milk with Egg. Troll: Ice cream! You kept your promise! You're a nice guy. Now for my end of the bargain. There wasn't much water left in this spring so I added some more. See ya. Return to Trampoli to speak to Melody. Melody: Hey, Freyr! You did this, didn't you? That sure surprised me. I

didn't expect the roof to be blown off to make it an outdoor bath! Freyr: The roof was blown off?! Melody: Yeah. But it's fine. I opened it up as an outdoor bathhouse now. It shall now be called… 'Neo Laga Springs'! Today's bath is on the house, so come on in! I'm burning some of the incense Rosetta gave me as a gift for the grand opening. It smells really nice, so enjoy! As on a previous occasion when a free Bath was promised, you will find yourself unable to use the Bath until you have paid 10G as usual. The bath has been expanded slightly and has a more lovely appearance. Melody's Event at 10 Hearts At 10 Hearts, enter the Bathhouse in the morning and you will find Nolan there in argument with Melody. Melody with cross hurt and thunder, puffing smoke. Melody: I said I don't want it! Nolen: But it can be of great assistance to you. Melody; And I'm saying I don't need it! I run this bathhouse because I love this bath! Nolan: Then let us take the entire bathhouse to the castle. Doing that can be very simple… Melody: Wha… Wha… G-get out of here!! If you really like baths then think about their feelings!! She races off. Freyr: What happened? Nolan: You caught me at a terrible time. I came to Melody to ask her if she would like to be adopted by myself. I heard that she has no other family so I did it out of good will. However, it appears that I have offended her in the process… Freyr: I see… I'm going to find Melody. We have to talk it over. Nolan: I suppose so… Please do so. As I suspected, Melody is at the Cave Depths, where she has slipped and fallen to the ground. She is being threatened by four gleeful Goblins wwielding swords! I have to defeat them, a very simple task at this point. Are yoyu okay, Melody? Melody: I'm fine. I was just a little suprised. Freyr: Let's go back. Nolan is worried about you. Melody: No! He wants to take away the bathhouse and tells me to become a princess! Can you believe it?! Freyr: A princess…? Melody: He used to be a king of a small kingdom up north. He said that he's retired now and is just a regular bath lover. Freyr: But Melody, isn't that a good thing? Melody: No, it's not! I love Laga Springs! I have no intention of leaving this place! Freyr: That's all the more reason you have ot talk it over with Nolan. Melody: I know… But still… Freyr: You already made up your mind, right? Then there's nothing to worry

about. Let's go back. Didn't you say people who love baths can't be all that bad? Melody: That's a cheap shot, Freyr… Not I HAVE to go back. … Fine. Nolan: melody! I was worried sick! If anything happened to you, I would have… Melody: … I'm sorry. But I don't intend to be adopted by you. Nolan: I see… Since we both have no family, I thought we could get along… Freyr: But I thought you had a son that ascended to your throne…? Nolan: Yes, well… That son is quite power-hungry… Though retired, I still have some power and he views me as a rival. My wife also ed away and… my youngest daughter as well when she was about your age, Melody. I do not have any one that I can call family anymore. Melody: Then I'll be your family! Nolan: What?! But… Melody; No, not in that way. Any one who takes baths is my family! That's why you're also family, Nolan! Nolan: I see… True happiness can be found in things tthat we take for granted. I guess I forgot that simple truth… Thank you, Melody. Melody: I'm sorry for saying all those terrible things to you, too. I also forgot that people who love baths can't be bad people. Nolan: May I come again to take a bath here? May I be able to stay as your family? Melody: Of course! Immediately after this Event, you once again will have the option to ask her out. Summer Date at Lake Poli with Melody If you arranged for a Date with an Eligible Maiden at Lake Poli on 19 Summer, you need to go to the Lake at noon. The Girl, however, always reserves the right to be late. In Freyr's case, he had made a Date with Melody. He arrived before noon but was forced to wait until 12.45 p.m. when he finally spied her sauntering slowly east across the bridge towards him. Melody: You're late! Well, I was late, too, so I guess it's okay. She then seated herself in the gondola, then told Freyr: Melody: It sure is hot today. We should go somewhere breezy… How about the island in the lake? Freyr then had to row to the closest of the two islands, the one without the beanstalk to Whale Island. Melody raced ahead of him to stand beneath the large tree. Melody: Wow! I had no idea it'd be so cool here! This feels nice… Freyr: going to the beach is nice, but I must say cooling off by the lake feels great. Melody and Freyr gazed at the view for a moment, then: Melody: Oh, I almost forgot! I tried making some lunch (snacks) for us today. Wanna try some? She offered a bowl to him. Freyr: Really?! This looks great. The actual dish may change from Date to Date: Today's Box Lunch is Cheese Fondue! Today's Box Lunch is Curry Udon! Melody: How is it? I tried my best, but… Your choices now: It's delicious!

This is… um… Freyr, being a gentleman, duly assured her it was delicious. Melody (with music): Really?! Hearing you say that makes me so happy! They stand together, gazing at all the beauties of the Lake, then: Melody: Thank you for today. It's always hot in the springs, so the breeze was such a relief. Freyr: It's gonna be hot for a while, so I hope we can do this again soon. Suddenly, Freyr's vision turns red, as though he were about to suffer a major heart attack or an attack of the vapours. His thoughts: Oh, Melody … I can no longer control my feelings for you… The terrible red slowly changes to a cooler green: His thoughts now: If I want to confess, I must do it now! You now will have the opportunity to take a Wedding Bouquet from your rucksack, provided that you came prepared to propose marriage to the Girl in question and give it to her. If she is at 10 Hearts and all other requirements for marriage to the specific girl have been met, she will accept your proposal. Each Eligible Girl differs in her specific requirements. In Melody's case, you must have experienced all of her Events, including the one with the red Troll at the spring and the Event with Nolan. General Marriage Requirements include a house expansion for a bedroom on the upper floor and a Double Bed for marital bliss. As Freyr wished to go on many more Dates with many other Girls, he opted not to confess anything. Melody therefore only declared: Melody: It's kinda nice going on dates like this. He is forced to take the boat back to the dock alone, as Melody does not appear to understand that he gladly would take her home as well. He therefore was forced to leave her stranded without any transport on the little island. Rather to his surprise, she cheerfully waved farewell then. Melody: Freyr, thanks for inviting me out. I hope we can do this again sometime. Freyr: Of course! The event ended at the entrance to Lake Poli. Marriage Proposal and Wedding to Melody If Freyr had offered Melody a Wedding Bouquet at the end of the Summer Date, at 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship, with all conditions met, Melody would accept his proposal. The wedding would occur immediately afterwards. He then would regain control in the farmhouse facing his new bride on 6.00 a.m. the next morning. Here is the Event that occurred when he offered her the Wedding Bouquet: Melody: …! Um… this is… So you mean… Freyr: That's right. I love you. Will you marry me? Melody; But… um… Really? Me? Freyr: Absolutely. You are the only one for me. Well… What do you say? Melody: Oh, I'm so happy! I never thought my feelings would be returned… Freyr: I'll make you the happiest woman alive. I swear it… Wedding Congratulations After the blessing at the Church, most of the residents would offer their Congratulations. Wedding Events both with Melody and with Anette have been

included to show how the dialogue varies with respect to certain characters. In Melody's Event, the only characters who did not congratulate Freyr and Melody were Cinnamon, Iris Blanche and Iris Noire. In Anette's Event, the missing characters were Iris Blanche and Noire and Minerva. Given the antipathy of vampires towards Churches, the absence of both aspects of Iris can be forgiven, but Cinnamon should have been at Melody's Wedding. It is possible that the number of characters who congratulate the Bride is set and that the inclusion of Minerva in Melody's Event resulted in the exclusion of Cinnamon. As you will see, each Wedding has dialogue specific to the Bride in of some of the most important characters in her life. In Melody's case, those individuals were Lara and Nolan. In Anette's case, the special dialogues involved Erik and Danny, the two other eligible bachelors of Trampoli. At the Altar: Stella: You may kiss the bride. The Bride and Groom kiss. Turner: Congratulations to the both of you. I hope you'll make a happy family. Rita: Freyr, Melody, congratulations. You should come to the bar together later. Eunice: Freyr, Melody, congratulations. Melody, you look beautiful! I wish you the best. Erik: Congratulations, young man! I never thought you'd actually manage to get married! Kanno: You two make a great couple. Congratulations! Candy; Congratulations on your marriage with melody! You look beautiful, Malody… wish I could be some one's bride. Lara: Congratulations, Melody. You look beautiful. Melody: Thank you, Lara. Let's still be friends. Lara: Of course. Ganesha: Congratulations on your marriage. Next up is a baby! I'll be waiting for a cute baby from the two of you. Marco: Congratulations on you marrying. You'll still have those adventures even after you marry though, right? You have to take me with you on an adventure someday. Rosetta: Congratulations to the both of you. You make a great couple. Danny: Congratulations. Have a nice life. Bianca: So you married Melody. And here I always thought you had a thing for me… Oh well. Congratulations, I guess. Tabatha: Congratulations, Freyr, Melody. I wish you well. Minerva: Congratulations. Being a bride, huh… I wish I could be one soon. Selphy: It's always nice to see two people in love get married. Anette: Congratulations. Take care. I better change the delivery address. Lute: Congratulations to the both of you. Take care. Uzuki: It surely is a joyous occasion. Melody looks beautiful in that dress. A foreign wedding ceremony can be nice. Someday, I too shall… Tsubute: Congratulations on your marriage, Freyr. Now I am assured that Milady will never be seduced by some ruffian anymore. This is truly a joyous occasion. Kross: Congratulations. Take care. Nolan: Congratulations, Melody. I'm so glad I am able to see you in a wedding dress. I hope you and Freyr will take care. Melody: Thank you very much. I'll still run the bathhouse myself after I get

married so come visit me like you always do. Nolan: Gladly… Mist: Freyr, Melody, congratulations. You look great together.

Take care.

Melody's Dialogue after Marriage After his Wedding to Melody, Freyr then would find himself at his Farmhouse with his new bride. It would be 6.00 a.m. on the day after the Summer Date. A little Event then would occur: Melody: We're married now. It still feels a bit like a dream. Freyr: It's the start of our new life together. It'll be quite a ride. Melody: I'm sure the ride will be exciting! I've always considered every one that comes to the bathhouse family. But creating my own family with a man I love has always been my dream. It's finally come true… Freyr: I'll do my best to be a husband you can be proud of. I love you. Afterwards, if he spoke to Melody again: Melody: here's your lunch! Have a nice day. You got: Cheese Fondue! Freyr: Thanks. It looks great. Melody: I put a lot of work into it. I hope you'll enjoy it later! She then hums the Spirit Melody. Other dialogue after Marriage: Melody: Good morning, sweetie. Let's make today a great day! Don't stare at me like that… Melody: Oh, you're already home? Melody: Did you forget something? Or did you just want to see me? In the circumstances, however, as Freyr wished to experience Dates and Weddings with ALL the Eligible Girls, he replayed the Date and left the Lake single. Bianca Birthday: 8 Summer Most Favourite Gift: She has None but will accept some items with less rudeness than others Most Detested Gift: Rice Ball Note that in of advancing your Courtship, Bianca will be affected more by conversation than gifts of any ordinary items. Your best strategy is simply to speak to her daily during the Summer season. Actual Dialogue: Bianca: I received a wooden horse for a birthday when I was small, but I ended up not even riding it once and threw it away. By the way, my birthday is on the 8th of Summer. You better that. Is there anything you don't like, Bianca? Bianca: Let's see… I hate things that are unnecessarily frugal. Like… rice balls. On her birthday: For Diamond or Trout Sashimi: Why, thank you. It's a bit meagre for a birthday present, but I will still accept it. (as Birthday Gift) For Ruby Brooch: Your tastes are still as bad as ever. Of course, I could still make this look good. (as Birthday Gift) Response to ordinary Gifts:

For Amethyst, Aquamarine (Lv. 7), Orange Marmalade, Energy Drink, Berry Juice, Udon, etc: What is this? Is it for me? I suppose I'll take it off your hands. For any accessory that qualifies as 'jewelry', even if it is a simple Pendant or Wing Ring, she will tell you: Bianca: Your tastes haven't changed it seems… I guess I'll put it on, since you tried… Response to accessory items she scorns: For Hand-Knit Hat: You should be ashamed by your lack of taste. For edible items she detests: For Hot Rice Ball: (with cross hurt and thunder): You've got some nerve. Although Bianca will tell you that conversation does not increase her feelings for you, this is not the case at all. In fact, it is dialogue alone that truly boosts her Heart Level: Bianca: Just because you keep talking to me doesn't mean I'll grow to like you. No matter what you do, you'll never be more important to me than Francoise. (4 � Hearts) Dialogue about Cuisine: Bianca: There is a food called 'Bavarois'. I'd like to try it once. Bring it to me if you find it, but I won't hold my breath. Bianca: Yesterday, I had roast meat steamed in wine. The meat was so soft it melted in my mouth. Bianca: Last night, I had Flounder and Lover Snapper in a white wine sauce. Oh, that sauce coupled with the texture was wonderful. Freyr: Oh… Note that Bianca's interest in fine cuisine will lead to the establishment of a new Festival as early as the second year, provided she and Tabatha have become permanent residents of Trampoli. Bianca: Once I get bored of Trampoli, I may move to another summer home. You'll have to entertain me so that doesn't happen. Official Description: The young miss of the opulent Viviash household. Seems selfish but has a tender heart. A 'Treasure Hunt' is connected with Bianca. You will experience an Event with her wherein you find the beginning of a poem on a piece of paper. Go to the Conservatory to find the next hint, then to the little island to the right of the Beanstalk Island at Lake Poli to find the final verse with a Diamond. When you next visit Bianca, you will find a Wedding Ring in front of her house, triggering the last Event in this series with Bianca. Bianca's Dialogue about Francoise When she first takes Francoise for her own: Bianca: My thanks. For its name, let's see… 'Francoise'. Francoise, starting today, I am your master. Curiously enough, Tabatha will act as though you had given Francoise to her: Tabatha: I have never seen Miss Bianca so happy. Freyr, thank you very much for gifting me with Francoise. Bianca: Don't you think Francoise is a great name?

After the end of the 1st Summer: Freyr: Hey, I thought that you were only here during the summer, Bianca. Bianca: That was my initial plan but Francoise can only live in these lands. I can't just leave it here so Tabatha and I decided to stay. Freyr: I see. Well, you're always welcome in the village. If you press 'A' next to Francoise's Feed: Freyr: There's Monster Food inside. Bianca: Francoise only gets the best food there is. Bianca: The other day, Francoise ate what I gave it instead of Tabatha's food. It feels kind of nice. Bianca: Francoise lets me pet it recently. I think it's finally used to me. Bianca: Francoise eats from my hand directly now. I'm the only one that can do it. Bianca: … Just because you keep talking to me doesn't mean I'll grow to like you. No matter what you do, you'll never be more important to me than Francoise. (4 � Hearts) Bianca: Francoise used to sleep in the same bed with me, but it's getting harder and harder. I wonder if they sell beds for monsters somewhere… At 5 Hearts: Bianca: You just don't get tired of coming here, do you? I'm impressed. Oh, you've come to see Francoise. I know that feeling. Bianca's Letters and Events Bianca's 1st Event On 2 Summer in the 1st Year, enter the new Mansion in the South District to experience your first encounter with Bianca and Tabatha. At nine, you can meet Tabatha and Bianca: Oh hell, Freyr. I am Tabatha, Miss Bianca's maid. Did you move here? Me: Well… A lot's happened since before… Tabaha: You haven't changed at all, Freyr. Miss Bianca will only be here during summer but I hope we will get along. Miss Bianca may say some pointed things to you, but please don't let it bother youl. Bianca: Oh, Freyr… Fancy seeing you here. I only came here to cool off so I won't stay for long… But if you find anything interesting, I'll take it off your hands. Bianca: I'm bored. Do you know anything fun to do? Then; This is my first time to this village but there's really nothing here. Father should have sent me to the city… Tabatha: it's so lively with all the monsters at your home, Freyr. Then: Tabatha: Monsters attack humans so they are hated, but they have adorable eyes when you look a tthem carefully. I think you can communicated with monsters if you deal with them with lots of love. Me: Are you and Bianca the only ones here? Tab: Yes. I care for Miss Bianca and manage the mansion myself. Me: That sounds like a lot of work… I enjoy it because it is worth doing. It's quite fun to clean a large mansion. Why don't you try it, Freyr? Me: I-I'm fine… Tab: Oh? That's unfortunate. Bianca: You've been going to that strange island, haven't you? If you find anything interesting, bring it to me. I'll gladly take it off your hands.

Me: This must be Tabatha's diary. … Hmm. Just the thought of reading this makes me nervous. Tabatha: Miss Bianca is not a bad person. She's just a bit… proud. But she doesn't have many friends because of that… I just hope some one is willing to be her friend… Bianca: I, Bianca Sainte-Coquille, had this summer home built to spend summers comfortably. I only came here to cool off so I won't stay for long… Bianca: I came to get away from the heat but it's not cool here at all! Do something about it! Bianca: This summer home is a bit small. I wanted the bedroom to be much larger. Maybe I should have extensions built? Then she will give you a hint about a possible interest in Monsters: Bianca: Did you find anything interesting in the Green Ruins? If you find anything, show it to me. Bianca and the Little Lost Monster Bianca's 'Story' in Rune Factory Frontier is centred on 'Francoise', a young Elefun who, lost in the Cave on Whale Island, follows you back to Trampoli.. On 10 Summer, ten days after his Introduction Event with Bianca and Tabatha, Freyr entered the Mansion at 9.20 a.m. and experienced an Event with the Purple Elefun Monster. As soon as he entered, he noticed the little Monster in the foyer with him. Freyr: Hey! You shouldn't have come all the way here! The baby Elefun races off towards the door that leads to the fountain. Freyr: Wait! The Little Monster disappears through the door. Freyr: Ack! Freyr: Ack! The monster now stands in front of Bianca at the foot of the Grand Staircase. Freyr: I'm sorry, Bianca. Bianca: Is this your monster? You will have a choice now: Yes, it's mine. No, it just followed me here. If I choose: Yes, it's mine. Bianca: Hmph. I guess monsters aren't as scary as I thought. Won't you give it to me? Your choices now: Sure. Please don't make me choose… If you choose: Sure. Freyr: Sure. Be sure to take good care of it. Bianca: My thanks. For its name, let's see… 'Francoise'. Francoise, starting today, I am your master. The Event ends. After: Don't you think Francoise is a great name? If you chose: No, it just followed me here. She still will respond the same about monsters not being as scary as she thought. If, to the question: Won't you give it to me? You respond: Please don't make me choose… Bianca: Oh, really? But it doesn't seem to want to move away from here… It

seems quite attached to me so maybe you shouldn't force it. Won't you give it to me? You can continue to refuse, but she will continue to beg until she gets what she wants. Bianca is a very determined young lady! Bianca's Decision to Stay After Autumn began in the 1st year, Freyr found Bianca brushing Francoise in the Mansion one day near noon. Bianca: Oh, good morning. Freyr: Hey, I thought that you were only here during the summer, Bianca. Bianca: That was my initial plan but Francoise can only live in these lands. I can't just leave it here so Tabatha and I decided to stay. Freyr: I see. Well, you're always welcome in the village. After this, he spoke to Tabatha: Tabatha (blushing): Miss Biance suddenly said yesterday that she wants to stay for Francoise. Miss Bianca has never altered her schedule for the sake of some one else so I am truly surprised. But it makes me a little happy (with music). Bianca's Dialogues about Francoise After you give Francoise to Bianca: Tabatha: I have never seen Miss Bianca so happy. Freyr, thank you very much for gifting me with Francoise. If you speak to Bianca in the little Monster Barn in the Mansion while she is brushing Francoise, you can access the food bin to initiate a little bit of dialogue. Freyr: There's Monster Food inside. Bianca: Francoise only gets the best food there is. As Bianca's Heart Levels increase, you will be able to experience more dialogues about Francoise. Bianca: The other day, Francoise ate what I gave it instead of Tabatha's food. It feels kind of nice. Bianca: Francoise lets me pet it recently. I think it's finally used to me. Bianca: Francoise eats from my hand directly now. I'm the only one that can do it. Bianca: … Just because you keep talking to me doesn't mean I'll grow to like you. No matter what you do, you'll never be more important to me than Francoise. (4 � Hearts) Bianca: Francoise used to sleep in the same bed with me, but it's getting harder and harder. I wonder if they sell beds for monsters somewhere… Bianca: You just don't get tired of coming here, do you? I'm impressed. Oh, you've come to see Francoise. I know that feeling. At 6 Hearts: Bianca: Father keeps telling me to come home. And I keep telling him that I can't because Francoise is here… Francoise Runs Amok At 5 or 6 Hearts, you may experience the following dialogue with respect to the increasing amount of mischief caused by Francoise:

Bianca: Francoise wrecked a vase. The vase isn't worth much, but it's getting so rambunctious lately. I guess it's at a very active age. Tabatha will mention the incident as well: Tabatha: Francoise has been breaking a lot of things at home recently. Francoise only listens to Miss Bianca and yet she doesn't say anything to it. I am at a loss… Shortly after this, you will discover that other villagers have experienced incidents with Francoise. Danny: Can't we do something about Bianca's monster? (with thunder and cross hurt now): You gave that monster to her so you should take responsibility! Turner: The other day, Bianca's monster ran into the store entrance at full speed. Luckily, it didn't break, but I wish she would calm that thing down a bit more. Kross: I got attacked by Bianca's monster… Did I do something bad…? Finally, speak to Stella to discover the extent of the hostility that Francoise's recent behaviour has engendered: Stella: Freyr, I don't know how to say this… Freyr: What is it? Stella: About Bianca's Monster… I have received a lot of complaints about it. I don't want to meddle in people's affairs, so I'll leave it be for now… But if it goes on as is, I can't protect her any longer. I'll tell Bianca, but you should be careful, too. Freyr: Sure thing. This sounds rather ominous, as though a lynch mob may be lurking round a corner somewhere… It is more likely, however, that Stella hopes very stern words may have results in moderating the unruly Monster's behaviour. Francoise and Uzuki It is when you speak to Uzuki in the Public Square that you will experience a real Event with Francoise. Uzuki: Freyr, are you out for a walk? The town square is a nice place. It certainly is a pleasant place for every one. It's so peaceful… Ahhh! Enemy music: Freyr: !! Uzuki: This bloodcurdling scream! We have an emergency! Tsubute: Let us go, milady! Now suddenly, Bianca and Tabatha, Cinnamon, Candy, Eunice, and Marco surround little Francoise in the square. You hear the cry of the Little Monster. Eunice: It's so cute! Uzuki and I arrive on the scene. Uzuki: What's going on?! I shall defend the peace of Trampoli! Every one turns to face us. Francoise cries out again. Cinnamon: … What's wrong? Uzuki: I thought I just heard Eunice scream… Candy: We were just looking at Bianca's Francoise together. Bianca: I normally won't allow it, but I'll let every one pet it today. Marco: It's so fluffy. Try it out, Uzuki! Uzuki: I-I am fine…

Tabatha: Ypu don't need to act so modest. Francoise loves being petted. Uzuki: I-I … But… Bianca: … What? Are you saying you can't pet Francoise? Uzuki: No, it's not that… After a moment of hesitation: Uzuki: Very well. I come from a family of samurais. I shall harden my resolve to do this. Cinnamon: it's not supposed to be that serious of a matter… Uzuki goes forward to pet Francoise. Uzuki: Oh! It is much more tame than I imagined. And it is warm. Bianca: My Francoise is the best in the world. Uzuki: Well well. This was a wonderful experience. I thank you, Bianca. Tab: I hope Uzuki's hatred of monsters will be eased a little bit with this. Uzuki: That is a difficult thing to follow through with. Francoise Returns to the First Forest When Bianca reached 8 Hearts, Freyr entered the Mansion one afternoon and experienced an Event: Bianca: Eeeek! He hears a thump, then the cry of Francoise. He finds Bianca kneeling on the floor near the Grand Staircase. Bianca stands behind her docilely. Tabatha, hearing the commotion now descends the staircase and calls out to her Mistress. Tabatha: Miss! Freyr runs forward as well. Freyr: Are you okay, Bianca? Bianca: It's nothing. I was just playing with Francoise. Miss, let me tend to your leg. She kneels by Bianca and begins to clean the wound. Bianca: Ow! I knew it… Francoise did this, didn't it? No. I just tripped and fell on my own. Miss! Tell me the truth! Did Francoise do this? No! I have overlooked much, but not this time! Tell me the truth! Why? Why do you speak ill of Francoise, Tabatha? You love monsters and dream about a world where humans and monsters can coexist! That is precisely why! Rules are needed if humans are to live with monsters. Now that monsters live in the human world, they will lose their place if they end up hurting those humans. Francoise must return to the 'First Forest'. Both of the girls now have tears in their eyes. Tabatha… Are you cruying…? Tab: I'm not… I know it pains you much more… Tabatha… Bianca takes out the Brush to brush Francoise one last time. Now the Event shifts to a future 'Memory'. Bianca: All right. We'll release Francoise back to the First Forest. Goodbye, Francoise… The Memory ends and the Event resumes. Freyr: Bianca… Bianca: Do it! I'm sick and tired… of monsters… Tab: I'm sorry for forcing you to do this. But please… This is for the sake of Miss Bianca. Freyr: …All right.

One final scream of the Elefun as she is sent back… Bianca: Goodbye, Francoise. I'll always love you… A shining point of light whirls and vanishes. Bianca: That was terrible. If you find something more interesting, bring it to me. But don't ever bring me monsters again. The only monster for me is Francoise after all. The Event ends now. Freyr ran back to Francoise's old room to see if it had changed. Oddly enough, he found Bianca in there brushing the air as though pretending that Francoise had not been sent away… what a sad sight! Bianca and the Treasure Hunt Each of the Eligible Girls is associated with a Constellation and your character will experience an Event with her after 'finding' her Constellation in the night sky. Not surprisingly, Bianca's Constellation is the Elephant. After finding the Elephant Constellation, Freyr visited Bianca while she was brushing Francoise and when he spoke to her, experienced an Event: Freyr: Bianca, you dropped something. Bianca: Oh, thank you. … What is this? Paper? This dirty piece of paper isn't mine. Me: O-oh, really? But I thought I saw you drop it… Bianca: I said it's not mine! Freyr: There's something written on it. Let's see… 'When the elephant gazes at the stars, water shall erupt from the trunk.' Freyr: What is this? Is this some kind of code for a secret treasure? Bianca: I don't know… If you're that interested, why don't you go check it out yourself? There's no way you can find it though. But, even if you do, half of it is mine. Freyr: Huh? Bianca: Of course it is. That paper is mine. Freyr: O-oh, really? All right. But don't expect too much. When the elephant gazes at the stars… The observatory comes to mine when you think of stars. Bianca and the Treasure Hunt Me: Dianca, you dropped something. Bianca: Oh, thank you. … What is this? Paper? This dirty piece of paper isn't mine. Me: O-oh, really? But I thought I saw you drop it… Bianca: I said it's not mine! Bianca's Letters Sainte-Coquille Festival On 18 Spring in the 2nd Year, you will receive an announcement letter from Bianca. Participate in my festival Tomorrow is the Sainte-Coquille Festival, sponsored by me. Every one, participate. I'll be waiting at the Public Square. Bianca Bianca's Request Letters

There are a number of characters in Rune Factory Frontier who make Requests for items by letter. The items tend to be appropriate to the individual requesting them. In Melody's case, the Requests are for Wild Coloured Grasses. Ganesha's Requests are for ingredients used to forge Weapons. Although Bianca's first Request is for Iron, she makes it clear that is only a 'test' and soon begins to Request Cooked Dishes, Requests that are most appropriate for any member of the Sainte-Coquille Gourmet clan. A Test Letter I heard that you take requests for items people want by mail. I don't really want anything in particular, but hm… Send me an Iron. Bianca Letter from Bianca: Hm… I received your Iron in the mail. Next, send me a Strawberry. Bianca It's more fun than I thought. I received your Strawberry. I guess exchanging letter is not too boring. It feels a bit different from talking in person. Anyway, send me a Veg. Stir-fry next. Bianca Next… I received your Veg. Stir-Fry. Did you make this? Well, not that I care or anything. Hm… as for the next item… Something harder to make… Perhaps a Steam Pumpkin. Yes, send me a Steam Pumpkin. Bianca Steam Pumpkin actually is made in the Pot, not the Steamer and requires only a Pumpkin. You're a harder worker than I thought. I received the Steam Pumpkin. Actually, I'm quite surprised you would keep sending items that I request. You're unexpectedly diligent. Anyway, take this token of thanks. I don't need it anymore. Next, I would like a Roasted Carp. Bianca With the Letter, a Level 2 Amethyst popped out of the letter and hit the ground. Carp is caught most easily when fishing at Lake Poli. 'Roasted' in this case is a poor translation as most 'Roasted' Fish Dishes in Rune Factory Frontier, including Roasted Carp, are made in Frying Pan. The next letter you receive will be: Next… I received the Roasted Carp. I guess commoner food is not always bad. Here, take this token of thanks. I don't need it anymore. Next, I would like something even more lowly. How about a PB&J. Bianca With this Letter, a Level 2 Aquamarine pops out onto the ground. Send her the PB&J. There are three different recipes for this and it does not matter which you use. She then will respond: Must be nice. I received the PB&J. It was actually not too bad, and also unexpected. I've included another token of thanks with the letter, so take it.

By the way, I heard from Tabatha about a food called Steam Turnip. Could you send me that? Bianca N.B. It may be worth noting here that the Steam Turnip is a Dish that requires Snapper, a Fish that is somewhat rare. Fish such as Snapper, Pike and Blowfish can be caught only from the ocean during specific seasons and in that sense, are more difficult to obtain sometimes than the truly 'rare' fish such as Lover Snapper and Fall Fish in Rune Factory Frontier as the latter can be caught in dungeons year-round. Not even knowing that Bianca would request Steam Turnip, I tried to store at least one Snapper, Blowfish and Pike in my Refrigerator in anticipation of possible need. I then was able to complete her Request instantly. If I had not stored a Snapper, I might have been forced to wait almost a year to catch another! The next letter you receive will be: Steam Turnip I received the Steam Turnip. What a curious food. It was not all bad, however. I've included another token of thanks this time, so take it. Next, I would like a Fruit Ole. I'll be waiting. Bianca Level 2 Sapphire attached. Fruit Ole: Pineapple, Tomato, Apple, Orange, Milk Tabatha Birthday: 12 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Oatmeal Easiest Favourite Gifts: Flour, Porridge Other Favoured Gifts: Apple, Mixed Juice, Mixed Ole Most Detested Gift: Sashimi For Oatmeal: Thank you very much. I really love rice porridge. It's good for your health, too. For Oatmeal on her birthday: Thank you very much. Receiving the Oatmeal on my birthday can be very nice. For Flour on her Birthday: Thank you very much for the Flour. Tabatha: I really like rice porridges.* Am I strange for liking it? I think the cooking method of porridge is actually one of the most elaborate. (with hearts) You can feed it to the sick so I think it is a very gentle food. *Oatmeal, not Porridge actually is her Most Favourite Gift. This may have been a problem with translation. For Porridge or Flour: Thank you very much. I can see that you purposely selected something I liked. Tabatha: I just cannot eat sashimi. Just thinking that they are slices of fish… Official Description: The elven maid under Bianca. Gentle and perfect in all her work. She actually will speak of Melody's Most Favourite at 4 hearts: You should drink some Relax Tea when you can't sleep at night. You can make it from 'Tea Leaves'. Melody has said that she loves it, too.

Dialogue about Elves Freyr: Tabatha, you seem to talk to us without any difficulty, but is the language of the elves the same as humans? Tabatha: It's completely different. Elvish has a lot of sounds that humans can't hear so we can't speak to humans with it. That's why elves learn the human language. It required a lot of effort on my part in the beginning. Dialogue about Monsters Tabatha: Your monsters all trust you very much, Freyr. That's why you have to hold up your end of the bargain. Tabatha: If you pet the monsters inside your barn, you can become better friends with them. Please be sure to pet them. Tabatha: Some monsters can help you with your farm work and there are some that can help you fight. The ones that you are close to will work even harder for you. Tabatha: I'm happy to see that Miss Bianca has learned to care for monsters. Minerva's Mission As Minerva's Friendship Level with your character increases, she will begin to hint at her reason for visiting Trampoli. An amusing side-effect of increased Friendship is more flirtatious behaviour on her part. Minerva: Did you know? Some nation in the north had a princess that was first in line for the throne but suddenly vanished. Because of that, the royal family had a huge scuffle. But a similar thing is happening in the nation of elves, and yet Sister… (Note that this is a hint with respect to ANOTHER character in Rune Factory Frontier as well.) When you speak to her at the dinner table: Minerva: Sister! Just quit this job! You're coming back with me! Come on! Tabatha: Yes, yes, Minerva. I just made this Relax Tea. Minerva (with thunder and cross hurt); Are you even listening, Sister? *gulp*… Darkness now for a moment, then: Minerva: … The tea was great. I love the tea that you make, Sister! … That was great. Now what were we talking about? (with thunder and cross hurt) Oh, right! It's your fault, Freyr! It's because you keep being so wishy-washy! The Abdication of a Queen Tabatha's 'Story' is completed through a chain of Events at the Mansion. You can experience these in a couple of different ways. One is by visiting the Mansion during the afternoon each time you increase Tabatha's Heart Level to experience the Events separately as they were intended to be experienced. The other method is to increase Tabatha's Heart Level to 9 or 10, then enter the Mansion after 1.00 p.m. to experience an entire chain of Events. The following Events can be experienced in a single visit in this fashion.

On Thursday at 1.00 p.m. Freyr entered the Mansion and experienced a number of events in quick succession: A Proper Introduction Although Minerva's 'Introduction Event' occurs on the upper Floor of the Inn, you will experience a 'proper' introduction from her sister when you enter the Mansion in the afternoon. Minerva: Sure… I already checked in at the inn here so I'll be staying for a while. Tabatha: What am I supposed to do with you… Freyr: Hello. Tabatha: Welcome, Freyr. How are you doing, sir? Minerva: 'Sir'? 'Sir…?' Why are you talking to him like that?! Tabatha: You must be more polite in front of a guest, Minerva. Minerva: But I'm a guest, too… Tabatha: (with thunder and cross hurt): Stop splitting hairs! Freyr: Excuse me, but… Do you two know each other? Tabatha: Ah! I'm terribly sorry. This is Minerva and she is my little sister. Come and greet him! Minerva (…): … Hi. Freyr: Haha… Hi. The Event ended. Two Sisters in Conflict The screen darkened for a moment, then the next Event began: Minerva: Why?! You only care about that mansion and Bianca! You don't care about me or the nation of elves! Tabatha: I never said that. I just said that I can't go back yet. Minerva: Then when are you coming back? We don't have a queen in the nation of elves right now! We can't leave everything to the elders forever! Come back home! Tabatha: I said I can't go back yet. Minerva (with thunder and cross hurt): You're just trying to weasel out of it! Do you know how long it's been since I came to this village? Tabatha: Well… Freyr now walks towards the two sisters from the entrance. Minerva: I haven't given up yet! Minerva marches off in a fury. Freyr: Tabatha, are you going to return to your country? Tabatha: I cannot return just yet. I am Miss Bianca's maid. Freyr: But… Tabatha: Freyr… Please do not speak of this matter to Miss Bianca. Please… Miss Bianca, however, unbeknownst to Tabatha was listening from a position at the top of the staircase. Bianca: Tabatha… Tabatha and Freyr were shown at the foot of the stairs briefly as the Event ended. Tabatha's Identity Revealed The next Event begins, showing Bianca skulking at the foot of the great staircase as Freyr entered the antechamber and walked towards her.

Freyr: Bianca, what are you doing here? Bianca: Shh! Be quiet! She'll see us! Freyr: S-sure… Sorry… At the top of the staircase, Minerva confronts her sister. Minerva: Why?! Didn't you come to the human world so that you could… bridge the gap between humans, dwarves and monsters? Tabatha: I did, but… Minerva: Then why don't you come back to the nation of elves? Elves, monsters and humans are all getting along just fine. Tabatha: I can't. I can't go back yet. There's Miss Bianca and… Minerva: Him…? What about him? He's just a mere human… (with thunder and cross hurt now) It's the same with Bianca. They're nothing but humans. What makes them think they're so great? Bianca now discloses her presence by ascending the staircase to confront her maid. Bianca (with thunder and cross hurt): Well, SORRY for living! Tabatha: Miss Bianca! Bianca: You be quiet, Tabatha. I'm your master. I don't just think I'm great. I AM great! Freyr now raced up the stairs to stand near Bianca. Minerva: (with thunder and cross hurt) Do you even know what you're saying, human? Bianca: Stop calling me that! Tabatha: Minerva! Apologise to Miss Bianca! Minerva: Never! (with black cloud now) My big sister is so far out of your class you shouldn't even be able to talk to her! Tabatha: Minerva! Minerva: My sister… My sister is really the queen of the nation of elves! Freyr and Bianca both: (!) Bianca: What? Tabatha is a queen? Is that some kind of sick joke? Don't you think so? Tabatha, you're my maid, right? There's no way you're a queen. She faces Tabatha directly now. Bianca: Well, say something, Tabatha. Tell me that it's a joke! Tabatha: It's as she said, Miss Bianca… I am the queen of elves. But, I am your maid before I am queen. Tabatha now turns to face Freyr. Tabatha: Freyr, this may be sudden, but would you please come to the summer house … at 9 in the morning tomorrow? Freyr: Huh…? Why? Tabatha: …Please. Freyr: … Tomorrow at 9, right? Sure, I'll be there. The last Event ends with his summary eviction from the Mansion. He finds himself outside, walking away from the door. No time whatsoever has elapsed. It remains 1.04 p.m. on the same Thursday afternoon. The Legend of the Elven Queen The next Event in the sequence will occur whenever your character enters the Mansion at 9.00 a.m. either on the next day or on any subsequent day. There is no reason to delay it, even if you wish to keep Minerva in the Village. It is only by giving Tabatha the final Gem she needs that the Coronation will occur, ending Minerva's visit.

She will tell you to meet her the next morning at 9 at the 'summer house' but you can enter the Mansion ANY day afterwards at 9.00 a.m. to experience the next event. As the Event begins, Bianca, Minerva, Tabatha and Freyr stand together in the foyer. Bianca: Freyr… What do you want? Why did you call Minerva, too? We will now conduct the ceremony. The ceremony will follow the legend where the elven hero gathered all of the goddess' lost jewels. Freyr… Freyr: Y-yes! Tabatha: Freyr, you'll play the role of the hero and find the 5 jewels of 'Friendship, Harmony, Love, Nature and Life'. I've hidden them in the village. Find them and bring them to me. Freyr: Right. So I just have to find those 5 stones that you've hidden somewhere… Afterwards: Tabatha: These are the 5 jewels which the goddess had lost and were rediscovered by the hero. When these jewels come together, they are presented to the new owner that will become the new queen. This is the ceremony of the ascension to the elven throne. Bianca: Tabatha… You did this… for me…? Minerva: She chose this herself, so I'll you. If this is what makes her happy, Freyr, please find those jewels. A Treasure Hunt for Elven Gems The five Gems for the Tiara, despite the names given in Tabatha's speech, are as follows: Life Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents life. (white) Harmony Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents Harmony. (blue) Charity Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents charity. (red) Nature Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents nature. (green) Kindness Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents love. (purple) Search that day for the 5 Jewels. You will be able to find only 4 of them. The one that you will not be able to find anywhere is the Kindness Gem. Where a Gem is hidden, you will see the characteristic three white sparkles that represents a concealed Treasure. Press A to uncover the item. A Gem will pop out. The locations of the four other Gems are as follows: The Life Gem will be found in Erik's kitchen. The Charity Gem is in the northwest corner of the Tavern. The Life Gem is in Mist's Bedroom. The Harmony Gem is on the upper floor of the Clock Tower near the Bookcase. Give them to Tabatha one by one. Each time you give her a Gem, she will declare: Tabatha: Thank you. There is only 1 left now.

No matter how often you speak to her or where you search, you will not be able to progress any further until the next morning. The Location of the Kindness Gem You then can speak to Tabatha as early as 6.00 a.m. to initiate the next Event: Tabatha: Have you found the 5th jewel? Freyr: Well… I can't seem to find it anywhere. Tabatha: That's odd. I don't hiding it in such a difficult to find place. Would you please wait a moment? She walks away, then after a moment, returns. Tabatha: I knew it… Freyr: What is it? Tabatha: The jewel that I had hid is gone. Freyr: What?! Did some one take it? Tabatha: No. She turns towards the stairway. Tabatha: Miss Bianca! I know it's you! Please come out here! Bianca walks slowly downs the stairway on the right. Tabatha: I know you have the last jewel! Bianca: How did you know I took it? Tabatha: I am your maid. I know everything about you. Bianca: Hmph… Fine. I knew I couldn't outsmart you. She hands Freyr a purple gem. You got Kindness Gem! Tabatha: Freyr, now bring the last jewel to me. The Event ends, allowing you to resume control of your character. This is your opportunity to decide whether or not you wish to conclude the sequence of Events. When you give the Kindness Gem to Tabatha, the Coronation Event will proceed, completing Minerva's Mission to Trampoli, albeit not in the way she had hoped or expected. Minerva then will return to the Kingdom of the Elves. The Coronation of an Elven Queen Give the Kindness Gem to Tabatha. Tabatha: I will now begin the last part of the ceremony. This follows the legend where the goddess used those gathered jewels to create a Tiara and gave it to the new elven Queen. I will attach those 5 jewels that Freyr found to the tiara and hand it over to Minerva. Minerva, are you ready? Minerva: Yes, Sister. Tabatha: I, Tabatha, shall relinquish my throne as the elven queen, my powers as the guardian of the forest and my knowledge… as the bridge to all races … and thus relinquished, I shall consign it all to Minerva. Minerva: I, Minerva, shall gather all my strength to fulfill my duty … and defend the knowledge and dignity of the elves until it is ed on to the next queen. Minerva now kneels and Tabatha places the Tiara on her head. The 'Memory' now begins: Tabatha: The throne now belongs to Minerva. Minerva: It's just temporary. An official one should be chosen soon. Tabatha: I'm sorry for making you do this, Minerva. Minerva: I don't mind.

Bianca: Are you sure about this, Tabatha? Tabatha: Yes. I am your maid, Bianca. Nothing more, nothing less. Bianca: All right… The film ends and the music changes: Minerva: Then I'll head back tomorrow. Tabatha: Already? You should stay a little longer. Minerva: I already stayed long enough. Grandma will get annoyed if I don't get back soon. Tabatha: All right… Thank you, Minerva. Minerva: How many times are you going to thank me?! I only did it because I wanted to! Tabatha: I suppose so. Thank you. The Event ends now with every one standing in the foyer of the Mansion. Although Minerva declared that she would leave Trampoli 'tomorrow', it may be two days before you receive a letter from Eunice announcing her departure. Minerva Minerva has returned home. I loved her like my own sister, so I am a bit saddened by this. But she promised to come by from time to time, so I am looking forward to that. Eunice Sadly, you will have no opportunity to bid Minerva farewell, even if she had reached 10 Friendship with you. Eunice Birthday: 17 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Mont Blanc Easiest Favourite Gifts: Moondrop Flower, Toy Herb, Pink Cat, Charm Blue Other Favoured Gifts: Cake, Chocolate Cake, Cheese Cake, Emery Flower Most Detested Gift: Any Fish For Moondrop or Toy Herb: (with music): Wow, thank you! I'll be sure to cherish this flower! Actual Dialogue: Eunice: Did I tell you my birthday, Freyr? My birthday is on the 17th of Autumn. It's the season when everything tastes good. Eunice: I love sweets! Note that any gift of sweets is against her own interests. As she herself will tell you: Eunice: I love sweet stuff. But because of that, I have a little problem… I mean, nothing. I was just talking to myself. * *Do not give her any sweets during the 60 days period when she is trying to lose weight. You can resume gifts of Sweets when her diet succeeds finally. For any gift of Fish: I'm sorry… I don't like… fish… Eunice: I just don't like fish. I know it's bad to be picky about food, but I just can't eat it. Although Eunice detests Fish, Rune Factory Frontier forces her to deal with them in two situations. The first is her Letter Request. Early in the game, she will Request a Fish in a Letter. As with any Request Item, however, give the Fish to Anette to deliver rather than giving it to Eunice herself! The second is even more bizarre. When both Eunice and Uzuki are at 10 Hearts, Eunice will confide that: Eunice: I received a fish Uzuki caught, and had it for dinner. Every one liked it, too.

What has happened to her dislike of Fish in general here? If, after this declaration, you gave her another Fish, she would respond as usual that she does NOT like it and her Love and Friendship would decrease. The declaration is intended to show Uzuki's improved Skills in Fishing. It makes sense that she would give a Fish she had caught herself as a gift to her host family, but the dialogue should have been assigned to the ONLY member of the family who actually likes Fish, in the person of Turner. Official Description: The innkeeper's daughter. Loves housework but suffers from her father's genes. Note that, at 4 Hearts, you will experience an Event with Eunice that gives you the option to persuade her to go on a slimming programme. If you tell her that you like slim girls, she will vow to become slim herself. From this point forward, she will declare that: 'Sweets are the enemy!' She even will reject her former Most Favourite gift, Mont Blanc, declaring that: For Mont Blanc: N-no! I can't eat cake while I'm on a diet! Give her flowers instead! Dialogues with Eunice Eunice: I clean the bar in the morning. It's hard because sometimes I find broken dishes here and there. Eunice: I heard you were a friend of Mist… What exactly is your relation to her? Freyr: Let's see… I had no water, no food, no memories, no friends, and no home. Yet, she gave me everything… And she saved my life… Eunice: I see… It seems that you've been through a lot. Freyr: Well, I don't anything about myself before I met Mist. (with music) But I really enjoy my life now. Eunice: I guess so! You can always make new memories! Freyr: I guess you're right. Eunice's Ambitions: Eunice: I wish I can be a bride someday. And it would be wonderful if we could run the inn together. (6 Hearts) Eunice: I want to have two children after I get married. I'm the only child so I've always felt lonely. But I really didn't mean anything by that! It's true… (9 Hearts) Other Dialogues: At 10 Hearts: You're the talk of the town, Freyr. I also think it's really fun talking to you. Ah… What am I saying…? Please forget what I said! About Bars: Freyr: Do you drink, Eunice? Eunice: Huh? I don't. I don't know anything about alcohol either. Is it weird even though my family runs a bar? Eunice's Events and Letters 1st Event with Eunice Freyr entered the Inn.

Girl: Dad! We have a customer! Where are you, Dad? A girl comes down the stairs with a basket of laundry. Girl: I'm sorry for being so hasty. Freyr: Well, umm… Girl: W-Welcome! Will you be staying? You are staying, right? Freyr: U-umm… Girl: That'll be 100 gold. Will you be staying? My choices: No, I didn't come here for that… Yes, please. Freyr: No, I didn't come here to stay over. I'm Freyr. I just moved in next to Mist, so I came to say hi. Eunice: Oh, really?! I'm sorry I babbled on and on without knowing that. I'm Eunice. My family runs the inn… But, I guess you can tell just by looking. Nice to meet you. After: Eunice: At night, the bar next to the Inn will be open so please come whenever you feell like it. Eunice: I love sweets! Eunice: I'm thinking of some new dishes to make for the guests at the inn. I wonder what I should make… Eunice and the Broom Constellation When you have 'found' the Broom Constellation in the night heavens, visit Eunice to experience a little Event that will increase your Cooking Skill. Eunice is to the left of the Tavern, hanging out the clothes. Eunice: Heehee! Freyr: Eunice, you sound happy. Eunice: Can you tell? I received some fresh carrots from Rosetta this morning. Freyr: Oh…? That's rare for this season. Eunice: I'll make some stew with this today. Carrots taste great when they have their edges removed and are cut into bite-size pieces before being stewed. Try it the next time you cook. Freyr: So I have to remove the edges? All right. Freyr's cooking skill went up! Eunice's New Resolution When Eunice reaches 4 Hearts (in Love), you have a choice to influence her future habits. The following Event will occur when you speak to her: Eunice: Freyr! Umm… Do you have a minute? Freyr: W-What's wrong, Eunice? What happened? Eunice: Freyr… Do you… ve… ne… like? Freyr: I'm sorry. I couldn't hear you. Eunice: Freyr, do you prefer thinner girls?! Freyr: Um, I guess so. Your choices now: Yeah, I prefer the slimmer type… Well, not exactly. Note that Eunice herself appeared to be unhappy with her weight when Summer came and all the other girls paraded in their bathing costumes. It was this attitude that persuaded Freyr to respond as he did now… Freyr chose: Yeah, I prefer the slimmer type…

Freyr: Well, personally, I do prefer slimmer girls. Eunice: I thought so… Freyr (with tear) N-no, this is just a personal preference and I know there are plenty of people who will disagree with me. Eunice (smiling): It's okay! I'll try my best at it! Freyr: O-oh… (I feel like I just made a very important choice…) After: Eunice: No sweets! They're the enemy! I have to eat lots of vegetables to get thinner! Eunice (with tear glistening in her eye): I guess you would prefer thinner girls… Me: Um, Eunice? She's not listening… The next time you speak to her: Eunice: Freyr! Me: Yes? Eunice: I made up my mind! I'm going to go on a diet to get thinner! Your choices: Good luck. You can't be serious. Freyr: Good luck. I hope you'll succeed. Eunice: Thank you! I will! Eunice now will go on a slimming programme and provided that you experience this Event before the end of the first Winter, will be able to the other girls at the Beach in the 2nd Summer. Once initiated, the 'diet' takes a full 60 days to complete successfully. At the end of two full seasons, simply enter the Inn to experience another Event. During the 60 day period of her slimming programme, Eunice's Profile and Portrait will change twice. Despite Freyr's decision, he (and I) believe that Eunice is a pretty girl even at the start of Rune Factory Frontier. Nonetheless, as Eunice's heart level increases, she herself will confide in your character that her dream always has been one of being able to wear a bathing costume and have a slender physique. Eunice's Battle with her Weight During the 60 day slimming programme, you will experience the following dialogues as Eunice's weight increases and decreases again and again: Eunice: I heard that drinking lots of water is good for dieting so I tried it. But after that I couldn't eat very well so I feel really tired. Things never really go the way you want them to. Freyr: There aren't any shortcuts to dieting, I guess. Eunice: I really think so, too. Eunice: *phew* Freyr: What's wrong? Eunice: It went up again. Freyr: Your weight? Eunice: Don't say that! It went down a* some recently, and I let my guard down a bit. Now it's back where it was! *XSeed addition A Successful Diet

After two full seasons or a total of 60 days, simply enter the Inn to experience the Event that marks the successful conclusion of Eunice's slimming programme. Eunice: Hello! Freyr: Eunice, you sure have gotten much thinner recently. Eunice: Really? Thank you for noticing! It really makes the effort worth it! But, I rebound the moment I relax. I have to stay strong to keep it going. Freyr: I'll be sure to watch my health just like you, Eunice. Eunice at the Materia Shop Eunice: I often chat with Tabatha here. Tabatha: Eunice likes to cook at well so we never run out of things to talk about. But sometimes, we talk until Rosetta complains about not being able to close shop. Eunice's Dialogues about her Parents Eunice: Dad was being yelled at by Mom again the other day. Freyr: Turner is so whipped. Eunice: But they still get along really well. I wish I had some one like that. Eunice's Attitude towards Marriage Eunice today: Have you ever thourhg about marrying, Freyr? Your choices: Not yet. I have. Freyr: I have. Eunice: You have?! (blushing) Is it with…? N-no, it's nothing! Eunice to the Rescue Eunice periodically will confide that she is an excellent seamstress and urge you to come to her if ever your clothing needs to be mended. At 6 Hearts, you may experience a little Event with her: Eunice: Freyr! Your clothes are torn! Freyr: You're right… Mabye they got torn when I was working in the fields. Eunice: Wait just a second. I'll sew it up for you. A moment of silence, then: Eunice: Done! Freyr: Wow! It's good as new. Eunice: I'm good at sewing. You can ask me if it gets torn again. (At 6, 6) Note that this Event can be experienced more than once but appears to begin at 6 Hearts. Eunice and the Materia Shop Promotion This sequence of Events will be initiated by Eunice's desire to do something special for her parents. Eunice as a character offers a perfect example of

filial devotion. She loves her parents despite their flaws and respects them for their accomplishments. Although the world might perceive the pair as two alcoholics, Eunice ennobles both Turner and Rita with the purity of her love. In fact, it is through Eunice's dialogue as her heart levels increase that your character is given greater insights into the history and life of Turner and Rita. Some disclosures are very touching. Eunice: This is when we moved here, but there was a time when I collapsed because of a fever. I don't usually get sick, so every one was frantic… Mom and Dad looked after me the entire time… They were busy with work but they did it anyway. I'm still very grateful for that. The sequence actually is initiated when Eunice asks for your advice: Eunice: I want to express my thanks to my mother and father. What should I do? Freyr: Let's see… How about giving them a present? Eunice: That sounds good! But now I don't know what present to give… A Gift from a Grateful Daughter It is only when you next purchase an item from the Materia Shop that the next event in the sequence will occur: Danny: Thank you, we're drawing lots as part of a promotion. Draw one. Freyr: Sure, thanks. My choices now: Blue Lot Red lot Green Lot If your character chooses 'Blue Lot' or 'Green Lot': Freyr: … There! Danny: Let's see… Too bad. You drew a blank. Try again. It is only when you choose the 'Red Lot' that, after Danny tells you that you have lost again, you will experience a new Event: Eunice enters: Danny: Welcome! Eunice walks to the counter. Eunice: Excuse me, we're out of salt… Can you spare me some? Danny: Salt, right? Sure, just wait a second. He rummages about in the shelves, measures some salt into a container, then returns to the counter with it. Danny: Here you go. Eunice: Thank you very much. You're a lifesaver. Danny: By the way, we're drawing lots as part of a promotion. Go ahead and draw one. Eunice (with music): Sounds like fun. There! Danny: Let's see… Eunice: How was it? Danny: T-this is… Eunice: Huh?! Danny: Win! 1st place prize! A getaway to a resort hotel for two! Congratulations! Eunice: What? You're kidding! Freyr now walks towards her. Freyr: Congratulations, Eunice. I tried so many times but didn't get anything. Eunice: Freyr… I know! W-would you like to go to the resort hotel to… toget…

… I'll give this to my parents! Rosetta, thank you so much. I'll give this to my parents since they haven't taken a vacation since they got married because they're always so busy at work! She turns to leave. Danny: Thank you, come again! Note that Freyr experienced this Event after 5.00 p.m. when Rosetta was out on her rounds collecting shipments. It is possible that the Event can be experienced either with Danny or Rosetta. Eunice Proves Herself Visit the Sunshine Inn as early as 6.00 a.m. the next morning to find Eunice behind the front desk with Turner. If you do not speak to her here, the sequence of Events cannot be completed. Eunice: Welcome! Freyr: You're in charge of the front desk today, Eunice? Eunice: Yes, I gave them the tickets… But Mom and Dad refused to accdept it because they're so busy at work. That's why I'm going to prove to them that I can work the Inn alone. Turner: It's not that I don't trust Eunice. I'm just worried about making her do all of this by herself so suddenly… Eunice (with thunder and cross hurt): I'll be fine, Dad! I'm not a kid anymore! Freyr: Haha, good luck, Eunice. If you go to the Tavern that night, you will find Eunice behind the counter with Rita, 'learning the ropes' as it were. The very next morning, you should receive a letter from Turner: I'll be gone for a while. We are going on a vacation. My daughter Eunice will take care of the inn and tavern, so please feel free to visit as always. Turner Return of Eunice's Parents When Rita and Turner are due to return, enter the Inn as early as 6.00 a.m. to experience an Event: Eunice: Freyr! Eunice races down the stairs towards you. Freyr: What's wrong? Eunice: Mom and Dad were supposed to come back yesterday. But they're still not… They're still not back! What if they got in an accident?! What should I do…? Freyr: Please calm down. Maybe they're just late. Let's wait a little longer. Eunice: They were supposed to be back yesterday at around noon. They're much too late! If anything happened to them… I'm going to look for them! She takes a step, but you interrupt her. Freyr: Wait! Just calm down! Do you even know where Turner and Rita are? Eunice: Oh… Freyr: I'll go ask Rosetta. Just stay right here, Eunice. The screen darkens as the event ends. You now must speak to Rosetta or Danny if Rosetta is on the visit to see her

father.. Freyr: Rosetta, about the lot drawing the other day… Rosetta: W-what's with you all of a sudden? Freyr: About that grand resort hotel for the prize. Do you know where it is? Rosetta: Oh that… It's about a half a day distance by carriage. What, you want to go, too? But it's a bit too far to walk to. Freyr: Thank you, Rosetta! The Event with Rosetta ends and she will not refer to the dialogue again if you speak to her afterwards. Return now to the Inn to speak to Eunice. When you speak to Eunice, another Event will be initiated. Eunice: Did you find out where the hotel is? Freyr: Yes. It takes about half a day to get there by carriage. Eunice: That's pretty far… And I don't have money to ride a carriage. What should I do? Freyr: I'll go. I don't know how long it'll take, but I'll get there eventually. Eunice: Thank you so much. Sorry about this. (Freyr probably now contemplates the possibility of asking Nolan for a lift in HIS carriage. After all, Nolan has declared countless times that he comes by carriage to the Bathhouse daily, driven by a 'vassal'.) As you turn to leave the Inn, however, another Event will occur, beginning with the entrance of Rita and Turner. They will be involved completely in their own conversation as they enter, paying absolutely no attention either to you or their daughter. Turner: They're known for their wines, right? Then… Rita (with thunder and cross hurt: You just want to drink… Turner: You can read me like a book.. Huh? He now appears to notice you for the first time as he and his wife reach the counter. Turner: Eunice… And Freyr. Rita: What are you two doing here with eyes as wide as dinner plates? Eunice: Don't give me that! You didn't come back on the scheduled date so I was worried sick… If anything happened to you two, I'd… Rita: I'm sorry for making you so worried. Turner: It was just such a nice hotel that we decided to extend our stay another day to look around. Well, we are innkeepers, you know. About not ing you… I apologise. Sorry, Eunice. Rita: Looks like we caused you a lot of trouble, huh? Freyr: That's okay. I'm just glad you two are all right. Rita: Eunice really seems to have worked really hard while we were gone. Thank you. Eunice: It's fine. I just wanted to thank you, Mom, Dad. Thank you Mom, Dad. Note that experiencing this entire sequence of Events culminating in her parents' holiday is one of the Marriage Requirements for Eunice. During the 'week' when Turner and Rita are absent, Eunice will officiate behind the counter of the Tavern at night, but no items will be sold. After their return, there will be a couple of mentions of the trip. Uzuki: I heard that Turner and Rita came back from their trip. I received a souvenir but it was a poorly made wooden sword. I inadvertently laughed. Of course, I still received it graciously. Rita: Hey!

Freyr: What's wrong? Rita: I completely forgot about getting a sourvenir for you. I'll be sure to bring you back an amazing one the next time I go on a vacation. Turner: I'm sorry I made you worry about me the other day, Freyr. I'll be sure to keep in touch when I go somewhere. Freyr: Please do. I think Eunice won't be as worried if you do. Cinnamon Birthday: 26 Spring Most Favourite Gift: Magic Crystal Easiest Favourite Gifts: Chub, Sardine, and other (live) Fish Disliked Gift: Any Dish made from a dead creature, such as prepared Fish Most Detested Gift: Cucumber For Chub or Sardine: … Thank you. I like this. For any 'prepared' or 'cooked' Fish, she will tell you: …Thank you, but I'm not very happy. Cinnamon: I hate cucumbers. Don't bring them to me… On her birthday for Needlefish: Thank you… Birthday present? I like Needlefish. Cinnamon: I got a stuffed animal from Candy for my birthday last year. It's my treasure. … My birthday is on the 26th of Spring. For Magic Crystal: (Thank you! I always need 'Magic Crystals'.) … Thank you. I need more 'Magic Crystal'. Official Description: Magician girl living in the Clock Tower. Does not like talking. Likes fishing. Cinnamon will give you her used Fishing Pole and will teach you about seasonal Constellations in the night skies. She will tell you that she believes in 'catch and release' where fishing is concerned, and therefore will prefer the gift of a whole Fish to one that has been prepared in your Kitchen. Oddly enough, however, as her heart levels increase, she will tell you about her efforts to persuade Candy to cook the Fish she caught! You can obtain a boost in Heart Level by finding the Constellations she describes to you. The Constellation that is associated with her specifically is the Fish Constellation. Speaking to her after 'finding' it will result in an increase of 3 levels in your Fishing Skill. Actual Dialogue: Candy will confide in you with respect to Cinnamon's birthday as well as her own at 4 Hearts: Candy: My birthday is on the 27th of spring. It's on the day after Sis' birthday! For Chub or Sardine: … Thank you. I like this. For any 'prepared' or 'cooked' Fish, she will tell you: …Thank you, but I'm not very happy. Cinnamon: The other day, Uzuki taught me how to make sashimi. Try some next time. (And yet, Cinnamon does not like Sashimi or any prepared Fish!) Cinnamon's Interest in Monsters: Cinnamon: That monster called the Sky Fish… I want to catch it someday. That's my greatest goal. Dialogues about her sister: Cinnamon: Candy hates fish. That's why she never cooks the fish I catch. Cinnamon: Recently, Candy has been telling me that she wants an older brother.

… I don't know what to do. (9 Hearts) Dialogues about Fishing: In Spring: Cin: The snappers are snappy during this season. … Forget I said that. Freyr: Haha. Sure. Cin: Pike is in season now. Do you like Pike, Freyr?* My choices: I like them. I actually hate them. Whichever answer you give: Cinnamon: … Oh. *Like most of the little dialogues that offer your character a choice of responses, your answer will affect nothing. However, Cinnamon always gives my character a Pike instead of a vegetable on the occasion of the Harvest Festival. Cinnamon: You get Fall Fish in Autumn, but I don't know where you can catch them. Find out about it. Cinnamon: Black Fish is good in autumn. You can make it into sashimi or just roast it with salt. I really like it. Note that, despite her dialogue with respect to Black Fish, she only appreciates the living Fish as a gift! Cinnamon in Winter: I hear that you can fish by opening a hole in the frozen lake. I want to try it. N.B. Look for a hole in the middle of Lake Poli in Winter. You can catch Pond Smelt there, inter alia. Cinnamon: You get Fall Fish in autumn, but I don't know where you can catch them. Find out about it. N.B. You can catch Fall Fish year round on the 6th floor of the Lava Ruins and the 7th Floor of the Snow Ruins. Trampoli has a lot of good places to fish so I love it. But, there aren't any shops that sell fishing equipment. Note: Your initial Fishing Rod is a gift from Cinnamon. Cinnamon's Magic Class Dialogues When Melody and Lara begin to attend magical seminars with Cinnamon on the upper floor of the Clock Tower, Cinnamon will speak of these classes occasionally. Cinnamon: It's fun when the three of us talk about magic… I think. At 8 Hearts: Cinnamon: Melody seems really… motivated recently. Cinnamon's Events and Letters 1st Event with Cinnamon I talk to Cinnamon now. Me: You fell from the sky, right? What was that all about? Cinnamon: … Candy can sing the spirit Melody. She can communicate with the spirits with her song. We were running late so Candy asked the Spirits to carry us on their winds.

Me: Spirits…? Spirit Melody…? Cinnamon: Normal humans can't see the spirits. But they become visible when they group together in large numbers. … You must have seen them somewhere. Me: The Spiritis…? Maybe I did… Cinnamon: Grouped Spirits that become visible are called Runes or Runeys. Me: Oh… So Runeys are just grouped Spirits… I didn't know that. You're really knowledgeable, Cinnamon! Cinnamon: … I just know about this a bit more than others. Shooting Star Event Giving Cinnamon any raw Fish on a daily basis will raise her Heart Levels steadily. As one may have expected, her 'Story' is connected to the night sky. As soon as she reaches 10 Hearts, you will be able to initiate the Dialogue that leads to her 'Memory' Event: Cinnamon: … Freyr. Freyr: What is it? Cinnamon: … On a night with clear skies, I go with Melody and Lara for some astronomical observation. Freyr: Oh, really? That sounds kind of romantic. Cinnamon: Freyr… You should… come… Freyr: Really? Cinnamon: … Come. Freyr: So it's on the nights with clear skies, right? Okay! Cinnamon: I'll be waiting … on the veranda of the clock tower. After: Cinnamon: Come on nights… when there are no clouds. If you receive the invitation on a day when the weather is fine, you can go to the parapet of the Clock Tower on the same evening at any point after 6.00 p.m. to experience the Event. Simply walk towards the stairs that lead to the ladder and the Event will be initiated. As you walk towards the ladder, the event will be initated. You will see a panoramic view of the landscape on the other side of the Clock Tower, followed by the sight of Lara, Melody and Cinnamon at the foot of the ladder. Melody: Hey, it's Freyr! Lara: Freyr, over here! You're late, Freyr. (Lara will declare this even if you initiate the Event promptly after 6.00 p.m.) Cinnamon: We can see some shooting stars tonight. You have great timing. Melody: I can't wait anymore. Let's go to the roof! Then: Melody: … Freyr, climb up first. Freyr: Huh? Why? Melody (with thunder and cross hurt): Because I said so, dummy! Freyr: ??? Your character obligingly climbs the ladder to the top, followed by Cinnamon and then Lara. Lara: Melody, every one's up here now. Melody: I'm coming! The winds are strong today. She begins to climb the ladder. The winds cause her first to cry out, then she suddenly is blown off by the winds and falls.... Freyr: Melody!!

Lara: Noooooo!! Now the Event shifts to a Memory film clip as Melody's fall is prevented by Cinnamon's magical intervention. Melody; Huh…? I… What's happening to me? Freyr: Cinnamon, I thought you couldn't use magic anymore! Cinnamon: I don't know. I was… frantic… The 'Memory' ends and Melody gently floats to the ground. Cinnamon: But I'm glad Melody is all right… Lara: I guess your wishes reached the heavens, Cinnamon. Cinnamon: Maybe… Now a view of the heavens, as shooting stars are seen across the sky. Melody: Look! A shooting star! Lara: I hear that if you say your wish 3 times before the shooting star disappears, it'll come true. Melody: Really? Let's try it on the next one! Another shooting star across the sky… Melody: There! I wish there were more kinds of baths… Darn it! It's gone! Freyr: But still, I don't know what would have happened if Cinnamon hadn't used her magic there. Melody; I thought I was finished for sure! I still have lots of hot springs I haven't gone to yet! And all the hot springs I visited before flashed before my eyes… Freyr: But how were you able to use magic all of a sudden? Cinnamon: Grandpa said that I became unable to use it because I lost the ion inside me. Lara: So you thought you had to do something when you saw melody fallig? Cinnamon: … I think so. But, it seems I'm fine now. I can use magic again… I think. Melody: I guess my clumsiness was able to help out. Thank you, Cinnamon. Cinnamon: … It's okay. … We are friends. Melody: Cinnamon… Another star shoots across the sky. Cinnamon: Look, another shooting star. There are so many today. Now a series of shooting stars… four in all, trace a path across the heavens. Down from the ladder, on the parapet again… Melody: Thanks for today! I had a lot of fun! Lara: Please invite me again. Lara, Melody and Freyr turn to leave. Cinnamon: Thank you, Freyr… Freyr turns back to face her. Freyr: But I didn't do anything… Cinnamon: You did… Thank you… The Event ends with Freyr back in his farmhouse. It now is 10.05 p.m., precisely four hours after the moment when the Event was initiated. Anette Birthday: 4 Winter Most Favourite Gifts: Pumpkin Tart, Croquette Easiest Favoured Gifts: any Fruit; Strawberry Detests: Eggplants Actual Dialogue: Anette: Freyr, I'll let you in one a huge secret! My birthday is on the 4th of Winter, so I'll be waiting for your present, okay? Hahaha.

Anette: There! Now I'm done with the deliveries for today. I'm feeling a bit hungry now. Today is a great day for 'Pumpkin Tart!' Anette: I just love to have some Croquette after a hard day's work! Anette: I love fruit! You don't even need to add sugar because it's already sweet. For Strawberry (with music): Huh? It's for me? Thanks! Anette: It's kind of embarrassing to it, but I hate eggplants. What's with that creepy colour? Official Description: The ever-energetic mail delivery girl. Has a problem of being chased by monsters. Anette's Schedule At the start: Weekdays: 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m.: on her route through Trampoli, beginning in South District and ending in Business District Wednesday, 9.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m.: Erik's Kitchen During her Break: In Fine Weather: Weekdays: 6.00 a.m. to 8.59 a.m.: Mist's House Mondays: 9.00 a.m. to 4.50 a.m.: Mist's House Tuesday and Thursday: 9.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m.: Mist's House Wednesday: 9.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m.: Erik's Kitchen Friday: 9.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m. Business District Noon to 5.59 p.m.: Monday: Mist's House Tuesday: South District Wednesday: Rune Archives Thursday: Business District Friday: Church District Weekdays, 6.00 p.m. to 8.59 p.m. Mist's House Weekdays, 9.00 p.m. to 9.59 p.m.: Laga Springs Weekdays, 10.00 p.m. to 4.59 a.m. Mist's House Holidays, in Fine Weather: 6.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m. Mist's House Noon to 5.59 p.m.: Rune Archives 6.00 p.m. to 6.59 p.m.: Mist's House 7.00 p.m. to 7.59 p.m. Laga Springs 8.00 p.m. to 4.59 a.m.: Mist's House Holidays, Rain or Snow: 6.00 a.m. to 5.59 a.m.: Mist's House After Becoming a Resident of Trampoli: Weekdays: 6.00 a.m. to 8.59 a.m.: Making Deliveries in Trampoli 9.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m. Monday: Business District Tuesday: Mist's House Wednesday: Erik's House Thursday: Mist's House Friday: Business District Noon to 5.59 p.m. Monday: Business District Tursday: South District Wednesday: Rune Archives

Thursday: Business District Friday: Church District 6.00 p.m. to 8.59 p.m.: Mist's House 9.00 p.m. to 9.59 p.m.: Laga Springs 10.00 p.m. to 4.59 a.m. Mist's House Weekdays, Rainy or Snowy: 6.00 p.m. to 8.59 a.m.: Deliveries throughout Trampoli 9.00 a.m. to 4.59 a.m.: Mist's House Holidays, Fine Weather: 6.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m.: Mist's House Noon to 5.59 p.m. Rune Archives 6.00 p.m. to 6.59 p.m. Mist's House 7.00 p.m. to 7.59 p.m. Laga Springs 8.00 p.m. to 4.59 a.m.: Mist's House Holidays, Rain or Snow: 6.00 a.m. to 5.59 a.m. Mist's House Anette's Events and Letters 1st Event with Anette There's a map to the left of your house by the bridge. Girl: You have to fill out an application if you moved. Never mind. Here you go. I have some mail for you. Me: Mail…? Anette: Yup! I'm Anette. I deliver the mail here in Tampoli. And you? Me: Oh… I'm Freyr. Anette: Oh. Nice to meet you, Freyr. She rushes off with a cluster of Woolies. Me: Anette… So you're a mailman. Oh right. I got some mail. Let's see… 1st Letter from Anette: Letter: Welcome. Nice to meet you! From Anette. Me: … Thanks very much, Anette. Anette's Secret Letters Each of the Eligible Girls in Rune Factory Frontier is associated with a Constellation. In Anette's case, it is the Buffamoo Constellation. After 'finding' it, the first of three secret letters will arrive. Stars Oh, stars in the heavens. I wish to become a snack shop owner, so that I may eat snacks all day! $@%& The second letter that arrives will be as follows: I knew it! Oh, stars in the heavens. I decided that what I really want to be is a teacher, after all. If I become a teacher, I can stay in school forever! $@%& When you receive the third and final letter, you will obtain a confession by speaking to Anette after reading it: Actually… Oh, stars in the heavens, what I really want to be is a mailman. I just love

how ever one smiles when they get their mail. $@%& Freyr: Anette, this was sent to me by mistake… He hands it back to her. Anette: Really?! It can't be… Let me see that… What the…? Huh?! What is this doing at your place, Freyr?! This is… This is really embarrassing. Freyr: What's wrong? Is this your… Anette: I guess I can't avoid it any further. (The music now changes to the 'Heart Music') Anette: This is, well, a letter I wrote to the stars when I was small. How on earth did it show up now? Freyr: Oh, really… Then I guess I should give it back to you. Anette: Hmm… Wait. You already saw it anyway. Besides… I became the way I am because I wanted someone to see it. It all rests on your shoulders now! Anette and her Letters Apart from the 'anonymous' letters from Anette, you can initiate some regular correspondence from her as well: Freyr: How often do you write letters, Anette?) How many letters do you write, Anette? Anette: I don't write any. But I do like writing though. Freyr: Oh, why? Anette: Well… You promise not to laugh? My choices: I can't say until you tell me. I won't laugh. Choose: I won't laugh. Anette: Really? Well, the thing is… My handwriting is pretty bad. Sometimes even I can't read what I wrote. Me: Really? The letter you gave me when I moved here was very nicely written. Anette: It took me a long time to write that, you know… Me: So you can write nicely as long as you go slowly. You just need more practice, that's all. Then: Me: I know. Why don't you try sending letters to me? As practice. Anette: Really? Then I'll try that out next time. Thanks. If you chose: I can't say until you tell me. Anette: Then I won't tell you! Within the next day or two, you should receive a letter from her. Hey! So I wasted no time in writing you my first letter. I'll try my best to learn to write faster. Anette Anette and the Monsters In Anette's Introduction Event, you will see her being chased by Woolies as she delivers the post.

You will experience a dialogue as follows on another day: Anette: I always get pestered by monsters! There was one that borthered me earlier. I tripped an skinned my knee. Look! Freyr: You're right. That must have been bad. Anette: Maybe I smell really good to them… After this, periodically when you go to meet Anette at 6.45 a.m. at your postbox, you may find her at the side of the path, bent over double. When you ask what is wrong, she will tell you that she has been chased by monsters again but managed to escape. Now she must rest to recover her strength. This will occur again and again until the problem is solved. Freyr: You were being chased around again, Anette? Anette: Yeah… It's so annoying. The other mailmen don't get chased. Why only me? A Magical Necklace Visit Tabatha one night in her bedchamber now to experience a little Event: Freyr: Tabatha, what are you doing? Tabatha: I'm drying some fruit. Elves have an old custom of giving good friends of the same gender a necklace of dried fruit. I was preparing to give one to all the villagers that have welcomed me so warmly. … Finished. The preparations will be complete once I cast a spell on them. Freyr: You mean, like a magic spell? Tabatha: Yes. I cast it while wishing that we'll always be friends. I'll cast a spell so that you can become friends with monsters. It'll be done once it finishes drying. This is the first time I've made one, so I hope it'll be okay. Freyr: I'm sure it'll be great. Tabatha: Thank you. Minerva will mention the necklace in more than one context: Minrva: I had Sister make me a necklace. Isn't it great? You want it? But it's mine! This necklace is the kind you give to a friend of the same gender. I'm sorry, Freyr, you look really cute but you're still a boy. I wonder who Anette got it from. Anette Takes a Break When Anette was at 7 � Hearts and 10 Friendship, Freyr left the Farmhouse at 6.00 a.m. one morning to experience an Event. Anette walked towards the House but suddenly collapsed on the ground. Freyr: Anette! The scene shifted then to the clinic where Anette was in bed. Freyr: Anette… Are you okay? Anette: Huh…? Hey… What am I doing here? Lara: You collapsed in front of Freyr's house. I know your job is important to you, but please don't overwork yourself Anette: Oh… I'm sorry. After: Lara: You must have been very tired. Anette, I'm going to have you rest for the rest of the day. Anette: Sorry…

For the rest of the day, she remained in bed at the Clinic. Anette Rests at Mist's House The morning after her collapse, Freyr found Anette seated at Mist's table at 6.00 a.m. Freyr: Are you doing better, Anette? Anette: Yeah, I was just a bit tired so I'll be fine after resting a little! I'll just take a break and stay at Mist's place. Freyr: Is that so? Then you'll be a member of our village now, Anette. Anette: Hey! You're right! I am! Anette's Soul Searching Now, when you encounter Anette, you will experience dialogues filled with self-doubt as she undergoes a sort of crisis of the soul. On the following morning at Mist's house: Anette: *phew…* Freyr: What's wrong? Anette: Hm? I was just thinking about how pitiful I am for collapsing so easily. Freyr: Well, you do run around every single day. It's not pathetic at all. I really think you should rest more. Anette: Haha. Thanks, Freyr. You're so nice… Anette: *sigh* I-It's nothing! Don't worry about me. At 8 Hearts, a day later: Anette: *sigh…* Freyr: what's wrong? Anette: Maybe I'm not fit to do postal work… Freyr: Don't say that! You're only feeling down because you had to take a little break. It's okay to rest! Anette: Haha… Thanks. But, to tell you the truth, I wanted to do a different job. Every single member of my family is a mailman. That's why I also became one. It's like a tradition. But, where did I go wrong? Freyr: Do you hate your job as a mailman, Anette? Anette: No, I love it. Letters are like sending emotions. I love bringing them from person to person. The ones who send out letters and the ones who receive them… I like seeing their smiles. Freyr: Then why…? Anette: I don't know… Like you said, I think I'm just feeling down right now. But don't misunderstand me. I love this village. Mist is really nice, too, even if she's a little weird… … Thanks for hearing me out. I think I feel better now. Freyr: Anette… Anette: What? Freyr, don't give me that face! I'm fine! I'm back to how I always am! (At 8 Hearts, 10 Friendship, Friendship gauge full) Anette's New Vocation When Marco reached 5 Friendship, Freyr entered the Road to the Beach screen after 9.00 a.m. on Tuesday to experience an Event. It was during the period when Anette was taking a break from her job as postal worker.

Marco and Candy stood at the right of Mist's house. Candy: Hey, Marco! Read it! Marco: … is… …at… Marco: I can't. It's too hard. Candy: Maybe I shouldn't have asked Selphy for recommendations on which books to read. Anette now arrived to walk towards the two children. Anette: What are you two doing together? Candy: Anette! Marco: I borrowed a book from the library, but it's too hard! Anette: Oh, really? :Let me take a look. Let's see. Anette now read from the book: 'Eternity was in our lips and eyes, Bliss in our brows' bent; none our parts so poor; but was a race of heaven…'* *Note from Freyashawk: This quote is from Act I of the play 'Antony and Cleopatra' by William Shakespeare. Anette: What is this? You borrowed this? Candy: Yeah… Selphy gave me this when I asked her to lend me an interesting book. Anette: She only gave you what she liked… Fine. I'll lend you one of mine. Marco: Really? I want to become a hero that casts magic spells! Candy: I want to be a magical scholar like my big sister! Anette: That's great! All right. I'll help you out! Come with me! Simply enter Mist's house now to experience the next Event: The children sit at table while Anette instructs them using a blackboard: Anette: Not like that! You have to do it just like I tell you. Marco: Oh, so you use that here! I never knew! Candy: Teach me this, too, Anette! Anette: For that… Freyr: What are you doing, Anette? Marco and Candy, too… Marco: Anette was teaching me stuff! Candy: She explains everything so nicely! Anette: Haha, thanks! I actually wanted to become a teacher. Freyr: Oh, really? Anette: That's why I'm not bad at teaching things. Hey! You probably just thought that I don't look the part! Freyr: Of course not! Anette: Really? Whatever. I'll believe you this time. When you speak to Marco or Candy afterwards, you can experience more dialogue about their studies: Marco: (Come on, Candy! This is so easy!) Come on, Candy! Don't you get it? Anette: (Good, good! Yeah, you got it right!) That's right! Marco: Uh-huh. I see… Anette: (Hm, let's see… There you go.) Well… Hm…. This is… Anette's Ultimate Realisation When you speak to Anette again at Mist's House: Freyr: Anette, are you still doing those group studies? Anette: Of course! I love kids and I love teaching them stuff, too! Freyr: You really do look happy when you're teaching them. Anette: Oh, stop. You're embarrassing me. They always give back such sweet smiles when I smile at them. That itself makes me so happy. But, I did notice one thing. Those smiles are really similar to the kind I see when people receive their mail from me. I love to see children smile so I wanted

to become a teacher. But maybe I already attained my dream when I became a mailman. Say, Freyr, I think I can get out there and do the job again. Your choices now: Of course you can! I don't know about that. If you choose: Freyr: Of course you can, Anette! As long as you have your ion, you can always go back, and be better than before! I'm sure of it! Anette: Haha… Just because you're sure of it doesn't mean anything thought… But, thanks. If you choose: Freyr: I don't now about that. But you won't know unless you actually try. It's better to give it your all and regret it, rather than regret it without even doing anything. I know it sounds like I'm lecturing you, but… Anette: I understand… I'll do my best! Thanks, Freyr! Neither response has any effect on her Heart Level, but whichever you choose, you will be awakened the next morning at 6.00 a.m. by a knock at the door: Freyr: Who could it be this early in the morning? Go to the door to experience an Event: Freyr: Who is it? Anette: Morning! Freyr: Oh, Anette… What are you doing up so early? Anette: Early? What are you talking about?! I always deliver mail at this time! Freyr: Mail…? Hey! Anette, you went back to being a mailman again? Anette: Yup. My vacation ended yesterday. Starting today, I do mail in the morning and teach during the day. I want to do everything I want to do. Oh, I almost forgot. She reaches into her mail pouch. Anette: You have a letter. See you later. She races off. Freyr: Anette seems like she's back to her cheerful self. Oh right, I got some mail. Let's see… Message: Thanks for cheering me up. I'll be staying at Mist's place from now on. I hope we'll get along, neighbour. Freyr: … Time to get back to work. Note that the completion of this entire sequence of Events is one of the Marriage Requirements for Anette. A Date with Anette: When you ask Anette for a Date: Anette: Ask me out…? Like on a date? Freyr: Yeah. The autumn colours look absolutely amazing. Anette: Autumn colours, huh… Sure, it sounds like a lot of fun! Freyr: Then let's meet up on the 19th of autumn at noon by the lake. Anette: *giggles* Okay, see you then! If you speak to her before that date after making the arrangement, she will remind you: Anette: You haven't forgotten the 19th of autumn, right? I can't wait. Selphy Birthday: 3 Autumn Most Favourite Gifts:

Rice Ball, Sandwiches

Most Detested Items: Gems Actual Dialogue: Selphy: Oh! I like sandwiches and rice balls. Things that I can eat with only one hand. Selphy: The heroine in the book I'm reading right now was born on the 3rd of Autumn. Apparently it has some deep meaning. I'm feeling a really strong affinity towards her. That's because my birthday is also on the 3rd of Autumn.' For Sandwich: Hey, a sandwich! Did you get it just for me? Thanks! I'm touched! I love you! Just kidding. Haha. For Rice Ball: Wow, thanks! I love rice balls! For Ruby: Sorry! You might think I'm weird but I just don't like jewels. I'm really sorry! Selphy: You know what? I really hate jewels. Freyr: What?! That's really rare. I thought most women like jewels. Selphy: Probably. But just don't ask me why, okay? It's elementary, my dear Watson! Freyr (with tear): (Who's Watson?) Official Descriptions: Loves books. So much so that she often forgets to eat, which worries Lara. Selphy's Dialogues about Books Selphy's Tutorial: You can read the books by pressing the 'A' Button in front of the bookshelf. You're free to read any book here, but there are still lots of books I haven't read yet. Be sure not to take those. I'll sell you the books I don't need anymore. There was a time when I went to a used book market in the capital. There were endless books and I was so happy. I want to go again! Hm? I'm reading this book right now so I'm not selling it! Freyr: I just wanted to talk… I wonder what I should read next… I can't wait! It's such a great life to be surrounded by books! I have to thank Stella and Lara for letting me stay here! I keep finding all sorts of books in this library. I wonder if the previous manager had a hobby of collecting all of them. I'm drying the books in the shade. The books should be happy. Freyr: Books seem to be the only thing you take really good care of. Selphy: Of course. You have to take care of them or they go bad easily! (with thunder and cross hurt now): Wait, what did you just say?! Selphy: I was thinking of reading Kanno's books somehow. But he just won't let me! Stingy book hog! You know… Don't you get annoyed by the gap between what people want you to be and who you really are? You don't… I guess you wouldn't… Selphy: The writing from Uzuki's country is pretty different form ours. I'm learning some of it, but it's actually pretty hard. Still, it's fun to learn it. Selphy's Business Practices

Say… Wanna buy some books? Freyr: Selphy… Are you out of money again…? Selphy: Well, there's a book I want but my wallet's empty! Please! Think of it as doing me a favour! Freyr: Sure. Selphy: Awesome. That's my Freyr! So generous! Then how about this book… Wait, not this one… I haven't read this yet… Hm… I don't know what to do! There aren't any books I can sell! Should I sell it for now then buy it back later…? No… Freyr: Ahaha… I'll come back after things settle down. On another occasion: Selphy: I have some books I don't need anymore so buy them. I'm going ot buy some more books with that money. I have a ton of books I want and not enough bookshelves. I also need book covers… I just don't have enough money! That's why I need to sell some books. Please buy some! Freyr: What kind of books do you like, Selphy? Selphy: I like legends, stories and plays. I'm not interested in cookbooks or blacksmith recipes, so I hope you'll buy those. Freyr: But isn't that the property of the library? Are you even allowed to sell them? Selphy: It shouldn't be a problem if I sell them to villagers! Don't sweat the details! Freyr: … Are you sure…? Selphy's Event at 4 Hearts At 4 Hearts, you will experience the following exchange: Selphy: I got buried under the books when they fell the other day and Lara had to save me. Freyr: Didn't the books fall before? Selphy: Haha, you got me there! Lara told me that it's dangerous so I have to clean up the library. My choices now: I think you should, too. I think it's fine the way it is. Freyr: Well, I think you should, too. It's dangerous if the books fall again. Selphy (with thunder and cross hurt): Ugh… You're saying that, too? She will dither over the concept of cleaning until she reaches 5 Hearts. Selphy's Dialogues from 8 – 10 Hearts Selphy: I recently learned how to restore tattered books. Now I can fix any book to make it readable! Being here and reading when I feel like it is good because I don't have tyo learn stupid things or meet weird people… This place is like paradise to me… I 've always wanted my own libratry. This library is just the best! Selphy: A new book is gonna be coming soon. New discoveries are waiting for me! I'm getting excited already! Selphy: I'm going to start reading a book I bought recently! I can't wait! Selphy: Books are so good. They're compressed packs of human knowledge.

Every one should read more books! Selphy's Habits *yawn*… Freyr: You haven't been sleeping? Selphy: I'm fine. I wsitch off on my own when I go to sleep. Selphy: I take a bath every day because if I don't keep myself clean, the books will get dirty. Freyr: Haha… I guess it's always about the books. Selphy: Of course! When I was little, I read a lot of books. I was sickly so I never got to go outside a lot. Now, I'm all healthy but I still love books. Education through Books Selphy: I heard that there's an island made of ice all the way up north. I wonder if it melts in the summer… What a strange island. Freyr: Selphy, do you ever want to take a trip and just relax? Selphy: Why? You get to feel like you're on a trip if you just read a book. It's more cost efficient that way. The book about the travels of some one I read the other day had a city that's on top of water. Freyr: And you still don't feel like you want to go there yourself? Selphy's True Identity Selphy: A story about a princess and a knight is really clich� but that's what makes it good. Me: Are you the kind that wishes you were a princess? Selphy: Me? I'm actually the kind that wishes I were the evil tyrant… I'm tired of being a princess, and I know what the knights are really like… *gasp* Ahaha! Forget what I just said! Selphy: Don't you think Trampoli is a bit inconvenient at times? Thanks to that, I learned to get changed and bathe all by myself. Freyr: But you still forget to eat sometimes. Oh, come on. Why would you say that?! Selphy: I think a love story between two characters of different ranks is classic. Do you like those stories? Freyr: Me?! I don't know any princesses or people like that so I wouldn't understand… Hm… That's a really safe answer. Selphy: The bathhouse here is really nice. I can feel Melody's love for baths. Compared to it, my bath back home was just huge, but I couldn't feel any love from it. Freyr: What kind of place is your home, Selphy? Selphy: (with thunder and cross hurt): Don't worry about that! It's not manly to go snooping! Freyr: Wait, why am I getting yelled at? Selphy: I like the size of this place. Everything you want is just within reach. The place I used to live was way too big. In Uzuki's country, there's a legend about a princess that came from the moon. Isn't that romantic? But yeah, I discovered that hearing some one tell a

story directly can be really fun, too. After saving Mist: Selphy: You looked so awesome when you saved Mist, Freyr. You looked the hero of a story going to save a princess. Thinking back, being a princess isn't half bad. A Parcel for Selphy This is one of the Events in the Events Chain that results in the tidying of the Rune Archives that occurs between 4 – 6 Hearts. By being in the Church district when Anette is delivering parcels, you should experience an Event involving Selphy. You need not be at the Runes Archive but can be at the Clock Tower…: Selphy! There's a parcel for you! Selphy: Yeah… She walks outside, then: Selphy: Whoa! She becomes faint… Anette: Are you all right? Selphy: I'm fine, I'm fine. I was just surprised to see the sun. So… what was it again? Anette: Oh, right. It's a parcel for you. Selphy: Nice! A book that I ordered is finally here! Time to read! Anette: But before that, please sign right here… Selphy: A signature, right? Let's see… Anette: No, not there… Yes, there. Selphy: Okay… Anette: See you later! Anette waves farewell to Selphy, then runs up to your character. Freyr: Selphy looked like she was about to faint. Is she all right? Anette: She said the sunlight made her feel dizzy because she hasn't gone out in a while. I really think she should go out more. It's not good to stay indoors all day, you know? My choices now: I guess so. It depends on the person. I guess so. Anette: Anyway, I have other deliveries to make, so see you later! She leaves and you find yourself in front of the Church, irrespective of your former position. Visit Selphy now for news. Selphy: It's so warm every day. I get so… so… sleepy… *yawn*… Wow, I'm tired. Freyr: What happened? Selphy: I was just learning how to clean up from Eunice… But it's so tiring… Freyr: Is cleaning always this tiring? Wait.. You had to learn how to clean things up? Then: Selphy, weren't you dizzy just now? Selphy: When I received the parcel from Anette? You caught me at a bad time. Freyr: it's bad for your health if you don't go outside once in awhile, Selphy. Selphy: I know, I know. But it just feels like such a pain. Haha. I'll do

that when I feel like it. Selphy's Debt to Lara Speak to Lara when she is in the Church to initiate a little Event: Lara: Freyr, would you please do me a favour? Freyr: What is it? Lara: Well, I had lent Selphy some money… It's past the due date but she still hasn't returned it. Would you please collect it from her? Freyr: All right. Now the option will appear if I speak to Selphy at her desk at the Rune Archives. Freyr: Selphy, Lara wants you to repay the money she lent you. Selphy: Whoa! I didn't think she'd send a collector to come get it! Not bad, Lara! Freyr: Setting that aside, would you please pay back the money? Selphy: Well, about that. I want to pay it back, but I just don't have the funds. Freyr: So, you don't have the money to repay it? Selphy: Well, if you put it like that, I don't know how to respond! That's why I need a favour from you. Can you pay it back for me? Freyr: … Return to speak to Lara now. Lara: How was it? Will Selphy pay it back? Your choice now: Yes, I have the money. No. She said didn't have any money. If you choose: Yes, I have the money. Lara: Freyr, you shouldn't lie. I suppose that Selphy just had you pay in her place? Freyr: How did you know? Lara: It's because you're a terrible liar. All right. I will speak with Selphy directly later. Thank you for your help. If you choose: No. She said didn't have any money. Lara: I see… That is a problem… All right. I will speak with Selphy directly later. Thank you for your help. When you look for Selphy in the Ruins Archives and fail to find her there, look for her in the Church and speak to her there. Freyr: What are you doing in a place like this, Selphy? Selphy: You sound like this is a terrible place. But I guess I don't really fit here. Well, I couldn't pay back the money I borrowed from Lara… So I ended up having to work here for it. I'm pathetic, aren't I? Freyr: I don't think so at all. Working to repay your debts is a wonderful thing. Selphy: Really? Haha… Thanks. Afterwards: Selphy: I'm part-timing as a sister here today. That's why the library is closed. Speak to Stella and she will say: Stella: She may be clumsy but she has a good heart. I will always welcome Selphy working here.

Speak to Lara now in the Clinic and she will tell you: Lara: Selphy ended up working at the church. I just hope this will straighten out her crooked personality a bit… Freyr: Hahahahahahahaha… I found Selphy on Monday, 4.00 p.m. at the Church when she was repaying her debt. Selphy's Novels As you continue to speak to individuals and increase Friendship and Heart Levels, more dialogues about Selphy's novels will emerge. She in fact will send you a letter asking you to suggest the protagonist for her next work. You then will receive a response according to the suggestion you made. Hm… A princess…? I guess a princess with super strength could be fun… All right! I'll go with that! Thanks, you're a life saver! Selphy Despite this Letter, you will experience the same little chain of dialogue each year from all the Eligible Girls with respect to Selphy's first mystery novel. At 8 Hearts: Selphy: I'm out of my slump! I guess I shouldn't have tried to rush my writing. From now on, I'm going to go slowly at my own pace. A Parcel for Selphy By being in the Church district when Anette is delivering parcels, you should experience an Event involving Selphy. You need not be at the Runes Archive but can be at the Clock Tower…: Selphy! There's a parcel for you! Selphy: Yeah… She walks outside, then: Selphy: Whoa! She becomes faint… Anette: Are you all right? Selphy: I'm fine, I'm fine. I was just surprised to see the sun. So… what was it again? Anette: Oh, right. It's a parcel for you. Selphy: Nice! A book that I ordered is finally here! Time to read! Anette: But before that, please sign right here… Selphy: A signature, right? Let's see… Anette: No, not there… Yes, there. Selphy: Okay… Anette: See you later! Anette waves farewell to Selphy, then runs up to your character. Freyr: Selphy looked like she was about to faint. Is she all right? Anette: She said the sunlight made her feel dizzy because she hasn't gone out in a while. I really think she should go out more. It's not good to stay indoors all day, you know? My choices now: I guess so. It depends on the person.

I guess so. Anette: Anyway, I have other deliveries to make, so see you later! She leaves and you find yourself in front of the Church, irrespective of your former position. Visit Selphy now for news. Selphy: It's so warm every day. I get so… so… sleepy… *yawn*… Wow, I'm tired. Freyr: What happened? Selphy: I was just learning how to clean up from Eunice… But it's so tiring… Freyr: Is cleaning always this tiring? Wait.. You had to learn how to clean things up? Then: Selphy, weren't you dizzy just now? Selphy: When I received the parcel from Anette? You caught me at a bad time. Freyr: it's bad for your health if you don't go outside once in awhile, Selphy. Selphy: I know, I know. But it just feels like such a pain. Haha. I'll do that when I feel like it. Selphy Organises the Library At about 6 Hearts, you should experience an Event when you enter the Rune Archives. You will discover it to be spotless without a single book on the floor. Freyr entered the Rune Archives on Tuesday morning after 9.00 a.m. to experience an Event with Selphy. A view of a completely tidy Library, then: Selphy: Tadaa! What do you think?! I knew I could do it! Freyr: It's much better now! That's amazing, Selphy! Selphy: Pfft. This is nothing for me. Now that it's all cleaned up, time to get some reading done. Another Event in a Tidy Library When Freyr walked into the Rune Archives a few days after experiencing the first Event in the tidy Library, he experienced another brief Event with Selphy. Selphy: Isn't it all nice and clean now? I can get lots of reading done when it's so clean. Freyr: If you really think that, you should clean more often… You will have access to new books now, among them books about various Monster types. Each time you enter the Rune Archives while it remains tidy, you may experience this Event again. As her heart levels continue to increase, Selphy again will allow untidiness to reign and the Rune Archives will look as though it had been hit by a hurricane. She then once again will tidy the Rune Archives and when you enter, you will experience the little Event where she delightedly tells you: Selphy: Isn't it all nice and clean now? I can get lots of reading done when it's so clean. Freyr: If you really think that, you should clean more often…

Selphy will vacillate endlessly back and forth between tidiness and untidiness. Selphy's Amnesia When Selphy reaches 8 Hearts, you will obtain the option to ask her for a Date. You will not be able to propose to her successfully until you have completed her Story. Selphy's Story involves a case of temporary amnesia. This is demonstrated by, among other things, two Letters that she will send to you. Selphy's Bizarre Letters At 8 Hearts, you should receive a rather inexplicably hostile letter from Selphy: Like I said…! I've had enough of this! I told you I don't care! I have nothing to do with this, and I'm totally fine by myself, so just stop! Don't write me anymore! Selphy The next Letter that arrives from Selphy will offer a partial explanation: Sorry! I'm so sorry! That last letter supposed to be for some one else. Just forget what you read. Okay? Selphy In fact, these two letters offer a clue as to the pivotal Event in Selphy's Story. The Forgotten Book A little Event that may appear entirely trivial actually may be the trigger that ultimately leads to Selphy's dramatic denouement a couple of weeks later. Selphy: Hey, Freyr! Look! I bought a new book! I can't wait to see what it's about! Freyr: Didn't you just read that book the other day? Selphy: Of course not! I never forget about which books I read. (with thunder and cross hurt now): There are plenty of books with similar titles so maybe you mistook it for that? Freyr: Oh… You will experience this exchange only once and your character may forget about it completely… but one day, when he enters the Rune Archives, a very dramatic Event will occur. Selphy and the Tapir Your character can experience this Event during the day or at night. All that is required is that he enter the Rune Archives once he has received the two odd Letters from Selphy and has experienced her forgetfulness with respect to the Book she had read in the past. As is often the case in Rune Factory Frontier where special Events are

concerned, a certain amount of time must elapsed between the 'trigger' and the actual Event. When Freyr entered the Rune Archives one morning before 7.00 a.m., Selphy was seated behind the desk and as he watched, a Dark Rune formed above her. She then vanished. Freyr: Where is Selphy?! Walk into the Dark Rune and you will find yourself standing on the pages of an enormous book. As you stand there, a number of Buffamoo will appear at every corner and converge upon you in the centre of the book. One special attack with a decent Sword will defeat the lot. Your character now will find Selphy standing motionlessly, apparently without any consciousness of the drama that has occurred. Freyr: Selphy! Snap out of it! Selphy: Ugh… Then: Selphy: Where am I?! Freyr: Don't know. Maybe we're inside the book that you were reading. Selphy: In the book? Awesome! It was my childhood dream to go inside a book! Freyr: Oh, really? So how do you feel about it now that came true? Selphy: Hmm… There's nothing here and it's not a lot of fun. I guess I prefer to just read books. Let's go home. Freyr: Yeah, we should. Now you will find yourself with Selphy in the Clock Tower chatting to Kanno. Kanno: Hmm, this was caused by the monster 'Tapir'. Freyr: Tapir? Kanno: A monster that feeds on memories. It transforms itself in order to capture prey then consumes their memories when their guard is down. Selphy: So that's how I completely forgot about a book I read! What a waste of time! I could've read another book by then… Kanno: The monster isn't that dangerous, but who knows what kind of damage it could cause. Let's burn it. Freyr: I agree. It would be for the best. Selphy: W-wait! You can't burn such a rare book! The god of books will be mad at you! Kanno: But we can't leave it as it is. Let's see… The scene will shift to a little 'Memory' film now. Selphy arranges the book in a picture frame. Selphy: How about that? Well? Is it crooked? Freytr: It's fine. Your idea to put the monster to sleep by stopping time… worked out really well. Selphy: Yeah, and we ended up not having to burn it. Personally, I want to read that book a bit more. Now, what should I read next… Both Kanno and Cinnamon will refer to this Event later. Kanno's dialogue in particular is hilarious. The book will be displayed on the wall of Selphy's room at the back of the Rune Archives. Kanno: The magic that sealed the Tapir works in increments of centuries. You should be fine for now. After about 100 years, I'll come back to seal it again! Hahaha. Cinnamon: Selphy was bragging about how she went inside the book… I feel… envious…

Uzuki Birthday: 15 Summer Most Favourite Gift: Golden Hairpin Easiest Favourite Gifts: any type of Sashimi Other Acceptable Gifts: Gold, Magic Crystal, Turtle Shell Most Detested Gifts: any Vegetables Actual Responses: About her Birthday: Uzuki: I was born on the 15th of summer. I do not know if it is because of that, but I do like summer very much. For Char Sashimi or Black Sashimi: Is that for me?! You knew that I am partial to fish… I must thank you. For Char Sashimi on her birthday: Char Sashimi! This makes me doubly happy because today is my birthday. Thank you, Freyr. For Golden Hairpin, her Most Favourite Gift:: Freyr, are you sure I may receive this? I will cherish this hairpin for as long as I live. For Gold Hairpin on her Birthday: So you purposely gave Gold Hairpin to me on my birthday. I must thank you. Polite response to ordinary gifts: For Red Grill Sashimi, Hot Milk: For me? Why, you have my thanks. Note that, although she will tell you she is 'partial to fish', she prefers Sashimi above all. Official Description: Comes from a distant land of the East. Loves to learn about cultures. The first date that you can meet Uzuki is 11 Spring. Simply enter the Inn then to experience her Introduction Event. When Uzuki is between 2 – 3 Hearts, you will begin to experience dialogues between Tsubute and his Mistress in which a certain amount of tension surfaces. You then will experience an Event wherein Tsubute proclaims his unwillingness to stay in Trampoli any longer to search for Uzuki's Elder Brother. She stubbornly will declare that her Brother is the only individual for whom she has any concern and Tsubute, hurt beyond belief, will leave. For three days or so after this Event, Uzuki will refuse to accept gifts and she, as well as some other characters will speak of the silence in Trampoli. You then will be able to find Tsubute on the little trail behind the Inn to restore him to his Mistress. Uzuki 's Dialogues: Uzuki: Training every single morning is crucial. You must swing the naginata at least 300 times or else your skills will wane. They say that if you miss even one day of training, you will need 10 days just to make up for that lost time. Dialogues between Uzuki and Tsubute: Tsubute: Freyr! Look at this! Freyr: Are these… clothes? Tsubute: This is called a 'Jinbaori'. In my country, this is considered formal wear for war. Milady made this with her very own hands and presented it to me! I am the luckiest man in all of the three kingdoms! Uzuki: Tsubute, you are always overreacting. Uzuki's Schedule: In Fine Weather:

6.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m. Daily: Outside Sunshine Inn Noon to 8.00 p.m. on Monday and Holiday: Guest Room Noon to 2.59 p.m. on Tuesday and Thursday: Public Square Noon to 5.59 p.m. on Wednesday: Lake Poli Noon to 5.59 p.m. on Friday: Beach 3.00 p.m. to 7.59 p.m. on Tuesday and Thursday: Guest Room 6.00 p.m. to 7.59 p.m. on Wednesday and Friday: Guest Room 9.00 p.m. to 5.59 a.m. Daily: Guest Room In Bad Weather: 6.00 a.m. to 5.59 a.m.: Guest Room Uzuki's Introduction Event On 11 Spring or any day afterward, simply enter the Inn to experience an Event: Freyr: Aah! A monster?! Monster: What insolence is this?! I am no monster! I am the Musashi Yamatokami… Girl: I am fine. It does not hurt anywhere. Monster: Milady… Girl: I said I am fine! Monster: Milady… Girl: I must apologise for making you see that. By the way, do you abide here? Freyr: Yes, I do… Girl: Then I request your aid! She stalks off. It is only when I leave the Inn that I think: Freyr: Where did that strange girl go? He then found the Girl on the porch of the Inn practicing while Eunice used her broom to clean. Girl: You, there! To where did you go the other time? I had asked for your aid! Freyr: Hey, you're the one that just disappeared off to somewhere… Monster: Graaagh! How dare you speak to Milady like that! Girl: You be quiet. I suppose I have not introduced myself as yet. I am Uzuki. I have come in search of a man from the eastern nation. This noisy little one is… Tsubute: Graaagh! Milady, I am… Uzuki: Did I not bid you quiet? He is Tsubute. He is my caretaker. Tsubute: You called yourself Freyr, correct? Heed me well! No matter how beautiful milady may be…You shall refrain from having impure thoughts of any sort about her. As long as I am alive I… Uzuki: Old man.. Tsubute: That is… I am only doing this for you, milady… Uzuki: Freyr, you will have to excuse him. I will be sure to give him a good scolding later, so please forgive him. Freyr: I don't mind. After: Uzuki: Did you want something with me? Freyr: You said you were looking for some one, right? Uzuki: That is correct. Freyr: Who are you looking for? Uzuki: My elder brother. He had left to train but it does not seem that he is coming back anytime soon.

Freyr: I see… Well, if I find out anything, I'll be sure to tell you about it. Uzuki: you have my thanks. Tsubute: That is certainly an irable offer! Freyr: Haha… Uzuki and the Hairpin Constellation The Hairpin Constellation is associated with Uzuki. As Cinnamon will tell you, the Hairpin the Constellation represents is an 'Eastern' accessory from Uzuki's culture. After you 'find' it, speak to Uzuki for a little Event that will increase your Weapons Skills. Uzuki: You sure are up early, Freyr. Freyr: You seem to be working hard every day. Uzuki: It is what we maidens do. Despite how I look, I like to get some exercise. But after coming to Trampoli, I could not find a good sparring partner, so my skill in battle may have waned. I know! Freyr, would you please have a match with me? Freyr: What?! But… Uzuki: Do not cower, Freyr! En garde! Darkness, then: Freyr's Sword Skill went up! Uzuki: That was a good match. Daily training makes all the difference, Freyr. Freyr: Haha… Uzuki and Tsubute Uzuki and Tsubute go through a period when they row almost constantly. Uzuki Oversleeps Tsubute: Did you hear me? Just because there is no one to wake you in the morn, that does not give you the right to slumber on! Uzuki: I know… Me: What happened? Tsubute: Oh, it's you, Freyr… I had some business to tend to this morn so I was not at the Inn. It caused Milady to oversleep. Uzuki: Oversleep? I only woke a mere 5 minutes later… Tsubute (enraged): Graaaggh! That 'mere' 5 minutes will be the death of you! Besides… Me: There he goes again… Tsubute: Listen, milady. You mustn't forget following the qualities of Yamato Nadeshiko. Freyr: Um, what's Yamato Nadeshiko? Tsubute: That is a good question, Freyr. Yamato Nadeshiko refers to women who are modest and traditional by nature. Freyr: That sounds interesting. Tsubute: What?! Do you prefer women of that sort, Freyr? Hm… I see… After this, Freyr experienced a dialogue wherein he discovered that Uzuki had given Tsubute a special gift to improve their relationship a little:

Tsubute: Freyr! Look at this! Freyr: Are these… clothes? Tsubute: This is called a 'Jinbaori'. In my country, this is considered formal wear for war. Milady made this with her very own hands and presented it to me! I am the luckiest man in all of the three kingdoms! Uzuki: Tsubute, you are always overreacting. Trouble between Uzuki and Tsubute After giving Uzuki some Sashimi: Tsubute: Milady! You mustn't blindly receive gifts from gentlemen! Uzuki: Why is that? It would be rude to rebuff them. Tsubute: That is the way for commoners. Milday, you must be more discreet. Uzuki: Very well. Then I shall require your help when Tsubute is not around, Freyr. Tsubute: M-milady…? Uzuki: I was joking. You are much too serious-minded. When speaking to Uzuki, you should experience another exchange hinting at trouble between Uzuki and her faithful family retainer. Uzuki: I can care for myself! My training with the naginata is for precisely that! Tsubute: B-but! If anything were to happen where you were to receive some injury… I will commit seppuki if anything were to happen to you! Uzuki: Freyr, you must convince Tsubute that he cannot protect me from the monsters. Well, I am flattered… After: Tsubute (with cricket sound and thunder and cross hurt): Graaagh! Freyr: W-what's wrong?! Uzuki (with tear): It seems that you have caught me at a terrible time, Freyr. Right now, I am having an argument with Tsubute. He always becomes overexcited and cannot do anything. Freyr: Huh?! What happened? Uzuki: I said that you are too noisy so we cannot even talk! Freyr: What was that?! Uzuki (with thunder and cross hurt): Keep your mouth shut a little, Tsubute! Tsubute Disappears After a number of little events and dialogues that indicated increasing conflict between Tsubute and his young Mistress, at 3 Hearts and 5 Friendship, Freyr walked into Uzuki's guest room at the Inn one afternoon to experience the following row between the two: After Tsubute disappears, Uzuki no longer will accept gifts from you for a couple of days. Whenever you speak to her, she will ask about her elder brother or make comments about how quiet it is or that: Uzuki: Trampoli is such a vast place… Uzuki: It's so quiet… Uzuki: Oh? Oh! It's you, Freyr. Would you please leave me alone for a little while? If you attempt to give her a gift during this period: Uzuki: I'm sorry but I cannot accept this.

She is in mourning… Other characters may remark upon his disappearance as well: Eunice: I haven't seen Tsubute recently. Where could he have gone…? Turner: I haven't heard Uzuki and Tsubute arguing recently. With that missing, it feels a bit too quiet. Reunion of Uzuki and Tsubute About three days after Tsubute's departure, Uzuki will recognise his value and when you speak to her, an Event will be initiated. Note that, on any sunny weekday, Uzuki begins her training outside the Inn at 6.00 a.m. This Event therefore can be triggered as early as 6.00 a.m. Uzuki: Freyr… Tsubute… has not returned. I can hear him so I know he is nearby, but… What shall I do, Freyr? Freyr: That's easy. If you think you were wrong or if you said horrible things, you just need to say you're sorry. Uzuki: Say that I'm sorry…? But even if I did, Tsubute will never… I don't know what to do… After: Uzuki: Tsubute… You must realise that Uzuki is too proud to go further in this… so take matters into your own hands by investigating. As you walk towards the path that leads behind the Inn, you will hear the characteristic sound of the Cricket. An Event will be initiated now. Freyr: That voice… Tsubute? Tsubute: Freyr, did you come to laugh at my pitiful self? Freyr: Of course not! Tsubute: It's all right. I am not needed by milady, and her brother, milord, is still nowhere to be found. All I can do is rot here alone… Uzuki now will walk up the pathway, naginata in hand. Tsubute: Milady… Uzuki: Tsubute… It is all your fault… You were the one to say we should return… No. I misspoke. That is not what I want to say! I'm … sorry, Tsubute. I am sorry for saying those things to you… I know I may be pushing my luck… but would you please come back…? I need you. Tsubute: Milady… Those words are enough for me. I am unworthy, but I shall work to adi you the best I can, milady! And it seems that you still cannot live without me! Uzuki: What say you?! I am an adult now! You can stop treating me like a child! Tsubute: Graaaagh! What was that?! Now the Cricket noise increases and Tsubute has cross hurt and thunder. Tsubute: You are still a child if you cannot it your mistakes and apologise with all of your heart. Uzuki: But I did apologise! Stop digging up what is past! You are an elder but you still act as a child! Tsubute: I am still better than some one who cannot even wake up on her own every morning! Uzuki: (with thunder and cross hurt): Th-that only happened once! How dare you, you stubborn old coot! Tsubute: Stubborn, you say?! Well, that is all because… Freyr: (… They're back to how they were before. That's a relief.)

The event ends. After: Uzuki: Freyr. It seems that I have caused you much worry. But there is no need for that anymore. After Tsubute's Return: Eunice: I heard Uzuki and Tsubute having an argument yesterday. I guess you can say that people who don't care about each can't have fights. This is a recurring theme in Rune Factory Frontier, especially with Eunice. She is conscious of the arguments between her parents and perceives them as a sign of deep affection rather than being threatened by their relationship with one another. Fishing between Uzuki and Cinnamon Freyr: What happened with your fishing contest with Cinnamon? Uzuki: It was a complete defeat on my end. I just cannot understand how she can stay motionless like that. The Search for Elder Brother Uzuki Takes Matters into her own Hands From the Introduction to Uzuki onward, she will fret about her missing brother. At a certain point, however, after the row with Tsubute over plans to find her brother, other characters will remark upon Uzuki's nocturnal habits. Kanno: The other day, I was doing some fieldwork on a mountain path. Right when I decided to head back, because it was getting dark, I met Uzuki on the way. Though the mountain path is lit by the moonlight, it's still dangerous. Freyr, if you see Uzuki on the mountain path at night, would you please tell her that? Eunice: Uzuki has been going outside at night recently. I get worried because she returns so late… Take the hint and explore the Mountain Path at night after 9.00 p.m. When you enter the Conservatory area near the Cornucopia Trees, an Event with Uzuki will occur. Uzuki stands with her back to you, gazing at the heavens. Freyr: Uzuki? She turns to face you. Freyr: What are you doing out so late at night? It's dangerous out here. Uzuki: Hm? Oh, it is you, Freyr. In my country, we have a legend that says the moon can grant your wish… Freyr: A wish… Oh, to find your brother? Uzuki: Yes. My brother was a master swordsman… My skill cannot even compare to his. That is why Father had such high expectations of him. One day, Brother spoke to Father about wanting to go into training. Father tried to stop him, but Brother's mind was resolute. Brother was very kind to me. Even after he embarked on his journey, he sent letters only to me. But one day, those letters stopped coming. Freyr: So that's why you're looking. Uzuki: Yes. The last letter he sent was about a village with a flying island

above it. Freyr: A village with a flying island…! Uzuki: That is correct. I believe that Trampoli holds the clues as to where Brother has gone. I am tired from speaking so much. I will return to the inn now. Freyr, be sure to take care. Uzuki then bows and strides away, leaving Freyr alone beneath the stars. Uzuki's Hairpin In order to trigger the next dialogue in Uzuki's Story, you must speak to her when she is inside her guest room at the Inn. Freyr: What are you doing, Uzuki? Uzuki: Hm? I was fixing my ornamental hairpin. Freyr: It's very beautiful. Uzuki: It was a gift from Brother. This was sent with his last letter to me. It is the last token from Brother so I am taking great care of it. Freyr: Oh…? Uzuki: What's wrong, Freyr? Freyr: I think I've seen that hairpin from somewhere… Uzuki: That cannot be. This hairpin is not made by Ganesha. Freyr: I know… But… Now I ! There was a locked door in the Vine Ruins and the keyhole is identical to it! Uzuki: Is that so…?! Freyr: There might be some clues about your brother in that room! Uzuki: There must be! Freyr, take this with you! Freyr: Sure…! You got Uzuki's Hairpin! Uzuki's Hairpin: 0G ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 55, FX Element Defence The hairpin that Uzuki always wears. There seems to a keyhole with the same shape as it. Uzuki's Hairpin actually is the 'key' that unlocks the previously locked door on the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins. Incidentally, it is a 'gift' and not a loan. You cannot return the Hairpin to Uzuki after using it. For those who cannot find the Locked Door again easily, here are two sets of directions. The first presupposes that you have unlocked the Shortcut Stairway and leads from the 4th Floor shortcut stairway to the Locked Door. The second set of directions is for those who must take the isolated stairway from the 3rd Floor still to reach the 4th Floor. From the Shortcut Stairway to the Locked Door From the shortcut stairway, you first will encounter a catapult platform. Go west from the catapult to encounter two Buffaloo spawned by a single Generator that can be reached only with a long range weapon such as a spear. West of this is another Monster Generator that spawns two Summers. Continue West and you will find the Locked Door on the southern wall before you reach the southwestern corner of the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins. Path to Uzuki's Locked Door from the Isolated Stairway

When you descend from the 3rd Floor, you will see a long wide staircase that descends to the west. It leads to a peaceful chamber containing a single large tillable field containing four plots, a water source, one real Treasure Chest and one Monster Box. An exit in the southwest is blocked by a huge round stone boulder. This is a new device first found on the 4th floor of the Lava Ruins. There is no way to move it from this side, however, so retrace your steps to the isolated stairway. Now go east to find a stationary catapult. Hit the lever with a Hammer and it will destroy fallen masonry to the south that barred the entrance to a narrow staircase leading downward. Do not explore the stairway yet. Instead, move east of the catapult to find three smooth small square boulders that act as a barrier to the east. You need a Silver Hammer or better to destroy boulders of this sort. Do so and move east to find a Treasure Chest that usually contains Copper. From here, you will enter an area with two narrow twin staircases to the south and a large round boulder in the north held in place by sand. A Monster Generator in the northeast corner spawns two Trolls. Against the eastern wall are two white urns. This is the northeast limit of the 4th floor. Use your hoe on the pile of sand to release the large round boulder. As the boulder rolls, it will clear the pathway to the isolated stairway that leads to the 5th floor. Path to the Shortcut Stairway Note that, if you used the catapult initially, you now have three separate narrow staircases side by side that lead south. The one farthest east leads to the isolated stairway to the 5th floor. The other narrow stairway west of the one leading to the isolated stairway will take you down a narrow path to a Monster Generator that spawns two Summers. If you continue south, you will find a pile of fallen masonry blocking your accesso to a large chamber that contains tillable fields and a Monster Generator spawning two Trolls. Ignore this path for now, therefore, as you must destroy the fallen masonry from the other side. Return to the first stairway that was unblocked by the action of the catapult. This stairway is the one furthest to the west and closest to the isolated stairway leading from the 3rd floor. At the foot of the stairs, you will encounter two Trolls immediately. The monster generator that spawns them is to the west. This effectively constitutes a crossroads, with exits in all directions. You can go west into a large chamber containing tillable fields or east to a large almost empty chamber that contains a single Monster Geneartor that spawns two little Fluffys. If you are looking for the Locked Door, you need to go west past the Monster Generator that spawns the two Trolls that guard the crossroads. You will find yourself in a very large peaceful chamber with four tillable fields, each of which consists of two plots. There is a single crate in the northwest with a water source next to it. The exit from this chamber is in the southwest down a narrow causeway that leads south to a platform guarded by two Summers spawned by a Monster

Generator. The position of this Monster Generator marks a crossroads as well. There is a wide stairway that ascends to the east. To the west, another parallel causeway leads north and south. Go down the wide staircase in the west and continue west to the causeway that runs parallel to it. This is the western limit of the 4th floor. To the north is a Monster Generator that spawns a Buffaloo. Continue south along the causeway, you will find three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems barring your path. Smash them and continue south to a Monster Generator that spawns two Trolls. Go south from the catapult, then east to find a locked door in the south. If you attempted to access this door before Uzuki gave you her Hairpin, your character would muse: Freyr: It won't open… Huh? There's a hole in the door. Is it a keyhole? But it has such a strange shape… I can't go in now anyway. I'll try again later. With Uzuki's Hairpin in your Rucksack, however, you now can return to the Locked Door to open it. Freyr: There's a hole in the door. Is it a keyhole? But it has such a strange shape… I know! I'll use the Hairpin from Uzuki! A Letter from the Mentor When the sliding door opens, you will be able to move south into a small chamber with a crate at the southern end. In the centre of the floor, you will see three shining drops of light indicating the presence of a 'secret'. Go to the spot and press 'A' to search there. A Letter will pop out. Freyr: There's a letter, and it's still new. Letter from the Mentor: A letter to Uzuki from Uzuki's brother. Don't open it without permission. Although you are told not to open it without permission, the text of the Letter will be displayed automatically: Text: 'Stardust will summon the Rainbow'. Freyr: What does that mean? Maybe Uzuki will know… 7 Pieces of Stardust Take the Letter to Uzuki and offer it to her. Uzuki: What is this…? Freyr: It was inside the room that can be opened with the hairpin. Uzuki: What was inside?! … 'Stardust will summon the rainbow.' There is no doubt! This is definitely Brother's writing! Freyr: But what does 'Stardust will summon the rainbow' mean? Uzuki: In my country, rainbows are said to have 7 colours. So if 7 of this 'stardust' can be gathered… Freyr: But what is 'stardust'…? Uzuki: I do not know either. If you go to the Rune Archives now to search the shelves, you will find a new book on the upper floor at the northern end of the eastern side. The four volumes now will be: Mystic Country

Stardust Almanac The Elves The Beginning of Man Only the 'Stardust Almanac' is new. Stardust Almanac Stardusts that fall on clear nighttime skies are very weak against sunlight, so look for them in early morning. Collecting Stardust for Uzuki This is the only information you require to find the Stardust for Uzuki. Simply go to the Public Square each morning at 6.00 a.m., provided the weather is fine. On the western side of the pavement near the entrance, you will see the characteristic three sparkles of light that indicate a secret. Press 'A' and Stardust will pop out of the ground. 'Stardust' has the shape of a golden star similar to those given to children on their essays to indicate a job well done. The Stardust you gather each day appears to be identical, but each occupies a separate slot in yoru Rucksack or Storage. This is a bit of a nuisance actually as you can collect only one piece of Stardust per day and only if the weather is fine. In rain or snow, it will not appear. Moreover, by the afternoon, it will disappear if not collected earlier. The Treasure at the End of the Rainbow When you collect the seventh and final piece of Stardust, an Event will occur. Uzuki will appear next to you in the Public Square. Uzuki: Have you gathered 7 pieces of 'Stardust'…? Tsubute: Good job, Freyr. I didn't think you could do it. Freyr: According to the letter, something should happen. The screen darkens for a moment, then a blazing rainbow appears behind Uzuki for an instant Freyr: What's this…? Tsubute: What are you doing? Hurry up! Uzuki: Go to the end of the rainbow! Freyr: Y-yes! She races off and you follow as the screen darkens again. You now approach the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Path. Tsubute: Look! Something is shining! At the foot of one of the Cornucopia Trees, there are three shining points of light. Freyr: You're right! Let's try digging there! Your character automatically follows his own suggestion, then scoops an item from the ground. Freyr: This is… Tsubute: It is… a letter. Uzuki: Would you please read it, Freyr? I feel to anxious to do so myself. Freyr: All right. He now reads from the letter: It has been awhile, Uzuki. How long has it been since I left our country? I

have no intention of returning to that place. I had enough of being cramped up in that small house. You as well, I'm sure. That is why I'm goine and have left only clues. Uzuki, you have come this far after leaving that place. Life in a foreign country may be difficult, but you were able to do it because of a trusted friend. You might be angry after I have dragged you out here this far. But Uzuki, you are now an adult. You need not rely on your brother anymore. I will always be thinking of you. Uzuki: … Freyr: Uzuki…? Tsubute: After causing so much trouble for milady, all he left behind is a single letter?! He can be so very inconsiderate sometimes. If only he would think of milady a little more… Milady…? Uzuki: Brother is always like this… Right when it seems that he had hidden something important, he leaves me something much more precious. He is certainly a great man… Freyr: Uzuki…? Something more precious than Brother…? Uzuki: Let's go home! Tsubute: Let us go home! Uzuki: What are you talking about? My home is… Trampoli. Right, Freyr? Tsubute (with thunder and cross hurt): What? When did milady…? Milady!!! The Event now ends. You stand alone beneath the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road. Iris Birthday: 23 Winter Most Favourite Gifts: Tomato Juice Easiest Favoured Gifts: Moondrop Flower or any other Flower Most Detested Gift: Garlic Official Description: A wondrous girl. Sleeps during the day to stay out of the sun. Loves flowers. Iris is an artist who seeks to capture the atmosphere of the floating island in her pen and ink drawings. She actually is an ancient member of a Vampyre Tribe and thus will recoil from Garlic. Experience a special Event by attempting to give her Garlic. Note that, should you increase her Heart Level to maximum BEFORE you unlock the Snow Ruins, you will not be forced to defeat Iris Noire. Iris Blanche will intervene… Actual Dialogue: Iris: Don't you just feel like drinking tomato juice impulsively sometimes? You don't? I guess it's just me… Iris: I'm enjoying the flower patch that you grew. I really love flowers. For Tomato Juice: Is this for me? Thank you! I love tomato juice! For Moondrop Flower: Thank you! It's a very pretty flower… I'll be sure to cherish it! Freyr: Do you draw, Iris? Iris: Yes. I draw with ink and charcoal. Unfortunately, I'm terrible at it. I hope you'll come see this drawing after I finish it! For Garlic: Iris: Thank you. But… what is this? Is this… garlic…? My vision is turning… dark… Darkness, then the sound of a heavy thump.

Freyr: Iris! Iris! Iris: (What happened?) What happened to me? I thought I saw you come to me and… Lose both Love and Friendship Points for playing a trick like this on a member of an ancient Vampyre Tribe! Iris and Blue Roses: Iris: Do you know about Blue Roses? Blue roses don't usually grow in nature. But if you let moonlight shine on white roses for a few days, they will turn blue. I'd like to see it at least once. Iris' Drawings Freyr: Do you draw, Iris? Iris: Yes. I draw with ink and charcoal. Unfortunately, I'm terrible at it. I hope you'll come see this drawing after I finish it! (This initiates a series of Events periodically wherein she will show her drawings to your character and your character will misinterpret the subjects.) Iris will request that you act as her model for a drawing. The result will be less than perfect in her first attempt, but she will continue to perfect her skills. Iris: I drew another picture. Would you like to see it? Me (with enthusiasm): Of course! Iris: I drew a flower patch this time. What do you think? Me: … (A flower patch…? It looks like a Fluffy exploded…) Freyr: You're very good. I think you've gotten much better, Iris. Iris: Really?! I'll be sure to draw many more pictures then! In her next attempt: Iris: I drew another picture. Would you like to see it? Freyr: Gladly! … (Is this a … ghost? Wait, this happened last time so I should…) That's a very cute Wooly. You're very good. Iris (with tears in her eyes): That's … a moon… Freyr: What?! I-It's a beautiful moon. You're very good! (clears his throat) … Sorry. Iris (Noire) Birthday: 23 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Tomato Juice For Tomato Juice: Is this for me? Thank you! I love Tomato Juice! Iris Noire may confide their birthday first: Me and my other self were both born on the 23rd of Winter. Official Description: The other half of Iris. A liveliness returned to her upon meeting Freyr. Iris Noire is the other half of Iris, who split in two because of her intense loneliness centuries ago. Her portrait will not appear in the Relations page until you have defeated her on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins. When she has been reunited with Blanche, she will offer to tell your fortune when you visit her. Note that although her likes and dislikes are the same as Blanche, she has her own Love and Friendship levels, unlike the 'twins' in the 2nd Generation of Rune Factory 2 who were not identical twins but who were treated as a single

individual for the purposes of Heart Levels and Events. both girls a gift when you see them.

Make certain to give

Iris Blanche and Iris Noire Events The Move from the Tower of Rest to Trampoli You first must rescue Mist before any of the Events that result in the move of Iris Blanche and Iris Noire from Whale Island to Trampoli can be initiated. Rita's Dilemma When you speak to Rita, she will tell you of her problem with the Tavern. Rita: Only regulars come to our bar and it's never that busy. But working at it alone can be really hard. I wonder if some one could help me out… Freyr: What about Eunice? Rita: I have Eunice clean the bar in the morning. I can't have her work at night, too. Freyr: I see… Rita: Sorry for complaining in front of you. Don't mind me. It is only when you next visit Iris Blanche and Noire in the Tower of Rest that you will find a way to help every one. A Move from the Tower of Rest When you visit the Tower of Rest after rescuing Mist, you will find Iris Blanche painting at her easel. The two girls no longer must stand in the centre of the chamber to sing their Song. Iris: We can get to tknow the villagers better, too. Iris Noire: Yes, but there will be problems… Iris Blanche: Where to live… Freyr: What's wrong? Noire: Oh, Freyr… The Runes of Whale Island are much more stable now. Blanche: … so we were talking about moving to Trampoli. Staying ehre by ourselves would be meaningless and we want to get to know the villagers better. Freyr: That sounds great! Every one will welcome you! Noire: But there is a problem… Freyr: What is it? I'll be glad to help out any way I can. Blanche: We don't have a place ot stay so we can't move. Noire: And, we can only come out at night so we can't stay at some one's house either. Blanche: But building a new house would be too much trouble. Noire: That is why we were at a loss. Freyr: Rita, over at Snowstyle, was looking for some one to help out at the bar. If you ask her, maybe she'll let you live there, too. The bar is in business only at night, after all. Blanche: Really?! Noire: Would you please ask her about it? Freyr: I'll try. After: Noire: Please tell Rita that I would love to work at the bar. Thank you. Iris Blanche: Please tell Rita that I would love to work at the bar. Thank

you. Rita Gives her Permission You now need to gain official permission from Rita. All you have to do here is speak to Rita again. Freyr: Rita, I'd like to ask you for a favour. Rita; What is it? Just come right out and say it. Freyr: Well, Iris is looking for a place to move to… Rita: Then they can use our inn. Freyr: Really?! Rita; We've got plenty of open rooms anyway. If they'll work at the bar, they won't need ot pay for the rooms. As for my husband, he probably won't object to it. Freyr: Really?! Thank you very much! I'll bring Iris right away! After: Rita: We're already preparing for Iris to come. Hurry up and bring her here. Iris Blanche and Noire Move to Trampoli If Freyr returned again to the Whale Island Fin on the same night, he would not be able to find either Iris anywhere. He had to wait until the following evening to return to the Fin of Whale Island. He then found both Iris Blanche and Iris Noire awaiting him outside the Tower of Rest near the special little field where Moondrops had been planted originally for Iris. Iris Blanche: Good evening, Freyr. Freyr: Iris, Rita said that you can stay at the Inn! Blanche: Really?! Thank you so much! Noire: We really can't thank you enough, Freyr. Freyr: I haven't done anything. Now let's go! Now the screen darkens and when it lightens again, an Event occurs at the Inn. Rita: Welcome, girls! This will be your room! But are you sure you only want one room? Isn't it a bit cramped? You needn't worry about money if you're working at the bar. Iris Noire: We want to be together. Iris Blanche: We've been separated for so long and finally, after so much time, we were able to come together again… Rita: Fine… I won't say another word about it. All right. I'm going to have you two working starting tonight. Noire: Yes, ma'am! The event ends with both girls standing side by side on the upper floor of the Inn where they face Rita. It is only when Iris moves to the Inn that you have the option to ask her out either in her light or dark manifestations. Iris' Constellation Events

Finding the Whale Constellation In fact, 'near midnight' translated to 'by 11.30 p.m.'. When Freyr reached the Observatory after 11.30 p.m., he was unable to find either the Full Moon or the Whale Constellation. As it was after 11.00 p.m. when he began the journey from the Homestead, he finally had to resort to a little trick he had employed successfully on another occasion with respect to a Constellation that proved stubbornly unfindable. He dismounted his Silver Wolf as soon as he reached the entrance ot the Lava Ruins and searched the heavens there. Doing so, he first saw the glorious full moon soaring across the heavens and, a moment later: Freyr: Is that…? So that's the Whale Constellation… It's so much bigger than the real Whale Island. Iris Blanche Constellation Event: Immediately after his discovery of the Whale constellation on the night of the 16th of Summer, Freyr paid a visit to the Inn to speak to Iris Blanche. Iris: Freyr, you're still fighting monsters on Whale Island…? Freyr: Yes. Iris: I'm worried you'll be hurt. May I pray for you? Freyr: Go ahead. Iris: Thank you. The screen darkened for a moment, then: Iris: May the Spirits bless you with safety, Freyr. Fery: Thank you. I feel like something is protecting me now! Freyr's Elemental Manipulation went up! Note that this demonstrates the fact that, despite her avoidance of the Church, worrying to Lara, but natural for a vampyre maiden, Iris is deeply religious in her own way. The 'Elemental Manipulation' refers to the points of affinity for each of the four elements. There was a 1 point increase for each after Iris Blanche's prayer. Scorpion Constellation The earliest that Freyr was able to 'find' the Scorpion Constellation was after 10.30 p.m. at 10.40 p.m. on the night of the 30th. Freyr: That's… Prompt: Found Scorpion Constellation! Freyr: It really does look like a scorpion. That's really strange. The Scorpion Constellation is associated with Noire. Speak to her afterwards. Iris Noire: Freyr, you're still fighting monsters on Whale Island…? Freyr: Yes. Noire: I'm worried that you'll be hurt. Please run away whenever it gets too dangerous. Freyr: Thank you. I will. Just hearing you say that makes me feel like I can

run away even faster now. Prompt: Freyr's strength went up! Prompt: Freyr's agility went up! Iris Noire: Oh, you… He then spoke to Cinnamon: Cinnamon: Did you find the Scorpion Constellation? Freyr: Yes. I was surprised at how much it looked like a scorpion. Cinnamon: That scorpion played tricks on others and was punished by a wizard. It guards the moon so you can only see it when there is no moon. Freyr: I see… Now that you mention it, it does seem like that. Iris' Bathhouse Event If you wish to bathe undisturbed and gain full restoration of HP and RP, never take a bath when any one is in the women's side of the Bathhouse. Doing so will cause you to 'overhear' their dialogues. When Iris Blanche and Iris Noire move to Trampoli, they will frequent the bathhouse between 5.00 p.m. – 6.00 p.m. except during the Summer season. If you take a bath then, you will experience their bathhouse event. Iris becomes 'Ill' When Iris Blanche and Iris Noire both reach 10 Hearts, you will experience a sequence of Events that involve an illness. It is initiated when you speak to Eunice afterwards: Freyr: Eunice, I haven't seen Iris recently. Do you know what happened? Eunice: It seems that she isn't feeling well so she's taking some time off her work at the bar. Really?! Did you get Lara to take a look at her? Eunice: My mother wanted to take her but Iris said that she didn't want to go inside a church. Freyr: Is that so… All right. I'll try to get Lara to go to the Inn. Eunice: Please do so. Note that, once this illness is announced, there can be no quick resolution to it. Even if you had spoken to Iris earlier on the same day, once Eunice remarks upon the illness, the guest room door will be locked. A word to the wise here: If you wish to experience any Date Events with one aspect of Iris, whether it is Iris Blanche or Iris Noire, it is advised that you do this BEFORE both manifestations of Iris reach 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship. You will be able to ask either for a Date when they have moved to Trampoli and reach 8 Hearts. Do this BEFORE you raise both to 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship. Speak to Lara now: Freyr: Lara, Iris is bedridden because she's ill. Lara: That's terrible! I'll go see her right now! When you return next to the upper floor of the Inn, you will find Lara at the door to the Guest Room in which Iris Blanche and Iris Noire rest. When you speak to Lara, another Event will initiate. Lara: Oh, Freyr. I was just about to do the examination. Please wait right

here. Freyr: Sure thing. She now will enter the Guest Room. The screen will darken. When it lightens again, Lara will re-emerge to speak to you. Lara: It seems that both of them were sick. Freyr: So… how was it? Lara: There are still some things I don't understand so can you come back tomorrow? Freyr: All right. The Event ends. When you speak to either Iris: Iris: I'm so sorry for making you worry about me like this. I'll be better in no time… Freyr: You should just relax for now. On the next day, find Lara at the Church or Clinic to speak to her. Lara: Freyr, about Iris… Freyr: Did you find out anything? Lara: Both of them are sick. And, it seems the reason for that is because Iris is separated into two people. I also asked Kanno, Rita and Sister Stella about it… It seems the two of them had separated to avoid being lonely. Freyr: That's what I heard, too. Lara: But now that they are surrounded by many friends, their lives have become much happier. Freyr: I guess so. She even said that her work at the bar was really fun. Lara: Yes. But that's the problem. Freyr: Why is that? Lara: Because, in their happiness, they are trying to return to one body, but yet remain separated. That puts stress upon their existence, causing the illness. Separating into two must have put a lot of strain on Iris. Freyr: So for Iris to get better… Lara: … she has to return to being one person. But I don't know how to do it. Even Kanno and Sister Stella said they didn't know how. Freyr: All right. I'll try to find out how. Lara: Please do so. I'll try to search for the method from my end as well. If you attempt to visit Iris, your character will reconsider at the door: Freyr; … I may be bothering them. Maybe some other time. When you next speak to Kanno, badger him until he tells you: Kanno: About how to return Iris to normal… Freyr: Did you find something on it? Kanno: Well… This will be difficult. It's already amazing enough that one person can split into two. But now we need to return them to one. It makes it all the more difficult… Freyr: Oh… Kanno: Of course, I haven't given up. If you find any clues, come to me. When you speak to Stella: Stella: I'm worried for Iris… If there's anything I can do, don't hesitate to ask. Turner will mention the illness: Turner: Iris isn't feeling well right now. I should bring her something good to eat later. Lara: I will try to look for a way to return Iris to normal. Selphy's Contribution to the Solution

Who but a Librarian ultimately would have access to information about a creature of Legends? It is Selphy who will provide a solution by obtaining two new Books for the Rune Archives. You may have to wait a few days after speaking to Kanno before she will be able to offer you the information you need. Selphy: Oh, right… Iris is supposed to be one of the race of 'those closest to the Spritis', right? Well, I found a book about them, so I put it on the bookshelf Really?! Thank you! Don't mention it. Thank Lara since she's the one who asked me to look for it. You now will be able to find two new volumes on a bookshelf on the upper level on the eastern side of the Rune Archives. The Bookshelf now will have the following tomes: New Species Discovery! The Vampire Tribe The Vampire Tribe: Part 2 Magic s of the World The Vampire Tribe You will find the first new volume on the 2nd Shelf: The Vampire Tribe Those closest to the Spirits once inhabited the Trampoli area. They were able to converse with the Spirits through their Spirit Song. Even with special traits such as an inability to enter holy places, the ability to share minds with the person they drank blood from and being nocturnal, they still could have a child with a normal person. Most of their descendants are of mixed blood now, and only a few special ones have inherited the Spirit Song. The next volume will cover rituals. The Vampire Tribe, Part 2 On the 3rd Shelf, you will find: The Vampire Tribe: Part 2 Among the rituals is one called 'The Blessings from Around' that is particularly interesting. In it, the leader of the ritual brings a personal item, and those around bless it. In the case of two or more leaders, each leader brings an item of equal value and then trades after the blessings finish. It is said that the purpose of this ritual was to demonstrate the leaders' connection to the Spirits to the people around. After trading the blessed items, they offer a prayer to the Spirits. If the Spirits respond, their wish will come true. At least, that is the belief. Kanno's Instructions for the Healing Ritual After you have read both Vampire Books, return to Kanno to inform him of the results of your research. Kanno, about how we can get Iris back to normal… Kano: Did you find out something?!

Yes. The screen darkens, then to allow Freyr to impart the information to Kanno privately. After: Kanno: All right. Freyr! Do exactly what I tell you. First, take a certain object from each Iris. Freyr: Sure. Kanno: Then take thos things around to each villager and have them bless it. Freyr: Bless…? Kanno: Yes. Simply put, they just need to pray for it. Come back to me when you're done. I'll take care of the rest. Freyr: All right. Then let me go gest something from each of them. The Tokens of Iris Blanche and Iris Noire If you visit the guest room during the day, you may be unable to enter. Wait until the next day and then visit Iris after 6.00 p.m. Although you will find both girls in bed still, you will be able to communicate with each. Iris, do you have a pair of something? If I take that and get every one in the village to bless it, you might go back to normal. Noire: Really? But I'm worried about how much of a blessing we can receive since we haven't been here long… Freyr: It's all right. Every one is worried about you. Noire: Thank you… Then take this. You got Silver Ring! Blanche: Take this with you. This is the first item that we exchanged when we separated. I believe these will be the most fitting. You got Gold Ring! The two Rings will appear in your Rucksack now. Their descriptions are as follows: Gold Ring: A golden ring that one Iris gave to the other Iris. Let's get every one to bless it. Silver Ring: A silver ring that one Iris gave to the other Iris. Let's get every one to bless it. Note that you must choose one of the two to offer to each individual in Trampoli. It does not matter which one you ask an individual to bless but once he/she has blessed one Ring, the other will not be accepted. You can alternate the Rings or simply offer the same one to every villager. What signifies here is that you obtain a Blessing from EVERY Villager. If any villager is absent, you must wait until his/her return in order to be able to complete the Event sequence that completes Iris' Story. For example, if Rosetta has gone to Kardia to care for her father, you will be unable to complete the Ritual until she has returned to give her Blessing to one of the two Rings. Even if she has gone to Kardia, she will return on the occasion of any Festival and you will be able to find her on that day outside the entrance to the Green Ruins. She then will return to Kardia after the Festival to continue her care of her father. Some of the Blessing dialogues are as follows:

Uzyuki: In my country, tools that are used wholeheartedly can embody souls. It seems that the emotions in this ring are so powerful that it has gained a soul as well. There. I put my prayers into it. Eunice: It's for iris? I'll gladly help. Iris is part of our family now. Stella: I have to bless this? Sure thing. Iris is part of our village after all. Now take it with you. I've finished blessing it. Turner: I have to pray for it? Is that good enough? I hope Iris will get batter soon. Ganesha: That's a pretty ring. I can feel the emotions of the owner just by looking at it. I'll hammer in a lot of emotion so I can work even harder from now on. Here you go. Rita: We';ll have one less person to work at the bar, but I have to respect what Iris wants. I put all of my heart into it. Danny: I just have to pray for it? Fine, I'll do it… Here you go. I'm just not good when it colmes to these things. Melody: Oh, so Iris is going back to being one person? I really liked it when they would come to my bathhouse together. Would you tell her to keep coming back to my bathhouse even after she returns to normal? Selphy: I'll be glad to , too! I've never even read about how two people can become one before! 'Fact is stranger than fiction' can be so true sometimes. Lara: I may be inexperienced as a sister, but I will bless it with all my heart…. There you go. Cinnamon: Emotions can amplify the effects of magic. If people cast their emotions into the spell, then its power is more potent. … Good luck. Candy: I hope Iris will get better soon. Here. Now the ring is full of my emotions. Anette: You sure you want me to do it? I'm not exactly part of the village, you know… But I'm glad that you came to me. Here you go. I put my heart and soul into it. As usual, Mist's dialogue was unique: Mist: So I just have to pray for it? I wish for a good harvest of turnips this year. Freyr: No, not like that… Mist; I know, I know. Here you go. Lute: This is to help Iris return to being one person? I'll gladly help. I hope Iris will get better soon. I will pray for that from the bottom of my heart. Rosetta: So I just have to pray for it? That sounds simple enough. … It's not like I would refuse even if it cost money. Really! Freyr obtained Blessings both from Nolan and from Lute, but that may be unnecessary. When he had obtained the last Blessing, he spoke to Kanno, but it was only on the day following the last Blessing that the dialogue was initiated. Kanno: It seems that you gathered every one's blessings. I will do the rest so please take Iris to the public square. It was only when Freyr visited the Inn after 6.00 p.m. that he was able to enter the guest room to speak to Iris Blanche and Iris Noire. Although they remained in their bed, he was able to communicate with them to initiate the final Event.

Freyr: Iris! We have finished the preparations for you to get back to normal. Every one helped out! Noire: Thank you very much… Freyr and every one else, too. Freyr: Kanno is getting ready at the public square! Let's go! Blanche: Yes, let's! You now will find yourself in the Public Square. Iris Blanche and Iris Noire stand side by side near the central stone. Kanno, Stella, Eunice and Lara are present as well. Kanno: We will now begin the ceremony which will bring the two Irises back to one again! Iris, are you ready? Blanche: Yes! Noire: I have long awaited this day! Kanno turns then to face Freyr. Kanno: let's finish this off by having you exchange the rings that have been blessed by the villagers. Freyr. Exchange the rings that you have kept for Iris. In other words, the 'Silver Ring goes to the White Iris, and the Gold Ring to the Black Iris. When Freyr gave Blanche Iris the Silver Ring: Blanche: Thank you. I can feel it… I can feel every one's warm feelings. Freyr then took the Gold Ring from his Rucksack and offered it to Iris Noire: Noire: Thank you. We were originally the same person. With every one's blessings, we can finally be whole again. This is the most joyous day of my life. Their Whale Island song now began as they approached one another to touch palms. Iris Blanche and Noire: The happy memories on Whale Island… The memory of being released from loneliness in the dungeon… You now will be asked: Which of those memories reflect stronger for you? It now is for your character to choose which 'aspect' Iris will assume in her united self. Your choices: The Whale Island, I think. The Dungeon, I think. Freyr chose 'Whale Island' first as he was eager to see if Iris ever would paint the entire wall of the castle there. Iris Noire then disappeared in a column of stardust. Iris (with Blanche's clothing and hair): My self of Whale Island… The lonely memories linger… Fryer: Iris! Did the other Iris disappear? Iris: No… Our bodies and minds have become one, but our memories remain separate. Those joyous days when we spoke on Whale Island… and the memories of when you saved me in the dungeon… They are all inside me. Iris: I am Iris. The last of the vampire tribe. The last of 'those closest to the Spirits'. I am now but another citizen of Trampoli. Every one files out of the Public Square afterwards, leaving you alone under the night sky. Letters from Iris Letters from Iris Blanche and Noire

Letter from Iris, formerly 'Blanche' after 'Recovery' The day after Iris is restored to a single person, if you chose Blanche's Memories, you should receive your first Request letter from her. I have a favour to ask I am completely out of bread crumbs, which I use for painting. If you have any with you, could you share some bread with me? Iris Other Characters: Turner Birthday: 22 Spring Most Favourite Gifts: Amazing Bathing Suit (!) (+9 FP) Favoured Gifts: Wine, Iron, Copper, Silver, Bamboo Shoot (+3 FP) Detests: Scrap Iron (-3 FP) Turner is fairly enthusiastic about almost any gift of a Cooked Dish. Actual Dialogue: Turner: My birthday is on the 22nd of Spring. Drinks taste wonderful during this season when you have them while iring the cherry flowers. N-no pressure. *gulp*… Turner: Listen. Alcohol is said to be the cause of all sorts of illnesses. It's really bad for you. Wine is especially bad. That's why if you have any on you, give it to me. I'll dispose of it for you. I'm not saying this because I want to drink it. Don't forget that. *gulp* … For Amazing Bathing Suit: Turner: W-wow. This is great! But Rita would never wear something like this. *gulp* Oh my. If it's from a customer, Rita can't make me refuse it. Heeheehee… For Copper: (I don't know what you want me to do with this.) Oh, wow. That's for me? (with music) Now I can get Ganesha to make me the best kind of kitchen knife. Turner for Char Sashimi : *gulp* Sorry if it seemed like I was being shameless in expressing my fondness for this. Turner: Ganesha is a really good at what she does. But she won't even sharpen your kitchen knife if you don't take the materials to her. That's why if you have any extra, can you give them to me? Like Iron, Copper and Silver… Thanks. Official Description: The owner of the Sunshine Inn. Warm and gentle like the name of his inn. Turner is overly-fond of alcohol and drives his wife Rita almost to despair. The fact that she serves drinks at the local Tavern makes it impossible for him to mend his ways! Turner is the individual who is responsible for bringing the tradition of the Pumpkin Head at the Pumpkin Festival to Trampoli. You will discover this in a dialogue with Stella on the day of the Festival. In the conversation, she speaks of the Festival as though it were scheduled for the next day! Even so, the dialogue provides some interesting history:

Stella: Are you enjoying the Pumpkin Festival? Now rather inappropriately, she will add: Tomorrow is the Pumpkin Festival. It's a festival where you wear a pumpkin mask all day. It all started from when a monster with a pumpkin head helped a lost innkeeper. Eunice will give you more details about her father's connection with the Festival: Eunice: Well? Are you enjoying the Pumpkin Festival? This festival originated in the town where my father used to work. When he moved here, he wore the pumpkin by himself but Stella grew to really like it. That's how it became an official festival. For all Events concerning the holiday that Turner and Rita take, please see Eunice's Events. Romance between Turner and Rita Turner: The beach season starts tomorrow. I used to go swim with Rita a lot when we were young. Eunice: I was cleaning the bar early in the morning the other day, and I saw Mom sleeping. I was about to wake her because I was afraid she'd catch a cold. But then, Dad came in and put a blanket over her without saying anything. Freyr: That sounds really nice. Eunice: I know! I'm a bit jealous of Mom. Turner's Events and Letters 1st Event with Turner Turner is upstairs. Turner: Hey. You must be Freyr. How do you do? Sorry if my Eunice caused you any trouble. Me: Haha… Turner: I'm Turner. I'm the owner of this inn. Me: hello. (Ah! Didn't Stella tell me to give Turner a Bamboo Shoot?) I gave him one of three I had. Turner: It's from Stella, right? Thanks. Since it's on the way, can you call Ganesha the blacksmith for me? The forge is north of the inn. Freyr, why don't you stop over tonight? We'll drink until the sun comes up. When I go downstairs, Turner magically is behind the counter and again directs me to call the blacksmith over. Rita Birthday: 22 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Wine Loves: Any female Accessory: Cheap Band, Pendants Detests: Fish Actual Dialogue: For Wine on her Birthday: What is this? Wine for a birthday present? I think I'm falling for you! Rita: Freyr, do you have any 'Wine'? Don't show me any 'Wine' while I'm working. I'll confiscate it. For Wine: Hey! No alcohol for you! Hand it over!

For Cheap Band or Earth Pendant: A tip? How nice of you. Rita: My birthday is on the 22nd of Winter. I'll be looking forward to your present. Rita: I'm the hostesss of this bar, but I just can't eat fish. I even made Turner promise me that he would never make me gut a fish when we got married. Official Description: Tavern master. Rumoured to be the biggest drinker in town. Rita will give you your first Cookbook for No Tool Dishes, entitled 'QuickStep Cooking'. Whenever you complete any house expansion, she will give you a gift if you speak to her on the same day. The item is random and may change if you reload to experience the event again. Rita: Freyr, I heard you're having an extension built. You're doing so much despite your young age… To a man, your home is like your own castle! Now let me treat you to something! You got: Yogurt Drink! (Can be Milk instead or…) Rita's History: The history of Rita's romance with her husband Turner is provided by Eunice in a dialogue as follows: Freyr: Eunice, have you been in this village since you were born? Eunice: No, I used to live in a muich larger town. Dad used to work at an inn there, and Mom happened to be staying there one night. Freyr: So Rita was a guest. Eunice: Yes. Mom wasn't born in Norad. She just came to the Kingdom of Norad while on vacation. She stopped at the inn but lost her wallet somewhere… She supposedly worked at the bar next door to pay off her inn bill. Freyr: That's a really strange turn of fate. Eunice: I know! I really wish I could have that sort of fateful encounter, too… (blushing now) I mean, um… How embarrassing… Erik Birthday: 23 Summer Most Favourite Gifts: Garlic Other Favourites: Dried Fish Disliked Items: Chocolate and Jam Most Detested Item: Turnip Actual Dialogue: About his Birthday: Erik: It's the 23rd of Summer. Freyr: What is? Erik (with musical fanfare of horns): My birthday, of course! that, young man! Erik: Young, man, do you know what this village's specialty is? Freyr: I don't. What is it? Erik: It would be the 'Dried Fish' that I make during the winter! That's the village specialty! Freyr: Really…?

Erik: Probably! Freyr: … Erik: By the way, I love it, too! If you give him the Dried Fish he made for you, he will be thrilled, saying: Erik: Young man! You sure know what to give. I'll take great care of it. Note that he sells Dried Fish at his Supplies Shop in Winter, so you simply can purchase it from him, then give it to him in order to raise his Friendship Level. For Garlic: Young man! Is this really for me? I love it. About Jam and Chocolate: Erik: That Danny… I told him never to… What should I do with this…? Freyr: What happened? Um, Erik? Erik: Oh, sorry. That Danny made a mistake and delivered a huge stock of turnips to me. I want to return them but I'm afraid of touching them… What should I do…?!! (there are tears in his eyes!) Me: Sounds like a problem… I also have to return a huge stock of jam and chocolate… Why does everything I hate come to me… For Chocolate: I'm sorry, but I just don't like Chocolate. Erik: Do you like vegetables? I love them, excluding some particular white, chunky ones that we shall not speak of! For Turnip(with thunder and cross hurt): T-turnip? Where did you get that?! Get it away!!! Erik has an almost pathological fear of turnips. Even at the start of the game, he will speak of Monster Turnips… Erik: Young man! You better not be growing crops when there are not enough days left in the season! When the season changes, the crops you were growing will all wither. Do you know why? There is a rumour about it. There is an old legend that says turnips that go through another season become monsters and start trashing your field. But when morning comes, those monster turnips run out of strength and dry up. B-b-but I'm not scared of it at all. That's that. Just be sure to harvest your crops at the end of a season. Official Description: A farmer in Trampoli. Always calls Freyr a young man, but he is, too. Erik will give you a free bag of Turnip Seeds if you ask him about 'Sowing Seeds'. He will give you a Used Sickle when you have tilled about 45 squares in your field. He will give you Formula C when you have responded to his Letter Request for a Turnip. There is supreme irony in the fact that he requests the one Crop he truly detests. On Winter mornings after 9.00 a.m., you will find Erik at the Beach near the drying racks. He will tell you then: Erik: Winter is the best time to make Dried Fish! Just bring me some Fish and I'll dry them for you! Give him any Fish and he will say: Erik: You want some Dried Fish? All right. I'll be sure to make some. Come back tomorrow! You can give him only one Fish per day. If you try to give him another, he will say: Hm? I already got the fish from you. If you want Dried Fish, come back tomorrow. Find him at the Beach the next morning and he will say: Erik: There you are, young man! I have already made the Dried Fish! Here!

Erik's Question at 5 Hearts Erik: I would like to ask you, young man. What do you think of me? You4 choices now: Hot blooded.... Like a big brother… Nothing, really… Like a big brother… Erik: Hahaha! Really?! Young man! Go ahead and think of me like your true big brother! Danny's Malice towards Erik Erik speaks both of Lute and of Danny as his friends and you will find Erik with Danny at the Laga Springs Bathhouse late at night. Even so, Danny can be more than a little malicious towards his 'friend' when he advises you to give Erik Turnips. Danny: Hey, Freyr. Try giving Erik a turnip next time. He's gonna be so happy he'll cry. Erik's Events and Letters Erik's 1st Event: Erik: Hello, young man. I am Erik and I run this farm. Nice to meet you! Freyr: Nice to meet you. I'm Freyr. I just moved in next door. Erik: Oh, in that house with the large field. If you need any advice about your field, you can ask me any time. Then, out of the blue: Erik: W-what? Do I have a girlfriend? I can't tell you! Hahaha! Freyr: … I didn't ask… Erik: Then why are you here? Freyr: I have something from Danny… …? … Uh… I don't know what I'm supposed to ask you for… Erik: You're quite young and immature for running off without hearing what to do, young man! But I know the situation. The seed that he wanted has just arrived. Thank you for relaying the message. Oh, right. I can share the crops I grow at my farm with you. Just ask. Then: Erik: If you want to know anything about farming, just ask me. Then again: W-what? Do I have a girlfriend? Freyr with tear: Give that a rest… If I speak to him again, have the following options: Just looking for a friendly chat. I want some seeds to grow veggies. I wanna ask you about farming. Nothing in particular. When I had the friendly chat, I learned: Erik: There is an old legend that says turnips that go through another season become monsters and start trashing your field. But when morning comes, those monster turnips run out of strength and dry up. Freyr (with tear)

Erik: B-b-but I'm not scared of it at all. (with copious sweat) That's that. Just be sure to harvest your crops at the end of a season. If you choose: I wanna ask you about farming. These options: Tilling the land. Sowing seeds. Watering crops. On second thought – I'm all right. Erik: Go into the + Button menu or the – Button shortcut to equip it. Then you can plow by pressing the A Button. About weeds, he says: Even if it's useless to you, there are people out there that might want it, so you may want to keep it to give as a present later. If you ask about Sowing Seeds: Erik: Why don't I give you these 'Turnip Seeds'? Maybe you already have some, but it won't hurt to have some more! You got: Turnip Seed! If you wish to buy seeds: Now then, what would you like? His Menu for Supplies will be displayed then. Kanno Birthday: 8 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Cake Other Favourites: Magic Powder Most Detested Gift: Scrap Iron Kanno will arrive to take possession of the Clock Tower on 7 Spring. Kanno will give you a Fire Rod when you bring him the Cheap Cloth he requests. He will continue to request War Trophies from you afterwards. Later, he will give you a Hell Branch, another Fire Wand. Actual Dialogue: For Cake: For me?! I actually have a penchant for Cake. I'll gladly accept. Kanno: Do you know what day the 8th of autumn is? Freyr: The 8th of Autumn? I don't know. Kanno: Then let me tell you. It's my birthday. Don't you forget that. Kanno: Everything in this world has its own uses. Even failed dishes from cooking may have their own uses that we don't know about. But the one exception is 'Scrap Metal'. That's completely useless.* *Note that this is not true, as Scrap Iron can be used to upgrade your Tools at the Forge. It therefore must be construed as an example of Kanno's detestation of the item. For Scrap Iron: (with thunder and cross hurt): Why are you giving me garbage? Seasonal dialogue about Sweets: Kanno: It's so warm. I'm sure strawberry shortcakes will taste great during this season. (Spring) Kanno: It's cool and comfortable. Yam Mont Blanc should be really good in this season. (Autumn) Another Most Favourite is 'Magic Powder': Kanno: Freyr, you came at the right time. I need some things for my

experiment. They aren't sold in stores so I didn't know what to do. I need 'Magic Powder'. If you find it, would you please give it to me… For Magic Powder: This is 'Magic Powder!'. I needed it for the experiment! Thank you! Note that he will request Magic Powder at one point but this is not a proper Request. It simply is dialogue indicating a 'Most Favourite' gift. Kanno: Tomorrow is the Hotpot Convention, where each person brings their own ingredient to make hotpot. I wonder what I should bring? How about… cake? What?! Cake? Kanno: it's my favourite food. It tastes delicious so it should still be good even in the hotpot! Official Description: The old man of the Clock Tower. Very knowledgeable but only when he wants to. Kanno appears to be happy with gifts of Cooked Dishes of most varieties. After all, he brought Candy and Cinnamon to Trampoli because he cannot or will not cook. Kanno's Events and Letters Kanno's Requests 1st Request: Cheap Cloth Kanno: I see that you've been exploring around Whale Island. I like you! You should become my student! Freyr: What?! N-no thanks… Kanno: You don't need to act so modest. You will be my honourable 1000th student! Freyr: What? Kanno: Now I need you to run an errand for me. Find a 'Cheap Cloth' for me to use in an experiment. Freyr: Huh? ! Why me? I gave him Cheap Cloth: Kanno: What is this? Freyr: What is it? You're the one that told me to get it… Kanno: *cough cough* My chronic illness… (Excuse me… This conversation is over) Then: Setting that aside, it seems that you have brought me the 'Cheap Cloth'. I shall give you this as a Reward. You got: Fire Rod! Freyr: What is this? Kanno: It's a magical staff. With this, even those who have no talent in the ways of magic can cast spells. Of course, you will never compare to real wizards like myself and Cinnamon. It's quite easy to use. Just equiop it like any of your weapons or farming tools. Hold the B Button while pressing the A Button to cast a spell. Freyr: Thank you very much.

Kanno: No need to thank me. grow and mature. Hohoho.

It is my utmost pleasure to watch my student

Kanno's 2nd Request Kanno: Now then, what should I get you to do next as my student? Kanno: I am out of experiment materials. Find them for me. Me: Again? Kanno: Shut up and go! A student always listens to his master! Next, find a 'Sharp Talon'. It's so warm. I'm sure strawberry shortcakes will taste great during this season. Gave Kanno the Sharp Talon. Kanno: This is a 'Sharp Talon'. Good job. Next, find a Hard Horn. Kanno's 3rd Request Kanno: This is a 'Sharp Talon'. Good job. Next, find a Hard Horn. When I speak to him again a second later: Kanno (with cross hurt): Where is the 'Hard Horn'? I'm getting tired of waiting. Gave Kanno the 'Hard Horn'. Kanno: This is, in fact, a 'Hard Horn'. Now I can move on with my experiment. What are you doing? You can go now. Outside the Lava Ruins: Kanno: There used to be a magic lab here. Just checking that might lead us to new discoveries. Kanno: Did you want something from me? But I have no business with you! Kanno's 4th Kanno: Freyr: Kanno: Freyr:

Request

Your test for today is… When did it turn into a test…? Stop complaining! Bring me an 'Emerald'! Okay…

Kanno's 5th

An 'Emerald', you hear?!

Request

Gave the Emerald to Kanno. All he said was: Good job. Next, find a 'Thick Stick'. Freyr: All right. Kanno: Next is the 'Thick Stick'. Don't forget to bring it. I got a Thick Stick finally from a Little Emperor. Kanno: This is the 'Thick Stick' that I wanted. Good job. You certainly are bright. Here is something to reward you. It's handmade. You got: Hell Branch! Kanno: You have gotten much better. I suppose the student learns best when the master is great. Freyr: You haven't taught me anything… Kanno's 6th

Request?

Kanno: Freyr:

Your job for today is to bring me a 'Cheap Cloth'. Cheap Cloth, is it? All right.

I went home to get a Cheap Cloth, feeling a distinct sense of D� j� vu. Found Kanno still at the Lava Ruins. Gave him the Cheap Cloth. Kanno: Good job. Here is your reward, a 'Fire Rod'. Me; You gave me that last time… Kanno: Really…? *cough cough* My chronic illness … (Excuse me, but this conversation is over…) Kanno: Setting that aside, I'll require your services in the future again. What should I make you do for the next test…? Just you wait. Kanno will retreat into his usual coughing spell to conceal his embarrassment, then will announce that further tests can be expected. You will not receive the additional Fire Rod from him… Next Kanno may request 'Magic Powder' but this is not a proper Request. It is simply a statement providing a hint as to a 'Most Favourite' item. Giving him Magic Powder will increase his Friendship Level in the same way as a gift of Cake. Kanno: Freyr, you came at the right time. I need some things for my experiment. They aren't sold in stores so I didn't know what to do. I need 'Magic Powder'. If you find it, would you please give it to me…? Kanno: This is 'Magic Powder!'. I needed it for the experiment! Thank you! He will make another proper Request, however, when his Friendship Level increases and then will give you a 'Hell Branch.' His last two Requests occur at 6 Hearts. He will request first a 'Magic Crystal' and then a 'Warrior Medal'. Kanno: I was waiting for you. For today, I would like you to… … Oh? I forgot what I was talking about… Freyr: … Kanno: Now I ! It's the 'Magic Crystal'! Bring me a 'Magic Crystal'! After: Where is my 'Magic Crystal'? I'm waiting. Hurry it up. Kanno: Good job. Next, find me a 'Warrior Medal.! Kanno: This is, in fact, a 'Warrior Medal'! Good job! That's my student! You may have this as a reward. You got: Crimson Stick! When you give him the 'Warrior Medal', he will give you a Crimson Stick, the most powerful Fire elemental Wand. After which: Kanno: Freyr, you certainly have matured. I have taught you everything I know. Freyr: R-really? Kanno: By the way, Freyr, did you know? Besides the ones I gave you, there are many other magical staffs in the world. If you want an even more powerful staff, you will have to make it yourself. Note that the Crimson Stick is the most powerful Fire Wand. There is only one Wand more powerful in of Attack and that it a Wind Elemental Wand named the Cyclone Rod. Kanno's 1st Letter

I hear you found the Green Ruins I hear you have entered the Green Ruins. That place once was a Norad research facility, studying how to utlise Runes more effectively by using Rune Stones. It may be a good idea to try taking some Rune Stones down there with you. Kanno Kanno's 2nd Letter: How goes exploring the Green Ruins? How goes exploring the Green Ruins? Apparently, monsters have begun living in the ruins because of its pleasantly milkd climate. Having lived there so long, there may be monsters that grew to towering heights, so be careful. Kanno Kanno's 3rd Letter I hear you found the Lava Ruins I hear you have entered the Lava Ruins. That place once was a Norad research facility, studying the effects of heat on Runes. You may burn your feet if you don't be careful, so always be stay alert. Kanno Kanno's 4th Letter: How goes exploring the Lava Ruins? How goes exploring the Lava Ruins? I found this out just recently, but apparently there exists a Monster that changes its appearance based on its surroundings. Such a monster would surely be strong, so be extremely careful. Kanno Kanno's Letters about the Snow Ruins Each time you unlock a new dungeon, Kanno will send you letters that give details about it. When you unlock the Snow Ruins, you will receive two letters from him almost immediately: I hear you found the Snow Ruins. I hear you have entered the Snow Ruins. The Norad Kingdom used to conduct researches on how to effectively increase the number of Runes there. Monsters of cold regions are especially strong, so be sure not to push yourself too much. Understood? Kanno How goes exploring the Snow Ruins? How goes exploring the Snow Ruins? Creatures in colder climates tend to grow much larger than those of warm climates. According to my documents, a monster used to guard the ruins. If that monster

were still alive and fulfilling its duty… impossible. impossible. Kanno

That would be

Kanno's Research on Gelwein Kanno: I've found out some things about Gelwein. Me: Really?! Kanno: Yes. Apparently he worked for the Imperial Magic Research Centre in the Kingdom of Norad. Me: Imperial Magic…? That's where you and Cinnamon used to work, right? Kanno: No! We were at the Imperial Magic Academy! Don't you ever compare our Majesty's personal facility to those bumpkins! Freyr: S-sorry… Kanno: Anyway, they were researching for a way to utilise Runes effectively. Gelwein's reputation there was most terrible, but apparently his skill was top-notch. Of course, his skill is nowhere near mine or Cinnamon's. Hohoho. Freyr: Okay… Kanno: it seems as time went on, Gelwein began to devote himself to a particular area of research. Freyr: What was he researching? Kanno: Military use of Runes. In other words, immoral experimentation that sought to use Runes for war. Freyr: That can't be right… Using Runes for warfare is supposed to be forbidden in the Kingdom of Norad. Kanno: Yes, it still is. That's why the monarchy cut off funding the research and the facility fired him. Now Gelwein is here, in Trampoli. Freyr: Do you think he's trying to continue his research? Kanno: I doubt it's that simple. According to his past co-workers from the facility, Gelwein apparently swore revenge on the monarchy and the research centre that kicked him out. He's most likely trying to use his research to use Runes as weapons against the Kingdom of Norad. Freyr: We need to stop him, now! Kanno: We don't have much time. Hurry, Freyr! Kanno and Ancient Texts: Kanno: By the way, be sure to tell me if you find something. My specialty is ancient magic so I can decipher ancient text. N.B. This is a hint for the future, when you find the Grimoire of Time in the Snow Ruins. Take it immediately to Kanno. Go to the centre of the pentacle and collect the book there. Grimoire of Time Grimoire of Time Me: Is this… a book…? The letters… they're floating…! The book opens: Pray to heaven with a song as the winds caress me. Send a prayer up to the light so that it might help me see. Searching thorugh my memories, memories, my memories for you. Me: I wonder what this means… What's this on the back…? I can't read it. Maybe Kanno can.

I hand the book to Kanno. Me: Kanno, I… Kanno: You weren't able to stop Gelwein. I can tell. It's written on your face. Me: Yeah… He disappeared right in front of me. Again: Yeah… He disappeared right in front of me. Kanno: Hm… This book is quite old… Me: Can you read it? Kanno: It's written in an ancient incantation language. This will take some time to decipher. Freyr, will you lend me this book for awhile? My choices: Sure. I don't know… Me: Of course. Take as much time as you need. Kanno: Deciphering this book will take some time. Don't rush me! After three days: Kanno: Ah! Freyr! I've been looking for you! Freyr; What's the matter? … Don't tell me you…! Kanno: That's right! I have finished decoding the book. This is huge! Even more so than I had imagined! Listen closely. This book is written about another world called the 'Era of Disconnect' Freyr: another world…? Kanno: Yes. A world that exists together with ours but that could never cross over. That's what they call the 'Era of disconnect'. The fact that this book was found where you were means that Miss Mist has been taken to this other world. Freyr: Is there a way to go to this other world?! Kanno: Now just hang on a sec. Freyr: What is this…? Kanno: You must first grow this Crystal Flower. This flower will be what guides you to the 'Era of disconnect.' However! This flower can only be grown by maidens. There are 12 seeds, so you should get help from 12 maidens. Kanno: Candy is probably a bit too young to be considered a maiden. Freyr: 12 young ladies, right? I'll give it a shot. Thank you! You got Crystal Flower! After: Kanno: The 'Crystal Flower Seed' must be given to 12 maidens of the village. We have no extras. Be careful with how you handle them. You need to give one Seed to each of the Maidens, including the two manifestations of Iris. Return to speak to each girl after three days to receive her special astrological Flower. Place them in the centre of the pedestal on the first floor of the Clock Tower, one by one. Freyr: This is all of them… Nothing's happening… Kanno: What?! He walks forward. Kanno: There are only 11 Crystals presented to the pedestal. Freyr, are you sure you received the Crystals from 12 maidens? Me: Yes. Positive. Kanno: Hm… That would mean, of the 12 maidens, you were only able to get 11 varieties of Crystals. Does this mean two of the maidens grew the same Crystals…? How is that possible…? Me: What do you mean?

Kanno: A Crystal Flower is in the shape of the caretaker's soul. Meaning, no two people can grow the same type of Crystal. The fact that you got 11 varieties from 12 people would mean… either one person grew two, or something else I can't explain… Freyr: Oh! Kanno: What is it, Freyr?! Freyr: So you're saying that if the same person grows more than one, they'll all be the same, right? Kanno: Right. Freyr: It's Iris! The two Irises were originally one and the same! Kanno: Ah! Of course! Freyr: Well, then the solution is simple. I'll just have one more person grow one… like Candy. Kanno: That… is not possible… Freyr: What/ Why not?! Kanno: There aren't any seeds left. Even if we were to look for more, I don't know how long that would take… Freyr: That can't be… Man…! He then begins to race down the steps. Kanno: Where are you going, Freyr?! Freyr: I can't just give up like this! There has to be something, some way to figure this out! Kanno: Freyr… If I speak to him afterwards, he acts as though nothing has occurred. Kanno: I wake up here, eat, then do research… This is the perfect life for me. But then: We are out of 'Crystal Flower Seeds'. What are we supposed to do? If you go to Mist's house now, you will see a white flower growing in the pot that she tended so lovingly. Walk towards it to experience an event. Freyr: Hey, it's the flower Mist was growing… Huh…? Th-this is… You got Aries Flower! Aries Flower; Crystal Flower grown by Mist after fidning a seed. It has a diamond flower. Place the flower on the pedestal to initiate an Event. Kanno will be standing there watching. Candy then will enter and walk towards you. Candy: Grandpa! The Spirits are restless! Did something happen? Kanno: Oh, Candy… We tried placing Crystal Flowers on this pedestal, but nothing is happening except this melody. Candy: This kinda sounds like the Spirit Melody… Hold on a sec! The Spirits are trying to say something! Uh-huh… Oh… Grandpa! Let me see that book Freyr found! She begins to sing. Kanno: Ah…! So this was the poem the book was talking about! Kanno: But I've never heard of any poem that was sung with the Spirit Melody… Candy: I guess the Spirits originally had words they sang to the Spirit Melody. They were just forgotten over time until no one ed… Freyr: I wonder why it suddenly resurfaced now.

Candy: It's to help Mist… I think… The Spirits want to help save Mist! Kanno: Well then, we must not keep the Spirits waiting. Touch the pedestal. You should be able to travel to the other world where Mist is. Be sure to there is a fearful magical creature that awaits you there. It's not too late even after you've made preparations. Kanno's Post You will experience random Events involving characters and their post when you meet Anette at another character's post box in the morning. Anette: Kanno! You've got mail! That's a really old book. Is it a magical book that Kanno is researching? Now I'm getting kind of interested. No no no! It's one thing to see the back of a postcard but it's totally another to open up the envelope! Another post Event: Anette: Kanno! You've got mail! It's a pink letter! I wonder if it's from a friend of Candy's. Kanno speaks of Family History Kanno: Cinnamon and Candy's parents are still doing research at the Imperial Magic Academy. At a certain Friendship Level, Kanno will begin to tell you about Cinnamon's history. He will confide the information in installments. 1st Installment: Kanno: Do you have some time to listen to me? Your choices: Yes. Not now. Kanno: Thanks… Cinnamon's parents and I are all magic scholars. Being surrounded by magic scholars, Cinnamon naturally got involved with magic. Cinnamon had an innate talent so she mastered magic very early on. She was so good that she surprised every one. Freyr: Really? But I've never seen Cinnamon use magic before. Kanno: Well… A lot has happened. I'll tell you about that at a later date. 2nd Installment: 2nd Installment: Kanno: Do you have some time to listen to me? Your choices: Yes. Not now. Kanno: Thanks… Cinnamon just loves magic. She helped her parents out with their research many times. But every one became frantic when Cinnamon made her own original magic. She was considered a prodigy. That's it for today. I'll continue some other time. Candy

Birthday: 27 Spring Most Favourite Gifts: Fruit Juices, Apple Juice, Loves: Apple Pie Dislikes: Fish Most Detested Item: Insect Hide Actual Responses: Candy: My birthday is on the 27th of spring. It's on the day after Sis' birthday! For Apple Juice: Wow! I love juice! Thanks! Candy: Recently, I grew to liking drinking juice while eating apple pie. Is there anything you like to eat? Official Description: Cinnamon's younger sister. Cannot use magic, but can speak to the spirits. Candy can create Rune Stones and Rune Miracles if you give her Runeys. She will give you the Harvester to allow you to collect Runeys as well as Ranch products from your tame Monsters. Cinnamon's Dialogue about Candy: Cinnamon: Candy hates fish. That's why she never cooks the fish I catch. … She shouldn't be picky with food. Candy's 1st Year Schedule: Weekdays in Fine Weather: Mondays: 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. at the Clock Tower 9.00 a.m. to Noon: Upstairs at Damascus Forge Noon to 6.00 p.m.: Road to Beach 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p..m. at Laga Springs Bathhouse 7.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at Clock Tower Tuesdays: 6.00 a.m. to Noon: Clock Tower Noon to 6.00 p.m. at Beach 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. at Laga Springs Bathhouse 7.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at Clock Tower Wednesdays: 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. at Clock Tower 9.00 a.m. to Noon upstairs at Damascus Forge Noon to 6.00 p.m. at the Clock Tower 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. at Laga Springs Bathhouse 7.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at the Clock Tower Thursdays: 6.00 a.m. to Noon at the Clock Tower Noon to 6.00 p.m. at the Public Square 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. at the Laga Springs Bathhouse 7.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at the Clock Tower Friday: 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. at the Clock Tower 9.00 a.m. to 3.00 p.m. at the Public Square 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. at the Clock Tower 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. at the Laga Springs Bathhouse 7.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at the Clock Tower On Rainy/Snowy Weekdays: 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. at the Clock Tower 9.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. upstairs at the Damascus Forge 6.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at the Clock Tower On Holidays in Fine Weather: 6.00 a.m. to 3.00 p..m. at the Clock Tower 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. at the Road to Beach 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. at the Laga Springs Bathhouse

7.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at the Clock Tower On Holidays in Rainy/Snowy Weather: 6.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. at the Clock Tower Schedule Exceptions: All Festival Days: 9.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. on the Road to the Beach Summer Season: Noon to 6.00 p.m. on Mondays, Tuesdays and Thursdays at Beach Candy's Events Candy's Gift of Harvester Candy: Do you know about the Spirit Song? Me: Spiriit… Song? Candy: Yeah. It's a song where you can speak to the Spirits. It seems I have the talent for the Spirti Song so I can cause miracles like Rune Wonders by asking the Spirits. Me: Rune Wonders? Candy: Yeah. It can change the weather or speed the growth of plants. Me; Oh… That sounds amazing. Candy: Hey! You sound like you don't believe me! Just watch! After: Candy: Okay. You should have more bamboo shoots at your field tomorrow. To cause Rune Wonderfs, you need Runeys. So if you want to do Rune Wonders, you have to bring me Runeys. Now she has a menu when I speak to her. How can I help you today? What are Rune Wonders? Rune Wonders are, in short, miracles that are caused by Runeys. If you can bring some Runeys over, I can try to wish for them to scuase miracles. Me: Bring Runeys? Candy: here, take this with you. You got Harvester! Candy: You can gather nearby Runeys by using this 'Harvester'. The Runeys you gather will be inside your bag. So, just keep them there and talk to me. When you release those Runeys, they'll start wandering around in the area. You can take advantage of this to put Runeys where you want them. How may I help you today? I came to talk. I brought some Runeys. What's a Rune Wonder? Where can Runeys be found? Never mind. (The new option: I brought some Runeys' just appeared now that she gave me the Harvester.) Where can Runeys be found? A Runey Distribution Map opens now. Candy's Doll The main Events that occur when Marco falls into the Snow Ruins are given in Marco's section of the guide. The Doll that you retrieve, however, will

trigger a little event when you return it to Candy. Candy: Thank you! This is a precious doll I got from Sis. Now an event occurs with special music. Candy; Let me tell you a secret. I… love… you! Marco: What?! Candy: Just because I can sing the Spirit Song, the Spirits don't always listen. Sometimes the Spirits are friends with some one and they will only listen to that person. I've never met any one else that could be friends with the Spirits so I feel like I'm all alone… Marco: It's okay. I'll always be with you, Candy! Candy: Thanks, Marco… Stella Birthday: 27 Summer Most Favourite Gift: Four-Leaf Clover Other Favourites: Toy Herb Most Detested Item: Warrior Medal Actual Dialogue: Stella: A 'Toy Herb'… I like this flower. Does it seem unfitting for me? Stella: A 'Four Leaf Clover'… This brings back a lot of memories. Thanks. The Four-Leaf Clover' is said to be the talisman that brings you happiness. But, in the end, it's up to the person if they really want to be happy. But it serves well as a talisman to give confidence to those holding onto it or by giving it to others. Official Description: The very person that made Trampoli what it is today. Considered the town's mother. Stella will give you a Used Axe when you have spoken to her a few times. There actually is no special farming requirement involved. You will encounter Stella's younger self outside Mist's house on some Festival days. Speak to her only each occasion until you obtain a Four-Leaf Clover. The next time you encounter the young Stella will be on a rainy day. Speak to her now on each occasion you meet her until her dream is fulfilled. At 4 Friendship, you will experience a special series of Events with Stella involving a book of 'Scriptures' and some of the Eligible Girls. When any Eligible Girl is at maximum Heart Level, Stella will give you 'Happiness 101', a Recipe for a Wedding Bouquet. The Wedding Bouquet is the Rune Factory Frontier equivalent of the 'Blue Feather'. Actual Dialogue: About her birthday: Me: Do you prefer the heat or cold, Stella? Stella: I was born on the 27th of summer, so I prefer the hot weather. For Pickled Turnips on her birthday; Oh, it's my birthday today. You shouldn't have. Stella: Do you know about the 'Four Leaf Clover'? They're supposed to bring you good luck. I have some good memories about 'Four Leaf Clovers'. It's all when I was young. Stella: There are some monsters that are skilled and they sometimes make some strange things. I'm sure there are people that like those things, but I just don't like holding on to the possessions of monsters. That 'Warrior Medal'

just seems really ominous. For Warrior Medal: That mask looks very sinister… I don't like things like this. Stella: A festival where you give flowers to people you feel thankful for… I like it. Let's make this a tradition. Stella: Alcohol is the water of life! It can melt your tiredness away! Stella's Events and Letters Note that the 1st Event with Stella and Mist is given in the section that deals with Mist's Events. Stella's 1st Request If you see Stella in the St. Poli Church, she will have a request: Freyr: What is it? Stella: I'm glad you could come. Can you do me a favour and take this 'bamboo shoot' to TYurner at the inn? Freyr: To Turner at the Inn? Stella: The inn is all the way west. It's right around the corner. The fat man there is Turner. Freyr: All right. Stella: Hold up the Bamboo shoot and press the A Button tin front of Turner to give it to him. You got Bamboo Shoot. Oh, and if you don't know where the inn is, just look at the map. Freyr: The map? Stella: Press the 2 Button to look at the map at any time. It should help you a lot. There are maps in the village, too, so you should look at those as well. I'm counting on you to get the 'Bamboo Shoot' to Turner. If I speak to her again: Stella: Hello. Some weird plants have been growing in front of the clock tower recently. No one planted any seeds, so I wonder what it is… Give it some water and I bet it'll grow even more.. Stella's Clock Tower Event When you go to the Clock Tower, you will experience a little event. My character: That's such a big clock tower. It doesn't seem to be working though. Stella arrives. Stella: Isn't that a grand clock tower? This clock tower was here before I came to the village. But I've never seen it working, not even once. I had a lot of people look at it but it just won't work. You can't go inside right now, but it'll be opened up after the cleanup is done. Freyr then watered the plant to the right of the Clock Tower and it instantly grew into a Beanstalk to the Whale Island. Me: Wow! That surprised me! I didn't think it could grow this big. Girl (Stella) Birthday: 27 Summer Most Favourite Items:

Four-leaf Clover, Toy Herb (but will not accept gifts)

1st Event with Stella's 'Ghost' On Monday, 26 Summer, there is a girl outside of Mist's house before noon. Girl: Oh…? Ae you from around here? Me: Yes. Girl: Oh, really? I thought that no one lived in this area… I was thinking of building a church here. Me: Oh? Girl: I feel a special charm about this place. Nice to meet you. And that's all she will say! 2nd Event with Stella's 'Ghost' On 2 Autumn in the 1st year: Girl: Oh, nice to see you again. Come to think of it, I haven't asked your name yet. Freyr: My name is Freyr. Girl: Freyr, is it? Nice to meet you. 3rd

Event with Stella's 'Ghost'

On the Coming of Age Day in the 1st Year: The Girl is in front of Mist's house again. Girl: This served as temporary housing until the church was built. I can't always use the Sleeping Bag. Freyr: Oh… So where is it? Girl: Oh, Freyr. It's right in front of you. Freyr: Huh…? This? Girl: It's only a makeshift place, but this is my home. I will pray here every day while preparing to build the church. You should come visit sometimes, Freyr. Where is your home, Freyr? Freyr: My home? It's right over there. Girl: Oh, so you were my neighbour! I had always wondered who was there. I didn't notice at all! 4th Event with Stella's 'Ghost': Stella's Gift Stella's Gift Another special Event may occur on the day of the Hotpot Convention. Today, once again, you may find the beautiful young Girl who stands in front of Mist's house on Festival Days. If you interacted with her a couple of times on previous occasions, you may experience the following Event: The Girl is in front of Mist's house after noon. Girl: Hello, Freyr. Freyr: What are you doing? Girl: I was picking flowers. I wanted to place some on the altar. I really like flowers. Especially the cute ones like Toy Herbs. Oh! Freyr: What's wrong? Girl: A four leaf clover… Did you know? A 'Four Leaf Clover' is a talisman for good luck. Let me give this to you. Freyr: …Are you sure? Girl: Yes. You are a dear friend of mine.

Prompt: You got Four Leaf Clover! Girl: Please take care of that 'Four Leaf Clover'. Four-Leaf Clover: 6500G HP 3, RP 0, FX 0 Believed to bring good luck, this rare breed of clovers is much sought after. If you attempt to give the Girl a Toy Herb, she will tell you: If you leave the screen and return again, the Girl no longer will be found. Stella, however, will stand in front of the entrance to the Mountain Path all afternoon as usual on any Festival Day. When you speak to her after giving her a gift, whether a Toy Herb or the Four-Leaf Clover you received from her younger counterpart, she will tell you: Stella: The Four-Leaf Clover' is said to be the talisman that brings you happiness. But, in the end, it is up to the person if they really want to be happy. But it serves well as a talisman to give confidence to those holding onto it or by giving it to others. If you give her the Four-Leaf Clover: Stella: A 'Four Leaf Clover'… This brings back a lot of memories. Thanks. If there was any doubt in your mind previously as to the identity of the lovely young Girl, this should put it to rest forever. The beautiful young Girl definitely is Stella's younger self. Young Girl in the Rain Once you have received the Four-leaf Clover from Stella's younger self, you will not encounter her again until it rains. On a rainy day, look for the Young Girl beneath the eaves of Mist's house on the eastern wall. Girl: Why, hello. It sure is pouring. I was doing some weeding earlier but now I'm drenched. Freyr, you have to be careful not to catch a cold. Then: Girl: I hope it will stop raining soon. If you speak to Stella now: Stella: You'll catch a cold if you wander out in the rain. The Young Girl and her Ambition After you find the Young Girl in the rain, you will not see her again until the next Festival Day. You then will find her in her usual location to the right of the postbox in front of Mist's House. Young Girl: Oh, Freyr. Freyr: What's wrong? Why do you look so down? Girl: I have run into a bit of a problem… Because of the rain, there was a landslide on a nearby mountain. And because of that, the carpenter couldn't come. I really can't do anything alone. I've said that I would build a church, but I always end up relying on others. It really makes me realise how powerless I am. Freyr: It's not like that at all! Every one is helping because you said you wanted to build a church here. Moving people to action is a talent that few people have. You really shouldn't blame yourself like this. Girl: R-really? Thank you so much! I feel much better nowq! After: Girl So you'll come after the mountain is fixed… No, that'll take too long. How about another path…?

Note that, should you ask Kross to build an expansion on any Festival Day, he will tell you: Kross: Sorry… I have a previous engagement. Can you come back another day? Is that 'previous engagement' connected to the past and the younger aspect of Stella perhaps? A Carpenter is Enlisted Freyr found the Young Girl again outside Mist's house a few days later even before noon. Young Girl: I spoke with a carpenter from another town that is willing to come. I have finally taken the first step to building the church! Freyr: I see. Congratulations. Young Girl: Thank you. This is all thanks to your advice, Freyr. Thank you so much. After: Young Girl: That carpenter is scheduled to come tomorrow. I feel very excited! When you speak to the older Stella after this Event: Stella: Do you about that landslide in the mountains I told you about? Freyr: Yes. Stella: Because of that, all ties were cut off to the town that I had connections with. I really panicked then and moved around from town to town. It was then that I got to know Kanno, Ganesha's teacher, and Lara's father. If it weren't for that heavy rain, the Trampoli as we know it wouldn't have existed. Invitation to a Ceremony With Stella at 6 Friendship, Freyr saw the Young Girl once again in front of Mist's house: Young Girl: Once the church is finished being built, I will hold a ceremony. I hope you will also participate, Freyr. Freyr: When will it be finished? Young Girl: … It will be a while… A long while… Freyr: …? After: Young Girl: … On a Sunny Holiday When Freyr next encountered the Young Girl, her appearance was slightly different. She seemed a bit 'worn' or 'grey' outside Mist's house, although her Portrait when she spoke had not changed. Young Girl: Hello… Freyr: What's wrong? You seem down. Young Girl: I am not! The church is almost complete. There's no way that I'm feeling down when I'm this close to achieving my dream… Afterwards: Young Girl: I'm sorry… Would you please leave me alone for awhile? Young Girl's Setback On the next Holiday (with Stella at 7 � Hearts) Freyr found the Young Girl

again at Mist's postbox. Young Girl: Freyr, I may have to give up on my dream. Freyr: Your dream of building the church? Young Girl: Yes… Freyr: Why?! You worked so hard for it! Young Girl: There's no purpose in building a church where no one lives… They said it was a waste of mney and had the carpenters all go home… I was even told to return to the abbey… Freyr: And you're all right with this? Young Girl: I have no choice. I can't do anything alone. And this time, there is no one I can rely on… Freyr: But it will all be over the moment you give up! You were so happy when you talked about how you wanted to build the church! Young Girl: Then what am I supposed to do?! Freyr: I… Young Girl: I'm sorry I raised my voice. People can't live on their dreams alone. Afterwards: Young Girl: But I… If it is a Holiday, Stella will be at her favourite spot at Lake Poli. Speak to her there. Stella: I have a meeting with other sisters that are old acquaintances. I'll be out of the church for awhile, but I left Lara in charge. Freyr: Old acquaintances? Stella: When I lived at the abbey, we had training together. We meet once in awhile to exchange information. A Young Girl's Decision On Stella's Birthday on 27 Summer, Freyr gave her a Four-Leaf Clover. The next morning, the Young Girl stood once again outside Mist's house next to the postbox. Young Girl: Oh, Freyr! I've made up my mind! I won't be returning to the abbey. I will build the church by myself! This is a wonderful place. Once the church is built, I just know that people will gather here. Building a church and village is my dream after all! Freyr: People WILL gather here. I'm sure of it. Young Girl: Thank you very much. I feel like it can really happen when you say that. Freyr: But how are you going to build the church? Young Girl: Most of the church is already finished. The only things left are the stained glass windows, pipe organ and pews. I can ask a blacksmith I know to make the windows and I will build the pews myself. For the organ, I can save money and just buy it in the future. Now I am getting even more excited! Freyr: I'm glad you're feeling much better. Young Girl: This is all thanks to you, Freyr. The church will take longer to finish than expected, but please come to the ceremony! After:

Young Girl: It'll be all over the moment you give up. as long as you don't give up.

But it will never end

A Village is Named On the very next afternoon, Freyr found the Young Girl in her usual location, despite her assertion on the previous day that completion of the church would take 'longer to finish than expected'. The Young Girl is outside of Mist's house in the afternoon today. Young Firl: Fryer. Freyr: Yes! Young Girl: I was looking for you! Where were you?! Freyr: What happened? Young Girl: You said you would come to the completion ceremony for the church. Freyr: Oh… So… the church is finished?! Young Girl: Yes, and it's all thanks to you. But, the ceremony ended yesterday… A couple of people said that they wanted to move here, too… I htiknk this place will become a good village. I know! Can I ask you for a favour, Freyr? Freyr: What is it? Yo7ng Girl: I would like you to name this village. Freyr: Are you sure you want me to do it? Young Girl: Of course. You also had a hand in the creation of this village. Freyr: All right… Then how about 'Trampoli'? Young Girl: Trampoli… That's a nice name. Trampoli! This is the village of Trampoli! And this is the church of Trampoli! Thank you very much. I think I can work even harder at the church now! Freyr: Oh… That's good. Young Girl: I will see you tomorrow… Freyr: Um… Young Girl: Yes…? Your choices now: See you tomorrow. Nothing. If you choose: Nothing. Young Girl: …? You're strange. Heehee. After: Girl: …? What happened? Is there something on my face? When Freyr spoke to Stella afterwards: Stella: …? What happened? Is there something on my face? Stella: I built this village from the ground up. It's like my very own hometown. Note that the Young Girl's assertion that Freyr missed the Ceremony somehow is a little 'cheat' typical of Harvest Moon and Rune Factory. If Freyr had not experienced the preceding event on the previous day, he might have believed he somehow had 'missed' the ceremony. As it is, there is no doubt that you CANNOT attend the Ceremony… Stella's Scriptures This series of Events requires only that Stella has attained 4 Friendship. You can experience it as easily in the 1st year as the 2nd but I have staggered the Events that occur with respect to different characters at 4 Friendship so

as not to overload the 1st Year. Speak to Stella and she will tell you: Stella: you came at just the right time. Can I ask a favour from you? My choices now: What is it? Maybe next time. Freyr: What is it? Stella: A priest that I know wants me to send him 'Scriptures.' I think Lara has it so can you go fetch it for me? Freryr: All right. 'Scriptures', was it? Stella: Thanks. I run to the Clinic. Freyr: Lara, I'm looking for the 'Scriptures' for Stella. Lara: 'Scriptures…'? I think I lent it to Selphy… You came at the right time then. Since it's on the way, can you ask Selphy to return it? Freyr: Oh… All right… Go to Selphy now. Freyr: Selphy, Lara wants you to return the 'Scriptures' she lent you. Selphy: 'Scriptures', right? I already finished reading it so I was about to return it anyway. Just wait a sec… Hm… Looks like it went missing. Freyr: What? Come on… Selphy: it's not like I lost it or spilled something on it. Let me think… Freyr: *sigh*… Selphy will not speak any further of the missing Scriptures. If you return to Stella to speak to her instead, she will ask: Stella: Did you find the 'Scriptures', Freyr? It is Melody who will provide the next clue in this quest: Melody: The other day, Selphy went in for a bath and didn't come out for a long time. I got worried so I went in to check on her. Just like I thought, she was reading in the bath and she'd fainted! (now with thunder and cross hurt): That's why you're not allowed to read in the bath! Selphy's Confession Until Selphy is almost at 6 Hearts, she will speak no further of the Scriptures. When she has attained almost 6 Hearts, you can initiate another dialogue about the missing book. Freyr: Did you find the Scriptures? Selphy: Scriptures? What are you talking about? I'm kidding! Don't look at me like that. Scriptures… I last read it while I was in the bath… I know! I left it at the bathhouse! Razor sharp detective work by me. I'm sure it's still there so why don't you go get it? Freyr: Uh… Isn't it in the women's bath? Selphy: Don't worry about that! Be a man about it! Freyr: That's the problem here… (I guess I should talk to Melody about it.) Melody's Offer for the Scriptures Freyr: Melody, it seems that Selphy forgot and left behind the 'Scriptures' here… Melody: So you came back for it? … Isn't it in the women's bath, then?

Me: Yes. Melody: I told her that you're not allowed to read in the bath! That girl is so… Melody: Oh, fine… No one comes when it rains or on holidays so just come in then. Freyr: Rainy days or holidays, right? Thank you! If you take Melody at her word and visit during any rainy day, you will be disappointed by the turn of events. If you have a high Level with Melody, you can knock on the door before 9.00 a.m. on any rainy day. Melody: It's open. Come on in. The event will not trigger, however, whatever the time of day but she will give you another hint: Melody: If you want to get the 'Scriptures' in the women's bath, come during a holiday when it rains. If you try to go in when it's not that day, I'll put you in a world of pain! Obviously, she forgot that she offered to allow you to search on an ordinary rainy day as well initially! Actually Finding the Scriptures Visit Melody on a rainy Holiday that is not a Festival Day. You can ask Candy to work a 'Rainy Week' Miracle on Friday so that you will have the earliest rainy Holiday possible. Speak to Melody to initiate the offer: Melody: Morning! The weather doesn't look very good… No one is here so you can go into the women's bath. But if you pull anything funny, you'll be banned from here! Freyr: What are you referring to? Melody: Tha… Just hurry it up! Go to the Women's Side and you will see: Freyr: (I'm going to… cross the limit!) As with the location of the tunnel on the Whale's Flank, you will see three glimmers of light, indicating a secret. Press A and: Freyr: Hey… There's a small crack here… … … There are so many books inside the crack! Let's see, where's the 'Scriptures'… A book flies out of the crack to hit the floor in front of you. Freyr: There it is! Let me go take it to Stella right away. Scriptures: The scriptures of the church. The more pious the person, the faster it wears out. Find Stella, take the Scriptures from your Rucksack and hand the book to her. Stella: Thank you for finding the Scriptures. Let me give you this to thank you for your troubles. If you expected another Four-Leaf Clover, you will be disappointed now as: You got: Fodder Seed! As if conscious of my ungracious thoughts, Stella then asked: Stella: Are you expressing thanks for your life and the people around you? Act with humility and it will all come back to you. Selphy's Debt to Lara Speak to Lara when she is in the Church to initiate a little Event:

Lara: Freyr, would you please do me a favour? Freyr: What is it? Lara: Well, I had lent Selphy some money… It's past the due date but she still hasn't returned it. Would you please collect it from her? Freyr: All right. Now the option will appear if I speak to Selphy at her desk at the Rune Archives. Freyr: Selphy, Lara wants you to repay the money she lent you. Selphy: Whoa! I didn't think she'd send a collector to come get it! Not bad, Lara! Freyr: Setting that aside, would you please pay back the money? Selphy: Well, about that. I want to pay it back, but I just don't have the funds. Freyr: So, you don't have the money to repay it? Selphy: Well, if you put it like that, I don't know how to respond! That's why I need a favour from you. Can you pay it back for me? Freyr: … Return to speak to Lara now. Lara: How was it? Will Selphy pay it back? Your choice now: Yes, I have the money. No. She said didn't have any money. If you choose: Yes, I have the money. Lara: Freyr, you shouldn't lie. I suppose that Selphy just had you pay in her place? Freyr: How did you know? Lara: It's because you're a terrible liar. All right. I will speak with Selphy directly later. Thank you for your help. If you choose: No. She said didn't have any money. Lara: I see… That is a problem… All right. I will speak with Selphy directly later. Thank you for your help. When you look for Selphy in the Ruins Archives and fail to find her there, look for her in the Church and speak to her there. Freyr: What are you doing in a place like this, Selphy? Selphy: You sound like this is a terrible place. But I guess I don't really fit here. Well, I couldn't pay back the money I borrowed from Lara… So I ended up having to work here for it. I'm pathetic, aren't I? Freyr: I don't think so at all. Working to repay your debts is a wonderful thing. Selphy: Really? Haha… Thanks. Afterwards: Selphy: I'm part-timing as a sister here today. That's why the library is closed. Speak to Stella and she will say: Stella: She may be clumsy but she has a good heart. I will always welcome Selphy working here. Speak to Lara now in the Clinic and she will tell you: Lara: Selphy ended up working at the church. I just hope this will straighten out her crooked personality a bit… Freyr: Hahahahahahahaha…

I found Selphy on Monday, 4.00 p.m. at the Church when she was repaying her debt. She now will work part-time at the Church in the morning on specific days. Ganesha Birthday: 8 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Demon Blood Loves: Ores Most Detested Item: Wool Actual Dialogue: For Demon Blood: 'Demon Blood!' This is a rare one! Is that really for me? Thanks! Ganesha: I never have enough ore. If… just IF you have any extra, do you mind giving some to me? If you also have any extra 'Demon Blood', I'd appreciate it if you shared it with me. For Copper, Silver, Gold: Nice! I was just out of this! I love considerate men! Just kidding. Ganesha: There was a person that was called the 'God of the Forge'. We were both born no the 8th of Winter. I'm proud of that. Ganesha: I just hate 'Wool.' Me: Why is that? Ganesha: I just hate how soft and bouncy it is. I just want to tell it to 'Toughen up!' Don't you agree? Me: Uh… Ganesha: That's why you better not show me any of that Wool! For Demon Blood on her birthday: You're really weird to give Demon Blood as birthday presents! But I like it! For Silver on her Birthday: Is that Silver for me? I love considerate kids like you! Official Description: The owner of Damascus Forge. A rare but skilled elven smithy, with many fans. Ganesha will give you your first book on upgrading farm Tools, entitled 'Farm Companion'. Whenever you ask an Eligible Girl for a Date, you can visit Ganesha afterwards for the gift of a White Rose. Ganesha's History Freyr: Ganesha, have you Ganesha: Not really. I training under my Dwarven master, completely by accident.

been this village's blacksmith for a long time? think I came here about… 2 years ago? I was close to setting up shop, when I met Stella I think this is fate.

Ganesha's Dialogue about Marco Ganesha: it seems like Marco is getting interested in smithery… He's probably only interested in making weapons for an adventure or something but it still makes me happy. Do you think I'm being too doting? Ganesha's Schedule: Sunny Weekdays: 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. at Bathhouse

Ganesha's Events and Letters 1st Event with Ganesha The Damascus Forge now is open. I find Ganesha. Ganesha: Are you new? Me: Yes. I just moved here and my name is Freyr. Ganesha: I'm Ganesha. As you can see, I'm a blacksmith. Ahahaha. What? You never saw an elven blacksmith before? Me: Um, no. I guess… Ganesha: You're an honest one. I like you. Elven blacksmiths are rare, but I can recommend with confidence anything I sell! I'm especially proud of the relief on the edge of this shield… Me (with tears): N-no, I'm not here to shop. I came here because Turner… Ganesha; Turner? Oh, he must have chipped the blade on the kitchen knife again. I'll go later. He's so hopeless… Freyr, was it? Thanks for telling me. Just come to my store at any time. Oh, can I ask you for something else? Me; What is it? Ganesha: Can you give Danny of the General Store the payment for my tab? The general Store is right next to my place. Me: All right. Ganesha: Thanks. Ganesha and her Son Ganesha from the very start of the game will be concerned about the safety of her son and will beg you not to allow him to accompany you into the Dungeons. On his birthday, she will organise a special Treasure Hunt for Marco. Simply speak to him on 29 Winter to initiate it. When you rescue Marco from the Snow Ruins, visit the Forge afterwards to witness a little Event between mother and son. She will scold him. Ganesha and the White Rose Whenever you ask a Girl for a Date, speak to Ganesha afterward for the gift of a White Rose. Ganesha's Collapse When Marco reached 7 Friendship and Ganesha was at maximum Friendship, Freyr entered the Forge once morning before 9.00 a.m. to experience a new event that began in the same fashion as previous Events with Marco. Marco: I'm out of here. So declaring, Marco strode out of the Forge. Ganesha: Sorry for making your worry every single time. *phew* Freyr: What's wrong? You look pale. Ganesha: I'm fine… I'm just… tired…

Ganesha then fainted on the floor. Freyr: Ganesha?! Ganesha!! Next, Ganesha was tucked into her own bed, with Lara and Freyr at her bedside. Freyr: How is she, Lara? Lara: She has a cold… I guess she had a lot of pent up fatigue so she needs to get some rest. Make sure she takes this cold medicine. I think she will recover by tomorrow. You got: Cold Medicine Lara: Fatigue can cause all sorts of illnesses, so you have to be careful too, Freyr. I think Ganesha will be better by tomorrow. If Freyr then tried to speak to Ganesha: Freyr: She's asleep. I don't think I should wake her up… Obviously, he needed to find Marco. He found both children on the ground floor of the Clock Tower. He spoke to Marco. Freyr: Marco! Ganesha collapsed! Marco: What?! Candy: You have to go to her right away! Marco: O-okay! Go now to the Damascus Forge and return to Ganesha's bedside upstairs. You wil find Marco and Candy there. Speak to Marco: Marco: What should I do? Freyr: Lara said it's just a cold and she'll get better if she gets some rest. Just leave her be. Candy: I think you should just stay by her side, Marco. Marco: I guess… Freyr: (I just ed that Lara gave me the 'Cold Medicine'. I better give it to Marco.) Freyr then gave Cold Medicine to Marco. Marco: What…? Freyr: This is the Cold Medicine from Lara. Be sure to get Ganesha to take it when she wakes up.; Marco: All right! Thanks! After: Marco: Mom… Candy: It's okay! She'll get better as long you're there for her. Marco: I –I guess so! You need to get well soon, Mom! Next day, Freyr spoke to Ganesha: Freyr: Are you all right now, Ganesha? Ganesha: Yeah, I'm good as new! Sorry if I made you worry about me. I guess it's all thanks to the 'Cold Medicine' that Marco had. You're the one that brought it over, right? Let me give you this to thank you. You got: Iron! Freyr: No, that was from Lara… Ganesha: Don't sweat the details! You worried about me, too, so I want to thank you! Freyr: All right… Thank you. You got 9 Level 10 Iron.

Oddly enough, you still can experience same the initial sequence of Events where Marco runs away from home on future mornings. Marco Birthday: 29 Winter Most Favourites: Curry Loves; Curry Powder Most Detested Item: Bell Peppers Actual Dialogue: Marco: Curry is great. You like it, too, don't you? Marco: Mom includes bell peppers in dinner sometimes. She keeps telling me to stop being picky about food, but that's just child abuse! On the day of the Hotpot Convention: Marco (upset): Hey! Who put bell peppers in the hotpot? I ate it! Official Description: Ganesha's son. Still a child but trains hard to become a great fighter. As early as the 1st year, you can experience a Treasure Hunt series of events with Marco on the actual day of his birthday. Marco is a pivotal character in the actual story in Rune Factory Frontier. While exploring, he will fall through the ground to the right of the Church after your first encounter with Gelwein and Dark Iris, creating a new shortcut to the 3rd floor of the Snow Ruins. Rescue him there to progress further in the conflict with Gelwein. Rescuing Marco and Candy's Doll After speaking to Kanno about Gelwein's past and plans, you should experience an Event the next time you walk towards the Church in the Church District. As you walk upwards along the path that leads both to Church and graveyard, you will find Candy standing there distressed as she gazes at a hole in the ground near the tombstones. Freyr: What's wrong? Candy: Oh, Freyr! Marco, he… He went in there! I found a hole while I was chasing after Spirits, … and I dropped the doll I got from my sister in it by accident. So Marco said he'd get it for me and went inside… He hasn't come out for a long time… Could you please help Marco? Freyr: Okay. I'll bring Marco back, so you just sit tight, all right? Don't worry. I'll bring him back safe and sound, so trust me. Trust Marco. Candy; Okay… Thank you so much! Walk towards the hole and you will find yourself automatically in the Snow Ruins as your character descends by means of a rope that some one conveniently left there. Simply walk a step or two to experience an event with Marco. Marco: Hey! Hey, Freyr! Help me! The ceiling suddenly collapsed on me, and now I can't get out! I would have been able to break through it if I had a hammer, but my mom said I'm too young and wouldn't let me take one… Simply smash the ice now with your Hammer.

Marco drops something as he moves towards your character. It is Candy's doll. Marco: Thanks. I was getting kinda scared thinking maybe I'd never get out… Oh, yeah, You can't tell my mom about this, okay…? It's a secret, okay? He rushes off, oblivious of the Doll. Pick up the 'Little Doll' now. Its description: Little Doll: 0G Candy's treasure. She received it from her sister in the past and she still takes good care of it. Ganesha Scolds her Son After rescuing Marco from the Snow Ruins, visit the Damascus Forge to experience an Event between Ganesha and her son. Ganesha: I told you not to play in the ruins, didn't I? Why won't you listen to your mother?! Marco: It's 'cause Candy… Ganesha: I don't want to hear it! How could you blame a girl like that? Marco: I'm not trying to blame Candy… Ganesha: Listen, Marco. You're still a child. Thank goodness Freyr was around this time to help you. … but please think about how your mother would feel if anything were to happen to you. Marco: … I'm… I'm sorry, Mom… Ganesha: Don't do it again, okay? And don't forget to thank Freyr for his help. Marco: Okay. The event ends, and I see Marco standing with Ganesha behind the counter. Marco: Bro! Thanks for what you did earlier! I don't know what would have happened to me if you didn't come! I'll get stronger so I can get through this ruins without any problems. Marco's Treasure Hunt Marco's Birthday is on 29 Winter, and you can give him Curry Rice or Curry Powder to obtain an enthusiastic response. Apart from this, however, it is a good idea to speak to Marco in order to initiate a series of Treasure Hunt events. Marco: Hey! Look! I found a treasure map! Freyr: Wow, where did you find it? Marco: Keep it a secret, okay? When I was washing my face this morning, it was on the ground near the basin! Freyr: Oh… Marco: So I wanted to ask you for help because I wasn't sure where the treasure is. You'll help me, right? Freyr: Huh? Sure, I'll help. Marco: Awesome! The treasure is supposed to be 'Below the streetlight of the building with lots of steam.' Thanks! Walk towards the postbox and street lamp to the left of the Bathhouse to experience the event. Freyr: Something's on the ground… It's a letter. Is this the treasure that Marco was looking for…? Something's on the ground…

You got Treasure Map! Treasure Map: 10G The treasure map that Marco found. There might be some treasure somewhere. Give it to Marco now. Marco: What is this? Freyr: it was on the spot that the treasure map pointed to. Marco: Oh… Let's see… 'In front of the ice hole'… What is this? Freyr: The next map must be there. Marco: I get it! You're so smart! Then I'll be counting on you for the next map too! At the big hole in the ice at the centre of Lake Poli: Freyr: Something's on the ground… It's a letter. I wonder if it's another treasure map. I should give this to Marco. Marco: Another 'Treasure Map'?! I'm getting tired of this! Let's see… 'In the well of the sword wielder.' I don't get it… It's at your own Homestead of course. Walk towards your Well and: Freyr: Something's on the ground… It's a letter. I wonder if it's another treasure map. I should give this to Marco. Marco: Did you find the next 'Treasure Map'? (with cross hurt and thunder): Oh, man. I might as well go all the way then! Let's see… 'In the garden of the girl who lives alone.' I'm counting on you! Go to the back of Mist's garden on the left side of the house. Freyr: Huh? But this is… Is this the treasure that Marco was looking for? I should give this to Marco. Treasure Box: 10G The box that was found by solving the riddle of the treasure map. Is their treasure inside?! Give the Treasure Box now to Marco. Make certain that you complete this Treasure Hunt ON the 29th and give the Box on the same day. Marco: Huh? Is this…? Freyr: This was at the spot the treasure map pointed to. Marco: Wow! Can I open it? Freyr: Go ahead. Marco; It's a wooden sword! It's totally new! My old one was getting tattered so I wanted a new one! All right! Freyr: There's something inside the box… It says 'Happy Birthday'… Marco: Mom… Marco (with tears) Now I have to get Mom another birthday present… Then: Marco: Thanks! Going treasure hunting with you was fun! After it is all over, speak to him and he will tell you: Marco: Hey! It's my birthday today. It's on the same day as the Year End Festival so my gifts and the stuff for that day always get jumbled up. I wonder if Candy will give me a birthday present… If you give the Treasure Box to Marco on the 30th or any later day, all he will say is: Marco: That for me? Hm. Do speak to Marco on the 30th and he will tell you about Candy's gift: Marco: Check it out! Candy gave me a birthday present! I'll wear this bandanna for the rest of my life! Anette Teaches Marco and Candy

The Events that occur between Anette, Marco and Candy are included in Anette's section of the Guide as they constitute an integral part of her 'Story'. Marco's Ingratitude You will experience this Event only if you enter the Damascus Forge between 6.00 a.m. and 6.59 a.m. If you enter after 7.00 a.m., it will not occur. It will occur more than once, however. There are two versions of the initial Event, but only in of Marco's first utterance. Marco: I'm out of here! Or: Marco: I'm not coming back! Don't even try to find me! He will leave and Ganesha then will walk towards you. Ganesha: You caught us at a bad time. Freyr: Is Marco going to be all right? Ganesha: It happens all the time. Don't worry about it. Freyr: … Is it going to be okay? Ganesha: Now I have to get ready for work. After: If you find Maro, just tell him to come home by dinner. And/or: Ganesha: I just hope Marco isn't causing any trouble for anybody. There are two locations where you will find both Marco and Candy after one of these Events at the Forge: the kitchen of the Church and Erik's shop. Whenever you find the two children, Marco's dialogue will begin with: Marco (with thunder and cross hurt): … It's fine. Just be sure that you're sorry. You need to speak to Candy instead if you wish to hear the entire story. There are three different versions and you can speak to Candy again and again on the same day to obtain all three, oddly enough: Version 1: Candy: Marco ran away from home because his mother overslept. Marco: It was Mom's turn to make breakfast today! Thanks to her, I didn't get any breakfast! Candy: She's always tired from work. Why can't you be a little nicer to her? Version 2: I heard that Marco ran away from home because there were bell peppers in his breakfast. Marco: She knew I hated bell peppers and tried to feed them to me! It's a conspiracy! Candy: She did it so you would grow out of being picky with your food. Version 3: Candy; Marco ran away from home because he was made to do the dishes. Marco: It was Mom's turn to do it today! And she still made me do it! This is so unfair! Candy: You know she has to get ready to open up shop. When you speak to marco again after any of these exchanges, he will say two things: Marco: I don't care what Mom told you, but I'm not going back! Marco: I don't' consider her to be my mom anymore! After 6.00 p.m., you will find Marco as usual at home and neither he nor Ganesha will make ANY reference to his behaviour until the next Event occurs. In one of these Events, Ganesha will collapse. See the section on Ganesha for

details. Romance between Marco and Candy From the start, it is evident that Marco is in love with Candy, although she appears to treat him as no more than a very good friend. Danny Birthday: 6 Summer Most Favourite Gifts: Silver Loves: Quality Cloth Most Detested Gift: Tomatoes, Carrots, Bell Pepper For Silver (with music): Hey, Silver. Thanks, Freyr. For Quality Cloth: I'll take it! Danny: You know about tomatoes, Freyr? They taste disgusting. I can't believe people eat them. Danny: You know about Carrots, Freyr? They taste disgusting. I can't believe people eat them. Danny: You know about Bell Peppers, Freyr? They taste disgusting. I can't believe people eat them. Danny: I'm actually quite good at sewing. I made these clothes myself. Surprised? So if you have any extra 'Good Cloth' laying around, share some with me. You can spare some right, Freyr? N.B. There is no 'Good Cloth' in RFF. He is referring to Quality Cloth. Danny: My little brother and sister sent me a painting for my birthday the other day. They're really annoying, but I feel kinda touched because I know they really tried. By the way, my birthday is the 6th of summer. If you're willing to give me a present, I'm willing to accept. Official Description: Runs a grocery store. There seems to be a deep reason why he came to this town. Danny's Grocery sells very few items and ultimately he will shut down the business. At that point, Rosetta will invite him to her at the Materia Shop. Danny's Events and Letters Danny's 1st Event Freyr entered the Grocery Shop. Danny: A customer? You're not? What do you want? Who are you? Freyr: H-hello. My name is Freyr and I just moved here. Danny: Oh, so you're just making the rounds? I'm the owner of the general store and the name's Danny! Nice to meet you! Freyr: Nice to meet you too, Mr. Danny. Danny: You don't need to call me that. Just 'Danny' is fine. I'm the only general store in the village so even if you don't like it, don't complain! Freyr: Oh… Danny: What did you come to buy? Seeds? Accessories? Freyr: No, I didn't come here to buy anything… Danny: You're not a customer? Then get out. I don't have time for window shoppers. Freyr: No, I brought some money from Ganesha… Danny: Oh… One, two… Yup. All there.

Freyr: I'll be going now. Danny: Wait. Freyr: Yes? Danny: You're going around greeting every one, right? Then can you go to Erik and do something for me? Freyr: Again? Danny: Again? Freyr: Never mind. So, some one named Erik? Danny: Yeah. Erik lives in the house with a field straight south of here. Freyr: All right. Danny: Thanks. Oh, and buy something next time. Danny's Failing Business After 15 Spring, when Rosetta opens the Materia Shop, Danny's business will begin to suffer. On 16 Spring, you will receive a Letter from Danny: My shop is in serious trouble! Man, I'm in a pickle. At this rate, my shop's gonna habve to close down. You don't want that do you? Help me, please??? Danny Choose Reply, then choose one of the following options: Try selling your goods for cheaper. Sorry. I can't help you. On 17 Spring, you will receive another Letter if you suggested that he lower his prices: Maybe you're right. I guess I'll see you around. Danny When you speak to Danny now, he will complain about lack of business and his rival, Rosetta. Danny: I haven't gotten any customers since that other shop opened up next door. They just like new stuff. I know they'll be back. Another dialogue: Danny: The customers are all gone so I think should just close shop and go back home… I have 5 siblings back in my hometown. I came all the way here to start a business… I just wasn't cut out for it… Freyr: Oh… Danny: Sorry… Can you leave me alone for a bit? On another occasion: Danny: Oh, it's you. You haven't come to my store in a while either. Me: Um… is something wrong? Danny: Ever since that Rosetta girl opened up shop, I've lost all of my customers. Hey, Freyr… Why am I not getting any customers? Me: Uh… Danny: Hey! You just looked away! Me: I didn't… Danny: Just you watch! I'll show you! After: Danny: How to chase that girl out… That's the problem here… Another dialogue on the same topic: Danny: Freyr, you better not be buying from that Rosetta's store. I'm putting my trust in you. I'm not going to get run out of business by some cheater…

Danny's Event with Rosetta I walked into the Materia Store at 10.00 a.m. to experience an event between Rosetta and Danny. Rosetta (with cross hurt and thunder): Huh? What is that? Are you for real? You sure you're all right in the head? Danny (with cross hurt and thunder): That's my line! You stole my customers with dirty tricks! You think I don't know?! Fight like a man! Rosetta: Why do you always end up like this? Customers come to my store because it's better. It's all because I work hard running it! Danny: No way! I know you must be cheating! You're probably blackmailing the customers! I know it! Rosetta: How rude! I never even thought of that before! Danny: Shut your trap! I'll fight you fair and square until I expose your conspiracy, you dirty cheater! Rosetta: Get out of here! This is harassment! Now Rosetta speaks to me. Rosetta: Those kinds of people always come out when business is good. Oh, Freyr. You were here? I'm sorry for making you see that… After: Me: Rosetta… Rosetta: What is it, Freyr? Are you worried about the thing with Danny? Thanks, but these things will happen as long as we run businesses. Just watch! I won't let this hold me back! Danny's New Job After you receive the letter from Danny announcing the closure of his Grocery Shop, visit the Materia Shop to experience an Event with Danny and Rosetta Danny: Welcome! Me: Danny? How did you…? Danny: Rosetta took me in. After that happened, Rosetta came to me and asked me if I wanted to work for her since I was closing shop anyway. She even lent me money to send to my siblings… I'm going to work hard at this store! Rosetta: I was short on staff. He would make a good worker, so I hired him. My store is doing pretty well, you know? Me: That's nice to hear, Danny. Danny: Yeah! Hope you'll come to Materia more often now! Rosetta: Danny! Be more polite to the customer! Danny: Sorry! Danny at the Materia Shop As Rosetta's Heart Levels increase, you will experience new dialogues about her father and his inability to take care either of his business or himself. Finally, he will become ill and she will return to Kardia temporarily to care for him. While she is doing so, Danny will be left in charge of the Materia Shop. See Rosetta's Events for the full sequence that leads to her return to Trampoli. Once she is back at the Materia Shop, she will decide that Danny deserves some recognition for the services he performed so well during her

absence. She will remodel his house, asking you to 'run interference' for her with Danny until the job is finished. Rosetta's Gift to Danny After giving Rosetta the last item of material needed to remodel, you will find yourself outside Danny's house. You then see him walking up the stairs towards you. Danny: Oh, hey, Freyr. What are you doing in front of my house? Your choices: Oh, right… Is this really your house? If you choose, 'Oh, right…' Danny: So, what are you doing here? If you choose: Is this really your house? Danny: Huh? What's wrong with you? So, what are you doing here? Your choices now: I'm just waiting for some one… I'm just bored… If you choose: I'm just waiting for some one… Danny: Whyu are you meeting up in front of some one else's house?! If you choose: I'm just bored… Danny: Bored…? So you're standing in front of my house just because you're bored? Then, in either case: Danny: I want to go home! I can't go inside unless you get out of the way, Freyr! Get out of my way! Now your choices are: 'M-my chronic illness…! 'Graaagh!' Whether you choose Kanno's trademark response or that of Tsubute: Danny (with thunder and cross hurt): Are you teasing me? I know you are. Cut it out! If you won't get out of the way, I'll make you! Rosetta now flings open the doors and walks out of his house. Rosetta: I'm done. Oh… You were here, Danny? Danny; What's that supposed to mean? I live here! And what were you doing, Rosetta? Rosetta: (with music) You saved me the trouble of looking for you. Come on in. Danny: But I live here… Now you all walk up the stairs, Danny preceding you. Danny: What's going on? Why are you two acting so sneaky? He gazes in wonder at the transformation. He now has a 'Big Bed', a very fine table set for two and, in place of the half-consumed wine bottle on the stand, a pitcher of fresh Milk. Danny: This is… Rosetta: Do you like it? It's to thank you for all your hard work. Freyr said that it's better to do something for you rather than just give you something. Danny: Th-thank you. I-I'll continue to work hard at the general store! Rosetta: I'm so glad Danny liked it. Freyr: Yeah. Rosetta: Let me give you this for your trouble. You said it's better when

people do something for you, right? I personally made it. You got Sunny-side-up! Rosetta: I'll see you later! The Event ends with both Rosetta and Danny standing near you. Neither will make any further reference to the Event when you speak to them now. Ironically, when Freyr spoke to Danny, the first words out of his mouth were: Danny: I'm so depressed. Danny's Letters One of the first RSVP Letter you may receive will be a request for advice from Danny as follows: My shop is in serious trouble! Man, I'm in a pickle. At this rate, my shop's gonna have to close down. You don't want that do you? Help me, please??? Danny Choose Reply and you will have the following options: Try selling your goods for cheaper. Sorry. I can't help you. Freyr chose: Try selling your goods for cheaper. He then received another letter from Danny: Maybe you're right. I guess I'll see you around. Danny Danny's next letter will be an announcement of the closure of his Shop. I have decided to close up my shop. I am sorry to announce that as of today, 'Danny's' will be ending operations. Thank you for your patronage so far. Danny Danny's Motivation As Danny's Friendship Level increases, he will confide in you as to his motives in coming to Trampoli. As a member of a large family, he is determined to help them survive, even if it means that he can see them only briefly and infrequently. Freyr: What's wrong? You look really down. Danny: I think I should close up the shop and just go home. I have 5 siblings back in my hometown. I came all the way here to start a business… I just wasn't cut out for it… Me: Oh… Danny: Sorry… Can you leave me alone for a bit? Danny's Romantic Interest It becomes apparent that Danny is interested romantically in Anette. You can experience little events early in the morning as he waits outside for the appearance of his favourite postal carrier. Danny: You're late today! Come on, Anette! Anette: Here's your mail, Danny. That's a really cute letter. Is it from your little sister? When Anette resumes her deliveries after her period of recuperation, you will experience a new dialogue with Danny: Danny: Anette seems much happier than before. D-did she fall in love with

some one?

Freyr, do you have any idea who it is?

Danny's Friendship with Erik Although Danny and Erik are friends, Danny obviously likes to tease Erik with respect to the latter's Turnip phobia. When speaking to Erik, he will talk about an erroneous delivery by Danny: Erik: That Danny… I told him never to… What should I do with this…? Freyr: What happened? Um, Erik? Erik: Oh, sorry. That Danny made a mistake and delivered a huge stock of turnips to me. I want to return them but I'm afraid of touching them… What should I do…?!! (there are tears in his eyes!) Freyr: Sounds like a problem… Danny: I also have to return a huge stock of jam and chocolate… Why does everything I hate come to me… Lute Birthday: 13 Summer Most Favourite Gift: Chocolate Most Detested Item: Fish Actual Responses: For Chocolate: (Really?! I love this!) Really?! I love Chocolate. Lute: Freyr, do you like fish? I just can't eat fish. Those eyes! Those beady eyes give me the shivers. On his birthday: For Chocolate: Thanks! Is it right for me to receive something this good on my birthday? Lute: I was born in this village called Iber. That village always had lots of goblins around. We didn't know what to do with them. Official Description: A painter and a peddler. Dreams to one day become a renowned painter. Lute visits Trampoli only on the Holiday and on Festival Days in the early seasons of the game. On regular Holidays, he will be found in the Public Square after 9.00 a.m. and you will be able to purchase items from him there. On Holiday Festival Days, you will find him instead in front of the Church but he still will be selling his wares from that location. You can find him outside Bianca's Mansion before 9.00 a.m. on any Holiday. He will offer to sell his wares there as well. Lute has a ion for painting and art. Raise his Friendship Level and purchase all the paintings he offers to obtain a special artwork. Note that you will not be able to buy artworks until you have expanded your Farmhouse to include an upper level. In fact, the primary reason to expand to a second floor early in the game is the option to purchase Lute's paintings as only one will be sold per season. Interactions with Lute Lute's Paintings

You must purchase Lute's paintings if you wish to initiate a final special Event with him that will result in the gift of his masterpiece to you. You will not have the ability to purchase any of them until you have expanded your Farmhouse by adding a 2nd Floor to it. You then will be able to buy the first, which is the 'Summer Ocean' painting. Lute: By the way, are you interested in oil paintings at all, Freyr? If you are, take a look at these for me. Buy the Summer Ocean for 5000G. Lute: Wow, you're the first one to buy my paintings, Freyr. Freyr: Oh, really? Lute: I told you I'm a fledgling painter, didn't I? But I still really want to thank you. I'll bring it to you when I paint a new one. I hope you'll take an interest in it then. From this point onward, a new Seasonal painting will be offered each season. Buy each of them and continue to increase Lute's Friendship Levels with gifts of Chocolate… The next Painting to be offered will be 'House in a Forest'. The third will be 'Small Lake'.. Lute and the Elven Maidens Every one likes and ires Lute, but as Heart Levels increase, you will discover that he himself is in love with one of the Elven Maidens. Certainly Minerva is infatuated with him, but it appears that the object of HIS affection may be her older sister Tabatha. At first, he simply will behave defensively when you find him outside the Mansion at 6.00 a.m. on a Holiday or Festival. Lute: What is it? I'm not doing anything suspicious. S-see? N-nothing… If you purchase Lute's Spring Painting, 'House in a Forest', you will recognise the subject as the Sainte-Coquille Mansion. This is yet another hint as to his interest in one of the girls who lives there. Lute's Dialogues about Love Lute: Love is great! I don't know how to explain it, but it makes you feel all warm inside. If I could be with some one I love and also paint a picture of that person, it would be heaven for me. You should fall in love with some one too, Freyr. Lute: I love elves! I mean… I'm not talking about any one in particular… It is only after Minerva's departure that Lute clearly will demonstrate the true object of his yearnings: Lute: Is it true that Tabatha will go back with Minerva? Freyr: It's not true. Tabatha will stay as Bianca's maid. Lute: I see. I'm glad it was just a misunderstanding… Lute's Ultimate Ambition Freyr: Lute, why do you paint? Lute: That's a difficult question…. Welll… This probably sounds weird, but one day, I want to paint the ultimate sky that can engulf everything onto canvas. That's why I picked up the paintbrush. I have to keep a grand goal so I always at least this. Lute and Erik

Erik: Danny and Lute are close to me in age so we often go out together to eat. Having buddies like that is priceless. (blushing) It's not because we don't have any girls to eat with us! Lute: A long time ago, Erik called out to me from behind and tried to hit on me. But when he found out that I was a man, he ran away at the speed of light. Don't you think that's rude? Well, we got to be really good friends after that so all is well.. Kross Birthday: 2 Spring Most Favourite Gifts: Cat's Tail Other Favourites: Warrior's Medal Likes: Wool, most Cooked Dishes and Crops Most Detested Gifts: Curry Powder, Flour Another Detested Item (not available in RFF as gift): Watermelon Dialogue about his Birthday: Kross: My birthday? I don't have one because I don't . Me: I didn't think you knew how to joke, Kross. Kross; When did you come to this village? Me: The 2nd of Spring. Kross: I see. What a coincidence. My birthday is also on the 2nd of Spring. On that day, one man went away and I came here. On his Birthday, for Cat's Tail: You prepared this specially for my birthday? Thank you. I think the day that I can finally make a rapport with monsters is coming closer. On his Birthday for Warrior Medal: You prepared this specially for my birthday? Thank you. I will never forget that you gave me your medal of honour. Dialogue about Monsters: Freyr: Aren't you scared of monsters? Kross: I'm not scared. I'm actually fond of the monsters. They never lie to humans. Heh… I would like to live a free life like a monster. What do monsters have that humans don't…? … Tails. If only I had the 'Cat Tail', would I become like a monster? For Cat's Tail (blushing): W-won't it be weird if I wear this…? … I was joking. Don't mind what I just said. For Wool: Thank you… I will gladly accept it. (but there is a tear in his eye) For Warrior Medal, (blushing): You seem to have gotten much stronger. Be careful not to get injured severely. For Roasted Yam and most Crops or Cooked Dishes: This tastes good. Kross: I really don't like 'Curry Powder' and 'Flour. I can't make that myself so some one might find out. Freyr: Isn't it bad if some one finds out? Kross: Heh. A man's cooking should be a private matter. Official Description: You may not have noticed him, but he lives next door to Erik. A skilled carpenter. Kross' Songs Vegetable Song: Kross: Answer me, vegetables.

Where has your vitality to grow even without Greenifier gone? Are the vegetables that make me want to place them on the wagon and run under the blue sky gone? Where, oh where, have you gone…? Freyr: That's a sad song… Kross: Heh… Yes. These lands used to be dry and growing crops was very difficult. Tree Stump song: Kross: Answer me, tree stump. What is a house and what are extensions… Even if you break the stumps, a despairing tomorrow awaits you because you don't know when it can come back. Why, oh why, do I swing the axe…? Freyr: That's a sad song… Kross: Heh… Yes. When I was young, a man I knew very well the man who wrote this song… Monster Song: Oh please tell me, monsters. Where, oh where, have the lovely monsters gone? Aren't there any monsters that I can relate to… where I want to stick a blue rose into their fluffy fur…?* Freyr: That sounds like a very sad song… Kross: heh… Yes… There used to be monsters in the village and we all lived in harmony. *Note that the 'blue rose' is a clue about the traditional Wedding Bouquet ritual in Rune Factory Frontier. Kross' Philosophy: Did you know? No one wants to grow dead grass… Heh… But it always ends up like that. Nothing more, nothing less. Kross' Seasonal Remarks: I like winter. I only noticed that after I moved here. Heh… This coldness is perfect for me. Kross' Dungeon Advice: So you went to the Snow Ruins. Heh… The monsters there are resistant to the cold and weak against heat. You'll have a hard time surviving unless you aim for their weaknesses. The Mysteries of Kross Even in your initial encounter with Kross, a mystery of sorts was presented. Soft Spoken Guy: Heh… … Are you new here? Me: Nice to meet you. I just moved here and my name is Freyr. And you are …? Man: You … don't need to now what my name is. The villagers always forget it anyway. Me: Um… Are you Kross? Hello. Kross: …?! How do you know my name?! Me (sweating profusely): Huh? It's written on your mailbox. You really write your name with really cute letters, Kross. Kross: That isn't my writing. I'm sure the mailman just wrote it herself out of consideration. You should take a look inside your mailbox some time. It should be in front of your house. Heh…

In subsequent encounters, Kross often sings sad songs about the past. Freyr: That sounds like a very sad song. Kross: Yes… There used to be monsters in the village and we all lived in harmony. Kross: Heh… Yes. When I was young, a man I knew very well the man who wrote this song… The sunlight is so cruel. It shines upon all the beautiful things as well as the dirty things. Don't you think so? Kross: Are the vegetables that make me want to place them on the wagon and run under the blue sky gone? Where, oh where, have you gone…? Me: That's a sad song… Kross: Heh… Yes. These lands used to be dry and growing crops was very difficult. It's summer… I don't have a lot of good memories when it comes to summer. The sticky humidity, attacking monsters… That year was certainly hell for me… Kross: I'm not scared. I'm actually fond of the monsters. They never lie to humans. Heh… I would like to live a free life like a monster. What do monsters have that humans don't…? … Tails. If only I had the 'Cat Tail', would I become like a monster? Kross: The Boat Race… The boat I used to ride is a bit different from the one in the village. Kross: During this season, I sometimes come back to my senses. Every time I step on the fallen leaves, I hear the voices of the persecuted around me… I suppose this has nothing to do with you… Sorry… Kross on the Roof You will find Kross often on his roof repairing it a little before noon. At noon, he resumes work in his field. One day as you approach him while he is working on the roof, you should experience a little Event: Kross: Freyr... Freyr: Yes? Kross: I'm sorry, but could you get that nail by your feet? Freyr: Sure. I look round in vain. Freyr: Um… Where is it? Kross; Oh? I thought I put it there… He leaps off the roof like a frog. Kross: That's strange… Oh, it was in my pocket. Sorry for calling out to you. Kross in fact demonstrates superhuman abilities whenever you order an extension by completing it while you wait! He is a man with knowledge of the past that includes the defeat of the enemies of Kardia by Raguna. Kross: Did you know? There is a rumour of a farmer that destroyed an iron tank of the Zzyzx Empire with only a watering can. The farming tools that can create the future defeated the weapons made to kill people. That's wonderful, but… Hmph! … that's only a fairytale. Mystery of Kross and Anette

If you encounter Anette while she is performing her rounds in front of any one else's post box, you will experience a little Event involving the individual who lives there. In the process, she will tell you if you have any post and offer it to you as well. In most cases, the dialogues that concern other characters are not significant. Where Kross is concerned, however, another mystery is revealed. Anette in front of Kross's house: Anette: Oh? Was the address written wrong? Who lives here again? Let's see… Um… I got it! It's 'Kross'! Silly me! I even wrote his name on the mailbox so I wouldn't forget! Whoops… that was close. Why do I always forget about this house when I do deliveries? I wonder why. Kross: Hello, Ms. Mailman. Anette: Did some one call me? Kross: Good morning. Anette: There's no one here but I hear voices… Is it a monster? Kross: Heh… … (Tears in his eyes, literally!) Anette, pursued always by Woolies, is unable to see Kross! Kross and the Boulder At 4 Hearts, when you enter the South District any day, you will experience a little event wherein you will witness Kross pushing a huge boulder across a field. Enter your house afterwards. When you attempt to leave again, the boulder will be in front of your own door, preventing you from exiting. Kross then will arrive: Me: Whoa! Kross walks up to it. Kross: I'm sorry, Freyr… Me: Why are you apologising, Kross? Kross: … I'm sorry. He then pushes it out of the way. He makes no reference to the incident whatsoever afterwards, apart from saying: Kross: I'm sorry, Freyr… Brodik, however, will make reference to the Event and now Kross will speak of Brodik as well. Brodik Birthday: 17 Spring Most Favourite Gift: Apple Pie Likes: Most Cooked Dishes and most Items Most Detested Item: Scrap Iron, Weeds, Headdress, Pendant Actual Responses: Brodik: How long do you plan on staying in the village? Don't you want to taste the food of your hometown? I want to hurry home to eat that 'Apple Pie'… Because of him, I…! Freyr: Haha… I guess you really like Apple Pies. For a gift of Apple Pie: Brodik: Why you little… If you go back with me, you'll get to eat things that

are so much better. You were given 1 Gold. Brodik: There's a little something for your troubles! Can you see how generous I am?! Hahahaha! Brodik: I'm sure you're tired of playing the good guy. Why don't you act like who you really are? Just don't do anything on the '17th of spring'. You'll completely ruin my awesome birthday. On his Birthday for Apple Pie: I didn't think you would bring me this on my birthday. Now I really feel like going home. For most edible items, including Bamboo Rice, Baked Yam: Did you put something in this? I'm going to get your neighbour to test it first. Prompt: You were given one Gold! There's a little something for your troubles! Can you see how generous I am?! Hahaha! For most inedible items, including Pumpkin Head, Iron: I haven't sunk so low as to receive charity from you. (He then will give you 1G as usual and make the remark about his generosity.) For Scrap Iron: What is this? Are you trying to piss me off? I'm not going to fall for that trap! Hahahaha! Prompt: You were given one Gold! Brodik: There's a little something for your troubles! Can you see how generous I am?! Hahahaha! (Despite the payment, his affection will decrease with a Scrap Iron gift.) For Headdress (with tears in his eyes): Are you trying to spite me? I-I have a girlfriend or three that I can give presents to… Hahaha… Haha… ha… … (Friendship decreases.) In fine weather: The weather is so hatefully good! Official Description: Appeared out of nowhere only to harass Freyr. Why? Brodik is an undercover officer from a foreign land who is convinced that you are a man named Weber and is determined to thwart your efforts to live in peace in Trampoli. As you increase his Friendship, he will tell you about himself and his suspicions of you. As with any character in Rune Factory Frontier, an increase in Friendship Level triggers new dialogue in addition to all previous dialogue. In this respect, it is different from any other Rune Factory or Harvest Moon game where you no longer experience dialogue for lower heart levels when the Friendship or Love Level increases. At 0 – 2 Friendship: Brodik: I hear that during a mission in the past, you said that you wanted to hide out in the countryside and run a farm. And it's called the Asgard Farm? I never thought that you would really start one up… Heh heh heh… Are you sure you want to keep it as Asgard Farm? That name of your farm isn't witty at all! At least do something about it to make it harder for people to find out! Hahaha! Brodik: I hear that you're blabbering to the villagers about not having any memory of the past. Hahaha1 You can't lie your way into getting more sympathy! Brodik: Why are the villagers so nice to outsiders like you and me?! You

better not be taking advantage of them! It's better for every one if you just left before you become attached to them. But that's only if you can still act friendly to people! Hahaha! At 3 Friendship: Brodik: A dragon was found at a place called Kardia not far from here. I wanted to go there instead of wasting my time here… Brodik: You seem to have gotten pretty friendly with the girls in the village. You're not a man! How dare you lead them on! Heh heh heh… You better not wave around female accessories like 'Hairbands' or 'Pendants'! Hahaha! At 4 Friendship: Brodik: I'm sure you're tired of playing the good guy. Why don't you act like who you really are? Just don't do anything on the '17th of spring'. You'll completely ruin my awesome birthday. At higher Levels of Friendship: Brodik: Get out of the village already… If you don't, I'll… Brodik: Stop hanging around in front of me and just get out of this village! I've never seen such an idiot that would just show up right in front of me! Brodik: Why are you always talking to me… What are you?! Brodik: it'd be easy to run you out of here by force… But if I did that, it would cause trouble for the other people here so I won't do it! Hahaha! You know… I am fond of the people in this village! Festival Dialogues: When Freyr attempted to give him Toy Herb on the day of the Foliage Festival: Brodik: What's the meaning of this? I would never accept a flower from you! He didn't either. On the day before the Hotpot Convention: Brodik: Did you see that huge pot that got brought into the square? Looks like they're going to boil you now… On 29 Winter, the day before the Year End Festival: Brodik: Looks like the new year begins soon! Too bad you're destined to leave the village when the year ends! On the day of the Year End Festival: Brodik: You won't be needing next year's calendar! I'd hate it if I had to see you next year! Hahahaha! Seasonal Dialogue: In Spring: Brodik: How long are you going to stay here…? Just get out! This warm and comfortable season… It's too good for you! Brodik's Post: Deliveries are made by Anette to Brodik's postbox at 6.15 a.m. Deliveries to Brodik: Anette: Brodik, You've got mail! That was heavy… I wonder what kind of things Brodik gets shipped to him. This is a hint as to his interest in creating DIY Golems. Another delivery is even more obvious: Anette: Again? It's the newest issue of 'Golem Assembly Weekly.' I can't believe it… It's already on issue 6636. A few days later: Anette: Again? It's the newest issue of 'Golem Assembler Weekly'. I can't

believe it… It's already on issue 7219. Other Letters that Brodik receives are hints that he actually is a well-respected, even well-loved character and a role model to the younger generation. Letter from Marco Brodik, you've got mail. Oh, this letter is from Marco. That's rare… Text of Letter: To Brodik, Thank you for cleaning up the rocks every night. I want to do something for the sake of others, too. Anette: Oh… That's nice. Here then is evidence that, although Brodik trashed your Field, he actually beautifies Trampoli at night. Letter from Candy A letter from Candy indicates that Brodik clears both stones and weeds… Anette: So is this cute letter from Candy? That's rare… Text of Letter: 'To Brodik, Thank you for pulling out the weeds all the time. I will work on the weeding the best I can, too.' Anette: ugh… I hate weeding. Candy sure is a hard worker. Brodik's Love Letter Anette: Hm? Is this a letter from Brodik? There's no send address… Text of Letter: 'That hair, those eyes, they belong to me! No one else can have them!' Anette: Huh? Is this… a love letter?! Who could he be sending such a ionate letter to?! Brodik in the Evening: After 6.00 p.m.: Brodik: What are you doing up?!

It's sleepy time for babies like you!

The Undelivered Letter Brodik: Did you read the letter? Freyr: What are you talking about? Brodik: It didn't get to you?! But I always put it in your mailbox! N.B. Letters placed in an individual's postbox are NOT received. You must give any letter or item directly to Anette for delivery! Brodik's Events Brodik's 1st Event Meeting Brodik You may find a new building in the South District on the first day of Autumn in the form of a small shack. When you go to the door, you will see a message as

follows: Brodik If you have no business, go away. If you have business, go away. It is only on the 2nd day of Autumn that you actually will be able to meet Brodik. You will find him standing outside his house near the path in the morning. His portrait initially will be that of 'Irritating Guy', who then becomes 'Loud Guy' and finally 'Brodik' as he unleashes an incomprehensible stream of hostility upon you. Irritating Guy: That hair… Those eyes… So this is where you were… And you're living here as if nothing ever happened! My choices now: Um, who are you? Long time no see. If you choose : Long time no see! Irritating Guy (with thunder and cross hurt): … What do you mean long time?! I have never met you before! Hey, Weber… Wait, you must be going by another name now… Brodik: You! What is your name? Me: My name is Freyr. Nice to meet you. Brodik: I see. So that is what you call yourself here. Heh heh heh… Very well. I, Brodik, will be the one to chase you out of this village! I'm going to kick you out of this town by doing whatever it takes! You got that?! Hahaha! After: Brodik: Hey. Going to go torture monster again? I hear that, during a mission in the past, you said that you wanted to hide out in the countryside and run a farm. And it's called the Asgard Farm? I never thought that you would really start one up… Heh heh heh… Are you sure you want to keep it as Asgard Farm? That name of your farm isn't witty at all! At least do something about it to make it harder for people to find out! Hahaha! If you choose: Um, who are you? You will not experience the initial 'thunder and cross hurt' response but the Event will continue nonetheless in the same way, beginning with the following: Loud Guy: Hey, Weber… Wait, you must be going by another name now. Brodik: I see. So that is what you call yourself here. Heh heh heh… Very well. I, Brodik, will be the one to chase you out of this village! I'm going to kick you out of this town by doing whatever it takes! You got that?! Hahaha! His Portrait and description now will be added to the Relations page of your Farm Menu. 2nd Encounter with Brodik On the night of 3 Autumn, when you prepare to crawl into bed, you will hear a series of heavy knocks on your farmhouse door. If you go outside, you will see a man running across the bridge towards the South District. Could it be your new enemy? Note that Brodik's Events are based primarily on Kross' Friendship Levels. It

is by raising Kross' Levels that you initiate new Events in these sequences. On the Holiday, Brodik stands across the path to the left of your house. You can challenge him about his late night visitation. Freyr: Brodik, did you want something? Brodik: Heh heh heh… What are you talking about? I have business with you! Freyr: But weren't you knocking on my door? Brodik: I did no such thing! You won't be able to chase me out like that! Hahaha! When you speak to him, he may give a hint of his plans: Brodik: Heh heh heh! How long are you going to stay here…? Just get out! Listen. I will definitely chase you out of here before the snow starts falling! Be prepared for that! Incidentally, it is not a bad idea to give Brodik gifts whenever you find him. He will give you 1G in return, a paltry sum, but it will raise his Friendship Level, despite his nasty remarks! When I speak to him again: Brodik: Why are the villagers so nice to outsiders like you and me?! You better not be taking advantage of them! It's better for every one if tou just left before you become attached to them. But that's only if you can still act friendly to people! Hahaha! Brodik's 3rd

Event

A week or so after Brodik's appearance in Trampoli, speak to Rosetta to discover a very odd occurrence. Evidently, one day without your knowledge, some one filled your Shipping Container with Rocks instead. Rosetta: Freyr! What's going on? Freyr: W-what? Rosetta: The other day, I looked inside your shipping box and it was filled with nothing but rocks! You know how much trouble it was to get it all out? Freyr: What?! I don't know anything about that! Rosetta: Don't ever do it again! When you speak to Brodik after this conversation, he will mock you as follows: Brodik: You stuffed your shipping box full of rocks! What a jerk! The other day, I looked inside your shipping box and it was filled with nothing but rocks! Then: Brodik: How can you put rocks in the shipping box? Even I would never think of that! You're a horrible, horrible guy! N.B. Although I did not notice any loss of income, I am not certain whether or not the actual items that you placed in your Shipping Container will be lost or not. If you continue to raise Kross' FP, you should have about a week now until Brodik unleashes a more substantial form of malice against you. Brodik's 4th

Event

Brodik's Events are predicated on Kross' Friendship Level. Continue to raise Kross' Friendship to experience the following Event: Freyr: Whoa! This is… You will be treated to a full view of your Field now in a horrid state.

My own Field had been fully tilled and each square was planted with Autumn Crops or Grass for Fodder. On the morning when Brodik wrecked the Field, at least a dozen large Boulders and Stumps had appeared with many other smaller rocks, branches and weeds. It took two days to repair all the damage he had caused. When you encounter Brodik again, he will mock you further: Brodik: What is this? You can't even take care of your own fields? You don't deserve to be in this village! Get out of here! Get out of here now! Then: Brodik: If you can't even keep your fields clean, there's no point in you staying in the village! Get out! Get out now! This by no means marks the end of Brodik's campaign of abuse. Brodik's 5th

Event

When Kross reaches 4 Friendship, he will push a massive boulder to your door to prevent any one from entering or leaving. When you awaken in the morning and attempt to go outside, Kross will realise the effect of his action upon you and will move the boulder away from the door, apologising to you. This apparently is a bizarre attempt by Kross to protect you from Brodik's campaign of abuse. Afterwards, when you speak to Brodik: Brodik: How did you move that rock? Uh, I mean… Heh heh heh… What kind of weirdo puts rocks in front of their house? Well, it's not like you have friends anyway so it's perfect! Hahaha! Then: Brodik: Freyr's rock. That's perfect! Hahahaha! When you speak to Kross: Kross: I'm sorry. My neighbour seems to be bothering you. He looks very much like me when I was young. Freyr: So you were a lively child. You really don't look it now. Haha. Kross: Heh… I wasn't lively at all… Brodik's Golem and your Field You may experience the next act of hostility from Brodik when you leave your house at 6.00 a.m. one morning if you have increased Kross' Friendship Level steadily. As soon as you go outside, you will see a Golem in the middle of your Field. Once again, your field will be in shambles, with boulders, stumps, empty spaces and wild plants, including Weeds where you had crops growing only the night before… Freyr: Whoa! Oh, no! I can't wave weapons around in the field… What should I do? The Golem begins to explode into fragments, burning until it is gone. My field is wrecked once again. Freyr runs to the field. Freyr: Huh? What was that? Your own actions after this Event can affect the timing of the remainder of the Events that involve Brodik. If you accost Brodik after the Golem

self-destructs, you will set future events in motion provided always that Kross' Friendship Level is at the required levels to complete the Brodik sequence. If, however, you do NOT accost Brodik after the Golem self-destructs, you can delay any further Events, raising both Kross' and Brodik's Friendship Levels until you wish to experience the culminating Events with respect to Brodik. Note that you can continue to give Brodik gifts, provided that you do not speak to him at all afterwards. To initiate future events: Freyr then would accost Brodik after the Golem Event: Freyr: Brodik! Did you release monsters into my fields?! Brodik: What are you talking about?! Why would I … do… such a thing? Freyr: Oh… I'm sorry I doubted you. Brodik: W-why…? How … can you just trust me like that…? Freyr: But you said it wasn't you, right? I'll believe you. I'll believe you because you're a member of our village. You're a friend of ours. Brodik: A friend…? I… If you realise that Kross actually is Weber, the man Brodik seeks, some of his dialogues will make more sense. For example, his original dialogue is: Brodik: I hear that during a mission in the past, you said that you wanted to hide out in the countryside and run a farm. And it's called the Asgard Farm? I never thought that you would really start one up… Heh heh heh… Are you sure you want to keep it as Asgard Farm? That name of your farm isn't witty at all! At least do something about it to make it harder for people to find out! Hahaha! It is Kross who fulfilled the ambition of 'hiding out' from the Empire to run a farm. It is your character who suffers from amnesia and Brodik assumes it to be a ploy on your part: Brodik: I hear that you're blabbering to the villagers about not having any memory of the past. Hahaha! You can't lie your way into getting more sympathy! Kross when he speaks to you of your amnesia will declare: Kross: Rumour says that you have no memory of your past. Heh… Being able to forget your past is a good thing. It's always about how you view things. One remark in particular points to the fact that Kross is Weber: Brodik: Why are the villagers so nice to outsiders like you and me?! You better not be taking advantage of them! It's better for every one if you just left before you become attached to them. But that's only if you can still act friendly to people! Hahaha! It is the last statement that holds the clue: 'But that's only if you can stil act friendly to people!' There is no doubt that Kross suffered extreme trauma in the past. In summer, he will muse about a summer in the past in of 'the sticky humidity, attacking monsters… That year was certainly hell for me.' Kross does not interact much at all with his neighbours to the point where most

of them appear to be almost unaware of his existence. People do not notice him. Even Anette, delivering the post, does not see him when he speaks to her. At high Friendship Levels, Brodik's dialogues are: Brodik: It'd be easy to run you out of here by force… But if I did that, it would cause trouble for the other people here so I won't do it! Hahaha! You know… I am fond of the people in this village! Brodik: Get out of the village already… If you don't, I'll… Brodik: Stop hanging around in front of me and just get out of this village! I've never seen such an idiot that would just show up right in front of me! Brodik: Why are you always talking to me… What are you?! If you ever manage to speak to Brodik at 6.00 p.m. before he disappears into his house, you will experience new dialogue: Brodik: What are you doing up?! It's sleepy time for babies like you! Brodik will ask you about a Letter that you never received: Brodik: Did you read the letter? Freyr: What are you talking about? Brodik: It didn't get to you?! But I always put it in your mailbox! The clue here is the fact that Brodik claims to have placed the letter directly in your postbox. In Rune Factory Frontier, all letters must be given to Anette for delivery. A Challenge from Brodik As soon as you speak to Brodik about the Golem in your field, he will disappear from his usual haunts. During the month that follows, you should meet Anette at 6.15 a.m. outside Brodik's house to learn about his correspondence. Some of it is enlightening. About a month after your question to Brodik about the Golem, Anette will make a remark to you about Brodik: Anette: The weather is so nice. Speaking of which, I saw Brodik the other day thinking long and hard about something in front of his house. He looked really depressed so I asked how he was. He went inside right after that. How weird… If you knock on Brodik's door, you will obtain the same message as always, that he does not appear to be in. The day after Anette's comment, she no longer will deliver any post to Brodik's house at 6.15 a.m. but you will receive a letter from Brodik, who obviously discovered the proper mode of sending correspondence in Trampoli: A Challenge! I shall be waiting at Green Ruins, B1F. Brodik The place where Brodik awaits you is the largest of the circular platforms in the centre of the 1st Floor of the Green Ruins. Simply go through the first hanging vine, then go west to the next chamber. Go to the north end of that chamber, then go up the stairs to the next, and immediately go through the hanging vine there. Go down the little stairway and the Event will begin as soon as you reach the edge of the round platform. When you enter, a set of metal barriers will shut behind you, making this a

'Boss Battle'. Brodik: Glad you could make it. Freyr: What's wrong? And what's with this letter of challenge…? Brodik: I… I will defeat you and chase you out of the village! Freyr: Why? How do you benefit from chagins me out of the village? Brodik: I will answer nothing! Golem! I choose you! Freyr: A monster?! But that machine is… Brodik: Go, Golem! Beat him down! Freyr: Brodik?! Then: Freyr: W-What should I do?! …?! Kross: He's ed out. Leave him to me! You go take care of the monster! Freyr: All right! Please take care of Brodik! Freyr now fights the Golem, who has a fairly low HP. If you bring a Monster into the Ruins with you, he will remain to aid you in the battle. Afterwards, you will be at the Clinic, where Kross, Lara and Stella stand next to the bed where Brodik has been placed. Freyr: How is Brodik? Lara: He's asleep. Fortunately, his injuries aren't too bad. He should be able to recover after reasing a little. Freyr: That's good to hear. Stella: What happened? Kross: I'm sorry. It's all my fault. Freyr: Kross…? Why are you apologising? Kross: He… Brodik is probably a special agent from the Zzyzx Empire. Freyr: The Zzyzx Empire… The one next to the Kingdom of Norad? Stella: What's a special agenf from Zzyzx doing here? Kross: … A few years ago, a soldier defected from the army. He was an officer in the special agent unit, but he was sick of his work. Sick of deceiving and hurting… He drifted to a small vialllge in the frontier lands and wanted to live in peace on a farm. But the Zzyzx Empire would not let him off so easily. They believed it would be bad if sensitive information were to be leaked so they sent some one after him. Freyr: And that's … Brodik? Kross: Yes. But, he made one crucial mistake. He thinks that you, Freyr, are that escaped soldier. The real one is elsewhere… Brodik now speaks out. Brodik: It can't be…! Lara: Brodik! You'll reopen your wounds if you shoult like that! Brodik: If the real AWOL isn't him, then what are you, Freyr?! Kross: Freyr is just a civilian. Brodik: But the search bulletin said that man had dark hair, blue eyes, and is skilled with the sword… Kross: Yes. There is another person in this village that fits that description. Brodik: Then… Kross: Yes. Former Zzyzx Empire Special Agent, Weber… That is MY previous name, Brodki. Brodik: But… Then what have I been doing all this time…? Kross: If only I had told you sooner… I really must apologise to you, Freyr… Brodik: (…) But that… I'm sorry… Please leave me alone for now. You now are cast forth summarily from the Church and find yourself outside,

weapon still in hand. If I try to speak to Brodik in the Clinic: Brodik: … Kross will not be forthcoming either in any respect. Next morning, however, another letter arrives from Brodik: A Challenge! You are my only worthy opponent. This time, I shall defeat you without the help of monsters. I shall be waiting at Green Ruins, B1F. Although Brodik declares that he will fight without monsters, you are at liberty once again to take your own Monster to the confrontation. Do not be deceived by the ease with which the Golem was defeated. Brodik has a far higher total HP and is quite agile. Again, when you arrive at the edge of the round platform, the Event will begin: Freyr:: Brodik… Brodik: I'm glad you could make it. Freyr: Why do we have to fight? There is no reason that we should… Brodik: I can't move on until we finish things between us! That's why… Freyr: Brodik… Kross; Freyr, would you please grant his wish? There are times when people cannot turn back. For him, this is that time. Please understand… Your choice now: All right. I can't fight him. If you say: I can't fight him. Brodik: All right… But I won't give up. I will wait right here until you accept my challenge. Although he will remain on the platform with Kross, both now would respond with ordinary dialogue were you to speak to them. You actually must leave the Green Ruins entirely, then re-enter if you wish to be able to fight Brodik. Choose: All right. Freyr: All right. Brodki: Thank you! I will fight you with everything I have! That is why you must, too…! Freyr: Yes…! Brodik: Heh he heh… Hahaha! I lost! I it that I completely lost! But why do I feel so refreshed?! I fought with all my strength. I have no regrets. Hahaha! As previously indicated, Brodik is much stronger than the Golem he assembled at home and it will be a decent battle.. After his defeat: Brodik: Sorry to have caused you so much trouble till now. I'll just report to my superiors that our target wasn't here. Kross: Are you sure? If another person comes and finds me, it will be bad for you. Brodik: Heh heh heh… I lived next to you all this time and didn't notice. I doubt others will find it any easier. Hahaha! Kross: … Brodik: See ya, Freyr. I'll write to you when things settle down. He begins to walk away. Freyr: Brodik! Brodik turns.

Freyr: Take care. Brodik: Heh heh heh… You, too. He leaves. Kross: Freyr, I really caused you so much trouble. I don't know how to apologise to you. Freyr: It's nothing! I'm just glad the misunderstanding is cleared up. Besides… I feel like I got to know you a little better, Kross. Let's go back to the village. Kross' Secret Cache Revealed Freyr then found himself outside the entrance to the Green Ruins. He immediately ran to Kross' house to try to persuade him to let me look in his cabinet. Freyr: Huh…? This bookcase moves… Kross: Freyr, you shouldn't pry into people's secrets like that. There are times when knowing what you shouldn't brings tremendous pain. Do you still want to know? Kross: Heh…I see… Sometimes curiosity can make a person strong. I guess you have the right to know. The door slides open, revealing a small chamber. There are shields on the walls and a rack of weapons as well as one shield on a rack on the floor. Freyr: What is this…? Kross: Odd, huh? I came here to escape the constant fighting, but I've hidden these here. I… I'm a coward… Freyr: No, you're not! All these weapons have Retornen cast on them, right? I've heard that Retornen is a magic created with the firm conviction not to hurt any one. I don't consider some one who only has such weapons a coward. Kross: Freyr… heh… You are a strange young man. You're managed to melt even my hardened heart… I think I finally understand why every one in town speaks so highly of you. Thank you, Freyr… I won't hide anything anymore. I'll also leave this room open at all times. This is a sign of the trust I have in you… Brodik's House Revealed From Kross' House, Freyr went directly to Brodik's house. The door, always locked previously, swung open instantly. The interior was quite barren. A single plate had been left on the table. Another broken plate lay on the floor below it. While looking at Brodik's bed, Freyr thought to himself: Freyr: I wonder how Brodik's doing… !! Hm? What are all these books doing under the bed? They all look the same. Let's see… 'Golem Assembler Weekly'… This is not quite the end of Brodik, however. He will return on an annual basis for a friendly rematch. Nolan Birthday: 8 Spring Most Favourite Gift: Wine Loves: Strawberry Most Detested Item: Squid For Wine: Thank you. I really wanted this.

For Wine on his birthday: Wine! Thank you! Today is my birthday, and to receive this gift on my birthday… I do not know how to thank you. Nolan: When spring comes, that sweet fragrance of the strawberries tells me that the seaon has officially begun. I suppose that was a bit cheesy… I just love strawberries. That pulpy texture they have is just so wonderful. Nolan: There was a time that I had food poisoning after eating squid… After that, I just cannot eat squid. It certainly is embarrassing to it. About his Birthday: Nolan: My birthday? Hm… I wonder when it was. We tend to get forgetful when we age. Nolan: My birthday? Let's see… I think it was…Yes, I ! I believe it is on the 8th of Spring. Official Description: A frequent patron of the bathhouse. Loves bathhouses and cats. At your first meeting, he will give you Tomato Juice but do not infer that he will appreciate Tomato Juice as a gift from this. He really appears to crave only Wine as a drink but will speak often of another favourite gift in the form of a Strawberry. Nolan is a pivotal character in Melody's Event at 10 Hearts. Nolan's Dialogues At 2 Friendship, Nolan will tell you a little about himself. Freyr: You're always coming to Melody's bathhouse. Nolan: Yes. I love hot springs. Now that my son has ascended the throne, I am traveling to the hot springs around the world. Going into baths at this time is great. Taking it easy here in the morning is priceless. Freyr: Is that so? I didn't know Melody's bathhouse was so great. Nolan: It is so. It may be that true happiness can be found in everyday things. The owner of this bathhouse must really love baths. Nolan: Excuse me. My nose always twitches in the spring. In my country, the flowers bloom beautifully during this season. I hope you can come view it when you get the chance, Freyr. Nolan: The weather is very pleasant. A nice bath after working under the sun the whole day must feel very rewarding. Nolan: it's nice to cool off like this and then take a hot bath. Nolan: Hot springs are very nice. Not only do they warm your body, they warm your soul as well. Freyr: You seem to come to this village form outside every day, Nolan. Nolan: yes. I live in a small mansion a bit far from here. I have a vassal take me here by carriage every day. Freyr: A vassal? Nolan: Oh, er.. well… No, I come here on my own every day. Freyr: (I wonder what Nolan does for a living…) Note: This dialogue occurred for the first time AFTER Melody's Event, so Freyr actually knew very well what Nolan 'does for a living…'! Nolan's Tales When Friendship Points reach specific totals, Nolan will tell you stories and

ask you to choose the ending. a gift.

At the same time, he will give you an item as

Nolan's 1st Event and 1st Tale Nolen: Hot springs are so nice…Don't you think so, young man? Me: Yes. Nolan: I think that you and I will get along fine. My name is Nolan. I am traveling around sampling hot springs all over. Where did you come from? Freyr: Nice to meet you. My name is Freyr. I am borrowing a field of this village and making my living here. Nolan: A field, I see. I'm sure the bath feels very nice after a day of work in the fields. This hot spring is very effective on back pain. Please rest here to heal yourself. Freyr: Huh?! No, I… Nolan: Hm? Oh! Oh, you'll have to excuse me for being so rude. I just cannot get out of the habit of speaking about things only from my point of view. I suppose that young people like yourself wouldn't have back pain. I'm sorry. Nolan then told me there was nothing like a drink after a bath and gave me Tomato Juice. Nolan: Oh? It seems Tomato Juice after a bath does not agree with you. This slight bitterness is what makes it good. Freyr: Thank you. Nolan: No need to thank me, but would you do me a favour and listen to what I have to say? By the way, in the country that I am from, there is a funny story relating to strawberries. Freyr: What is it? Nolan: Let's see… You were growing strawberries in your field. You grew so many that you cannot finish them all yourself. Now, then, what do you do with your extra strawberries? You have four options: 1. Put into the shipping box. 2. Give to a girl you like. 3. Turn them into jam. 4. Share with the villagers. That's the story. What would you choose, Freyr? Freyr: I think I would enjoy sharing them with the villagers. Nolen: That's a wonderful choice. It's just like you, Freyr. Freyr: I see… Nolan: Thank you for spending time with me. It was a very interesting chat. Nolan's 2nd Tale At 2 � Friendship approximately: Nolan: Ah… That was a great bath. Freyr… You left so early. It's a sign that you are still young. By the way… There's nothing like a good drink after a bath. Freyr, would you like one, too? You received Grass Juice!

Nolan: Oh? It seems Grass Juice after a bath does not agree with you. This slight bitterness is what makes it good. Freyr: Thank you. Nolan: No need to thank me, but you would do me a favour and listen to what I have to say? There's a story that's become really popular back in my country. Freyr: What kind of story is it? Nolan: It went something like… You fall asleep in a horse carriage when leaving your castle on a trip. When you wake up, you look outside and you see… 1. Castle in the distance. 2. The ccarriage hasn't left yet. 3. Town in the distance. 4. There is nothing around. Freyr, which would you choose? I chose 3. But Freyr said: Freyr: I'd probably choose 2; That my carriage hasn't left yet. Nolan: is that so… Well, well. That's unexpected. Freyr: (I wonder what the result was.) Nolan: Thank you for spending time with me. It was a very interesting chat. Minerva Birthday: 15 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Flop (Failed Dish)* Loves: Chestnuts Most Detested Items: Any Accessory, but especially those attractive to children, such as 'Cat's Ears', 'Whale's Hat' and so on. Minerva will arrive in Trampoli only when Tabatha attains 6 Hearts. Simply walk up the stairway to the upper floor of the Inn to experience her Introduction Event. When you have spoken to her at any point after this Event, her portrait and description will be added to the Relations Page. Official Description: Tabatha's younger sister. Independent and unyielding, unlike Tabatha. *Note that you can make a 'Flop' from any Runey, probably the least valuable ingredient for a Failed Dish. In fact, a Flop increases the value of a Runey in of shipping, as any Flop will ship for 30G while a Runey ships for 2G. Actual Dialogue: Your name was Freyr, right? What are you to Sister, Freyr? Freyr: I don't know how to answer you… Minerva: Oh… Fine, we'll set that aside. It'll only be for a little bit but I hope we'll get along. Freyr: I feel the same way. At the bath at night: What business do you have with a lady like me at a time like this? This village is weird! There aren't any baths at the innor at Bianca's mansion! I want to take a bath in my own room! I wanna I wanna! Hey, Freyr… I really think men who can dig up hot springs are really manly… Don' t you think so, too? Minerva: My birthday is on the 15th of winter. In the nation of elves, you have to give presents to ladies on their birthdays. … I just made this rule up

right now, but I'll tell Sister on you if you break it, Freyr. For Flop: Hey! Is this really edible?! Oh, whatever. *gulp* …?! *gulp gulp gulp gulp gulp* … *phew* Wow… This kind of dish doesn't exist in the nation of elves! Please tell me the next time you make it!! Minerva; Don't you think Anette's necklace is unusual? It's not sold in stores. You know… It's actually made with a fruit that grows only in the forest of the elves. Maybe I should make one, too. I'll go request it after I finish my job with Sister. Freyr: You're not going to make it? Minerva: Well… the only fruit or nuts you can get here are chestnuts… The chestnuts here taste really good, so I always end up eating them when I'm trying to dry them… Minerva: I'm actually really hard to please when it comes to food. It's because I ate a lot of Sister's cooking. Freyr, do you know what kind of dish I like best? Hint: The first dish that Sister made for me. Treat me to your cooking if you think it turned out well. I'll tell you what I think… I also like chestnuts a lot. I can't wait for autumn to come back in the forest of the elves. I get a bit excited when I talk to you, Freyr. I wonder why. Freyr: What do you like, Minerva? Minerva: Sister, of course! Freyr: No… I meant what kind of food do you like… Minerva: What? You're going to give something to me? Hm… I love chestnuts! Also… Since I'm in the nation of humans, I want to eat something I haven't before. Freyr: I see… Minerva; So when are you giving it to me? Today? Tomorrow? I can't wait! Minerva: Sister and Bianca are terrible! They both treat me like a kid! They tried to make me wear the 'Whale Hat' and 'Cat Tail'. I'm not their dress up doll. We're only 2 years apart! Freyr, you better treat me like a lady! Minerva's Schedule 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. in her guest room Monday, Wednesday and Friday: 9.00 a.m. to 5.59 p.m. at Lake Poli Tuesday and Thursday: 9.00 a.m. to noon in Tabatha's bedroom Monday Evening: 6.00 p.m. to 9.59 p.m. at dining table in Mansion Every Night: 10.00 p.m. to 10.59 p.m. at Laga Springs Bathhouse Minerva's Introduction Event She will walk into you, colliding heavily with you before she sees you. Elf Girl: Oh, I'm sorry. But you're getting in the way by standing there. Freyr: I'm sorry! Your character, always anxious to please, literally runs out of the way. The girl walks past you, then turns. Elf Girl: Are you from the village? Freyr: Yes. Elf Girl: Hmm… Say, I know there's a maid called Tabatha in this village. Do you know where she is? Freyr: Yes, she lives in a large mansion nearby. Elf Girl: Oh. Thanks. She walks on for a moment, then turns back once more.

Minerva: I'm Minerva. I'll be staying in this village for awhile. Freyr: I'm Freyr. Minerva: I see. Well, bye, Freyr. Minerva's Letter If you marry Tabatha, Minerva will return briefly to attend the Wedding. If you marry a different Girl, she will send you a letter of congratulation: Congratulations! Hey, it's Minerva! I heard you got married! Congratulations! But I was shocked that it wasn't my sister that you… I mean, never mind. Be a good husband to your new wifey, okay? Or else! Minerva Extraordinary Characters There are a number of characters who either do not live in Trampoli or are not ordinary in other respects. Many never are added to your Relations Page, nor can their Friendship Level increase. Whale Spirit (Laga) Freyr watered the plant to the right of the Clock Tower and it instantly grew into a Beanstalk to the Whale Island. Freyr: Wow! That surprised me! I didn't think it could grow this big. Still… it's so huge. It's like it reaches the heavens… Should I try to climb it? You do it automatically. Freyr: So this is Whale Island… It's a lot bigger than it looked from below… Whale: Ah, a new face… are you an adventurer? I am below you. Nay, perhaps it is better to say I am above you? Freyr: Who's there? Where are you? Whale: Hahaha. My apologies. My mischief was excessive. I am the awareness of the very whale on which you stand. Freyr: Whale… You mean this island? Whale: Correct. I was a mere cluster of rocks when I was gifted with awareness… … by the influence of the Runes and began swimming through the skies. Freyr: Runes? Whale: Runes are collections of spirits. Although Runes are formed by the earth, there are times when Runes affect the earth instead. Adventurer… What is your name? Freyr: I am Freyr. Whale: Freyr, I seek a favour. Although my awareness and body are sustained by Runes, I feel as though the Rune within me grows weak. If the Rune were to ever disappear, my awareness would fade and my journey through the sky would end. This would be of grave danger to those who reside below… Freyr: I understand. I'll search for the answer to your failing Rune. You have my Word. Whale: You have my gratitude. It is not much, but as a sign of thanks, allow me to guide you. Do you see that stone tablet?

It seems to have existed since before I became aware, … and I sense a strong magic from it. It may be of use to you. Freyr: All right. Whale: I have yet more advice. Monsters inhabit the lands beyond here. They may reside here now, but they must return to their own world. Freyr, your weapons are enchanted with 'Retornen' magic. 'Retpornen' is a magic that sends monsters back to their original place. Their home, to which they must return, the 'First Forest'. Freyr, please. Return the monsters lost in this world to their own. I am counting on you, Freyr… Freyr then searched the Stone Tablet: 'The Melody of trust grows within 12 maidens.' I wonder what this means. Something whirled above his head, twelve light points, then vanished. Freyr: What was that just now…? … I guess I should keep moving… Tart Tart is a girl from a distant village who will begin to correspond with you quite early in the game. There are those who note an uncanny resemblance between Tart and Tori from Kardia. In any case, you will receive a number of letters from Tart, and many of these will require a Reply. Tart's Letters Tart's 1st Letter It has been quite a while. It's been quite a while… So much time has ed since you've moved. How are you? Tart My choices now: You got the wrong person. I am doing well. I chose 'I am doing well.' After all, I lost my memory! It is more than possible that I know the girl well… Letter from Tart I'm so happy. I'm glad to hear… you're doing well. We just had a festival here. It was very lively and fun. How are the festivals over there? Tart Needs reply: My choices: It is very lively here, too. There will be a festival soon here, too. Freyr chose: There will be a festival here, too. Looks fun. Did the festival over there end already? I hope to one day you. Now that the festival is over, I am writing… to you while reading a book on this … peaceful night. What do you do at nights usually? Tart Your choices now:

I just sleep. I sometimes read books. I frequent the taverns. I chose: I sometimes read books. Letter from Tart: We're the same! Really? Actually… I like books very much, too. … I guess we're more alike than we thought… I'll be going on a trip soon with a friend… that is very much like me… so I won';t be able to write you for awhile. I'll write again, once I return. Perhaps… one day… you and I could go on a trip … together. Tart Letter from Tart this morning. I'm back. Hello… It has been a while. I have returned from my trip. I haven't traveled in … a while… so it was quite fun. Do you like… traveling? Tart My choices now: I visit the dungeons everyday. I have never traveled. The beach, sometimes… I chose: I visit the dungeons everyday. Letter from Tart today: That's amazing! R… ruins? That is amazing… That is something… I would never be able to do… I'm really into knitting right now. Do you… have any hobbies…? Tart Reply: Fishing Cooking Sleeping. Chose Cooking. Congratulations from Tart When you marry, you will receive a letter of congratulation from Tart: It's been quite a while… It's Torte. I hear you got married… Congratulations. I wanted to attend your wedding as well, but something else came up… so I couldn't. Sorry. I hope you have a wonderful life together. Tart Gelwein Gelwein is a mysterious wizard whose hubris and greed for power resulted in his ejection from the Imperial Magic Academy. Consumed with a desire for revenge against those who spurned him in the past and indeed, against the entire world, Gelwein first bents Iris Noire to his will and then kidnaps Mist. You will encounter Gelwein at a few different points in Rune Factory Frontier and it is Gelwein whom you will be forced to confront in the Era of Disconnect.

1st Encounter with Gelwein When I visited Iris at 10.30 p.m., I experience an event at the door. Freyr: … … Good evening. Guy with glasses: … He walks off. Freyr: … Um… The guy goes up the hill and through the gate. It was 10.43 p.m. Hereinafter, the gates to the Whale's Flank will be unlocked. I entered the Tower to speak to Iris. Freyr: I ed by a man in front of your house. Do you know him? I've never seen him around town before… Iris: Oh, so you met Gelwein. Gelwein is a friend of mine. Freyr: I see. He's not from Trampoli, is he? Iris: I don't really know where he's from, but he comes by from time to time to chat. Gelwein knows so many things, and he tells the most interesting stories. I almost forget the time when I'm talking with him. Freyr: Is that so… He must be a very nice person. Iris; Yes. Very very nice! I used to be so lonely, singing to myself all the time…. But things have become so much better since I met Gelwein. Freyr, you come by as well now, so I'm not lonely at all anymore. Freyr: I didn't know you sing, Iris. Would you mind singing for me some time? Iris: Of course! Freyr: I'll be looking forward to it, then. Iris: There are fields inside Whale Island, too. I wonder who tills them since there are so many monsters here. Iris: Gelwein is a dear friend of mine. Oh… But I think you're just as important to me, Freyr. 2nd

Encounter with Gelwein

A locked door on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins is behind a huge Monster encased in ice. When you walk towards it, you will experience an event that ends in a battle with Iris Noire. Me: Mist! Candy, too! What are you doing here? It's dangerous! Mist: Sorry… It's just that I hear a voice from in here asking for help. Candy: A lot of Spiritis are inside here. I think the Spiurits from Whale Island are in here, too. Me: The Spirits…? And the voice that Mist heard is coming from in here, too…? Does that mean there's really something inside? Me: Darn, it won't open. Mist: It won't open? Mist and I both walk towards the door and it suddenly opens. Mist; It opened… Me: Ahaha… Looks like it did… Canday runs up. Candy: There are so many spirits in here… They sound so… sad… Huge black orb in the centre of this chamber. Me: …!! Whoa… Mist; Oh my… Candy: Wow…

Now you hear the singing voice from the Public Square. Mist: Doyou… hear something…? Candy: I hear something… A melody… A Spirit Melody?! Iris appears in the centre of the pentacle on the floor. It glows. Me: Iris…? No, the atmosphere is slightly different… Mist, is the voice you heard Iris'? Mist: No… I don't think so. The voice I heard was… Me: Runes are… gathering… They gathered here and became this giant Rune… Candy: Just like how I sing to talk to the Spirits, that girl's singing must be calling out to them. You have to stop that girl! If all the Spirits gather here, Whale Island will lose its Rune and fall to the ground! I run forward. Me: Iris, stop! Why are you doing this?! Iris in brown: I have nothing else… This is all I have… Me: What are you talking about?! You're the one that told me you're not lonely anymore! You told me that you'd sing for me someday! A sad melody like that doesn't suit you, Iris! Iris in brown: Who… are you? My melody is… Me: It's me! We used to talk on Whale Island, ?! Did you forget?! Iris: I… don't know you… I have nothing… Me: Iris! Another voice now heard over the wind… What are you doing?! I never told you to stop singing! Gelwein walks forward. Gelwein: There's no one in this world that would ever befriend a worthless fool like you other than me! You want me to cast you out?! You can't live without me! So do as I say and sing, fool! Me: Iris, stop it! Please! Gelwein: Who in the world are you…? You dare enter into this facility without my permission? This is why trash like you… Me: You… I saw you before in front of Iris's house… Iris had nothing but good things to say about you. She called you her 'friend'… How could you?! Gelwein: I knew I ed your face from somewhere… You're the one that visits 'Blanche'. Me: Blanche…? Gelwein: Haha… Hahahaha! I see! You can't tell apart 'Noire' here and 'Blanche' up on that floating island! Let me tell you something. Noire' here and 'Blanche' up on that floating island are two separate entities. Well… I guess it'd be more accurate to say that they're 'separate entities right now'. Me: Wha-What do you… Gelwein: That Iris you met on the floating island is not really Iris. There once was a girl that lived here, who split into two because she wanted some one to talk to. Me: You're telling me… Iris… One girl split… into two?! Gelwein: That's right! Iris is the last of a vampire tribe legendary for being those closest to the Spirits in this world. She alone knows the secret art that controls the Spriitis through song. That art is what gripped me! The two Irises continued to sing from above and below the earth. Their powers are the same, since they wre one person to begin with. By going back and forth between the two Irises, the Spirits brought balance upon this world. This is where I devised a plan. I kep the Iris underground singing while

stopping the Iris above. Of course, as a result, the spirits began gathering underground around the Iris that continued to sing. And behold! The fruits of my labour! This giant Dark Rune! Me: Stop! If you keep doing this, Whale Island will lose all of its Rune power and fall to the ground! Gelwein: Why should I care?! I will have my revenge on the fools that envied my genius and banished me! Me: I can't let you do that! Gelwein: Hmph! You seem to have some skill with a sword, but that won't be enough to defeat me! Me: We'll see about that… Gelwein: What a fool! Then why don't you give it a try! Let's see how you stand up to this! Go. Iris! Wipe out these fools that dare interrupt my plan! Me: Stand back, both of you! ! Mist, I'll leave Candy to your care!! Mist: Okay… Be careful! If Iris does not have a high Heart Level, you will be forced to do battle now. Defeat of Iris Noire You now will engage in combat with Iris Noire, ed by a series of crystal orbs that ring her along the wall of the chamber. You must destroy each of these Orbs before you will have any hope of defeating her. Her own Energy bar will decrease with each Orb that you destroy. You need not confront the Dark Iris personally at all. Simply race from one Orb generator to the next, avoiding the various Attacks that she unleashes upon you. If Iris does have a high Heart Level, however, you will experience a slightly different Event as follows: When Gelwein orders the attack: Iris Blanche: Stop! A moment in the darkness, then: Iris Blanche: Please stop this. You can't do this.' Iris Noire: I have nothing else. This is all I have. Iris Blanche: That's not true. You have me. Freyr will also become your friend. I promise. If you continue down this path you can never return. You will lose everything. This'sn't you, Iris. Come back please!' Gelwein: Blanche, why are you here? Wait, you… I gave your blood to Blanche. No, this can't be! The awareness control will break. Ah aaaaah! Iris Noire now will scream and fall to the ground. Iris Blanche will disappear. The event will continue in the same fashion whether or not you fought Noire. After Iris Noire falls to the ground, Mist and Candy will greet you. Mist: Are you all right? Freyr: I'm fine. How's Iris…? You look towards the pentacle. Freyr: Don't worry. She just fainted. Mist: *phew* That's good… Gelwein's Next Move

Gelwein now walks forward to confront you. Gelwein: Freyr, was it…? You worthless piece of… Freyr (sternly): This is the end. Leave this place. If not… Gelwein: …?! Ha… I get it… It's no wonder my awareness-control was broken so easily. Freyr: …? What are you…?! Gelwein: I never imagined there would be some one with a more powerful song than Iris, here, in a place like this! No matter! I still have the upper hand. Iin fact, this is the perfect chance to solidify my plan! Freyr… I must thanks the likes of you! I'll let Iris go, as you wish. She is of no use to me, now that I have the final ingredient in my hands! Hahahaha!! Dialogue by the Rune Experts As previously on another occasion, you will be privy to a conversation that occurs between two different individuals. As before, you will not see the speakers but simply overhear the dialogue. 1st Voice (red): … The diagnostic results are in. As we thought, the reason behind the Rune dissipations was… 2nd Voice (green): I see. A body that endlessly absorbs Runes since birth… Why did it fail…? Is it sinful for man to create life by his own hands…? But the child has not sinned… I should have been the one to be punished… If we do nothing, all the Runes of the world will be absorbed by this child… … and the world will perish. I must do something. Something… You should be aware by now of the fact that Candy and Cinnamon's parents continue to perform research at the Imperial Magic Academy, the institute where Cinnamon herself studied in the past. Kanno will inform you: Cinnamon and Candy's parents are still doing research at the Imperial Magic Academy. Who are these disembodied Voices? Could the 'child' be Candy herself or is it some one quite different? You now will find yourself in your bed at your farmhouse. Kanno, Lara, Candy and Iris 'Noire' are near the bed. Freyr: Where am I? Lara: You're in your room, Freyr. Do you hurt anywhere? Freyr. No… I'm fine… You now stand. Freyr: What am I doing here…? Then: Freyr: Oh, no! Iris was being controlled and I… Iris Noire: If you're worried about me, I'm fine… Freyr: Iris! You're back to normal! I'm glad… What were you doing in a place like that? Besides that Gelwein guy… Iris Noire: I'm not the Iris from Whale Island… Freyr: Huh…?! Iris Noire: A long time ago, the Iris that lived in this land became so lonely that she split into the Iris on Whale Island and me. Kanno: Hm… So both Miss Iris of Whale Island and Miss Iris of the underground were singing the Spirit Melody. That is why Runes were in equilibrium, and Whale Island could soar in the sky. However, Miss iris of Whale Island

stopped singing while the other Miss Iris continued on due to Gelwein's plots. As a result, all the Runes began gathering underground while the Rune within Whale Island shrunk. Iris Noire: That's my hypothesis anyway. Freyr: Then the danger has ed? Whale Island is safe? I mean, you're here with us and you're not singing. Candy: It's … not that simple… Freyr: What? Why not? Candy: The Spirits are now called below by an even stronger force than before. My song won't reach them… Freyr: How can that be…? Iris isn't singing any more, so… Kanno: There must be a great power we don't know about that is drawing the Spirits to it. Freyr: A great power…? Kanno: I daresay that this has something to do with Miss Mist going missing. Freyr: Mist is… missing? Lara: She disappeared when that whole fiasco ended, and we can't find her… Freyr: What?! She might still be in that room! We have to go save… Kanno: That room has been sealed by magic and cannot be breached. Freyr: No way… Then Mist is… Iris Noire: I'm so sorry… It's all my fault… Freyr: No, Iris. You were being controlled. You didn't do anything wrong. Besides, I'm sure that Mist is totally fine. So… don't blame yourself like that. Iris Noire: Freyr… Freyr, I want you to take me to where the other Iris is. If both of us work together, we may be able to bring the Spirits back to Whale Island. Magic cannot be used without Runes, so if we bring back the Runes, we may be able to weaken the magic seal on that room. Kanno: Then I'll look into this Gelwein fellow. Lara: Freyr, just don't do anything rash, okay? You now automatically will journey with Iris Noire to the Tower of Rest at the Whale's Fin and witness the reunion of 'Blanche' and 'Noire'. 1st Iris: I understand what you're trying to do. I never dreamed that Gelwein would do something so… … I'll believe in you. 2nd Iris: We will sing together. If we can bring back the Spirits that went underground, Whale Island won't fall. Freyr: We'll all be counting on you. You now find yourself on your Homestead, walking towards your Farmhouse. It is 10.00 a.m. on the morning after you confronted Iris Noire in the Snow Ruins. If, therefore, you have unfinished business, make certain to complete it BEFORE you initiate the confrontation with Iris Noire. Gelwein and Grimoire of Time Kanno: I've found out some things about Gelwein. Me: Really?! Kanno: Yes. Apparently he worked for the Imperial Magic Research Centre in the Kingdom of Norad.

Me: Imperial Magic…? That's where you and Cinnamon used to work, right? Kanno: No! We were at the Imperial Magic Academy! Don't you ever compare our Majesty's personal facility to thos bumpkins! Freyr: S-sorry… Kanno: Anyway, they were researching for a way to utilise Runes effectively. Gelwein's reputation there was most terrible, but apparently his skill was top-notch. Of course, his skill is nowhere near mine or Cinnamon's. Hohoho. Freyr: Okay… Kanno: it seems as time went on, Gelwein began to devote himself to a particular area of research. Freyr: What was he researching? Kanno: Military use of Runes. In other words, immoral experimentation that sought to use Runes for war. Freyr: That can't be right… Using Runes for warfare is supposed to be forbidden in the Kingdom of Norad. Kanno: Yes, it still is. That's why the monarchy cut off funding the research and the facility fired him. Now Gelwein is here, in Trampoli. Freyr: Do you think he's trying to continue his research? Kanno: I doubt it's that simple. According to his past co-workers from the facility, Gelwein apparently swore revenge on the monarchy and the research centre that kicked him out. He's most likely trying to use his research to use Runes as weapons against the Kingdom of Norad. Freyr: We need to stop him, now! Kanno: We don't have much time. Hurry, Freyr! There is a hole in the ground now in front of the tombstones to the right of the Church.. Candy stands there alone. Me: What's wrong? Candy: Oh, Freyr! Marco, he… He went in there! I found a hole while I was chasing after Spirits, … and I dropped the doll I got from my sister in it by accident. So Marco said he'd get it for me and went inside… He hasn't come out for a long time… Could you please help Marco? Me: Okay. I'll bring Marco back, so you just sit tight, all right? Don't worry. I'll bring him back safe and sound, so trust me. Trust Marco. Candy; Okay… Thank you so much! Walk towards the hole and you will find yourself automatically in the Snow Ruins. Simply walk a step or two to experience an event with Marco. Marco: Hey! Hey, Freyr! Help me! The ceiling suddenly collapsed on me, and now I can't get out! I would have been able to break through it if I had a hammer, but my mom said I'm too young and wouldn't let me take one… Simply smash the ice with your hammer. Marco drops something as he moves towards you. Marco: Thanks. I was getting kinda scared thinking maybe I'd never get out… Oh, yeah, You can't tell my mom about this, okay…? It's a secret, okay? He rushes off. Pick up the 'Little Doll' now. Little Doll: 0G Candy's treasure. She received it from her sister in the past and she still takes good care of it. If you walk forward, you will find yourself in the circular chamber with the pentacle. Freyr: It's… gotten bigger than before…

Gelwein walks forward out of the darkness to greet you. Gelwein: I guess I should say, 'Welcome.' I don't particularly like you, but I must it, it's a bit lonely welcoming the beginning of a new era without an audience. Me: Stop what you're doing! The island will fall and cause a terrible disaster! Gelwein: and your point is? Me: What… did you say? Gelwein: A town or two disappearing is none of my concern. IN fact, it's like the cornerstone of my plan. You should be thanking me. Behold! This giant and ominous cluster of Runes! Me: …! That's …!!! Mist! Gelwein: I have never before seen some one so in touch with the Spirits. Even the powers of the vampire tribe pale in comparison to this one. Her inner voice is practically screaming for the help of the Spirits. They respond in droves, making this Rune swell with Spirits. Its power is enormous. It's enough to completely control the beign that could end the world… Me: What have you done to Mist?! Gelwein: Nothing, really. Just causing a little pain so she'll subconsciously call out for help. A little… unbearable pain… Me: Why you… I own't let you continue! I move forward. A scream from Mist and I am thrown backward. Me: Ugh…! Gelwein: Too bad. You're a bit too late. My plan is progressing flawlessly. With this girl, this giant Rune and magical creatures, I can destroy the world! The world that rejected me! Me: Wa-wait… Mist is in the centre of the pentacle, swept upward and she and Gelwein vanish. Me: Mist… I'm… sory I … couldn't … do… anything… Go to the centre of the pentacle and collect the book there. Grimoire of Time Me: Is this… a book…? The letters… they're floating…! The book opens: Pray to heaven with a song as the winds caress me. Send a prayer up to the light so that it might help me see. Searching thorugh my memories, memories, my memories for you. Me: I wonder what this means… What's this on the back…? I can't read it. Maybe Kanno can. Grimoire of Time: 0G A book found in the Rune Storage. It is comprised of poems written in an unintelligible script. I hand the book to Kanno. Me: Kanno, I… Kanno: You weren't able to stop Gelwein. I can tell. It's written on your face. Me: Yeah… He disappeared right in front of me. Again: Yeah… He disappeared right in front of me. Kanno: Hm… This book is quite old… Me: Can you read it? Kanno: It's written in an ancient incantation language. This will take some

time to decipher. Freyr, will you lend me this book for awhile? My choices: Sure. I don't know… Me: Of course. Take as much time as you need. Candy is at the beach with Marco. Candy: Thank you for saving Marco. Candy: The spirits are begin drawn underground. What should I do…? Give her the doll… she won't ask for it herself. Candy: Thank you! This is a precious doll I got from Sis. Now an event occurs with special music. Candy; Let me tell you a secret. I… love… you! Marco: What?! Candy: Just because I can sing the Spirit Song, the Spirits don't always listen. Sometimes the Spirits are friends with some one and they will only listen to that person. I've never met any one else that could be friends with the Spirits so I feel like I'm all alone… Marco: It's okay. I'll always be with you, Candy! Candy: Thanks, Marco… Gelwein and the Era of Disconnect When you have gathered all 12 Crystal Flowers from the maidens of Trampoli and place the last one on the Pedestal, you will experience an Event: Me: This is all of them… Nothing's happening… Kanno: What?! He walks forward. Kanno: There are only 11 Crystals presented to the pedestal. Freyr, are you sure you received the Crystals from 12 maidens? Me: Yes. Positive. Kanno: Hm… That would mean, of the 12 maidens, you were only able to get 11 varieties of Crystals. Does this mean two of the maidens grew the same Crystals…? How is that possible…? Me: What do you mean? Kanno: A Crystal Flower is in the shape of the caretaker's soul. Meaning, no two people can grow the same type of Crystal. The fact that you got 11 varieties from 12 people would mean… either one person grew two, or something else I can't explain… Freyr: Oh! Kanno: What is it, Freyr?! Freyr: So you're saying that if the same person grows more than one, they'll all be the same, right? Right. Freyr: It's Iris! The two Irises were originally one and the same! Kanno: Ah! Of course! Freyr: Well, then the solution is simple. I'll just have one more person grow one… like Candy. Kanno: That… is not possible… Freyr: What! Why not?! Kanno: There aren't any seeds left. Even if we were to look for more, I don't know how long that would take… Freyr: That can't be… Man…! He then begins to race down the steps.

Kanno: Where are you going, Freyr?! Freyr: I can't just give up like this! There has to be something, some way to figure this out! Kanno: Freyr… If I speak to him afterwards, he acts as though nothing has occurred. Kanno: I wake up here, eat, then do research… This is the perfect life for me. But then: We are out of 'Crystal Flower Seeds'. What are we supposed to do? If you go to Mist's house now, you will see a white flower growing in the pot that she tended so lovingly. Walk towards it to experience an event. Freyr: Hey, it's the flower Mist was growing… Huh…? Th-this is… You got Aries Flower! Aries Flower; Crystal Flower grown by Mist after fidning a seed. It has a diamond flower. Place the flower on the pedestal to initiate an Event. Kanno will be standing there watching. Candy then will enter and walk towards you. Candy: Grandpa! The Spirits are restless! Did something happen? Kanno: Oh, Candy… We tried placing Crystal Flowers on this pedestal, but nothing is happening except this melody. Candy: This kinda sounds like the Spirit Melody… Hold on a sec! The Spirits are trying to say something! Uh-huh… Oh… Grandpa! Let me see that book Freyr found! She begins to sing. Candy will sing a lovely song and as she does, a rainbow orb will appear in the centre of the pedestal. 'Pray to heaven with our song, as the winds caress me; Send a prayer up to the light so that it may help me see. Searching through my memories: Memories, my memories for you… For you. I have come this far having lost everything, Hope of finding you; But I swear no matter what I've had to face, You've never left my heart: There are sweet memories, They live all around us. How can you not believe in our love? My full heart belongs to you, My life your love leads. I've always stood next to you in your time of need. Embraced by the warmth of your gentle gaze I've given you my love. I look for you now in my memories: Heart never mending, love never ending: Pray to heaven with our song…' Kanno: Ah…! So this was the poem the book was talking about! Kanno: But I've never heard of any poem that was sung with the Spirit Melody… Candy: I guess the Spirits oringally had words they sang to the Spirit Melody. They were just forgotten over time until no one ed…

Freyr: I wonder why it suddenly resurfaced now. Candy: It's to help Mist… I think… The Spirits want to help save Mist! Kanno: Well then, we must not keep the Spirits waiting. Touch the pedestal. You should be able to travel to the other world where Mist is. Be sure to there is a fearful magical creature that awaits you there. It's not too late even after you've made preparations. If you touch the pedestal: Freyr: I may not be able to return for awhile once I cross over… Your choices now: I need more time. I'm ready. Let's do this! I should be fine. Let's do this! Don't come near me. I can't do this anmymore. Please. Run away… Freyr: You're … from my dream… Gelwein: welcome, Freyr. I knew you'd be able to make it here. Freyr turning: …!! Gelwein: Behold, this hideous monster! This here is a magical creature created by amateurish researchers with the power of Spirits. On top of their incompetence, it had an uncontrollable trait of endlessly absorbing Runes, so it was abandoned here. For such inept fools, this was the only thing they could do. That's where I come in. At first I used Iris, then Mist, to continuously feed him with Runes filled with negative emotions over the years. It was so exciting watching this creature turn into a hidous monster while so loyally waiting for his masters! He's at his limit now though. He will soon lose control of his mind. Once that happens, he'll absorb all the Runes around him and become a complete embodiment of destruction! This is how I will destroy the world, the very fools that dared reject my genius! Freyr: I won't let that happen! Gelwein; Why don't you speak such nonsense after you've defeated that! Me: ..!!! Incoming! The creature rears and then attacks… Your maniacal plots… END HERE! Gelwein simply laughs: MUAHAHAHAH! Gelwein: This is it… This is what I've been waiting for! He raises his hand and Mist appears above him in the heavens, encased in a Dark Rune. Freyr: Mist! Release Mist! Gelwein, still holding Mist aloft with his magical power: Why don't you make me! Freyr: No need to tell me twice…!! Balls of white fire surround him, then he mutates into a centaur-like creature that resembles the Dog you defeated with Gelwein upon it. Such magnificence… I never imaghined it would amount to this much… Freyr: What… is this? This monstrosity…? Gelwein: it's a combination of a giant Rune and the awareness-control I used to manipulate Iris… In order to place this rebellious magical creature completely under my sway, I had to first get rid of his own will, but thanks to you, that became much easier. If it weren't for you, I wouldn't be able to destroy the world! Me: What… Gelwein: For your great service to my dream… You'll have the honour of dying first!

Freyr: Gelwein!! You've caused enough suffering with your selfish games… You, I will never… EVER forgive! Gelwein: With this rune I …AM A GOD! You will never win!!! Freyr: I … hear something… A song?! You now see Candy standing atop the giant Dark Rune that encloses Mist. Candy: Freyr! Freyr: Candy?! What are you… Why are you here?! Candy: We asked the Spirits to bring our forms and song voice here. Cinnamon: You can't win without first releasing the Dark Rune from under Gelwein's control. Iris Noire: If we all sing together, our thoughts should be able to reach the Dark Rune Gelwein took by force. Eunice: That's why we're all going to sing the Spirit Melody together! Freyr: You guys… Selphy: Hey! I'm here to help, too! Although, to be honest, singing isn't my forte! Melody: I'll be helping too, so we should be able to take care of a guy like him. No sweat! Uzuki: Well, this is the one time I can't ask for Tsubute's aid… Because he's … tone-deaf. Bianca: I came all the way here to sing for you. You'd better make it worth my while and take care of that low life. Tabatha: If at all possible, please save that monster along with the Spirits. Anette: I'll deliver a song instead of mail, today. It's a mailman's job to deliver anything if necessary!! Lara: I'll take care of your injuries, but please, be safe…! Rosetta (with thunder and cross hurt): Hey Mist! It's not like you to be captured like this! Every one's … um… worried! Iris: May our songs be carried. Oh, Spirits! Awaken from your sorrows! As the girls sing, the Dark Rune that surrounds Mist is transformed to Light and she awakens. Mist: Oh… Hello, every one… Is there a festival today? Freyr: What are you talking about?! Every one's here because of you! Mist (with floating hearts): Oh, is that so. Then I guess that makes today 'Mist Festival.' Freyr: … Mist… Mist: Haha. I'm kidding… Freyr: … Mist: The Spirits told me about what's going on. Don't worry about me. Give 'em all you got! I'll you. Gelwein in mutation still raises a hand. Gelwein: Fools! Even without the Rune, you're no match for this body of mine! Freyr: Every one, help me out! You now will be obliged to defeat Gelwein completely. He should be near extinction when the Girls with their Spirit Melody. Stay on your feet, be watchful of your HP and RP and he should be defeated quickly. When you defeat Gelwein, he and the Dog will split once again and Gelwein, in his former human form, will be on the ground. The Dog will stand next to him, freed now from his influence. Defeated, Gelwein cries: No… Impossible! My plan… My plan…!

Freyr: I couldn't have beaten you alone… You despised every one around you and wanted revenge. I, on the other hand, fought together with every one around me... Gelwein: You're telling me that's why I lost…? A miscalculation… on my part…? Not …possibl… Ugh…!! Dog: I've caused all of you such trouble. I'm sorry. Freyr: You weren't yourself. You don't need to apologise. Dog: Thank you. Freyr now turns to Mist. Freyr: … Mist… We should get going. Every one's waiting. Mist: Right. Oh yeah! She walks towards the Dog, then goes down on one knee to speak to him. Mist: Mr. Dog, why don't you come with us? It'll be fun. Dog: Thank you, but I'd be more trouble than fun if I were to cross over. Mist: You're talking about the power that absorbs all Runes, right? I'll just tell the Spirits to be careful next time in my dream, so don't worry. Dog: Um… is such a thing really possible? Mist: I'm pretty sure it'll be okay. Dog: Th-thank you. But… I'll stay here. Because I… Even I have a family… Freyr: Oh yeah. The people in this world see you as… A flurry of white flower petals now rise from the ground of the Tower in the Era of Disconnect. Mist turns to face Freyr. Mist: Let's get going. I'm sure every one's waiting. Freyr: Ah, right. He turns to face the Dog. Freyr: Well, we're gonna get going now. Take care… Dog: You too… The Credits now roll, after which: The End. Of course, it is not the end of the game by any means. After the End is declared, you see your character returning from the Church District. He walks slowly to the door of his farmhouse, weapon still in hand. You now regain control. No time has elapsed since you first entered the portal to the Era of Disconnect.

Rune Factory: Frontier - Courtship and Marriage FAQ/guide Rune Factory Frontier Courtship and Marriage Guide By Freyashawk Email: Castleenchanted · aol Created on 16 June 2009 Last updated on 11 August 2009 Note: This is a work in progress.

Table of Contents Introduction Friendship and Courtship Strategies in Courtship Letters and Requests Birthdays in Rune Factory Frontier Comprehensive Calendar Crops, Constellations, Festivals and Birthdays Rites of Courtship Heart Levels and Events Organising Dates with Eligible Girls Dangers of 'Two-Timing' a Girl Happiness 101: Wedding Bouquet Event and Recipe Courtship and Family Accessories Cute Bathing Suit and Amazing Bathing Suit Social Gathering Spots Eligible Girls and their Events Mist Rosetta Lara Bianca Tabatha Eunice Cinnamon Anette Selphy Uzuki Selphy Iris Blanche Iris Noire Introduction A Courtship and Marriage Guide is one of the specialised guides I create for any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game with the option to marry and have a child. Rune Factory is a little different from Harvest Moon with respect to Courtship as each Eligible Girl has specific Marriage Requirements apart from the General Requirements shared by all Eligible Girls. This Guide deals both with the General Marriage Requirements and the specific Requirements for each Eligible Girl. As each Eligible Girl has a section devoted entirely to her, the specific Marriage Requirements as well as the actual text of her Events, will be found in her section. Nothing in Harvest Moon or Rune Factory exists in vacuo. Without a good understanding of every aspect of life, your character will find it difficult to succeed. All aspects of the game are covered in my Rune Factory Frontier General Guide, my 1st Year Walkthrough and my 2nd Year Walkthrough at: Rune Factory Frontier 1st Year Walkthrough: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/965/965041p1.html Rune Factory Frontier 2nd Year Walkthrough: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/986/986092p1.html

Rune Factory Frontier General Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/984/984569p1.html All Recipes can be found in my Cookbook Recipes Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html A 'Characters Guide' that devotes itself to EVERY character in the game can be found at: Rune Factory Characters Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/977/977486p1.html You will find that some of the elements of the Courtship and Marriage Guide can be found in the Characters Guide as each Eligible Girls IS a Character like any other in many respects, especially if you have no intention of making her your spouse. Nonetheless, I feel it always is useful to create a Guide specifically devoted to Courtship and Marriage, as for many players, this aspect of the game is more important even than farming or combat! Friendship and Courtship As always in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, relationships with other people are as important as farming. Characters are divided between those eligible for marriage and those who can become no more than friends. For any character who is eligible for marriage, there will be two separate gauges of your relationship: Love and Friendship. Love is designated by hearts and Friendship is designated by yellow 'smiley faces'. Each individual responds differently to the same actions or gifts. In many cases, you can raise Friendship and/or Love through specific actions as well as conversation and gifts of 'Most Favourite' items. An item which is liked by an individual and given specifically on his/her birthday as a birthday gift will raise Friendship/Love levels as well. Actions that can raise Love and Friendship include patronising a character's business if he/she is a merchant, exploration of dungeons, increase in Skills and in the case of Tabatha, friendship with Monsters. The most important act always is regular dialogue with the individual. If you meet and greet every one daily, you will find that Friendship and Love levels increase at a decent pace, even if you seldom or never are able to give a 'Most Favourite' item as a gift early in the game. In fact, there is one Eligible Girl who is more impressed with regular conversation than any Gift you can present to her. Bianca, who has enough money to buy the planet if she pleased only is impressed by regular social interactions. In typical Bianca fashion, she will attempt to persuade you that nothing will impress her: Bianca: Just because you keep talking to me doesn't mean I'll grow to like you. No matter what you do, you'll never be more important to me than

Francoise. Although one cannot gauge the true measure of Francoise's value in Bianca's universe, regular dialogue with her most definitely DOES raise both her Love and Friendship Levels. Gift-giving, however, is one of the foundations of social interaction in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game. Mist, your guide to basic life in Trampoli , at Four Hearts will tell you: Mist: When you give things that the villagers like, they will be thrilled. That is the quickest way to make friends with them. By the way, I like Turnips and Emery Flowers. Does it seem like I'm hinting too strongly for you to give me some? At 3 Hearts, she will give you sound advice about negative gifts: Mist: Oh, right. Even if you give a gift, if it's something they hate, it'll have the reverse effect, so be careful. By the way, I hate Pickled Turnips. Vinegar is just too sour for me. There are point values for items as gifts in of Love, even if you cannot see the point totals. There are the classical 'Most Favourite Gifts' worth +9 LP. There are ordinary preferred items worth +3 LP and there are the detested items that will reduce LP by 3 points, worth -3 LP. The Most Detested Item reduces LP by 9 points. There are similar categories of items in of their Friendship values. There are items that are worth +9 FP, +3 FP and items, disliked, that will lower Friendship, worth -3 FP. The Most Detested Item has a value of -9 points. A second gift of the same item, as in HM DS/Cute DS and other Harvest Moon games, has a small point value compared to the first gift. A 'Most Favourite' with a 9 point value as a first gift, has only a 3 point value as a second. A regular 'favoured' item with a 3 point value as a first gift has only a 1 point value as a second. Any Items, neither particularly loved nor hated, worth only one point as a first gift have NO value as a second. Note that where Eligible Girls are concerned, with the exception of Iris, a second gift of any kind has only FP value and no LP value. In other words, you can raise Friendship but not Love with multiple gifts. There is one Most Detested Item, an Item of Horror that will lower Friendship by 9 points. Certainly in Erik's case, the Detested Turnip elicits a far more violent response than the Disliked Chocolate or Jam. Each of the Eligible Girls will confide an item that she particularly detests. That item, when given, can lower her Friendship and Love almost by a full level! As a second or subsequent gift, that 'Most Detested Item' is worth -3 Points. Many of the Eligible Girls have a shop or business. You can buy items from Selphy, Lara and Rosetta to boost their heart levels. Use the bath daily to increase Melody's heart level. Generally speaking, the first gift of the day has the greatest effect whether to increase or decrease Love and Friendship levels. Subsequent gifts, in the case of an Eligible Girl, only affect Friendship, with the exception of Iris. Players have been able to boost Iris' Heart Level in a single day with multiple gifts of Tomato Juice but repeated Most Favourites ordinarily will not increase the Heart Levels of the other Eligible Girls beyond the first gift.

Each of the Constellations in the night sky is connected to a specific Eligible Girl. See the section relating to Constellations and Eligible Girls for more details. Gift Totals There is a limit to the number of Birthday Gifts you can offer on any character's Birthday. Only one Gift will be accepted happily. If you attempt to give another, the individual will refuse it verbally although the item then will disappear from your inventory. On any other day, however, there is no limit to the number of gifts you can give and you can boost any character's Friendship level with multiple gifts of 'Most Favourite Items' on a single day. The first gift is worth far more than any subsequent gift, however. The actual response to a true Most Favourite Gift is a little different from the response to any other item. Note that Love Levels or true 'Heart Levels' are affected only by the FIRST Gift in any given day except in the case of Iris Blanche and Noire. Subsequent gifts boost only Friendship Levels in most cases. In this, Rune Factory Frontier follows the general rule in Harvest Moon where gift-giving and Heart Levels are concerned. Letters and Requests Rune Factory Frontier, like Magical Melody, Island of Happiness and Tree of Tranquility, is a game where Characters arrive and sometimes depart either according to predetermined schedules or based on your character's actions. You therefore will not meet even all Eligible Girls at the start of Spring when the game begins in Trampoli. The earliest possible arrival date for each Character is given in the section devoted to each Eligible Girl. Although Requests are not as numerous as in Rune Factory 2 and do not occupy a central position in RF Frontier, accepting them is vital in many circumstances as fulfillment of the Request may unlock a new option. It is the delivery of the Bamboo Shoot that Stella gives to you almost immediately after you move into your Farmhouse that will allow you to meet most of the owners of shops and businesses in the space of a single day. If you do not speak to Stella in order to experience the Request, you will find the doors of all shops locked. Another Request that occurs in the first week is Stella's request that you visit Mist, who has become ill. Only if you visit Mist and become susceptible to her cold will you collapse the next morning, bringing Lara to your rescue and cause her to decide to live in the village. These are but two examples of Requests that need to be completed. All Requests and Letters will be included in this Guide in the sections that deal with each individual.

Other Requests will be made through Letters. Both Mist and Erik will request a Turnip in a Letter that will be delivered to your house. Make certain that you read your letters on a regular basis. You will not be able to respond to them by writing freelance letters as you would in a game like Animal Crossing. There are specific Responses that can be made depending on the nature of the Letter you yourself receive. For example, when a Letter Requests an item, such as the Turnip requested in both Mist's and Erik's letters, you will respond simply by giving a Turnip to Anette, the postal carrier and one of the Eligible Girls. All Letters and other Requests will be included in the specific Character section for each Eligible Girl. Some Letters are delivered according to specific Calendar dates but others follow Heart Level increases. In fact, 'Request' Letters appear to follow a natural progression, based both on fulfillment of the Request and Heart Level. When you complete a Letter Request for a character with maximum Love/Friendship, you usually will receive the next Request almost immediately. If, however, Heart Level is not at maximum, you will not receive the next Request in any series until the Heart/Friendship Level is raised. Cases in point are Melody's Requests for Grasses and Bianca's Requests for Cooked Dishes. Another case is Ganesha's series of Requests for ingredients that culminates in the gift of Tyrfing. N.B. Do not assume that an Item that is the subject of an individual's Request is one that he/she actually would like to receive as a gift. In more than one case, the item requested actually is a Most Detested Gift! For example, Eunice makes a Request for a Fish and Erik makes a Request for a Turnip. These are Most Detested Items for the individuals in question. Always give the Requested Item to Anette for Delivery rather than attempting to make the delivery yourself. Types of Letters There are three different types of Letters in Rune Factory Frontier. Each is designated by a different colour of envelope. Pink Letters are Greetings. These require no response and in fact, you cannot respond to them. Announcements from shop owners, general information by individuals such as Kanno and Festival Day Greetings fall into this Category. The largest number of Letters are Greetings. Green Letters are RSVP Letters. Each of these requires an instant Response. You will be given a choice of two or three pre-written Responses. You will not have an option to delay your Response to any RSVP Letter. Blue Letters are Requests. A specific item will be requested in these Letters. You must give the designated item to Anette to complete the Request. With any Request, you need not respond instantly with the Item, but you will be given a reminder by the game each time you speak to Anette until you do give her the Requested Item for delivery! Request Letters, as previously explained, usually follow Heart Level increases as well as completion of any previous Request. All Letters that are delivered will be placed on your Table. By pressing 'A', you will see all the Letters you ever received and will be able to refer to them again at any point in time.

Birthdays in Rune Factory Frontier In Rune Factory 2, there was a special unique designated Birthday Gift for each individual. This is not the case in Rune Factory Frontier, making it easy to acknowledge every character's birthday with a simple gift of an item he/she likes. Individuals tend to confess their birthdays at 4 FP. This was the case in Rune Factory 2 as well. There is a slight difference in Rune Factory Frontier from other Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games in of dialogue. In previous games, once an individual reached a new heart level, dialogue would change. In Rune Factory Frontier, although you will obtain NEW dialogue with each heart level increase, the dialogue from previous levels still will be available randomly. In other words, in Rune Factory Frontier, you will hear the same dialogue from characters randomly throughout the game but each new heart level will bring new dialogues as well. You therefore may need to speak to a character again and again when a new Friendship or Heart Level is reached before the new dialogue will surface. Characters who lived in Kardia originally have the same birthdays and generally keep the same likes and dislikes as they had in the original Rune Factory. With respect to any character who is new to Rune Factory, you can discover his/her birthday through conversation or a gift. As Friendship/Love levels increase, characters will confide in you, telling you of their likes and dislikes and will disclose their birthdays as well. If you give a character an item he/she likes on the day of his/her birthday, the character usually will recognise it as a birthday gift. The date then will appear on your Calendar with a portrait of the individual. . When the character reaches approximately 4 Hearts/Friendship, he/she will confide the date of his/her birthday. The Birthday then will be added to the Calendar with the portrait even if you have not 'celebrated' it yet with a gift. A character usually will confess a disliked item at 3 FP and his/her birthday at approximately 4 FP. As you raise Friendship and Heart Levels for any Character, he/she will confide in you. You will be told an item that the character particularly likes, one that he/she particularly detests and finally, the date of his/her birthday. Gossip is rife in the small village of Trampoli and you may discover interesting or important details about specific characters from other characters in the game. At 4 Friendship, Candy will tell you her birthday and that of her sister. On 29 Winter, she will tell you that it is Marco's Birthday. Heart Events or an Eligible Girl's Story Dedicated players of Harvest Moon will be familiar with the concept of Heart Events. In many Harvest Moon games, there is a set number of Heart Events that must be experienced for each Eligible Girl/Bachelor before you can propose marriage successfully. Experiencing all of a prospective spouse's Heart Events is one of the requirements for Marriage. The House Expansion

that allows the purchase of the Double Bed required to experience connubial bliss is another. A further Requirement may be the purchase or acquisition of the special item traditionally associated with marriage proposals. In Harvest Moon, this item is the Blue Feather. Rune Factory has its own unique rules where marriage is concerned although some of the classical requirements, such as the purchase of a Double Bed or 'Big Bed' always is included. In the original Rune Factory, each Eligible Girl had unique Requirements for marriage. In Rune Factory 2, the primary Requirement in of 'Events' was the completion of every Request Event. In fact, Requests were the triggers for almost all Events in Rune Factory 2, although the number of Requests varied from character to character. In Rune Factory Frontier, each Eligible Girl has her own 'Story' and completion of that Story is one of the requirements for marriage. In fact, in some cases, you cannot ask a Girl on a Date until you have completed her Story. In other cases, you can take a Girl on a Date while her Story remains unfinished but she will reject your Marriage Proposal. It is safe to state, therefore, that until you have completed an Eligible Girl's unique Story, you will not be able to marry her. This Guide includes the specific 'Story' Events for each of the Eligible Girls. In the case of Mist and Iris, completion of the Main Plot in the form of the defeat of Gelwein is an integral part of the personal 'Story' of each. Rites of Courtship Story Events As in many Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, all characters have a Friendship Level but only Eligible Girls have both a Friendship and a Heart/Love Level. It is the Heart Level/Love Level that determines the progress of your Courtship with any Eligible Girl. You can court more than one of the Girls and indeed, it is desirable to raise the Heart Levels of all Eligible Girls before you actually marry one, as you then will experience more Events. As described in the previous section, in Rune Factory Frontier, each Eligible Girl has a 'story' and the story occurs or is disclosed by the means of special Events determined by Heart Level. As Heart Levels increase, you will be able to initiate a dialogue that causes a significant change in the Girl's life or 'story'. Each Girl has her own unique 'story' Events that can be compared with 'Heart Events' in other Rune Factory or Harvest Moon games. Unlike other games, however, each Girl's Events are unique not only at the point in which they can be triggered but in number as well. Any generalisation in Rune Factory Frontier must be qualified to some extent. For example, at 4 Hearts, you can initiate a significant dialogue with Eunice that can change her life completely. Does this dialogue constitute a true Heart Event? It may, but your response does not determine your future ability to marry Eunice. Whether or not you encourage her to lose weight is YOUR choice.

Pivotal Events can be initiated at a lower or higher Heart Level in the case of other Eligible Girls. At 2 or 3 Hearts, you can initiate Events that result in Tsubute's departure. It is at 6 Hearts, on the other hand, that the most significant Event in Tabatha's life, in the form of the visit of her younger sister is initiated. Sometimes it may be difficult for a player to pinpoint the dialogue that triggers the next Event in an Eligible Girl's Story. Although the actual Event should be easy to recognise, the little dialogue that initiates it may not appear to be significant in the least. Furthermore, it appears that a specific time lapse usually exists between the 'trigger' and the actual Event. The creators of Rune Factory Frontier adopted a rather sophisticated method where any character's Story is concerned. There has been a serious attempt to model the game on 'real life' in the sense that Events will not occur immediately after the requirements have been met but will occur in a more natural (and often surprising) fashion. For example, in Selphy's case, the dramatic Event that constitutes the culmination of her 'Story' and her personal 'Memory' is triggered by a seemingly insignificant bit of dialogue. Your character will remark upon the book she is reading, expressing surprise that she is engaged in re-reading a book that she had read previously. Selphy will respond with some indignation that she never read this particular book before. With this little encounter, the ultimate Event is initiated but will not occur immediately. A player may be able to recognise a 'trigger' dialogue by the fact that, unlike all other character dialogues, it usually will occur only once. In Rune Factory Frontier, each Heart/Friendship Level leads to additional dialogue and at maximum Heart/Friendship Level, your character will be able to experience almost every set of dialogue ever initiated with the character in question. The sole exceptions are the sets of dialogue that triggered special Story Events for the character. Romantic Festivals There are set romantic festivals in many Harvest Moon and Rune Factory games. Although there are romantic festivals in Rune Factory Frontier that, like the 'Thanksgiving' Festivals in Harvest Moon are occasions for special gift-giving, the real Romantic Festival is the Date. In Rune Factory Frontier, there is a set Romantic 'Date' for each season. The Dates are set for the following: 13 Spring, 19 Summer, 19 Autumn or 24 Winter. In some cases, you will be able to ask an Eligible Girl for a Date as soon as she reaches 8 Hearts. In other cases, you will not be able to do so until the Eligible Girl's circumstances change according to her own unique 'story'. In some cases, you must complete the Girl's Story before the Date option will be offered. For example, you will be able to ask Tabatha or Eunice for a Date as soon as either reaches 8 Hearts. In the case of either Iris or Anette, you will not be able to ask any of these Girls for a Date until they become permanent residents of Trampoli. Thus, there is another Requirement, apart from Heart Level, that is involved in the Date option. The Eligible Girl MUST

be a permanent Resident of Trampoli. When these requirements have been met, you will be given the option as follows when you speak to the Eligible Girl: I just came to talk. I came to ask you out. This is the first step in serious Courtship in of actual Events. When you have any Eligible Girl at maximum heart level, Stella will give you a Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet, telling you that it is time for you to think in of marriage. Note that having an Eligible Girl at 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship is not sufficient for the purpose of gaining Happiness 101, the Recipe Book for the Wedding Bouquet.. The Hearts (Love) gauge must be completely filled before Stella will speak of marriage and offer the Recipe Book, even though you will have the option to ask a Girl on a Date as soon as her Heart Level reaches 10. The Wedding Bouquet requires two special ingredients that will not be available until you have the actual Recipe Book in your possession. The first of these is a 'Baleen'. This is an artifact given to you by the Whale in exchange for a 'Tide Cluster'. When you climb the Beanstalk to Whale Island, the Whale will ask you to help him become closer to the sea again. It is then that a white object called a 'Tide Cluster' will wash up on the shore of the Beach. You may experience the Whale's Request before you have the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet. If this occurs and you give the Whale the Tide Cluster, your character automatically will respond that there is nothing in particular that he needs when the Whale asks how he can reward you. As a new Tide Cluster will appear on the Beach each day, however, there is no reason why you should save the initial item until you have the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet. Simply give the Whale another Tide Cluster once you have 'Happiness 101'. With the Recipe Book in your collection, speak to Ganesha for another special item that is the first step in creating a rather unique flower. Ganesha will give you a single White Rose. Place the White Rose in your Seed Maker to create White Rose Seeds, then plant them. The description of the White Rose Seeds is: White Rose Seed: 810G Grows in any season except winter. Blooms in 13 Days. As the queen of flowers, it is adored by many. You therefore can plant the White Rose Seeds in any dungeon or on your own Field in any season other than Winter. When the White Roses bloom, however, you must not harvest them. Leave them in the ground until they are transformed into 'Blue Roses'. This takes 3 Days ordinarily. The instructions on creating a Blue Rose from an ordinary Rose are provided in a new book that will appear on the upper floor of the Rune Archives once you have 'Happiness 101': The Phantom Blue Rose Moonlight has the power to create something that does not exist in nature. One of those creations is the 'Blue Rose'. Grow a white rose, and once it has

taken root, leave it out in the moonlight for a few days. The exposure to moonlight will turn the rose a lustrous blue. You now should be able to create a Wedding Bouquet. Wedding Bouquet: 2780G Bouquet that will go well with a wedding dress. Be sure to have one on hand when proposing. Ingredients: Baleen, Blue Rose, Green Grass, Moondrop, Toy Herb, Pink Cat You will find the Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet when you access your Crafts Bench. When you have made the Wedding Bouquet, provided all other marriage requirements have been met, you will be able to propose successfully to the Eligible Girl in the course of a Date. The Wedding Bouquet is the equivalent of the 'Blue Feather' in Harvest Moon, although it is a little more complex in acquisition as it involves the cooperation of a number of third parties. The necessity of being able to make the Wedding Bouquet yourself is an additional aspect, although the Skill Level Requirement is fairly low for this. The usual Harvest Moon Marriage Requirements of having an expanded Farmhouse, a Double Bed and a Girl at maximum Heart Level apply as well. You must have completed all Letter 'Requests' for the Eligible Girl. As previously stated, a further Marriage Requirement is that the Eligible Girl be a permanent Resident of Trampoli. Completion of an Eligible Girl's 'Story' sometimes will have the result of making her a permanent Resident. In fact, it is the completion of an Eligible Girl's 'Story' that constitutes the final Marriage Requirement. In the case of Mist and Iris, the final defeat of Gelwein is an integral part of their personal 'Stories'. Romantic Ambitions of Eligible Girls Even if you did not have a Relations Page in your Farm Menu that displayed Heart Levels, you would be able to gauge an increase in a Girl's interest when she begins to speak of her own romantic ambitions. The dialogues will vary wildly depending on the personality of the individual. Hearts on the Relations Page do not determine dialogue. It is when the individual still has 4 Hearts but the Love gauge is full, signifying that the next Heart level is very near that new dialogue often appears. Cinnamon at 4 hearts simply will tell you: Cinnamon: Candy asked me the other day if there's any one I like. … I don't understand. At the same Level, Bianca will declare: Bianca: My ideal man is some one who befits me. Freyr, do you think you're right for me? Melody's declaration was similar at the same Heart Level. Melody: Melody: My type of guy is some one that can find hot springs with me! Do you want to go hot spring hunting with me, Freyr? Uzuki: In my country, there were many people who had a marriage that was arranged even before they were born. How sad for them… I-I do not have some one like that! You can rest assured. Mist: I wonder if I will get married one day… I just can't see it.

As indicated earlier, it is when the Eligible Girl remains at 4 Hearts but the Love Gauge is filled that these initial romantic dialogues occur. Even characters who are not eligible for marriage will display greater romantic interest or increase in flirtation with your character as their Friendship levels increase: Minerva: (If only I'd met him before Sister… No, I shouldn't think about this.) Minerva: Is there any one you like, Freyr? F-forget what I said! I was just dazed by your… I mean, I just got curious! (with thunder and cross hurt now) Really! Minerva at this level will speak of another guy as well: Minerva: Do you know about that guy that stands in front of Bianca's mansion every once in a while, Freyr? That guy looks really cute. He looked really nervous so I went up to talk to him. He gets nervous so he always makes a mistake and calls me Tabatha. At higher levels, the Eligible Girls actually will speak of marriage and/or family life. Eunice: I wish I can be a bride someday. And it would be wonderful if we could run the inn together. (6 Hearts) Eunice: I want to have two children after I get married. I'm the only child so I've always felt lonely. But I really didn't mean anything by that! It's true… (9 Hearts) Tabatha: If I ever were to get married, Miss Bianca will… I am a bit worried. In other situations, as heart levels increase, a character will ask a question, giving you a choice of responses. The response you make has no influence whatsoever on heart level or conduct. This is NOT the case with respect to Eunice's question about your preference in girls. Lara: Though I am a servant of God, I am allowed to marry. But that's only if I have some one… Your choices now: I'm sure you can find some one very nice! Oh… If you respond that you are certain she can find some one: Lara: Yes. I certainly hope so. Thank you. Eunice asks a question about your own thoughts on marriage that is similar. The same dialogues will occur again and again randomly when you speak to the Eligible Girl. Note in this context that, on the day of a Festival, often an Eligible Girl will ask if you intend to participate. Your response in that case has no effect on anything. Calendar of Birthdays and Festivals In any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game, a Calendar is almost indispensible. Knowing when Festivals are due to occur and the birthdays of every individual in your village can increase the strength of relationships and bring you closer to marriage with the girl or bachelor of your dreams. Calendar Dates There are four season in a year and they follow the traditional wheel with

Spring as the first, Summer the second, Autumn the third and Winter the fourth season. Crops can be grown in all seasons except Winter on your Farm. As in other Rune Factory games, the week has only six days rather than seven. The first day of any week is a Holiday, followed by the traditional Monday through Friday order.of the days. There is a Calendar beside your Diary Table in your farmhouse, but very few items will appear on it at the start of the game. The Holiday and Festival Days Players who are not familiar with the Rune Factory Calendar often become confused where the 'Holiday' is concerned. The 'Holiday' is nothing more than a day of rest for the most part, like 'Sunday' traditionally in the Western Christian world and Friday in the Islamic world. In fact, the English word 'Holiday' is a corruption of the original 'Holy Day', reflecting its significance. The Schedule of any Character on the Holiday usually is different from his/her ordinary weekday Schedule. A Holiday, however, must be distinguished from a Festival Day. Characters have a specific Schedule for any Festival. Although Festival Days tend to fall on the Holiday, they can occur during the week as well. A Festival Day always will be sunny but you can find any weather condition on a Holiday. You therefore need to 'protect' the Holiday with a Weather Miracle from Candy if you wish for a specific weather condition on that day. Asking for a Weather Miracle for a Festival Day is a waste of Runeys. The following is a complete Calendar of Festivals and Birthdays with a Most Favourite Gift as well as an Easy Favourite Gift listed in brackets for each individual. Crops and Constellations for each Season are listed as well for easy reference. If and when you give a character a gift on his/her birthday that the birthday will appear on the Calendar. This is one of the major benefits of ing a character's birthday with a gift as you then will be reminded each year of the date when you look at the Calendar. . When the character reaches approximately 4 Hearts/Friendship, he/she will confide the date of his/her birthday. The Birthday then will be added to the Calendar with the portrait even if you have not 'celebrated' it yet with a gift. Constellation Schedules Each Constellation in Rune Factory Frontier is associated with an Eligible Girl. 'Finding' the Constellation, then speaking to her afterward will initiate a little Event in most cases that will boost a Skill or other Statistic such as HP. You must speak to Cinnamon first to discover the Constellations for each season. Once she has told you of a Constellation, you should be able to read a book about that Constellation in the Rune Archives Library. 'New' Festivals in Rune Factory Frontier As time es and Events occur, new Festivals will be added to the Calendar. If Bianca obtains Francoise in the first Summer, the 'Sainte-Coquille

Festival' will be added to your Calendar in the 2nd Spring. If you spoke to individuals on 29 Spring to discover Eunice's tradition of giving flowers to friends, the Foliage Festival will be added to the Calendar in the 2nd Spring as well. In fact, although the Harvest Festival is implied in the first year, it is only in the 2nd Year that it will be established as a Festival and in the 2nd Year that all villagers will recognise it. Some characters will give gifts while others will not do so, and Friendship levels have no bearing on this. All characters will acknowledge the Festival, however, and you should give every one a gift. A Yam is traditional. Rescuing Mist and speaking to the Whale about the darkness on the last day of Autumn will create the 'Sea Surf Festival' on that day in the 2nd Year. When the festival is established, you will discovery that it is appropriate to give each character Hot Milk as a gift on this day. Complete

Calendar of Festivals, Birthdays, Crops and Constellations

Spring: Spring Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Turnip, Cabbage, Potato Multiple Harvest Crops: Strawberry, Cucumber Spring Flowers: Moondrop Flower, Toy Herb, Emery Flower, Cherry Grass, Lamp Grass, Blue Crystal Spring Fruits: Cherry Spring Constellations: Turnip Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Mist) Serpent Constellation: between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m. (Rosetta, Intelligence Increase) Crown Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Selphy, Constellation Books) 1 Spring: New Year's Festival (after 1st year) Celebrate the New year. Rice Cakes are the present of choice. 'Rice Cakes' are termed 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. New Mochi is smashed with a Hammer on a special platform at the Square after 9.00 a.m. You can obtain a 'New Mochi' from Rita after 9.00 a.m. at the Public Square on 30 Winter. Smash it at the Square on 1 Spring to create 5 Mochi. Give these as New Year Gifts to individuals. (Responses and value in of LP/FP will vary by individual). You can bring your own New Mochi if you wish as well to make more Mochi or you can make the Mochi in your Kitchen using a Steamer. 2 Spring: Kross' Birthday (Cat's Tail, Warrior's Medal) 8 Spring: Nolan's Birthday (Wine) 11 Spring: Melody's Birthday (Relax Tea, Wild Coloured Grasses) 13 Spring: Spring Romantic Date 17 Spring: Brodik's Birthday (Apple Pie) 19 Spring: Sainte-Coquille Festival (after 1st year) Hosted by Bianca. She orders, I cook. Will occur only after Bianca and Tabatha become permanent residents of Trampoli 22 Spring: Turner's Birthday ('Amazing Bathing Suit', All Ores except Scrap Iron) 26 Spring: Cinnamon's Birthday (Magic Crystal, any raw Fish) 27 Spring: Candy's Birthday (All Fruit Juices, Apple Pie) 29 Spring: Foliage Festival (after 1st year)

Give flowers to those you're indebted to. distributing flowers. Give Flowers to every character.

Found out when Eunice was

Summer: Summer Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Onion, Pumpkin Multiple Harvest Crops: Tomato, Corn, Pineapple Summer Flowers: Pink Cat, Fireflower, Ironleaf, Clover, Green Crystal Summer Fruit: Orange Summer Constellations: Elephant Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Bianca, Diamond) Wooly Constellation* between 9.00 p.m. and 10.50 p.m.(Tabatha, Monster FP) *You must have a Monster with you when you 'find' it. Buffamoo Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Anette, the 'Star' anonymous Letters she wrote) 1 Summer: Beach Opening Start your summer at the beach. Don't forget your bathing suit! Festival begins at 10.00 a.m. at the Beach with Melon Pinata. Before 10.00 a.m., you can experience Events in the Changing Room with the Eligible Girls. The Eligible Girls who attend the Festival and who are found in the Changing Room on 1 Summer varies from year to year and game to game. Eunice will not participate unless she has lost weight pursuant to your own character's encouragement. 6 Summer: Danny's Birthday (Silver, Quality Cloth) 8 Summer: Bianca's Birthday (Diamond, Cooked Dishes, Jewelry such as Pendants, Rings) Note that Bianca is not impressed with specific items but will accept certain'decent' Accessories. She will scorn knitted Accessories, however and will respond to the gift of a Fan in the same fashion. 13 Summer: Lute's Birthday (Chocolate) 15 Summer: Uzuki's Birthday (Golden Hairpin, Char Sashimi, Black Sashimi) 19 Summer: Summer Romantic Date 23 Summer: Erik's Birthday (Garlic, Dried Fish) 25 Summer: Ganesha Cup Boat Race May the best sailor in town win. The Boat Race is held at Lake Poli. You can ask any girl at high heart level to accompany you. Steer your gondola over items in the water for various effects. Hearts result in an increase of affection if and only if an Eligible Boat is with you. 27 Summer: Stella's Birthday (Four-Leaf Clover, Toy Herb) 30 Summer: Pumpkin Festival Every one put on a pumpkin masque. Started by some one saved by a pumpkin-headed monster. You will be able to buy a 'Pumpkin-Head' yourself from Rosetta in Summer to wear as headgear in combat. You may be able to forge your own Pumpkin Head once your Pumpkins mature. Autumn: Autumn Crops: Single Harvest Crops: Spinach, Carrot Multiple Harvest Crops: Yam, Eggplant, Bell Pepper Autumn Flowers: Charm Blue, Pom-Pom, Noel Grass, Red Crystal Autumn Fruit: Chestnut

Autumn Constellations: Hat Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Melody, Magic Skill) Broom Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Eunice, Cooking Skill) 1 Autumn: Mist's Birthday (Emery Flower, Turnip) 3 Autumn: Selphy's Birthday (Sandwich, Rice Ball) 8 Autumn: Kanno's Birthday (Cake, Magic Powder) 12 Autumn: Tabatha's Birthday (Oatmeal, Rice, Flour) 13 Autumn: Harvest Festival A time of thanks. Give veggies to people you're indebted to. Give Vegetables to Eligible Girls for boost in heart level. In the 2nd Year and beyond, give a Crop (Yam is traditional) to ALL characters. 17 Autumn: Eunice's Birthday (Mont Blanc, any Flower) * *Do not give any Sweets, including her favourite Mont Blanc, if she is trying to lose weight! 19 Autumn: Autumn Romantic Date 21 Autumn: Rosetta's Birthday (Roasted Yam, Strawberry, Hot Milk) 25 Autumn: Coming of Age Day There is an annual treasure hunt to commemorate the day. Many 'false' items will be located throughout Trampoli. See the Festivals section of this guide for details. Continue to look for the real item even if another individual pronounces himself/herself the winner. In the first year, you may wish to keep the Golden Turnip yourself to convert it into Seeds instead of taking 1st Place. A special prize in the form of a Toy Sword will be given to you if you cheat by giving Stella a Golden Turnip you grew yourself instead of the one she hid. 30 Autumn: Sea Surf Day The day the Spirits prepare for hibernation. If Whale Island eclipses the sun, bear it. When the Festival is established, a gift of Hot Milk to every character is appropriate. After your victory in the Era of Disconnect, speak to the Whale to discover why the sky is dark on the last day of Autumn. When you inform Stella of the reason, she will announce a new Festival in honour of the Spirits who give their blessings to Trampoli. Winter: Winter Crops: Single Harvest Crops: None Multiple Harvest Crops: None Winter Flowers: None Winter Fruit: Apple Other Seasonal Items: Dried Fish Winter Constellations: Hairpin Constellation: between 6.40 p.m. and 7.50 p.m. (Uzuki, Weapons Skill) Cross Constellation: between 8.00 p.m. and 8.50 p.m. (Lara, HP Increase) Fish Constellation: after 12.40 a.m. (Cinnamon, Fishing Skill) 1 Winter: Lara's Birthday (Chocolate Cake, Strawberry, any Jam) 4 Winter: Anette's Birthday (Pumpkin Tart, Strawberry or any other Fruit) 7 Winter: Quiz Contest Test your knowledge against others and come out on top! There are ten questions, with a 'commercial break' in the middle of the

Contest. It can be quite hilarious. There will be four contestants, including your character and each is represented by a different fruit. For each correct response, a piece of fruit will be placed on the ground. The winner ultimately will obtain all the fruit from each character's correct responses. 8 Winter: Ganesha's Birthday (Demon's Blood, Any Ore) 19 Winter: Hotpot Convention Every one in town brings an ingredient for one giant hotpot! Some ingredients will result in a 'good' hotpot but others in a 'bad' one. Most Fish will have a good result. Many vegetables, however, will result in a 'bad' hotpot, including Carrots and Yams. 15 Winter: Minerva's Birthday (Flop, Chestnut) 22 Winter: Rita's Birthday (Wine, any jewelry accessory) 23 Winter: Iris' Birthday (both of them!) (Tomato Juice) 24 Winter: Winter Romantic Date known as the 'Starry Night Festival' in Harvest Moon 29 Winter: Marco's Birthday (Curry, Curry Powder) 30 Winter: Year End Festival Reflect on the past year and prepare for the next. Go to the Public Square after 9.00 a.m. to speak to Rita. She will give you a 'New Mochi'. This is the item that you will need on the 1st of Spring if you wish to pound Rice Cakes at the Square. Rice Cakes are 'Mochi' in Rune Factory Frontier. They, like New Mochi can be made in your own kitchen or at the Public Square only on New Year's Day. Heart Levels and Events As in most Harvest Moon and Rune Factory games, many significant Events are triggered when an individual reaches a specific Heart Level whether in Friendship or in Love. As in other games, Eligible Girls are the only characters with both Love and Friendship Levels. All other individuals have only Friendship Levels. Note, however, that the 'heart' and 'smiley face' icons really do not represent the significant turning points in relationships precisely. The actual triggers occur when specific LP or specific FP in of point totals are reached. As there is no equivalent of the 'Love Bangle' in Rune Factory Frontier to allow you to see point totals, you must rely on the heart and smiley face icons instead. It is at 4 Hearts approximately that a significant Event will occur in Rune Factory Frontier with respect to many characters. In the case of an Eligible Girl, it is 4 Hearts in Love. In the case of other Characters, Events will be triggered at 4 Friendship. There are Events that can be triggered at lower Heart Levels but the most significant personal Event tends to occur at 4 Hearts. For example, Eunice's plan to lose weight will be possible only when she attains 4 Hearts. There are events with higher Heart Level requirements. Minerva will arrive in Trampoli when Tabatha attains 6 Hearts. The Event wherein Kross moves a Boulder in front of your door occurs at 4 Friendship. Vital personal information usually is given at specific heart levels as well. A character will confide his/her birthday ordinarily at 4 Friendship. Gift-Giving in Rune Factory Frontier

Only one Birthday Gift will be accepted happily by any individual on the day of his/her birthday. If you attempt to give an additional item on that day, he/she will refuse it verbally, although the item itself will disappear from your inventory. On any other day, however, you can give as many items as you wish. A Most Favourite Item can be given again and again on the same day in order to boost Friendship Levels quickly. Although any second or subsequent gift will have a smaller point value than the first gift of the day, it still can boost Friendship Levels significantly, especially when it is a Most Favourite Gift. Note that only the first item given on any day will affect Love (Heart) Levels. In this, Rune Factory Frontier follows the general rule in Harvest Moon where gift-giving and Heart Levels are concerned. Courtship in Rune Factory Frontier Courtship in Rune Factory Frontier is centred on the ritual of a 'Date' similar to the Dates in Tree of Tranquility with one essential difference. A Date can be organised only when an Eligible Girl reaches 8 Hearts but only if she is a permanent Resident of Trampoli. What this means in effect is that, even at 8 Hearts, you will not have the Date option with respect to Iris or Anette unless Iris has moved to Trampoli and Anette has taken her break, then decided to live in Trampoli both in order to deliver the post and to teach . At 8 Hearts, you will have the option of asking an Eligible Girl for a Date on one of the following: 13 Spring, 19 Summer, 19 Autumn or 24 Winter. As there is only one 'Date' per season, your rendezvous can be set a season in advance, depending on the day when you ask. When a girl is working, you have to choose the first option to speak to her before the Date option menu will appear. Your choices are: I just came to talk. I came to ask you out. This is the first step in serious Courtship in of actual Events. When you have any Eligible Girl at maximum heart level, Stella will give you a Recipe for the Wedding Bouquet. Note that having an Eligible Girl even at 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship is not sufficient. The Hearts (Love) gauge must be completely filled before Stella will speak of marriage and offer the Recipe Book, even though you will have the option to ask a Girl on a Date as soon as her Heart Level reaches 8. When you have made the Wedding Bouquet, provided all other marriage requirements have been met, you will be able to propose successfully to the Eligible Girl in the course of another Date. Marriage Requirements are a little more complex in Rune Factory Frontier than in some of the other Harvest Moon or Rune Factory games simply because they tend to involve Events with third parties. The necessity for being able to make the Wedding Bouquet yourself is an additional aspect, although the Skill Level Requirement is fairly low for this. The Whale of Whale Island is involved in the ritual of courtship as well as you must provide him with a Tide Cluster in exchange for one of the ingredients in

the Wedding Bouquet. The usual Harvest Moon Marriage Requirements of having an expanded Farmhouse, a Double Bed and a Girl at maximum Heart Level apply as well. The Wedding Bouquet is discussed at length in another section of this Guide. Last Chance for Organising any Date As previously indicated, there is one set 'Date' per season and when the Date option appears, you can organise a Date with an Eligible Girl almost a full season in advance. Once you have the option, however, there is one day when it will NOT appear. That is the actual day of the Date itself. Your last chance to make a Date with any Eligible Girl therefore is the day prior to the Date for that season. If you wish to experience the Date for any season with every Eligible Girl, save your game early on the day prior to the Date day. Ask each Girl for a Date and play through the Event, then reload without saving back to the previous day. Dangers in 'Two-Timing' an Eligible Girl As there is one set 'Date' each Season, you only can have a Date with one Eligible Girl each season. If more than one Eligible Girl has reached 8 Hearts, you will have the option to ask her for a Date even if you previously made an arrangement with a different Eligible Girl. The game will set only the NEXT Date when you ask a Girl for a Date. It will not allow you to organise your romantic Calendar at any given moment so that you can take one Girl out in Spring and another in Summer and so on. The only Date that is available is the next one. If, therefore, you ask another Girl on a Date when you previously set a Date with some one, you will experience an interesting and somewhat damaging little Event. The Girl first WILL accept the Date but then remind you that you are pledged to meet some one else on that day! You then will lose Love points with her. It appears to be almost a full Heart Level that is lost in this Event. Interestingly enough, you will not lose any Love or Friendship with the Eligible Girl you first arranged to meet and the original Date will remain in place. It is only the Eligible Girl that you attempted to court 'illicitly' that will be affected. The lesson here is that you should experience any outstanding Date before you set another. As there is but one Date per season, if you wish to experience a Date with more than one Eligible Girl on any specific Season, you should wait until the last possible day to ask and save your game BEFORE you set the Date with any one. You then can set and keep the Date with each Eligible Girl who has reached 8 hearts as long as you do not save the results afterwards. When you have experienced all possible Dates, you can reload once more to experience the Date with the Girl who matters most to you, then finally save your game. The Date Event Each seasonal Date has its own venue and is based partly on the idea of enjoying a splendid view with an Eligible Girl.

In most cases, the Date will occur during the day but if you ask either manifestation of Iris, or the ultimate Iris manifestation for a Date, it will occur at 9.00 p.m. instead. If the Date is set for noon, the Eligible Girl will enter the screen about half an hour prior to the time that was arranged. If you meet her before noon, she will remark that you are early and that she hopes you have not been kept waiting too long. If you meet her after 12.30 p.m., she will remark that you are late and have kept her waiting. Any Date with an Eligible Girl at 8 to 9 Hearts will consist of an Event where the views at the specified location are enjoyed. The Date then will end with a declaration of hope that you and the Girl in question will be able to go on another Date in the future together. In the case of an Eligible Girl at 10 Hearts, the Date Event is far longer. At the point where a Date with a Girl at 8 or 9 Heart ends, the Eligible Girl at 10 Hearts will announce that she has prepared a picnic for the Event. As previously indicated, it is only when an Eligible Girl is at 10 Hearts that she will bring food to the Date and offer it to you. If the Girl is at 8 or 9 Hearts, the Date simply will end with a declaration that she had a good time and would like to experience another Date with you in the future. If the Eligible Girl is at 10 Hearts, however, she will tell you that she has brought some food and will give it to you. Your character will consume it promptly. The Girl then will ask if the dish met with your approval. If you tell her it was delicious, she will be thrilled. Tell her it was less than perfect and she will weep. The Cooked Dish that is offered will vary from one Girl to another. In most cases, the Dish is chosen randomly from a very short list consisting of a couple of Dishes. After this, when a Girl is at 10 Hearts, you will experience a moment where the intensity of your emotions overcomes you, urging you to propose marriage to the Girl. If you have a Wedding Bouquet in your rucksack, this is your sole opportunity to propose marriage. Whether or not she will accept depends on whether you have met her personal marriage requirements in of completing her 'Story' and gaining her 'Memory' for your collection. If you do not propose marriage or if you are rejected when you do, the Date will end with a farewell and an offer to meet again on another Date. If you make a proposal of marriage and are accepted, the Wedding will occur immediately after your first kiss. There is no variation in your character's dialogue with any Eligible Girl he meets for a date but obviously the responses of each Girl vary a little according to her personality. Gifts from other Villagers for Dates Whenever you make a Date with an Eligible Girl, speak to Rita afterwards to be given a gift in honour of your action. She will reward any action she

considers a 'rite of age', including any House Expansion or Date, usually with a beverage. Ganesha will give you another White Rose each time you make a Date with an Eligible Girl. Wedding Event The Wedding Event begins with the vows and the exchange of a Kiss at the altar. Afterwards, each member of the community will congratulate you and your new bridge and wish you happiness. The dialogues for most characters will not vary but there always will be at least one unique dialogue for each Eligible Girl. In Melody's case, Nolan is the character who has a special relationship with the bride and his dialogue will differ from the simple congratulation he ordinarily gives. In Anette's case, it is Danny, who had a crush on her, who will have a special dialogue after the ceremony. If Tabatha is the bride, Lute's intense unrequited love for her will be displayed in his dialogue at the conclusion of the ceremony. Once all the Congratulations have been made, you will find yourself at your Farmhouse with your Bride at 6.00 a.m. on the morning after the fateful Date. Your bride will give you a special packed lunch for the day. When you begin to leave the house, she will stop you briefly to give you a kiss in parting. Courtship and Family

Accessories

On Tuesdays, Selphy will sell special books containing Recipes for items that are related specifically to courtship, marriage and family life. The books consist solely of Recipes for Gifts or 'Presents' for girls and for children: Happy Toys: 30000G A book with instructions for accessories meant to be presents! Isn't that just awesome? Beach Style!: 10000G A book of swimsuit patterns that boys are too embarrassed to buy at stores. The actual Recipes are included in my Cookbook Recipe Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Cookbook Recipes Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/976/976036p1.html The bathing costumes are items for 'advanced' Courtship. If you attempt to give a Cute Bathing Suit to any Eligible Girl who has not reached 6 Hearts, she will refuse it. If you attempt to give an Amazing Bathing Suit to any Girl who has not reached 8 Hearts, she will refuse it. You therefore may wish to refrain from spending your money on these books until you have purchased necessary Recipe Books and home improvements. At 8 Hearts, any Eligible Girl will accept either the Cute Bathing Suit or the Amazing Bathing Suit but although she will promise to wear either at the next opportunity, you never will see a girl model the 'Amazing Bathing Suit'. Instead, she will confess to you that it was too revealing to be worn in public. The Cute Bathing Suit, on the other hand, will be worn by the Eligible Girl at the Beach even at 6 Hearts. It is a very traditional white bathing costume that is more functional and demure than 'cute'. Other Accessories as Gifts

Accessories in Rune Factory Frontier, apart from those designated specifically as Gifts, can be equipped by your character or given as gifts. If given to an ordinary character, the item will be accepted variously with pleasure, disgust or indifference, but you will not see the item again. If given to an Eligible Girl, however, she actually will WEAR the Accessory in most cases, after expressing her verbal opinion of it. As with any Gift, each individual Eligible Girl has her own specific responses. Unlike the 'Accessories' in Harvest Moon DS/Cute DS, each Accessory is received as a specific item, so you cannot expect that, if an Eligible Girl receives one Accessory with delight, she will respond in similar fashion to another. It is in the case of Head Equipment that results will be visible on the screen, although they will not appear in the Girl's Portrait. Ordinarily, when you give an Eligible Girl a second item of Head Equipment, it will replace the previous item on the Girl's head or face. There is one exception to this rule, however, in the case of the 'Mask'. Once given, the Mask will be worn by an Eligible Girl even if you give her a different item of Head Equipment. This can be rather frustrating, as few players really wish to be confronted by an Eligible Girl in a face masque on a daily basis. Social Gathering Spots As in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, there are specific locations that are popular for social gatherings. If you wish to meet and greet the largest number of characters daily, you should plan your route in order to make a brief stop at the most popular locations. For meeting and greeting eligible girls as well as Candy, the Laga Springs Bathhouse is a good choice. At some point during the day or night, most of the characters will appear at the Bathhouse, especially if the weather is fine. Candy as well as some of the Eligible Girls can be found in the antechamber to the Women's Bath from 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m.. Candy will conduct business as usual here. At 8.00 p.m., you may find Uzuki at the Bathhouse. Between 10.00 p.m. and 11.00 p..m., Bianca and Tabatha may be found there. On the men's side, you will find various individuals as well at different hours. Nolen will be there early in the evening. Late at night, both Danny and Erik tend to stand in the men's antechamber. A full schedule of the appearance of all characters follows. Laga Springs Batthouse Schedule for all characters: The schedules of appearance of characters at the Laga Bathhouse are as follows. Note, however, that the schedules of characters in Rune Factory Frontier often will vary significantly according to the progress you have made in the game and the Friendship Level you have reached with an individual. It therefore is impossible to provide a quick schedule that will be consistent throughout the game. Mornings, any weather, 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m.: Melody Weekday Mornings before she begins to study with Cinnamon: 9.00 a.m. to noon, Monday, Wednesday, Friday in fine weather: Melody Weekdays from 9.00 a.m. to 9.00 p.m.

Stella Weekdays on Rainy/Snowy Days, 4.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m. Selphy Weekdays in any weather, 5.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. Iris (only after moving to Trampoli and not in Summer) Weekdays on Rainy/Snowy Days, 6.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m.: Melody Weekdays, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. in any weather: Eunice Weekdays, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Cinnamon, Candy Weekdays, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. in any weather: Lara Weekdays, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Ganesha Weekdays, 8.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Uzuki Weekdays, 9.00 p.m. to 10.00 p.m., both fine and rainy/snowy weather: Mist and Rosetta Anette (during her break from work as a postal carrier and afterwards and only in fine weather) Weekdays, 10.00 p.m. to 11.00 p.m. in any weather: Bianca and Tabatha, Minerva Weekdays, 11.00 p.m. to midnight only in fine weather: Selphy Holidays, fine Weather, 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. Melody Holidays, rainy/snowy weather: 6.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Melody Holiday, 3.00 p.m. to 4.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Eunice, Rita Holiday, 5.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Iris (only after moving to Trampoli and not in Summer) Holiday, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Lara, Cinnamon, Candy Holiday, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Mist Anette (only during her break from work as a postal carrier and afterwards) Holiday, 8.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Uzuki Holiday, 10.00 p.m. to 11.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Bianca and Tabatha, Minerva Holiday, 11.00 p.m. to midnight only in fine weather: Selphy Holiday, 12.00 midnight to 1.00 a.m., only in fine weather: Rosetta Laga Springs, Men's Side: Weekdays, 3.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. only in fine weather: Nolan Weekdays, 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. in fine weather: Marco Weekdays, 11.00 p.m. to midnight in fine weather: Erik, Danny Holiday, 3.00 p.m. to 4.00 p.m. only when raining/snowing: Kross Holiday, 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. Kanno Another popular gathering spot is the Public Square. For the older adults, the Tavern after 6.00 p.m. is a regular haunt.

Church Schedule Weekdays: 6.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. Lara (fine weather) 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. Erik, Stella 8.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. Rosetta 4.00 p.m. on Monday Selphy (only while working off her debt) 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. (rainy/snowing, except Wednesday and Thursday) Lara 3.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Stella Weekdays, rainy/snowy weather 9.00 a.m. to 3.00 p.m. Kross Holidays: 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. Stella 6.00 a.m. to Noon Lara 9.00 a.m. to Noon: Mist Noon to 6.00 p.m. Kross 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. Tabatha 4.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. Eunice, Turner, Rita 6.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. Stella 7.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. Lara 3.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Stella Holiday, raining/snowing 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 p.m. Stella 6.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Lara 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. Eunice 3.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Stella Public Square Schedule Weekdays, fine weather 9.00 a.m. to Noon (fine weather) Tabatha (Monday and Wednesday) Noon to 3.00 p.m. (only until Materia Shop opens) Rosetta Holiday, fine weather 9.00 a.m. to 3.00 p.m. Tabatha

9.00 a.m. to 5.00 p.m. Rosetta 12.00 noon to 6.00 p.m. Bianca Materia Shop Schedule Weekdays: 6.00 a.m. to 8.00 a.m. Rosetta 9.00 a.m. to 5.00 p.m. Rosetta 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. Eunice (all weather), Tabatha (all weather) 6.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. Rosetta 10.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. Rosetta Holiday, fine weather 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. Rosetta 6.00 p.m. to Midnight Rosetta 1.00 a.m. to 5.00 a.m. Rosetta Holiday, raining/snowing 6.00 a.m. to noon Rosetta 6.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. Rosetta Visiting Hours In any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, there are so many daily tasks and goals to accomplish that any player who does not create a basic schedule for himself/herself will be at risk of forgetting an important element of the game. At the very start, your character will be restricted in almost everything, whether it is a matter of energy, money, tools, weapons, expansions or access to other characters. Ordinary 'visiting hours' with respect to most buildings, whether a residence or business, tend to be from 9.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. The bathhouse and Tavern are open until midnight for the most part. The Church never closes, although the Clinic does. When your friendship levels with characters increase, you will have the option of visiting them outside of ordinary visiting hours. Stella will advise you: Stella: I have every one lock their doors when it's early morning or at night just in case. But if it's some one they trust, they should unlock their doors. Why don't you try knocking on the doors? Just shake the Nunchuk when you're in front of their door. But don't do it when it's too late or you'll just bother them. 'Too late' translates to 'after midnight' in most cases. If you attempt to knock on a locked door after midnight, your character will muse to himself: Freyr: 'It's kinda late… I'll come back tomorrow.' that pressing 'A' accesses the door for information but will not allow you to knock on the door. Use the Nunchuk instead, as advised by Stella, to

knock. You will hear the sound of a knock on the door and if a character is inside, he/she will invite you to enter. You can enter any house or bedroom as early as 6.00 a.m. to meet and greet a character and to give daily gifts. In fact, 6.00 a.m. may be the best time to 'make the rounds' in a village in any Harvest Moon/Rune Factory game in order to give out gifts daily as most individuals tend to be at home at that hour. In Rune Factory Frontier, almost every character can be found inside his/her house or guest room at 6.00 a.m. Uzuki is the exception, as she begins to train with her naginata outside the Inn at 6.00 a.m. Early morning is a good time to care for all your Monsters as well. If you perform all your Monster Care activities as well as your gift-giving between 6.00 a.m. – 8.00 a.m., your day will be free for other activities. That having been said, although daily routines make it easier to perform all necessary actions without forgetting anything essential, it is important to change your routine once in awhile. In the same way that you ought to allow a rainy day periodically in order to experience a special Event that requires rain, you need to enter and exit screens at different hours in order to trigger Events. An example from my own game of the danger of never varying from a routine was the routine I had developed to spend time with Bianca, Tabatha and Minerva each day. Meeting them at the bathhouse each night from 10.00 p.m. to 10.59 p.m. was very convenient after Minerva arrived in Trampoli. I did this on a nightly basis, quickly raising her Friendship Level to 10. When I entered the Mansion at 1.00 p.m. one afternoon, I triggered an entire series of Events! If I had visited the girls at the Mansion regularly during the early afternoon, those events would have occurred at different points as Friendship levels increased. It really did not make any difference to the final result. I experienced ALL the Events in a single afternoon. It would have been more logical, however, had I experienced them in the fashion in which they had been intended to occur. Characters List Guide Characters in Rune Factory Frontier are divided into two basic categories between Eligible Girls and all individuals who are not eligible for marriage. The Relations Page in your Farm Menu will display a full-length Portrait of every character you have met, with a brief description and current love and friendship levels. As is the case in most Harvest Moon games, only those individuals who are eligible for courtship have both a Love Level and a Friendship Level. All others have only a Friendship Level. Friendship is designated by a 'smiley face' icon. Love is denoted by a Heart. Hence the term 'Heart level' in Harvest Moon for any individual who is eligible for courtship. Only Characters you actually have met will appear in the Relations Page. What follows are specific sections devoted to each Eligible Girl: Mist: Birthday: 1 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Emery Flower Easiest Favourite Gift: Turnips

Other Favourite Items: Turnips, 4 leaf Clover, Croquette, Baked Apple, Fried Udon, Seafood Gratin, Sweet Potato, Cake, Steamed Bread, Cheese Bread, Pound Cake Most Detested Gift: Pickled Turnip Specific Marriage Requirements: You must complete the General 'Story' of Trampoli, concluding in Mist's Rescue from the clutches of Gelwein. There is only one further Requirement involving the Magical 'Dog' from the last encounter with Gelwein. Actual Dialogue: Mist: I'll be looking forward to those turnips. Me: … Does this mean I have to give her some turnips later…? Mist: When you give things that the villagers like, they will be thrilled. That is the quickest way to make friends with them. By the way, I like Turnips and Emery Flowers. Does it seem like I'm hinting too strongly for you to give me some? Mist: Oh, right. Even if you give a gift, if it's something they hate, it'll have the reverse effect, so be careful. By the way, I hate Pickled Turnips. Vinegar is just too sour for me. Mist: Let me tell you some of the most up to date information today. Do you have a notepad ready? My birthday is on the 1st of autumn. It's very auspicious to be born on the 1st. For Emery Flower: An Emery Flower? Thank you. It's beautiful. For Turnip on her Birthday: Why, thank you. I love it. For Turnip on ordinary day: Thank you! I love this Turnip! Romance Dialogue: Mist: I wonder if I will get married one day… I just can't see it. Official Description: The girl next door. A bit aloof and random but is very nice. Likes Turnips. Mist's 1st Year Schedule: Weekdays in Fine Weather: 6.00 a.m. – 9.00 a.m. : Mist's house 9.00 a.m. to Noon: at Road to Beach Noon to 6.00 p.m.: at Your Homestead 6.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m.: at Mist's House 9.00 p.m. to 10.00 p.m.: at Laga Springs Bathhouse 10.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. : at Mist's House Weekdays when Rainy/Snowy: 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. at Mist's House 9.00 a.m. to Noon: at Sunshine Inn Noon to 6.00 p.m. at Your Homestead 6.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. Mist's House 9.00 p.m. to 10.00 p.m. at Laga Springs Bathhouse 10.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at Mist's House Holiday 6.00 a.m. to 9.00 a.m. at Mist's House 9.00 a.m. to Noon: at Church Noon to 6.00 p.m. at road to Beach 6.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. at Mist's House 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. at Laga Springs Bathhouse 8.00 p.m. to 5.00 a.m. at Mist's House Special Schedules: During Summer: Noon to 6.00 p.m. at the Beach on Wednesdays and Thursdays in fine weather

On Festival Days: 9.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. on Road to Beach Ducks

in Mist's Pond

The first mention of the Monster is when Mist speaks of a rustling near her house. Mist: Recently, I hear a lot of rustling around my house. Maybe some monster I saved by the beach came back to repay my good deed? But I've never saved any kind of monster at the beach before… Next she will tell you: Mist: Did I mention the rustling around my house? It turns out a duck has moved into the lake near my garden. Me: Duck? Aren't Ducks monsters? It's dangerous! Mist: It seems pretty tame so it should be all right. It waddles around with its short feet and looks so cute. It became even more friendly when I started feeding it. Speak to Candy and Marco when they stand next to the Pond for a dialogue concerning the Duck's name. Candy: Grimore is so cute. Freyr: Grimore?! Candy: Yup. That's the duck's name. Marco named it. Marco: Doesn't that sound cool? It'll eventually grow into a huge monster and tear apart the town! Candy (with thunder and cross hurt): Grimore would never do that! It's a good monster! Mist has other ideas, however, with respect to the Duck and its name. Mist: When I walk in front of my house, Torte walks behind me. He's very sweet. Freyr: Torte? Mist: It's the duck's name. Isn't it cute? The Duck Finds a Mate Later, she will tell you: Mist: Recently, Torte goes missing at night. Is he going to a monster meeting or something? When a second Duck appears in the Pond, Torte's mission will become clear. He had been looking for a mate. Mist will remark upon this turn of Events: Mist: Oh, no! Now there are two ducks in my garden! I wonder when they became friends… The Ducks ultimately will have a 'child' of their own… At 5 Hearts: Mist: I took Torte and his friend to the bath the other day. But Melody got mad and said monsters aren't allowed inside. Freyr: Of course they aren't… Mist's Events and Letters

1st Event with Mist and Stella Your very first Event involves both Stella and Mist: Sister: Good evening. You're looking for a missing girl? I'm very sorry to hear that. If you don't mind this humble placed, you should rest here for the night. Freyr: Thank you so much! Sister… um… Stella: Stella. Sister Stella, thank you very much. My name is… Freyr. Freyr, huh? That's a wonderful name. (Default is Raguna.) Stella: By the way, Freyr, was this missing girl your sweetheart? Freyr: (with profusely sweating): N-no! It's nothing like that at all! … But, she is a very important person to me. Stella: I see… Well, let's just leave the matter be for now, eh? It's getting late. You should rest. Good night. New event next morning. Freyr: Thank you for last night, Sister Stella. How can I repay you? Stella: We must all help each other out in times of need. I'll be praying your search goes well. Freyr: Thank you. A girl enters. Girl: Good morning! You are… Your choices now: Have we met? Mi-Mist?! I chose Mist. Mist: Yes, I'm Mist. And you… You look just like Freyr! Freyr: That's 'cause I AM him! Mist: (with music): Oh, what a coincidence to meet at a place like this. Freyr: I came looking for you, Mist! Stella: Ahahaha! So Mist was the missing girl Freyr was looking for! Mist: Sister Stella, I didn't know you knew Freyr. Freyr: I just happened to stop here for the night while I was looking for you. More importantly, what in the world are you doing here, Mist?! Every one's worried about you because you left so suddenly. Mist: Oh, I'm sorry. Well, then could you return to town and tell every one I'm fine? Freyr: Huh…? You're not coming with me? Mist: I can't. Some one is calling for me. Freyr: Again, with the nonsense… Mist: I know! Freyr, you should stay here! Me: What?! I can't do that! Mist: If I correctly, there's an empty house next to the one I live in. Stella: Well… yes, there is, but no one has lived there for so long, it's a mess. Not to mention the farm… Mist (with music): Don't worry. Freyr is very skilled at tending to such things. I'm sure he'll clean this one right up! Freyr (sweating profusely): Um… I don't agreeing to stay here… Mist: Come, Freyr. It's this way! Outside now, Mist tells you:

Mist: Just down this path! She runs off. Freyr: Please wait! Stella: Freyr, once you finish up some work, can you come to my place? Freyr: Sure. To Mist now: Freyr: What is that? Mist: That's Whale Island. It's always in the sky above Trampoli Village. Freyr: What a strange island… Mist (with music): I heard there's a cave inside it. Piques your interest, doesn't it? Your choices: Yeah. Not really… Freyr: Yeah. How does an island float above the clouds like that? Mist: I'm sure you'll be able to find the answer to that, Freyr. I just know it. Mist: But, sometimes it's unavailable for some reason. Freyr: What?! What if that happens when I'm fighting monsters? Mist: Well there's that saying, 'Only god knows.' Freyr: Oh, come on… Then: Mist: Hello! The other day, I dreamt of climbing a giant beanstalk to get to Whale Island. It would be wonderful if such a beanstalk actually existed. Mist: Anyway, let's go. Follow me. It's this way. Screenshots of different aspects, then: Mist: This is your new home, Freyr. How do you like it? Isn't it great? Freyr: Um… Well…. I guess so… Now the view shifts to show the field covered in weeds, stumps and such. Mist: Feel free to use this house and the farm in front however you like. You know what? We should give your farm a name. Freyr chooses Asgard. Mist: That's a great name. I think it suits the place. Freyr: I hope you weren't planning on saying that no matter what I named it. Mist: It's gonna be great to have you here. See you later! She turns to leave, then suddenly re something. Mist: I almost forgot! You're going to need this. You got: Cheap Hoe You got: Cheap Can Mist: It looks good on you. Don't forget to fill the watering can with water before using it. You definitely have a knack for being an Earthmate, Freyr. I can tell just by looking at you. Oh, and another thing. I wanted to give this to you, Freyr. It's a Turnip Seed. You got: Turnip Seed! Mist: I'll be looking forward to those turnips. Freyr: … Does this mean I have to give her some turnips later…? Go into the house immediately to save your game. Journal is next to the bed. Freyr: Maybe I should write an entry in my journal… Don't save. Save.

Rosetta

Birthday: 21 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Roasted Yam Easiest Favourite Gifts: Strawberry, Hot Milk Other Favourite Items: Cherry Pie, Strawberry, Corn, Cherry Grass, Hot Milk, Hot Chocolate, French Fries, Ear of Corn, Hot Chocolate, Omelet Most Detested Gift: Milk Marriage Requirements: You must experience all of the Events involving Danny as well as the Events involving Rosetta's father. Actual Dialogue: Rosetta: Let me tell you a little secret, Freyr. Freyr: What is it? Rosetta: My birthday is on the 21st of Autumn. I'll be waiting for a present. For Roasted Yam on her birthday: Rosetta: (Thank you!) Thanks! You're really considerate for getting me Roasted Yam for my birthday. For Roasted Yam: Thank you! I love Roasted Yam! I love the texture and how sweet it is! Rosetta: One of the things I like is 'Roasted Yam' (Baked Sweet Potato). I love how sweet it is. I also like strawberries and Hot Milk. I guess I really like sweets. For Cherry Pie, Hot Chocolate or Strawberry: Thank you! But how did you know what I liked? Don't tell me you like me. … No way. But thanks anyway. Rosetta: Oh, by the way, I never liked drinking milk. I know I shouldn't be picky about food, but I just can't drink it. Official Description: The girl at the grocery store. Her words may sting at times, but she is always hard at work. Background history: Rosetta: Did I tell you that my family runs a general store? My father does most of the work, but I used to help out. What I learned there is helping me do what I do now. N.B. This refers to her life in Kardia in the original Rune Factory. Rosetta's 1st Year Schedule: Sunny Weekdays Rosetta's Events and Letters 1st Event with Rosetta Girl: I'm getting what's in the shipping box right now. Just a second. I can't sell your harvested crops unless I do this. I better come to collect it everyday. Rosetta: Huh…? Oh! It's you, Freyr! It's me, Rosetta, from the general store in the town you came from. I was wondering where you disappeared off to. What are you doing here? Freyr: I live here. Rosetta: Oh, really? I came to collect the items in the shipping box because I hard some one new had moved here. So it was you, Freyr. You should have told me… So, what are you doing here? Me: Mist said she needed to do something here. She lives right next door. Rosetta (with tear): So you tagged along and now you're living together?! What is she doing here?

Me: I don't know… Rosetta: *sigh* I never know what she's thinking. You have to be more independent. (sigh) Forget about it. You have to ship your har Well, I hope we'll get along. Rosetta's Dialogue about Business After the 1st event with Rosetta: Freyr: By the way, Rosetta, Rosetta: yes? Freyr: This village already has a general store. Do you have time to be collecting the things in the shipping boxes? Rosetta: It's okay. You snooze, you lose, you know? You have to keep expanding your market. You can't get back what I pick up so don't put in stuff that you don't intend to sell. On another occasion: Rosetta: I calculated the total amount for what you shipped the other day and it was huge. I'll have to thank you for shipping things out all the time. Me: I'm just doing it because I want to… Rosetta: It still helps me out a lot. I really have to thank you somehow. On another occasion: Rosetta: The fish are on sale today! Freyr: Rosetta, aren't you going to put the seeds on sale? Rosetta: Sorry, I work on a really low margin with the seeds so I can't sell them any cheaper. I get a lot so you can grow lots of vegetables. Freyr: Oh… Thank you for that. Rosetta: It's all right. We're like a team. Rosetta's Dialogue on Rivalry with Mist Rosetta: Mist and I are childhood friends, but I always feel like competing with her. I wonder why? By the way, I heard that you went exploring on that flying island. It's not bad to be a hard worker, but make sure you don't get yourself killed. Rosetta's Dialogue about Fashion Rosetta (with music): I bought some new clothes. Do you want to see? My choices now. Sure! Not really… Sure! Rosetta: Maybe later. I'm working right now so I can't wear it. I guess that's the one thing I don't like about working. Rosetta: I calculated the total amount for what you shipped the other day and it was huge. I'll have to thank you for shipping things out all the time. Me: I'm just doing it because I want to… Rosetta: It still helps me out a lot. I really have to thank you somehow. Rosetta: Uzuki's clothes are really interesting. I think they look cute so I want to try wearing something like it one day. Rosetta's Confrontation with Danny

On Monday, 26 Summer in the 1st year at 10.20 a.m., I walked into the Materia Store at 10.00 a.m. to experience an event between Rosetta and Danny. Rosetta (with cross hurt and thunder): Huh? What is that? Are you for real? You sure you're all right in the head? Danny (with cross hurt and thunder): That's my line! You stole my customers with dirty tricks! You think I don't know?! Fight like a man! Rosetta: Why do you always end up like this? Customers come to my store because it's better. It's all because I work hard running it! Danny: No way! I know you must be cheating! You're probably blackmailing the customers! I know it! Rosetta: How rude! I never even thought of that before! Danny: Shut your trap! I'll fight you fair and square until I expose your conspiracy, you dirty cheater! Rosetta: Get out of here! This is harassment! Now Rosetta speaks to me. Rosetta: Those kinds of people always come out when business is good. Oh, Freyr. You were here? I'm sorry for making you see that… After: Freyr: Rosetta… Rosetta: What is it, Freyr? Are you worried about the thing with Danny? Thanks, but these things will happen as long as we run businesses. Just watch! I won't let this hold me back! Rosetta's Romantic Dream Freyr: Rosetta, you're always working so hard at your own store. I really respect you for that. Rosetta: I- I sometimes dream about having a knight in shining armour to come take me away. … I'm a girl after all… Freyr: W-what's wrong? Did I say something to make you mad? Rosetta: It's n-nothing… The next pivotal Event for Rosetta involves her father. As her heart levels increase further, she will speak of her father and of the fact that she was the guiding light at his shop in Kardia in of business sense. Freyr: Rosetta, How is your store recently? Rosetta: It's going really well. I guess I have some talent in running a business. Maybe I should give a lecture to my dad while I'm at it. After: Rosetta: Decorating the store with a vase is probably overdoing it. We're a general store after all. Rosetta: Maybe I should start selling the stuff I cooked at the store? At 6 Hearts: Freyr: Rosetta, are you good at cooking? Rosetta: What, I don't look it? I'm actually pretty good at it, you know. When I was living with Dad, I was the one that did all the cooking. Freyr: Oh, really? Then I hope you'll treat me to some later. Rosetta: W-what?! I-it's not free! I-I-It's not cheap either, you know! At 8 Hearts: Rosetta: My dad walks around completely naked after he takes a bath, and never separates the laundry. He's completely hopeless. But I do respect him for taking his job seriously every day. I have to do just as well. When she is almost at 9 Hearts:

Rosetta: I want to take a vacation and just relax once in a while. since I run a store, that's never going to happen.

But

Rosetta and her Father's Illness The next pivotal Event for Rosetta involves her father. As her heart levels increase further, she will speak of her father and of the fact that she was the guiding light at his shop in Kardia in of business sense. Freyr: Rosetta, How is your store recently? Rosetta: It's going really well. I guess I have some talent in running a business. Maybe I should give a lecture to my dad while I'm at it. After: Rosetta: Decorating the store with a vase is probably overdoing it. We're a general store after all. Rosetta: Maybe I should start selling the stuff I cooked at the store? At 6 Hearts: Freyr: Rosetta, are you good at cooking? Rosetta: What, I don't look it? I'm actually pretty good at it, you know. When I was living with Dad, I was the one that did all the cooking. Freyr: Oh, really? Then I hope you'll treat me to some later. Rosetta: W-what?! I-it's not free! I-I-It's not cheap either, you know! At 8 Hearts: Rosetta: My dad walks around completely naked after he takes a bath, and never separates the laundry. He's completely hopeless. But I do respect him for taking his job seriously every day. I have to do just as well. When she is almost at 9 Hearts: Rosetta: I want to take a vacation and just relax once in a while. But since I run a store, that's never going to happen. Rosetta's Departure To experience Rosetta's Departure Event, enter the Business District and walk towards the Materia Shop. You will witness Rosetta's exit from the shop, bowed down with heavy bags. Rosetta: Oh, Freyr. Freyr: What happened? Why are you carrying so much luggage? Rosetta: My father collapsed. He may be worthless, but he's still my father. I'm going to be gone for awhile. I left Danny in charge of the store, so it's business as usual. She then continues down the staircase and disappears. Speak to Danny now: Danny: I wonder what happened to Rosetta's dad's illness… All I can do is to stay here and keep the shop open. Danny: Because Rosetta's not here, I have to work hard. The general store will be open as usual so you can come shop like you always do. Other villagers will remark upon the situation as well. Lara: it seems that Rosetta's father is sick. That worries me. Anette: Rosetta's home is really far from here. It must be hard for her… Mist: I heard that Rosetta's father isn't well. I'm really worried for him.

Two seconds later: Mist: I heard that Rosetta's father is doing much better. That's a relief… Stella this morning: Rosetta is back in her hometown to look after her sick father. Just give her some kind words when you get the chance to talk to her. I'm sure she's feeling very tired. Danny: I wonder what happened to Rosetta's dad's illness… All I can do is stay here and keep the shop open. Eunice: I was thinking of giving some flowers when I go see Rosetta next time. You will not find Rosetta in Trampoli again until the next Festival or Holiday. Make certain that you speak to her then. Freyr: Rosetta, how was your father? Rosetta: He just caught a cold, but it's taking longer than normal for him to recover. He must have been overworked. That's why I decided to help out over there for a while. I can't leave my store without tending to it for too long so I'm back for today… But the best I can do is to come back only once a week. Freyr: I see… Please don't overwork yourself, too. Rosetta: Thanks… You're really kind. Look for Rosetta now each Holiday and Festival Day and keep raising her Affection and Friendship with Gifts as well. On the next regular Holiday, Freyr found Rosetta in the Square in the afternoon: Freyr: How is your father? Rosetta: Not much progress. Maybe I should just let Danny run the store over here and focus on tending to my father… When he spoke to Anette shortly after that: Anette: I heard that Rosetta's father is fine now. That's great to hear! On the next Holiday, he spoke to Rosetta when she was at home at night: Rosetta: Freyr, you make the vegetables which I buy. I sell seeds, and then you make vegetables again. Don't we make a good team? Rosetta: So Eunice gave her parents that getaway trip… Maybe I should give something to my dad, too… Once Rosetta goes to Kardia to take care of her father, you only will see her on Holidays and Festival Days. After you speak to her on the first Festival Day, she will decide to return once each week to oversee her Shop. She then will return each Holiday and actually take delivery of your items as usual. The next morning, however, she will be in Kardia again. If you wish to make progress in this sequence of Events, you need to speak to her each time you see her and raise her Heart Level as high as possible. With her Heart Level at 9: Freyr: How is your father? Is he getting better? Rosetta: Not much change. I got Lara to take a look at him. I hope she can find out something. Freyr: I see… Lara's Contribution Now you need to speak to Lara: Lara: I went to go see Rosetta's father just now. Freyr: How was he? Will he get better? Lara: Yes. He'll be good as new. Just follow the recipe I'll be giving you

and hand the finished product to Rosetta. Freyr: I-I'm making it…?! Lara: I won't be able to. You have to care deeply for Rosetta while you make it or it won't be effective. Freyr: Oh… Lara: Let me teach you the recipe now. Take 2 of 'Healing Drink S'* and a 'White Grass' and mix them. You'll be able to make a Healing Drink X with it. You may fail a couple of times, but keep trying. Freyr: All right. You should have the Recipe in your Laboratory Cook Book before this and have made it many times. You should have White Grass in storage but if you do not have it, you will not be able to buy it from Lara. The Clinic menu does not change and simply offers the usual grasses. Actually, it does not matter whether you make the Energy Drink X yourself or find it in a Dungeon. Simply give any Energy Drink X to Rosetta when you see her on the next Holiday or Festival. *Healing Drink S. actually is Energy Drink S. Rosetta's Father and Energy Drink X If you speak to Rosetta before you give her the Energy Drink X, she will declare: Rosetta: I can only come back here once a week until my father is all better. Danny is doing really well. I guess that's the only thing I'm happy for. Freyr then gave her E. Drink X Rosetta: Oh, what's this? Freyr: Please give it to your father. Lara told me about it. Rosetta: Really?! I'll get him to drink it right away! Thanks, Freyr! Rosetta's Return Rosetta may not return immediately after she accepts the Energy Drink X from you, but she should return within a week. Simply enter the Materia Shop to experience the Event. As you enter: Rosetta: Hey, Freyr! Now, you will be treated to a future 'Memory' clip: Rosetta: After getting my father to drink that medicine you gave me… he's been recovering fast! It's like a miracle. Freyr: Really? That's great to hear! Rosetta: This is all thanks to you! Freyr: What are you going to do now? Rosetta: My father is going to hire some people so this won't happen again. But I'm still worried, so I'll check in on him from time to time. I'm going to continue running the store here. It is mine, after all. That is the extent of the 'Memory' film. Now the Event resumes: Rosetta: Besides… She hesitates a moment, then: Rosetta: No, never mind. Freyr: ? Rosetta: Be sure to come to 'Materia' often, Freyr. A Way to Thank Danny

If her heart level is high enough, you should be able to speak to her immediately after her 'Return' Event to initiate the next sequence. You came at just the right time. Can I ask a favour from you? Your choices now: Sure. Maybe next time. Rosetta: it's about Danny. He's been working really hard recently. So I thought I should reward him. Do you have any good ideas? Well… How about giving a present to him? A present… That sounds like a great idea! But what should I give him? If you want to thank him, I think it's better to do something for him rather just giving him a thing. Rosetta: It's not that I want to thank him or anything! But I guess you're right. What should I do…? His house is a bit run down, so maybe if I gave his home a remodeling, he might like it. Freyr: That sounds good. Rosetta: Then I should get started right away. Thanks, Freyr. Helping Rosetta Remodel Danny's House Wait until the next day to speak to Rosetta to initiate the next event in the sequence. A Quest for Materials Many characters make Requests for items by Letter. Melody's Requests for every type of Wild Coloured Grass are conveyed by letter as are Bianca's Requests for various Cooked Dishes. In Rosetta's case, however, the Requests are conveyed personally. You can 'cheat' a little by having the following items in your Rucksack BEFORE you visit her the next morning: Materials Requested: Quality Cloth, Thick Stick, Quality Fur, Wool These are obtained as follows: Quality Cloth: War Trophy dropped randomly by Ghost, Necro, Faust, Little Emperor, Little Wizard, Hammer Troll and Gigantes Thick Stick: Item dropped as War Trophy by Necro, Little Emperor, Little Wizard, High Orc, Minotaur and Minotaur King or from Urns, Crates or Treasure Chests Quality Fur: War Trophy dropped randomly by Blood Panther, Shadow Panther, Hunter Wolf, Mamoo and Buffazoo Wool: Ranch Product obtained by using Harvester on tame Wooly or Fluffy Otherwise, you will be forced to run back and forth fetching and carrying for her. Freyr: How did it go? Are the preparations for the remodeling done? Rosetta: Well I ran into a little problem. I was thinking of giving him some curtains and a sofa bed but I don't have enough materials. Freyr! Can you please find me some 'Good Cloth'?! After: Rosetta: it's 'Good Cloth'. Thanks. N.B. There is no 'Good Cloth' in Rune Factory Frontier. It is 'Quality Cloth'. Give her Quality Cloth. Rosetta: Thank you! Next up… Freyr: What? There's more…?! Rosetta: Of course there is. Next up is 'Thick Stick.' Thanks. Freyr: *sigh*… After:

Rosetta: It's a Thick Stick. Thanks. Give her a Thick Stick. Rosetta: (Thank you!) Thanks! Freyr: Is that it? Rosetta: There's more. Next up is 'Quality Fur.' Thanks. Freyr: You're so demanding… Rosetta: What was that? Freyr: N-nothing! After: Rosetta: It's 'Quality Fur'. Thanks. Give her the Quality Fur: Rosetta: (Thank you!) Thank you so much. Freyr: Since I know how this is going to go… What should I bring next? Rosetta: How considerate of you. Next up is 'Wool'. This is the last one. Thanks. After: Rosetta: It's Wool. Thanks. Give her Wool. Rosetta: Thank you. Now I have everything I need. I'll get right to the remodeling. You keep watch so Danny won't come inside. Be sure to keep it a secret from Danny until the remodling is donoe! Okay! The screen darkens. When it lightens again, you are outside Danny's house and he is walking towards you. Danny: Oh, hey, Freyr. What are you doing in front of my house? Your choices: Oh, right… Is this really your house? If you choose, 'Oh, right…' Danny: So, what are you doing here? If you choose: Is this really your house? Danny: Huh? What's wrong with you? So, what are you doing here? Your choices now: I'm just waiting for some one… I'm just bored… If you choose: I'm just waiting for some one… Danny: Whyu are you meeting up in front of some one else's house?! If you choose: I'm just bored… Danny: Bored…? So you're standing in front of my house just because you're bored? Then, in either case: Danny: I want to go home! I can't go inside unless you get out of the way, Freyr! Get out of my way! Now your choices are: 'M-my chronic illness…! 'Graaagh!' Whether you choose Kanno's trademark response or that of Tsubute: Danny (with thunder and cross hurt): Are you teasing me? I know you are. Cut it out! If you won't get out of the way, I'll make you! Rosetta now flings open the doors and walks out of his house. Rosetta: I'm done. Oh… You were here, Danny? Danny; What's that supposed to mean? I live here! And what were you doing, Rosetta? Rosetta: (with music) You saved me the trouble of looking for you. Come on in.

Danny: But I live here… Now you all walk up the stairs, Danny preceding you. Danny: What's going on? Why are you two acting so sneaky? He gazes in wonder at the transformation. He now has a 'Big Bed', a very fine table set for two and, in place of the half-consumed wine bottle on the stand, a pitcher of fresh Milk. Danny: This is… Rosetta: Do you like it? It's to thank you for all your hard work. Freyr said that it's better to do something for you rather than just give you something. Danny: Th-thank you. I-I'll continue to work hard at the general store! Rosetta: I'm so glad Danny liked it. Freyr: Yeah. Rosetta: Let me give you this for your trouble. You said it's better when people do something for you, right? I personally made it. You got Sunny-side-up! Rosetta: I'll see you later! The Event ends with both Rosetta and Danny standing near you. Neither will make any further reference to the Event when you speak to them now. Ironically, when Freyr spoke to Danny, the first words out of his mouth were: Danny: I'm so depressed. (Ingrate!!!) Lara Birthday: 1 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Chocolate Cake Other Favourite Items: Strawberry, Berry Jam, Grape Jam, Orange Jam, Apple Jam, Lamp Squid Sashimi, French Toast, Donut, Pancake Most Detested Gift: Vegetable Juice Marriage Requirements: You must experience the series of Events involving her Prophetic Dreams. Actual Responses: For Chocolate Cake on her birthday: Oh my, Choco Cake! We will all have this for my birthday today. For Berry Jam on her Birthday: Thank you. I'll be enjoying this Berry Jam later. For Chocolate Cake: Chocolate cake? I love this! Thank you! For Strawberry or Berry Jam (with music): Why, thank you. How did you know what I liked? Lara: Birthdays are the day when you celebrate the life your parents gave you as well as express thanks to them for it. Freyr: Oh. When is your birthday, Lara? Lara: My birthday is on the 1st of Winter. Lara: I actually like sweets. Like chocolate cake and jam… I know it's bad for my health to eat too much of it, but I just can't help myself… Lara: I dislike 'Vegetable Juice'. Don't you think we should all eat vegetables just the way they are? Official Description: The nurse/sister at the church. Nice to every one but tends to worry a bit too much. Lara is a participant in the Missing Scriptures Events Chain as well as the Events involving Selphy's Debt. The Missing Scriptures Events Chain can be found in Stella's section of this Guide.

At 6 Hearts, she begins to experience a series of prophetic dreams involving other characters, including Stella and Turner. Lara's Schedule Daily, 6.00 a.m. to 8.59 a.m.: Church Monday, Wednesday, Friday in Class from 9.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m. at Clock Tower Weekdays, 7.00 to 7.59 p.m. at Laga Springs Bathhouse Holidays, 9.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m.: In Dining Hall of Church Festivals: 9.00 a.m. to 5.59 p.m. Church District, south of Clock Tower on hillside Lara, 'The Cross' and Kanpumasatsu Cinnamon will tell you about the 'Cross' Constellation, associated with Lara. Cinnamon: In this season, it's all about the Cross. Out of all the constellations, it's thought to be the most mystical. Freyr:: Oh, there must be a lot of stories behind it, then. Cinnamon: I'll tell you about it when you find it. You can see the Cross a bit late at night. Go find it. The Cross Constellation is associated with Lara and can be viewed after 8.00 p.m. Each Constellation is associated with one of the Eligible Girls and visiting her after viewing the Constellation will result in an increase in a specific area. Visit Lara the morning after you find the Cross and your constitution will increase. Lara: Do you know about this thing called 'kanpumasatsu'? Freyr: What's that? Lara: You use a dry cloth to rub your bare skin to boost your health. Uzuki told me the other day that it's supposed to bolster the nervous system and warms you up to prevent illness. Well? Would you like to try? Freyr: W-wait… We have to rub our bare skin? So… you have to take your clothes off? Won't that be really cold? Lara: It's supposed to be effective because it's cold. Freyr: I'll . Just hearing about that made me feel healthier already. Freyr's constitution went up! Lara's Prophetic Dreams When Lara reached 6 Hearts, Freyr experienced a series of Events with her. In the first, she related a dream about Stella: Lara: Teehee… Freyr: What's going on? You seem to be really happy. Lara: I'm sorry… I was just ing something. I dreamed about Sister Stella tripping inside the church. It just looked so funny… When Freyr next spoke to Stella, she declared: Stella: Ow.. Freyr; What's wrong, Stella? Stella: Oh, it's you, Freyr… Looks like you caught me at a bad time. It's nothing. I slipped while I was working and fell on my backside pretty hard. Thanks to that, I ruined one of the vases. Freyr: Oh no… That sounds terrible. He then visited Lara again at the Clinic: Freyr: Do you still your dream from the other day? Lara: Yes. You mean the one with Sister Stella falling? Freyr: Yeah. After you told me, I spoke with Stella and she really tripped

and broke a vase. Lara: Looks like the dream came true. Last night, I dreamt that Turner came to get some medicine for his hangover. Freyr: Wouldn't that be interesting if that came true, too? Lara: Haha. I guess so. Suddenly, Turner enters and walks to the counter. Freyr: Oh? Turner! Lara: What's wrong, Turner? Turner: I drank way too much and now I have a headache. Can I have something for it? Lara: Oh?! … Sure, just a moment. Here, take this. Please be careful not to drink so much in the future. Turner: Yeah. Thank you. Lara: … Looks like that dream came true, too. Freyr: Strange things sure keep happening. Later: Lara: Is it possible for two consecutive dreams to come true? Later: Lara: Freyr, I had another dream. Freyr; What kind of dream? Lara: There was something shining that falls down in front of the mail box at the church. Just thinking about how that will come true scares me… Freyr: It's just a coincidence. It's not possible for so many dreams to come true consecutively. Lara: I hope so.. After: Lara: I don't know what I would do if the next dream comes true… Lara Plays for You This is a little random event that can occur when Lara is seated at the organ in the Church after 6.00 a.m.: Lara; I'm practicing playing the organ for when we pray. Would you like to hear it? Sure. Maybe another time. Choose: 'Sure'. Lara: Thank you, but I'm embarrassed because I'm terrible at it. She then will play a few bars. Lara: How was it? Your choices now: You were very good. Maybe you're feeling a little off today. If you say: Freyr: You were very good. Lara: Thank you. I'll continue to practice so I can play better. Lara's Penpal At 4 Hearts, Lara will tell you about her penpal. Lara: My pen pal has recently begun school in a large town. She said that she plans to take over her father's work. I have to keep working hard, too.

As her heart level increases, you will experience more dialogues: Lara: My pen pal lives somewhere that's much colder than the Kingdom of Norad. I hope that she doesn't become ill… When her Heart Level increases again: Lara: I haven't received a response from my pen pal recently. I wonder what happened… I was thinking of going over there if I still don't receive a response after a while. Freyr: Oh really? I guess you're pretty worried. Lara: Yes… At 8 Hearts: Lara: (with music) I finally got a reply from her! Freyr: From your pen pal? That's great. Lara: Yes, thank you. It just seems that she was bedridden for a while and her friend was there to look after her. She used to be very sickly when she was young so I was very worried… At 10 Hearts: Lara: My pen pal was near the area so I went to pay her a visit. I'm glad to see that she hasn't change much. She also said the same for me. We're going to continue exchanging mail with each other. Melody Birthday: 11 Spring Most Favourite Gift: Relax Tea Easiest Favourite Gifts: Wild Grasses (any colour) Other Favourites: Charm Blue, Medicinal Herb, Black Grass, Orange Grass, Yellow Grass, Red Grass Most Detested Gift: Mayonnaise Marriage Requirements: You must experience the series of Events with the Red Troll at the Hot Spring as well as the Event with Nolan Melody: I love Relax Tea. I drink it while I'm in the bath to relax even more. For Relax Tea: This is Relax Tea! It's for me?! Thanks! I love you! For Medicinal Herb: For me? Thanks! I'll take anything you want to give me. Melody: My birthday is on the 11th of spring. I'll be waiting for a present! Melody: Is there anything you don't like to eat, Freyr? I hate mayonnaise. Just looking at it sends a shiver down my spine, so don't ever give it to me! Official Description: The always lively bathhouse owner. Always in search for the perfect bath. It is Melody who will give you a Hammer when you reach the source of the Spring in the Cave Depths at Whale Island. When she declares that the source of water for the Spring has diminished, go back to the Cave Depths to experience a special series of Events with a Red Troll. Give him Ice Cream at his request to restore the Water flow for the Laga Springs. The bathhouse then will be expanded. She will make a number of Requests for different wild Coloured Grasses by letter. As always when completing a letter Request, give the required item to Anette to deliver to Melody. Melody is a participant in the Missing Scriptures Events Chain. See Stella's

section for full details. Melody's Bathhouse Dialogue Melody: Floating seasonal vegetables in the bath can show a really refined taste, don't ya think? I'm counting on you. Freyr: Wait, I have to bring it? Melody: I'm kidding. Social Dialogue Melody: I saw you getting a monster to help you with your farm work, Freyr. So I decided to try it out, too, but the monster was so strong that it broke the flooring. I messed up. Freyr: Which monster did you get to do it? Melody: I don't … The Golem, I think? Freyr: Hahaha… You know there are jobs that each monster has their own strengths and weaknesses in. How about the Wooly? I think it'll be good. Melody: Nah… I'm done with getting the monsters to help out. Melody's History Tale of an Orphan Freyr: Not only do you like baths, you really like magic, too, don't you, Melody? Melody: It's not that I like magic. I like wizards. Freyr: There's a difference? Melody: There's a huge difference! This might sound weird to you, but do you have a minute? Your choices: Go ahead. I have to go somewhere… Go ahead. Melody: Thanks. I didn't have parents for as long as I can . I went out searching for parents because I saw how every one else had them. But I was still really small and that was the first time I went outside the town… I got lost right away. It was getting dark and a started hearing creepy sounds all around me. I thought I was monster food for sure. It was then that a wizard that was in town came and found me. After that, I started looking up to wizards. I wanted to become a wizard, too, and help people in need, so that they can smile again. Freyr: I'm sure you can do it, Malody. Becomae a great wizard, that is. Melody: Thanks, Freyr. The Creation of Neo Laga Springs Bathhouse In previous seasons, when you spoke to Melody, she will have mentioned that the water for her Hot Spring appears to be diminishing. Her anxiety will continue to increase until she finally asks a favour from you outright. Melody: Can you go take a look at the water source of the spring? It's where

you broke the rock with the hammer, Freyr. Thanks! Tip: If you wish to make a single journey, take Ice Cream with you when you visit the Cave Depths. When you go to the source of the spring, you will find an enormous Red Troll-like Creature squatting near the entrance to the Cave Depths in the former location of the underground waterfall and river. There is no water to be seen whatsoever there now. Troll: Huh? Who are you and what do you want with me? Freyr: If you sit there, it'll stop the flow of the hot spring. The bathhouse owner is getting really mad. Would you please move? Troll: Why should I move for you people? I like this place. Freyr: Please… Troll: Fine, fine… He performs a series of movements but stays in place. Troll: Then how about this? You bring me some ice cream. Then I'll move. Man, I'm too nice. Freyr: 'Ice cream', right? I'll bring it right away! Bring the Troll some Ice Cream, a Level 20 No Tool Dish that requires only that you mix Milk with Egg. Troll: Ice cream! You kept your promise! You're a nice guy. Now for my end of the bargain. There wasn't much water left in this spring so I added some more. See ya. Return to Trampoli to speak to Melody. Melody: Hey, Freyr! You did this, didn't you? That sure surprised me. I didn't expect the roof to be blown off to make it an outdoor bath! Freyr: The roof was blown off?! Melody: Yeah. But it's fine. I opened it up as an outdoor bathhouse now. It shall now be called… 'Neo Laga Springs'! Today's bath is on the house, so come on in! I'm burning some of the incense Rosetta gave me as a gift for the grand opening. It smells really nice, so enjoy! As on a previous occasion when a free Bath was promised, you will find yourself unable to use the Bath until you have paid 10G as usual. The bath has been expanded slightly and has a more lovely appearance. Melody's Event at 10 Hearts At 10 Hearts, enter the Bathhouse in the morning and you will find Nolan there in argument with Melody. Melody with cross hurt and thunder, puffing smoke. Melody: I said I don't want it! Nolen: But it can be of great assistance to you. Melody; And I'm saying I don't need it! I run this bathhouse because I love this bath! Nolan: Then let us take the entire bathhouse to the castle. Doing that can be very simple… Melody: Wha… Wha… G-get out of here!! If you really like baths then think about their feelings!! She races off. Freyr: What happened?

Nolan: You caught me at a terrible time. I came to Melody to ask her if she would like to be adopted by myself. I heard that she has no other family so I did it out of good will. However, it appears that I have offended her in the process… Freyr: I see… I'm going to find Melody. We have to talk it over. Nolan: I suppose so… Please do so. As I suspected, Melody is at the Cave Depths, where she has slipped and fallen to the ground. She is being threatened by four gleeful Goblins wwielding swords! I have to defeat them, a very simple task at this point. Are yoyu okay, Melody? Melody: I'm fine. I was just a little suprised. Freyr: Let's go back. Nolan is worried about you. Melody: No! He wants to take away the bathhouse and tells me to become a princess! Can you believe it?! Freyr: A princess…? Melody: He used to be a king of a small kingdom up north. He said that he's retired now and is just a regular bath lover. Freyr: But Melody, isn't that a good thing? Melody: No, it's not! I love Laga Springs! I have no intention of leaving this place! Freyr: That's all the more reason you have ot talk it over with Nolan. Melody: I know… But still… Freyr: You already made up your mind, right? Then there's nothing to worry about. Let's go back. Didn't you say people who love baths can't be all that bad? Melody: That's a cheap shot, Freyr… Now I HAVE to go back. … Fine. Nolan: melody! I was worried sick! If anything happened to you, I would have… Melody: … I'm sorry. But I don't intend to be adopted by you. Nolan: I see… Since we both have no family, I thought we could get along… Freyr: But I thought you had a son that ascended to your throne…? Nolan: Yes, well… That son is quite power-hungry… Though retired, I still have some power and he views me as a rival. My wife also ed away and… my youngest daughter as well when she was about your age, Melody. I do not have any one that I can call family anymore. Melody: Then I'll be your family! Nolan: What?! But… Melody; No, not in that way. Any one who takes baths is my family! That's why you're also family, Nolan! Nolan: I see… True happiness can be found in things tthat we take for granted. I guess I forgot that simple truth… Thank you, Melody. Melody: I'm sorry for saying all those terrible things to you, too. I also forgot that people who love baths can't be bad people. Nolan: May I come again to take a bath here? May I be able to stay as your family? Melody: Of course! Immediately after this Event, you once again will have the option to ask her out. Summer Date at Lake Poli with Melody If you arranged for a Date with an Eligible Maiden at Lake Poli on 19 Summer,

you need to go to the Lake at noon, except in the case of Iris, who will arrange to meet you at night instead. The Girl always reserves the right to be late. In Freyr's case, he had made a Date with Melody. He arrived before noon but was forced to wait until 12.45 p.m. when he finally spied her sauntering slowly east across the bridge towards him. Melody: You're late! Well, I was late, too, so I guess it's okay. She then seated herself in the gondola, then told Freyr: Melody: It sure is hot today. We should go somewhere breezy… How about the island in the lake? Freyr then had to row to the closest of the two islands, the one without the beanstalk to Whale Island. Melody raced ahead of him to stand beneath the large tree. Melody: Wow! I had no idea it'd be so cool here! This feels nice… Freyr: going to the beach is nice, but I must say cooling off by the lake feels great. Melody and Freyr gazed at the view for a moment, then: Melody: Oh, I almost forgot! I tried making some lunch (snacks) for us today. Wanna try some? She offered a bowl to him. Freyr: Really?! This looks great. The actual dish may change from Date to Date: Today's Box Lunch is Cheese Fondue! Today's Box Lunch is Curry Udon! Melody: How is it? I tried my best, but… Your choices now: It's delicious! This is… um… Freyr, being a gentleman, duly assured her it was delicious. Melody (with music): Really?! Hearing you say that makes me so happy! They stand together, gazing at all the beauties of the Lake, then: Melody: Thank you for today. It's always hot in the springs, so the breeze was such a relief. Freyr: It's gonna be hot for a while, so I hope we can do this again soon. Suddenly, Freyr's vision turns red, as though he were about to suffer a major heart attack or an attack of the vapours. His thoughts: Oh, Melody … I can no longer control my feelings for you… The terrible red slowly changes to a cooler green: His thoughts now: If I want to confess, I must do it now! You now will have the opportunity to take a Wedding Bouquet from your rucksack, provided that you came prepared to propose marriage to the Girl in question and give it to her. If she is at 10 Hearts and all other requirements for marriage to the specific girl have been met, she will accept your proposal. Each Eligible Girl differs in her specific requirements. In Melody's case, you must have experienced all of her Events, including the one with the red Troll at the spring and the Event with Nolan. General Marriage Requirements include a house expansion for a bedroom on the upper floor and a Double Bed for marital bliss. As Freyr wished to go on many more Dates with many other Girls, he opted not to confess anything. Melody therefore only declared: Melody: It's kinda nice going on dates like this. He is forced to take the boat back to the dock alone, as Melody does not appear to understand that he gladly would take her home as well. He therefore was

forced to leave her stranded without any transport on the little island. Rather to his surprise, she cheerfully waved farewell then. Melody: Freyr, thanks for inviting me out. I hope we can do this again sometime. Freyr: Of course! The event ended at the entrance to Lake Poli. Marriage Proposal and Wedding to Melody If Freyr had offered Melody a Wedding Bouquet at the end of the Summer Date, at 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship, with all conditions met, Melody would accept his proposal. The wedding would occur immediately afterwards. He then would regain control in the farmhouse facing his new bride on 6.00 a.m. the next morning. Here is the Event that occurred when he offered her the Wedding Bouquet: Melody: …! Um… this is… So you mean… Freyr: That's right. I love you. Will you marry me? Melody; But… um… Really? Me? Freyr: Absolutely. You are the only one for me. Well… What do you say? Melody: Oh, I'm so happy! I never thought my feelings would be returned… Freyr: I'll make you the happiest woman alive. I swear it… Wedding Congratulations After the blessing at the Church, most of the residents would offer their Congratulations. Wedding Events both with Melody and with Anette have been included to show how the dialogue varies with respect to certain characters. In Melody's Event, the only characters who did not congratulate Freyr and Melody were Cinnamon, Iris Blanche and Iris Noire. In Anette's Event, the missing characters were Iris Blanche and Noire and Minerva. Given the antipathy of vampires towards Churches, the absence of both aspects of Iris can be forgiven, but Cinnamon should have been at Melody's Wedding. It is possible that the number of characters who congratulate the Bride is set and that the inclusion of Minerva in Melody's Event resulted in the exclusion of Cinnamon. As you will see, each Wedding has dialogue specific to the Bride in of some of the most important characters in her life. In Melody's case, those individuals were Lara and Nolan. In Anette's case, the special dialogues involved Erik and Danny, the two other eligible bachelors of Trampoli. At the Altar: Stella: You may kiss the bride. The Bride and Groom kiss. Turner: Congratulations to the both of you. I hope you'll make a happy family. Rita: Freyr, Melody, congratulations. You should come to the bar together later. Eunice: Freyr, Melody, congratulations. Melody, you look beautiful! I wish you the best. Erik: Congratulations, young man! I never thought you'd actually manage to get married! Kanno: You two make a great couple. Congratulations! Candy; Congratulations on your marriage with melody! You look beautiful, Malody… wish I could be some one's bride. Lara: Congratulations, Melody. You look beautiful. Melody: Thank you, Lara. Let's still be friends. Lara: Of course.

Ganesha: Congratulations on your marriage. Next up is a baby! I'll be waiting for a cute baby from the two of you. Marco: Congratulations on you marrying. You'll still have those adventures even after you marry though, right? You have to take me with you on an adventure someday. Rosetta: Congratulations to the both of you. You make a great couple. Danny: Congratulations. Have a nice life. Bianca: So you married Melody. And here I always thought you had a thing for me… Oh well. Congratulations, I guess. Tabatha: Congratulations, Freyr, Melody. I wish you well. Minerva: Congratulations. Being a bride, huh… I wish I could be one soon. Selphy: It's always nice to see two people in love get married. Anette: Congratulations. Take care. I better change the delivery address. Lute: Congratulations to the both of you. Take care. Uzuki: It surely is a joyous occasion. Melody looks beautiful in that dress. A foreign wedding ceremony can be nice. Someday, I too shall… Tsubute: Congratulations on your marriage, Freyr. Now I am assured that Milady will never be seduced by some ruffian anymore. This is truly a joyous occasion. Kross: Congratulations. Take care. Nolan: Congratulations, Melody. I'm so glad I am able to see you in a wedding dress. I hope you and Freyr will take care. Melody: Thank you very much. I'll still run the bathhouse myself after I get married so come visit me like you always do. Nolan: Gladly… Mist: Freyr, Melody, congratulations. You look great together. Take care. Melody's Dialogue after Marriage After his Wedding to Melody, Freyr then would find himself at his Farmhouse with his new bride. It would be 6.00 a.m. on the day after the Summer Date. A little Event then would occur: Melody: We're married now. It still feels a bit like a dream. Freyr: It's the start of our new life together. It'll be quite a ride. Melody: I'm sure the ride will be exciting! I've always considered every one that comes to the bathhouse family. But creating my own family with a man I love has always been my dream. It's finally come true… Freyr: I'll do my best to be a husband you can be proud of. I love you. Afterwards, if he spoke to Melody again: Melody: here's your lunch! Have a nice day. You got: Cheese Fondue! Freyr: Thanks. It looks great. Melody: I put a lot of work into it. I hope you'll enjoy it later! She then hums the Spirit Melody. Other dialogue after Marriage: Melody: Good morning, sweetie. Let's make today a great day! Don't stare at me like that… Melody: Oh, you're already home? Melody: Did you forget something? Or did you just want to see me? In the circumstances, however, as Freyr wished to experience Dates and Weddings

with ALL the Eligible Girls, he replayed the Date and left the Lake single. Bianca Birthday: 8 Summer Most Favourite Gift: She has None but will accept some items with less rudeness than others Most Detested Gift: Rice Ball Note that in of advancing your Courtship, Bianca will be affected more by conversation than gifts of any ordinary items. Your best strategy is simply to speak to her daily during the Summer season. Actual Dialogue: Bianca: I received a wooden horse for a birthday when I was small, but I ended up not even riding it once and threw it away. By the way, my birthday is on the 8th of Summer. You better that. Is there anything you don't like, Bianca? Bianca: Let's see… I hate things that are unnecessarily frugal. Like… rice balls. On her birthday: For Diamond or Trout Sashimi: Why, thank you. It's a bit meagre for a birthday present, but I will still accept it. (as Birthday Gift) For Ruby Brooch: Your tastes are still as bad as ever. Of course, I could still make this look good. (as Birthday Gift) Response to ordinary Gifts: For Amethyst, Aquamarine (Lv. 7), Orange Marmalade, Energy Drink, Berry Juice, Udon, etc: What is this? Is it for me? I suppose I'll take it off your hands. For any accessory that qualifies as 'jewelry', even if it is a simple Pendant or Wing Ring, she will tell you: Bianca: Your tastes haven't changed it seems… I guess I'll put it on, since you tried… Response to accessory items she scorns: For Hand-Knit Hat: You should be ashamed by your lack of taste. For edible items she detests: For Hot Rice Ball: (with cross hurt and thunder): You've got some nerve. Although Bianca will tell you that conversation does not increase her feelings for you, this is not the case at all. In fact, it is dialogue alone that truly boosts her Heart Level: Bianca: Just because you keep talking to me doesn't mean I'll grow to like you. No matter what you do, you'll never be more important to me than Francoise. (4 � Hearts) Dialogue about Cuisine: Bianca: There is a food called 'Bavarois'. I'd like to try it once. Bring it to me if you find it, but I won't hold my breath. Bianca: Yesterday, I had roast meat steamed in wine. The meat was so soft it melted in my mouth. Bianca: Last night, I had Flounder and Lover Snapper in a white wine sauce. Oh, that sauce coupled with the texture was wonderful. Freyr: Oh…

Note that Bianca's interest in fine cuisine will lead to the establishment of a new Festival as early as the second year, provided she and Tabatha have become permanent residents of Trampoli. Bianca: Once I get bored of Trampoli, I may move to another summer home. You'll have to entertain me so that doesn't happen. Official Description: The young miss of the opulent Viviash household. Seems selfish but has a tender heart. A 'Treasure Hunt' is connected with Bianca. You will experience an Event with her wherein you find the beginning of a poem on a piece of paper. Go to the Conservatory to find the next hint, then to the little island to the right of the Beanstalk Island at Lake Poli to find the final verse with a Diamond. When you next visit Bianca, you will find a Wedding Ring in front of her house, triggering the last Event in this series with Bianca. Bianca's Dialogue about Francoise When she first takes Francoise for her own: Bianca: My thanks. For its name, let's see… 'Francoise'. Francoise, starting today, I am your master. Curiously enough, Tabatha will act as though you had given Francoise to her: Tabatha: I have never seen Miss Bianca so happy. Freyr, thank you very much for gifting me with Francoise. Bianca: Don't you think Francoise is a great name? After the end of the 1st Summer: Freyr: Hey, I thought that you were only here during the summer, Bianca. Bianca: That was my initial plan but Francoise can only live in these lands. I can't just leave it here so Tabatha and I decided to stay. Freyr: I see. Well, you're always welcome in the village. If you press 'A' next to Francoise's Feed: Freyr: There's Monster Food inside. Bianca: Francoise only gets the best food there is. Bianca: The other day, Francoise ate what I gave it instead of Tabatha's food. It feels kind of nice. Bianca: Francoise lets me pet it recently. I think it's finally used to me. Bianca: Francoise eats from my hand directly now. I'm the only one that can do it. Bianca: … Just because you keep talking to me doesn't mean I'll grow to like you. No matter what you do, you'll never be more important to me than Francoise. (4 � Hearts) Bianca: Francoise used to sleep in the same bed with me, but it's getting harder and harder. I wonder if they sell beds for monsters somewhere… At 5 Hearts: Bianca: You just don't get tired of coming here, do you? I'm impressed. Oh, you've come to see Francoise. I know that feeling. Bianca's Letters and Events Bianca's Introduction Event On 2 Summer in the 1st Year, enter the new Mansion in the South District to

experience your first encounter with Bianca and Tabatha. At nine, you can meet Tabatha and Bianca: Oh hell, Freyr. I am Tabatha, Miss Bianca's maid. Did you move here? Me: Well… A lot's happened since before… Tabaha: You haven't changed at all, Freyr. Miss Bianca will only be here during summer but I hope we will get along. Miss Bianca may say some pointed things to you, but please don't let it bother youl. Bianca: Oh, Freyr… Fancy seeing you here. I only came here to cool off so I won't stay for long… But if you find anything interesting, I'll take it off your hands. Bianca: I'm bored. Do you know anything fun to do? Then; This is my first time to this village but there's really nothing here. Father should have sent me to the city… Tabatha: it's so lively with all the monsters at your home, Freyr. Then: Tabatha: Monsters attack humans so they are hated, but they have adorable eyes when you look a tthem carefully. I think you can communicated with monsters if you deal with them with lots of love. Me: Are you and Bianca the only ones here? Tab: Yes. I care for Miss Bianca and manage the mansion myself. Me: That sounds like a lot of work… I enjoy it because it is worth doing. It's quite fun to clean a large mansion. Why don't you try it, Freyr? Me: I-I'm fine… Tab: Oh? That's unfortunate. Bianca: You've been going to that strange island, haven't you? If you find anything interesting, bring it to me. I'll gladly take it off your hands. Me: This must be Tabatha's diary. … Hmm. Just the thought of reading this makes me nervous. Tabatha: Miss Bianca is not a bad person. She's just a bit… proud. But she doesn't have many friends because of that… I just hope some one is willing to be her friend… Bianca: I, Bianca Sainte-Coquille, had this summer home built to spend summers comfortably. I only came here to cool off so I won't stay for long… Bianca: I came to get away from the heat but it's not cool here at all! Do something about it! Bianca: This summer home is a bit small. I wanted the bedroom to be much larger. Maybe I should have extensions built? Then she will give you a hint about a possible interest in Monsters: Bianca: Did you find anything interesting in the Green Ruins? If you find anything, show it to me. Bianca and the Little Lost Monster Bianca's 'Story' in Rune Factory Frontier is centred on 'Francoise', a young Elefun who, lost in the Cave on Whale Island, follows you back to Trampoli.. On 10 Summer, ten days after his Introduction Event with Bianca and Tabatha, Freyr entered the Mansion at 9.20 a.m. and experienced an Event with the Purple Elefun Monster. As soon as he entered, he noticed the little Monster in the foyer with him. Freyr: Hey! You shouldn't have come all the way here! The baby Elefun races off towards the door that leads to the fountain. Freyr: Wait! The Monster disappears through the door. Freyr: Ack! The monster now stands in front of Bianca at the foot of the Grand Staircase.

Freyr: I'm sorry, Bianca. Bianca: Is this your monster? You will have a choice now: Yes, it's mine. No, it just followed me here. If I choose: Yes, it's mine. Bianca: Hmph. I guess monsters aren't as scary as I thought. Won't you give it to me? Your choices now: Sure. Please don't make me choose… If you choose: Sure. Freyr: Sure. Be sure to take good care of it. Bianca: My thanks. For its name, let's see… 'Francoise'. Francoise, starting today, I am your master. The Event ends. After: Don't you think Francoise is a great name? If you chose: No, it just followed me here. She still will respond the same about monsters not being as scary as she thought. If, to the question: Won't you give it to me? You respond: Please don't make me choose… Bianca: Oh, really? But it doesn't seem to want to move away from here… It seems quite attached to me so maybe you shouldn't force it. Won't you give it to me? You can continue to refuse, but she will continue to beg until she gets what she wants. Bianca is a very determined young lady! Bianca's Decision to Stay After Autumn began in the 1st year, Freyr found Bianca brushing Francoise in the Mansion one day near noon. Bianca: Oh, good morning. Freyr: Hey, I thought that you were only here during the summer, Bianca. Bianca: That was my initial plan but Francoise can only live in these lands. I can't just leave it here so Tabatha and I decided to stay. Freyr: I see. Well, you're always welcome in the village. After this, he spoke to Tabatha: Tabatha (blushing): Miss Bianca suddenly said yesterday that she wants to stay for Francoise. Miss Bianca has never altered her schedule for the sake of some one else so I am truly surprised. But it makes me a little happy (with music). Bianca's Dialogues about Francoise After you give Francoise to Bianca: Tabatha: I have never seen Miss Bianca so happy. Freyr, thank you very much for gifting me with Francoise. If you speak to Bianca in the little Monster Barn in the Mansion while she is brushing Francoise, you can access the food bin to initiate a little bit of dialogue. Freyr: There's Monster Food inside. Bianca: Francoise only gets the best food there is.

As Bianca's Heart Levels increase, you will be able to experience more dialogues about Francoise. Bianca: The other day, Francoise ate what I gave it instead of Tabatha's food. It feels kind of nice. Bianca: Francoise lets me pet it recently. I think it's finally used to me. Bianca: Francoise eats from my hand directly now. I'm the only one that can do it. Bianca: … Just because you keep talking to me doesn't mean I'll grow to like you. No matter what you do, you'll never be more important to me than Francoise. (4 � Hearts) Bianca: Francoise used to sleep in the same bed with me, but it's getting harder and harder. I wonder if they sell beds for monsters somewhere… Bianca: You just don't get tired of coming here, do you? I'm impressed. Oh, you've come to see Francoise. I know that feeling. At 6 Hearts: Bianca: Father keeps telling me to come home. And I keep telling him that I can't because Francoise is here… Francoise Runs Amok At 5 or 6 Hearts, you may experience the following dialogue with respect to the increasing amount of mischief caused by Francoise: Bianca: Francoise wrecked a vase. The vase isn't worth much, but it's getting so rambunctious lately. I guess it's at a very active age. Tabatha will mention the incident as well: Tabatha: Francoise has been breaking a lot of things at home recently. Francoise only listens to Miss Bianca and yet she doesn't say anything to it. I am at a loss… Shortly after this, you will discover that other villagers have experienced incidents with Francoise. Danny: Can't we do something about Bianca's monster? (with thunder and cross hurt now): You gave that monster to her so you should take responsibility! Turner: The other day, Bianca's monster ran into the store entrance at full speed. Luckily, it didn't break, but I wish she would calm that thing down a bit more. Kross: I got attacked by Bianca's monster… Did I do something bad…? Finally, speak to Stella to discover the extent of the hostility that Francoise's recent behaviour has engendered: Stella: Freyr, I don't know how to say this… Freyr: What is it? Stella: About Bianca's Monster… I have received a lot of complaints about it. I don't want to meddle in people's affairs, so I'll leave it be for now… But if it goes on as is, I can't protect her any longer. I'll tell Bianca, but you should be careful, too. Freyr: Sure thing. This sounds rather ominous, as though a lynch mob may be lurking round a corner somewhere… It is more likely, however, that Stella hopes very stern words may have results in moderating the unruly Monster's behaviour. Francoise and Uzuki

It is when you speak to Uzuki in the Public Square that you will experience a real Event with Francoise. Uzuki: Freyr, are you out for a walk? The town square is a nice place. It certainly is a pleasant place for every one. It's so peaceful… Ahhh! Enemy music: Freyr: !! Uzuki: This bloodcurdling scream! We have an emergency! Tsubute: Let us go, milady! Now suddenly, Bianca and Tabatha, Cinnamon, Candy, Eunice, and Marco surround little Francoise in the square. You hear the cry of the Little Monster. Eunice: It's so cute! Uzuki and I arrive on the scene. Uzuki: What's going on?! I shall defend the peace of Trampoli! Every one turns to face us. Francoise cries out again. Cinnamon: … What's wrong? Uzuki: I thought I just heard Eunice scream… Candy: We were just looking at Bianca's Francoise together. Bianca: I normally won't allow it, but I'll let every one pet it today. Marco: It's so fluffy. Try it out, Uzuki! Uzuki: I-I am fine… Tabatha: Ypu don't need to act so modest. Francoise loves being petted. Uzuki: I-I … But… Bianca: … What? Are you saying you can't pet Francoise? Uzuki: No, it's not that… After a moment of hesitation: Uzuki: Very well. I come from a family of samurais. I shall harden my resolve to do this. Cinnamon: it's not supposed to be that serious of a matter… Uzuki goes forward to pet Francoise. Uzuki: Oh! It is much more tame than I imagined. And it is warm. Bianca: My Francoise is the best in the world. Uzuki: Well well. This was a wonderful experience. I thank you, Bianca. Tab: I hope Uzuki's hatred of monsters will be eased a little bit with this. Uzuki: That is a difficult thing to follow through with. Francoise Returns to the First Forest When Bianca reached 8 Hearts, Freyr entered the Mansion one afternoon and experienced an Event: Bianca: Eeeek! He hears a thump, then the cry of Francoise. He finds Bianca kneeling on the floor near the Grand Staircase. Bianca stands behind her docilely. Tabatha, hearing the commotion now descends the staircase and calls out to her Mistress. Tabatha: Miss! Freyr runs forward as well. Freyr: Are you okay, Bianca? Bianca: It's nothing. I was just playing with Francoise. Miss, let me tend to your leg. She kneels by Bianca and begins to clean the wound. Bianca: Ow!

I knew it… Francoise did this, didn't it? No. I just tripped and fell on my own. Miss! Tell me the truth! Did Francoise do this? No! I have overlooked much, but not this time! Tell me the truth! Why? Why do you speak ill of Francoise, Tabatha? You love monsters and dream about a world where humans and monsters can coexist! That is precisely why! Rules are needed if humans are to live with monsters. Now that monsters live in the human world, they will lose their place if they end up hurting those humans. Francoise must return to the 'First Forest'. Both of the girls now have tears in their eyes. Tabatha… Are you cruying…? Tab: I'm not… I know it pains you much more… Tabatha… Bianca takes out the Brush to brush Francoise one last time. Now the Event shifts to a future 'Memory'. Bianca: All right. We'll release Francoise back to the First Forest. Goodbye, Francoise… The Memory ends and the Event resumes. Freyr: Bianca… Bianca: Do it! I'm sick and tired… of monsters… Tab: I'm sorry for forcing you to do this. But please… This is for the sake of Miss Bianca. Freyr: …All right. One final scream of the Elefun as she is sent back… Bianca: Goodbye, Francoise. I'll always love you… A shining point of light whirls and vanishes. Bianca: That was terrible. If you find something more interesting, bring it to me. But don't ever bring me monsters again. The only monster for me is Francoise after all. The Event ends now. Freyr ran back to Francoise's old room to see if it had changed. Oddly enough, he found Bianca in there brushing the air as though pretending that Francoise had not been sent away… what a sad sight! Bianca and the Treasure Hunt Each of the Eligible Girls is associated with a Constellation and your character will experience an Event with her after 'finding' her Constellation in the night sky. Not surprisingly, Bianca's Constellation is the Elephant. After finding the Elephant Constellation, Freyr visited Bianca while she was brushing Francoise and when he spoke to her, experienced an Event: Freyr: Bianca, you dropped something. Bianca: Oh, thank you. … What is this? Paper? This dirty piece of paper isn't mine. Me: O-oh, really? But I thought I saw you drop it… Bianca: I said it's not mine! Sainte-Coquille Festival On 18 Spring, you will receive an announcement letter from Bianca. Participate in my festival Tomorrow is the Sainte-Coquille Festival, sponsored by me. Every one, participate. I'll be waiting at the Public Square. Bianca Bianca's Ongoing Requests

There are a number of characters in Rune Factory Frontier who make Requests for items by letter. The items tend to be appropriate to the individual requesting them. In Melody's case, the Requests are for Wild Coloured Grasses. Ganesha's Requests are for ingredients used to forge Weapons. Although Bianca's first Request is for Iron, she makes it clear that is only a 'test' and soon begins to Request Cooked Dishes, Requests that are most appropriate for any member of the Sainte-Coquille Gourmet clan. Test Letter from Bianca: A Test Letter I heard that you take requests for items bpeople want by mail. I don't really want anything in particular, but hm… Send me an Iron. Bianca Letter from Bianca: Hm… I received your Iron in the mail. Next, send me a Strawberry. Bianca After you send Bianca the Strawberry she requested, she will send a letter requesting a Vegetable Stir-Fry from you. This should occur after 3 � Heart Level. Letter from Bianca It's more fun than I thought. I received your Strawberry. I guess exchanging letter is not too boring. It feels a bit different from talking in person. Anyway, send me a Veg. Stir-fry next. Bianca When you have sent her a Vegetable Stir-Fry, you will receive another Request by Letter: Next… I received your Veg. Stir-Fry. Did you make this? Well, not that I care or anything. Hm… as for the next item… Something harder to make… Perhaps a Steam Pumpkin. Yes, send me a Steam Pumpkin. Bianca Steam Pumpkin actually is made in the Pot, not the Steamer and requires only a Pumpkin. Send her the Steam Pumpkin to receive another Request, accompanied by a small reward in the form of a Level 2 Amethyst. You're a harder worker than I thought. I received the Steam Pumpkin. Actually, I'm quite surprised you would keep sending items that I request. You're unexpectedly diligent. Anyway, take this token of thanks. I don't need it anymore. Next, I would like a Roasted Carp. Bianca With the Letter, a Level 2 Amethyst popped out of the letter and hit the ground. Carp is caught most easily when fishing at Lake Poli. 'Roasted' in this case is a poor translation as most 'Roasted' Fish Dishes in Rune Factory Frontier, including Roasted Carp, are made in Frying Pan. The next letter you receive will be:

Next… I received the Roasted Carp. I guess commoner food is not always bad. Here, take this token of thanks. I don't need it anymore. Next, I would like something even more lowly. How about a PB&J. Bianca With this Letter, a Level 2 Aquamarine pops out onto the ground. Send her the PB&J. There are three different recipes for this and it does not matter which you use. She then will respond: Must be nice. I received the PB&J. It was actually not too bad, and also unexpected. I've included another token of thanks with the letter, so take it. By the way, I heard from Tabatha about a food called Steam Turnip. Could you send me that? Bianca N.B. It may be worth noting here that the Steam Turnip is a Dish that requires Snapper, a Fish that is somewhat rare. Fish such as Snapper, Pike and Blowfish can be caught only from the ocean during specific seasons and in that sense, are more difficult to obtain sometimes than the truly 'rare' fish such as Lover Snapper and Fall Fish in Rune Factory Frontier as the latter can be caught in dungeons year-round. Not even knowing that Bianca would request Steam Turnip, I tried to store at least one Snapper, Blowfish and Pike in my Refrigerator in anticipation of possible need. I then was able to complete her Request instantly. If I had not stored a Snapper, I might have been forced to wait almost a year to catch another! The next letter you receive will be: Steam Turnip I received the Steam Turnip. What a curious food. It was not all bad, however. I've included another token of thanks this time, so take it. Next, I would like a Fruit Ole. I'll be waiting. Bianca Level 2 Sapphire attached. Fruit Ole: Pineapple, Tomato, Apple, Orange, Milk Note that even if you deliver a Fruit Ole to Anette the same morning you receive the Request, the next letter will be: Failure I received the Fruit Ole. Unfortunately, by the time it reached here, it was no longer in a drinkable state. Too bad. I've included a token of thanks with this letter anyway. Next, I want something rare like a Lover Sashimi. Did you get that? I'll be waiting. Bianca Level 2 Ruby attached.

Tabatha Birthday: 12 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Oatmeal Easiest Favourite Gifts: Flour, Porridge Other Favoured Gifts: Apple, Mixed Juice, Mixed Ole Most Detested Gift: Sashimi For Oatmeal: Thank you very much. I really love rice porridge. for

It's good

your health, too. Tabatha: I really like rice porridges.* Am I strange for liking it? I think the cooking method of porridge is actually one of the most elaborate. (with hearts) You can feed it to the sick so I think it is a very gentle food. *Oatmeal, not Porridge actually is her Most Favourite Gift. This may have been a problem with translation. For Porridge or Flour: Thank you very much. I can see that you purposely selected something I liked. Tabatha: I just cannot eat sashimi. Just thinking that they are slices of fish… Official Description: The elven maid under Bianca. Gentle and perfect in all her work. She actually will speak of Melody's Most Favourite at 4 hearts: You should drink some Relax Tea when you can't sleep at night. You can make it from 'Tea Leaves'. Melody has said that she loves it, too. Dialogue about Elves Freyr: Tabatha, you seem to talk to us without any difficulty, but is the language of the elves the same as humans? Tabatha: It's completely different. Elvish has a lot of sounds that humans can't hear so we can't speak to humans with it. That's why elves learn the human language. It required a lot of effort on my part in the beginning. Dialogue about Monsters Tabatha: Your monsters all trust you very much, Freyr. That's why you have to hold up your end of the bargain. Tabatha: If you pet the monsters inside your barn, you can become better friends with them. Please be sure to pet them. Tabatha: Some monsters can help you with your farm work and there are some that can help you fight. The ones that you are close to will work even harder for you. Tabatha: I'm happy to see that Miss Bianca has learned to care for monsters. Tabatha's Story When Tabatha reaches 6 Hearts, her younger sister Minerva will arrive in Trampoli to stay at the Inn. Minerva visits, not for pleasure, but because she has a duty to her people. Minerva's Mission As Minerva's Friendship Level with your character increases, she will begin to hint at her reason for visiting Trampoli. An amusing side-effect of increased Friendship is more flirtatious behaviour on her part. Minerva: Did you know? Some nation in the north had a princess that was first in line for the throne but suddenly vanished. Because of that, the royal

family had a huge scuffle. But a similar thing is happening in the nation of elves, and yet Sister… (Note that this is a hint with respect to ANOTHER character in Rune Factory Frontier as well.) When you speak to her at the dinner table: Minerva: Sister! Just quit this job! You're coming back with me! Come on! Tabatha: Yes, yes, Minerva. I just made this Relax Tea. Minerva (with thunder and cross hurt); Are you even listening, Sister? *gulp*… Darkness now for a moment, then: Minerva: … The tea was great. I love the tea that you make, Sister! … That was great. Now what were we talking about? (with thunder and cross hurt) Oh, right! It's your fault, Freyr! It's because you keep being so wishy-washy! The Abdication of a Queen Tabatha's 'Story' is completed through a chain of Events at the Mansion. You can experience these in a couple of different ways. One is by visiting the Mansion during the afternoon each time you increase Tabatha's Heart Level to experience the Events separately as they were intended to be experienced. The other method is to increase Tabatha's Heart Level to 9 or 10, then enter the Mansion after 1.00 p.m. to experience an entire chain of Events. The following Events can be experienced in a single visit in this fashion. On Thursday at 1.00 p.m. Freyr entered the Mansion and experienced a number of events in quick succession: A Proper Introduction Although Minerva's 'Introduction Event' occurs on the upper Floor of the Inn, you will experience a 'proper' introduction from her sister when you enter the Mansion in the afternoon. Minerva: Sure… I already checked in at the inn here so I'll be staying for a while. Tabatha: What am I supposed to do with you… Freyr: Hello. Tabatha: Welcome, Freyr. How are you doing, sir? Minerva: 'Sir'? 'Sir…?' Why are you talking to him like that?! Tabatha: You must be more polite in front of a guest, Minerva. Minerva: But I'm a guest, too… Tabatha: (with thunder and cross hurt): Stop splitting hairs! Freyr: Excuse me, but… Do you two know each other? Tabatha: Ah! I'm terribly sorry. This is Minerva and she is my little sister. Come and greet him! Minerva (…): … Hi. Freyr: Haha… Hi. The Event ended. Two Sisters in Conflict The screen darkened for a moment, then the next Event began: Minerva: Why?! You only care about that mansion and Bianca! You don't care about me or the nation of elves! Tabatha: I never said that. I just said that I can't go back yet. Minerva: Then when are you coming back? We don't have a queen in the nation

of elves right now! We can't leave everything to the elders forever! Come back home! Tabatha: I said I can't go back yet. Minerva (with thunder and cross hurt): You're just trying to weasel out of it! Do you know how long it's been since I came to this village? Tabatha: Well… Freyr now walks towards the two sisters from the entrance. Minerva: I haven't given up yet! Minerva marches off in a fury. Freyr: Tabatha, are you going to return to your country? Tabatha: I cannot return just yet. I am Miss Bianca's maid. Freyr: But… Tabatha: Freyr… Please do not speak of this matter to Miss Bianca. Please… Miss Bianca, however, unbeknownst to Tabatha was listening from a position at the top of the staircase. Bianca: Tabatha… Tabatha and Freyr were shown at the foot of the stairs briefly as the Event ended. Tabatha's Identity Revealed The next Event begins, showing Bianca skulking at the foot of the great staircase as Freyr entered the antechamber and walked towards her. Freyr: Bianca, what are you doing here? Bianca: Shh! Be quiet! She'll see us! Freyr: S-sure… Sorry… At the top of the staircase, Minerva confronts her sister. Minerva: Why?! Didn't you come to the human world so that you could… bridge the gap between humans, dwarves and monsters? Tabatha: I did, but… Minerva: Then why don't you come back to the nation of elves? Elves, monsters and humans are all getting along just fine. Tabatha: I can't. I can't go back yet. There's Miss Bianca and… Minerva: Him…? What about him? He's just a mere human… (with thunder and cross hurt now) It's the same with Bianca. They're nothing but humans. What makes them think they're so great? Bianca now discloses her presence by ascending the staircase to confront her maid. Bianca (with thunder and cross hurt): Well, SORRY for living! Tabatha: Miss Bianca! Bianca: You be quiet, Tabatha. I'm your master. I don't just think I'm great. I AM great! Freyr now raced up the stairs to stand near Bianca. Minerva: (with thunder and cross hurt) Do you even know what you're saying, human? Bianca: Stop calling me that! Tabatha: Minerva! Apologise to Miss Bianca! Minerva: Never! (with black cloud now) My big sister is so far out of your class you shouldn't even be able to talk to her! Tabatha: Minerva! Minerva: My sister… My sister is really the queen of the nation of elves! Freyr and Bianca both: (!) Bianca: What? Tabatha is a queen? Is that some kind of sick joke? Don't you

think so? Tabatha, you're my maid, right? There's no way you're a queen. She faces Tabatha directly now. Bianca: Well, say something, Tabatha. Tell me that it's a joke! Tabatha: It's as she said, Miss Bianca… I am the queen of elves. But, I am your maid before I am queen. Tabatha now turns to face Freyr. Tabatha: Freyr, this may be sudden, but would you please come to the summer house … at 9 in the morning tomorrow? Freyr: Huh…? Why? Tabatha: …Please. Freyr: … Tomorrow at 9, right? Sure, I'll be there. The last Event ends with his summary eviction from the Mansion. He finds himself outside, walking away from the door. No time whatsoever has elapsed. It remains 1.04 p.m. on the same Thursday afternoon. The Legend of the Elven Queen The next Event in the sequence will occur whenever your character enters the Mansion at 9.00 a.m. either on the next day or on any subsequent day. There is no reason to delay it, even if you wish to keep Minerva in the Village. It is only by giving Tabatha the final Gem she needs that the Coronation will occur, ending Minerva's visit. She will tell you to meet her the next morning at 9 at the 'summer house' but you can enter the Mansion ANY day afterwards at 9.00 a.m. to experience the next event. As the Event begins, Bianca, Minerva, Tabatha and Freyr stand together in the foyer. Bianca: Freyr… What do you want? Why did you call Minerva, too? We will now conduct the ceremony. The ceremony will follow the legend where the elven hero gathered all of the goddess' lost jewels. Freyr… Freyr: Y-yes! Tabatha: Freyr, you'll play the role of the hero and find the 5 jewels of 'Friendship, Harmony, Love, Nature and Life'. I've hidden them in the village. Find them and bring them to me. Freyr: Right. So I just have to find those 5 stones that you've hidden somewhere… Afterwards: Tabatha: These are the 5 jewels which the goddess had lost and were rediscovered by the hero. When these jewels come together, they are presented to the new owner that will become the new queen. This is the ceremony of the ascension to the elven throne. Bianca: Tabatha… You did this… for me…? Minerva: She chose this herself, so I'll you. If this is what makes her happy, Freyr, please find those jewels. A Treasure Hunt for Elven Gems The five Gems for the Tiara, despite the names given in Tabatha's speech, are as follows: Life Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents life. (white)

Harmony Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents Harmony. (blue) Charity Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents charity. (red) Nature Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents nature. (green) Kindness Gem: One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. It represents love. (purple) Search that day for the 5 Jewels. You will be able to find only 4 of them. The one that you will not be able to find anywhere is the Kindness Gem. Where a Gem is hidden, you will see the characteristic three white sparkles that represents a concealed Treasure. Press A to uncover the item. A Gem will pop out. The locations of the four other Gems are as follows: The Life Gem will be found in Erik's kitchen. The Charity Gem is in the northwest corner of the Tavern. The Life Gem is in Mist's Bedroom. The Harmony Gem is on the upper floor of the Clock Tower near the Bookcase. Give them to Tabatha one by one. Each time you give her a Gem, she will declare: Tabatha: Thank you. There is only 1 left now. No matter how often you speak to her or where you search, you will not be able to progress any further until the next morning. The Location of the Kindness Gem You then can speak to Tabatha as early as 6.00 a.m. to initiate the next Event: Tabatha: Have you found the 5th jewel? Freyr: Well… I can't seem to find it anywhere. Tabatha: That's odd. I don't hiding it in such a difficult to find place. Would you please wait a moment? She walks away, then after a moment, returns. Tabatha: I knew it… Freyr: What is it? Tabatha: The jewel that I had hid is gone. Freyr: What?! Did some one take it? Tabatha: No. She turns towards the stairway. Tabatha: Miss Bianca! I know it's you! Please come out here! Bianca walks slowly downs the stairway on the right. Tabatha: I know you have the last jewel! Bianca: How did you know I took it? Tabatha: I am your maid. I know everything about you. Bianca: Hmph… Fine. I knew I couldn't outsmart you. She hands Freyr a purple gem. You got Kindness Gem! Tabatha: Freyr, now bring the last jewel to me. The Event ends, allowing you to resume control of your character. This is your opportunity to decide whether or not you wish to conclude the sequence of Events. When you give the Kindness Gem to Tabatha, the Coronation Event will proceed, completing Minerva's Mission to Trampoli, albeit not in the way she

had hoped or expected.

Minerva then will return to the Kingdom of the Elves.

The Coronation of an Elven Queen Give the Kindness Gem to Tabatha. Tabatha: I will now begin the last part of the ceremony. This follows the legend where the goddess used those gathered jewels to create a Tiara and gave it to the new elven Queen. I will attach those 5 jewels that Freyr found to the tiara and hand it over to Minerva. Minerva, are you ready? Minerva: Yes, Sister. Tabatha: I, Tabatha, shall relinquish my throne as the elven queen, my powers as the guardian of the forest and my knowledge… as the bridge to all races … and thus relinquished, I shall consign it all to Minerva. Minerva: I, Minerva, shall gather all my strength to fulfill my duty … and defend the knowledge and dignity of the elves until it is ed on to the next queen. Minerva now kneels and Tabatha places the Tiara on her head. The 'Memory' now begins: Tabatha: The throne now belongs to Minerva. Minerva: It's just temporary. An official one should be chosen soon. Tabatha: I'm sorry for making you do this, Minerva. Minerva: I don't mind. Bianca: Are you sure about this, Tabatha? Tabatha: Yes. I am your maid, Bianca. Nothing more, nothing less. Bianca: All right… The film ends and the music changes: Minerva: Then I'll head back tomorrow. Tabatha: Already? You should stay a little longer. Minerva: I already stayed long enough. Grandma will get annoyed if I don't get back soon. Tabatha: All right… Thank you, Minerva. Minerva: How many times are you going to thank me?! I only did it because I wanted to! Tabatha: I suppose so. Thank you. The Event ends now with every one standing in the foyer of the Mansion. Although Minerva declared that she would leave Trampoli 'tomorrow', it may be two days before you receive a letter from Eunice announcing her departure. Minerva Minerva has returned home. I loved her like my own sister, so I am a bit saddened by this. But she promised to come by from time to time, so I am looking forward to that. Eunice If, before her departure, you see her at the Inn, she may tell you that she is bored with Trampoli… but she will not bid you farewell properly. Proposal to Tabatha and Wedding Ceremony If, after Tabatha has crowned Minerva as Queen and you have her at 10 Hearts, you meet her for a Date, you will have the opportunity to propose to her at the end of it. Here is the text of a successful proposal Event: Freyr: Oh, Tabatha... I can no longer control my feelings for you... If I want to confess, I must do it now! Tabatha: ...!! It can't be... This is... Freyr: That's right. I love you. Will you marry me?

Tabatha: I was afraid of this... I'm so sorry. I'm happy, but I cannot. Because I am in the service of Little Miss, I had relinquished my throne to remain here. Bianca now appears on the scene rather opportunely but is not seen yet by you or by Tabatha. Tabatha: I cannot simply marry just because I want to... Freyr: : But... Tabatha: I'm terribly sorry... I'll always cherish your love for me, so... Bianca: (…) Then: Bianca: Oh, stop. Don't be so stubborn. Tabatha: !! L-little Miss?! Bianca: I already know of the situation. Let me say this as your friend. Tabatha, you love him, don't you? You want to be with him, right? Then you should marry him! I refuse to be the reason why you decided to give up your happiness. You don't need to worry about me anymore... Just don't do something you'd regret for the rest of your life. Tabatha: Miss... ...I... Thank you...so much. Master Freyr, if your offer is still valid, I would gladly accept. I love you. You embrace Tabatha as Bianca departs. Freyr: I'll make you the happiest woman alive. I swear it... As with any successful proposal at the end of a Date, the Wedding ceremony will follow immediately. At the Church now: Stella: You may kiss the bride. Turner: Congratulations to the both of you. I hope you'll make a happy family. Rita: Freyr, Tabatha, congratulations. You should come to the bar together later. Eunice: Freyr, Tabatha, congratulations. Tabatha, you look beautiful. I wish you the best. Erik: Congratulations, young man! I never thought you'd actually manage to get married! Kanno: You two make a great couple. Congratulations. Cinnamon: ...Congratulations. You make a good couple. Candy: Congratulations on your marriage with Tabatha! You look beautiful, Tabatha. I wish I could be someone's bride, too. Lara: Freyr, Tabatha, congratulations. I hope you'll build a happy family. Ganesha: Congratulations on your marriage. Next up is a baby! I'll be waiting for a cute baby from the two of you. Marco: Congrats on you marrying! You'll still have those adventures even after you marry though, right? You have to take me with you on an adventure someday! Rosetta: Congratulations, Tabatha. Please come shop at my store from now on, too. I'll be sure to give you some extras... Tabatha: Thank you. Danny: Congratulations. Have a nice life. Melody: Oh, marriage can be so nice! I wish I could do it! Bianca: Congratulations, Tabatha. You have my blessings. Tabatha: ...Thank you, Miss Bianca. Bianca: Don't cry! You're ruining your wedding dress. Tabatha: Yes... Miss Bianca... Minerva: Congratulations. You have the blessings of everyone in the nation of elves. Take care.

Tabatha: Thank you, Minerva. Selphy: It's always nice to see two people in love get married. Anette: Congratulations. Take care. ....I better change the delivery address. Lute: Congratulations to the both of you. Tabatha looked great in that wedding dress. Can I burn that into my memory so I can paint a portrait of it someday? Tabatha: Oh, Lute. You're flattering me. Uzuki: It surely is a joyous occasion. Tabatha looks beautiful in that dress. A foreign wedding ceremony can be nice. Someday, I too shall... Tsubute: Congratulations on your marriage, Freyr. Now I am assured that milady will never be seduced by some ruffian anymore. This is truly a joyous occasion. Kross: ...Congratulations. Take care... Nolan: Freyr, Tabatha, congratulations. Mist: Freyr, Tabatha, congratulations. You look great together. Take care. The bride and groom now exchange a soulful kiss. Tabatha: To be blessed by so many people. I'm so happy. Note that dialogue varies from wedding to wedding only with respect to a couple of characters. In Tabatha's case, it is Minerva and Lute who will have unique dialogue at the Church. Minerva, as Tabatha's sister, will return for the Wedding to give her blessing and the blessing of the Nation of Elves. The bachelor who was in love with the Eligible Girl, in this case Lute, always will make a declaration of sorts at the Wedding. You now will find yourself in your Farmhouse with your new bride. Tabatha: This makes us husband and wife now, doesn't it? Freyr: It's the start of our new life together. It'll be quite a ride. Tabatha: I'll be there to help you through all of it. Perhaps our union would serve as a bridge between the humans and elves. For their sake... No, for your sake and mine... Let us grow old together. Freyr: I'll also do my best to be a husband you can be proud of. I love you. Tabatha: Here's your lunch for today. Have a nice day. Your lunch box today is Steam Veggies. Freyr: Thanks. It looks great. Tabatha: It should taste good even if cold. If you speak to her again, she will give her regular morning greeting now: Tabatha: Good morning, beloved. Let's make today another wonderful day. Then: Tabatha: W-what's wrong? Please don't stare. It's embarrassing. When you walk towards the door in order to leave the farmhouse: Tabatha: Wait... Your goodbye kiss... Have a nice day, beloved. *smooch* Eunice Birthday: 17 Autumn Most Favourite Gift: Mont Blanc Easiest Favourite Gifts: Moondrop Flower, Toy Herb, Pink Cat, Charm Blue Other Favoured Gifts: Cake, Chocolate Cake, Cheese Cake, Emery Flower Most Detested Gift: Any Fish Marriage Requirements: You must have completed the series of Events whereby Eunice gives a special gift to her Parents. See the Materia Shop Promotion sequence for details.

For Moondrop or Toy Herb: (with music): Wow, thank you! I'll be sure to cherish this flower! Actual Dialogue: Eunice: Did I tell you my birthday, Freyr? My birthday is on the 17th of Autumn. It's the season when everything tastes good. Eunice: I love sweets! Note that any gift of sweets is against her own interests. As she herself will tell you: Eunice: I love sweet stuff. But because of that, I have a little problem… I mean, nothing. I was just talking to myself. * *Do not give her any sweets during the 60 days period when she is trying to lose weight. You can resume gifts of Sweets when her diet succeeds finally. For any gift of Fish: I'm sorry… I don't like… fish… Eunice: I just don't like fish. I know it's bad to be picky about food, but I just can't eat it. Official Description: The innkeeper's daughter. Loves housework but suffers from her father's genes. N.B. Although Eunice personally hates fish, she will Request a Fish in a Letter. Give the Fish to Anette to deliver rather than giving it to Eunice herself! Note that, at 4 Hearts, you will experience an Event with Eunice that gives you the option to persuade her to go on a slimming programme. If you tell her that you like slim girls, she will vow to become slim herself. From this point forward, she will declare that: 'Sweets are the enemy!' She even will reject her former Most Favourite gift, Mont Blanc, declaring that: For Mont Blanc: N-no! I can't eat cake while I'm on a diet! Give her flowers instead! Dialogues with Eunice Eunice: I clean the bar in the morning. It's hard because sometimes I find broken dishes here and there. Eunice: I heard you were a friend of Mist… What exactly is your relation to her? Freyr: Let's see… I had no water, no food, no memories, no friends, and no home. Yet, she gave me everything… And she saved my life… Eunice: I see… It seems that you've been through a lot. Freyr: Well, I don't anything about myself before I met Mist. (with music) But I really enjoy my life now. Eunice: I guess so! You can always make new memories! Freyr: I guess you're right. Eunice's Ambitions: Eunice: I wish I can be a bride someday. And it would be wonderful if we could run the inn together. (6 Hearts) Eunice: I want to have two children after I get married. I'm the only child so I've always felt lonely. But I really didn't mean anything by that! It's true… (9 Hearts) Eunice's Events and Letters 1st Event with Eunice

Freyr entered the Inn. Girl: Dad! We have a customer! Where are you, Dad? A girl comes down the stairs with a basket of laundry. Girl: I'm sorry for being so hasty. Freyr: Well, umm… Girl: W-Welcome! Will you be staying? You are staying, right? Freyr: U-umm… Girl: That'll be 100 gold. Will you be staying? My choices: No, I didn't come here for that… Yes, please. Freyr: No, I didn't come here to stay over. I'm Freyr. I just moved in next to Mist, so I came to say hi. Eunice: Oh, really?! I'm sorry I babbled on and on without knowing that. I'm Eunice. My family runs the inn… But, I guess you can tell just by looking. Nice to meet you. After: Eunice: At night, the bar next to the Inn will be open so please come whenever you feell like it. Eunice: I love sweets! Eunice: I'm thinking of some new dishes to make for the guests at the inn. I wonder what I should make… Eunice and the Broom Constellation When you have 'found' the Broom Constellation in the night heavens, visit Eunice to experience a little Event that will increase your Cooking Skill. Eunice is to the left of the Tavern, hanging out the clothes. Eunice: Heehee! Freyr: Eunice, you sound happy. Eunice: Can you tell? I received some fresh carrots from Rosetta this morning. Freyr: Oh…? That's rare for this season. Eunice: I'll make some stew with this today. Carrots taste great when they have their edges removed and are cut into bite-size pieces before being stewed. Try it the next time you cook. Freyr: So I have to remove the edges? All right. Freyr's cooking skill went up! Eunice's New Resolution When Eunice reaches 4 Hearts (in Love), you have a choice to influence her future habits. The following Event will occur when you speak to her: Eunice: Freyr! Umm… Do you have a minute? Freyr: W-What's wrong, Eunice? What happened? Eunice: Freyr… Do you… ve… ne… like? Freyr: I'm sorry. I couldn't hear you. Eunice: Freyr, do you prefer thinner girls?! Freyr: Um, I guess so. Your choices now: Yeah, I prefer the slimmer type… Well, not exactly. Note that Eunice herself appeared to be unhappy with her weight when Summer came and all the other girls paraded in their bathing costumes. It was this

attitude that persuaded Freyr to respond as he did now… Freyr chose: Yeah, I prefer the slimmer type… Freyr: Well, personally, I do prefer slimmer girls. Eunice: I thought so… Freyr (with tear) N-no, this is just a personal preference and I know there are plenty of people who will disagree with me. Eunice (smiling): It's okay! I'll try my best at it! Freyr: O-oh… (I feel like I just made a very important choice…) After: Eunice: No sweets! They're the enemy! I have to eat lots of vegetables to get thinner! Eunice (with tear glistening in her eye): I guess you would prefer thinner girls… Me: Um, Eunice? She's not listening… Having stated a preference for 'thinner girls', Eunice now will go on a slimming programme and provided that you experience this Event before the end of the first Winter, will be able to the other girls at the Beach in the 2nd Summer. Once initiated, the 'diet' takes a full 60 days to complete successfully. At the end of two full seasons, simply enter the Inn to experience another Event. During the 60 day period of her slimming programme, Eunice's Profile and Portrait will change twice. Despite Freyr's decision, he (and I) believe that Eunice is a pretty girl even at the start of Rune Factory Frontier. Nonetheless, as Eunice's heart level increases, she herself will confide in your character that her dream always has been one of being able to wear a bathing costume and have a slender physique. Eunice's Battle with her Weight During the 60 day slimming programme, you will experience the following dialogues as Eunice's weight increases and decreases again and again: Eunice: I heard that drinking lots of water is good for dieting so I tried it. But after that I couldn't eat very well so I feel really tired. Things never really go the way you want them to. Freyr: There aren't any shortcuts to dieting, I guess. Eunice: I really think so, too. Eunice: *phew* Freyr: What's wrong? Eunice: It went up again. Freyr: Your weight? Eunice: Don't say that! It went down a* some recently, and I let my guard down a bit. Now it's back where it was! *XSeed addition A Successful Diet After two full seasons or a total of 60 days, simply enter the Inn to experience the Event that marks the successful conclusion of Eunice's slimming programme. Eunice: Hello! Freyr: Eunice, you sure have gotten much thinner recently.

Eunice: Really? Thank you for noticing! It really makes the effort worth it! But, I rebound the moment I relax. I have to stay strong to keep it going. Freyr: I'll be sure to watch my health just like you, Eunice. Eunice at the Materia Shop Eunice: I often chat with Tabatha here. Tabatha: Eunice likes to cook at well so we never run out of things to talk about. But sometimes, we talk until Rosetta complains about not being able to close shop. Eunice's Dialogues about her Parents Eunice: Dad was being yelled at by Mom again the other day. Freyr: Turner is so whipped. Eunice: But they still get along really well. I wish I had some one like that. Eunice's Attitude towards Marriage Eunice today: Have you ever thourhg about marrying, Freyr? Your choices: Not yet. I have. Freyr: I have. Eunice: You have?! (blushing) Is it with…? N-no, it's nothing! Eunice to the Rescue Eunice periodically will confide that she is an excellent seamstress and urge you to come to her if ever your clothing needs to be mended. At 6 Hearts, you may experience a little Event with her: Eunice: Freyr! Your clothes are torn! Freyr: You're right… Mabye they got torn when I was working in the fields. Eunice: Wait just a second. I'll sew it up for you. A moment of silence, then: Eunice: Done! Freyr: Wow! It's good as new. Eunice: I'm good at sewing. You can ask me if it gets torn again. (At 6, 6) Note that this Event can be experienced more than once but appears to begin at 6 Hearts. Eunice and the Materia Shop Promotion This sequence of Events will be initiated by Eunice's desire to do something special for her parents. Eunice as a character offers a perfect example of filial devotion. She loves her parents despite their flaws and respects them for their accomplishments. Although the world might perceive the pair as two alcoholics, Eunice ennobles both Turner and Rita with the purity of her love.

In fact, it is through Eunice's dialogue as her heart levels increase that your character is given greater insights into the history and life of Turner and Rita. Some disclosures are very touching. Eunice: This is when we moved here, but there was a time when I collapsed because of a fever. I don't usually get sick, so every one was frantic… Mom and Dad looked after me the entire time… They were busy with work but they did it anyway. I'm still very grateful for that. The sequence actually is initiated when Eunice asks for your advice: Eunice: I want to express my thanks to my mother and father. What should I do? Freyr: Let's see… How about giving them a present? Eunice: That sounds good! But now I don't know what present to give… A Gift from a Grateful Daughter It is only when you next purchase an item from the Materia Shop that the next event in the sequence will occur: Danny: Thank you, we're drawing lots as part of a promotion. Draw one. Freyr: Sure, thanks. My choices now: Blue Lot Red lot Green Lot If your character chooses 'Blue Lot' or 'Green Lot': Freyr: … There! Danny: Let's see… Too bad. You drew a blank. Try again. It is only when you choose the 'Red Lot' that, after Danny tells you that you have lost again, you will experience a new Event: Eunice enters: Danny: Welcome! Eunice walks to the counter. Eunice: Excuse me, we're out of salt… Can you spare me some? Danny: Salt, right? Sure, just wait a second. He rummages about in the shelves, measures some salt into a container, then returns to the counter with it. Danny: Here you go. Eunice: Thank you very much. You're a lifesaver. Danny: By the way, we're drawing lots as part of a promotion. Go ahead and draw one. Eunice (with music): Sounds like fun. There! Danny: Let's see… Eunice: How was it? Danny: T-this is… Eunice: Huh?! Danny: Win! 1st place prize! A getaway to a resort hotel for two! Congratulations! Eunice: What? You're kidding! Freyr now walks towards her. Freyr: Congratulations, Eunice. I tried so many times but didn't get anything. Eunice: Freyr… I know! W-would you like to go to the resort hotel to… toget… … I'll give this to my parents! Rosetta, thank you so much. I'll give this to my parents since they haven't taken a vacation since they got married because they're always so busy at work! She turns to leave.

Danny: Thank you, come again! Note that Freyr experienced this Event after 5.00 p.m. when Rosetta was out on her rounds collecting shipments. It is possible that the Event can be experienced either with Danny or Rosetta. Eunice Proves Herself Visit the Sunshine Inn as early as 6.00 a.m. the next morning to find Eunice behind the front desk with Turner. If you do not speak to her here, the sequence of Events cannot be completed. Eunice: Welcome! Freyr: You're in charge of the front desk today, Eunice? Eunice: Yes, I gave them the tickets… But Mom and Dad refused to accdept it because they're so busy at work. That's why I'm going to prove to them that I can work the Inn alone. Turner: It's not that I don't trust Eunice. I'm just worried about making her do all of this by herself so suddenly… Eunice (with thunder and cross hurt): I'll be fine, Dad! I'm not a kid anymore! Freyr: Haha, good luck, Eunice. If you go to the Tavern that night, you will find Eunice behind the counter with Rita, 'learning the ropes' as it were. The very next morning, you should receive a letter from Turner: I'll be gone for a while. We are going on a vacation. My daughter Eunice will take care of the inn and tavern, so please feel free to visit as always. Turner Return of Eunice's Parents When Rita and Turner are due to return, enter the Inn as early as 6.00 a.m. to experience an Event: Eunice: Freyr! Eunice races down the stairs towards you. Freyr: What's wrong? Eunice: Mom and Dad were supposed to come back yesterday. But they're still not… They're still not back! What if they got in an accident?! What should I do…? Freyr: Please calm down. Maybe they're just late. Let's wait a little longer. Eunice: They were supposed to be back yesterday at around noon. They're much too late! If anything happened to them… I'm going to look for them! She takes a step, but you interrupt her. Freyr: Wait! Just calm down! Do you even know where Turner and Rita are? Eunice: Oh… Freyr: I'll go ask Rosetta. Just stay right here, Eunice. The screen darkens as the event ends. You now must speak to Rosetta or Danny if Rosetta is on the visit to see her father.. Freyr: Rosetta, about the lot drawing the other day… Rosetta: W-what's with you all of a sudden?

Freyr: About that grand resort hotel for the prize. Do you know where it is? Rosetta: Oh that… It's about a half a day distance by carriage. What, you want to go, too? But it's a bit too far to walk to. Freyr: Thank you, Rosetta! The Event with Rosetta ends and she will not refer to the dialogue again if you speak to her afterwards. Return now to the Inn to speak to Eunice. When you speak to Eunice, another Event will be initiated. Eunice: Did you find out where the hotel is? Freyr: Yes. It takes about half a day to get there by carriage. Eunice: That's pretty far… And I don't have money to ride a carriage. What should I do? Freyr: I'll go. I don't know how long it'll take, but I'll get there eventually. Eunice: Thank you so much. Sorry about this. (Freyr probably now contemplates the possibility of asking Nolan for a lift in HIS carriage. After all, Nolan has declared countless times that he comes by carriage to the Bathhouse daily, driven by a 'vassal'.) As you turn to leave the Inn, however, another Event will occur, beginning with the entrance of Rita and Turner. They will be involved completely in their own conversation as they enter, paying absolutely no attention either to you or their daughter. Turner: They're known for their wines, right? Then… Rita (with thunder and cross hurt: You just want to drink… Turner: You can read me like a book.. Huh? He now appears to notice you for the first time as he and his wife reach the counter. Turner: Eunice… And Freyr. Rita: What are you two doing here with eyes as wide as dinner plates? Eunice: Don't give me that! You didn't come back on the scheduled date so I was worried sick… If anything happened to you two, I'd… Rita: I'm sorry for making you so worried. Turner: It was just such a nice hotel that we decided to extend our stay another day to look around. Well, we are innkeepers, you know. About not ing you… I apologise. Sorry, Eunice. Rita: Looks like we caused you a lot of trouble, huh? Freyr: That's okay. I'm just glad you two are all right. Rita: Eunice really seems to have worked really hard while we were gone. Thank you. Eunice: It's fine. I just wanted to thank you, Mom, Dad. Thank you Mom, Dad. Note that experiencing this entire sequence of Events culminating in her parents' holiday is one of the Marriage Requirements for Eunice. During the 'week' when Turner and Rita are absent, Eunice will officiate behind the counter of the Tavern at night, but no items will be sold. Trip Souvenirs After their return, there will be a couple of mentions of the trip. Uzuki: I heard that Turner and Rita came back from their trip. I received a souvenir but it was a poorly made wooden sword. I inadvertently laughed. Of course, I still received it graciously. Rita: Hey!

Freyr: What's wrong? Rita: I completely forgot about getting a sourvenir for you. I'll be sure to bring you back an amazing one the next time I go on a vacation. Eunice: When Freyr spoke to Turner after his return: Turner: I'm sorry I made you worry about me the other day, Freyr. I'll be sure to keep in touch when I go somewhere. Freyr: Please do. I think Eunice won't be as worried if you do. Autumn Date with Eunice At 10 Hearts, Freyr went on a Date with Eunice at Lake Poli on 19 Autumn. He met her near the bridge at 11.35 a.m. Eunice: Oh my, you're early. Don't tell me you were waiting for me… They walk side by side towards the bridge. Eunice: The leaves on the trees by the lake always turn such pretty colours! When they reach the centre of the bridge, they stop to survey the land. Eunice: Wow… The view here is very different from the village. Freyr: (Oh wow! It's pretty crazy! ) Yeah… It sure is something. Eunice: Um… I made some (snacks) lunch for us today. Would you like some? Freyr: Really?! This looks great. Today's Box Lunch is Veggie Omelet! Eunice: How is it? Do you like it? Your choices now: It's delicious. This is… um… Freyr: It's delicious. Eunice (with music): Oh, thank you! I'm so glad you like it! More views of the Lake are displayed now. Eunice: I'm glad I got to look at the pretty leaves with you today. Thank you. Freyr: The colours sure were beautiful. I'm glad I got to see it. He now becomes overwrought emotionally. Eunice is at 10 Hearts and the Wedding Bouquet is stashed in his rucksack. Freyr: Oh, Eunice… I can no longer control my feelings for you… If I want to confess, I must do it now! You can ignore the moment and end the Date or offer the Wedding Bouquet now. Freyr gave her the Wedding Bouquet. Eunice: (sharp intake of breath) …! Um… is this… But I … Freyr: That's right. I love you. Will you marry me? Eunice: What…? But…Are you sure…? Cinnamon Birthday: 26 Spring Most Favourite Gift: Magic Crystal Easiest Favourite Gifts: Chub, Sardine, and other (live) Fish Disliked Gift: Any Dish made from a dead creature, such as prepared Fish Most Detested Gift: Cucumber For Chub or Sardine: … Thank you. I like this. For any 'prepared' or 'cooked' Fish, she will tell you: …Thank you, but I'm not very happy. Cinnamon: I hate cucumbers. Don't bring them to me… On her birthday for Needlefish: Thank you… Birthday present? I like Needlefish.

Cinnamon: I got a stuffed animal from Candy for my birthday last year. It's my treasure. … My birthday is on the 26th of Spring. For Magic Crystal: (Thank you! I always need 'Magic Crystals'.) … Thank you. I need more 'magic Crystal'. Official Description: Magician girl living in the Clock Tower. Does not like talking. Likes fishing. Cinnamon will give you her used Fishing Pole and will teach you about seasonal Constellations in the night skies. She believes in 'catch and release' where fishing is concerned, and therefore will prefer the gift of a whole Fish to one that has been prepared in your Kitchen. You can obtain a boost in Heart Level by finding the Constellations she describes to you. The Constellation that is associated with her specifically is the Fish Constellation. Speaking to her after 'finding' it will result in an increase of 3 levels in your Fishing Skill. Actual Dialogue: Candy will confide in you with respect to Cinnamon's birthday as well as her own at 4 Hearts: Candy: My birthday is on the 27th of spring. It's on the day after Sis' birthday! For Chub or Sardine: … Thank you. I like this. For any 'prepared' or 'cooked' Fish, she will tell you: …Thank you, but I'm not very happy. Cinnamon: The other day, Uzuki taught me how to make sashimi. Try some next time. (And yet, Cinnamon does not like Sashimi or any prepared Fish!) Cinnamon's Interest in Monsters: Cinnamon: That monster called the Sky Fish… I want to catch it someday. That's my greatest goal. Dialogues about her sister: Cinnamon: Candy hates fish. That's why she never cooks the fish I catch. Dialogues about Fishing: In Spring: Cin: The snappers are snappy during this season. … Forget I said that. Freyr: Haha. Sure. Cin: Pike is in season now. Do you like Pike, Freyr? My choices: I like them. I actually hate them. Whichever answer you give: Cinnamon: … Oh. Cinnamon: You get Fall Fish in Autumn, but I don't know where you can catch them. Find out about it. Cinnamon: Black Fish is good in autumn. You can make it into sashimi or just roast it with salt. I really like it. Note that, despite her dialogue with respect to Black Fish, she only appreciates the living Fish as a gift! Cinnamon in Winter: I hear that you can fish by opening a hole in the frozen lake. I want to try it. N.B. Look for a hole in the middle of Lake Poli in Winter. You can catch Pond Smelt there, inter alia. Cinnamon's Events and Letters

1st Event with Cinnamon I talk to Cinnamon now. Me: You fell from the sky, right? What was that all about? Cinnamon: … Candy can sing the spirit Melody. She can communicate with the spirits with her song. We were running late so Candy asked the Spirits to carry us on their winds. Me: Spirits…? Spirit Melody…? Cinnamon: Normal humans can't see the spirits. But they become visible when they group together in large numbers. … You must have seen them somewhere. Me: The Spiritis…? Maybe I did… Cinnamon: Grouped Spirits that become visible are called Runes or Runeys. Me: Oh… So Runeys are just grouped Spirits… I didn't know that. You're really knowledgeable, Cinnamon! Cinnamon: … I just know about this a bit more than others. Cinnamon's Autumn Date Freyr found Cinnamon by the bridge at 11.35 a.m. Cinnamon: … Did you… wait long? The screen darkens for a moment. Next, Freyr and Cinnamon are walking side by side towards the bridge. Cinnamon turns to face him before they actually set foot on the bridge itself. Cinnamon: The leaves are more impressive by the lake… Can we go? They begin to walk along the bridge towards the east. The screen darkens a couple of times until they reach the centre of the bridge. Views of Lake Poli now are displayed. Incredible… Nature is amazing… Freyr: (Oh wow! It's pretty crazy!) Yeah… It sure is something. The scene shifts to display different views from the Bridge. Cinnamon: Spectacular… Just beautiful. Thanks… Freyr: The colours sure were beautiful. I'm glad I got to see it. Cinnamon turns to face Freyr. Cinnamon: Next time we should… It's nothing. Unable to elicit any more dialogue from her, Freyr turns to leave and walks alone back towards the entrance. When he reaches the western end of the bridge, Cinnamon waves. Cinnamon: Freyr, thank you… for inviting me out. She adjusts her cap nervously. Cinnamon: We should… do this again. Freyr: Of course! As she was at 8 Hearts rather than 10, no food was offered and the Date consisted of the 'short form'. Shooting Star Event Giving Cinnamon any raw Fish on a daily basis will raise her Heart Levels steadily. As one may have expected, her 'Story' is connected to the night sky. As soon as she reaches 10 Hearts, you will be able to initiate the Dialogue that leads to her 'Memory' Event: Cinnamon: … Freyr. Freyr: What is it? Cinnamon: … On a night with clear skies, I go with Melody and Lara for some astronomical observation.

Freyr: Oh, really? That sounds kind of romantic. Cinnamon: Freyr… You should… come… Freyr: Really? Cinnamon: … Come. Freyr: So it's on the nights with clear skies, right? Okay! Cinnamon: I'll be waiting … on the veranda of the clock tower. After: Cinnamon: Come on nights… when there are no clouds. If you receive the invitation on a day when the weather is fine, you can go to the parapet of the Clock Tower on the same evening at any point after 6.00 p.m. to experience the Event. Simply walk towards the stairs that lead to the ladder and the Event will be initiated. As you walk towards the ladder, the event will be initated. You will see a panoramic view of the landscape on the other side of the Clock Tower, followed by the sight of Lara, Melody and Cinnamon at the foot of the ladder. Melody: Hey, it's Freyr! Lara: Freyr, over here! You're late, Freyr. (Lara will declare this even if you initiate the Event promptly after 6.00 p.m.) Cinnamon: We can see some shooting stars tonight. You have great timing. Melody: I can't wait anymore. Let's go to the roof! Then: Melody: … Freyr, climb up first. Freyr: Huh? Why? Melody (with thunder and cross hurt): Because I said so, dummy! Freyr: ??? Your character obligingly climbs the ladder to the top, followed by Cinnamon and then Lara. Lara: Melody, every one's up here now. Melody: I'm coming! The winds are strong today. She begins to climb the ladder. The winds cause her first to cry out, then she suddenly is blown off by the winds and falls.... Freyr: Melody!! Lara: Noooooo!! Now the Event shifts to a Memory film clip as Melody's fall is prevented by Cinnamon's magical intervention. Melody; Huh…? I… What's happening to me? Freyr: Cinnamon, I thought you couldn't use magic anymore! Cinnamon: I don't know. I was… frantic… The 'Memory' ends and Melody gently floats to the ground. Cinnamon: But I'm glad Melody is all right… Lara: I guess your wishes reached the heavens, Cinnamon. Cinnamon: Maybe… Now a view of the heavens, as shooting stars are seen across the sky. Melody: Look! A shooting star! Lara: I hear that if you say your wish 3 times before the shooting star disappears, it'll come true. Melody: Really? Let's try it on the next one! Another shooting star across the sky… Melody: There! I wish there were more kinds of baths… Darn it! It's gone! Freyr: But still, I don't know what would have happened if Cinnamon hadn't used her magic there.

Melody; I thought I was finished for sure! I still have lots of hot springs I haven't gone to yet! And all the hot springs I visited before flashed before my eyes… Freyr: But how were you able to use magic all of a sudden? Cinnamon: Grandpa said that I became unable to use it because I lost the ion inside me. Lara: So you thought you had to do something when you saw melody fallig? Cinnamon: … I think so. But, it seems I'm fine now. I can use magic again… I think. Melody: I guess my clumsiness was able to help out. Thank you, Cinnamon. Cinnamon: … It's okay. … We are friends. Melody: Cinnamon… Another star shoots across the sky. Cinnamon: Look, another shooting star. There are so many today. Now a series of shooting stars… four in all, trace a path across the heavens. Down from the ladder, on the parapet again… Melody: Thanks for today! I had a lot of fun! Lara: Please invite me again. Lara, Melody and Freyr turn to leave. Cinnamon: Thank you, Freyr… Freyr turns back to face her. Freyr: But I didn't do anything… Cinnamon: You did… Thank you… The Event ends with Freyr back in his farmhouse. It now is 10.05 p.m., precisely four hours after the moment when the Event was initiated. Anette Birthday: 4 Winter Most Favourite Gifts: Pumpkin Tart, Croquette Easiest Favoured Gifts: any Fruit; Strawberry Detests: Eggplants Actual Dialogue: Anette: Freyr, I'll let you in one a huge secret! My birthday is on the 4th of Winter, so I'll be waiting for your present, okay? Hahaha. Anette: There! Now I'm done with the deliveries for today. I'm feeling a bit hungry now. Today is a great day for 'Pumpkin Tart!' Anette: I just love to have some Croquette after a hard day's work! Anette: I love fruit! You don't even need to add sugar because it's already sweet. For Strawberry (with music): Huh? It's for me? Thanks! Anette: It's kind of embarrassing to it, but I hate eggplants. What's with that creepy colour? Official Description: The ever-energetic mail delivery girl. Has a problem of being chased by monsters. Anette's Events and Letters 1st Event with Anette There's a map to the left of your house by the bridge.

Girl: You have to fill out an application if you moved. Never mind. Here you go. I have some mail for you. Me: Mail…? Anette: Yup! I'm Anette. I deliver the mail here in Tampoli. And you? Me: Oh… I'm Freyr. Anette: Oh. Nice to meet you, Freyr. She rushes off with a cluster of Woolies. Me: Anette… So you're a mailman. Oh right. I got some mail. Let's see… 1st Letter from Anette: Letter: Welcome. Nice to meet you! From Anette. Me: … Thanks very much, Anette. Anette's Secret Letters Each of the Eligible Girls in Rune Factory Frontier is associated with a Constellation. In Anette's case, it is the Buffamoo Constellation. After 'finding' it, the first of three secret letters will arrive. Stars Oh, stars in the heavens. I wish to become a snack shop owner, so that I may eat snacks all day! $@%& The second letter that arrives will be as follows: I knew it! Oh, stars in the heavens. I decided that what I really want to be is a teacher, after all. If I become a teacher, I can stay in school forever! $@%& When you receive the third and final letter, you will obtain a confession by speaking to Anette after reading it: Actually… Oh, stars in the heavens, what I really want to be is a mailman. I just love how ever one smiles when they get their mail. $@%& Freyr: Anette, this was sent to me by mistake… He hands it back to her. Anette: Really?! It can't be… Let me see that… What the…? Huh?! What is this doing at your place, Freyr?! This is… This is really embarrassing. Freyr: What's wrong? Is this your… Anette: I guess I can't avoid it any further. (The music now changes to the 'Heart Music') Anette: This is, well, a letter I wrote to the stars when I was small. How on earth did it show up now? Freyr: Oh, really… Then I guess I should give it back to you. Anette: Hmm… Wait. You already saw it anyway. Besides… I became the way I am because I wanted someone to see it. It all rests on your shoulders now! What is particularly interesting is that these three letters follow the path of Anette's actual Events in Trampoli. When you have experienced her entire sequence of Events and she resumes her work as postal carrier, you will be able to appreciate the true significance of these letters.

In this, Rune Factory Frontier once again demonstrates the flexibility of time itself. As with the events that occur with the Young aspect of Stella, Anette's Letters from the past predict her Future. Anette and the Monsters In Anette's Introduction Event, you will see her being chased by Woolies as she delivers the post. You will experience a dialogue as follows on another day: Anette: I always get pestered by monsters! There was one that borthered me earlier. I tripped an skinned my knee. Look! Freyr: You're right. That must have been bad. Anette: Maybe I smell really good to them… After this, periodically when you go to meet Anette at 6.45 a.m. at your postbox, you may find her at the side of the path, bent over double. When you ask what is wrong, she will tell you that she has been chased by monsters again but managed to escape. Now she must rest to recover her strength. This will occur again and again until the problem is solved. Freyr: You were being chased around again, Anette? Anette: Yeah… It's so annoying. The other mailmen don't get chased. Why only me? A Magical Necklace Visit Tabatha one night in her bedchamber now to experience a little Event: Freyr: Tabatha, what are you doing? Tabatha: I'm drying some fruit. Elves have an old custom of giving good friends of the same gender a necklace of dried fruit. I was preparing to give one to all the villagers that have welcomed me so warmly. … Finished. The preparations will be complete once I cast a spell on them. Freyr: You mean, like a magic spell? Tabatha: Yes. I cast it while wishing that we'll always be friends. I'll cast a spell so that you can become friends with monsters. It'll be done once it finishes drying. This is the first time I've made one, so I hope it'll be okay. Freyr: I'm sure it'll be great. Tabatha: Thank you. Minerva will mention the necklace in more than one context: Minrva: I had Sister make me a necklace. Isn't it great? You want it? But it's mine! This necklace is the kind you give to a friend of the same gender. I'm sorry, Freyr, you look really cute but you're still a boy. I wonder who Anette got it from. Anette Takes a Break When Anette was at 7 � Hearts and 10 Friendship, Freyr left the Farmhouse at 6.00 a.m. one morning to experience an Event. Anette walked towards the House but suddenly collapsed on the ground. Freyr: Anette!

The scene shifted then to the clinic where Anette was in bed. Freyr: Anette… Are you okay? Anette: Huh…? Hey… What am I doing here? Lara: You collapsed in front of Freyr's house. I know your job is important to you, but please don't overwork yourself Anette: Oh… I'm sorry. After: Lara: You must have been very tired. Anette, I'm going to have you rest for the rest of the day. Anette: Sorry… For the rest of the day, she remained in bed at the Clinic. Anette Rests at Mist's House The morning after her collapse, Freyr found Anette seated at Mist's table at 6.00 a.m. Freyr: Are you doing better, Anette? Anette: Yeah, I was just a bit tired so I'll be fine after resting a little! I'll just take a break and stay at Mist's place. Freyr: Is that so? Then you'll be a member of our village now, Anette. Anette: Hey! You're right! I am! Anette's Soul Searching Now, when you encounter Anette, you will experience dialogues filled with self-doubt as she undergoes a sort of crisis of the soul. On the following morning at Mist's house: Anette: *phew…* Freyr: What's wrong? Anette: Hm? I was just thinking about how pitiful I am for collapsing so easily. Freyr: Well, you do run around every single day. It's not pathetic at all. I really think you should rest more. Anette: Haha. Thanks, Freyr. You're so nice… Anette: *sigh* I-It's nothing! Don't worry about me. At 8 Hearts, a day later: Anette: *sigh…* Freyr: what's wrong? Anette: Maybe I'm not fit to do postal work… Freyr: Don't say that! You're only feeling down because you had to take a little break. It's okay to rest! Anette: Haha… Thanks. But, to tell you the truth, I wanted to do a different job. Every single member of my family is a mailman. That's why I also became one. It's like a tradition. But, where did I go wrong? Freyr: Do you hate your job as a mailman, Anette? Anette: No, I love it. Letters are like sending emotions. I love bringing them from person to person. The ones who send out letters and the ones who receive them… I like seeing their smiles. Freyr: Then why…? Anette: I don't know… Like you said, I think I'm just feeling down right now. But don't misunderstand me. I love this village. Mist is really nice, too, even if she's a little weird… … Thanks for hearing me out. I think I feel better now.

Freyr: Anette… Anette: What? Freyr, don't give me that face! I'm fine! always am! (At 8 Hearts, 10 Friendship, Friendship gauge full)

I'm back to how I

Anette's New Vocation When Marco reached 5 Friendship, Freyr entered the Road to the Beach screen after 9.00 a.m. on Tuesday to experience an Event. It was during the period when Anette was taking a break from her job as postal worker. Marco and Candy stood at the right of Mist's house. Candy: Hey, Marco! Read it! Marco: … is… …at… Marco: I can't. It's too hard. Candy: Maybe I shouldn't have asked Selphy for recommendations on which books to read. Anette now arrived to walk towards the two children. Anette: What are you two doing together? Candy: Anette! Marco: I borrowed a book from the library, but it's too hard! Anette: Oh, really? :Let me take a look. Let's see. Anette now read from the book: 'Eternity was in our lips and eyes, Bliss in our brows' bent; none our parts so poor; but was a race of heaven…'* *Note from Freyashawk: This quote is from Act I of the play 'Antony and Cleopatra' by William Shakespeare. Anette: What is this? You borrowed this? Candy: Yeah… Selphy gave me this when I asked her to lend me an interesting book. Anette: She only gave you what she liked… Fine. I'll lend you one of mine. Marco: Really? I want to become a hero that casts magic spells! Candy: I want to be a magical scholar like my big sister! Anette: That's great! All right. I'll help you out! Come with me! Simply enter Mist's house now to experience the next Event: The children sit at table while Anette instructs them using a blackboard: Anette: Not like that! You have to do it just like I tell you. Marco: Oh, so you use that here! I never knew! Candy: Teach me this, too, Anette! Anette: For that… Freyr: What are you doing, Anette? Marco and Candy, too… Marco: Anette was teaching me stuff! Candy: She explains everything so nicely! Anette: Haha, thanks! I actually wanted to become a teacher. Freyr: Oh, really? Anette: That's why I'm not bad at teaching things. Hey! You probably just thought that I don't look the part! Freyr: Of course not! Anette: Really? Whatever. I'll believe you this time. When you speak to Marco or Candy afterwards, you can experience more dialogue about their studies: Marco: (Come on, Candy! This is so easy!) Come on, Candy! Don't you get it? Anette: (Good, good! Yeah, you got it right!) That's right! Marco: Uh-huh. I see… Anette: (Hm, let's see… There you go.) Well… Hm…. This is…

Anette's Ultimate Realisation When you speak to Anette again at Mist's House: Freyr: Anette, are you still doing those group studies? Anette: Of course! I love kids and I love teaching them stuff, too! Freyr: You really do look happy when you're teaching them. Anette: Oh, stop. You're embarrassing me. They always give back such sweet smiles when I smile at them. That itself makes me so happy. But, I did notice one thing. Those smiles are really similar to the kind I see when people receive their mail from me. I love to see children smile so I wanted to become a teacher. But maybe I already attained my dream when I became a mailman. Say, Freyr, I think I can get out there and do the job again. Your choices now: Of course you can! I don't know about that. If you choose: Freyr: Of course you can, Anette! As long as you have your ion, you can always go back, and be better than before! I'm sure of it! Anette: Haha… Just because you're sure of it doesn't mean anything thought… But, thanks. If you choose: Freyr: I don't now about that. But you won't know unless you actually try. It's better to give it your all and regret it, rather than regret it without even doing anything. I know it sounds like I'm lecturing you, but… Anette: I understand… I'll do my best! Thanks, Freyr! Neither response has any effect on her Heart Level, but whichever you choose, you will be awakened the next morning at 6.00 a.m. by a knock at the door: Freyr: Who could it be this early in the morning? Go to the door to experience an Event: Freyr: Who is it? Anette: Morning! Freyr: Oh, Anette… What are you doing up so early? Anette: Early? What are you talking about?! I always deliver mail at this time! Freyr: Mail…? Hey! Anette, you went back to being a mailman again? Anette: Yup. My vacation ended yesterday. Starting today, I do mail in the morning and teach during the day. I want to do everything I want to do. Oh, I almost forgot. She reaches into her mail pouch. Anette: You have a letter. See you later. She races off. Freyr: Anette seems like she's back to her cheerful self. Oh right, I got some mail. Let's see… Message: Thanks for cheering me up. I'll be staying at Mist's place from now on. I hope we'll get along, neighbour. Freyr: … Time to get back to work. Note that the completion of this entire sequence of Events is one of the Marriage Requirements for Anette. Selphy Birthday: 3 Autumn Most Favourite Gifts: Rice Ball, Sandwiches Most Detested Items: Gems Actual Dialogue: Selphy: Oh! I like sandwiches and rice balls.

Things that I can eat with

only one hand. Selphy: The heroine in the book I'm reading right now was born on the 3rd of Autumn. Apparently it has some deep meaning. I'm feeling a really strong affinity towards her. That's because my birthday is also on the 3rd of Autumn.' For Sandwich: Hey, a sandwich! Did you get it just for me? Thanks! I'm touched! I love you! Just kidding. Haha. For Rice Ball: Wow, thanks! I love rice balls! For Sandwich on her Birthday: Thanks! I always prefer Sandwich over cake for my birthday! For Ruby: Sorry! You might think I'm weird but I just don't like jewels. I'm really sorry! Selphy: You know what? I really hate jewels. Freyr: What?! That's really rare. I thought most women like jewels. Selphy: Probably. But just don't ask me why, okay? It's elementary, my dear Watson! Freyr (with tear): (Who's Watson?) Official Descriptions: Loves books. So much so that she often forgets to eat, which worries Lara. Selphy's Event at 4 Hearts At 4 Hearts, you will experience the following exchange: Selphy: I got buried under the books when they fell the other day and Lara had to save me. Freyr: Didn't the books fall before? Selphy: Haha, you got me there! Lara told me that it's dangerous so I have to clean up the library. My choices now: I think you should, too. I think it's fine the way it is. Freyr: Well, I think you should, too. It's dangerous if the books fall again. Selphy (with thunder and cross hurt): Ugh… You're saying that, too? She will dither over the concept of cleaning until she reaches 5 Hearts. A Parcel for Selphy This is one of the Events in the Events Chain that results in the tidying of the Rune Archives that occurs between 4 – 6 Hearts. By being in the Church district when Anette is delivering parcels, you should experience an Event involving Selphy. You need not be at the Runes Archive but can be at the Clock Tower…: Selphy! There's a parcel for you! Selphy: Yeah… She walks outside, then: Selphy: Whoa! She becomes faint… Anette: Are you all right? Selphy: I'm fine, I'm fine. I was just surprised to see the sun. So… what was it again? Anette: Oh, right. It's a parcel for you.

Selphy: Nice! A book that I ordered is finally here! Time to read! Anette: But before that, please sign right here… Selphy: A signature, right? Let's see… Anette: No, not there… Yes, there. Selphy: Okay… Anette: See you later! Anette waves farewell to Selphy, then runs up to your character. Freyr: Selphy looked like she was about to faint. Is she all right? Anette: She said the sunlight made her feel dizzy because she hasn't gone out in a while. I really think she should go out more. It's not good to stay indoors all day, you know? My choices now: I guess so. It depends on the person. I guess so. Anette: Anyway, I have other deliveries to make, so see you later! She leaves and you find yourself in front of the Church, irrespective of your former position. Visit Selphy now for news. Selphy: It's so warm every day. I get so… so… sleepy… *yawn*… Wow, I'm tired. Freyr: What happened? Selphy: I was just learning how to clean up from Eunice… But it's so tiring… Freyr: Is cleaning always this tiring? Wait.. You had to learn how to clean things up? Then: Selphy, weren't you dizzy just now? Selphy: When I received the parcel from Anette? You caught me at a bad time. Freyr: it's bad for your health if you don't go outside once in awhile, Selphy. Selphy: I know, I know. But it just feels like such a pain. Haha. I'll do that when I feel like it. Selphy's Identity Selphy's true identity is hidden and as her Heart Levels increase, dialogues will hint more and more at a noble and rather pampered upbringing and past. Selphy: I like the size of this place. Everything you want is just within reach. The place I used to live was way too big. Selphy will hint at a situation in the future when she declares: Selphy: A story about a princess and a knight is really clich� but that's what makes it good. Me: Are you the kind that wishes you were a princess? Selphy: Me? I'm actually the kind that wishes I were the evil tyrant… I'm tired of being a princess, and I know what the knights are really like… *gasp* Ahaha! Forget what I just said! Selphy's Debt to Lara Speak to Lara when she is in the Church to initiate a little Event: Lara: Freyr, would you please do me a favour? Freyr: What is it?

Lara: Well, I had lent Selphy some money… It's past the due date but she still hasn't returned it. Would you please collect it from her? Freyr: All right. Now the option will appear if I speak to Selphy at her desk at the Rune Archives. Freyr: Selphy, Lara wants you to repay the money she lent you. Selphy: Whoa! I didn't think she'd send a collector to come get it! Not bad, Lara! Freyr: Setting that aside, would you please pay back the money? Selphy: Well, about that. I want to pay it back, but I just don't have the funds. Freyr: So, you don't have the money to repay it? Selphy: Well, if you put it like that, I don't know how to respond! That's why I need a favour from you. Can you pay it back for me? Freyr: … Return to speak to Lara now. Lara: How was it? Will Selphy pay it back? Your choice now: Yes, I have the money. No. She said didn't have any money. If you choose: Yes, I have the money. Lara: Freyr, you shouldn't lie. I suppose that Selphy just had you pay in her place? Freyr: How did you know? Lara: It's because you're a terrible liar. All right. I will speak with Selphy directly later. Thank you for your help. If you choose: No. She said didn't have any money. Lara: I see… That is a problem… All right. I will speak with Selphy directly later. Thank you for your help. When you look for Selphy in the Ruins Archives and fail to find her there, look for her in the Church and speak to her there. Freyr: What are you doing in a place like this, Selphy? Selphy: You sound like this is a terrible place. But I guess I don't really fit here. Well, I couldn't pay back the money I borrowed from Lara… So I ended up having to work here for it. I'm pathetic, aren't I? Freyr: I don't think so at all. Working to repay your debts is a wonderful thing. Selphy: Really? Haha… Thanks. Afterwards: Selphy: I'm part-timing as a sister here today. That's why the library is closed. Speak to Stella and she will say: Stella: She may be clumsy but she has a good heart. I will always welcome Selphy working here. Speak to Lara now in the Clinic and she will tell you: Lara: Selphy ended up working at the church. I just hope this will straighten out her crooked personality a bit… Freyr: Hahahahahahahaha… I found Selphy on Monday, 4.00 p.m. at the Church when she was repaying her debt.

Selphy's Novels As you continue to speak to individuals and increase Friendship and Heart Levels, more dialogues about Selphy's novels will emerge. She in fact will send you a letter asking you to suggest the protagonist for her next work. You then will receive a response according to the suggestion you made. Hm… A princess…? I guess a princess with super strength could be fun… All right! I'll go with that! Thanks, you're a life saver! Selphy Despite this Letter, you will experience the same little chain of dialogue each year from all the Eligible Girls with respect to Selphy's first mystery novel. A Parcel for Selphy By being in the Church district when Anette is delivering parcels, you should experience an Event involving Selphy. You need not be at the Runes Archive but can be at the Clock Tower…: Selphy! There's a parcel for you! Selphy: Yeah… She walks outside, then: Selphy: Whoa! She becomes faint… Anette: Are you all right? Selphy: I'm fine, I'm fine. I was just surprised to see the sun. So… what was it again? Anette: Oh, right. It's a parcel for you. Selphy: Nice! A book that I ordered is finally here! Time to read! Anette: But before that, please sign right here… Selphy: A signature, right? Let's see… Anette: No, not there… Yes, there. Selphy: Okay… Anette: See you later! Anette waves farewell to Selphy, then runs up to your character. Freyr: Selphy looked like she was about to faint. Is she all right? Anette: She said the sunlight made her feel dizzy because she hasn't gone out in a while. I really think she should go out more. It's not good to stay indoors all day, you know? My choices now: I guess so. It depends on the person. I guess so. Anette: Anyway, I have other deliveries to make, so see you later! She leaves and you find yourself in front of the Church, irrespective of your former position. Visit Selphy now for news. Selphy: It's so warm every day. I get so… so… sleepy… *yawn*… Wow, I'm tired. Freyr: What happened? Selphy: I was just learning how to clean up from Eunice… But it's so tiring…

Freyr: Is cleaning always this tiring? Wait.. You had to learn how to clean things up? Then: Selphy, weren't you dizzy just now? Selphy: When I received the parcel from Anette? You caught me at a bad time. Freyr: it's bad for your health if you don't go outside once in awhile, Selphy. Selphy: I know, I know. But it just feels like such a pain. Haha. I'll do that when I feel like it. Selphy Organises the Library At about 6 Hearts, you should experience an Event when you enter the Rune Archives. You will discover it to be spotless without a single book on the floor. Freyr entered the Rune Archives on Tuesday morning after 9.00 a.m. to experience an Event with Selphy. A view of a completely tidy Library, then: Selphy: Tadaa! What do you think?! I knew I could do it! Freyr: It's much better now! That's amazing, Selphy! Selphy: Pfft. This is nothing for me. Now that it's all cleaned up, time to get some reading done. Another Event in a Tidy Library When Freyr walked into the Rune Archives a few days after experiencing the first Event in the tidy Library, he experienced another brief Event with Selphy. Selphy: Isn't it all nice and clean now? I can get lots of reading done when it's so clean. Freyr: If you really think that, you should clean more often… You will have access to new books now, among them books about various Monster types. Each time you enter the Rune Archives while it remains tidy, you may experience this Event again. As her heart levels continue to increase, Selphy again will allow untidiness to reign and the Rune Archives will look as though it had been hit by a hurricane. She then once again will tidy the Rune Archives and when you enter, you will experience the little Event where she delightedly tells you: Selphy: Isn't it all nice and clean now? I can get lots of reading done when it's so clean. Freyr: If you really think that, you should clean more often… Selphy will vacillate endlessly back and forth between tidiness and untidiness. Selphy's Amnesia When Selphy reaches 8 Hearts, you will obtain the option to ask her for a Date. You will not be able to propose to her successfully until you have completed her Story. Selphy's Story involves a case of temporary amnesia. This is demonstrated by,

among other things,

two Letters that she will send to you.

Selphy's Bizarre Letters At 8 Hearts, you should receive a rather inexplicably hostile letter from Selphy: Like I said…! I've had enough of this! I told you I don't care! I have nothing to do with this, and I'm totally fine by myself, so just stop! Don't write me anymore! Selphy The next Letter that arrives from Selphy will offer a partial explanation: Sorry! I'm so sorry! That last letter supposed to be for some one else. Just forget what you read. Okay? Selphy In fact, these two letters offer a clue as to the pivotal Event in Selphy's Story. The Forgotten Book A little Event that may appear entirely trivial actually may be the trigger that ultimately leads to Selphy's dramatic denouement a couple of weeks later. Selphy: Hey, Freyr! Look! I bought a new book! I can't wait to see what it's about! Freyr: Didn't you just read that book the other day? Selphy: Of course not! I never forget about which books I read. (with thunder and cross hurt now): There are plenty of books with similar titles so maybe you mistook it for that? Freyr: Oh… You will experience this exchange only once and your character may forget about it completely… but one day, when he enters the Rune Archives, a very dramatic Event will occur. Selphy and the Tapir Your character can experience this Event during the day or at night. All that is required is that he enter the Rune Archives once he has received the two odd Letters from Selphy and has experienced her forgetfulness with respect to the Book she had read in the past. As is often the case in Rune Factory Frontier where special Events are concerned, a certain amount of time must elapsed between the 'trigger' and the actual Event. When Freyr entered the Rune Archives one morning before 7.00 a.m., Selphy was seated behind the desk and as he watched, a Dark Rune formed above her. She then vanished. Freyr: Where is Selphy?! Walk into the Dark Rune and you will find yourself standing on the pages of an enormous book. As you stand there, a number of Buffamoo will appear at every corner and converge upon you in the centre of the book.

One special attack with a decent Sword will defeat the lot. Your character now will find Selphy standing motionlessly, apparently without any consciousness of the drama that has occurred. Freyr: Selphy! Snap out of it! Selphy: Ugh… Then: Selphy: Where am I?! Freyr: Don't know. Maybe we're inside the book that you were reading. Selphy: In the book? Awesome! It was my childhood dream to go inside a book! Freyr: Oh, really? So how do you feel about it now that came true? Selphy: Hmm… There's nothing here and it's not a lot of fun. I guess I prefer to just read books. Let's go home. Freyr: Yeah, we should. Now you will find yourself with Selphy in the Clock Tower chatting to Kanno. Kanno: Hmm, this was caused by the monster 'Tapir'. Freyr: Tapir? Kanno: A monster that feeds on memories. It transforms itself in order to capture prey then consumes their memories when their guard is down. Selphy: So that's how I completely forgot about a book I read! What a waste of time! I could've read another book by then… Kanno: The monster isn't that dangerous, but who knows what kind of damage it could cause. Let's burn it. Freyr: I agree. It would be for the best. Selphy: W-wait! You can't burn such a rare book! The god of books will be mad at you! Kanno: But we can't leave it as it is. Let's see… The scene will shift to a little 'Memory' film now. Selphy arranges the book in a picture frame. Selphy: How about that? Well? Is it crooked? Freytr: It's fine. Your idea to put the monster to sleep by stopping time… worked out really well. Selphy: Yeah, and we ended up not having to burn it. Personally, I want to read that book a bit more. Now, what should I read next… Autumn Date with Selphy I cam to ask you out. Selphy: Oh, that's nice… Wait, what? Ask me out? Yeah. The autumn colours look absolutely amazing. Selphy: Oh! The leaves in autumn are so pretty! Sure, let's go! Then let's meet up on the 19th of autumn, at noon by the lake. Selphy: Okay. I'm kinda excited. Uzuki Birthday: 15 Summer Most Favourite Gift: Golden Hairpin Easiest Favourite Gifts: any type of Sashimi Other Acceptable Gifts: Gold, Magic Crystal, Turtle Shell Most Detested Gifts: any Vegetables Actual Responses: About her Birthday: Uzuki: I was born on the 15th of summer. I do not know if it is because of that, but I do like summer very much.

For Char Sashimi or Black Sashimi: Is that for me?! You knew that I am partial to fish… I must thank you. For Char Sashimi on her birthday: Char Sashimi! This makes me doubly happy because today is my birthday. Thank you, Freyr. For Golden Hairpin, her Most Favourite Gift:: Freyr, are you sure I may receive this? I will cherish this hairpin for as long as I live. For Gold Hairpin on her Birthday: So you purposely gave Gold Hairpin to me on my birthday. I must thank you. Polite response to ordinary gifts: For Red Grill Sashimi, Hot Milk: For me? Why, you have my thanks. Note that, although she will tell you she is 'partial to fish', she prefers Sashimi above all. Official Description: Comes from a distant land of the East. Loves to learn about cultures. The first date that you can meet Uzuki is 11 Spring. Simply enter the Inn then to experience her Introduction Event. When Uzuki is between 2 – 3 Hearts, you will begin to experience dialogues between Tsubute and his Mistress in which a certain amount of tension surfaces. You then will experience an Event wherein Tsubute proclaims his unwillingness to stay in Trampoli any longer to search for Uzuki's Elder Brother. She stubbornly will declare that her Brother is the only individual for whom she has any concern and Tsubute, hurt beyond belief, will leave. For three days or so after this Event, Uzuki will refuse to accept gifts and she, as well as some other characters will speak of the silence in Trampoli. You then will be able to find Tsubute on the little trail behind the Inn to restore him to his Mistress. Uzuki 's Dialogues: Uzuki: Training every single morning is crucial. You must swing the naginata at least 300 times or else your skills will wane. They say that if you miss even one day of training, you will need 10 days just to make up for that lost time. Dialogues between Uzuki and Tsubute: Tsubute: Freyr! Look at this! Freyr: Are these… clothes? Tsubute: This is called a 'Jinbaori'. In my country, this is considered formal wear for war. Milady made this with her very own hands and presented it to me! I am the luckiest man in all of the three kingdoms! Uzuki: Tsubute, you are always overreacting. Uzuki's Schedule: In Fine Weather: 6.00 a.m. to 11.59 a.m. Daily: Outside Sunshine Inn Noon to 8.00 p.m. on Monday and Holiday: Guest Room Noon to 2.59 p.m. on Tuesday and Thursday: Public Square Noon to 5.59 p.m. on Wednesday: Lake Poli Noon to 5.59 p.m. on Friday: Beach 3.00 p.m. to 7.59 p.m. on Tuesday and Thursday: Guest Room 6.00 p.m. to 7.59 p.m. on Wednesday and Friday: Guest Room 9.00 p.m. to 5.59 a.m. Daily: Guest Room In Bad Weather: 6.00 a.m. to 5.59 a.m.: Guest Room Uzuki's Introduction Event

On 11 Spring or any day afterward, simply enter the Inn to experience an Event: Freyr: Aah! A monster?! Monster: What insolence is this?! I am no monster! I am the Musashi Yamatokami… Girl: I am fine. It does not hurt anywhere. Monster: Milady… Girl: I said I am fine! Monster: Milady… Girl: I must apologise for making you see that. By the way, do you abide here? Freyr: Yes, I do… Girl: Then I request your aid! She stalks off. It is only when I leave the Inn that I think: Freyr: Where did that strange girl go? He then found the Girl on the porch of the Inn practicing while Eunice used her broom to clean. Girl: You, there! To where did you go the other time? I had asked for your aid! Freyr: Hey, you're the one that just disappeared off to somewhere… Monster: Graaagh! How dare you speak to Milady like that! Girl: You be quiet. I suppose I have not introduced myself as yet. I am Uzuki. I have come in search of a man from the eastern nation. This noisy little one is… Tsubute: Graaagh! Milady, I am… Uzuki: Did I not bid you quiet? He is Tsubute. He is my caretaker. Tsubute: You called yourself Freyr, correct? Heed me well! No matter how beautiful milady may be…You shall refrain from having impure thoughts of any sort about her. As long as I am alive I… Uzuki: Old man.. Tsubute: That is… I am only doing this for you, milady… Uzuki: Freyr, you will have to excuse him. I will be sure to give him a good scolding later, so please forgive him. Freyr: I don't mind. After: Uzuki: Did you want something with me? Freyr: You said you were looking for some one, right? Uzuki: That is correct. Freyr: Who are you looking for? Uzuki: My elder brother. He had left to train but it does not seem that he is coming back anytime soon. Freyr: I see… Well, if I find out anything, I'll be sure to tell you about it. Uzuki: you have my thanks. Tsubute: That is certainly an irable offer! Freyr: Haha… Uzuki and the Hairpin Constellation The Hairpin Constellation is associated with Uzuki. As Cinnamon will tell you, the Hairpin the Constellation represents is an 'Eastern' accessory from Uzuki's culture. After you 'find' it, speak to Uzuki for a little Event that

will increase your Weapons Skills. Uzuki: You sure are up early, Freyr. Freyr: You seem to be working hard every day. Uzuki: It is what we maidens do. Despite how I look, I like to get some exercise. But after coming to Trampoli, I could not find a good sparring partner, so my skill in battle may have waned. I know! Freyr, would you please have a match with me? Freyr: What?! But… Uzuki: Do not cower, Freyr! En garde! Darkness, then: Freyr's Sword Skill went up! Uzuki: That was a good match. Daily training makes all the difference, Freyr. Freyr: Haha… Uzuki and Tsubute Tsubute: Listen, milady. You mustn't forget following the qualities of Yamato Nadeshiko. Freyr: Um, what's Yamato Nadeshiko? Tsubute: That is a good question, Freyr. Yamato Nadeshiko refers to women who are modest and traditional by nature. Freyr: That sounds interesting. Tsubute: What?! Do you prefer women of that sort, Freyr? Hm… I see… After this, Freyr experienced a dialogue wherein he discovered that Uzuki had given Tsubute a special gift to improve their relationship a little: Tsubute: Freyr! Look at this! Freyr: Are these… clothes? Tsubute: This is called a 'Jinbaori'. In my country, this is considered formal wear for war. Milady made this with her very own hands and presented it to me! I am the luckiest man in all of the three kingdoms! Uzuki: Tsubute, you are always overreacting. Trouble between Uzuki and Tsubute After giving Uzuki some Sashimi: Tsubute: Milady! You mustn't blindly receive gifts from gentlemen! Uzuki: Why is that? It would be rude to rebuff them. Tsubute: That is the way for commoners. Milday, you must be more discreet. Uzuki: Very well. Then I shall require your help when Tsubute is not around, Freyr. Tsubute: M-milady…? Uzuki: I was joking. You are much too serious-minded. When speaking to Uzuki, you should experience another exchange hinting at trouble between Uzuki and her faithful family retainer. Uzuki: I can care for myself! My training with the naginata is for precisely that! Tsubute: B-but! If anything were to happen where you were to receive some injury… I will commit seppuki if anything were to happen to you! Uzuki: Freyr, you must convince Tsubute that he cannot protect me from the monsters. Well, I am flattered… After: Tsubute (with cricket sound and thunder and cross hurt): Graaagh!

Freyr: W-what's wrong?! Uzuki (with tear): It seems that you have caught me at a terrible time, Freyr. Right now, I am having an argument with Tsubute. He always becomes overexcited and cannot do anything. Freyr: Huh?! What happened? Uzuki: I said that you are too noisy so we cannot even talk! Freyr: What was that?! Uzuki (with thunder and cross hurt): Keep your mouth shut a little, Tsubute! Tsubute Disappears After a number of little events and dialogues that indicated increasing conflict between Tsubute and his young Mistress, at 3 Hearts and 5 Friendship, Freyr walked into Uzuki's guest room at the Inn one afternoon to experience the following row between the two: After Tsubute disappears, Uzuki no longer will accept gifts from you for a couple of days. Whenever you speak to her, she will ask about her elder brother or make comments about how quiet it is or that: Uzuki: Trampoli is such a vast place… Uzuki: It's so quiet… Uzuki: Oh? Oh! It's you, Freyr. Would you please leave me alone for a little while? If you attempt to give her a gift during this period: Uzuki: I'm sorry but I cannot accept this. She is in mourning… Other characters may remark upon his disappearance as well: Eunice: I haven't seen Tsubute recently. Where could he have gone…? Turner: I haven't heard Uzuki and Tsubute arguing recently. With that missing, it feels a bit too quiet. Reunion of Uzuki and Tsubute About three days after Tsubute's departure, Uzuki will recognise his value and when you speak to her, an Event will be initiated. Note that, on any sunny weekday, Uzuki begins her training outside the Inn at 6.00 a.m. This Event therefore can be triggered as early as 6.00 a.m. Uzuki: Freyr… Tsubute… has not returned. I can hear him so I know he is nearby, but… What shall I do, Freyr? Freyr: That's easy. If you think you were wrong or if you said horrible things, you just need to say you're sorry. Uzuki: Say that I'm sorry…? But even if I did, Tsubute will never… I don't know what to do… After: Uzuki: Tsubute… You must realise that Uzuki is too proud to go further in this… so take matters into your own hands by investigating. As you walk towards the path that leads behind the Inn, you will hear the characteristic sound of the Cricket. An Event will be initiated now. Freyr: That voice… Tsubute? Tsubute: Freyr, did you come to laugh at my pitiful self?

Freyr: Of course not! Tsubute: It's all right. I am not needed by milady, and her brother, milord, is still nowhere to be found. All I can do is rot here alone… Uzuki now will walk up the pathway, naginata in hand. Tsubute: Milady… Uzuki: Tsubute… It is all your fault… You were the one to say we should return… No. I misspoke. That is not what I want to say! I'm … sorry, Tsubute. I am sorry for saying those things to you… I know I may be pushing my luck… but would you please come back…? I need you. Tsubute: Milady… Those words are enough for me. I am unworthy, but I shall work to adi you the best I can, milady! And it seems that you still cannot live without me! Uzuki: What say you?! I am an adult now! You can stop treating me like a child! Tsubute: Graaaagh! What was that?! Now the Cricket noise increases and Tsubute has cross hurt and thunder. Tsubute: You are still a child if you cannot it your mistakes and apologise with all of your heart. Uzuki: But I did apologise! Stop digging up what is past! You are an elder but you still act as a child! Tsubute: I am still better than some one who cannot even wake up on her own every morning! Uzuki: (with thunder and cross hurt): Th-that only happened once! How dare you, you stubborn old coot! Tsubute: Stubborn, you say?! Well, that is all because… Freyr: (… They're back to how they were before. That's a relief.) The event ends. After: Uzuki: Freyr. It seems that I have caused you much worry. But there is no need for that anymore. After Tsubute's Return: Eunice: I heard Uzuki and Tsubute having an argument yesterday. I guess you can say that people who don't care about each can't have fights. This is a recurring theme in Rune Factory Frontier, especially with Eunice. She is conscious of the arguments between her parents and perceives them as a sign of deep affection rather than being threatened by their relationship with one another. Fishing between Uzuki and Cinnamon Freyr: What happened with your fishing contest with Cinnamon? Uzuki: It was a complete defeat on my end. I just cannot understand how she can stay motionless like that. The Search for Elder Brother Uzuki Takes Matters into her own Hands From the Introduction to Uzuki onward, she will fret about her missing brother. At a certain point, however, after the row with Tsubute over plans to find her brother, other characters will remark upon Uzuki's nocturnal habits. Kanno: The other day, I was doing some fieldwork on a mountain path. Right

when I decided to head back, because it was getting dark, I met Uzuki on the way. Though the mountain path is lit by the moonlight, it's still dangerous. Freyr, if you see Uzuki on the mountain path at night, would you please tell her that? Eunice: Uzuki has been going outside at night recently. I get worried because she returns so late… Take the hint and explore the Mountain Path at night after 9.00 p.m. When you enter the Conservatory area near the Cornucopia Trees, an Event with Uzuki will occur. Uzuki stands with her back to you, gazing at the heavens. Freyr: Uzuki? She turns to face you. Freyr: What are you doing out so late at night? It's dangerous out here. Uzuki: Hm? Oh, it is you, Freyr. In my country, we have a legend that says the moon can grant your wish… Freyr: A wish… Oh, to find your brother? Uzuki: Yes. My brother was a master swordsman… My skill cannot even compare to his. That is why Father had such high expectations of him. One day, Brother spoke to Father about wanting to go into training. Father tried to stop him, but Brother's mind was resolute. Brother was very kind to me. Even after he embarked on his journey, he sent letters only to me. But one day, those letters stopped coming. Freyr: So that's why you're looking. Uzuki: Yes. The last letter he sent was about a village with a flying island above it. Freyr: A village with a flying island…! Uzuki: That is correct. I believe that Trampoli holds the clues as to where Brother has gone. I am tired from speaking so much. I will return to the inn now. Freyr, be sure to take care. Uzuki then bows and strides away, leaving Freyr alone beneath the stars. Uzuki's Hairpin In order to trigger the next dialogue in Uzuki's Story, you must speak to her when she is inside her guest room at the Inn. Freyr: What are you doing, Uzuki? Uzuki: Hm? I was fixing my ornamental hairpin. Freyr: It's very beautiful. Uzuki: It was a gift from Brother. This was sent with his last letter to me. It is the last token from Brother so I am taking great care of it. Freyr: Oh…? Uzuki: What's wrong, Freyr? Freyr: I think I've seen that hairpin from somewhere… Uzuki: That cannot be. This hairpin is not made by Ganesha. Freyr: I know… But… Now I ! There was a locked door in the Vine Ruins and the keyhole is identical to it! Uzuki: Is that so…?! Freyr: There might be some clues about your brother in that room! Uzuki: There must be! Freyr, take this with you! Freyr: Sure…!

You got Uzuki's Hairpin! Uzuki's Hairpin: 0G ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 55, FX Element Defence The hairpin that Uzuki always wears. There seems to a keyhole with the same shape as it. Uzuki's Hairpin actually is the 'key' that unlocks the previously locked door on the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins. For those who cannot find the Locked Door again easily, here are two sets of directions. The first presupposes that you have unlocked the Shortcut Stairway and leads from the 4th Floor shortcut stairway to the Locked Door. The second set of directions is for those who must take the isolated stairway from the 3rd Floor still to reach the 4th Floor. From the Shortcut Stairway to the Locked Door From the shortcut stairway, you first will encounter a catapult platform. Go west from the catapult to encounter two Buffaloo spawned by a single Generator that can be reached only with a long range weapon such as a spear. West of this is another Monster Generator that spawns two Summers. Continue West and you will find the Locked Door on the southern wall before you reach the southwestern corner of the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins. Path to Uzuki's Locked Door from the Isolated Stairway When you descend from the 3rd Floor, you will see a long wide staircase that descends to the west. It leads to a peaceful chamber containing a single large tillable field containing four plots, a water source, one real Treasure Chest and one Monster Box. An exit in the southwest is blocked by a huge round stone boulder. This is a new device first found on the 4th floor of the Lava Ruins. There is no way to move it from this side, however, so retrace your steps to the isolated stairway. Now go east to find a stationary catapult. Hit the lever with a Hammer and it will destroy fallen masonry to the south that barred the entrance to a narrow staircase leading downward. Do not explore the stairway yet. Instead, move east of the catapult to find three smooth small square boulders that act as a barrier to the east. You need a Silver Hammer or better to destroy boulders of this sort. Do so and move east to find a Treasure Chest that usually contains Copper. From here, you will enter an area with two narrow twin staircases to the south and a large round boulder in the north held in place by sand. A Monster Generator in the northeast corner spawns two Trolls. Against the eastern wall are two white urns. This is the northeast limit of the 4th floor. Use your hoe on the pile of sand to release the large round boulder. As the boulder rolls, it will clear the pathway to the isolated stairway that leads to the 5th floor. Path to the Shortcut Stairway Note that, if you used the catapult initially, you now have three separate narrow staircases side by side that lead south. The one farthest east leads to the isolated stairway to the 5th floor.

The other narrow stairway west of the one leading to the isolated stairway will take you down a narrow path to a Monster Generator that spawns two Summers. If you continue south, you will find a pile of fallen masonry blocking your accesso to a large chamber that contains tillable fields and a Monster Generator spawning two Trolls. Ignore this path for now, therefore, as you must destroy the fallen masonry from the other side. Return to the first stairway that was unblocked by the action of the catapult. This stairway is the one furthest to the west and closest to the isolated stairway leading from the 3rd floor. At the foot of the stairs, you will encounter two Trolls immediately. The monster generator that spawns them is to the west. This effectively constitutes a crossroads, with exits in all directions. You can go west into a large chamber containing tillable fields or east to a large almost empty chamber that contains a single Monster Geneartor that spawns two little Fluffys. If you are looking for the Locked Door, you need to go west past the Monster Generator that spawns the two Trolls that guard the crossroads. You will find yourself in a very large peaceful chamber with four tillable fields, each of which consists of two plots. There is a single crate in the northwest with a water source next to it. The exit from this chamber is in the southwest down a narrow causeway that leads south to a platform guarded by two Summers spawned by a Monster Generator. The position of this Monster Generator marks a crossroads as well. There is a wide stairway that ascends to the east. To the west, another parallel causeway leads north and south. Go down the wide staircase in the west and continue west to the causeway that runs parallel to it. This is the western limit of the 4th floor. To the north is a Monster Generator that spawns a Buffaloo. Continue south along the causeway, you will find three Rocks that can be smashed for Ores/Gems barring your path. Smash them and continue south to a Monster Generator that spawns two Trolls. Go south from the catapult, then east to find a locked door in the south. If you attempted to access this door before Uzuki gave you her Hairpin, your character would muse: Freyr: It won't open… Huh? There's a hole in the door. Is it a keyhole? But it has such a strange shape… I can't go in now anyway. I'll try again later. With Uzuki's Hairpin in your Rucksack, however, you now can return to the Locked Door to open it. Freyr: There's a hole in the door. Is it a keyhole? But it has such a strange shape… I know! I'll use the Hairpin from Uzuki! A Letter from the Mentor When the sliding door opens, you will be able to move south into a small chamber with a crate at the southern end. In the centre of the floor, you will see three shining drops of light indicating the presence of a 'secret'. Go to the spot and press 'A' to search there. A Letter will pop out. Freyr: There's a letter, and it's still new.

Letter from the Mentor: A letter to Uzuki from Uzuki's brother. Don't open it without permission. Although you are told not to open it without permission, the text of the Letter will be displayed automatically: Text: 'Stardust will summon the Rainbow'. Freyr: What does that mean? Maybe Uzuki will know… 7 Pieces of Stardust Take the Letter to Uzuki and offer it to her. Uzuki: What is this…? Freyr: It was inside the room that can be opened with the hairpin. Uzuki: What was inside?! … 'Stardust will summon the rainbow.' There is no doubt! This is definitely Brother's writing! Freyr: But what does 'Stardust will summon the rainbow' mean? Uzuki: In my country, rainbows are said to have 7 colours. So if 7 of this 'stardust' can be gathered… Freyr: But what is 'stardust'…? Uzuki: I do not know either. If you go to the Rune Archives now to search the shelves, you will find a new book on the upper floor at the northern end of the eastern side. The four volumes now will be: Mystic Country Stardust Almanac The Elves The Beginning of Man Only the 'Stardust Almanac' is new. Stardust Almanac Stardusts that fall on clear nighttime skies are very weak against sunlight, so look for them in early morning. Collecting Stardust for Uzuki This is the only information you require to find the Stardust for Uzuki. Simply go to the Public Square each morning at 6.00 a.m., provided the weather is fine. On the western side of the pavement near the entrance, you will see the characteristic three sparkles of light that indicate a secret. Press 'A' and Stardust will pop out of the ground. 'Stardust' has the shape of a golden star similar to those given to children on their essays to indicate a job well done. The Stardust you gather each day appears to be identical, but each occupies a separate slot in yoru Rucksack or Storage. This is a bit of a nuisance actually as you can collect only one piece of Stardust per day and only if the weather is fine. In rain or snow, it will not appear. Moreover, by the afternoon, it will disappear if not collected earlier. The Treasure at the End of the Rainbow

When you collect the seventh and final piece of Stardust, an Event will occur. Uzuki will appear next to you in the Public Square. Uzuki: Have you gathered 7 pieces of 'Stardust'…? Tsubute: Good job, Freyr. I didn't think you could do it. Freyr: According to the letter, something should happen. The screen darkens for a moment, then a blazing rainbow appears behind Uzuki for an instant Freyr: What's this…? Tsubute: What are you doing? Hurry up! Uzuki: Go to the end of the rainbow! Freyr: Y-yes! She races off and you follow as the screen darkens again. You now approach the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Path. Tsubute: Look! Something is shining! At the foot of one of the Cornucopia Trees, there are three shining points of light. Freyr: You're right! Let's try digging there! Your character automatically follows his own suggestion, then scoops an item from the ground. Freyr: This is… Tsubute: It is… a letter. Uzuki: Would you please read it, Freyr? I feel to anxious to do so myself. Freyr: All right. He now reads from the letter: It has been awhile, Uzuki. How long has it been since I left our country? I have no intention of returning to that place. I had enough of being cramped up in that small house. You as well, I'm sure. That is why I'm goine and have left only clues. Uzuki, you have come this far after leaving that place. Life in a foreign country may be difficult, but you were able to do it because of a trusted friend. You might be angry after I have dragged you out here this far. But Uzuki, you are now an adult. You need not rely on your brother anymore. I will always be thinking of you. Uzuki: … Freyr: Uzuki…? Tsubute: After causing so much trouble for milady, all he left behind is a single letter?! He can be so very inconsiderate sometimes. If only he would think of milady a little more… Milady…? Uzuki: Brother is always like this… Right when it seems that he had hidden something important, he leaves me something much more precious. He is certainly a great man… Freyr: Uzuki…? Something more precious than Brother…? Uzuki: Let's go home! Tsubute: Let us go home! Uzuki: What are you talking about? My home is… Trampoli. Right, Freyr? Tsubute (with thunder and cross hurt): What? When did milady…? Milady!!! The Event now ends. You stand alone beneath the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road. As Uzuki now is a permanent resident of Trampoli, you now will be able to propose to her successfully, provided all ordinary marriage requirements have been met. Iris Birthday: 23 Winter

Most Favourite Gifts: Tomato Juice Easiest Favoured Gifts: Moondrop Flower or any other Flower Most Detested Gift: Garlic Official Description: A wondrous girl. Sleeps during the day to stay out of the sun. Loves flowers. Iris is an artist who seeks to capture the atmosphere of the floating island in her pen and ink drawings. She actually is an ancient member of a Vampyre Tribe and thus will recoil from Garlic. Experience a special Event by attempting to give her Garlic. Note that, should you increase her Heart Level to maximum BEFORE you unlock the Snow Ruins, you will not be forced to defeat Iris Noire. Iris Blanche will intervene… Actual Dialogue: Iris: Don't you just feel like drinking tomato juice impulsively sometimes? You don't? I guess it's just me… Iris: I'm enjoying the flower patch that you grew. I really love flowers. For Tomato Juice: Is this for me? Thank you! I love tomato juice! For Moondrop Flower: Thank you! It's a very pretty flower… I'll be sure to cherish it! Freyr: Do you draw, Iris? Iris: Yes. I draw with ink and charcoal. Unfortunately, I'm terrible at it. I hope you'll come see this drawing after I finish it! For Garlic: Iris: Thank you. But… what is this? Is this… garlic…? My vision is turning… dark… Darkness, then the sound of a heavy thump. Freyr: Iris! Iris! Iris: (What happened?) What happened to me? I thought I saw you come to me and… Lose both Love and Friendship Points for playing a trick like this on a member of an ancient Vampyre Tribe! Iris and Blue Roses: Iris: Do you know about Blue Roses? Blue roses don't usually grow in nature. But if you let moonlight shine on white roses for a few days, they will turn blue. I'd like to see it at least once. Iris' Drawings Freyr: Do you draw, Iris? Iris: Yes. I draw with ink and charcoal. Unfortunately, I'm terrible at it. I hope you'll come see this drawing after I finish it! (This initiates a series of Events periodically wherein she will show her drawings to your character and your character will misinterpret the subjects.) Iris will request that you act as her model for a drawing. The result will be less than perfect in her first attempt, but she will continue to perfect her skills. Iris: I drew another picture. Would you like to see it? Me (with enthusiasm): Of course!

Iris: I drew a flower patch this time. What do you think? Me: … (A flower patch…? It looks like a Fluffy exploded…) Freyr: You're very good. I think you've gotten much better, Iris. Iris: Really?! I'll be sure to draw many more pictures then! In her next attempt: Iris: I drew another picture. Would you like to see it? Freyr: Gladly! … (Is this a … ghost? Wait, this happened last time so I should…) That's a very cute Wooly. You're very good. Iris (with tears in her eyes): That's … a moon… Freyr: What?! I-It's a beautiful moon. You're very good! (clears his throat) … Sorry. Iris (Noire) Birthday: 23 Winter Most Favourite Gift: Tomato Juice For Tomato Juice: Is this for me? Thank you! I love Tomato Juice! Iris Noire may confide their birthday first: Me and my other self were both born on the 23rd of Winter. Official Description: The other half of Iris. A liveliness returned to her upon meeting Freyr. Iris Noire is the other half of Iris, who split in two because of her intense loneliness centuries ago. Her portrait will not appear in the Relations page until you have defeated her on the 3rd Floor of the Snow Ruins. When she has been reunited with Blanche, she will offer to tell your fortune when you visit her. Note that although her likes and dislikes are the same as Blanche, she has her own Love and Friendship levels, unlike the 'twins' in the 2nd Generation of Rune Factory 2 who were not identical twins but who were treated as a single individual for the purposes of Heart Levels and Events. Make certain to give both girls a gift when you see them. Iris Blanche and Iris Noire Events The Move from the Tower of Rest to Trampoli You first must rescue Mist before any of the Events that result in the move of Iris Blanche and Iris Noire from Whale Island to Trampoli can be initiated. Rita's Dilemma When you speak to Rita, she will tell you of her problem with the Tavern. Rita: Only regulars come to our bar and it's never that busy. But working at it alone can be really hard. I wonder if some one could help me out… Freyr: What about Eunice? Rita: I have Eunice clean the bar in the morning. I can't have her work at night, too. Freyr: I see… Rita: Sorry for complaining in front of you. Don't mind me. It is only when you next visit Iris Blanche and Noire in the Tower of Rest that you will find a way to help every one. A Move from the Tower of Rest

When you visit the Tower of Rest after rescuing Mist, you will find Iris Blanche painting at her easel. The two girls no longer must stand in the centre of the chamber to sing their Song. Iris: We can get to tknow the villagers better, too. Iris Noire: Yes, but there will be problems… Iris Blanche: Where to live… Freyr: What's wrong? Noire: Oh, Freyr… The Runes of Whale Island are much more stable now. Blanche: … so we were talking about moving to Trampoli. Staying ehre by ourselves would be meaningless and we want to get to know the villagers better. Freyr: That sounds great! Every one will welcome you! Noire: But there is a problem… Freyr: What is it? I'll be glad to help out any way I can. Blanche: We don't have a place ot stay so we can't move. Noire: And, we can only come out at night so we can't stay at some one's house either. Blanche: But building a new house would be too much trouble. Noire: That is why we were at a loss. Freyr: Rita, over at Snowstyle, was looking for some one to help out at the bar. If you ask her, maybe she'll let you live there, too. The bar is in business only at night, after all. Blanche: Really?! Noire: Would you please ask her about it? Freyr: I'll try. After: Noire: Please tell Rita that I would love to work at the bar. Thank you. Iris Blanche: Please tell Rita that I would love to work at the bar. Thank you. Rita Gives her Permission You now need to gain official permission from Rita. All you have to do here is speak to Rita again. Freyr: Rita, I'd like to ask you for a favour. Rita; What is it? Just come right out and say it. Freyr: Well, Iris is looking for a place to move to… Rita: Then they can use our inn. Freyr: Really?! Rita; We've got plenty of open rooms anyway. If they'll work at the bar, they won't need ot pay for the rooms. As for my husband, he probably won't object to it. Freyr: Really?! Thank you very much! I'll bring Iris right away! After: Rita: We're already preparing for Iris to come. Hurry up and bring her here. Iris Blanche and Noire Move to Trampoli If Freyr returned again to the Whale Island Fin on the same night, he would not be able to find either Iris anywhere. He had to wait until the following

evening to return to the Fin of Whale Island. He then found both Iris Blanche and Iris Noire awaiting him outside the Tower of Rest near the special little field where Moondrops had been planted originally for Iris. Iris Blanche: Good evening, Freyr. Freyr: Iris, Rita said that you can stay at the Inn! Blanche: Really?! Thank you so much! Noire: We really can't thank you enough, Freyr. Freyr: I haven't done anything. Now let's go! Now the screen darkens and when it lightens again, an Event occurs at the Inn. Rita: Welcome, girls! This will be your room! But are you sure you only want one room? Isn't it a bit cramped? You needn't worry about money if you're working at the bar. Iris Noire: We want to be together. Iris Blanche: We've been separated for so long and finally, after so much time, we were able to come together again… Rita: Fine… I won't say another word about it. All right. I'm going to have you two working starting tonight. Noire: Yes, ma'am! The event ends with both girls standing side by side on the upper floor of the Inn where they face Rita. It is only when Iris moves to the Inn that you have the option to ask her out either in her light or dark manifestations. Iris' Constellation Events Finding the Whale Constellation In fact, 'near midnight' translated to 'by 11.30 p.m.'. When Freyr reached the Observatory after 11.30 p.m., he was unable to find either the Full Moon or the Whale Constellation. As it was after 11.00 p.m. when he began the journey from the Homestead, he finally had to resort to a little trick he had employed successfully on another occasion with respect to a Constellation that proved stubbornly unfindable. He dismounted his Silver Wolf as soon as he reached the entrance ot the Lava Ruins and searched the heavens there. Doing so, he first saw the glorious full moon soaring across the heavens and, a moment later: Freyr: Is that…? So that's the Whale Constellation… It's so much bigger than the real Whale Island. Iris Blanche Constellation Event: Immediately after his discovery of the Whale constellation on the night of the 16th of Summer, Freyr paid a visit to the Inn to speak to Iris Blanche. Iris: Freyr, you're still fighting monsters on Whale Island…? Freyr: Yes. Iris: I'm worried you'll be hurt. May I pray for you? Freyr: Go ahead.

Iris: Thank you. The screen darkened for a moment, then: Iris: May the Spirits bless you with safety, Freyr. Fery: Thank you. I feel like something is protecting me now! Freyr's Elemental Manipulation went up! Note that this demonstrates the fact that, despite her avoidance of the Church, worrying to Lara, but natural for a vampyre maiden, Iris is deeply religious in her own way. The 'Elemental Manipulation' refers to the points of affinity for each of the four elements. There was a 1 point increase for each after Iris Blanche's prayer. Scorpion Constellation The earliest that Freyr was able to 'find' the Scorpion Constellation was after 10.30 p.m. at 10.40 p.m. on the night of the 30th. Freyr: That's… Prompt: Found Scorpion Constellation! Freyr: It really does look like a scorpion. That's really strange. The Scorpion Constellation is associated with Noire. Speak to her afterwards. Iris Noire: Freyr, you're still fighting monsters on Whale Island…? Freyr: Yes. Noire: I'm worried that you'll be hurt. Please run away whenever it gets too dangerous. Freyr: Thank you. I will. Just hearing you say that makes me feel like I can run away even faster now. Prompt: Freyr's strength went up! Prompt: Freyr's agility went up! Iris Noire: Oh, you… He then spoke to Cinnamon: Cinnamon: Did you find the Scorpion Constellation? Freyr: Yes. I was surprised at how much it looked like a scorpion. Cinnamon: That scorpion played tricks on others and was punished by a wizard. It guards the moon so you can only see it when there is no moon. Freyr: I see… Now that you mention it, it does seem like that. Iris' Bathhouse Event If you wish to bathe undisturbed and gain full restoration of HP and RP, never take a bath when any one is in the women's side of the Bathhouse. Doing so will cause you to 'overhear' their dialogues. When Iris Blanche and Iris Noire move to Trampoli, they will frequent the bathhouse between 5.00 p.m. – 6.00 p.m. except during the Summer season. If you take a bath then, you will experience their bathhouse event. Iris becomes 'Ill' When Iris Blanche and Iris Noire both reach 10 Hearts, you will experience a

sequence of Events that involve an illness. It is initiated when you speak to Eunice afterwards: Freyr: Eunice, I haven't seen Iris recently. Do you know what happened? Eunice: It seems that she isn't feeling well so she's taking some time off her work at the bar. Really?! Did you get Lara to take a look at her? Eunice: My mother wanted to take her but Iris said that she didn't want to go inside a church. Freyr: Is that so… All right. I'll try to get Lara to go to the Inn. Eunice: Please do so. Note that, once this illness is announced, there can be no quick resolution to it. Even if you had spoken to Iris earlier on the same day, once Eunice remarks upon the illness, the guest room door will be locked. A word to the wise here: If you wish to experience any Date Events with one aspect of Iris, whether it is Iris Blanche or Iris Noire, it is advised that you do this BEFORE both manifestations of Iris reach 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship. You will be able to ask either for a Date when they have moved to Trampoli and reach 8 Hearts. Do this BEFORE you raise both to 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship. Speak to Lara now: Freyr: Lara, Iris is bedridden because she's ill. Lara: That's terrible! I'll go see her right now! When you return next to the upper floor of the Inn, you will find Lara at the door to the Guest Room in which Iris Blanche and Iris Noire rest. When you speak to Lara, another Event will initiate. Lara: Oh, Freyr. I was just about to do the examination. Please wait right here. Freyr: Sure thing. She now will enter the Guest Room. The screen will darken. When it lightens again, Lara will re-emerge to speak to you. Lara: It seems that both of them were sick. Freyr: So… how was it? Lara: There are still some things I don't understand so can you come back tomorrow? Freyr: All right. The Event ends. When you speak to either Iris: Iris: I'm so sorry for making you worry about me like this. I'll be better in no time… Freyr: You should just relax for now. On the next day, find Lara at the Church or Clinic to speak to her. Lara: Freyr, about Iris… Freyr: Did you find out anything? Lara: Both of them are sick. And, it seems the reason for that is because Iris is separated into two people. I also asked Kanno, Rita and Sister Stella about it… It seems the two of them had separated to avoid being lonely. Freyr: That's what I heard, too. Lara: But now that they are surrounded by many friends, their lives have become much happier. Freyr: I guess so. She even said that her work at the bar was really fun.

Lara: Yes. But that's the problem. Freyr: Why is that? Lara: Because, in their happiness, they are trying to return to one body, but yet remain separated. That puts stress upon their existence, causing the illness. Separating into two must have put a lot of strain on Iris. Freyr: So for Iris to get better… Lara: … she has to return to being one person. But I don't know how to do it. Even Kanno and Sister Stella said they didn't know how. Freyr: All right. I'll try to find out how. Lara: Please do so. I'll try to search for the method from my end as well. If you attempt to visit Iris, your character will reconsider at the door: Freyr; … I may be bothering them. Maybe some other time. When you next speak to Kanno, badger him until he tells you: Kanno: About how to return Iris to normal… Freyr: Did you find something on it? Kanno: Well… This will be difficult. It's already amazing enough that one person can split into two. But now we need to return them to one. It makes it all the more difficult… Freyr: Oh… Kanno: Of course, I haven't given up. If you find any clues, come to me. When you speak to Stella: Stella: I'm worried for Iris… If there's anything I can do, don't hesitate to ask. Turner will mention the illness: Turner: Iris isn't feeling well right now. I should bring her something good to eat later. Lara: I will try to look for a way to return Iris to normal. Selphy's Contribution to the Solution Who but a Librarian ultimately would have access to information about a creature of Legends? It is Selphy who will provide a solution by obtaining two new Books for the Rune Archives. You may have to wait a few days after speaking to Kanno before she will be able to offer you the information you need. Selphy: Oh, right… Iris is supposed to be one of the race of 'those closest to the Spritis', right? Well, I found a book about them, so I put it on the bookshelf Really?! Thank you! Don't mention it. Thank Lara since she's the one who asked me to look for it. You now will be able to find two new volumes on a bookshelf on the upper level on the eastern side of the Rune Archives. The Bookshelf now will have the following tomes: New Species Discovery! The Vampire Tribe The Vampire Tribe: Part 2 Magic s of the World The Vampire Tribe You will find the first new volume on the 2nd Shelf: The Vampire Tribe Those closest to the Spirits once inhabited the Trampoli area.

They were able to converse with the Spirits through their Spirit Song. Even with special traits such as an inability to enter holy places, the ability to share minds with the person they drank blood from and being nocturnal, they still could have a child with a normal person. Most of their descendants are of mixed blood now, and only a few special ones have inherited the Spirit Song. The next volume will cover rituals. The Vampire Tribe, Part 2 On the 3rd Shelf, you will find: The Vampire Tribe: Part 2 Among the rituals is one called 'The Blessings from Around' that is particularly interesting. In it, the leader of the ritual brings a personal item, and those around bless it. In the case of two or more leaders, each leader brings an item of equal value and then trades after the blessings finish. It is said that the purpose of this ritual was to demonstrate the leaders' connection to the Spirits to the people around. After trading the blessed items, they offer a prayer to the Spirits. If the Spirits respond, their wish will come true. At least, that is the belief. Kanno's Instructions for the Healing Ritual After you have read both Vampire Books, return to Kanno to inform him of the results of your research. Kanno, about how we can get Iris back to normal… Kano: Did you find out something?! Yes. The screen darkens, then to allow Freyr to impart the information to Kanno privately. After: Kanno: All right. Freyr! Do exactly what I tell you. First, take a certain object from each Iris. Freyr: Sure. Kanno: Then take thos things around to each villager and have them bless it. Freyr: Bless…? Kanno: Yes. Simply put, they just need to pray for it. Come back to me when you're done. I'll take care of the rest. Freyr: All right. Then let me go gest something from each of them. The Tokens of Iris Blanche and Iris Noire If you visit the guest room during the day, you may be unable to enter. Wait until the next day and then visit Iris after 6.00 p.m. Although you will find both girls in bed still, you will be able to communicate with each. Iris, do you have a pair of something? If I take that and get every one in the village to bless it, you might go back to normal. Noire: Really? But I'm worried about how much of a blessing we can receive since we haven't been here long…

Freyr: It's all right. Every one is worried about you. Noire: Thank you… Then take this. You got Silver Ring! Blanche: Take this with you. This is the first item that we exchanged when we separated. I believe these will be the most fitting. You got Gold Ring! The two Rings will appear in your Rucksack now. Their descriptions are as follows: Gold Ring: A golden ring that one Iris gave to the other Iris. Let's get every one to bless it. Silver Ring: A silver ring that one Iris gave to the other Iris. Let's get every one to bless it. Note that you must choose one of the two to offer to each individual in Trampoli. It does not matter which one you ask an individual to bless but once he/she has blessed one Ring, the other will not be accepted. You can alternate the Rings or simply offer the same one to every villager. What signifies here is that you obtain a Blessing from EVERY Villager. If any villager is absent, you must wait until his/her return in order to be able to complete the Event sequence that completes Iris' Story. For example, if Rosetta has gone to Kardia to care for her father, you will be unable to complete the Ritual until she has returned to give her Blessing to one of the two Rings. Even if she has gone to Kardia, she will return on the occasion of any Festival and you will be able to find her on that day outside the entrance to the Green Ruins. She then will return to Kardia after the Festival to continue her care of her father. Some of the Blessing dialogues are as follows: Uzyuki: In my country, tools that are used wholeheartedly can embody souls. It seems that the emotions in this ring are so powerful that it has gained a soul as well. There. I put my prayers into it. Eunice: It's for iris? I'll gladly help. Iris is part of our family now. Stella: I have to bless this? Sure thing. Iris is part of our village after all. Now take it with you. I've finished blessing it. Turner: I have to pray for it? Is that good enough? I hope Iris will get batter soon. Ganesha: That's a pretty ring. I can feel the emotions of the owner just by looking at it. I'll hammer in a lot of emotion so I can work even harder from now on. Here you go. Rita: We';ll have one less person to work at the bar, but I have to respect what Iris wants. I put all of my heart into it. Danny: I just have to pray for it? Fine, I'll do it… Here you go. I'm just not good when it colmes to these things. Melody: Oh, so Iris is going back to being one person? I really liked it when they would come to my bathhouse together. Would you tell her to keep coming back to my bathhouse even after she returns to normal? Selphy: I'll be glad to , too! I've never even read about how two people can become one before! 'Fact is stranger than fiction' can be so true sometimes.

Lara: I may be inexperienced as a sister, but I will bless it with all my heart…. There you go. Cinnamon: Emotions can amplify the effects of magic. If people cast their emotions into the spell, then its power is more potent. … Good luck. Candy: I hope Iris will get better soon. Here. Now the ring is full of my emotions. Anette: You sure you want me to do it? I'm not exactly part of the village, you know… But I'm glad that you came to me. Here you go. I put my heart and soul into it. As usual, Mist's dialogue was unique: Mist: So I just have to pray for it? I wish for a good harvest of turnips this year. Freyr: No, not like that… Mist; I know, I know. Here you go. Lute: This is to help Iris return to being one person? I'll gladly help. I hope Iris will get better soon. I will pray for that from the bottom of my heart. Rosetta: So I just have to pray for it? That sounds simple enough. … It's not like I would refuse even if it cost money. Really! Freyr obtained Blessings both from Nolan and from Lute, but that may be unnecessary. When he had obtained the last Blessing, he spoke to Kanno, but it was only on the day following the last Blessing that the dialogue was initiated. Kanno: It seems that you gathered every one's blessings. I will do the rest so please take Iris to the public square. It was only when Freyr visited the Inn after 6.00 p.m. that he was able to enter the guest room to speak to Iris Blanche and Iris Noire. Although they remained in their bed, he was able to communicate with them to initiate the final Event. Freyr: Iris! We have finished the preparations for you to get back to normal. Every one helped out! Noire: Thank you very much… Freyr and every one else, too. Freyr: Kanno is getting ready at the public square! Let's go! Blanche: Yes, let's! You now will find yourself in the Public Square. Iris Blanche and Iris Noire stand side by side near the central stone. Kanno, Stella, Eunice and Lara are present as well. Kanno: We will now begin the ceremony which will bring the two Irises back to one again! Iris, are you ready? Blanche: Yes! Noire: I have long awaited this day! Kanno turns then to face Freyr. Kanno: let's finish this off by having you exchange the rings that have been blessed by the villagers. Freyr. Exchange the rings that you have kept for Iris. In other words, the 'Silver Ring goes to the White Iris, and the Gold Ring to the Black Iris. When Freyr gave Blanche Iris the Silver Ring: Blanche: Thank you. I can feel it… I can feel every one's warm feelings. Freyr then took the Gold Ring from his Rucksack and offered it to Iris Noire: Noire: Thank you. We were originally the same person. With every one's blessings, we can finally be whole again. This is the most joyous day of my life.

Their Whale Island song now began as they approached one another to touch palms. Iris Blanche and Noire: The happy memories on Whale Island… The memory of being released from loneliness in the dungeon… You now will be asked: Which of those memories reflect stronger for you? It now is for your character to choose which 'aspect' Iris will assume in her united self. Your choices: The Whale Island, I think. The Dungeon, I think. Freyr chose 'Whale Island' first as he was eager to see if Iris ever would paint the entire wall of the castle there. Iris Noire then disappeared in a column of stardust. Iris (with Blanche's clothing and hair): My self of Whale Island… The lonely memories linger… Fryer: Iris! Did the other Iris disappear? Iris: No… Our bodies and minds have become one, but our memories remain separate. Those joyous days when we spoke on Whale Island… and the memories of when you saved me in the dungeon… They are all inside me. Iris: I am Iris. The last of the vampire tribe. The last of 'those closest to the Spirits'. I am now but another citizen of Trampoli. Every one files out of the Public Square afterwards, leaving you alone under the night sky. Letters from Iris Letters from Iris Blanche and Noire Letter from Iris, formerly 'Blanche' after 'Recovery' The day after Iris is restored to a single person, if you chose Blanche's Memories, you should receive your first Request letter from her. I have a favour to ask I am completely out of bread crumbs, which I use for painting. If you have any with you, could you share some bread with me? Iris

Rune Factory: Frontier - Shipping List & Item Guide Rune Factory Frontier Items List Guide By Freyashawk Email: castleenchanted · aol Created on 14 May 2009 Last updated on 10 September 2009

Introduction This is one of the 'mini-guides' that I create for every Harvest Room/Rune Factory game as a quick reference guide for a specific aspect of the game. Your Shipping List or Items List in Harvest Moon/Rune Factory is one measure of your character's success. Although Rune Factory Frontier does not provide access to a completed shipping list as some of the previous Harvest Moon/Rune Factory games, this guide should provide you with an idea of all the items that can be shipped or obtained. For detailed information about ALL aspects of the game, please refer to my Walkthrough and General Guide at: Rune Factory Frontier Walkthrough and General Guide: http://faqs.ign.com/articles/965/965041p1.html There are items that you need to obtain in Rune Factory Frontier for the purpose of completing a Character's 'Story' that are unique. They are defined as 'Miscellany' items and many of these cannot be shipped. Some must be given to a Character in order to be used. Others, such as Uzuki's Hairpin, need to be used but then can be kept by your Character. Uzuki's Hairpin can be equipped as an Accessory but it cannot be shipped. As this is both an Items List Guide and a Shipping List Guide, I have added a section for the Miscellany Items, even though they will not be part of your Shipping List. Accessing your Farm Menu In Rune Factory Frontier, you can use the (+) and (-) Buttons on the Wii to scroll through the various pages of the Farm Menu. The Items List/Shipping List is represented on the Profits page. The Profits Page can be organized to display ALL Items that have been shipped or to display items in a single category as follows: Crops Spring Crops Summer Crops Autumn Crops Flowers Spring Flowers Summer Flowers Autumn Flowers Flowers for all Seasons White Rose Blue Rose Fish Food: Ranch Products and Fruits from Trees Cooked Dishes Medicines and Farm Aids Raw Materials: War Trophies, Ores and Gems Special Items Tide Cluster Baleen Scriptures Tools: Weapons

Equipment: Accessories The final page in the Farm Menu Profits section displays the Totals in each category. Completed Recipe Books List Farming and Ranching Guide Rune Factory, like Harvest Moon is first and foremost a farming and ranching simulation game. If you do not restore your farm to prosperity, you will have failed in your primary goal. The farm is given to you on trust, with the understanding that you will make every effort to restore the land to fertility. In Rune Factory Frontier, taming Monsters is another fundamental goal. Obtaining Ranch products from them is only one function that they will serve. Completing your Shipping List is a means by which you can gauge your own success in all aspects of your life in Trampoli. Farming and Ranching Items List The following offers a list of all Crops with their values as well as the value and price of the Seeds that produce them. Fruits from Trees and other items obtained in the Wilds is included. Finally, a List of Ranch products with their descriptions and values follows. On the Profits Page, you will find that Seeds, Crops, Flowers and Wild Grasses are listed in the same category, while edible Ranch Products and Fruits are listed in the Foods category. 'Foods' apparently refers to 'raw ingredients' for Cooking. Complete List of Crops and Seeds Crops and Seeds: The following gives all information about Crops and their Seeds, with shipping values, seed prices of local merchants as well as the Energy values for each Crop. In the Crops, Seeds section of the Profits Page, you will find all Crops, all Seeds and all Wild Grasses that have been shipped. Spring Crops Cabbage Cabbage: 680G HP 11, RP 0 FX 0 A nice vegetable that puts your stomach in order. like a brother.

Large in size and in heart

Cabbage Seeds Cabbage Seed: 510G Spring crop. Harvest in 8 days.

One of the easier crops to grow.

Sold by Erik for 1020G. Cucumber Cucumber: 340G HP 8 RP 0 FX 0 This crunchy, watery, green vegetable naturally attracts attention. Cucumber Seeds Cucumber Seed: 340G Spring crop. Harvest in 10 days. re-harvested every 6 days. Sold by Erik for 680G

Requires some care to grow.

Can be

Potato: 400G HP 8, RP 0, FX 0 A strong need in every springtime farm. an ingredient.

Delicious both alone or as

Potato Seeds Potato Seeds: 300G Spring crop. Harvest in 7 days. Sold by Erik for 600G.

One of the easier crops to grow.

Strawberry Strawberry: 100G HP 5, RP 0, FX 0 I am strawberry, the sweet taste of romance. find true love.

May all those who partake me

Strawberry Seeds Strawberry Seed: 100G Spring crop. Harvest in 8 days. re-harvested every 2 days. Sold by Erik for 200G.

One of the easier crops to grow.

Can be

Turnip Turnip: 210G A beautiful, white vegetable. specific girl.

This smooth veggie is super popular with one

Turnip Seeds: Turnip Seed: 5G Spring crop. Harvest in 4 days. The easiest crop to grow. Sold by Erik for 10G. If you look at the shipping value of a Turnip and the price of Turnip Seeds when purchased either from Erik or Danny, you will see that this is one variety of Seed that should be purchased rather than created in your Seed Maker! Furthermore, if you buy them from Danny, you will raise his Friendship

Levels. Special Spring Crop: Golden Turnip Golden Turnip: 500G HP 14, RP 70, FX 0 A vegetable that shines golden. about why it is golden.

You'll stay up all night just thinking

Golden Turnip Seed Golden Turnip Seed: 375G Spring crop. Harvest in 8 days.

Magically bears golden fruit.

Summer Crops: Corn Corn: 150G HP 6 RP 0 FX 0 The yellow kernels line up and give a shout of sweetness in your mouth. 100 kernels = 100 sweet! Corn Seeds Corn Seed: 150G Summer crop. Harvest in 14 days. re-harvested every 3 days. Sold by Erik for 300G.

Requires some care to grow.

Can be

Onion: Onion: 450G HP 9, RP 0, FX 0 A mean vegetable that made many people cry. worth the tears.

However, its deliciousness is

Onion Seeds Onion Seed: 330G Summer crop. Harvest in 8 days. Sold by Erik for 660G

One of the easier crops to grow.

Pineapple Pineapple: 400G HP 8 RP 0 FX 0 A sweet fruit of the South. and a punch of sweet! Pineapple Seeds

It's a party in your mouth with a kick of sour

Pineapple Seed: 400G Summer crop. Harvest in 18 days. re-harbvested in 7 days. Sold by Erik for 800G.

Takes patience to grow.

Can be

Pumpkin Pumpkin: 750G HP 12 RP 0 FX 0 A trademark shape and colour. head to be Pumpkin Head.

Empty out the inside and wear it on your

Pumpkin Seeds Pumpkin Seed: 562G Summer crop. Harvest in 12 days. Sold by Erik for 1125G.

Requires some care to grow.

Tomato: Tomato: 210G HP 7 RP 0 FX 0 Deeply red vegetable. and red!

Always basking in the sun, it is high in nutrition

Tomato Seeds Tomato Seeds: 210G Summer crop. Harvest in 10 days. re-harvested every 4 days. Sold by Erik for 420G

Requires some care to grow.

Can be

Autumn Crops

Bell Pepper/Green Pepper Bell Pepper: 200G HP 6, RP 0, FX 0 A bitter veggie that turns many away. for you.

However, it looks pretty and is good

Bell Pepper Seeds Bell Pepper Seed: 200G Autumn crop. Harvest in 9 days. re-harvested in 4 days. Sold by Erik for 400G Carrot Carrot: 540G HP 10, RP 0, FX 0

Requires some care to grow.

Can be

Its bright orange colour motivates many to run when it hung from a string in front of them. How odd. Carrot Seed Carrot Seed: 405G Autumn Crop. Harvest in 9 days. Sold by Erik for 810G.

One of the easier crops to grow.

Eggplant Eggplant: 280G Purple veggie topped with a cute stem. stands out on the field.

Unique from any other crop, it

Eggplant Seeds Eggplant Seed: 280G Autumn crop. Harvest in 9 days. re-harvested in 5 days. Sold by Erik for 560G

One of the easier crops to grow.

Can be

Spinach Spinach: 270G HP 7, RP 0, FX 0 Deep green with deep nutrition, it is believed that eating spinach will bulk you up. Spinach Seeds Spinach Seed: 195G Autumn crop. Harvest in 5 days. Sold by Erik for 390G

One of the easier crops to grow.

Yam Yam: 140G HP 6, RP 0, FX 0 With lots of dietary fibre, it is good for your body and your taste buds. Yam Seeds Yam Seed: 140G Autumn crop. Harvest in 6 days. re-harvested in 3 days. Sold by Erik for 280G Flowers Spring Flowers

One of the eaiser crops to grow.

Can be

Moondrop Flower Moondrop: 217G Level 1, HP 2, RP 0 FX 0 A flower, yellow like moonlight. in these flowers.

Many believe the moon is actually covered

Moondrop Flower Seeds Moondrop Flower Seeds: 230G Spring flower. Blooms in 4 days. Sold by Rosetta for 460G

The easiest flower to grow.

Toy Herb: Toy Herb: 900G Level 1, HP 2, RP 0, FX 0 A quiet flower that keeps to itself, it is as independent as it is beautiful. Toy Herb Seeds: Toy Herb Seed: 950G Spring flower. Blooms in 15 days. Sold by Rosetta for 1900G

Requires some care to grow.

Cherry Grass Cherry Grass: 6500G HP 3, RP 0, FX 0 The most prominent springtime flower. happiness.

Its pink petals are said to bring

Cherry Grass Seed Cherry Grass Seed: 6000G Spring flower. Blooms in 60 days. grow these professionally.

A faintly pink beautiful flower.

Some

Lamp Grass: 11000G Lamp Grass: 11000G HP 3, RP 0, FX 0 A flower that looks like a lampshade, where Spirits are said to have dwelt long ago. Lamp Grass Seeds Lamp Grass Seeds: 9500G Spring flower. Blooms in 90 days. Summer Flowers Pink Cat Pink Cat: 520G

Treasured for its medicinal uses.

Level 1, HP 2, RP 0, FX 0 A delicate pink flower a master thief named Pink Cat used as his calling card. Pink Cat Seeds: Pink Cat Seeds: 550G Summer flower. Blooms in 9 days. Sold by Rosetta for 1100G

One of the easiest flowers to grow.

Four-Leaf Clover Four-Leaf Clover: 6500G HP 3, RP 0, FX 0 Believed to be good luck, this rare breed of clovers is much sought after. Four-Leaf Clover Seeds (Clover Seeds) Clover Seed: 6000G Summer grass. Grows in 60 days. days of old.

Considered to be a lucky charm since the

Ironleaf Ironleaf: 3500G HP 2, RP 0, FX 0 As daunting in appearance as its name, this thorny flower can be rather uninviting at times. Ironleaf Seeds Ironleaf Seeds: 3500G Summer flower. Blooms in 40 days. places like mines.

Attracts iron and thrives in unusual

Autumn Flowers: Charm Blue Charm Blue: 710G HP 2, RP 0, FX Time 0 Only grown-ups can truly appreciate the deep and rich blue of this flower. Charm Blue Seeds Charm Blue Seeds: 750G Autumn flower. Blooms in 12 days. Sold by Rosetta for 1500G Flowers for All Seasons White Rose: White Rose: 810G Lv. 1, HP 2, RP 0, FX 0

A fairly easy flower to grow.

An elegant white rose. been long lost.

There is a way to turn it blue, but the method has

Blue Rose: Blue Rose: 1040G HP 2, RP 0, FX 0 A blue rose. Leave a bloomed white rose for 3 days to turn it blue. must have in a bouquet.

A

White Rose Seeds White Rose Seed: 810G Grows in any season except winter. flowers, it is adored by many

Blooms in 13 Days.

As the queen of

Fruits from Trees: In Rune Factory Frontier, Fruit Trees are known as 'Cornucopia Trees' as they produce different fruits according to the Season. You therefore will find Cherries, Oranges, Chestnuts and Apples on the same Trees but in different Seasons. Cornucopia Trees can be found in a little clearing on the Mountain Road and in the Orchard of Plenty on the shores of Lake Poli. Spring Fruits: Cherry: Cherry: 150G Level 1, HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 Level 2, HP 0, RP 85, FX 0 It has two red fruits: 'Cher' on the left and 'Ry' on the right. Together, you get 'Cherry'. Found both on the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road and the Orchard of Plenty in Spring. Summer Fruits: Orange: Orange: 150G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 A fruit that's both sweet and sour. Eat too much of it and your skin will turn orange. Found both on Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road and at the Orchard of Plenty in Summer. Autumn 'Fruits': Chestnut: Chestnut: 150G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 Chestnut: (Lv.2) 180G HP 0, RP 85, FX 0 One of the flavours of autumn. Spiky on the outside but sweet inside, like some one we know. Found both on the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road and in the Orchard of

Plenty in Autumn. Winter Fruits: Apple Apple: 150G HP 0, RP 60, FX 0 Crunchy, sweet, and wrapped in a red skin. Thy name is apple. Found both on the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Road and in the Orchard of Plenty in Winter. Items from the Wilds Weeds: Weeds: 10G HP 1, RP 0, FX 0 Grows anywhere and everywhere. will only make it stronger.

Hat it, mow it.

Do what you will.

You

Withered Grass Withered Grass: 10G HP 1, RP 0, FX 0 Crops that withered in despair. Everything means nothing if the Season is not right! N.B. Any Crops left in the field when the season changes will become Withered Grass. Any multiple harvest Crop that is not mowed down with your Sickle on the 30th day of the season will be Withered Grass the next day. Withered Grass can be collected in the same manner as a Weed, without using any tools. Bamboo Shoot Bamboo Shoot: 110G HP 7 RP 0 FX 0 Can be found growing in fields. starting out.

They can be a big help for farmers just

Mushrooms Mushroom: 120G. HP 7, RP 0, FX 0 Shaped like an umbrella, some are poisonous, while others can make you grow bigger. Yellow Grass Yellow Grass: 10G HP 1 RP 0 FX 0 A grass that is said to raise your luck when it comes to money, but no one knows if this is true. Red Grass

Red Grass: 10G HP 1 RP 0 FX 0 It grows much faster than other grass. with the white grass.

For some reason, it always competes

Orange Grass Orange Grass: 10G HP 1 RP 0 FX 0 A grass that cheers you up. her and regain cheer.

Her source of happiness is those that look at

Purple Grass Purple Grass: 10G HP 1, RP 0, FX 0 An elegant grass. start to sulk.

It has a lot of pride so pull it out gently, or it'll

Green Grass Green Grass: 10G HP 1 RP 1, FX 0 People say it lacks originality, but we all think that green is the best colour. Blue Grass Blue Grass: 10G HP 1, RP 0, FX 0 A cool grass that likes to show off. growing in the field.

It thinks that it's cool to be

White Grass White Grass: 10G HP 0, RP 20, FX 0 A beautiful snow white grass. people don't notice it.

It's hard to see in the snow, so a lot of

Black Grass HP:0, RP 20, FX 0 A black grass that seems like it can suck you in. at night.

It gets stepped on a lot

Sleepy Grass Sleepy Grass: 320G HP 90, RP 0, FX Fatigue Recovery, Cold Recovery Sleep medicine that will make you sleep like the dead. Perfect for the insomniac in your life. N.B. Sleepy Grass, like Elli's Leaves is a 'grass' that is created, not found. It is classified as medicine and is made in the Laboratory. The Recipe Book

for it is 'Pleasant Sleep', obtained from Melody. Ranch Products Honey Honey: 110G, HP 7, RP 0, FX 0 Honey from bees. Very nutritious and very sweet. Milk Milk: 60G HP 7, RP 0, FX 0 Milk from a Buffamoo. too.

It has lots of nutrients and can be relaxing to drink,

Egg Egg: 100G HP 6, RP 0, FX 0 Egg from a Cock-a-doodle.

It's wrapped in a white soft shell.

Wool Wool: 90G Wooly hair. They can be turned into a ball of yarn. it's very wooly.

As its name suggests,

Processed Ranch Products The following items must be created in a 'Maker' purchased from Lute. All Makers will be placed on the mantel in the centre of the northern wall of your Farmhouse. Cheese Cheese: 110G HP 8, RP 0, FX 0 A food made from milk. It's known to have a lot of kinds to it. Note that processed Milk in the form of Cheese or Yogurt does have an RP value at Level 2 or higher. Cheese: 132G (Lv. 2) HP 8, RP 25, FX 0 Ingredients: Milk in Cheese Maker Yogurt Yogurt: 120G HP 8, RP 0, FX 0 A food made from milk. It is supposed to help with your digestion. 144G (Lv.2) HP 8, RP 25, FX 0 Ingredients; Milk in Yogurt Maker

Yarn Yarn: 120G A small ball of yarn. pain to clean up.

Hold onto one end and throw it around.

Fun, but a

Ingredients from Merchants Some ingredients cannot be made at home but must be purchased from a local Merchant. In some cases, you will be able to find the same items when exploring Dungeons by smashing Crates or Urns or opening Treasure Chests. The values given below are shipping values as opposed to the price paid when purchasing the item from a shop. Items of this nature are: Rice: 130G HP 8, RP 0, FX 0 The staple food of many. In fact, it might as well be called the king of foods. Flour: 130G HP 5, RP 0, FX 0 Powder made by grinding wheat. Necessary to make dough so it is used in a variety of dishes. Chocolate: 130G HP 0, RP 40, FX 0 A sweet and brown candy that every one can't resist eating. Wine: 1000G HP 0, RP 150, FX 90 sec. Guts Adults say this drink is mild and makes you feel euphoric. Whatever that means… Cooking Oil: 130G HP 5, RP 0, FX 0 Lv. 10: 364G (found in Dungeon) A must have ingredient for stir fries. It is used to prevent charring and to give a deeper flavour. Curry Powder: 130G HP 5, RP 0; FX Time: 0 sec This is used to make curry. It is made from various spices. Garlic: 130G HP 9, RP 0; FX Time: 0 sec A food that has a powerful flavour to it. You can attack people with your breath after eating it. Dried Fish: 60G HP 5, RP 45, FX 120 sec. Defence +14, Magic +10 Preserved fish. It tastes even better when roasted. N.B. Erik makes Dried Fish and sells it in his shop in Winter. If you give him any Fish you have caught, he will make Dried Fish for you and give it to you on the following day. Nature's Bounty The fundamental basis of any Harvest Moon game is the need to exist in harmony with the land. In Rune Factory, this philosophy is embodied in the 'Runey's and the rules for Runey Distribution. In the second week of Spring, when

Cinnamon and Candy can be brought to Trampoli, you will have the opportunity to obtain the 'Harvester' and a 'Fishing Pole' from them, two tools that allow you to obtain the gifts of Nature. The Harvester is a multi-purpose tool in Rune Factory Frontier. Its unique use is that of harvesting Runeys from the environment. You can see Runeys with the naked eye as floating translucent creatures of various hues that hover above the land. There are four different types of Runeys: Grass, Tree, Rock and Water. Another section of this guide deals with the Runeys and their characteristics in detail. A Harvester is used to obtain all Ranch products from tame Monsters as well. Instead of using a Milker, Clipper and Harvest Basket in Rune Factory Frontier, all you need is the multi-purpose Harvester. Items from the Wilds From the very first day of gameplay, you will have collected wild items from your own Field. All items can be shipped. Even Weeds have a shipping value of 10G each, although Rosetta will be rather disparaging about any Weed shipments. At the start of the game, however, you should not allow false pride to dictate your actions and shipping one weed will give you enough money to purchase a bag of Turnip Seeds! Three Weeds shipped give the cost of one bag of Grass/Fodder Seeds. Bamboo Shoots are the most valuable item that is found in the Wilds, and once Candy arrives, she will prove her ability to create miracles by causing a 'Bamboo Day' Miracle for you. The next morning, you will find more Bamboo Shoots on your field than usual. Each will be crowned with a little glowing red spark to indicate their connection with the 'Miracle'. As soon as you can afford to store Wild Grasses instead of shipping them, do so, as they are necessary ingredients in many Recipes in the Laboratory. Bamboo Shoots can be eaten raw, but are best used to make Cooked Dishes. Fruit Trees: If you are a natural adventurer and explorer, you will have explored the Mountains before you ever have the tools to take advantage of their riches, but if not, make certain that you make a trip to the Mountains as soon as you obtain a Hammer from Melody. There are Fruit Trees in the Mountains and in the Orchard of Plenty at Lake Poli. You will not be able to harvest any Fruit, however, unless you have a Hammer. Hit a Fruit Tree bearing ripe fruit once with your Hammer to cause fruit to fall to the ground. Cherries are available in Spring both from the Cornucopia Trees on the Mountain Path and in the Orchard of Plenty on the shore of Lake Poli. The book about 'Cornucopia Trees' in the Library gives you the information you need to harvest fruit if you did not discover the method by yourself. Stella will mention both the Trees and the method by which fruit is obtained, even though she will name the trees in the Orchard of Plenty as the 'Cornucopia Trees', and not speak at all of those on the Mountain Road. Stella: The other day, the 'Cornucopia Trees' at the lake bore fruit. It tasted really good. Freyr: Oh, really? That sounds great. Stella: Anybody in the village is allowed to take some so you should go try it out. But don't take too many.

Freyr: Haha… I know. So where are these 'Cornucopia Trees'? Stella: The 'Cornucopia Trees' are east of the lake so you have to go by boat. Hit a tree with a hammer and fruit will fall. Freyr: I see. Thank you. I'll go check it out later. Stella: Yes. You go do that. This dialogue will occur even if you have discovered the secret of the Trees previously. They bear the fruit that is associated with the season. In Spring, they bear Cherries. In Summer, you will be able to harvest Oranges and in Autumn, you will find Chestnuts on the same trees. In Winter, the Cornucopia Trees produce the sole Winter 'Crop' in the form of Apples. All Fruits from Trees that have been shipped are displayed on the 'Food' Page with edible Ranch Products, both processed and unprocessed. Fish List As always, the Fish you will be able to catch depend partly on the Fishing Location but in Rune Factory Frontier, there appears to be far more 'roaming' where varieties of Fish are concerned. Your results will depend partly on your own Skill Levels and the quality of your Fishing Rod as well. Fishing is as interactive as cooking and forging in Rune Factory Frontier. When you cast your line, you will see a gauge similar to the Cooking/Forging gauge, except that in the case of fishing, success is entirely on the right side of the gauge rather than being located in the centre between two 'failure' margins. Tip: The first 'bite' or 'nibble' of any fish tends to send the gauge entirely to the right, almost to the 'perfect' end but the second pull will be minimal and if you respond to it, the fish most likely will escape. Wait until the third 'pull' of the line at least and reel in the fish when the gauge is moving all the way towards the right. Whenever you catch a fish 'perfectly', it will be a better fish than otherwise would have been caught in the same attempt. As always in any Harvest Moon or Rune Factory game, it is worth the effort to cast your Fishing Rod into unlikely locations in order to find rare Fish. In Rune Factory Frontier, you may wish to explore the small watering holes and ponds in Dungeons near the entry to the chamber in which the Boss Monster dwells. In the Green Ruins, you can find Lover Snapper, Taimen and Dye Trout, among other Fish, next to the chamber of the Giant Clucky. In the Lava Ruins, in the lovely Pool in front of the chamber where you can find the Giant Fire Slime and his Minions, you will be able to catch Lobster, Dye Trout, Fall Fish and Lamp Squid, among other Fish. Even on the 5th Floor of the Snow Ruins, you can find the elusive Sunsquid as well as Lobster and Fall Fish. Use the circle Portals of light that appears in each dungeon after defeating the Boss for quick access to the best fishing locations. Fish List Black Fish Black Fish: 60G A saltwater fish that's in season during winter. is

Since they fight hard, it

popular among anglers. Blowfish Blowfish: (Lv. 5: 1080G) A fish famous for its price. Most of it is poisonous, so it should be handled with care. N.B. Note how valuable the Blowfish is in of shipping value. By making it into Fugu Sashimi, you increase its shipping value even more. Level 5 Fugu Sashimi ships for 1224G. Bonito Bonito: 240G (Lv.4) A fish in season in autumn. For some reason, you want to call out its name when you catch it. N.B. I was able to catch a Bonito from the pier as early as the first week in Summer. Carp Carp: 65G It grows quickly and has a long lifespan. catching it with a bait.

Since it eats plankton, good luck

Char Char: 77G (Level 3) A very popular fish to catch.

It has a tendency to live in Cold water.

Chub Chub: 42G (Level 2) 48G (Level 4) It has a dark stripe on its side.

During spawning season, it gets 3 stripes.

Dye Trout Dye Trout: 216G (Level 4) A mid-sized fished that lives in rivers. spawning season.

Males hava a rainbow glint during

Fall Fish: Fall Fish: 880G (Level 4) A fish that thinks it's a leaf. falling leaf.

It also swims in a unique way, like a

Flounder Flounder: 280G (Lv. 3) A strange fish that has its eyes bunched up on its left side. partner up with a flounder!

It should

Lamp Squid Lamp Squid: 640G (Level 4) A squid shaped like a lamp. lost ship to safety.

There is a legend of these squids guiding a

Lobster: Lobster: 600G (Level 6) A large walking crustacean. call it kamikaze Lob.

It has a fierce temperament so some people

Lover Snapper Lover Snapper: 900G (Level 5) It has a really cute pink colour.

FABULOUS!

Mackerel Mackerel: 98G (Lv. 3) It loses its freshness quickly.

You know what they say:

HOLY MACKEREL!

Needlefish Needlefish: 49G (Level 5) Small, thin and swims near the ocean surface. a silvery white belly.

Has a bluish green back and

Pale Carp Pale Carp: 80G A fish with a unique way ot spawning as males are very rare. waters.

Lives in calm

Pike: Pike: 40G (Lv. 6) Its name is rooted in how it looks like a weapon. It's a fish after all.

But you can't equip it.

Pond Smelt Pond Smelt: 112G (Lv. 10) Small and thin but quick to adapt. to fish it. Catch this at Lake Poli in Winter.

People usually dig hole on top of ice

Red Salmon Red Salmon: 18G (Level 2) A small freshwater fish. can be found with ease.

They are bountiful in waters everywhere so they

Salmon Salmon: (Lv. 4: 192G) It spends most of its life in the ocean but swims upstream to spawn. N.B. Caught one from the ocean pier in Summer. Sardine Sardine: 63G (Lv.3) An easily caught fish that moves about in schools. unison can be quite the sight.

Seeing them swim in

Shrimp Shrimp: 180G (Level 5) 23 cm A crustacean with a hard, red exoskeleton and 13 pairs of legs. Snapper Snapper: 630G (Lv. 3) It is said to be auspicious and is eaten during celebrations. Squid Squid: 35G A nocturnal mollusk. It glides through the sea with its 10 feet. strange creature indeed.

A very

Sunsquid Sunsquid: 1500G (Lv.6) A squid that swam all the way here from the tropics. it's tanned!

It's a squid, but

Taimen: Taimen: 224G (Level 4) A relative of the salmon and one of the largest freshwater fish. rare.

Also very

Trout: Trout: 50G A regular fish all anglers catch. the ocean.

It lives in rivers but sometimes goes to

Tuna: Turbot Turbot: 150G (Lv. 5) A strange fish that has its eyes bunched on its right side. tame

A bit more

than the olive flounder. Yellowtail Yellowtail: 250G It's big and fat so it takes a lot of strength to catch. hernia from trying too hard.

But don't get a

Dried Fish At the beach, you will find Drying Racks to create Dried Fish. Any sort of Fish can be used to create Dried Fish but you must give the Fish to Erik on a Winter morning between 9.00 a.m. and noon in order to obtain this item. He will take the Fish from you and give you 'Dried Fish' the next day. Only one Fish can be given to him each day for this purpose and only during the Winter season. Dried Fish are included, however, on the 'Food' page of the Profits Menu. Dried Fish: Level 4: 96G HP 5, RP 120, FX 210 sec. Defence +14, Magic +10 Preserved fish. It tastes even better when roasted. Raw Materials Ores, Gems and War Trophies The following is a list of all Ores, Gems and War Trophies from Monsters that can be obtained in Rune Factory Frontier. In some cases, a Crate or Treasure Chest may contain an item ordinarily classified as a 'War Trophy' dropped by a Monster. In Rune Factory Frontier, you will find that Monster of very different types may drop the same War Trophy on occasion. With each item is a list of the Monsters who may drop it with the percentage chance of this result. On the Profits Page of your Farm Menu, all Ores, Gems and War Trophies are categorised as Raw Materials. Non-edible Ranch Products in the form of Wool and Yarn are classified as Raw Materials on the Profits Page. Ores Scrap Iron Scrap Iron: 10G Lv 1: 10G; Lv 4: 16G A shredded, rusted piece of metal. still kinda stuck with it.

Pretty useless, actually.

But you're

Iron Iron: 40G Lv 1: 40G; Lv 4: 64G; Level 5: 72G The fundamental material of metallurgy. It can be made into weapons or accessories. Iron: Rocks in Dungeons, Crates, Treasure Chests, Mini Golem (15%) Copper

Copper: 60G Another fundamental material of metallurgy. Blacksmiths really love this stuff. Copper: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (15%) Silver Silver: 90G A silver-coloured mineral. Valuable because of its many different uses. Takes real skill to forge. Silver: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (10%) Gold Gold: 135G A shiny metal that has been used since ancient times. Gold: Rocks in Dungeons Platinum Platinum: 360G (Level 5) It gives off a bright shine. Those who see Platinum are said to become obsessed with it. Platinum: Rocks in Dungeons You can find it randomly on the 2nd Floor of the Snow Ruins or lower. Little Crystal Little Crystal Little Crystal: 720G (Lv. 2) Crystallised material made from various substances and runes. Very rare and very fragile. Little Crystal can be found randomly inside a Treasure Chest or by smashing rocks in Dungeons. It is easiest to look for them in the two chambers in the Tower on Whale Island opened solely by Grass Rune Stones and which can be reached via the rope shortcut. Once you have created 'The Hammer' (using a Little Crystal), you will improve your chances of finding Little Crystals by smashing rocks in dungeons. Gems Amethyst Amethyst: 200G It is said that it is imbued with special powers. Represents peace of mind. Amethyst: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Aquamarine Aquamarine: 200G It has a rich blue colour like the deep sea.

Represnets calmness.

Aquamarine: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Diamond Diamond: 720G (Level 8) Considered the 'King of Jewels'. It's very hard and is difficult to crush! Diamond: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (5%), Monster Box (6%) Emerald Emerald: 200G The beautiful green colour draws attention. Flawless once are more valuable. Represents happiness. Emerald: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Ruby Ruby: 200G Crimson jewel where the reflected light of its surface look like stars. Represents ion. Ruby: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Sapphire Sapphire: 200G It can be pink, blue, yellow, or green. Represents love. Sapphire: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) War Trophies For the most part, War Trophies are not monster-specific in Rune Factory Frontier, making this game very different from previous Rune Factory games in this respect. There may be a greater likelihood of receiving a specific item from a particular Monster type but you can obtain many of the War Trophies from a wide selection of Monsters. There are a few exceptions, among them some of the items that are connected solely to a Boss Monster, such as the Giant Cockscomb, Red Core, Bright Tentacle and Ice Snake Tongue. I have included three different lists here. The first gives each item with the methods by which it is obtained and the chance in percentage of obtaining it. The second list gives all Level 10 Items with the Monsters who may 'drop' them. The third is a proper list of each item with description and shipping value. Amethyst: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Aquamarine: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%),

Monster Box (6%) Bird Feather: Blackbird (25%), Clucky (20%), Cone (10%), Duck (20%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Unico (10%), Weagle (25%) Black Grass: Fields; Crates; Dark Slime (1%), Slime (1%) Bright Tentacle: Giant Squid (100%) Cheap Cloth: Fairy (15%), Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hardes (15%), High Orc (10%), Hobgoblin (15%), Little Mage (15%), Necro (10%) Copper: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (15%) Demon Blood: Arch Demon (10%), Demon (10%) Diamond: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (5%), Monster Box (6%) Earth Crystal: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Little Emperor (5%), Mini Golem (5%), Slime (1%) Egg (Ranch Product): Clucky, Duck Emerald: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Fair Hide: Death Stalker (10%), Hercules (5%), Hornet Queen (10%), Samurai (15%), Unico (10%) Fairy Dust: Fairy (10%), Hardes (10%) Fire Crystal: Crates, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Ignis (5%), Slime (1%) Fish Fossil: Sealy (10%), Sky Fish (10%) Giant Cockscomb: Giant Clucky (100%) Glittering Edge: Faust (10%), Mantict (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Samurai (10%) Glue: Crates; Orc Archer (15%), Orc Hunter Hard Horn: Arch Demon (20%), Beetle (20%), Buffalo (15%), Buffamoo (15%), Buffazoo (15%), Cone (10%), Demon (10%), Fluffy (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Hercules (20%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Mage (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Ice Snake Tongue: Ice Snake (100%) Insect Hide: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Scorpion (10%) Insect Jaw: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Hornet Queen (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Samurai (15%) Iron: Rocks in Dungeons, Mini Golem (15%) Knife Piece: Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hobgoblin (15%), Necro (10%) Magic Crystal: Glace (5%), Ignis (5%), Soul (5%) Magic Powder: Autumn (20%), Big Muck (10%), Fairy (15%), Glace (30%), Hardes (15%), Ignis (30%), Soul (30%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Magic Talon: Blood Panther (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Shadow Panther (10%) Monster Hide: Buffalo (25%), Buffamoo (25%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (15%), Fluffy (20%), Furpy (15%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Silver Wolf (10%), Wooly (20%) Mushroom: Wilds; Big Muck (20%), Tricky Muck (20%) Quality Cloth: Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Little Emperor (15%), Little Wizard (15%), Necro (10%) Quality Fur: Buffazoo (25%), Blood Panther (10%), Cone (10%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Mamoo (15%), Shadow Panther (10%) Red Core: Giant Lava Slime (100%)

Relic: Giant Lava Slime (100%, but only in 1st victory) Root: Crates; Autumn (20%) , Big Muck (10%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Ruby: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Sapphire: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Gobble Box (10%), Monster Box (6%) Scrap Iron: Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (6%), Mini Golem (15%), Slime (6%) Sharp Fang: Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (10%), Furpy (15%), Gobble Box (45%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Mamoo (15%), Micro Dragon (20%), Mini Dragon (20%), Monster Box (67%), Sealy (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Sky Fish (10%), Tortas (10%) Sharp Talon: Blackbird (10%), Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (10%), Clucky (20%), Duck (10%), Furpy (10%), Hunter Wolf (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Scorpion (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Weagle (10%) Silver: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Mini Golem (10%) Solid Point: Arch Demon (20%), Demon (20%), Death Stalker (10%), Orc Archer (15%), Orc Hunter, Scorpion (10%) Teardrop: Cone (10%), Dark Slime (18%), Duck (10%), Elefun (10%), Fluffy (10%), Mamoo (10%), Slime (18%), Tortas (15%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Thick Stick: Faust (10%), High Orc (15%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Necro (10%) Thin Stick: Treasure Chests, Crates; Ghost (10%), Little Mage (10%), Orc Archer (10%) Toxin: Dark Slime (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Hornet (20%), Hornet Queen (20%), Scorpion (10%), Slime (10%) Turtle Shell: Tortas (10%) Warrior Medal: Gigantes (10%), Goblin (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), High Orc (15%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%) Water Crystal: Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Glace (5%), Sealy (5%), Sky Fish (5%), Slime (1%), Tortas (5%) Wet Scale: Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Sealy (15%), Sky Fish (15%) White Grass: Fields, Crates; Dark Slime (1%), Slime (1%) Wind Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Blackbird (5%), Dark Slime (1%), Little Wizard (5%), Slime (1%), Soul (5%), Weagle (5%) List of all Level 10 War Trophies For a player who wishes to forge the best Weapons and Equipment, here is a comprehensive List of all War Trophies at Level 10 and the Monsters who yield them: Bird Feather, Lv. 10: Blackbird, Cone, Gigantes Cheap Cloth, Lv. 10: Fairy, Faust, Hardes, High Orc, Necro Demon Blood, Lv. 10: Arch Demon Fair Hide, Lv. 10: Heracles, Samurai Fairy Dust, Lv. 10: Hardes Fish Fossil, Lv. 10: Sealy Glittering Edge, Lv. 10: Minotaur King, Samurai Glue, Lv. 10: Orc Hunter Hard Horn, Lv. 10: Arch Demon, Buffazoo, Demon, Gigantes, Heracles, Little

Wizard, Minotaur King, Samurai, Unico Insect Jaw, Lv. 10: Heracles, Samurai Insect Hide, Lv. 10: Beetle, Heracles, Mantict, Samurai Knife Piece, Lv. 10: Necro Magic Powder, Lv. 10: Autumn, Glace, Hardes, Soul, Tricky Muck Magic Talon, Lv. 10: Mini Dragon Monster Hide, Lv. 10: Buffaloo, Fluffy, Mini Dragon Quality Cloth, Lv. 10: Gigantes, Little Emperor, Little Wizard Quality Fur, Lv. 10: Cone Root, Lv. 10: Autumn, Tricky Muck Scrap Iron, Lv. 10: Mini Golem Sharp Fang, Lv. 10: Blood Panther, Hunter Wolf, Mini Dragon, Sharp Talon, Lv. 10: Blackbird, Blood Panther, Mini Dragon, Peck, Shadow Panther Solid Point, Lv. 10: Arch Demon Teardrop, Lv. 10: Cone Thick Stick, Lv. 10: High Orc, Little Emperor, Little Wizard, Minotaur King Thin Stick, Lv. 10: Orc Hunter Toxin, Lv. 10: Death Stalker, Hornet Queen Turtle Shell, Lv. 10: Tortas Warrior Medal, Lv. 10: Gigantes, High Orc, Minotaur King Wet Scale, Lv. 10: Mini Dragon Bird Feather Bird Feather: 70G (Lv. 3) The feather of a white bird. Don't you wish you could glue a bunch of them on your back and fly away? Bird Feather: Blackbird (25%), Clucky (20%), Cone (10%), Duck (20%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Unico (10%), Weagle (25%) Bright Tentacle Bright Tentacle: 900G (Lv. 6) A giant squid tentacle. Emits electric shocks that you can use to give yourself a massage. N.B. This is the one unique War Trophy dropped by the Giant Squid in the Water Tower on Whale Island when he is defeated. Cheap Cloth Cheap Cloth: 40G A rag of obviously low quality. Tears easily with a slight pull. Cheap Cloth: Fairy (15%), Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hardes (15%), High Orc (10%), Hobgoblin (15%), Little Mage (15%), Necro (10%) Demon Blood Demon Blood: 216G (Lv. 5) Lifeblood of a demon. It took a long time to gather this much. demons are afraid of needles. Demon Blood: Arch Demon (10%), Demon (10%)

Even

Earth Crystal Earth Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed earth magic. Because of that, it's very hard. Earth Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Little Emperor (5%), Mini Golem (5%), Slime (1%) Fair Hide Fair Hide: 180G (Level 2) Insect exoskeleton with a beautiful pattern. Light, hard and really rather pretty. Fair Hide: Death Stalker (10%), Hercules (5%), Hornet Queen (10%), Samurai (15%), Unico (10%) Fairy Dust Fairy Dust: 100G Wing scale of a fairy. It's silky smooth and pretty. for some reason. Fairy Dust: Fairy (10%), Hardes (10%)

And it smells good

Fire Crystal Fire Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed fire magic. Makes a great hand warmer in winter. Fire Crystal: Damascus Forge, Crates, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Ignis (5%), Slime (1%) Fish Fossil Fish Fossil: 100G Fossil of a prehistoric fish. It was supposed to be the find of the year, but I just saw a live one. Fish Fossil: Sealy (10%), Sky Fish (10%) Giant Cockscomb Giant Cockscomb: 420G (Lv. 2) A large red comb. Place it on other people's heads just for fun. Obtained from defeat of Giant Clucky in Green Ruins. Giant Cockscomb: Giant Clucky (100%) Glittering Edge Glittering Edge: 80G A really sharp blade. It has a bright metallic gleam and it'll cut through anything it touches. Glittering Edge: Faust (10%), Mantict (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Samurai (10%) Glue Glue: 50G Used as glue.

You can give it as a present, but it won't strengthen your

bond of friendship! Glue: Crates; Orc Archer (15%), Orc Hunter Hard Horn Hard Horn: 60G A hard and pointed horn. It's very tough and the tip is sharp so be careful when handling it. Hard Horn: Arch Demon (20%), Beetle (20%), Buffalo (15%), Buffamoo (15%), Buffazoo (15%), Cone (10%), Demon (10%), Fluffy (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Hercules (20%), Little Emperor (10%), Little Mage (10%), Little Wizard (10%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Ice Snake Tongue Ice Snake Tongue: 1200G (Lv. 8) A tongue that's cool to the touch. It still moves at times. Even inside your knapsack. N.B. This is the one unique War Trophy that you earn when you defeat the 'Boss' of the Snow Ruins on the 7th Floor. Ice Snake Tongue: Ice Snake (100%) Insect Hide Insect Hide: 40G The exoskeleton of a giant insect. Some people find it creepy, but it's light and strong. Insect Hide: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Scorpion (10%) Insect Jaw Insect Jaw: 50G A jaw that can crush anything. A slight exaggeration, but it can still bite through a lot of stuff. Insect Jaw: Ant (20%), Beetle (10%), Hercules (10%), Hornet (10%), Hornet Queen (10%), Killer Ant (20%), Mantict (15%), Samurai (15%) Knife Piece Knife Piece: 40G A chipped blade. The actual material doesn't look too bad. Knife Piece: Ghost (10%), Goblin (15%), Hobgoblin (15%), Necro (10%) Magic Crystal: 336G (Level 3) A crystal made from magic. Time is needed to make it big. Magic Crystal: Glace (5%), Ignis (5%), Soul (5%) N.B. It is possible that the Level of the Magic Crystals will increase with the number of years your character spends in Trampoli. In the first Year, Freyr received Level 1 from the three types of Monsters who 'drop' them, but in the second Year, the Level had increased to Level 3. This would correspond

with the actual description of the item, that it needs time to grow. Magic Powder Magic Powder: 60G A magical powder that dissolves in water. You can sprinkle it on people but, they won't transform. Magic Powder: Autumn (20%), Big Muck (10%), Fairy (15%), Glace (30%), Hardes (15%), Ignis (30%), Soul (30%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Magic Talon Magic Talon: 210G (Level 3) Claws that can slice through iron like butter. Don't eat the sliced iron. Magic Talon: Blood Panther (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Shadow Panther (10%) Monster Hide Monster Hide: 40G Warm animal fur. This is all you need to get through winter. But it is kind of stinky though. Monster Hide: Buffalo (25%), Buffamoo (25%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (15%), Fluffy (20%), Furpy (15%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Silver Wolf (10%), Wooly (20%) Quality Cloth Quality Cloth: (Lv. 10: 224G) A good quality cloth. Soft to the touch so you may see some people using it to wipe their faces. Quality Cloth: Faust (10%), Ghost (10%), Gigantes (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), Little Emperor (15%), Little Wizard (15%), Necro (10%) Quality Fur Quality Fur: A fur with Quality Fur: (15%), Mamoo

(Lv. 4): 240G a bluish-white hue. Looks like it's quite expensive. Buffazoo (25%), Blood Panther (10%), Cone (10%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Shadow Panther (10%)

Red Core Red Core: 640G (Level 4) The core of a special slime. It looks kind of sweet. Want to take a bite? War Trophy from the Giant Fire Slime in the Lava Ruins. Giant Fire Slime in Lava Ruins: 100% Relic Relic: 0G A chipped stone tablet of some kind.

There may be a place where it can be

used… War Trophy from Giant Fire Slime in Lava Ruins. Giant Fire Slime in Lava Ruins: 100%

Use to unlock Snow Ruins.

Root Root: 60G The root of a plant that is very strong. It still twitches even after being cut off. Root: Crates; Autumn (20%) , Big Muck (10%), Spring (20%), Summer (20%), Tricky Muck (10%) Sharp Fang Sharp Fang: 50G A sharp fang that's pointed at the tip. You can kill almost anything in one hit with this. Sharp Fang: Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (15%), Elefun (10%), Furpy (15%), Gobble Box (45%), Hunter Wolf (15%), Mamoo (15%), Micro Dragon (20%), Mini Dragon (20%), Monster Box (67%), Sealy (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Sky Fish (10%), Tortas (10%) Sharp Talon Sharp Talon: 40G Sharp claw. Sharp enough to seriously hurt yourself. Sharp Talon: Blackbird (10%), Blood Panther (10%), Chitter (10%), Clucky (20%), Duck (10%), Furpy (10%), Hunter Wolf (10%), Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Scorpion (10%), Shadow Panther (10%), Silver Wolf (15%), Weagle (10%) Solid Point Solid Point: 60G A very tough and durable blade. So tough, in fact, that it's close to impossible to work on. Solid Point: Arch Demon (20%), Demon (20%), Death Stalker (10%), Orc Archer (15%), Scorpion (10%) Teardrop Teardrop: Level 2: 60G A drop of monster tears. You have to beat it out of the monsters on occasion. Teardrop: Cone (10%), Dark Slime (18%), Duck (10%), Elefun (10%), Fluffy (10%), Mamoo (10%), Slime (18%), Tortas (15%), Unico (10%), Wooly (10%) Thin Stick Thin Stick: 40G A handy stick. You can use it for staffs or fishing rods. Thin Stick: Treasure Chests, Crates; Ghost (10%), Little Mage (10%), Orc Archer

(10%), Orc Hunter Toxin Toxin: Level 2: 60G A very dangerous poison. Be careful when handling it. Toxin: Dark Slime (10%), Death Stalker (10%), Hornet (20%), Hornet Queen (20%), Scorpion (10%), Slime (10%) Turtle Shell Turtle Shell: 280G (Level 10) A very heavy turtle shell. Put it on your back, hide inside, or put it on some one and ride them. Turtle Shell: Tortas (10%) Warrior Medal Warrior Medal: 50G Round stone with a fierce face engraved on it. Line up 48 of them and they start dancing. Warrior Medal: Gigantes (10%), Goblin (10%), Hammer Troll (10%), High Orc (15%), Minotaur (10%), Minotaur King (10%) Water Crystal Water Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed water magic. It's always wet. Dripping wet. Water Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Crates, Rocks in Dungeons; Dark Slime (1%), Glace (5%), Sealy (5%), Sky Fish (5%), Slime (1%), Tortas (5%) Wet Scale Wet Scale: 80G Wet scale. It's really slimy to the touch. Wet Scale: Micro Dragon (10%), Mini Dragon (10%), Sealy (15%), Sky Fish (15%) Wind Crystal Wind Crystal: 500G A crystal with condensed wind magic. If you do drop and break it, you might cause a tornado. Wind Crystal: Damascus Forge, Treasure Chests, Rocks in Dungeons; Blackbird (5%), Dark Slime (1%), Little Wizard (5%), Slime (1%), Soul (5%), Weagle (5%) Special Items Tide Cluster: 10G A stone that smells like the ocean. Hold this in your hand to remind you of memories of the sea. Baleen: 20G Vital part of a wedding bouquet. Baleen is very tough, perfect for the core

of the bouquet. Scriptures: 0G The scriptures of the church. wears out.

The more pious the person, the faster it

Failed Dishes: A Failed Dish or Flop is an item that can be shipped but one with no energy value. Using the wrong ingredients or hitting the gauge in the red will create a Flop. Flop: Flop: 30G HP 0, RP 0, FX 0 The sad remnants of cooking gone horribly wrong. resort.

Edible, but only as a last

No Utensils Dishes Rice Ball Rice Ball: 160G Skill Level 1 HP 45, RP 75, Fx Time: 120 sec. Ingredients: Rice

Mx HP +45

Pickled Turnip Pickled Turnip: 235G Skill Level 1 HP 10, RP 75, Fx Time: 120 sec. Defence +20, Stun Attack +30% Ingredients: Turnip Chestnut Rice Chestnut Rice: 330G Skill Level 1 HP 60, RP 150, FX Time 120 sec. Ingredients: Chestnut, Rice

Max HP +50, Earth Attack +10

Pickles Pickles: 370G Skill Level 7 HP 10, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Ingredients: Cucumber

Defence +25, Stun Attack +40%

Cherry Sashimi Cherry Sashimi: 40G Skill Level 9 HP 6, RP 48, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +12, Water Resistance +10 Ingredients: Red Salmon

Pickled Eggplant Pickled Eggplant: 310G Skill Level 10 HP 10, RP 100, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +25, Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Eggplant Trout Sashimi Trout Sashimi: 80G Skill Level 12 HP 7, RP 56, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +14, Water Resistance +10 Ingredients: Trout Bamboo Rice Bamboo Rice: 290G Skill Level 12 HP 60, RP 150, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +50, Paralysis Attack 100% Ingredients: Rice, Bamboo Shoot Dye Sashimi Dye Sashimi: 165G Skill Level 15 HP 9, RP 73, FX Time 120 sec. Defence +18, Water Resistance +10 Ingredients: Dye Trout Potato Salad Potato Salad: 1090G Skill Level 16 HP 100, RP 250, FX 120 sec. Defence +45, Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Potato, Cucumber, Mayonnaise Char Sashimi Char Sashimi: 85G Skill Level 18 HP 7, RP 57, FX Time 120 sec. Ingredients: Char

Defence +14, Water Resistance +10

Ice Cream Ice Cream: 260G Skill Level 20 HP 10, RP 125, FX Time 120 sec. Water Attack +20, Water Resistance +20 Ingredients: Milk, Egg Needle Sashimi Needle Sashimi: 70G Skill Level 21 HP 7, RP 54, FX Time 120 sec. Ingredients: Needlefish Mushroom Rice

Defence +14, Magic +10

Mushroom Rice: 300G Skill Level 21 HP 60, RP 150, FX Time 120 sec. Max HP +50, Poison Attack 100% Ingredients: Rice, Mushroom Squid Sashimi Squid Sashimi: 60G Skill Level 24 HP 7, RP 52, FX Time 120 sec. Attack +13, Magic +10 Ingredients: Squid S. Rice Ball S. Rice Ball: 300G Skill Level 25 HP 60, RP 150, FX Time 120 sec. Ingredients: Rice, Salmon

Max HP +50, Magic +10

Sardine Sashimi Sardine Sashimi: 80G Skill Level 27 HP 7, RP 56, FX Time 120 sec. Ingredients: Sardine

Defence +14, Magic +10

Pike Sashimi Pike Sashimi: 55G Skill Level 30 HP 7, RP 51, FX Time 120 sec. Ingredients: Pike

Defence +13, Wind Resistance +10

Salmon Sashimi Salmon Sashimi: 160G Skill Level 33 HP 9, RP 72, FX Time 120 sec. Ingredients: Salmon

Defence +18, Magic +10

Gratin de Sol New Mochi: 1080G Skill Level 34 HP 170, RP 150, Fx Time 180 sec. Max HP +75, Wind Attack +10 Ingredients: Mochi, Mochi, Orange, Quality Cloth, Thick Stick, Green Grass Gratin de Sol Bonito Sashimi: 190G Skill Level 36 HP 9, RP 78, FX Time 120 sec. Ingredients: Bonito Gratin de Sol

Defence +19, Wind Resistance +10

Turbot Sashimi: 115G Skill Level 39 HP 8, RP 63, FX Time 120 sec. Ingredients: Turbot

Defence +16, Earth Resistance +10

Shrimp Sashimi Shrimp Sashimi: 145G Skill Level 42 HP 8, RP 69, FX 120 sec. Defence +17, Knock-back Ingredients: Shrimp Salad Salad: 1870G Skill Level 43 HP 205, RP 350, FX 120 sec. Defence +60, Status Defence Ingredients: Cucumber, Tomato, Carrot, Cabbage Toro Sashimi Toro Sashimi: 895G Skill Level 45 HP 23, RP 219, FX 120 sec. Defence +52, Magic +10 Ingredients: Tuna Taimen Sashimi Taimen Sashimi: 185G Skill Level 48 HP 9, RP 77, FX 120 sec. Defence +19, Water Resistance +10 Ingredients: Taimen Black Sashimi Black Sashimi: 110G Skill Level 51 HP 8, RP 62, FX 120 sec. Defence +16, Magic +10 Ingredients: Black Fish Fruit Sub Fruit Sub: 970G Skill Level 52 HP 140, RP 250, FX 120 sec. Max HP +60, Element Attack +8 Ingredients: Pineapple, Orange, Apple, Bread Lobster Sashimi Lobster Sashimi: 350G Skill Level 54 HP 12, RP 110, FX 120 sec. Defence +27, Knock-back Ingredients: Lobster Sun Sashimi Sun Sashimi: 805G

Skill Level 57 HP 22, RP 201, FX 120 sec. Attack +48, Magic +10 Ingredients: Sunsquid Yellow Sashimi Yellow Sashimi: 305G Skill Level 60 HP 12, RP 101, FX 120, Defence +25, Magic +10 Ingredients: Yellowtail Fruit Punch Fruit Punch: 1090G Skill Level 61 HP 100, RP 275, FX 120 sec. FX Element Attack +10 Ingredients: Strawberry, Pineapple, Cherry, Apple, Orange Snap Sashimi Snap Sashimi: 510G Skill Level 64 HP 16, RP 142, FX 120 sec. Defence +34, Wind Resistance +10 Ingredients: Snapper Hirame Sashimi Hirame Sashimi: 265G Skill Level 69 HP 11, RP 93, FX 120 sec. FX Defence +23, Earth Resistance +10 Ingredients: Flounder Sandwich Sandwich: 1020G Skill Level 70 HP 200, RP 425, FX 120, Max HP +85, Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Cucumber, Tomato, Carrot, Boiled Egg, Bread, Mayonnaise Lamp Sashimi Lamp Sashimi: 470G Skill Level 75 HP 15, RP 134, FX 120 sec. Attack +34, Magic +10 Ingredients: Lamp Squid Fruit Parfait Fruit Parfait: 1380G Skill Level 79 HP 140, RP 300, FX 120 sec. Element Attack +10, Water Resistance +25 Ingredients: Strawberry, Pineapple, Cherry, Apple, Orange, Ice Cream Lover Sashimi Lover Sashimi: 580G Skill Level 81

HP 17, RP 156, FX 120 sec. Defence +37, Wind Resistance +10 Ingredients: Lover Snapper Fugu Sashimi Fugu Sashimi: 680G Skill Level 82 HP 19, RP 176, FX 120 sec. Defence +42, Paralysis Attack 100% Ingredients: Blowfish Tea Leaves Tea Leaves: 240G Skill Level 88 HP 5, RP 0, FX 0 Ingredients: Blue Grass, Purple Grass, Red Grass, Yellow Grass, Orange Grass, Purple Grass Fall Sashimi Fall Sashimi: 635G Skill Level 90 HP 18, RP 167, FX 120 sec. Defence +40, Earth Resistance +10 Ingredients: Fall Fish Sushi Sushi: 1675G Skill Level 97 HP 255, RP 350, FX 120 sec. FX Max HP +75, Magic +65 Ingredients: Rice, Tuna, Yellowtail, Salmon, Shrimp, Squid Glitter Sashimi Glitter Sashimi: 1095G Skill Level 99 HP 27, RP 259, FX 120 sec. Defence +61, Wind Resistance +10 Ingredients: Glitter Snapper Frying Pan Dishes: Smoked Salmon Smoked Salmon: 150G Skill Level 2 HP 8, RP 65, FX 120 sec. Defence +21, Wind Attack +10 Salted salmon that is then smoked for flavour. We all love salmon. Ingredients: Salmon Sunny-side-up Sunny-side-up: 280G Skill Level 3 HP 10, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Attack +25, Fire Attack +10 All you need is an egg and a fry pan. Just cook it any way that tickles your

fancy. Ingredients:

Egg, Cooking Oil

Red Grill Red Grill: 45G Skill Level 5 HP 6, RP 44, FX 120 sec. Defence +17, Magic +10 Salted red salmon that is then grilled. The fresher it is, the better it tastes. Ingredients: Red Salmon Eggplant Grill Eggplant Grill: 310G Skill Level 6 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Defence +30, Fire Attack +10 Made using grilled eggplant. A mundane name for a super tasty dish. Ingredients: Eggplant Grilled Chub Grilled Chub: 60G Skill Level 8 HP 7, RP 47, FX 120 sec. Defence +17, Magic +10 Salted chub that is then grilled. The more fresh it is, the better it tastes. Level 4: 96G HP 7, RP 122, FX Time 210 sec. Defence +16, Magic +10 Popcorn Popcorn: 180G Skill Level 9 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Fire Attack +10, Seal Defence A dish made from kernels of corn. They look like they're dancing on the pan. Ingredients: Corn French Toast French Toast: 460G Skill Level 10 HP 50, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Max HP +40, Attack +20 A slice of toast dipped in milk and eggs. The texture is just wonderful, as is the flavour. Ingredients: Egg, Cooking Oil, Bread Grilled Trout Grilled Trout: 80G Skill Level 11 HP 7, RP 51, FX 120 sec. Defence +18, Magic +10 Salted spotted trout that is then grilled. The more fresh it is, the better it tastes. Ingredients: Trout

Corn Flakes Corn Flakes: 310G Skill Level 12 HP 45, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Max HP +25, Seal Defence Ingredients: Corn, Milk Roasted Nuts Roasted Nuts: 180G Skill Level 13 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Fire Attack +10, Earth Attack +10 Ingredients: Chestnut Dye Grill Dye Grill: 165G Skill Level 14 HP 9, RP 68, FX 120 sec. Defence +22, Magic +10 Ingredients: Dye Trout French Fries: French Fries: 580G Skill Level 15 HP 25, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Earth Attack +15, Fatigue Attack 100% Ingredients: Cooking Oil, Potato Roasted Carp Roasted Carp: 95G Skill Level 17 HP 7, RP 54, FX 120 sec. Defence +19, Fire Resistance +10 Ingredients: Carp Pancake Pancake: 560G Skill Level 18 HP 85, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Max HP +60, Fire Attack +10 Ingredients: Flour, Cooking Oil, Egg, Milk Grilled Char Grilled Char: 85G Skill Level 20 HP 7, RP 52, FX 120 sec. Defence +18, Magic +10 Ingredients: Char Grilled Squid Grilled Squid: 55G Skill Level 23 HP 7, RP 46, FX 120 sec. Attack +17, Magic +10 Ingredients: Squid

Spinach Saute Spinach Saute: 460G Skill Level 25 HP 20, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Fire Resistance +30, Knock-back Ingredients: Spinach, Butter Needle Grill Needle Grill: 65G Skill Level 26 HP 7, RP 48, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Needlefish

Defence +18, Magic +10

P. Carp Roast: P. Carp Roast: 110G Skill Level 29 HP 8, RP 57, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Pale Carp

Defence +20, Fire Resistance +10

Udon Stir-Fry: Udon Stir-fry: 340G Skill Level 30 HP 55, RP 125, FX 120 sec. Max HP +45, Fire Attack +15 Ingredients: Udon, Cooking Oil Grilled Pike Grilled Pike: 60G Skill Level 32 HP 7, RP 47, FX 120 sec. Defence +17, Wind Attack +10 Ingredients: Pike Grilled Mack Grilled Mack: 110G Skill Level 35 HP 8, RP 57, FX 120 sec. Defence +20, Magic +10 Ingredients: Mackerel Croquette Croquette: 1330G Skill Level 35 HP 125, RP 275, FX 120 sec. Fire Resistance +40, Fatigue Attack 100% Ingredients; Cooking Oil, Potato, Onion, Flour, Egg Salted Smelt: Salted Smelt: 80G Skill Level 38 HP 7, RP 51, FX 120 sec. Defence +18, Magic +10 Ingredients: Pond Smelt Potato Roast:

Potato Roast: 600G Skill Level 40 HP 40, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Earth Attack +10, Fire Resistance +20 Ingredients: Potato, Butter Fried Turbot: Fried Turbot: 115G Skill Level 41 HP 8, RP 58, FX 120 sec. Defence +20, Earth Attack +10 Ingredients: Turbot Taimen Roast Taimen Roast: 180G Skill Level 44 HP 9, RP 71, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Taimen

Defence +23, Fire Resistance +10

Gyoza Gyoza: 1640G Skill Level 45 HP 175, RP 300, FX 120 sec. Fire Attack +15, HP Absorption Ingredients: Flour, Onion, Cabbage, Cooking Oil, Garlic Fried Bonito: Fried Bonito: 190G Skill Level 47 HP 9, RP 73, FX 120 sec. Defence +23, Wind Attack +10 Ingredients: Bonito Fish Shrimp Roast Shrimp Roast: 140G Skill Level 50 HP 8, RP 63, FX 120 sec. Defence +21, Knock-back Ingredients: Shrimp Fried Rice Fried Rice: 450G Skill Level 50 HP 60, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Max HP +50, Fire Attack +10 Ingredients: Rice, Egg, Cooking Oil Dried Sardine Dried Sardine: 225G Skill Level 53 HP 10, RP 80, FX 120 sec. Defence +25, Magic +10 Ingredients: Sardine x 3 Boxty

Boxty: 1450G Skill Level 55 HP 225, RP 300, FX 120 sec. Max HP +80, Poison Defence Ingredients: Flour, Cabbage, Cooking Oil, Egg, Mayonnaise Tuna Teriyaki Tuna Teriyaki: 900G Skill Level 56 HP 23, RP 215, FX 120 sec. Defence + 56, Magic +10 Ingredients: Tuna Black Grill Black Grill: 110G Skill Level 59 HP 8, RP 57, FX 120 sec. Defence +20, Magic +10 Ingredients: Black Fish Lobster Roast: Lobster Roast: 360G Skill Level 62 HP 13, RP 107, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Lobster

Defence +31, Knock-back

Flound Roast Flound Roast: 260G Skill Level 65 HP 11, RP 87, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Flounder

Defence +27, Earth Attack +10

Veggie Omelet Veggie Omelet: 1170G Skill Level 65 HP 110, RP 275, FX 120 sec. Attack +35, Seal Attack 100% Ingredients: Egg, Cooking Oil, Milk, Ketchup Sunsquid Fry Sunsquid Fry: 810G Skill Level 68 HP 22, RP 197, FX 120 sec. Attack +52, Magic +10 Ingredients: Sunsquid Donut Donut: 750G Skill Level 70 HP 110, RP 250, FX 120 sec. Max HP +55, Fatigue Attack 100% Yellow Teri: Yellow Teri: 320G Skill Level 71

HP 12, RP 99, FX 120 sec. Defence +29, Magic +10 Ingredients: Yellowtail Snapper Grill Snapper Grill: 520G Skill Level 74 HP 16, RP 139, FX 120 sec. Defence +39, Wind Attack +10 Tempura Tempura: 590G Skill Level 75 HP 30, RP 175, FX Water Attack +15, Knock-back Ingredients: Egg, Flour, Cooking Oil, Shrimp Lamp Fry Lamp Fry: 470G Skill Level 77 HP 15, RP 129, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Lamp Squid

Attack +36, Magic +10

Blowfish Fry Blowfish Fry: 670G Skill Level 80 HP 19, RP 169, FX 120 sec. Defence +45, Paralysis Attack 100% Ingredients: Blowfish Veg. Stir-fry Vegetable Stir-fry: 1110G Skill Level 80 HP 100, RP 300, FX 120 sec. Defence +50, Fire Resistance +10 Ingredients: Cooking Oil, Cabbage, Bell Pepper Fried Glitter Fried Glitter: 1080G Skill Level 83 HP 27, RP 251, FX 120 sec. Defence +64, Wind Attack +10 Ingredients: Glitter Snapper Dried Squid Dried Squid: 1610G Skill Level 85 HP 250, RP 400, FX 120 sec. Max HP +80, Status Attack Ingredients: Rice, Curry Powder, Onion, Carrot, Bell Pepper Love Fry: Love Fry: 580G Skill Level 86 HP 17, RP 151, FX 120 sec. Defence +41, Wind Attack +10 Ingredients: Lover Snapper

Fried Autumn Fried Autumn: 630G Skill Level 89 HP 18, RP 161, FX 120 sec. Defence +44, Earth Attack +10 Ingredients: Fall Fish Ham Omelet Ham Omelet: 1340G Skill Level 90 HP 190, RP 325, FX 120 sec. Max HP +60, Attack +35 Ingredients: Rice, Egg, Cooking Oil, Milk, Ketchup Curry Bread: Curry Bread: 550G Skill Level 95 HP 65, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Max HP +40, Status Attack Ingredients: Bread, Cooking Oil, Curry Powder Pot Dishes Hot Milk Hot Milk: 140G Skill Level 2 HP 20, RP 75, FX Time 90 sec. Attack +25 Warmed milk. You'll feel relaxed after drinking it, so you should have some when you can't sleep. Ingredients: Milk Boiled Egg Boiled Egg: 130G Skill Level 5 HP 10, RP 75, FX Time: 120 sec. Attack +20, Water Resistance +10 Ingredients: Egg Berry Jam Berry Jam: 130G Skill Level 7 HP 10, RP 75, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Strawberry

Magic +30

Porridge Porridge: 130G Skill Level 7 HP 10, RP 75, Fx Time: 120 sec. Ingredients: Rice Egg Bowl

FX Magic +30

Egg Bowl: 280G Skill Level 11 HP 60, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Max HP +50, Attack +10 Ingredients: Rice, Egg Orange Jam Orange Jam: 180G Skill Level 13 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Magic +25, Wind Attack +10 Ingredients: Orange Udon Udon:: 160G Skill Level 15 HP 45, RP 75, FX 120 sec. Max HP +45, Water Attack +10 Ingredients: Flour Steam Veggies Steam Veggies: 300G Skill Level 17 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Defence +25, Knock-back Ingredients: Spinach Apple Jam Apple Jam: 180G Skill Level 19 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120, Magic +25, Water Attack +10 Ingredients: Apple Hot Chocolate Hot Chocolate: 290G Skill Level 21 HP 20, RP 125, FX 90 sec. Attack +25, Fatigue Defence Ingredients: Milk, Chocolate Fish Soup Fish Soup: 480G Skill level 23 HP 10, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Magic +25, Water Resistance +30 Cherry Jam Cherry Jam: 180G Skill Level 25 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Cherry Steam Pumpkin Steam Pumpkin: 780G

Magic +25, Fire Attack +10

Skill Level 27 HP 55, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Water Resistance +25, Earth Resistance +25 Ingredients: Pumpkin Curry Rice Curry Rice: 1760G Skill Level 29 HP 280, RP 375, FX 120 sec. Max HP +85, Status Attack Ingredients: Rice, Curry Powder, Potato, Carrot, Onion Corn Soup Corn Soup: 320G Skill Level 31 HP 10, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Water Attack +15, Seal Defence Ingredients: Corn, Milk Curry Udon Curry Udon: 350G Skill Level 33 HP 10, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Water Attack +10, Status Attack Ingredients: Udon, Curry Powder Candied Yam Candied Yam: 310G Skill Level 35 HP 10, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Magic +30, Earth Attack +15 Ingredients: Yam, Honey Peperoncino Peperoncino: 470G Skill Level 38 HP 50, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Max HP +40, HP Absorption Ingredients: Garlic, Cooking Oil, Flour Fried Smelt Fried Smelt: 380G Skill Level 39 HP 10, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Magic +20, Water Attack +10 Ingredients: Pond Smelt, Flour, Cooking Oil Stew Stew: 1750G Skill Level 41 HP 195, RP 375, FX 120 sec. Defence +55, Magic +50 Ingredients: Flour, Milk, Potato, Carrot, Onion Ramen: Ramen: 770G Skill Level 44

HP 100, RP 250, FX 120 sec. Max HP +45, Element Attack +4 Ingredients: Flour, Bamboo Shoot, Corn, Cooking Oil, Boiled Egg Risotto Risotto: 1170G Skill Level 47 HP 125, RP 275, FX 120 sec. Max HP +60, Defence +35 Ingredients: Rice, Cooking Oil, Tomato, Onion, Garlic Boiled Gyoza Boiled Gyoza: 1640G Skill Level 50 HP 170, RP 300, FX 120 sec. Water Attack +15, HP Absorption Ingredients: Flour, Onion, Cabbage, Cooking Oil, Garlic Oden Oden: 1495G Skill Level 53 HP 150, RP 300, FX 120 sec. Magic +35, Water Resistance +40 Ingredients: Boiled Egg, Potato, Sardine, Carrot, Bamboo Shoot, Mushroom Fried Pike Fried Pike: 370G Skill Level 56 HP 10, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Magic +25, Wind Attack +15 Ingredients: Pike, Flour, Cooking Oil Mashed Yam Mashed Yam: 310G Skill Level 59 HP 10, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Earth Attack +15, Earth Resistance +10 Ingredients: Chestnut, Yam Cheese Fondue: Cheese Fondue: 350G Skill Level 62 HP 50, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Max HP +40, Stun Defence Ingredients: Cheese, Bread Calamari: Calamari: 385G Skill Level 65 HP 10, RP 175, FX `120 sec. Attack +25, Water Attack +10 Ingredients: Squid, Flour, Cooking Oil Fungo Risotto: Fungo Risotto: 1100G Skill Level 68 HP 160, RP 300, FX 120 sec.

Max HP +60, Poison Attack 100%

Ingredients:

Mushroom, Garlic, Onion, Cooking Oil, Rice

Marron Glace: Marron Glace: 220G Skill Level 71 HP 20, RP 125, FX 120 sec. Attack +10, Earth Attack +10 Ingredients: Chestnut Fried Shrimp: Fried Shrimp: 470G Skill Level 74 HP 10, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Knock-back, Water Attack +15 Ingredients: Shrimp, Flour, Cooking Oil Tempura Udon: Tempura Udon: 840G Skill Level 77 HP 60, RP 275, FX 120 sec. Water Attack +15, Knock-back Ingredients: Udon, Tempura Oatmeal: Oatmeal: 330G Skill Level 80 HP 70, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Rice, Milk

Max HP +40, Water Resistance +10

Tempura Bowl: Tempura Bowl: 810G Skill Level 83 HP 120, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Max HP +60, Knock-back Ingredients: Rice, Tempura Spinach Rice: Spinach Rice: 1270G Skill Level 86 HP 190, RP 325, FX 120 sec.

Max HP +65, Knock-back

Carbonara Carbonara: 750G Skill Level 89 HP 105, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Max HP +50, Attack +20 Ingredients: Mushroom, Butter, Cheese, Egg, Flour Ratatouille Ratatouille: 1440G Skill Level 92 HP 145, RP 300, FX 120 sec. Defence +40, Element Defence +15 Ingredients: Tomato, Eggplant, Bell Pepper, Onion, Garlic

Relax Tea Relax Tea: 330G Skill Level 95 HP 0, RP 175, FX 90 sec. Status Defence Ingredients: Tea Leaves Great Curry: Great Curry: 2160G Skill Level 98 HP 245, RP 425, FX 120 sec. Attack +45, Status Attack Ingredients: Curry Powder, Onion, Wine, Honey, Apple, Demon Blood Royal Curry Royal Curry: 2910G Skill Level 99 HP 360, RP 500, FX 180 sec. Guts, Status Attack Ingredients: Curry Powder, Onion, Wine x 2, Yogurt, White Grass Oven Dishes Hot Rice Ball Hot Rice Ball: 190G Skill Level 4 HP 55, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Max HP +50, Earth Resistance +10 Ingredients: Rice Ball Turnip Roast Turnip Roast: 240G Skill Level 6 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Turnip

Fire Resistance +20, Paralysis Defence

Ear of Corn Ear of Corn: 340G Skill Level 8 HP 10, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Corn, Butter

Fire Resistance +15, Seal Defence

Roasted Yam Roasted Yam: 170G Skill Level 10 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Yam

Fire Resistance +10, Earth Resistance +10

Bread Bread: 160G Skill Level 12 HP 45, RP 75, FX 120 sec.

Max HP +40, Earth Resistance +15

Ingredients:

Flour

Cookie Cookie: 420G Skill Level 14 HP 30, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Attack +25 Ingredients: Milk, Flour, Butter En Papillote En Papillote: 140G Skill Level 16 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Paralysis Attack 100%, Seal Attack 100% Ingredients: Bamboo Shoot Toast Toast: 190G Skill Level 18 HP 50, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Bread

Max HP +40, Earth Resistance +20

Fried Mochi Fried Mochi: 340G Skill level 20 HP 60, RP 150, FX 180 sec. Max HP +50, Earth Resistance +15 Ingredients: Mochi Roasted Apple Roasted Apple: 340G Skill Level 22 HP 10, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Earth Attack +10, Water Attack +10 Ingredients: Apple, Butter Butter Roll Butter Roll: 570G Skill Level 25 HP 85, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Max HP +40, Attack +30 Ingredients: Flour, Butter, Milk, Egg Honey Toast Honey Toast: 320G Skill Level 28 HP 50, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Bread, Honey

Max HP +40, Poison Defence

Choco Cookie Choco Cookie: 730G Skill Level 31 HP 70, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Attack +25, Fatigue Defence Ingredients: Cookie, Butter, Chocolate

Doria Doria: 1080G Skill Level 34 HP 190, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Max HP +85 Ingredients: Milk, Rice, Onion, Flour, Butter PB&J PB&J: 355G Skill Level 36 HP 10, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Magic +30, Seal Attack 100% Ingredients: Bread, Berry Jam Cake Cake: 700G Skill Level 37 HP 75, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Attack +30 Ingredients: Milk, Flour, Butter, Strawberry, Egg Cherry Tart: Cherry Tart: 790G Skill Level 40 HP 85, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Attack +25, Fire Attack +15 Ingredients: Butter, Egg, Flour, Cherry x 2 PB&J: PB&J: 355G Skill Level 43 HP 10, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Magic +30, Seal Attack 100% Ingredients: Bread, Apple Jam Gratin Gratin: 1060G Skill Level 46 HP 150, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Max HP +50, Earth Resistance +35 Ingredients: Milk, Cheese, Onion, Flour, Butter Sugar Yam Sugar Yam: 720G Skill Level 49 HP 60, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Attack +30, Earth Resistance +10 Ingredients: Yam, Honey, Milk, Butter, Egg PB&J PB&J: 355G Skill Level 50 HP 10, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Magic +30, Seal Attack 100% Ingredients: Bread, Cherry Jam

Cheesecake Cheesecake: 590G Skill Level 52 HP 60, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Attack +25, Stun Defence Ingredients: Butter, Egg, Flour, Cheese Pumpkin Tart Pumpkin Tart: 1940G Skill Level 55 HP 240, RP 275, FX 120 sec. Attack +45, Earth Resistance +40 Ingredients: Butter, Egg, Flour, Pumpkin x 2 Apple Pie Apple Pie: 510G Skill Level 58 HP 35, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Attack +30, Wind Attack +10 Ingredients: Apple, Flour, Butter Pizza Pizza: 1830G Skill Level 62 HP 195, RP 400, FX 120 sec. Element Defence +20, Stun Defence Ingredients: Cheese, Flour, Ketchup, Bell Pepper, Potato, Mushroom Chocolate Cake Choco Cake: 750G Skill Level 65 HP 90, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Attack +30, Fatigue Defence Ingredients: Milk, Flour, Butter, Chocolate, Egg Potato Gratin Potato Gratin: 1480G Skill Level 68 HP 215, RP 325, FX 120 sec. Max HP +55, Earth Resistance +50 Ingredients: Potato, Milk, Cheese, Onion, Flour, Butter Seafood Doria Seafood Doria: 1230G Skill Level 72 HP 210, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Max HP +85, Knock-back Ingredients: Shrimp, Milk, Rice, Onion, Flour, Butter Fruit Tart Fruit Tart: 940G Skill Level 76 HP 105, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Attack +35, Element Attack +5 Ingredients: Butter, Egg, Flour, Apple, Orange, Strawberry Cherry Pie

Cherry Pie: 530G Skill Level 80 HP 35, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Attack +30, Fire Attack +10 Ingredients: Cherry, Flour, Butter Gratin de Mer Gratin de Mer: 1145G Skill Level 84 HP 165, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Max HP +50, Magic +35 Ingredients: Squid, Milk, Cheese, Onion, Flour, Butter Chestnut Pie Chestnut Pie: 520G Skill Level 88 HP 35, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Attack +30, Earth Attack +10 Ingredients: Chestnut, Flour, Butter Mont Blanc Mont Blanc: 810G Skill Level 92 HP 95, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Attack +25, Earth Attack +15 Ingredients: Milk, Flour, Butter, Chestnut, Egg Seafood Pizza Seafood Pizza: 1245G Skill Level 95 HP 115, RP 350, FX 120 sec. Knock-back, Stun Defence Ingredients: Squid, Shrimp, Cheese, Flour, Ketchup Gratin de Sol Gratin de Sol: 1240G Skill Level 98 HP 175, RP 325, FX 120 sec. Max HP +50, Poison Attack 100% Ingredients: Mushroom, Milk, Cheese, Onion, Flour, Butter Blender/Mixer Dishes Orange Juice Orange Juice: 180G Skill Level 3 HP 0, RP 75, FX 90 sec. Attack +25, Defence +20 Ingredients: Orange Tomato Juice Tomato Juice: 290G Skill Level 6 HP 0, RP 75, FX 90 sec. Ingredients: Tomato

Attack +20, Defence +30

Butter Butter: 140G Skill Level 9 HP 5, RP 0, FX 0 Ingredients: Milk Apple Juice Apple Juice: 180G Skill Level 12 HP 0, RP 75, FX 90 sec. Attack +15, Defence +35 Ingredients: Apple Tropic Punch Tropic Punch: 430G Skill Level 15 HP 0, RP 75, FX 90 sec. Attack +35, Defence +20 Ingredients: Pineapple Mayonnaise Mayonnaise: 280G Skill level 18 HP 6, RP 0, FX 0 Ingredients: Egg, Cooking Oil Cherry Juice Cherry Juice: 180G Skill Level 21 HP 0, RP 75, FX 90 sec. Ingredients: Cherry

Attack +30, Defence +10

Berry Milk Berry Milk: 260G Skill Level 24 HP 10, RP 75, FX 90 sec. Attack +30, Defence +15 Ingredients: Strawberry, Milk Ketchup Ketchup: 710G Skill Level 27 HP 6, RP 0, FX 0 Ingredients: Tomato, Onion Yogurt Drink Yogurt Drink: 420G Skill Level 34 HP 25, RP 100, FX 90 sec. Attack +30, Defence +10 Ingredients; Yogurt, Milk, Honey

Fruit Juice Fruit Juice: 1010G Skill Level 41 HP 0, RP 150, FX 90 sec. Attack +55, Defence +25 Ingredients: Pineapple,Tomato, Apple, Orange Cream Soda Cream Soda: 500G Skill Level 48 HP 0, RP 100, FX 90 sec. Attack +40, Stun Attack 50% Ingredients: Ice Cream, Green Grass, Cherry Grass Juice Grass Juice: 210G Skill Level 55 HP 0, RP 0, FX 90 sec. Status Attack, Status Defence Ingredients: Green Grass, Blue Grass, Purple Grass, Red Grass, Yellow Grass, Orange Grass Fruit Ole Fruit Ole: 1160G Skill Level 62 HP 10, RP 150, FX 90 sec. Attack +55, Defence +25 Ingredients: Pineapple, Tomato, Apple, Orange, Milk Vegetable Juice Vegetable Juice: 2940G Skill Level 69 HP 0, RP 225, FX 90 sec. Attack +40, Defence +90 Ingredients: Cucumber, Cabbage, Carrot, Bell Pepper, Pumpkin, Spinach Vegetable Ole Vegetable Ole: 3140G Skill level 76 HP 10, RP 225, FX 90 sec. Attack +40, Defence +90 Ingredients: Vegetable Juice, Milk Mixed Juice Mixed Juice: 4050G Skill Level 83 HP 0, RP 300, FX 90 sec. Attack +55, Defence +90 Ingredients: Fruit Juice, Vegetable Juice Mixed Ole Mixed Ole: 4180G Skill Level 90 HP 10, RP 300, FX 90 sec. Attack +55, Defence +90 Ingredients: Fruit Juice, Vegetable Juice, Milk

Steamer Dishes Steamed Bread Steamed Bread: 310G Skill Level 5 HP 50, RP 125, FX 120 sec. Max HP +40, Wind Resistance +15 Ingredients: Flour, Cooking Oil Steamed Tater Steamed Tater: 170G Skill Level 9 HP 10, RP 100, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Yam

Earth Attack +10, Wind Resistance +10

Pudding Pudding: 260G Skill Level 13 HP 20, RP 125, FX 120 sec. Ingredients: Egg, Milk

Attack +30, Wind Resistance +10

Mochi Mochi: 310G Skill Level 17 HP 60, RP 125, FX 180 sec.

Max HP +50, Wind Resistance +10

Chinese Bun Chinese Bun: 850G Skill Level 21 HP 65, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Wind Attack +20, Paralysis Attack 100% Ingredients: Flour, Bamboo Shoot, Carrot Dumpling Dumpling: 1450G Skill Level 25 HP 145, RP 275, FX 120 sec.

Wind Attack +20, Wind Resistance +40

Egg Custard Egg Custard: 680G Skill Level 29 HP 45, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Knock-back, Seal Attack 100% Ingredients: Egg, Shrimp, Spinach, Mushroom Cheesy Bread Cheesy Bread: 450G Skill Level 33 HP 10, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Wind Resistance +15, Stun Defence Ingredients: Cheese, Flour, Cooking Oil

Milk Pudding Milk Pudding: 400G Skill Level 43 HP 30, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Attack +30, Wind Resistance +10 Ingredients: Egg, Milk x 2 Steamed Gyoza Steamed Gyoza: 1650G Skill Level 51 HP 170, RP 300, FX 120 sec. Wind Attack +15, HP Absorption Ingredients: Flour, Onion, Cabbage, Cooking Oil, Garlic Steam Turnip Steam Turnip: 1140G Skill Level 59 HP 105, RP 275, FX 120 sec. Magic +40, Wind Resistance +15 Ingredients: Turnip x 3, Snapper Pumpkin Cream Pumpkin Cream: 1060G Skill Level 67 HP 100, RP 225, FX 120 sec. Attack +35, Earth Resistance +30 Ingredients: Egg, Milk, Pumpkin Steam Turnip Steam Turnip: 1140G Skill Level 69 HP 105, RP 275, FX 120 sec. Magic +40, Wind Resistance +15 Ingredients: Golden Turnip, Snapper Sweet Rice Sweet Rice: 510G Skill Level 75 HP 80, RP 175, FX 180 sec. Max HP +55, Earth Attack +10 Ingredients: Chestnut, Mushroom, Rice Chestnut Bun Chestnut Bun: 500G Skill Level 83 HP 45, RP 200, FX 120 sec. Attack +20, Earth Attack +15 Ingredients: Chestnut, Flour, Egg Curry Bun Curry Bun: 370G Skill Level 91 HP 10, RP 150, FX 120 sec. Wind Attack +10, Status Attack Ingredients: Curry Powder, Flour

Choco Pudding Choco Pudding: 480G Skill Level 99 HP 20, RP 175, FX 120 sec. Attack +35, Fatigue Defence Ingredients: Egg, Milk, Chocolate Medicines and Farm Aids Whether purchased at the Clinic or made in your own Laboratory, Medicines and Farm Aids can be shipped: Farm Aids Neutraliser: Neutraliser: 40G Skill Level 1 Ingredients: Yellow Grass, Orange Grass Formula A Formula A: 40G Skill Level 25 Ingredients: Green Grass x 2 Formula B Formula B: 130G Skill Level 65 Ingredients: Formula A, Purple Grass, Blue Grass, Red Grass, Yellow Grass, Orange Grass Formula C Formula C: 480G Skill Level 75 Ingredients: Formula B, Black Grass, White Grass, Bamboo Shoot, Mushroom Greenifier Greenifier: 1840G Skill Level 99 Ingredients: Formula C, Earth Crystal, Water Crystal, Fish Fossil, Fairy Dust, Demon Blood Medicines Para-gone Para-gone: 40G Skill Level 5 HP 10, RP 0, FX Paralysis Recovery Ingredients: Blue Grass, Purple Grass

Antidote Herb Antidote Herb: 70G Skill Level 10 HP 15, RP 0, FX Poison Recovery Ingredients: Neutraliser, Medicinal Herb Energy Drink Energy Drink: 130G Skill Level 15 HP 35, RP 0, FX 0 Ingredients: Antidote Herb, Para-gone Cold Medicine: 40G Cold Medicine: 40G Skill Level 20 HP 10, RP 0, FX Cold Recovery Ingredients: Red Grass x 2 E. Drink S E Drink S.: 280G Skill Level 30 HP 105, RP 0, FX 0 Ingredients: Energy Drink x 2 Formuade: Formuade: 310G Skill Level 35 HP 80, RP 0, FX Status Recovery Ingredients: Antidote Herb, Para-gone, Cold Medicine, Energy Drink Sleepy Grass Sleepy Grass: 320G HP 90, RP 0, FX Fatigue Recovery, Cold Recovery Ingredients: Black Grass, Mushroom, Magic Powder, Milk Fire Element Fire Element: 1000G Skill Level 45 HP 0, RP 0, FX Fire Affinity +1 Ingredients: Magic Crystal, Little Crystal, Ruby, Demon Blood Water Element Water Element: 1000G Skill Level 50 HP 0, RP 0, FX Water Affinity +1 Ingredients: Magic Crystal, Little Crystal, Aquamarine, Fish Fossil Wind Element

Wind Element: 1000G Skill Level 55 HP 0, RP 0, FX Wind Affinity +1 Ingredients: Magic Crystal, Little Crystal, Emerald, Fairy Dust Earth Element Earth Element: 1000G Skill Level 60 HP 0, RP, 0, FX Earth Affinity +1 Ingredients: Magic Crystal, Little Crystal, Amethyst, Turtle Shell E. Drink X E Drink X: 590G Skill Level 70 HP 300, RP 0, FX 0 Ingredients: E. Drink S. x 2, White Grass Dex. Bottle Dex Bottle: 1000G Skill Level 80 HP 0, RP 0, FX Agility +1 Ingredients: Little Crystal, Black Grass, Fireflower, Glitter Snapper, Cherry, Tea Leaves Vit. Gummy Vit. Gummy: 1000G Skill Level 85 HP 0, RP 0, FX Stamina +1 Ingredients; Little Crystal, Black Grass, Green Crystal, Milk, Root, Garlic Int. Vitamins Int. Vitamins: 1000G Skill Level 90 HP 0, RP 0, FX Intelligence +1 Ingredients: Little Crystal, Black Grass, Blue Crystal, Tuna, Magic Crystal, Mushroom Protein Protein: 1000G Skill Level 95 HP 0, RP 0, FX Vitality +1 Ingredients: Little Crystal, Black Grass, Red Crystal, Sunsquid, Demon Blood, Spinach Weapons You will obtain a single set of Tools in Rune Factory Frontier. These can be upgraded at the Forge but you will not be able to obtain another set of any of

the Farm Tools. Farm Tools therefore cannot be shipped. Any Weapon that you purchase or forge can be shipped, however. In the following section, you will find a list of all items made at the Forge that CAN be shipped. Recipes for Tools will be found only in my Rune Factory Frontier Recipe Cookbook Guide. One-Handed Blades Broadsword Broadsword: 100G Skill Level 1 ATK 5, REQ SKL 3, SP ATK 0, RP Use 6 Ingredients: Iron, Knife Piece Scimitar Scimitar: 180G Skill Level 10 ATK 9, REQ SKL 10, SP ATK 1, RP use 6 Ingredients: Broadsword, Copper Gladius Gladius: 270G Skill Level 18 ATK 23, REQ SKL 18, SP ATK 1, RP Use 6, FX Seal Defence At Level 7: 594G ATK 23, SP ATK 1, RP Use 4, FX Seal Defence Note that ATK does not change but that RP Use decreases with Level increase. Windsword Windsword: 620G Skill Level 20 ATK 13, REQ SKL 20, SP ATK 1, RP Use 6; FX Wind Attack +5, Wind Resistance +10 Ingredients: Broadsword, Wind Crystal Aquasword Aquasword: 620G Skill level 22 ATK 17, REQ SKL 22, SP ATK 1, RP Use 6, FX Water Attack +5, Water Resistance +10 Ingredients: Broadsword, Water Crystal Cutlass Cutlass: 360G Skill Level 25 ATK 29, REQ SKL 25, SP ATK 1, RPUse 6, Water Resistance +5 Ingredients: Scimitar, Silver, Solid Point

Luck Blade Luck Blade: 710G Skill Level 35 ATK 35, REQ SKL 35, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6, FX Poison Defence, Seal Defence Ingredients: Scimitar, Silver, Ruby, Amethyst Sakura Sakura: 890G Skill Level 38 ATK 41, REQ SKL 38, SP ATK 2, RP Use 8, FX HP Absorbion, Poison Attack 50% Defender Defender: 660G Skill Level 45 ATK 47, REQ SKL 45, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6, FX Defence +20 Ingredients: Gladius, Gold, Turtle Shell, Insect Hide, Glue Durandel Durandel: 730G Skill Level 48 ATK 55, REQ SKL 48, SP ATK 2, RP Use 6 Ingredients: Cutlass, Gold, Glittering Edge, Knife Piece, Warrior Medal Aerial Blade Aerial Blade: 1570G Skill Level 52 ATK 63, REQ SKL 52, SP ATK 3, RP Use 12, FX Wind Attack +10, Seal Attack 100% Ingredients: Windsword, Gold, Wind Crystal, Bird Feather, Emerald Aerial Blade Aerial Blade: 1570G Skill Level 52 ATK 63, REQ SKL 52, SP ATK 3, RP Use 12, FX Wind Attack +10, Seal Attack 100% Ingredients: Windsword, Gold, Giant Cockscomb Note that this is the second of two separate Recipes for the Aerial Blade. The first used ordinary items. This Recipe, on the other hand, requires an item that can be obtained only by defeating a 'Boss Enemy' in the form of the Giant Clucky of the Green Ruins. Icifier Icifier Skill Level 54 ATK 71, REQ SKL 54, SP ATK 3, RP Use 15, FX Water Attack +10, Paralysis Attack 100% Ingredients: Aquasword, Gold, Water Crystal, Teardrop, Aquamarine Souleater

Souleater: 1700G Skill Level 70 ATK 89, REQ SKL 70, SP ATK 3, RPUse 41, FX HP Absorption Ingredients: Sakura, Platinum, Magic Talon, Sharp Fang, MAgica Crystal, Fairy Dust Dragonslayer Dragonslayer: 1870G Skill Level 75 ATK 99, REQ SKL 75 Ingredients: Defender, Durandel, Platinum, Magic Talon, Sharp Fang, Wet Scale Smash Blade Smash Blade: 2400G Skill Level 80 ATK 109, REQ SKL 80, SP ATK 4, RP Use 54, FX Poison Defence, Seal Defence Ingredients: Luck Blade, Platinum, Magic Talon, Sharp Talon, Glittering Edge, Little Crystal Rune Blade Rune Blade: 3210G Skill Level 95 ATK 121, REQ SKL 95, SP ATK 4, RP Use 81, FX Rune Power Ingredients: Dragonslayer, Little Crystal, Water Rune Stone, Rock Rune Stone, Tree Rune Stone, Grass Rune Stone Two-Handed Blades Gift Sword There is one two-handed blade that is not included in your Forge Cookbooks. This is Tyrfing, a gift from Ganesha. Tyrfing Tyrfing: 1600G Type: 2-sword ATK 99, REQ SKL 65, SP ATK 2, RPUse 7, FX Seal Attack 100%, Element Defence +10 Two-Handed Sword Two-Handed Sword: 160G Skill Level 5 ATK 7, REQ SKL 5, SP ATK 0, RPUse 7 Ingredients: Broadsword, Iron Great Sword Great Sword: 240G Skill Level 9 2-sword, ATK 11, SP ATK 1, RP Use 7, FX Fatigue Attack 20%

Ingredients:

Two-Handed Sword, Copper

Katana Katana: 160G Skill Level 16 2-sword, ATK 15, SP ATK 0, RP Use 9, FX Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Iron, Cheap Cloth, Insect Jaw Earth Shade Earth Shade: 690G Skill Level 19 2-sword, ATK 19, SP ATK 1, RP Use 7, FX Earth Attack +5, Earth Resistance +10 Ingredients: Two-Handed Sword, Earth Crystal Flame Sabre Flame Sabre: 690G Skill Level 20 2-sword, ATK 26, SP ATK 1, RP Use 7, FX Fire Attack +5, Fire Resistance +10 Ingredients: Two-handed Sword, Fire Crystal Dancing Dicer: 290G Skill Level 21 2-sword, ATK 33, SP ATK 1, RP Use 9, FX Paralysis Defence, Seal Attack 30% Ingredients: Katana, Copper, Knife Piece Claymore Claymore: 420G Skill Level 35 2-sword, ATK 40, SP ATK 2, RP Use 7, Fatigue Attack 20% Ingredients: Great Sword, Silver, Sharp Fang Flamberge Flamberge: 950G Skill Level 40 2-sword, ATK 46, SP ATK 2, RP Use 7, FX Fire Resistance +5 Ingredients: Great Sword, Silver, Fire Crystal, Glittering Edge Eye Blade Eye Blade: 670G Skill Level 45 2-sword, ATK 53, SP ATK 2, RP Use 9, FX Paralysis Defence, Paralysis Attack 30% Ingredients: Dancing Dicer, Silver, Fair Hide, Sapphire Grand Smasher Grand Smasher; 1740G Skill Level 55

2-sword, ATK 62, SP ATK 3, RP Use 16, FX: Earth Attack +10, Paralysis Attack 100% Ingredients: Earth Shade, Gold, Earth Crystal, Diamond, Root Shine Blade Shine Blade: 1740G Skill Level 61 2-sword, ATK 70, SP ATK 3, RP Use 25, FX Fire Attack +10, Fatigue Attack 100% Ingredients: Flame Sabre, Gold, Fire Crystal, Ruby, Magic Talon Shine Blade Shine Blade: 1740G Skill Level 61 2-sword, ATK 70, SP ATK 3, RP Use 25, FX Fire Attack +10, Fatigue Attack 100% Ingredients: Flame Sabre, Gold, Red Core N.B. Here you see a second Recipe for the Shine Blade. This one uses one of the War Trophies obtained from the Boss Monster of the Lava Ruins. Lunar Eclipse Lunar Eclipse: 1290G Skill Level 62 2-sword, ATK 79, SP ATK 3, RP Use 29, FX Paralysis Defence, Stun Attack 15% Ingredients: Eye Blade, Gold, Sharp Fang, Magic Talon, Moondrop Force Element Force Element: 7500G Skill Level 72 2-sword, ATK 88, SP ATK 4, RP Use 42, FX Element Attack +5, Element Defence +5 Ingredients: Shine Blade, Grand Smasher, Icifier, Aerial Blade, Platinum, Little Crystal Steel Sushir Steel Sushir: 5820G Skill Level 80 2-sword, ATK 121, SP ATK 4, RP Use 55, FX Paralysis Defence, Stun Defence Ingredients: Lunar Eclipse, Platinum, Little Crystal, Thick Stick, Glittering Edge, Ironleaf Heaven's Tear Heaven's Tear: 3860G Skill Level 90 2-sword, ATK 110, SP ATK 4, RP Use 69, FX Wind Attack +10, Water Resistance +10 Ingredients: Lunar Eclipse, Claymore, Platinum, Pink Cat, Charm Blue, Little Crystal

Spears Spears represent a good choice for a player whose experience levels and defence points are low as they are one of the few types of weapons that offer Defence points. A spear effectively keeps an opponent at 'arm's length'. At the same time, it is not as versatile in attack as a sword, as its attack is limited to a single direction. Spear Spear: 100G Skill Level 7 Spear, ATK 13, SP ATK 0, RP Use 7 FX 0 Ingredients: Iron, Thin Stick Pitch Fork Pitch Fork: 160G Skill Level 12 Spear, ATK 16, SP ATK 1, RP Use 7, FX Defence +6 Ingredients: Spear, Sharp Talon Lance Lance: 180G Skill Level 16 Spear, ATK 18, SP ATK 1, RP Use 7, FX Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Spear, Copper Poison Spear Poison Spear: 240G Skill Level 21 Spear, ATK 22, SP ATK 1, RP Use 7, FX Poison Attack Ingredients: Spear, Copper, Toxin Halberd Halberd: 340G Skill Level 28 Spear, ATK 29, SP ATK 2, RPUse 7, FX Defence +6 Ingredients: Pitch Fork, Silver, Sharp Fang Heavy Lance Heavy Lance: 420G Skill Level 31 Spear, ATK 36, SP ATK 1, RPUse 7, FX Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Lance, Silver, Copper, Hard Horn Trident Trident: 830G Skill Level 33 Spear, ATK 43, SP ATK 2, RPUse 7, FX Water Attack +5, Water Resistance +10

Ingredients:

Pitch Fork, Silver, Water Crystal, Sharp Talon

Feather Lance Feather Lance: 860G Skill Level 35 Spear, ATK 49, SP ATK 2, RPUse 7, FX Wind Attack +5, Wind Resistance +10 Ingredients: Lance, Silver, Bird Feather, Wind Crystal Corsesca Corsesca: 750G Skill Level 38 Spear, ATK 56, SP ATK 2, RPUse 7, FX Defence +6 Ingredients: Halberd, Gold, Insect Jaw, Glittering Edge x 2 Belvarose Belvarose: 940G Skill Level 49 Spear, ATK 64, SP ATK 2, RPUse 7, FX 0 Ingredients: Heavy Lance, Gold, Sharp Fang, Solid Point, Demon Blood Bjor Bjor: 550G Skill Level 53 Spear, ATK 73, SP ATK 3, RPUse 11, FX Poison Attack 100%, Paralysis Attack 100% Ingredients: Poison Spear, Gold, Toxin, Insect Jaw, Demon Blood Monk Staff Monk Staff: 720G Skill Level 57 Spear, ATK 82, SP ATK 3, RPUse 17, FX Defence +6, Knock-back Ingredients: Pitch Fork, Gold, Thick Stick, Thin Stick, Magic Crystal Drill Lance Drill Lance: 1060G Skill Level 63 Spear, ATK 91, SP ATK 3, RPUse 26, FX Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Heavy Lance, Gold, Hard Horn, Sharp Talon, Diamond, Solid Point Gae Bolg Gae Bolg: 2050G Skill Level 85 Spear, ATK 137, SP ATK 4, RPUse 59, FX Water Resistance +10, Seal Attack 30% Ingredients: Trident, Platinum x 2, Solid Point, Fish Fossil, Little Crystal Gae Bolg

Gae Bolg: 2050G Skill Level 85 Spear, ATK 137, SP ATK 4, RPUse 59, FX Water Resistance +10, Seal Attack 30% Ingredients: Trident, Platinum x 2, Solid Point, Bright Tentacle, Ice Snake Tongue Brionac Brionac: 2130G Spear, ATK 113, SP ATK 4, RPUse 64, FX Stun Attack 15% Ingredients: Drill Lance, Platinum, Fairy Dust, Hard Horn, Solid Point, Little Crystal Gungnir Gungnir: 2620G Skill Level 94 Spear, ATK 124, SP ATK 4, RPUse 80, FX Wind Attack +5, Guts Ingredients: Corsesca, Feather Lance, Platinum, Thick Stick, Root, Little Crystal Hammers The following include all Hammers that are Weapons and therefore can be shipped: Battle Hammer Battle Hammer: 100G Skill Level 8 Hammer, ATK 17, SP ATK 0, RP Use 13, FX Stun Attack Ingredients: Iron x 2 War Hammer War Hammer: 180G Skill Level 14 Hammer, ATK 26, SP ATK 1, RP Use 13, FX Stun Attack 24%, Fatigue Attack 30% Ingredients: Battle Hammer, Copper Schnabel Schnabel: 240G Skill Level 20 Hammer, ATK 41, SP ATK 1, RP Use 13, FX Stun Attack 24%, Poison Attack 100% Ingredients: Battle Hammer, Copper, Toxin Ice Hammer Ice Hammer: 620G Skill Level 26 Hammer, ATK 56, SP ATK 1, RPUse 13, FX Stun Attack +24%, Water Attack +10 Ingredients: Battle Hammer, Water Crystal N.B. This is an Elemental Hammer with Water Attack Power, useful against Enemies who are strong to Fire and Weak to Ice/Water, such as the Monsters in

the Lava Ruins Great Hammer Great Hammer: 360G Skill Level 38 Hammer, ATK 71, SP ATK 2, RPUse 13, FX Stun Attack 28%, Fatigue Attack 30% Ingredients: War Hammer, Silver, Warrior Medal Spike Hammer Spike Hammer: 510G Skill Level 47 Hammer, ATK 86, SP ATK 2, RPUse 16, FX Stun Attack 10% Ingredients: War Hammer, Silver, Magic Talon, Hard Horn Sky Hammer Sky Hammer: 920G Skill Level 56 Hammer, ATK 106, SP ATK 2, RPUse 29, FX Stun Attack 28%, Wind Attack +10 Ingredients: Schnabel, Silver, Bird Feather, Wind Crystal Grave Hammer Grave Hammer: 1240G Skill Level 62 Hammer, ATK 126, SP ATK 3, RPUse 38, FX Stun Attack +32%, Paralysis Attack 100% Ingredients: Great Hammer, Gold, Earth Crystal, Fairy Dust, Thick Stick Flood Hammer Flood Hammer: 1520G Skill Level 72 Hammer, ATK 146, SP ATK 3, RPUse 53, FX Stun Attack 28%, Water Resistance +15 Ingredients: Ice Hammer, Gold, Water Crystal, Fair Hide, Wet Scale Flood Hammer Flood Hammer: 1520G Skill Level 72 Hammer, ATK 146, SP ATK 3, RPUse 53, FX Stun Attack 28%, Water Resistance +15 Ingredients: Ice Hammer, Gold, Bright Tentacle Giant Hammer Giant Hammer: 1660G Skill Level 82 Hammer, ATK 172, SP ATK 4, RPUse 68, FX Stun Attack 32%, Fatigue Attack 40% Ingredients: Great Hammer, Platinum x 2, Quality Fur, Thick Stick, Little Crystal Myurnil

Myurnil: 2950G Skill Level 99 Hammer, ATK 198, SP ATK 4, RPUse 94, FX Stun Attack 36%, Guts Ingredients: Grave Hammer, Platinum, Earth Crystal, Magic Crystal, Turtle Shell, Little Crystal Myurnil Skill Level 99 Hammer, ATK 198, SP ATK 4, RPUse 94, FX Stun Attack 36%, Guts Ingredients: Grave Hammer, Little Crystal, Ice Snake Tongue Axes The following list includes only those Axes that are Weapons and therefore can be shipped. Battle Axe Battle Axe: 100G Skill Level 9 Axe, ATK 19, SP ATK 0, RPUse 13, FX 0 Ingredients: Iron, Sharp Talon Great

Axe

Great Axe: 180G Skill Level 15 ATK 29, SP ATK 1, RP Use 13, FX Paralysis Attack 30% Ingredients: Battle Axe, Copper Heat Axe Heat Axe: 620G Skill Level 21 Axe, ATK 46, SP ATK 1, RPUse 13, FX Fire Attack +5, Fire Resistance +5 Ingredients: Battle Axe, Fire Crystal Tomahawk Tomahawk: 680G Skill Level 27 Axe, ATK 63, SP ATK 1, RPUse 13, FX Wind Attack +5, Wind Resistance +5 Ingredients: Battle Axe, Bird Feather, Wind Crystal Tomahawk Tomahawk: 680G Skill Level 27 Axe, ATK 63, SP ATK 1, RPUse 13, FX Wind Attack +5, Wind Resistance +5 Ingredients: Battle Axe, Giant Cockscomb N.B. In a case where there are two separate Recipes for the same Weapon, one usually uses a War Trophy obtained solely from a Boss Monster. In this case, it is the Giant Clucky of the Green Ruins who drops the 'Giant Cockscomb.' Alldale

Alldale: 320G Skill Level 37 Axe, ATK 80, SP ATK 2, RPUse 13, FX Seal Attack 100% Ingredients: Battle Axe, Silver, Warrior Medal, Knife Piece Crescent Axe Crescent Axe: 630G Skill Level 46 Axe, ATK 97, SP ATK 2, RPUse 13, FX Paralysis Attack 30%, HP Absorption Ingredients: Great Axe, Silver, Glittering Edge, Moondrop Flame Axe Flame Axe: 1450G Skill Level 55 Axe, ATK 120, SP ATK 2, RPUse 16, FX Fire Attack +10 Ingredients: Heat Axe, Silver, Fire Crystal, Ruby Flame Axe Flame Axe: 1450G Skill Level 55 Axe, ATK 120, SP ATK 2, RPUse 16, FX Fire Attack +10 Ingredients: Heat Axe, Red Core Demon's Axe Demon's Axe: 840G Skill Level 60 Axe, ATK 166, SP ATK 3, RP Use 23, FX Seal Attack 100%, Poison Attack 100% Ingredients: Alldale, Gold, Demon Blood, Magic Talon, Toxin Heat Hawk Heat Hawk: 1730G Skill Level 70 Axe, ATK 143, SP ATK 3, RPUse 38, Fire Attack +5, Wind Resistance +5 Ingredients: Tomahawk, Heat Axe, Gold, Magic Talon, Glittering Edge Double Edge Double Edge: 2430G Skill Level 80 Axe, ATK 196, SP ATK 4, RPUse 53, FX Paralysis Attack Ingredients: Crescent Axe x 2, Platinum, Magic Talon, Fair Hide, Little Crystal Executioner Executioner: 1990G Skill Level 91 Axe, ATK 226, SP ATK 4, RPUse 70, FX Seal Attack 100% Ingredients: Demon's Axe, Platinum, Magic Talon, Glittering Edge, Sharp Fang, Little Crystal

Magic Rods Fire Rod Fire Rod: 560G Skill Level 2 Stick, ATK 14, SP ATK 1, RPUse 14, FX Magic +65, Fire Attack +9 Ingredients: Fire Crystal, Iron N.B. This is the first item Kanno will give to you. Earth Wand Earth Wand: 560G Skill Level 6 Stick, ATK 30, SP ATK 1, RP Use 14, Magic +55, Earth Attack +7 Ingredients: Earth Crystal, Thin Stick Storm Rod Storm Rod: 560G Skill Level 10 Stick, ATK 24, SP ATK 1, RP Use 14, FX Magic +40, Wind Attack +11 Ingredients: Wind Crystal, Iron Water Rod Water Rod: 620G Skill Level 15 Stick, ATK 45, SP ATK 1, RPUse 20, FX Magic +60, Water Attack +10 Ingredients: Water Crystal, Iron, Teardrop Hell Branch Hell Branch: 820G Stick, ATK 60, SP ATK 1, RPUse 35, FX Magic +30, Fire Attack +13 Ingredients: Fire Crystal, Magic Powder, Ruby, Thin Stick N.B. This is the second item Kanno will give to you. Gaea Rod Gaea Rod: 670G Skill Level 27 Stick, ATK 70, SP ATK 1, RPUse 50, FX Magic +40, Earth Attack +14 Ingredients: Earth Crystal, Magic Powder, Root, Thin Stick Wind Rod Wind Rod: 840G Skill Level 33 Stick, ATK 80, SP ATK 1, RPUse 65, FX 0 Ingredients; Wind Crystal, Magic Powder, Copper, Emerald Bubble Staff Bubble Staff: 1220G Skill Level 45

Stick, ATK 110, SP ATK 1, RP Use 80, FX Magic +30, Water Attack +21 Ingredients: Water Crystal, Magic Crystal, Silver, Aquamarine, Thin Stick, Fish Fossil Meteor Cane Meteor Cane: 1230G Skill Level 55 Stick, ATK 120, SP ATK 1, RPUse 95, FX Magic +10, Earth Attack +20 Ingredients: Earth Crystal, Magic Crystal, Gold, Amethyst, Thick Stick, Root Crimson Stick Crimson Stick: 1220G Skill Level 65, ATK 130, SP ATK 1, RP Use 110, FX Magic +5, Fire Attack +17 Ingredients: Fire Crystal, Magic Crystal, Gold, Ruby, Quality Cloth, Thin Stick Cyclone Rod Cyclone Rod: 1270G Skill Level 75 Stick, ATK 140, SP ATK 1, RPUse 139, FX Magic +5, Wind Attack +18 Ingredients: Wind Crystal, Magic Crystal, Gold, Emerald, Bird Feather, Quality Cloth Equipment and Accessories All Equipment/Accessories can be shipped and have their own section in the Farm Menu Profits page. Head Equipment Earring: 110G Skill Level 4 Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 6, MAG 10, FX Element Attack +5 Ingredients: Iron, Sharp Fang Straw Hat: 200G Skill Level 8 Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 10, MAG 10, FX Max HP +10 Ingredients: Glue, Flour Hand-Knit Hat: 250G Skill Level 12 Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 20, MAG 25 Ingredients: Yarn Ball, Wool Pumpkin Head: 810G Skill Level 20 Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 25, MAG 35 Ingedients: Pumpkin, Insect Hide Mask: 610G Skill Level 25 ATK 0, DEF 30, MAG 30, FX Cold Resistance Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Wind Crystal, Cold Medicine Katusha: 210G Skill Level 30

Head EQ; ATK 0, DEF 24, MAG 30 Ingredients: Insect Jaw, Insect Hide, Cheap Cloth, Magic Powder Feathered Hat: 670G Skill Level 35 Head EQ; ATK 0, DEF 30, MAG 35 Ingredients: Bird Feather, Wind Crystal, Quality Cloth Feathered Hat: 670G Skill Level 35 Head EQ; ATK 0, DEF 30, MAG 35 Ingredients: Bird Feather, Giant Cockscomb Cat Ears: 590G Skill Level 40 Head EQ; ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 50 Ingredients: Katusha, Monster Hide, Sharp Talon, Emerald, Magic Powder Silver Hairpin: 570G Skill Level 45 Head EQ; ATK 0, DEF 35, MAG 50 Ingredients: Silver, Turtle Shell, Magic Crystal, Fish Fossil Turnip Head: 750G Skill Level 50 Head EQ; ATK 0, DEF 30, MAG 75 Ingredients: Turnip, Fair Hide, Magic Crystal, Fairy Dust Stylish Hat: 1890G Skill Level 55 Head EQ; ATK 0, DEF 55, MAG 60 Ingredients: Feathered Hat, Toy Herb, Fair Hide, Quality Cloth Fluffy Hat: 1680G Skill Level 60 Head EQ; ATK 0, DEF 105, MAG 75 Ingredients: Hand-knit Hat, Quality Fur, Toy Herb, Yarn Ball, Wool, Hard Horn Rabbit Ears: 910G Skill Level 65 Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 80, MAG 95 Ingredients: Katusha, Quality Fur, Sharp Fang, Ruby, Magic Crystal Headdress: 1580G Skill Level 70 Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 85, MAG 80, FX Element Attack +10, Element Defence +10 Ingredients: Katusha, Quality Cloth, Charm Blue, Moondrop, Yarn Ball, Magic Talon Gold Hairpin: 4140G Skill Level 75 Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 85, MAG 90, FX Element Defence +10 Ingredients: Gold, Turtle Shell, Ironleaf, Magic Crystal, Fish Fossil Elephant Mask: 6950G Skill Level 80 Head EQ, ATK 15, DEF 100, MAG 95 Ingredients: Four-leaf Clover, Quality Fur, Sharp Fang, Sapphire Tiara: 17170G Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 95, MAG 120, FX Status Defence Ingredients: Platinum, Emery Flower, Diamond, Emerald, Ruby, Sapphire Whale Hat: 13560G Skill Level 95 Head EQ, ATK 15, DEF 110, MAG 105, FX Max HP +15 Ingredients: Stylish Hat, Platinum, Wet Scale, Aquamarine, Lamp Grass, Quality Fur

Whale Hat: 13560G Skill Level 95 Head EQ, ATK 15, DEF 110, MAG 105, FX Max HP +15 Ingredients: Stylish Hat, Platinum, Lamp Grass, Bright Tentacle Neck Equipment Pendant: 110G Skill Level 5 Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 8, MAG 7 Ingredients: Iron, Insect Jaw Neck Towel: 170G Skill Level 10 Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 10, MAG 5, FX Max HP +15 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Wool Knit Scarf: 260G Skill Level 20 Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 30, MAG 20 Ingredients: Yarn Ball, Yarn Ball Heart Pendant: 700G Skill Level 25 Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 25, MAG 30, FX Fire Attack +8, Fire Resistance +8 Ingredients: Pendant, Copper, Fire Crystal Heart Pendant: 700G Skill Level 25 Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 25, MAG 30, FX Fire Attack +8, Fire Resistance +8 Ingredients: Pendant, Red Core N.B. You will note that in some cases, there are two separate Recipes for the same item. One invariably includes an item such as the Red Core that is a War Trophy obtained by defeating a Boss Enemy in a Dungeon. The other uses ordinary ingredients. Both Recipes have the same result. Dew Pendant: 790G Skill Level 40 Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 30, FX Water Attack +8, Water Resistance +15 Ingredients: Pendant, Silver, Water Crystal, Teardrop Storm Pendant: 790G Skill Level 45 Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 30, FX Wind Attack +8, Wind Resistance +15 Ingredients: Pendant, Silver, Wind Crystal, Bird Feather Earth Pendant: 790G Skill Level 50 Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 30, FX Earth Attack +8, Earth Resistance +15 Ingredients: Pendant, Silver, Earth Crystal, Root Critical 7: 7060G Skill Level 70 Neck EQ, ATK 17, DEF 77, MAG 77 Ingredients: Platinum, Four-leaf Clover, Magic Talon, Hard Horn, Sharp Fang, Sharp Talon Critical 7: 7060G Skill Level 70 Neck EQ, ATK 17, DEF 77, MAG 77 Ingredients: Platinum, Four-leaf Clover, Ice Snake Tongue Rosario: 11750G Skill Level 80 Neck EQ, ATK 0, DEF 105, MAG 100, FX Poison Defence, Seal Defence

Ingredients: Teardrop

Platinum, Silver, Lamp Grass, Magic Crystal, Fairy Dust,

Torso Equipment Wappen Wappen: 100G Skill Level 10 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 4, MAG 4, FX Max HP +10 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Monster Hide Leather Belt Leather Belt: 100G Skill Level 15 Torso EQ, ATK 1, DEF 5, MAG 1, FX Max HP +15 Ingredients: Monster Hide, Iron Crest Crest: 170G Skill Level 25 ATK 0, DEF, 26, MAG 24, FX Max HP +15 Ingredients: Iron, Copper, Sharp Talon Ruby Brooch Ruby Brooch: 320G Skill Level 27 Torso EQ, ATK 15, DEF 12, MAG 20, FX Max HP +15, Fire Attack +12 Ingredients: Ruby, Silver Royal Brooch Royal Brooch: 320G Skill Level 29 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 27, MAG 20, FX Max HP +15, Earth Attack +12 Ingredients: Amethyst, Silver Virid Brooch Virid Brooch: 320G Skill Level 31 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 12, MAG 20, FX Max HP +15, Wind Attack +12 Ingredients: Emerald, Silver Aqua Brooch Aqua Brooch: 320G Skill Level 33 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 12, MAG 20, FX Max HP +40, Water Attack +12 Ingredients: Aquamarine, Silver Azure Brooch

Azure Brooch: 320G Skill Level 35 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 12, MAG 35, FX Max HP +15, Element Attack +5 Ingredients: Sapphire, Silver Furry Belt Furry Belt: 1240G Skill Level 40 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 60, MAG 30, FX Max HP +20, Fire Resistance -10 Ingredients: Wool, Yarn Ball, Monster Hide, Toy Herb Wind Cape Wind Cape: 1050G Skill Level 54 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Wind Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Wind Crystal, Moondrop Fire Cape Fire Cape: 1050G Skill Level 59 Torso EQ. ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Fire Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Rue, Fire Crystal, Pink Cat Water Cape Water Cape: 1570G Skill Level 64 ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Water Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Water Crystal, Charm Blue Water Cape Water Cape: 1570G Skill Level 64 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Water Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Bright Tentacle Earth Cape Earth Cape: 1770G Skill Level 69 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Earth Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Earth Crystal, Toy Herb Earth Cape Earth Cape: 1770G Skill Level 69 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 75, MAG 55, FX Max HP +25, Earth Resistance +30 Ingredients: Cheap Cloth, Quality Cloth, Quality Fur, Ice Snake Tongue

Cat's Tail Cat's Tail: 1220G Skill Level 70 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 55, MAG 90, FX Max HP +10 An accessory for your posterior. It increases your critical hit rate. *Meow* Ingredients: Wool, Yarn Ball, Quality Fur, Magic Crystal, Pink Cat Glory Brooch Glory Brooch: 990G Skill Level 80 Torso EQ, ATK 5, DEF 50, MAG 60, FX Max HP +20, Element Attack +8 Ingredients: Diamond, Gold x 2, Magic Talon, Platinum Black Robe Black Robe: 12440G Skill Level 95 Torso EQ, ATK 0, DEF 105, MAG 85, FX Max HP +40, Element Defence +12 Ingredients: Fire Cape, Water Cape, Earth Cape, Wind Cape, Four-leaf Clover, Demon Blood Corsage Corsage: 23400G Skill Level 99 Torso EQ, ATK 10, DEF 95, MAG 100, FX Max HP +30, Status Defence Ingredients: Emery Flower, Cherry Grass, Charm Blue, Diamond, Magic Talon Corsage Corsage: 23400G Skill Level 99 Torso EQ, ATK 10, DEF 95, MAG 100, FX Max HP +30, Status Defence Ingredients: Blue Crystal, Green Crystal, Red Crystal, Moondrop, Diamond, Magic Talon Arms Equipment Cheap Band Cheap Band: 100G Skill Level 1 Arms EQ, ATK 1, DEF 6, MAG 6, FX 0 Ingredients: Iron, Insect Hide Fe Bracelet Fe Bracelet: 110G Skill Level 5 Arms EQ, ATK 0, DEF 18, MAG 0, FX 0 Ingredients: Iron, Warrior Medal

Cu

Bracelet

Cu Bracelet: 180G Skill Level 12 Arms EQ, ATK 4, DEF 10, MAG 10, FX 0 Ingredients: Cheap Band, Copper Silver Ring Silver Ring: 160G Skill Level 20 Arms EQ, ATK 10, DEF 20, MAG 30, FX 0 Ingredients: Silver, Insect Hide Ag Bracelet Ag Bracelet: 320G Skill Level 25 Arms EQ, ATK 8, DEF 30, MAG 25, FX 0 Ingredients: Cheap Band, Silver, Silver Wing Ring Wing Ring: 750G Skill Level 30 Arms EQ, ATK 10, DEF 30, MAG 40, FX Wind Attack +12, Wind Resistance +8 Ingredients: Silver Ring, Wind Crystal, Glue Wing Ring Wing Ring: 750G Skill Level 30 Arms EQ, ATK 10, DEF 30, MAG 40, FX Wind Attack +12, Wind Resistance +8 Ingredients: Silver Ring, Giant Cockscomb Water Ring Water Ring: 750G Skill Level 34 Arms EQ, ATK 10, DEF 30, MAG 40, FX Water Attack +12, Water Resistance +8 Ingredients: Silver Ring, Water Crystal, Glue Fire Ring Fire Ring: 750G Skill Level 38 Arms EQ, ATK 10, DEF 30, MAG 40, FX Fire Attack +12, Fire Resistance +8 Ingredients: Silver Ring, Fire Crystal, Glue Fire Ring Fire Ring: 750G Skill Level 38 Arms EQ, ATK 10, DEF 30, MAG 40, FX Fire Attack +12, Fire Resistance +8 Ingredients: Silver Ring, Red Core

Earth Ring Earth Ring: 750G Skill Level 42 ATK 10, DEF 30, MAG 40, FX Earth Attack +12, Earth Resistance +8 Ingredients: Silver Ring, Earth Crystal, Glue Silence Ring Silence Ring: 1030G Skill Level 46 Arms EQ, ATK 15, DEF 40, MAG 45, FX Seal Attack 100%, Seal Defence Ingredients: Silver Ring, Magic Crystal, Pink Cat, Insect Jaw Para Ring Para Ring: 1230G Skill Level 50 Arms EQ, ATK 15, DEF 40, MAG 45, FX Paralysis Attack 100%, Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Silver Ring, Magic Crystal, Charm Blue, Root Poison Ring Poison Ring: 1430G Skill Level 54 Arms EQ, ATK 15, DEF 40, MAG 45, FX Poison Attack 100%, Poison Defence Ingredients: Silver Ring, Magic Crystal, Toy Herb, Toxin Gold Ring Gold Ring: 360G Skill Level 55 Arms EQ, ATK 20, DEF 50, MAG 55, FX 0 Ingredients: Gold x 2, Insect Hide Au Bracelet Au Bracelet: 560G Skill Level 60 Arms EQ, ATK 15, DEF 60, MAG 50, FX 0 Ingredients; Cheap Band, Gold x 3 Aqua Ring Aqua Ring: 860G Skill Level 64 ATK 20, DEF 75, MAG 70, FX Max HP +20 Ingredients: Gold Ring, Aquamarine, Fair Hide, Fairy Dust Amethyst Ring Amethyst Ring; 860G Skill Level 68 ATK 20, DEF 75, MAG 70 Ingredients: Gold Ring, Amethyst, Fair Hide, Fairy Dust

Wristwatch Wristwatch: 590G Skill Level 70 ATK 25, DEF 80, MAG 60, FX Stun Defence, Paralysis Defence Ingredients: Platinum, Gold, Silver, Monster Hide, Solid Point Ruby Ring Ruby Ring: 860G Skill Level 72 ATK 40, DEF 75, MAG 70 Ingredients: Gold Ring, Ruby, Fair Hide, Fairy Dust Emerald Ring Emerald Ring: 860G Skill Level 76 ATK 20, DEF 75, MAG 70, FX 0 Ingredients: Gold Ring, Emerald, Fair Hide, Fairy Dust Sapphire Ring Sapphire Ring: 860G Skill Level 80 ATK 20, DEF 75, MAG 70, FX Element Defence +5 Ingredients: Gold Ring, Sapphire, Fair Hide, Fairy Dust Platinum Ring Platinum Ring: 810G Skill Level 85 ATK 30, DEF 80, MAG 75, FX 0 Ingredients: Platinum x 3, Fair Hide Pt Bracelet Platinum Bracelet: 970G Skill Level 90 ATK 25, DEF 90, MAG 70, FX 0 Ingredients: Cheap Band, Platinum x 4 Magic Ring Magic Ring: 12270G Skill Level 95 ATK 15, DEF 80, MAG 100, FX Element Attack +5, Element Defence +5 Ingredients: Platinum Ring, Magic Crystal, Fireflower, Fairy Dust, Magic Powder Diamond Ring Diamond Ring: 17430G Skill Level 99 Arms EQ, ATK 30, DEF 100, MAG 80, FX 0 Ingredients: Platinum Ring, Diamond, Fair Hide, Fairy Dust, Emery Flower

Presents: Gifts Courtship and Family

Accessories

Courtship Accessories as well as Toys made at your Crafts Bench can be shipped. Toy Duck Toy Duck: 480G Skill Level 20 Wooden Duck with wheels attached so it can be dragged around by a string. Ingredients: Giant Cockscomb, Bird Feather, Teardrop Turnip Lamp Turnip Lamp: 11360G Skill Level 30 A lantern made from a turnip. Sounds like a weird combination, but no one ever points that out. Ingredients: Turnip, Iron, Glue, Lamp Grass Ribbon Ribbon: 310G Skill Level 35 This is a popular item that people want cute girls to wear. Ingredients: Silver, Quality Cloth, Fairy Dust Pumpkin Lamp Pumpkin Lamp: 11900G Skill Level 40 Made from digging out the insides of a pumpkin. Strictly for festivals only. Ingredients: Pumpkin, Iron, Glue, Lamp Grass

Not very practical.

Fan Fan: 840G Skill Level 45 This is a popular gift for mature girls. Some people dance with it. Ingredients: Gold, Wind Crystal, Thin Stick, Wool Toy Can Toy Can: 1020G Skill Level 50 Although a toy for children, it can still be used to water crops. Bright Tentacle, Water Crystal, Insect Hide Yo-Yo Yo-Yo: 670G Skill Level 60 A toy that uses centrifugal force to go up and down.

It goes in and out of

fashion every few decades. Ingredients: Ice Snake Tongue, Turtle Shell, Cheap Cloth Toy Sword Toy Sword: 560G Skill Level 70 A toy sword with no sharp edges to speak of, but parents still somehow keep getting cut by it. Ingredients: Red Core, Thick Stick, Warrior Medal Teddy Fluff Teddy Fluff: 3100G Skill Level 80 A stuffed Wooly doll popular with kids. Even adults can't help but pick it up and play with it. Ingredients: Fluffy Hat, Furry Belt, Quality Fur Cute Bathing Suit Cute Bathing Suit: 140G (Lv.2: 168G) Skill Level 20 A swimsuit following the latest trends. you want to see it on! Ingredients: Cheap Cloth x 2, Teardrop

Hurry up and give it to the person

Amazing Bathing Suit Amazing Bathing Suit: 360G Skill Level 99 Uses far less material than the average swimsuit. Ingredients: Quality Cloth, Aquamarine, Teardrop

Now, who to give it to…

Wedding Bouquet Wedding Bouquet: 2780G Bouquet that will go well with a wedding dress. Be sure to have one on hand when proposing. Ingredients: Baleen, Blue Rose, Green Grass, Moondrop, Toy Herb, Pink Cat Special 'Story' Items and Miscellany There is a class of item known as 'Miscellany' in Rune Factory Frontier. Miscellany are unique items with a zero shipping value. They usually are required in order to complete a 'Story' or a special sequence of Events. Most are connected with an Eligible Girl's 'Story'. Uzuki's Hairpin is unlike most of the other 'Story' items in that it is an actual Accessory that can be worn for defence rather than a 'Miscellany' item. It does have zero shipping value, however. The Silver and Gold Rings that belong to Iris Blanche and Noire, on the other hand, cannot be equipped as Accessories. Your Character no longer will possess either after the final Event in the Public Square. Most Miscellany Items in fact disappear after their use.

Many of the following items do not belong in the Shipping Guide per se as they cannot be shipped. They do belong in an Items List, however, and in some cases are essential to completion of the plot. I therefore have included them in this guide. Charity Gem Charity Gem: 0G Miscellany One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. represents charity. (red) N.B. Cannot be shipped.

It

Gold Ring Gold Ring: 0G Miscellany A golden ring that one Iris gave to the other Iris. Let's get every one to bless it. N.B. Do not confuse this Gold Ring with the Accessory that can be created at your Workbench. Harmony Gem Harmony Gem: 0G Miscellany One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. represents Harmony. (blue) N.B. Cannot be shipped.

It

Kindness Gem Kindness Gem: OG Miscellany One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. represents love. N.B. It cannot be shipped.

It

Letter from the Mentor Letter from the Mentor: 0G Miscellany A letter to Uzuki from Uzuki's brother. Don't open it without permission. N.B. Cannot be shipped. Must be given to Uzuki Life Gem Life Gem: 0G Miscellany One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. represents life. (white) N.B. It cannot be shipped. Nature Gem

It

Nature Gem: 0G Miscellany One of the 5 jewels of the tiara worn by the Queen of the Elves. represents nature. (green) N.B. Cannot be shipped.

It

Relic Relic: 0G Miscellany War Trophy dropped by the Giant Lava Slime in the Lava Ruins. unlock the Snow Ruins.

Used to

Silver Ring Silver Ring: 0G Miscellany A silver ring that one Iris gave to the other Iris. Let's get every one to bless it. N.B. Do not confuse this Silver Ring with the Accessory that can be created at your own Workbench. Stardust Stardust: 0G Miscellany Sometimes falls in the morning. You must gather You will find them in Festival Days for

from the sky on clear nights and can be found in the square 7 pieces of Stardust in order to complete Uzuki's Story. the Public Square only on sunny mornings and never on some reason!

Uzuki's Hairpin Uzuki's Hairpin: 0G (Lv. 1) Head EQ, ATK 0, DEF 40, MAG 55, FX Element Defence +15 The hairpin that uzuki always wears. There seems to [be] a keyhole with the same shape as it. N.B. Obtained from Uzuki in an Event when you speak to her in her room. Use it to open the Locked Door on the 4th Floor of the Lava Ruins Complete Recipe Books List Your Farm Menu has a Recipe page where every Cookbook that you have acquired is displayed. Two of your Recipe Books are gifts. The initial 'Farm Companion' Cookbook that provides simple Recipes for upgrading your Farm Tools is a gift from Ganesha. The initial No Tools/No Utensils Recipe Book for the Kitchen in the form of 'Quick-step Cooking' is a gift from Rita. The final Cookbook is 'Happiness 101', a Recipe Book for the 'Wedding Bouquet' which is the Rune

Factory Frontier equivalent of the Blue Feather in Harvest Moon. It is a gift from Stella when any Eligible Girl has reached a full 10 Hearts, 10 Friendship. All other Recipe Books must be purchased from Selphy. The beginner's Recipe Cooks will be available early in the game. The intermediate and advanced Recipe Books must be unlocked but by the first Autumn season, you should have all Recipe Books. The list of Cookbooks is as follows: Cookbooks for the Kitchen: No Tools/No Utensils Recipe Books: Quick-step Cooking: A beginner's guide to the culinary arts. It has a lot of dishes that can be made quickly and easily. (Gift from Rita) Chef's Road: Recipe book with lots of info on sushi and many other dishes. Mainly for advanced cooks. Gourmet Cooking: An advanced recipe book for exotic dishes. Most of the recipes are for light meals. Frying Pan Recipe Books: Fly! Frying Pan! 1: Beginner's recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. Fly! Frying Pan! 2: Intermediate recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. Fly! Frying Pan 3: Advanced recipe book for dishes that can be made using only a fry pan. Pot Recipe Books: It's Hot!: Newbie's guide to hot pot dishes. It even shows you the trick to how much heat you should use. Cont'd: It's Hot!: Intermediate guide to hot pot dishes. It introduces many more cooking methods and ingredients. Final: It's Hot!: Advanced guide to hot pot dishes. This book will make you a hot pot cooking master! Oven Recipe Books: Fine Dining: Beginner's guide to baking. A single successful dish can change your outlook on life! More Fine Dining: Intermediate guide to baking. Your cooking can improve your position in the household. Super Fine Dining: Advanced guide to baking. Use your cooking skills for good and change the world for the better! Blender/Mixer Recipe Books: Blender Mastery: Beginner guide on using the mixer. True Blender Mastery: Advanced guide on using the mixer. Steamer Recipe Books: Skilled Steaming: A beginner's guide to steamed cuisine. Expert Steaming: An advanced guide to steamed cuisine. Recipe Books for the Forge The Recipe Books for the Forge include the beginner's guide for upgrading Tools given by Rita as well as a beginner's guide for weapons of all types.

Advanced Guides then can be purchased that specialise in each weapon type. An advanced guide for upgrading tools can be purchased as well. Tool Upgrade Recipe Books: Farm Companion: A newbie's guide on farming tools. It even tells you what you need to know about farm life. Farm Master: Advanced guide on making farming tools. It seems the author was perfectionist when writing this. Weapon Upgrade Recipe Books: Let's Make Weapons! A beginner's guide on how to make 1-handed swords, 2-handed swords, spears, axes and hammers. Forge 1-handed Swords: An advanced guide on how to make 1-handed swords. Make 2-handed Swords: Guide for making 2-handed swords. For the intermediate blacksmith. Spear Studio: An advanced guide book for making spears. It says it was written by a famous blacksmith on the cover. Hammer Lab: An advanced guide book on hammers. It gives you some tips and trips* on (*XSeed typo and XSeed incomplete description here) Axe Fan Weekly: A guide that shows you how to make various axes. This is the only* (*XSeed incomplete description) Make a Magic Cane: A guide to making staffs. You can make magic staffs, but you can't use magic to make them. N.B. I believe there may be one final Recipe Book for Swords. Recipe Books for the Crafts Bench Jewelry Workshop: A beginner's guide on making head, neck and arm accessories. Time to get trendy. Head Coordination: An advanced guide on making accessories for the head. Pretty heady stuff… Neck Accentuation: An advanced guide to making neck accessories. Why not just say necklaces…? Stylish Wear: Advanced guide for making accessories that all the cool kids are talking about. At Your Fingertips: An advanced guide for making accessories for your arms and hands. Courtship Recipe Books: Happy Toys: Beach Style!: A book of swimsuit patterns that boys are too embarrassed to buy at stores. Happiness 101: Contains the instructions for making the bouquet necessary for any wedding ceremony. Recipe Books for the Laboratory Lab Book:

A book of medicinal recipes.

It's a sizable tome that goes into

even the most minute detail. Ultimate Lab Book: A book of medicinal recipes. It's a difficult book that has a lot of specific medical terminology. Pleasant Sleep: This is book that has the recipe for Sleepy Grass. Just reading it makes you sleepy.